diff --git a/third/0snap/designer.jpg b/third/0snap/designer.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e909d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/designer.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/hotkey.jpg b/third/0snap/hotkey.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fac2a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/hotkey.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/miniblink.jpg b/third/0snap/miniblink.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ca6fb2 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/miniblink.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo1.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo1.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ff3024 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo1.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo2.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo2.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..568ca83 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo2.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo3.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo3.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..accaa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo3.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo4.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo4.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2318716 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo4.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo5.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo5.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d63c60 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo5.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo6.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo6.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a89a804 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo6.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo7.jpg b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo7.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01dc182 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qcustomplotdemo7.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/qwtdemo.jpg b/third/0snap/qwtdemo.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7207d63 Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/qwtdemo.jpg differ diff --git a/third/0snap/shortcut.jpg b/third/0snap/shortcut.jpg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47c86dc Binary files /dev/null and b/third/0snap/shortcut.jpg differ diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/3rd_qcustomplot.pri b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/3rd_qcustomplot.pri new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cc151b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/3rd_qcustomplot.pri @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += printsupport +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): CONFIG += c++11 +#lessThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 5): QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += -std=c++11 + +#将当前目录加入到头文件路径 +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD +DEFINES += qcustomplot + +#引入平滑曲线类 +HEADERS += $$PWD/smoothcurve.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/smoothcurve.cpp + +#没有定义任何版本则默认采用2.0 +!contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v1_3) { +!contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v2_0) { +!contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v2_1) { +DEFINES += qcustomplot_v2_0 +}}} + +#定义了2.0版本在Qt5以上采用2.1 +contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v2_0) { +!contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v2_1) { +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4) { +DEFINES -= qcustomplot_v1_3 +DEFINES -= qcustomplot_v2_0 +DEFINES += qcustomplot_v2_1 +}}} + +#根据定义的版本引入文件 +contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v1_3) { +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/v1_3 +HEADERS += $$PWD/v1_3/qcustomplot.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/v1_3/qcustomplot.cpp +} else { +contains(DEFINES, qcustomplot_v2_0) { +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/v2_0 +HEADERS += $$PWD/v2_0/qcustomplot.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/v2_0/qcustomplot.cpp +} else { +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/v2_1 +#引入对应修复不支持Qt6的头文件 +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 5) { +HEADERS += $$PWD/v2_1_6/qcustomplot.h +} else { +HEADERS += $$PWD/v2_1/qcustomplot.h +} +SOURCES += $$PWD/v2_1/qcustomplot.cpp +}} diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.cpp b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13fa094 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +#include "smoothcurve.h" +#include "qdebug.h" + +QPainterPath SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(const QVector &points) +{ + QPainterPath path; + int len = points.count(); + if (len < 2) { + return path; + } + + QVector firstControlPoints; + QVector secondControlPoints; + calculateControlPoints(points, &firstControlPoints, &secondControlPoints); + path.moveTo(points[0].x(), points[0].y()); + + for (int i = 0; i < len - 1; ++i) { + path.cubicTo(firstControlPoints[i], secondControlPoints[i], points[i + 1]); + } + + return path; +} + +QPainterPath SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(const QVector &points) +{ + //采用Qt原生方法不做任何处理 + int count = points.count(); + if (count == 0) { + return QPainterPath(); + } + + QPainterPath path(points.at(0)); + for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; ++i) { + //控制点的 x 坐标为 sp 与 ep 的 x 坐标和的一半 + //第一个控制点 c1 的 y 坐标为起始点 sp 的 y 坐标 + //第二个控制点 c2 的 y 坐标为结束点 ep 的 y 坐标 + QPointF sp = points.at(i); + QPointF ep = points.at(i + 1); + QPointF c1 = QPointF((sp.x() + ep.x()) / 2, sp.y()); + QPointF c2 = QPointF((sp.x() + ep.x()) / 2, ep.y()); + path.cubicTo(c1, c2, ep); + } + + return path; +} + +void SmoothCurve::calculateFirstControlPoints(double *&result, const double *rhs, int n) +{ + result = new double[n]; + double *tmp = new double[n]; + double b = 2.0; + result[0] = rhs[0] / b; + + for (int i = 1; i < n; ++i) { + tmp[i] = 1 / b; + b = (i < n - 1 ? 4.0 : 3.5) - tmp[i]; + result[i] = (rhs[i] - result[i - 1]) / b; + } + + for (int i = 1; i < n; ++i) { + result[n - i - 1] -= tmp[n - i] * result[n - i]; + } + + delete tmp; +} + +void SmoothCurve::calculateControlPoints(const QVector &datas, + QVector *firstControlPoints, + QVector *secondControlPoints) +{ + int n = datas.count() - 1; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + firstControlPoints->append(QPointF()); + secondControlPoints->append(QPointF()); + } + + if (n == 1) { + (*firstControlPoints)[0].rx() = (2 * datas[0].x() + datas[1].x()) / 3; + (*firstControlPoints)[0].ry() = (2 * datas[0].y() + datas[1].y()) / 3; + (*secondControlPoints)[0].rx() = 2 * (*firstControlPoints)[0].x() - datas[0].x(); + (*secondControlPoints)[0].ry() = 2 * (*firstControlPoints)[0].y() - datas[0].y(); + return; + } + + double *xs = 0; + double *ys = 0; + double *rhsx = new double[n]; + double *rhsy = new double[n]; + + for (int i = 1; i < n - 1; ++i) { + rhsx[i] = 4 * datas[i].x() + 2 * datas[i + 1].x(); + rhsy[i] = 4 * datas[i].y() + 2 * datas[i + 1].y(); + } + + rhsx[0] = datas[0].x() + 2 * datas[1].x(); + rhsx[n - 1] = (8 * datas[n - 1].x() + datas[n].x()) / 2.0; + rhsy[0] = datas[0].y() + 2 * datas[1].y(); + rhsy[n - 1] = (8 * datas[n - 1].y() + datas[n].y()) / 2.0; + + calculateFirstControlPoints(xs, rhsx, n); + calculateFirstControlPoints(ys, rhsy, n); + + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + (*firstControlPoints)[i].rx() = xs[i]; + (*firstControlPoints)[i].ry() = ys[i]; + + if (i < n - 1) { + (*secondControlPoints)[i].rx() = 2 * datas[i + 1].x() - xs[i + 1]; + (*secondControlPoints)[i].ry() = 2 * datas[i + 1].y() - ys[i + 1]; + } else { + (*secondControlPoints)[i].rx() = (datas[n].x() + xs[n - 1]) / 2; + (*secondControlPoints)[i].ry() = (datas[n].y() + ys[n - 1]) / 2; + } + } + + delete xs; + delete ys; + delete rhsx; + delete rhsy; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.h b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53bb103 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/smoothcurve.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#ifndef SMOOTHCURVE_H +#define SMOOTHCURVE_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef quc +class Q_DECL_EXPORT SmoothCurve +#else +class SmoothCurve +#endif + +{ +public: + //创建平滑曲线路径 + static QPainterPath createSmoothCurve(const QVector &points); + static QPainterPath createSmoothCurve2(const QVector &points); + +private: + static void calculateFirstControlPoints(double *&result, const double *rhs, int n); + static void calculateControlPoints(const QVector &datas, + QVector *firstControlPoints, + QVector *secondControlPoints); +}; + +#endif // SMOOTHCURVE_H diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.cpp b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dfedc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,23783 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2015 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 22.12.15 ** +** Version: 1.3.2 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qcustomplot.h" +#include "smoothcurve.h" + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPainter +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPainter + \brief QPainter subclass used internally + + This QPainter subclass is used to provide some extended functionality e.g. for tweaking position + consistency between antialiased and non-antialiased painting. Further it provides workarounds + for QPainter quirks. + + \warning This class intentionally hides non-virtual functions of QPainter, e.g. setPen, save and + restore. So while it is possible to pass a QCPPainter instance to a function that expects a + QPainter pointer, some of the workarounds and tweaks will be unavailable to the function (because + it will call the base class implementations of the functions actually hidden by QCPPainter). +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance and sets default values +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter() : + QPainter(), + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ + // don't setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefautPen) here, because painter isn't active yet and + // a call to begin() will follow +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance on the specified paint \a device and sets default values. Just + like the analogous QPainter constructor, begins painting on \a device immediately. + + Like \ref begin, this method sets QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5. +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) : + QPainter(device), + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (isActive()) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif +} + +QCPPainter::~QCPPainter() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of this + QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + QPainter::setPen(pen); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by color) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QColor &color) +{ + QPainter::setPen(color); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by style) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle) +{ + QPainter::setPen(penStyle); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Works around a Qt bug introduced with Qt 4.8 which makes drawing QLineF unpredictable when + antialiasing is disabled. Thus when antialiasing is disabled, it rounds the \a line to + integer coordinates and then passes it to the original drawLine. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::drawLine(const QLineF &line) +{ + if (mIsAntialiasing || mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { + QPainter::drawLine(line); + } else { + QPainter::drawLine(line.toLine()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether painting uses antialiasing or not. Use this method instead of using setRenderHint + with QPainter::Antialiasing directly, as it allows QCPPainter to regain pixel exactness between + antialiased and non-antialiased painting (Since Qt < 5.0 uses slightly different coordinate systems for + AA/Non-AA painting). +*/ +void QCPPainter::setAntialiasing(bool enabled) +{ + setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, enabled); + if (mIsAntialiasing != enabled) { + mIsAntialiasing = enabled; + if (!mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { // antialiasing half-pixel shift only needed for rasterized outputs + if (mIsAntialiasing) { + translate(0.5, 0.5); + } else { + translate(-0.5, -0.5); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setModes(QCPPainter::PainterModes modes) +{ + mModes = modes; +} + +/*! + Sets the QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5 after beginning painting on \a + device. This is necessary to get cosmetic pen consistency across Qt versions, because since Qt5, + all pens are non-cosmetic by default, and in Qt4 this render hint must be set to get that + behaviour. + + The Constructor \ref QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) which directly starts painting also sets + the render hint as appropriate. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +bool QCPPainter::begin(QPaintDevice *device) +{ + bool result = QPainter::begin(device); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (result) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setMode(QCPPainter::PainterMode mode, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes &= ~mode; + } else if (enabled && !mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes |= mode; + } +} + +/*! + Saves the painter (see QPainter::save). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see restore +*/ +void QCPPainter::save() +{ + mAntialiasingStack.push(mIsAntialiasing); + QPainter::save(); +} + +/*! + Restores the painter (see QPainter::restore). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see save +*/ +void QCPPainter::restore() +{ + if (!mAntialiasingStack.isEmpty()) { + mIsAntialiasing = mAntialiasingStack.pop(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Unbalanced save/restore"; + } + QPainter::restore(); +} + +/*! + Changes the pen width to 1 if it currently is 0. This function is called in the \ref setPen + overrides when the \ref pmNonCosmetic mode is set. +*/ +void QCPPainter::makeNonCosmetic() +{ + if (qFuzzyIsNull(pen().widthF())) { + QPen p = pen(); + p.setWidth(1); + QPainter::setPen(p); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPScatterStyle +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPScatterStyle + \brief Represents the visual appearance of scatter points + + This class holds information about shape, color and size of scatter points. In plottables like + QCPGraph it is used to store how scatter points shall be drawn. For example, \ref + QCPGraph::setScatterStyle takes a QCPScatterStyle instance. + + A scatter style consists of a shape (\ref setShape), a line color (\ref setPen) and possibly a + fill (\ref setBrush), if the shape provides a fillable area. Further, the size of the shape can + be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-defining Specifying a scatter style + + You can set all these configurations either by calling the respective functions on an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-1 + + Or you can use one of the various constructors that take different parameter combinations, making + it easy to specify a scatter style in a single call, like so: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-2 + + \section QCPScatterStyle-undefinedpen Leaving the color/pen up to the plottable + + There are two constructors which leave the pen undefined: \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If those constructors are used, a call to \ref + isPenDefined will return false. It leads to scatter points that inherit the pen from the + plottable that uses the scatter style. Thus, if such a scatter style is passed to QCPGraph, the line + color of the graph (\ref QCPGraph::setPen) will be used by the scatter points. This makes + it very convenient to set up typical scatter settings: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-shortcreation + + Notice that it wasn't even necessary to explicitly call a QCPScatterStyle constructor. This works + because QCPScatterStyle provides a constructor that can transform a \ref ScatterShape directly + into a QCPScatterStyle instance (that's the \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) + constructor with a default for \a size). In those cases, C++ allows directly supplying a \ref + ScatterShape, where actually a QCPScatterStyle is expected. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-custompath-and-pixmap Custom shapes and pixmaps + + QCPScatterStyle supports drawing custom shapes and arbitrary pixmaps as scatter points. + + For custom shapes, you can provide a QPainterPath with the desired shape to the \ref + setCustomPath function or call the constructor that takes a painter path. The scatter shape will + automatically be set to \ref ssCustom. + + For pixmaps, you call \ref setPixmap with the desired QPixmap. Alternatively you can use the + constructor that takes a QPixmap. The scatter shape will automatically be set to \ref ssPixmap. + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isNone() const + + Returns whether the scatter shape is \ref ssNone. + + \see setShape +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isPenDefined() const + + Returns whether a pen has been defined for this scatter style. + + The pen is undefined if a constructor is called that does not carry \a pen as parameter. Those are + \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If the pen is + left undefined, the scatter color will be inherited from the plottable that uses this scatter + style. + + \see setPen +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with size set to 6. No shape, pen or brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle() : + mSize(6), + mShape(ssNone), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape and size to \a size. No pen or + brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + and size to \a size. No brush is defined, i.e. the scatter point will not be filled. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + the brush color to \a fill (with a solid pattern), and size to \a size. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(QBrush(fill)), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen set to \a pen, the + brush to \a brush, and size to \a size. + + \warning In some cases it might be tempting to directly use a pen style like Qt::NoPen as \a pen + and a color like Qt::blue as \a brush. Notice however, that the corresponding call\n + QCPScatterStyle(QCPScatterShape::ssCircle, Qt::NoPen, Qt::blue, 5)\n + doesn't necessarily lead C++ to use this constructor in some cases, but might mistake + Qt::NoPen for a QColor and use the + \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) + constructor instead (which will lead to an unexpected look of the scatter points). To prevent + this, be more explicit with the parameter types. For example, use QBrush(Qt::blue) + instead of just Qt::blue, to clearly point out to the compiler that this constructor is + wanted. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance which will show the specified \a pixmap. The scatter shape + is set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap) : + mSize(5), + mShape(ssPixmap), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPixmap(pixmap), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with a custom shape that is defined via \a customPath. The + scatter shape is set to \ref ssCustom. + + The custom shape line will be drawn with \a pen and filled with \a brush. The size has a slightly + different meaning than for built-in scatter points: The custom path will be drawn scaled by a + factor of \a size/6.0. Since the default \a size is 6, the custom path will appear at a its + natural size by default. To double the size of the path for example, set \a size to 12. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(ssCustom), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mCustomPath(customPath), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the size (pixel diameter) of the drawn scatter points to \a size. + + \see setShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the shape to \a shape. + + Note that the calls \ref setPixmap and \ref setCustomPath automatically set the shape to \ref + ssPixmap and \ref ssCustom, respectively. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setShape(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape shape) +{ + mShape = shape; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw scatter points to \a pen. + + If the pen was previously undefined (see \ref isPenDefined), the pen is considered defined after + a call to this function, even if \a pen is Qt::NoPen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenDefined = true; + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill scatter points to \a brush. Note that not all scatter + shapes have fillable areas. For example, \ref ssPlus does not while \ref ssCircle does. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be drawn as scatter point to \a pixmap. + + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + setShape(ssPixmap); + mPixmap = pixmap; +} + +/*! + Sets the custom shape that will be drawn as scatter point to \a customPath. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssCustom. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath) +{ + setShape(ssCustom); + mCustomPath = customPath; +} + +/*! + Applies the pen and the brush of this scatter style to \a painter. If this scatter style has an + undefined pen (\ref isPenDefined), sets the pen of \a painter to \a defaultPen instead. + + This function is used by plottables (or any class that wants to draw scatters) just before a + number of scatters with this style shall be drawn with the \a painter. + + \see drawShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const +{ + painter->setPen(mPenDefined ? mPen : defaultPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); +} + +/*! + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a pos. + + This function does not modify the pen or the brush on the painter, as \ref applyTo is meant to be + called before scatter points are drawn with \ref drawShape. + + \see applyTo +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, QPointF pos) const +{ + drawShape(painter, pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! \overload + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a x and \a y. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const +{ + double w = mSize / 2.0; + switch (mShape) { + case ssNone: + break; + case ssDot: { + painter->drawLine(QPointF(x, y), QPointF(x + 0.0001, y)); + break; + } + case ssCross: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w, x + w, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPlus: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssDisc: { + QBrush b = painter->brush(); + painter->setBrush(painter->pen().color()); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->setBrush(b); + break; + } + case ssSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + break; + } + case ssDiamond: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x, y - w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - w, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x + w, y, x, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x - w, y)); + break; + } + case ssStar: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssTriangle: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + 0.755 * w, x + w, y + 0.755 * w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x + w, y + 0.755 * w, x, y - 0.977 * w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - 0.977 * w, x - w, y + 0.755 * w)); + break; + } + case ssTriangleInverted: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - 0.755 * w, x + w, y - 0.755 * w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x + w, y - 0.755 * w, x, y + 0.977 * w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + 0.977 * w, x - w, y - 0.755 * w)); + break; + } + case ssCrossSquare: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w * 0.95, y + w * 0.95)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w * 0.95, x + w * 0.95, y - w)); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + break; + } + case ssPlusSquare: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w * 0.95, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + break; + } + case ssCrossCircle: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.670, y + w * 0.670)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.670, x + w * 0.670, y - w * 0.707)); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssPlusCircle: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssPeace: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - w, x, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssPixmap: { + painter->drawPixmap(x - mPixmap.width() * 0.5, y - mPixmap.height() * 0.5, mPixmap); + break; + } + case ssCustom: { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate(x, y); + painter->scale(mSize / 6.0, mSize / 6.0); + painter->drawPath(mCustomPath); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + break; + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayer + \brief A layer that may contain objects, to control the rendering order + + The Layering system of QCustomPlot is the mechanism to control the rendering order of the + elements inside the plot. + + It is based on the two classes QCPLayer and QCPLayerable. QCustomPlot holds an ordered list of + one or more instances of QCPLayer (see QCustomPlot::addLayer, QCustomPlot::layer, + QCustomPlot::moveLayer, etc.). When replotting, QCustomPlot goes through the list of layers + bottom to top and successively draws the layerables of the layers. + + A QCPLayer contains an ordered list of QCPLayerable instances. QCPLayerable is an abstract base + class from which almost all visible objects derive, like axes, grids, graphs, items, etc. + + Initially, QCustomPlot has five layers: "background", "grid", "main", "axes" and "legend" (in + that order). The top two layers "axes" and "legend" contain the default axes and legend, so they + will be drawn on top. In the middle, there is the "main" layer. It is initially empty and set as + the current layer (see QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). This means, all new plottables, items etc. + are created on this layer by default. Then comes the "grid" layer which contains the QCPGrid + instances (which belong tightly to QCPAxis, see \ref QCPAxis::grid). The Axis rect background + shall be drawn behind everything else, thus the default QCPAxisRect instance is placed on the + "background" layer. Of course, the layer affiliation of the individual objects can be changed as + required (\ref QCPLayerable::setLayer). + + Controlling the ordering of objects is easy: Create a new layer in the position you want it to + be, e.g. above "main", with QCustomPlot::addLayer. Then set the current layer with + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer to that new layer and finally create the objects normally. They will + be placed on the new layer automatically, due to the current layer setting. Alternatively you + could have also ignored the current layer setting and just moved the objects with + QCPLayerable::setLayer to the desired layer after creating them. + + It is also possible to move whole layers. For example, If you want the grid to be shown in front + of all plottables/items on the "main" layer, just move it above "main" with + QCustomPlot::moveLayer. + + The rendering order within one layer is simply by order of creation or insertion. The item + created last (or added last to the layer), is drawn on top of all other objects on that layer. + + When a layer is deleted, the objects on it are not deleted with it, but fall on the layer below + the deleted layer, see QCustomPlot::removeLayer. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPLayer::children() const + + Returns a list of all layerables on this layer. The order corresponds to the rendering order: + layerables with higher indices are drawn above layerables with lower indices. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayer::index() const + + Returns the index this layer has in the QCustomPlot. The index is the integer number by which this layer can be + accessed via \ref QCustomPlot::layer. + + Layers with higher indices will be drawn above layers with lower indices. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayer instance. + + Normally you shouldn't directly instantiate layers, use \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer instead. + + \warning It is not checked that \a layerName is actually a unique layer name in \a parentPlot. + This check is only performed by \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer. +*/ +QCPLayer::QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mName(layerName), + mIndex(-1), // will be set to a proper value by the QCustomPlot layer creation function + mVisible(true) +{ + // Note: no need to make sure layerName is unique, because layer + // management is done with QCustomPlot functions. +} + +QCPLayer::~QCPLayer() +{ + // If child layerables are still on this layer, detach them, so they don't try to reach back to this + // then invalid layer once they get deleted/moved themselves. This only happens when layers are deleted + // directly, like in the QCustomPlot destructor. (The regular layer removal procedure for the user is to + // call QCustomPlot::removeLayer, which moves all layerables off this layer before deleting it.) + + while (!mChildren.isEmpty()) { + mChildren.last()->setLayer(0); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild() + } + + if (mParentPlot->currentLayer() == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The parent plot's mCurrentLayer will be a dangling pointer. Should have been set to a valid layer or 0 beforehand."; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this layer is visible or not. If \a visible is set to false, all layerables on this + layer will be invisible. + + This function doesn't change the visibility property of the layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable::setVisible), but the \ref QCPLayerable::realVisibility of each layerable takes the + visibility of the parent layer into account. +*/ +void QCPLayer::setVisible(bool visible) +{ + mVisible = visible; +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the \a layerable to the list of this layer. If \a prepend is set to true, the layerable will + be prepended to the list, i.e. be drawn beneath the other layerables already in the list. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable to this layer. (Use + QCPLayerable::setLayer to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see removeChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend) +{ + if (!mChildren.contains(layerable)) { + if (prepend) { + mChildren.prepend(layerable); + } else { + mChildren.append(layerable); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is already child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the \a layerable from the list of this layer. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable. (Use QCPLayerable::setLayer + to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see addChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable) +{ + if (!mChildren.removeOne(layerable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is not child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayerable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayerable + \brief Base class for all drawable objects + + This is the abstract base class most visible objects derive from, e.g. plottables, axes, grid + etc. + + Every layerable is on a layer (QCPLayer) which allows controlling the rendering order by stacking + the layers accordingly. + + For details about the layering mechanism, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayerable *QCPLayerable::parentLayerable() const + + Returns the parent layerable of this layerable. The parent layerable is used to provide + visibility hierarchies in conjunction with the method \ref realVisibility. This way, layerables + only get drawn if their parent layerables are visible, too. + + Note that a parent layerable is not necessarily also the QObject parent for memory management. + Further, a layerable doesn't always have a parent layerable, so this function may return 0. + + A parent layerable is set implicitly with when placed inside layout elements and doesn't need to be + set manually by the user. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function applies the default antialiasing setting to the specified \a painter, using the + function \ref applyAntialiasingHint. It is the antialiasing state the painter is put in, when + \ref draw is called on the layerable. If the layerable has multiple entities whose antialiasing + setting may be specified individually, this function should set the antialiasing state of the + most prominent entity. In this case however, the \ref draw function usually calls the specialized + versions of this function before drawing each entity, effectively overriding the setting of the + default antialiasing hint. + + First example: QCPGraph has multiple entities that have an antialiasing setting: The graph + line, fills, scatters and error bars. Those can be configured via QCPGraph::setAntialiased, + QCPGraph::setAntialiasedFill, QCPGraph::setAntialiasedScatters etc. Consequently, there isn't + only the QCPGraph::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint function (which corresponds to the graph line's + antialiasing), but specialized ones like QCPGraph::applyFillAntialiasingHint and + QCPGraph::applyScattersAntialiasingHint. So before drawing one of those entities, QCPGraph::draw + calls the respective specialized applyAntialiasingHint function. + + Second example: QCPItemLine consists only of a line so there is only one antialiasing + setting which can be controlled with QCPItemLine::setAntialiased. (This function is inherited by + all layerables. The specialized functions, as seen on QCPGraph, must be added explicitly to the + respective layerable subclass.) Consequently it only has the normal + QCPItemLine::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint. The \ref QCPItemLine::draw function doesn't need to + care about setting any antialiasing states, because the default antialiasing hint is already set + on the painter when the \ref draw function is called, and that's the state it wants to draw the + line with. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function draws the layerable with the specified \a painter. It is only called by + QCustomPlot, if the layerable is visible (\ref setVisible). + + Before this function is called, the painter's antialiasing state is set via \ref + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, see the documentation there. Further, the clipping rectangle was + set to \ref clipRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLayerable::layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + + This signal is emitted when the layer of this layerable changes, i.e. this layerable is moved to + a different layer. + + \see setLayer +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayerable instance. + + Since QCPLayerable is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. Use one of the + derived classes. + + If \a plot is provided, it automatically places itself on the layer named \a targetLayer. If \a + targetLayer is an empty string, it places itself on the current layer of the plot (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). + + It is possible to provide 0 as \a plot. In that case, you should assign a parent plot at a later + time with \ref initializeParentPlot. + + The layerable's parent layerable is set to \a parentLayerable, if provided. Direct layerable + parents are mainly used to control visibility in a hierarchy of layerables. This means a + layerable is only drawn, if all its ancestor layerables are also visible. Note that \a + parentLayerable does not become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable, \a + plot does. It is not uncommon to set the QObject-parent to something else in the constructors of + QCPLayerable subclasses, to guarantee a working destruction hierarchy. +*/ +QCPLayerable::QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer, QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) : + QObject(plot), + mVisible(true), + mParentPlot(plot), + mParentLayerable(parentLayerable), + mLayer(0), + mAntialiased(true) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + if (targetLayer.isEmpty()) { + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); + } else if (!setLayer(targetLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "setting QCPlayerable initial layer to" << targetLayer << "failed."; + } + } +} + +QCPLayerable::~QCPLayerable() +{ + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + mLayer = 0; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the visibility of this layerable object. If an object is not visible, it will not be drawn + on the QCustomPlot surface, and user interaction with it (e.g. click and selection) is not + possible. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setVisible(bool on) +{ + mVisible = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a layer of this layerable object. The object will be placed on top of the other objects + already on \a layer. + + If \a layer is 0, this layerable will not be on any layer and thus not appear in the plot (or + interact/receive events). + + Returns true if the layer of this layerable was successfully changed to \a layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + return moveToLayer(layer, false); +} + +/*! \overload + Sets the layer of this layerable object by name + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layerName is a valid layer name. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(const QString &layerName) +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (QCPLayer *layer = mParentPlot->layer(layerName)) { + return setLayer(layer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "there is no layer with name" << layerName; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this object will be drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that antialiasing settings may be overridden by QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setAntialiased(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiased = enabled; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this layerable is visible, taking the visibility of the layerable parent and the + visibility of the layer this layerable is on into account. This is the method that is consulted + to decide whether a layerable shall be drawn or not. + + If this layerable has a direct layerable parent (usually set via hierarchies implemented in + subclasses, like in the case of QCPLayoutElement), this function returns true only if this + layerable has its visibility set to true and the parent layerable's \ref realVisibility returns + true. + + If this layerable doesn't have a direct layerable parent, returns the state of this layerable's + visibility. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::realVisibility() const +{ + return mVisible && (!mLayer || mLayer->visible()) && (!mParentLayerable || mParentLayerable.data()->realVisibility()); +} + +/*! + This function is used to decide whether a click hits a layerable object or not. + + \a pos is a point in pixel coordinates on the QCustomPlot surface. This function returns the + shortest pixel distance of this point to the object. If the object is either invisible or the + distance couldn't be determined, -1.0 is returned. Further, if \a onlySelectable is true and the + object is not selectable, -1.0 is returned, too. + + If the object is represented not by single lines but by an area like a \ref QCPItemText or the + bars of a \ref QCPBars plottable, a click inside the area should also be considered a hit. In + these cases this function thus returns a constant value greater zero but still below the parent + plot's selection tolerance. (typically the selectionTolerance multiplied by 0.99). + + Providing a constant value for area objects allows selecting line objects even when they are + obscured by such area objects, by clicking close to the lines (i.e. closer than + 0.99*selectionTolerance). + + The actual setting of the selection state is not done by this function. This is handled by the + parent QCustomPlot when the mouseReleaseEvent occurs, and the finally selected object is notified + via the selectEvent/deselectEvent methods. + + \a details is an optional output parameter. Every layerable subclass may place any information + in \a details. This information will be passed to \ref selectEvent when the parent QCustomPlot + decides on the basis of this selectTest call, that the object was successfully selected. The + subsequent call to \ref selectEvent will carry the \a details. This is useful for multi-part + objects (like QCPAxis). This way, a possibly complex calculation to decide which part was clicked + is only done once in \ref selectTest. The result (i.e. the actually clicked part) can then be + placed in \a details. So in the subsequent \ref selectEvent, the decision which part was + selected doesn't have to be done a second time for a single selection operation. + + You may pass 0 as \a details to indicate that you are not interested in those selection details. + + \see selectEvent, deselectEvent, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +double QCPLayerable::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos) + Q_UNUSED(onlySelectable) + Q_UNUSED(details) + return -1.0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent plot of this layerable. Use this function once to set the parent plot if you have + passed 0 in the constructor. It can not be used to move a layerable from one QCustomPlot to + another one. + + Note that, unlike when passing a non-null parent plot in the constructor, this function does not + make \a parentPlot the QObject-parent of this layerable. If you want this, call + QObject::setParent(\a parentPlot) in addition to this function. + + Further, you will probably want to set a layer (\ref setLayer) after calling this function, to + make the layerable appear on the QCustomPlot. + + The parent plot change will be propagated to subclasses via a call to \ref parentPlotInitialized + so they can react accordingly (e.g. also initialize the parent plot of child layerables, like + QCPLayout does). +*/ +void QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with mParentPlot already initialized"; + return; + } + + if (!parentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with parentPlot zero"; + } + + mParentPlot = parentPlot; + parentPlotInitialized(mParentPlot); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent layerable of this layerable to \a parentLayerable. Note that \a parentLayerable does not + become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable. + + The parent layerable has influence on the return value of the \ref realVisibility method. Only + layerables with a fully visible parent tree will return true for \ref realVisibility, and thus be + drawn. + + \see realVisibility +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) +{ + mParentLayerable = parentLayerable; +} + +/*! \internal + + Moves this layerable object to \a layer. If \a prepend is true, this object will be prepended to + the new layer's list, i.e. it will be drawn below the objects already on the layer. If it is + false, the object will be appended. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layer is a valid layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend) +{ + if (layer && !mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (layer && layer->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer" << layer->name() << "is not in same QCustomPlot as this layerable"; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *oldLayer = mLayer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + } + mLayer = layer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->addChild(this, prepend); + } + if (mLayer != oldLayer) { + emit layerChanged(mLayer); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the QCPainter::setAntialiasing state on the provided \a painter, depending on the \a + localAntialiased value as well as the overrides \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. Which override enum this function takes into account is + controlled via \a overrideElement. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const +{ + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(false); + } else if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->antialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(true); + } else { + painter->setAntialiasing(localAntialiased); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called by \ref initializeParentPlot, to allow subclasses to react on the setting + of a parent plot. This is the case when 0 was passed as parent plot in the constructor, and the + parent plot is set at a later time. + + For example, QCPLayoutElement/QCPLayout hierarchies may be created independently of any + QCustomPlot at first. When they are then added to a layout inside the QCustomPlot, the top level + element of the hierarchy gets its parent plot initialized with \ref initializeParentPlot. To + propagate the parent plot to all the children of the hierarchy, the top level element then uses + this function to pass the parent plot on to its child elements. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see initializeParentPlot +*/ +void QCPLayerable::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + Q_UNUSED(parentPlot) +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the selection category this layerable shall belong to. The selection category is used in + conjunction with \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions to control which objects are selectable and + which aren't. + + Subclasses that don't fit any of the normal \ref QCP::Interaction values can use \ref + QCP::iSelectOther. This is what the default implementation returns. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCP::Interaction QCPLayerable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectOther; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the clipping rectangle of this layerable object. By default, this is the viewport of the + parent QCustomPlot. Specific subclasses may reimplement this function to provide different + clipping rects. + + The returned clipping rect is set on the painter before the draw function of the respective + object is called. +*/ +QRect QCPLayerable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } else { + return QRect(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be selected, as a consequence of a click by the + user. Subclasses should react to it by setting their selection state appropriately. The default + implementation does nothing. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the selection. \a additive indicates, whether the user + was holding the multi-select-modifier while performing the selection (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier). if \a additive is true, the selection state must be toggled + (i.e. become selected when unselected and unselected when selected). + + Every selectEvent is preceded by a call to \ref selectTest, which has returned positively (i.e. + returned a value greater than 0 and less than the selection tolerance of the parent QCustomPlot). + The \a details data you output from \ref selectTest is fed back via \a details here. You may + use it to transport any kind of information from the selectTest to the possibly subsequent + selectEvent. Usually \a details is used to transfer which part was clicked, if it is a layerable + that has multiple individually selectable parts (like QCPAxis). This way selectEvent doesn't need + to do the calculation again to find out which part was actually clicked. + + \a selectionStateChanged is an output parameter. If the pointer is non-null, this function must + set the value either to true or false, depending on whether the selection state of this layerable + was actually changed. For layerables that only are selectable as a whole and not in parts, this + is simple: if \a additive is true, \a selectionStateChanged must also be set to true, because the + selection toggles. If \a additive is false, \a selectionStateChanged is only set to true, if the + layerable was previously unselected and now is switched to the selected state. + + \see selectTest, deselectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(additive) + Q_UNUSED(details) + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be deselected, either as consequence of a user + interaction or a call to \ref QCustomPlot::deselectAll. Subclasses should react to it by + unsetting their selection appropriately. + + just as in \ref selectEvent, the output parameter \a selectionStateChanged (if non-null), must + return true or false when the selection state of this layerable has changed or not changed, + respectively. + + \see selectTest, selectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPRange +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPRange + \brief Represents the range an axis is encompassing. + + contains a \a lower and \a upper double value and provides convenience input, output and + modification functions. + + \see QCPAxis::setRange +*/ + +/*! + Minimum range size (\a upper - \a lower) the range changing functions will accept. Smaller + intervals would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a minimum magnitude of roughly 1e-308. + \see validRange, maxRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::minRange = 1e-280; + +/*! + Maximum values (negative and positive) the range will accept in range-changing functions. + Larger absolute values would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a maximum magnitude of roughly 1e308. + Since the number of planck-volumes in the entire visible universe is only ~1e183, this should + be enough. + \see validRange, minRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::maxRange = 1e250; + +/*! + Constructs a range with \a lower and \a upper set to zero. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange() : + lower(0), + upper(0) +{ +} + +/*! \overload + Constructs a range with the specified \a lower and \a upper values. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange(double lower, double upper) : + lower(lower), + upper(upper) +{ + normalize(); +} + +/*! + Returns the size of the range, i.e. \a upper-\a lower +*/ +double QCPRange::size() const +{ + return upper - lower; +} + +/*! + Returns the center of the range, i.e. (\a upper+\a lower)*0.5 +*/ +double QCPRange::center() const +{ + return (upper + lower) * 0.5; +} + +/*! + Makes sure \a lower is numerically smaller than \a upper. If this is not the case, the values + are swapped. +*/ +void QCPRange::normalize() +{ + if (lower > upper) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } +} + +/*! + Expands this range such that \a otherRange is contained in the new range. It is assumed that both + this range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If \a otherRange is already inside the current range, this function does nothing. + + \see expanded +*/ +void QCPRange::expand(const QCPRange &otherRange) +{ + if (lower > otherRange.lower) { + lower = otherRange.lower; + } + if (upper < otherRange.upper) { + upper = otherRange.upper; + } +} + + +/*! + Returns an expanded range that contains this and \a otherRange. It is assumed that both this + range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + \see expand +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const +{ + QCPRange result = *this; + result.expand(otherRange); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a sanitized version of the range. Sanitized means for logarithmic scales, that + the range won't span the positive and negative sign domain, i.e. contain zero. Further + \a lower will always be numerically smaller (or equal) to \a upper. + + If the original range does span positive and negative sign domains or contains zero, + the returned range will try to approximate the original range as good as possible. + If the positive interval of the original range is wider than the negative interval, the + returned range will only contain the positive interval, with lower bound set to \a rangeFac or + \a rangeFac *\a upper, whichever is closer to zero. Same procedure is used if the negative interval + is wider than the positive interval, this time by changing the \a upper bound. +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::sanitizedForLogScale() const +{ + double rangeFac = 1e-3; + QCPRange sanitizedRange(lower, upper); + sanitizedRange.normalize(); + // can't have range spanning negative and positive values in log plot, so change range to fix it + //if (qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.lower+1, 1) && !qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.upper+1, 1)) + if (sanitizedRange.lower == 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper != 0.0) { + // case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } //else if (!qFuzzyCompare(lower+1, 1) && qFuzzyCompare(upper+1, 1)) + else if (sanitizedRange.lower != 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper == 0.0) { + // case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else if (sanitizedRange.lower < 0 && sanitizedRange.upper > 0) { + // find out whether negative or positive interval is wider to decide which sign domain will be chosen + if (-sanitizedRange.lower > sanitizedRange.upper) { + // negative is wider, do same as in case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else { + // positive is wider, do same as in case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } + } + // due to normalization, case lower>0 && upper<0 should never occur, because that implies upper= lower && value <= upper; +} + +/*! + Checks, whether the specified range is within valid bounds, which are defined + as QCPRange::maxRange and QCPRange::minRange. + A valid range means: + \li range bounds within -maxRange and maxRange + \li range size above minRange + \li range size below maxRange +*/ +bool QCPRange::validRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + return (lower > -maxRange && + upper < maxRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) > minRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) < maxRange && + !(lower > 0 && qIsInf(upper / lower)) && + !(upper < 0 && qIsInf(lower / upper))); +} + +/*! + \overload + Checks, whether the specified range is within valid bounds, which are defined + as QCPRange::maxRange and QCPRange::minRange. + A valid range means: + \li range bounds within -maxRange and maxRange + \li range size above minRange + \li range size below maxRange +*/ +bool QCPRange::validRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + return (range.lower > -maxRange && + range.upper < maxRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) > minRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) < maxRange && + !(range.lower > 0 && qIsInf(range.upper / range.lower)) && + !(range.upper < 0 && qIsInf(range.lower / range.upper))); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPMarginGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPMarginGroup + \brief A margin group allows synchronization of margin sides if working with multiple layout elements. + + QCPMarginGroup allows you to tie a margin side of two or more layout elements together, such that + they will all have the same size, based on the largest required margin in the group. + + \n + \image html QCPMarginGroup.png "Demonstration of QCPMarginGroup" + \n + + In certain situations it is desirable that margins at specific sides are synchronized across + layout elements. For example, if one QCPAxisRect is below another one in a grid layout, it will + provide a cleaner look to the user if the left and right margins of the two axis rects are of the + same size. The left axis of the top axis rect will then be at the same horizontal position as the + left axis of the lower axis rect, making them appear aligned. The same applies for the right + axes. This is what QCPMarginGroup makes possible. + + To add/remove a specific side of a layout element to/from a margin group, use the \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup method. To completely break apart the margin group, either call + \ref clear, or just delete the margin group. + + \section QCPMarginGroup-example Example + + First create a margin group: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-1 + Then set this group on the layout element sides: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-2 + Here, we've used the first two axis rects of the plot and synchronized their left margins with + each other and their right margins with each other. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPMarginGroup::elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const + + Returns a list of all layout elements that have their margin \a side associated with this margin + group. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPMarginGroup instance in \a parentPlot. +*/ +QCPMarginGroup::QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot) +{ + mChildren.insert(QCP::msLeft, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msRight, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msTop, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msBottom, QList()); +} + +QCPMarginGroup::~QCPMarginGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether this margin group is empty. If this function returns true, no layout elements use + this margin group to synchronize margin sides. +*/ +bool QCPMarginGroup::isEmpty() const +{ + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (!it.value().isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Clears this margin group. The synchronization of the margin sides that use this margin group is + lifted and they will use their individual margin sizes again. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::clear() +{ + // make all children remove themselves from this margin group: + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + const QList elements = it.value(); + for (int i = elements.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + elements.at(i)->setMarginGroup(it.key(), 0); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the synchronized common margin for \a side. This is the margin value that will be used by + the layout element on the respective side, if it is part of this margin group. + + The common margin is calculated by requesting the automatic margin (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin) of each element associated with \a side in this margin + group, and choosing the largest returned value. (QCPLayoutElement::minimumMargins is taken into + account, too.) +*/ +int QCPMarginGroup::commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const +{ + // query all automatic margins of the layout elements in this margin group side and find maximum: + int result = 0; + const QList elements = mChildren.value(side); + for (int i = 0; i < elements.size(); ++i) { + if (!elements.at(i)->autoMargins().testFlag(side)) { + continue; + } + int m = qMax(elements.at(i)->calculateAutoMargin(side), QCP::getMarginValue(elements.at(i)->minimumMargins(), side)); + if (m > result) { + result = m; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a element to the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].contains(element)) { + mChildren[side].append(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is already child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a element from the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].removeOne(element)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is not child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutElement +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutElement + \brief The abstract base class for all objects that form \ref thelayoutsystem "the layout system". + + This is an abstract base class. As such, it can't be instantiated directly, rather use one of its subclasses. + + A Layout element is a rectangular object which can be placed in layouts. It has an outer rect + (QCPLayoutElement::outerRect) and an inner rect (\ref QCPLayoutElement::rect). The difference + between outer and inner rect is called its margin. The margin can either be set to automatic or + manual (\ref setAutoMargins) on a per-side basis. If a side is set to manual, that margin can be + set explicitly with \ref setMargins and will stay fixed at that value. If it's set to automatic, + the layout element subclass will control the value itself (via \ref calculateAutoMargin). + + Layout elements can be placed in layouts (base class QCPLayout) like QCPLayoutGrid. The top level + layout is reachable via \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout, and is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid. Since \ref + QCPLayout itself derives from \ref QCPLayoutElement, layouts can be nested. + + Thus in QCustomPlot one can divide layout elements into two categories: The ones that are + invisible by themselves, because they don't draw anything. Their only purpose is to manage the + position and size of other layout elements. This category of layout elements usually use + QCPLayout as base class. Then there is the category of layout elements which actually draw + something. For example, QCPAxisRect, QCPLegend and QCPPlotTitle are of this category. This does + not necessarily mean that the latter category can't have child layout elements. QCPLegend for + instance, actually derives from QCPLayoutGrid and the individual legend items are child layout + elements in the grid layout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayout *QCPLayoutElement::layout() const + + Returns the parent layout of this layout element. +*/ + +/*! \fn QRect QCPLayoutElement::rect() const + + Returns the inner rect of this layout element. The inner rect is the outer rect (\ref + setOuterRect) shrinked by the margins (\ref setMargins, \ref setAutoMargins). + + In some cases, the area between outer and inner rect is left blank. In other cases the margin + area is used to display peripheral graphics while the main content is in the inner rect. This is + where automatic margin calculation becomes interesting because it allows the layout element to + adapt the margins to the peripheral graphics it wants to draw. For example, \ref QCPAxisRect + draws the axis labels and tick labels in the margin area, thus needs to adjust the margins (if + \ref setAutoMargins is enabled) according to the space required by the labels of the axes. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutElement::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) + + This event is called, if the mouse was pressed while being inside the outer rect of this layout + element. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutElement::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) + + This event is called, if the mouse is moved inside the outer rect of this layout element. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutElement::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) + + This event is called, if the mouse was previously pressed inside the outer rect of this layout + element and is now released. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutElement::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) + + This event is called, if the mouse is double-clicked inside the outer rect of this layout + element. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutElement::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) + + This event is called, if the mouse wheel is scrolled while the cursor is inside the rect of this + layout element. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutElement and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutElement::QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), // parenthood is changed as soon as layout element gets inserted into a layout (except for top level layout) + mParentLayout(0), + mMinimumSize(), + mMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), + mRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mOuterRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMinimumMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mAutoMargins(QCP::msAll) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutElement::~QCPLayoutElement() +{ + setMarginGroup(QCP::msAll, 0); // unregister at margin groups, if there are any + // unregister at layout: + if (qobject_cast(mParentLayout)) { // the qobject_cast is just a safeguard in case the layout forgets to call clear() in its dtor and this dtor is called by QObject dtor + mParentLayout->take(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the outer rect of this layout element. If the layout element is inside a layout, the layout + sets the position and size of this layout element using this function. + + Calling this function externally has no effect, since the layout will overwrite any changes to + the outer rect upon the next replot. + + The layout element will adapt its inner \ref rect by applying the margins inward to the outer rect. + + \see rect +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect(const QRect &rect) +{ + if (mOuterRect != rect) { + mOuterRect = rect; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the margins of this layout element. If \ref setAutoMargins is disabled for some or all + sides, this function is used to manually set the margin on those sides. Sides that are still set + to be handled automatically are ignored and may have any value in \a margins. + + The margin is the distance between the outer rect (controlled by the parent layout via \ref + setOuterRect) and the inner \ref rect (which usually contains the main content of this layout + element). + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMargins != margins) { + mMargins = margins; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + If \ref setAutoMargins is enabled on some or all margins, this function is used to provide + minimum values for those margins. + + The minimum values are not enforced on margin sides that were set to be under manual control via + \ref setAutoMargins. + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMinimumMargins != margins) { + mMinimumMargins = margins; + } +} + +/*! + Sets on which sides the margin shall be calculated automatically. If a side is calculated + automatically, a minimum margin value may be provided with \ref setMinimumMargins. If a side is + set to be controlled manually, the value may be specified with \ref setMargins. + + Margin sides that are under automatic control may participate in a \ref QCPMarginGroup (see \ref + setMarginGroup), to synchronize (align) it with other layout elements in the plot. + + \see setMinimumMargins, setMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides) +{ + mAutoMargins = sides; +} + +/*! + Sets the minimum size for the inner \ref rect of this layout element. A parent layout tries to + respect the \a size here by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. + + If the parent layout size is not sufficient to satisfy all minimum size constraints of its child + layout elements, the layout may set a size that is actually smaller than \a size. QCustomPlot + propagates the layout's size constraints to the outside by setting its own minimum QWidget size + accordingly, so violations of \a size should be exceptions. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMinimumSize != size) { + mMinimumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the minimum size for the inner \ref rect of this layout element. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMinimumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets the maximum size for the inner \ref rect of this layout element. A parent layout tries to + respect the \a size here by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMaximumSize != size) { + mMaximumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the maximum size for the inner \ref rect of this layout element. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMaximumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets the margin \a group of the specified margin \a sides. + + Margin groups allow synchronizing specified margins across layout elements, see the documentation + of \ref QCPMarginGroup. + + To unset the margin group of \a sides, set \a group to 0. + + Note that margin groups only work for margin sides that are set to automatic (\ref + setAutoMargins). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group) +{ + QVector sideVector; + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msLeft)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msLeft); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msRight)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msRight); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msTop)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msTop); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msBottom)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msBottom); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < sideVector.size(); ++i) { + QCP::MarginSide side = sideVector.at(i); + if (marginGroup(side) != group) { + QCPMarginGroup *oldGroup = marginGroup(side); + if (oldGroup) { // unregister at old group + oldGroup->removeChild(side, this); + } + + if (!group) { // if setting to 0, remove hash entry. Else set hash entry to new group and register there + mMarginGroups.remove(side); + } else { // setting to a new group + mMarginGroups[side] = group; + group->addChild(side, this); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Updates the layout element and sub-elements. This function is automatically called before every + replot by the parent layout element. It is called multiple times, once for every \ref + UpdatePhase. The phases are run through in the order of the enum values. For details about what + happens at the different phases, see the documentation of \ref UpdatePhase. + + Layout elements that have child elements should call the \ref update method of their child + elements, and pass the current \a phase unchanged. + + The default implementation executes the automatic margin mechanism in the \ref upMargins phase. + Subclasses should make sure to call the base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + if (phase == upMargins) { + if (mAutoMargins != QCP::msNone) { + // set the margins of this layout element according to automatic margin calculation, either directly or via a margin group: + QMargins newMargins = mMargins; + QList allMarginSides = QList() << QCP::msLeft << QCP::msRight << QCP::msTop << QCP::msBottom; + foreach (QCP::MarginSide side, allMarginSides) { + if (mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { // this side's margin shall be calculated automatically + if (mMarginGroups.contains(side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, mMarginGroups[side]->commonMargin(side)); // this side is part of a margin group, so get the margin value from that group + } else { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, calculateAutoMargin(side)); // this side is not part of a group, so calculate the value directly + } + // apply minimum margin restrictions: + if (QCP::getMarginValue(newMargins, side) < QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); + } + } + } + setMargins(newMargins); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the minimum size this layout element (the inner \ref rect) may be compressed to. + + if a minimum size (\ref setMinimumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts consult this + function to determine the minimum allowed size of this layout element. (A manual minimum size is + considered set if it is non-zero.) +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + return mMinimumSize; +} + +/*! + Returns the maximum size this layout element (the inner \ref rect) may be expanded to. + + if a maximum size (\ref setMaximumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts consult this + function to determine the maximum allowed size of this layout element. (A manual maximum size is + considered set if it is smaller than Qt's QWIDGETSIZE_MAX.) +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::maximumSizeHint() const +{ + return mMaximumSize; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all child elements in this layout element. If \a recursive is true, all + sub-child elements are included in the list, too. + + \warning There may be entries with value 0 in the returned list. (For example, QCPLayoutGrid may have + empty cells which yield 0 at the respective index.) +*/ +QList QCPLayoutElement::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(recursive) + return QList(); +} + +/*! + Layout elements are sensitive to events inside their outer rect. If \a pos is within the outer + rect, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. However, layout elements are not selectable by default. So if \a onlySelectable is + true, -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. + + QCPLayoutElement subclasses may reimplement this method to provide more specific selection test + behaviour. +*/ +double QCPLayoutElement::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (QRectF(mOuterRect).contains(pos)) { + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "parent plot not defined"; + return -1; + } + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + propagates the parent plot initialization to all child elements, by calling \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on them. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, elements(false)) { + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(parentPlot); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the margin size for this \a side. It is used if automatic margins is enabled for this \a + side (see \ref setAutoMargins). If a minimum margin was set with \ref setMinimumMargins, the + returned value will not be smaller than the specified minimum margin. + + The default implementation just returns the respective manual margin (\ref setMargins) or the + minimum margin, whichever is larger. +*/ +int QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + return qMax(QCP::getMarginValue(mMargins, side), QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayout +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayout + \brief The abstract base class for layouts + + This is an abstract base class for layout elements whose main purpose is to define the position + and size of other child layout elements. In most cases, layouts don't draw anything themselves + (but there are exceptions to this, e.g. QCPLegend). + + QCPLayout derives from QCPLayoutElement, and thus can itself be nested in other layouts. + + QCPLayout introduces a common interface for accessing and manipulating the child elements. Those + functions are most notably \ref elementCount, \ref elementAt, \ref takeAt, \ref take, \ref + simplify, \ref removeAt, \ref remove and \ref clear. Individual subclasses may add more functions + to this interface which are more specialized to the form of the layout. For example, \ref + QCPLayoutGrid adds functions that take row and column indices to access cells of the layout grid + more conveniently. + + Since this is an abstract base class, you can't instantiate it directly. Rather use one of its + subclasses like QCPLayoutGrid or QCPLayoutInset. + + For a general introduction to the layout system, see the dedicated documentation page \ref + thelayoutsystem "The Layout System". +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPLayout::elementCount() const = 0 + + Returns the number of elements/cells in the layout. + + \see elements, elementAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::elementAt(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the element in the cell with the given \a index. If \a index is invalid, returns 0. + + Note that even if \a index is valid, the respective cell may be empty in some layouts (e.g. + QCPLayoutGrid), so this function may return 0 in those cases. You may use this function to check + whether a cell is empty or not. + + \see elements, elementCount, takeAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::takeAt(int index) = 0 + + Removes the element with the given \a index from the layout and returns it. + + If the \a index is invalid or the cell with that index is empty, returns 0. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see elementAt, take +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPLayout::take(QCPLayoutElement* element) = 0 + + Removes the specified \a element from the layout and returns true on success. + + If the \a element isn't in this layout, returns false. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see takeAt +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayout and sets default values. Note that since QCPLayout + is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. +*/ +QCPLayout::QCPLayout() +{ +} + +/*! + First calls the QCPLayoutElement::update base class implementation to update the margins on this + layout. + + Then calls \ref updateLayout which subclasses reimplement to reposition and resize their cells. + + Finally, \ref update is called on all child elements. +*/ +void QCPLayout::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + // set child element rects according to layout: + if (phase == upLayout) { + updateLayout(); + } + + // propagate update call to child elements: + const int elCount = elementCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(i)) { + el->update(phase); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayout::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + const int c = elementCount(); + QList result; +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(c); +#endif + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + result.append(elementAt(i)); + } + if (recursive) { + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing empty cells. The exact behavior depends on subclasses, the + default implementation does nothing. + + Not all layouts need simplification. For example, QCPLayoutInset doesn't use explicit + simplification while QCPLayoutGrid does. +*/ +void QCPLayout::simplify() +{ +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the element at the provided \a index. Returns true on success. If \a index is + invalid or points to an empty cell, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the returned element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see remove, takeAt +*/ +bool QCPLayout::removeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = takeAt(index)) { + delete el; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the provided \a element. Returns true on success. If \a element is not in the + layout, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see removeAt, take +*/ +bool QCPLayout::remove(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (take(element)) { + delete element; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes all layout elements in this layout. Finally calls \ref simplify to make sure + all empty cells are collapsed. + + \see remove, removeAt +*/ +void QCPLayout::clear() +{ + for (int i = elementCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (elementAt(i)) { + removeAt(i); + } + } + simplify(); +} + +/*! + Subclasses call this method to report changed (minimum/maximum) size constraints. + + If the parent of this layout is again a QCPLayout, forwards the call to the parent's \ref + sizeConstraintsChanged. If the parent is a QWidget (i.e. is the \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout of + QCustomPlot), calls QWidget::updateGeometry, so if the QCustomPlot widget is inside a Qt QLayout, + it may update itself and resize cells accordingly. +*/ +void QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged() const +{ + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + w->updateGeometry(); + } else if (QCPLayout *l = qobject_cast(parent())) { + l->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Subclasses reimplement this method to update the position and sizes of the child elements/cells + via calling their \ref QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect. The default implementation does nothing. + + The geometry used as a reference is the inner \ref rect of this layout. Child elements should stay + within that rect. + + \ref getSectionSizes may help with the reimplementation of this function. + + \see update +*/ +void QCPLayout::updateLayout() +{ +} + + +/*! \internal + + Associates \a el with this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout, the + \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable and the QObject parent to this layout. + + Further, if \a el didn't previously have a parent plot, calls \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on \a el to set the paret plot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that add elements to the layout. Note that this + method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from the old layout and the insertion into + the new layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = this; + el->setParentLayerable(this); + el->setParent(this); + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Disassociates \a el from this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout + and the \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable to zero. The QObject parent is set to the parent + QCustomPlot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that remove elements from the layout (e.g. \ref + take or \ref takeAt). Note that this method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from + the old layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = 0; + el->setParentLayerable(0); + el->setParent(mParentPlot); + // Note: Don't initializeParentPlot(0) here, because layout element will stay in same parent plot + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of \ref updateLayout in subclasses. + + It calculates the sizes of one-dimensional sections with provided constraints on maximum section + sizes, minimum section sizes, relative stretch factors and the final total size of all sections. + + The QVector entries refer to the sections. Thus all QVectors must have the same size. + + \a maxSizes gives the maximum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no maximum size + imposed, set all vector values to Qt's QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. + + \a minSizes gives the minimum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no minimum size + imposed, set all vector values to zero. If the \a minSizes entries add up to a value greater than + \a totalSize, sections will be scaled smaller than the proposed minimum sizes. (In other words, + not exceeding the allowed total size is taken to be more important than not going below minimum + section sizes.) + + \a stretchFactors give the relative proportions of the sections to each other. If all sections + shall be scaled equally, set all values equal. If the first section shall be double the size of + each individual other section, set the first number of \a stretchFactors to double the value of + the other individual values (e.g. {2, 1, 1, 1}). + + \a totalSize is the value that the final section sizes will add up to. Due to rounding, the + actual sum may differ slightly. If you want the section sizes to sum up to exactly that value, + you could distribute the remaining difference on the sections. + + The return value is a QVector containing the section sizes. +*/ +QVector QCPLayout::getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const +{ + if (maxSizes.size() != minSizes.size() || minSizes.size() != stretchFactors.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed vector sizes aren't equal:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors; + return QVector(); + } + if (stretchFactors.isEmpty()) { + return QVector(); + } + int sectionCount = stretchFactors.size(); + QVector sectionSizes(sectionCount); + // if provided total size is forced smaller than total minimum size, ignore minimum sizes (squeeze sections): + int minSizeSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + minSizeSum += minSizes.at(i); + } + if (totalSize < minSizeSum) { + // new stretch factors are minimum sizes and minimum sizes are set to zero: + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + stretchFactors[i] = minSizes.at(i); + minSizes[i] = 0; + } + } + + QList minimumLockedSections; + QList unfinishedSections; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } + double freeSize = totalSize; + + int outerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && outerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++outerIterations; + int innerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && innerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++innerIterations; + // find section that hits its maximum next: + int nextId = -1; + double nextMax = 1e12; + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + int secId = unfinishedSections.at(i); + double hitsMaxAt = (maxSizes.at(secId) - sectionSizes.at(secId)) / stretchFactors.at(secId); + if (hitsMaxAt < nextMax) { + nextMax = hitsMaxAt; + nextId = secId; + } + } + // check if that maximum is actually within the bounds of the total size (i.e. can we stretch all remaining sections so far that the found section + // actually hits its maximum, without exceeding the total size when we add up all sections) + double stretchFactorSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + stretchFactorSum += stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); + } + double nextMaxLimit = freeSize / stretchFactorSum; + if (nextMax < nextMaxLimit) { // next maximum is actually hit, move forward to that point and fix the size of that section + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] += nextMax * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); // increment all sections + freeSize -= nextMax * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); + } + unfinishedSections.removeOne(nextId); // exclude the section that is now at maximum from further changes + } else { // next maximum isn't hit, just distribute rest of free space on remaining sections + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] += nextMaxLimit * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); // increment all sections + } + unfinishedSections.clear(); + } + } + if (innerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected inner iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + // now check whether the resulting section sizes violate minimum restrictions: + bool foundMinimumViolation = false; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionSizes.size(); ++i) { + if (minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { + continue; + } + if (sectionSizes.at(i) < minSizes.at(i)) { // section violates minimum + sectionSizes[i] = minSizes.at(i); // set it to minimum + foundMinimumViolation = true; // make sure we repeat the whole optimization process + minimumLockedSections.append(i); + } + } + if (foundMinimumViolation) { + freeSize = totalSize; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + if (!minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { // only put sections that haven't hit their minimum back into the pool + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } else { + freeSize -= sectionSizes.at(i); // remove size of minimum locked sections from available space in next round + } + } + // reset all section sizes to zero that are in unfinished sections (all others have been set to their minimum): + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] = 0; + } + } + } + if (outerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected outer iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + QVector result(sectionCount); + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + result[i] = qRound(sectionSizes.at(i)); + } + return result; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutGrid + \brief A layout that arranges child elements in a grid + + Elements are laid out in a grid with configurable stretch factors (\ref setColumnStretchFactor, + \ref setRowStretchFactor) and spacing (\ref setColumnSpacing, \ref setRowSpacing). + + Elements can be added to cells via \ref addElement. The grid is expanded if the specified row or + column doesn't exist yet. Whether a cell contains a valid layout element can be checked with \ref + hasElement, that element can be retrieved with \ref element. If rows and columns that only have + empty cells shall be removed, call \ref simplify. Removal of elements is either done by just + adding the element to a different layout or by using the QCPLayout interface \ref take or \ref + remove. + + Row and column insertion can be performed with \ref insertRow and \ref insertColumn. +*/ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutGrid and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutGrid::QCPLayoutGrid() : + mColumnSpacing(5), + mRowSpacing(5) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutGrid::~QCPLayoutGrid() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the element in the cell in \a row and \a column. + + Returns 0 if either the row/column is invalid or if the cell is empty. In those cases, a qDebug + message is printed. To check whether a cell exists and isn't empty, use \ref hasElement. + + \see addElement, hasElement +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::element(int row, int column) const +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < mElements.size()) { + if (column >= 0 && column < mElements.first().size()) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *result = mElements.at(row).at(column)) { + return result; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Requested cell is empty. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of rows in the layout. + + \see columnCount +*/ +int QCPLayoutGrid::rowCount() const +{ + return mElements.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the number of columns in the layout. + + \see rowCount +*/ +int QCPLayoutGrid::columnCount() const +{ + if (mElements.size() > 0) { + return mElements.first().size(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the \a element to cell with \a row and \a column. If \a element is already in a layout, it + is first removed from there. If \a row or \a column don't exist yet, the layout is expanded + accordingly. + + Returns true if the element was added successfully, i.e. if the cell at \a row and \a column + didn't already have an element. + + \see element, hasElement, take, remove +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + if (!hasElement(row, column)) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + expandTo(row + 1, column + 1); + mElements[row][column] = element; + adoptElement(element); + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "There is already an element in the specified row/column:" << row << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add null element to row/column:" << row << column; + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Returns whether the cell at \a row and \a column exists and contains a valid element, i.e. isn't + empty. + + \see element +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::hasElement(int row, int column) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount() && column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + return mElements.at(row).at(column); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a column. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights (\ref QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), regardless of the stretch factor. + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor) +{ + if (column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mColumnStretchFactors[column] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column:" << column; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all columns. \a factors must have the size \ref columnCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights (\ref QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), regardless of the stretch factor. + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactor, setRowStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mColumnStretchFactors.size()) { + mColumnStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mColumnStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mColumnStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mColumnStretchFactors.at(i); + mColumnStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Column count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a row. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights (\ref QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), regardless of the stretch factor. + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mRowStretchFactors[row] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row:" << row; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all rows. \a factors must have the size \ref rowCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights (\ref QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), regardless of the stretch factor. + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setRowStretchFactor, setColumnStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mRowStretchFactors.size()) { + mRowStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mRowStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mRowStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mRowStretchFactors.at(i); + mRowStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Row count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between columns to \a pixels. + + \see setRowSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mColumnSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between rows to \a pixels. + + \see setColumnSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mRowSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Expands the layout to have \a newRowCount rows and \a newColumnCount columns. So the last valid + row index will be \a newRowCount-1, the last valid column index will be \a newColumnCount-1. + + If the current column/row count is already larger or equal to \a newColumnCount/\a newRowCount, + this function does nothing in that dimension. + + Newly created cells are empty, new rows and columns have the stretch factor 1. + + Note that upon a call to \ref addElement, the layout is expanded automatically to contain the + specified row and column, using this function. + + \see simplify +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount) +{ + // add rows as necessary: + while (rowCount() < newRowCount) { + mElements.append(QList()); + mRowStretchFactors.append(1); + } + // go through rows and expand columns as necessary: + int newColCount = qMax(columnCount(), newColumnCount); + for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) { + while (mElements.at(i).size() < newColCount) { + mElements[i].append(0); + } + } + while (mColumnStretchFactors.size() < newColCount) { + mColumnStretchFactors.append(1); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts a new row with empty cells at the row index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a newIndex + range from 0 (inserts a row at the top) to \a rowCount (appends a row at the bottom). + + \see insertColumn +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertRow(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > rowCount()) { + newIndex = rowCount(); + } + + mRowStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + QList newRow; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + newRow.append((QCPLayoutElement *)0); + } + mElements.insert(newIndex, newRow); +} + +/*! + Inserts a new column with empty cells at the column index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a + newIndex range from 0 (inserts a row at the left) to \a rowCount (appends a row at the right). + + \see insertRow +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertColumn(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > columnCount()) { + newIndex = columnCount(); + } + + mColumnStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].insert(newIndex, (QCPLayoutElement *)0); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutGrid::updateLayout() +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights, maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + int totalRowSpacing = (rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + int totalColSpacing = (columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + QVector colWidths = getSectionSizes(maxColWidths, minColWidths, mColumnStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.width() - totalColSpacing); + QVector rowHeights = getSectionSizes(maxRowHeights, minRowHeights, mRowStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.height() - totalRowSpacing); + + // go through cells and set rects accordingly: + int yOffset = mRect.top(); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (row > 0) { + yOffset += rowHeights.at(row - 1) + mRowSpacing; + } + int xOffset = mRect.left(); + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (col > 0) { + xOffset += colWidths.at(col - 1) + mColumnSpacing; + } + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + mElements.at(row).at(col)->setOuterRect(QRect(xOffset, yOffset, colWidths.at(col), rowHeights.at(row))); + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPLayoutGrid::elementCount() const +{ + return rowCount() * columnCount(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < elementCount()) { + return mElements.at(index / columnCount()).at(index % columnCount()); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + mElements[index / columnCount()][index % columnCount()] = 0; + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take null element"; + } + return false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayoutGrid::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + int colC = columnCount(); + int rowC = rowCount(); +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(colC * rowC); +#endif + for (int row = 0; row < rowC; ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < colC; ++col) { + result.append(mElements.at(row).at(col)); + } + } + if (recursive) { + int c = result.size(); + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing rows and columns which only contain empty cells. +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::simplify() +{ + // remove rows with only empty cells: + for (int row = rowCount() - 1; row >= 0; --row) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mRowStretchFactors.removeAt(row); + mElements.removeAt(row); + if (mElements.isEmpty()) { // removed last element, also remove stretch factor (wouldn't happen below because also columnCount changed to 0 now) + mColumnStretchFactors.clear(); + } + } + } + + // remove columns with only empty cells: + for (int col = columnCount() - 1; col >= 0; --col) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mColumnStretchFactors.removeAt(col); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].removeAt(col); + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + QSize result(0, 0); + for (int i = 0; i < minColWidths.size(); ++i) { + result.rwidth() += minColWidths.at(i); + } + for (int i = 0; i < minRowHeights.size(); ++i) { + result.rheight() += minRowHeights.at(i); + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing + mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing + mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::maximumSizeHint() const +{ + QVector maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + QSize result(0, 0); + for (int i = 0; i < maxColWidths.size(); ++i) { + result.setWidth(qMin(result.width() + maxColWidths.at(i), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maxRowHeights.size(); ++i) { + result.setHeight(qMin(result.height() + maxRowHeights.at(i), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing + mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing + mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the minimum column widths and row heights into \a minColWidths and \a minRowHeights + respectively. + + The minimum height of a row is the largest minimum height of any element in that row. The minimum + width of a column is the largest minimum width of any element in that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMaximumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const +{ + *minColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), 0); + *minRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), 0); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize minHint = mElements.at(row).at(col)->minimumSizeHint(); + QSize min = mElements.at(row).at(col)->minimumSize(); + QSize final(min.width() > 0 ? min.width() : minHint.width(), min.height() > 0 ? min.height() : minHint.height()); + if (minColWidths->at(col) < final.width()) { + (*minColWidths)[col] = final.width(); + } + if (minRowHeights->at(row) < final.height()) { + (*minRowHeights)[row] = final.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the maximum column widths and row heights into \a maxColWidths and \a maxRowHeights + respectively. + + The maximum height of a row is the smallest maximum height of any element in that row. The + maximum width of a column is the smallest maximum width of any element in that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMinimumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const +{ + *maxColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + *maxRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize maxHint = mElements.at(row).at(col)->maximumSizeHint(); + QSize max = mElements.at(row).at(col)->maximumSize(); + QSize final(max.width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? max.width() : maxHint.width(), max.height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? max.height() : maxHint.height()); + if (maxColWidths->at(col) > final.width()) { + (*maxColWidths)[col] = final.width(); + } + if (maxRowHeights->at(row) > final.height()) { + (*maxRowHeights)[row] = final.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutInset +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPLayoutInset + \brief A layout that places child elements aligned to the border or arbitrarily positioned + + Elements are placed either aligned to the border or at arbitrary position in the area of the + layout. Which placement applies is controlled with the \ref InsetPlacement (\ref + setInsetPlacement). + + Elements are added via \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) or + addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect). If the first method is used, the inset + placement will default to \ref ipBorderAligned and the element will be aligned according to the + \a alignment parameter. The second method defaults to \ref ipFree and allows placing elements at + arbitrary position and size, defined by \a rect. + + The alignment or rect can be set via \ref setInsetAlignment or \ref setInsetRect, respectively. + + This is the layout that every QCPAxisRect has as \ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutInset::simplify() + + The QCPInsetLayout does not need simplification since it can never have empty cells due to its + linear index structure. This method does nothing. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutInset and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::QCPLayoutInset() +{ +} + +QCPLayoutInset::~QCPLayoutInset() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the placement type of the element with the specified \a index. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement QCPLayoutInset::insetPlacement(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetPlacement.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return ipFree; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the alignment of the element with the specified \a index. The alignment only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned. +*/ +Qt::Alignment QCPLayoutInset::insetAlignment(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetAlignment.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the rect of the element with the specified \a index. The rect only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree. +*/ +QRectF QCPLayoutInset::insetRect(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetRect.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return QRectF(); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the inset placement type of the element with the specified \a index to \a placement. + + \see InsetPlacement +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetPlacement(int index, QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement placement) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetPlacement[index] = placement; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned, this function + is used to set the alignment of the element with the specified \a index to \a alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetAlignment[index] = alignment; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree, this function is used to set the + position and size of the element with the specified \a index to \a rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + Note that the minimum and maximum sizes of the embedded element (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize) are enforced. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetRect[index] = rect; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutInset::updateLayout() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mElements.size(); ++i) { + QRect insetRect; + QSize finalMinSize, finalMaxSize; + QSize minSizeHint = mElements.at(i)->minimumSizeHint(); + QSize maxSizeHint = mElements.at(i)->maximumSizeHint(); + finalMinSize.setWidth(mElements.at(i)->minimumSize().width() > 0 ? mElements.at(i)->minimumSize().width() : minSizeHint.width()); + finalMinSize.setHeight(mElements.at(i)->minimumSize().height() > 0 ? mElements.at(i)->minimumSize().height() : minSizeHint.height()); + finalMaxSize.setWidth(mElements.at(i)->maximumSize().width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? mElements.at(i)->maximumSize().width() : maxSizeHint.width()); + finalMaxSize.setHeight(mElements.at(i)->maximumSize().height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? mElements.at(i)->maximumSize().height() : maxSizeHint.height()); + if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipFree) { + insetRect = QRect(rect().x() + rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).x(), + rect().y() + rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).y(), + rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).width(), + rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).height()); + if (insetRect.size().width() < finalMinSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMinSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() < finalMinSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMinSize.height()); + } + if (insetRect.size().width() > finalMaxSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMaxSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() > finalMaxSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMaxSize.height()); + } + } else if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipBorderAligned) { + insetRect.setSize(finalMinSize); + Qt::Alignment al = mInsetAlignment.at(i); + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignLeft)) { + insetRect.moveLeft(rect().x()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + insetRect.moveRight(rect().x() + rect().width()); + } else { + insetRect.moveLeft(rect().x() + rect().width() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.width() * 0.5); // default to Qt::AlignHCenter + } + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignTop)) { + insetRect.moveTop(rect().y()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + insetRect.moveBottom(rect().y() + rect().height()); + } else { + insetRect.moveTop(rect().y() + rect().height() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.height() * 0.5); // default to Qt::AlignVCenter + } + } + mElements.at(i)->setOuterRect(insetRect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPLayoutInset::elementCount() const +{ + return mElements.size(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mElements.size()) { + return mElements.at(index); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + mElements.removeAt(index); + mInsetPlacement.removeAt(index); + mInsetAlignment.removeAt(index); + mInsetRect.removeAt(index); + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutInset::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take null element"; + } + return false; +} + +/*! + The inset layout is sensitive to events only at areas where its (visible) child elements are + sensitive. If the selectTest method of any of the child elements returns a positive number for \a + pos, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. The inset layout is not selectable itself by default. So if \a onlySelectable is true, + -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. +*/ +double QCPLayoutInset::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mElements.size(); ++i) { + // inset layout shall only return positive selectTest, if actually an inset object is at pos + // else it would block the entire underlying QCPAxisRect with its surface. + if (mElements.at(i)->realVisibility() && mElements.at(i)->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable) >= 0) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset aligned at the border (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipBorderAligned). The alignment is set to \a + alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipBorderAligned); + mInsetAlignment.append(alignment); + mInsetRect.append(QRectF(0.6, 0.6, 0.4, 0.4)); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add null element"; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset with free positioning/sizing (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipFree). The position and size is set to \a + rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipFree); + mInsetAlignment.append(Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + mInsetRect.append(rect); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add null element"; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLineEnding +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLineEnding + \brief Handles the different ending decorations for line-like items + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png "The various ending styles currently supported" + + For every ending a line-like item has, an instance of this class exists. For example, QCPItemLine + has two endings which can be set with QCPItemLine::setHead and QCPItemLine::setTail. + + The styles themselves are defined via the enum QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle. Most decorations can + be modified regarding width and length, see \ref setWidth and \ref setLength. The direction of + the ending decoration (e.g. direction an arrow is pointing) is controlled by the line-like item. + For example, when both endings of a QCPItemLine are set to be arrows, they will point to opposite + directions, e.g. "outward". This can be changed by \ref setInverted, which would make the + respective arrow point inward. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify a + QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle where actually a QCPLineEnding is expected, e.g. + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcplineending-sethead +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with default values (style \ref esNone). +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding() : + mStyle(esNone), + mWidth(8), + mLength(10), + mInverted(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with the specified values. +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style, double width, double length, bool inverted) : + mStyle(style), + mWidth(width), + mLength(length), + mInverted(inverted) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the ending decoration. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setStyle(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + width defines the size perpendicular to the arrow's pointing direction. + + \see setLength +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + length defines the size in pointing direction. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the ending decoration shall be inverted. For example, an arrow decoration will point + inward when \a inverted is set to true. + + Note that also the \a width direction is inverted. For symmetrical ending styles like arrows or + discs, this doesn't make a difference. However, asymmetric styles like \ref esHalfBar are + affected by it, which can be used to control to which side the half bar points to. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setInverted(bool inverted) +{ + mInverted = inverted; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the maximum pixel radius the ending decoration might cover, starting from the position + the decoration is drawn at (typically a line ending/\ref QCPItemPosition of an item). + + This is relevant for clipping. Only omit painting of the decoration when the position where the + decoration is supposed to be drawn is farther away from the clipping rect than the returned + distance. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::boundingDistance() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + case esSpikeArrow: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + return qSqrt(mWidth * mWidth + mLength * mLength); // items that have width and length + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return mWidth * 1.42; // items that only have a width -> width*sqrt(2) + + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Starting from the origin of this line ending (which is style specific), returns the length + covered by the line ending symbol, in backward direction. + + For example, the \ref esSpikeArrow has a shorter real length than a \ref esFlatArrow, even if + both have the same \ref setLength value, because the spike arrow has an inward curved back, which + reduces the length along its center axis (the drawing origin for arrows is at the tip). + + This function is used for precise, style specific placement of line endings, for example in + QCPAxes. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::realLength() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + return mLength; + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + return mWidth * 0.5; + + case esSpikeArrow: + return mLength * 0.8; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the line ending with the specified \a painter at the position \a pos. The direction of the + line ending is controlled with \a dir. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector2D &pos, const QVector2D &dir) const +{ + if (mStyle == esNone) { + return; + } + + QVector2D lengthVec(dir.normalized()); + if (lengthVec.isNull()) { + lengthVec = QVector2D(1, 0); + } + QVector2D widthVec(-lengthVec.y(), lengthVec.x()); + lengthVec *= (float)(mLength * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)); + widthVec *= (float)(mWidth * 0.5 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)); + + QPen penBackup = painter->pen(); + QBrush brushBackup = painter->brush(); + QPen miterPen = penBackup; + miterPen.setJoinStyle(Qt::MiterJoin); // to make arrow heads spikey + QBrush brush(painter->pen().color(), Qt::SolidPattern); + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + break; + case esFlatArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 3); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esSpikeArrow: { + QPointF points[4] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec * 0.8f).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esLineArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {(pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->drawPolyline(points, 3); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDisc: { + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawEllipse(pos.toPointF(), mWidth * 0.5, mWidth * 0.5); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + break; + } + case esSquare: { + QVector2D widthVecPerp(-widthVec.y(), widthVec.x()); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDiamond: { + QVector2D widthVecPerp(-widthVec.y(), widthVec.x()); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), (pos - widthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case esHalfBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), pos.toPointF()); + break; + } + case esSkewedBar: { + if (qFuzzyIsNull(painter->pen().widthF()) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic)) { + // if drawing with cosmetic pen (perfectly thin stroke, happens only in vector exports), draw bar exactly on tip of line + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.2f * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.2f * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)).toPointF()); + } else { + // if drawing with thick (non-cosmetic) pen, shift bar a little in line direction to prevent line from sticking through bar slightly + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.2f * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + dir.normalized()*qMax(1.0f, (float)painter->pen().widthF()) * 0.5f).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.2f * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + dir.normalized()*qMax(1.0f, (float)painter->pen().widthF()) * 0.5f).toPointF()); + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Draws the line ending. The direction is controlled with the \a angle parameter in radians. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector2D &pos, double angle) const +{ + draw(painter, pos, QVector2D(qCos(angle), qSin(angle))); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGrid + \brief Responsible for drawing the grid of a QCPAxis. + + This class is tightly bound to QCPAxis. Every axis owns a grid instance and uses it to draw the + grid lines, sub grid lines and zero-line. You can interact with the grid of an axis via \ref + QCPAxis::grid. Normally, you don't need to create an instance of QCPGrid yourself. + + The axis and grid drawing was split into two classes to allow them to be placed on different + layers (both QCPAxis and QCPGrid inherit from QCPLayerable). Thus it is possible to have the grid + in the background and the axes in the foreground, and any plottables/items in between. This + described situation is the default setup, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPGrid instance and sets default values. + + You shouldn't instantiate grids on their own, since every QCPAxis brings its own QCPGrid. +*/ +QCPGrid::QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis) : + QCPLayerable(parentAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), parentAxis), + mParentAxis(parentAxis) +{ + // warning: this is called in QCPAxis constructor, so parentAxis members should not be accessed/called + setParent(parentAxis); + setPen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setSubGridPen(QPen(QColor(220, 220, 220), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setZeroLinePen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::SolidLine)); + setSubGridVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setAntialiasedSubGrid(false); + setAntialiasedZeroLine(false); +} + +/*! + Sets whether grid lines at sub tick marks are drawn. + + \see setSubGridPen +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridVisible(bool visible) +{ + mSubGridVisible = visible; +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub grid lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedSubGrid = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether zero lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedZeroLine = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which (major) grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which sub grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubGridPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which zero lines are drawn. + + Zero lines are lines at value coordinate 0 which may be drawn with a different pen than other grid + lines. To disable zero lines and just draw normal grid lines at zero, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mZeroLinePen = pen; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing the major grid lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPGrid::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeGrid); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws grid lines and sub grid lines at the positions of (sub) ticks of the parent axis, spanning + over the complete axis rect. Also draws the zero line, if appropriate (\ref setZeroLinePen). +*/ +void QCPGrid::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + if (mSubGridVisible) { + drawSubGridLines(painter); + } + drawGridLines(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the main grid lines and possibly a zero line with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + int lowTick = mParentAxis->mLowestVisibleTick; + int highTick = mParentAxis->mHighestVisibleTick; + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->range().size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->mRange.size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the sub grid lines with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedSubGrid, QCP::aeSubGrid); + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + painter->setPen(mSubGridPen); + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxis +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxis + \brief Manages a single axis inside a QCustomPlot. + + Usually doesn't need to be instantiated externally. Access %QCustomPlot's default four axes via + QCustomPlot::xAxis (bottom), QCustomPlot::yAxis (left), QCustomPlot::xAxis2 (top) and + QCustomPlot::yAxis2 (right). + + Axes are always part of an axis rect, see QCPAxisRect. + \image html AxisNamesOverview.png +
Naming convention of axis parts
+ \n + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed gray line + on the left represents the QCustomPlot widget border.
+ +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation() const + + Returns the orientation of this axis. The axis orientation (horizontal or vertical) is deduced + from the axis type (left, top, right or bottom). + + \see orientation(AxisType type) +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPGrid *QCPAxis::grid() const + + Returns the \ref QCPGrid instance belonging to this axis. Access it to set details about the way the + grid is displayed. +*/ + +/*! \fn static Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation(AxisType type) + + Returns the orientation of the specified axis type + + \see orientation() +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::ticksRequest() + + This signal is emitted when \ref setAutoTicks is false and the axis is about to generate tick + labels for a replot. + + Modifying the tick positions can be done with \ref setTickVector. If you also want to control the + tick labels, set \ref setAutoTickLabels to false and also provide the labels with \ref + setTickVectorLabels. + + If you only want static ticks you probably don't need this signal, since you can just set the + tick vector (and possibly tick label vector) once. However, if you want to provide ticks (and + maybe labels) dynamically, e.g. depending on the current axis range, connect a slot to this + signal and set the vector/vectors there. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange) + + This signal is emitted when the range of this axis has changed. You can connect it to the \ref + setRange slot of another axis to communicate the new range to the other axis, in order for it to + be synchronized. + + You may also manipulate/correct the range with \ref setRange in a slot connected to this signal. + This is useful if for example a maximum range span shall not be exceeded, or if the lower/upper + range shouldn't go beyond certain values. For example, the following slot would limit the x axis + to only positive ranges: + \code + if (newRange.lower < 0) + plot->xAxis->setRange(0, newRange.size()); + \endcode +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange) + \overload + + Additionally to the new range, this signal also provides the previous range held by the axis as + \a oldRange. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the scale type changes, by calls to \ref setScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this axis has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelectedParts. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability changes, by calls to \ref setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an Axis instance of Type \a type for the axis rect \a parent. + + Usually it isn't necessary to instantiate axes directly, because you can let QCustomPlot create + them for you with \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. If you want to use own QCPAxis-subclasses however, + create them manually and then inject them also via \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. +*/ +QCPAxis::QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type) : + QCPLayerable(parent->parentPlot(), QString(), parent), + // axis base: + mAxisType(type), + mAxisRect(parent), + mPadding(5), + mOrientation(orientation(type)), + mSelectableParts(spAxis | spTickLabels | spAxisLabel), + mSelectedParts(spNone), + mBasePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedBasePen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // axis label: + mLabel(), + mLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedLabelFont(QFont(mLabelFont.family(), mLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedLabelColor(Qt::blue), + // tick labels: + mTickLabels(true), + mAutoTickLabels(true), + mTickLabelType(ltNumber), + mTickLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedTickLabelFont(QFont(mTickLabelFont.family(), mTickLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mTickLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedTickLabelColor(Qt::blue), + mDateTimeFormat(QLatin1String("hh:mm:ss\ndd.MM.yy")), + mDateTimeSpec(Qt::LocalTime), + mNumberPrecision(6), + mNumberFormatChar('g'), + mNumberBeautifulPowers(true), + // ticks and subticks: + mTicks(true), + mTickStep(1), + mSubTickCount(4), + mAutoTickCount(6), + mAutoTicks(true), + mAutoTickStep(true), + mAutoSubTicks(true), + mTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + mSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // scale and range: + mRange(0, 5), + mRangeReversed(false), + mScaleType(stLinear), + mScaleLogBase(10), + mScaleLogBaseLogInv(1.0 / qLn(mScaleLogBase)), + // internal members: + mGrid(new QCPGrid(this)), + mAxisPainter(new QCPAxisPainterPrivate(parent->parentPlot())), + mLowestVisibleTick(0), + mHighestVisibleTick(-1), + mCachedMarginValid(false), + mCachedMargin(0) +{ + setParent(parent); + mGrid->setVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); // it's actually on that layer already, but we want it in front of the grid, so we place it on there again + + if (type == atTop) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(6); + } else if (type == atRight) { + setTickLabelPadding(7); + setLabelPadding(12); + } else if (type == atBottom) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(3); + } else if (type == atLeft) { + setTickLabelPadding(5); + setLabelPadding(10); + } +} + +QCPAxis::~QCPAxis() +{ + delete mAxisPainter; + delete mGrid; // delete grid here instead of via parent ~QObject for better defined deletion order +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLabelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +double QCPAxis::tickLabelRotation() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPAxis::LabelSide QCPAxis::tickLabelSide() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QString QCPAxis::numberFormat() const +{ + QString result; + result.append(mNumberFormatChar); + if (mNumberBeautifulPowers) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('b')); + if (mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('c')); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::labelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->labelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::offset() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->offset; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::lowerEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->lowerEnding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::upperEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->upperEnding; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis uses a linear scale or a logarithmic scale. If \a type is set to \ref + stLogarithmic, the logarithm base can be set with \ref setScaleLogBase. In logarithmic axis + scaling, major tick marks appear at all powers of the logarithm base. Properties like tick step + (\ref setTickStep) don't apply in logarithmic scaling. If you wish a decimal base but less major + ticks, consider choosing a logarithm base of 100, 1000 or even higher. + + If \a type is \ref stLogarithmic and the number format (\ref setNumberFormat) uses the 'b' option + (beautifully typeset decimal powers), the display usually is "1 [multiplication sign] 10 + [superscript] n", which looks unnatural for logarithmic scaling (the "1 [multiplication sign]" + part). To only display the decimal power, set the number precision to zero with + \ref setNumberPrecision. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type) +{ + if (mScaleType != type) { + mScaleType = type; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + setRange(mRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit scaleTypeChanged(mScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + If \ref setScaleType is set to \ref stLogarithmic, \a base will be the logarithm base of the + scaling. In logarithmic axis scaling, major tick marks appear at all powers of \a base. + + Properties like tick step (\ref setTickStep) don't apply in logarithmic scaling. If you wish a decimal base but + less major ticks, consider choosing \a base 100, 1000 or even higher. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleLogBase(double base) +{ + if (base > 1) { + mScaleLogBase = base; + mScaleLogBaseLogInv = 1.0 / qLn(mScaleLogBase); // buffer for faster baseLog() calculation + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid logarithmic scale base (must be greater 1):" << base; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range of the axis. + + This slot may be connected with the \ref rangeChanged signal of another axis so this axis + is always synchronized with the other axis range, when it changes. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + if (range.lower == mRange.lower && range.upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(range)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective axis parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font. + + The entire selection mechanism for axes is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes. You only need to call this function when you + wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part, independent of the \ref setSelectableParts setting. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBasePen, setSelectedTickPen, setSelectedSubTickPen, + setSelectedTickLabelFont, setSelectedLabelFont, setSelectedTickLabelColor, setSelectedLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + if (mSelectedParts != selected) { + mSelectedParts = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the lower and upper bound of the axis range. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. + + There is also a slot to set a range, see \ref setRange(const QCPRange &range). +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + if (lower == mRange.lower && upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(lower, upper)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the range of the axis. + + The \a position coordinate indicates together with the \a alignment parameter, where the new + range will be positioned. \a size defines the size of the new axis range. \a alignment may be + Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight or Qt::AlignCenter. This will cause the left border, right border, + or center of the range to be aligned with \a position. Any other values of \a alignment will + default to Qt::AlignCenter. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment) +{ + if (alignment == Qt::AlignLeft) { + setRange(position, position + size); + } else if (alignment == Qt::AlignRight) { + setRange(position - size, position); + } else { // alignment == Qt::AlignCenter + setRange(position - size / 2.0, position + size / 2.0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the lower bound of the axis range. The upper bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeLower(double lower) +{ + if (mRange.lower == lower) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the upper bound of the axis range. The lower bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeUpper(double upper) +{ + if (mRange.upper == upper) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis range (direction) is displayed reversed. Normally, the values on horizontal + axes increase left to right, on vertical axes bottom to top. When \a reversed is set to true, the + direction of increasing values is inverted. + + Note that the range and data interface stays the same for reversed axes, e.g. the \a lower part + of the \ref setRange interface will still reference the mathematically smaller number than the \a + upper part. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeReversed(bool reversed) +{ + if (mRangeReversed != reversed) { + mRangeReversed = reversed; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick positions should be calculated automatically (either from an automatically + generated tick step or a tick step provided manually via \ref setTickStep, see \ref setAutoTickStep). + + If \a on is set to false, you must provide the tick positions manually via \ref setTickVector. + For these manual ticks you may let QCPAxis generate the appropriate labels automatically by + leaving \ref setAutoTickLabels set to true. If you also wish to control the displayed labels + manually, set \ref setAutoTickLabels to false and provide the label strings with \ref + setTickVectorLabels. + + If you need dynamically calculated tick vectors (and possibly tick label vectors), set the + vectors in a slot connected to the \ref ticksRequest signal. + + \see setAutoTickLabels, setAutoSubTicks, setAutoTickCount, setAutoTickStep +*/ +void QCPAxis::setAutoTicks(bool on) +{ + if (mAutoTicks != on) { + mAutoTicks = on; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + When \ref setAutoTickStep is true, \a approximateCount determines how many ticks should be + generated in the visible range, approximately. + + It's not guaranteed that this number of ticks is met exactly, but approximately within a + tolerance of about two. + + Only values greater than zero are accepted as \a approximateCount. + + \see setAutoTickStep, setAutoTicks, setAutoSubTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setAutoTickCount(int approximateCount) +{ + if (mAutoTickCount != approximateCount) { + if (approximateCount > 0) { + mAutoTickCount = approximateCount; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "approximateCount must be greater than zero:" << approximateCount; + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick labels are generated automatically. Depending on the tick label type (\ref + ltNumber or \ref ltDateTime), the labels will either show the coordinate as floating point + number (\ref setNumberFormat), or a date/time formatted according to \ref setDateTimeFormat. + + If \a on is set to false, you should provide the tick labels via \ref setTickVectorLabels. This + is usually used in a combination with \ref setAutoTicks set to false for complete control over + tick positions and labels, e.g. when the ticks should be at multiples of pi and show "2pi", "3pi" + etc. as tick labels. + + If you need dynamically calculated tick vectors (and possibly tick label vectors), set the + vectors in a slot connected to the \ref ticksRequest signal. + + \see setAutoTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setAutoTickLabels(bool on) +{ + if (mAutoTickLabels != on) { + mAutoTickLabels = on; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick step, i.e. the interval between two (major) ticks, is calculated + automatically. If \a on is set to true, the axis finds a tick step that is reasonable for human + readable plots. + + The number of ticks the algorithm aims for within the visible range can be specified with \ref + setAutoTickCount. + + If \a on is set to false, you may set the tick step manually with \ref setTickStep. + + \see setAutoTicks, setAutoSubTicks, setAutoTickCount +*/ +void QCPAxis::setAutoTickStep(bool on) +{ + if (mAutoTickStep != on) { + mAutoTickStep = on; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the number of sub ticks in one tick interval is determined automatically. This + works, as long as the tick step mantissa is a multiple of 0.5. When \ref setAutoTickStep is + enabled, this is always the case. + + When \a on is set to false, you may set the sub tick count with \ref setSubTickCount manually. + + \see setAutoTickCount, setAutoTicks, setAutoTickStep +*/ +void QCPAxis::setAutoSubTicks(bool on) +{ + if (mAutoSubTicks != on) { + mAutoSubTicks = on; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick marks are displayed. + + Note that setting \a show to false does not imply that tick labels are invisible, too. To achieve + that, see \ref setTickLabels. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mTicks != show) { + mTicks = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick labels are displayed. Tick labels are the numbers drawn next to tick marks. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabels(bool show) +{ + if (mTickLabels != show) { + mTickLabels = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the axis base line (including any outward ticks) and the tick labels. + \see setLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick labels display numbers or dates/times. + + If \a type is set to \ref ltNumber, the format specifications of \ref setNumberFormat apply. + + If \a type is set to \ref ltDateTime, the format specifications of \ref setDateTimeFormat apply. + + In QCustomPlot, date/time coordinates are double numbers representing the seconds since + 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC. This format can be retrieved from QDateTime objects with the + QDateTime::toTime_t() function. Since this only gives a resolution of one second, there is also + the QDateTime::toMSecsSinceEpoch() function which returns the timespan described above in + milliseconds. Divide its return value by 1000.0 to get a value with the format needed for + date/time plotting, with a resolution of one millisecond. + + Using the toMSecsSinceEpoch function allows dates that go back to 2nd January 4713 B.C. + (represented by a negative number), unlike the toTime_t function, which works with unsigned + integers and thus only goes back to 1st January 1970. So both for range and accuracy, use of + toMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000.0 should be preferred as key coordinate for date/time axes. + + \see setTickLabels +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelType(LabelType type) +{ + if (mTickLabelType != type) { + mTickLabelType = type; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mTickLabelFont) { + mTickLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mTickLabelColor) { + mTickLabelColor = color; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the rotation of the tick labels. If \a degrees is zero, the labels are drawn normally. Else, + the tick labels are drawn rotated by \a degrees clockwise. The specified angle is bound to values + from -90 to 90 degrees. + + If \a degrees is exactly -90, 0 or 90, the tick labels are centered on the tick coordinate. For + other angles, the label is drawn with an offset such that it seems to point toward or away from + the tick mark. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelRotation(double degrees) +{ + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(degrees - mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation)) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation = qBound(-90.0, degrees, 90.0); + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick labels (numbers) shall appear inside or outside the axis rect. + + The usual and default setting is \ref lsOutside. Very compact plots sometimes require tick labels + to be inside the axis rect, to save space. If \a side is set to \ref lsInside, the tick labels + appear on the inside are additionally clipped to the axis rect. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side) +{ + mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide = side; + mCachedMarginValid = false; +} + +/*! + Sets the format in which dates and times are displayed as tick labels, if \ref setTickLabelType is \ref ltDateTime. + for details about the \a format string, see the documentation of QDateTime::toString(). + + Newlines can be inserted with "\n". + + \see setDateTimeSpec +*/ +void QCPAxis::setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format) +{ + if (mDateTimeFormat != format) { + mDateTimeFormat = format; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the time spec that is used for the date time values when \ref setTickLabelType is \ref + ltDateTime. + + The default value of QDateTime objects (and also QCustomPlot) is Qt::LocalTime. However, + if the date time values passed to QCustomPlot are given in the UTC spec, set \a + timeSpec to Qt::UTC to get the correct axis labels. + + \see setDateTimeFormat +*/ +void QCPAxis::setDateTimeSpec(const Qt::TimeSpec &timeSpec) +{ + mDateTimeSpec = timeSpec; +} + +/*! + Sets the number format for the numbers drawn as tick labels (if tick label type is \ref + ltNumber). This \a formatCode is an extended version of the format code used e.g. by + QString::number() and QLocale::toString(). For reference about that, see the "Argument Formats" + section in the detailed description of the QString class. \a formatCode is a string of one, two + or three characters. The first character is identical to the normal format code used by Qt. In + short, this means: 'e'/'E' scientific format, 'f' fixed format, 'g'/'G' scientific or fixed, + whichever is shorter. + + The second and third characters are optional and specific to QCustomPlot:\n + If the first char was 'e' or 'g', numbers are/might be displayed in the scientific format, e.g. + "5.5e9", which is ugly in a plot. So when the second char of \a formatCode is set to 'b' (for + "beautiful"), those exponential numbers are formatted in a more natural way, i.e. "5.5 + [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] 9". By default, the multiplication sign is a centered dot. + If instead a cross should be shown (as is usual in the USA), the third char of \a formatCode can + be set to 'c'. The inserted multiplication signs are the UTF-8 characters 215 (0xD7) for the + cross and 183 (0xB7) for the dot. + + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLogarithmic and the \a formatCode uses the 'b' + option (beautifully typeset decimal powers), the display usually is "1 [multiplication sign] 10 + [superscript] n", which looks unnatural for logarithmic scaling (the "1 [multiplication sign]" + part). To only display the decimal power, set the number precision to zero with \ref + setNumberPrecision. + + Examples for \a formatCode: + \li \c g normal format code behaviour. If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, + normal scientific format is used + \li \c gb If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, scientific format is used with + beautifully typeset decimal powers and a dot as multiplication sign + \li \c ebc All numbers are in scientific format with beautifully typeset decimal power and a cross as + multiplication sign + \li \c fb illegal format code, since fixed format doesn't support (or need) beautifully typeset decimal + powers. Format code will be reduced to 'f'. + \li \c hello illegal format code, since first char is not 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' or 'G'. Current format + code will not be changed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode) +{ + if (formatCode.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed formatCode is empty"; + return; + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + + // interpret first char as number format char: + QString allowedFormatChars(QLatin1String("eEfgG")); + if (allowedFormatChars.contains(formatCode.at(0))) { + mNumberFormatChar = QLatin1Char(formatCode.at(0).toLatin1()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (first char not in 'eEfgG'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 2) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = false; + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret second char as indicator for beautiful decimal powers: + if (formatCode.at(1) == QLatin1Char('b') && (mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('e') || mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('g'))) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (second char not 'b' or first char neither 'e' nor 'g'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 3) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret third char as indicator for dot or cross multiplication symbol: + if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('c')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = true; + } else if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('d')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (third char neither 'c' nor 'd'):" << formatCode; + return; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the precision of the tick label numbers. See QLocale::toString(double i, char f, int prec) + for details. The effect of precisions are most notably for number Formats starting with 'e', see + \ref setNumberFormat + + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLogarithmic and the number format (\ref + setNumberFormat) uses the 'b' format code (beautifully typeset decimal powers), the display + usually is "1 [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] n", which looks unnatural for logarithmic + scaling (the redundant "1 [multiplication sign]" part). To only display the decimal power "10 + [superscript] n", set \a precision to zero. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision(int precision) +{ + if (mNumberPrecision != precision) { + mNumberPrecision = precision; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + If \ref setAutoTickStep is set to false, use this function to set the tick step manually. + The tick step is the interval between (major) ticks, in plot coordinates. + \see setSubTickCount +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickStep(double step) +{ + if (mTickStep != step) { + mTickStep = step; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + If you want full control over what ticks (and possibly labels) the axes show, this function is + used to set the coordinates at which ticks will appear.\ref setAutoTicks must be disabled, else + the provided tick vector will be overwritten with automatically generated tick coordinates upon + replot. The labels of the ticks can be generated automatically when \ref setAutoTickLabels is + left enabled. If it is disabled, you can set the labels manually with \ref setTickVectorLabels. + + \a vec is a vector containing the positions of the ticks, in plot coordinates. + + \warning \a vec must be sorted in ascending order, no additional checks are made to ensure this. + + \see setTickVectorLabels +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickVector(const QVector &vec) +{ + // don't check whether mTickVector != vec here, because it takes longer than we would save + mTickVector = vec; + mCachedMarginValid = false; +} + +/*! + If you want full control over what ticks and labels the axes show, this function is used to set a + number of QStrings that will be displayed at the tick positions which you need to provide with + \ref setTickVector. These two vectors should have the same size. (Note that you need to disable + \ref setAutoTicks and \ref setAutoTickLabels first.) + + \a vec is a vector containing the labels of the ticks. The entries correspond to the respective + indices in the tick vector, passed via \ref setTickVector. + + \see setTickVector +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickVectorLabels(const QVector &vec) +{ + // don't check whether mTickVectorLabels != vec here, because it takes longer than we would save + mTickVectorLabels = vec; + mCachedMarginValid = false; +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach inside the + plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than + zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so + they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLength, setTickLengthIn, setTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setTickLengthIn(inside); + setTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach + inside the plot. + + \see setTickLengthOut, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward ticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the ticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels and axis label will + increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLengthIn, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the number of sub ticks in one (major) tick step. A sub tick count of three for example, + divides the tick intervals in four sub intervals. + + By default, the number of sub ticks is chosen automatically in a reasonable manner as long as the + mantissa of the tick step is a multiple of 0.5. When \ref setAutoTickStep is enabled, this is + always the case. + + If you want to disable automatic sub tick count and use this function to set the count manually, + see \ref setAutoSubTicks. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickCount(int count) +{ + mSubTickCount = count; +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater + than zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, + so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLength, setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setSubTickLengthIn(inside); + setSubTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot. + + \see setSubTickLengthOut, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward subticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the subticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels will increase their + distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the axis base line is drawn with. + + \see setTickPen, setSubTickPen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, tick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, subtick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setSubTickCount, setSubTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the axis label. + + \see setLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mLabelFont != font) { + mLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the axis label. + + \see setLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the text of the axis label that will be shown below/above or next to the axis, depending on + its orientation. To disable axis labels, pass an empty string as \a str. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (mLabel != str) { + mLabel = str; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the tick labels and the axis label. + + \see setTickLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->labelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->labelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the padding of the axis. + + When \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is enabled, the padding is the additional outer most space, + that is left blank. + + The axis padding has no meaning if \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is disabled. + + \see setLabelPadding, setTickLabelPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mPadding != padding) { + mPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the offset the axis has to its axis rect side. + + If an axis rect side has multiple axes and automatic margin calculation is enabled for that side, + only the offset of the inner most axis has meaning (even if it is set to be invisible). The + offset of the other, outer axes is controlled automatically, to place them at appropriate + positions. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setOffset(int offset) +{ + mAxisPainter->offset = offset; +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mSelectedTickLabelFont) { + mSelectedTickLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mSelectedTickLabelColor) { + mSelectedTickLabelColor = color; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the axis base line when selected. + + \see setBasePen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks when selected. + + \see setTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the subticks when selected. + + \see setSubTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the lower axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the left ending, for vertical axes the bottom ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setUpperEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->lowerEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the upper axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the right ending, for vertical axes the top ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setLowerEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->upperEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLinear, \a diff is added to the lower and upper + bounds of the range. The range is simply moved by \a diff. + + If the scale type is \ref stLogarithmic, the range bounds are multiplied by \a diff. This + corresponds to an apparent "linear" move in logarithmic scaling by a distance of log(diff). +*/ +void QCPAxis::moveRange(double diff) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + mRange.lower += diff; + mRange.upper += diff; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + mRange.lower *= diff; + mRange.upper *= diff; + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the coordinate \a center. For example, if \a + factor is 2.0, \a center is 1.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at + coordinate 1.0 won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates + around 1.0 will have moved symmetrically closer to 1.0). +*/ +void QCPAxis::scaleRange(double factor, double center) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = (mRange.lower - center) * factor + center; + newRange.upper = (mRange.upper - center) * factor + center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if ((mRange.upper < 0 && center < 0) || (mRange.upper > 0 && center > 0)) { // make sure center has same sign as range + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = qPow(mRange.lower / center, factor) * center; + newRange.upper = qPow(mRange.upper / center, factor) * center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Center of scaling operation doesn't lie in same logarithmic sign domain as range:" << center; + } + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis to have a certain scale \a ratio to \a otherAxis. The scaling will + be done around the center of the current axis range. + + For example, if \a ratio is 1, this axis is the \a yAxis and \a otherAxis is \a xAxis, graphs + plotted with those axes will appear in a 1:1 aspect ratio, independent of the aspect ratio the + axis rect has. + + This is an operation that changes the range of this axis once, it doesn't fix the scale ratio + indefinitely. Note that calling this function in the constructor of the QCustomPlot's parent + won't have the desired effect, since the widget dimensions aren't defined yet, and a resizeEvent + will follow. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio) +{ + int otherPixelSize, ownPixelSize; + + if (otherAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->width(); + } else { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->height(); + } + + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->width(); + } else { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->height(); + } + + double newRangeSize = ratio * otherAxis->range().size() * ownPixelSize / (double)otherPixelSize; + setRange(range().center(), newRangeSize, Qt::AlignCenter); +} + +/*! + Changes the axis range such that all plottables associated with this axis are fully visible in + that dimension. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPAxis::rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QList p = plottables(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + for (int i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i) { + if (!p.at(i)->realVisibility() && onlyVisiblePlottables) { + continue; + } + QCPRange plottableRange; + bool currentFoundRange; + QCPAbstractPlottable::SignDomain signDomain = QCPAbstractPlottable::sdBoth; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (mRange.upper < 0 ? QCPAbstractPlottable::sdNegative : QCPAbstractPlottable::sdPositive); + } + if (p.at(i)->keyAxis() == this) { + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getKeyRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } else { + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getValueRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = plottableRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(plottableRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + } + } + setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget, to axis coordinates. +*/ +double QCPAxis::pixelToCoord(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width() * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width() * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->left() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height() * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height() * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->bottom()) / (double)mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in coordinates of the axis, to pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +double QCPAxis::coordToPixel(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0 && mRange.upper < 0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->right() + 200 : mAxisRect->left() - 200; + } else if (value <= 0 && mRange.upper > 0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->left() - 200 : mAxisRect->right() + 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return baseLog(value / mRange.lower) / baseLog(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return baseLog(mRange.upper / value) / baseLog(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0 && mRange.upper < 0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->top() - 200 : mAxisRect->bottom() + 200; + } else if (value <= 0 && mRange.upper > 0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->bottom() + 200 : mAxisRect->top() - 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - baseLog(value / mRange.lower) / baseLog(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - baseLog(mRange.upper / value) / baseLog(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the part of the axis that is hit by \a pos (in pixels). The return value of this function + is independent of the user-selectable parts defined with \ref setSelectableParts. Further, this + function does not change the current selection state of the axis. + + If the axis is not visible (\ref setVisible), this function always returns \ref spNone. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCPAxis::SelectablePart QCPAxis::getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + if (!mVisible) { + return spNone; + } + + if (mAxisPainter->axisSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxis; + } else if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelsSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spTickLabels; + } else if (mAxisPainter->labelSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxisLabel; + } else { + return spNone; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAxis::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + SelectablePart part = getPartAt(pos); + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) || part == spNone) { + return -1; + } + + if (details) { + details->setValue(part); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that have this axis as key or value axis. + + If you are only interested in plottables of type QCPGraph, see \ref graphs. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::plottables() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mPlottables.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->keyAxis() == this || mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that have this axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::graphs() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mGraphs.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->keyAxis() == this || mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis. An item is considered + associated with an axis if at least one of its positions uses the axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxis::items() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int itemId = 0; itemId < mParentPlot->mItems.size(); ++itemId) { + QList positions = mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->positions(); + for (int posId = 0; posId < positions.size(); ++posId) { + if (positions.at(posId)->keyAxis() == this || positions.at(posId)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Transforms a margin side to the logically corresponding axis type. (QCP::msLeft to + QCPAxis::atLeft, QCP::msRight to QCPAxis::atRight, etc.) +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return atLeft; + case QCP::msRight: + return atRight; + case QCP::msTop: + return atTop; + case QCP::msBottom: + return atBottom; + default: + break; + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid margin side passed:" << (int)side; + return atLeft; +} + +/*! + Returns the axis type that describes the opposite axis of an axis with the specified \a type. +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::opposite(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + switch (type) { + case atLeft: + return atRight; + break; + case atRight: + return atLeft; + break; + case atBottom: + return atTop; + break; + case atTop: + return atBottom; + break; + default: + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis type"; + return atLeft; + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called to prepare the tick vector, sub tick vector and tick label vector. If + \ref setAutoTicks is set to true, appropriate tick values are determined automatically via \ref + generateAutoTicks. If it's set to false, the signal ticksRequest is emitted, which can be used to + provide external tick positions. Then the sub tick vectors and tick label vectors are created. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setupTickVectors() +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return; + } + if ((!mTicks && !mTickLabels && !mGrid->visible()) || mRange.size() <= 0) { + return; + } + + // fill tick vectors, either by auto generating or by notifying user to fill the vectors himself + if (mAutoTicks) { + generateAutoTicks(); + } else { + emit ticksRequest(); + } + + visibleTickBounds(mLowestVisibleTick, mHighestVisibleTick); + if (mTickVector.isEmpty()) { + mSubTickVector.clear(); + return; + } + + // generate subticks between ticks: + mSubTickVector.resize((mTickVector.size() - 1)*mSubTickCount); + if (mSubTickCount > 0) { + double subTickStep = 0; + double subTickPosition = 0; + int subTickIndex = 0; + bool done = false; + int lowTick = mLowestVisibleTick > 0 ? mLowestVisibleTick - 1 : mLowestVisibleTick; + int highTick = mHighestVisibleTick < mTickVector.size() - 1 ? mHighestVisibleTick + 1 : mHighestVisibleTick; + for (int i = lowTick + 1; i <= highTick; ++i) { + subTickStep = (mTickVector.at(i) - mTickVector.at(i - 1)) / (double)(mSubTickCount + 1); + for (int k = 1; k <= mSubTickCount; ++k) { + subTickPosition = mTickVector.at(i - 1) + k * subTickStep; + if (subTickPosition < mRange.lower) { + continue; + } + if (subTickPosition > mRange.upper) { + done = true; + break; + } + mSubTickVector[subTickIndex] = subTickPosition; + subTickIndex++; + } + if (done) { + break; + } + } + mSubTickVector.resize(subTickIndex); + } + + // generate tick labels according to tick positions: + if (mAutoTickLabels) { + int vecsize = mTickVector.size(); + mTickVectorLabels.resize(vecsize); + if (mTickLabelType == ltNumber) { + for (int i = mLowestVisibleTick; i <= mHighestVisibleTick; ++i) { + mTickVectorLabels[i] = mParentPlot->locale().toString(mTickVector.at(i), mNumberFormatChar.toLatin1(), mNumberPrecision); + } + } else if (mTickLabelType == ltDateTime) { + for (int i = mLowestVisibleTick; i <= mHighestVisibleTick; ++i) { +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) // use fromMSecsSinceEpoch function if available, to gain sub-second accuracy on tick labels (e.g. for format "hh:mm:ss:zzz") + mTickVectorLabels[i] = mParentPlot->locale().toString(QDateTime::fromTime_t(mTickVector.at(i)).toTimeSpec(mDateTimeSpec), mDateTimeFormat); +#else + mTickVectorLabels[i] = mParentPlot->locale().toString(QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch(mTickVector.at(i) * 1000).toTimeSpec(mDateTimeSpec), mDateTimeFormat); +#endif + } + } + } else { // mAutoTickLabels == false + if (mAutoTicks) { // ticks generated automatically, but not ticklabels, so emit ticksRequest here for labels + emit ticksRequest(); + } + // make sure provided tick label vector has correct (minimal) length: + if (mTickVectorLabels.size() < mTickVector.size()) { + mTickVectorLabels.resize(mTickVector.size()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + If \ref setAutoTicks is set to true, this function is called by \ref setupTickVectors to + generate reasonable tick positions (and subtick count). The algorithm tries to create + approximately mAutoTickCount ticks (set via \ref setAutoTickCount). + + If the scale is logarithmic, \ref setAutoTickCount is ignored, and one tick is generated at every + power of the current logarithm base, set via \ref setScaleLogBase. +*/ +void QCPAxis::generateAutoTicks() +{ + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (mAutoTickStep) { + // Generate tick positions according to linear scaling: + mTickStep = mRange.size() / (double)(mAutoTickCount + 1e-10); // mAutoTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + double magnitudeFactor = qPow(10.0, qFloor(qLn(mTickStep) / qLn(10.0))); // get magnitude factor e.g. 0.01, 1, 10, 1000 etc. + double tickStepMantissa = mTickStep / magnitudeFactor; + if (tickStepMantissa < 5) { + // round digit after decimal point to 0.5 + mTickStep = (int)(tickStepMantissa * 2) / 2.0 * magnitudeFactor; + } else { + // round to first digit in multiples of 2 + mTickStep = (int)(tickStepMantissa / 2.0) * 2.0 * magnitudeFactor; + } + } + if (mAutoSubTicks) { + mSubTickCount = calculateAutoSubTickCount(mTickStep); + } + // Generate tick positions according to mTickStep: + qint64 firstStep = floor(mRange.lower / mTickStep); // do not use qFloor here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + qint64 lastStep = ceil(mRange.upper / mTickStep); // do not use qCeil here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + int tickcount = lastStep - firstStep + 1; + if (tickcount < 0) { + tickcount = 0; + } + mTickVector.resize(tickcount); + for (int i = 0; i < tickcount; ++i) { + mTickVector[i] = (firstStep + i) * mTickStep; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + // Generate tick positions according to logbase scaling: + if (mRange.lower > 0 && mRange.upper > 0) { // positive range + double lowerMag = basePow(qFloor(baseLog(mRange.lower))); + double currentMag = lowerMag; + mTickVector.clear(); + mTickVector.append(currentMag); + while (currentMag < mRange.upper && currentMag > 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentMag *= mScaleLogBase; + mTickVector.append(currentMag); + } + } else if (mRange.lower < 0 && mRange.upper < 0) { // negative range + double lowerMag = -basePow(qCeil(baseLog(-mRange.lower))); + double currentMag = lowerMag; + mTickVector.clear(); + mTickVector.append(currentMag); + while (currentMag < mRange.upper && currentMag < 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentMag /= mScaleLogBase; + mTickVector.append(currentMag); + } + } else { // invalid range for logarithmic scale, because lower and upper have different sign + mTickVector.clear(); + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid range for logarithmic plot: " << mRange.lower << "-" << mRange.upper; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Called by generateAutoTicks when \ref setAutoSubTicks is set to true. Depending on the \a + tickStep between two major ticks on the axis, a different number of sub ticks is appropriate. For + Example taking 4 sub ticks for a \a tickStep of 1 makes more sense than taking 5 sub ticks, + because this corresponds to a sub tick step of 0.2, instead of the less intuitive 0.16667. Note + that a subtick count of 4 means dividing the major tick step into 5 sections. + + This is implemented by a hand made lookup for integer tick steps as well as fractional tick steps + with a fractional part of (approximately) 0.5. If a tick step is different (i.e. has no + fractional part close to 0.5), the currently set sub tick count (\ref setSubTickCount) is + returned. +*/ +int QCPAxis::calculateAutoSubTickCount(double tickStep) const +{ + int result = mSubTickCount; // default to current setting, if no proper value can be found + + // get mantissa of tickstep: + double magnitudeFactor = qPow(10.0, qFloor(qLn(tickStep) / qLn(10.0))); // get magnitude factor e.g. 0.01, 1, 10, 1000 etc. + double tickStepMantissa = tickStep / magnitudeFactor; + + // separate integer and fractional part of mantissa: + double epsilon = 0.01; + double intPartf; + int intPart; + double fracPart = modf(tickStepMantissa, &intPartf); + intPart = intPartf; + + // handle cases with (almost) integer mantissa: + if (fracPart < epsilon || 1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + if (1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + ++intPart; + } + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 4; + break; // 1.0 -> 0.2 substep + case 2: + result = 3; + break; // 2.0 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 2; + break; // 3.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 4: + result = 3; + break; // 4.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 6: + result = 2; + break; // 6.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 7: + result = 6; + break; // 7.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 8: + result = 3; + break; // 8.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 9: + result = 2; + break; // 9.0 -> 3.0 substep + } + } else { + // handle cases with significantly fractional mantissa: + if (qAbs(fracPart - 0.5) < epsilon) { // *.5 mantissa + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 2; + break; // 1.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 2: + result = 4; + break; // 2.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 4; + break; // 3.5 -> 0.7 substep + case 4: + result = 2; + break; // 4.5 -> 1.5 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.5 -> 1.1 substep (won't occur with autoTickStep from here on) + case 6: + result = 4; + break; // 6.5 -> 1.3 substep + case 7: + result = 2; + break; // 7.5 -> 2.5 substep + case 8: + result = 4; + break; // 8.5 -> 1.7 substep + case 9: + result = 4; + break; // 9.5 -> 1.9 substep + } + } + // if mantissa fraction isnt 0.0 or 0.5, don't bother finding good sub tick marks, leave default + } + + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + SelectablePart part = details.value(); + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^part : part); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(mSelectedParts & ~mSelectableParts); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing axis lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAxis::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeAxes); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter, using the internal QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. + +*/ +void QCPAxis::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + const int lowTick = mLowestVisibleTick; + const int highTick = mHighestVisibleTick; + QVector subTickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(highTick - lowTick + 1); + tickLabels.reserve(highTick - lowTick + 1); + subTickPositions.reserve(mSubTickVector.size()); + + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + + if (mSubTickCount > 0) { + const int subTickCount = mSubTickVector.size(); + for (int i = 0; i < subTickCount; ++i) { // no need to check bounds because subticks are always only created inside current mRange + subTickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mSubTickVector.at(i))); + } + } + } + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to draw the axis. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->basePen = getBasePen(); + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->labelColor = getLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->substituteExponent = mAutoTickLabels && mNumberBeautifulPowers && mTickLabelType == ltNumber; + mAxisPainter->tickPen = getTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->subTickPen = getSubTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = getTickLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelColor = getTickLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->abbreviateDecimalPowers = mScaleType == stLogarithmic; + mAxisPainter->reversedEndings = mRangeReversed; + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + mAxisPainter->subTickPositions = subTickPositions; + mAxisPainter->draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns via \a lowIndex and \a highIndex, which ticks in the current tick vector are visible in + the current range. The return values are indices of the tick vector, not the positions of the + ticks themselves. + + The actual use of this function is when an external tick vector is provided, since it might + exceed far beyond the currently displayed range, and would cause unnecessary calculations e.g. of + subticks. + + If all ticks are outside the axis range, an inverted range is returned, i.e. highIndex will be + smaller than lowIndex. There is one case, where this function returns indices that are not really + visible in the current axis range: When the tick spacing is larger than the axis range size and + one tick is below the axis range and the next tick is already above the axis range. Because in + such cases it is usually desirable to know the tick pair, to draw proper subticks. +*/ +void QCPAxis::visibleTickBounds(int &lowIndex, int &highIndex) const +{ + bool lowFound = false; + bool highFound = false; + lowIndex = 0; + highIndex = -1; + + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + if (mTickVector.at(i) >= mRange.lower) { + lowFound = true; + lowIndex = i; + break; + } + } + for (int i = mTickVector.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (mTickVector.at(i) <= mRange.upper) { + highFound = true; + highIndex = i; + break; + } + } + + if (!lowFound && highFound) { + lowIndex = highIndex + 1; + } else if (lowFound && !highFound) { + highIndex = lowIndex - 1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A log function with the base mScaleLogBase, used mostly for coordinate transforms in logarithmic + scales with arbitrary log base. Uses the buffered mScaleLogBaseLogInv for faster calculation. + This is set to 1.0/qLn(mScaleLogBase) in \ref setScaleLogBase. + + \see basePow, setScaleLogBase, setScaleType +*/ +double QCPAxis::baseLog(double value) const +{ + return qLn(value) * mScaleLogBaseLogInv; +} + +/*! \internal + + A power function with the base mScaleLogBase, used mostly for coordinate transforms in + logarithmic scales with arbitrary log base. + + \see baseLog, setScaleLogBase, setScaleType +*/ +double QCPAxis::basePow(double value) const +{ + return qPow(mScaleLogBase, value); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the axis base line. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedBasePen or mBasePen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getBasePen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedBasePen : mBasePen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickPen or mTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedTickPen : mTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the subticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedSubTickPen or mSubTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getSubTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedSubTickPen : mSubTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelFont or mTickLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getTickLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelFont : mTickLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelFont or mLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelFont : mLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelColor or mTickLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getTickLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelColor : mTickLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelColor or mLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelColor : mLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the appropriate outward margin for this axis. It is needed if \ref + QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is set to true on the parent axis rect. An axis with axis type \ref + atLeft will return an appropriate left margin, \ref atBottom will return an appropriate bottom + margin and so forth. For the calculation, this function goes through similar steps as \ref draw, + so changing one function likely requires the modification of the other one as well. + + The margin consists of the outward tick length, tick label padding, tick label size, label + padding, label size, and padding. + + The margin is cached internally, so repeated calls while leaving the axis range, fonts, etc. + unchanged are very fast. +*/ +int QCPAxis::calculateMargin() +{ + if (!mVisible) { // if not visible, directly return 0, don't cache 0 because we can't react to setVisible in QCPAxis + return 0; + } + + if (mCachedMarginValid) { + return mCachedMargin; + } + + // run through similar steps as QCPAxis::draw, and caluclate margin needed to fit axis and its labels + int margin = 0; + + int lowTick, highTick; + visibleTickBounds(lowTick, highTick); + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(highTick - lowTick + 1); + tickLabels.reserve(highTick - lowTick + 1); + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = lowTick; i <= highTick; ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + } + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to calculate the size. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = mTickLabelFont; + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + margin += mAxisPainter->size(); + margin += mPadding; + + mCachedMargin = margin; + mCachedMarginValid = true; + return margin; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAxis::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectAxes; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisPainterPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisPainterPrivate + + \internal + \brief (Private) + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It is used by QCPAxis to do the low-level drawing of axis backbone, tick marks, tick labels and + axis label. It also buffers the labels to reduce replot times. The parameters are configured by + directly accessing the public member variables. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. Make sure to not create a new instance on every + redraw, to utilize the caching mechanisms. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + type(QCPAxis::atLeft), + basePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + lowerEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + upperEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + labelPadding(0), + tickLabelPadding(0), + tickLabelRotation(0), + tickLabelSide(QCPAxis::lsOutside), + substituteExponent(true), + numberMultiplyCross(false), + tickLengthIn(5), + tickLengthOut(0), + subTickLengthIn(2), + subTickLengthOut(0), + tickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + subTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + offset(0), + abbreviateDecimalPowers(false), + reversedEndings(false), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mLabelCache(16) // cache at most 16 (tick) labels +{ +} + +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::~QCPAxisPainterPrivate() +{ +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter. + + The selection boxes (mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox) are set + here, too. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QByteArray newHash = generateLabelParameterHash(); + if (newHash != mLabelParameterHash) { + mLabelCache.clear(); + mLabelParameterHash = newHash; + } + + QPoint origin; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(-offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + origin = axisRect.bottomRight() + QPoint(+offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + origin = axisRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(0, +offset); + break; + } + + double xCor = 0, yCor = 0; // paint system correction, for pixel exact matches (affects baselines and ticks of top/right axes) + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atTop: + yCor = -1; + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + xCor = 1; + break; + default: + break; + } + int margin = 0; + // draw baseline: + QLineF baseLine; + painter->setPen(basePen); + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(axisRect.width() + xCor, yCor)); + } else { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(xCor, -axisRect.height() + yCor)); + } + if (reversedEndings) { + baseLine = QLineF(baseLine.p2(), baseLine.p1()); // won't make a difference for line itself, but for line endings later + } + painter->drawLine(baseLine); + + // draw ticks: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(tickPen); + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < tickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(tickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, tickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < tickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, tickPositions.at(i) + yCor, origin.x() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, tickPositions.at(i) + yCor)); + } + } + } + + // draw subticks: + if (!subTickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(subTickPen); + // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < subTickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(subTickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < subTickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + yCor, origin.x() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + yCor)); + } + } + } + margin += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + + // draw axis base endings: + bool antialiasingBackup = painter->antialiasing(); + painter->setAntialiasing(true); // always want endings to be antialiased, even if base and ticks themselves aren't + painter->setBrush(QBrush(basePen.color())); + QVector2D baseLineVector(baseLine.dx(), baseLine.dy()); + if (lowerEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + lowerEnding.draw(painter, QVector2D(baseLine.p1()) - baseLineVector.normalized()*lowerEnding.realLength() * (lowerEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), -baseLineVector); + } + if (upperEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + upperEnding.draw(painter, QVector2D(baseLine.p2()) + baseLineVector.normalized()*upperEnding.realLength() * (upperEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), baseLineVector); + } + painter->setAntialiasing(antialiasingBackup); + + // tick labels: + QRect oldClipRect; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { // if using inside labels, clip them to the axis rect + oldClipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + painter->setClipRect(axisRect); + } + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); // size of largest tick label, for offset calculation of axis label + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += tickLabelPadding; + } + painter->setFont(tickLabelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(tickLabelColor)); + const int maxLabelIndex = qMin(tickPositions.size(), tickLabels.size()); + int distanceToAxis = margin; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + distanceToAxis = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maxLabelIndex; ++i) { + placeTickLabel(painter, tickPositions.at(i), distanceToAxis, tickLabels.at(i), &tickLabelsSize); + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + } + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + painter->setClipRect(oldClipRect); + } + + // axis label: + QRect labelBounds; + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + margin += labelPadding; + painter->setFont(labelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(labelColor)); + labelBounds = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, label); + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() - margin - labelBounds.height()), origin.y()); + painter->rotate(-90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() + margin + labelBounds.height()), origin.y() - axisRect.height()); + painter->rotate(90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() - margin - labelBounds.height(), axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() + margin, axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } + } + + // set selection boxes: + int selectionTolerance = 0; + if (mParentPlot) { + selectionTolerance = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "mParentPlot is null"; + } + int selAxisOutSize = qMax(qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut), selectionTolerance); + int selAxisInSize = selectionTolerance; + int selTickLabelSize; + int selTickLabelOffset; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + selTickLabelSize = (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + tickLabelPadding; + } else { + selTickLabelSize = -(QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + int selLabelSize = labelBounds.height(); + int selLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + (!tickLabels.isEmpty() && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside ? tickLabelPadding + selTickLabelSize : 0) + labelPadding; + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisInSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisOutSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisInSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisOutSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset); + } + mAxisSelectionBox = mAxisSelectionBox.normalized(); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox = mTickLabelsSelectionBox.normalized(); + mLabelSelectionBox = mLabelSelectionBox.normalized(); + // draw hitboxes for debug purposes: + //painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + //painter->drawRects(QVector() << mAxisSelectionBox << mTickLabelsSelectionBox << mLabelSelectionBox); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the size ("margin" in QCPAxisRect context, so measured perpendicular to the axis backbone + direction) needed to fit the axis. +*/ +int QCPAxisPainterPrivate::size() const +{ + int result = 0; + + // get length of tick marks pointing outwards: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + result += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + } + + // calculate size of tick labels: + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + for (int i = 0; i < tickLabels.size(); ++i) { + getMaxTickLabelSize(tickLabelFont, tickLabels.at(i), &tickLabelsSize); + } + result += QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + result += tickLabelPadding; + } + } + + // calculate size of axis label (only height needed, because left/right labels are rotated by 90 degrees): + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(labelFont); + QRect bounds; + bounds = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, label); + result += bounds.height() + labelPadding; + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Clears the internal label cache. Upon the next \ref draw, all labels will be created new. This + method is called automatically in \ref draw, if any parameters have changed that invalidate the + cached labels, such as font, color, etc. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::clearCache() +{ + mLabelCache.clear(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a hash that allows uniquely identifying whether the label parameters have changed such + that the cached labels must be refreshed (\ref clearCache). It is used in \ref draw. If the + return value of this method hasn't changed since the last redraw, the respective label parameters + haven't changed and cached labels may be used. +*/ +QByteArray QCPAxisPainterPrivate::generateLabelParameterHash() const +{ + QByteArray result; + result.append(QByteArray::number(tickLabelRotation)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)tickLabelSide)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)substituteExponent)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)numberMultiplyCross)); + result.append(tickLabelColor.name().toLatin1() + QByteArray::number(tickLabelColor.alpha(), 16)); + result.append(tickLabelFont.toString().toLatin1()); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws a single tick label with the provided \a painter, utilizing the internal label cache to + significantly speed up drawing of labels that were drawn in previous calls. The tick label is + always bound to an axis, the distance to the axis is controllable via \a distanceToAxis in + pixels. The pixel position in the axis direction is passed in the \a position parameter. Hence + for the bottom axis, \a position would indicate the horizontal pixel position (not coordinate), + at which the label should be drawn. + + In order to later draw the axis label in a place that doesn't overlap with the tick labels, the + largest tick label size is needed. This is acquired by passing a \a tickLabelsSize to the \ref + drawTickLabel calls during the process of drawing all tick labels of one axis. In every call, \a + tickLabelsSize is expanded, if the drawn label exceeds the value \a tickLabelsSize currently + holds. + + The label is drawn with the font and pen that are currently set on the \a painter. To draw + superscripted powers, the font is temporarily made smaller by a fixed factor (see \ref + getTickLabelData). +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) +{ + // warning: if you change anything here, also adapt getMaxTickLabelSize() accordingly! + if (text.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QSize finalSize; + QPointF labelAnchor; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.left() - distanceToAxis - offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.right() + distanceToAxis + offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.top() - distanceToAxis - offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.bottom() + distanceToAxis + offset); + break; + } + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { // label caching enabled + CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.take(text); // attempt to get label from cache + if (!cachedLabel) { // no cached label existed, create it + cachedLabel = new CachedLabel; + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + cachedLabel->offset = getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData) + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft(); + cachedLabel->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size()); + cachedLabel->pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); + QCPPainter cachePainter(&cachedLabel->pixmap); + cachePainter.setPen(painter->pen()); + drawTickLabel(&cachePainter, -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().x(), -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().y(), labelData); + } + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() + cachedLabel->pixmap.width() > viewportRect.right() || labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() + cachedLabel->pixmap.height() > viewportRect.bottom() || labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + painter->drawPixmap(labelAnchor + cachedLabel->offset, cachedLabel->pixmap); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size(); + } + mLabelCache.insert(text, cachedLabel); // return label to cache or insert for the first time if newly created + } else { // label caching disabled, draw text directly on surface: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + QPointF finalPosition = labelAnchor + getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData); + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.x() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.width() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left()) > viewportRect.right() || finalPosition.x() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.y() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.height() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top()) > viewportRect.bottom() || finalPosition.y() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + drawTickLabel(painter, finalPosition.x(), finalPosition.y(), labelData); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Draws the tick label specified in \a labelData with \a painter at the pixel positions \a x and \a + y. This function is used by \ref placeTickLabel to create new tick labels for the cache, or to + directly draw the labels on the QCustomPlot surface when label caching is disabled, i.e. when + QCP::phCacheLabels plotting hint is not set. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + // backup painter settings that we're about to change: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + QFont oldFont = painter->font(); + + // transform painter to position/rotation: + painter->translate(x, y); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + painter->rotate(tickLabelRotation); + } + + // draw text: + if (!labelData.expPart.isEmpty()) { // indicator that beautiful powers must be used + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.basePart); + painter->setFont(labelData.expFont); + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1, 0, labelData.expBounds.width(), labelData.expBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.expPart); + } else { + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, labelData.totalBounds.width(), labelData.totalBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, labelData.basePart); + } + + // reset painter settings to what it was before: + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + painter->setFont(oldFont); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Transforms the passed \a text and \a font to a tickLabelData structure that can then be further + processed by \ref getTickLabelDrawOffset and \ref drawTickLabel. It splits the text into base and + exponent if necessary (member substituteExponent) and calculates appropriate bounding boxes. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::TickLabelData QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const +{ + TickLabelData result; + + // determine whether beautiful decimal powers should be used + bool useBeautifulPowers = false; + int ePos = -1; // first index of exponent part, text before that will be basePart, text until eLast will be expPart + int eLast = -1; // last index of exponent part, rest of text after this will be suffixPart + if (substituteExponent) { + ePos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('e')); + if (ePos > 0 && text.at(ePos - 1).isDigit()) { + eLast = ePos; + while (eLast + 1 < text.size() && (text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('+') || text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('-') || text.at(eLast + 1).isDigit())) { + ++eLast; + } + if (eLast > ePos) { // only if also to right of 'e' is a digit/+/- interpret it as beautifiable power + useBeautifulPowers = true; + } + } + } + + // calculate text bounding rects and do string preparation for beautiful decimal powers: + result.baseFont = font; + if (result.baseFont.pointSizeF() > 0) { // might return -1 if specified with setPixelSize, in that case we can't do correction in next line + result.baseFont.setPointSizeF(result.baseFont.pointSizeF() + 0.05); // QFontMetrics.boundingRect has a bug for exact point sizes that make the results oscillate due to internal rounding + } + if (useBeautifulPowers) { + // split text into parts of number/symbol that will be drawn normally and part that will be drawn as exponent: + result.basePart = text.left(ePos); + // in log scaling, we want to turn "1*10^n" into "10^n", else add multiplication sign and decimal base: + if (abbreviateDecimalPowers && result.basePart == QLatin1String("1")) { + result.basePart = QLatin1String("10"); + } else { + result.basePart += (numberMultiplyCross ? QString(QChar(215)) : QString(QChar(183))) + QLatin1String("10"); + } + result.expPart = text.mid(ePos + 1); + // clip "+" and leading zeros off expPart: + while (result.expPart.length() > 2 && result.expPart.at(1) == QLatin1Char('0')) { // length > 2 so we leave one zero when numberFormatChar is 'e' + result.expPart.remove(1, 1); + } + if (!result.expPart.isEmpty() && result.expPart.at(0) == QLatin1Char('+')) { + result.expPart.remove(0, 1); + } + // prepare smaller font for exponent: + result.expFont = font; + if (result.expFont.pointSize() > 0) { + result.expFont.setPointSize(result.expFont.pointSize() * 0.75); + } else { + result.expFont.setPixelSize(result.expFont.pixelSize() * 0.75); + } + // calculate bounding rects of base part, exponent part and total one: + result.baseBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.basePart); + result.expBounds = QFontMetrics(result.expFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.expPart); + result.totalBounds = result.baseBounds.adjusted(0, 0, result.expBounds.width() + 2, 0); // +2 consists of the 1 pixel spacing between base and exponent (see drawTickLabel) and an extra pixel to include AA + } else { // useBeautifulPowers == false + result.basePart = text; + result.totalBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, result.basePart); + } + result.totalBounds.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0)); // want bounding box aligned top left at origin, independent of how it was created, to make further processing simpler + + // calculate possibly different bounding rect after rotation: + result.rotatedTotalBounds = result.totalBounds; + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + QTransform transform; + transform.rotate(tickLabelRotation); + result.rotatedTotalBounds = transform.mapRect(result.rotatedTotalBounds); + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Calculates the offset at which the top left corner of the specified tick label shall be drawn. + The offset is relative to a point right next to the tick the label belongs to. + + This function is thus responsible for e.g. centering tick labels under ticks and positioning them + appropriately when they are rotated. +*/ +QPointF QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + /* + calculate label offset from base point at tick (non-trivial, for best visual appearance): short + explanation for bottom axis: The anchor, i.e. the point in the label that is placed + horizontally under the corresponding tick is always on the label side that is closer to the + axis (e.g. the left side of the text when we're rotating clockwise). On that side, the height + is halved and the resulting point is defined the anchor. This way, a 90 degree rotated text + will be centered under the tick (i.e. displaced horizontally by half its height). At the same + time, a 45 degree rotated text will "point toward" its tick, as is typical for rotated tick + labels. + */ + bool doRotation = !qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation); + bool flip = qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(tickLabelRotation), 90.0); // perfect +/-90 degree flip. Indicates vertical label centering on vertical axes. + double radians = tickLabelRotation / 180.0 * M_PI; + int x = 0, y = 0; + if ((type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at right side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at left side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = 0; + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = 0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at bottom side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() + qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } else { + x = -qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at top side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } + } + + return QPointF(x, y); +} + +/*! \internal + + Simulates the steps done by \ref placeTickLabel by calculating bounding boxes of the text label + to be drawn, depending on number format etc. Since only the largest tick label is wanted for the + margin calculation, the passed \a tickLabelsSize is only expanded, if it's currently set to a + smaller width/height. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const +{ + // note: this function must return the same tick label sizes as the placeTickLabel function. + QSize finalSize; + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && mLabelCache.contains(text)) { // label caching enabled and have cached label + const CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.object(text); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size(); + } else { // label caching disabled or no label with this text cached: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, text); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable + \brief The abstract base class for all data representing objects in a plot. + + It defines a very basic interface like name, pen, brush, visibility etc. Since this class is + abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass yourself to + create new ways of displaying data (see "Creating own plottables" below). + + All further specifics are in the subclasses, for example: + \li A normal graph with possibly a line, scatter points and error bars: \ref QCPGraph + (typically created with \ref QCustomPlot::addGraph) + \li A parametric curve: \ref QCPCurve + \li A bar chart: \ref QCPBars + \li A statistical box plot: \ref QCPStatisticalBox + \li A color encoded two-dimensional map: \ref QCPColorMap + \li An OHLC/Candlestick chart: \ref QCPFinancial + + \section plottables-subclassing Creating own plottables + + To create an own plottable, you implement a subclass of QCPAbstractPlottable. These are the pure + virtual functions, you must implement: + \li \ref clearData + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + \li \ref drawLegendIcon + \li \ref getKeyRange + \li \ref getValueRange + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + For drawing your plot, you can use the \ref coordsToPixels functions to translate a point in plot + coordinates to pixel coordinates. This function is quite convenient, because it takes the + orientation of the key and value axes into account for you (x and y are swapped when the key axis + is vertical and the value axis horizontal). If you are worried about performance (i.e. you need + to translate many points in a loop like QCPGraph), you can directly use \ref + QCPAxis::coordToPixel. However, you must then take care about the orientation of the axis + yourself. + + Here are some important members you inherit from QCPAbstractPlottable: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
QCustomPlot *\b mParentPlotA pointer to the parent QCustomPlot instance. The parent plot is inferred from the axes that are passed in the constructor.
QString \b mNameThe name of the plottable.
QPen \b mPenThe generic pen of the plottable. You should use this pen for the most prominent data representing lines in the plottable (e.g QCPGraph uses this pen for its graph lines and scatters)
QPen \b mSelectedPenThe generic pen that should be used when the plottable is selected (hint: \ref mainPen gives you the right pen, depending on selection state).
QBrush \b mBrushThe generic brush of the plottable. You should use this brush for the most prominent fillable structures in the plottable (e.g. QCPGraph uses this brush to control filling under the graph)
QBrush \b mSelectedBrushThe generic brush that should be used when the plottable is selected (hint: \ref mainBrush gives you the right brush, depending on selection state).
QPointer\b mKeyAxis, \b mValueAxisThe key and value axes this plottable is attached to. Call their QCPAxis::coordToPixel functions to translate coordinates to pixels in either the key or value dimension. + Make sure to check whether the pointer is null before using it. If one of the axes is null, don't draw the plottable.
bool \b mSelectedindicates whether the plottable is selected or not.
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::clearData() = 0 + Clears all data in the plottable. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRect &rect) const = 0 + \internal + + called by QCPLegend::draw (via QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw) to create a graphical representation + of this plottable inside \a rect, next to the plottable name. + + The passed \a painter has its cliprect set to \a rect, so painting outside of \a rect won't + appear outside the legend icon border. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const = 0 + \internal + + called by rescaleAxes functions to get the full data key bounds. For logarithmic plots, one can + set \a inSignDomain to either \ref sdNegative or \ref sdPositive in order to restrict the + returned range to that sign domain. E.g. when only negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain + to \ref sdNegative and all positive points will be ignored for range calculation. For no + restriction, just set \a inSignDomain to \ref sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output + parameter that indicates whether a range could be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't + use the returned range (e.g. no points in data). + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero, which wouldn't count as a valid range. + + \see rescaleAxes, getValueRange +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const = 0 + \internal + + called by rescaleAxes functions to get the full data value bounds. For logarithmic plots, one can + set \a inSignDomain to either \ref sdNegative or \ref sdPositive in order to restrict the + returned range to that sign domain. E.g. when only negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain + to \ref sdNegative and all positive points will be ignored for range calculation. For no + restriction, just set \a inSignDomain to \ref sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output + parameter that indicates whether a range could be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't + use the returned range (e.g. no points in data). + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero, which wouldn't count as a valid range. + + \see rescaleAxes, getKeyRange +*/ + +/* end of documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this plottable has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectableChanged(bool selectable); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability of this plottable has changed. + + \see setSelectable +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an abstract plottable which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as + its value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance + and have perpendicular orientations. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + Since QCPAbstractPlottable is an abstract class that defines the basic interface to plottables, + it can't be directly instantiated. + + You probably want one of the subclasses like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPCurve instead. +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPLayerable(keyAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), keyAxis->axisRect()), + mName(), + mAntialiasedFill(true), + mAntialiasedScatters(true), + mAntialiasedErrorBars(false), + mPen(Qt::black), + mSelectedPen(Qt::black), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mKeyAxis(keyAxis), + mValueAxis(valueAxis), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != valueAxis->parentPlot()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Parent plot of keyAxis is not the same as that of valueAxis."; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == valueAxis->orientation()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keyAxis and valueAxis must be orthogonal to each other."; + } +} + +/*! + The name is the textual representation of this plottable as it is displayed in the legend + (\ref QCPLegend). It may contain any UTF-8 characters, including newlines. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setName(const QString &name) +{ + mName = name; +} + +/*! + Sets whether fills of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedFill = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the scatter symbols of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedScatters = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the error bars of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedErrorBars(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedErrorBars = enabled; +} + + +/*! + The pen is used to draw basic lines that make up the plottable representation in the + plot. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws its graph lines with this pen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + When the plottable is selected, this pen is used to draw basic lines instead of the normal + pen set via \ref setPen. + + \see setSelected, setSelectable, setSelectedBrush, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + The brush is used to draw basic fills of the plottable representation in the + plot. The Fill can be a color, gradient or texture, see the usage of QBrush. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws the fill under the graph with this brush, when + it's not set to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + When the plottable is selected, this brush is used to draw fills instead of the normal + brush set via \ref setBrush. + + \see setSelected, setSelectable, setSelectedPen, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + The key axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is orthogonal + to the plottable's value axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the case. + The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and the + y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setValueAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mKeyAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + The value axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is + orthogonal to the plottable's key axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the + case. The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and + the y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setKeyAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mValueAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select this plottable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectPlottables.) + + However, even when \a selectable was set to false, it is possible to set the selection manually, + by calling \ref setSelected directly. + + \see setSelected +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this plottable is selected or not. When selected, it uses a different pen and brush + to draw its lines and fills, see \ref setSelectedPen and \ref setSelectedBrush. + + The entire selection mechanism for plottables is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectPlottables. You only need to call this function when + you wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state even when \ref setSelectable was set to false. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/*! + Rescales the key and value axes associated with this plottable to contain all displayed data, so + the whole plottable is visible. If the scaling of an axis is logarithmic, rescaleAxes will make + sure not to rescale to an illegal range i.e. a range containing different signs and/or zero. + Instead it will stay in the current sign domain and ignore all parts of the plottable that lie + outside of that domain. + + \a onlyEnlarge makes sure the ranges are only expanded, never reduced. So it's possible to show + multiple plottables in their entirety by multiple calls to rescaleAxes where the first call has + \a onlyEnlarge set to false (the default), and all subsequent set to true. + + \see rescaleKeyAxis, rescaleValueAxis, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + rescaleKeyAxis(onlyEnlarge); + rescaleValueAxis(onlyEnlarge); +} + +/*! + Rescales the key axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + + SignDomain signDomain = sdBoth; + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (keyAxis->range().upper < 0 ? sdNegative : sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getKeyRange(foundRange, signDomain); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(keyAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + } + } + keyAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Rescales the value axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. + + Returns true if the axis was actually scaled. This might not be the case if this plottable has an + invalid range, e.g. because it has no data points. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid value axis"; + return; + } + + SignDomain signDomain = sdBoth; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (valueAxis->range().upper < 0 ? sdNegative : sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getValueRange(foundRange, signDomain); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(valueAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + } + } + valueAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Adds this plottable to the legend of the parent QCustomPlot (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Normally, a QCPPlottableLegendItem is created and inserted into the legend. If the plottable + needs a more specialized representation in the legend, this function will take this into account + and instead create the specialized subclass of QCPAbstractLegendItem. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when the legend exists and a legend item associated with this plottable isn't already in + the legend. + + \see removeFromLegend, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend() +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } + + if (!mParentPlot->legend->hasItemWithPlottable(this)) { + mParentPlot->legend->addItem(new QCPPlottableLegendItem(mParentPlot->legend, this)); + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the plottable from the legend of the parent QCustomPlot. This means the + QCPAbstractLegendItem (usually a QCPPlottableLegendItem) that is associated with this plottable + is removed. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if the legend exists and a legend item associated with this + plottable was found and removed. + + \see addToLegend, QCPLegend::removeItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend() const +{ + if (!mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } + + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *lip = mParentPlot->legend->itemWithPlottable(this)) { + return mParentPlot->legend->removeItem(lip); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractPlottable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mKeyAxis && mValueAxis) { + return mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect() & mValueAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect(); + } else { + return QRect(); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectPlottables; +} + +/*! \internal + + Convenience function for transforming a key/value pair to pixels on the QCustomPlot surface, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a key and \a value are transformed to the coodinates in pixels and are written to \a x and \a y. + + \see pixelsToCoords, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + y = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } else { + y = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + x = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Returns the input as pixel coordinates in a QPointF. +*/ +const QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(value)); + } else { + return QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(key)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Convenience function for transforming a x/y pixel pair on the QCustomPlot surface to plot coordinates, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a x and \a y are transformed to the plot coodinates and are written to \a key and \a value. + + \see coordsToPixels, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + } +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Returns the pixel input \a pixelPos as plot coordinates \a key and \a value. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const +{ + pixelsToCoords(pixelPos.x(), pixelPos.y(), key, value); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines of the plottable. Returns mPen when the + graph is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPAbstractPlottable::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the plottable. Returns mBrush when the + graph is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPAbstractPlottable::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint, applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable fills. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint, applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedFill, QCP::aeFills); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable scatter points. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedScatters, QCP::aeScatters); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable error bars. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedErrorBars, QCP::aeErrorBars); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the shortest squared distance of \a point to the line segment defined by \a start and \a + end. + + This function may be used to help with the implementation of the \ref selectTest function for + specific plottables. + + \note This function is identical to QCPAbstractItem::distSqrToLine +*/ +double QCPAbstractPlottable::distSqrToLine(const QPointF &start, const QPointF &end, const QPointF &point) const +{ + QVector2D a(start); + QVector2D b(end); + QVector2D p(point); + QVector2D v(b - a); + + double vLengthSqr = v.lengthSquared(); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vLengthSqr)) { + double mu = QVector2D::dotProduct(p - a, v) / vLengthSqr; + if (mu < 0) { + return (a - p).lengthSquared(); + } else if (mu > 1) { + return (b - p).lengthSquared(); + } else { + return ((a + mu * v) - p).lengthSquared(); + } + } else { + return (a - p).lengthSquared(); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemAnchor +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemAnchor + \brief An anchor of an item to which positions can be attached to. + + An item (QCPAbstractItem) may have one or more anchors. Unlike QCPItemPosition, an anchor doesn't + control anything on its item, but provides a way to tie other items via their positions to the + anchor. + + For example, a QCPItemRect is defined by its positions \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + Additionally it has various anchors like \a top, \a topRight or \a bottomLeft etc. So you can + attach the \a start (which is a QCPItemPosition) of a QCPItemLine to one of the anchors by + calling QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor on \a start, passing the wanted anchor of the + QCPItemRect. This way the start of the line will now always follow the respective anchor location + on the rect item. + + Note that QCPItemPosition derives from QCPItemAnchor, so every position can also serve as an + anchor to other positions. + + To learn how to provide anchors in your own item subclasses, see the subclassing section of the + QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPItemPosition *QCPItemAnchor::toQCPItemPosition() + + Returns 0 if this instance is merely a QCPItemAnchor, and a valid pointer of type QCPItemPosition* if + it actually is a QCPItemPosition (which is a subclass of QCPItemAnchor). + + This safe downcast functionality could also be achieved with a dynamic_cast. However, QCustomPlot avoids + dynamic_cast to work with projects that don't have RTTI support enabled (e.g. -fno-rtti flag with + gcc compiler). +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemAnchor. You shouldn't create QCPItemAnchor instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemAnchor::QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString name, int anchorId) : + mName(name), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mParentItem(parentItem), + mAnchorId(anchorId) +{ +} + +QCPItemAnchor::~QCPItemAnchor() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemAnchor on the QCustomPlot surface. + + The pixel information is internally retrieved via QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition of the + parent item, QCPItemAnchor is just an intermediary. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemAnchor::pixelPoint() const +{ + if (mParentItem) { + if (mAnchorId > -1) { + return mParentItem->anchorPixelPoint(mAnchorId); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid anchor id set:" << mAnchorId; + return QPointF(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent item set"; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childX list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenX.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childX list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childY list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenY.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childY list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPosition +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPosition + \brief Manages the position of an item. + + Every item has at least one public QCPItemPosition member pointer which provides ways to position the + item on the QCustomPlot surface. Some items have multiple positions, for example QCPItemRect has two: + \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + + QCPItemPosition has a type (\ref PositionType) that can be set with \ref setType. This type + defines how coordinates passed to \ref setCoords are to be interpreted, e.g. as absolute pixel + coordinates, as plot coordinates of certain axes, etc. For more advanced plots it is also + possible to assign different types per X/Y coordinate of the position (see \ref setTypeX, \ref + setTypeY). This way an item could be positioned at a fixed pixel distance from the top in the Y + direction, while following a plot coordinate in the X direction. + + A QCPItemPosition may have a parent QCPItemAnchor, see \ref setParentAnchor. This way you can tie + multiple items together. If the QCPItemPosition has a parent, its coordinates (\ref setCoords) + are considered to be absolute pixels in the reference frame of the parent anchor, where (0, 0) + means directly ontop of the parent anchor. For example, You could attach the \a start position of + a QCPItemLine to the \a bottom anchor of a QCPItemText to make the starting point of the line + always be centered under the text label, no matter where the text is moved to. For more advanced + plots, it is possible to assign different parent anchors per X/Y coordinate of the position, see + \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. This way an item could follow another item in the X + direction but stay at a fixed position in the Y direction. Or even follow item A in X, and item B + in Y. + + Note that every QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor and thus can itself be used as parent + anchor for other positions. + + To set the apparent pixel position on the QCustomPlot surface directly, use \ref setPixelPoint. This + works no matter what type this QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as \ref + setPixelPoint transforms the coordinates appropriately, to make the position appear at the specified + pixel values. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPItemPosition::PositionType *QCPItemPosition::type() const + + Returns the current position type. + + If different types were set for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), this method returns the + type of the X coordinate. In that case rather use \a typeX() and \a typeY(). + + \see setType +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPItemAnchor *QCPItemPosition::parentAnchor() const + + Returns the current parent anchor. + + If different parent anchors were set for X and Y (\ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY), + this method returns the parent anchor of the Y coordinate. In that case rather use \a + parentAnchorX() and \a parentAnchorY(). + + \see setParentAnchor +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemPosition. You shouldn't create QCPItemPosition instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createPosition instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemPosition::QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString name) : + QCPItemAnchor(parentPlot, parentItem, name), + mPositionTypeX(ptAbsolute), + mPositionTypeY(ptAbsolute), + mKey(0), + mValue(0), + mParentAnchorX(0), + mParentAnchorY(0) +{ +} + +QCPItemPosition::~QCPItemPosition() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + // Note: this is done in ~QCPItemAnchor again, but it's important QCPItemPosition does it itself, because only then + // the setParentAnchor(0) call the correct QCPItemPosition::pixelPoint function instead of QCPItemAnchor::pixelPoint + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } + // unregister as child in parent: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPItemPosition::axisRect() const +{ + return mAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets the type of the position. The type defines how the coordinates passed to \ref setCoords + should be handled and how the QCPItemPosition should behave in the plot. + + The possible values for \a type can be separated in two main categories: + + \li The position is regarded as a point in plot coordinates. This corresponds to \ref ptPlotCoords + and requires two axes that define the plot coordinate system. They can be specified with \ref setAxes. + By default, the QCustomPlot's x- and yAxis are used. + + \li The position is fixed on the QCustomPlot surface, i.e. independent of axis ranges. This + corresponds to all other types, i.e. \ref ptAbsolute, \ref ptViewportRatio and \ref + ptAxisRectRatio. They differ only in the way the absolute position is described, see the + documentation of \ref PositionType for details. For \ref ptAxisRectRatio, note that you can specify + the axis rect with \ref setAxisRect. By default this is set to the main axis rect. + + Note that the position type \ref ptPlotCoords is only available (and sensible) when the position + has no parent anchor (\ref setParentAnchor). + + If the type is changed, the apparent pixel position on the plot is preserved. This means + the coordinates as retrieved with coords() and set with \ref setCoords may change in the process. + + This method sets the type for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set different types + for X and Y, see \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setType(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + setTypeX(type); + setTypeY(type); +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the X coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeY +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeX(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeX != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPoint() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPoint(); + } + + mPositionTypeX = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPoint(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the Y coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeX +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeY(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeY != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPoint() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPoint(); + } + + mPositionTypeY = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPoint(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the parent of this QCPItemPosition to \a parentAnchor. This means the position will now + follow any position changes of the anchor. The local coordinate system of positions with a parent + anchor always is absolute pixels, with (0, 0) being exactly on top of the parent anchor. (Hence + the type shouldn't be set to \ref ptPlotCoords for positions with parent anchors.) + + if \a keepPixelPosition is true, the current pixel position of the QCPItemPosition is preserved + during reparenting. If it's set to false, the coordinates are set to (0, 0), i.e. the position + will be exactly on top of the parent anchor. + + To remove this QCPItemPosition from any parent anchor, set \a parentAnchor to 0. + + If the QCPItemPosition previously had no parent and the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, the type is + set to \ref ptAbsolute, to keep the position in a valid state. + + This method sets the parent anchor for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set + different parents for X and Y, see \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + bool successX = setParentAnchorX(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + bool successY = setParentAnchorY(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + return successX && successY; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the X coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorY +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorX(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorX && mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeX(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPoint(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildX(this); + } + mParentAnchorX = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPoint(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(0, coords().y()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the Y coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorX +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorY(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorY && mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeY(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPoint(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildY(this); + } + mParentAnchorY = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPoint(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(coords().x(), 0); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinates of this QCPItemPosition. What the coordinates mean, is defined by the type + (\ref setType, \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY). + + For example, if the type is \ref ptAbsolute, \a key and \a value mean the x and y pixel position + on the QCustomPlot surface. In that case the origin (0, 0) is in the top left corner of the + QCustomPlot viewport. If the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, \a key and \a value mean a point in the + plot coordinate system defined by the axes set by \ref setAxes. By default those are the + QCustomPlot's xAxis and yAxis. See the documentation of \ref setType for other available + coordinate types and their meaning. + + If different types were configured for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), \a key and \a + value must also be provided in the different coordinate systems. Here, the X type refers to \a + key, and the Y type refers to \a value. + + \see setPixelPoint +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(double key, double value) +{ + mKey = key; + mValue = value; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the coordinates as a QPointF \a pos where pos.x has the meaning of \a key and pos.y the + meaning of \a value of the \ref setCoords(double key, double value) method. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(const QPointF &pos) +{ + setCoords(pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemPosition on the QCustomPlot surface. It + includes all effects of type (\ref setType) and possible parent anchors (\ref setParentAnchor). + + \see setPixelPoint +*/ +QPointF QCPItemPosition::pixelPoint() const +{ + QPointF result; + + // determine X: + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.rx() = mKey; + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.rx() = mKey * mParentPlot->viewport().width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.rx() = mKey * mAxisRect.data()->width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + // determine Y: + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.ry() = mValue; + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.ry() = mValue * mParentPlot->viewport().height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.ry() = mValue * mAxisRect.data()->height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptPlotCoords, this function may be used to specify the axes the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default they are set to the initial xAxis and + yAxis of the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + mKeyAxis = keyAxis; + mValueAxis = valueAxis; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptAxisRectRatio, this function may be used to specify the axis rect the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default this is set to the main axis rect of + the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect) +{ + mAxisRect = axisRect; +} + +/*! + Sets the apparent pixel position. This works no matter what type (\ref setType) this + QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as coordinates are transformed + appropriately, to make the position finally appear at the specified pixel values. + + Only if the type is \ref ptAbsolute and no parent anchor is set, this function's effect is + identical to that of \ref setCoords. + + \see pixelPoint, setCoords +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setPixelPoint(const QPointF &pixelPoint) +{ + double x = pixelPoint.x(); + double y = pixelPoint.y(); + + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } else { + x -= mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + x /= (double)mParentPlot->viewport().width(); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPoint().x(); + } else { + x -= mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + x /= (double)mAxisRect.data()->width(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } else { + y -= mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + y /= (double)mParentPlot->viewport().height(); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPoint().y(); + } else { + y -= mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + y /= (double)mAxisRect.data()->height(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + setCoords(x, y); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractItem + \brief The abstract base class for all items in a plot. + + In QCustomPlot, items are supplemental graphical elements that are neither plottables + (QCPAbstractPlottable) nor axes (QCPAxis). While plottables are always tied to two axes and thus + plot coordinates, items can also be placed in absolute coordinates independent of any axes. Each + specific item has at least one QCPItemPosition member which controls the positioning. Some items + are defined by more than one coordinate and thus have two or more QCPItemPosition members (For + example, QCPItemRect has \a topLeft and \a bottomRight). + + This abstract base class defines a very basic interface like visibility and clipping. Since this + class is abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass + yourself to create new items. + + The built-in items are: + + + + + + + + + + +
QCPItemLineA line defined by a start and an end point. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemStraightLineA straight line defined by a start and a direction point. Unlike QCPItemLine, the straight line is infinitely long and has no endings.
QCPItemCurveA curve defined by start, end and two intermediate control points. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemRectA rectangle
QCPItemEllipseAn ellipse
QCPItemPixmapAn arbitrary pixmap
QCPItemTextA text label
QCPItemBracketA bracket which may be used to reference/highlight certain parts in the plot.
QCPItemTracerAn item that can be attached to a QCPGraph and sticks to its data points, given a key coordinate.
+ + \section items-clipping Clipping + + Items are by default clipped to the main axis rect (they are only visible inside the axis rect). + To make an item visible outside that axis rect, disable clipping via \ref setClipToAxisRect + "setClipToAxisRect(false)". + + On the other hand if you want the item to be clipped to a different axis rect, specify it via + \ref setClipAxisRect. This clipAxisRect property of an item is only used for clipping behaviour, and + in principle is independent of the coordinate axes the item might be tied to via its position + members (\ref QCPItemPosition::setAxes). However, it is common that the axis rect for clipping + also contains the axes used for the item positions. + + \section items-using Using items + + First you instantiate the item you want to use and add it to the plot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-1 + by default, the positions of the item are bound to the x- and y-Axis of the plot. So we can just + set the plot coordinates where the line should start/end: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-2 + If we don't want the line to be positioned in plot coordinates but a different coordinate system, + e.g. absolute pixel positions on the QCustomPlot surface, we need to change the position type like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-3 + Then we can set the coordinates, this time in pixels: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-4 + and make the line visible on the entire QCustomPlot, by disabling clipping to the axis rect: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-5 + + For more advanced plots, it is even possible to set different types and parent anchors per X/Y + coordinate of an item position, using for example \ref QCPItemPosition::setTypeX or \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX. For details, see the documentation of \ref QCPItemPosition. + + \section items-subclassing Creating own items + + To create an own item, you implement a subclass of QCPAbstractItem. These are the pure + virtual functions, you must implement: + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + \subsection items-positioning Allowing the item to be positioned + + As mentioned, item positions are represented by QCPItemPosition members. Let's assume the new item shall + have only one point as its position (as opposed to two like a rect or multiple like a polygon). You then add + a public member of type QCPItemPosition like so: + + \code QCPItemPosition * const myPosition;\endcode + + the const makes sure the pointer itself can't be modified from the user of your new item (the QCPItemPosition + instance it points to, can be modified, of course). + The initialization of this pointer is made easy with the \ref createPosition function. Just assign + the return value of this function to each QCPItemPosition in the constructor of your item. \ref createPosition + takes a string which is the name of the position, typically this is identical to the variable name. + For example, the constructor of QCPItemExample could look like this: + + \code + QCPItemExample::QCPItemExample(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + myPosition(createPosition("myPosition")) + { + // other constructor code + } + \endcode + + \subsection items-drawing The draw function + + To give your item a visual representation, reimplement the \ref draw function and use the passed + QCPPainter to draw the item. You can retrieve the item position in pixel coordinates from the + position member(s) via \ref QCPItemPosition::pixelPoint. + + To optimize performance you should calculate a bounding rect first (don't forget to take the pen + width into account), check whether it intersects the \ref clipRect, and only draw the item at all + if this is the case. + + \subsection items-selection The selectTest function + + Your implementation of the \ref selectTest function may use the helpers \ref distSqrToLine and + \ref rectSelectTest. With these, the implementation of the selection test becomes significantly + simpler for most items. See the documentation of \ref selectTest for what the function parameters + mean and what the function should return. + + \subsection anchors Providing anchors + + Providing anchors (QCPItemAnchor) starts off like adding a position. First you create a public + member, e.g. + + \code QCPItemAnchor * const bottom;\endcode + + and create it in the constructor with the \ref createAnchor function, assigning it a name and an + anchor id (an integer enumerating all anchors on the item, you may create an own enum for this). + Since anchors can be placed anywhere, relative to the item's position(s), your item needs to + provide the position of every anchor with the reimplementation of the \ref anchorPixelPoint(int + anchorId) function. + + In essence the QCPItemAnchor is merely an intermediary that itself asks your item for the pixel + position when anything attached to the anchor needs to know the coordinates. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::positions() const + + Returns all positions of the item in a list. + + \see anchors, position +*/ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::anchors() const + + Returns all anchors of the item in a list. Note that since a position (QCPItemPosition) is always + also an anchor, the list will also contain the positions of this item. + + \see positions, anchor +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0 + \internal + + Draws this item with the provided \a painter. + + The cliprect of the provided painter is set to the rect returned by \ref clipRect before this + function is called. The clipRect depends on the clipping settings defined by \ref + setClipToAxisRect and \ref setClipAxisRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this item has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Base class constructor which initializes base class members. +*/ +QCPAbstractItem::QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), + mClipToAxisRect(false), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + QList rects = parentPlot->axisRects(); + if (rects.size() > 0) { + setClipToAxisRect(true); + setClipAxisRect(rects.first()); + } +} + +QCPAbstractItem::~QCPAbstractItem() +{ + // don't delete mPositions because every position is also an anchor and thus in mAnchors + qDeleteAll(mAnchors); +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPAbstractItem::clipAxisRect() const +{ + return mClipAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the item shall be clipped to an axis rect or whether it shall be visible on the + entire QCustomPlot. The axis rect can be set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + \see setClipAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipToAxisRect(bool clip) +{ + mClipToAxisRect = clip; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the clip axis rect. It defines the rect that will be used to clip the item when \ref + setClipToAxisRect is set to true. + + \see setClipToAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect) +{ + mClipAxisRect = rect; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select this item by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems.) + + However, even when \a selectable was set to false, it is possible to set the selection manually, + by calling \ref setSelected. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions, setSelected +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this item is selected or not. When selected, it might use a different visual + appearance (e.g. pen and brush), this depends on the specific item though. + + The entire selection mechanism for items is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems. You only need to call this + function when you wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state even when \ref setSelectable was set to false. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemPosition with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have a position by + that name, returns 0. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item positions. Normally, you access + positions direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see positions, anchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::position(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mPositions.size(); ++i) { + if (mPositions.at(i)->name() == name) { + return mPositions.at(i); + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "position with name not found:" << name; + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemAnchor with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have an anchor by + that name, returns 0. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item anchors. Normally, you access + anchors direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see anchors, position +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::anchor(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mAnchors.size(); ++i) { + if (mAnchors.at(i)->name() == name) { + return mAnchors.at(i); + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor with name not found:" << name; + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this item has an anchor with the specified \a name. + + Note that you can check for positions with this function, too. This is because every position is + also an anchor (QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor). + + \see anchor, position +*/ +bool QCPAbstractItem::hasAnchor(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mAnchors.size(); ++i) { + if (mAnchors.at(i)->name() == name) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the rect the visual representation of this item is clipped to. This depends on the + current setting of \ref setClipToAxisRect as well as the axis rect set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + If the item is not clipped to an axis rect, the \ref QCustomPlot::viewport rect is returned. + + \see draw +*/ +QRect QCPAbstractItem::clipRect() const +{ + if (mClipToAxisRect && mClipAxisRect) { + return mClipAxisRect.data()->rect(); + } else { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing item lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeItems); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the shortest squared distance of \a point to the line segment defined by \a start and \a + end. + + This function may be used to help with the implementation of the \ref selectTest function for + specific items. + + \note This function is identical to QCPAbstractPlottable::distSqrToLine + + \see rectSelectTest +*/ +double QCPAbstractItem::distSqrToLine(const QPointF &start, const QPointF &end, const QPointF &point) const +{ + QVector2D a(start); + QVector2D b(end); + QVector2D p(point); + QVector2D v(b - a); + + double vLengthSqr = v.lengthSquared(); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vLengthSqr)) { + double mu = QVector2D::dotProduct(p - a, v) / vLengthSqr; + if (mu < 0) { + return (a - p).lengthSquared(); + } else if (mu > 1) { + return (b - p).lengthSquared(); + } else { + return ((a + mu * v) - p).lengthSquared(); + } + } else { + return (a - p).lengthSquared(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function which returns the selectTest value for a specified \a rect and a specified + click position \a pos. \a filledRect defines whether a click inside the rect should also be + considered a hit or whether only the rect border is sensitive to hits. + + This function may be used to help with the implementation of the \ref selectTest function for + specific items. + + For example, if your item consists of four rects, call this function four times, once for each + rect, in your \ref selectTest reimplementation. Finally, return the minimum of all four returned + values. + + \see distSqrToLine +*/ +double QCPAbstractItem::rectSelectTest(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const +{ + double result = -1; + + // distance to border: + QList lines; + lines << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight()) << QLineF(rect.bottomLeft(), rect.bottomRight()) + << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomLeft()) << QLineF(rect.topRight(), rect.bottomRight()); + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + for (int i = 0; i < lines.size(); ++i) { + double distSqr = distSqrToLine(lines.at(i).p1(), lines.at(i).p2(), pos); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + result = qSqrt(minDistSqr); + + // filled rect, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (filledRect && result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99) { + if (rect.contains(pos)) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel position of the anchor with Id \a anchorId. This function must be reimplemented in + item subclasses if they want to provide anchors (QCPItemAnchor). + + For example, if the item has two anchors with id 0 and 1, this function takes one of these anchor + ids and returns the respective pixel points of the specified anchor. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QPointF QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called on item which shouldn't have any anchors (this method not reimplemented). anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemPosition, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the position + member (This is needed to provide the name-based \ref position access to positions). + + Don't delete positions created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each position member. Don't create QCPItemPositions with \b new yourself, because they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::createPosition(const QString &name) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemPosition *newPosition = new QCPItemPosition(mParentPlot, this, name); + mPositions.append(newPosition); + mAnchors.append(newPosition); // every position is also an anchor + newPosition->setAxes(mParentPlot->xAxis, mParentPlot->yAxis); + newPosition->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + if (mParentPlot->axisRect()) { + newPosition->setAxisRect(mParentPlot->axisRect()); + } + newPosition->setCoords(0, 0); + return newPosition; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemAnchor, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the anchor + member (This is needed to provide the name based \ref anchor access to anchors). + + The \a anchorId must be a number identifying the created anchor. It is recommended to create an + enum (e.g. "AnchorIndex") for this on each item that uses anchors. This id is used by the anchor + to identify itself when it calls QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPoint. That function then returns + the correct pixel coordinates for the passed anchor id. + + Don't delete anchors created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each anchor member. Don't create QCPItemAnchors with \b new yourself, because then they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createPosition +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemAnchor *newAnchor = new QCPItemAnchor(mParentPlot, this, name, anchorId); + mAnchors.append(newAnchor); + return newAnchor; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectItems; +} + + +/*! \file */ + + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCustomPlot +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCustomPlot + + \brief The central class of the library. This is the QWidget which displays the plot and + interacts with the user. + + For tutorials on how to use QCustomPlot, see the website\n + http://www.qcustomplot.com/ +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QRect QCustomPlot::viewport() const + + Returns the viewport rect of this QCustomPlot instance. The viewport is the area the plot is + drawn in, all mechanisms, e.g. margin caluclation take the viewport to be the outer border of the + plot. The viewport normally is the rect() of the QCustomPlot widget, i.e. a rect with top left + (0, 0) and size of the QCustomPlot widget. + + Don't confuse the viewport with the axis rect (QCustomPlot::axisRect). An axis rect is typically + an area enclosed by four axes, where the graphs/plottables are drawn in. The viewport is larger + and contains also the axes themselves, their tick numbers, their labels, the plot title etc. + + Only when saving to a file (see \ref savePng, \ref savePdf etc.) the viewport is temporarily + modified to allow saving plots with sizes independent of the current widget size. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutGrid *QCustomPlot::plotLayout() const + + Returns the top level layout of this QCustomPlot instance. It is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid, initially containing just + one cell with the main QCPAxisRect inside. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse double click event. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mousePress(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse press event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse move event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. + + \warning It is discouraged to change the drag-axes with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes here, + because the dragging starting point was saved the moment the mouse was pressed. Thus it only has + a meaning for the range drag axes that were set at that moment. If you want to change the drag + axes, consider doing this in the \ref mousePress signal instead. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse release event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like object selection. So a + slot connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref setInteractions or + \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseWheel(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse wheel event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like range zooming. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes or \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. + + \see plottableDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. + + \see plottableClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is 0. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space between + two items. + + \see legendDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is 0. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space between + two items. + + \see legendClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot:: titleClick(QMouseEvent *event, QCPPlotTitle *title) + + This signal is emitted when a plot title is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a title is the plot title that received + the click. + + \see titleDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::titleDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event, QCPPlotTitle *title) + + This signal is emitted when a plot title is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a title is the plot title that received + the click. + + \see titleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::selectionChangedByUser() + + This signal is emitted after the user has changed the selection in the QCustomPlot, e.g. by + clicking. It is not emitted when the selection state of an object has changed programmatically by + a direct call to setSelected() on an object or by calling \ref deselectAll. + + In addition to this signal, selectable objects also provide individual signals, for example + QCPAxis::selectionChanged or QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged. Note that those signals are + emitted even if the selection state is changed programmatically. + + See the documentation of \ref setInteractions for details about the selection mechanism. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedGraphs, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::beforeReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately before a replot takes place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, afterReplot +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::afterReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately after a replot has taken place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, beforeReplot +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ +/* start of documentation of public members */ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis + + A pointer to the primary x Axis (bottom) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis + + A pointer to the primary y Axis (left) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary x Axis (top) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary y Axis (right) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPLegend *QCustomPlot::legend + + A pointer to the default legend of the main axis rect. The legend is invisible by default. Use + QCPLegend::setVisible to change this. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple legends to the plot, use the layout system interface to + access the new legend. For example, legends can be placed inside an axis rect's \ref + QCPAxisRect::insetLayout "inset layout", and must then also be accessed via the inset layout. If + the default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointer becomes 0. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of public members */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCustomPlot and sets reasonable default values. +*/ +QCustomPlot::QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent) : + QWidget(parent), + xAxis(0), + yAxis(0), + xAxis2(0), + yAxis2(0), + legend(0), + mPlotLayout(0), + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend(true), + mAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mInteractions(0), + mSelectionTolerance(8), + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag(false), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::white, Qt::SolidPattern), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mCurrentLayer(0), + mPlottingHints(QCP::phCacheLabels | QCP::phForceRepaint), + mMultiSelectModifier(Qt::ControlModifier), + mPaintBuffer(size()), + mMouseEventElement(0), + mReplotting(false) +{ + setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation); + setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + setMouseTracking(true); + QLocale currentLocale = locale(); + currentLocale.setNumberOptions(QLocale::OmitGroupSeparator); + setLocale(currentLocale); + + // create initial layers: + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("background"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("grid"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("main"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("axes"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("legend"))); + updateLayerIndices(); + setCurrentLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + + // create initial layout, axis rect and legend: + mPlotLayout = new QCPLayoutGrid; + mPlotLayout->initializeParentPlot(this); + mPlotLayout->setParent(this); // important because if parent is QWidget, QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged will call QWidget::updateGeometry + mPlotLayout->setLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + QCPAxisRect *defaultAxisRect = new QCPAxisRect(this, true); + mPlotLayout->addElement(0, 0, defaultAxisRect); + xAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + yAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + xAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + yAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + legend = new QCPLegend; + legend->setVisible(false); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->addElement(legend, Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->setMargins(QMargins(12, 12, 12, 12)); + + defaultAxisRect->setLayer(QLatin1String("background")); + xAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + xAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + legend->setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + + setViewport(rect()); // needs to be called after mPlotLayout has been created + + replot(); +} + +QCustomPlot::~QCustomPlot() +{ + clearPlottables(); + clearItems(); + + if (mPlotLayout) { + delete mPlotLayout; + mPlotLayout = 0; + } + + mCurrentLayer = 0; + qDeleteAll(mLayers); // don't use removeLayer, because it would prevent the last layer to be removed + mLayers.clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn antialiased as an \a or combination of QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a antialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, all plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a antialiasedElements is already set in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements) +{ + mAntialiasedElements = antialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a antialiasedElement is forcibly drawn antialiased. + + See \ref setAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements &= ~antialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements |= antialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn not antialiased as an \a or combination of + QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a notAntialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, no plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a notAntialiasedElements is already set in \ref setAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements) +{ + mNotAntialiasedElements = notAntialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a notAntialiasedElement is forcibly drawn not antialiased. + + See \ref setNotAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements &= ~notAntialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= notAntialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + If set to true, adding a plottable (e.g. a graph) to the QCustomPlot automatically also adds the + plottable to the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + \see addPlottable, addGraph, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on) +{ + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the possible interactions of this QCustomPlot as an or-combination of \ref QCP::Interaction + enums. There are the following types of interactions: + + Axis range manipulation is controlled via \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref QCP::iRangeZoom. When the + respective interaction is enabled, the user may drag axes ranges and zoom with the mouse wheel. + For details how to control which axes the user may drag/zoom and in what orientations, see \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes, + \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes. + + Plottable selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables. If \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables is + set, the user may select plottables (graphs, curves, bars,...) by clicking on them or in their + vicinity (\ref setSelectionTolerance). Whether the user can actually select a plottable can + further be restricted with the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable function on the specific + plottable. To find out whether a specific plottable is selected, call + QCPAbstractPlottable::selected(). To retrieve a list of all currently selected plottables, call + \ref selectedPlottables. If you're only interested in QCPGraphs, you may use the convenience + function \ref selectedGraphs. + + Item selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectItems. If \ref QCP::iSelectItems is set, the user + may select items (QCPItemLine, QCPItemText,...) by clicking on them or in their vicinity. To find + out whether a specific item is selected, call QCPAbstractItem::selected(). To retrieve a list of + all currently selected items, call \ref selectedItems. + + Axis selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectAxes. If \ref QCP::iSelectAxes is set, the user + may select parts of the axes by clicking on them. What parts exactly (e.g. Axis base line, tick + labels, axis label) are selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPAxis::setSelectableParts for + each axis. To retrieve a list of all axes that currently contain selected parts, call \ref + selectedAxes. Which parts of an axis are selected, can be retrieved with QCPAxis::selectedParts(). + + Legend selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectLegend. If this is set, the user may + select the legend itself or individual items by clicking on them. What parts exactly are + selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPLegend::setSelectableParts. To find out whether the + legend or any of its child items are selected, check the value of QCPLegend::selectedParts. To + find out which child items are selected, call \ref QCPLegend::selectedItems. + + All other selectable elements The selection of all other selectable objects (e.g. + QCPPlotTitle, or your own layerable subclasses) is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectOther. If set, the + user may select those objects by clicking on them. To find out which are currently selected, you + need to check their selected state explicitly. + + If the selection state has changed by user interaction, the \ref selectionChangedByUser signal is + emitted. Each selectable object additionally emits an individual selectionChanged signal whenever + their selection state has changed, i.e. not only by user interaction. + + To allow multiple objects to be selected by holding the selection modifier (\ref + setMultiSelectModifier), set the flag \ref QCP::iMultiSelect. + + \note In addition to the selection mechanism presented here, QCustomPlot always emits + corresponding signals, when an object is clicked or double clicked. see \ref plottableClick and + \ref plottableDoubleClick for example. + + \see setInteraction, setSelectionTolerance +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions) +{ + mInteractions = interactions; +} + +/*! + Sets the single \a interaction of this QCustomPlot to \a enabled. + + For details about the interaction system, see \ref setInteractions. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions &= ~interaction; + } else if (enabled && !mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions |= interaction; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the tolerance that is used to decide whether a click selects an object (e.g. a plottable) or + not. + + If the user clicks in the vicinity of the line of e.g. a QCPGraph, it's only regarded as a + potential selection when the minimum distance between the click position and the graph line is + smaller than \a pixels. Objects that are defined by an area (e.g. QCPBars) only react to clicks + directly inside the area and ignore this selection tolerance. In other words, it only has meaning + for parts of objects that are too thin to exactly hit with a click and thus need such a + tolerance. + + \see setInteractions, QCPLayerable::selectTest +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionTolerance(int pixels) +{ + mSelectionTolerance = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets whether antialiasing is disabled for this QCustomPlot while the user is dragging axes + ranges. If many objects, especially plottables, are drawn antialiased, this greatly improves + performance during dragging. Thus it creates a more responsive user experience. As soon as the + user stops dragging, the last replot is done with normal antialiasing, to restore high image + quality. + + \see setAntialiasedElements, setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled) +{ + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the plotting hints for this QCustomPlot instance as an \a or combination of QCP::PlottingHint. + + \see setPlottingHint +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints) +{ + mPlottingHints = hints; +} + +/*! + Sets the specified plotting \a hint to \a enabled. + + \see setPlottingHints +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled) +{ + QCP::PlottingHints newHints = mPlottingHints; + if (!enabled) { + newHints &= ~hint; + } else { + newHints |= hint; + } + + if (newHints != mPlottingHints) { + setPlottingHints(newHints); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the keyboard modifier that will be recognized as multi-select-modifier. + + If \ref QCP::iMultiSelect is specified in \ref setInteractions, the user may select multiple objects + by clicking on them one after the other while holding down \a modifier. + + By default the multi-select-modifier is set to Qt::ControlModifier. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier) +{ + mMultiSelectModifier = modifier; +} + +/*! + Sets the viewport of this QCustomPlot. The Viewport is the area that the top level layout + (QCustomPlot::plotLayout()) uses as its rect. Normally, the viewport is the entire widget rect. + + This function is used to allow arbitrary size exports with \ref toPixmap, \ref savePng, \ref + savePdf, etc. by temporarily changing the viewport size. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setViewport(const QRect &rect) +{ + mViewport = rect; + if (mPlotLayout) { + mPlotLayout->setOuterRect(mViewport); + } +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the viewport background pixmap (see \ref setViewport). The pixmap is always drawn + below all other objects in the plot. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the viewport, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (whether and how the aspect ratio is + preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + If a background brush was set with \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), the viewport will + first be filled with that brush, before drawing the background pixmap. This can be useful for + background pixmaps with translucent areas. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! + Sets the background brush of the viewport (see \ref setViewport). + + Before drawing everything else, the background is filled with \a brush. If a background pixmap + was set with \ref setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), this brush will be used to fill the viewport + before the background pixmap is drawn. This can be useful for background pixmaps with translucent + areas. + + Set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush or Qt::Transparent to leave background transparent. This can be + useful for exporting to image formats which support transparency, e.g. \ref savePng. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the viewport, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the viewport background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the viewport. If \a scaled is + set to true, control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved with + \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the viewport dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the viewport background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this + function to define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the plottable with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + plottable, see QCustomPlot::plottable() + + \see plottableCount, addPlottable +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return mPlottables.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last plottable that was added with \ref addPlottable. If there are no plottables in + the plot, returns 0. + + \see plottableCount, addPlottable +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable() +{ + if (!mPlottables.isEmpty()) { + return mPlottables.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified plottable to the plot and, if \ref setAutoAddPlottableToLegend is enabled, to + the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). QCustomPlot takes ownership of the plottable. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a plottable isn't already in the plot and the parent plot of + \a plottable is this QCustomPlot (the latter is controlled by what axes were passed in the + plottable's constructor). + + \see plottable, plottableCount, removePlottable, clearPlottables +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::addPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable already added to this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + if (plottable->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + mPlottables.append(plottable); + // possibly add plottable to legend: + if (mAutoAddPlottableToLegend) { + plottable->addToLegend(); + } + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + if (QCPGraph *graph = qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mGraphs.append(graph); + } + if (!plottable->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the plottable (via QCPLayerable constructor) + plottable->setLayer(currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified plottable from the plot and, if necessary, from the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns true on success. + + \see addPlottable, clearPlottables +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (!mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + // remove plottable from legend: + plottable->removeFromLegend(); + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + if (QCPGraph *graph = qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mGraphs.removeOne(graph); + } + // remove plottable: + delete plottable; + mPlottables.removeOne(plottable); + return true; +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the plottable by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return removePlottable(mPlottables[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all plottables from the plot (and the QCustomPlot::legend, if necessary). + + Returns the number of plottables removed. + + \see removePlottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearPlottables() +{ + int c = mPlottables.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removePlottable(mPlottables[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing plottables in the plot + + \see plottable, addPlottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::plottableCount() const +{ + return mPlottables.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected plottables. If no plottables are currently selected, the list is empty. + + There is a convenience function if you're only interested in selected graphs, see \ref selectedGraphs. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelected +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedPlottables() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + if (plottable->selected()) { + result.append(plottable); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the plottable at the pixel position \a pos. Plottables that only consist of single lines + (like graphs) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref setSelectionTolerance. If multiple + plottables come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only plottables that are selectable + (QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable) are considered. + + If there is no plottable at \a pos, the return value is 0. + + \see itemAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPAbstractPlottable *resultPlottable = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + if (onlySelectable && !plottable->selectable()) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPabstractPlottable::selectable + continue; + } + if ((plottable->keyAxis()->axisRect()->rect() & plottable->valueAxis()->axisRect()->rect()).contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside the rect that is spanned by the plottable's key/value axes + double currentDistance = plottable->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultPlottable = plottable; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultPlottable; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot instance contains the \a plottable. + + \see addPlottable +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return mPlottables.contains(plottable); +} + +/*! + Returns the graph with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last created + graph, see QCustomPlot::graph() + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return mGraphs.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last graph, that was created with \ref addGraph. If there are no graphs in the plot, + returns 0. + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph() const +{ + if (!mGraphs.isEmpty()) { + return mGraphs.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Creates a new graph inside the plot. If \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis are left unspecified (0), the + bottom (xAxis) is used as key and the left (yAxis) is used as value axis. If specified, \a + keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in this QCustomPlot. + + \a keyAxis will be used as key axis (typically "x") and \a valueAxis as value axis (typically + "y") for the graph. + + Returns a pointer to the newly created graph, or 0 if adding the graph failed. + + \see graph, graphCount, removeGraph, clearGraphs +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + if (!keyAxis) { + keyAxis = xAxis; + } + if (!valueAxis) { + valueAxis = yAxis; + } + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't use default QCustomPlot xAxis or yAxis, because at least one is invalid (has been deleted)"; + return 0; + } + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != this || valueAxis->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed keyAxis or valueAxis doesn't have this QCustomPlot as parent"; + return 0; + } + + QCPGraph *newGraph = new QCPGraph(keyAxis, valueAxis); + if (addPlottable(newGraph)) { + newGraph->setName(QLatin1String("Graph ") + QString::number(mGraphs.size())); + return newGraph; + } else { + delete newGraph; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a graph from the plot and, if necessary, from the QCustomPlot::legend. If + any other graphs in the plot have a channel fill set towards the removed graph, the channel fill + property of those graphs is reset to zero (no channel fill). + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearGraphs +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + return removePlottable(graph); +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the graph by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return removeGraph(mGraphs[index]); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all graphs from the plot (and the QCustomPlot::legend, if necessary). + + Returns the number of graphs removed. + + \see removeGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearGraphs() +{ + int c = mGraphs.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeGraph(mGraphs[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing graphs in the plot + + \see graph, addGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::graphCount() const +{ + return mGraphs.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected graphs. If no graphs are currently selected, the list is empty. + + If you are not only interested in selected graphs but other plottables like QCPCurve, QCPBars, + etc., use \ref selectedPlottables. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelected +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedGraphs() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPGraph *graph, mGraphs) { + if (graph->selected()) { + result.append(graph); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + item, see QCustomPlot::item() + + \see itemCount, addItem +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return mItems.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last item, that was added with \ref addItem. If there are no items in the plot, + returns 0. + + \see itemCount, addItem +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item() const +{ + if (!mItems.isEmpty()) { + return mItems.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified item to the plot. QCustomPlot takes ownership of the item. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a item wasn't already in the plot and the parent plot of \a + item is this QCustomPlot. + + \see item, itemCount, removeItem, clearItems +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::addItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (!mItems.contains(item) && item->parentPlot() == this) { + mItems.append(item); + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item either already in list or not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified item from the plot. + + Returns true on success. + + \see addItem, clearItems +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (mItems.contains(item)) { + delete item; + mItems.removeOne(item); + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the item by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return removeItem(mItems[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the plot. + + Returns the number of items removed. + + \see removeItem +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearItems() +{ + int c = mItems.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeItem(mItems[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing items in the plot + + \see item, addItem +*/ +int QCustomPlot::itemCount() const +{ + return mItems.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected items. If no items are currently selected, the list is empty. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable, QCPAbstractItem::setSelected +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + if (item->selected()) { + result.append(item); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item at the pixel position \a pos. Items that only consist of single lines (e.g. \ref + QCPItemLine or \ref QCPItemCurve) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref + setSelectionTolerance. If multiple items come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is + returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only items that are selectable (QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable) are + considered. + + If there is no item at \a pos, the return value is 0. + + \see plottableAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPAbstractItem *resultItem = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + if (onlySelectable && !item->selectable()) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractItem::selectable + continue; + } + if (!item->clipToAxisRect() || item->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside axis cliprect of the item if actually clipped to it + double currentDistance = item->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultItem = item; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultItem; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot contains the \a item. + + \see addItem +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const +{ + return mItems.contains(item); +} + +/*! + Returns the layer with the specified \a name. If there is no layer with the specified name, 0 is + returned. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + if (layer->name() == name) { + return layer; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the layer by \a index. If the index is invalid, 0 is returned. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mLayers.size()) { + return mLayers.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the layer that is set as current layer (see \ref setCurrentLayer). +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::currentLayer() const +{ + return mCurrentLayer; +} + +/*! + Sets the layer with the specified \a name to be the current layer. All layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable), e.g. plottables and items, are created on the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is a layer with the specified \a name in the QCustomPlot. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer, QCPLayerable::setLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(const QString &name) +{ + if (QCPLayer *newCurrentLayer = layer(name)) { + return setCurrentLayer(newCurrentLayer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer with name doesn't exist:" << name; + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the provided \a layer to be the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a layer is a valid layer in the QCustomPlot. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + + mCurrentLayer = layer; + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing layers in the plot + + \see layer, addLayer +*/ +int QCustomPlot::layerCount() const +{ + return mLayers.size(); +} + +/*! + Adds a new layer to this QCustomPlot instance. The new layer will have the name \a name, which + must be unique. Depending on \a insertMode, it is positioned either below or above \a otherLayer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is no other layer named \a name and \a otherLayer is a + valid layer inside this QCustomPlot. + + If \a otherLayer is 0, the highest layer in the QCustomPlot will be used. + + For an explanation of what layers are in QCustomPlot, see the documentation of \ref QCPLayer. + + \see layer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!otherLayer) { + otherLayer = mLayers.last(); + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + if (layer(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "A layer exists already with the name" << name; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *newLayer = new QCPLayer(this, name); + mLayers.insert(otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0), newLayer); + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a layer and returns true on success. + + All layerables (e.g. plottables and items) on the removed layer will be moved to the layer below + \a layer. If \a layer is the bottom layer, the layerables are moved to the layer above. In both + cases, the total rendering order of all layerables in the QCustomPlot is preserved. + + If \a layer is the current layer (\ref setCurrentLayer), the layer below (or above, if bottom + layer) becomes the new current layer. + + It is not possible to remove the last layer of the plot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (mLayers.size() < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't remove last layer"; + return false; + } + + // append all children of this layer to layer below (if this is lowest layer, prepend to layer above) + int removedIndex = layer->index(); + bool isFirstLayer = removedIndex == 0; + QCPLayer *targetLayer = isFirstLayer ? mLayers.at(removedIndex + 1) : mLayers.at(removedIndex - 1); + QList children = layer->children(); + if (isFirstLayer) { // prepend in reverse order (so order relative to each other stays the same) + for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + children.at(i)->moveToLayer(targetLayer, true); + } + } else { // append normally + for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { + children.at(i)->moveToLayer(targetLayer, false); + } + } + // if removed layer is current layer, change current layer to layer below/above: + if (layer == mCurrentLayer) { + setCurrentLayer(targetLayer); + } + // remove layer: + delete layer; + mLayers.removeOne(layer); + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Moves the specified \a layer either above or below \a otherLayer. Whether it's placed above or + below is controlled with \a insertMode. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when both \a layer and \a otherLayer are valid layers in the + QCustomPlot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + + if (layer->index() > otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0)); + } else if (layer->index() < otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 0 : -1)); + } + + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axis rects in the plot. + + All axis rects can be accessed via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). + + Initially, only one axis rect exists in the plot. + + \see axisRect, axisRects +*/ +int QCustomPlot::axisRectCount() const +{ + return axisRects().size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis rect with \a index. + + Initially, only one axis rect (with index 0) exists in the plot. If multiple axis rects were + added, all of them may be accessed with this function in a linear fashion (even when they are + nested in a layout hierarchy or inside other axis rects via QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). + + \see axisRectCount, axisRects +*/ +QCPAxisRect *QCustomPlot::axisRect(int index) const +{ + const QList rectList = axisRects(); + if (index >= 0 && index < rectList.size()) { + return rectList.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis rect index" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axis rects in the plot. + + \see axisRectCount, axisRect +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::axisRects() const +{ + QList result; + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *element, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (element) { + elementStack.push(element); + if (QCPAxisRect *ar = qobject_cast(element)) { + result.append(ar); + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the layout element at pixel position \a pos. If there is no element at that position, + returns 0. + + Only visible elements are used. If \ref QCPLayoutElement::setVisible on the element itself or on + any of its parent elements is set to false, it will not be considered. + + \see itemAt, plottableAt +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCustomPlot::layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + QCPLayoutElement *currentElement = mPlotLayout; + bool searchSubElements = true; + while (searchSubElements && currentElement) { + searchSubElements = false; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, currentElement->elements(false)) { + if (subElement && subElement->realVisibility() && subElement->selectTest(pos, false) >= 0) { + currentElement = subElement; + searchSubElements = true; + break; + } + } + } + return currentElement; +} + +/*! + Returns the axes that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPAxis::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedLegends, setInteractions, QCPAxis::setSelectedParts, + QCPAxis::setSelectableParts +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedAxes() const +{ + QList result, allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + if (axis->selectedParts() != QCPAxis::spNone) { + result.append(axis); + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the legends that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPLegend::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedAxes, setInteractions, QCPLegend::setSelectedParts, + QCPLegend::setSelectableParts, QCPLegend::selectedItems +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedLegends() const +{ + QList result; + + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (subElement) { + elementStack.push(subElement); + if (QCPLegend *leg = qobject_cast(subElement)) { + if (leg->selectedParts() != QCPLegend::spNone) { + result.append(leg); + } + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Deselects all layerables (plottables, items, axes, legends,...) of the QCustomPlot. + + Since calling this function is not a user interaction, this does not emit the \ref + selectionChangedByUser signal. The individual selectionChanged signals are emitted though, if the + objects were previously selected. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ +void QCustomPlot::deselectAll() +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + layerable->deselectEvent(0); + } + } +} + +/*! + Causes a complete replot into the internal buffer. Finally, update() is called, to redraw the + buffer on the QCustomPlot widget surface. This is the method that must be called to make changes, + for example on the axis ranges or data points of graphs, visible. + + Under a few circumstances, QCustomPlot causes a replot by itself. Those are resize events of the + QCustomPlot widget and user interactions (object selection and range dragging/zooming). + + Before the replot happens, the signal \ref beforeReplot is emitted. After the replot, \ref + afterReplot is emitted. It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with any of those two + signals on two QCustomPlots to make them replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite + recursion. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority) +{ + if (mReplotting) { // incase signals loop back to replot slot + return; + } + mReplotting = true; + emit beforeReplot(); + + mPaintBuffer.fill(mBackgroundBrush.style() == Qt::SolidPattern ? mBackgroundBrush.color() : Qt::transparent); + QCPPainter painter; + painter.begin(&mPaintBuffer); + if (painter.isActive()) { + painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); // to make Antialiasing look good if using the OpenGL graphicssystem + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::SolidPattern && mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&painter); + painter.end(); + if ((refreshPriority == rpHint && mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phForceRepaint)) || refreshPriority == rpImmediate) { + repaint(); + } else { + update(); + } + } else { // might happen if QCustomPlot has width or height zero + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't activate painter on buffer. This usually happens because QCustomPlot has width or height zero."; + } + + emit afterReplot(); + mReplotting = false; +} + +/*! + Rescales the axes such that all plottables (like graphs) in the plot are fully visible. + + if \a onlyVisiblePlottables is set to true, only the plottables that have their visibility set to true + (QCPLayerable::setVisible), will be used to rescale the axes. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QList allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + axis->rescale(onlyVisiblePlottables); + } +} + +/*! + Saves a PDF with the vectorized plot to the file \a fileName. The axis ratio as well as the scale + of texts and lines will be derived from the specified \a width and \a height. This means, the + output will look like the normal on-screen output of a QCustomPlot widget with the corresponding + pixel width and height. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have the + same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. + + \a noCosmeticPen disables the use of cosmetic pens when drawing to the PDF file. Cosmetic pens + are pens with numerical width 0, which are always drawn as a one pixel wide line, no matter what + zoom factor is set in the PDF-Viewer. For more information about cosmetic pens, see the QPainter + and QPen documentation. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any + selected objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll + before calling this function. + + Returns true on success. + + \warning + \li If you plan on editing the exported PDF file with a vector graphics editor like + Inkscape, it is advised to set \a noCosmeticPen to true to avoid losing those cosmetic lines + (which might be quite many, because cosmetic pens are the default for e.g. axes and tick marks). + \li If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \a pdfCreator and \a pdfTitle may be used to set the according metadata fields in the resulting + PDF file. + + \note On Android systems, this method does nothing and issues an according qDebug warning + message. This is also the case if for other reasons the define flag QT_NO_PRINTER is set. + + \see savePng, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePdf(const QString &fileName, bool noCosmeticPen, int width, int height, const QString &pdfCreator, const QString &pdfTitle) +{ + bool success = false; +#ifdef QT_NO_PRINTER + Q_UNUSED(fileName) + Q_UNUSED(noCosmeticPen) + Q_UNUSED(width) + Q_UNUSED(height) + Q_UNUSED(pdfCreator) + Q_UNUSED(pdfTitle) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Qt was built without printer support (QT_NO_PRINTER). PDF not created."; +#else + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + QPrinter printer(QPrinter::ScreenResolution); + printer.setOutputFileName(fileName); + printer.setOutputFormat(QPrinter::PdfFormat); + printer.setColorMode(QPrinter::Color); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_Creator, pdfCreator); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_DocumentName, pdfTitle); + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) + printer.setFullPage(true); + printer.setPaperSize(viewport().size(), QPrinter::DevicePixel); +#else + QPageLayout pageLayout; + pageLayout.setMode(QPageLayout::FullPageMode); + pageLayout.setOrientation(QPageLayout::Portrait); + pageLayout.setMargins(QMarginsF(0, 0, 0, 0)); + pageLayout.setPageSize(QPageSize(viewport().size(), QPageSize::Point, QString(), QPageSize::ExactMatch)); + printer.setPageLayout(pageLayout); +#endif + QCPPainter printpainter; + if (printpainter.begin(&printer)) { + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic, noCosmeticPen); + printpainter.setWindow(mViewport); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::white && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::transparent && + mBackgroundBrush.color().alpha() > 0) { // draw pdf background color if not white/transparent + printpainter.fillRect(viewport(), mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&printpainter); + printpainter.end(); + success = true; + } + setViewport(oldViewport); +#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER + return success; +} + +/*! + Saves a PNG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have + the same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. Line widths and texts etc. are not + scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements via + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + If you want the PNG to have a transparent background, call \ref setBackground(const QBrush + &brush) with no brush (Qt::NoBrush) or a transparent color (Qt::transparent), before saving. + + PNG compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 or + -1 to use the default setting. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the PNG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + \see savePdf, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePng(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "PNG", quality); +} + +/*! + Saves a JPG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have + the same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. Line widths and texts etc. are not + scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements via + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + JPG compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 or + -1 to use the default setting. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the JPG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveBmp, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "JPG", quality); +} + +/*! + Saves a BMP image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have + the same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. Line widths and texts etc. are not + scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements via + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the BMP format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "BMP"); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a minimum size hint that corresponds to the minimum size of the top level layout + (\ref plotLayout). To prevent QCustomPlot from being collapsed to size/width zero, set a minimum + size (setMinimumSize) either on the whole QCustomPlot or on any layout elements inside the plot. + This is especially important, when placed in a QLayout where other components try to take in as + much space as possible (e.g. QMdiArea). +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a size hint that is the same as \ref minimumSizeHint. + +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::sizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the QCustomPlot widget needs repainting. This does not cause a \ref replot, but + draws the internal buffer on the widget surface. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event); + QPainter painter(this); + painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, mPaintBuffer); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for a resize of the QCustomPlot widget. Causes the internal buffer to be resized to + the new size. The viewport (which becomes the outer rect of mPlotLayout) is resized + appropriately. Finally a \ref replot is performed. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) +{ + // resize and repaint the buffer: + mPaintBuffer = QPixmap(event->size()); + setViewport(rect()); + replot(rpQueued); // queued update is important here, to prevent painting issues in some contexts +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a double click occurs. Emits the \ref mouseDoubleClick signal, then emits + the specialized signals when certain objecs are clicked (e.g. \ref plottableDoubleClick, \ref + axisDoubleClick, etc.). Finally determines the affected layout element and forwards the event to + it. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseDoubleClick(event); + + QVariant details; + QCPLayerable *clickedLayerable = layerableAt(event->pos(), false, &details); + + // emit specialized object double click signals: + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit plottableDoubleClick(ap, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit axisDoubleClick(ax, details.value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit itemDoubleClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit legendDoubleClick(lg, 0, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit legendDoubleClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } else if (QCPPlotTitle *pt = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit titleDoubleClick(event, pt); + } + + // call double click event of affected layout element: + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = layoutElementAt(event->pos())) { + el->mouseDoubleClickEvent(event); + } + + // call release event of affected layout element (as in mouseReleaseEvent, since the mouseDoubleClick replaces the second release event in double click case): + if (mMouseEventElement) { + mMouseEventElement->mouseReleaseEvent(event); + mMouseEventElement = 0; + } + + //QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(event); don't call base class implementation because it would just cause a mousePress/ReleaseEvent, which we don't want. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed. Emits the mousePress signal. Then determines + the affected layout element and forwards the event to it. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mousePress(event); + mMousePressPos = event->pos(); // need this to determine in releaseEvent whether it was a click (no position change between press and release) + + // call event of affected layout element: + mMouseEventElement = layoutElementAt(event->pos()); + if (mMouseEventElement) { + mMouseEventElement->mousePressEvent(event); + } + + QWidget::mousePressEvent(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the cursor is moved. Emits the \ref mouseMove signal. + + If a layout element has mouse capture focus (a mousePressEvent happened on top of the layout + element before), the mouseMoveEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseMove(event); + + // call event of affected layout element: + if (mMouseEventElement) { + mMouseEventElement->mouseMoveEvent(event); + } + + QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is released. Emits the \ref mouseRelease signal. + + If the mouse was moved less than a certain threshold in any direction since the \ref + mousePressEvent, it is considered a click which causes the selection mechanism (if activated via + \ref setInteractions) to possibly change selection states accordingly. Further, specialized mouse + click signals are emitted (e.g. \ref plottableClick, \ref axisClick, etc.) + + If a layout element has mouse capture focus (a \ref mousePressEvent happened on top of the layout + element before), the \ref mouseReleaseEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseRelease(event); + bool doReplot = false; + + if ((mMousePressPos - event->pos()).manhattanLength() < 5) { // determine whether it was a click operation + if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { + // handle selection mechanism: + QVariant details; + QCPLayerable *clickedLayerable = layerableAt(event->pos(), true, &details); + bool selectionStateChanged = false; + bool additive = mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iMultiSelect) && event->modifiers().testFlag(mMultiSelectModifier); + // deselect all other layerables if not additive selection: + if (!additive) { + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + if (layerable != clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(layerable->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + layerable->deselectEvent(&selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + if (clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(clickedLayerable->selectionCategory())) { + // a layerable was actually clicked, call its selectEvent: + bool selChanged = false; + clickedLayerable->selectEvent(event, additive, details, &selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + doReplot = true; + emit selectionChangedByUser(); + } + } + + // emit specialized object click signals: + QVariant details; + QCPLayerable *clickedLayerable = layerableAt(event->pos(), false, &details); // for these signals, selectability is ignored, that's why we call this again with onlySelectable set to false + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit plottableClick(ap, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit axisClick(ax, details.value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit itemClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(lg, 0, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } else if (QCPPlotTitle *pt = qobject_cast(clickedLayerable)) { + emit titleClick(event, pt); + } + } + + // call event of affected layout element: + if (mMouseEventElement) { + mMouseEventElement->mouseReleaseEvent(event); + mMouseEventElement = 0; + } + + if (doReplot || noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + replot(); + } + + QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. First, the \ref mouseWheel signal is emitted. Then + determines the affected layout element and forwards the event to it. + +*/ +void QCustomPlot::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseWheel(event); + + // call event of affected layout element: + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = layoutElementAt(event->pos())) { + el->wheelEvent(event); + } + + QWidget::wheelEvent(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is the main draw function. It draws the entire plot, including background pixmap, with the + specified \a painter. Note that it does not fill the background with the background brush (as the + user may specify with \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush)), this is up to the respective + functions calling this method (e.g. \ref replot, \ref toPixmap and \ref toPainter). +*/ +void QCustomPlot::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // run through layout phases: + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upPreparation); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upMargins); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upLayout); + + // draw viewport background pixmap: + drawBackground(painter); + + // draw all layered objects (grid, axes, plottables, items, legend,...): + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *child, layer->children()) { + if (child->realVisibility()) { + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(child->clipRect().translated(0, -1)); + child->applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + child->draw(painter); + painter->restore(); + } + } + } + + /* Debug code to draw all layout element rects + foreach (QCPLayoutElement* el, findChildren()) + { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(0, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->rect()); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->outerRect()); + } + */ +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the viewport background pixmap of the plot. + + If a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the viewport with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + Note that this function does not draw a fill with the background brush (\ref setBackground(const + QBrush &brush)) beneath the pixmap. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // Note: background color is handled in individual replot/save functions + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height())); + } + } +} + + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by \ref QCPAxisRect::removeAxis to report removed axes to the QCustomPlot + so it may clear its QCustomPlot::xAxis, yAxis, xAxis2 and yAxis2 members accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + if (xAxis == axis) { + xAxis = 0; + } + if (xAxis2 == axis) { + xAxis2 = 0; + } + if (yAxis == axis) { + yAxis = 0; + } + if (yAxis2 == axis) { + yAxis2 = 0; + } + + // Note: No need to take care of range drag axes and range zoom axes, because they are stored in smart pointers +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by the QCPLegend destructor to report legend removal to the QCustomPlot so + it may clear its QCustomPlot::legend member accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (this->legend == legend) { + this->legend = 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Assigns all layers their index (QCPLayer::mIndex) in the mLayers list. This method is thus called + after every operation that changes the layer indices, like layer removal, layer creation, layer + moving. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::updateLayerIndices() const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mLayers.size(); ++i) { + mLayers.at(i)->mIndex = i; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the layerable at pixel position \a pos. If \a onlySelectable is set to true, only those + layerables that are selectable will be considered. (Layerable subclasses communicate their + selectability via the QCPLayerable::selectTest method, by returning -1.) + + \a selectionDetails is an output parameter that contains selection specifics of the affected + layerable. This is useful if the respective layerable shall be given a subsequent + QCPLayerable::selectEvent (like in \ref mouseReleaseEvent). \a selectionDetails usually contains + information about which part of the layerable was hit, in multi-part layerables (e.g. + QCPAxis::SelectablePart). +*/ +QCPLayerable *QCustomPlot::layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails) const +{ + for (int layerIndex = mLayers.size() - 1; layerIndex >= 0; --layerIndex) { + const QList layerables = mLayers.at(layerIndex)->children(); + double minimumDistance = selectionTolerance() * 1.1; + QCPLayerable *minimumDistanceLayerable = 0; + for (int i = layerables.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (!layerables.at(i)->realVisibility()) { + continue; + } + QVariant details; + double dist = layerables.at(i)->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable, &details); + if (dist >= 0 && dist < minimumDistance) { + minimumDistance = dist; + minimumDistanceLayerable = layerables.at(i); + if (selectionDetails) { + *selectionDetails = details; + } + } + } + if (minimumDistance < selectionTolerance()) { + return minimumDistanceLayerable; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Saves the plot to a rastered image file \a fileName in the image format \a format. The plot is + sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and scale 2.0 lead + to a full resolution file with width 200.) If the \a format supports compression, \a quality may + be between 0 and 100 to control it. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the given \a format isn't supported + by the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + \see saveBmp, saveJpg, savePng, savePdf +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality) +{ + QPixmap buffer = toPixmap(width, height, scale); + if (!buffer.isNull()) { + return buffer.save(fileName, format, quality); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Renders the plot to a pixmap and returns it. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and + scale 2.0 lead to a full resolution pixmap with width 200.) + + \see toPainter, saveRastered, saveBmp, savePng, saveJpg, savePdf +*/ +QPixmap QCustomPlot::toPixmap(int width, int height, double scale) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPainter. Change something here, and a change in toPainter might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + int scaledWidth = qRound(scale * newWidth); + int scaledHeight = qRound(scale * newHeight); + + QPixmap result(scaledWidth, scaledHeight); + result.fill(mBackgroundBrush.style() == Qt::SolidPattern ? mBackgroundBrush.color() : Qt::transparent); // if using non-solid pattern, make transparent now and draw brush pattern later + QCPPainter painter; + painter.begin(&result); + if (painter.isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(scale, 1.0)) { + if (scale > 1.0) { // for scale < 1 we always want cosmetic pens where possible, because else lines might disappear for very small scales + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic); + } + painter.scale(scale, scale); + } + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::SolidPattern && mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // solid fills were done a few lines above with QPixmap::fill + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + painter.end(); + } else { // might happen if pixmap has width or height zero + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't activate painter on pixmap"; + return QPixmap(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Renders the plot using the passed \a painter. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels. If the \a painter's scale is not 1.0, the resulting plot will + appear scaled accordingly. + + \note If you are restricted to using a QPainter (instead of QCPPainter), create a temporary QPicture and open a QCPPainter + on it. Then call \ref toPainter with this QCPPainter. After ending the paint operation on the picture, draw it with + the QPainter. This will reproduce the painter actions the QCPPainter took, with a QPainter. + + \see toPixmap +*/ +void QCustomPlot::toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width, int height) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPixmap. Change something here, and a change in toPixmap might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + if (painter->isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter->setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // unlike in toPixmap, we can't do QPixmap::fill for Qt::SolidPattern brush style, so we also draw solid fills with fillRect here + painter->fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed painter is not active"; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorGradient +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorGradient + \brief Defines a color gradient for use with e.g. \ref QCPColorMap + + This class describes a color gradient which can be used to encode data with color. For example, + QCPColorMap and QCPColorScale have \ref QCPColorMap::setGradient "setGradient" methods which + take an instance of this class. Colors are set with \ref setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) + with a \a position from 0 to 1. In between these defined color positions, the + color will be interpolated linearly either in RGB or HSV space, see \ref setColorInterpolation. + + Alternatively, load one of the preset color gradients shown in the image below, with \ref + loadPreset, or by directly specifying the preset in the constructor. + + \image html QCPColorGradient.png + + The fact that the \ref QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) constructor allows directly + converting a \ref GradientPreset to a QCPColorGradient, you can also directly pass \ref + GradientPreset to all the \a setGradient methods, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorgradient-setgradient + + The total number of levels used in the gradient can be set with \ref setLevelCount. Whether the + color gradient shall be applied periodically (wrapping around) to data values that lie outside + the data range specified on the plottable instance can be controlled with \ref setPeriodic. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorGradient initialized with the colors and color interpolation according + to \a preset. + + The color level count is initialized to 350. +*/ +QCPColorGradient::QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) : + mLevelCount(350), + mColorInterpolation(ciRGB), + mPeriodic(false), + mColorBufferInvalidated(true) +{ + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0), mLevelCount); + loadPreset(preset); +} + +/* undocumented operator */ +bool QCPColorGradient::operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const +{ + return ((other.mLevelCount == this->mLevelCount) && + (other.mColorInterpolation == this->mColorInterpolation) && + (other.mPeriodic == this->mPeriodic) && + (other.mColorStops == this->mColorStops)); +} + +/*! + Sets the number of discretization levels of the color gradient to \a n. The default is 350 which + is typically enough to create a smooth appearance. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-levelcount.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setLevelCount(int n) +{ + if (n < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "n must be greater or equal 2 but was" << n; + n = 2; + } + if (n != mLevelCount) { + mLevelCount = n; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets at which positions from 0 to 1 which color shall occur. The positions are the keys, the + colors are the values of the passed QMap \a colorStops. In between these color stops, the color + is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + A more convenient way to create a custom gradient may be to clear all color stops with \ref + clearColorStops and then adding them one by one with \ref setColorStopAt. + + \see clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops) +{ + mColorStops = colorStops; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color the gradient will have at the specified \a position (from 0 to 1). In between + these color stops, the color is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + \see setColorStops, clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) +{ + mColorStops.insert(position, color); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the colors in between the configured color stops (see \ref setColorStopAt) shall be + interpolated linearly in RGB or in HSV color space. + + For example, a sweep in RGB space from red to green will have a muddy brown intermediate color, + whereas in HSV space the intermediate color is yellow. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorInterpolation(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation interpolation) +{ + if (interpolation != mColorInterpolation) { + mColorInterpolation = interpolation; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether data points that are outside the configured data range (e.g. \ref + QCPColorMap::setDataRange) are colored by periodically repeating the color gradient or whether + they all have the same color, corresponding to the respective gradient boundary color. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-periodic.png + + As shown in the image above, gradients that have the same start and end color are especially + suitable for a periodic gradient mapping, since they produce smooth color transitions throughout + the color map. A preset that has this property is \ref gpHues. + + In practice, using periodic color gradients makes sense when the data corresponds to a periodic + dimension, such as an angle or a phase. If this is not the case, the color encoding might become + ambiguous, because multiple different data values are shown as the same color. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic(bool enabled) +{ + mPeriodic = enabled; +} + +/*! + This method is used to quickly convert a \a data array to colors. The colors will be output in + the array \a scanLine. Both \a data and \a scanLine must have the length \a n when passed to this + function. The data range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed + in \a range. \a logarithmic indicates whether the data values shall be mapped to colors + logarithmically. + + if \a data actually contains 2D-data linearized via [row*columnCount + column], you can + set \a dataIndexFactor to columnCount to convert a column instead of a row of the data + array, in \a scanLine. \a scanLine will remain a regular (1D) array. This works because \a data + is addressed data[i*dataIndexFactor]. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt ::color() + if (!data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as data"; + return; + } + if (!scanLine) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as scanLine"; + return; + } + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + if (!logarithmic) { + const double posToIndexFactor = (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size(); + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)((data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor; + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } + } else { // logarithmic == true + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)(qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1)) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1); + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used to colorize a single data value given in \a position, to colors. The data + range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed in \a range. \a + logarithmic indicates whether the data value shall be mapped to a color logarithmically. + + If an entire array of data values shall be converted, rather use \ref colorize, for better + performance. +*/ +QRgb QCPColorGradient::color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt ::colorize() + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + int index = 0; + if (!logarithmic) { + index = (position - range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size(); + } else { + index = qLn(position / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1); + } + if (mPeriodic) { + index = index % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + } else { + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + } + return mColorBuffer.at(index); +} + +/*! + Clears the current color stops and loads the specified \a preset. A preset consists of predefined + color stops and the corresponding color interpolation method. + + The available presets are: + \image html QCPColorGradient.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::loadPreset(GradientPreset preset) +{ + clearColorStops(); + switch (preset) { + case gpGrayscale: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, Qt::black); + setColorStopAt(1, Qt::white); + break; + case gpHot: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(180, 10, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(245, 50, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 150, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpCold: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(0, 10, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(0, 50, 245)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(10, 150, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpNight: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(10, 20, 30)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(250, 255, 250)); + break; + case gpCandy: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 250, 250)); + break; + case gpGeography: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(70, 170, 210)); + setColorStopAt(0.20, QColor(90, 160, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.25, QColor(45, 130, 175)); + setColorStopAt(0.30, QColor(100, 140, 125)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(100, 140, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(130, 145, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.7, QColor(140, 130, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.9, QColor(180, 190, 190)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(210, 210, 230)); + break; + case gpIon: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.45, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + break; + case gpThermal: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(20, 0, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.33, QColor(200, 30, 140)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 100, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 255, 40)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpPolar: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.18, QColor(10, 70, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.28, QColor(10, 10, 190)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(0, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.72, QColor(190, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.82, QColor(255, 70, 10)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + break; + case gpSpectrum: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.75, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpJet: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 50, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.65, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(100, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpHues: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(2.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + break; + } +} + +/*! + Clears all color stops. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::clearColorStops() +{ + mColorStops.clear(); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Returns an inverted gradient. The inverted gradient has all properties as this \ref + QCPColorGradient, but the order of the color stops is inverted. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +QCPColorGradient QCPColorGradient::inverted() const +{ + QCPColorGradient result(*this); + result.clearColorStops(); + for (QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.constBegin(); it != mColorStops.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.setColorStopAt(1.0 - it.key(), it.value()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal color buffer which will be used by \ref colorize and \ref color, to quickly + convert positions to colors. This is where the interpolation between color stops is calculated. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::updateColorBuffer() +{ + if (mColorBuffer.size() != mLevelCount) { + mColorBuffer.resize(mLevelCount); + } + if (mColorStops.size() > 1) { + double indexToPosFactor = 1.0 / (double)(mLevelCount - 1); + for (int i = 0; i < mLevelCount; ++i) { + double position = i * indexToPosFactor; + QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.lowerBound(position); + if (it == mColorStops.constEnd()) { // position is on or after last stop, use color of last stop + mColorBuffer[i] = (it - 1).value().rgb(); + } else if (it == mColorStops.constBegin()) { // position is on or before first stop, use color of first stop + mColorBuffer[i] = it.value().rgb(); + } else { // position is in between stops (or on an intermediate stop), interpolate color + QMap::const_iterator high = it; + QMap::const_iterator low = it - 1; + double t = (position - low.key()) / (high.key() - low.key()); // interpolation factor 0..1 + switch (mColorInterpolation) { + case ciRGB: { + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgb((1 - t) * low.value().red() + t * high.value().red(), + (1 - t) * low.value().green() + t * high.value().green(), + (1 - t) * low.value().blue() + t * high.value().blue()); + break; + } + case ciHSV: { + QColor lowHsv = low.value().toHsv(); + QColor highHsv = high.value().toHsv(); + double hue = 0; + double hueDiff = highHsv.hueF() - lowHsv.hueF(); + if (hueDiff > 0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() - t * (1.0 - hueDiff); + } else if (hueDiff < -0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * (1.0 + hueDiff); + } else { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * hueDiff; + } + if (hue < 0) { + hue += 1.0; + } else if (hue >= 1.0) { + hue -= 1.0; + } + mColorBuffer[i] = QColor::fromHsvF(hue, (1 - t) * lowHsv.saturationF() + t * highHsv.saturationF(), (1 - t) * lowHsv.valueF() + t * highHsv.valueF()).rgb(); + break; + } + } + } + } + } else if (mColorStops.size() == 1) { + mColorBuffer.fill(mColorStops.constBegin().value().rgb()); + } else { // mColorStops is empty, fill color buffer with black + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0)); + } + mColorBufferInvalidated = false; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisRect + \brief Holds multiple axes and arranges them in a rectangular shape. + + This class represents an axis rect, a rectangular area that is bounded on all sides with an + arbitrary number of axes. + + Initially QCustomPlot has one axis rect, accessible via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). However, the + layout system allows to have multiple axis rects, e.g. arranged in a grid layout + (QCustomPlot::plotLayout). + + By default, QCPAxisRect comes with four axes, at bottom, top, left and right. They can be + accessed via \ref axis by providing the respective axis type (\ref QCPAxis::AxisType) and index. + If you need all axes in the axis rect, use \ref axes. The top and right axes are set to be + invisible initially (QCPAxis::setVisible). To add more axes to a side, use \ref addAxis or \ref + addAxes. To remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis. + + The axis rect layerable itself only draws a background pixmap or color, if specified (\ref + setBackground). It is placed on the "background" layer initially (see \ref QCPLayer for an + explanation of the QCustomPlot layer system). The axes that are held by the axis rect can be + placed on other layers, independently of the axis rect. + + Every axis rect has a child layout of type \ref QCPLayoutInset. It is accessible via \ref + insetLayout and can be used to have other layout elements (or even other layouts with multiple + elements) hovering inside the axis rect. + + If an axis rect is clicked and dragged, it processes this by moving certain axis ranges. The + behaviour can be controlled with \ref setRangeDrag and \ref setRangeDragAxes. If the mouse wheel + is scrolled while the cursor is on the axis rect, certain axes are scaled. This is controllable + via \ref setRangeZoom, \ref setRangeZoomAxes and \ref setRangeZoomFactor. These interactions are + only enabled if \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref + QCP::iRangeZoom. + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed + line on the far left indicates the viewport/widget border.
+*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutInset *QCPAxisRect::insetLayout() const + + Returns the inset layout of this axis rect. It can be used to place other layout elements (or + even layouts with multiple other elements) inside/on top of an axis rect. + + \see QCPLayoutInset +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::left() const + + Returns the pixel position of the left border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::right() const + + Returns the pixel position of the right border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::top() const + + Returns the pixel position of the top border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::bottom() const + + Returns the pixel position of the bottom border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::width() const + + Returns the pixel width of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::height() const + + Returns the pixel height of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSize QCPAxisRect::size() const + + Returns the pixel size of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topLeft() const + + Returns the top left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, + so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topRight() const + + Returns the top right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomLeft() const + + Returns the bottom left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomRight() const + + Returns the bottom right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::center() const + + Returns the center of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPAxisRect instance and sets default values. An axis is added for each of the four + sides, the top and right axes are set invisible initially. +*/ +QCPAxisRect::QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mInsetLayout(new QCPLayoutInset), + mRangeDrag(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoom(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoomFactorHorz(0.85), + mRangeZoomFactorVert(0.85), + mDragging(false) +{ + mInsetLayout->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + mInsetLayout->setParentLayerable(this); + mInsetLayout->setParent(this); + + setMinimumSize(50, 50); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(15, 15, 15, 15)); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atLeft, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atRight, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atTop, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atBottom, QList()); + + if (setupDefaultAxes) { + QCPAxis *xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + QCPAxis *yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + QCPAxis *xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + QCPAxis *yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + setRangeDragAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + setRangeZoomAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + xAxis2->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->setVisible(false); + xAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + yAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + xAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + yAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + } +} + +QCPAxisRect::~QCPAxisRect() +{ + delete mInsetLayout; + mInsetLayout = 0; + + QList axesList = axes(); + for (int i = 0; i < axesList.size(); ++i) { + removeAxis(axesList.at(i)); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axes on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axis +*/ +int QCPAxisRect::axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const +{ + return mAxes.value(type).size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis with the given \a index on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axisCount, axes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index) const +{ + QList ax(mAxes.value(type)); + if (index >= 0 && index < ax.size()) { + return ax.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axes on the axis rect sides specified with \a types. + + \a types may be a single \ref QCPAxis::AxisType or an or-combination, to get the axes of + multiple sides. + + \see axis +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns all axes of this axis rect. +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes() const +{ + QList result; + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + result << it.value(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis to the axis rect side specified with \a type, and returns it. If \a axis is 0, a + new QCPAxis instance is created internally. + + You may inject QCPAxis instances (or sublasses of QCPAxis) by setting \a axis to an axis that was + previously created outside QCustomPlot. It is important to note that QCustomPlot takes ownership + of the axis, so you may not delete it afterwards. Further, the \a axis must have been created + with this axis rect as parent and with the same axis type as specified in \a type. If this is not + the case, a debug output is generated, the axis is not added, and the method returns 0. + + This method can not be used to move \a axis between axis rects. The same \a axis instance must + not be added multiple times to the same or different axis rects. + + If an axis rect side already contains one or more axes, the lower and upper endings of the new + axis (\ref QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, \ref QCPAxis::setUpperEnding) are set to \ref + QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar. + + \see addAxes, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis) +{ + QCPAxis *newAxis = axis; + if (!newAxis) { + newAxis = new QCPAxis(this, type); + } else { // user provided existing axis instance, do some sanity checks + if (newAxis->axisType() != type) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis has different axis type than specified in type parameter"; + return 0; + } + if (newAxis->axisRect() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis doesn't have this axis rect as parent axis rect"; + return 0; + } + if (axes().contains(newAxis)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis is already owned by this axis rect"; + return 0; + } + } + if (mAxes[type].size() > 0) { // multiple axes on one side, add half-bar axis ending to additional axes with offset + bool invert = (type == QCPAxis::atRight) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom); + newAxis->setLowerEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, !invert)); + newAxis->setUpperEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, invert)); + } + mAxes[type].append(newAxis); + return newAxis; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis with \ref addAxis to each axis rect side specified in \a types. This may be an + or-combination of QCPAxis::AxisType, so axes can be added to multiple sides at once. + + Returns a list of the added axes. + + \see addAxis, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a axis from the axis rect and deletes it. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a axis was a valid axis in this axis rect. + + \see addAxis +*/ +bool QCPAxisRect::removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + // don't access axis->axisType() to provide safety when axis is an invalid pointer, rather go through all axis containers: + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (it.value().contains(axis)) { + mAxes[it.key()].removeOne(axis); + if (qobject_cast(parentPlot())) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the axis rect is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + parentPlot()->axisRemoved(axis); + } + delete axis; + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis isn't in axis rect:" << reinterpret_cast(axis); + return false; +} + +/*! + Convenience function to create an axis on each side that doesn't have any axes yet and set their + visibility to true. Further, the top/right axes are assigned the following properties of the + bottom/left axes: + + \li range (\ref QCPAxis::setRange) + \li range reversed (\ref QCPAxis::setRangeReversed) + \li scale type (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType) + \li scale log base (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleLogBase) + \li ticks (\ref QCPAxis::setTicks) + \li auto (major) tick count (\ref QCPAxis::setAutoTickCount) + \li sub tick count (\ref QCPAxis::setSubTickCount) + \li auto sub ticks (\ref QCPAxis::setAutoSubTicks) + \li tick step (\ref QCPAxis::setTickStep) + \li auto tick step (\ref QCPAxis::setAutoTickStep) + \li number format (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberFormat) + \li number precision (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision) + \li tick label type (\ref QCPAxis::setTickLabelType) + \li date time format (\ref QCPAxis::setDateTimeFormat) + \li date time spec (\ref QCPAxis::setDateTimeSpec) + + Tick labels (\ref QCPAxis::setTickLabels) of the right and top axes are set to false. + + If \a connectRanges is true, the \ref QCPAxis::rangeChanged "rangeChanged" signals of the bottom + and left axes are connected to the \ref QCPAxis::setRange slots of the top and right axes. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges) +{ + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atBottom) == 0) { + xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } else { + xAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atLeft) == 0) { + yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } else { + yAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atTop) == 0) { + xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } else { + xAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atRight) == 0) { + yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } else { + yAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + xAxis->setVisible(true); + yAxis->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setVisible(true); + yAxis2->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + yAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + + xAxis2->setRange(xAxis->range()); + xAxis2->setRangeReversed(xAxis->rangeReversed()); + xAxis2->setScaleType(xAxis->scaleType()); + xAxis2->setScaleLogBase(xAxis->scaleLogBase()); + xAxis2->setTicks(xAxis->ticks()); + xAxis2->setAutoTickCount(xAxis->autoTickCount()); + xAxis2->setSubTickCount(xAxis->subTickCount()); + xAxis2->setAutoSubTicks(xAxis->autoSubTicks()); + xAxis2->setTickStep(xAxis->tickStep()); + xAxis2->setAutoTickStep(xAxis->autoTickStep()); + xAxis2->setNumberFormat(xAxis->numberFormat()); + xAxis2->setNumberPrecision(xAxis->numberPrecision()); + xAxis2->setTickLabelType(xAxis->tickLabelType()); + xAxis2->setDateTimeFormat(xAxis->dateTimeFormat()); + xAxis2->setDateTimeSpec(xAxis->dateTimeSpec()); + + yAxis2->setRange(yAxis->range()); + yAxis2->setRangeReversed(yAxis->rangeReversed()); + yAxis2->setScaleType(yAxis->scaleType()); + yAxis2->setScaleLogBase(yAxis->scaleLogBase()); + yAxis2->setTicks(yAxis->ticks()); + yAxis2->setAutoTickCount(yAxis->autoTickCount()); + yAxis2->setSubTickCount(yAxis->subTickCount()); + yAxis2->setAutoSubTicks(yAxis->autoSubTicks()); + yAxis2->setTickStep(yAxis->tickStep()); + yAxis2->setAutoTickStep(yAxis->autoTickStep()); + yAxis2->setNumberFormat(yAxis->numberFormat()); + yAxis2->setNumberPrecision(yAxis->numberPrecision()); + yAxis2->setTickLabelType(yAxis->tickLabelType()); + yAxis2->setDateTimeFormat(yAxis->dateTimeFormat()); + yAxis2->setDateTimeSpec(yAxis->dateTimeSpec()); + + if (connectRanges) { + connect(xAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), xAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(yAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), yAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that are associated with this axis rect. + + A plottable is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::plottables() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::plottables() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mPlottables.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that are associated with this axis rect. + + A graph is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::graphs() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::graphs() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mGraphs.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis rect. + + An item is considered associated with an axis rect if any of its positions has key or value axis + set to an axis that is in this axis rect, or if any of its positions has \ref + QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect set to the axis rect, or if the clip axis rect (\ref + QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect) is set to this axis rect. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::items() const +{ + // Note: don't just append all QCPAxis::items() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + // and miss those items that have this axis rect as clipAxisRect. + QList result; + for (int itemId = 0; itemId < mParentPlot->mItems.size(); ++itemId) { + if (mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->clipAxisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + continue; + } + QList positions = mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->positions(); + for (int posId = 0; posId < positions.size(); ++posId) { + if (positions.at(posId)->axisRect() == this || + positions.at(posId)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || + positions.at(posId)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + This method is called automatically upon replot and doesn't need to be called by users of + QCPAxisRect. + + Calls the base class implementation to update the margins (see \ref QCPLayoutElement::update), + and finally passes the \ref rect to the inset layout (\ref insetLayout) and calls its + QCPInsetLayout::update function. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upPreparation: { + QList allAxes = axes(); + for (int i = 0; i < allAxes.size(); ++i) { + allAxes.at(i)->setupTickVectors(); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mInsetLayout->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + // pass update call on to inset layout (doesn't happen automatically, because QCPAxisRect doesn't derive from QCPLayout): + mInsetLayout->update(phase); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPAxisRect::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + if (mInsetLayout) { + result << mInsetLayout; + if (recursive) { + result << mInsetLayout->elements(recursive); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + drawBackground(painter); +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the axis background pixmap. The axis background pixmap will be drawn inside the + axis rect. Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect + backgrounds are usually drawn below everything else. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the axis rect, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (i.e. whether and how the aspect ratio + is preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + Below the pixmap, the axis rect may be optionally filled with a brush, if specified with \ref + setBackground(const QBrush &brush). + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode, setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets \a brush as the background brush. The axis rect background will be filled with this brush. + Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect backgrounds + are usually drawn below everything else. + + The brush will be drawn before (under) any background pixmap, which may be specified with \ref + setBackground(const QPixmap &pm). + + To disable drawing of a background brush, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the axis rect, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the axis rect or not. If \a scaled + is set to true, you may control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is + preserved with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the axis rect dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the axis background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this function to + define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap passed to \ref setBackground is preserved. + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the range drag axis of the \a orientation provided. + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + return (orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? mRangeDragHorzAxis.data() : mRangeDragVertAxis.data()); +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom axis of the \a orientation provided. + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + return (orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? mRangeZoomHorzAxis.data() : mRangeZoomVertAxis.data()); +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom factor of the \a orientation provided. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor +*/ +double QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + return (orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? mRangeZoomFactorHorz : mRangeZoomFactorVert); +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be range dragged by the user with mouse interaction. + What orientation corresponds to which specific axis can be set with + \ref setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical). By + default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical axis + is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range dragging entirely, pass 0 as \a orientations or remove \ref QCP::iRangeDrag from \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range dragging for both directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | + Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag to enable the range dragging interaction. + + \see setRangeZoom, setRangeDragAxes, QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeDrag = orientations; +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be zoomed by the user with the mouse wheel. What orientation + corresponds to which specific axis can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, + QCPAxis *vertical). By default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical + axis is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range zooming entirely, pass 0 as \a orientations or remove \ref QCP::iRangeZoom from \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range zooming for both directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | + Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeZoom to enable the range zooming interaction. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor, setRangeZoomAxes, setRangeDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeZoom = orientations; +} + +/*! + Sets the axes whose range will be dragged when \ref setRangeDrag enables mouse range dragging + on the QCustomPlot widget. + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + mRangeDragHorzAxis = horizontal; + mRangeDragVertAxis = vertical; +} + +/*! + Sets the axes whose range will be zoomed when \ref setRangeZoom enables mouse wheel zooming on the + QCustomPlot widget. The two axes can be zoomed with different strengths, when different factors + are passed to \ref setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor). + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + mRangeZoomHorzAxis = horizontal; + mRangeZoomVertAxis = vertical; +} + +/*! + Sets how strong one rotation step of the mouse wheel zooms, when range zoom was activated with + \ref setRangeZoom. The two parameters \a horizontalFactor and \a verticalFactor provide a way to + let the horizontal axis zoom at different rates than the vertical axis. Which axis is horizontal + and which is vertical, can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes. + + When the zoom factor is greater than one, scrolling the mouse wheel backwards (towards the user) + will zoom in (make the currently visible range smaller). For zoom factors smaller than one, the + same scrolling direction will zoom out. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = horizontalFactor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = verticalFactor; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets both the horizontal and vertical zoom \a factor. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double factor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = factor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = factor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the background of this axis rect. It may consist of a background fill (a QBrush) and a + pixmap. + + If a brush was given via \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), this function first draws an + according filling inside the axis rect with the provided \a painter. + + Then, if a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the axis rect with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependant on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis backgroud pixmap was + set. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background fill: + if (mBackgroundBrush != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter->fillRect(mRect, mBackgroundBrush); + } + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function makes sure multiple axes on the side specified with \a type don't collide, but are + distributed according to their respective space requirement (QCPAxis::calculateMargin). + + It does this by setting an appropriate offset (\ref QCPAxis::setOffset) on all axes except the + one with index zero. + + This function is called by \ref calculateAutoMargin. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(type); + if (axesList.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + bool isFirstVisible = !axesList.first()->visible(); // if the first axis is visible, the second axis (which is where the loop starts) isn't the first visible axis, so initialize with false + for (int i = 1; i < axesList.size(); ++i) { + int offset = axesList.at(i - 1)->offset() + axesList.at(i - 1)->calculateMargin(); + if (axesList.at(i)->visible()) { // only add inner tick length to offset if this axis is visible and it's not the first visible one (might happen if true first axis is invisible) + if (!isFirstVisible) { + offset += axesList.at(i)->tickLengthIn(); + } + isFirstVisible = false; + } + axesList.at(i)->setOffset(offset); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + if (!mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Called with side that isn't specified as auto margin"; + } + + updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + + // note: only need to look at the last (outer most) axis to determine the total margin, due to updateAxisOffset call + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + if (axesList.size() > 0) { + return axesList.last()->offset() + axesList.last()->calculateMargin(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed on the axis rect. If the left mouse button is + pressed, the range dragging interaction is initialized (the actual range manipulation happens in + the \ref mouseMoveEvent). + + The mDragging flag is set to true and some anchor points are set that are needed to determine the + distance the mouse was dragged in the mouse move/release events later. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mDragStart = event->pos(); // need this even when not LeftButton is pressed, to determine in releaseEvent whether it was a full click (no position change between press and release) + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + if (mRangeDragHorzAxis) { + mDragStartHorzRange = mRangeDragHorzAxis.data()->range(); + } + if (mRangeDragVertAxis) { + mDragStartVertRange = mRangeDragVertAxis.data()->range(); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the mouse is moved on the axis rect. If range dragging was activated in a + preceding \ref mousePressEvent, the range is moved accordingly. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mDragging && mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + if (QCPAxis *rangeDragHorzAxis = mRangeDragHorzAxis.data()) { + if (rangeDragHorzAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = rangeDragHorzAxis->pixelToCoord(mDragStart.x()) - rangeDragHorzAxis->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + rangeDragHorzAxis->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.lower + diff, mDragStartHorzRange.upper + diff); + } else if (rangeDragHorzAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = rangeDragHorzAxis->pixelToCoord(mDragStart.x()) / rangeDragHorzAxis->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + rangeDragHorzAxis->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.lower * diff, mDragStartHorzRange.upper * diff); + } + } + } + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + if (QCPAxis *rangeDragVertAxis = mRangeDragVertAxis.data()) { + if (rangeDragVertAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = rangeDragVertAxis->pixelToCoord(mDragStart.y()) - rangeDragVertAxis->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + rangeDragVertAxis->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.lower + diff, mDragStartVertRange.upper + diff); + } else if (rangeDragVertAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = rangeDragVertAxis->pixelToCoord(mDragStart.y()) / rangeDragVertAxis->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + rangeDragVertAxis->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.lower * diff, mDragStartVertRange.upper * diff); + } + } + } + if (mRangeDrag != 0) { // if either vertical or horizontal drag was enabled, do a replot + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. If rangeZoom is Qt::Horizontal, Qt::Vertical or both, the + ranges of the axes defined as rangeZoomHorzAxis and rangeZoomVertAxis are scaled. The center of + the scaling operation is the current cursor position inside the axis rect. The scaling factor is + dependant on the mouse wheel delta (which direction the wheel was rotated) to provide a natural + zooming feel. The Strength of the zoom can be controlled via \ref setRangeZoomFactor. + + Note, that event->delta() is usually +/-120 for single rotation steps. However, if the mouse + wheel is turned rapidly, many steps may bunch up to one event, so the event->delta() may then be + multiples of 120. This is taken into account here, by calculating \a wheelSteps and using it as + exponent of the range zoom factor. This takes care of the wheel direction automatically, by + inverting the factor, when the wheel step is negative (f^-1 = 1/f). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom)) { + if (mRangeZoom != 0) { + double factor; + double wheelSteps = event->delta() / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorHorz, wheelSteps); + if (mRangeZoomHorzAxis.data()) { + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.data()->scaleRange(factor, mRangeZoomHorzAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x())); + } + } + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorVert, wheelSteps); + if (mRangeZoomVertAxis.data()) { + mRangeZoomVertAxis.data()->scaleRange(factor, mRangeZoomVertAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y())); + } + } + mParentPlot->replot(); + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractLegendItem + \brief The abstract base class for all entries in a QCPLegend. + + It defines a very basic interface for entries in a QCPLegend. For representing plottables in the + legend, the subclass \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem is more suitable. + + Only derive directly from this class when you need absolute freedom (e.g. a custom legend entry + that's not even associated with a plottable). + + You must implement the following pure virtual functions: + \li \ref draw (from QCPLayerable) + + You inherit the following members you may use: + + + + + + + + +
QCPLegend *\b mParentLegendA pointer to the parent QCPLegend.
QFont \b mFontThe generic font of the item. You should use this font for all or at least the most prominent text of the item.
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend item has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAbstractLegendItem and associates it with the QCPLegend \a parent. This does not + cause the item to be added to \a parent, so \ref QCPLegend::addItem must be called separately. +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem::QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent) : + QCPLayoutElement(parent->parentPlot()), + mParentLegend(parent), + mFont(parent->font()), + mTextColor(parent->textColor()), + mSelectedFont(parent->selectedFont()), + mSelectedTextColor(parent->selectedTextColor()), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + setMargins(QMargins(8, 2, 8, 2)); +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of this specific legend item to \a font. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color of this specific legend item to \a color. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a font is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + font set with \ref setFont. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a color is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + color set with \ref setTextColor. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selectable. + + \see setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selected. + + It is possible to set the selection state of this item by calling this function directly, even if + setSelectable is set to false. + + \see setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && (!mSelectable || !mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems))) { + return -1; + } + + if (mRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegendItems); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractLegendItem::clipRect() const +{ + return mOuterRect; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableLegendItem + \brief A legend item representing a plottable with an icon and the plottable name. + + This is the standard legend item for plottables. It displays an icon of the plottable next to the + plottable name. The icon is drawn by the respective plottable itself (\ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon), and tries to give an intuitive symbol for the plottable. + For example, the QCPGraph draws a centered horizontal line and/or a single scatter point in the + middle. + + Legend items of this type are always associated with one plottable (retrievable via the + plottable() function and settable with the constructor). You may change the font of the plottable + name with \ref setFont. Icon padding and border pen is taken from the parent QCPLegend, see \ref + QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen and \ref QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding. + + The function \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend/\ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend + creates/removes legend items of this type in the default implementation. However, these functions + may be reimplemented such that a different kind of legend item (e.g a direct subclass of + QCPAbstractLegendItem) is used for that plottable. + + Since QCPLegend is based on QCPLayoutGrid, a legend item itself is just a subclass of + QCPLayoutElement. While it could be added to a legend (or any other layout) via the normal layout + interface, QCPLegend has specialized functions for handling legend items conveniently, see the + documentation of \ref QCPLegend. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new legend item associated with \a plottable. + + Once it's created, it can be added to the legend via \ref QCPLegend::addItem. + + A more convenient way of adding/removing a plottable to/from the legend is via the functions \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem::QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) : + QCPAbstractLegendItem(parent), + mPlottable(plottable) +{ +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that shall be used to draw the icon border, taking into account the selection + state of this item. +*/ +QPen QCPPlottableLegendItem::getIconBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mParentLegend->selectedIconBorderPen() : mParentLegend->iconBorderPen(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the text color that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state + of this item. +*/ +QColor QCPPlottableLegendItem::getTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state of this + item. +*/ +QFont QCPPlottableLegendItem::getFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the item with \a painter. The size and position of the drawn legend item is defined by the + parent layout (typically a \ref QCPLegend) and the \ref minimumSizeHint and \ref maximumSizeHint + of this legend item. +*/ +void QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + return; + } + painter->setFont(getFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(getTextColor())); + QSizeF iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + QRectF textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + QRectF iconRect(mRect.topLeft(), iconSize); + int textHeight = qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height()); // if text has smaller height than icon, center text vertically in icon height, else align tops + painter->drawText(mRect.x() + iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding(), mRect.y(), textRect.width(), textHeight, Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + // draw icon: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(iconRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + mPlottable->drawLegendIcon(painter, iconRect); + painter->restore(); + // draw icon border: + if (getIconBorderPen().style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(getIconBorderPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawRect(iconRect); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates and returns the size of this item. This includes the icon, the text and the padding in + between. +*/ +QSize QCPPlottableLegendItem::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + return QSize(); + } + QSize result(0, 0); + QRect textRect; + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(getFont()); + QSize iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + result.setWidth(iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding() + textRect.width() + mMargins.left() + mMargins.right()); + result.setHeight(qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height()) + mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom()); + return result; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLegend +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLegend + \brief Manages a legend inside a QCustomPlot. + + A legend is a small box somewhere in the plot which lists plottables with their name and icon. + + Normally, the legend is populated by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend. The + respective legend item can be removed with \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. However, + QCPLegend also offers an interface to add and manipulate legend items directly: \ref item, \ref + itemWithPlottable, \ref itemCount, \ref addItem, \ref removeItem, etc. + + The QCPLegend derives from QCPLayoutGrid and as such can be placed in any position a + QCPLayoutElement may be positioned. The legend items are themselves QCPLayoutElements which are + placed in the grid layout of the legend. QCPLegend only adds an interface specialized for + handling child elements of type QCPAbstractLegendItem, as mentioned above. In principle, any + other layout elements may also be added to a legend via the normal \ref QCPLayoutGrid interface. + However, the QCPAbstractLegendItem-Interface will ignore those elements (e.g. \ref itemCount will + only return the number of items with QCPAbstractLegendItems type). + + By default, every QCustomPlot has one legend (QCustomPlot::legend) which is placed in the inset + layout of the main axis rect (\ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). To move the legend to another + position inside the axis rect, use the methods of the \ref QCPLayoutInset. To move the legend + outside of the axis rect, place it anywhere else with the QCPLayout/QCPLayoutElement interface. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLegend::selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts selection); + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend has changed. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPLegend instance with \a parentPlot as the containing plot and default values. + + Note that by default, QCustomPlot already contains a legend ready to be used as + QCustomPlot::legend +*/ +QCPLegend::QCPLegend() +{ + setRowSpacing(0); + setColumnSpacing(10); + setMargins(QMargins(2, 3, 2, 2)); + setAntialiased(false); + setIconSize(32, 18); + + setIconTextPadding(7); + + setSelectableParts(spLegendBox | spItems); + setSelectedParts(spNone); + + setBorderPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setIconBorderPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedIconBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::white); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::white); + setTextColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPLegend::~QCPLegend() +{ + clearItems(); + if (qobject_cast(mParentPlot)) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the legend is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + mParentPlot->legendRemoved(this); + } +} + +/* no doc for getter, see setSelectedParts */ +QCPLegend::SelectableParts QCPLegend::selectedParts() const +{ + // check whether any legend elements selected, if yes, add spItems to return value + bool hasSelectedItems = false; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i) && item(i)->selected()) { + hasSelectedItems = true; + break; + } + } + if (hasSelectedItems) { + return mSelectedParts | spItems; + } else { + return mSelectedParts & ~spItems; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the border of the entire legend is drawn with. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush of the legend background. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) will + use this font by default. However, a different font can be specified on a per-item-basis by + accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setFont(mFont); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default color of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) + will use this color by default. However, a different colors can be specified on a per-item-basis + by accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the size of legend icons. Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual + representation of the graph) will use this size by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(const QSize &size) +{ + mIconSize = size; +} + +/*! \overload +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(int width, int height) +{ + mIconSize.setWidth(width); + mIconSize.setHeight(height); +} + +/*! + Sets the horizontal space in pixels between the legend icon and the text next to it. + Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) and text (e.g. the + name of the graph) will use this space by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding(int padding) +{ + mIconTextPadding = padding; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used to draw a border around each legend icon. Legend items that draw an + icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) will use this pen by default. + + If no border is wanted, set this to \a Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectLegend.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective legend parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font and brush. If some legend items are selected and \a selected + doesn't contain \ref spItems, those items become deselected. + + The entire selection mechanism is handled automatically when \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains iSelectLegend. You only need to call this function when you wish to change the selection + state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part even when \ref setSelectableParts was set to a + value that actually excludes the part. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + Note that it doesn't make sense to set the selected state \ref spItems here when it wasn't set + before, because there's no way to specify which exact items to newly select. Do this by calling + \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected directly on the legend item you wish to select. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBorderPen, setSelectedIconBorderPen, setSelectedBrush, + setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + SelectableParts newSelected = selected; + mSelectedParts = this->selectedParts(); // update mSelectedParts in case item selection changed + + if (mSelectedParts != newSelected) { + if (!mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // attempt to set spItems flag (can't do that) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "spItems flag can not be set, it can only be unset with this function"; + newSelected &= ~spItems; + } + if (mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && !newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // spItems flag was unset, so clear item selection + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelected(false); + } + } + } + mSelectedParts = newSelected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this pen is used to draw the border instead of the normal pen + set via \ref setBorderPen. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBrush +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen legend items will use to draw their icon borders, when they are selected. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this brush is used to draw the legend background instead of the normal brush + set via \ref setBrush. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBorderPen +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see setFont, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedFont(font); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see setTextColor, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the item with index \a i. + + \see itemCount +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem *QCPLegend::item(int index) const +{ + return qobject_cast(elementAt(index)); +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns 0. + + \see hasItemWithPlottable +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem *QCPLegend::itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *pli = qobject_cast(item(i))) { + if (pli->plottable() == plottable) { + return pli; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of items currently in the legend. + \see item +*/ +int QCPLegend::itemCount() const +{ + return elementCount(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains \a itm. +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item == this->item(i)) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains a QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns false. + + \see itemWithPlottable +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return itemWithPlottable(plottable); +} + +/*! + Adds \a item to the legend, if it's not present already. + + Returns true on sucess, i.e. if the item wasn't in the list already and has been successfuly added. + + The legend takes ownership of the item. +*/ +bool QCPLegend::addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + if (!hasItem(item)) { + return addElement(rowCount(), 0, item); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the item with index \a index from the legend. + + Returns true, if successful. + + \see itemCount, clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(index)) { + bool success = remove(ali); + simplify(); + return success; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes \a item from the legend. + + Returns true, if successful. + + \see clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + bool success = remove(item); + simplify(); + return success; +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the legend. +*/ +void QCPLegend::clearItems() +{ + for (int i = itemCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeItem(i); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the legend items that are currently selected. If no items are selected, + the list is empty. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected, setSelectable +*/ +QList QCPLegend::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(i)) { + if (ali->selected()) { + result.append(ali); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing main legend elements. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPLegend::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegend); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen used to paint the border of the legend, taking into account the selection state + of the legend box. +*/ +QPen QCPLegend::getBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBorderPen : mBorderPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush used to paint the background of the legend, taking into account the selection + state of the legend box. +*/ +QBrush QCPLegend::getBrush() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the legend box with the provided \a painter. The individual legend items are layerables + themselves, thus are drawn independently. +*/ +void QCPLegend::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background rect: + painter->setBrush(getBrush()); + painter->setPen(getBorderPen()); + painter->drawRect(mOuterRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPLegend::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + return -1; + } + + if (mOuterRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + if (details) { + details->setValue(spLegendBox); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (details.value() == spLegendBox && mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^spLegendBox : mSelectedParts | spLegendBox); // no need to unset spItems in !additive case, because they will be deselected by QCustomPlot (they're normal QCPLayerables with own deselectEvent) + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(selectedParts() & ~spLegendBox); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPLegend::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + Q_UNUSED(parentPlot) +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlotTitle +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlotTitle + \brief A layout element displaying a plot title text + + The text may be specified with \ref setText, theformatting can be controlled with \ref setFont + and \ref setTextColor. + + A plot title can be added as follows: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpplottitle-creation + + Since a plot title is a common requirement, QCustomPlot offers specialized selection signals for + easy interaction with QCPPlotTitle. If a layout element of type QCPPlotTitle is clicked, the + signal \ref QCustomPlot::titleClick is emitted. A double click emits the \ref + QCustomPlot::titleDoubleClick signal. +*/ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPPlotTitle::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state has changed to \a selected, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. + + \see setSelected, setSelectable +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPlotTitle instance and sets default values. The initial text is empty (\ref setText). + + To set the title text in the constructor, rather use \ref QCPPlotTitle(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text). +*/ +QCPPlotTitle::QCPPlotTitle(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 13 * 1.5, QFont::Bold)), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 13 * 1.6, QFont::Bold)), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + setLayer(parentPlot->currentLayer()); + mFont = QFont(parentPlot->font().family(), parentPlot->font().pointSize() * 1.5, QFont::Bold); + mSelectedFont = QFont(parentPlot->font().family(), parentPlot->font().pointSize() * 1.6, QFont::Bold); + } + setMargins(QMargins(5, 5, 5, 0)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPPlotTitle instance and sets default values. The initial text is set to \a text. +*/ +QCPPlotTitle::QCPPlotTitle(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mFont(QFont(parentPlot->font().family(), parentPlot->font().pointSize() * 1.5, QFont::Bold)), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(parentPlot->font().family(), parentPlot->font().pointSize() * 1.6, QFont::Bold)), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + setMargins(QMargins(5, 5, 5, 0)); +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed to \a text. Multiple lines can be created by insertion of "\n". + + \see setFont, setTextColor +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the title text. + + \see setTextColor, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the title text. + + \see setFont, setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the title text that will be used if the plot title is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the title text that will be used if the plot title is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setTextColor +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user may select this plot title to \a selectable. + + Note that even when \a selectable is set to false, the selection state may be changed + programmatically via \ref setSelected. +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selection state of this plot title to \a selected. If the selection has changed, \ref + selectionChanged is emitted. + + Note that this function can change the selection state independently of the current \ref + setSelectable state. +*/ +void QCPPlotTitle::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPlotTitle::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeNone); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPlotTitle::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainTextColor())); + painter->drawText(mRect, Qt::AlignCenter, mText, &mTextBoundingRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPPlotTitle::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result = metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::AlignCenter, mText).size(); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPPlotTitle::maximumSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result = metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::AlignCenter, mText).size(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + result.setWidth(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPlotTitle::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPlotTitle::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPPlotTitle::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (mTextBoundingRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main font to be used. This is mSelectedFont if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mFont is returned. +*/ +QFont QCPPlotTitle::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main color to be used. This is mSelectedTextColor if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mTextColor is returned. +*/ +QColor QCPPlotTitle::mainTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScale +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScale + \brief A color scale for use with color coding data such as QCPColorMap + + This layout element can be placed on the plot to correlate a color gradient with data values. It + is usually used in combination with one or multiple \ref QCPColorMap "QCPColorMaps". + + \image html QCPColorScale.png + + The color scale can be either horizontal or vertical, as shown in the image above. The + orientation and the side where the numbers appear is controlled with \ref setType. + + Use \ref QCPColorMap::setColorScale to connect a color map with a color scale. Once they are + connected, they share their gradient, data range and data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref + setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps may be associated with a single color + scale, to make them all synchronize these properties. + + To have finer control over the number display and axis behaviour, you can directly access the + \ref axis. See the documentation of QCPAxis for details about configuring axes. For example, if + you want to change the number of automatically generated ticks, call + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-autotickcount + + Placing a color scale next to the main axis rect works like with any other layout element: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-creation + In this case we have placed it to the right of the default axis rect, so it wasn't necessary to + call \ref setType, since \ref QCPAxis::atRight is already the default. The text next to the color + scale can be set with \ref setLabel. + + For optimum appearance (like in the image above), it may be desirable to line up the axis rect and + the borders of the color scale. Use a \ref QCPMarginGroup to achieve this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-margingroup + + Color scales are initialized with a non-zero minimum top and bottom margin (\ref + setMinimumMargins), because vertical color scales are most common and the minimum top/bottom + margin makes sure it keeps some distance to the top/bottom widget border. So if you change to a + horizontal color scale by setting \ref setType to \ref QCPAxis::atBottom or \ref QCPAxis::atTop, you + might want to also change the minimum margins accordingly, e.g. setMinimumMargins(QMargins(6, 0, 6, 0)). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPAxis *QCPColorScale::axis() const + + Returns the internal \ref QCPAxis instance of this color scale. You can access it to alter the + appearance and behaviour of the axis. \ref QCPColorScale duplicates some properties in its + interface for convenience. Those are \ref setDataRange (\ref QCPAxis::setRange), \ref + setDataScaleType (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType), and the method \ref setLabel (\ref + QCPAxis::setLabel). As they each are connected, it does not matter whether you use the method on + the QCPColorScale or on its QCPAxis. + + If the type of the color scale is changed with \ref setType, the axis returned by this method + will change, too, to either the left, right, bottom or top axis, depending on which type was set. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataRangeChanged(QCPRange newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScale::QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mType(QCPAxis::atTop), // set to atTop such that setType(QCPAxis::atRight) below doesn't skip work because it thinks it's already atRight + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mBarWidth(20), + mAxisRect(new QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(this)) +{ + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 6, 0, 6)); // for default right color scale types, keep some room at bottom and top (important if no margin group is used) + setType(QCPAxis::atRight); + setDataRange(QCPRange(0, 6)); +} + +QCPColorScale::~QCPColorScale() +{ + delete mAxisRect; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +QString QCPColorScale::label() const +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return QString(); + } + + return mColorAxis.data()->label(); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeDrag() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeDrag().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeZoom() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoom().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/*! + Sets at which side of the color scale the axis is placed, and thus also its orientation. + + Note that after setting \a type to a different value, the axis returned by \ref axis() will + be a different one. The new axis will adopt the following properties from the previous axis: The + range, scale type, log base and label. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + if (mType != type) { + mType = type; + QCPRange rangeTransfer(0, 6); + double logBaseTransfer = 10; + QString labelTransfer; + // revert some settings on old axis: + if (mColorAxis) { + rangeTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->range(); + labelTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->label(); + logBaseTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->scaleLogBase(); + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(QString()); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType atype, allAxisTypes) { + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTicks(atype == mType); + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTickLabels(atype == mType); + } + // set new mColorAxis pointer: + mColorAxis = mAxisRect.data()->axis(mType); + // transfer settings to new axis: + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(rangeTransfer); // transfer range of old axis to new one (necessary if axis changes from vertical to horizontal or vice versa) + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(labelTransfer); + mColorAxis.data()->setScaleLogBase(logBaseTransfer); // scaleType is synchronized among axes in realtime via signals (connected in QCPColorScale ctor), so we only need to take care of log base here + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis::orientation(mType) == Qt::Horizontal ? mColorAxis.data() : 0, + QCPAxis::orientation(mType) == Qt::Vertical ? mColorAxis.data() : 0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range spanned by the color gradient and that is shown by the axis in the color scale. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataRange on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its range with \ref + QCPAxis::setRange. + + \see setDataScaleType, setGradient, rescaleDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + mDataRange = dataRange; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(mDataRange); + } + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the scale type of the color scale, i.e. whether values are linearly associated with colors + or logarithmically. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its scale type with \ref + QCPAxis::setScaleType. + + \see setDataRange, setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setScaleType(mDataScaleType); + } + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that will be used to represent data values. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setGradient on any of the connected color maps. + + \see setDataRange, setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + if (mAxisRect) { + mAxisRect.data()->mGradientImageInvalidated = true; + } + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the axis label of the color scale. This is equivalent to calling \ref QCPAxis::setLabel on + the internal \ref axis. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return; + } + + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(str); +} + +/*! + Sets the width (or height, for horizontal color scales) the bar where the gradient is displayed + will have. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setBarWidth(int width) +{ + mBarWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can drag the data range (\ref setDataRange). + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeDrag must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeDrag(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can zoom the data range (\ref setDataRange) by scrolling the mouse wheel. + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeZoom must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeZoom(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom(0); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the color maps associated with this color scale. +*/ +QList QCPColorScale::colorMaps() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->plottableCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPColorMap *cm = qobject_cast(mParentPlot->plottable(i))) + if (cm->colorScale() == this) { + result.append(cm); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Changes the data range such that all color maps associated with this color scale are fully mapped + to the gradient in the data dimension. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps) +{ + QList maps = colorMaps(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + int sign = 0; // TODO: should change this to QCPAbstractPlottable::SignDomain later (currently is protected, maybe move to QCP namespace) + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + sign = (mDataRange.upper < 0 ? -1 : 1); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maps.size(); ++i) { + if (!maps.at(i)->realVisibility() && onlyVisibleMaps) { + continue; + } + QCPRange mapRange; + if (maps.at(i)->colorScale() == this) { + bool currentFoundRange = true; + mapRange = maps.at(i)->data()->dataBounds(); + if (sign == 1) { + if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper > 0) { + mapRange.lower = mapRange.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper <= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } else if (sign == -1) { + if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower < 0) { + mapRange.upper = mapRange.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower >= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = mapRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(mapRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this dimension), shift current range to at least center the data + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + } + } + setDataRange(newRange); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + mAxisRect.data()->update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upMargins: { + if (mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + setMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom() + margins().top() + margins().bottom()); + setMinimumSize(0, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom() + margins().top() + margins().bottom()); + } else { + setMaximumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right() + margins().left() + margins().right(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + setMinimumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right() + margins().left() + margins().right(), 0); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mAxisRect.data()->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mousePressEvent(event); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseMoveEvent(event); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseReleaseEvent(event); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->wheelEvent(event); +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate + + \internal + \brief An axis rect subclass for use in a QCPColorScale + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It provides the axis rect functionality for the QCPColorScale class. +*/ + + +/*! + Creates a new instance, as a child of \a parentColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale) : + QCPAxisRect(parentColorScale->parentPlot(), true), + mParentColorScale(parentColorScale), + mGradientImageInvalidated(true) +{ + setParentLayerable(parentColorScale); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)); + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + axis(type)->setVisible(true); + axis(type)->grid()->setVisible(false); + axis(type)->setPadding(0); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + } + + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + + // make layer transfers of color scale transfer to axis rect and axes + // the axes must be set after axis rect, such that they appear above color gradient drawn by axis rect: + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), this, SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), axis(type), SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + } +} + +/*! \internal + Updates the color gradient image if necessary, by calling \ref updateGradientImage, then draws + it. Then the axes are drawn by calling the \ref QCPAxisRect::draw base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mGradientImageInvalidated) { + updateGradientImage(); + } + + bool mirrorHorz = false; + bool mirrorVert = false; + if (mParentColorScale->mColorAxis) { + mirrorHorz = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atTop); + mirrorVert = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atLeft || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + painter->drawImage(rect().adjusted(0, -1, 0, -1), mGradientImage.mirrored(mirrorHorz, mirrorVert)); + QCPAxisRect::draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Uses the current gradient of the parent \ref QCPColorScale (specified in the constructor) to + generate a gradient image. This gradient image will be used in the \ref draw method. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::updateGradientImage() +{ + if (rect().isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + int n = mParentColorScale->mGradient.levelCount(); + int w, h; + QVector data(n); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + data[i] = i; + } + if (mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + w = n; + h = rect().height(); + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, QImage::Format_RGB32); + QVector pixels; + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + pixels.append(reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y))); + } + mParentColorScale->mGradient.colorize(data.constData(), QCPRange(0, n - 1), pixels.first(), n); + for (int y = 1; y < h; ++y) { + memcpy(pixels.at(y), pixels.first(), n * sizeof(QRgb)); + } + } else { + w = rect().width(); + h = n; + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, QImage::Format_RGB32); + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y)); + const QRgb lineColor = mParentColorScale->mGradient.color(data[h - 1 - y], QCPRange(0, n - 1)); + for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) { + pixels[x] = lineColor; + } + } + } + mGradientImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectionChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selection state of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts) +{ + // axis bases of four axes shall always (de-)selected synchronously: + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectedParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectableChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selectability of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts) +{ + // synchronize axis base selectability: + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectableParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPGraph. + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPDataMap. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this data point + \li \a keyErrorMinus: negative error in the key dimension (for error bars) + \li \a keyErrorPlus: positive error in the key dimension (for error bars) + \li \a valueErrorMinus: negative error in the value dimension (for error bars) + \li \a valueErrorPlus: positive error in the value dimension (for error bars) + + \see QCPDataMap +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key, value and all errors set to zero. +*/ +QCPData::QCPData() : + key(0), + value(0), + keyErrorPlus(0), + keyErrorMinus(0), + valueErrorPlus(0), + valueErrorMinus(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and \a value. All errors are set to zero. +*/ +QCPData::QCPData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value), + keyErrorPlus(0), + keyErrorMinus(0), + valueErrorPlus(0), + valueErrorMinus(0) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGraph +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGraph + \brief A plottable representing a graph in a plot. + + \image html QCPGraph.png + + Usually you create new graphs by calling QCustomPlot::addGraph. The resulting instance can be + accessed via QCustomPlot::graph. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the + internal \ref QCPDataMap. + + Graphs are used to display single-valued data. Single-valued means that there should only be one + data point per unique key coordinate. In other words, the graph can't have \a loops. If you do + want to plot non-single-valued curves, rather use the QCPCurve plottable. + + Gaps in the graph line can be created by adding data points with NaN as value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the graph is mainly determined by the line style, scatter style, brush and pen + of the graph (\ref setLineStyle, \ref setScatterStyle, \ref setBrush, \ref setPen). + + \subsection filling Filling under or between graphs + + QCPGraph knows two types of fills: Normal graph fills towards the zero-value-line parallel to + the key axis of the graph, and fills between two graphs, called channel fills. To enable a fill, + just set a brush with \ref setBrush which is neither Qt::NoBrush nor fully transparent. + + By default, a normal fill towards the zero-value-line will be drawn. To set up a channel fill + between this graph and another one, call \ref setChannelFillGraph with the other graph as + parameter. + + \see QCustomPlot::addGraph, QCustomPlot::graph +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPDataMap *QCPGraph::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPDataMap. You may use it to + directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the regular \ref + setData or \ref addData methods, in certain situations. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a graph which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The constructed QCPGraph can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot + then takes ownership of the graph. + + To directly create a graph inside a plot, you can also use the simpler QCustomPlot::addGraph function. +*/ +QCPGraph::QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis) +{ + mData = new QCPDataMap; + + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setErrorPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedPen(QPen(QColor(80, 80, 255), 2.5)); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + setLineStyle(lsLine); + setErrorType(etNone); + setErrorBarSize(6); + setErrorBarSkipSymbol(true); + setChannelFillGraph(0); + setAdaptiveSampling(true); +} + +QCPGraph::~QCPGraph() +{ + delete mData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, data points in \a data will only be copied. if false, the graph + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPDataMap. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(QCPDataMap *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mData = *data; + } else { + delete mData; + mData = data; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + symmetrical value error of the data points are set to the values in \a valueError. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + For asymmetrical errors (plus different from minus), see the overloaded version of this function. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataValueError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &valueError) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueError.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.valueErrorMinus = valueError[i]; + newData.valueErrorPlus = valueError[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + negative value error of the data points are set to the values in \a valueErrorMinus, the positive + value error to \a valueErrorPlus. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataValueError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &valueErrorMinus, const QVector &valueErrorPlus) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueErrorMinus.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueErrorPlus.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.valueErrorMinus = valueErrorMinus[i]; + newData.valueErrorPlus = valueErrorPlus[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + symmetrical key error of the data points are set to the values in \a keyError. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + For asymmetrical errors (plus different from minus), see the overloaded version of this function. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataKeyError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyError) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyError.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.keyErrorMinus = keyError[i]; + newData.keyErrorPlus = keyError[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + negative key error of the data points are set to the values in \a keyErrorMinus, the positive + key error to \a keyErrorPlus. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataKeyError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyErrorMinus, const QVector &keyErrorPlus) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyErrorMinus.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyErrorPlus.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.keyErrorMinus = keyErrorMinus[i]; + newData.keyErrorPlus = keyErrorPlus[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + symmetrical key and value errors of the data points are set to the values in \a keyError and \a valueError. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + For asymmetrical errors (plus different from minus), see the overloaded version of this function. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataBothError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyError, const QVector &valueError) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueError.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyError.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.keyErrorMinus = keyError[i]; + newData.keyErrorPlus = keyError[i]; + newData.valueErrorMinus = valueError[i]; + newData.valueErrorPlus = valueError[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value pairs. Additionally the + negative key and value errors of the data points are set to the values in \a keyErrorMinus and \a valueErrorMinus. The positive + key and value errors are set to the values in \a keyErrorPlus \a valueErrorPlus. + For error bars to show appropriately, see \ref setErrorType. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setDataBothError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyErrorMinus, const QVector &keyErrorPlus, const QVector &valueErrorMinus, const QVector &valueErrorPlus) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueErrorMinus.size()); + n = qMin(n, valueErrorPlus.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyErrorMinus.size()); + n = qMin(n, keyErrorPlus.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + newData.keyErrorMinus = keyErrorMinus[i]; + newData.keyErrorPlus = keyErrorPlus[i]; + newData.valueErrorMinus = valueErrorMinus[i]; + newData.valueErrorPlus = valueErrorPlus[i]; + mData->insertMulti(key[i], newData); + } +} + + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot. For scatter-only plots, set \a ls to + \ref lsNone and \ref setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setLineStyle(LineStyle ls) +{ + mLineStyle = ls; +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points + are drawn (e.g. for line-only-plots with appropriate line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets which kind of error bars (Key Error, Value Error or both) should be drawn on each data + point. If you set \a errorType to something other than \ref etNone, make sure to actually pass + error data via the specific setData functions along with the data points (e.g. \ref + setDataValueError, \ref setDataKeyError, \ref setDataBothError). + + \see ErrorType +*/ +void QCPGraph::setErrorType(ErrorType errorType) +{ + mErrorType = errorType; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which the error bars will be drawn. + \see setErrorBarSize, setErrorType +*/ +void QCPGraph::setErrorPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mErrorPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the handles at both ends of an error bar in pixels. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setErrorBarSize(double size) +{ + mErrorBarSize = size; +} + +/*! + If \a enabled is set to true, the error bar will not be drawn as a solid line under the scatter symbol but + leave some free space around the symbol. + + This feature uses the current scatter size (\ref QCPScatterStyle::setSize) to determine the size + of the area to leave blank. So when drawing Pixmaps as scatter points (\ref + QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap), the scatter size must be set manually to a value corresponding to the + size of the Pixmap, if the error bars should leave gaps to its boundaries. + + \ref setErrorType, setErrorBarSize, setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setErrorBarSkipSymbol(bool enabled) +{ + mErrorBarSkipSymbol = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the target graph for filling the area between this graph and \a targetGraph with the current + brush (\ref setBrush). + + When \a targetGraph is set to 0, a normal graph fill to the zero-value-line will be shown. To + disable any filling, set the brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPGraph::setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph) +{ + // prevent setting channel target to this graph itself: + if (targetGraph == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph is this graph itself"; + mChannelFillGraph = 0; + return; + } + // prevent setting channel target to a graph not in the plot: + if (targetGraph && targetGraph->mParentPlot != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph not in same plot"; + mChannelFillGraph = 0; + return; + } + + mChannelFillGraph = targetGraph; +} + +/*! + Sets whether adaptive sampling shall be used when plotting this graph. QCustomPlot's adaptive + sampling technique can drastically improve the replot performance for graphs with a larger number + of points (e.g. above 10,000), without notably changing the appearance of the graph. + + By default, adaptive sampling is enabled. Even if enabled, QCustomPlot decides whether adaptive + sampling shall actually be used on a per-graph basis. So leaving adaptive sampling enabled has no + disadvantage in almost all cases. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-line.png "A line plot of 500,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + As can be seen, line plots experience no visual degradation from adaptive sampling. Outliers are + reproduced reliably, as well as the overall shape of the data set. The replot time reduces + dramatically though. This allows QCustomPlot to display large amounts of data in realtime. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-scatter.png "A scatter plot of 100,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + Care must be taken when using high-density scatter plots in combination with adaptive sampling. + The adaptive sampling algorithm treats scatter plots more carefully than line plots which still + gives a significant reduction of replot times, but not quite as much as for line plots. This is + because scatter plots inherently need more data points to be preserved in order to still resemble + the original, non-adaptive-sampling plot. As shown above, the results still aren't quite + identical, as banding occurs for the outer data points. This is in fact intentional, such that + the boundaries of the data cloud stay visible to the viewer. How strong the banding appears, + depends on the point density, i.e. the number of points in the plot. + + For some situations with scatter plots it might thus be desirable to manually turn adaptive + sampling off. For example, when saving the plot to disk. This can be achieved by setting \a + enabled to false before issuing a command like \ref QCustomPlot::savePng, and setting \a enabled + back to true afterwards. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled) +{ + mAdaptiveSampling = enabled; +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a dataMap to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPDataMap. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(const QCPDataMap &dataMap) +{ + mData->unite(dataMap); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point in \a data to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPDataMap. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(const QCPData &data) +{ + mData->insertMulti(data.key, data); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point as \a key and \a value pair to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPDataMap. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(double key, double value) +{ + QCPData newData; + newData.key = key; + newData.value = value; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data points as \a key and \a value pairs to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the graph's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPDataMap. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QCPData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = keys[i]; + newData.value = values[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys smaller than \a key. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPGraph::removeDataBefore(double key) +{ + QCPDataMap::iterator it = mData->begin(); + while (it != mData->end() && it.key() < key) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys greater than \a key. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPGraph::removeDataAfter(double key) +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(key); + while (it != mData->end()) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys between \a fromKey and \a toKey. + if \a fromKey is greater or equal to \a toKey, the function does nothing. To remove + a single data point with known key, use \ref removeData(double key). + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPGraph::removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) +{ + if (fromKey >= toKey || mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(fromKey); + QCPDataMap::iterator itEnd = mData->upperBound(toKey); + while (it != itEnd) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a key. If the position is not known with absolute precision, + consider using \ref removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) with a small fuzziness interval around + the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the key is known. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPGraph::removeData(double key) +{ + mData->remove(key); +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + \see removeData, removeDataAfter, removeDataBefore +*/ +void QCPGraph::clearData() +{ + mData->clear(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPGraph::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectable) || mData->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return pointDistance(pos); + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows to define whether error bars are taken into consideration when determining the new axis + range. + + \see rescaleKeyAxis, rescaleValueAxis, QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPGraph::rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const +{ + rescaleKeyAxis(onlyEnlarge, includeErrorBars); + rescaleValueAxis(onlyEnlarge, includeErrorBars); +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows to define whether error bars (of kind \ref QCPGraph::etKey) are taken into consideration + when determining the new axis range. + + \see rescaleAxes, QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis +*/ +void QCPGraph::rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const +{ + // this code is a copy of QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis with the only change + // that getKeyRange is passed the includeErrorBars value. + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + + SignDomain signDomain = sdBoth; + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (keyAxis->range().upper < 0 ? sdNegative : sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getKeyRange(foundRange, signDomain, includeErrorBars); + + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + if (keyAxis->range().lower < newRange.lower) { + newRange.lower = keyAxis->range().lower; + } + if (keyAxis->range().upper > newRange.upper) { + newRange.upper = keyAxis->range().upper; + } + } + keyAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows to define whether error bars (of kind \ref QCPGraph::etValue) are taken into consideration + when determining the new axis range. + + \see rescaleAxes, QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis +*/ +void QCPGraph::rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const +{ + // this code is a copy of QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis with the only change + // is that getValueRange is passed the includeErrorBars value. + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid value axis"; + return; + } + + SignDomain signDomain = sdBoth; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (valueAxis->range().upper < 0 ? sdNegative : sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getValueRange(foundRange, signDomain, includeErrorBars); + + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + if (valueAxis->range().lower < newRange.lower) { + newRange.lower = valueAxis->range().lower; + } + if (valueAxis->range().upper > newRange.upper) { + newRange.upper = valueAxis->range().upper; + } + } + valueAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return; + } + + // allocate line and (if necessary) point vectors: + QVector *lineData = new QVector; + QVector *scatterData = 0; + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + scatterData = new QVector; + } + + // fill vectors with data appropriate to plot style: + getPlotData(lineData, scatterData); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it; + for (it = mData->constBegin(); it != mData->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().key, it.value().value) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().keyErrorPlus, it.value().keyErrorMinus) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().valueErrorPlus, it.value().valueErrorPlus)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it.key() << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw fill of graph: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + drawFill(painter, lineData); + } + + // draw line: + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + drawImpulsePlot(painter, lineData); + } else if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + drawLinePlot(painter, lineData); // also step plots can be drawn as a line plot + } + + // draw scatters: + if (scatterData) { + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatterData); + } + + // free allocated line and point vectors: + delete lineData; + if (scatterData) { + delete scatterData; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function branches out to the line style specific "get(...)PlotData" functions, according to + the line style of the graph. + + \a lineData will be filled with raw points that will be drawn with the according draw functions, + e.g. \ref drawLinePlot and \ref drawImpulsePlot. These aren't necessarily the original data + points, since for step plots for example, additional points are needed for drawing lines that + make up steps. If the line style of the graph is \ref lsNone, the \a lineData vector will be left + untouched. + + \a scatterData will be filled with the original data points so \ref drawScatterPlot can draw the + scatter symbols accordingly. If no scatters need to be drawn, i.e. the scatter style's shape is + \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, pass 0 as \a scatterData, and this step will be skipped. + + \see getScatterPlotData, getLinePlotData, getStepLeftPlotData, getStepRightPlotData, + getStepCenterPlotData, getImpulsePlotData +*/ +void QCPGraph::getPlotData(QVector *lineData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + switch (mLineStyle) { + case lsNone: + getScatterPlotData(scatterData); + break; + case lsLine: + getLinePlotData(lineData, scatterData); + break; + case lsStepLeft: + getStepLeftPlotData(lineData, scatterData); + break; + case lsStepRight: + getStepRightPlotData(lineData, scatterData); + break; + case lsStepCenter: + getStepCenterPlotData(lineData, scatterData); + break; + case lsImpulse: + getImpulsePlotData(lineData, scatterData); + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + If line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape is not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, + this function serves at providing the visible data points in \a scatterData, so the \ref + drawScatterPlot function can draw the scatter points accordingly. + + If line style is not \ref lsNone, this function is not called and the data for the scatter points + are (if needed) calculated inside the corresponding other "get(...)PlotData" functions. + + \see drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getScatterPlotData(QVector *scatterData) const +{ + getPreparedData(0, scatterData); +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the raw data points needed for a normal linearly connected graph in \a linePixelData. + + As for all plot data retrieval functions, \a scatterData just contains all unaltered data (scatter) + points that are visible for drawing scatter points, if necessary. If drawing scatter points is + disabled (i.e. the scatter style's shape is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), pass 0 as \a + scatterData, and the function will skip filling the vector. + + \see drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getLinePlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (!linePixelData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer passed as linePixelData"; + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + getPreparedData(&lineData, scatterData); + linePixelData->reserve(lineData.size() + 2); // added 2 to reserve memory for lower/upper fill base points that might be needed for fill + linePixelData->resize(lineData.size()); + + // transform lineData points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + (*linePixelData)[i].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value)); + (*linePixelData)[i].setY(keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key)); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + (*linePixelData)[i].setX(keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key)); + (*linePixelData)[i].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value)); + } + } +} + +/*! + \internal + Places the raw data points needed for a step plot with left oriented steps in \a lineData. + + As for all plot data retrieval functions, \a scatterData just contains all unaltered data (scatter) + points that are visible for drawing scatter points, if necessary. If drawing scatter points is + disabled (i.e. the scatter style's shape is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), pass 0 as \a + scatterData, and the function will skip filling the vector. + + \see drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getStepLeftPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (!linePixelData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer passed as lineData"; + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + getPreparedData(&lineData, scatterData); + linePixelData->reserve(lineData.size() * 2 + 2); // added 2 to reserve memory for lower/upper fill base points that might be needed for fill + linePixelData->resize(lineData.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from lineData and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().value); + double key; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().value); + double key; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastValue); + } + } +} + +/*! + \internal + Places the raw data points needed for a step plot with right oriented steps in \a lineData. + + As for all plot data retrieval functions, \a scatterData just contains all unaltered data (scatter) + points that are visible for drawing scatter points, if necessary. If drawing scatter points is + disabled (i.e. the scatter style's shape is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), pass 0 as \a + scatterData, and the function will skip filling the vector. + + \see drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getStepRightPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (!linePixelData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer passed as lineData"; + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + getPreparedData(&lineData, scatterData); + linePixelData->reserve(lineData.size() * 2 + 2); // added 2 to reserve memory for lower/upper fill base points that might be needed for fill + linePixelData->resize(lineData.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from lineData and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().key); + double value; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastKey); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastKey); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().key); + double value; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastKey); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastKey); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(value); + } + } +} + +/*! + \internal + Places the raw data points needed for a step plot with centered steps in \a lineData. + + As for all plot data retrieval functions, \a scatterData just contains all unaltered data (scatter) + points that are visible for drawing scatter points, if necessary. If drawing scatter points is + disabled (i.e. the scatter style's shape is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), pass 0 as \a + scatterData, and the function will skip filling the vector. + + \see drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getStepCenterPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (!linePixelData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer passed as lineData"; + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + getPreparedData(&lineData, scatterData); + linePixelData->reserve(lineData.size() * 2 + 2); // added 2 to reserve memory for lower/upper fill base points that might be needed for fill + linePixelData->resize(lineData.size() * 2); + // calculate steps from lineData and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().value); + double key; + (*linePixelData)[0].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[0].setY(lastKey); + for (int i = 1; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 - 1].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + } + (*linePixelData)[lineData.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + (*linePixelData)[lineData.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastKey); + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.first().value); + double key; + (*linePixelData)[0].setX(lastKey); + (*linePixelData)[0].setY(lastValue); + for (int i = 1; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 - 1].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + } + (*linePixelData)[lineData.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastKey); + (*linePixelData)[lineData.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + } + +} + +/*! + \internal + Places the raw data points needed for an impulse plot in \a lineData. + + As for all plot data retrieval functions, \a scatterData just contains all unaltered data (scatter) + points that are visible for drawing scatter points, if necessary. If drawing scatter points is + disabled (i.e. the scatter style's shape is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), pass 0 as \a + scatterData, and the function will skip filling the vector. + + \see drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::getImpulsePlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (!linePixelData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer passed as linePixelData"; + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + getPreparedData(&lineData, scatterData); + linePixelData->resize(lineData.size() * 2); // no need to reserve 2 extra points because impulse plot has no fill + + // transform lineData points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double zeroPointX = valueAxis->coordToPixel(0); + double key; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(zeroPointX); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value)); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double zeroPointY = valueAxis->coordToPixel(0); + double key; + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size(); ++i) { + key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 0].setY(zeroPointY); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + (*linePixelData)[i * 2 + 1].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(lineData.at(i).value)); + } + } +} + +void QCPGraph::setSmooth(int smooth) +{ + this->smooth = smooth; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the fill of the graph with the specified brush. + + If the fill is a normal fill towards the zero-value-line, only the \a lineData is required (and + two extra points at the zero-value-line, which are added by \ref addFillBasePoints and removed by + \ref removeFillBasePoints after the fill drawing is done). + + If the fill is a channel fill between this QCPGraph and another QCPGraph (mChannelFillGraph), the + more complex polygon is calculated with the \ref getChannelFillPolygon function. + + \see drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const +{ + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + return; // fill doesn't make sense for impulse plot + } + if (mainBrush().style() == Qt::NoBrush || mainBrush().color().alpha() == 0) { + return; + } + + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + // draw base fill under graph, fill goes all the way to the zero-value-line: + addFillBasePoints(lineData); + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + + if (smooth == 1) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(*lineData)); + } else if (smooth == 2) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(*lineData)); + } else { + painter->drawPolygon(QPolygonF(*lineData)); + } + + removeFillBasePoints(lineData); + } else { + // draw channel fill between this graph and mChannelFillGraph: + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawPolygon(getChannelFillPolygon(lineData)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every data point passed in \a scatterData. scatter symbols are independent + of the line style and are always drawn if the scatter style's shape is not \ref + QCPScatterStyle::ssNone. Hence, the \a scatterData vector is outputted by all "get(...)PlotData" + functions, together with the (line style dependent) line data. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + // draw error bars: + if (mErrorType != etNone) { + applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mErrorPen); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < scatterData->size(); ++i) { + drawError(painter, valueAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).key), scatterData->at(i)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < scatterData->size(); ++i) { + drawError(painter, keyAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).value), scatterData->at(i)); + } + } + } + + // draw scatter point symbols: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < scatterData->size(); ++i) + if (!qIsNaN(scatterData->at(i).value)) { + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, valueAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).key)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < scatterData->size(); ++i) + if (!qIsNaN(scatterData->at(i).value)) { + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, keyAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(scatterData->at(i).value)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws line graphs from the provided data. It connects all points in \a lineData, which was + created by one of the "get(...)PlotData" functions for line styles that require simple line + connections between the point vector they create. These are for example \ref getLinePlotData, + \ref getStepLeftPlotData, \ref getStepRightPlotData and \ref getStepCenterPlotData. + + \see drawScatterPlot, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const +{ + // draw line of graph: + if (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + //开启了平滑曲线则应用对应算法绘制平滑路径 + if (mLineStyle == lsLine) { + if (smooth == 1) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(*lineData)); + return; + } else if (smooth == 2) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(*lineData)); + return; + } + } + + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + /* Draws polyline in batches, currently not used: + int p = 0; + while (p < lineData->size()) + { + int batch = qMin(25, lineData->size()-p); + if (p != 0) + { + ++batch; + --p; // to draw the connection lines between two batches + } + painter->drawPolyline(lineData->constData()+p, batch); + p += batch; + } + */ + + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData->size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData->at(i - 1), lineData->at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData->size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x()) || qIsInf(lineData->at(i).y())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line. Also filter Infs which make drawPolyline block + painter->drawPolyline(lineData->constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData->constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws impulses from the provided data, i.e. it connects all line pairs in \a lineData, which was + created by \ref getImpulsePlotData. + + \see drawScatterPlot, drawLinePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const +{ + // draw impulses: + if (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + QPen pen = mainPen(); + pen.setCapStyle(Qt::FlatCap); // so impulse line doesn't reach beyond zero-line + painter->setPen(pen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawLines(*lineData); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the \a lineData and \a scatterData that need to be plotted for this graph taking into + consideration the current axis ranges and, if \ref setAdaptiveSampling is enabled, local point + densities. + + 0 may be passed as \a lineData or \a scatterData to indicate that the respective dataset isn't + needed. For example, if the scatter style (\ref setScatterStyle) is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, \a + scatterData should be 0 to prevent unnecessary calculations. + + This method is used by the various "get(...)PlotData" methods to get the basic working set of data. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getPreparedData(QVector *lineData, QVector *scatterData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + // get visible data range: + QCPDataMap::const_iterator lower, upper; // note that upper is the actual upper point, and not 1 step after the upper point + getVisibleDataBounds(lower, upper); + if (lower == mData->constEnd() || upper == mData->constEnd()) { + return; + } + + // count points in visible range, taking into account that we only need to count to the limit maxCount if using adaptive sampling: + int maxCount = std::numeric_limits::max(); + if (mAdaptiveSampling) { + int keyPixelSpan = qAbs(keyAxis->coordToPixel(lower.key()) - keyAxis->coordToPixel(upper.key())); + maxCount = 2 * keyPixelSpan + 2; + } + int dataCount = countDataInBounds(lower, upper, maxCount); + + if (mAdaptiveSampling && dataCount >= maxCount) { // use adaptive sampling only if there are at least two points per pixel on average + if (lineData) { + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = lower; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator upperEnd = upper + 1; + double minValue = it.value().value; + double maxValue = it.value().value; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->rangeReversed() != (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? -1 : 1; // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = keyAxis->rangeReversed() != (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(lower.key()) + reversedRound)); + double lastIntervalEndKey = currentIntervalStartKey; + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + ++it; // advance iterator to second data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect + while (it != upperEnd) { + if (it.key() < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this cluster if necessary + if (it.value().value < minValue) { + minValue = it.value().value; + } else if (it.value().value > maxValue) { + maxValue = it.value().value; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel interval started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point is further away, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint.value().value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + if (it.key() > currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 2) { // new pixel started further away from previous cluster, so make sure the last point of the cluster is at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.8, (it - 1).value().value)); + } + } else { + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalFirstPoint.key(), currentIntervalFirstPoint.value().value)); + } + lastIntervalEndKey = (it - 1).value().key; + minValue = it.value().value; + maxValue = it.value().value; + currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.key()) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + ++it; + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point wasn't a cluster, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint.value().value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + } else { + lineData->append(QCPData(currentIntervalFirstPoint.key(), currentIntervalFirstPoint.value().value)); + } + } + + if (scatterData) { + double valueMaxRange = valueAxis->range().upper; + double valueMinRange = valueAxis->range().lower; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = lower; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator upperEnd = upper + 1; + double minValue = it.value().value; + double maxValue = it.value().value; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator minValueIt = it; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator maxValueIt = it; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator currentIntervalStart = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->rangeReversed() ? -1 : 1; // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = keyAxis->rangeReversed() ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(lower.key()) + reversedRound)); + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + ++it; // advance iterator to second data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect + while (it != upperEnd) { + if (it.key() < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this pixel if necessary + if (it.value().value < minValue && it.value().value > valueMinRange && it.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + minValue = it.value().value; + minValueIt = it; + } else if (it.value().value > maxValue && it.value().value > valueMinRange && it.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + maxValue = it.value().value; + maxValueIt = it; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPDataMap::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt.value().value > valueMinRange && intervalIt.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(intervalIt.value()); + } + ++c; + ++intervalIt; + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart.value().value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(currentIntervalStart.value()); + } + minValue = it.value().value; + maxValue = it.value().value; + currentIntervalStart = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.key()) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + ++it; + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPDataMap::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt.value().value > valueMinRange && intervalIt.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(intervalIt.value()); + } + ++c; + ++intervalIt; + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart.value().value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart.value().value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(currentIntervalStart.value()); + } + } + } else { // don't use adaptive sampling algorithm, transfer points one-to-one from the map into the output parameters + QVector *dataVector = 0; + if (lineData) { + dataVector = lineData; + } else if (scatterData) { + dataVector = scatterData; + } + if (dataVector) { + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = lower; + QCPDataMap::const_iterator upperEnd = upper + 1; + dataVector->reserve(dataCount + 2); // +2 for possible fill end points + while (it != upperEnd) { + dataVector->append(it.value()); + ++it; + } + } + if (lineData && scatterData) { + *scatterData = *dataVector; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + called by the scatter drawing function (\ref drawScatterPlot) to draw the error bars on one data + point. \a x and \a y pixel positions of the data point are passed since they are already known in + pixel coordinates in the drawing function, so we save some extra coordToPixel transforms here. \a + data is therefore only used for the errors, not key and value. +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawError(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const QCPData &data) const +{ + if (qIsNaN(data.value)) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + double a, b; // positions of error bar bounds in pixels + double barWidthHalf = mErrorBarSize * 0.5; + double skipSymbolMargin = mScatterStyle.size(); // pixels left blank per side, when mErrorBarSkipSymbol is true + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + // draw key error vertically and value error horizontally + if (mErrorType == etKey || mErrorType == etBoth) { + a = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.key - data.keyErrorMinus); + b = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.key + data.keyErrorPlus); + if (keyAxis->rangeReversed()) { + qSwap(a, b); + } + // draw spine: + if (mErrorBarSkipSymbol) { + if (a - y > skipSymbolMargin) { // don't draw spine if error is so small it's within skipSymbolmargin + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, a, x, y + skipSymbolMargin)); + } + if (y - b > skipSymbolMargin) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - skipSymbolMargin, x, b)); + } + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, a, x, b)); + } + // draw handles: + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - barWidthHalf, a, x + barWidthHalf, a)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - barWidthHalf, b, x + barWidthHalf, b)); + } + if (mErrorType == etValue || mErrorType == etBoth) { + a = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.value - data.valueErrorMinus); + b = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.value + data.valueErrorPlus); + if (valueAxis->rangeReversed()) { + qSwap(a, b); + } + // draw spine: + if (mErrorBarSkipSymbol) { + if (x - a > skipSymbolMargin) { // don't draw spine if error is so small it's within skipSymbolmargin + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y, x - skipSymbolMargin, y)); + } + if (b - x > skipSymbolMargin) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x + skipSymbolMargin, y, b, y)); + } + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y, b, y)); + } + // draw handles: + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y - barWidthHalf, a, y + barWidthHalf)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(b, y - barWidthHalf, b, y + barWidthHalf)); + } + } else { // mKeyAxis->orientation() is Qt::Horizontal + // draw value error vertically and key error horizontally + if (mErrorType == etKey || mErrorType == etBoth) { + a = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.key - data.keyErrorMinus); + b = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.key + data.keyErrorPlus); + if (keyAxis->rangeReversed()) { + qSwap(a, b); + } + // draw spine: + if (mErrorBarSkipSymbol) { + if (x - a > skipSymbolMargin) { // don't draw spine if error is so small it's within skipSymbolmargin + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y, x - skipSymbolMargin, y)); + } + if (b - x > skipSymbolMargin) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x + skipSymbolMargin, y, b, y)); + } + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y, b, y)); + } + // draw handles: + painter->drawLine(QLineF(a, y - barWidthHalf, a, y + barWidthHalf)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(b, y - barWidthHalf, b, y + barWidthHalf)); + } + if (mErrorType == etValue || mErrorType == etBoth) { + a = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.value - data.valueErrorMinus); + b = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.value + data.valueErrorPlus); + if (valueAxis->rangeReversed()) { + qSwap(a, b); + } + // draw spine: + if (mErrorBarSkipSymbol) { + if (a - y > skipSymbolMargin) { // don't draw spine if error is so small it's within skipSymbolmargin + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, a, x, y + skipSymbolMargin)); + } + if (y - b > skipSymbolMargin) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - skipSymbolMargin, x, b)); + } + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, a, x, b)); + } + // draw handles: + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - barWidthHalf, a, x + barWidthHalf, a)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - barWidthHalf, b, x + barWidthHalf, b)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref getPreparedData to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key + axis range setting, so only that needs to be processed. + + \a lower returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a upper returns an iterator to the highest data point. Same as before, \a upper may also lie + just outside of the visible range. + + if the graph contains no data, both \a lower and \a upper point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPDataMap::const_iterator &upper) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + lower = mData->constEnd(); + upper = mData->constEnd(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range as QMap iterators + QCPDataMap::const_iterator lbound = mData->lowerBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + QCPDataMap::const_iterator ubound = mData->upperBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + bool lowoutlier = lbound != mData->constBegin(); // indicates whether there exist points below axis range + bool highoutlier = ubound != mData->constEnd(); // indicates whether there exist points above axis range + + lower = (lowoutlier ? lbound - 1 : lbound); // data point range that will be actually drawn + upper = (highoutlier ? ubound : ubound - 1); // data point range that will be actually drawn +} + +/*! \internal + + Counts the number of data points between \a lower and \a upper (including them), up to a maximum + of \a maxCount. + + This function is used by \ref getPreparedData to determine whether adaptive sampling shall be + used (if enabled via \ref setAdaptiveSampling) or not. This is also why counting of data points + only needs to be done until \a maxCount is reached, which should be set to the number of data + points at which adaptive sampling sets in. +*/ +int QCPGraph::countDataInBounds(const QCPDataMap::const_iterator &lower, const QCPDataMap::const_iterator &upper, int maxCount) const +{ + if (upper == mData->constEnd() && lower == mData->constEnd()) { + return 0; + } + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = lower; + int count = 1; + while (it != upper && count < maxCount) { + ++it; + ++count; + } + return count; +} + +/*! \internal + + The line data vector generated by e.g. getLinePlotData contains only the line that connects the + data points. If the graph needs to be filled, two additional points need to be added at the + value-zero-line in the lower and upper key positions of the graph. This function calculates these + points and adds them to the end of \a lineData. Since the fill is typically drawn before the line + stroke, these added points need to be removed again after the fill is done, with the + removeFillBasePoints function. + + The expanding of \a lineData by two points will not cause unnecessary memory reallocations, + because the data vector generation functions (getLinePlotData etc.) reserve two extra points when + they allocate memory for \a lineData. + + \see removeFillBasePoints, lowerFillBasePoint, upperFillBasePoint +*/ +void QCPGraph::addFillBasePoints(QVector *lineData) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + if (!lineData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed null as lineData"; + return; + } + if (lineData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // append points that close the polygon fill at the key axis: + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + *lineData << upperFillBasePoint(lineData->last().y()); + *lineData << lowerFillBasePoint(lineData->first().y()); + } else { + *lineData << upperFillBasePoint(lineData->last().x()); + *lineData << lowerFillBasePoint(lineData->first().x()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + removes the two points from \a lineData that were added by \ref addFillBasePoints. + + \see addFillBasePoints, lowerFillBasePoint, upperFillBasePoint +*/ +void QCPGraph::removeFillBasePoints(QVector *lineData) const +{ + if (!lineData) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed null as lineData"; + return; + } + if (lineData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + lineData->remove(lineData->size() - 2, 2); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref addFillBasePoints to conveniently assign the point which closes the fill polygon + on the lower side of the zero-value-line parallel to the key axis. The logarithmic axis scale + case is a bit special, since the zero-value-line in pixel coordinates is in positive or negative + infinity. So this case is handled separately by just closing the fill polygon on the axis which + lies in the direction towards the zero value. + + \a lowerKey will be the the key (in pixels) of the returned point. Depending on whether the key + axis is horizontal or vertical, \a lowerKey will end up as the x or y value of the returned + point, respectively. + + \see upperFillBasePoint, addFillBasePoints +*/ +QPointF QCPGraph::lowerFillBasePoint(double lowerKey) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + QPointF point; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + point.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + point.setY(lowerKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atRight) { + point.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + point.setY(lowerKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop) { + point.setX(lowerKey); + point.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + point.setX(lowerKey); + point.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } + } else { // valueAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic + // In logarithmic scaling we can't just draw to value zero so we just fill all the way + // to the axis which is in the direction towards zero + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + point.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->right()); + } else { + point.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->left()); + } + point.setY(lowerKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop || keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + point.setX(lowerKey); + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + point.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->top()); + } else { + point.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->bottom()); + } + } + } + return point; +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref addFillBasePoints to conveniently assign the point which closes the fill + polygon on the upper side of the zero-value-line parallel to the key axis. The logarithmic axis + scale case is a bit special, since the zero-value-line in pixel coordinates is in positive or + negative infinity. So this case is handled separately by just closing the fill polygon on the + axis which lies in the direction towards the zero value. + + \a upperKey will be the the key (in pixels) of the returned point. Depending on whether the key + axis is horizontal or vertical, \a upperKey will end up as the x or y value of the returned + point, respectively. + + \see lowerFillBasePoint, addFillBasePoints +*/ +QPointF QCPGraph::upperFillBasePoint(double upperKey) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + QPointF point; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + point.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + point.setY(upperKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atRight) { + point.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + point.setY(upperKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop) { + point.setX(upperKey); + point.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + point.setX(upperKey); + point.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } + } else { // valueAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic + // In logarithmic scaling we can't just draw to value 0 so we just fill all the way + // to the axis which is in the direction towards 0 + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + point.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->right()); + } else { + point.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->left()); + } + point.setY(upperKey); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop || keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + point.setX(upperKey); + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + point.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->top()); + } else { + point.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->bottom()); + } + } + } + return point; +} + +/*! \internal + + Generates the polygon needed for drawing channel fills between this graph (data passed via \a + lineData) and the graph specified by mChannelFillGraph (data generated by calling its \ref + getPlotData function). May return an empty polygon if the key ranges have no overlap or fill + target graph and this graph don't have same orientation (i.e. both key axes horizontal or both + key axes vertical). For increased performance (due to implicit sharing), keep the returned + QPolygonF const. +*/ +const QPolygonF QCPGraph::getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData) const +{ + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + if (!mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "channel fill target key axis invalid"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + + if (mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() != keyAxis->orientation()) { + return QPolygonF(); // don't have same axis orientation, can't fill that (Note: if keyAxis fits, valueAxis will fit too, because it's always orthogonal to keyAxis) + } + + if (lineData->isEmpty()) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QVector otherData; + mChannelFillGraph.data()->getPlotData(&otherData, 0); + if (otherData.isEmpty()) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QVector thisData; + thisData.reserve(lineData->size() + otherData.size()); // because we will join both vectors at end of this function + for (int i = 0; i < lineData->size(); ++i) { // don't use the vector<<(vector), it squeezes internally, which ruins the performance tuning with reserve() + thisData << lineData->at(i); + } + + // pointers to be able to swap them, depending which data range needs cropping: + QVector *staticData = &thisData; + QVector *croppedData = &otherData; + + // crop both vectors to ranges in which the keys overlap (which coord is key, depends on axisType): + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // x is key + // if an axis range is reversed, the data point keys will be descending. Reverse them, since following algorithm assumes ascending keys: + if (staticData->first().x() > staticData->last().x()) { + int size = staticData->size(); + for (int i = 0; i < size / 2; ++i) { + qSwap((*staticData)[i], (*staticData)[size - 1 - i]); + } + } + if (croppedData->first().x() > croppedData->last().x()) { + int size = croppedData->size(); + for (int i = 0; i < size / 2; ++i) { + qSwap((*croppedData)[i], (*croppedData)[size - 1 - i]); + } + } + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().x() < croppedData->first().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int lowBound = findIndexBelowX(croppedData, staticData->first().x()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data + // point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x() != 0) { + slope = (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()) / (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setY(croppedData->at(0).y() + slope * (staticData->first().x() - croppedData->at(0).x())); + (*croppedData)[0].setX(staticData->first().x()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().x() > croppedData->last().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexAboveX(croppedData, staticData->last().x()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data + // point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x() != 0) { + slope = (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()) / (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setY(croppedData->at(li - 1).y() + slope * (staticData->last().x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x())); + (*croppedData)[li].setX(staticData->last().x()); + } else { // mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + // y is key + // similar to "x is key" but switched x,y. Further, lower/upper meaning is inverted compared to x, + // because in pixel coordinates, y increases from top to bottom, not bottom to top like data coordinate. + // if an axis range is reversed, the data point keys will be descending. Reverse them, since following algorithm assumes ascending keys: + if (staticData->first().y() < staticData->last().y()) { + int size = staticData->size(); + for (int i = 0; i < size / 2; ++i) { + qSwap((*staticData)[i], (*staticData)[size - 1 - i]); + } + } + if (croppedData->first().y() < croppedData->last().y()) { + int size = croppedData->size(); + for (int i = 0; i < size / 2; ++i) { + qSwap((*croppedData)[i], (*croppedData)[size - 1 - i]); + } + } + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().y() > croppedData->first().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int lowBound = findIndexAboveY(croppedData, staticData->first().y()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data + // point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y() != 0) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()) / (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setX(croppedData->at(0).x() + slope * (staticData->first().y() - croppedData->at(0).y())); + (*croppedData)[0].setY(staticData->first().y()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().y() < croppedData->last().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexBelowY(croppedData, staticData->last().y()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data + // point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y() != 0) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()) / (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setX(croppedData->at(li - 1).x() + slope * (staticData->last().y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y())); + (*croppedData)[li].setY(staticData->last().y()); + } + + // return joined: + for (int i = otherData.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { // insert reversed, otherwise the polygon will be twisted + thisData << otherData.at(i); + } + return QPolygonF(thisData); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points x value is just above \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is the case when plotting with horizontal key axis. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).x() < x) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points x value is just below \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is the case when plotting with horizontal key axis. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).x() > x) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points y value is just above \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered descending, as is the case when plotting with vertical key axis. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).y() < y) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the (minimum) distance (in pixels) the graph's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint in pixels. This is used to determine whether the graph was clicked or not, e.g. in + \ref selectTest. + + If either the graph has no data or if the line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape + is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone (i.e. there is no visual representation of the graph), returns -1.0. +*/ +double QCPGraph::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint) const +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + // calculate minimum distances to graph representation: + if (mLineStyle == lsNone) { + // no line displayed, only calculate distance to scatter points: + QVector scatterData; + getScatterPlotData(&scatterData); + if (scatterData.size() > 0) { + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + for (int i = 0; i < scatterData.size(); ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = QVector2D(coordsToPixels(scatterData.at(i).key, scatterData.at(i).value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); + } else { // no data available in view to calculate distance to + return -1.0; + } + } else { + // line displayed, calculate distance to line segments: + QVector lineData; + getPlotData(&lineData, 0); // unlike with getScatterPlotData we get pixel coordinates here + if (lineData.size() > 1) { // at least one line segment, compare distance to line segments + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + // impulse plot differs from other line styles in that the lineData points are only pairwise connected: + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size() - 1; i += 2) { // iterate pairs + double currentDistSqr = distSqrToLine(lineData.at(i), lineData.at(i + 1), pixelPoint); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } else { + // all other line plots (line and step) connect points directly: + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size() - 1; ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = distSqrToLine(lineData.at(i), lineData.at(i + 1), pixelPoint); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); + } else if (lineData.size() > 0) { // only single data point, calculate distance to that point + return QVector2D(lineData.at(0) - pixelPoint).length(); + } else { // no data available in view to calculate distance to + return -1.0; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points y value is just below \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered descending, as is the case when plotting with vertical key axis (since + keys are ordered ascending). + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).y() > y) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + // just call the specialized version which takes an additional argument whether error bars + // should also be taken into consideration for range calculation. We set this to true here. + return getKeyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + // just call the specialized version which takes an additional argument whether error bars + // should also be taken into consideration for range calculation. We set this to true here. + return getValueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, true); +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows to specify whether the error bars should be included in the range calculation. + + \see getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) +*/ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain, bool includeErrors) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current, currentErrorMinus, currentErrorPlus; + + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + if (!qIsNaN(it.value().value)) { + current = it.value().key; + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorPlus : 0); + if (current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + if (!qIsNaN(it.value().value)) { + current = it.value().key; + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorPlus : 0); + if ((current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) && current - currentErrorMinus < 0) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current + currentErrorPlus < 0) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + if (includeErrors) { // in case point is in valid sign domain but errobars stretch beyond it, we still want to geht that point. + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current < 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current < 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + if (!qIsNaN(it.value().value)) { + current = it.value().key; + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().keyErrorPlus : 0); + if ((current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) && current - currentErrorMinus > 0) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current + currentErrorPlus > 0) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + if (includeErrors) { // in case point is in valid sign domain but errobars stretch beyond it, we still want to get that point. + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current > 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current > 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows to specify whether the error bars should be included in the range calculation. + + \see getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) +*/ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain, bool includeErrors) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current, currentErrorMinus, currentErrorPlus; + + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().value; + if (!qIsNaN(current)) { + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorPlus : 0); + if (current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().value; + if (!qIsNaN(current)) { + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorPlus : 0); + if ((current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) && current - currentErrorMinus < 0) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current + currentErrorPlus < 0) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + if (includeErrors) { // in case point is in valid sign domain but errobars stretch beyond it, we still want to get that point. + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current < 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current < 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().value; + if (!qIsNaN(current)) { + currentErrorMinus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorMinus : 0); + currentErrorPlus = (includeErrors ? it.value().valueErrorPlus : 0); + if ((current - currentErrorMinus < range.lower || !haveLower) && current - currentErrorMinus > 0) { + range.lower = current - currentErrorMinus; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current + currentErrorPlus > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current + currentErrorPlus > 0) { + range.upper = current + currentErrorPlus; + haveUpper = true; + } + if (includeErrors) { // in case point is in valid sign domain but errobars stretch beyond it, we still want to geht that point. + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current > 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current > 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurveData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurveData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPCurve. + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPCurveDataMap. + + The stored data is: + \li \a t: the free parameter of the curve at this curve point (cp. the mathematical vector (x(t), y(t))) + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this curve point + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this curve point + + \see QCPCurveDataMap +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with t, key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData() : + t(0), + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with the specified \a t, \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value) : + t(t), + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurve + \brief A plottable representing a parametric curve in a plot. + + \image html QCPCurve.png + + Unlike QCPGraph, plottables of this type may have multiple points with the same key coordinate, + so their visual representation can have \a loops. This is realized by introducing a third + coordinate \a t, which defines the order of the points described by the other two coordinates \a + x and \a y. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. + + Gaps in the curve can be created by adding data points with NaN as key and value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the curve is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + \section usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPCurve is a plottable (QCPAbstractPlottable). So + the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance and add it to the customPlot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-1 + and then modify the properties of the newly created plottable, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-2 +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a curve which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The constructed QCPCurve can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot + then takes ownership of the graph. +*/ +QCPCurve::QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis) +{ + mData = new QCPCurveDataMap; + mPen.setColor(Qt::blue); + mPen.setStyle(Qt::SolidLine); + mBrush.setColor(Qt::blue); + mBrush.setStyle(Qt::NoBrush); + mSelectedPen = mPen; + mSelectedPen.setWidthF(2.5); + mSelectedPen.setColor(QColor(80, 80, 255)); // lighter than Qt::blue of mPen + mSelectedBrush = mBrush; + + setScatterStyle(QCPScatterStyle()); + setLineStyle(lsLine); +} + +QCPCurve::~QCPCurve() +{ + delete mData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, data points in \a data will only be copied. if false, the plottable + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(QCPCurveDataMap *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mData = *data; + } else { + delete mData; + mData = data; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a t, \a key and \a value tuples. The + provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of + the smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &key, const QVector &value) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = t.size(); + n = qMin(n, key.size()); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + QCPCurveData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.t = t[i]; + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.t, newData); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided \a key and \a value pairs. The t parameter + of each data point will be set to the integer index of the respective key/value pair. +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + QCPCurveData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.t = i; // no t vector given, so we assign t the index of the key/value pair + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.t, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref + QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points are drawn (e.g. for line-only plots with appropriate + line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot or how they are represented visually + apart from the scatter symbol. For scatter-only plots, set \a style to \ref lsNone and \ref + setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setLineStyle(QCPCurve::LineStyle style) +{ + mLineStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a dataMap to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QCPCurveDataMap &dataMap) +{ + mData->unite(dataMap); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point in \a data to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QCPCurveData &data) +{ + mData->insertMulti(data.t, data); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point as \a t, \a key and \a value tuple to the current data + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double t, double key, double value) +{ + QCPCurveData newData; + newData.t = t; + newData.key = key; + newData.value = value; + mData->insertMulti(newData.t, newData); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point as \a key and \a value pair to the current data The t + parameter of the data point is set to the t of the last data point plus 1. If there is no last + data point, t will be set to 0. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double key, double value) +{ + QCPCurveData newData; + if (!mData->isEmpty()) { + newData.t = (mData->constEnd() - 1).key() + 1; + } else { + newData.t = 0; + } + newData.key = key; + newData.value = value; + mData->insertMulti(newData.t, newData); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data points as \a t, \a key and \a value tuples to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QVector &ts, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + int n = ts.size(); + n = qMin(n, keys.size()); + n = qMin(n, values.size()); + QCPCurveData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.t = ts[i]; + newData.key = keys[i]; + newData.value = values[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.t, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with curve parameter t smaller than \a t. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPCurve::removeDataBefore(double t) +{ + QCPCurveDataMap::iterator it = mData->begin(); + while (it != mData->end() && it.key() < t) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with curve parameter t greater than \a t. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPCurve::removeDataAfter(double t) +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPCurveDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(t); + while (it != mData->end()) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with curve parameter t between \a fromt and \a tot. if \a fromt is + greater or equal to \a tot, the function does nothing. To remove a single data point with known + t, use \ref removeData(double t). + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPCurve::removeData(double fromt, double tot) +{ + if (fromt >= tot || mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPCurveDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(fromt); + QCPCurveDataMap::iterator itEnd = mData->upperBound(tot); + while (it != itEnd) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at curve parameter \a t. If the position is not known with absolute + precision, consider using \ref removeData(double fromt, double tot) with a small fuzziness + interval around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the curve parameter + is known. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPCurve::removeData(double t) +{ + mData->remove(t); +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + \see removeData, removeDataAfter, removeDataBefore +*/ +void QCPCurve::clearData() +{ + mData->clear(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectable) || mData->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return pointDistance(pos); + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // allocate line vector: + QVector *lineData = new QVector; + + // fill with curve data: + getCurveData(lineData); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPCurveDataMap::const_iterator it; + for (it = mData->constBegin(); it != mData->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().t) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().key, it.value().value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it.key() << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw curve fill: + if (mainBrush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && mainBrush().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawPolygon(QPolygonF(*lineData)); + } + + // draw curve line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone && mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData->size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData->at(i - 1), lineData->at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData->size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + painter->drawPolyline(lineData->constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData->constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } + } + + // draw scatters: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + drawScatterPlot(painter, lineData); + } + + // free allocated line data: + delete lineData; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every data point passed in \a pointData. scatter symbols are independent of + the line style and are always drawn if scatter shape is not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone. +*/ +void QCPCurve::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector *pointData) const +{ + // draw scatter point symbols: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < pointData->size(); ++i) + if (!qIsNaN(pointData->at(i).x()) && !qIsNaN(pointData->at(i).y())) { + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, pointData->at(i)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + called by QCPCurve::draw to generate a point vector (in pixel coordinates) which represents the + line of the curve. + + Line segments that aren't visible in the current axis rect are handled in an optimized way. They + are projected onto a rectangle slightly larger than the visible axis rect and simplified + regarding point count. The algorithm makes sure to preserve appearance of lines and fills inside + the visible axis rect by generating new temporary points on the outer rect if necessary. + + Methods that are also involved in the algorithm are: \ref getRegion, \ref getOptimizedPoint, \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints \ref mayTraverse, \ref getTraverse, \ref getTraverseCornerPoints. +*/ +void QCPCurve::getCurveData(QVector *lineData) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + // add margins to rect to compensate for stroke width + double strokeMargin = qMax(qreal(1.0), qreal(mainPen().widthF() * 0.75)); // stroke radius + 50% safety + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + strokeMargin = qMax(strokeMargin, mScatterStyle.size()); + } + double rectLeft = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().lower) - strokeMargin * ((keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) != keyAxis->rangeReversed() ? -1 : 1)); + double rectRight = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().upper) + strokeMargin * ((keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) != keyAxis->rangeReversed() ? -1 : 1)); + double rectBottom = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().lower) + strokeMargin * ((valueAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) != valueAxis->rangeReversed() ? -1 : 1)); + double rectTop = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().upper) - strokeMargin * ((valueAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) != valueAxis->rangeReversed() ? -1 : 1)); + int currentRegion; + QCPCurveDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataMap::const_iterator prevIt = mData->constEnd() - 1; + int prevRegion = getRegion(prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom); + QVector trailingPoints; // points that must be applied after all other points (are generated only when handling first point to get virtual segment between last and first point right) + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + currentRegion = getRegion(it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom); + if (currentRegion != prevRegion) { // changed region, possibly need to add some optimized edge points or original points if entering R + if (currentRegion != 5) { // segment doesn't end in R, so it's a candidate for removal + QPointF crossA, crossB; + if (prevRegion == 5) { // we're coming from R, so add this point optimized + lineData->append(getOptimizedPoint(currentRegion, it.value().key, it.value().value, prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom)); + // in the situations 5->1/7/9/3 the segment may leave R and directly cross through two outer regions. In these cases we need to add an additional corner point + *lineData << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom); + } else if (mayTraverse(prevRegion, currentRegion) && + getTraverse(prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom, crossA, crossB)) { + // add the two cross points optimized if segment crosses R and if segment isn't virtual zeroth segment between last and first curve point: + QVector beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints; + getTraverseCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom, beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints); + if (it != mData->constBegin()) { + *lineData << beforeTraverseCornerPoints; + lineData->append(crossA); + lineData->append(crossB); + *lineData << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + } else { + lineData->append(crossB); + *lineData << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + trailingPoints << beforeTraverseCornerPoints << crossA ; + } + } else { // doesn't cross R, line is just moving around in outside regions, so only need to add optimized point(s) at the boundary corner(s) + *lineData << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom); + } + } else { // segment does end in R, so we add previous point optimized and this point at original position + if (it == mData->constBegin()) { // it is first point in curve and prevIt is last one. So save optimized point for adding it to the lineData in the end + trailingPoints << getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom); + } else { + lineData->append(getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt.value().key, prevIt.value().value, it.value().key, it.value().value, rectLeft, rectTop, rectRight, rectBottom)); + } + lineData->append(coordsToPixels(it.value().key, it.value().value)); + } + } else { // region didn't change + if (currentRegion == 5) { // still in R, keep adding original points + lineData->append(coordsToPixels(it.value().key, it.value().value)); + } else { // still outside R, no need to add anything + // see how this is not doing anything? That's the main optimization... + } + } + prevIt = it; + prevRegion = currentRegion; + ++it; + } + *lineData << trailingPoints; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + It returns the region of the given point (\a x, \a y) with respect to a rectangle defined by \a + rectLeft, \a rectTop, \a rectRight, and \a rectBottom. + + The regions are enumerated from top to bottom and left to right: + + + + + +
147
258
369
+ + With the rectangle being region 5, and the outer regions extending infinitely outwards. In the + curve optimization algorithm, region 5 is considered to be the visible portion of the plot. +*/ +int QCPCurve::getRegion(double x, double y, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const +{ + if (x < rectLeft) { // region 123 + if (y > rectTop) { + return 1; + } else if (y < rectBottom) { + return 3; + } else { + return 2; + } + } else if (x > rectRight) { // region 789 + if (y > rectTop) { + return 7; + } else if (y < rectBottom) { + return 9; + } else { + return 8; + } + } else { // region 456 + if (y > rectTop) { + return 4; + } else if (y < rectBottom) { + return 6; + } else { + return 5; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + This method is used in case the current segment passes from inside the visible rect (region 5, + see \ref getRegion) to any of the outer regions (\a otherRegion). The current segment is given by + the line connecting (\a key, \a value) with (\a otherKey, \a otherValue). + + It returns the intersection point of the segment with the border of region 5. + + For this function it doesn't matter whether (\a key, \a value) is the point inside region 5 or + whether it's (\a otherKey, \a otherValue), i.e. whether the segment is coming from region 5 or + leaving it. It is important though that \a otherRegion correctly identifies the other region not + equal to 5. +*/ +QPointF QCPCurve::getOptimizedPoint(int otherRegion, double otherKey, double otherValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const +{ + double intersectKey = rectLeft; // initial value is just fail-safe + double intersectValue = rectTop; // initial value is just fail-safe + switch (otherRegion) { + case 1: { // top and left edge + intersectValue = rectTop; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + if (intersectKey < rectLeft || intersectKey > rectRight) { // doesn't intersect, so must intersect other: + intersectKey = rectLeft; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + } + break; + } + case 2: { // left edge + intersectKey = rectLeft; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + break; + } + case 3: { // bottom and left edge + intersectValue = rectBottom; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + if (intersectKey < rectLeft || intersectKey > rectRight) { // doesn't intersect, so must intersect other: + intersectKey = rectLeft; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + } + break; + } + case 4: { // top edge + intersectValue = rectTop; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // case 5 shouldn't happen for this function but we add it anyway to prevent potential discontinuity in branch table + } + case 6: { // bottom edge + intersectValue = rectBottom; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + break; + } + case 7: { // top and right edge + intersectValue = rectTop; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + if (intersectKey < rectLeft || intersectKey > rectRight) { // doesn't intersect, so must intersect other: + intersectKey = rectRight; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + } + break; + } + case 8: { // right edge + intersectKey = rectRight; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + break; + } + case 9: { // bottom and right edge + intersectValue = rectBottom; + intersectKey = otherKey + (key - otherKey) / (value - otherValue) * (intersectValue - otherValue); + if (intersectKey < rectLeft || intersectKey > rectRight) { // doesn't intersect, so must intersect other: + intersectKey = rectRight; + intersectValue = otherValue + (value - otherValue) / (key - otherKey) * (intersectKey - otherKey); + } + break; + } + } + return coordsToPixels(intersectKey, intersectValue); +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + In situations where a single segment skips over multiple regions it might become necessary to add + extra points at the corners of region 5 (see \ref getRegion) such that the optimized segment + doesn't unintentionally cut through the visible area of the axis rect and create plot artifacts. + This method provides these points that must be added, assuming the original segment doesn't + start, end, or traverse region 5. (Corner points where region 5 is traversed are calculated by + \ref getTraverseCornerPoints.) + + For example, consider a segment which directly goes from region 4 to 2 but originally is far out + to the top left such that it doesn't cross region 5. Naively optimizing these points by + projecting them on the top and left borders of region 5 will create a segment that surely crosses + 5, creating a visual artifact in the plot. This method prevents this by providing extra points at + the top left corner, making the optimized curve correctly pass from region 4 to 1 to 2 without + traversing 5. +*/ +QVector QCPCurve::getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const +{ + QVector result; + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 9: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (rectLeft - key) + value < rectBottom) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (rectRight - key) + value < rectBottom) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (rectRight - key) + value < rectBottom) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (rectLeft - key) + value < rectBottom) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom) << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + This method returns whether a segment going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion (see \ref + getRegion) may traverse the visible region 5. This function assumes that neither \a prevRegion + nor \a currentRegion is 5 itself. + + If this method returns false, the segment for sure doesn't pass region 5. If it returns true, the + segment may or may not pass region 5 and a more fine-grained calculation must be used (\ref + getTraverse). +*/ +bool QCPCurve::mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: + case 7: + case 2: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 2: + case 6: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 5: + return false; // should never occur + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 4: + case 8: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 6: + case 8: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + default: + return true; + } +} + + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + This method assumes that the \ref mayTraverse test has returned true, so there is a chance the + segment defined by (\a prevKey, \a prevValue) and (\a key, \a value) goes through the visible + region 5. + + The return value of this method indicates whether the segment actually traverses region 5 or not. + + If the segment traverses 5, the output parameters \a crossA and \a crossB indicate the entry and + exit points of region 5. They will become the optimized points for that segment. +*/ +bool QCPCurve::getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const +{ + QList intersections; // x of QPointF corresponds to key and y to value + if (qFuzzyIsNull(key - prevKey)) { // line is parallel to value axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverseR(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, R is traversed here + intersections.append(QPointF(key, rectBottom)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(QPointF(key, rectTop)); + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(value - prevValue)) { // line is parallel to key axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverseR(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, R is traversed here + intersections.append(QPointF(rectLeft, value)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(QPointF(rectRight, value)); + } else { // line is skewed + double gamma; + double keyPerValue = (key - prevKey) / (value - prevValue); + // check top of rect: + gamma = prevKey + (rectTop - prevValue) * keyPerValue; + if (gamma >= rectLeft && gamma <= rectRight) { + intersections.append(QPointF(gamma, rectTop)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + gamma = prevKey + (rectBottom - prevValue) * keyPerValue; + if (gamma >= rectLeft && gamma <= rectRight) { + intersections.append(QPointF(gamma, rectBottom)); + } + double valuePerKey = 1.0 / keyPerValue; + // check left of rect: + gamma = prevValue + (rectLeft - prevKey) * valuePerKey; + if (gamma >= rectBottom && gamma <= rectTop) { + intersections.append(QPointF(rectLeft, gamma)); + } + // check right of rect: + gamma = prevValue + (rectRight - prevKey) * valuePerKey; + if (gamma >= rectBottom && gamma <= rectTop) { + intersections.append(QPointF(rectRight, gamma)); + } + } + + // handle cases where found points isn't exactly 2: + if (intersections.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got duplicate points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance in between: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QPointF pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < intersections.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < intersections.size(); ++k) { + QPointF distPoint = intersections.at(i) - intersections.at(k); + double distSqr = distPoint.x() * distPoint.x() + distPoint.y() + distPoint.y(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = intersections.at(i); + pv2 = intersections.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + intersections = QList() << pv1 << pv2; + } else if (intersections.size() != 2) { + // one or even zero points found (shouldn't happen unless line perfectly tangent to corner), no need to draw segment + return false; + } + + // possibly re-sort points so optimized point segment has same direction as original segment: + if ((key - prevKey) * (intersections.at(1).x() - intersections.at(0).x()) + (value - prevValue) * (intersections.at(1).y() - intersections.at(0).y()) < 0) { // scalar product of both segments < 0 -> opposite direction + intersections.move(0, 1); + } + crossA = coordsToPixels(intersections.at(0).x(), intersections.at(0).y()); + crossB = coordsToPixels(intersections.at(1).x(), intersections.at(1).y()); + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveData. + + This method assumes that the \ref getTraverse test has returned true, so the segment definitely + traverses the visible region 5 when going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion. + + In certain situations it is not sufficient to merely generate the entry and exit points of the + segment into/out of region 5, as \ref getTraverse provides. It may happen that a single segment, in + addition to traversing region 5, skips another region outside of region 5, which makes it + necessary to add an optimized corner point there (very similar to the job \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints does for segments that are completely in outside regions and don't + traverse 5). + + As an example, consider a segment going from region 1 to region 6, traversing the lower left + corner of region 5. In this configuration, the segment additionally crosses the border between + region 1 and 2 before entering region 5. This makes it necessary to add an additional point in + the top left corner, before adding the optimized traverse points. So in this case, the output + parameter \a beforeTraverse will contain the top left corner point, and \a afterTraverse will be + empty. + + In some cases, such as when going from region 1 to 9, it may even be necessary to add additional + corner points before and after the traverse. Then both \a beforeTraverse and \a afterTraverse + return the respective corner points. +*/ +void QCPCurve::getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 7: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // shouldn't happen because this method only handles full traverses + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + case 3: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectTop); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + case 1: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectLeft, rectTop); + break; + } + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(rectRight, rectBottom); + break; + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the (minimum) distance (in pixels) the curve's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint in pixels. This is used to determine whether the curve was clicked or not, e.g. in + \ref selectTest. +*/ +double QCPCurve::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint) const +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "requested point distance on curve" << mName << "without data"; + return 500; + } + if (mData->size() == 1) { + QPointF dataPoint = coordsToPixels(mData->constBegin().key(), mData->constBegin().value().value); + return QVector2D(dataPoint - pixelPoint).length(); + } + + // calculate minimum distance to line segments: + QVector *lineData = new QVector; + getCurveData(lineData); + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + for (int i = 0; i < lineData->size() - 1; ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = distSqrToLine(lineData->at(i), lineData->at(i + 1), pixelPoint); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + delete lineData; + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current; + + QCPCurveDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().key; + if (!qIsNaN(current) && !qIsNaN(it.value().value)) { + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current; + + QCPCurveDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().value; + if (!qIsNaN(current) && !qIsNaN(it.value().key)) { + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + ++it; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarsGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarsGroup + \brief Groups multiple QCPBars together so they appear side by side + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + When showing multiple QCPBars in one plot which have bars at identical keys, it may be desirable + to have them appearing next to each other at each key. This is what adding the respective QCPBars + plottables to a QCPBarsGroup achieves. (An alternative approach is to stack them on top of each + other, see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove.) + + \section qcpbarsgroup-usage Usage + + To add a QCPBars plottable to the group, create a new group and then add the respective bars + intances: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-creation + Alternatively to appending to the group like shown above, you can also set the group on the + QCPBars plottable via \ref QCPBars::setBarsGroup. + + The spacing between the bars can be configured via \ref setSpacingType and \ref setSpacing. The + bars in this group appear in the plot in the order they were appended. To insert a bars plottable + at a certain index position, or to reposition a bars plottable which is already in the group, use + \ref insert. + + To remove specific bars from the group, use either \ref remove or call \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup "QCPBars::setBarsGroup(0)" on the respective bars plottable. + + To clear the entire group, call \ref clear, or simply delete the group. + + \section qcpbarsgroup-example Example + + The image above is generated with the following code: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-example +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPBarsGroup::bars() const + + Returns all bars currently in this group. + + \see bars(int index) +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPBarsGroup::size() const + + Returns the number of QCPBars plottables that are part of this group. + +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this bars group is empty. + + \see size +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::contains(QCPBars *bars) + + Returns whether the specified \a bars plottable is part of this group. + +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new bars group for the specified QCustomPlot instance. +*/ +QCPBarsGroup::QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mSpacingType(stAbsolute), + mSpacing(4) +{ +} + +QCPBarsGroup::~QCPBarsGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets how the spacing between adjacent bars is interpreted. See \ref SpacingType. + + The actual spacing can then be specified with \ref setSpacing. + + \see setSpacing +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType) +{ + mSpacingType = spacingType; +} + +/*! + Sets the spacing between adjacent bars. What the number passed as \a spacing actually means, is + defined by the current \ref SpacingType, which can be set with \ref setSpacingType. + + \see setSpacingType +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacing(double spacing) +{ + mSpacing = spacing; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPBars instance with the specified \a index in this group. If no such QCPBars + exists, returns 0. + + \see bars(), size +*/ +QCPBars *QCPBarsGroup::bars(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mBars.size()) { + return mBars.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all QCPBars plottables from this group. + + \see isEmpty +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::clear() +{ + foreach (QCPBars *bars, mBars) { // since foreach takes a copy, removing bars in the loop is okay + bars->setBarsGroup(0); // removes itself via removeBars + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a bars plottable to this group. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup on the \a bars instance. + + \see insert, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::append(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is already in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts the specified \a bars plottable into this group at the specified index position \a i. + This gives you full control over the ordering of the bars. + + \a bars may already be part of this group. In that case, \a bars is just moved to the new index + position. + + \see append, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::insert(int i, QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + // first append to bars list normally: + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } + // then move to according position: + mBars.move(mBars.indexOf(bars), qBound(0, i, mBars.size() - 1)); +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a bars plottable from this group. + + \see contains, clear +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::remove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(0); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is not in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the specified \a bars to the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change the + barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see unregisterBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::registerBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + mBars.append(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the specified \a bars from the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change + the barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see registerBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + mBars.removeOne(bars); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel offset in the key dimension the specified \a bars plottable should have at the + given key coordinate \a keyCoord. The offset is relative to the pixel position of the key + coordinate \a keyCoord. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + // find list of all base bars in case some mBars are stacked: + QList baseBars; + foreach (const QCPBars *b, mBars) { + while (b->barBelow()) { + b = b->barBelow(); + } + if (!baseBars.contains(b)) { + baseBars.append(b); + } + } + // find base bar this "bars" is stacked on: + const QCPBars *thisBase = bars; + while (thisBase->barBelow()) { + thisBase = thisBase->barBelow(); + } + + // determine key pixel offset of this base bars considering all other base bars in this barsgroup: + double result = 0; + int index = baseBars.indexOf(thisBase); + if (index >= 0) { + int startIndex; + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 1 && index == (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2) { // is center bar (int division on purpose) + return result; + } else if (index < (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2.0) { // bar is to the left of center + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 0) { // even number of bars + startIndex = baseBars.size() / 2 - 1; + result -= getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(startIndex), keyCoord) * 0.5; // half of middle spacing + } else { // uneven number of bars + startIndex = (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2 - 1; + baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result -= qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; // half of center bar + result -= getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2), keyCoord); // center bar spacing + } + for (int i = startIndex; i > index; --i) { // add widths and spacings of bars in between center and our bars + baseBars.at(i)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result -= qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth); + result -= getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(i), keyCoord); + } + // finally half of our bars width: + baseBars.at(index)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result -= qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; + } else { // bar is to the right of center + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 0) { // even number of bars + startIndex = baseBars.size() / 2; + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(startIndex), keyCoord) * 0.5; // half of middle spacing + } else { // uneven number of bars + startIndex = (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2 + 1; + baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; // half of center bar + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2), keyCoord); // center bar spacing + } + for (int i = startIndex; i < index; ++i) { // add widths and spacings of bars in between center and our bars + baseBars.at(i)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth); + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(i), keyCoord); + } + // finally half of our bars width: + baseBars.at(index)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the spacing in pixels which is between this \a bars and the following one, both at the + key coordinate \a keyCoord. + + \note Typically the returned value doesn't depend on \a bars or \a keyCoord. \a bars is only + needed to get acces to the key axis transformation and axis rect for the modes \ref + stAxisRectRatio and \ref stPlotCoords. The \a keyCoord is only relevant for spacings given in + \ref stPlotCoords on a logarithmic axis. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + switch (mSpacingType) { + case stAbsolute: { + return mSpacing; + } + case stAxisRectRatio: { + if (bars->keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->width() * mSpacing; + } else { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->height() * mSpacing; + } + } + case stPlotCoords: { + double keyPixel = bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord); + return bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord + mSpacing) - keyPixel; + } + } + return 0; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point (one bar) for QCPBars. + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPBarDataMap. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this bar + \li \a value: height coordinate on the value axis of this bar + + \see QCPBarDataaMap +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPBarData::QCPBarData() : + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with the specified \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPBarData::QCPBarData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBars +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBars + \brief A plottable representing a bar chart in a plot. + + \image html QCPBars.png + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the bars is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + The width of the individual bars can be controlled with \ref setWidthType and \ref setWidth. + + Bar charts are stackable. This means, two QCPBars plottables can be placed on top of each other + (see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove). So when two bars are at the same key position, they will appear + stacked. + + If you would like to group multiple QCPBars plottables together so they appear side by side as + shown below, use QCPBarsGroup. + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + \section usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPBars is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-1 + add it to the customPlot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-2 + and then modify the properties of the newly created plottable, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-3 +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barBelow() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly below this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns 0. + + \see barAbove, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barAbove() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly above this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns 0. + + \see barBelow, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a bar chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The constructed QCPBars can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot + then takes ownership of the bar chart. +*/ +QCPBars::QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mData(new QCPBarDataMap), + mWidth(0.75), + mWidthType(wtPlotCoords), + mBarsGroup(0), + mBaseValue(0) +{ + // modify inherited properties from abstract plottable: + mPen.setColor(Qt::blue); + mPen.setStyle(Qt::SolidLine); + mBrush.setColor(QColor(40, 50, 255, 30)); + mBrush.setStyle(Qt::SolidPattern); + mSelectedPen = mPen; + mSelectedPen.setWidthF(2.5); + mSelectedPen.setColor(QColor(80, 80, 255)); // lighter than Qt::blue of mPen + mSelectedBrush = mBrush; +} + +QCPBars::~QCPBars() +{ + setBarsGroup(0); + if (mBarBelow || mBarAbove) { + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // take this bar out of any stacking + } + delete mData; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the bars. + + How the number passed as \a width is interpreted (e.g. screen pixels, plot coordinates,...), + depends on the currently set width type, see \ref setWidthType and \ref WidthType. +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets how the width of the bars is defined. See the documentation of \ref WidthType for an + explanation of the possible values for \a widthType. + + The default value is \ref wtPlotCoords. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidthType(QCPBars::WidthType widthType) +{ + mWidthType = widthType; +} + +/*! + Sets to which QCPBarsGroup this QCPBars instance belongs to. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBarsGroup::append. + + To remove this QCPBars from any group, set \a barsGroup to 0. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup) +{ + // deregister at old group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->unregisterBars(this); + } + mBarsGroup = barsGroup; + // register at new group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->registerBars(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the base value of this bars plottable. + + The base value defines where on the value coordinate the bars start. How far the bars extend from + the base value is given by their individual value data. For example, if the base value is set to + 1, a bar with data value 2 will have its lowest point at value coordinate 1 and highest point at + 3. + + For stacked bars, only the base value of the bottom-most QCPBars has meaning. + + The default base value is 0. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBaseValue(double baseValue) +{ + mBaseValue = baseValue; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, data points in \a data will only be copied. if false, the plottable + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(QCPBarDataMap *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mData = *data; + } else { + delete mData; + mData = data; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a key and \a value tuples. The + provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of + the smallest vector. +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, value.size()); + QCPBarData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = key[i]; + newData.value = value[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable below \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + below the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object below itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to 0. + + \see moveBelow, barAbove, barBelow +*/ +void QCPBars::moveBelow(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar below it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarBelow) { + connectBars(bars->mBarBelow.data(), this); + } + connectBars(this, bars); + } +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable above \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + above the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object above itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to 0. + + \see moveBelow, barBelow, barAbove +*/ +void QCPBars::moveAbove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar above it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarAbove) { + connectBars(this, bars->mBarAbove.data()); + } + connectBars(bars, this); + } +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a dataMap to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(const QCPBarDataMap &dataMap) +{ + mData->unite(dataMap); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point in \a data to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(const QCPBarData &data) +{ + mData->insertMulti(data.key, data); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided single data point as \a key and \a value tuple to the current data + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(double key, double value) +{ + QCPBarData newData; + newData.key = key; + newData.value = value; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data points as \a key and \a value tuples to the current data. + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + int n = keys.size(); + n = qMin(n, values.size()); + QCPBarData newData; + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + newData.key = keys[i]; + newData.value = values[i]; + mData->insertMulti(newData.key, newData); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with key smaller than \a key. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPBars::removeDataBefore(double key) +{ + QCPBarDataMap::iterator it = mData->begin(); + while (it != mData->end() && it.key() < key) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with key greater than \a key. + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPBars::removeDataAfter(double key) +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPBarDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(key); + while (it != mData->end()) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with key between \a fromKey and \a toKey. if \a fromKey is + greater or equal to \a toKey, the function does nothing. To remove a single data point with known + key, use \ref removeData(double key). + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPBars::removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) +{ + if (fromKey >= toKey || mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPBarDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(fromKey); + QCPBarDataMap::iterator itEnd = mData->upperBound(toKey); + while (it != itEnd) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a key. If the position is not known with absolute precision, + consider using \ref removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) with a small fuzziness interval + around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the key is known. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPBars::removeData(double key) +{ + mData->remove(key); +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + \see removeData, removeDataAfter, removeDataBefore +*/ +void QCPBars::clearData() +{ + mData->clear(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPBars::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + QCPBarDataMap::ConstIterator it; + for (it = mData->constBegin(); it != mData->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (getBarPolygon(it.value().key, it.value().value).boundingRect().contains(pos)) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator it, lower, upperEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(lower, upperEnd); + for (it = lower; it != upperEnd; ++it) { + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it.value().key, it.value().value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it.key() << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +#endif + QPolygonF barPolygon = getBarPolygon(it.key(), it.value().value); + // draw bar fill: + if (mainBrush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && mainBrush().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawPolygon(barPolygon); + } + // draw bar line: + if (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawPolyline(barPolygon); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref draw to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key axis range + setting, so only that needs to be processed. It also takes into account the bar width. + + \a lower returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a upperEnd returns an iterator one higher than the highest visible data point. Same as before, \a + upperEnd may also lie just outside of the visible range. + + if the bars plottable contains no data, both \a lower and \a upperEnd point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPBars::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator &upperEnd) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + lower = mData->constEnd(); + upperEnd = mData->constEnd(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range as QMap iterators + lower = mData->lowerBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + upperEnd = mData->upperBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + double lowerPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + double upperPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + bool isVisible = false; + // walk left from lbound to find lower bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator it = lower; + while (it != mData->constBegin()) { + --it; + QRectF barBounds = getBarPolygon(it.value().key, it.value().value).boundingRect(); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.right() >= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.left() <= lowerPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.top() <= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.bottom() >= lowerPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + lower = it; + } else { + break; + } + } + // walk right from ubound to find upper bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + it = upperEnd; + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + QRectF barBounds = getBarPolygon(upperEnd.value().key, upperEnd.value().value).boundingRect(); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.left() <= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.right() >= upperPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.bottom() >= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barBounds.top() <= upperPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + upperEnd = it + 1; + } else { + break; + } + ++it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the polygon of a single bar with \a key and \a value. The Polygon is open at the bottom + and shifted according to the bar stacking (see \ref moveAbove) and base value (see \ref + setBaseValue). +*/ +QPolygonF QCPBars::getBarPolygon(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + + QPolygonF result; + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + getPixelWidth(key, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + double base = getStackedBaseValue(key, value >= 0); + double basePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base); + double valuePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base + value); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, key); + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result << QPointF(keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth, basePixel); + result << QPointF(keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth, valuePixel); + result << QPointF(keyPixel + upperPixelWidth, valuePixel); + result << QPointF(keyPixel + upperPixelWidth, basePixel); + } else { + result << QPointF(basePixel, keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth); + result << QPointF(valuePixel, keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth); + result << QPointF(valuePixel, keyPixel + upperPixelWidth); + result << QPointF(basePixel, keyPixel + upperPixelWidth); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is used to determine the width of the bar at coordinate \a key, according to the + specified width (\ref setWidth) and width type (\ref setWidthType). + + The output parameters \a lower and \a upper return the number of pixels the bar extends to lower + and higher keys, relative to the \a key coordinate (so with a non-reversed horizontal axis, \a + lower is negative and \a upper positive). +*/ +void QCPBars::getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const +{ + switch (mWidthType) { + case wtAbsolute: { + upper = mWidth * 0.5; + lower = -upper; + if (mKeyAxis && (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() ^ (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical))) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } + break; + } + case wtAxisRectRatio: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()) { + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->width() * mWidth * 0.5; + } else { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->height() * mWidth * 0.5; + } + lower = -upper; + if (mKeyAxis && (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() ^ (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical))) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis or axis rect defined"; + } + break; + } + case wtPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + double keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key); + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key + mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + lower = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key - mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + // no need to qSwap(lower, higher) when range reversed, because higher/lower are gained by + // coordinate transform which includes range direction + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis defined"; + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called to find at which value to start drawing the base of a bar at \a key, when + it is stacked on top of another QCPBars (e.g. with \ref moveAbove). + + positive and negative bars are separated per stack (positive are stacked above baseValue upwards, + negative are stacked below baseValue downwards). This can be indicated with \a positive. So if the + bar for which we need the base value is negative, set \a positive to false. +*/ +double QCPBars::getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const +{ + if (mBarBelow) { + double max = 0; // don't use mBaseValue here because only base value of bottom-most bar has meaning in a bar stack + // find bars of mBarBelow that are approximately at key and find largest one: + double epsilon = qAbs(key) * 1e-6; // should be safe even when changed to use float at some point + if (key == 0) { + epsilon = 1e-6; + } + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator it = mBarBelow.data()->mData->lowerBound(key - epsilon); + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator itEnd = mBarBelow.data()->mData->upperBound(key + epsilon); + while (it != itEnd) { + if ((positive && it.value().value > max) || + (!positive && it.value().value < max)) { + max = it.value().value; + } + ++it; + } + // recurse down the bar-stack to find the total height: + return max + mBarBelow.data()->getStackedBaseValue(key, positive); + } else { + return mBaseValue; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Connects \a below and \a above to each other via their mBarAbove/mBarBelow properties. The bar(s) + currently above lower and below upper will become disconnected to lower/upper. + + If lower is zero, upper will be disconnected at the bottom. + If upper is zero, lower will be disconnected at the top. +*/ +void QCPBars::connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper) +{ + if (!lower && !upper) { + return; + } + + if (!lower) { // disconnect upper at bottom + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = 0; + } + upper->mBarBelow = 0; + } else if (!upper) { // disconnect lower at top + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = 0; + } + lower->mBarAbove = 0; + } else { // connect lower and upper + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = 0; + } + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = 0; + } + lower->mBarAbove = upper; + upper->mBarBelow = lower; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current; + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().key; + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + // determine exact range of bars by including bar width and barsgroup offset: + if (haveLower && mKeyAxis) { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth, keyPixel; + getPixelWidth(range.lower, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.lower) + lowerPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.lower); + } + range.lower = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + } + if (haveUpper && mKeyAxis) { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth, keyPixel; + getPixelWidth(range.upper, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.upper) + upperPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.upper); + } + range.upper = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + } + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + range.lower = mBaseValue; + range.upper = mBaseValue; + bool haveLower = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + bool haveUpper = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + double current; + + QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().value + getStackedBaseValue(it.value().key, it.value().value >= 0); + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + + foundRange = true; // return true because bar charts always have the 0-line visible + return range; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPStatisticalBox +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPStatisticalBox + \brief A plottable representing a single statistical box in a plot. + + \image html QCPStatisticalBox.png + + To plot data, assign it with the individual parameter functions or use \ref setData to set all + parameters at once. The individual functions are: + \li \ref setMinimum + \li \ref setLowerQuartile + \li \ref setMedian + \li \ref setUpperQuartile + \li \ref setMaximum + + Additionally you can define a list of outliers, drawn as scatter datapoints: + \li \ref setOutliers + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the box itself is controlled via \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. You may change + the width of the box with \ref setWidth in plot coordinates (not pixels). + + Analog functions exist for the minimum/maximum-whiskers: \ref setWhiskerPen, \ref + setWhiskerBarPen, \ref setWhiskerWidth. The whisker width is the width of the bar at the top + (maximum) and bottom (minimum). + + The median indicator line has its own pen, \ref setMedianPen. + + If the whisker backbone pen is changed, make sure to set the capStyle to Qt::FlatCap. Else, the + backbone line might exceed the whisker bars by a few pixels due to the pen cap being not + perfectly flat. + + The Outlier data points are drawn as normal scatter points. Their look can be controlled with + \ref setOutlierStyle + + \section usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPStatisticalBox is a plottable. + Usually, you first create an instance and add it to the customPlot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-1 + and then modify the properties of the newly created plottable, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-2 +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a statistical box which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its + value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and + not have the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The constructed statistical box can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, + QCustomPlot then takes ownership of the statistical box. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBox::QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mKey(0), + mMinimum(0), + mLowerQuartile(0), + mMedian(0), + mUpperQuartile(0), + mMaximum(0) +{ + setOutlierStyle(QCPScatterStyle(QCPScatterStyle::ssCircle, Qt::blue, 6)); + setWhiskerWidth(0.2); + setWidth(0.5); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2.5)); + setMedianPen(QPen(Qt::black, 3, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::FlatCap)); + setWhiskerPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::DashLine, Qt::FlatCap)); + setWhiskerBarPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +/*! + Sets the key coordinate of the statistical box. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setKey(double key) +{ + mKey = key; +} + +/*! + Sets the parameter "minimum" of the statistical box plot. This is the position of the lower + whisker, typically the minimum measurement of the sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \see setMaximum, setWhiskerPen, setWhiskerBarPen, setWhiskerWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMinimum(double value) +{ + mMinimum = value; +} + +/*! + Sets the parameter "lower Quartile" of the statistical box plot. This is the lower end of the + box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two statistical quartiles around the median of the + sample, they contain 50% of the sample data. + + \see setUpperQuartile, setPen, setBrush, setWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setLowerQuartile(double value) +{ + mLowerQuartile = value; +} + +/*! + Sets the parameter "median" of the statistical box plot. This is the value of the median mark + inside the quartile box. The median separates the sample data in half (50% of the sample data is + below/above the median). + + \see setMedianPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMedian(double value) +{ + mMedian = value; +} + +/*! + Sets the parameter "upper Quartile" of the statistical box plot. This is the upper end of the + box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two statistical quartiles around the median of the + sample, they contain 50% of the sample data. + + \see setLowerQuartile, setPen, setBrush, setWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setUpperQuartile(double value) +{ + mUpperQuartile = value; +} + +/*! + Sets the parameter "maximum" of the statistical box plot. This is the position of the upper + whisker, typically the maximum measurement of the sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \see setMinimum, setWhiskerPen, setWhiskerBarPen, setWhiskerWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMaximum(double value) +{ + mMaximum = value; +} + +/*! + Sets a vector of outlier values that will be drawn as scatters. Any data points in the sample + that are not within the whiskers (\ref setMinimum, \ref setMaximum) should be considered outliers + and displayed as such. + + \see setOutlierStyle +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setOutliers(const QVector &values) +{ + mOutliers = values; +} + +/*! + Sets all parameters of the statistical box plot at once. + + \see setKey, setMinimum, setLowerQuartile, setMedian, setUpperQuartile, setMaximum +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum) +{ + setKey(key); + setMinimum(minimum); + setLowerQuartile(lowerQuartile); + setMedian(median); + setUpperQuartile(upperQuartile); + setMaximum(maximum); +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the box in key coordinates. + + \see setWhiskerWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the whiskers (\ref setMinimum, \ref setMaximum) in key coordinates. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerWidth(double width) +{ + mWhiskerWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker backbone (That's the line parallel to the value axis). + + Make sure to set the \a pen capStyle to Qt::FlatCap to prevent the whisker backbone from reaching + a few pixels past the whisker bars, when using a non-zero pen width. + + \see setWhiskerBarPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker bars (Those are the lines parallel to the key axis at + each end of the whisker backbone). + + \see setWhiskerPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerBarPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the median indicator line inside the statistical box. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMedianPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mMedianPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the appearance of the outlier data points. + + \see setOutliers +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mOutlierStyle = style; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::clearData() +{ + setOutliers(QVector()); + setKey(0); + setMinimum(0); + setLowerQuartile(0); + setMedian(0); + setUpperQuartile(0); + setMaximum(0); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPStatisticalBox::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + // quartile box: + QCPRange keyRange(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mKey + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange valueRange(mLowerQuartile, mUpperQuartile); + if (keyRange.contains(posKey) && valueRange.contains(posValue)) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + + // min/max whiskers: + if (QCPRange(mMinimum, mMaximum).contains(posValue)) { + return qAbs(mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey) - mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(posKey)); + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(mKey, mMedian) || + QCP::isInvalidData(mLowerQuartile, mUpperQuartile) || + QCP::isInvalidData(mMinimum, mMaximum)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << mKey << "of drawn range has invalid data." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + for (int i = 0; i < mOutliers.size(); ++i) + if (QCP::isInvalidData(mOutliers.at(i))) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point outlier at" << mKey << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +#endif + + QRectF quartileBox; + drawQuartileBox(painter, &quartileBox); + + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(quartileBox, Qt::IntersectClip); + drawMedian(painter); + painter->restore(); + + drawWhiskers(painter); + drawOutliers(painter); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the quartile box. \a box is an output parameter that returns the quartile box (in pixel + coordinates) which is used to set the clip rect of the painter before calling \ref drawMedian (so + the median doesn't draw outside the quartile box). +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawQuartileBox(QCPPainter *painter, QRectF *quartileBox) const +{ + QRectF box; + box.setTopLeft(coordsToPixels(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mUpperQuartile)); + box.setBottomRight(coordsToPixels(mKey + mWidth * 0.5, mLowerQuartile)); + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(box); + if (quartileBox) { + *quartileBox = box; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the median line inside the quartile box. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawMedian(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + QLineF medianLine; + medianLine.setP1(coordsToPixels(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mMedian)); + medianLine.setP2(coordsToPixels(mKey + mWidth * 0.5, mMedian)); + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mMedianPen); + painter->drawLine(medianLine); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws both whisker backbones and bars. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawWhiskers(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + QLineF backboneMin, backboneMax, barMin, barMax; + backboneMax.setPoints(coordsToPixels(mKey, mUpperQuartile), coordsToPixels(mKey, mMaximum)); + backboneMin.setPoints(coordsToPixels(mKey, mLowerQuartile), coordsToPixels(mKey, mMinimum)); + barMax.setPoints(coordsToPixels(mKey - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, mMaximum), coordsToPixels(mKey + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, mMaximum)); + barMin.setPoints(coordsToPixels(mKey - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, mMinimum), coordsToPixels(mKey + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, mMinimum)); + applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerPen); + painter->drawLine(backboneMin); + painter->drawLine(backboneMax); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerBarPen); + painter->drawLine(barMin); + painter->drawLine(barMax); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the outlier scatter points. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawOutliers(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + mOutlierStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < mOutliers.size(); ++i) { + mOutlierStyle.drawShape(painter, coordsToPixels(mKey, mOutliers.at(i))); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + foundRange = true; + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth) { + return QCPRange(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mKey + mWidth * 0.5); + } else if (inSignDomain == sdNegative) { + if (mKey + mWidth * 0.5 < 0) { + return QCPRange(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mKey + mWidth * 0.5); + } else if (mKey < 0) { + return QCPRange(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mKey); + } else { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + } else if (inSignDomain == sdPositive) { + if (mKey - mWidth * 0.5 > 0) { + return QCPRange(mKey - mWidth * 0.5, mKey + mWidth * 0.5); + } else if (mKey > 0) { + return QCPRange(mKey, mKey + mWidth * 0.5); + } else { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + } + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QVector values; // values that must be considered (i.e. all outliers and the five box-parameters) + values.reserve(mOutliers.size() + 5); + values << mMaximum << mUpperQuartile << mMedian << mLowerQuartile << mMinimum; + values << mOutliers; + // go through values and find the ones in legal range: + bool haveUpper = false; + bool haveLower = false; + double upper = 0; + double lower = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < values.size(); ++i) { + if ((inSignDomain == sdNegative && values.at(i) < 0) || + (inSignDomain == sdPositive && values.at(i) > 0) || + (inSignDomain == sdBoth)) { + if (values.at(i) > upper || !haveUpper) { + upper = values.at(i); + haveUpper = true; + } + if (values.at(i) < lower || !haveLower) { + lower = values.at(i); + haveLower = true; + } + } + } + // return the bounds if we found some sensible values: + if (haveLower && haveUpper) { + foundRange = true; + return QCPRange(lower, upper); + } else { // might happen if all values are in other sign domain + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMapData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMapData + \brief Holds the two-dimensional data of a QCPColorMap plottable. + + This class is a data storage for \ref QCPColorMap. It holds a two-dimensional array, which \ref + QCPColorMap then displays as a 2D image in the plot, where the array values are represented by a + color, depending on the value. + + The size of the array can be controlled via \ref setSize (or \ref setKeySize, \ref setValueSize). + Which plot coordinates these cells correspond to can be configured with \ref setRange (or \ref + setKeyRange, \ref setValueRange). + + The data cells can be accessed in two ways: They can be directly addressed by an integer index + with \ref setCell. This is the fastest method. Alternatively, they can be addressed by their plot + coordinate with \ref setData. plot coordinate to cell index transformations and vice versa are + provided by the functions \ref coordToCell and \ref cellToCoord. + + This class also buffers the minimum and maximum values that are in the data set, to provide + QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange with the necessary information quickly. Setting a cell to a value + that is greater than the current maximum increases this maximum to the new value. However, + setting the cell that currently holds the maximum value to a smaller value doesn't decrease the + maximum again, because finding the true new maximum would require going through the entire data + array, which might be time consuming. The same holds for the data minimum. This functionality is + given by \ref recalculateDataBounds, such that you can decide when it is sensible to find the + true current minimum and maximum. The method QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange offers a convenience + parameter \a recalculateDataBounds which may be set to true to automatically call \ref + recalculateDataBounds internally. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPColorMapData::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this instance carries no data. This is equivalent to having a size where at least + one of the dimensions is 0 (see \ref setSize). +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance. The instance has \a keySize cells in the key direction + and \a valueSize cells in the value direction. These cells will be displayed by the \ref QCPColorMap + at the coordinates \a keyRange and \a valueRange. + + \see setSize, setKeySize, setValueSize, setRange, setKeyRange, setValueRange +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mKeyRange(keyRange), + mValueRange(valueRange), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(0), + mDataModified(true) +{ + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + fill(0); +} + +QCPColorMapData::~QCPColorMapData() +{ + if (mData) { + delete[] mData; + } +} + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance copying the data and range of \a other. +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(0), + mDataModified(true) +{ + *this = other; +} + +/*! + Overwrites this color map data instance with the data stored in \a other. +*/ +QCPColorMapData &QCPColorMapData::operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other) +{ + if (&other != this) { + const int keySize = other.keySize(); + const int valueSize = other.valueSize(); + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + setRange(other.keyRange(), other.valueRange()); + if (!mIsEmpty) { + memcpy(mData, other.mData, sizeof(mData[0])*keySize * valueSize); + } + mDataBounds = other.mDataBounds; + mDataModified = true; + } + return *this; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::data(double key, double value) +{ + int keyCell = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + int valueCell = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension and \a valueSize cells in + the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting at least one of \a keySize or \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref + isEmpty returns true. + + \see setRange, setKeySize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setSize(int keySize, int valueSize) +{ + if (keySize != mKeySize || valueSize != mValueSize) { + mKeySize = keySize; + mValueSize = valueSize; + if (mData) { + delete[] mData; + } + mIsEmpty = mKeySize == 0 || mValueSize == 0; + if (!mIsEmpty) { +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // 2D arrays get memory intensive fast. So if the allocation fails, at least output debug message +#endif + mData = new double[mKeySize * mValueSize]; +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + mData = 0; + } +#endif + if (mData) { + fill(0); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "out of memory for data dimensions " << mKeySize << "*" << mValueSize; + } + } else { + mData = 0; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a keySize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setKeyRange, setSize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeySize(int keySize) +{ + setSize(keySize, mValueSize); +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a valueSize cells in the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setValueRange, setSize, setKeySize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueSize(int valueSize) +{ + setSize(mKeySize, valueSize); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate ranges the data shall be distributed over. This defines the rectangular area + covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + setKeyRange(keyRange); + setValueRange(valueRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the key dimension. Together with + the value range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setValueRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange) +{ + mKeyRange = keyRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the value dimension. Together with + the key range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the value size (\ref setValueSize) is 3 and \a valueRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there + will be cells centered on the value coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setKeyRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + mValueRange = valueRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell, which lies at the plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value, to \a + z. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. + + \see setCell, setRange +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setData(double key, double value, double z) +{ + int keyCell = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + int valueCell = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell with indices \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to \a z. The indices + enumerate the cells starting from zero, up to the map's size-1 in the respective dimension (see + \ref setSize). + + In the standard plot configuration (horizontal key axis and vertical value axis, both not + range-reversed), the cell with indices (0, 0) is in the bottom left corner and the cell with + indices (keySize-1, valueSize-1) is in the top right corner of the color map. + + \see setData, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Goes through the data and updates the buffered minimum and maximum data values. + + Calling this method is only advised if you are about to call \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange + and can not guarantee that the cells holding the maximum or minimum data haven't been overwritten + with a smaller or larger value respectively, since the buffered maximum/minimum values have been + updated the last time. Why this is the case is explained in the class description (\ref + QCPColorMapData). + + Note that the method \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange provides a parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds for convenience. Setting this to true will call this method for you, before + doing the rescale. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds() +{ + if (mKeySize > 0 && mValueSize > 0) { + double minHeight = mData[0]; + double maxHeight = mData[0]; + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + if (mData[i] > maxHeight) { + maxHeight = mData[i]; + } + if (mData[i] < minHeight) { + minHeight = mData[i]; + } + } + mDataBounds.lower = minHeight; + mDataBounds.upper = maxHeight; + } +} + +/*! + Frees the internal data memory. + + This is equivalent to calling \ref setSize "setSize(0, 0)". +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::clear() +{ + setSize(0, 0); +} + +/*! + Sets all cells to the value \a z. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::fill(double z) +{ + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + mData[i] = z; + } + mDataBounds = QCPRange(z, z); + mDataModified = true; +} + +/*! + Transforms plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting cell indices are returned via the output parameters \a keyIndex and \a + valueIndex. + + The retrieved key/value cell indices can then be used for example with \ref setCell. + + If you are only interested in a key or value index, you may pass 0 as \a valueIndex or \a + keyIndex. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::coordToCell method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see cellToCoord, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const +{ + if (keyIndex) { + *keyIndex = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + } + if (valueIndex) { + *valueIndex = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + } +} + +/*! + Transforms cell indices given by \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting coordinates are returned via the output parameters \a key and \a + value. + + If you are only interested in a key or value coordinate, you may pass 0 as \a key or \a + value. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see coordToCell, QCPAxis::pixelToCoord +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const +{ + if (key) { + *key = keyIndex / (double)(mKeySize - 1) * (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) + mKeyRange.lower; + } + if (value) { + *value = valueIndex / (double)(mValueSize - 1) * (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) + mValueRange.lower; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMap + \brief A plottable representing a two-dimensional color map in a plot. + + \image html QCPColorMap.png + + The data is stored in the class \ref QCPColorMapData, which can be accessed via the data() + method. + + A color map has three dimensions to represent a data point: The \a key dimension, the \a value + dimension and the \a data dimension. As with other plottables such as graphs, \a key and \a value + correspond to two orthogonal axes on the QCustomPlot surface that you specify in the QCPColorMap + constructor. The \a data dimension however is encoded as the color of the point at (\a key, \a + value). + + Set the number of points (or \a cells) in the key/value dimension via \ref + QCPColorMapData::setSize. The plot coordinate range over which these points will be displayed is + specified via \ref QCPColorMapData::setRange. The first cell will be centered on the lower range + boundary and the last cell will be centered on the upper range boundary. The data can be set by + either accessing the cells directly with QCPColorMapData::setCell or by addressing the cells via + their plot coordinates with \ref QCPColorMapData::setData. If possible, you should prefer + setCell, since it doesn't need to do any coordinate transformation and thus performs a bit + better. + + The cell with index (0, 0) is at the bottom left, if the color map uses normal (i.e. not reversed) + key and value axes. + + To show the user which colors correspond to which \a data values, a \ref QCPColorScale is + typically placed to the right of the axis rect. See the documentation there for details on how to + add and use a color scale. + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + The central part of the appearance is the color gradient, which can be specified via \ref + setGradient. See the documentation of \ref QCPColorGradient for details on configuring a color + gradient. + + The \a data range that is mapped to the colors of the gradient can be specified with \ref + setDataRange. To make the data range encompass the whole data set minimum to maximum, call \ref + rescaleDataRange. + + \section usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPColorMap is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance and add it to the customPlot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-1 + and then modify the properties of the newly created color map, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-2 + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPColorMapData *QCPColorMap::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPColorMapData. Access this to + modify data points (cells) and the color map key/value range. + + \see setData +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataRangeChanged(QCPRange newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a color map with the specified \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis. + + The constructed QCPColorMap can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot + then takes ownership of the color map. +*/ +QCPColorMap::QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mMapData(new QCPColorMapData(10, 10, QCPRange(0, 5), QCPRange(0, 5))), + mInterpolate(true), + mTightBoundary(false), + mMapImageInvalidated(true) +{ +} + +QCPColorMap::~QCPColorMap() +{ + delete mMapData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current \ref data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, the \a data object will only be copied. if false, the color map + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mMapData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mMapData = *data; + } else { + delete mMapData; + mMapData = data; + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the data range of this color map to \a dataRange. The data range defines which data values + are mapped to the color gradient. + + To make the data range span the full range of the data set, use \ref rescaleDataRange. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (!QCPRange::validRange(dataRange)) { + return; + } + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the data is correlated with the color gradient linearly or logarithmically. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that is used to represent the data. For more details on how to create an + own gradient or use one of the preset gradients, see \ref QCPColorGradient. + + The colors defined by the gradient will be used to represent data values in the currently set + data range, see \ref setDataRange. Data points that are outside this data range will either be + colored uniformly with the respective gradient boundary color, or the gradient will repeat, + depending on \ref QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic. + + \see QCPColorScale::setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the color map image shall use bicubic interpolation when displaying the color map + shrinked or expanded, and not at a 1:1 pixel-to-data scale. + + \image html QCPColorMap-interpolate.png "A 10*10 color map, with interpolation and without interpolation enabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setInterpolate(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolate = enabled; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; // because oversampling factors might need to change +} + +/*! + Sets whether the outer most data rows and columns are clipped to the specified key and value + range (see \ref QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange, \ref QCPColorMapData::setValueRange). + + if \a enabled is set to false, the data points at the border of the color map are drawn with the + same width and height as all other data points. Since the data points are represented by + rectangles of one color centered on the data coordinate, this means that the shown color map + extends by half a data point over the specified key/value range in each direction. + + \image html QCPColorMap-tightboundary.png "A color map, with tight boundary enabled and disabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setTightBoundary(bool enabled) +{ + mTightBoundary = enabled; +} + +/*! + Associates the color scale \a colorScale with this color map. + + This means that both the color scale and the color map synchronize their gradient, data range and + data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps + can be associated with one single color scale. This causes the color maps to also synchronize + those properties, via the mutual color scale. + + This function causes the color map to adopt the current color gradient, data range and data scale + type of \a colorScale. After this call, you may change these properties at either the color map + or the color scale, and the setting will be applied to both. + + Pass 0 as \a colorScale to disconnect the color scale from this color map again. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale) +{ + if (mColorScale) { // unconnect signals from old color scale + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + mColorScale = colorScale; + if (mColorScale) { // connect signals to new color scale + setGradient(mColorScale.data()->gradient()); + setDataRange(mColorScale.data()->dataRange()); + setDataScaleType(mColorScale.data()->dataScaleType()); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data range (\ref setDataRange) to span the minimum and maximum values that occur in the + current data set. This corresponds to the \ref rescaleKeyAxis or \ref rescaleValueAxis methods, + only for the third data dimension of the color map. + + The minimum and maximum values of the data set are buffered in the internal QCPColorMapData + instance (\ref data). As data is updated via its \ref QCPColorMapData::setCell or \ref + QCPColorMapData::setData, the buffered minimum and maximum values are updated, too. For + performance reasons, however, they are only updated in an expanding fashion. So the buffered + maximum can only increase and the buffered minimum can only decrease. In consequence, changes to + the data that actually lower the maximum of the data set (by overwriting the cell holding the + current maximum with a smaller value), aren't recognized and the buffered maximum overestimates + the true maximum of the data set. The same happens for the buffered minimum. To recalculate the + true minimum and maximum by explicitly looking at each cell, the method + QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds can be used. For convenience, setting the parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds calls this method before setting the data range to the buffered minimum and + maximum. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds) +{ + if (recalculateDataBounds) { + mMapData->recalculateDataBounds(); + } + setDataRange(mMapData->dataBounds()); +} + +/*! + Takes the current appearance of the color map and updates the legend icon, which is used to + represent this color map in the legend (see \ref QCPLegend). + + The \a transformMode specifies whether the rescaling is done by a faster, low quality image + scaling algorithm (Qt::FastTransformation) or by a slower, higher quality algorithm + (Qt::SmoothTransformation). + + The current color map appearance is scaled down to \a thumbSize. Ideally, this should be equal to + the size of the legend icon (see \ref QCPLegend::setIconSize). If it isn't exactly the configured + legend icon size, the thumb will be rescaled during drawing of the legend item. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode, const QSize &thumbSize) +{ + if (mMapImage.isNull() && !data()->isEmpty()) { + updateMapImage(); // try to update map image if it's null (happens if no draw has happened yet) + } + + if (!mMapImage.isNull()) { // might still be null, e.g. if data is empty, so check here again + bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + mLegendIcon = QPixmap::fromImage(mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)).scaled(thumbSize, Qt::KeepAspectRatio, transformMode); + } +} + +/*! + Clears the colormap data by calling \ref QCPColorMapData::clear() on the internal data. This also + resizes the map to 0x0 cells. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::clearData() +{ + mMapData->clear(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPColorMap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (mMapData->keyRange().contains(posKey) && mMapData->valueRange().contains(posValue)) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal map image buffer by going through the internal \ref QCPColorMapData and + turning the data values into color pixels with \ref QCPColorGradient::colorize. + + This method is called by \ref QCPColorMap::draw if either the data has been modified or the map image + has been invalidated for a different reason (e.g. a change of the data range with \ref + setDataRange). + + If the map cell count is low, the image created will be oversampled in order to avoid a + QPainter::drawImage bug which makes inner pixel boundaries jitter when stretch-drawing images + without smooth transform enabled. Accordingly, oversampling isn't performed if \ref + setInterpolate is true. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateMapImage() +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + return; + } + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const int keySize = mMapData->keySize(); + const int valueSize = mMapData->valueSize(); + int keyOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : (int)(1.0 + 100.0 / (double)keySize); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + int valueOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : (int)(1.0 + 100.0 / (double)valueSize); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + + // resize mMapImage to correct dimensions including possible oversampling factors, according to key/value axes orientation: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mMapImage.width() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor), QImage::Format_RGB32); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mMapImage.width() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor), QImage::Format_RGB32); + } + + QImage *localMapImage = &mMapImage; // this is the image on which the colorization operates. Either the final mMapImage, or if we need oversampling, mUndersampledMapImage + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + // resize undersampled map image to actual key/value cell sizes: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != keySize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != valueSize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize, valueSize), QImage::Format_RGB32); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != valueSize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != keySize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize, keySize), QImage::Format_RGB32); + } + localMapImage = &mUndersampledMapImage; // make the colorization run on the undersampled image + } else if (!mUndersampledMapImage.isNull()) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(); // don't need oversampling mechanism anymore (map size has changed) but mUndersampledMapImage still has nonzero size, free it + } + + const double *rawData = mMapData->mData; + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + const int lineCount = valueSize; + const int rowCount = keySize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line * rowCount, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, 1, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + const int lineCount = keySize; + const int rowCount = valueSize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, lineCount, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } + + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } else { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } + } + mMapData->mDataModified = false; + mMapImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return; + } + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + + if (mMapData->mDataModified || mMapImageInvalidated) { + updateMapImage(); + } + + // use buffer if painting vectorized (PDF): + bool useBuffer = painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + QCPPainter *localPainter = painter; // will be redirected to paint on mapBuffer if painting vectorized + QRectF mapBufferTarget; // the rect in absolute widget coordinates where the visible map portion/buffer will end up in + QPixmap mapBuffer; + double mapBufferPixelRatio = 3; // factor by which DPI is increased in embedded bitmaps + if (useBuffer) { + mapBufferTarget = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + mapBuffer = QPixmap((mapBufferTarget.size() * mapBufferPixelRatio).toSize()); + mapBuffer.fill(Qt::transparent); + localPainter = new QCPPainter(&mapBuffer); + localPainter->scale(mapBufferPixelRatio, mapBufferPixelRatio); + localPainter->translate(-mapBufferTarget.topLeft()); + } + + QRectF imageRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + // extend imageRect to contain outer halves/quarters of bordering/cornering pixels (cells are centered on map range boundary): + double halfCellWidth = 0; // in pixels + double halfCellHeight = 0; // in pixels + if (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / (double)(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / (double)(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } else { // keyAxis orientation is Qt::Vertical + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / (double)(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / (double)(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } + imageRect.adjust(-halfCellWidth, -halfCellHeight, halfCellWidth, halfCellHeight); + bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + bool smoothBackup = localPainter->renderHints().testFlag(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, mInterpolate); + QRegion clipBackup; + if (mTightBoundary) { + clipBackup = localPainter->clipRegion(); + QRectF tightClipRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + localPainter->setClipRect(tightClipRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + } + localPainter->drawImage(imageRect, mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)); + if (mTightBoundary) { + localPainter->setClipRegion(clipBackup); + } + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, smoothBackup); + + if (useBuffer) { // localPainter painted to mapBuffer, so now draw buffer with original painter + delete localPainter; + painter->drawPixmap(mapBufferTarget.toRect(), mapBuffer); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + // draw map thumbnail: + if (!mLegendIcon.isNull()) { + QPixmap scaledIcon = mLegendIcon.scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + QRectF iconRect = QRectF(0, 0, scaledIcon.width(), scaledIcon.height()); + iconRect.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawPixmap(iconRect.topLeft(), scaledIcon); + } + /* + // draw frame: + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(Qt::black); + painter->drawRect(rect.adjusted(1, 1, 0, 0)); + */ +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->keyRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCPAbstractPlottable::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCPAbstractPlottable::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->valueRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCPAbstractPlottable::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCPAbstractPlottable::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancialData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancialData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPFinancial. + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPFinancialDataMap. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point + \li \a open: The opening value at the data point + \li \a high: The high/maximum value at the data point + \li \a low: The low/minimum value at the data point + \li \a close: The closing value at the data point + + \see QCPFinancialDataMap +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and all values set to zero. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData() : + key(0), + open(0), + high(0), + low(0), + close(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and OHLC values. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) : + key(key), + open(open), + high(high), + low(low), + close(close) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancial +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancial + \brief A plottable representing a financial stock chart + + \image html QCPFinancial.png + + This plottable represents time series data binned to certain intervals, mainly used for stock + charts. The two common representations OHLC (Open-High-Low-Close) bars and Candlesticks can be + set via \ref setChartStyle. + + The data is passed via \ref setData as a set of open/high/low/close values at certain keys + (typically times). This means the data must be already binned appropriately. If data is only + available as a series of values (e.g. \a price against \a time), you can use the static + convenience function \ref timeSeriesToOhlc to generate binned OHLC-data which can then be passed + to \ref setData. + + The width of the OHLC bars/candlesticks can be controlled with \ref setWidth and is given in plot + key coordinates. A typical choice is to set it to (or slightly less than) one bin interval width. + + \section appearance Changing the appearance + + Charts can be either single- or two-colored (\ref setTwoColored). If set to be single-colored, + lines are drawn with the plottable's pen (\ref setPen) and fills with the brush (\ref setBrush). + + If set to two-colored, positive changes of the value during an interval (\a close >= \a open) are + represented with a different pen and brush than negative changes (\a close < \a open). These can + be configured with \ref setPenPositive, \ref setPenNegative, \ref setBrushPositive, and \ref + setBrushNegative. In two-colored mode, the normal plottable pen/brush is ignored. Upon selection + however, the normal selected pen/brush (\ref setSelectedPen, \ref setSelectedBrush) is used, + irrespective of whether the chart is single- or two-colored. + +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPFinancialDataMap *QCPFinancial::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPFinancialDataMap. You may use it to + directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the regular \ref + setData or \ref addData methods, in certain situations. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a financial chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The constructed QCPFinancial can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addPlottable, QCustomPlot + then takes ownership of the financial chart. +*/ +QCPFinancial::QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mData(0), + mChartStyle(csOhlc), + mWidth(0.5), + mTwoColored(false), + mBrushPositive(QBrush(QColor(210, 210, 255))), + mBrushNegative(QBrush(QColor(255, 210, 210))), + mPenPositive(QPen(QColor(10, 40, 180))), + mPenNegative(QPen(QColor(180, 40, 10))) +{ + mData = new QCPFinancialDataMap; + + setSelectedPen(QPen(QColor(80, 80, 255), 2.5)); + setSelectedBrush(QBrush(QColor(80, 80, 255))); +} + +QCPFinancial::~QCPFinancial() +{ + delete mData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, data points in \a data will only be copied. if false, the plottable + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the plottable's data via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal \ref QCPFinancialDataMap. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(QCPFinancialDataMap *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mData = *data; + } else { + delete mData; + mData = data; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided open/high/low/close data. The provided vectors should + have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest vector. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close) +{ + mData->clear(); + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, open.size()); + n = qMin(n, high.size()); + n = qMin(n, low.size()); + n = qMin(n, close.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mData->insertMulti(key[i], QCPFinancialData(key[i], open[i], high[i], low[i], close[i])); + } +} + +/*! + Sets which representation style shall be used to display the OHLC data. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setChartStyle(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle style) +{ + mChartStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the individual bars/candlesticks to \a width in plot key coordinates. + + A typical choice is to set it to (or slightly less than) one bin interval width. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this chart shall contrast positive from negative trends per data point by using two + separate colors to draw the respective bars/candlesticks. + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setTwoColored(bool twoColored) +{ + mTwoColored = twoColored; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushNegative, setPenPositive, setPenNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushPositive = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushPositive, setPenNegative, setPenPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushNegative = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenPositive(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenPositive = pen; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setBrushNegative, setBrushPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenNegative(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenNegative = pen; +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a dataMap to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a + pointer to the internal \ref QCPFinancialDataMap. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(const QCPFinancialDataMap &dataMap) +{ + mData->unite(dataMap); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point in \a data to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a + pointer to the internal \ref QCPFinancialData. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(const QCPFinancialData &data) +{ + mData->insertMulti(data.key, data); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point given by \a key, \a open, \a high, \a low, and \a close to + the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a + pointer to the internal \ref QCPFinancialData. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) +{ + mData->insertMulti(key, QCPFinancialData(key, open, high, low, close)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided open/high/low/close data to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a + pointer to the internal \ref QCPFinancialData. + + \see removeData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(const QVector &key, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close) +{ + int n = key.size(); + n = qMin(n, open.size()); + n = qMin(n, high.size()); + n = qMin(n, low.size()); + n = qMin(n, close.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mData->insertMulti(key[i], QCPFinancialData(key[i], open[i], high[i], low[i], close[i])); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys smaller than \a key. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::removeDataBefore(double key) +{ + QCPFinancialDataMap::iterator it = mData->begin(); + while (it != mData->end() && it.key() < key) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys greater than \a key. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::removeDataAfter(double key) +{ + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPFinancialDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(key); + while (it != mData->end()) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with keys between \a fromKey and \a toKey. if \a fromKey is greater or + equal to \a toKey, the function does nothing. To remove a single data point with known key, use + \ref removeData(double key). + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) +{ + if (fromKey >= toKey || mData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPFinancialDataMap::iterator it = mData->upperBound(fromKey); + QCPFinancialDataMap::iterator itEnd = mData->upperBound(toKey); + while (it != itEnd) { + it = mData->erase(it); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a key. If the position is not known with absolute precision, + consider using \ref removeData(double fromKey, double toKey) with a small fuzziness interval + around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the key is known. + + \see addData, clearData +*/ +void QCPFinancial::removeData(double key) +{ + mData->remove(key); +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + + \see removeData, removeDataAfter, removeDataBefore +*/ +void QCPFinancial::clearData() +{ + mData->clear(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPFinancial::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator lower, upper; // note that upper is the actual upper point, and not 1 step after the upper point + getVisibleDataBounds(lower, upper); + if (lower == mData->constEnd() || upper == mData->constEnd()) { + return -1; + } + // perform select test according to configured style: + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + return ohlcSelectTest(pos, lower, upper + 1); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + return candlestickSelectTest(pos, lower, upper + 1); + break; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! + A convenience function that converts time series data (\a value against \a time) to OHLC binned + data points. The return value can then be passed on to \ref setData. + + The size of the bins can be controlled with \a timeBinSize in the same units as \a time is given. + For example, if the unit of \a time is seconds and single OHLC/Candlesticks should span an hour + each, set \a timeBinSize to 3600. + + \a timeBinOffset allows to control precisely at what \a time coordinate a bin should start. The + value passed as \a timeBinOffset doesn't need to be in the range encompassed by the \a time keys. + It merely defines the mathematical offset/phase of the bins that will be used to process the + data. +*/ +QCPFinancialDataMap QCPFinancial::timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset) +{ + QCPFinancialDataMap map; + int count = qMin(time.size(), value.size()); + if (count == 0) { + return QCPFinancialDataMap(); + } + + QCPFinancialData currentBinData(0, value.first(), value.first(), value.first(), value.first()); + int currentBinIndex = qFloor((time.first() - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + int index = qFloor((time.at(i) - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + if (currentBinIndex == index) { // data point still in current bin, extend high/low: + if (value.at(i) < currentBinData.low) { + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + if (value.at(i) > currentBinData.high) { + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + } + if (i == count - 1) { // last data point is in current bin, finalize bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index) * timeBinSize; + map.insert(currentBinData.key, currentBinData); + } + } else { // data point not anymore in current bin, set close of old and open of new bin, and add old to map: + // finalize current bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i - 1); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index - 1) * timeBinSize; + map.insert(currentBinData.key, currentBinData); + // start next bin: + currentBinIndex = index; + currentBinData.open = value.at(i); + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + } + + return map; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator lower, upper; // note that upper is the actual upper point, and not 1 step after the upper point + getVisibleDataBounds(lower, upper); + if (lower == mData->constEnd() || upper == mData->constEnd()) { + return; + } + + // draw visible data range according to configured style: + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + drawOhlcPlot(painter, lower, upper + 1); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + drawCandlestickPlot(painter, lower, upper + 1); + break; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); // legend icon especially of csCandlestick looks better without antialiasing + if (mChartStyle == csOhlc) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right hald icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } else if (mChartStyle == csCandlestick) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right hald icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCPAbstractPlottable::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + double current; + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + current = it.value().key; + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + // determine exact range by including width of bars/flags: + if (haveLower && mKeyAxis) { + range.lower = range.lower - mWidth * 0.5; + } + if (haveUpper && mKeyAxis) { + range.upper = range.upper + mWidth * 0.5; + } + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCPAbstractPlottable::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = mData->constBegin(); + while (it != mData->constEnd()) { + // high: + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && it.value().high < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && it.value().high > 0)) { + if (it.value().high < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = it.value().high; + haveLower = true; + } + if (it.value().high > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = it.value().high; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + // low: + if (inSignDomain == sdBoth || (inSignDomain == sdNegative && it.value().low < 0) || (inSignDomain == sdPositive && it.value().low > 0)) { + if (it.value().low < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = it.value().low; + haveLower = true; + } + if (it.value().low > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = it.value().low; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end as OHLC bars with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csOhlc. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QPen linePen; + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (mSelected) { + linePen = mSelectedPen; + } else if (mTwoColored) { + linePen = it.value().close >= it.value().open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative; + } else { + linePen = mPen; + } + painter->setPen(linePen); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low))); + // draw open: + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, openPixel), QPointF(keyPixel, openPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + keyWidthPixels, closePixel)); + } + } else { + for (QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (mSelected) { + linePen = mSelectedPen; + } else if (mTwoColored) { + linePen = it.value().close >= it.value().open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative; + } else { + linePen = mPen; + } + painter->setPen(linePen); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low), keyPixel)); + // draw open: + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel - keyWidthPixels), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel), QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel + keyWidthPixels)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end as Candlesticks with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csCandlestick. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QPen linePen; + QBrush boxBrush; + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (mSelected) { + linePen = mSelectedPen; + boxBrush = mSelectedBrush; + } else if (mTwoColored) { + if (it.value().close >= it.value().open) { + linePen = mPenPositive; + boxBrush = mBrushPositive; + } else { + linePen = mPenNegative; + boxBrush = mBrushNegative; + } + } else { + linePen = mPen; + boxBrush = mBrush; + } + painter->setPen(linePen); + painter->setBrush(boxBrush); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it.value().open, it.value().close)))); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it.value().open, it.value().close)))); + // draw open-close box: + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + keyWidthPixels, openPixel))); + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (mSelected) { + linePen = mSelectedPen; + boxBrush = mSelectedBrush; + } else if (mTwoColored) { + if (it.value().close >= it.value().open) { + linePen = mPenPositive; + boxBrush = mBrushPositive; + } else { + linePen = mPenNegative; + boxBrush = mBrushNegative; + } + } else { + linePen = mPen; + boxBrush = mBrush; + } + painter->setPen(linePen); + painter->setBrush(boxBrush); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it.value().open, it.value().close)), keyPixel)); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it.value().open, it.value().close)), keyPixel)); + // draw open-close box: + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel - keyWidthPixels), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel + keyWidthPixels))); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csOhlc. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a end. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it; + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low)), pos); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low), keyPixel), pos); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csCandlestick. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a + end. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator it; + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5, it.value().key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it.value().close, it.value().open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double highLineDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it.value().open, it.value().close))), pos); + double lowLineDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it.value().open, it.value().close))), pos); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it.value().key - mWidth * 0.5, it.value().key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it.value().close, it.value().open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().key); + double highLineDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it.value().open, it.value().close)), keyPixel), pos); + double lowLineDistSqr = distSqrToLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it.value().low), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it.value().open, it.value().close)), keyPixel), pos); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by the drawing methods to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key + axis range setting, so only that needs to be processed. + + \a lower returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a upper returns an iterator to the highest data point. Same as before, \a upper may also lie + just outside of the visible range. + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a lower and \a upper point to constEnd. + + \see QCPGraph::getVisibleDataBounds +*/ +void QCPFinancial::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &upper) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + if (mData->isEmpty()) { + lower = mData->constEnd(); + upper = mData->constEnd(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range as QMap iterators + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator lbound = mData->lowerBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator ubound = mData->upperBound(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + bool lowoutlier = lbound != mData->constBegin(); // indicates whether there exist points below axis range + bool highoutlier = ubound != mData->constEnd(); // indicates whether there exist points above axis range + + lower = (lowoutlier ? lbound - 1 : lbound); // data point range that will be actually drawn + upper = (highoutlier ? ubound : ubound - 1); // data point range that will be actually drawn +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemStraightLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemStraightLine + \brief A straight line that spans infinitely in both directions + + \image html QCPItemStraightLine.png "Straight line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a point1 and \a point2, which define the straight line. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a straight line item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemStraightLine::QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + point1(createPosition(QLatin1String("point1"))), + point2(createPosition(QLatin1String("point2"))) +{ + point1->setCoords(0, 0); + point2->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemStraightLine::~QCPItemStraightLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemStraightLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return distToStraightLine(QVector2D(point1->pixelPoint()), QVector2D(point2->pixelPoint() - point1->pixelPoint()), QVector2D(pos)); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemStraightLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QVector2D start(point1->pixelPoint()); + QVector2D end(point2->pixelPoint()); + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QLineF line = getRectClippedStraightLine(start, end - start, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + finds the shortest distance of \a point to the straight line defined by the base point \a + base and the direction vector \a vec. + + This is a helper function for \ref selectTest. +*/ +double QCPItemStraightLine::distToStraightLine(const QVector2D &base, const QVector2D &vec, const QVector2D &point) const +{ + return qAbs((base.y() - point.y()) * vec.x() - (base.x() - point.x()) * vec.y()) / vec.length(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the straight line defined by \a base and direction vector \a + vec, that is visible in the specified \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemStraightLine::getRectClippedStraightLine(const QVector2D &base, const QVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const +{ + double bx, by; + double gamma; + QLineF result; + if (vec.x() == 0 && vec.y() == 0) { + return result; + } + if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is vertical + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + result.setLine(bx + gamma, rect.top(), bx + gamma, rect.bottom()); // no need to check bottom because we know line is vertical + } + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is horizontal + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + result.setLine(rect.left(), by + gamma, rect.right(), by + gamma); // no need to check right because we know line is horizontal + } + } else { // line is skewed + QList pointVectors; + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemStraightLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemLine + \brief A line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemLine.png "Line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an arrow. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a line item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemLine::QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemLine::~QCPItemLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return qSqrt(distSqrToLine(start->pixelPoint(), end->pixelPoint(), pos)); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QVector2D startVec(start->pixelPoint()); + QVector2D endVec(end->pixelPoint()); + if (startVec.toPoint() == endVec.toPoint()) { + return; + } + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + double clipPad = qMax(mHead.boundingDistance(), mTail.boundingDistance()); + clipPad = qMax(clipPad, (double)mainPen().widthF()); + QLineF line = getRectClippedLine(startVec, endVec, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, startVec, startVec - endVec); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, endVec, endVec - startVec); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the line defined by \a start and \a end, that is visible in the specified + \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemLine::getRectClippedLine(const QVector2D &start, const QVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const +{ + bool containsStart = rect.contains(start.x(), start.y()); + bool containsEnd = rect.contains(end.x(), end.y()); + if (containsStart && containsEnd) { + return QLineF(start.toPointF(), end.toPointF()); + } + + QVector2D base = start; + QVector2D vec = end - start; + double bx, by; + double gamma, mu; + QLineF result; + QList pointVectors; + + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is not horizontal + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + } + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is not vertical + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + } + + if (containsStart) { + pointVectors.append(start); + } + if (containsEnd) { + pointVectors.append(end); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemCurve + \brief A curved line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemCurve.png "Curve example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has four positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line, and two + control points which define the direction the line exits from the start and the direction from + which it approaches the end: \a startDir and \a endDir. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an + arrow. + + Often it is desirable for the control points to stay at fixed relative positions to the start/end + point. This can be achieved by setting the parent anchor e.g. of \a startDir simply to \a start, + and then specify the desired pixel offset with QCPItemPosition::setCoords on \a startDir. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a curve item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemCurve::QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + startDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("startDir"))), + endDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("endDir"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + startDir->setCoords(0.5, 0); + endDir->setCoords(0, 0.5); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemCurve::~QCPItemCurve() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF startVec(start->pixelPoint()); + QPointF startDirVec(startDir->pixelPoint()); + QPointF endDirVec(endDir->pixelPoint()); + QPointF endVec(end->pixelPoint()); + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec, endDirVec, endVec); + + QPolygonF polygon = cubicPath.toSubpathPolygons().first(); + double minDistSqr = std::numeric_limits::max(); + for (int i = 1; i < polygon.size(); ++i) { + double distSqr = distSqrToLine(polygon.at(i - 1), polygon.at(i), pos); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF startVec(start->pixelPoint()); + QPointF startDirVec(startDir->pixelPoint()); + QPointF endDirVec(endDir->pixelPoint()); + QPointF endVec(end->pixelPoint()); + if (QVector2D(endVec - startVec).length() > 1e10f) { // too large curves cause crash + return; + } + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec, endDirVec, endVec); + + // paint visible segment, if existent: + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + QRect cubicRect = cubicPath.controlPointRect().toRect(); + if (cubicRect.isEmpty()) { // may happen when start and end exactly on same x or y position + cubicRect.adjust(0, 0, 1, 1); + } + if (clip.intersects(cubicRect)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawPath(cubicPath); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, QVector2D(startVec), M_PI - cubicPath.angleAtPercent(0) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, QVector2D(endVec), -cubicPath.angleAtPercent(1) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemCurve::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemRect + \brief A rectangle + + \image html QCPItemRect.png "Rectangle example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemRect::QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemRect::~QCPItemRect() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemRect::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPoint(), bottomRight->pixelPoint()).normalized(); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectSelectTest(rect, pos, filledRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPoint(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPoint(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF rect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QRectF boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { // only draw if bounding rect of rect item is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemRect::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPoint(), bottomRight->pixelPoint()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemRect::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemRect::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemText +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemText + \brief A text label + + \image html QCPItemText.png "Text example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + Its position is defined by the member \a position and the setting of \ref setPositionAlignment. + The latter controls which part of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + The text alignment itself (i.e. left, center, right) can be controlled with \ref + setTextAlignment. + + The text may be rotated around the \a position point with \ref setRotation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a text item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemText::QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + topLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeft"), aiTopLeft)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRight"), aiBottomRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setRotation(0); + setTextAlignment(Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignHCenter); + setPositionAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); + setText(QLatin1String("text")); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(Qt::NoPen); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPItemText::~QCPItemText() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text that will be used when the item is selected. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text. To disable the + border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text, when the item is + selected. To disable the border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text, when the item is selected. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text. + + \see setSelectedFont, setColor +*/ +void QCPItemText::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text that will be used when the item is selected. + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed. Multi-line texts are supported by inserting a line break + character, e.g. '\n'. + + \see setFont, setColor, setTextAlignment +*/ +void QCPItemText::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets which point of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + Examples: + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop, the text will be positioned such + that the top of the text rect will be horizontally centered on \a position. + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom, \a position will indicate the + bottom left corner of the text rect. + + If you want to control the alignment of (multi-lined) text within the text rect, use \ref + setTextAlignment. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mPositionAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Controls how (multi-lined) text is aligned inside the text rect (typically Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignCenter or Qt::AlignRight). +*/ +void QCPItemText::setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mTextAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Sets the angle in degrees by which the text (and the text rectangle, if visible) will be rotated + around \a position. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setRotation(double degrees) +{ + mRotation = degrees; +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the border of the text rectangle and the text. The appearance (and + visibility) of the text rectangle can be controlled with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPadding(const QMargins &padding) +{ + mPadding = padding; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemText::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + // The rect may be rotated, so we transform the actual clicked pos to the rotated + // coordinate system, so we can use the normal rectSelectTest function for non-rotated rects: + QPointF positionPixels(position->pixelPoint()); + QTransform inputTransform; + inputTransform.translate(positionPixels.x(), positionPixels.y()); + inputTransform.rotate(-mRotation); + inputTransform.translate(-positionPixels.x(), -positionPixels.y()); + QPointF rotatedPos = inputTransform.map(pos); + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mFont); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(positionPixels, textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + + return rectSelectTest(textBoxRect, rotatedPos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemText::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF pos(position->pixelPoint()); + QTransform transform = painter->transform(); + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint() + QPoint(mPadding.left(), mPadding.top())); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QRect boundingRect = textBoxRect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (transform.mapRect(boundingRect).intersects(painter->transform().mapRect(clipRect()))) { + painter->setTransform(transform); + if ((mainBrush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && mainBrush().color().alpha() != 0) || + (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(textBoxRect); + } + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainColor())); + painter->drawText(textRect, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemText::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + // get actual rect points (pretty much copied from draw function): + QPointF pos(position->pixelPoint()); + QTransform transform; + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRectF textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + QPolygonF rectPoly = transform.map(QPolygonF(textBoxRect)); + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeft: + return rectPoly.at(0); + case aiTop: + return (rectPoly.at(0) + rectPoly.at(1)) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rectPoly.at(1); + case aiRight: + return (rectPoly.at(1) + rectPoly.at(2)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRight: + return rectPoly.at(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rectPoly.at(2) + rectPoly.at(3)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rectPoly.at(3); + case aiLeft: + return (rectPoly.at(3) + rectPoly.at(0)) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the point that must be given to the QPainter::drawText function (which expects the top + left point of the text rect), according to the position \a pos, the text bounding box \a rect and + the requested \a positionAlignment. + + For example, if \a positionAlignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom the returned point + will be shifted upward by the height of \a rect, starting from \a pos. So if the text is finally + drawn at that point, the lower left corner of the resulting text rect is at \a pos. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemText::getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const +{ + if (positionAlignment == 0 || positionAlignment == (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop)) { + return pos; + } + + QPointF result = pos; // start at top left + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignHCenter)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width(); + } + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignVCenter)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that should be used for drawing text. Returns mFont when the item is not selected + and mSelectedFont when it is. +*/ +QFont QCPItemText::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that should be used for drawing text. Returns mColor when the item is not + selected and mSelectedColor when it is. +*/ +QColor QCPItemText::mainColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedColor : mColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemText::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemText::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemEllipse +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemEllipse + \brief An ellipse + + \image html QCPItemEllipse.png "Ellipse example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rect the ellipse will be drawn in. +*/ + +/*! + Creates an ellipse item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemEllipse::QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + topLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeftRim"), aiTopLeftRim)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRightRim"), aiTopRightRim)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRightRim"), aiBottomRightRim)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeftRim"), aiBottomLeftRim)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemEllipse::~QCPItemEllipse() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemEllipse::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + double result = -1; + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPoint(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPoint(); + QPointF center((p1 + p2) / 2.0); + double a = qAbs(p1.x() - p2.x()) / 2.0; + double b = qAbs(p1.y() - p2.y()) / 2.0; + double x = pos.x() - center.x(); + double y = pos.y() - center.y(); + + // distance to border: + double c = 1.0 / qSqrt(x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b)); + result = qAbs(c - 1) * qSqrt(x * x + y * y); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b) <= 1) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemEllipse::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPoint(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPoint(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF ellipseRect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + if (ellipseRect.intersects(clip)) { // only draw if bounding rect of ellipse is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // drawEllipse sometimes throws exceptions if ellipse is too big +#endif + painter->drawEllipse(ellipseRect); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item too large for memory, setting invisible"; + setVisible(false); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemEllipse::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPoint(), bottomRight->pixelPoint()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + case aiCenter: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemEllipse::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemEllipse::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPixmap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPixmap + \brief An arbitrary pixmap + + \image html QCPItemPixmap.png "Pixmap example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle the pixmap will + be drawn in. Depending on the scale setting (\ref setScaled), the pixmap will be either scaled to + fit the rectangle or be drawn aligned to the topLeft position. + + If scaling is enabled and \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a bottomRight (as shown + on the right side of the example image), the pixmap will be flipped in the respective + orientations. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemPixmap::QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + mScaledPixmapInvalidated(true) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue)); + setScaled(false, Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation); +} + +QCPItemPixmap::~QCPItemPixmap() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be displayed. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + mPixmap = pixmap; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "pixmap is null"; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the pixmap will be scaled to fit the rectangle defined by the \a topLeft and \a + bottomRight positions. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode) +{ + mScaled = scaled; + mAspectRatioMode = aspectRatioMode; + mTransformationMode = transformationMode; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemPixmap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return rectSelectTest(getFinalRect(), pos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemPixmap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + double clipPad = mainPen().style() == Qt::NoPen ? 0 : mainPen().widthF(); + QRect boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { + updateScaledPixmap(rect, flipHorz, flipVert); + painter->drawPixmap(rect.topLeft(), mScaled ? mScaledPixmap : mPixmap); + QPen pen = mainPen(); + if (pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(pen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemPixmap::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + bool flipHorz; + bool flipVert; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + // we actually want denormal rects (negative width/height) here, so restore + // the flipped state: + if (flipHorz) { + rect.adjust(rect.width(), 0, -rect.width(), 0); + } + if (flipVert) { + rect.adjust(0, rect.height(), 0, -rect.height()); + } + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates the buffered scaled image (\a mScaledPixmap) to fit the specified \a finalRect. The + parameters \a flipHorz and \a flipVert control whether the resulting image shall be flipped + horizontally or vertically. (This is used when \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a + bottomRight.) + + This function only creates the scaled pixmap when the buffered pixmap has a different size than + the expected result, so calling this function repeatedly, e.g. in the \ref draw function, does + not cause expensive rescaling every time. + + If scaling is disabled, sets mScaledPixmap to a null QPixmap. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect, bool flipHorz, bool flipVert) +{ + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + return; + } + + if (mScaled) { + if (finalRect.isNull()) { + finalRect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + } + if (mScaledPixmapInvalidated || finalRect.size() != mScaledPixmap.size()) { + mScaledPixmap = mPixmap.scaled(finalRect.size(), mAspectRatioMode, mTransformationMode); + if (flipHorz || flipVert) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(mScaledPixmap.toImage().mirrored(flipHorz, flipVert)); + } + } + } else if (!mScaledPixmap.isNull()) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap(); + } + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the final (tight) rect the pixmap is drawn in, depending on the current item positions + and scaling settings. + + The output parameters \a flippedHorz and \a flippedVert return whether the pixmap should be drawn + flipped horizontally or vertically in the returned rect. (The returned rect itself is always + normalized, i.e. the top left corner of the rect is actually further to the top/left than the + bottom right corner). This is the case when the item position \a topLeft is further to the + bottom/right than \a bottomRight. + + If scaling is disabled, returns a rect with size of the original pixmap and the top left corner + aligned with the item position \a topLeft. The position \a bottomRight is ignored. +*/ +QRect QCPItemPixmap::getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz, bool *flippedVert) const +{ + QRect result; + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QPoint p1 = topLeft->pixelPoint().toPoint(); + QPoint p2 = bottomRight->pixelPoint().toPoint(); + if (p1 == p2) { + return QRect(p1, QSize(0, 0)); + } + if (mScaled) { + QSize newSize = QSize(p2.x() - p1.x(), p2.y() - p1.y()); + QPoint topLeft = p1; + if (newSize.width() < 0) { + flipHorz = true; + newSize.rwidth() *= -1; + topLeft.setX(p2.x()); + } + if (newSize.height() < 0) { + flipVert = true; + newSize.rheight() *= -1; + topLeft.setY(p2.y()); + } + QSize scaledSize = mPixmap.size(); + scaledSize.scale(newSize, mAspectRatioMode); + result = QRect(topLeft, scaledSize); + } else { + result = QRect(p1, mPixmap.size()); + } + if (flippedHorz) { + *flippedHorz = flipHorz; + } + if (flippedVert) { + *flippedVert = flipVert; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemPixmap::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemTracer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemTracer + \brief Item that sticks to QCPGraph data points + + \image html QCPItemTracer.png "Tracer example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + The tracer can be connected with a QCPGraph via \ref setGraph. Then it will automatically adopt + the coordinate axes of the graph and update its \a position to be on the graph's data. This means + the key stays controllable via \ref setGraphKey, but the value will follow the graph data. If a + QCPGraph is connected, note that setting the coordinates of the tracer item directly via \a + position will have no effect because they will be overriden in the next redraw (this is when the + coordinate update happens). + + If the specified key in \ref setGraphKey is outside the key bounds of the graph, the tracer will + stay at the corresponding end of the graph. + + With \ref setInterpolating you may specify whether the tracer may only stay exactly on data + points or whether it interpolates data points linearly, if given a key that lies between two data + points of the graph. + + The tracer has different visual styles, see \ref setStyle. It is also possible to make the tracer + have no own visual appearance (set the style to \ref tsNone), and just connect other item + positions to the tracer \a position (used as an anchor) via \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor. + + \note The tracer position is only automatically updated upon redraws. So when the data of the + graph changes and immediately afterwards (without a redraw) the a position coordinates of the + tracer are retrieved, they will not reflect the updated data of the graph. In this case \ref + updatePosition must be called manually, prior to reading the tracer coordinates. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a tracer item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemTracer::QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + mGraph(0) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setStyle(tsCrosshair); + setSize(6); + setInterpolating(false); + setGraphKey(0); +} + +QCPItemTracer::~QCPItemTracer() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer, when selected. + + \see setBrush, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the size of the tracer in pixels, if the style supports setting a size (e.g. \ref tsSquare + does, \ref tsCrosshair does not). +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the style/visual appearance of the tracer. + + If you only want to use the tracer \a position as an anchor for other items, set \a style to + \ref tsNone. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setStyle(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the QCPGraph this tracer sticks to. The tracer \a position will be set to type + QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords and the axes will be set to the axes of \a graph. + + To free the tracer from any graph, set \a graph to 0. The tracer \a position can then be placed + freely like any other item position. This is the state the tracer will assume when its graph gets + deleted while still attached to it. + + \see setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + if (graph) { + if (graph->parentPlot() == mParentPlot) { + position->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + position->setAxes(graph->keyAxis(), graph->valueAxis()); + mGraph = graph; + updatePosition(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph isn't in same QCustomPlot instance as this item"; + } + } else { + mGraph = 0; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the key of the graph's data point the tracer will be positioned at. This is the only free + coordinate of a tracer when attached to a graph. + + Depending on \ref setInterpolating, the tracer will be either positioned on the data point + closest to \a key, or will stay exactly at \a key and interpolate the value linearly. + + \see setGraph, setInterpolating +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraphKey(double key) +{ + mGraphKey = key; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the value of the graph's data points shall be interpolated, when positioning the + tracer. + + If \a enabled is set to false and a key is given with \ref setGraphKey, the tracer is placed on + the data point of the graph which is closest to the key, but which is not necessarily exactly + there. If \a enabled is true, the tracer will be positioned exactly at the specified key, and + the appropriate value will be interpolated from the graph's data points linearly. + + \see setGraph, setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setInterpolating(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolating = enabled; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemTracer::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF center(position->pixelPoint()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return -1; + case tsPlus: { + if (clipRect().intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) + return qSqrt(qMin(distSqrToLine(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0), pos), + distSqrToLine(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w), pos))); + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + return qSqrt(qMin(distSqrToLine(QPointF(clip.left(), center.y()), QPointF(clip.right(), center.y()), pos), + distSqrToLine(QPointF(center.x(), clip.top()), QPointF(center.x(), clip.bottom()), pos))); + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + // distance to border: + double centerDist = QVector2D(center - pos).length(); + double circleLine = w; + double result = qAbs(centerDist - circleLine); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (centerDist <= circleLine) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + QRectF rect = QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectSelectTest(rect, pos, filledRect); + } + break; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemTracer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + updatePosition(); + if (mStyle == tsNone) { + return; + } + + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + QPointF center(position->pixelPoint()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return; + case tsPlus: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0))); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w))); + } + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + if (center.y() > clip.top() && center.y() < clip.bottom()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(clip.left(), center.y(), clip.right(), center.y())); + } + if (center.x() > clip.left() && center.x() < clip.right()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center.x(), clip.top(), center.x(), clip.bottom())); + } + break; + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawEllipse(center, w, w); + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w))); + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + If the tracer is connected with a graph (\ref setGraph), this function updates the tracer's \a + position to reside on the graph data, depending on the configured key (\ref setGraphKey). + + It is called automatically on every redraw and normally doesn't need to be called manually. One + exception is when you want to read the tracer coordinates via \a position and are not sure that + the graph's data (or the tracer key with \ref setGraphKey) hasn't changed since the last redraw. + In that situation, call this function before accessing \a position, to make sure you don't get + out-of-date coordinates. + + If there is no graph set on this tracer, this function does nothing. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::updatePosition() +{ + if (mGraph) { + if (mParentPlot->hasPlottable(mGraph)) { + if (mGraph->data()->size() > 1) { + QCPDataMap::const_iterator first = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + QCPDataMap::const_iterator last = mGraph->data()->constEnd() - 1; + if (mGraphKey < first.key()) { + position->setCoords(first.key(), first.value().value); + } else if (mGraphKey > last.key()) { + position->setCoords(last.key(), last.value().value); + } else { + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->lowerBound(mGraphKey); + if (it != first) { // mGraphKey is somewhere between iterators + QCPDataMap::const_iterator prevIt = it - 1; + if (mInterpolating) { + // interpolate between iterators around mGraphKey: + double slope = 0; + if (!qFuzzyCompare((double)it.key(), (double)prevIt.key())) { + slope = (it.value().value - prevIt.value().value) / (it.key() - prevIt.key()); + } + position->setCoords(mGraphKey, (mGraphKey - prevIt.key())*slope + prevIt.value().value); + } else { + // find iterator with key closest to mGraphKey: + if (mGraphKey < (prevIt.key() + it.key()) * 0.5) { + it = prevIt; + } + position->setCoords(it.key(), it.value().value); + } + } else { // mGraphKey is exactly on first iterator + position->setCoords(it.key(), it.value().value); + } + } + } else if (mGraph->data()->size() == 1) { + QCPDataMap::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + position->setCoords(it.key(), it.value().value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph has no data"; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph not contained in QCustomPlot instance (anymore)"; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemTracer::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemTracer::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemBracket +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemBracket + \brief A bracket for referencing/highlighting certain parts in the plot. + + \image html QCPItemBracket.png "Bracket example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a left and \a right, which define the span of the bracket. If \a left is + actually farther to the left than \a right, the bracket is opened to the bottom, as shown in the + example image. + + The bracket supports multiple styles via \ref setStyle. The length, i.e. how far the bracket + stretches away from the embraced span, can be controlled with \ref setLength. + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+ + It provides an anchor \a center, to allow connection of other items, e.g. an arrow (QCPItemLine + or QCPItemCurve) or a text label (QCPItemText), to the bracket. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a bracket item and sets default values. + + The constructed item can be added to the plot with QCustomPlot::addItem. +*/ +QCPItemBracket::QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + left(createPosition(QLatin1String("left"))), + right(createPosition(QLatin1String("right"))), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)) +{ + left->setCoords(0, 0); + right->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setLength(8); + setStyle(bsCalligraphic); +} + +QCPItemBracket::~QCPItemBracket() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket. + + Note that when the style is \ref bsCalligraphic, only the color will be taken from the pen, the + stroke and width are ignored. To change the apparent stroke width of a calligraphic bracket, use + \ref setLength, which has a similar effect. + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a length in pixels how far the bracket extends in the direction towards the embraced + span of the bracket (i.e. perpendicular to the left-right-direction) + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the bracket, i.e. the shape/visual appearance. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setStyle(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemBracket::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPoint()); + QVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPoint()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return -1; + } + + QVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5f; + QVector2D lengthVec(-widthVec.y(), widthVec.x()); + lengthVec = lengthVec.normalized() * mLength; + QVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5f - lengthVec; + + switch (mStyle) { + case QCPItemBracket::bsSquare: + case QCPItemBracket::bsRound: { + double a = distSqrToLine((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), pos); + double b = distSqrToLine((centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), pos); + double c = distSqrToLine((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), pos); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), c)); + } + case QCPItemBracket::bsCurly: + case QCPItemBracket::bsCalligraphic: { + double a = distSqrToLine((centerVec - widthVec * 0.75f + lengthVec * 0.15f).toPointF(), (centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3f).toPointF(), pos); + double b = distSqrToLine((centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7f).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec * 0.75f + lengthVec * 0.15f).toPointF(), pos); + double c = distSqrToLine((centerVec + widthVec * 0.75f + lengthVec * 0.15f).toPointF(), (centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3f).toPointF(), pos); + double d = distSqrToLine((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7f).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec * 0.75f + lengthVec * 0.15f).toPointF(), pos); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), qMin(c, d))); + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemBracket::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPoint()); + QVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPoint()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return; + } + + QVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5f; + QVector2D lengthVec(-widthVec.y(), widthVec.x()); + lengthVec = lengthVec.normalized() * mLength; + QVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5f - lengthVec; + + QPolygon boundingPoly; + boundingPoly << leftVec.toPoint() << rightVec.toPoint() + << (rightVec - lengthVec).toPoint() << (leftVec - lengthVec).toPoint(); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + if (clip.intersects(boundingPoly.boundingRect())) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + switch (mStyle) { + case bsSquare: { + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case bsRound: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCurly: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8f).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4f * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4f * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8f).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCalligraphic: { + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(QBrush(mainPen().color())); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8f).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4f * widthVec + 0.8f * lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4f * widthVec + 0.8f * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8f).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5f).toPointF(), (centerVec - 0.2f * widthVec + 1.2f * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + lengthVec * 0.2f).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + 0.2f * widthVec + 1.2f * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5f).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemBracket::anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const +{ + QVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPoint()); + QVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPoint()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return leftVec.toPointF(); + } + + QVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5f; + QVector2D lengthVec(-widthVec.y(), widthVec.x()); + lengthVec = lengthVec.normalized() * mLength; + QVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5f - lengthVec; + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiCenter: + return centerVec.toPointF(); + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemBracket::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.h b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef2e544 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v1_3/qcustomplot.h @@ -0,0 +1,4399 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2015 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 22.12.15 ** +** Version: 1.3.2 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QCUSTOMPLOT_H +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +#endif + +class QCPPainter; +class QCustomPlot; +class QCPLayerable; +class QCPLayoutElement; +class QCPLayout; +class QCPAxis; +class QCPAxisRect; +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate; +class QCPAbstractPlottable; +class QCPGraph; +class QCPAbstractItem; +class QCPItemPosition; +class QCPLayer; +class QCPPlotTitle; +class QCPLegend; +class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +class QCPColorMap; +class QCPColorScale; +class QCPBars; + + +/*! \file */ + + +// decl definitions for shared library compilation/usage: +#if defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_COMPILE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_EXPORT +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_IMPORT +#else +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#endif + +/*! + The QCP Namespace contains general enums and QFlags used throughout the QCustomPlot library +*/ +namespace QCP { +/*! + Defines the sides of a rectangular entity to which margins can be applied. + + \see QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins, QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins +*/ +enum MarginSide { msLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 left margin +, msRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 right margin +, msTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 top margin +, msBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 bottom margin +, msAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF all margins +, msNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 no margin + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(MarginSides, MarginSide) + +/*! + Defines what objects of a plot can be forcibly drawn antialiased/not antialiased. If an object is + neither forcibly drawn antialiased nor forcibly drawn not antialiased, it is up to the respective + element how it is drawn. Typically it provides a \a setAntialiased function for this. + + \c AntialiasedElements is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements, QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +enum AntialiasedElement { aeAxes = 0x0001 ///< 0x0001 Axis base line and tick marks +, aeGrid = 0x0002 ///< 0x0002 Grid lines +, aeSubGrid = 0x0004 ///< 0x0004 Sub grid lines +, aeLegend = 0x0008 ///< 0x0008 Legend box +, aeLegendItems = 0x0010 ///< 0x0010 Legend items +, aePlottables = 0x0020 ///< 0x0020 Main lines of plottables (excluding error bars, see element \ref aeErrorBars) +, aeItems = 0x0040 ///< 0x0040 Main lines of items +, aeScatters = 0x0080 ///< 0x0080 Scatter symbols of plottables (excluding scatter symbols of type ssPixmap) +, aeErrorBars = 0x0100 ///< 0x0100 Error bars +, aeFills = 0x0200 ///< 0x0200 Borders of fills (e.g. under or between graphs) +, aeZeroLine = 0x0400 ///< 0x0400 Zero-lines, see \ref QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen +, aeAll = 0xFFFF ///< 0xFFFF All elements +, aeNone = 0x0000 ///< 0x0000 No elements + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements, AntialiasedElement) + +/*! + Defines plotting hints that control various aspects of the quality and speed of plotting. + + \see QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints +*/ +enum PlottingHint { phNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 No hints are set +, phFastPolylines = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Graph/Curve lines are drawn with a faster method. This reduces the quality + ///< especially of the line segment joins. (Only relevant for solid line pens.) +, phForceRepaint = 0x002 ///< 0x002 causes an immediate repaint() instead of a soft update() when QCustomPlot::replot() is called with parameter \ref QCustomPlot::rpHint. +///< This is set by default to prevent the plot from freezing on fast consecutive replots (e.g. user drags ranges with mouse). +, phCacheLabels = 0x004 ///< 0x004 axis (tick) labels will be cached as pixmaps, increasing replot performance. + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PlottingHints, PlottingHint) + +/*! + Defines the mouse interactions possible with QCustomPlot. + + \c Interactions is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +enum Interaction { iRangeDrag = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Axis ranges are draggable (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) +, iRangeZoom = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Axis ranges are zoomable with the mouse wheel (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) +, iMultiSelect = 0x004 ///< 0x004 The user can select multiple objects by holding the modifier set by \ref QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier while clicking +, iSelectPlottables = 0x008 ///< 0x008 Plottables are selectable (e.g. graphs, curves, bars,... see QCPAbstractPlottable) +, iSelectAxes = 0x010 ///< 0x010 Axes are selectable (or parts of them, see QCPAxis::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectLegend = 0x020 ///< 0x020 Legends are selectable (or their child items, see QCPLegend::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectItems = 0x040 ///< 0x040 Items are selectable (Rectangles, Arrows, Textitems, etc. see \ref QCPAbstractItem) +, iSelectOther = 0x080 ///< 0x080 All other objects are selectable (e.g. your own derived layerables, the plot title,...) + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Interactions, Interaction) + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the specified \a value is considered an invalid data value for plottables (i.e. + is \e nan or \e +/-inf). This function is used to check data validity upon replots, when the + compiler flag \c QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA is set. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value) +{ + return qIsNaN(value) || qIsInf(value); +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Checks two arguments instead of one. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value1, double value2) +{ + return isInvalidData(value1) || isInvalidData(value2); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the specified \a side of \a margins to \a value + + \see getMarginValue +*/ +inline void setMarginValue(QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side, int value) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + margins.setLeft(value); + break; + case QCP::msRight: + margins.setRight(value); + break; + case QCP::msTop: + margins.setTop(value); + break; + case QCP::msBottom: + margins.setBottom(value); + break; + case QCP::msAll: + margins = QMargins(value, value, value, value); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the value of the specified \a side of \a margins. If \a side is \ref QCP::msNone or + \ref QCP::msAll, returns 0. + + \see setMarginValue +*/ +inline int getMarginValue(const QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return margins.left(); + case QCP::msRight: + return margins.right(); + case QCP::msTop: + return margins.top(); + case QCP::msBottom: + return margins.bottom(); + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + +} // end of namespace QCP + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::AntialiasedElements) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::PlottingHints) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::MarginSides) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::Interactions) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPScatterStyle +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the shape used for scatter points. + + On plottables/items that draw scatters, the sizes of these visualizations (with exception of + \ref ssDot and \ref ssPixmap) can be controlled with the \ref setSize function. Scatters are + drawn with the pen and brush specified with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + */ + Q_ENUMS(ScatterShape) + enum ScatterShape { ssNone ///< no scatter symbols are drawn (e.g. in QCPGraph, data only represented with lines) + , ssDot ///< \enumimage{ssDot.png} a single pixel (use \ref ssDisc or \ref ssCircle if you want a round shape with a certain radius) + , ssCross ///< \enumimage{ssCross.png} a cross + , ssPlus ///< \enumimage{ssPlus.png} a plus + , ssCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCircle.png} a circle + , ssDisc ///< \enumimage{ssDisc.png} a circle which is filled with the pen's color (not the brush as with ssCircle) + , ssSquare ///< \enumimage{ssSquare.png} a square + , ssDiamond ///< \enumimage{ssDiamond.png} a diamond + , ssStar ///< \enumimage{ssStar.png} a star with eight arms, i.e. a combination of cross and plus + , ssTriangle ///< \enumimage{ssTriangle.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on baseline + , ssTriangleInverted ///< \enumimage{ssTriangleInverted.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on corner + , ssCrossSquare ///< \enumimage{ssCrossSquare.png} a square with a cross inside + , ssPlusSquare ///< \enumimage{ssPlusSquare.png} a square with a plus inside + , ssCrossCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCrossCircle.png} a circle with a cross inside + , ssPlusCircle ///< \enumimage{ssPlusCircle.png} a circle with a plus inside + , ssPeace ///< \enumimage{ssPeace.png} a circle, with one vertical and two downward diagonal lines + , ssPixmap ///< a custom pixmap specified by \ref setPixmap, centered on the data point coordinates + , ssCustom ///< custom painter operations are performed per scatter (As QPainterPath, see \ref setCustomPath) + }; + + QCPScatterStyle(); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size = 6); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush = Qt::NoBrush, double size = 6); + + // getters: + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + ScatterShape shape() const { + return mShape; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + QPainterPath customPath() const { + return mCustomPath; + } + + // setters: + void setSize(double size); + void setShape(ScatterShape shape); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath); + + // non-property methods: + bool isNone() const { + return mShape == ssNone; + } + bool isPenDefined() const { + return mPenDefined; + } + void applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, QPointF pos) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const; + +protected: + // property members: + double mSize; + ScatterShape mShape; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPainterPath mCustomPath; + + // non-property members: + bool mPenDefined; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPScatterStyle, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPainter : public QPainter +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines special modes the painter can operate in. They disable or enable certain subsets of features/fixes/workarounds, + depending on whether they are wanted on the respective output device. + */ + enum PainterMode { pmDefault = 0x00 ///< 0x00 Default mode for painting on screen devices + , pmVectorized = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Mode for vectorized painting (e.g. PDF export). For example, this prevents some antialiasing fixes. + , pmNoCaching = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Mode for all sorts of exports (e.g. PNG, PDF,...). For example, this prevents using cached pixmap labels + , pmNonCosmetic = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Turns pen widths 0 to 1, i.e. disables cosmetic pens. (A cosmetic pen is always drawn with width 1 pixel in the vector image/pdf viewer, independent of zoom.) + }; + Q_FLAGS(PainterMode PainterModes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PainterModes, PainterMode) + + QCPPainter(); + QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device); + ~QCPPainter(); + + // getters: + bool antialiasing() const { + return testRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); + } + PainterModes modes() const { + return mModes; + } + + // setters: + void setAntialiasing(bool enabled); + void setMode(PainterMode mode, bool enabled = true); + void setModes(PainterModes modes); + + // methods hiding non-virtual base class functions (QPainter bug workarounds): + bool begin(QPaintDevice *device); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setPen(const QColor &color); + void setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle); + void drawLine(const QLineF &line); + void drawLine(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2) { + drawLine(QLineF(p1, p2)); + } + void save(); + void restore(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void makeNonCosmetic(); + +protected: + // property members: + PainterModes mModes; + bool mIsAntialiasing; + + // non-property members: + QStack mAntialiasingStack; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPainter::PainterModes) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayer : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot* parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name) + Q_PROPERTY(int index READ index) + Q_PROPERTY(QList children READ children) + Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName); + ~QCPLayer(); + + // getters: + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + int index() const { + return mIndex; + } + QList children() const { + return mChildren; + } + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool visible); + +protected: + // property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QString mName; + int mIndex; + QList mChildren; + bool mVisible; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend); + void removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayer) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayerable; +}; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayerable : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable READ parentLayerable) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayer *layer READ layer WRITE setLayer NOTIFY layerChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiased READ antialiased WRITE setAntialiased) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer = QString(), QCPLayerable *parentLayerable = 0); + ~QCPLayerable(); + + // getters: + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QCPLayerable *parentLayerable() const { + return mParentLayerable.data(); + } + QCPLayer *layer() const { + return mLayer; + } + bool antialiased() const { + return mAntialiased; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool on); + Q_SLOT bool setLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool setLayer(const QString &layerName); + void setAntialiased(bool enabled); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-property methods: + bool realVisibility() const; + +signals: + void layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mVisible; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QPointer mParentLayerable; + QCPLayer *mLayer; + bool mAntialiased; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // non-property methods: + void initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + void setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable); + bool moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend); + void applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayerable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPRange +{ +public: + double lower, upper; + + QCPRange(); + QCPRange(double lower, double upper); + + bool operator==(const QCPRange &other) const { + return lower == other.lower && upper == other.upper; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + QCPRange &operator+=(const double &value) { + lower += value; + upper += value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator-=(const double &value) { + lower -= value; + upper -= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator*=(const double &value) { + lower *= value; + upper *= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator/=(const double &value) { + lower /= value; + upper /= value; + return *this; + } + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &, double); + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(double, const QCPRange &); + friend inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range); + friend inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value); + + double size() const; + double center() const; + void normalize(); + void expand(const QCPRange &otherRange); + QCPRange expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLogScale() const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLinScale() const; + bool contains(double value) const; + + static bool validRange(double lower, double upper); + static bool validRange(const QCPRange &range); + static const double minRange; //1e-280; + static const double maxRange; //1e280; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/* documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator+=(const double& value) + + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator-=(const double& value) + + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator*=(const double& value) + + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator/=(const double& value) + + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result -= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result /= value; + return result; +} + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPMarginGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + ~QCPMarginGroup(); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mChildren.value(side); + } + bool isEmpty() const; + void clear(); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QHash > mChildren; + + // non-virtual methods: + int commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const; + void addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + void removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPMarginGroup) + + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutElement : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayout *layout READ layout) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect rect READ rect) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect outerRect READ outerRect WRITE setOuterRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins margins READ margins WRITE setMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins minimumMargins READ minimumMargins WRITE setMinimumMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the phases of the update process, that happens just before a replot. At each phase, + \ref update is called with the according UpdatePhase value. + */ + enum UpdatePhase { upPreparation ///< Phase used for any type of preparation that needs to be done before margin calculation and layout + , upMargins ///< Phase in which the margins are calculated and set + , upLayout ///< Final phase in which the layout system places the rects of the elements + }; + Q_ENUMS(UpdatePhase) + + explicit QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot = 0); + virtual ~QCPLayoutElement(); + + // getters: + QCPLayout *layout() const { + return mParentLayout; + } + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QRect outerRect() const { + return mOuterRect; + } + QMargins margins() const { + return mMargins; + } + QMargins minimumMargins() const { + return mMinimumMargins; + } + QCP::MarginSides autoMargins() const { + return mAutoMargins; + } + QSize minimumSize() const { + return mMinimumSize; + } + QSize maximumSize() const { + return mMaximumSize; + } + QCPMarginGroup *marginGroup(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mMarginGroups.value(side, (QCPMarginGroup *)0); + } + QHash marginGroups() const { + return mMarginGroups; + } + + // setters: + void setOuterRect(const QRect &rect); + void setMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides); + void setMinimumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMinimumSize(int width, int height); + void setMaximumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMaximumSize(int width, int height); + void setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumSizeHint() const; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLayout *mParentLayout; + QSize mMinimumSize, mMaximumSize; + QRect mRect, mOuterRect; + QMargins mMargins, mMinimumMargins; + QCP::MarginSides mAutoMargins; + QHash mMarginGroups; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side); + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { + Q_UNUSED(event) + } + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { + Q_UNUSED(event) + } + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { + Q_UNUSED(event) + } + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) { + Q_UNUSED(event) + } + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) { + Q_UNUSED(event) + } + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const { + Q_UNUSED(painter) + } + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) { + Q_UNUSED(painter) + } + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutElement) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayout; + friend class QCPMarginGroup; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayout : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPLayout(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int elementCount() const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) = 0; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) = 0; + virtual void simplify(); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool removeAt(int index); + bool remove(QCPLayoutElement *element); + void clear(); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void sizeConstraintsChanged() const; + void adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + void releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + QVector getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayout) + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutGrid : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(int rowCount READ rowCount) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnCount READ columnCount) + Q_PROPERTY(QList columnStretchFactors READ columnStretchFactors WRITE setColumnStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(QList rowStretchFactors READ rowStretchFactors WRITE setRowStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnSpacing READ columnSpacing WRITE setColumnSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(int rowSpacing READ rowSpacing WRITE setRowSpacing) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPLayoutGrid(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutGrid(); + + // getters: + int rowCount() const; + int columnCount() const; + QList columnStretchFactors() const { + return mColumnStretchFactors; + } + QList rowStretchFactors() const { + return mRowStretchFactors; + } + int columnSpacing() const { + return mColumnSpacing; + } + int rowSpacing() const { + return mRowSpacing; + } + + // setters: + void setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor); + void setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor); + void setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setColumnSpacing(int pixels); + void setRowSpacing(int pixels); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual int elementCount() const; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index); + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element); + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + virtual void simplify(); + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumSizeHint() const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPLayoutElement *element(int row, int column) const; + bool addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool hasElement(int row, int column); + void expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount); + void insertRow(int newIndex); + void insertColumn(int newIndex); + +protected: + // property members: + QList > mElements; + QList mColumnStretchFactors; + QList mRowStretchFactors; + int mColumnSpacing, mRowSpacing; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const; + void getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutGrid) +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutInset : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + /*! + Defines how the placement and sizing is handled for a certain element in a QCPLayoutInset. + */ + enum InsetPlacement { ipFree ///< The element may be positioned/sized arbitrarily, see \ref setInsetRect + , ipBorderAligned ///< The element is aligned to one of the layout sides, see \ref setInsetAlignment + }; + + explicit QCPLayoutInset(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutInset(); + + // getters: + InsetPlacement insetPlacement(int index) const; + Qt::Alignment insetAlignment(int index) const; + QRectF insetRect(int index) const; + + // setters: + void setInsetPlacement(int index, InsetPlacement placement); + void setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual int elementCount() const; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index); + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element); + virtual void simplify() {} + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect); + +protected: + // property members: + QList mElements; + QList mInsetPlacement; + QList mInsetAlignment; + QList mInsetRect; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutInset) +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLineEnding +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the type of ending decoration for line-like items, e.g. an arrow. + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png + + The width and length of these decorations can be controlled with the functions \ref setWidth + and \ref setLength. Some decorations like \ref esDisc, \ref esSquare, \ref esDiamond and \ref esBar only + support a width, the length property is ignored. + + \see QCPItemLine::setHead, QCPItemLine::setTail, QCPItemCurve::setHead, QCPItemCurve::setTail, QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, QCPAxis::setUpperEnding + */ + Q_ENUMS(EndingStyle) + enum EndingStyle { esNone ///< No ending decoration + , esFlatArrow ///< A filled arrow head with a straight/flat back (a triangle) + , esSpikeArrow ///< A filled arrow head with an indented back + , esLineArrow ///< A non-filled arrow head with open back + , esDisc ///< A filled circle + , esSquare ///< A filled square + , esDiamond ///< A filled diamond (45° rotated square) + , esBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line + , esHalfBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line, pointing out to only one side (to which side can be changed with \ref setInverted) + , esSkewedBar ///< A bar that is skewed (skew controllable via \ref setLength) + }; + + QCPLineEnding(); + QCPLineEnding(EndingStyle style, double width = 8, double length = 10, bool inverted = false); + + // getters: + EndingStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + bool inverted() const { + return mInverted; + } + + // setters: + void setStyle(EndingStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setLength(double length); + void setInverted(bool inverted); + + // non-property methods: + double boundingDistance() const; + double realLength() const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector2D &pos, const QVector2D &dir) const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector2D &pos, double angle) const; + +protected: + // property members: + EndingStyle mStyle; + double mWidth, mLength; + bool mInverted; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPLineEnding, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool subGridVisible READ subGridVisible WRITE setSubGridVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedSubGrid READ antialiasedSubGrid WRITE setAntialiasedSubGrid) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedZeroLine READ antialiasedZeroLine WRITE setAntialiasedZeroLine) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subGridPen READ subGridPen WRITE setSubGridPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen zeroLinePen READ zeroLinePen WRITE setZeroLinePen) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis); + + // getters: + bool subGridVisible() const { + return mSubGridVisible; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen subGridPen() const { + return mSubGridPen; + } + QPen zeroLinePen() const { + return mZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setSubGridVisible(bool visible); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mSubGridVisible; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mPen, mSubGridPen, mZeroLinePen; + // non-property members: + QCPAxis *mParentAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + + friend class QCPAxis; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxis : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(AxisType axisType READ axisType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *axisRect READ axisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(ScaleType scaleType READ scaleType WRITE setScaleType NOTIFY scaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(double scaleLogBase READ scaleLogBase WRITE setScaleLogBase) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange range READ range WRITE setRange NOTIFY rangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeReversed READ rangeReversed WRITE setRangeReversed) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoTicks READ autoTicks WRITE setAutoTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(int autoTickCount READ autoTickCount WRITE setAutoTickCount) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoTickLabels READ autoTickLabels WRITE setAutoTickLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoTickStep READ autoTickStep WRITE setAutoTickStep) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoSubTicks READ autoSubTicks WRITE setAutoSubTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(bool ticks READ ticks WRITE setTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tickLabels READ tickLabels WRITE setTickLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLabelPadding READ tickLabelPadding WRITE setTickLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(LabelType tickLabelType READ tickLabelType WRITE setTickLabelType) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont tickLabelFont READ tickLabelFont WRITE setTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor tickLabelColor READ tickLabelColor WRITE setTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(double tickLabelRotation READ tickLabelRotation WRITE setTickLabelRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(LabelSide tickLabelSide READ tickLabelSide WRITE setTickLabelSide) + Q_PROPERTY(QString dateTimeFormat READ dateTimeFormat WRITE setDateTimeFormat) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::TimeSpec dateTimeSpec READ dateTimeSpec WRITE setDateTimeSpec) + Q_PROPERTY(QString numberFormat READ numberFormat WRITE setNumberFormat) + Q_PROPERTY(int numberPrecision READ numberPrecision WRITE setNumberPrecision) + Q_PROPERTY(double tickStep READ tickStep WRITE setTickStep) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVector READ tickVector WRITE setTickVector) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVectorLabels READ tickVectorLabels WRITE setTickVectorLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthIn READ tickLengthIn WRITE setTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthOut READ tickLengthOut WRITE setTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickCount READ subTickCount WRITE setSubTickCount) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthIn READ subTickLengthIn WRITE setSubTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthOut READ subTickLengthOut WRITE setSubTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen basePen READ basePen WRITE setBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen tickPen READ tickPen WRITE setTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subTickPen READ subTickPen WRITE setSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont labelFont READ labelFont WRITE setLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor labelColor READ labelColor WRITE setLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int labelPadding READ labelPadding WRITE setLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int offset READ offset WRITE setOffset) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedTickLabelFont READ selectedTickLabelFont WRITE setSelectedTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedLabelFont READ selectedLabelFont WRITE setSelectedLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTickLabelColor READ selectedTickLabelColor WRITE setSelectedTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedLabelColor READ selectedLabelColor WRITE setSelectedLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBasePen READ selectedBasePen WRITE setSelectedBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedTickPen READ selectedTickPen WRITE setSelectedTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedSubTickPen READ selectedSubTickPen WRITE setSelectedSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding lowerEnding READ lowerEnding WRITE setLowerEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding upperEnding READ upperEnding WRITE setUpperEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGrid *grid READ grid) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines at which side of the axis rect the axis will appear. This also affects how the tick + marks are drawn, on which side the labels are placed etc. + */ + enum AxisType { atLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Axis is vertical and on the left side of the axis rect + , atRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Axis is vertical and on the right side of the axis rect + , atTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Axis is horizontal and on the top side of the axis rect + , atBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 Axis is horizontal and on the bottom side of the axis rect + }; + Q_FLAGS(AxisType AxisTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AxisTypes, AxisType) + /*! + When automatic tick label generation is enabled (\ref setAutoTickLabels), defines how the + coordinate of the tick is interpreted, i.e. translated into a string. + + \see setTickLabelType + */ + enum LabelType { ltNumber ///< Tick coordinate is regarded as normal number and will be displayed as such. (see \ref setNumberFormat) + , ltDateTime ///< Tick coordinate is regarded as a date/time (seconds since 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC) and will be displayed and formatted as such. (for details, see \ref setDateTimeFormat) + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelType) + /*! + Defines on which side of the axis the tick labels (numbers) shall appear. + + \see setTickLabelSide + */ + enum LabelSide { lsInside ///< Tick labels will be displayed inside the axis rect and clipped to the inner axis rect + , lsOutside ///< Tick labels will be displayed outside the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelSide) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed plots and (major) tick marks at every base power (see \ref setScaleLogBase). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_FLAGS(SelectablePart SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type); + virtual ~QCPAxis(); + + // getters: + AxisType axisType() const { + return mAxisType; + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const { + return mAxisRect; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + double scaleLogBase() const { + return mScaleLogBase; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + bool autoTicks() const { + return mAutoTicks; + } + int autoTickCount() const { + return mAutoTickCount; + } + bool autoTickLabels() const { + return mAutoTickLabels; + } + bool autoTickStep() const { + return mAutoTickStep; + } + bool autoSubTicks() const { + return mAutoSubTicks; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const; + LabelType tickLabelType() const { + return mTickLabelType; + } + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const; + LabelSide tickLabelSide() const; + QString dateTimeFormat() const { + return mDateTimeFormat; + } + Qt::TimeSpec dateTimeSpec() const { + return mDateTimeSpec; + } + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + double tickStep() const { + return mTickStep; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + int offset() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding() const; + QCPLineEnding upperEnding() const; + QCPGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type); + void setScaleLogBase(double base); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setAutoTicks(bool on); + void setAutoTickCount(int approximateCount); + void setAutoTickLabels(bool on); + void setAutoTickStep(bool on); + void setAutoSubTicks(bool on); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelType(LabelType type); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side); + void setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setDateTimeSpec(const Qt::TimeSpec &timeSpec); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickStep(double step); + void setTickVector(const QVector &vec); + void setTickVectorLabels(const QVector &vec); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTickCount(int count); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setOffset(int offset); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + void setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-property methods: + Qt::Orientation orientation() const { + return mOrientation; + } + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio = 1.0); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double pixelToCoord(double value) const; + double coordToPixel(double value) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + static AxisType marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side); + static Qt::Orientation orientation(AxisType type) { + return type == atBottom || type == atTop ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical; + } + static AxisType opposite(AxisType type); + +signals: + void ticksRequest(); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + // axis base: + AxisType mAxisType; + QCPAxisRect *mAxisRect; + //int mOffset; // in QCPAxisPainter + int mPadding; + Qt::Orientation mOrientation; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + //QCPLineEnding mLowerEnding, mUpperEnding; // in QCPAxisPainter + // axis label: + //int mLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + bool mTickLabels, mAutoTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; // in QCPAxisPainter + LabelType mTickLabelType; + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + QString mDateTimeFormat; + Qt::TimeSpec mDateTimeSpec; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + //bool mNumberMultiplyCross; // QCPAxisPainter + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + double mTickStep; + int mSubTickCount, mAutoTickCount; + bool mAutoTicks, mAutoTickStep, mAutoSubTicks; + //int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; // QCPAxisPainter + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + double mScaleLogBase, mScaleLogBaseLogInv; + + // non-property members: + QCPGrid *mGrid; + QCPAxisPainterPrivate *mAxisPainter; + int mLowestVisibleTick, mHighestVisibleTick; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mCachedMarginValid; + int mCachedMargin; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void setupTickVectors(); + virtual void generateAutoTicks(); + virtual int calculateAutoSubTickCount(double tickStep) const; + virtual int calculateMargin(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // non-virtual methods: + void visibleTickBounds(int &lowIndex, int &highIndex) const; + double baseLog(double value) const; + double basePow(double value) const; + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxis) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPGrid; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::AxisTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::SelectablePart) + + +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate +{ +public: + explicit QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAxisPainterPrivate(); + + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual int size() const; + void clearCache(); + + QRect axisSelectionBox() const { + return mAxisSelectionBox; + } + QRect tickLabelsSelectionBox() const { + return mTickLabelsSelectionBox; + } + QRect labelSelectionBox() const { + return mLabelSelectionBox; + } + + // public property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType type; + QPen basePen; + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding, upperEnding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int labelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QFont labelFont; + QColor labelColor; + QString label; + int tickLabelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + double tickLabelRotation; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QCPAxis::LabelSide tickLabelSide; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool substituteExponent; + bool numberMultiplyCross; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int tickLengthIn, tickLengthOut, subTickLengthIn, subTickLengthOut; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QPen tickPen, subTickPen; + QFont tickLabelFont; + QColor tickLabelColor; + QRect axisRect, viewportRect; + double offset; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers; + bool reversedEndings; + + QVector subTickPositions; + QVector tickPositions; + QVector tickLabels; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPointF offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct TickLabelData { + QString basePart, expPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, totalBounds, rotatedTotalBounds; + QFont baseFont, expFont; + }; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; + + virtual void placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize); + virtual void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual TickLabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const; + virtual QPointF getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPlottable : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name WRITE setName) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedFill READ antialiasedFill WRITE setAntialiasedFill) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedScatters READ antialiasedScatters WRITE setAntialiasedScatters) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedErrorBars READ antialiasedErrorBars WRITE setAntialiasedErrorBars) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *keyAxis READ keyAxis WRITE setKeyAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *valueAxis READ valueAxis WRITE setValueAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + bool antialiasedErrorBars() const { + return mAntialiasedErrorBars; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedErrorBars(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void clearData() = 0; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const = 0; + virtual bool addToLegend(); + virtual bool removeFromLegend() const; + + // non-property methods: + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + /*! + Represents negative and positive sign domain for passing to \ref getKeyRange and \ref getValueRange. + */ + enum SignDomain { sdNegative ///< The negative sign domain, i.e. numbers smaller than zero + , sdBoth ///< Both sign domains, including zero, i.e. all (rational) numbers + , sdPositive ///< The positive sign domain, i.e. numbers greater than zero + }; + + // property members: + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters, mAntialiasedErrorBars; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyErrorBarsAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + double distSqrToLine(const QPointF &start, const QPointF &end, const QPointF &point) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPPlottableLegendItem; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemAnchor +{ +public: + QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString name, int anchorId = -1); + virtual ~QCPItemAnchor(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + virtual QPointF pixelPoint() const; + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QCPAbstractItem *mParentItem; + int mAnchorId; + QSet mChildrenX, mChildrenY; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() { + return 0; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + void addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemAnchor) + + friend class QCPItemPosition; +}; + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPosition : public QCPItemAnchor +{ +public: + /*! + Defines the ways an item position can be specified. Thus it defines what the numbers passed to + \ref setCoords actually mean. + + \see setType + */ + enum PositionType { ptAbsolute ///< Static positioning in pixels, starting from the top left corner of the viewport/widget. + , ptViewportRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the viewport size. For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the viewport/widget. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the viewport/widget, etc. + , ptAxisRectRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the axis rect size (see \ref setAxisRect). For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the axis rect. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the axis rect, etc. You can also go beyond the axis rect by providing negative coordinates or coordinates larger than 1. + , ptPlotCoords ///< Dynamic positioning at a plot coordinate defined by two axes (see \ref setAxes). + }; + + QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString name); + virtual ~QCPItemPosition(); + + // getters: + PositionType type() const { + return typeX(); + } + PositionType typeX() const { + return mPositionTypeX; + } + PositionType typeY() const { + return mPositionTypeY; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor() const { + return parentAnchorX(); + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorX() const { + return mParentAnchorX; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorY() const { + return mParentAnchorY; + } + double key() const { + return mKey; + } + double value() const { + return mValue; + } + QPointF coords() const { + return QPointF(mKey, mValue); + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const; + virtual QPointF pixelPoint() const; + + // setters: + void setType(PositionType type); + void setTypeX(PositionType type); + void setTypeY(PositionType type); + bool setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + void setCoords(double key, double value); + void setCoords(const QPointF &coords); + void setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + void setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect); + void setPixelPoint(const QPointF &pixelPoint); + +protected: + // property members: + PositionType mPositionTypeX, mPositionTypeY; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QPointer mAxisRect; + double mKey, mValue; + QCPItemAnchor *mParentAnchorX, *mParentAnchorY; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() { + return this; + } + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemPosition) + +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractItem : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool clipToAxisRect READ clipToAxisRect WRITE setClipToAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect READ clipAxisRect WRITE setClipAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAbstractItem(); + + // getters: + bool clipToAxisRect() const { + return mClipToAxisRect; + } + QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect() const; + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setClipToAxisRect(bool clip); + void setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + QList positions() const { + return mPositions; + } + QList anchors() const { + return mAnchors; + } + QCPItemPosition *position(const QString &name) const; + QCPItemAnchor *anchor(const QString &name) const; + bool hasAnchor(const QString &name) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mClipToAxisRect; + QPointer mClipAxisRect; + QList mPositions; + QList mAnchors; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + double distSqrToLine(const QPointF &start, const QPointF &end, const QPointF &point) const; + double rectSelectTest(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const; + QCPItemPosition *createPosition(const QString &name); + QCPItemAnchor *createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractItem) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPItemAnchor; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCustomPlot : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QRect viewport READ viewport WRITE setViewport) + Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout READ plotLayout) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoAddPlottableToLegend READ autoAddPlottableToLegend WRITE setAutoAddPlottableToLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(int selectionTolerance READ selectionTolerance WRITE setSelectionTolerance) + Q_PROPERTY(bool noAntialiasingOnDrag READ noAntialiasingOnDrag WRITE setNoAntialiasingOnDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier READ multiSelectModifier WRITE setMultiSelectModifier) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how a layer should be inserted relative to an other layer. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer + */ + enum LayerInsertMode { limBelow ///< Layer is inserted below other layer + , limAbove ///< Layer is inserted above other layer + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerInsertMode) + + /*! + Defines with what timing the QCustomPlot surface is refreshed after a replot. + + \see replot + */ + enum RefreshPriority { rpImmediate ///< The QCustomPlot surface is immediately refreshed, by calling QWidget::repaint() after the replot + , rpQueued ///< Queues the refresh such that it is performed at a slightly delayed point in time after the replot, by calling QWidget::update() after the replot + , rpHint ///< Whether to use immediate repaint or queued update depends on whether the plotting hint \ref QCP::phForceRepaint is set, see \ref setPlottingHints. + }; + + explicit QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent = 0); + virtual ~QCustomPlot(); + + // getters: + QRect viewport() const { + return mViewport; + } + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout() const { + return mPlotLayout; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements antialiasedElements() const { + return mAntialiasedElements; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements notAntialiasedElements() const { + return mNotAntialiasedElements; + } + bool autoAddPlottableToLegend() const { + return mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + } + const QCP::Interactions interactions() const { + return mInteractions; + } + int selectionTolerance() const { + return mSelectionTolerance; + } + bool noAntialiasingOnDrag() const { + return mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + } + QCP::PlottingHints plottingHints() const { + return mPlottingHints; + } + Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier() const { + return mMultiSelectModifier; + } + + // setters: + void setViewport(const QRect &rect); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements); + void setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements); + void setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on); + void setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions); + void setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled = true); + void setSelectionTolerance(int pixels); + void setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled); + void setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints); + void setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled = true); + void setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier); + + // non-property methods: + // plottable interface: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(int index); + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(); + bool addPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool removePlottable(int index); + int clearPlottables(); + int plottableCount() const; + QList selectedPlottables() const; + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + + // specialized interface for QCPGraph: + QCPGraph *graph(int index) const; + QCPGraph *graph() const; + QCPGraph *addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis = 0, QCPAxis *valueAxis = 0); + bool removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool removeGraph(int index); + int clearGraphs(); + int graphCount() const; + QList selectedGraphs() const; + + // item interface: + QCPAbstractItem *item(int index) const; + QCPAbstractItem *item() const; + bool addItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + int clearItems(); + int itemCount() const; + QList selectedItems() const; + QCPAbstractItem *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const; + + // layer interface: + QCPLayer *layer(const QString &name) const; + QCPLayer *layer(int index) const; + QCPLayer *currentLayer() const; + bool setCurrentLayer(const QString &name); + bool setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + int layerCount() const; + bool addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer = 0, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + bool removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + + // axis rect/layout interface: + int axisRectCount() const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRect(int index = 0) const; + QList axisRects() const; + QCPLayoutElement *layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + Q_SLOT void rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + + QList selectedAxes() const; + QList selectedLegends() const; + Q_SLOT void deselectAll(); + + bool savePdf(const QString &fileName, bool noCosmeticPen = false, int width = 0, int height = 0, const QString &pdfCreator = QString(), const QString &pdfTitle = QString()); + bool savePng(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1); + bool saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1); + bool saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0); + bool saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality = -1); + QPixmap toPixmap(int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0); + void toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width = 0, int height = 0); + Q_SLOT void replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority = QCustomPlot::rpHint); + + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + QCPLegend *legend; + +signals: + void mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event); + void mousePress(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseWheel(QWheelEvent *event); + + void plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, QMouseEvent *event); + void plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void titleClick(QMouseEvent *event, QCPPlotTitle *title); + void titleDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event, QCPPlotTitle *title); + + void selectionChangedByUser(); + void beforeReplot(); + void afterReplot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mViewport; + QCPLayoutGrid *mPlotLayout; + bool mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + QList mPlottables; + QList mGraphs; // extra list of plottables also in mPlottables that are of type QCPGraph + QList mItems; + QList mLayers; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAntialiasedElements, mNotAntialiasedElements; + QCP::Interactions mInteractions; + int mSelectionTolerance; + bool mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayer *mCurrentLayer; + QCP::PlottingHints mPlottingHints; + Qt::KeyboardModifier mMultiSelectModifier; + + // non-property members: + QPixmap mPaintBuffer; + QPoint mMousePressPos; + QPointer mMouseEventElement; + bool mReplotting; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event); + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis); + virtual void legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend); + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateLayerIndices() const; + QCPLayerable *layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails = 0) const; + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorGradient +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the color spaces in which color interpolation between gradient stops can be performed. + + \see setColorInterpolation + */ + enum ColorInterpolation { ciRGB ///< Color channels red, green and blue are linearly interpolated + , ciHSV ///< Color channels hue, saturation and value are linearly interpolated (The hue is interpolated over the shortest angle distance) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ColorInterpolation) + + /*! + Defines the available presets that can be loaded with \ref loadPreset. See the documentation + there for an image of the presets. + */ + enum GradientPreset { gpGrayscale ///< Continuous lightness from black to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpHot ///< Continuous lightness from black over firey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCold ///< Continuous lightness from black over icey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpNight ///< Continuous lightness from black over weak blueish colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCandy ///< Blue over pink to white + , gpGeography ///< Colors suitable to represent different elevations on geographical maps + , gpIon ///< Half hue spectrum from black over purple to blue and finally green (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpThermal ///< Colors suitable for thermal imaging, ranging from dark blue over purple to orange, yellow and white + , gpPolar ///< Colors suitable to emphasize polarity around the center, with blue for negative, black in the middle and red for positive values + , gpSpectrum ///< An approximation of the visible light spectrum (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpJet ///< Hue variation similar to a spectrum, often used in numerical visualization (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpHues ///< Full hue cycle, with highest and lowest color red (suitable for periodic data, such as angles and phases, see \ref setPeriodic) + }; + Q_ENUMS(GradientPreset) + + QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset = gpCold); + bool operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPColorGradient &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int levelCount() const { + return mLevelCount; + } + QMap colorStops() const { + return mColorStops; + } + ColorInterpolation colorInterpolation() const { + return mColorInterpolation; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + + // setters: + void setLevelCount(int n); + void setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops); + void setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color); + void setColorInterpolation(ColorInterpolation interpolation); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + QRgb color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic = false); + void loadPreset(GradientPreset preset); + void clearColorStops(); + QCPColorGradient inverted() const; + +protected: + void updateColorBuffer(); + + // property members: + int mLevelCount; + QMap mColorStops; + ColorInterpolation mColorInterpolation; + bool mPeriodic; + + // non-property members: + QVector mColorBuffer; + bool mColorBufferInvalidated; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisRect : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes = true); + virtual ~QCPAxisRect(); + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + QCPAxis *rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QCPAxis *rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + double rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation); + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + // non-property methods: + int axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const; + QCPAxis *axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index = 0) const; + QList axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const; + QList axes() const; + QCPAxis *addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis = 0); + QList addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types); + bool removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + + void setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges = false); + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPoint center() const { + return mRect.center(); + } + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + Qt::Orientations mRangeDrag, mRangeZoom; + QPointer mRangeDragHorzAxis, mRangeDragVertAxis, mRangeZoomHorzAxis, mRangeZoomVertAxis; + double mRangeZoomFactorHorz, mRangeZoomFactorVert; + // non-property members: + QCPRange mDragStartHorzRange, mDragStartVertRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + QPoint mDragStart; + bool mDragging; + QHash > mAxes; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side); + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + + // non-property methods: + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisRect) + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractLegendItem : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPLegend* parentLegend READ parentLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectableChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent); + + // getters: + QCPLegend *parentLegend() const { + return mParentLegend; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLegend *mParentLegend; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractLegendItem) + + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPlottableLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + + // getters: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable() { + return mPlottable; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLegend : public QCPLayoutGrid +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen borderPen READ borderPen WRITE setBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize) + Q_PROPERTY(int iconTextPadding READ iconTextPadding WRITE setIconTextPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen iconBorderPen READ iconBorderPen WRITE setIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBorderPen READ selectedBorderPen WRITE setSelectedBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedIconBorderPen READ selectedIconBorderPen WRITE setSelectedIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of a legend + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None + , spLegendBox = 0x001 ///< 0x001 The legend box (frame) + , spItems = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Legend items individually (see \ref selectedItems) + }; + Q_FLAGS(SelectablePart SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPLegend(); + virtual ~QCPLegend(); + + // getters: + QPen borderPen() const { + return mBorderPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QSize iconSize() const { + return mIconSize; + } + int iconTextPadding() const { + return mIconTextPadding; + } + QPen iconBorderPen() const { + return mIconBorderPen; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const; + QPen selectedBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedBorderPen; + } + QPen selectedIconBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedIconBorderPen; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + + // setters: + void setBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setIconSize(const QSize &size); + void setIconSize(int width, int height); + void setIconTextPadding(int padding); + void setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPAbstractLegendItem *item(int index) const; + QCPPlottableLegendItem *itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + int itemCount() const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const; + bool hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + bool addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + void clearItems(); + QList selectedItems() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + void selectableChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBorderPen, mIconBorderPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QSize mIconSize; + int mIconTextPadding; + SelectableParts mSelectedParts, mSelectableParts; + QPen mSelectedBorderPen, mSelectedIconBorderPen; + QBrush mSelectedBrush; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getBorderPen() const; + QBrush getBrush() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLegend) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPLegend::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLegend::SelectablePart) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPlotTitle : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPPlotTitle(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + explicit QCPPlotTitle(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text); + + // getters: + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setText(const QString &text); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mText; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + QRect mTextBoundingRect; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumSizeHint() const; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + + // non-virtual methods: + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainTextColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPlotTitle) +}; + + +class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate : public QCPAxisRect +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale); +protected: + QCPColorScale *mParentColorScale; + QImage mGradientImage; + bool mGradientImageInvalidated; + // re-using some methods of QCPAxisRect to make them available to friend class QCPColorScale + using QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin; + using QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::update; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + void updateGradientImage(); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts); + friend class QCPColorScale; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorScale : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::AxisType type READ type WRITE setType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int barWidth READ barWidth WRITE setBarWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPColorScale(); + + // getters: + QCPAxis *axis() const { + return mColorAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis::AxisType type() const { + return mType; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QString label() const; + int barWidth() const { + return mBarWidth; + } + bool rangeDrag() const; + bool rangeZoom() const; + + // setters: + void setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setBarWidth(int width); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + QList colorMaps() const; + void rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(QCPRange newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType mType; + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + int mBarWidth; + + // non-property members: + QPointer mAxisRect; + QPointer mColorAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPColorScale) + + friend class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate; +}; + + +/*! \file */ + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPData +{ +public: + QCPData(); + QCPData(double key, double value); + double key, value; + double keyErrorPlus, keyErrorMinus; + double valueErrorPlus, valueErrorMinus; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \typedef QCPDataMap + Container for storing \ref QCPData items in a sorted fashion. The key of the map + is the key member of the QCPData instance. + + This is the container in which QCPGraph holds its data. + \see QCPData, QCPGraph::setData +*/ +typedef QMap QCPDataMap; +typedef QMapIterator QCPDataMapIterator; +typedef QMutableMapIterator QCPDataMutableMapIterator; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraph : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(ErrorType errorType READ errorType WRITE setErrorType) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen errorPen READ errorPen WRITE setErrorPen) + Q_PROPERTY(double errorBarSize READ errorBarSize WRITE setErrorBarSize) + Q_PROPERTY(bool errorBarSkipSymbol READ errorBarSkipSymbol WRITE setErrorBarSkipSymbol) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *channelFillGraph READ channelFillGraph WRITE setChannelFillGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(bool adaptiveSampling READ adaptiveSampling WRITE setAdaptiveSampling) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + , lsStepLeft ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the left data point + , lsStepRight ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the right data point + , lsStepCenter ///< line is drawn as steps where the step is in between two data points + , lsImpulse ///< each data point is represented by a line parallel to the value axis, which reaches from the data point to the zero-value-line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + /*! + Defines what kind of error bars are drawn for each data point + */ + enum ErrorType { etNone ///< No error bars are shown + , etKey ///< Error bars for the key dimension of the data point are shown + , etValue ///< Error bars for the value dimension of the data point are shown + , etBoth ///< Error bars for both key and value dimensions of the data point are shown + }; + Q_ENUMS(ErrorType) + + explicit QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPGraph(); + + // getters: + QCPDataMap *data() const { + return mData; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + ErrorType errorType() const { + return mErrorType; + } + QPen errorPen() const { + return mErrorPen; + } + double errorBarSize() const { + return mErrorBarSize; + } + bool errorBarSkipSymbol() const { + return mErrorBarSkipSymbol; + } + QCPGraph *channelFillGraph() const { + return mChannelFillGraph.data(); + } + bool adaptiveSampling() const { + return mAdaptiveSampling; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPDataMap *data, bool copy = false); + void setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value); + void setDataKeyError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyError); + void setDataKeyError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyErrorMinus, const QVector &keyErrorPlus); + void setDataValueError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &valueError); + void setDataValueError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &valueErrorMinus, const QVector &valueErrorPlus); + void setDataBothError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyError, const QVector &valueError); + void setDataBothError(const QVector &key, const QVector &value, const QVector &keyErrorMinus, const QVector &keyErrorPlus, const QVector &valueErrorMinus, const QVector &valueErrorPlus); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setErrorType(ErrorType errorType); + void setErrorPen(const QPen &pen); + void setErrorBarSize(double size); + void setErrorBarSkipSymbol(bool enabled); + void setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph); + void setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QCPDataMap &dataMap); + void addData(const QCPData &data); + void addData(double key, double value); + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void removeDataBefore(double key); + void removeDataAfter(double key); + void removeData(double fromKey, double toKey); + void removeData(double key); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + using QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes; + using QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis; + using QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const; // overloads base class interface + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const; // overloads base class interface + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool includeErrorBars) const; // overloads base class interface + +protected: + // property members: + QCPDataMap *mData; + QPen mErrorPen; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + ErrorType mErrorType; + double mErrorBarSize; + bool mErrorBarSkipSymbol; + QPointer mChannelFillGraph; + bool mAdaptiveSampling; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain, bool includeErrors) const; // overloads base class interface + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain, bool includeErrors) const; // overloads base class interface + + int smooth; +public: + void setSmooth(int smooth); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *scatterData) const; + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const; + virtual void drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lineData) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getPreparedData(QVector *lineData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getPlotData(QVector *lineData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getScatterPlotData(QVector *scatterData) const; + void getLinePlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getStepLeftPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getStepRightPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getStepCenterPlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void getImpulsePlotData(QVector *linePixelData, QVector *scatterData) const; + void drawError(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const QCPData &data) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPDataMap::const_iterator &upper) const; + int countDataInBounds(const QCPDataMap::const_iterator &lower, const QCPDataMap::const_iterator &upper, int maxCount) const; + void addFillBasePoints(QVector *lineData) const; + void removeFillBasePoints(QVector *lineData) const; + QPointF lowerFillBasePoint(double lowerKey) const; + QPointF upperFillBasePoint(double upperKey) const; + const QPolygonF getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData) const; + int findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + int findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +/*! \file */ + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurveData +{ +public: + QCPCurveData(); + QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value); + double t, key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPCurveData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \typedef QCPCurveDataMap + Container for storing \ref QCPCurveData items in a sorted fashion. The key of the map + is the t member of the QCPCurveData instance. + + This is the container in which QCPCurve holds its data. + \see QCPCurveData, QCPCurve::setData +*/ + +typedef QMap QCPCurveDataMap; +typedef QMapIterator QCPCurveDataMapIterator; +typedef QMutableMapIterator QCPCurveDataMutableMapIterator; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurve : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the curve's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the curve (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< No line is drawn between data points (e.g. only scatters) + , lsLine ///< Data points are connected with a straight line + }; + explicit QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPCurve(); + + // getters: + QCPCurveDataMap *data() const { + return mData; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPCurveDataMap *data, bool copy = false); + void setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &key, const QVector &value); + void setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QCPCurveDataMap &dataMap); + void addData(const QCPCurveData &data); + void addData(double t, double key, double value); + void addData(double key, double value); + void addData(const QVector &ts, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void removeDataBefore(double t); + void removeDataAfter(double t); + void removeData(double fromt, double tot); + void removeData(double t); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPCurveDataMap *mData; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector *pointData) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getCurveData(QVector *lineData) const; + int getRegion(double x, double y, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const; + QPointF getOptimizedPoint(int prevRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const; + QVector getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom) const; + bool mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const; + bool getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const; + void getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double rectLeft, double rectTop, double rectRight, double rectBottom, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +/*! \file */ + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(SpacingType spacingType READ spacingType WRITE setSpacingType) + Q_PROPERTY(double spacing READ spacing WRITE setSpacing) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the spacing between bars in the group can be specified. Thus it defines what + the number passed to \ref setSpacing actually means. + + \see setSpacingType, setSpacing + */ + enum SpacingType { stAbsolute ///< Bar spacing is in absolute pixels + , stAxisRectRatio ///< Bar spacing is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , stPlotCoords ///< Bar spacing is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + ~QCPBarsGroup(); + + // getters: + SpacingType spacingType() const { + return mSpacingType; + } + double spacing() const { + return mSpacing; + } + + // setters: + void setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType); + void setSpacing(double spacing); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList bars() const { + return mBars; + } + QCPBars *bars(int index) const; + int size() const { + return mBars.size(); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return mBars.isEmpty(); + } + void clear(); + bool contains(QCPBars *bars) const { + return mBars.contains(bars); + } + void append(QCPBars *bars); + void insert(int i, QCPBars *bars); + void remove(QCPBars *bars); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + SpacingType mSpacingType; + double mSpacing; + QList mBars; + + // non-virtual methods: + void registerBars(QCPBars *bars); + void unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars); + + // virtual methods: + double keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + double getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPBarsGroup) + + friend class QCPBars; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarData +{ +public: + QCPBarData(); + QCPBarData(double key, double value); + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPBarData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \typedef QCPBarDataMap + Container for storing \ref QCPBarData items in a sorted fashion. The key of the map + is the key member of the QCPBarData instance. + + This is the container in which QCPBars holds its data. + \see QCPBarData, QCPBars::setData +*/ +typedef QMap QCPBarDataMap; +typedef QMapIterator QCPBarDataMapIterator; +typedef QMutableMapIterator QCPBarDataMutableMapIterator; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup READ barsGroup WRITE setBarsGroup) + Q_PROPERTY(double baseValue READ baseValue WRITE setBaseValue) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barBelow READ barBelow) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barAbove READ barAbove) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the number passed + to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< Bar width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< Bar width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< Bar width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + explicit QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPBars(); + + // getters: + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup() const { + return mBarsGroup; + } + double baseValue() const { + return mBaseValue; + } + QCPBars *barBelow() const { + return mBarBelow.data(); + } + QCPBars *barAbove() const { + return mBarAbove.data(); + } + QCPBarDataMap *data() const { + return mData; + } + + // setters: + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup); + void setBaseValue(double baseValue); + void setData(QCPBarDataMap *data, bool copy = false); + void setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &value); + + // non-property methods: + void moveBelow(QCPBars *bars); + void moveAbove(QCPBars *bars); + void addData(const QCPBarDataMap &dataMap); + void addData(const QCPBarData &data); + void addData(double key, double value); + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void removeDataBefore(double key); + void removeDataAfter(double key); + void removeData(double fromKey, double toKey); + void removeData(double key); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPBarDataMap *mData; + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + QCPBarsGroup *mBarsGroup; + double mBaseValue; + QPointer mBarBelow, mBarAbove; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPBarDataMap::const_iterator &upperEnd) const; + QPolygonF getBarPolygon(double key, double value) const; + void getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const; + double getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const; + static void connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper); + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPBarsGroup; +}; + + +/*! \file */ + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBox : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(double key READ key WRITE setKey) + Q_PROPERTY(double minimum READ minimum WRITE setMinimum) + Q_PROPERTY(double lowerQuartile READ lowerQuartile WRITE setLowerQuartile) + Q_PROPERTY(double median READ median WRITE setMedian) + Q_PROPERTY(double upperQuartile READ upperQuartile WRITE setUpperQuartile) + Q_PROPERTY(double maximum READ maximum WRITE setMaximum) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector outliers READ outliers WRITE setOutliers) + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerPen READ whiskerPen WRITE setWhiskerPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerBarPen READ whiskerBarPen WRITE setWhiskerBarPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen medianPen READ medianPen WRITE setMedianPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle READ outlierStyle WRITE setOutlierStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + + // getters: + double key() const { + return mKey; + } + double minimum() const { + return mMinimum; + } + double lowerQuartile() const { + return mLowerQuartile; + } + double median() const { + return mMedian; + } + double upperQuartile() const { + return mUpperQuartile; + } + double maximum() const { + return mMaximum; + } + QVector outliers() const { + return mOutliers; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + QPen whiskerPen() const { + return mWhiskerPen; + } + QPen whiskerBarPen() const { + return mWhiskerBarPen; + } + QPen medianPen() const { + return mMedianPen; + } + QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle() const { + return mOutlierStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setKey(double key); + void setMinimum(double value); + void setLowerQuartile(double value); + void setMedian(double value); + void setUpperQuartile(double value); + void setMaximum(double value); + void setOutliers(const QVector &values); + void setData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen); + void setMedianPen(const QPen &pen); + void setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QVector mOutliers; + double mKey, mMinimum, mLowerQuartile, mMedian, mUpperQuartile, mMaximum; + double mWidth; + double mWhiskerWidth; + QPen mWhiskerPen, mWhiskerBarPen, mMedianPen; + QCPScatterStyle mOutlierStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawQuartileBox(QCPPainter *painter, QRectF *quartileBox = 0) const; + virtual void drawMedian(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void drawWhiskers(QCPPainter *painter) const; + virtual void drawOutliers(QCPPainter *painter) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMapData +{ +public: + QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + ~QCPColorMapData(); + QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other); + QCPColorMapData &operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other); + + // getters: + int keySize() const { + return mKeySize; + } + int valueSize() const { + return mValueSize; + } + QCPRange keyRange() const { + return mKeyRange; + } + QCPRange valueRange() const { + return mValueRange; + } + QCPRange dataBounds() const { + return mDataBounds; + } + double data(double key, double value); + double cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + + // setters: + void setSize(int keySize, int valueSize); + void setKeySize(int keySize); + void setValueSize(int valueSize); + void setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange); + void setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setData(double key, double value, double z); + void setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z); + + // non-property methods: + void recalculateDataBounds(); + void clear(); + void fill(double z); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mIsEmpty; + } + void coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const; + void cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mKeySize, mValueSize; + QCPRange mKeyRange, mValueRange; + bool mIsEmpty; + // non-property members: + double *mData; + QCPRange mDataBounds; + bool mDataModified; + + friend class QCPColorMap; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMap : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolate READ interpolate WRITE setInterpolate) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tightBoundary READ tightBoundary WRITE setTightBoundary) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorScale *colorScale READ colorScale WRITE setColorScale) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPColorMap(); + + // getters: + QCPColorMapData *data() const { + return mMapData; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + bool interpolate() const { + return mInterpolate; + } + bool tightBoundary() const { + return mTightBoundary; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QCPColorScale *colorScale() const { + return mColorScale.data(); + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy = false); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setInterpolate(bool enabled); + void setTightBoundary(bool enabled); + void setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale); + + // non-property methods: + void rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds = false); + Q_SLOT void updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation, const QSize &thumbSize = QSize(32, 18)); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(QCPRange newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorMapData *mMapData; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + bool mInterpolate; + bool mTightBoundary; + QPointer mColorScale; + // non-property members: + QImage mMapImage, mUndersampledMapImage; + QPixmap mLegendIcon; + bool mMapImageInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateMapImage(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +/*! \file */ + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancialData +{ +public: + QCPFinancialData(); + QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + double key, open, high, low, close; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPFinancialData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \typedef QCPFinancialDataMap + Container for storing \ref QCPFinancialData items in a sorted fashion. The key of the map + is the key member of the QCPFinancialData instance. + + This is the container in which QCPFinancial holds its data. + \see QCPFinancial, QCPFinancial::setData +*/ +typedef QMap QCPFinancialDataMap; +typedef QMapIterator QCPFinancialDataMapIterator; +typedef QMutableMapIterator QCPFinancialDataMutableMapIterator; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancial : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(ChartStyle chartStyle READ chartStyle WRITE setChartStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(bool twoColored READ twoColored WRITE setTwoColored) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushPositive READ brushPositive WRITE setBrushPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushNegative READ brushNegative WRITE setBrushNegative) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penPositive READ penPositive WRITE setPenPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penNegative READ penNegative WRITE setPenNegative) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the possible representations of OHLC data in the plot. + + \see setChartStyle + */ + enum ChartStyle { csOhlc ///< Open-High-Low-Close bar representation + , csCandlestick ///< Candlestick representation + }; + Q_ENUMS(ChartStyle) + + explicit QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPFinancial(); + + // getters: + QCPFinancialDataMap *data() const { + return mData; + } + ChartStyle chartStyle() const { + return mChartStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + bool twoColored() const { + return mTwoColored; + } + QBrush brushPositive() const { + return mBrushPositive; + } + QBrush brushNegative() const { + return mBrushNegative; + } + QPen penPositive() const { + return mPenPositive; + } + QPen penNegative() const { + return mPenNegative; + } + + + // setters: + void setData(QCPFinancialDataMap *data, bool copy = false); + void setData(const QVector &key, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close); + void setChartStyle(ChartStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setTwoColored(bool twoColored); + void setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush); + void setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush); + void setPenPositive(const QPen &pen); + void setPenNegative(const QPen &pen); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QCPFinancialDataMap &dataMap); + void addData(const QCPFinancialData &data); + void addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + void addData(const QVector &key, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close); + void removeDataBefore(double key); + void removeDataAfter(double key); + void removeData(double fromKey, double toKey); + void removeData(double key); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void clearData(); + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // static methods: + static QCPFinancialDataMap timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset = 0); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPFinancialDataMap *mData; + ChartStyle mChartStyle; + double mWidth; + bool mTwoColored; + QBrush mBrushPositive, mBrushNegative; + QPen mPenPositive, mPenNegative; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, SignDomain inSignDomain = sdBoth) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end); + void drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end); + double ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) const; + double candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &end) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &lower, QCPFinancialDataMap::const_iterator &upper) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemStraightLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemStraightLine(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const point1; + QCPItemPosition *const point2; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + + // non-virtual methods: + double distToStraightLine(const QVector2D &point1, const QVector2D &vec, const QVector2D &point) const; + QLineF getRectClippedStraightLine(const QVector2D &point1, const QVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemLine(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedLine(const QVector2D &start, const QVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemCurve : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemCurve(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const startDir; + QCPItemPosition *const endDir; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemRect : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemRect(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemText : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QColor color READ color WRITE setColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedColor READ selectedColor WRITE setSelectedColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment positionAlignment READ positionAlignment WRITE setPositionAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment textAlignment READ textAlignment WRITE setTextAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(double rotation READ rotation WRITE setRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemText(); + + // getters: + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + QColor selectedColor() const { + return mSelectedColor; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + Qt::Alignment positionAlignment() const { + return mPositionAlignment; + } + Qt::Alignment textAlignment() const { + return mTextAlignment; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + QMargins padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + + // setters; + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedColor(const QColor &color); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setText(const QString &text); + void setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setRotation(double degrees); + void setPadding(const QMargins &padding); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeft, aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottomRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QColor mColor, mSelectedColor; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + QFont mFont, mSelectedFont; + QString mText; + Qt::Alignment mPositionAlignment; + Qt::Alignment mTextAlignment; + double mRotation; + QMargins mPadding; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const; + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainColor() const; + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemEllipse : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemEllipse(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeftRim, aiTop, aiTopRightRim, aiRight, aiBottomRightRim, aiBottom, aiBottomLeftRim, aiLeft, aiCenter}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPixmap : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap pixmap READ pixmap WRITE setPixmap) + Q_PROPERTY(bool scaled READ scaled WRITE setScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode READ aspectRatioMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode READ transformationMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemPixmap(); + + // getters: + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + bool scaled() const { + return mScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode() const { + return mAspectRatioMode; + } + Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode() const { + return mTransformationMode; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode = Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledPixmap; + bool mScaled; + bool mScaledPixmapInvalidated; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mAspectRatioMode; + Qt::TransformationMode mTransformationMode; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect = QRect(), bool flipHorz = false, bool flipVert = false); + QRect getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz = 0, bool *flippedVert = 0) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemTracer : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(double size READ size WRITE setSize) + Q_PROPERTY(TracerStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *graph READ graph WRITE setGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(double graphKey READ graphKey WRITE setGraphKey) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolating READ interpolating WRITE setInterpolating) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + The different visual appearances a tracer item can have. Some styles size may be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum TracerStyle { tsNone ///< The tracer is not visible + , tsPlus ///< A plus shaped crosshair with limited size + , tsCrosshair ///< A plus shaped crosshair which spans the complete axis rect + , tsCircle ///< A circle + , tsSquare ///< A square + }; + Q_ENUMS(TracerStyle) + + QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemTracer(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + TracerStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + QCPGraph *graph() const { + return mGraph; + } + double graphKey() const { + return mGraphKey; + } + bool interpolating() const { + return mInterpolating; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSize(double size); + void setStyle(TracerStyle style); + void setGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + void setGraphKey(double key); + void setInterpolating(bool enabled); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updatePosition(); + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + double mSize; + TracerStyle mStyle; + QCPGraph *mGraph; + double mGraphKey; + bool mInterpolating; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemBracket : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(double length READ length WRITE setLength) + Q_PROPERTY(BracketStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + enum BracketStyle { bsSquare ///< A brace with angled edges + , bsRound ///< A brace with round edges + , bsCurly ///< A curly brace + , bsCalligraphic ///< A curly brace with varying stroke width giving a calligraphic impression + }; + + QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemBracket(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + BracketStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLength(double length); + void setStyle(BracketStyle style); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + QCPItemPosition *const left; + QCPItemPosition *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + // property members: + enum AnchorIndex {aiCenter}; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + double mLength; + BracketStyle mStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPoint(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +#endif // QCUSTOMPLOT_H + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.cpp b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ace2e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,30547 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 25.06.18 ** +** Version: 2.0.1 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qcustomplot.h" +#include "smoothcurve.h" + +/* including file 'src/vector2d.cpp', size 7340 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPVector2D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPVector2D + \brief Represents two doubles as a mathematical 2D vector + + This class acts as a replacement for QVector2D with the advantage of double precision instead of + single, and some convenience methods tailored for the QCustomPlot library. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPVector2D::setX(double x) + + Sets the x coordinate of this vector to \a x. + + \see setY +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPVector2D::setY(double y) + + Sets the y coordinate of this vector to \a y. + + \see setX +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::length() const + + Returns the length of this vector. + + \see lengthSquared +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::lengthSquared() const + + Returns the squared length of this vector. In some situations, e.g. when just trying to find the + shortest vector of a group, this is faster than calculating \ref length, because it avoids + calculation of a square root. + + \see length +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPVector2D::toPoint() const + + Returns a QPoint which has the x and y coordinates of this vector, truncating any floating point + information. + + \see toPointF +*/ + +/*! \fn QPointF QCPVector2D::toPointF() const + + Returns a QPointF which has the x and y coordinates of this vector. + + \see toPoint +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPVector2D::isNull() const + + Returns whether this vector is null. A vector is null if \c qIsNull returns true for both x and y + coordinates, i.e. if both are binary equal to 0. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPVector2D QCPVector2D::perpendicular() const + + Returns a vector perpendicular to this vector, with the same length. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::dot() const + + Returns the dot/scalar product of this vector with the specified vector \a vec. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates to 0. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D() : + mX(0), + mY(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the \a x and \a y coordinates with the specified + values. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(double x, double y) : + mX(x), + mY(y) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates respective coordinates of + the specified \a point. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(const QPoint &point) : + mX(point.x()), + mY(point.y()) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates respective coordinates of + the specified \a point. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(const QPointF &point) : + mX(point.x()), + mY(point.y()) +{ +} + +/*! + Normalizes this vector. After this operation, the length of the vector is equal to 1. + + \see normalized, length, lengthSquared +*/ +void QCPVector2D::normalize() +{ + double len = length(); + mX /= len; + mY /= len; +} + +/*! + Returns a normalized version of this vector. The length of the returned vector is equal to 1. + + \see normalize, length, lengthSquared +*/ +QCPVector2D QCPVector2D::normalized() const +{ + QCPVector2D result(mX, mY); + result.normalize(); + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the squared shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the finite line + segment given by \a start and \a end. + + \see distanceToStraightLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end) const +{ + QCPVector2D v(end - start); + double vLengthSqr = v.lengthSquared(); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vLengthSqr)) { + double mu = v.dot(*this - start) / vLengthSqr; + if (mu < 0) { + return (*this - start).lengthSquared(); + } else if (mu > 1) { + return (*this - end).lengthSquared(); + } else { + return ((start + mu * v) - *this).lengthSquared(); + } + } else { + return (*this - start).lengthSquared(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the squared shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the finite line + segment given by \a line. + + \see distanceToStraightLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine(const QLineF &line) const +{ + return distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(line.p1()), QCPVector2D(line.p2())); +} + +/*! + Returns the shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the infinite straight + line given by a \a base point and a \a direction vector. + + \see distanceSquaredToLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceToStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &direction) const +{ + return qAbs((*this - base).dot(direction.perpendicular())) / direction.length(); +} + +/*! + Scales this vector by the given \a factor, i.e. the x and y components are multiplied by \a + factor. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator*=(double factor) +{ + mX *= factor; + mY *= factor; + return *this; +} + +/*! + Scales this vector by the given \a divisor, i.e. the x and y components are divided by \a + divisor. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator/=(double divisor) +{ + mX /= divisor; + mY /= divisor; + return *this; +} + +/*! + Adds the given \a vector to this vector component-wise. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator+=(const QCPVector2D &vector) +{ + mX += vector.mX; + mY += vector.mY; + return *this; +} + +/*! + subtracts the given \a vector from this vector component-wise. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator-=(const QCPVector2D &vector) +{ + mX -= vector.mX; + mY -= vector.mY; + return *this; +} +/* end of 'src/vector2d.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/painter.cpp', size 8670 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPainter +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPainter + \brief QPainter subclass used internally + + This QPainter subclass is used to provide some extended functionality e.g. for tweaking position + consistency between antialiased and non-antialiased painting. Further it provides workarounds + for QPainter quirks. + + \warning This class intentionally hides non-virtual functions of QPainter, e.g. setPen, save and + restore. So while it is possible to pass a QCPPainter instance to a function that expects a + QPainter pointer, some of the workarounds and tweaks will be unavailable to the function (because + it will call the base class implementations of the functions actually hidden by QCPPainter). +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance and sets default values +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter() : + QPainter(), + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ + // don't setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefautPen) here, because painter isn't active yet and + // a call to begin() will follow +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance on the specified paint \a device and sets default values. Just + like the analogous QPainter constructor, begins painting on \a device immediately. + + Like \ref begin, this method sets QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5. +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) : + QPainter(device), + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (isActive()) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif +} + +/*! + Sets the pen of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of this + QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + QPainter::setPen(pen); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by color) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QColor &color) +{ + QPainter::setPen(color); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by style) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle) +{ + QPainter::setPen(penStyle); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Works around a Qt bug introduced with Qt 4.8 which makes drawing QLineF unpredictable when + antialiasing is disabled. Thus when antialiasing is disabled, it rounds the \a line to + integer coordinates and then passes it to the original drawLine. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::drawLine(const QLineF &line) +{ + if (mIsAntialiasing || mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { + QPainter::drawLine(line); + } else { + QPainter::drawLine(line.toLine()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether painting uses antialiasing or not. Use this method instead of using setRenderHint + with QPainter::Antialiasing directly, as it allows QCPPainter to regain pixel exactness between + antialiased and non-antialiased painting (Since Qt < 5.0 uses slightly different coordinate systems for + AA/Non-AA painting). +*/ +void QCPPainter::setAntialiasing(bool enabled) +{ + setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, enabled); + if (mIsAntialiasing != enabled) { + mIsAntialiasing = enabled; + if (!mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { // antialiasing half-pixel shift only needed for rasterized outputs + if (mIsAntialiasing) { + translate(0.5, 0.5); + } else { + translate(-0.5, -0.5); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setModes(QCPPainter::PainterModes modes) +{ + mModes = modes; +} + +/*! + Sets the QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5 after beginning painting on \a + device. This is necessary to get cosmetic pen consistency across Qt versions, because since Qt5, + all pens are non-cosmetic by default, and in Qt4 this render hint must be set to get that + behaviour. + + The Constructor \ref QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) which directly starts painting also sets + the render hint as appropriate. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +bool QCPPainter::begin(QPaintDevice *device) +{ + bool result = QPainter::begin(device); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (result) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setMode(QCPPainter::PainterMode mode, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes &= ~mode; + } else if (enabled && !mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes |= mode; + } +} + +/*! + Saves the painter (see QPainter::save). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see restore +*/ +void QCPPainter::save() +{ + mAntialiasingStack.push(mIsAntialiasing); + QPainter::save(); +} + +/*! + Restores the painter (see QPainter::restore). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see save +*/ +void QCPPainter::restore() +{ + if (!mAntialiasingStack.isEmpty()) { + mIsAntialiasing = mAntialiasingStack.pop(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Unbalanced save/restore"; + } + QPainter::restore(); +} + +/*! + Changes the pen width to 1 if it currently is 0. This function is called in the \ref setPen + overrides when the \ref pmNonCosmetic mode is set. +*/ +void QCPPainter::makeNonCosmetic() +{ + if (qFuzzyIsNull(pen().widthF())) { + QPen p = pen(); + p.setWidth(1); + QPainter::setPen(p); + } +} +/* end of 'src/painter.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/paintbuffer.cpp', size 18502 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPaintBuffer + \brief The abstract base class for paint buffers, which define the rendering backend + + This abstract base class defines the basic interface that a paint buffer needs to provide in + order to be usable by QCustomPlot. + + A paint buffer manages both a surface to draw onto, and the matching paint device. The size of + the surface can be changed via \ref setSize. External classes (\ref QCustomPlot and \ref + QCPLayer) request a painter via \ref startPainting and then perform the draw calls. Once the + painting is complete, \ref donePainting is called, so the paint buffer implementation can do + clean up if necessary. Before rendering a frame, each paint buffer is usually filled with a color + using \ref clear (usually the color is \c Qt::transparent), to remove the contents of the + previous frame. + + The simplest paint buffer implementation is \ref QCPPaintBufferPixmap which allows regular + software rendering via the raster engine. Hardware accelerated rendering via pixel buffers and + frame buffer objects is provided by \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer and \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo. + They are used automatically if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is enabled. +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPPainter *QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::startPainting() = 0 + + Returns a \ref QCPPainter which is ready to draw to this buffer. The ownership and thus the + responsibility to delete the painter after the painting operations are complete is given to the + caller of this method. + + Once you are done using the painter, delete the painter and call \ref donePainting. + + While a painter generated with this method is active, you must not call \ref setSize, \ref + setDevicePixelRatio or \ref clear. + + This method may return 0, if a painter couldn't be activated on the buffer. This usually + indicates a problem with the respective painting backend. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + + Draws the contents of this buffer with the provided \a painter. This is the method that is used + to finally join all paint buffers and draw them onto the screen. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::clear(const QColor &color) = 0 + + Fills the entire buffer with the provided \a color. To have an empty transparent buffer, use the + named color \c Qt::transparent. + + This method must not be called if there is currently a painter (acquired with \ref startPainting) + active. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::reallocateBuffer() = 0 + + Reallocates the internal buffer with the currently configured size (\ref setSize) and device + pixel ratio, if applicable (\ref setDevicePixelRatio). It is called as soon as any of those + properties are changed on this paint buffer. + + \note Subclasses of \ref QCPAbstractPaintBuffer must call their reimplementation of this method + in their constructor, to perform the first allocation (this can not be done by the base class + because calling pure virtual methods in base class constructors is not possible). +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::donePainting() + + If you have acquired a \ref QCPPainter to paint onto this paint buffer via \ref startPainting, + call this method as soon as you are done with the painting operations and have deleted the + painter. + + paint buffer subclasses may use this method to perform any type of cleanup that is necessary. The + default implementation does nothing. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a paint buffer and initializes it with the provided \a size and \a devicePixelRatio. + + Subclasses must call their \ref reallocateBuffer implementation in their respective constructors. +*/ +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio) : + mSize(size), + mDevicePixelRatio(devicePixelRatio), + mInvalidated(true) +{ +} + +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::~QCPAbstractPaintBuffer() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the paint buffer size. + + The buffer is reallocated (by calling \ref reallocateBuffer), so any painters that were obtained + by \ref startPainting are invalidated and must not be used after calling this method. + + If \a size is already the current buffer size, this method does nothing. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mSize != size) { + mSize = size; + reallocateBuffer(); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the invalidated flag to \a invalidated. + + This mechanism is used internally in conjunction with isolated replotting of \ref QCPLayer + instances (in \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered mode). If \ref QCPLayer::replot is called on a buffered + layer, i.e. an isolated repaint of only that layer (and its dedicated paint buffer) is requested, + QCustomPlot will decide depending on the invalidated flags of other paint buffers whether it also + replots them, instead of only the layer on which the replot was called. + + The invalidated flag is set to true when \ref QCPLayer association has changed, i.e. if layers + were added or removed from this buffer, or if they were reordered. It is set to false as soon as + all associated \ref QCPLayer instances are drawn onto the buffer. + + Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to manually call this method. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setInvalidated(bool invalidated) +{ + mInvalidated = invalidated; +} + +/*! + Sets the the device pixel ratio to \a ratio. This is useful to render on high-DPI output devices. + The ratio is automatically set to the device pixel ratio used by the parent QCustomPlot instance. + + The buffer is reallocated (by calling \ref reallocateBuffer), so any painters that were obtained + by \ref startPainting are invalidated and must not be used after calling this method. + + \note This method is only available for Qt versions 5.4 and higher. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setDevicePixelRatio(double ratio) +{ + if (!qFuzzyCompare(ratio, mDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mDevicePixelRatio = ratio; + reallocateBuffer(); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + } +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferPixmap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferPixmap + \brief A paint buffer based on QPixmap, using software raster rendering + + This paint buffer is the default and fall-back paint buffer which uses software rendering and + QPixmap as internal buffer. It is used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is false. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a pixmap paint buffer instancen with the specified \a size and \a devicePixelRatio, if + applicable. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferPixmap::QCPPaintBufferPixmap(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio) +{ + QCPPaintBufferPixmap::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferPixmap::~QCPPaintBufferPixmap() +{ +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferPixmap::startPainting() +{ + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(&mBuffer); + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (painter && painter->isActive()) { + painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, mBuffer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + mBuffer.fill(color); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::reallocateBuffer() +{ + setInvalidated(); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(1.0, mDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio); + mBuffer.setDevicePixelRatio(mDevicePixelRatio); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize); +#endif + } else { + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize); + } +} + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer + \brief A paint buffer based on OpenGL pixel buffers, using hardware accelerated rendering + + This paint buffer is one of the OpenGL paint buffers which facilitate hardware accelerated plot + rendering. It is based on OpenGL pixel buffers (pbuffer) and is used in Qt versions before 5.0. + (See \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo used in newer Qt versions.) + + The OpenGL paint buffers are used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is set to true, and if they are + supported by the system. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer instance with the specified \a size and \a + devicePixelRatio, if applicable. + + The parameter \a multisamples defines how many samples are used per pixel. Higher values thus + result in higher quality antialiasing. If the specified \a multisamples value exceeds the + capability of the graphics hardware, the highest supported multisampling is used. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, int multisamples) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio), + mGlPBuffer(0), + mMultisamples(qMax(0, multisamples)) +{ + QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::~QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer() +{ + if (mGlPBuffer) { + delete mGlPBuffer; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::startPainting() +{ + if (!mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return 0; + } + + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(mGlPBuffer); + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!painter || !painter->isActive()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + return; + } + if (!mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL pbuffer isn't valid, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + painter->drawImage(0, 0, mGlPBuffer->toImage()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + if (mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + mGlPBuffer->makeCurrent(); + glClearColor(color.redF(), color.greenF(), color.blueF(), color.alphaF()); + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); + mGlPBuffer->doneCurrent(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL pbuffer invalid or context not current"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::reallocateBuffer() +{ + if (mGlPBuffer) { + delete mGlPBuffer; + } + + QGLFormat format; + format.setAlpha(true); + format.setSamples(mMultisamples); + mGlPBuffer = new QGLPixelBuffer(mSize, format); +} +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferGlFbo +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferGlFbo + \brief A paint buffer based on OpenGL frame buffers objects, using hardware accelerated rendering + + This paint buffer is one of the OpenGL paint buffers which facilitate hardware accelerated plot + rendering. It is based on OpenGL frame buffer objects (fbo) and is used in Qt versions 5.0 and + higher. (See \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer used in older Qt versions.) + + The OpenGL paint buffers are used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is set to true, and if they are + supported by the system. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo instance with the specified \a size and \a devicePixelRatio, + if applicable. + + All frame buffer objects shall share one OpenGL context and paint device, which need to be set up + externally and passed via \a glContext and \a glPaintDevice. The set-up is done in \ref + QCustomPlot::setupOpenGl and the context and paint device are managed by the parent QCustomPlot + instance. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, QWeakPointer glContext, QWeakPointer glPaintDevice) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio), + mGlContext(glContext), + mGlPaintDevice(glPaintDevice), + mGlFrameBuffer(0) +{ + QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::~QCPPaintBufferGlFbo() +{ + if (mGlFrameBuffer) { + delete mGlFrameBuffer; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::startPainting() +{ + if (mGlPaintDevice.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL paint device doesn't exist"; + return 0; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return 0; + } + + if (QOpenGLContext::currentContext() != mGlContext.data()) { + mGlContext.data()->makeCurrent(mGlContext.data()->surface()); + } + mGlFrameBuffer->bind(); + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(mGlPaintDevice.data()); + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::donePainting() +{ + if (mGlFrameBuffer && mGlFrameBuffer->isBound()) { + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Either OpenGL frame buffer not valid or was not bound"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!painter || !painter->isActive()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + return; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + painter->drawImage(0, 0, mGlFrameBuffer->toImage()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + if (mGlContext.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL context doesn't exist"; + return; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + + if (QOpenGLContext::currentContext() != mGlContext.data()) { + mGlContext.data()->makeCurrent(mGlContext.data()->surface()); + } + mGlFrameBuffer->bind(); + glClearColor(color.redF(), color.greenF(), color.blueF(), color.alphaF()); + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::reallocateBuffer() +{ + // release and delete possibly existing framebuffer: + if (mGlFrameBuffer) { + if (mGlFrameBuffer->isBound()) { + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); + } + delete mGlFrameBuffer; + mGlFrameBuffer = 0; + } + + if (mGlContext.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL context doesn't exist"; + return; + } + if (mGlPaintDevice.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL paint device doesn't exist"; + return; + } + + // create new fbo with appropriate size: + mGlContext.data()->makeCurrent(mGlContext.data()->surface()); + QOpenGLFramebufferObjectFormat frameBufferFormat; + frameBufferFormat.setSamples(mGlContext.data()->format().samples()); + frameBufferFormat.setAttachment(QOpenGLFramebufferObject::CombinedDepthStencil); + mGlFrameBuffer = new QOpenGLFramebufferObject(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio, frameBufferFormat); + if (mGlPaintDevice.data()->size() != mSize * mDevicePixelRatio) { + mGlPaintDevice.data()->setSize(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio); + } +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mGlPaintDevice.data()->setDevicePixelRatio(mDevicePixelRatio); +#endif +} +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_FBO +/* end of 'src/paintbuffer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layer.cpp', size 37304 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayer + \brief A layer that may contain objects, to control the rendering order + + The Layering system of QCustomPlot is the mechanism to control the rendering order of the + elements inside the plot. + + It is based on the two classes QCPLayer and QCPLayerable. QCustomPlot holds an ordered list of + one or more instances of QCPLayer (see QCustomPlot::addLayer, QCustomPlot::layer, + QCustomPlot::moveLayer, etc.). When replotting, QCustomPlot goes through the list of layers + bottom to top and successively draws the layerables of the layers into the paint buffer(s). + + A QCPLayer contains an ordered list of QCPLayerable instances. QCPLayerable is an abstract base + class from which almost all visible objects derive, like axes, grids, graphs, items, etc. + + \section qcplayer-defaultlayers Default layers + + Initially, QCustomPlot has six layers: "background", "grid", "main", "axes", "legend" and + "overlay" (in that order). On top is the "overlay" layer, which only contains the QCustomPlot's + selection rect (\ref QCustomPlot::selectionRect). The next two layers "axes" and "legend" contain + the default axes and legend, so they will be drawn above plottables. In the middle, there is the + "main" layer. It is initially empty and set as the current layer (see + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). This means, all new plottables, items etc. are created on this + layer by default. Then comes the "grid" layer which contains the QCPGrid instances (which belong + tightly to QCPAxis, see \ref QCPAxis::grid). The Axis rect background shall be drawn behind + everything else, thus the default QCPAxisRect instance is placed on the "background" layer. Of + course, the layer affiliation of the individual objects can be changed as required (\ref + QCPLayerable::setLayer). + + \section qcplayer-ordering Controlling the rendering order via layers + + Controlling the ordering of layerables in the plot is easy: Create a new layer in the position + you want the layerable to be in, e.g. above "main", with \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer. Then set the + current layer with \ref QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer to that new layer and finally create the + objects normally. They will be placed on the new layer automatically, due to the current layer + setting. Alternatively you could have also ignored the current layer setting and just moved the + objects with \ref QCPLayerable::setLayer to the desired layer after creating them. + + It is also possible to move whole layers. For example, If you want the grid to be shown in front + of all plottables/items on the "main" layer, just move it above "main" with + QCustomPlot::moveLayer. + + The rendering order within one layer is simply by order of creation or insertion. The item + created last (or added last to the layer), is drawn on top of all other objects on that layer. + + When a layer is deleted, the objects on it are not deleted with it, but fall on the layer below + the deleted layer, see QCustomPlot::removeLayer. + + \section qcplayer-buffering Replotting only a specific layer + + If the layer mode (\ref setMode) is set to \ref lmBuffered, you can replot only this specific + layer by calling \ref replot. In certain situations this can provide better replot performance, + compared with a full replot of all layers. Upon creation of a new layer, the layer mode is + initialized to \ref lmLogical. The only layer that is set to \ref lmBuffered in a new \ref + QCustomPlot instance is the "overlay" layer, containing the selection rect. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPLayer::children() const + + Returns a list of all layerables on this layer. The order corresponds to the rendering order: + layerables with higher indices are drawn above layerables with lower indices. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayer::index() const + + Returns the index this layer has in the QCustomPlot. The index is the integer number by which this layer can be + accessed via \ref QCustomPlot::layer. + + Layers with higher indices will be drawn above layers with lower indices. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayer instance. + + Normally you shouldn't directly instantiate layers, use \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer instead. + + \warning It is not checked that \a layerName is actually a unique layer name in \a parentPlot. + This check is only performed by \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer. +*/ +QCPLayer::QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mName(layerName), + mIndex(-1), // will be set to a proper value by the QCustomPlot layer creation function + mVisible(true), + mMode(lmLogical) +{ + // Note: no need to make sure layerName is unique, because layer + // management is done with QCustomPlot functions. +} + +QCPLayer::~QCPLayer() +{ + // If child layerables are still on this layer, detach them, so they don't try to reach back to this + // then invalid layer once they get deleted/moved themselves. This only happens when layers are deleted + // directly, like in the QCustomPlot destructor. (The regular layer removal procedure for the user is to + // call QCustomPlot::removeLayer, which moves all layerables off this layer before deleting it.) + + while (!mChildren.isEmpty()) { + mChildren.last()->setLayer(0); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild() + } + + if (mParentPlot->currentLayer() == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The parent plot's mCurrentLayer will be a dangling pointer. Should have been set to a valid layer or 0 beforehand."; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this layer is visible or not. If \a visible is set to false, all layerables on this + layer will be invisible. + + This function doesn't change the visibility property of the layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable::setVisible), but the \ref QCPLayerable::realVisibility of each layerable takes the + visibility of the parent layer into account. +*/ +void QCPLayer::setVisible(bool visible) +{ + mVisible = visible; +} + +/*! + Sets the rendering mode of this layer. + + If \a mode is set to \ref lmBuffered for a layer, it will be given a dedicated paint buffer by + the parent QCustomPlot instance. This means it may be replotted individually by calling \ref + QCPLayer::replot, without needing to replot all other layers. + + Layers which are set to \ref lmLogical (the default) are used only to define the rendering order + and can't be replotted individually. + + Note that each layer which is set to \ref lmBuffered requires additional paint buffers for the + layers below, above and for the layer itself. This increases the memory consumption and + (slightly) decreases the repainting speed because multiple paint buffers need to be joined. So + you should carefully choose which layers benefit from having their own paint buffer. A typical + example would be a layer which contains certain layerables (e.g. items) that need to be changed + and thus replotted regularly, while all other layerables on other layers stay static. By default, + only the topmost layer called "overlay" is in mode \ref lmBuffered, and contains the selection + rect. + + \see replot +*/ +void QCPLayer::setMode(QCPLayer::LayerMode mode) +{ + if (mMode != mode) { + mMode = mode; + if (!mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the contents of this layer with the provided \a painter. + + \see replot, drawToPaintBuffer +*/ +void QCPLayer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + foreach (QCPLayerable *child, mChildren) { + if (child->realVisibility()) { + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(child->clipRect().translated(0, -1)); + child->applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + child->draw(painter); + painter->restore(); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the contents of this layer into the paint buffer which is associated with this layer. The + association is established by the parent QCustomPlot, which manages all paint buffers (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setupPaintBuffers). + + \see draw +*/ +void QCPLayer::drawToPaintBuffer() +{ + if (!mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + if (QCPPainter *painter = mPaintBuffer.data()->startPainting()) { + if (painter->isActive()) { + draw(painter); + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "paint buffer returned inactive painter"; + } + delete painter; + mPaintBuffer.data()->donePainting(); + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "paint buffer returned zero painter"; + } + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid paint buffer associated with this layer"; + } +} + +/*! + If the layer mode (\ref setMode) is set to \ref lmBuffered, this method allows replotting only + the layerables on this specific layer, without the need to replot all other layers (as a call to + \ref QCustomPlot::replot would do). + + If the layer mode is \ref lmLogical however, this method simply calls \ref QCustomPlot::replot on + the parent QCustomPlot instance. + + QCustomPlot also makes sure to replot all layers instead of only this one, if the layer ordering + has changed since the last full replot and the other paint buffers were thus invalidated. + + \see draw +*/ +void QCPLayer::replot() +{ + if (mMode == lmBuffered && !mParentPlot->hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers()) { + if (!mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + mPaintBuffer.data()->clear(Qt::transparent); + drawToPaintBuffer(); + mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(false); + mParentPlot->update(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid paint buffer associated with this layer"; + } + } else if (mMode == lmLogical) { + mParentPlot->replot(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the \a layerable to the list of this layer. If \a prepend is set to true, the layerable will + be prepended to the list, i.e. be drawn beneath the other layerables already in the list. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable to this layer. (Use + QCPLayerable::setLayer to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see removeChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend) +{ + if (!mChildren.contains(layerable)) { + if (prepend) { + mChildren.prepend(layerable); + } else { + mChildren.append(layerable); + } + if (!mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is already child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the \a layerable from the list of this layer. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable. (Use QCPLayerable::setLayer + to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see addChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable) +{ + if (mChildren.removeOne(layerable)) { + if (!mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is not child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayerable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayerable + \brief Base class for all drawable objects + + This is the abstract base class most visible objects derive from, e.g. plottables, axes, grid + etc. + + Every layerable is on a layer (QCPLayer) which allows controlling the rendering order by stacking + the layers accordingly. + + For details about the layering mechanism, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayerable *QCPLayerable::parentLayerable() const + + Returns the parent layerable of this layerable. The parent layerable is used to provide + visibility hierarchies in conjunction with the method \ref realVisibility. This way, layerables + only get drawn if their parent layerables are visible, too. + + Note that a parent layerable is not necessarily also the QObject parent for memory management. + Further, a layerable doesn't always have a parent layerable, so this function may return 0. + + A parent layerable is set implicitly when placed inside layout elements and doesn't need to be + set manually by the user. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function applies the default antialiasing setting to the specified \a painter, using the + function \ref applyAntialiasingHint. It is the antialiasing state the painter is put in, when + \ref draw is called on the layerable. If the layerable has multiple entities whose antialiasing + setting may be specified individually, this function should set the antialiasing state of the + most prominent entity. In this case however, the \ref draw function usually calls the specialized + versions of this function before drawing each entity, effectively overriding the setting of the + default antialiasing hint. + + First example: QCPGraph has multiple entities that have an antialiasing setting: The graph + line, fills and scatters. Those can be configured via QCPGraph::setAntialiased, + QCPGraph::setAntialiasedFill and QCPGraph::setAntialiasedScatters. Consequently, there isn't only + the QCPGraph::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint function (which corresponds to the graph line's + antialiasing), but specialized ones like QCPGraph::applyFillAntialiasingHint and + QCPGraph::applyScattersAntialiasingHint. So before drawing one of those entities, QCPGraph::draw + calls the respective specialized applyAntialiasingHint function. + + Second example: QCPItemLine consists only of a line so there is only one antialiasing + setting which can be controlled with QCPItemLine::setAntialiased. (This function is inherited by + all layerables. The specialized functions, as seen on QCPGraph, must be added explicitly to the + respective layerable subclass.) Consequently it only has the normal + QCPItemLine::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint. The \ref QCPItemLine::draw function doesn't need to + care about setting any antialiasing states, because the default antialiasing hint is already set + on the painter when the \ref draw function is called, and that's the state it wants to draw the + line with. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function draws the layerable with the specified \a painter. It is only called by + QCustomPlot, if the layerable is visible (\ref setVisible). + + Before this function is called, the painter's antialiasing state is set via \ref + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, see the documentation there. Further, the clipping rectangle was + set to \ref clipRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLayerable::layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + + This signal is emitted when the layer of this layerable changes, i.e. this layerable is moved to + a different layer. + + \see setLayer +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayerable instance. + + Since QCPLayerable is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. Use one of the + derived classes. + + If \a plot is provided, it automatically places itself on the layer named \a targetLayer. If \a + targetLayer is an empty string, it places itself on the current layer of the plot (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). + + It is possible to provide 0 as \a plot. In that case, you should assign a parent plot at a later + time with \ref initializeParentPlot. + + The layerable's parent layerable is set to \a parentLayerable, if provided. Direct layerable + parents are mainly used to control visibility in a hierarchy of layerables. This means a + layerable is only drawn, if all its ancestor layerables are also visible. Note that \a + parentLayerable does not become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable, \a + plot does. It is not uncommon to set the QObject-parent to something else in the constructors of + QCPLayerable subclasses, to guarantee a working destruction hierarchy. +*/ +QCPLayerable::QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer, QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) : + QObject(plot), + mVisible(true), + mParentPlot(plot), + mParentLayerable(parentLayerable), + mLayer(0), + mAntialiased(true) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + if (targetLayer.isEmpty()) { + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); + } else if (!setLayer(targetLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "setting QCPlayerable initial layer to" << targetLayer << "failed."; + } + } +} + +QCPLayerable::~QCPLayerable() +{ + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + mLayer = 0; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the visibility of this layerable object. If an object is not visible, it will not be drawn + on the QCustomPlot surface, and user interaction with it (e.g. click and selection) is not + possible. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setVisible(bool on) +{ + mVisible = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a layer of this layerable object. The object will be placed on top of the other objects + already on \a layer. + + If \a layer is 0, this layerable will not be on any layer and thus not appear in the plot (or + interact/receive events). + + Returns true if the layer of this layerable was successfully changed to \a layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + return moveToLayer(layer, false); +} + +/*! \overload + Sets the layer of this layerable object by name + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layerName is a valid layer name. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(const QString &layerName) +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (QCPLayer *layer = mParentPlot->layer(layerName)) { + return setLayer(layer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "there is no layer with name" << layerName; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this object will be drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that antialiasing settings may be overridden by QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setAntialiased(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiased = enabled; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this layerable is visible, taking the visibility of the layerable parent and the + visibility of this layerable's layer into account. This is the method that is consulted to decide + whether a layerable shall be drawn or not. + + If this layerable has a direct layerable parent (usually set via hierarchies implemented in + subclasses, like in the case of \ref QCPLayoutElement), this function returns true only if this + layerable has its visibility set to true and the parent layerable's \ref realVisibility returns + true. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::realVisibility() const +{ + return mVisible && (!mLayer || mLayer->visible()) && (!mParentLayerable || mParentLayerable.data()->realVisibility()); +} + +/*! + This function is used to decide whether a click hits a layerable object or not. + + \a pos is a point in pixel coordinates on the QCustomPlot surface. This function returns the + shortest pixel distance of this point to the object. If the object is either invisible or the + distance couldn't be determined, -1.0 is returned. Further, if \a onlySelectable is true and the + object is not selectable, -1.0 is returned, too. + + If the object is represented not by single lines but by an area like a \ref QCPItemText or the + bars of a \ref QCPBars plottable, a click inside the area should also be considered a hit. In + these cases this function thus returns a constant value greater zero but still below the parent + plot's selection tolerance. (typically the selectionTolerance multiplied by 0.99). + + Providing a constant value for area objects allows selecting line objects even when they are + obscured by such area objects, by clicking close to the lines (i.e. closer than + 0.99*selectionTolerance). + + The actual setting of the selection state is not done by this function. This is handled by the + parent QCustomPlot when the mouseReleaseEvent occurs, and the finally selected object is notified + via the \ref selectEvent/\ref deselectEvent methods. + + \a details is an optional output parameter. Every layerable subclass may place any information + in \a details. This information will be passed to \ref selectEvent when the parent QCustomPlot + decides on the basis of this selectTest call, that the object was successfully selected. The + subsequent call to \ref selectEvent will carry the \a details. This is useful for multi-part + objects (like QCPAxis). This way, a possibly complex calculation to decide which part was clicked + is only done once in \ref selectTest. The result (i.e. the actually clicked part) can then be + placed in \a details. So in the subsequent \ref selectEvent, the decision which part was + selected doesn't have to be done a second time for a single selection operation. + + In the case of 1D Plottables (\ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D, like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars) \a + details will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data point to \a pos. + + You may pass 0 as \a details to indicate that you are not interested in those selection details. + + \see selectEvent, deselectEvent, mousePressEvent, wheelEvent, QCustomPlot::setInteractions, + QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect +*/ +double QCPLayerable::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos) + Q_UNUSED(onlySelectable) + Q_UNUSED(details) + return -1.0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent plot of this layerable. Use this function once to set the parent plot if you have + passed 0 in the constructor. It can not be used to move a layerable from one QCustomPlot to + another one. + + Note that, unlike when passing a non-null parent plot in the constructor, this function does not + make \a parentPlot the QObject-parent of this layerable. If you want this, call + QObject::setParent(\a parentPlot) in addition to this function. + + Further, you will probably want to set a layer (\ref setLayer) after calling this function, to + make the layerable appear on the QCustomPlot. + + The parent plot change will be propagated to subclasses via a call to \ref parentPlotInitialized + so they can react accordingly (e.g. also initialize the parent plot of child layerables, like + QCPLayout does). +*/ +void QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with mParentPlot already initialized"; + return; + } + + if (!parentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with parentPlot zero"; + } + + mParentPlot = parentPlot; + parentPlotInitialized(mParentPlot); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent layerable of this layerable to \a parentLayerable. Note that \a parentLayerable does not + become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable. + + The parent layerable has influence on the return value of the \ref realVisibility method. Only + layerables with a fully visible parent tree will return true for \ref realVisibility, and thus be + drawn. + + \see realVisibility +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) +{ + mParentLayerable = parentLayerable; +} + +/*! \internal + + Moves this layerable object to \a layer. If \a prepend is true, this object will be prepended to + the new layer's list, i.e. it will be drawn below the objects already on the layer. If it is + false, the object will be appended. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layer is a valid layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend) +{ + if (layer && !mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (layer && layer->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer" << layer->name() << "is not in same QCustomPlot as this layerable"; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *oldLayer = mLayer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + } + mLayer = layer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->addChild(this, prepend); + } + if (mLayer != oldLayer) { + emit layerChanged(mLayer); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the QCPainter::setAntialiasing state on the provided \a painter, depending on the \a + localAntialiased value as well as the overrides \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. Which override enum this function takes into account is + controlled via \a overrideElement. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const +{ + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(false); + } else if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->antialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(true); + } else { + painter->setAntialiasing(localAntialiased); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called by \ref initializeParentPlot, to allow subclasses to react on the setting + of a parent plot. This is the case when 0 was passed as parent plot in the constructor, and the + parent plot is set at a later time. + + For example, QCPLayoutElement/QCPLayout hierarchies may be created independently of any + QCustomPlot at first. When they are then added to a layout inside the QCustomPlot, the top level + element of the hierarchy gets its parent plot initialized with \ref initializeParentPlot. To + propagate the parent plot to all the children of the hierarchy, the top level element then uses + this function to pass the parent plot on to its child elements. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see initializeParentPlot +*/ +void QCPLayerable::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + Q_UNUSED(parentPlot) +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the selection category this layerable shall belong to. The selection category is used in + conjunction with \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions to control which objects are selectable and + which aren't. + + Subclasses that don't fit any of the normal \ref QCP::Interaction values can use \ref + QCP::iSelectOther. This is what the default implementation returns. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCP::Interaction QCPLayerable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectOther; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the clipping rectangle of this layerable object. By default, this is the viewport of the + parent QCustomPlot. Specific subclasses may reimplement this function to provide different + clipping rects. + + The returned clipping rect is set on the painter before the draw function of the respective + object is called. +*/ +QRect QCPLayerable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } else { + return QRect(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be selected, as a consequence of a click by the + user. Subclasses should react to it by setting their selection state appropriately. The default + implementation does nothing. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the selection. \a additive indicates, whether the user + was holding the multi-select-modifier while performing the selection (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier). if \a additive is true, the selection state must be toggled + (i.e. become selected when unselected and unselected when selected). + + Every selectEvent is preceded by a call to \ref selectTest, which has returned positively (i.e. + returned a value greater than 0 and less than the selection tolerance of the parent QCustomPlot). + The \a details data you output from \ref selectTest is fed back via \a details here. You may + use it to transport any kind of information from the selectTest to the possibly subsequent + selectEvent. Usually \a details is used to transfer which part was clicked, if it is a layerable + that has multiple individually selectable parts (like QCPAxis). This way selectEvent doesn't need + to do the calculation again to find out which part was actually clicked. + + \a selectionStateChanged is an output parameter. If the pointer is non-null, this function must + set the value either to true or false, depending on whether the selection state of this layerable + was actually changed. For layerables that only are selectable as a whole and not in parts, this + is simple: if \a additive is true, \a selectionStateChanged must also be set to true, because the + selection toggles. If \a additive is false, \a selectionStateChanged is only set to true, if the + layerable was previously unselected and now is switched to the selected state. + + \see selectTest, deselectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(additive) + Q_UNUSED(details) + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be deselected, either as consequence of a user + interaction or a call to \ref QCustomPlot::deselectAll. Subclasses should react to it by + unsetting their selection appropriately. + + just as in \ref selectEvent, the output parameter \a selectionStateChanged (if non-null), must + return true or false when the selection state of this layerable has changed or not changed, + respectively. + + \see selectTest, selectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user presses a mouse button while the cursor is over the + layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a preceding call to \ref + selectTest. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a details contains layerable-specific details about the hit, which + were generated in the previous call to \ref selectTest. For example, One-dimensional plottables + like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars convey the clicked data point in the \a details parameter, as + \ref QCPDataSelection packed as QVariant. Multi-part objects convey the specific \c + SelectablePart that was hit (e.g. \ref QCPAxis::SelectablePart in the case of axes). + + QCustomPlot uses an event propagation system that works the same as Qt's system. If your + layerable doesn't reimplement the \ref mousePressEvent or explicitly calls \c event->ignore() in + its reimplementation, the event will be propagated to the next layerable in the stacking order. + + Once a layerable has accepted the \ref mousePressEvent, it is considered the mouse grabber and + will receive all following calls to \ref mouseMoveEvent or \ref mouseReleaseEvent for this mouse + interaction (a "mouse interaction" in this context ends with the release). + + The default implementation does nothing except explicitly ignoring the event with \c + event->ignore(). + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user moves the mouse while holding a mouse button, after this + layerable has become the mouse grabber by accepting the preceding \ref mousePressEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a startPos indicates the position where the initial \ref + mousePressEvent occured, that started the mouse interaction. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user releases the mouse button, after this layerable has become + the mouse grabber by accepting the preceding \ref mousePressEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a startPos indicates the position where the initial \ref + mousePressEvent occured, that started the mouse interaction. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user presses the mouse button a second time in a double-click, + while the cursor is over the layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a + preceding call to \ref selectTest. + + The \ref mouseDoubleClickEvent is called instead of the second \ref mousePressEvent. So in the + case of a double-click, the event succession is + pressEvent – releaseEvent – doubleClickEvent – releaseEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a details contains layerable-specific details about the hit, which + were generated in the previous call to \ref selectTest. For example, One-dimensional plottables + like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars convey the clicked data point in the \a details parameter, as + \ref QCPDataSelection packed as QVariant. Multi-part objects convey the specific \c + SelectablePart that was hit (e.g. \ref QCPAxis::SelectablePart in the case of axes). + + Similarly to \ref mousePressEvent, once a layerable has accepted the \ref mouseDoubleClickEvent, + it is considered the mouse grabber and will receive all following calls to \ref mouseMoveEvent + and \ref mouseReleaseEvent for this mouse interaction (a "mouse interaction" in this context ends + with the release). + + The default implementation does nothing except explicitly ignoring the event with \c + event->ignore(). + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user turns the mouse scroll wheel while the cursor is over the + layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a preceding call to \ref + selectTest. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). + + The \c event->delta() indicates how far the mouse wheel was turned, which is usually +/- 120 for + single rotation steps. However, if the mouse wheel is turned rapidly, multiple steps may + accumulate to one event, making \c event->delta() larger. On the other hand, if the wheel has + very smooth steps or none at all, the delta may be smaller. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + event->ignore(); +} +/* end of 'src/layer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/range.cpp', size 12221 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPRange +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPRange + \brief Represents the range an axis is encompassing. + + contains a \a lower and \a upper double value and provides convenience input, output and + modification functions. + + \see QCPAxis::setRange +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPRange::size() const + + Returns the size of the range, i.e. \a upper-\a lower +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPRange::center() const + + Returns the center of the range, i.e. (\a upper+\a lower)*0.5 +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPRange::normalize() + + Makes sure \a lower is numerically smaller than \a upper. If this is not the case, the values are + swapped. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPRange::contains(double value) const + + Returns true when \a value lies within or exactly on the borders of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator+=(const double& value) + + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator-=(const double& value) + + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator*=(const double& value) + + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator/=(const double& value) + + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Minimum range size (\a upper - \a lower) the range changing functions will accept. Smaller + intervals would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a minimum magnitude of roughly 1e-308. + + \warning Do not use this constant to indicate "arbitrarily small" values in plotting logic (as + values that will appear in the plot)! It is intended only as a bound to compare against, e.g. to + prevent axis ranges from obtaining underflowing ranges. + + \see validRange, maxRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::minRange = 1e-280; + +/*! + Maximum values (negative and positive) the range will accept in range-changing functions. + Larger absolute values would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a maximum magnitude of roughly 1e308. + + \warning Do not use this constant to indicate "arbitrarily large" values in plotting logic (as + values that will appear in the plot)! It is intended only as a bound to compare against, e.g. to + prevent axis ranges from obtaining overflowing ranges. + + \see validRange, minRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::maxRange = 1e250; + +/*! + Constructs a range with \a lower and \a upper set to zero. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange() : + lower(0), + upper(0) +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Constructs a range with the specified \a lower and \a upper values. + + The resulting range will be normalized (see \ref normalize), so if \a lower is not numerically + smaller than \a upper, they will be swapped. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange(double lower, double upper) : + lower(lower), + upper(upper) +{ + normalize(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Expands this range such that \a otherRange is contained in the new range. It is assumed that both + this range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, it will be replaced by the respective bound + of \a otherRange. + + If \a otherRange is already inside the current range, this function does nothing. + + \see expanded +*/ +void QCPRange::expand(const QCPRange &otherRange) +{ + if (lower > otherRange.lower || qIsNaN(lower)) { + lower = otherRange.lower; + } + if (upper < otherRange.upper || qIsNaN(upper)) { + upper = otherRange.upper; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Expands this range such that \a includeCoord is contained in the new range. It is assumed that + this range is normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the respective bound will be set to \a + includeCoord. + + If \a includeCoord is already inside the current range, this function does nothing. + + \see expand +*/ +void QCPRange::expand(double includeCoord) +{ + if (lower > includeCoord || qIsNaN(lower)) { + lower = includeCoord; + } + if (upper < includeCoord || qIsNaN(upper)) { + upper = includeCoord; + } +} + + +/*! \overload + + Returns an expanded range that contains this and \a otherRange. It is assumed that both this + range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the returned range's bound will be taken from + \a otherRange. + + \see expand +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const +{ + QCPRange result = *this; + result.expand(otherRange); + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns an expanded range that includes the specified \a includeCoord. It is assumed that this + range is normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the returned range's bound will be set to \a + includeCoord. + + \see expand +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::expanded(double includeCoord) const +{ + QCPRange result = *this; + result.expand(includeCoord); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns this range, possibly modified to not exceed the bounds provided as \a lowerBound and \a + upperBound. If possible, the size of the current range is preserved in the process. + + If the range shall only be bounded at the lower side, you can set \a upperBound to \ref + QCPRange::maxRange. If it shall only be bounded at the upper side, set \a lowerBound to -\ref + QCPRange::maxRange. +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::bounded(double lowerBound, double upperBound) const +{ + if (lowerBound > upperBound) { + qSwap(lowerBound, upperBound); + } + + QCPRange result(lower, upper); + if (result.lower < lowerBound) { + result.lower = lowerBound; + result.upper = lowerBound + size(); + if (result.upper > upperBound || qFuzzyCompare(size(), upperBound - lowerBound)) { + result.upper = upperBound; + } + } else if (result.upper > upperBound) { + result.upper = upperBound; + result.lower = upperBound - size(); + if (result.lower < lowerBound || qFuzzyCompare(size(), upperBound - lowerBound)) { + result.lower = lowerBound; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a sanitized version of the range. Sanitized means for logarithmic scales, that + the range won't span the positive and negative sign domain, i.e. contain zero. Further + \a lower will always be numerically smaller (or equal) to \a upper. + + If the original range does span positive and negative sign domains or contains zero, + the returned range will try to approximate the original range as good as possible. + If the positive interval of the original range is wider than the negative interval, the + returned range will only contain the positive interval, with lower bound set to \a rangeFac or + \a rangeFac *\a upper, whichever is closer to zero. Same procedure is used if the negative interval + is wider than the positive interval, this time by changing the \a upper bound. +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::sanitizedForLogScale() const +{ + double rangeFac = 1e-3; + QCPRange sanitizedRange(lower, upper); + sanitizedRange.normalize(); + // can't have range spanning negative and positive values in log plot, so change range to fix it + //if (qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.lower+1, 1) && !qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.upper+1, 1)) + if (sanitizedRange.lower == 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper != 0.0) { + // case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } //else if (!qFuzzyCompare(lower+1, 1) && qFuzzyCompare(upper+1, 1)) + else if (sanitizedRange.lower != 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper == 0.0) { + // case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else if (sanitizedRange.lower < 0 && sanitizedRange.upper > 0) { + // find out whether negative or positive interval is wider to decide which sign domain will be chosen + if (-sanitizedRange.lower > sanitizedRange.upper) { + // negative is wider, do same as in case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else { + // positive is wider, do same as in case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } + } + // due to normalization, case lower>0 && upper<0 should never occur, because that implies upper -maxRange && + upper < maxRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) > minRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) < maxRange && + !(lower > 0 && qIsInf(upper / lower)) && + !(upper < 0 && qIsInf(lower / upper))); +} + +/*! + \overload + Checks, whether the specified range is within valid bounds, which are defined + as QCPRange::maxRange and QCPRange::minRange. + A valid range means: + \li range bounds within -maxRange and maxRange + \li range size above minRange + \li range size below maxRange +*/ +bool QCPRange::validRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + return (range.lower > -maxRange && + range.upper < maxRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) > minRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) < maxRange && + !(range.lower > 0 && qIsInf(range.upper / range.lower)) && + !(range.upper < 0 && qIsInf(range.lower / range.upper))); +} +/* end of 'src/axis/range.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selection.cpp', size 21941 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataRange +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataRange + \brief Describes a data range given by begin and end index + + QCPDataRange holds two integers describing the begin (\ref setBegin) and end (\ref setEnd) index + of a contiguous set of data points. The end index points to the data point just after the last + data point that's part of the data range, similarly to the nomenclature used in standard + iterators. + + Data Ranges are not bound to a certain plottable, thus they can be freely exchanged, created and + modified. If a non-contiguous data set shall be described, the class \ref QCPDataSelection is + used, which holds and manages multiple instances of \ref QCPDataRange. In most situations, \ref + QCPDataSelection is thus used. + + Both \ref QCPDataRange and \ref QCPDataSelection offer convenience methods to work with them, + e.g. \ref bounded, \ref expanded, \ref intersects, \ref intersection, \ref adjusted, \ref + contains. Further, addition and subtraction operators (defined in \ref QCPDataSelection) can be + used to join/subtract data ranges and data selections (or mixtures), to retrieve a corresponding + \ref QCPDataSelection. + + %QCustomPlot's \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" is based on \ref QCPDataSelection and + QCPDataRange. + + \note Do not confuse \ref QCPDataRange with \ref QCPRange. A \ref QCPRange describes an interval + in floating point plot coordinates, e.g. the current axis range. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataRange::size() const + + Returns the number of data points described by this data range. This is equal to the end index + minus the begin index. + + \see length +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataRange::length() const + + Returns the number of data points described by this data range. Equivalent to \ref size. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPDataRange::setBegin(int begin) + + Sets the begin of this data range. The \a begin index points to the first data point that is part + of the data range. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). + + \see setEnd +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPDataRange::setEnd(int end) + + Sets the end of this data range. The \a end index points to the data point just after the last + data point that is part of the data range. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). + + \see setBegin +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataRange::isValid() const + + Returns whether this range is valid. A valid range has a begin index greater or equal to 0, and + an end index greater or equal to the begin index. + + \note Invalid ranges should be avoided and are never the result of any of QCustomPlot's methods + (unless they are themselves fed with invalid ranges). Do not pass invalid ranges to QCustomPlot's + methods. The invalid range is not inherently prevented in QCPDataRange, to allow temporary + invalid begin/end values while manipulating the range. An invalid range is not necessarily empty + (\ref isEmpty), since its \ref length can be negative and thus non-zero. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataRange::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this range is empty, i.e. whether its begin index equals its end index. + + \see size, length +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::adjusted(int changeBegin, int changeEnd) const + + Returns a data range where \a changeBegin and \a changeEnd were added to the begin and end + indices, respectively. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an empty QCPDataRange, with begin and end set to 0. +*/ +QCPDataRange::QCPDataRange() : + mBegin(0), + mEnd(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPDataRange, initialized with the specified \a begin and \a end. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). +*/ +QCPDataRange::QCPDataRange(int begin, int end) : + mBegin(begin), + mEnd(end) +{ +} + +/*! + Returns a data range that matches this data range, except that parts exceeding \a other are + excluded. + + This method is very similar to \ref intersection, with one distinction: If this range and the \a + other range share no intersection, the returned data range will be empty with begin and end set + to the respective boundary side of \a other, at which this range is residing. (\ref intersection + would just return a range with begin and end set to 0.) +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::bounded(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataRange result(intersection(other)); + if (result.isEmpty()) { // no intersection, preserve respective bounding side of otherRange as both begin and end of return value + if (mEnd <= other.mBegin) { + result = QCPDataRange(other.mBegin, other.mBegin); + } else { + result = QCPDataRange(other.mEnd, other.mEnd); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data range that contains both this data range as well as \a other. +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::expanded(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return QCPDataRange(qMin(mBegin, other.mBegin), qMax(mEnd, other.mEnd)); +} + +/*! + Returns the data range which is contained in both this data range and \a other. + + This method is very similar to \ref bounded, with one distinction: If this range and the \a other + range share no intersection, the returned data range will be empty with begin and end set to 0. + (\ref bounded would return a range with begin and end set to one of the boundaries of \a other, + depending on which side this range is on.) + + \see QCPDataSelection::intersection +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataRange result(qMax(mBegin, other.mBegin), qMin(mEnd, other.mEnd)); + if (result.isValid()) { + return result; + } else { + return QCPDataRange(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns whether this data range and \a other share common data points. + + \see intersection, contains +*/ +bool QCPDataRange::intersects(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return !((mBegin > other.mBegin && mBegin >= other.mEnd) || + (mEnd <= other.mBegin && mEnd < other.mEnd)); +} + +/*! + Returns whether all data points of \a other are also contained inside this data range. + + \see intersects +*/ +bool QCPDataRange::contains(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return mBegin <= other.mBegin && mEnd >= other.mEnd; +} + + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataSelection +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataSelection + \brief Describes a data set by holding multiple QCPDataRange instances + + QCPDataSelection manages multiple instances of QCPDataRange in order to represent any (possibly + disjoint) set of data selection. + + The data selection can be modified with addition and subtraction operators which take + QCPDataSelection and QCPDataRange instances, as well as methods such as \ref addDataRange and + \ref clear. Read access is provided by \ref dataRange, \ref dataRanges, \ref dataRangeCount, etc. + + The method \ref simplify is used to join directly adjacent or even overlapping QCPDataRange + instances. QCPDataSelection automatically simplifies when using the addition/subtraction + operators. The only case when \ref simplify is left to the user, is when calling \ref + addDataRange, with the parameter \a simplify explicitly set to false. This is useful if many data + ranges will be added to the selection successively and the overhead for simplifying after each + iteration shall be avoided. In this case, you should make sure to call \ref simplify after + completing the operation. + + Use \ref enforceType to bring the data selection into a state complying with the constraints for + selections defined in \ref QCP::SelectionType. + + %QCustomPlot's \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" is based on QCPDataSelection and + QCPDataRange. + + \section qcpdataselection-iterating Iterating over a data selection + + As an example, the following code snippet calculates the average value of a graph's data + \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selection "selection": + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpdataselection-iterating-1 + +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataSelection::dataRangeCount() const + + Returns the number of ranges that make up the data selection. The ranges can be accessed by \ref + dataRange via their index. + + \see dataRange, dataPointCount +*/ + +/*! \fn QList QCPDataSelection::dataRanges() const + + Returns all data ranges that make up the data selection. If the data selection is simplified (the + usual state of the selection, see \ref simplify), the ranges are sorted by ascending data point + index. + + \see dataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataSelection::isEmpty() const + + Returns true if there are no data ranges, and thus no data points, in this QCPDataSelection + instance. + + \see dataRangeCount +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an empty QCPDataSelection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection::QCPDataSelection() +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPDataSelection containing the provided \a range. +*/ +QCPDataSelection::QCPDataSelection(const QCPDataRange &range) +{ + mDataRanges.append(range); +} + +/*! + Returns true if this selection is identical (contains the same data ranges with the same begin + and end indices) to \a other. + + Note that both data selections must be in simplified state (the usual state of the selection, see + \ref simplify) for this operator to return correct results. +*/ +bool QCPDataSelection::operator==(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + if (mDataRanges.size() != other.mDataRanges.size()) { + return false; + } + for (int i = 0; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i) != other.mDataRanges.at(i)) { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Adds the data selection of \a other to this data selection, and then simplifies this data + selection (see \ref simplify). +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator+=(const QCPDataSelection &other) +{ + mDataRanges << other.mDataRanges; + simplify(); + return *this; +} + +/*! + Adds the data range \a other to this data selection, and then simplifies this data selection (see + \ref simplify). +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator+=(const QCPDataRange &other) +{ + addDataRange(other); + return *this; +} + +/*! + Removes all data point indices that are described by \a other from this data selection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator-=(const QCPDataSelection &other) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < other.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + *this -= other.dataRange(i); + } + + return *this; +} + +/*! + Removes all data point indices that are described by \a other from this data selection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator-=(const QCPDataRange &other) +{ + if (other.isEmpty() || isEmpty()) { + return *this; + } + + simplify(); + int i = 0; + while (i < mDataRanges.size()) { + const int thisBegin = mDataRanges.at(i).begin(); + const int thisEnd = mDataRanges.at(i).end(); + if (thisBegin >= other.end()) { + break; // since data ranges are sorted after the simplify() call, no ranges which contain other will come after this + } + + if (thisEnd > other.begin()) { // ranges which don't fulfill this are entirely before other and can be ignored + if (thisBegin >= other.begin()) { // range leading segment is encompassed + if (thisEnd <= other.end()) { // range fully encompassed, remove completely + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + continue; + } else { // only leading segment is encompassed, trim accordingly + mDataRanges[i].setBegin(other.end()); + } + } else { // leading segment is not encompassed + if (thisEnd <= other.end()) { // only trailing segment is encompassed, trim accordingly + mDataRanges[i].setEnd(other.begin()); + } else { // other lies inside this range, so split range + mDataRanges[i].setEnd(other.begin()); + mDataRanges.insert(i + 1, QCPDataRange(other.end(), thisEnd)); + break; // since data ranges are sorted (and don't overlap) after simplify() call, we're done here + } + } + } + ++i; + } + + return *this; +} + +/*! + Returns the total number of data points contained in all data ranges that make up this data + selection. +*/ +int QCPDataSelection::dataPointCount() const +{ + int result = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + result += mDataRanges.at(i).length(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the data range with the specified \a index. + + If the data selection is simplified (the usual state of the selection, see \ref simplify), the + ranges are sorted by ascending data point index. + + \see dataRangeCount +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataSelection::dataRange(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataRanges.size()) { + return mDataRanges.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of range:" << index; + return QCPDataRange(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a \ref QCPDataRange which spans the entire data selection, including possible + intermediate segments which are not part of the original data selection. +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataSelection::span() const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return QCPDataRange(); + } else { + return QCPDataRange(mDataRanges.first().begin(), mDataRanges.last().end()); + } +} + +/*! + Adds the given \a dataRange to this data selection. This is equivalent to the += operator but + allows disabling immediate simplification by setting \a simplify to false. This can improve + performance if adding a very large amount of data ranges successively. In this case, make sure to + call \ref simplify manually, after the operation. +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::addDataRange(const QCPDataRange &dataRange, bool simplify) +{ + mDataRanges.append(dataRange); + if (simplify) { + this->simplify(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data ranges. The data selection then contains no data points. + + \ref isEmpty +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::clear() +{ + mDataRanges.clear(); +} + +/*! + Sorts all data ranges by range begin index in ascending order, and then joins directly adjacent + or overlapping ranges. This can reduce the number of individual data ranges in the selection, and + prevents possible double-counting when iterating over the data points held by the data ranges. + + This method is automatically called when using the addition/subtraction operators. The only case + when \ref simplify is left to the user, is when calling \ref addDataRange, with the parameter \a + simplify explicitly set to false. +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::simplify() +{ + // remove any empty ranges: + for (int i = mDataRanges.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i).isEmpty()) { + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + } + } + if (mDataRanges.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // sort ranges by starting value, ascending: + std::sort(mDataRanges.begin(), mDataRanges.end(), lessThanDataRangeBegin); + + // join overlapping/contiguous ranges: + int i = 1; + while (i < mDataRanges.size()) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end() >= mDataRanges.at(i).begin()) { // range i overlaps/joins with i-1, so expand range i-1 appropriately and remove range i from list + mDataRanges[i - 1].setEnd(qMax(mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end(), mDataRanges.at(i).end())); + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + } else { + ++i; + } + } +} + +/*! + Makes sure this data selection conforms to the specified \a type selection type. Before the type + is enforced, \ref simplify is called. + + Depending on \a type, enforcing means adding new data points that were previously not part of the + selection, or removing data points from the selection. If the current selection already conforms + to \a type, the data selection is not changed. + + \see QCP::SelectionType +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::enforceType(QCP::SelectionType type) +{ + simplify(); + switch (type) { + case QCP::stNone: { + mDataRanges.clear(); + break; + } + case QCP::stWhole: { + // whole selection isn't defined by data range, so don't change anything (is handled in plottable methods) + break; + } + case QCP::stSingleData: { + // reduce all data ranges to the single first data point: + if (!mDataRanges.isEmpty()) { + if (mDataRanges.size() > 1) { + mDataRanges = QList() << mDataRanges.first(); + } + if (mDataRanges.first().length() > 1) { + mDataRanges.first().setEnd(mDataRanges.first().begin() + 1); + } + } + break; + } + case QCP::stDataRange: { + if (!isEmpty()) { + mDataRanges = QList() << span(); + } + break; + } + case QCP::stMultipleDataRanges: { + // this is the selection type that allows all concievable combinations of ranges, so do nothing + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns true if the data selection \a other is contained entirely in this data selection, i.e. + all data point indices that are in \a other are also in this data selection. + + \see QCPDataRange::contains +*/ +bool QCPDataSelection::contains(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + if (other.isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + + int otherIndex = 0; + int thisIndex = 0; + while (thisIndex < mDataRanges.size() && otherIndex < other.mDataRanges.size()) { + if (mDataRanges.at(thisIndex).contains(other.mDataRanges.at(otherIndex))) { + ++otherIndex; + } else { + ++thisIndex; + } + } + return thisIndex < mDataRanges.size(); // if thisIndex ran all the way to the end to find a containing range for the current otherIndex, other is not contained in this +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection containing the points which are both in this data selection and in the + data range \a other. + + A common use case is to limit an unknown data selection to the valid range of a data container, + using \ref QCPDataContainer::dataRange as \a other. One can then safely iterate over the returned + data selection without exceeding the data container's bounds. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + for (int i = 0; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + result.addDataRange(mDataRanges.at(i).intersection(other), false); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection containing the points which are both in this data selection and in the + data selection \a other. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::intersection(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + for (int i = 0; i < other.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + result += intersection(other.dataRange(i)); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection which is the exact inverse of this data selection, with \a outerRange + defining the base range on which to invert. If \a outerRange is smaller than the \ref span of + this data selection, it is expanded accordingly. + + For example, this method can be used to retrieve all unselected segments by setting \a outerRange + to the full data range of the plottable, and calling this method on a data selection holding the + selected segments. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::inverse(const QCPDataRange &outerRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return QCPDataSelection(outerRange); + } + QCPDataRange fullRange = outerRange.expanded(span()); + + QCPDataSelection result; + // first unselected segment: + if (mDataRanges.first().begin() != fullRange.begin()) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(fullRange.begin(), mDataRanges.first().begin()), false); + } + // intermediate unselected segments: + for (int i = 1; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end(), mDataRanges.at(i).begin()), false); + } + // last unselected segment: + if (mDataRanges.last().end() != fullRange.end()) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(mDataRanges.last().end(), fullRange.end()), false); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/selection.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectionrect.cpp', size 9224 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionRect + \brief Provides rect/rubber-band data selection and range zoom interaction + + QCPSelectionRect is used by QCustomPlot when the \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode is not + \ref QCP::srmNone. When the user drags the mouse across the plot, the current selection rect + instance (\ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect) is forwarded these events and makes sure an + according rect shape is drawn. At the begin, during, and after completion of the interaction, it + emits the corresponding signals \ref started, \ref changed, \ref canceled, and \ref accepted. + + The QCustomPlot instance connects own slots to the current selection rect instance, in order to + react to an accepted selection rect interaction accordingly. + + \ref isActive can be used to check whether the selection rect is currently active. An ongoing + selection interaction can be cancelled programmatically via calling \ref cancel at any time. + + The appearance of the selection rect can be controlled via \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + + If you wish to provide custom behaviour, e.g. a different visual representation of the selection + rect (\ref QCPSelectionRect::draw), you can subclass QCPSelectionRect and pass an instance of + your subclass to \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPSelectionRect::isActive() const + + Returns true if there is currently a selection going on, i.e. the user has started dragging a + selection rect, but hasn't released the mouse button yet. + + \see cancel +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::started(QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when a selection rect interaction was initiated, i.e. the user just + started dragging the selection rect with the mouse. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::changed(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted while the selection rect interaction is ongoing and the \a rect has + changed its size due to the user moving the mouse. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::canceled(const QRect &rect, QInputEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when the selection interaction was cancelled. Note that \a event is 0 if + the selection interaction was cancelled programmatically, by a call to \ref cancel. + + The user may cancel the selection interaction by pressing the escape key. In this case, \a event + holds the respective input event. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::accepted(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when the selection interaction was completed by the user releasing the + mouse button. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionRect instance. To make QCustomPlot use the selection rect instance, + pass it to \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect. \a parentPlot should be set to the same + QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +QCPSelectionRect::QCPSelectionRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), + mPen(QBrush(Qt::gray), 0, Qt::DashLine), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mActive(false) +{ +} + +QCPSelectionRect::~QCPSelectionRect() +{ + cancel(); +} + +/*! + A convenience function which returns the coordinate range of the provided \a axis, that this + selection rect currently encompasses. +*/ +QCPRange QCPSelectionRect::range(const QCPAxis *axis) const +{ + if (axis) { + if (axis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QCPRange(axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.left()), axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.left() + mRect.width())); + } else { + return QCPRange(axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.top() + mRect.height()), axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.top())); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with axis zero"; + return QCPRange(); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the selection rect outline. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the selection rect. By default the selection rect is not + filled, i.e. \a brush is Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + If there is currently a selection interaction going on (\ref isActive), the interaction is + canceled. The selection rect will emit the \ref canceled signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::cancel() +{ + if (mActive) { + mActive = false; + emit canceled(mRect, 0); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that a selection rect interaction was initiated. + The default implementation sets the selection rect to active, initializes the selection rect + geometry and emits the \ref started signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::startSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mActive = true; + mRect = QRect(event->pos(), event->pos()); + emit started(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that an ongoing selection rect interaction needs + to update its geometry. The default implementation updates the rect and emits the \ref changed + signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::moveSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mRect.setBottomRight(event->pos()); + emit changed(mRect, event); + layer()->replot(); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that an ongoing selection rect interaction has + finished by the user releasing the mouse button. The default implementation deactivates the + selection rect and emits the \ref accepted signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::endSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mRect.setBottomRight(event->pos()); + mActive = false; + emit accepted(mRect, event); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot when a key has been pressed by the user while the selection + rect interaction is active. The default implementation allows to \ref cancel the interaction by + hitting the escape key. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) +{ + if (event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && mActive) { + mActive = false; + emit canceled(mRect, event); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPSelectionRect::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeOther); +} + +/*! \internal + + If the selection rect is active (\ref isActive), draws the selection rect defined by \a mRect. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mActive) { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->drawRect(mRect); + } +} +/* end of 'src/selectionrect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layout.cpp', size 79139 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPMarginGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPMarginGroup + \brief A margin group allows synchronization of margin sides if working with multiple layout elements. + + QCPMarginGroup allows you to tie a margin side of two or more layout elements together, such that + they will all have the same size, based on the largest required margin in the group. + + \n + \image html QCPMarginGroup.png "Demonstration of QCPMarginGroup" + \n + + In certain situations it is desirable that margins at specific sides are synchronized across + layout elements. For example, if one QCPAxisRect is below another one in a grid layout, it will + provide a cleaner look to the user if the left and right margins of the two axis rects are of the + same size. The left axis of the top axis rect will then be at the same horizontal position as the + left axis of the lower axis rect, making them appear aligned. The same applies for the right + axes. This is what QCPMarginGroup makes possible. + + To add/remove a specific side of a layout element to/from a margin group, use the \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup method. To completely break apart the margin group, either call + \ref clear, or just delete the margin group. + + \section QCPMarginGroup-example Example + + First create a margin group: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-1 + Then set this group on the layout element sides: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-2 + Here, we've used the first two axis rects of the plot and synchronized their left margins with + each other and their right margins with each other. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPMarginGroup::elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const + + Returns a list of all layout elements that have their margin \a side associated with this margin + group. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPMarginGroup instance in \a parentPlot. +*/ +QCPMarginGroup::QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot) +{ + mChildren.insert(QCP::msLeft, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msRight, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msTop, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msBottom, QList()); +} + +QCPMarginGroup::~QCPMarginGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether this margin group is empty. If this function returns true, no layout elements use + this margin group to synchronize margin sides. +*/ +bool QCPMarginGroup::isEmpty() const +{ + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (!it.value().isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Clears this margin group. The synchronization of the margin sides that use this margin group is + lifted and they will use their individual margin sizes again. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::clear() +{ + // make all children remove themselves from this margin group: + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + const QList elements = it.value(); + for (int i = elements.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + elements.at(i)->setMarginGroup(it.key(), 0); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the synchronized common margin for \a side. This is the margin value that will be used by + the layout element on the respective side, if it is part of this margin group. + + The common margin is calculated by requesting the automatic margin (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin) of each element associated with \a side in this margin + group, and choosing the largest returned value. (QCPLayoutElement::minimumMargins is taken into + account, too.) +*/ +int QCPMarginGroup::commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const +{ + // query all automatic margins of the layout elements in this margin group side and find maximum: + int result = 0; + const QList elements = mChildren.value(side); + for (int i = 0; i < elements.size(); ++i) { + if (!elements.at(i)->autoMargins().testFlag(side)) { + continue; + } + int m = qMax(elements.at(i)->calculateAutoMargin(side), QCP::getMarginValue(elements.at(i)->minimumMargins(), side)); + if (m > result) { + result = m; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a element to the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].contains(element)) { + mChildren[side].append(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is already child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a element from the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].removeOne(element)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is not child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutElement +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutElement + \brief The abstract base class for all objects that form \ref thelayoutsystem "the layout system". + + This is an abstract base class. As such, it can't be instantiated directly, rather use one of its subclasses. + + A Layout element is a rectangular object which can be placed in layouts. It has an outer rect + (QCPLayoutElement::outerRect) and an inner rect (\ref QCPLayoutElement::rect). The difference + between outer and inner rect is called its margin. The margin can either be set to automatic or + manual (\ref setAutoMargins) on a per-side basis. If a side is set to manual, that margin can be + set explicitly with \ref setMargins and will stay fixed at that value. If it's set to automatic, + the layout element subclass will control the value itself (via \ref calculateAutoMargin). + + Layout elements can be placed in layouts (base class QCPLayout) like QCPLayoutGrid. The top level + layout is reachable via \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout, and is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid. Since \ref + QCPLayout itself derives from \ref QCPLayoutElement, layouts can be nested. + + Thus in QCustomPlot one can divide layout elements into two categories: The ones that are + invisible by themselves, because they don't draw anything. Their only purpose is to manage the + position and size of other layout elements. This category of layout elements usually use + QCPLayout as base class. Then there is the category of layout elements which actually draw + something. For example, QCPAxisRect, QCPLegend and QCPTextElement are of this category. This does + not necessarily mean that the latter category can't have child layout elements. QCPLegend for + instance, actually derives from QCPLayoutGrid and the individual legend items are child layout + elements in the grid layout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayout *QCPLayoutElement::layout() const + + Returns the parent layout of this layout element. +*/ + +/*! \fn QRect QCPLayoutElement::rect() const + + Returns the inner rect of this layout element. The inner rect is the outer rect (\ref outerRect, \ref + setOuterRect) shrinked by the margins (\ref setMargins, \ref setAutoMargins). + + In some cases, the area between outer and inner rect is left blank. In other cases the margin + area is used to display peripheral graphics while the main content is in the inner rect. This is + where automatic margin calculation becomes interesting because it allows the layout element to + adapt the margins to the peripheral graphics it wants to draw. For example, \ref QCPAxisRect + draws the axis labels and tick labels in the margin area, thus needs to adjust the margins (if + \ref setAutoMargins is enabled) according to the space required by the labels of the axes. + + \see outerRect +*/ + +/*! \fn QRect QCPLayoutElement::outerRect() const + + Returns the outer rect of this layout element. The outer rect is the inner rect expanded by the + margins (\ref setMargins, \ref setAutoMargins). The outer rect is used (and set via \ref + setOuterRect) by the parent \ref QCPLayout to control the size of this layout element. + + \see rect +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutElement and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutElement::QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), // parenthood is changed as soon as layout element gets inserted into a layout (except for top level layout) + mParentLayout(0), + mMinimumSize(), + mMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), + mSizeConstraintRect(scrInnerRect), + mRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mOuterRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMinimumMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mAutoMargins(QCP::msAll) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutElement::~QCPLayoutElement() +{ + setMarginGroup(QCP::msAll, 0); // unregister at margin groups, if there are any + // unregister at layout: + if (qobject_cast(mParentLayout)) { // the qobject_cast is just a safeguard in case the layout forgets to call clear() in its dtor and this dtor is called by QObject dtor + mParentLayout->take(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the outer rect of this layout element. If the layout element is inside a layout, the layout + sets the position and size of this layout element using this function. + + Calling this function externally has no effect, since the layout will overwrite any changes to + the outer rect upon the next replot. + + The layout element will adapt its inner \ref rect by applying the margins inward to the outer rect. + + \see rect +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect(const QRect &rect) +{ + if (mOuterRect != rect) { + mOuterRect = rect; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the margins of this layout element. If \ref setAutoMargins is disabled for some or all + sides, this function is used to manually set the margin on those sides. Sides that are still set + to be handled automatically are ignored and may have any value in \a margins. + + The margin is the distance between the outer rect (controlled by the parent layout via \ref + setOuterRect) and the inner \ref rect (which usually contains the main content of this layout + element). + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMargins != margins) { + mMargins = margins; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + If \ref setAutoMargins is enabled on some or all margins, this function is used to provide + minimum values for those margins. + + The minimum values are not enforced on margin sides that were set to be under manual control via + \ref setAutoMargins. + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMinimumMargins != margins) { + mMinimumMargins = margins; + } +} + +/*! + Sets on which sides the margin shall be calculated automatically. If a side is calculated + automatically, a minimum margin value may be provided with \ref setMinimumMargins. If a side is + set to be controlled manually, the value may be specified with \ref setMargins. + + Margin sides that are under automatic control may participate in a \ref QCPMarginGroup (see \ref + setMarginGroup), to synchronize (align) it with other layout elements in the plot. + + \see setMinimumMargins, setMargins, QCP::MarginSide +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides) +{ + mAutoMargins = sides; +} + +/*! + Sets the minimum size of this layout element. A parent layout tries to respect the \a size here + by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. + + If the parent layout size is not sufficient to satisfy all minimum size constraints of its child + layout elements, the layout may set a size that is actually smaller than \a size. QCustomPlot + propagates the layout's size constraints to the outside by setting its own minimum QWidget size + accordingly, so violations of \a size should be exceptions. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMinimumSize != size) { + mMinimumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the minimum size of this layout element. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMinimumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets the maximum size of this layout element. A parent layout tries to respect the \a size here + by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMaximumSize != size) { + mMaximumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the maximum size of this layout element. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMaximumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets to which rect of a layout element the size constraints apply. Size constraints can be set + via \ref setMinimumSize and \ref setMaximumSize. + + The outer rect (\ref outerRect) includes the margins (e.g. in the case of a QCPAxisRect the axis + labels), whereas the inner rect (\ref rect) does not. + + \see setMinimumSize, setMaximumSize +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect(SizeConstraintRect constraintRect) +{ + if (mSizeConstraintRect != constraintRect) { + mSizeConstraintRect = constraintRect; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the margin \a group of the specified margin \a sides. + + Margin groups allow synchronizing specified margins across layout elements, see the documentation + of \ref QCPMarginGroup. + + To unset the margin group of \a sides, set \a group to 0. + + Note that margin groups only work for margin sides that are set to automatic (\ref + setAutoMargins). + + \see QCP::MarginSide +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group) +{ + QVector sideVector; + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msLeft)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msLeft); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msRight)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msRight); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msTop)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msTop); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msBottom)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msBottom); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < sideVector.size(); ++i) { + QCP::MarginSide side = sideVector.at(i); + if (marginGroup(side) != group) { + QCPMarginGroup *oldGroup = marginGroup(side); + if (oldGroup) { // unregister at old group + oldGroup->removeChild(side, this); + } + + if (!group) { // if setting to 0, remove hash entry. Else set hash entry to new group and register there + mMarginGroups.remove(side); + } else { // setting to a new group + mMarginGroups[side] = group; + group->addChild(side, this); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Updates the layout element and sub-elements. This function is automatically called before every + replot by the parent layout element. It is called multiple times, once for every \ref + UpdatePhase. The phases are run through in the order of the enum values. For details about what + happens at the different phases, see the documentation of \ref UpdatePhase. + + Layout elements that have child elements should call the \ref update method of their child + elements, and pass the current \a phase unchanged. + + The default implementation executes the automatic margin mechanism in the \ref upMargins phase. + Subclasses should make sure to call the base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + if (phase == upMargins) { + if (mAutoMargins != QCP::msNone) { + // set the margins of this layout element according to automatic margin calculation, either directly or via a margin group: + QMargins newMargins = mMargins; + QList allMarginSides = QList() << QCP::msLeft << QCP::msRight << QCP::msTop << QCP::msBottom; + foreach (QCP::MarginSide side, allMarginSides) { + if (mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { // this side's margin shall be calculated automatically + if (mMarginGroups.contains(side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, mMarginGroups[side]->commonMargin(side)); // this side is part of a margin group, so get the margin value from that group + } else { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, calculateAutoMargin(side)); // this side is not part of a group, so calculate the value directly + } + // apply minimum margin restrictions: + if (QCP::getMarginValue(newMargins, side) < QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); + } + } + } + setMargins(newMargins); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the suggested minimum size this layout element (the \ref outerRect) may be compressed to, + if no manual minimum size is set. + + if a minimum size (\ref setMinimumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts use the returned size + (usually indirectly through \ref QCPLayout::getFinalMinimumOuterSize) to determine the minimum + allowed size of this layout element. + + A manual minimum size is considered set if it is non-zero. + + The default implementation simply returns the sum of the horizontal margins for the width and the + sum of the vertical margins for the height. Reimplementations may use their detailed knowledge + about the layout element's content to provide size hints. +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + return QSize(mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(), mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom()); +} + +/*! + Returns the suggested maximum size this layout element (the \ref outerRect) may be expanded to, + if no manual maximum size is set. + + if a maximum size (\ref setMaximumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts use the returned + size (usually indirectly through \ref QCPLayout::getFinalMaximumOuterSize) to determine the + maximum allowed size of this layout element. + + A manual maximum size is considered set if it is smaller than Qt's \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. + + The default implementation simply returns \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX for both width and height, implying + no suggested maximum size. Reimplementations may use their detailed knowledge about the layout + element's content to provide size hints. +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + return QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all child elements in this layout element. If \a recursive is true, all + sub-child elements are included in the list, too. + + \warning There may be entries with value 0 in the returned list. (For example, QCPLayoutGrid may have + empty cells which yield 0 at the respective index.) +*/ +QList QCPLayoutElement::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(recursive) + return QList(); +} + +/*! + Layout elements are sensitive to events inside their outer rect. If \a pos is within the outer + rect, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. However, layout elements are not selectable by default. So if \a onlySelectable is + true, -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. + + QCPLayoutElement subclasses may reimplement this method to provide more specific selection test + behaviour. +*/ +double QCPLayoutElement::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (QRectF(mOuterRect).contains(pos)) { + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "parent plot not defined"; + return -1; + } + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + propagates the parent plot initialization to all child elements, by calling \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on them. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, elements(false)) { + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(parentPlot); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the margin size for this \a side. It is used if automatic margins is enabled for this \a + side (see \ref setAutoMargins). If a minimum margin was set with \ref setMinimumMargins, the + returned value will not be smaller than the specified minimum margin. + + The default implementation just returns the respective manual margin (\ref setMargins) or the + minimum margin, whichever is larger. +*/ +int QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + return qMax(QCP::getMarginValue(mMargins, side), QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); +} + +/*! \internal + + This virtual method is called when this layout element was moved to a different QCPLayout, or + when this layout element has changed its logical position (e.g. row and/or column) within the + same QCPLayout. Subclasses may use this to react accordingly. + + Since this method is called after the completion of the move, you can access the new parent + layout via \ref layout(). + + The default implementation does nothing. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::layoutChanged() +{ +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayout +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayout + \brief The abstract base class for layouts + + This is an abstract base class for layout elements whose main purpose is to define the position + and size of other child layout elements. In most cases, layouts don't draw anything themselves + (but there are exceptions to this, e.g. QCPLegend). + + QCPLayout derives from QCPLayoutElement, and thus can itself be nested in other layouts. + + QCPLayout introduces a common interface for accessing and manipulating the child elements. Those + functions are most notably \ref elementCount, \ref elementAt, \ref takeAt, \ref take, \ref + simplify, \ref removeAt, \ref remove and \ref clear. Individual subclasses may add more functions + to this interface which are more specialized to the form of the layout. For example, \ref + QCPLayoutGrid adds functions that take row and column indices to access cells of the layout grid + more conveniently. + + Since this is an abstract base class, you can't instantiate it directly. Rather use one of its + subclasses like QCPLayoutGrid or QCPLayoutInset. + + For a general introduction to the layout system, see the dedicated documentation page \ref + thelayoutsystem "The Layout System". +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPLayout::elementCount() const = 0 + + Returns the number of elements/cells in the layout. + + \see elements, elementAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::elementAt(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the element in the cell with the given \a index. If \a index is invalid, returns 0. + + Note that even if \a index is valid, the respective cell may be empty in some layouts (e.g. + QCPLayoutGrid), so this function may return 0 in those cases. You may use this function to check + whether a cell is empty or not. + + \see elements, elementCount, takeAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::takeAt(int index) = 0 + + Removes the element with the given \a index from the layout and returns it. + + If the \a index is invalid or the cell with that index is empty, returns 0. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see elementAt, take +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPLayout::take(QCPLayoutElement* element) = 0 + + Removes the specified \a element from the layout and returns true on success. + + If the \a element isn't in this layout, returns false. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see takeAt +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayout and sets default values. Note that since QCPLayout + is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. +*/ +QCPLayout::QCPLayout() +{ +} + +/*! + If \a phase is \ref upLayout, calls \ref updateLayout, which subclasses may reimplement to + reposition and resize their cells. + + Finally, the call is propagated down to all child \ref QCPLayoutElement "QCPLayoutElements". + + For details about this method and the update phases, see the documentation of \ref + QCPLayoutElement::update. +*/ +void QCPLayout::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + // set child element rects according to layout: + if (phase == upLayout) { + updateLayout(); + } + + // propagate update call to child elements: + const int elCount = elementCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(i)) { + el->update(phase); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayout::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + const int c = elementCount(); + QList result; +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(c); +#endif + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + result.append(elementAt(i)); + } + if (recursive) { + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing empty cells. The exact behavior depends on subclasses, the + default implementation does nothing. + + Not all layouts need simplification. For example, QCPLayoutInset doesn't use explicit + simplification while QCPLayoutGrid does. +*/ +void QCPLayout::simplify() +{ +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the element at the provided \a index. Returns true on success. If \a index is + invalid or points to an empty cell, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the returned element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see remove, takeAt +*/ +bool QCPLayout::removeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = takeAt(index)) { + delete el; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the provided \a element. Returns true on success. If \a element is not in the + layout, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see removeAt, take +*/ +bool QCPLayout::remove(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (take(element)) { + delete element; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes all layout elements in this layout. Finally calls \ref simplify to make sure + all empty cells are collapsed. + + \see remove, removeAt +*/ +void QCPLayout::clear() +{ + for (int i = elementCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (elementAt(i)) { + removeAt(i); + } + } + simplify(); +} + +/*! + Subclasses call this method to report changed (minimum/maximum) size constraints. + + If the parent of this layout is again a QCPLayout, forwards the call to the parent's \ref + sizeConstraintsChanged. If the parent is a QWidget (i.e. is the \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout of + QCustomPlot), calls QWidget::updateGeometry, so if the QCustomPlot widget is inside a Qt QLayout, + it may update itself and resize cells accordingly. +*/ +void QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged() const +{ + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + w->updateGeometry(); + } else if (QCPLayout *l = qobject_cast(parent())) { + l->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Subclasses reimplement this method to update the position and sizes of the child elements/cells + via calling their \ref QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect. The default implementation does nothing. + + The geometry used as a reference is the inner \ref rect of this layout. Child elements should stay + within that rect. + + \ref getSectionSizes may help with the reimplementation of this function. + + \see update +*/ +void QCPLayout::updateLayout() +{ +} + + +/*! \internal + + Associates \a el with this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout, the + \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable and the QObject parent to this layout. + + Further, if \a el didn't previously have a parent plot, calls \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on \a el to set the paret plot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that add elements to the layout. Note that this + method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from the old layout and the insertion into + the new layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = this; + el->setParentLayerable(this); + el->setParent(this); + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + } + el->layoutChanged(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Disassociates \a el from this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout + and the \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable to zero. The QObject parent is set to the parent + QCustomPlot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that remove elements from the layout (e.g. \ref + take or \ref takeAt). Note that this method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from + the old layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = 0; + el->setParentLayerable(0); + el->setParent(mParentPlot); + // Note: Don't initializeParentPlot(0) here, because layout element will stay in same parent plot + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of \ref updateLayout in subclasses. + + It calculates the sizes of one-dimensional sections with provided constraints on maximum section + sizes, minimum section sizes, relative stretch factors and the final total size of all sections. + + The QVector entries refer to the sections. Thus all QVectors must have the same size. + + \a maxSizes gives the maximum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no maximum size + imposed, set all vector values to Qt's QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. + + \a minSizes gives the minimum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no minimum size + imposed, set all vector values to zero. If the \a minSizes entries add up to a value greater than + \a totalSize, sections will be scaled smaller than the proposed minimum sizes. (In other words, + not exceeding the allowed total size is taken to be more important than not going below minimum + section sizes.) + + \a stretchFactors give the relative proportions of the sections to each other. If all sections + shall be scaled equally, set all values equal. If the first section shall be double the size of + each individual other section, set the first number of \a stretchFactors to double the value of + the other individual values (e.g. {2, 1, 1, 1}). + + \a totalSize is the value that the final section sizes will add up to. Due to rounding, the + actual sum may differ slightly. If you want the section sizes to sum up to exactly that value, + you could distribute the remaining difference on the sections. + + The return value is a QVector containing the section sizes. +*/ +QVector QCPLayout::getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const +{ + if (maxSizes.size() != minSizes.size() || minSizes.size() != stretchFactors.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed vector sizes aren't equal:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors; + return QVector(); + } + if (stretchFactors.isEmpty()) { + return QVector(); + } + int sectionCount = stretchFactors.size(); + QVector sectionSizes(sectionCount); + // if provided total size is forced smaller than total minimum size, ignore minimum sizes (squeeze sections): + int minSizeSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + minSizeSum += minSizes.at(i); + } + if (totalSize < minSizeSum) { + // new stretch factors are minimum sizes and minimum sizes are set to zero: + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + stretchFactors[i] = minSizes.at(i); + minSizes[i] = 0; + } + } + + QList minimumLockedSections; + QList unfinishedSections; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } + double freeSize = totalSize; + + int outerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && outerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++outerIterations; + int innerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && innerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++innerIterations; + // find section that hits its maximum next: + int nextId = -1; + double nextMax = 1e12; + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + int secId = unfinishedSections.at(i); + double hitsMaxAt = (maxSizes.at(secId) - sectionSizes.at(secId)) / stretchFactors.at(secId); + if (hitsMaxAt < nextMax) { + nextMax = hitsMaxAt; + nextId = secId; + } + } + // check if that maximum is actually within the bounds of the total size (i.e. can we stretch all remaining sections so far that the found section + // actually hits its maximum, without exceeding the total size when we add up all sections) + double stretchFactorSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + stretchFactorSum += stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); + } + double nextMaxLimit = freeSize / stretchFactorSum; + if (nextMax < nextMaxLimit) { // next maximum is actually hit, move forward to that point and fix the size of that section + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] += nextMax * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); // increment all sections + freeSize -= nextMax * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); + } + unfinishedSections.removeOne(nextId); // exclude the section that is now at maximum from further changes + } else { // next maximum isn't hit, just distribute rest of free space on remaining sections + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] += nextMaxLimit * stretchFactors.at(unfinishedSections.at(i)); // increment all sections + } + unfinishedSections.clear(); + } + } + if (innerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected inner iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + // now check whether the resulting section sizes violate minimum restrictions: + bool foundMinimumViolation = false; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionSizes.size(); ++i) { + if (minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { + continue; + } + if (sectionSizes.at(i) < minSizes.at(i)) { // section violates minimum + sectionSizes[i] = minSizes.at(i); // set it to minimum + foundMinimumViolation = true; // make sure we repeat the whole optimization process + minimumLockedSections.append(i); + } + } + if (foundMinimumViolation) { + freeSize = totalSize; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + if (!minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { // only put sections that haven't hit their minimum back into the pool + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } else { + freeSize -= sectionSizes.at(i); // remove size of minimum locked sections from available space in next round + } + } + // reset all section sizes to zero that are in unfinished sections (all others have been set to their minimum): + for (int i = 0; i < unfinishedSections.size(); ++i) { + sectionSizes[unfinishedSections.at(i)] = 0; + } + } + } + if (outerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected outer iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + QVector result(sectionCount); + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + result[i] = qRound(sectionSizes.at(i)); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of subclasses. + + It returns the minimum size that should finally be used for the outer rect of the passed layout + element \a el. + + It takes into account whether a manual minimum size is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize), which size constraint is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect), as well as the minimum size hint, if no manual minimum + size was set (\ref QCPLayoutElement::minimumOuterSizeHint). +*/ +QSize QCPLayout::getFinalMinimumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + QSize minOuterHint = el->minimumOuterSizeHint(); + QSize minOuter = el->minimumSize(); // depending on sizeConstraitRect this might be with respect to inner rect, so possibly add margins in next four lines (preserving unset minimum of 0) + if (minOuter.width() > 0 && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + minOuter.rwidth() += el->margins().left() + el->margins().right(); + } + if (minOuter.height() > 0 && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + minOuter.rheight() += el->margins().top() + el->margins().bottom(); + } + + return QSize(minOuter.width() > 0 ? minOuter.width() : minOuterHint.width(), + minOuter.height() > 0 ? minOuter.height() : minOuterHint.height()); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of subclasses. + + It returns the maximum size that should finally be used for the outer rect of the passed layout + element \a el. + + It takes into account whether a manual maximum size is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), which size constraint is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect), as well as the maximum size hint, if no manual maximum + size was set (\ref QCPLayoutElement::maximumOuterSizeHint). +*/ +QSize QCPLayout::getFinalMaximumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + QSize maxOuterHint = el->maximumOuterSizeHint(); + QSize maxOuter = el->maximumSize(); // depending on sizeConstraitRect this might be with respect to inner rect, so possibly add margins in next four lines (preserving unset maximum of QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) + if (maxOuter.width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + maxOuter.rwidth() += el->margins().left() + el->margins().right(); + } + if (maxOuter.height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + maxOuter.rheight() += el->margins().top() + el->margins().bottom(); + } + + return QSize(maxOuter.width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? maxOuter.width() : maxOuterHint.width(), + maxOuter.height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? maxOuter.height() : maxOuterHint.height()); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutGrid + \brief A layout that arranges child elements in a grid + + Elements are laid out in a grid with configurable stretch factors (\ref setColumnStretchFactor, + \ref setRowStretchFactor) and spacing (\ref setColumnSpacing, \ref setRowSpacing). + + Elements can be added to cells via \ref addElement. The grid is expanded if the specified row or + column doesn't exist yet. Whether a cell contains a valid layout element can be checked with \ref + hasElement, that element can be retrieved with \ref element. If rows and columns that only have + empty cells shall be removed, call \ref simplify. Removal of elements is either done by just + adding the element to a different layout or by using the QCPLayout interface \ref take or \ref + remove. + + If you use \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) without explicit parameters for \a row and \a + column, the grid layout will choose the position according to the current \ref setFillOrder and + the wrapping (\ref setWrap). + + Row and column insertion can be performed with \ref insertRow and \ref insertColumn. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayoutGrid::rowCount() const + + Returns the number of rows in the layout. + + \see columnCount +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayoutGrid::columnCount() const + + Returns the number of columns in the layout. + + \see rowCount +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutGrid and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutGrid::QCPLayoutGrid() : + mColumnSpacing(5), + mRowSpacing(5), + mWrap(0), + mFillOrder(foColumnsFirst) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutGrid::~QCPLayoutGrid() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the element in the cell in \a row and \a column. + + Returns 0 if either the row/column is invalid or if the cell is empty. In those cases, a qDebug + message is printed. To check whether a cell exists and isn't empty, use \ref hasElement. + + \see addElement, hasElement +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::element(int row, int column) const +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < mElements.size()) { + if (column >= 0 && column < mElements.first().size()) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *result = mElements.at(row).at(column)) { + return result; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Requested cell is empty. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + return 0; +} + + +/*! \overload + + Adds the \a element to cell with \a row and \a column. If \a element is already in a layout, it + is first removed from there. If \a row or \a column don't exist yet, the layout is expanded + accordingly. + + Returns true if the element was added successfully, i.e. if the cell at \a row and \a column + didn't already have an element. + + Use the overload of this method without explicit row/column index to place the element according + to the configured fill order and wrapping settings. + + \see element, hasElement, take, remove +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!hasElement(row, column)) { + if (element && element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + expandTo(row + 1, column + 1); + mElements[row][column] = element; + if (element) { + adoptElement(element); + } + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "There is already an element in the specified row/column:" << row << column; + } + return false; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the \a element to the next empty cell according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap). If \a element is already in a layout, it is first + removed from there. If necessary, the layout is expanded to hold the new element. + + Returns true if the element was added successfully. + + \see setFillOrder, setWrap, element, hasElement, take, remove +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + int rowIndex = 0; + int colIndex = 0; + if (mFillOrder == foColumnsFirst) { + while (hasElement(rowIndex, colIndex)) { + ++colIndex; + if (colIndex >= mWrap && mWrap > 0) { + colIndex = 0; + ++rowIndex; + } + } + } else { + while (hasElement(rowIndex, colIndex)) { + ++rowIndex; + if (rowIndex >= mWrap && mWrap > 0) { + rowIndex = 0; + ++colIndex; + } + } + } + return addElement(rowIndex, colIndex, element); +} + +/*! + Returns whether the cell at \a row and \a column exists and contains a valid element, i.e. isn't + empty. + + \see element +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::hasElement(int row, int column) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount() && column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + return mElements.at(row).at(column); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a column. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor) +{ + if (column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mColumnStretchFactors[column] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column:" << column; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all columns. \a factors must have the size \ref columnCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactor, setRowStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mColumnStretchFactors.size()) { + mColumnStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mColumnStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mColumnStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mColumnStretchFactors.at(i); + mColumnStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Column count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a row. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mRowStretchFactors[row] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row:" << row; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all rows. \a factors must have the size \ref rowCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setRowStretchFactor, setColumnStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mRowStretchFactors.size()) { + mRowStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mRowStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mRowStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mRowStretchFactors.at(i); + mRowStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Row count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between columns to \a pixels. + + \see setRowSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mColumnSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between rows to \a pixels. + + \see setColumnSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mRowSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the maximum number of columns or rows that are used, before new elements added with \ref + addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) will start to fill the next row or column, respectively. It depends + on \ref setFillOrder, whether rows or columns are wrapped. + + If \a count is set to zero, no wrapping will ever occur. + + If you wish to re-wrap the elements currently in the layout, call \ref setFillOrder with \a + rearrange set to true (the actual fill order doesn't need to be changed for the rearranging to be + done). + + Note that the method \ref addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) with + explicitly stated row and column is not subject to wrapping and can place elements even beyond + the specified wrapping point. + + \see setFillOrder +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setWrap(int count) +{ + mWrap = qMax(0, count); +} + +/*! + Sets the filling order and wrapping behaviour that is used when adding new elements with the + method \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*). + + The specified \a order defines whether rows or columns are filled first. Using \ref setWrap, you + can control at which row/column count wrapping into the next column/row will occur. If you set it + to zero, no wrapping will ever occur. Changing the fill order also changes the meaning of the + linear index used e.g. in \ref elementAt and \ref takeAt. The default fill order for \ref + QCPLayoutGrid is \ref foColumnsFirst. + + If you want to have all current elements arranged in the new order, set \a rearrange to true. The + elements will be rearranged in a way that tries to preserve their linear index. However, empty + cells are skipped during build-up of the new cell order, which shifts the succeeding element's + index. The rearranging is performed even if the specified \a order is already the current fill + order. Thus this method can be used to re-wrap the current elements. + + If \a rearrange is false, the current element arrangement is not changed, which means the + linear indexes change (because the linear index is dependent on the fill order). + + Note that the method \ref addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) with + explicitly stated row and column is not subject to wrapping and can place elements even beyond + the specified wrapping point. + + \see setWrap, addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder(FillOrder order, bool rearrange) +{ + // if rearranging, take all elements via linear index of old fill order: + const int elCount = elementCount(); + QVector tempElements; + if (rearrange) { + tempElements.reserve(elCount); + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (elementAt(i)) { + tempElements.append(takeAt(i)); + } + } + simplify(); + } + // change fill order as requested: + mFillOrder = order; + // if rearranging, re-insert via linear index according to new fill order: + if (rearrange) { + for (int i = 0; i < tempElements.size(); ++i) { + addElement(tempElements.at(i)); + } + } +} + +/*! + Expands the layout to have \a newRowCount rows and \a newColumnCount columns. So the last valid + row index will be \a newRowCount-1, the last valid column index will be \a newColumnCount-1. + + If the current column/row count is already larger or equal to \a newColumnCount/\a newRowCount, + this function does nothing in that dimension. + + Newly created cells are empty, new rows and columns have the stretch factor 1. + + Note that upon a call to \ref addElement, the layout is expanded automatically to contain the + specified row and column, using this function. + + \see simplify +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount) +{ + // add rows as necessary: + while (rowCount() < newRowCount) { + mElements.append(QList()); + mRowStretchFactors.append(1); + } + // go through rows and expand columns as necessary: + int newColCount = qMax(columnCount(), newColumnCount); + for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) { + while (mElements.at(i).size() < newColCount) { + mElements[i].append(0); + } + } + while (mColumnStretchFactors.size() < newColCount) { + mColumnStretchFactors.append(1); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts a new row with empty cells at the row index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a newIndex + range from 0 (inserts a row at the top) to \a rowCount (appends a row at the bottom). + + \see insertColumn +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertRow(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > rowCount()) { + newIndex = rowCount(); + } + + mRowStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + QList newRow; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + newRow.append((QCPLayoutElement *)0); + } + mElements.insert(newIndex, newRow); +} + +/*! + Inserts a new column with empty cells at the column index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a + newIndex range from 0 (inserts a column at the left) to \a columnCount (appends a column at the + right). + + \see insertRow +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertColumn(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > columnCount()) { + newIndex = columnCount(); + } + + mColumnStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].insert(newIndex, (QCPLayoutElement *)0); + } +} + +/*! + Converts the given \a row and \a column to the linear index used by some methods of \ref + QCPLayoutGrid and \ref QCPLayout. + + The way the cells are indexed depends on \ref setFillOrder. If it is \ref foRowsFirst, the + indices increase left to right and then top to bottom. If it is \ref foColumnsFirst, the indices + increase top to bottom and then left to right. + + For the returned index to be valid, \a row and \a column must be valid indices themselves, i.e. + greater or equal to zero and smaller than the current \ref rowCount/\ref columnCount. + + \see indexToRowCol +*/ +int QCPLayoutGrid::rowColToIndex(int row, int column) const +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount()) { + if (column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + switch (mFillOrder) { + case foRowsFirst: + return column * rowCount() + row; + case foColumnsFirst: + return row * columnCount() + column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "row index out of bounds:" << row; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "column index out of bounds:" << column; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Converts the linear index to row and column indices and writes the result to \a row and \a + column. + + The way the cells are indexed depends on \ref setFillOrder. If it is \ref foRowsFirst, the + indices increase left to right and then top to bottom. If it is \ref foColumnsFirst, the indices + increase top to bottom and then left to right. + + If there are no cells (i.e. column or row count is zero), sets \a row and \a column to -1. + + For the retrieved \a row and \a column to be valid, the passed \a index must be valid itself, + i.e. greater or equal to zero and smaller than the current \ref elementCount. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::indexToRowCol(int index, int &row, int &column) const +{ + row = -1; + column = -1; + const int nCols = columnCount(); + const int nRows = rowCount(); + if (nCols == 0 || nRows == 0) { + return; + } + if (index < 0 || index >= elementCount()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return; + } + + switch (mFillOrder) { + case foRowsFirst: { + column = index / nRows; + row = index % nRows; + break; + } + case foColumnsFirst: { + row = index / nCols; + column = index % nCols; + break; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutGrid::updateLayout() +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights, maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + int totalRowSpacing = (rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + int totalColSpacing = (columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + QVector colWidths = getSectionSizes(maxColWidths, minColWidths, mColumnStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.width() - totalColSpacing); + QVector rowHeights = getSectionSizes(maxRowHeights, minRowHeights, mRowStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.height() - totalRowSpacing); + + // go through cells and set rects accordingly: + int yOffset = mRect.top(); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (row > 0) { + yOffset += rowHeights.at(row - 1) + mRowSpacing; + } + int xOffset = mRect.left(); + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (col > 0) { + xOffset += colWidths.at(col - 1) + mColumnSpacing; + } + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + mElements.at(row).at(col)->setOuterRect(QRect(xOffset, yOffset, colWidths.at(col), rowHeights.at(row))); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + \seebaseclassmethod + + Note that the association of the linear \a index to the row/column based cells depends on the + current setting of \ref setFillOrder. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < elementCount()) { + int row, col; + indexToRowCol(index, row, col); + return mElements.at(row).at(col); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \seebaseclassmethod + + Note that the association of the linear \a index to the row/column based cells depends on the + current setting of \ref setFillOrder. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + int row, col; + indexToRowCol(index, row, col); + mElements[row][col] = 0; + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take null element"; + } + return false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayoutGrid::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + const int elCount = elementCount(); +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(elCount); +#endif + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + result.append(elementAt(i)); + } + if (recursive) { + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing rows and columns which only contain empty cells. +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::simplify() +{ + // remove rows with only empty cells: + for (int row = rowCount() - 1; row >= 0; --row) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mRowStretchFactors.removeAt(row); + mElements.removeAt(row); + if (mElements.isEmpty()) { // removed last element, also remove stretch factor (wouldn't happen below because also columnCount changed to 0 now) + mColumnStretchFactors.clear(); + } + } + } + + // remove columns with only empty cells: + for (int col = columnCount() - 1; col >= 0; --col) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mColumnStretchFactors.removeAt(col); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].removeAt(col); + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + QSize result(0, 0); + for (int i = 0; i < minColWidths.size(); ++i) { + result.rwidth() += minColWidths.at(i); + } + for (int i = 0; i < minRowHeights.size(); ++i) { + result.rheight() += minRowHeights.at(i); + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QVector maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + QSize result(0, 0); + for (int i = 0; i < maxColWidths.size(); ++i) { + result.setWidth(qMin(result.width() + maxColWidths.at(i), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maxRowHeights.size(); ++i) { + result.setHeight(qMin(result.height() + maxRowHeights.at(i), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + if (result.height() > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { + result.setHeight(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + } + if (result.width() > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { + result.setWidth(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the minimum column widths and row heights into \a minColWidths and \a minRowHeights + respectively. + + The minimum height of a row is the largest minimum height of any element's outer rect in that + row. The minimum width of a column is the largest minimum width of any element's outer rect in + that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMaximumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const +{ + *minColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), 0); + *minRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), 0); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize minSize = getFinalMinimumOuterSize(el); + if (minColWidths->at(col) < minSize.width()) { + (*minColWidths)[col] = minSize.width(); + } + if (minRowHeights->at(row) < minSize.height()) { + (*minRowHeights)[row] = minSize.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the maximum column widths and row heights into \a maxColWidths and \a maxRowHeights + respectively. + + The maximum height of a row is the smallest maximum height of any element's outer rect in that + row. The maximum width of a column is the smallest maximum width of any element's outer rect in + that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMinimumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const +{ + *maxColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + *maxRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize maxSize = getFinalMaximumOuterSize(el); + if (maxColWidths->at(col) > maxSize.width()) { + (*maxColWidths)[col] = maxSize.width(); + } + if (maxRowHeights->at(row) > maxSize.height()) { + (*maxRowHeights)[row] = maxSize.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutInset +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPLayoutInset + \brief A layout that places child elements aligned to the border or arbitrarily positioned + + Elements are placed either aligned to the border or at arbitrary position in the area of the + layout. Which placement applies is controlled with the \ref InsetPlacement (\ref + setInsetPlacement). + + Elements are added via \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) or + addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect). If the first method is used, the inset + placement will default to \ref ipBorderAligned and the element will be aligned according to the + \a alignment parameter. The second method defaults to \ref ipFree and allows placing elements at + arbitrary position and size, defined by \a rect. + + The alignment or rect can be set via \ref setInsetAlignment or \ref setInsetRect, respectively. + + This is the layout that every QCPAxisRect has as \ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutInset::simplify() + + The QCPInsetLayout does not need simplification since it can never have empty cells due to its + linear index structure. This method does nothing. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutInset and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::QCPLayoutInset() +{ +} + +QCPLayoutInset::~QCPLayoutInset() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the placement type of the element with the specified \a index. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement QCPLayoutInset::insetPlacement(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetPlacement.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return ipFree; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the alignment of the element with the specified \a index. The alignment only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned. +*/ +Qt::Alignment QCPLayoutInset::insetAlignment(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetAlignment.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the rect of the element with the specified \a index. The rect only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree. +*/ +QRectF QCPLayoutInset::insetRect(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetRect.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return QRectF(); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the inset placement type of the element with the specified \a index to \a placement. + + \see InsetPlacement +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetPlacement(int index, QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement placement) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetPlacement[index] = placement; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned, this function + is used to set the alignment of the element with the specified \a index to \a alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetAlignment[index] = alignment; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree, this function is used to set the + position and size of the element with the specified \a index to \a rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + Note that the minimum and maximum sizes of the embedded element (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize) are enforced. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetRect[index] = rect; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutInset::updateLayout() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mElements.size(); ++i) { + QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(i); + QRect insetRect; + QSize finalMinSize = getFinalMinimumOuterSize(el); + QSize finalMaxSize = getFinalMaximumOuterSize(el); + if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipFree) { + insetRect = QRect(rect().x() + rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).x(), + rect().y() + rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).y(), + rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).width(), + rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).height()); + if (insetRect.size().width() < finalMinSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMinSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() < finalMinSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMinSize.height()); + } + if (insetRect.size().width() > finalMaxSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMaxSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() > finalMaxSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMaxSize.height()); + } + } else if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipBorderAligned) { + insetRect.setSize(finalMinSize); + Qt::Alignment al = mInsetAlignment.at(i); + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignLeft)) { + insetRect.moveLeft(rect().x()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + insetRect.moveRight(rect().x() + rect().width()); + } else { + insetRect.moveLeft(rect().x() + rect().width() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.width() * 0.5); // default to Qt::AlignHCenter + } + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignTop)) { + insetRect.moveTop(rect().y()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + insetRect.moveBottom(rect().y() + rect().height()); + } else { + insetRect.moveTop(rect().y() + rect().height() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.height() * 0.5); // default to Qt::AlignVCenter + } + } + mElements.at(i)->setOuterRect(insetRect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPLayoutInset::elementCount() const +{ + return mElements.size(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mElements.size()) { + return mElements.at(index); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + mElements.removeAt(index); + mInsetPlacement.removeAt(index); + mInsetAlignment.removeAt(index); + mInsetRect.removeAt(index); + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutInset::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take null element"; + } + return false; +} + +/*! + The inset layout is sensitive to events only at areas where its (visible) child elements are + sensitive. If the selectTest method of any of the child elements returns a positive number for \a + pos, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. The inset layout is not selectable itself by default. So if \a onlySelectable is true, + -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. +*/ +double QCPLayoutInset::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mElements.size(); ++i) { + // inset layout shall only return positive selectTest, if actually an inset object is at pos + // else it would block the entire underlying QCPAxisRect with its surface. + if (mElements.at(i)->realVisibility() && mElements.at(i)->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable) >= 0) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset aligned at the border (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipBorderAligned). The alignment is set to \a + alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipBorderAligned); + mInsetAlignment.append(alignment); + mInsetRect.append(QRectF(0.6, 0.6, 0.4, 0.4)); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add null element"; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset with free positioning/sizing (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipFree). The position and size is set to \a + rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipFree); + mInsetAlignment.append(Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + mInsetRect.append(rect); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add null element"; + } +} +/* end of 'src/layout.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/lineending.cpp', size 11536 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLineEnding +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLineEnding + \brief Handles the different ending decorations for line-like items + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png "The various ending styles currently supported" + + For every ending a line-like item has, an instance of this class exists. For example, QCPItemLine + has two endings which can be set with QCPItemLine::setHead and QCPItemLine::setTail. + + The styles themselves are defined via the enum QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle. Most decorations can + be modified regarding width and length, see \ref setWidth and \ref setLength. The direction of + the ending decoration (e.g. direction an arrow is pointing) is controlled by the line-like item. + For example, when both endings of a QCPItemLine are set to be arrows, they will point to opposite + directions, e.g. "outward". This can be changed by \ref setInverted, which would make the + respective arrow point inward. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify a + QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle where actually a QCPLineEnding is expected, e.g. + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcplineending-sethead +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with default values (style \ref esNone). +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding() : + mStyle(esNone), + mWidth(8), + mLength(10), + mInverted(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with the specified values. +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style, double width, double length, bool inverted) : + mStyle(style), + mWidth(width), + mLength(length), + mInverted(inverted) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the ending decoration. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setStyle(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + width defines the size perpendicular to the arrow's pointing direction. + + \see setLength +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + length defines the size in pointing direction. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the ending decoration shall be inverted. For example, an arrow decoration will point + inward when \a inverted is set to true. + + Note that also the \a width direction is inverted. For symmetrical ending styles like arrows or + discs, this doesn't make a difference. However, asymmetric styles like \ref esHalfBar are + affected by it, which can be used to control to which side the half bar points to. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setInverted(bool inverted) +{ + mInverted = inverted; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the maximum pixel radius the ending decoration might cover, starting from the position + the decoration is drawn at (typically a line ending/\ref QCPItemPosition of an item). + + This is relevant for clipping. Only omit painting of the decoration when the position where the + decoration is supposed to be drawn is farther away from the clipping rect than the returned + distance. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::boundingDistance() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + case esSpikeArrow: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + return qSqrt(mWidth * mWidth + mLength * mLength); // items that have width and length + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return mWidth * 1.42; // items that only have a width -> width*sqrt(2) + + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Starting from the origin of this line ending (which is style specific), returns the length + covered by the line ending symbol, in backward direction. + + For example, the \ref esSpikeArrow has a shorter real length than a \ref esFlatArrow, even if + both have the same \ref setLength value, because the spike arrow has an inward curved back, which + reduces the length along its center axis (the drawing origin for arrows is at the tip). + + This function is used for precise, style specific placement of line endings, for example in + QCPAxes. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::realLength() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + return mLength; + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + return mWidth * 0.5; + + case esSpikeArrow: + return mLength * 0.8; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the line ending with the specified \a painter at the position \a pos. The direction of the + line ending is controlled with \a dir. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, const QCPVector2D &dir) const +{ + if (mStyle == esNone) { + return; + } + + QCPVector2D lengthVec = dir.normalized() * mLength * (mInverted ? -1 : 1); + if (lengthVec.isNull()) { + lengthVec = QCPVector2D(1, 0); + } + QCPVector2D widthVec = dir.normalized().perpendicular() * mWidth * 0.5 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1); + + QPen penBackup = painter->pen(); + QBrush brushBackup = painter->brush(); + QPen miterPen = penBackup; + miterPen.setJoinStyle(Qt::MiterJoin); // to make arrow heads spikey + QBrush brush(painter->pen().color(), Qt::SolidPattern); + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + break; + case esFlatArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 3); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esSpikeArrow: { + QPointF points[4] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esLineArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {(pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->drawPolyline(points, 3); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDisc: { + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawEllipse(pos.toPointF(), mWidth * 0.5, mWidth * 0.5); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + break; + } + case esSquare: { + QCPVector2D widthVecPerp = widthVec.perpendicular(); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDiamond: { + QCPVector2D widthVecPerp = widthVec.perpendicular(); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), (pos - widthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case esHalfBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), pos.toPointF()); + break; + } + case esSkewedBar: { + if (qFuzzyIsNull(painter->pen().widthF()) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic)) { + // if drawing with cosmetic pen (perfectly thin stroke, happens only in vector exports), draw bar exactly on tip of line + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1)).toPointF()); + } else { + // if drawing with thick (non-cosmetic) pen, shift bar a little in line direction to prevent line from sticking through bar slightly + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + dir.normalized()*qMax(1.0f, (float)painter->pen().widthF()) * 0.5f).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + dir.normalized()*qMax(1.0f, (float)painter->pen().widthF()) * 0.5f).toPointF()); + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Draws the line ending. The direction is controlled with the \a angle parameter in radians. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, double angle) const +{ + draw(painter, pos, QCPVector2D(qCos(angle), qSin(angle))); +} +/* end of 'src/lineending.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axisticker.cpp', size 18664 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTicker +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTicker + \brief The base class tick generator used by QCPAxis to create tick positions and tick labels + + Each QCPAxis has an internal QCPAxisTicker (or a subclass) in order to generate tick positions + and tick labels for the current axis range. The ticker of an axis can be set via \ref + QCPAxis::setTicker. Since that method takes a QSharedPointer, multiple + axes can share the same ticker instance. + + This base class generates normal tick coordinates and numeric labels for linear axes. It picks a + reasonable tick step (the separation between ticks) which results in readable tick labels. The + number of ticks that should be approximately generated can be set via \ref setTickCount. + Depending on the current tick step strategy (\ref setTickStepStrategy), the algorithm either + sacrifices readability to better match the specified tick count (\ref + QCPAxisTicker::tssMeetTickCount) or relaxes the tick count in favor of better tick steps (\ref + QCPAxisTicker::tssReadability), which is the default. + + The following more specialized axis ticker subclasses are available, see details in the + respective class documentation: + +
+ + + + + + + +
QCPAxisTickerFixed\image html axisticker-fixed.png
QCPAxisTickerLog\image html axisticker-log.png
QCPAxisTickerPi\image html axisticker-pi.png
QCPAxisTickerText\image html axisticker-text.png
QCPAxisTickerDateTime\image html axisticker-datetime.png
QCPAxisTickerTime\image html axisticker-time.png + \image html axisticker-time2.png
+
+ + \section axisticker-subclassing Creating own axis tickers + + Creating own axis tickers can be achieved very easily by sublassing QCPAxisTicker and + reimplementing some or all of the available virtual methods. + + In the simplest case you might wish to just generate different tick steps than the other tickers, + so you only reimplement the method \ref getTickStep. If you additionally want control over the + string that will be shown as tick label, reimplement \ref getTickLabel. + + If you wish to have complete control, you can generate the tick vectors and tick label vectors + yourself by reimplementing \ref createTickVector and \ref createLabelVector. The default + implementations use the previously mentioned virtual methods \ref getTickStep and \ref + getTickLabel, but your reimplementations don't necessarily need to do so. For example in the case + of unequal tick steps, the method \ref getTickStep loses its usefulness and can be ignored. + + The sub tick count between major ticks can be controlled with \ref getSubTickCount. Full sub tick + placement control is obtained by reimplementing \ref createSubTickVector. + + See the documentation of all these virtual methods in QCPAxisTicker for detailed information + about the parameters and expected return values. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTicker::QCPAxisTicker() : + mTickStepStrategy(tssReadability), + mTickCount(5), + mTickOrigin(0) +{ +} + +QCPAxisTicker::~QCPAxisTicker() +{ + +} + +/*! + Sets which strategy the axis ticker follows when choosing the size of the tick step. For the + available strategies, see \ref TickStepStrategy. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickStepStrategy(QCPAxisTicker::TickStepStrategy strategy) +{ + mTickStepStrategy = strategy; +} + +/*! + Sets how many ticks this ticker shall aim to generate across the axis range. Note that \a count + is not guaranteed to be matched exactly, as generating readable tick intervals may conflict with + the requested number of ticks. + + Whether the readability has priority over meeting the requested \a count can be specified with + \ref setTickStepStrategy. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount(int count) +{ + if (count > 0) { + mTickCount = count; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "tick count must be greater than zero:" << count; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the mathematical coordinate (or "offset") of the zeroth tick. This tick coordinate is just a + concept and doesn't need to be inside the currently visible axis range. + + By default \a origin is zero, which for example yields ticks {-5, 0, 5, 10, 15,...} when the tick + step is five. If \a origin is now set to 1 instead, the correspondingly generated ticks would be + {-4, 1, 6, 11, 16,...}. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin(double origin) +{ + mTickOrigin = origin; +} + +/*! + This is the method called by QCPAxis in order to actually generate tick coordinates (\a ticks), + tick label strings (\a tickLabels) and sub tick coordinates (\a subTicks). + + The ticks are generated for the specified \a range. The generated labels typically follow the + specified \a locale, \a formatChar and number \a precision, however this might be different (or + even irrelevant) for certain QCPAxisTicker subclasses. + + The output parameter \a ticks is filled with the generated tick positions in axis coordinates. + The output parameters \a subTicks and \a tickLabels are optional (set them to 0 if not needed) + and are respectively filled with sub tick coordinates, and tick label strings belonging to \a + ticks by index. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::generate(const QCPRange &range, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision, QVector &ticks, QVector *subTicks, QVector *tickLabels) +{ + // generate (major) ticks: + double tickStep = getTickStep(range); + ticks = createTickVector(tickStep, range); + trimTicks(range, ticks, true); // trim ticks to visible range plus one outer tick on each side (incase a subclass createTickVector creates more) + + // generate sub ticks between major ticks: + if (subTicks) { + if (ticks.size() > 0) { + *subTicks = createSubTickVector(getSubTickCount(tickStep), ticks); + trimTicks(range, *subTicks, false); + } else { + *subTicks = QVector(); + } + } + + // finally trim also outliers (no further clipping happens in axis drawing): + trimTicks(range, ticks, false); + // generate labels for visible ticks if requested: + if (tickLabels) { + *tickLabels = createLabelVector(ticks, locale, formatChar, precision); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the entire currently visible axis range and returns a sensible tick step in + order to provide readable tick labels as well as a reasonable number of tick counts (see \ref + setTickCount, \ref setTickStepStrategy). + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass only wants a different tick step behaviour than the default + implementation, it should reimplement this method. See \ref cleanMantissa for a possible helper + function. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double exactStep = range.size() / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + return cleanMantissa(exactStep); +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the \a tickStep, i.e. the distance between two consecutive ticks, and returns + an appropriate number of sub ticks for that specific tick step. + + Note that a returned sub tick count of e.g. 4 will split each tick interval into 5 sections. +*/ +int QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = 1; // default to 1, if no proper value can be found + + // separate integer and fractional part of mantissa: + double epsilon = 0.01; + double intPartf; + int intPart; + double fracPart = modf(getMantissa(tickStep), &intPartf); + intPart = intPartf; + + // handle cases with (almost) integer mantissa: + if (fracPart < epsilon || 1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + if (1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + ++intPart; + } + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 4; + break; // 1.0 -> 0.2 substep + case 2: + result = 3; + break; // 2.0 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 2; + break; // 3.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 4: + result = 3; + break; // 4.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 6: + result = 2; + break; // 6.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 7: + result = 6; + break; // 7.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 8: + result = 3; + break; // 8.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 9: + result = 2; + break; // 9.0 -> 3.0 substep + } + } else { + // handle cases with significantly fractional mantissa: + if (qAbs(fracPart - 0.5) < epsilon) { // *.5 mantissa + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 2; + break; // 1.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 2: + result = 4; + break; // 2.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 4; + break; // 3.5 -> 0.7 substep + case 4: + result = 2; + break; // 4.5 -> 1.5 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.5 -> 1.1 substep (won't occur with default getTickStep from here on) + case 6: + result = 4; + break; // 6.5 -> 1.3 substep + case 7: + result = 2; + break; // 7.5 -> 2.5 substep + case 8: + result = 4; + break; // 8.5 -> 1.7 substep + case 9: + result = 4; + break; // 9.5 -> 1.9 substep + } + } + // if mantissa fraction isn't 0.0 or 0.5, don't bother finding good sub tick marks, leave default + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method returns the tick label string as it should be printed under the \a tick coordinate. + If a textual number is returned, it should respect the provided \a locale, \a formatChar and \a + precision. + + If the returned value contains exponentials of the form "2e5" and beautifully typeset powers is + enabled in the QCPAxis number format (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberFormat), the exponential part will + be formatted accordingly using multiplication symbol and superscript during rendering of the + label automatically. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTicker::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + return locale.toString(tick, formatChar.toLatin1(), precision); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all coordinates of sub ticks that should be drawn. It generates \a + subTickCount sub ticks between each tick pair given in \a ticks. + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass needs maximal control over the generated sub ticks, it should + reimplement this method. Depending on the purpose of the subclass it doesn't necessarily need to + base its result on \a subTickCount or \a ticks. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createSubTickVector(int subTickCount, const QVector &ticks) +{ + QVector result; + if (subTickCount <= 0 || ticks.size() < 2) { + return result; + } + + result.reserve((ticks.size() - 1)*subTickCount); + for (int i = 1; i < ticks.size(); ++i) { + double subTickStep = (ticks.at(i) - ticks.at(i - 1)) / (double)(subTickCount + 1); + for (int k = 1; k <= subTickCount; ++k) { + result.append(ticks.at(i - 1) + k * subTickStep); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all coordinates of ticks that should be drawn. The default + implementation generates ticks with a spacing of \a tickStep (mathematically starting at the tick + step origin, see \ref setTickOrigin) distributed over the passed \a range. + + In order for the axis ticker to generate proper sub ticks, it is necessary that the first and + last tick coordinates returned by this method are just below/above the provided \a range. + Otherwise the outer intervals won't contain any sub ticks. + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass needs maximal control over the generated ticks, it should reimplement + this method. Depending on the purpose of the subclass it doesn't necessarily need to base its + result on \a tickStep, e.g. when the ticks are spaced unequally like in the case of + QCPAxisTickerLog. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QVector result; + // Generate tick positions according to tickStep: + qint64 firstStep = floor((range.lower - mTickOrigin) / tickStep); // do not use qFloor here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + qint64 lastStep = ceil((range.upper - mTickOrigin) / tickStep); // do not use qCeil here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + int tickcount = lastStep - firstStep + 1; + if (tickcount < 0) { + tickcount = 0; + } + result.resize(tickcount); + for (int i = 0; i < tickcount; ++i) { + result[i] = mTickOrigin + (firstStep + i) * tickStep; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all tick label strings corresponding to the tick coordinates provided + in \a ticks. The default implementation calls \ref getTickLabel to generate the respective + strings. + + It is possible but uncommon for QCPAxisTicker subclasses to reimplement this method, as + reimplementing \ref getTickLabel often achieves the intended result easier. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createLabelVector(const QVector &ticks, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + QVector result; + result.reserve(ticks.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < ticks.size(); ++i) { + result.append(getTickLabel(ticks.at(i), locale, formatChar, precision)); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes tick coordinates from \a ticks which lie outside the specified \a range. If \a + keepOneOutlier is true, it preserves one tick just outside the range on both sides, if present. + + The passed \a ticks must be sorted in ascending order. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::trimTicks(const QCPRange &range, QVector &ticks, bool keepOneOutlier) const +{ + bool lowFound = false; + bool highFound = false; + int lowIndex = 0; + int highIndex = -1; + + for (int i = 0; i < ticks.size(); ++i) { + if (ticks.at(i) >= range.lower) { + lowFound = true; + lowIndex = i; + break; + } + } + for (int i = ticks.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (ticks.at(i) <= range.upper) { + highFound = true; + highIndex = i; + break; + } + } + + if (highFound && lowFound) { + int trimFront = qMax(0, lowIndex - (keepOneOutlier ? 1 : 0)); + int trimBack = qMax(0, ticks.size() - (keepOneOutlier ? 2 : 1) - highIndex); + if (trimFront > 0 || trimBack > 0) { + ticks = ticks.mid(trimFront, ticks.size() - trimFront - trimBack); + } + } else { // all ticks are either all below or all above the range + ticks.clear(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the coordinate contained in \a candidates which is closest to the provided \a target. + + This method assumes \a candidates is not empty and sorted in ascending order. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::pickClosest(double target, const QVector &candidates) const +{ + if (candidates.size() == 1) { + return candidates.first(); + } + QVector::const_iterator it = std::lower_bound(candidates.constBegin(), candidates.constEnd(), target); + if (it == candidates.constEnd()) { + return *(it - 1); + } else if (it == candidates.constBegin()) { + return *it; + } else { + return target - *(it - 1) < *it - target ? *(it - 1) : *it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the decimal mantissa of \a input. Optionally, if \a magnitude is not set to zero, it also + returns the magnitude of \a input as a power of 10. + + For example, an input of 142.6 will return a mantissa of 1.426 and a magnitude of 100. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::getMantissa(double input, double *magnitude) const +{ + const double mag = qPow(10.0, qFloor(qLn(input) / qLn(10.0))); + if (magnitude) { + *magnitude = mag; + } + return input / mag; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a number that is close to \a input but has a clean, easier human readable mantissa. How + strongly the mantissa is altered, and thus how strong the result deviates from the original \a + input, depends on the current tick step strategy (see \ref setTickStepStrategy). +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::cleanMantissa(double input) const +{ + double magnitude; + const double mantissa = getMantissa(input, &magnitude); + switch (mTickStepStrategy) { + case tssReadability: { + return pickClosest(mantissa, QVector() << 1.0 << 2.0 << 2.5 << 5.0 << 10.0) * magnitude; + } + case tssMeetTickCount: { + // this gives effectively a mantissa of 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0 + if (mantissa <= 5.0) { + return (int)(mantissa * 2) / 2.0 * magnitude; // round digit after decimal point to 0.5 + } else { + return (int)(mantissa / 2.0) * 2.0 * magnitude; // round to first digit in multiples of 2 + } + } + } + return input; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axisticker.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.cpp', size 14443 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerDateTime +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerDateTime + \brief Specialized axis ticker for calendar dates and times as axis ticks + + \image html axisticker-datetime.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that correspond to real calendar dates and times. The + plot axis coordinate is interpreted as Unix Time, so seconds since Epoch (January 1, 1970, 00:00 + UTC). This is also used for example by QDateTime in the toTime_t()/setTime_t() methods + with a precision of one second. Since Qt 4.7, millisecond accuracy can be obtained from QDateTime + by using QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000.0. The static methods \ref dateTimeToKey + and \ref keyToDateTime conveniently perform this conversion achieving a precision of one + millisecond on all Qt versions. + + The format of the date/time display in the tick labels is controlled with \ref setDateTimeFormat. + If a different time spec (time zone) shall be used, see \ref setDateTimeSpec. + + This ticker produces unequal tick spacing in order to provide intuitive date and time-of-day + ticks. For example, if the axis range spans a few years such that there is one tick per year, + ticks will be positioned on 1. January of every year. This is intuitive but, due to leap years, + will result in slightly unequal tick intervals (visually unnoticeable). The same can be seen in + the image above: even though the number of days varies month by month, this ticker generates + ticks on the same day of each month. + + If you would like to change the date/time that is used as a (mathematical) starting date for the + ticks, use the \ref setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin) method overload, which takes a + QDateTime. If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method, the yearly ticks will end up on 15. July at + 9:45 of every year. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerdatetime-creation + + \note If you rather wish to display relative times in terms of days, hours, minutes, seconds and + milliseconds, and are not interested in the intricacies of real calendar dates with months and + (leap) years, have a look at QCPAxisTickerTime instead. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerDateTime::QCPAxisTickerDateTime() : + mDateTimeFormat(QLatin1String("hh:mm:ss\ndd.MM.yy")), + mDateTimeSpec(Qt::LocalTime), + mDateStrategy(dsNone) +{ + setTickCount(4); +} + +/*! + Sets the format in which dates and times are displayed as tick labels. For details about the \a + format string, see the documentation of QDateTime::toString(). + + Newlines can be inserted with "\n". + + \see setDateTimeSpec +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format) +{ + mDateTimeFormat = format; +} + +/*! + Sets the time spec that is used for creating the tick labels from corresponding dates/times. + + The default value of QDateTime objects (and also QCPAxisTickerDateTime) is + Qt::LocalTime. However, if the date time values passed to QCustomPlot (e.g. in the form + of axis ranges or keys of a plottable) are given in the UTC spec, set \a spec to Qt::UTC + to get the correct axis labels. + + \see setDateTimeFormat +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setDateTimeSpec(Qt::TimeSpec spec) +{ + mDateTimeSpec = spec; +} + +/*! + Sets the tick origin (see \ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) in seconds since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, + 00:00 UTC). For the date time ticker it might be more intuitive to use the overload which + directly takes a QDateTime, see \ref setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin). + + This is useful to define the month/day/time recurring at greater tick interval steps. For + example, If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method and the tick interval happens to be one tick + per year, the ticks will end up on 15. July at 9:45 of every year. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setTickOrigin(double origin) +{ + QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin(origin); +} + +/*! + Sets the tick origin (see \ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) as a QDateTime \a origin. + + This is useful to define the month/day/time recurring at greater tick interval steps. For + example, If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method and the tick interval happens to be one tick + per year, the ticks will end up on 15. July at 9:45 of every year. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin) +{ + setTickOrigin(dateTimeToKey(origin)); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a sensible tick step with intervals appropriate for a date-time-display, such as weekly, + monthly, bi-monthly, etc. + + Note that this tick step isn't used exactly when generating the tick vector in \ref + createTickVector, but only as a guiding value requiring some correction for each individual tick + interval. Otherwise this would lead to unintuitive date displays, e.g. jumping between first day + in the month to the last day in the previous month from tick to tick, due to the non-uniform + length of months. The same problem arises with leap years. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double result = range.size() / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + + mDateStrategy = dsNone; + if (result < 1) { // ideal tick step is below 1 second -> use normal clean mantissa algorithm in units of seconds + result = cleanMantissa(result); + } else if (result < 86400 * 30.4375 * 12) { // below a year + result = pickClosest(result, QVector() + << 1 << 2.5 << 5 << 10 << 15 << 30 << 60 << 2.5 * 60 << 5 * 60 << 10 * 60 << 15 * 60 << 30 * 60 << 60 * 60 // second, minute, hour range + << 3600 * 2 << 3600 * 3 << 3600 * 6 << 3600 * 12 << 3600 * 24 // hour to day range + << 86400 * 2 << 86400 * 5 << 86400 * 7 << 86400 * 14 << 86400 * 30.4375 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 2 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 3 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 6 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 12); // day, week, month range (avg. days per month includes leap years) + if (result > 86400 * 30.4375 - 1) { // month tick intervals or larger + mDateStrategy = dsUniformDayInMonth; + } else if (result > 3600 * 24 - 1) { // day tick intervals or larger + mDateStrategy = dsUniformTimeInDay; + } + } else { // more than a year, go back to normal clean mantissa algorithm but in units of years + const double secondsPerYear = 86400 * 30.4375 * 12; // average including leap years + result = cleanMantissa(result / secondsPerYear) * secondsPerYear; + mDateStrategy = dsUniformDayInMonth; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a sensible sub tick count with intervals appropriate for a date-time-display, such as weekly, + monthly, bi-monthly, etc. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep); + switch (qRound(tickStep)) { // hand chosen subticks for specific minute/hour/day/week/month range (as specified in getTickStep) + case 5*60: + result = 4; + break; + case 10*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 15*60: + result = 2; + break; + case 30*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 60*60: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*2: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*3: + result = 2; + break; + case 3600*6: + result = 1; + break; + case 3600*12: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*24: + result = 3; + break; + case 86400*2: + result = 1; + break; + case 86400*5: + result = 4; + break; + case 86400*7: + result = 6; + break; + case 86400*14: + result = 1; + break; + case (int)(86400*30.4375+0.5): + result = 3; + break; + case (int)(86400*30.4375*2+0.5): + result = 1; + break; + case (int)(86400*30.4375*3+0.5): + result = 2; + break; + case (int)(86400*30.4375*6+0.5): + result = 5; + break; + case (int)(86400*30.4375*12+0.5): + result = 3; + break; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Generates a date/time tick label for tick coordinate \a tick, based on the currently set format + (\ref setDateTimeFormat) and time spec (\ref setDateTimeSpec). + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(precision) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) + return locale.toString(keyToDateTime(tick).toTimeSpec(mDateTimeSpec), mDateTimeFormat); +} + +/*! \internal + + Uses the passed \a tickStep as a guiding value and applies corrections in order to obtain + non-uniform tick intervals but intuitive tick labels, e.g. falling on the same day of each month. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerDateTime::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QVector result = QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(tickStep, range); + if (!result.isEmpty()) { + if (mDateStrategy == dsUniformTimeInDay) { + QDateTime uniformDateTime = keyToDateTime(mTickOrigin); // the time of this datetime will be set for all other ticks, if possible + QDateTime tickDateTime; + for (int i = 0; i < result.size(); ++i) { + tickDateTime = keyToDateTime(result.at(i)); + tickDateTime.setTime(uniformDateTime.time()); + result[i] = dateTimeToKey(tickDateTime); + } + } else if (mDateStrategy == dsUniformDayInMonth) { + QDateTime uniformDateTime = keyToDateTime(mTickOrigin); // this day (in month) and time will be set for all other ticks, if possible + QDateTime tickDateTime; + for (int i = 0; i < result.size(); ++i) { + tickDateTime = keyToDateTime(result.at(i)); + tickDateTime.setTime(uniformDateTime.time()); + int thisUniformDay = uniformDateTime.date().day() <= tickDateTime.date().daysInMonth() ? uniformDateTime.date().day() : tickDateTime.date().daysInMonth(); // don't exceed month (e.g. try to set day 31 in February) + if (thisUniformDay - tickDateTime.date().day() < -15) { // with leap years involved, date month may jump backwards or forwards, and needs to be corrected before setting day + tickDateTime = tickDateTime.addMonths(1); + } else if (thisUniformDay - tickDateTime.date().day() > 15) { // with leap years involved, date month may jump backwards or forwards, and needs to be corrected before setting day + tickDateTime = tickDateTime.addMonths(-1); + } + tickDateTime.setDate(QDate(tickDateTime.date().year(), tickDateTime.date().month(), thisUniformDay)); + result[i] = dateTimeToKey(tickDateTime); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + A convenience method which turns \a key (in seconds since Epoch 1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC) into a + QDateTime object. This can be used to turn axis coordinates to actual QDateTimes. + + The accuracy achieved by this method is one millisecond, irrespective of the used Qt version (it + works around the lack of a QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch in Qt 4.6) + + \see dateTimeToKey +*/ +QDateTime QCPAxisTickerDateTime::keyToDateTime(double key) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return QDateTime::fromTime_t(key).addMSecs((key - (qint64)key) * 1000); +# else + return QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch(key * 1000.0); +# endif +} + +/*! \overload + + A convenience method which turns a QDateTime object into a double value that corresponds to + seconds since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC). This is the format used as axis coordinates by + QCPAxisTickerDateTime. + + The accuracy achieved by this method is one millisecond, irrespective of the used Qt version (it + works around the lack of a QDateTime::toMSecsSinceEpoch in Qt 4.6) + + \see keyToDateTime +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::dateTimeToKey(const QDateTime dateTime) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return dateTime.toTime_t() + dateTime.time().msec() / 1000.0; +# else + return dateTime.toMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000.0; +# endif +} + +/*! \overload + + A convenience method which turns a QDate object into a double value that corresponds to + seconds since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC). This is the format used as axis coordinates by + QCPAxisTickerDateTime. + + \see keyToDateTime +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::dateTimeToKey(const QDate date) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return QDateTime(date).toTime_t(); +# else + return QDateTime(date).toMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000.0; +# endif +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertime.cpp', size 11747 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerTime +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerTime + \brief Specialized axis ticker for time spans in units of milliseconds to days + + \image html axisticker-time.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that corresponds to time intervals. + + The format of the time display in the tick labels is controlled with \ref setTimeFormat and \ref + setFieldWidth. The time coordinate is in the unit of seconds with respect to the time coordinate + zero. Unlike with QCPAxisTickerDateTime, the ticks don't correspond to a specific calendar date + and time. + + The time can be displayed in milliseconds, seconds, minutes, hours and days. Depending on the + largest available unit in the format specified with \ref setTimeFormat, any time spans above will + be carried in that largest unit. So for example if the format string is "%m:%s" and a tick at + coordinate value 7815 (being 2 hours, 10 minutes and 15 seconds) is created, the resulting tick + label will show "130:15" (130 minutes, 15 seconds). If the format string is "%h:%m:%s", the hour + unit will be used and the label will thus be "02:10:15". Negative times with respect to the axis + zero will carry a leading minus sign. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertime-creation + + Here is an example of a time axis providing time information in days, hours and minutes. Due to + the axis range spanning a few days and the wanted tick count (\ref setTickCount), the ticker + decided to use tick steps of 12 hours: + + \image html axisticker-time2.png + + The format string for this example is + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertime-creation-2 + + \note If you rather wish to display calendar dates and times, have a look at QCPAxisTickerDateTime + instead. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerTime::QCPAxisTickerTime() : + mTimeFormat(QLatin1String("%h:%m:%s")), + mSmallestUnit(tuSeconds), + mBiggestUnit(tuHours) +{ + setTickCount(4); + mFieldWidth[tuMilliseconds] = 3; + mFieldWidth[tuSeconds] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuMinutes] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuHours] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuDays] = 1; + + mFormatPattern[tuMilliseconds] = QLatin1String("%z"); + mFormatPattern[tuSeconds] = QLatin1String("%s"); + mFormatPattern[tuMinutes] = QLatin1String("%m"); + mFormatPattern[tuHours] = QLatin1String("%h"); + mFormatPattern[tuDays] = QLatin1String("%d"); +} + +/*! + Sets the format that will be used to display time in the tick labels. + + The available patterns are: + - %%z for milliseconds + - %%s for seconds + - %%m for minutes + - %%h for hours + - %%d for days + + The field width (zero padding) can be controlled for each unit with \ref setFieldWidth. + + The largest unit that appears in \a format will carry all the remaining time of a certain tick + coordinate, even if it overflows the natural limit of the unit. For example, if %%m is the + largest unit it might become larger than 59 in order to consume larger time values. If on the + other hand %%h is available, the minutes will wrap around to zero after 59 and the time will + carry to the hour digit. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::setTimeFormat(const QString &format) +{ + mTimeFormat = format; + + // determine smallest and biggest unit in format, to optimize unit replacement and allow biggest + // unit to consume remaining time of a tick value and grow beyond its modulo (e.g. min > 59) + mSmallestUnit = tuMilliseconds; + mBiggestUnit = tuMilliseconds; + bool hasSmallest = false; + for (int i = tuMilliseconds; i <= tuDays; ++i) { + TimeUnit unit = static_cast(i); + if (mTimeFormat.contains(mFormatPattern.value(unit))) { + if (!hasSmallest) { + mSmallestUnit = unit; + hasSmallest = true; + } + mBiggestUnit = unit; + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the field widh of the specified \a unit to be \a width digits, when displayed in the tick + label. If the number for the specific unit is shorter than \a width, it will be padded with an + according number of zeros to the left in order to reach the field width. + + \see setTimeFormat +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::setFieldWidth(QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit unit, int width) +{ + mFieldWidth[unit] = qMax(width, 1); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick step appropriate for time displays, depending on the provided \a range and the + smallest available time unit in the current format (\ref setTimeFormat). For example if the unit + of seconds isn't available in the format, this method will not generate steps (like 2.5 minutes) + that require sub-minute precision to be displayed correctly. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerTime::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double result = range.size() / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + + if (result < 1) { // ideal tick step is below 1 second -> use normal clean mantissa algorithm in units of seconds + if (mSmallestUnit == tuMilliseconds) { + result = qMax(cleanMantissa(result), 0.001); // smallest tick step is 1 millisecond + } else { // have no milliseconds available in format, so stick with 1 second tickstep + result = 1.0; + } + } else if (result < 3600 * 24) { // below a day + // the filling of availableSteps seems a bit contorted but it fills in a sorted fashion and thus saves a post-fill sorting run + QVector availableSteps; + // seconds range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 1; + } + if (mSmallestUnit == tuMilliseconds) { + availableSteps << 2.5; // only allow half second steps if milliseconds are there to display it + } else if (mSmallestUnit == tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 2; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 5 << 10 << 15 << 30; + } + // minutes range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 1 * 60; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 2.5 * 60; // only allow half minute steps if seconds are there to display it + } else if (mSmallestUnit == tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 2 * 60; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 5 * 60 << 10 * 60 << 15 * 60 << 30 * 60; + } + // hours range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuHours) { + availableSteps << 1 * 3600 << 2 * 3600 << 3 * 3600 << 6 * 3600 << 12 * 3600 << 24 * 3600; + } + // pick available step that is most appropriate to approximate ideal step: + result = pickClosest(result, availableSteps); + } else { // more than a day, go back to normal clean mantissa algorithm but in units of days + const double secondsPerDay = 3600 * 24; + result = cleanMantissa(result / secondsPerDay) * secondsPerDay; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count appropriate for the provided \a tickStep and time displays. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerTime::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep); + switch (qRound(tickStep)) { // hand chosen subticks for specific minute/hour/day range (as specified in getTickStep) + case 5*60: + result = 4; + break; + case 10*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 15*60: + result = 2; + break; + case 30*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 60*60: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*2: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*3: + result = 2; + break; + case 3600*6: + result = 1; + break; + case 3600*12: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*24: + result = 3; + break; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick label corresponding to the provided \a tick and the configured format and field + widths (\ref setTimeFormat, \ref setFieldWidth). + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerTime::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(precision) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) + Q_UNUSED(locale) + bool negative = tick < 0; + if (negative) { + tick *= -1; + } + double values[tuDays + 1]; // contains the msec/sec/min/... value with its respective modulo (e.g. minute 0..59) + double restValues[tuDays + 1]; // contains the msec/sec/min/... value as if it's the largest available unit and thus consumes the remaining time + + restValues[tuMilliseconds] = tick * 1000; + values[tuMilliseconds] = modf(restValues[tuMilliseconds] / 1000, &restValues[tuSeconds]) * 1000; + values[tuSeconds] = modf(restValues[tuSeconds] / 60, &restValues[tuMinutes]) * 60; + values[tuMinutes] = modf(restValues[tuMinutes] / 60, &restValues[tuHours]) * 60; + values[tuHours] = modf(restValues[tuHours] / 24, &restValues[tuDays]) * 24; + // no need to set values[tuDays] because days are always a rest value (there is no higher unit so it consumes all remaining time) + + QString result = mTimeFormat; + for (int i = mSmallestUnit; i <= mBiggestUnit; ++i) { + TimeUnit iUnit = static_cast(i); + replaceUnit(result, iUnit, qRound(iUnit == mBiggestUnit ? restValues[iUnit] : values[iUnit])); + } + if (negative) { + result.prepend(QLatin1Char('-')); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Replaces all occurrences of the format pattern belonging to \a unit in \a text with the specified + \a value, using the field width as specified with \ref setFieldWidth for the \a unit. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::replaceUnit(QString &text, QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit unit, int value) const +{ + QString valueStr = QString::number(value); + while (valueStr.size() < mFieldWidth.value(unit)) { + valueStr.prepend(QLatin1Char('0')); + } + + text.replace(mFormatPattern.value(unit), valueStr); +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertime.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.cpp', size 5583 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerFixed +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerFixed + \brief Specialized axis ticker with a fixed tick step + + \image html axisticker-fixed.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks with a fixed tick step set with \ref setTickStep. It + is also possible to allow integer multiples and integer powers of the specified tick step with + \ref setScaleStrategy. + + A typical application of this ticker is to make an axis only display integers, by setting the + tick step of the ticker to 1.0 and the scale strategy to \ref ssMultiples. + + Another case is when a certain number has a special meaning and axis ticks should only appear at + multiples of that value. In this case you might also want to consider \ref QCPAxisTickerPi + because despite the name it is not limited to only pi symbols/values. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerfixed-creation +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerFixed::QCPAxisTickerFixed() : + mTickStep(1.0), + mScaleStrategy(ssNone) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the fixed tick interval to \a step. + + The axis ticker will only use this tick step when generating axis ticks. This might cause a very + high tick density and overlapping labels if the axis range is zoomed out. Using \ref + setScaleStrategy it is possible to relax the fixed step and also allow multiples or powers of \a + step. This will enable the ticker to reduce the number of ticks to a reasonable amount (see \ref + setTickCount). +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerFixed::setTickStep(double step) +{ + if (step > 0) { + mTickStep = step; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "tick step must be greater than zero:" << step; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified tick step (\ref setTickStep) is absolutely fixed or whether + modifications may be applied to it before calculating the finally used tick step, such as + permitting multiples or powers. See \ref ScaleStrategy for details. + + The default strategy is \ref ssNone, which means the tick step is absolutely fixed. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerFixed::setScaleStrategy(QCPAxisTickerFixed::ScaleStrategy strategy) +{ + mScaleStrategy = strategy; +} + +/*! \internal + + Determines the actually used tick step from the specified tick step and scale strategy (\ref + setTickStep, \ref setScaleStrategy). + + This method either returns the specified tick step exactly, or, if the scale strategy is not \ref + ssNone, a modification of it to allow varying the number of ticks in the current axis range. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerFixed::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + switch (mScaleStrategy) { + case ssNone: { + return mTickStep; + } + case ssMultiples: { + double exactStep = range.size() / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + if (exactStep < mTickStep) { + return mTickStep; + } else { + return (qint64)(cleanMantissa(exactStep / mTickStep) + 0.5) * mTickStep; + } + } + case ssPowers: { + double exactStep = range.size() / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + return qPow(mTickStep, (int)(qLn(exactStep) / qLn(mTickStep) + 0.5)); + } + } + return mTickStep; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertext.cpp', size 8661 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerText +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerText + \brief Specialized axis ticker which allows arbitrary labels at specified coordinates + + \image html axisticker-text.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks which can be directly specified by the user as + coordinates and associated strings. They can be passed as a whole with \ref setTicks or one at a + time with \ref addTick. Alternatively you can directly access the internal storage via \ref ticks + and modify the tick/label data there. + + This is useful for cases where the axis represents categories rather than numerical values. + + If you are updating the ticks of this ticker regularly and in a dynamic fasion (e.g. dependent on + the axis range), it is a sign that you should probably create an own ticker by subclassing + QCPAxisTicker, instead of using this one. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertext-creation +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QMap &QCPAxisTickerText::ticks() + + Returns a non-const reference to the internal map which stores the tick coordinates and their + labels. + + You can access the map directly in order to add, remove or manipulate ticks, as an alternative to + using the methods provided by QCPAxisTickerText, such as \ref setTicks and \ref addTick. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerText::QCPAxisTickerText() : + mSubTickCount(0) +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the ticks that shall appear on the axis. The map key of \a ticks corresponds to the axis + coordinate, and the map value is the string that will appear as tick label. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTicks, addTick, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setTicks(const QMap &ticks) +{ + mTicks = ticks; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the ticks that shall appear on the axis. The entries of \a positions correspond to the axis + coordinates, and the entries of \a labels are the respective strings that will appear as tick + labels. + + \see addTicks, addTick, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels) +{ + clear(); + addTicks(positions, labels); +} + +/*! + Sets the number of sub ticks that shall appear between ticks. For QCPAxisTickerText, there is no + automatic sub tick count calculation. So if sub ticks are needed, they must be configured with this + method. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setSubTickCount(int subTicks) +{ + if (subTicks >= 0) { + mSubTickCount = subTicks; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "sub tick count can't be negative:" << subTicks; + } +} + +/*! + Clears all ticks. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see setTicks, addTicks, addTick +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::clear() +{ + mTicks.clear(); +} + +/*! + Adds a single tick to the axis at the given axis coordinate \a position, with the provided tick \a + label. + + \see addTicks, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTick(double position, const QString &label) +{ + mTicks.insert(position, label); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided \a ticks to the ones already existing. The map key of \a ticks corresponds to + the axis coordinate, and the map value is the string that will appear as tick label. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTick, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTicks(const QMap &ticks) +{ + mTicks.unite(ticks); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided ticks to the ones already existing. The entries of \a positions correspond to + the axis coordinates, and the entries of \a labels are the respective strings that will appear as + tick labels. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTick, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels) +{ + if (positions.size() != labels.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed unequal length vectors for positions and labels:" << positions.size() << labels.size(); + } + int n = qMin(positions.size(), labels.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mTicks.insert(positions.at(i), labels.at(i)); + } +} + +/*! + Since the tick coordinates are provided externally, this method implementation does nothing. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerText::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + // text axis ticker has manual tick positions, so doesn't need this method + Q_UNUSED(range) + return 1.0; +} + +/*! + Returns the sub tick count that was configured with \ref setSubTickCount. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerText::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + return mSubTickCount; +} + +/*! + Returns the tick label which corresponds to the key \a tick in the internal tick storage. Since + the labels are provided externally, \a locale, \a formatChar, and \a precision are ignored. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerText::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(locale) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) + Q_UNUSED(precision) + return mTicks.value(tick); +} + +/*! + Returns the externally provided tick coordinates which are in the specified \a range. If + available, one tick above and below the range is provided in addition, to allow possible sub tick + calculation. The parameter \a tickStep is ignored. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerText::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + QVector result; + if (mTicks.isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + + QMap::const_iterator start = mTicks.lowerBound(range.lower); + QMap::const_iterator end = mTicks.upperBound(range.upper); + // this method should try to give one tick outside of range so proper subticks can be generated: + if (start != mTicks.constBegin()) { + --start; + } + if (end != mTicks.constEnd()) { + ++end; + } + for (QMap::const_iterator it = start; it != end; ++it) { + result.append(it.key()); + } + + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertext.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerpi.cpp', size 11170 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerPi +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerPi + \brief Specialized axis ticker to display ticks in units of an arbitrary constant, for example pi + + \image html axisticker-pi.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that are expressed with respect to a given symbolic + constant with a numerical value specified with \ref setPiValue and an appearance in the tick + labels specified with \ref setPiSymbol. + + Ticks may be generated at fractions of the symbolic constant. How these fractions appear in the + tick label can be configured with \ref setFractionStyle. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerpi-creation +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerPi::QCPAxisTickerPi() : + mPiSymbol(QLatin1String(" ") + QChar(0x03C0)), + mPiValue(M_PI), + mPeriodicity(0), + mFractionStyle(fsUnicodeFractions), + mPiTickStep(0) +{ + setTickCount(4); +} + +/*! + Sets how the symbol part (which is always a suffix to the number) shall appear in the axis tick + label. + + If a space shall appear between the number and the symbol, make sure the space is contained in \a + symbol. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPiSymbol(QString symbol) +{ + mPiSymbol = symbol; +} + +/*! + Sets the numerical value that the symbolic constant has. + + This will be used to place the appropriate fractions of the symbol at the respective axis + coordinates. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPiValue(double pi) +{ + mPiValue = pi; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis labels shall appear periodicly and if so, at which multiplicity of the + symbolic constant. + + To disable periodicity, set \a multiplesOfPi to zero. + + For example, an axis that identifies 0 with 2pi would set \a multiplesOfPi to two. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPeriodicity(int multiplesOfPi) +{ + mPeriodicity = qAbs(multiplesOfPi); +} + +/*! + Sets how the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant is displayed in tick + labels. See \ref FractionStyle for the various options. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setFractionStyle(QCPAxisTickerPi::FractionStyle style) +{ + mFractionStyle = style; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick step, using the constant's value (\ref setPiValue) as base unit. In consequence + the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant is made to have a readable + mantissa. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerPi::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + mPiTickStep = range.size() / mPiValue / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + mPiTickStep = cleanMantissa(mPiTickStep); + return mPiTickStep * mPiValue; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count, using the constant's value (\ref setPiValue) as base unit. In + consequence the sub ticks divide the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant + reasonably, and not the total tick coordinate. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerPi::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + return QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep / mPiValue); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick label as a fractional/numerical part and a symbolic string as suffix. The + formatting of the fraction is done according to the specified \ref setFractionStyle. The appended + symbol is specified with \ref setPiSymbol. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + double tickInPis = tick / mPiValue; + if (mPeriodicity > 0) { + tickInPis = fmod(tickInPis, mPeriodicity); + } + + if (mFractionStyle != fsFloatingPoint && mPiTickStep > 0.09 && mPiTickStep < 50) { + // simply construct fraction from decimal like 1.234 -> 1234/1000 and then simplify fraction, smaller digits are irrelevant due to mPiTickStep conditional above + int denominator = 1000; + int numerator = qRound(tickInPis * denominator); + simplifyFraction(numerator, denominator); + if (qAbs(numerator) == 1 && denominator == 1) { + return (numerator < 0 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + mPiSymbol.trimmed(); + } else if (numerator == 0) { + return QLatin1String("0"); + } else { + return fractionToString(numerator, denominator) + mPiSymbol; + } + } else { + if (qFuzzyIsNull(tickInPis)) { + return QLatin1String("0"); + } else if (qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(tickInPis), 1.0)) { + return (tickInPis < 0 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + mPiSymbol.trimmed(); + } else { + return QCPAxisTicker::getTickLabel(tickInPis, locale, formatChar, precision) + mPiSymbol; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the fraction given by \a numerator and \a denominator and modifies the values to make sure + the fraction is in irreducible form, i.e. numerator and denominator don't share any common + factors which could be cancelled. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::simplifyFraction(int &numerator, int &denominator) const +{ + if (numerator == 0 || denominator == 0) { + return; + } + + int num = numerator; + int denom = denominator; + while (denom != 0) { // euclidean gcd algorithm + int oldDenom = denom; + denom = num % denom; + num = oldDenom; + } + // num is now gcd of numerator and denominator + numerator /= num; + denominator /= num; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the fraction given by \a numerator and \a denominator and returns a string representation. + The result depends on the configured fraction style (\ref setFractionStyle). + + This method is used to format the numerical/fractional part when generating tick labels. It + simplifies the passed fraction to an irreducible form using \ref simplifyFraction and factors out + any integer parts of the fraction (e.g. "10/4" becomes "2 1/2"). +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::fractionToString(int numerator, int denominator) const +{ + if (denominator == 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with zero denominator"; + return QString(); + } + if (mFractionStyle == fsFloatingPoint) { // should never be the case when calling this function + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "shouldn't be called with fraction style fsDecimal"; + return QString::number(numerator / (double)denominator); // failsafe + } + int sign = numerator * denominator < 0 ? -1 : 1; + numerator = qAbs(numerator); + denominator = qAbs(denominator); + + if (denominator == 1) { + return QString::number(sign * numerator); + } else { + int integerPart = numerator / denominator; + int remainder = numerator % denominator; + if (remainder == 0) { + return QString::number(sign * integerPart); + } else { + if (mFractionStyle == fsAsciiFractions) { + return QString(QLatin1String("%1%2%3/%4")) + .arg(sign == -1 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(integerPart > 0 ? QString::number(integerPart) + QLatin1String(" ") : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(remainder) + .arg(denominator); + } else if (mFractionStyle == fsUnicodeFractions) { + return QString(QLatin1String("%1%2%3")) + .arg(sign == -1 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(integerPart > 0 ? QString::number(integerPart) : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(unicodeFraction(remainder, denominator)); + } + } + } + return QString(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representation of the fraction given by \a numerator and \a + denominator. This is the representation used in \ref fractionToString when the fraction style + (\ref setFractionStyle) is \ref fsUnicodeFractions. + + This method doesn't use the single-character common fractions but builds each fraction from a + superscript unicode number, the unicode fraction character, and a subscript unicode number. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeFraction(int numerator, int denominator) const +{ + return unicodeSuperscript(numerator) + QChar(0x2044) + unicodeSubscript(denominator); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representing \a number as superscript. This is used to build + unicode fractions in \ref unicodeFraction. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeSuperscript(int number) const +{ + if (number == 0) { + return QString(QChar(0x2070)); + } + + QString result; + while (number > 0) { + const int digit = number % 10; + switch (digit) { + case 1: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B9)); + break; + } + case 2: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B2)); + break; + } + case 3: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B3)); + break; + } + default: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x2070 + digit)); + break; + } + } + number /= 10; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representing \a number as subscript. This is used to build unicode + fractions in \ref unicodeFraction. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeSubscript(int number) const +{ + if (number == 0) { + return QString(QChar(0x2080)); + } + + QString result; + while (number > 0) { + result.prepend(QChar(0x2080 + number % 10)); + number /= 10; + } + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerpi.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerlog.cpp', size 7106 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerLog +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerLog + \brief Specialized axis ticker suited for logarithmic axes + + \image html axisticker-log.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks with unequal tick intervals suited for logarithmic + axis scales. The ticks are placed at powers of the specified log base (\ref setLogBase). + + Especially in the case of a log base equal to 10 (the default), it might be desirable to have + tick labels in the form of powers of ten without mantissa display. To achieve this, set the + number precision (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision) to zero and the number format (\ref + QCPAxis::setNumberFormat) to scientific (exponential) display with beautifully typeset decimal + powers, so a format string of "eb". This will result in the following axis tick labels: + + \image html axisticker-log-powers.png + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerlog-creation +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerLog::QCPAxisTickerLog() : + mLogBase(10.0), + mSubTickCount(8), // generates 10 intervals + mLogBaseLnInv(1.0 / qLn(mLogBase)) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the logarithm base used for tick coordinate generation. The ticks will be placed at integer + powers of \a base. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerLog::setLogBase(double base) +{ + if (base > 0) { + mLogBase = base; + mLogBaseLnInv = 1.0 / qLn(mLogBase); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "log base has to be greater than zero:" << base; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the number of sub ticks in a tick interval. Within each interval, the sub ticks are spaced + linearly to provide a better visual guide, so the sub tick density increases toward the higher + tick. + + Note that \a subTicks is the number of sub ticks (not sub intervals) in one tick interval. So in + the case of logarithm base 10 an intuitive sub tick spacing would be achieved with eight sub + ticks (the default). This means e.g. between the ticks 10 and 100 there will be eight ticks, + namely at 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 and 90. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerLog::setSubTickCount(int subTicks) +{ + if (subTicks >= 0) { + mSubTickCount = subTicks; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "sub tick count can't be negative:" << subTicks; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Since logarithmic tick steps are necessarily different for each tick interval, this method does + nothing in the case of QCPAxisTickerLog + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerLog::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + // Logarithmic axis ticker has unequal tick spacing, so doesn't need this method + Q_UNUSED(range) + return 1.0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count specified in \ref setSubTickCount. For QCPAxisTickerLog, there is no + automatic sub tick count calculation necessary. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerLog::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + return mSubTickCount; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates ticks with a spacing given by the logarithm base and an increasing integer power in the + provided \a range. The step in which the power increases tick by tick is chosen in order to keep + the total number of ticks as close as possible to the tick count (\ref setTickCount). The + parameter \a tickStep is ignored for QCPAxisTickerLog + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerLog::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + QVector result; + if (range.lower > 0 && range.upper > 0) { // positive range + double exactPowerStep = qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * mLogBaseLnInv / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); + double newLogBase = qPow(mLogBase, qMax((int)cleanMantissa(exactPowerStep), 1)); + double currentTick = qPow(newLogBase, qFloor(qLn(range.lower) / qLn(newLogBase))); + result.append(currentTick); + while (currentTick < range.upper && currentTick > 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentTick *= newLogBase; + result.append(currentTick); + } + } else if (range.lower < 0 && range.upper < 0) { // negative range + double exactPowerStep = qLn(range.lower / range.upper) * mLogBaseLnInv / (double)(mTickCount + 1e-10); + double newLogBase = qPow(mLogBase, qMax((int)cleanMantissa(exactPowerStep), 1)); + double currentTick = -qPow(newLogBase, qCeil(qLn(-range.lower) / qLn(newLogBase))); + result.append(currentTick); + while (currentTick < range.upper && currentTick < 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentTick /= newLogBase; + result.append(currentTick); + } + } else { // invalid range for logarithmic scale, because lower and upper have different sign + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid range for logarithmic plot: " << range.lower << ".." << range.upper; + } + + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerlog.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axis.cpp', size 99515 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGrid + \brief Responsible for drawing the grid of a QCPAxis. + + This class is tightly bound to QCPAxis. Every axis owns a grid instance and uses it to draw the + grid lines, sub grid lines and zero-line. You can interact with the grid of an axis via \ref + QCPAxis::grid. Normally, you don't need to create an instance of QCPGrid yourself. + + The axis and grid drawing was split into two classes to allow them to be placed on different + layers (both QCPAxis and QCPGrid inherit from QCPLayerable). Thus it is possible to have the grid + in the background and the axes in the foreground, and any plottables/items in between. This + described situation is the default setup, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPGrid instance and sets default values. + + You shouldn't instantiate grids on their own, since every QCPAxis brings its own QCPGrid. +*/ +QCPGrid::QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis) : + QCPLayerable(parentAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), parentAxis), + mParentAxis(parentAxis) +{ + // warning: this is called in QCPAxis constructor, so parentAxis members should not be accessed/called + setParent(parentAxis); + setPen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setSubGridPen(QPen(QColor(220, 220, 220), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setZeroLinePen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::SolidLine)); + setSubGridVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setAntialiasedSubGrid(false); + setAntialiasedZeroLine(false); +} + +/*! + Sets whether grid lines at sub tick marks are drawn. + + \see setSubGridPen +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridVisible(bool visible) +{ + mSubGridVisible = visible; +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub grid lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedSubGrid = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether zero lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedZeroLine = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which (major) grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which sub grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubGridPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which zero lines are drawn. + + Zero lines are lines at value coordinate 0 which may be drawn with a different pen than other grid + lines. To disable zero lines and just draw normal grid lines at zero, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mZeroLinePen = pen; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing the major grid lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPGrid::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeGrid); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws grid lines and sub grid lines at the positions of (sub) ticks of the parent axis, spanning + over the complete axis rect. Also draws the zero line, if appropriate (\ref setZeroLinePen). +*/ +void QCPGrid::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + if (mParentAxis->subTicks() && mSubGridVisible) { + drawSubGridLines(painter); + } + drawGridLines(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the main grid lines and possibly a zero line with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + const int tickCount = mParentAxis->mTickVector.size(); + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->range().size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->mRange.size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the sub grid lines with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedSubGrid, QCP::aeSubGrid); + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + painter->setPen(mSubGridPen); + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mSubTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxis +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxis + \brief Manages a single axis inside a QCustomPlot. + + Usually doesn't need to be instantiated externally. Access %QCustomPlot's default four axes via + QCustomPlot::xAxis (bottom), QCustomPlot::yAxis (left), QCustomPlot::xAxis2 (top) and + QCustomPlot::yAxis2 (right). + + Axes are always part of an axis rect, see QCPAxisRect. + \image html AxisNamesOverview.png +
Naming convention of axis parts
+ \n + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed gray line + on the left represents the QCustomPlot widget border.
+ + Each axis holds an instance of QCPAxisTicker which is used to generate the tick coordinates and + tick labels. You can access the currently installed \ref ticker or set a new one (possibly one of + the specialized subclasses, or your own subclass) via \ref setTicker. For details, see the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation() const + + Returns the orientation of this axis. The axis orientation (horizontal or vertical) is deduced + from the axis type (left, top, right or bottom). + + \see orientation(AxisType type), pixelOrientation +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPGrid *QCPAxis::grid() const + + Returns the \ref QCPGrid instance belonging to this axis. Access it to set details about the way the + grid is displayed. +*/ + +/*! \fn static Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation(AxisType type) + + Returns the orientation of the specified axis type + + \see orientation(), pixelOrientation +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxis::pixelOrientation() const + + Returns which direction points towards higher coordinate values/keys, in pixel space. + + This method returns either 1 or -1. If it returns 1, then going in the positive direction along + the orientation of the axis in pixels corresponds to going from lower to higher axis coordinates. + On the other hand, if this method returns -1, going to smaller pixel values corresponds to going + from lower to higher axis coordinates. + + For example, this is useful to easily shift axis coordinates by a certain amount given in pixels, + without having to care about reversed or vertically aligned axes: + + \code + double newKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(oldKey)+10*keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + \endcode + + \a newKey will then contain a key that is ten pixels towards higher keys, starting from \a oldKey. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPAxis::ticker() const + + Returns a modifiable shared pointer to the currently installed axis ticker. The axis ticker is + responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels of this axis. You can access the + \ref QCPAxisTicker with this method and modify basic properties such as the approximate tick count + (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount). + + You can gain more control over the axis ticks by setting a different \ref QCPAxisTicker subclass, see + the documentation there. A new axis ticker can be set with \ref setTicker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see setTicker +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange) + + This signal is emitted when the range of this axis has changed. You can connect it to the \ref + setRange slot of another axis to communicate the new range to the other axis, in order for it to + be synchronized. + + You may also manipulate/correct the range with \ref setRange in a slot connected to this signal. + This is useful if for example a maximum range span shall not be exceeded, or if the lower/upper + range shouldn't go beyond certain values (see \ref QCPRange::bounded). For example, the following + slot would limit the x axis to ranges between 0 and 10: + \code + customPlot->xAxis->setRange(newRange.bounded(0, 10)) + \endcode +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange) + \overload + + Additionally to the new range, this signal also provides the previous range held by the axis as + \a oldRange. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the scale type changes, by calls to \ref setScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this axis has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelectedParts. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability changes, by calls to \ref setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an Axis instance of Type \a type for the axis rect \a parent. + + Usually it isn't necessary to instantiate axes directly, because you can let QCustomPlot create + them for you with \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. If you want to use own QCPAxis-subclasses however, + create them manually and then inject them also via \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. +*/ +QCPAxis::QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type) : + QCPLayerable(parent->parentPlot(), QString(), parent), + // axis base: + mAxisType(type), + mAxisRect(parent), + mPadding(5), + mOrientation(orientation(type)), + mSelectableParts(spAxis | spTickLabels | spAxisLabel), + mSelectedParts(spNone), + mBasePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedBasePen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // axis label: + mLabel(), + mLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedLabelFont(QFont(mLabelFont.family(), mLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedLabelColor(Qt::blue), + // tick labels: + mTickLabels(true), + mTickLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedTickLabelFont(QFont(mTickLabelFont.family(), mTickLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mTickLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedTickLabelColor(Qt::blue), + mNumberPrecision(6), + mNumberFormatChar('g'), + mNumberBeautifulPowers(true), + // ticks and subticks: + mTicks(true), + mSubTicks(true), + mTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + mSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // scale and range: + mRange(0, 5), + mRangeReversed(false), + mScaleType(stLinear), + // internal members: + mGrid(new QCPGrid(this)), + mAxisPainter(new QCPAxisPainterPrivate(parent->parentPlot())), + mTicker(new QCPAxisTicker), + mCachedMarginValid(false), + mCachedMargin(0) +{ + setParent(parent); + mGrid->setVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); // it's actually on that layer already, but we want it in front of the grid, so we place it on there again + + if (type == atTop) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(6); + } else if (type == atRight) { + setTickLabelPadding(7); + setLabelPadding(12); + } else if (type == atBottom) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(3); + } else if (type == atLeft) { + setTickLabelPadding(5); + setLabelPadding(10); + } +} + +QCPAxis::~QCPAxis() +{ + delete mAxisPainter; + delete mGrid; // delete grid here instead of via parent ~QObject for better defined deletion order +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLabelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +double QCPAxis::tickLabelRotation() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPAxis::LabelSide QCPAxis::tickLabelSide() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QString QCPAxis::numberFormat() const +{ + QString result; + result.append(mNumberFormatChar); + if (mNumberBeautifulPowers) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('b')); + if (mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('c')); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::labelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->labelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::offset() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->offset; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::lowerEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->lowerEnding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::upperEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->upperEnding; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis uses a linear scale or a logarithmic scale. + + Note that this method controls the coordinate transformation. For logarithmic scales, you will + likely also want to use a logarithmic tick spacing and labeling, which can be achieved by setting + the axis ticker to an instance of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog : + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpaxisticker-log-creation + + See the documentation of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog about the details of logarithmic axis tick + creation. + + \ref setNumberPrecision +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type) +{ + if (mScaleType != type) { + mScaleType = type; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + setRange(mRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit scaleTypeChanged(mScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range of the axis. + + This slot may be connected with the \ref rangeChanged signal of another axis so this axis + is always synchronized with the other axis range, when it changes. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + if (range.lower == mRange.lower && range.upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(range)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective axis parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font. + + The entire selection mechanism for axes is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes. You only need to call this function when you + wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part, independent of the \ref setSelectableParts setting. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBasePen, setSelectedTickPen, setSelectedSubTickPen, + setSelectedTickLabelFont, setSelectedLabelFont, setSelectedTickLabelColor, setSelectedLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + if (mSelectedParts != selected) { + mSelectedParts = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the lower and upper bound of the axis range. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. + + There is also a slot to set a range, see \ref setRange(const QCPRange &range). +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + if (lower == mRange.lower && upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(lower, upper)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the range of the axis. + + The \a position coordinate indicates together with the \a alignment parameter, where the new + range will be positioned. \a size defines the size of the new axis range. \a alignment may be + Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight or Qt::AlignCenter. This will cause the left border, right border, + or center of the range to be aligned with \a position. Any other values of \a alignment will + default to Qt::AlignCenter. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment) +{ + if (alignment == Qt::AlignLeft) { + setRange(position, position + size); + } else if (alignment == Qt::AlignRight) { + setRange(position - size, position); + } else { // alignment == Qt::AlignCenter + setRange(position - size / 2.0, position + size / 2.0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the lower bound of the axis range. The upper bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeLower(double lower) +{ + if (mRange.lower == lower) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the upper bound of the axis range. The lower bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeUpper(double upper) +{ + if (mRange.upper == upper) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis range (direction) is displayed reversed. Normally, the values on horizontal + axes increase left to right, on vertical axes bottom to top. When \a reversed is set to true, the + direction of increasing values is inverted. + + Note that the range and data interface stays the same for reversed axes, e.g. the \a lower part + of the \ref setRange interface will still reference the mathematically smaller number than the \a + upper part. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeReversed(bool reversed) +{ + mRangeReversed = reversed; +} + +/*! + The axis ticker is responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels. See the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker for details on how to work with axis tickers. + + You can change the tick positioning/labeling behaviour of this axis by setting a different + QCPAxisTicker subclass using this method. If you only wish to modify the currently installed axis + ticker, access it via \ref ticker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see ticker +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker) +{ + if (ticker) { + mTicker = ticker; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can not set 0 as axis ticker"; + } + // no need to invalidate margin cache here because produced tick labels are checked for changes in setupTickVector +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick marks are displayed. + + Note that setting \a show to false does not imply that tick labels are invisible, too. To achieve + that, see \ref setTickLabels. + + \see setSubTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mTicks != show) { + mTicks = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick labels are displayed. Tick labels are the numbers drawn next to tick marks. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabels(bool show) +{ + if (mTickLabels != show) { + mTickLabels = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + if (!mTickLabels) { + mTickVectorLabels.clear(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the axis base line (including any outward ticks) and the tick labels. + \see setLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mTickLabelFont) { + mTickLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTickLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the rotation of the tick labels. If \a degrees is zero, the labels are drawn normally. Else, + the tick labels are drawn rotated by \a degrees clockwise. The specified angle is bound to values + from -90 to 90 degrees. + + If \a degrees is exactly -90, 0 or 90, the tick labels are centered on the tick coordinate. For + other angles, the label is drawn with an offset such that it seems to point toward or away from + the tick mark. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelRotation(double degrees) +{ + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(degrees - mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation)) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation = qBound(-90.0, degrees, 90.0); + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick labels (numbers) shall appear inside or outside the axis rect. + + The usual and default setting is \ref lsOutside. Very compact plots sometimes require tick labels + to be inside the axis rect, to save space. If \a side is set to \ref lsInside, the tick labels + appear on the inside are additionally clipped to the axis rect. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side) +{ + mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide = side; + mCachedMarginValid = false; +} + +/*! + Sets the number format for the numbers in tick labels. This \a formatCode is an extended version + of the format code used e.g. by QString::number() and QLocale::toString(). For reference about + that, see the "Argument Formats" section in the detailed description of the QString class. + + \a formatCode is a string of one, two or three characters. The first character is identical to + the normal format code used by Qt. In short, this means: 'e'/'E' scientific format, 'f' fixed + format, 'g'/'G' scientific or fixed, whichever is shorter. + + The second and third characters are optional and specific to QCustomPlot:\n + If the first char was 'e' or 'g', numbers are/might be displayed in the scientific format, e.g. + "5.5e9", which is ugly in a plot. So when the second char of \a formatCode is set to 'b' (for + "beautiful"), those exponential numbers are formatted in a more natural way, i.e. "5.5 + [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] 9". By default, the multiplication sign is a centered dot. + If instead a cross should be shown (as is usual in the USA), the third char of \a formatCode can + be set to 'c'. The inserted multiplication signs are the UTF-8 characters 215 (0xD7) for the + cross and 183 (0xB7) for the dot. + + Examples for \a formatCode: + \li \c g normal format code behaviour. If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, + normal scientific format is used + \li \c gb If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, scientific format is used with + beautifully typeset decimal powers and a dot as multiplication sign + \li \c ebc All numbers are in scientific format with beautifully typeset decimal power and a cross as + multiplication sign + \li \c fb illegal format code, since fixed format doesn't support (or need) beautifully typeset decimal + powers. Format code will be reduced to 'f'. + \li \c hello illegal format code, since first char is not 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' or 'G'. Current format + code will not be changed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode) +{ + if (formatCode.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed formatCode is empty"; + return; + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + + // interpret first char as number format char: + QString allowedFormatChars(QLatin1String("eEfgG")); + if (allowedFormatChars.contains(formatCode.at(0))) { + mNumberFormatChar = QLatin1Char(formatCode.at(0).toLatin1()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (first char not in 'eEfgG'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 2) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = false; + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret second char as indicator for beautiful decimal powers: + if (formatCode.at(1) == QLatin1Char('b') && (mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('e') || mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('g'))) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (second char not 'b' or first char neither 'e' nor 'g'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 3) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret third char as indicator for dot or cross multiplication symbol: + if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('c')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = true; + } else if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('d')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (third char neither 'c' nor 'd'):" << formatCode; + return; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the precision of the tick label numbers. See QLocale::toString(double i, char f, int prec) + for details. The effect of precisions are most notably for number Formats starting with 'e', see + \ref setNumberFormat +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision(int precision) +{ + if (mNumberPrecision != precision) { + mNumberPrecision = precision; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach inside the + plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than + zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so + they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLength, setTickLengthIn, setTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setTickLengthIn(inside); + setTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach + inside the plot. + + \see setTickLengthOut, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward ticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the ticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels and axis label will + increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLengthIn, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub tick marks are displayed. + + Sub ticks are only potentially visible if (major) ticks are also visible (see \ref setTicks) + + \see setTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mSubTicks != show) { + mSubTicks = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater + than zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, + so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLength, setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setSubTickLengthIn(inside); + setSubTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot. + + \see setSubTickLengthOut, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward subticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the subticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels will increase their + distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the axis base line is drawn with. + + \see setTickPen, setSubTickPen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, tick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, subtick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setSubTickCount, setSubTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the axis label. + + \see setLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mLabelFont != font) { + mLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the axis label. + + \see setLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the text of the axis label that will be shown below/above or next to the axis, depending on + its orientation. To disable axis labels, pass an empty string as \a str. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (mLabel != str) { + mLabel = str; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the tick labels and the axis label. + + \see setTickLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->labelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->labelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the padding of the axis. + + When \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is enabled, the padding is the additional outer most space, + that is left blank. + + The axis padding has no meaning if \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is disabled. + + \see setLabelPadding, setTickLabelPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mPadding != padding) { + mPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the offset the axis has to its axis rect side. + + If an axis rect side has multiple axes and automatic margin calculation is enabled for that side, + only the offset of the inner most axis has meaning (even if it is set to be invisible). The + offset of the other, outer axes is controlled automatically, to place them at appropriate + positions. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setOffset(int offset) +{ + mAxisPainter->offset = offset; +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mSelectedTickLabelFont) { + mSelectedTickLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mSelectedTickLabelColor) { + mSelectedTickLabelColor = color; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the axis base line when selected. + + \see setBasePen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks when selected. + + \see setTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the subticks when selected. + + \see setSubTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the lower axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the left ending, for vertical axes the bottom ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setUpperEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->lowerEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the upper axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the right ending, for vertical axes the top ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setLowerEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->upperEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLinear, \a diff is added to the lower and upper + bounds of the range. The range is simply moved by \a diff. + + If the scale type is \ref stLogarithmic, the range bounds are multiplied by \a diff. This + corresponds to an apparent "linear" move in logarithmic scaling by a distance of log(diff). +*/ +void QCPAxis::moveRange(double diff) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + mRange.lower += diff; + mRange.upper += diff; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + mRange.lower *= diff; + mRange.upper *= diff; + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the center of the current axis range. For + example, if \a factor is 2.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at the axis + range center won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates around + the center will have moved symmetrically closer). + + If you wish to scale around a different coordinate than the current axis range center, use the + overload \ref scaleRange(double factor, double center). +*/ +void QCPAxis::scaleRange(double factor) +{ + scaleRange(factor, range().center()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the coordinate \a center. For example, if \a + factor is 2.0, \a center is 1.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at + coordinate 1.0 won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates + around 1.0 will have moved symmetrically closer to 1.0). + + \see scaleRange(double factor) +*/ +void QCPAxis::scaleRange(double factor, double center) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = (mRange.lower - center) * factor + center; + newRange.upper = (mRange.upper - center) * factor + center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if ((mRange.upper < 0 && center < 0) || (mRange.upper > 0 && center > 0)) { // make sure center has same sign as range + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = qPow(mRange.lower / center, factor) * center; + newRange.upper = qPow(mRange.upper / center, factor) * center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Center of scaling operation doesn't lie in same logarithmic sign domain as range:" << center; + } + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis to have a certain scale \a ratio to \a otherAxis. The scaling will + be done around the center of the current axis range. + + For example, if \a ratio is 1, this axis is the \a yAxis and \a otherAxis is \a xAxis, graphs + plotted with those axes will appear in a 1:1 aspect ratio, independent of the aspect ratio the + axis rect has. + + This is an operation that changes the range of this axis once, it doesn't fix the scale ratio + indefinitely. Note that calling this function in the constructor of the QCustomPlot's parent + won't have the desired effect, since the widget dimensions aren't defined yet, and a resizeEvent + will follow. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio) +{ + int otherPixelSize, ownPixelSize; + + if (otherAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->width(); + } else { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->height(); + } + + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->width(); + } else { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->height(); + } + + double newRangeSize = ratio * otherAxis->range().size() * ownPixelSize / (double)otherPixelSize; + setRange(range().center(), newRangeSize, Qt::AlignCenter); +} + +/*! + Changes the axis range such that all plottables associated with this axis are fully visible in + that dimension. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPAxis::rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QList p = plottables(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + for (int i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i) { + if (!p.at(i)->realVisibility() && onlyVisiblePlottables) { + continue; + } + QCPRange plottableRange; + bool currentFoundRange; + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (mRange.upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + if (p.at(i)->keyAxis() == this) { + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getKeyRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } else { + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getValueRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = plottableRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(plottableRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + } + } + setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget, to axis coordinates. +*/ +double QCPAxis::pixelToCoord(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width() * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width() * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->left()) / (double)mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->left() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height() * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height() * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / (double)mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->bottom()) / (double)mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in coordinates of the axis, to pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +double QCPAxis::coordToPixel(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0.0 && mRange.upper < 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->right() + 200 : mAxisRect->left() - 200; + } else if (value <= 0.0 && mRange.upper >= 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->left() - 200 : mAxisRect->right() + 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qLn(value / mRange.lower) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return qLn(mRange.upper / value) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0.0 && mRange.upper < 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->top() - 200 : mAxisRect->bottom() + 200; + } else if (value <= 0.0 && mRange.upper >= 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->bottom() + 200 : mAxisRect->top() - 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - qLn(value / mRange.lower) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - qLn(mRange.upper / value) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the part of the axis that is hit by \a pos (in pixels). The return value of this function + is independent of the user-selectable parts defined with \ref setSelectableParts. Further, this + function does not change the current selection state of the axis. + + If the axis is not visible (\ref setVisible), this function always returns \ref spNone. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCPAxis::SelectablePart QCPAxis::getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + if (!mVisible) { + return spNone; + } + + if (mAxisPainter->axisSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxis; + } else if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelsSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spTickLabels; + } else if (mAxisPainter->labelSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxisLabel; + } else { + return spNone; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAxis::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + SelectablePart part = getPartAt(pos); + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) || part == spNone) { + return -1; + } + + if (details) { + details->setValue(part); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that have this axis as key or value axis. + + If you are only interested in plottables of type QCPGraph, see \ref graphs. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::plottables() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mPlottables.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->keyAxis() == this || mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that have this axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::graphs() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mGraphs.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->keyAxis() == this || mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis. An item is considered + associated with an axis if at least one of its positions uses the axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxis::items() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + for (int itemId = 0; itemId < mParentPlot->mItems.size(); ++itemId) { + QList positions = mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->positions(); + for (int posId = 0; posId < positions.size(); ++posId) { + if (positions.at(posId)->keyAxis() == this || positions.at(posId)->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Transforms a margin side to the logically corresponding axis type. (QCP::msLeft to + QCPAxis::atLeft, QCP::msRight to QCPAxis::atRight, etc.) +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return atLeft; + case QCP::msRight: + return atRight; + case QCP::msTop: + return atTop; + case QCP::msBottom: + return atBottom; + default: + break; + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid margin side passed:" << (int)side; + return atLeft; +} + +/*! + Returns the axis type that describes the opposite axis of an axis with the specified \a type. +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::opposite(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + switch (type) { + case atLeft: + return atRight; + break; + case atRight: + return atLeft; + break; + case atBottom: + return atTop; + break; + case atTop: + return atBottom; + break; + default: + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis type"; + return atLeft; + break; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + SelectablePart part = details.value(); + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^part : part); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(mSelectedParts & ~mSelectableParts); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis drag, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range dragging in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag) and this axis must be a draggable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. +*/ +void QCPAxis::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag) || + !mAxisRect->rangeDrag().testFlag(orientation()) || + !mAxisRect->rangeDragAxes(orientation()).contains(this)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragStartRange = mRange; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPAxis::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (mDragging) { + const double startPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? startPos.x() : startPos.y(); + const double currentPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? event->pos().x() : event->pos().y(); + if (mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) - pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower + diff, mDragStartRange.upper + diff); + } else if (mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) / pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower * diff, mDragStartRange.upper * diff); + } + + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPAxis::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user zoom individual axes + exclusively, by performing the wheel event on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis zoom, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range zooming in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom) and this axis must be a zoomable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The zooming of possibly multiple axes at once by performing the wheel event anywhere in the + axis rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent. +*/ +void QCPAxis::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom) || + !mAxisRect->rangeZoom().testFlag(orientation()) || + !mAxisRect->rangeZoomAxes(orientation()).contains(this)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + const double wheelSteps = event->delta() / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + const double factor = qPow(mAxisRect->rangeZoomFactor(orientation()), wheelSteps); + scaleRange(factor, pixelToCoord(orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? event->pos().x() : event->pos().y())); + mParentPlot->replot(); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing axis lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAxis::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeAxes); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter, using the internal QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPAxis::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QVector subTickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + tickLabels.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + subTickPositions.reserve(mSubTickVector.size()); + + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + + if (mSubTicks) { + const int subTickCount = mSubTickVector.size(); + for (int i = 0; i < subTickCount; ++i) { + subTickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mSubTickVector.at(i))); + } + } + } + + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to draw the axis. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->basePen = getBasePen(); + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->labelColor = getLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->substituteExponent = mNumberBeautifulPowers; + mAxisPainter->tickPen = getTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->subTickPen = getSubTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = getTickLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelColor = getTickLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->abbreviateDecimalPowers = mScaleType == stLogarithmic; + mAxisPainter->reversedEndings = mRangeReversed; + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + mAxisPainter->subTickPositions = subTickPositions; + mAxisPainter->draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Prepares the internal tick vector, sub tick vector and tick label vector. This is done by calling + QCPAxisTicker::generate on the currently installed ticker. + + If a change in the label text/count is detected, the cached axis margin is invalidated to make + sure the next margin calculation recalculates the label sizes and returns an up-to-date value. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setupTickVectors() +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return; + } + if ((!mTicks && !mTickLabels && !mGrid->visible()) || mRange.size() <= 0) { + return; + } + + QVector oldLabels = mTickVectorLabels; + mTicker->generate(mRange, mParentPlot->locale(), mNumberFormatChar, mNumberPrecision, mTickVector, mSubTicks ? &mSubTickVector : 0, mTickLabels ? &mTickVectorLabels : 0); + mCachedMarginValid &= mTickVectorLabels == oldLabels; // if labels have changed, margin might have changed, too +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the axis base line. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedBasePen or mBasePen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getBasePen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedBasePen : mBasePen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickPen or mTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedTickPen : mTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the subticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedSubTickPen or mSubTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getSubTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedSubTickPen : mSubTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelFont or mTickLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getTickLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelFont : mTickLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelFont or mLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelFont : mLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelColor or mTickLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getTickLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelColor : mTickLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelColor or mLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelColor : mLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the appropriate outward margin for this axis. It is needed if \ref + QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is set to true on the parent axis rect. An axis with axis type \ref + atLeft will return an appropriate left margin, \ref atBottom will return an appropriate bottom + margin and so forth. For the calculation, this function goes through similar steps as \ref draw, + so changing one function likely requires the modification of the other one as well. + + The margin consists of the outward tick length, tick label padding, tick label size, label + padding, label size, and padding. + + The margin is cached internally, so repeated calls while leaving the axis range, fonts, etc. + unchanged are very fast. +*/ +int QCPAxis::calculateMargin() +{ + if (!mVisible) { // if not visible, directly return 0, don't cache 0 because we can't react to setVisible in QCPAxis + return 0; + } + + if (mCachedMarginValid) { + return mCachedMargin; + } + + // run through similar steps as QCPAxis::draw, and calculate margin needed to fit axis and its labels + int margin = 0; + + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + tickLabels.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + } + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to calculate the size. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = mTickLabelFont; + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + margin += mAxisPainter->size(); + margin += mPadding; + + mCachedMargin = margin; + mCachedMarginValid = true; + return margin; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAxis::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectAxes; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisPainterPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisPainterPrivate + + \internal + \brief (Private) + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It is used by QCPAxis to do the low-level drawing of axis backbone, tick marks, tick labels and + axis label. It also buffers the labels to reduce replot times. The parameters are configured by + directly accessing the public member variables. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. Make sure to not create a new instance on every + redraw, to utilize the caching mechanisms. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + type(QCPAxis::atLeft), + basePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + lowerEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + upperEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + labelPadding(0), + tickLabelPadding(0), + tickLabelRotation(0), + tickLabelSide(QCPAxis::lsOutside), + substituteExponent(true), + numberMultiplyCross(false), + tickLengthIn(5), + tickLengthOut(0), + subTickLengthIn(2), + subTickLengthOut(0), + tickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + subTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + offset(0), + abbreviateDecimalPowers(false), + reversedEndings(false), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mLabelCache(16) // cache at most 16 (tick) labels +{ +} + +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::~QCPAxisPainterPrivate() +{ +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter. + + The selection boxes (mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox) are set + here, too. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QByteArray newHash = generateLabelParameterHash(); + if (newHash != mLabelParameterHash) { + mLabelCache.clear(); + mLabelParameterHash = newHash; + } + + QPoint origin; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(-offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + origin = axisRect.bottomRight() + QPoint(+offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + origin = axisRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(0, +offset); + break; + } + + double xCor = 0, yCor = 0; // paint system correction, for pixel exact matches (affects baselines and ticks of top/right axes) + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atTop: + yCor = -1; + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + xCor = 1; + break; + default: + break; + } + int margin = 0; + // draw baseline: + QLineF baseLine; + painter->setPen(basePen); + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(axisRect.width() + xCor, yCor)); + } else { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(xCor, -axisRect.height() + yCor)); + } + if (reversedEndings) { + baseLine = QLineF(baseLine.p2(), baseLine.p1()); // won't make a difference for line itself, but for line endings later + } + painter->drawLine(baseLine); + + // draw ticks: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(tickPen); + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < tickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(tickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, tickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < tickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, tickPositions.at(i) + yCor, origin.x() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, tickPositions.at(i) + yCor)); + } + } + } + + // draw subticks: + if (!subTickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(subTickPen); + // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < subTickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(subTickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + xCor, origin.y() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < subTickPositions.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + yCor, origin.x() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, subTickPositions.at(i) + yCor)); + } + } + } + margin += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + + // draw axis base endings: + bool antialiasingBackup = painter->antialiasing(); + painter->setAntialiasing(true); // always want endings to be antialiased, even if base and ticks themselves aren't + painter->setBrush(QBrush(basePen.color())); + QCPVector2D baseLineVector(baseLine.dx(), baseLine.dy()); + if (lowerEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + lowerEnding.draw(painter, QCPVector2D(baseLine.p1()) - baseLineVector.normalized()*lowerEnding.realLength() * (lowerEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), -baseLineVector); + } + if (upperEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + upperEnding.draw(painter, QCPVector2D(baseLine.p2()) + baseLineVector.normalized()*upperEnding.realLength() * (upperEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), baseLineVector); + } + painter->setAntialiasing(antialiasingBackup); + + // tick labels: + QRect oldClipRect; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { // if using inside labels, clip them to the axis rect + oldClipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + painter->setClipRect(axisRect); + } + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); // size of largest tick label, for offset calculation of axis label + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += tickLabelPadding; + } + painter->setFont(tickLabelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(tickLabelColor)); + const int maxLabelIndex = qMin(tickPositions.size(), tickLabels.size()); + int distanceToAxis = margin; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + distanceToAxis = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maxLabelIndex; ++i) { + placeTickLabel(painter, tickPositions.at(i), distanceToAxis, tickLabels.at(i), &tickLabelsSize); + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + } + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + painter->setClipRect(oldClipRect); + } + + // axis label: + QRect labelBounds; + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + margin += labelPadding; + painter->setFont(labelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(labelColor)); + labelBounds = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, label); + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() - margin - labelBounds.height()), origin.y()); + painter->rotate(-90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() + margin + labelBounds.height()), origin.y() - axisRect.height()); + painter->rotate(90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() - margin - labelBounds.height(), axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() + margin, axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } + } + + // set selection boxes: + int selectionTolerance = 0; + if (mParentPlot) { + selectionTolerance = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "mParentPlot is null"; + } + int selAxisOutSize = qMax(qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut), selectionTolerance); + int selAxisInSize = selectionTolerance; + int selTickLabelSize; + int selTickLabelOffset; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + selTickLabelSize = (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + tickLabelPadding; + } else { + selTickLabelSize = -(QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + int selLabelSize = labelBounds.height(); + int selLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + (!tickLabels.isEmpty() && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside ? tickLabelPadding + selTickLabelSize : 0) + labelPadding; + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisInSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisOutSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisInSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisOutSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset); + } + mAxisSelectionBox = mAxisSelectionBox.normalized(); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox = mTickLabelsSelectionBox.normalized(); + mLabelSelectionBox = mLabelSelectionBox.normalized(); + // draw hitboxes for debug purposes: + //painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + //painter->drawRects(QVector() << mAxisSelectionBox << mTickLabelsSelectionBox << mLabelSelectionBox); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the size ("margin" in QCPAxisRect context, so measured perpendicular to the axis backbone + direction) needed to fit the axis. +*/ +int QCPAxisPainterPrivate::size() const +{ + int result = 0; + + // get length of tick marks pointing outwards: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + result += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + } + + // calculate size of tick labels: + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + for (int i = 0; i < tickLabels.size(); ++i) { + getMaxTickLabelSize(tickLabelFont, tickLabels.at(i), &tickLabelsSize); + } + result += QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + result += tickLabelPadding; + } + } + + // calculate size of axis label (only height needed, because left/right labels are rotated by 90 degrees): + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(labelFont); + QRect bounds; + bounds = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, label); + result += bounds.height() + labelPadding; + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Clears the internal label cache. Upon the next \ref draw, all labels will be created new. This + method is called automatically in \ref draw, if any parameters have changed that invalidate the + cached labels, such as font, color, etc. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::clearCache() +{ + mLabelCache.clear(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a hash that allows uniquely identifying whether the label parameters have changed such + that the cached labels must be refreshed (\ref clearCache). It is used in \ref draw. If the + return value of this method hasn't changed since the last redraw, the respective label parameters + haven't changed and cached labels may be used. +*/ +QByteArray QCPAxisPainterPrivate::generateLabelParameterHash() const +{ + QByteArray result; + result.append(QByteArray::number(mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio())); + result.append(QByteArray::number(tickLabelRotation)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)tickLabelSide)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)substituteExponent)); + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)numberMultiplyCross)); + result.append(tickLabelColor.name().toLatin1() + QByteArray::number(tickLabelColor.alpha(), 16)); + result.append(tickLabelFont.toString().toLatin1()); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws a single tick label with the provided \a painter, utilizing the internal label cache to + significantly speed up drawing of labels that were drawn in previous calls. The tick label is + always bound to an axis, the distance to the axis is controllable via \a distanceToAxis in + pixels. The pixel position in the axis direction is passed in the \a position parameter. Hence + for the bottom axis, \a position would indicate the horizontal pixel position (not coordinate), + at which the label should be drawn. + + In order to later draw the axis label in a place that doesn't overlap with the tick labels, the + largest tick label size is needed. This is acquired by passing a \a tickLabelsSize to the \ref + drawTickLabel calls during the process of drawing all tick labels of one axis. In every call, \a + tickLabelsSize is expanded, if the drawn label exceeds the value \a tickLabelsSize currently + holds. + + The label is drawn with the font and pen that are currently set on the \a painter. To draw + superscripted powers, the font is temporarily made smaller by a fixed factor (see \ref + getTickLabelData). +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) +{ + // warning: if you change anything here, also adapt getMaxTickLabelSize() accordingly! + if (text.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QSize finalSize; + QPointF labelAnchor; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.left() - distanceToAxis - offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.right() + distanceToAxis + offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.top() - distanceToAxis - offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.bottom() + distanceToAxis + offset); + break; + } + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { // label caching enabled + CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.take(text); // attempt to get label from cache + if (!cachedLabel) { // no cached label existed, create it + cachedLabel = new CachedLabel; + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + cachedLabel->offset = getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData) + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft(); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(1.0, mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio())) { + cachedLabel->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size() * mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio()); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT + cachedLabel->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatioF()); +# else + cachedLabel->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatio()); +# endif +#endif + } else { + cachedLabel->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size()); + } + cachedLabel->pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); + QCPPainter cachePainter(&cachedLabel->pixmap); + cachePainter.setPen(painter->pen()); + drawTickLabel(&cachePainter, -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().x(), -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().y(), labelData); + } + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() + cachedLabel->pixmap.width() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.right() || labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() + cachedLabel->pixmap.height() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.bottom() || labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + painter->drawPixmap(labelAnchor + cachedLabel->offset, cachedLabel->pixmap); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); + } + mLabelCache.insert(text, cachedLabel); // return label to cache or insert for the first time if newly created + } else { // label caching disabled, draw text directly on surface: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + QPointF finalPosition = labelAnchor + getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData); + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.x() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.width() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left()) > viewportRect.right() || finalPosition.x() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.y() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.height() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top()) > viewportRect.bottom() || finalPosition.y() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + drawTickLabel(painter, finalPosition.x(), finalPosition.y(), labelData); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Draws the tick label specified in \a labelData with \a painter at the pixel positions \a x and \a + y. This function is used by \ref placeTickLabel to create new tick labels for the cache, or to + directly draw the labels on the QCustomPlot surface when label caching is disabled, i.e. when + QCP::phCacheLabels plotting hint is not set. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + // backup painter settings that we're about to change: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + QFont oldFont = painter->font(); + + // transform painter to position/rotation: + painter->translate(x, y); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + painter->rotate(tickLabelRotation); + } + + // draw text: + if (!labelData.expPart.isEmpty()) { // indicator that beautiful powers must be used + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.basePart); + if (!labelData.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1 + labelData.expBounds.width(), 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.suffixPart); + } + painter->setFont(labelData.expFont); + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1, 0, labelData.expBounds.width(), labelData.expBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.expPart); + } else { + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, labelData.totalBounds.width(), labelData.totalBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, labelData.basePart); + } + + // reset painter settings to what it was before: + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + painter->setFont(oldFont); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Transforms the passed \a text and \a font to a tickLabelData structure that can then be further + processed by \ref getTickLabelDrawOffset and \ref drawTickLabel. It splits the text into base and + exponent if necessary (member substituteExponent) and calculates appropriate bounding boxes. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::TickLabelData QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const +{ + TickLabelData result; + + // determine whether beautiful decimal powers should be used + bool useBeautifulPowers = false; + int ePos = -1; // first index of exponent part, text before that will be basePart, text until eLast will be expPart + int eLast = -1; // last index of exponent part, rest of text after this will be suffixPart + if (substituteExponent) { + ePos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('e')); + if (ePos > 0 && text.at(ePos - 1).isDigit()) { + eLast = ePos; + while (eLast + 1 < text.size() && (text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('+') || text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('-') || text.at(eLast + 1).isDigit())) { + ++eLast; + } + if (eLast > ePos) { // only if also to right of 'e' is a digit/+/- interpret it as beautifiable power + useBeautifulPowers = true; + } + } + } + + // calculate text bounding rects and do string preparation for beautiful decimal powers: + result.baseFont = font; + if (result.baseFont.pointSizeF() > 0) { // might return -1 if specified with setPixelSize, in that case we can't do correction in next line + result.baseFont.setPointSizeF(result.baseFont.pointSizeF() + 0.05); // QFontMetrics.boundingRect has a bug for exact point sizes that make the results oscillate due to internal rounding + } + if (useBeautifulPowers) { + // split text into parts of number/symbol that will be drawn normally and part that will be drawn as exponent: + result.basePart = text.left(ePos); + result.suffixPart = text.mid(eLast + 1); // also drawn normally but after exponent + // in log scaling, we want to turn "1*10^n" into "10^n", else add multiplication sign and decimal base: + if (abbreviateDecimalPowers && result.basePart == QLatin1String("1")) { + result.basePart = QLatin1String("10"); + } else { + result.basePart += (numberMultiplyCross ? QString(QChar(215)) : QString(QChar(183))) + QLatin1String("10"); + } + result.expPart = text.mid(ePos + 1, eLast - ePos); + // clip "+" and leading zeros off expPart: + while (result.expPart.length() > 2 && result.expPart.at(1) == QLatin1Char('0')) { // length > 2 so we leave one zero when numberFormatChar is 'e' + result.expPart.remove(1, 1); + } + if (!result.expPart.isEmpty() && result.expPart.at(0) == QLatin1Char('+')) { + result.expPart.remove(0, 1); + } + // prepare smaller font for exponent: + result.expFont = font; + if (result.expFont.pointSize() > 0) { + result.expFont.setPointSize(result.expFont.pointSize() * 0.75); + } else { + result.expFont.setPixelSize(result.expFont.pixelSize() * 0.75); + } + // calculate bounding rects of base part(s), exponent part and total one: + result.baseBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.basePart); + result.expBounds = QFontMetrics(result.expFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.expPart); + if (!result.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + result.suffixBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.suffixPart); + } + result.totalBounds = result.baseBounds.adjusted(0, 0, result.expBounds.width() + result.suffixBounds.width() + 2, 0); // +2 consists of the 1 pixel spacing between base and exponent (see drawTickLabel) and an extra pixel to include AA + } else { // useBeautifulPowers == false + result.basePart = text; + result.totalBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, result.basePart); + } + result.totalBounds.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0)); // want bounding box aligned top left at origin, independent of how it was created, to make further processing simpler + + // calculate possibly different bounding rect after rotation: + result.rotatedTotalBounds = result.totalBounds; + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + QTransform transform; + transform.rotate(tickLabelRotation); + result.rotatedTotalBounds = transform.mapRect(result.rotatedTotalBounds); + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Calculates the offset at which the top left corner of the specified tick label shall be drawn. + The offset is relative to a point right next to the tick the label belongs to. + + This function is thus responsible for e.g. centering tick labels under ticks and positioning them + appropriately when they are rotated. +*/ +QPointF QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + /* + calculate label offset from base point at tick (non-trivial, for best visual appearance): short + explanation for bottom axis: The anchor, i.e. the point in the label that is placed + horizontally under the corresponding tick is always on the label side that is closer to the + axis (e.g. the left side of the text when we're rotating clockwise). On that side, the height + is halved and the resulting point is defined the anchor. This way, a 90 degree rotated text + will be centered under the tick (i.e. displaced horizontally by half its height). At the same + time, a 45 degree rotated text will "point toward" its tick, as is typical for rotated tick + labels. + */ + bool doRotation = !qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation); + bool flip = qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(tickLabelRotation), 90.0); // perfect +/-90 degree flip. Indicates vertical label centering on vertical axes. + double radians = tickLabelRotation / 180.0 * M_PI; + int x = 0, y = 0; + if ((type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at right side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at left side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = 0; + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = 0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at bottom side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() + qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } else { + x = -qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at top side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } + } + + return QPointF(x, y); +} + +/*! \internal + + Simulates the steps done by \ref placeTickLabel by calculating bounding boxes of the text label + to be drawn, depending on number format etc. Since only the largest tick label is wanted for the + margin calculation, the passed \a tickLabelsSize is only expanded, if it's currently set to a + smaller width/height. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const +{ + // note: this function must return the same tick label sizes as the placeTickLabel function. + QSize finalSize; + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && mLabelCache.contains(text)) { // label caching enabled and have cached label + const CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.object(text); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); + } else { // label caching disabled or no label with this text cached: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, text); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axis.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/scatterstyle.cpp', size 17450 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPScatterStyle +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPScatterStyle + \brief Represents the visual appearance of scatter points + + This class holds information about shape, color and size of scatter points. In plottables like + QCPGraph it is used to store how scatter points shall be drawn. For example, \ref + QCPGraph::setScatterStyle takes a QCPScatterStyle instance. + + A scatter style consists of a shape (\ref setShape), a line color (\ref setPen) and possibly a + fill (\ref setBrush), if the shape provides a fillable area. Further, the size of the shape can + be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-defining Specifying a scatter style + + You can set all these configurations either by calling the respective functions on an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-1 + + Or you can use one of the various constructors that take different parameter combinations, making + it easy to specify a scatter style in a single call, like so: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-2 + + \section QCPScatterStyle-undefinedpen Leaving the color/pen up to the plottable + + There are two constructors which leave the pen undefined: \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If those constructors are used, a call to \ref + isPenDefined will return false. It leads to scatter points that inherit the pen from the + plottable that uses the scatter style. Thus, if such a scatter style is passed to QCPGraph, the line + color of the graph (\ref QCPGraph::setPen) will be used by the scatter points. This makes + it very convenient to set up typical scatter settings: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-shortcreation + + Notice that it wasn't even necessary to explicitly call a QCPScatterStyle constructor. This works + because QCPScatterStyle provides a constructor that can transform a \ref ScatterShape directly + into a QCPScatterStyle instance (that's the \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) + constructor with a default for \a size). In those cases, C++ allows directly supplying a \ref + ScatterShape, where actually a QCPScatterStyle is expected. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-custompath-and-pixmap Custom shapes and pixmaps + + QCPScatterStyle supports drawing custom shapes and arbitrary pixmaps as scatter points. + + For custom shapes, you can provide a QPainterPath with the desired shape to the \ref + setCustomPath function or call the constructor that takes a painter path. The scatter shape will + automatically be set to \ref ssCustom. + + For pixmaps, you call \ref setPixmap with the desired QPixmap. Alternatively you can use the + constructor that takes a QPixmap. The scatter shape will automatically be set to \ref ssPixmap. + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isNone() const + + Returns whether the scatter shape is \ref ssNone. + + \see setShape +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isPenDefined() const + + Returns whether a pen has been defined for this scatter style. + + The pen is undefined if a constructor is called that does not carry \a pen as parameter. Those + are \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If the pen + is undefined, the pen of the respective plottable will be used for drawing scatters. + + If a pen was defined for this scatter style instance, and you now wish to undefine the pen, call + \ref undefinePen. + + \see setPen +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with size set to 6. No shape, pen or brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle() : + mSize(6), + mShape(ssNone), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape and size to \a size. No pen or + brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + and size to \a size. No brush is defined, i.e. the scatter point will not be filled. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + the brush color to \a fill (with a solid pattern), and size to \a size. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(QBrush(fill)), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen set to \a pen, the + brush to \a brush, and size to \a size. + + \warning In some cases it might be tempting to directly use a pen style like Qt::NoPen as \a pen + and a color like Qt::blue as \a brush. Notice however, that the corresponding call\n + QCPScatterStyle(QCPScatterShape::ssCircle, Qt::NoPen, Qt::blue, 5)\n + doesn't necessarily lead C++ to use this constructor in some cases, but might mistake + Qt::NoPen for a QColor and use the + \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) + constructor instead (which will lead to an unexpected look of the scatter points). To prevent + this, be more explicit with the parameter types. For example, use QBrush(Qt::blue) + instead of just Qt::blue, to clearly point out to the compiler that this constructor is + wanted. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance which will show the specified \a pixmap. The scatter shape + is set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap) : + mSize(5), + mShape(ssPixmap), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPixmap(pixmap), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with a custom shape that is defined via \a customPath. The + scatter shape is set to \ref ssCustom. + + The custom shape line will be drawn with \a pen and filled with \a brush. The size has a slightly + different meaning than for built-in scatter points: The custom path will be drawn scaled by a + factor of \a size/6.0. Since the default \a size is 6, the custom path will appear in its + original size by default. To for example double the size of the path, set \a size to 12. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(ssCustom), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mCustomPath(customPath), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Copies the specified \a properties from the \a other scatter style to this scatter style. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setFromOther(const QCPScatterStyle &other, ScatterProperties properties) +{ + if (properties.testFlag(spPen)) { + setPen(other.pen()); + if (!other.isPenDefined()) { + undefinePen(); + } + } + if (properties.testFlag(spBrush)) { + setBrush(other.brush()); + } + if (properties.testFlag(spSize)) { + setSize(other.size()); + } + if (properties.testFlag(spShape)) { + setShape(other.shape()); + if (other.shape() == ssPixmap) { + setPixmap(other.pixmap()); + } else if (other.shape() == ssCustom) { + setCustomPath(other.customPath()); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the size (pixel diameter) of the drawn scatter points to \a size. + + \see setShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the shape to \a shape. + + Note that the calls \ref setPixmap and \ref setCustomPath automatically set the shape to \ref + ssPixmap and \ref ssCustom, respectively. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setShape(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape shape) +{ + mShape = shape; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw scatter points to \a pen. + + If the pen was previously undefined (see \ref isPenDefined), the pen is considered defined after + a call to this function, even if \a pen is Qt::NoPen. If you have defined a pen + previously by calling this function and now wish to undefine the pen, call \ref undefinePen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenDefined = true; + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill scatter points to \a brush. Note that not all scatter + shapes have fillable areas. For example, \ref ssPlus does not while \ref ssCircle does. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be drawn as scatter point to \a pixmap. + + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + setShape(ssPixmap); + mPixmap = pixmap; +} + +/*! + Sets the custom shape that will be drawn as scatter point to \a customPath. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssCustom. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath) +{ + setShape(ssCustom); + mCustomPath = customPath; +} + +/*! + Sets this scatter style to have an undefined pen (see \ref isPenDefined for what an undefined pen + implies). + + A call to \ref setPen will define a pen. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::undefinePen() +{ + mPenDefined = false; +} + +/*! + Applies the pen and the brush of this scatter style to \a painter. If this scatter style has an + undefined pen (\ref isPenDefined), sets the pen of \a painter to \a defaultPen instead. + + This function is used by plottables (or any class that wants to draw scatters) just before a + number of scatters with this style shall be drawn with the \a painter. + + \see drawShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const +{ + painter->setPen(mPenDefined ? mPen : defaultPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); +} + +/*! + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a pos. + + This function does not modify the pen or the brush on the painter, as \ref applyTo is meant to be + called before scatter points are drawn with \ref drawShape. + + \see applyTo +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos) const +{ + drawShape(painter, pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! \overload + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a x and \a y. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const +{ + double w = mSize / 2.0; + switch (mShape) { + case ssNone: + break; + case ssDot: { + painter->drawLine(QPointF(x, y), QPointF(x + 0.0001, y)); + break; + } + case ssCross: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w, x + w, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPlus: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssDisc: { + QBrush b = painter->brush(); + painter->setBrush(painter->pen().color()); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->setBrush(b); + break; + } + case ssSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + break; + } + case ssDiamond: { + QPointF lineArray[4] = {QPointF(x - w, y), + QPointF(x, y - w), + QPointF(x + w, y), + QPointF(x, y + w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 4); + break; + } + case ssStar: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssTriangle: { + QPointF lineArray[3] = {QPointF(x - w, y + 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x + w, y + 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x, y - 0.977 * w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 3); + break; + } + case ssTriangleInverted: { + QPointF lineArray[3] = {QPointF(x - w, y - 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x + w, y - 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x, y + 0.977 * w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 3); + break; + } + case ssCrossSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w * 0.95, y + w * 0.95)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w * 0.95, x + w * 0.95, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPlusSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w * 0.95, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssCrossCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.670, y + w * 0.670)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.670, x + w * 0.670, y - w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssPlusCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPeace: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - w, x, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssPixmap: { + const double widthHalf = mPixmap.width() * 0.5; + const double heightHalf = mPixmap.height() * 0.5; +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) + const QRectF clipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect().adjusted(-widthHalf, -heightHalf, widthHalf, heightHalf); +#else + const QRectF clipRect = painter->clipBoundingRect().adjusted(-widthHalf, -heightHalf, widthHalf, heightHalf); +#endif + if (clipRect.contains(x, y)) { + painter->drawPixmap(x - widthHalf, y - heightHalf, mPixmap); + } + break; + } + case ssCustom: { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate(x, y); + painter->scale(mSize / 6.0, mSize / 6.0); + painter->drawPath(mCustomPath); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + break; + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/scatterstyle.cpp' */ + +//amalgamation: add datacontainer.cpp + +/* including file 'src/plottable.cpp', size 38845 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionDecorator +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionDecorator + \brief Controls how a plottable's data selection is drawn + + Each \ref QCPAbstractPlottable instance has one \ref QCPSelectionDecorator (accessible via \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionDecorator) and uses it when drawing selected segments of its data. + + The selection decorator controls both pen (\ref setPen) and brush (\ref setBrush), as well as the + scatter style (\ref setScatterStyle) if the plottable draws scatters. Since a \ref + QCPScatterStyle is itself composed of different properties such as color shape and size, the + decorator allows specifying exactly which of those properties shall be used for the selected data + point, via \ref setUsedScatterProperties. + + A \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass instance can be passed to a plottable via \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator, allowing greater customizability of the appearance + of selected segments. + + Use \ref copyFrom to easily transfer the settings of one decorator to another one. This is + especially useful since plottables take ownership of the passed selection decorator, and thus the + same decorator instance can not be passed to multiple plottables. + + Selection decorators can also themselves perform drawing operations by reimplementing \ref + drawDecoration, which is called by the plottable's draw method. The base class \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator does not make use of this however. For example, \ref + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket draws brackets around selected data segments. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionDecorator instance with default values +*/ +QCPSelectionDecorator::QCPSelectionDecorator() : + mPen(QColor(80, 80, 255), 2.5), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mScatterStyle(), + mUsedScatterProperties(QCPScatterStyle::spNone), + mPlottable(0) +{ +} + +QCPSelectionDecorator::~QCPSelectionDecorator() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used by the parent plottable to draw selected data segments. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used by the parent plottable to draw selected data segments. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the scatter style that will be used by the parent plottable to draw scatters in selected + data segments. + + \a usedProperties specifies which parts of the passed \a scatterStyle will be used by the + plottable. The used properties can also be changed via \ref setUsedScatterProperties. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &scatterStyle, QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedProperties) +{ + mScatterStyle = scatterStyle; + setUsedScatterProperties(usedProperties); +} + +/*! + Use this method to define which properties of the scatter style (set via \ref setScatterStyle) + will be used for selected data segments. All properties of the scatter style that are not + specified in \a properties will remain as specified in the plottable's original scatter style. + + \see QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperty +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setUsedScatterProperties(const QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties &properties) +{ + mUsedScatterProperties = properties; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen of \a painter to the pen of this selection decorator. + + \see applyBrush, getFinalScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::applyPen(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setPen(mPen); +} + +/*! + Sets the brush of \a painter to the brush of this selection decorator. + + \see applyPen, getFinalScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::applyBrush(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setBrush(mBrush); +} + +/*! + Returns the scatter style that the parent plottable shall use for selected scatter points. The + plottable's original (unselected) scatter style must be passed as \a unselectedStyle. Depending + on the setting of \ref setUsedScatterProperties, the returned scatter style is a mixture of this + selecion decorator's scatter style (\ref setScatterStyle), and \a unselectedStyle. + + \see applyPen, applyBrush, setScatterStyle +*/ +QCPScatterStyle QCPSelectionDecorator::getFinalScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &unselectedStyle) const +{ + QCPScatterStyle result(unselectedStyle); + result.setFromOther(mScatterStyle, mUsedScatterProperties); + + // if style shall inherit pen from plottable (has no own pen defined), give it the selected + // plottable pen explicitly, so it doesn't use the unselected plottable pen when used in the + // plottable: + if (!result.isPenDefined()) { + result.setPen(mPen); + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Copies all properties (e.g. color, fill, scatter style) of the \a other selection decorator to + this selection decorator. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::copyFrom(const QCPSelectionDecorator *other) +{ + setPen(other->pen()); + setBrush(other->brush()); + setScatterStyle(other->scatterStyle(), other->usedScatterProperties()); +} + +/*! + This method is called by all plottables' draw methods to allow custom selection decorations to be + drawn. Use the passed \a painter to perform the drawing operations. \a selection carries the data + selection for which the decoration shall be drawn. + + The default base class implementation of \ref QCPSelectionDecorator has no special decoration, so + this method does nothing. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + Q_UNUSED(painter) + Q_UNUSED(selection) +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called as soon as a selection decorator is associated with a plottable, by a call + to \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator. This way the selection decorator can obtain a pointer to the plottable that uses it (e.g. to access + data points via the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D interface). + + If the selection decorator was already added to a different plottable before, this method aborts + the registration and returns false. +*/ +bool QCPSelectionDecorator::registerWithPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + mPlottable = plottable; + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "This selection decorator is already registered with plottable:" << reinterpret_cast(mPlottable); + return false; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable + \brief The abstract base class for all data representing objects in a plot. + + It defines a very basic interface like name, pen, brush, visibility etc. Since this class is + abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass yourself to + create new ways of displaying data (see "Creating own plottables" below). Plottables that display + one-dimensional data (i.e. data points have a single key dimension and one or multiple values at + each key) are based off of the template subclass \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D, see details + there. + + All further specifics are in the subclasses, for example: + \li A normal graph with possibly a line and/or scatter points \ref QCPGraph + (typically created with \ref QCustomPlot::addGraph) + \li A parametric curve: \ref QCPCurve + \li A bar chart: \ref QCPBars + \li A statistical box plot: \ref QCPStatisticalBox + \li A color encoded two-dimensional map: \ref QCPColorMap + \li An OHLC/Candlestick chart: \ref QCPFinancial + + \section plottables-subclassing Creating own plottables + + Subclassing directly from QCPAbstractPlottable is only recommended if you wish to display + two-dimensional data like \ref QCPColorMap, i.e. two logical key dimensions and one (or more) + data dimensions. If you want to display data with only one logical key dimension, you should + rather derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D. + + If subclassing QCPAbstractPlottable directly, these are the pure virtual functions you must + implement: + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + \li \ref drawLegendIcon + \li \ref getKeyRange + \li \ref getValueRange + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + For drawing your plot, you can use the \ref coordsToPixels functions to translate a point in plot + coordinates to pixel coordinates. This function is quite convenient, because it takes the + orientation of the key and value axes into account for you (x and y are swapped when the key axis + is vertical and the value axis horizontal). If you are worried about performance (i.e. you need + to translate many points in a loop like QCPGraph), you can directly use \ref + QCPAxis::coordToPixel. However, you must then take care about the orientation of the axis + yourself. + + Here are some important members you inherit from QCPAbstractPlottable: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
QCustomPlot *\b mParentPlotA pointer to the parent QCustomPlot instance. The parent plot is inferred from the axes that are passed in the constructor.
QString \b mNameThe name of the plottable.
QPen \b mPenThe generic pen of the plottable. You should use this pen for the most prominent data representing lines in the plottable + (e.g QCPGraph uses this pen for its graph lines and scatters)
QBrush \b mBrushThe generic brush of the plottable. You should use this brush for the most prominent fillable structures in the plottable + (e.g. QCPGraph uses this brush to control filling under the graph)
QPointer<\ref QCPAxis> \b mKeyAxis, \b mValueAxisThe key and value axes this plottable is attached to. Call their QCPAxis::coordToPixel functions to translate coordinates + to pixels in either the key or value dimension. Make sure to check whether the pointer is null before using it. If one of + the axes is null, don't draw the plottable.
\ref QCPSelectionDecorator \b mSelectionDecoratorThe currently set selection decorator which specifies how selected data of the plottable shall be drawn and decorated. + When drawing your data, you must consult this decorator for the appropriate pen/brush before drawing unselected/selected data segments. + Finally, you should call its \ref QCPSelectionDecorator::drawDecoration method at the end of your \ref draw implementation.
\ref QCP::SelectionType \b mSelectableIn which composition, if at all, this plottable's data may be selected. Enforcing this setting on the data selection is done + by QCPAbstractPlottable automatically.
\ref QCPDataSelection \b mSelectionHolds the current selection state of the plottable's data, i.e. the selected data ranges (\ref QCPDataRange).
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPSelectionDecorator *QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionDecorator() const + + Provides access to the selection decorator of this plottable. The selection decorator controls + how selected data ranges are drawn (e.g. their pen color and fill), see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator for details. + + If you wish to use an own \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass, pass an instance of it to \ref + setSelectionDecorator. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPAbstractPlottable::selected() const + + Returns true if there are any data points of the plottable currently selected. Use \ref selection + to retrieve the current \ref QCPDataSelection. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataSelection QCPAbstractPlottable::selection() const + + Returns a \ref QCPDataSelection encompassing all the data points that are currently selected on + this plottable. + + \see selected, setSelection, setSelectable +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D() + + If this plottable is a one-dimensional plottable, i.e. it implements the \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D, returns the \a this pointer with that type. Otherwise (e.g. in the case + of a \ref QCPColorMap) returns zero. + + You can use this method to gain read access to data coordinates while holding a pointer to the + abstract base class only. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRect &rect) const = 0 + \internal + + called by QCPLegend::draw (via QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw) to create a graphical representation + of this plottable inside \a rect, next to the plottable name. + + The passed \a painter has its cliprect set to \a rect, so painting outside of \a rect won't + appear outside the legend icon border. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const = 0 + + Returns the coordinate range that all data in this plottable span in the key axis dimension. For + logarithmic plots, one can set \a inSignDomain to either \ref QCP::sdNegative or \ref + QCP::sdPositive in order to restrict the returned range to that sign domain. E.g. when only + negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdNegative and all positive points + will be ignored for range calculation. For no restriction, just set \a inSignDomain to \ref + QCP::sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output parameter that indicates whether a range could + be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't use the returned range (e.g. no points in data). + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero (e.g. when there is only one data point). In this case \a + foundRange would return true, but the returned range is not a valid range in terms of \ref + QCPRange::validRange. + + \see rescaleAxes, getValueRange +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const = 0 + + Returns the coordinate range that the data points in the specified key range (\a inKeyRange) span + in the value axis dimension. For logarithmic plots, one can set \a inSignDomain to either \ref + QCP::sdNegative or \ref QCP::sdPositive in order to restrict the returned range to that sign + domain. E.g. when only negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdNegative and + all positive points will be ignored for range calculation. For no restriction, just set \a + inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output parameter that indicates + whether a range could be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't use the returned range + (e.g. no points in data). + + If \a inKeyRange has both lower and upper bound set to zero (is equal to QCPRange()), + all data points are considered, without any restriction on the keys. + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero (e.g. when there is only one data point). In this case \a + foundRange would return true, but the returned range is not a valid range in terms of \ref + QCPRange::validRange. + + \see rescaleAxes, getKeyRange +*/ + +/* end of documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this plottable has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelection. The parameter \a selected indicates whether + there are any points selected or not. + + \see selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection) +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this plottable has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelection. The parameter \a selection holds the + currently selected data ranges. + + \see selectionChanged(bool selected) +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability of this plottable has changed. + + \see setSelectable +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an abstract plottable which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as + its value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance + and have perpendicular orientations. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + Since QCPAbstractPlottable is an abstract class that defines the basic interface to plottables, + it can't be directly instantiated. + + You probably want one of the subclasses like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPCurve instead. +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPLayerable(keyAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), keyAxis->axisRect()), + mName(), + mAntialiasedFill(true), + mAntialiasedScatters(true), + mPen(Qt::black), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mKeyAxis(keyAxis), + mValueAxis(valueAxis), + mSelectable(QCP::stWhole), + mSelectionDecorator(0) +{ + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != valueAxis->parentPlot()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Parent plot of keyAxis is not the same as that of valueAxis."; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == valueAxis->orientation()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keyAxis and valueAxis must be orthogonal to each other."; + } + + mParentPlot->registerPlottable(this); + setSelectionDecorator(new QCPSelectionDecorator); +} + +QCPAbstractPlottable::~QCPAbstractPlottable() +{ + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = 0; + } +} + +/*! + The name is the textual representation of this plottable as it is displayed in the legend + (\ref QCPLegend). It may contain any UTF-8 characters, including newlines. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setName(const QString &name) +{ + mName = name; +} + +/*! + Sets whether fills of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedFill = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the scatter symbols of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedScatters = enabled; +} + +/*! + The pen is used to draw basic lines that make up the plottable representation in the + plot. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws its graph lines with this pen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + The brush is used to draw basic fills of the plottable representation in the + plot. The Fill can be a color, gradient or texture, see the usage of QBrush. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws the fill under the graph with this brush, when + it's not set to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + The key axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is orthogonal + to the plottable's value axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the case. + The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and the + y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setValueAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mKeyAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + The value axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is + orthogonal to the plottable's key axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the + case. The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and + the y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setKeyAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mValueAxis = axis; +} + + +/*! + Sets which data ranges of this plottable are selected. Selected data ranges are drawn differently + (e.g. color) in the plot. This can be controlled via the selection decorator (see \ref + selectionDecorator). + + The entire selection mechanism for plottables is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectPlottables. You only need to call this function when + you wish to change the selection state programmatically. + + Using \ref setSelectable you can further specify for each plottable whether and to which + granularity it is selectable. If \a selection is not compatible with the current \ref + QCP::SelectionType set via \ref setSelectable, the resulting selection will be adjusted + accordingly (see \ref QCPDataSelection::enforceType). + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + selection.enforceType(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != selection) { + mSelection = selection; + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } +} + +/*! + Use this method to set an own QCPSelectionDecorator (subclass) instance. This allows you to + customize the visual representation of selected data ranges further than by using the default + QCPSelectionDecorator. + + The plottable takes ownership of the \a decorator. + + The currently set decorator can be accessed via \ref selectionDecorator. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator) +{ + if (decorator) { + if (decorator->registerWithPlottable(this)) { + if (mSelectionDecorator) { // delete old decorator if necessary + delete mSelectionDecorator; + } + mSelectionDecorator = decorator; + } + } else if (mSelectionDecorator) { // just clear decorator + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = 0; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether and to which granularity this plottable can be selected. + + A selection can happen by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface (When \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables), by dragging a selection rect + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode is \ref QCP::srmSelect), or programmatically by + calling \ref setSelection. + + \see setSelection, QCP::SelectionType +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + QCPDataSelection oldSelection = mSelection; + mSelection.enforceType(mSelectable); + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != oldSelection) { + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } + } +} + + +/*! + Convenience function for transforming a key/value pair to pixels on the QCustomPlot surface, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a key and \a value are transformed to the coodinates in pixels and are written to \a x and \a y. + + \see pixelsToCoords, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + y = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } else { + y = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + x = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Transforms the given \a key and \a value to pixel coordinates and returns them in a QPointF. +*/ +const QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(value)); + } else { + return QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(key)); + } +} + +/*! + Convenience function for transforming a x/y pixel pair on the QCustomPlot surface to plot coordinates, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a x and \a y are transformed to the plot coodinates and are written to \a key and \a value. + + \see coordsToPixels, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the pixel input \a pixelPos as plot coordinates \a key and \a value. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const +{ + pixelsToCoords(pixelPos.x(), pixelPos.y(), key, value); +} + +/*! + Rescales the key and value axes associated with this plottable to contain all displayed data, so + the whole plottable is visible. If the scaling of an axis is logarithmic, rescaleAxes will make + sure not to rescale to an illegal range i.e. a range containing different signs and/or zero. + Instead it will stay in the current sign domain and ignore all parts of the plottable that lie + outside of that domain. + + \a onlyEnlarge makes sure the ranges are only expanded, never reduced. So it's possible to show + multiple plottables in their entirety by multiple calls to rescaleAxes where the first call has + \a onlyEnlarge set to false (the default), and all subsequent set to true. + + \see rescaleKeyAxis, rescaleValueAxis, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + rescaleKeyAxis(onlyEnlarge); + rescaleValueAxis(onlyEnlarge); +} + +/*! + Rescales the key axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (keyAxis->range().upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getKeyRange(foundRange, signDomain); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(keyAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + } + } + keyAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Rescales the value axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. If \a inKeyRange is + set to true, only the data points which are in the currently visible key axis range are + considered. + + Returns true if the axis was actually scaled. This might not be the case if this plottable has an + invalid range, e.g. because it has no data points. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool inKeyRange) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (valueAxis->range().upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getValueRange(foundRange, signDomain, inKeyRange ? keyAxis->range() : QCPRange()); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(valueAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + } + } + valueAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds this plottable to the specified \a legend. + + Creates a QCPPlottableLegendItem which is inserted into the legend. Returns true on success, i.e. + when the legend exists and a legend item associated with this plottable isn't already in the + legend. + + If the plottable needs a more specialized representation in the legend, you can create a + corresponding subclass of \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem and add it to the legend manually instead + of calling this method. + + \see removeFromLegend, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + if (legend->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend isn't in the same QCustomPlot as this plottable"; + return false; + } + + if (!legend->hasItemWithPlottable(this)) { + legend->addItem(new QCPPlottableLegendItem(legend, this)); + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds this plottable to the legend of the parent QCustomPlot (\ref QCustomPlot::legend). + + \see removeFromLegend +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend() +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return addToLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the plottable from the specifed \a legend. This means the \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem + that is associated with this plottable is removed. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if the legend exists and a legend item associated with this + plottable was found and removed. + + \see addToLegend, QCPLegend::removeItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *lip = legend->itemWithPlottable(this)) { + return legend->removeItem(lip); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the plottable from the legend of the parent QCustomPlot. + + \see addToLegend +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend() const +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return removeFromLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractPlottable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mKeyAxis && mValueAxis) { + return mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect() & mValueAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect(); + } else { + return QRect(); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectPlottables; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable fills. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedFill, QCP::aeFills); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable scatter points. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedScatters, QCP::aeScatters); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection newSelection = details.value(); + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + if (additive) { + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // in whole selection mode, we toggle to no selection even if currently unselected point was hit + if (selected()) { + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + } else { // in all other selection modes we toggle selections of homogeneously selected/unselected segments + if (mSelection.contains(newSelection)) { // if entire newSelection is already selected, toggle selection + setSelection(mSelection - newSelection); + } else { + setSelection(mSelection + newSelection); + } + } + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottable.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/item.cpp', size 49271 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemAnchor +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemAnchor + \brief An anchor of an item to which positions can be attached to. + + An item (QCPAbstractItem) may have one or more anchors. Unlike QCPItemPosition, an anchor doesn't + control anything on its item, but provides a way to tie other items via their positions to the + anchor. + + For example, a QCPItemRect is defined by its positions \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + Additionally it has various anchors like \a top, \a topRight or \a bottomLeft etc. So you can + attach the \a start (which is a QCPItemPosition) of a QCPItemLine to one of the anchors by + calling QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor on \a start, passing the wanted anchor of the + QCPItemRect. This way the start of the line will now always follow the respective anchor location + on the rect item. + + Note that QCPItemPosition derives from QCPItemAnchor, so every position can also serve as an + anchor to other positions. + + To learn how to provide anchors in your own item subclasses, see the subclassing section of the + QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPItemPosition *QCPItemAnchor::toQCPItemPosition() + + Returns 0 if this instance is merely a QCPItemAnchor, and a valid pointer of type QCPItemPosition* if + it actually is a QCPItemPosition (which is a subclass of QCPItemAnchor). + + This safe downcast functionality could also be achieved with a dynamic_cast. However, QCustomPlot avoids + dynamic_cast to work with projects that don't have RTTI support enabled (e.g. -fno-rtti flag with + gcc compiler). +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemAnchor. You shouldn't create QCPItemAnchor instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemAnchor::QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name, int anchorId) : + mName(name), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mParentItem(parentItem), + mAnchorId(anchorId) +{ +} + +QCPItemAnchor::~QCPItemAnchor() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemAnchor on the QCustomPlot surface. + + The pixel information is internally retrieved via QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition of the + parent item, QCPItemAnchor is just an intermediary. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemAnchor::pixelPosition() const +{ + if (mParentItem) { + if (mAnchorId > -1) { + return mParentItem->anchorPixelPosition(mAnchorId); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid anchor id set:" << mAnchorId; + return QPointF(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent item set"; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childX list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenX.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childX list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childY list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenY.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childY list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPosition +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPosition + \brief Manages the position of an item. + + Every item has at least one public QCPItemPosition member pointer which provides ways to position the + item on the QCustomPlot surface. Some items have multiple positions, for example QCPItemRect has two: + \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + + QCPItemPosition has a type (\ref PositionType) that can be set with \ref setType. This type + defines how coordinates passed to \ref setCoords are to be interpreted, e.g. as absolute pixel + coordinates, as plot coordinates of certain axes, etc. For more advanced plots it is also + possible to assign different types per X/Y coordinate of the position (see \ref setTypeX, \ref + setTypeY). This way an item could be positioned at a fixed pixel distance from the top in the Y + direction, while following a plot coordinate in the X direction. + + A QCPItemPosition may have a parent QCPItemAnchor, see \ref setParentAnchor. This way you can tie + multiple items together. If the QCPItemPosition has a parent, its coordinates (\ref setCoords) + are considered to be absolute pixels in the reference frame of the parent anchor, where (0, 0) + means directly ontop of the parent anchor. For example, You could attach the \a start position of + a QCPItemLine to the \a bottom anchor of a QCPItemText to make the starting point of the line + always be centered under the text label, no matter where the text is moved to. For more advanced + plots, it is possible to assign different parent anchors per X/Y coordinate of the position, see + \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. This way an item could follow another item in the X + direction but stay at a fixed position in the Y direction. Or even follow item A in X, and item B + in Y. + + Note that every QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor and thus can itself be used as parent + anchor for other positions. + + To set the apparent pixel position on the QCustomPlot surface directly, use \ref setPixelPosition. This + works no matter what type this QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as \ref + setPixelPosition transforms the coordinates appropriately, to make the position appear at the specified + pixel values. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPItemPosition::PositionType *QCPItemPosition::type() const + + Returns the current position type. + + If different types were set for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), this method returns the + type of the X coordinate. In that case rather use \a typeX() and \a typeY(). + + \see setType +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPItemAnchor *QCPItemPosition::parentAnchor() const + + Returns the current parent anchor. + + If different parent anchors were set for X and Y (\ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY), + this method returns the parent anchor of the Y coordinate. In that case rather use \a + parentAnchorX() and \a parentAnchorY(). + + \see setParentAnchor +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemPosition. You shouldn't create QCPItemPosition instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createPosition instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemPosition::QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name) : + QCPItemAnchor(parentPlot, parentItem, name), + mPositionTypeX(ptAbsolute), + mPositionTypeY(ptAbsolute), + mKey(0), + mValue(0), + mParentAnchorX(0), + mParentAnchorY(0) +{ +} + +QCPItemPosition::~QCPItemPosition() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + // Note: this is done in ~QCPItemAnchor again, but it's important QCPItemPosition does it itself, because only then + // the setParentAnchor(0) call the correct QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition function instead of QCPItemAnchor::pixelPosition + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.toList()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(0); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } + // unregister as child in parent: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPItemPosition::axisRect() const +{ + return mAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets the type of the position. The type defines how the coordinates passed to \ref setCoords + should be handled and how the QCPItemPosition should behave in the plot. + + The possible values for \a type can be separated in two main categories: + + \li The position is regarded as a point in plot coordinates. This corresponds to \ref ptPlotCoords + and requires two axes that define the plot coordinate system. They can be specified with \ref setAxes. + By default, the QCustomPlot's x- and yAxis are used. + + \li The position is fixed on the QCustomPlot surface, i.e. independent of axis ranges. This + corresponds to all other types, i.e. \ref ptAbsolute, \ref ptViewportRatio and \ref + ptAxisRectRatio. They differ only in the way the absolute position is described, see the + documentation of \ref PositionType for details. For \ref ptAxisRectRatio, note that you can specify + the axis rect with \ref setAxisRect. By default this is set to the main axis rect. + + Note that the position type \ref ptPlotCoords is only available (and sensible) when the position + has no parent anchor (\ref setParentAnchor). + + If the type is changed, the apparent pixel position on the plot is preserved. This means + the coordinates as retrieved with coords() and set with \ref setCoords may change in the process. + + This method sets the type for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set different types + for X and Y, see \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setType(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + setTypeX(type); + setTypeY(type); +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the X coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeY +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeX(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeX != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPosition() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPosition(); + } + + mPositionTypeX = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the Y coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeX +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeY(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeY != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPosition() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPosition(); + } + + mPositionTypeY = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the parent of this QCPItemPosition to \a parentAnchor. This means the position will now + follow any position changes of the anchor. The local coordinate system of positions with a parent + anchor always is absolute pixels, with (0, 0) being exactly on top of the parent anchor. (Hence + the type shouldn't be set to \ref ptPlotCoords for positions with parent anchors.) + + if \a keepPixelPosition is true, the current pixel position of the QCPItemPosition is preserved + during reparenting. If it's set to false, the coordinates are set to (0, 0), i.e. the position + will be exactly on top of the parent anchor. + + To remove this QCPItemPosition from any parent anchor, set \a parentAnchor to 0. + + If the QCPItemPosition previously had no parent and the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, the type is + set to \ref ptAbsolute, to keep the position in a valid state. + + This method sets the parent anchor for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set + different parents for X and Y, see \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + bool successX = setParentAnchorX(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + bool successY = setParentAnchorY(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + return successX && successY; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the X coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorY +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorX(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorX && mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeX(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPosition(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildX(this); + } + mParentAnchorX = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(0, coords().y()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the Y coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorX +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorY(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorY && mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeY(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPosition(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildY(this); + } + mParentAnchorY = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(coords().x(), 0); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinates of this QCPItemPosition. What the coordinates mean, is defined by the type + (\ref setType, \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY). + + For example, if the type is \ref ptAbsolute, \a key and \a value mean the x and y pixel position + on the QCustomPlot surface. In that case the origin (0, 0) is in the top left corner of the + QCustomPlot viewport. If the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, \a key and \a value mean a point in the + plot coordinate system defined by the axes set by \ref setAxes. By default those are the + QCustomPlot's xAxis and yAxis. See the documentation of \ref setType for other available + coordinate types and their meaning. + + If different types were configured for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), \a key and \a + value must also be provided in the different coordinate systems. Here, the X type refers to \a + key, and the Y type refers to \a value. + + \see setPixelPosition +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(double key, double value) +{ + mKey = key; + mValue = value; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the coordinates as a QPointF \a pos where pos.x has the meaning of \a key and pos.y the + meaning of \a value of the \ref setCoords(double key, double value) method. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(const QPointF &pos) +{ + setCoords(pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemPosition on the QCustomPlot surface. It + includes all effects of type (\ref setType) and possible parent anchors (\ref setParentAnchor). + + \see setPixelPosition +*/ +QPointF QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition() const +{ + QPointF result; + + // determine X: + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.rx() = mKey; + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.rx() = mKey * mParentPlot->viewport().width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.rx() = mKey * mAxisRect.data()->width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + // determine Y: + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.ry() = mValue; + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.ry() = mValue * mParentPlot->viewport().height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.ry() = mValue * mAxisRect.data()->height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptPlotCoords, this function may be used to specify the axes the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default they are set to the initial xAxis and + yAxis of the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + mKeyAxis = keyAxis; + mValueAxis = valueAxis; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptAxisRectRatio, this function may be used to specify the axis rect the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default this is set to the main axis rect of + the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect) +{ + mAxisRect = axisRect; +} + +/*! + Sets the apparent pixel position. This works no matter what type (\ref setType) this + QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as coordinates are transformed + appropriately, to make the position finally appear at the specified pixel values. + + Only if the type is \ref ptAbsolute and no parent anchor is set, this function's effect is + identical to that of \ref setCoords. + + \see pixelPosition, setCoords +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setPixelPosition(const QPointF &pixelPosition) +{ + double x = pixelPosition.x(); + double y = pixelPosition.y(); + + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + x -= mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + x /= (double)mParentPlot->viewport().width(); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + x -= mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + x /= (double)mAxisRect.data()->width(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + y -= mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + y /= (double)mParentPlot->viewport().height(); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + y -= mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + y /= (double)mAxisRect.data()->height(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + setCoords(x, y); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractItem + \brief The abstract base class for all items in a plot. + + In QCustomPlot, items are supplemental graphical elements that are neither plottables + (QCPAbstractPlottable) nor axes (QCPAxis). While plottables are always tied to two axes and thus + plot coordinates, items can also be placed in absolute coordinates independent of any axes. Each + specific item has at least one QCPItemPosition member which controls the positioning. Some items + are defined by more than one coordinate and thus have two or more QCPItemPosition members (For + example, QCPItemRect has \a topLeft and \a bottomRight). + + This abstract base class defines a very basic interface like visibility and clipping. Since this + class is abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass + yourself to create new items. + + The built-in items are: + + + + + + + + + + +
QCPItemLineA line defined by a start and an end point. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemStraightLineA straight line defined by a start and a direction point. Unlike QCPItemLine, the straight line is infinitely long and has no endings.
QCPItemCurveA curve defined by start, end and two intermediate control points. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemRectA rectangle
QCPItemEllipseAn ellipse
QCPItemPixmapAn arbitrary pixmap
QCPItemTextA text label
QCPItemBracketA bracket which may be used to reference/highlight certain parts in the plot.
QCPItemTracerAn item that can be attached to a QCPGraph and sticks to its data points, given a key coordinate.
+ + \section items-clipping Clipping + + Items are by default clipped to the main axis rect (they are only visible inside the axis rect). + To make an item visible outside that axis rect, disable clipping via \ref setClipToAxisRect + "setClipToAxisRect(false)". + + On the other hand if you want the item to be clipped to a different axis rect, specify it via + \ref setClipAxisRect. This clipAxisRect property of an item is only used for clipping behaviour, and + in principle is independent of the coordinate axes the item might be tied to via its position + members (\ref QCPItemPosition::setAxes). However, it is common that the axis rect for clipping + also contains the axes used for the item positions. + + \section items-using Using items + + First you instantiate the item you want to use and add it to the plot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-1 + by default, the positions of the item are bound to the x- and y-Axis of the plot. So we can just + set the plot coordinates where the line should start/end: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-2 + If we don't want the line to be positioned in plot coordinates but a different coordinate system, + e.g. absolute pixel positions on the QCustomPlot surface, we need to change the position type like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-3 + Then we can set the coordinates, this time in pixels: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-4 + and make the line visible on the entire QCustomPlot, by disabling clipping to the axis rect: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-5 + + For more advanced plots, it is even possible to set different types and parent anchors per X/Y + coordinate of an item position, using for example \ref QCPItemPosition::setTypeX or \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX. For details, see the documentation of \ref QCPItemPosition. + + \section items-subclassing Creating own items + + To create an own item, you implement a subclass of QCPAbstractItem. These are the pure + virtual functions, you must implement: + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + \subsection items-positioning Allowing the item to be positioned + + As mentioned, item positions are represented by QCPItemPosition members. Let's assume the new item shall + have only one point as its position (as opposed to two like a rect or multiple like a polygon). You then add + a public member of type QCPItemPosition like so: + + \code QCPItemPosition * const myPosition;\endcode + + the const makes sure the pointer itself can't be modified from the user of your new item (the QCPItemPosition + instance it points to, can be modified, of course). + The initialization of this pointer is made easy with the \ref createPosition function. Just assign + the return value of this function to each QCPItemPosition in the constructor of your item. \ref createPosition + takes a string which is the name of the position, typically this is identical to the variable name. + For example, the constructor of QCPItemExample could look like this: + + \code + QCPItemExample::QCPItemExample(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + myPosition(createPosition("myPosition")) + { + // other constructor code + } + \endcode + + \subsection items-drawing The draw function + + To give your item a visual representation, reimplement the \ref draw function and use the passed + QCPPainter to draw the item. You can retrieve the item position in pixel coordinates from the + position member(s) via \ref QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition. + + To optimize performance you should calculate a bounding rect first (don't forget to take the pen + width into account), check whether it intersects the \ref clipRect, and only draw the item at all + if this is the case. + + \subsection items-selection The selectTest function + + Your implementation of the \ref selectTest function may use the helpers \ref + QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine and \ref rectDistance. With these, the implementation of the + selection test becomes significantly simpler for most items. See the documentation of \ref + selectTest for what the function parameters mean and what the function should return. + + \subsection anchors Providing anchors + + Providing anchors (QCPItemAnchor) starts off like adding a position. First you create a public + member, e.g. + + \code QCPItemAnchor * const bottom;\endcode + + and create it in the constructor with the \ref createAnchor function, assigning it a name and an + anchor id (an integer enumerating all anchors on the item, you may create an own enum for this). + Since anchors can be placed anywhere, relative to the item's position(s), your item needs to + provide the position of every anchor with the reimplementation of the \ref anchorPixelPosition(int + anchorId) function. + + In essence the QCPItemAnchor is merely an intermediary that itself asks your item for the pixel + position when anything attached to the anchor needs to know the coordinates. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::positions() const + + Returns all positions of the item in a list. + + \see anchors, position +*/ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::anchors() const + + Returns all anchors of the item in a list. Note that since a position (QCPItemPosition) is always + also an anchor, the list will also contain the positions of this item. + + \see positions, anchor +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0 + \internal + + Draws this item with the provided \a painter. + + The cliprect of the provided painter is set to the rect returned by \ref clipRect before this + function is called. The clipRect depends on the clipping settings defined by \ref + setClipToAxisRect and \ref setClipAxisRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this item has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Base class constructor which initializes base class members. +*/ +QCPAbstractItem::QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), + mClipToAxisRect(false), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + parentPlot->registerItem(this); + + QList rects = parentPlot->axisRects(); + if (rects.size() > 0) { + setClipToAxisRect(true); + setClipAxisRect(rects.first()); + } +} + +QCPAbstractItem::~QCPAbstractItem() +{ + // don't delete mPositions because every position is also an anchor and thus in mAnchors + qDeleteAll(mAnchors); +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPAbstractItem::clipAxisRect() const +{ + return mClipAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the item shall be clipped to an axis rect or whether it shall be visible on the + entire QCustomPlot. The axis rect can be set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + \see setClipAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipToAxisRect(bool clip) +{ + mClipToAxisRect = clip; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the clip axis rect. It defines the rect that will be used to clip the item when \ref + setClipToAxisRect is set to true. + + \see setClipToAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect) +{ + mClipAxisRect = rect; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select this item by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems.) + + However, even when \a selectable was set to false, it is possible to set the selection manually, + by calling \ref setSelected. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions, setSelected +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this item is selected or not. When selected, it might use a different visual + appearance (e.g. pen and brush), this depends on the specific item though. + + The entire selection mechanism for items is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems. You only need to call this + function when you wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state even when \ref setSelectable was set to false. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemPosition with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have a position by + that name, returns 0. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item positions. Normally, you access + positions direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see positions, anchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::position(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mPositions.size(); ++i) { + if (mPositions.at(i)->name() == name) { + return mPositions.at(i); + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "position with name not found:" << name; + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemAnchor with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have an anchor by + that name, returns 0. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item anchors. Normally, you access + anchors direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see anchors, position +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::anchor(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mAnchors.size(); ++i) { + if (mAnchors.at(i)->name() == name) { + return mAnchors.at(i); + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor with name not found:" << name; + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this item has an anchor with the specified \a name. + + Note that you can check for positions with this function, too. This is because every position is + also an anchor (QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor). + + \see anchor, position +*/ +bool QCPAbstractItem::hasAnchor(const QString &name) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mAnchors.size(); ++i) { + if (mAnchors.at(i)->name() == name) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the rect the visual representation of this item is clipped to. This depends on the + current setting of \ref setClipToAxisRect as well as the axis rect set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + If the item is not clipped to an axis rect, QCustomPlot's viewport rect is returned. + + \see draw +*/ +QRect QCPAbstractItem::clipRect() const +{ + if (mClipToAxisRect && mClipAxisRect) { + return mClipAxisRect.data()->rect(); + } else { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing item lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeItems); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function which returns the selectTest value for a specified \a rect and a specified + click position \a pos. \a filledRect defines whether a click inside the rect should also be + considered a hit or whether only the rect border is sensitive to hits. + + This function may be used to help with the implementation of the \ref selectTest function for + specific items. + + For example, if your item consists of four rects, call this function four times, once for each + rect, in your \ref selectTest reimplementation. Finally, return the minimum (non -1) of all four + returned values. +*/ +double QCPAbstractItem::rectDistance(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const +{ + double result = -1; + + // distance to border: + QList lines; + lines << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight()) << QLineF(rect.bottomLeft(), rect.bottomRight()) + << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomLeft()) << QLineF(rect.topRight(), rect.bottomRight()); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + for (int i = 0; i < lines.size(); ++i) { + double distSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(lines.at(i).p1(), lines.at(i).p2()); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + result = qSqrt(minDistSqr); + + // filled rect, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (filledRect && result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99) { + if (rect.contains(pos)) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel position of the anchor with Id \a anchorId. This function must be reimplemented in + item subclasses if they want to provide anchors (QCPItemAnchor). + + For example, if the item has two anchors with id 0 and 1, this function takes one of these anchor + ids and returns the respective pixel points of the specified anchor. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QPointF QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called on item which shouldn't have any anchors (this method not reimplemented). anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemPosition, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the position + member (This is needed to provide the name-based \ref position access to positions). + + Don't delete positions created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each position member. Don't create QCPItemPositions with \b new yourself, because they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::createPosition(const QString &name) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemPosition *newPosition = new QCPItemPosition(mParentPlot, this, name); + mPositions.append(newPosition); + mAnchors.append(newPosition); // every position is also an anchor + newPosition->setAxes(mParentPlot->xAxis, mParentPlot->yAxis); + newPosition->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + if (mParentPlot->axisRect()) { + newPosition->setAxisRect(mParentPlot->axisRect()); + } + newPosition->setCoords(0, 0); + return newPosition; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemAnchor, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the anchor + member (This is needed to provide the name based \ref anchor access to anchors). + + The \a anchorId must be a number identifying the created anchor. It is recommended to create an + enum (e.g. "AnchorIndex") for this on each item that uses anchors. This id is used by the anchor + to identify itself when it calls QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition. That function then returns + the correct pixel coordinates for the passed anchor id. + + Don't delete anchors created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each anchor member. Don't create QCPItemAnchors with \b new yourself, because then they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createPosition +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemAnchor *newAnchor = new QCPItemAnchor(mParentPlot, this, name, anchorId); + mAnchors.append(newAnchor); + return newAnchor; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectItems; +} +/* end of 'src/item.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/core.cpp', size 126207 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCustomPlot +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCustomPlot + + \brief The central class of the library. This is the QWidget which displays the plot and + interacts with the user. + + For tutorials on how to use QCustomPlot, see the website\n + http://www.qcustomplot.com/ +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPSelectionRect *QCustomPlot::selectionRect() const + + Allows access to the currently used QCPSelectionRect instance (or subclass thereof), that is used + to handle and draw selection rect interactions (see \ref setSelectionRectMode). + + \see setSelectionRect +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutGrid *QCustomPlot::plotLayout() const + + Returns the top level layout of this QCustomPlot instance. It is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid, initially containing just + one cell with the main QCPAxisRect inside. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse double click event. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mousePress(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse press event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse move event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. + + \warning It is discouraged to change the drag-axes with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes here, + because the dragging starting point was saved the moment the mouse was pressed. Thus it only has + a meaning for the range drag axes that were set at that moment. If you want to change the drag + axes, consider doing this in the \ref mousePress signal instead. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse release event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like object selection. So a + slot connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref setInteractions or + \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseWheel(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse wheel event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like range zooming. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes or \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. The parameter \a dataIndex indicates the data point that was closest to the click + position. + + \see plottableDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. The parameter \a dataIndex indicates the data point that was closest to the click + position. + + \see plottableClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is 0. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space between + two items. + + \see legendDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is 0. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space between + two items. + + \see legendClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::selectionChangedByUser() + + This signal is emitted after the user has changed the selection in the QCustomPlot, e.g. by + clicking. It is not emitted when the selection state of an object has changed programmatically by + a direct call to setSelected()/setSelection() on an object or by calling \ref + deselectAll. + + In addition to this signal, selectable objects also provide individual signals, for example \ref + QCPAxis::selectionChanged or \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged. Note that those signals + are emitted even if the selection state is changed programmatically. + + See the documentation of \ref setInteractions for details about the selection mechanism. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedGraphs, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::beforeReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately before a replot takes place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, afterReplot +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::afterReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately after a replot has taken place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, beforeReplot +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ +/* start of documentation of public members */ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis + + A pointer to the primary x Axis (bottom) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently zero and a new axis rect or a corresponding axis is + added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to the + according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend is + added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis + + A pointer to the primary y Axis (left) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently zero and a new axis rect or a corresponding axis is + added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to the + according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend is + added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary x Axis (top) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently zero and a new axis rect or a corresponding axis is + added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to the + according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend is + added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary y Axis (right) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become 0. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently zero and a new axis rect or a corresponding axis is + added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to the + according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend is + added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPLegend *QCustomPlot::legend + + A pointer to the default legend of the main axis rect. The legend is invisible by default. Use + QCPLegend::setVisible to change this. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple legends to the plot, use the layout system interface to + access the new legend. For example, legends can be placed inside an axis rect's \ref + QCPAxisRect::insetLayout "inset layout", and must then also be accessed via the inset layout. If + the default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointer becomes 0. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently zero and a new axis rect or a corresponding axis is + added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to the + according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend is + added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of public members */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCustomPlot and sets reasonable default values. +*/ +QCustomPlot::QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent) : + QWidget(parent), + xAxis(0), + yAxis(0), + xAxis2(0), + yAxis2(0), + legend(0), + mBufferDevicePixelRatio(1.0), // will be adapted to primary screen below + mPlotLayout(0), + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend(true), + mAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mInteractions(0), + mSelectionTolerance(8), + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag(false), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::white, Qt::SolidPattern), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mCurrentLayer(0), + mPlottingHints(QCP::phCacheLabels | QCP::phImmediateRefresh), + mMultiSelectModifier(Qt::ControlModifier), + mSelectionRectMode(QCP::srmNone), + mSelectionRect(0), + mOpenGl(false), + mMouseHasMoved(false), + mMouseEventLayerable(0), + mMouseSignalLayerable(0), + mReplotting(false), + mReplotQueued(false), + mOpenGlMultisamples(16), + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup(QCP::aeNone), + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup(true) +{ + setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation); + setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); + setMouseTracking(true); + QLocale currentLocale = locale(); + currentLocale.setNumberOptions(QLocale::OmitGroupSeparator); + setLocale(currentLocale); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT + setBufferDevicePixelRatio(QWidget::devicePixelRatioF()); +# else + setBufferDevicePixelRatio(QWidget::devicePixelRatio()); +# endif +#endif + + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup = mAntialiasedElements; + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup = mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels); + // create initial layers: + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("background"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("grid"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("main"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("axes"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("legend"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("overlay"))); + updateLayerIndices(); + setCurrentLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + layer(QLatin1String("overlay"))->setMode(QCPLayer::lmBuffered); + + // create initial layout, axis rect and legend: + mPlotLayout = new QCPLayoutGrid; + mPlotLayout->initializeParentPlot(this); + mPlotLayout->setParent(this); // important because if parent is QWidget, QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged will call QWidget::updateGeometry + mPlotLayout->setLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + QCPAxisRect *defaultAxisRect = new QCPAxisRect(this, true); + mPlotLayout->addElement(0, 0, defaultAxisRect); + xAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + yAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + xAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + yAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + legend = new QCPLegend; + legend->setVisible(false); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->addElement(legend, Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->setMargins(QMargins(12, 12, 12, 12)); + + defaultAxisRect->setLayer(QLatin1String("background")); + xAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + xAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + legend->setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + + // create selection rect instance: + mSelectionRect = new QCPSelectionRect(this); + mSelectionRect->setLayer(QLatin1String("overlay")); + + setViewport(rect()); // needs to be called after mPlotLayout has been created + + replot(rpQueuedReplot); +} + +QCustomPlot::~QCustomPlot() +{ + clearPlottables(); + clearItems(); + + if (mPlotLayout) { + delete mPlotLayout; + mPlotLayout = 0; + } + + mCurrentLayer = 0; + qDeleteAll(mLayers); // don't use removeLayer, because it would prevent the last layer to be removed + mLayers.clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn antialiased as an \a or combination of QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a antialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, all plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a antialiasedElements is already set in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements) +{ + mAntialiasedElements = antialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a antialiasedElement is forcibly drawn antialiased. + + See \ref setAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements &= ~antialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements |= antialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn not antialiased as an \a or combination of + QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a notAntialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, no plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a notAntialiasedElements is already set in \ref setAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements) +{ + mNotAntialiasedElements = notAntialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a notAntialiasedElement is forcibly drawn not antialiased. + + See \ref setNotAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements &= ~notAntialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= notAntialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + If set to true, adding a plottable (e.g. a graph) to the QCustomPlot automatically also adds the + plottable to the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + \see addGraph, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on) +{ + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the possible interactions of this QCustomPlot as an or-combination of \ref QCP::Interaction + enums. There are the following types of interactions: + + Axis range manipulation is controlled via \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref QCP::iRangeZoom. When the + respective interaction is enabled, the user may drag axes ranges and zoom with the mouse wheel. + For details how to control which axes the user may drag/zoom and in what orientations, see \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes, + \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes. + + Plottable data selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables. If \ref + QCP::iSelectPlottables is set, the user may select plottables (graphs, curves, bars,...) and + their data by clicking on them or in their vicinity (\ref setSelectionTolerance). Whether the + user can actually select a plottable and its data can further be restricted with the \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable method on the specific plottable. For details, see the + special page about the \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism". To retrieve a list of all + currently selected plottables, call \ref selectedPlottables. If you're only interested in + QCPGraphs, you may use the convenience function \ref selectedGraphs. + + Item selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectItems. If \ref QCP::iSelectItems is set, the user + may select items (QCPItemLine, QCPItemText,...) by clicking on them or in their vicinity. To find + out whether a specific item is selected, call QCPAbstractItem::selected(). To retrieve a list of + all currently selected items, call \ref selectedItems. + + Axis selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectAxes. If \ref QCP::iSelectAxes is set, the user + may select parts of the axes by clicking on them. What parts exactly (e.g. Axis base line, tick + labels, axis label) are selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPAxis::setSelectableParts for + each axis. To retrieve a list of all axes that currently contain selected parts, call \ref + selectedAxes. Which parts of an axis are selected, can be retrieved with QCPAxis::selectedParts(). + + Legend selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectLegend. If this is set, the user may + select the legend itself or individual items by clicking on them. What parts exactly are + selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPLegend::setSelectableParts. To find out whether the + legend or any of its child items are selected, check the value of QCPLegend::selectedParts. To + find out which child items are selected, call \ref QCPLegend::selectedItems. + + All other selectable elements The selection of all other selectable objects (e.g. + QCPTextElement, or your own layerable subclasses) is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectOther. If set, the + user may select those objects by clicking on them. To find out which are currently selected, you + need to check their selected state explicitly. + + If the selection state has changed by user interaction, the \ref selectionChangedByUser signal is + emitted. Each selectable object additionally emits an individual selectionChanged signal whenever + their selection state has changed, i.e. not only by user interaction. + + To allow multiple objects to be selected by holding the selection modifier (\ref + setMultiSelectModifier), set the flag \ref QCP::iMultiSelect. + + \note In addition to the selection mechanism presented here, QCustomPlot always emits + corresponding signals, when an object is clicked or double clicked. see \ref plottableClick and + \ref plottableDoubleClick for example. + + \see setInteraction, setSelectionTolerance +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions) +{ + mInteractions = interactions; +} + +/*! + Sets the single \a interaction of this QCustomPlot to \a enabled. + + For details about the interaction system, see \ref setInteractions. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions &= ~interaction; + } else if (enabled && !mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions |= interaction; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the tolerance that is used to decide whether a click selects an object (e.g. a plottable) or + not. + + If the user clicks in the vicinity of the line of e.g. a QCPGraph, it's only regarded as a + potential selection when the minimum distance between the click position and the graph line is + smaller than \a pixels. Objects that are defined by an area (e.g. QCPBars) only react to clicks + directly inside the area and ignore this selection tolerance. In other words, it only has meaning + for parts of objects that are too thin to exactly hit with a click and thus need such a + tolerance. + + \see setInteractions, QCPLayerable::selectTest +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionTolerance(int pixels) +{ + mSelectionTolerance = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets whether antialiasing is disabled for this QCustomPlot while the user is dragging axes + ranges. If many objects, especially plottables, are drawn antialiased, this greatly improves + performance during dragging. Thus it creates a more responsive user experience. As soon as the + user stops dragging, the last replot is done with normal antialiasing, to restore high image + quality. + + \see setAntialiasedElements, setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled) +{ + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the plotting hints for this QCustomPlot instance as an \a or combination of QCP::PlottingHint. + + \see setPlottingHint +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints) +{ + mPlottingHints = hints; +} + +/*! + Sets the specified plotting \a hint to \a enabled. + + \see setPlottingHints +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled) +{ + QCP::PlottingHints newHints = mPlottingHints; + if (!enabled) { + newHints &= ~hint; + } else { + newHints |= hint; + } + + if (newHints != mPlottingHints) { + setPlottingHints(newHints); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the keyboard modifier that will be recognized as multi-select-modifier. + + If \ref QCP::iMultiSelect is specified in \ref setInteractions, the user may select multiple + objects (or data points) by clicking on them one after the other while holding down \a modifier. + + By default the multi-select-modifier is set to Qt::ControlModifier. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier) +{ + mMultiSelectModifier = modifier; +} + +/*! + Sets how QCustomPlot processes mouse click-and-drag interactions by the user. + + If \a mode is \ref QCP::srmNone, the mouse drag is forwarded to the underlying objects. For + example, QCPAxisRect may process a mouse drag by dragging axis ranges, see \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag. If \a mode is not \ref QCP::srmNone, the current selection rect (\ref + selectionRect) becomes activated and allows e.g. rect zooming and data point selection. + + If you wish to provide your user both with axis range dragging and data selection/range zooming, + use this method to switch between the modes just before the interaction is processed, e.g. in + reaction to the \ref mousePress or \ref mouseMove signals. For example you could check whether + the user is holding a certain keyboard modifier, and then decide which \a mode shall be set. + + If a selection rect interaction is currently active, and \a mode is set to \ref QCP::srmNone, the + interaction is canceled (\ref QCPSelectionRect::cancel). Switching between any of the other modes + will keep the selection rect active. Upon completion of the interaction, the behaviour is as + defined by the currently set \a mode, not the mode that was set when the interaction started. + + \see setInteractions, setSelectionRect, QCPSelectionRect +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode(QCP::SelectionRectMode mode) +{ + if (mSelectionRect) { + if (mode == QCP::srmNone) { + mSelectionRect->cancel(); // when switching to none, we immediately want to abort a potentially active selection rect + } + + // disconnect old connections: + if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmSelect) { + disconnect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmZoom) { + disconnect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + + // establish new ones: + if (mode == QCP::srmSelect) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mode == QCP::srmZoom) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + } + + mSelectionRectMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets the \ref QCPSelectionRect instance that QCustomPlot will use if \a mode is not \ref + QCP::srmNone and the user performs a click-and-drag interaction. QCustomPlot takes ownership of + the passed \a selectionRect. It can be accessed later via \ref selectionRect. + + This method is useful if you wish to replace the default QCPSelectionRect instance with an + instance of a QCPSelectionRect subclass, to introduce custom behaviour of the selection rect. + + \see setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect(QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect) +{ + if (mSelectionRect) { + delete mSelectionRect; + } + + mSelectionRect = selectionRect; + + if (mSelectionRect) { + // establish connections with new selection rect: + if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmSelect) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmZoom) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + } +} + +/*! + \warning This is still an experimental feature and its performance depends on the system that it + runs on. Having multiple QCustomPlot widgets in one application with enabled OpenGL rendering + might cause context conflicts on some systems. + + This method allows to enable OpenGL plot rendering, for increased plotting performance of + graphically demanding plots (thick lines, translucent fills, etc.). + + If \a enabled is set to true, QCustomPlot will try to initialize OpenGL and, if successful, + continue plotting with hardware acceleration. The parameter \a multisampling controls how many + samples will be used per pixel, it essentially controls the antialiasing quality. If \a + multisampling is set too high for the current graphics hardware, the maximum allowed value will + be used. + + You can test whether switching to OpenGL rendering was successful by checking whether the + according getter \a QCustomPlot::openGl() returns true. If the OpenGL initialization fails, + rendering continues with the regular software rasterizer, and an according qDebug output is + generated. + + If switching to OpenGL was successful, this method disables label caching (\ref setPlottingHint + "setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, false)") and turns on QCustomPlot's antialiasing override + for all elements (\ref setAntialiasedElements "setAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll)"), leading to a + higher quality output. The antialiasing override allows for pixel-grid aligned drawing in the + OpenGL paint device. As stated before, in OpenGL rendering the actual antialiasing of the plot is + controlled with \a multisampling. If \a enabled is set to false, the antialiasing/label caching + settings are restored to what they were before OpenGL was enabled, if they weren't altered in the + meantime. + + \note OpenGL support is only enabled if QCustomPlot is compiled with the macro \c QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL + defined. This define must be set before including the QCustomPlot header both during compilation + of the QCustomPlot library as well as when compiling your application. It is best to just include + the line DEFINES += QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL in the respective qmake project files. + \note If you are using a Qt version before 5.0, you must also add the module "opengl" to your \c + QT variable in the qmake project files. For Qt versions 5.0 and higher, QCustomPlot switches to a + newer OpenGL interface which is already in the "gui" module. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setOpenGl(bool enabled, int multisampling) +{ + mOpenGlMultisamples = qMax(0, multisampling); +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL + mOpenGl = enabled; + if (mOpenGl) { + if (setupOpenGl()) { + // backup antialiasing override and labelcaching setting so we can restore upon disabling OpenGL + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup = mAntialiasedElements; + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup = mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels); + // set antialiasing override to antialias all (aligns gl pixel grid properly), and disable label caching (would use software rasterizer for pixmap caches): + setAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, false); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to enable OpenGL, continuing plotting without hardware acceleration."; + mOpenGl = false; + } + } else { + // restore antialiasing override and labelcaching to what it was before enabling OpenGL, if nobody changed it in the meantime: + if (mAntialiasedElements == QCP::aeAll) { + setAntialiasedElements(mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup); + } + if (!mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels)) { + setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup); + } + freeOpenGl(); + } + // recreate all paint buffers: + mPaintBuffers.clear(); + setupPaintBuffers(); +#else + Q_UNUSED(enabled) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "QCustomPlot can't use OpenGL because QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL was not defined during compilation (add 'DEFINES += QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL' to your qmake .pro file)"; +#endif +} + +/*! + Sets the viewport of this QCustomPlot. Usually users of QCustomPlot don't need to change the + viewport manually. + + The viewport is the area in which the plot is drawn. All mechanisms, e.g. margin caluclation take + the viewport to be the outer border of the plot. The viewport normally is the rect() of the + QCustomPlot widget, i.e. a rect with top left (0, 0) and size of the QCustomPlot widget. + + Don't confuse the viewport with the axis rect (QCustomPlot::axisRect). An axis rect is typically + an area enclosed by four axes, where the graphs/plottables are drawn in. The viewport is larger + and contains also the axes themselves, their tick numbers, their labels, or even additional axis + rects, color scales and other layout elements. + + This function is used to allow arbitrary size exports with \ref toPixmap, \ref savePng, \ref + savePdf, etc. by temporarily changing the viewport size. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setViewport(const QRect &rect) +{ + mViewport = rect; + if (mPlotLayout) { + mPlotLayout->setOuterRect(mViewport); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the device pixel ratio used by the paint buffers of this QCustomPlot instance. + + Normally, this doesn't need to be set manually, because it is initialized with the regular \a + QWidget::devicePixelRatio which is configured by Qt to fit the display device (e.g. 1 for normal + displays, 2 for High-DPI displays). + + Device pixel ratios are supported by Qt only for Qt versions since 5.4. If this method is called + when QCustomPlot is being used with older Qt versions, outputs an according qDebug message and + leaves the internal buffer device pixel ratio at 1.0. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBufferDevicePixelRatio(double ratio) +{ + if (!qFuzzyCompare(ratio, mBufferDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mBufferDevicePixelRatio = ratio; + for (int i = 0; i < mPaintBuffers.size(); ++i) { + mPaintBuffers.at(i)->setDevicePixelRatio(mBufferDevicePixelRatio); + } + // Note: axis label cache has devicePixelRatio as part of cache hash, so no need to manually clear cache here +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mBufferDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the viewport background pixmap (see \ref setViewport). The pixmap is always drawn + below all other objects in the plot. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the viewport, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (whether and how the aspect ratio is + preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + If a background brush was set with \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), the viewport will + first be filled with that brush, before drawing the background pixmap. This can be useful for + background pixmaps with translucent areas. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! + Sets the background brush of the viewport (see \ref setViewport). + + Before drawing everything else, the background is filled with \a brush. If a background pixmap + was set with \ref setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), this brush will be used to fill the viewport + before the background pixmap is drawn. This can be useful for background pixmaps with translucent + areas. + + Set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush or Qt::Transparent to leave background transparent. This can be + useful for exporting to image formats which support transparency, e.g. \ref savePng. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the viewport, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the viewport background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the viewport. If \a scaled is + set to true, control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved with + \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the viewport dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the viewport background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this + function to define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the plottable with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + plottable, see QCustomPlot::plottable() + + \see plottableCount +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return mPlottables.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last plottable that was added to the plot. If there are no plottables in the plot, + returns 0. + + \see plottableCount +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable() +{ + if (!mPlottables.isEmpty()) { + return mPlottables.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified plottable from the plot and deletes it. If necessary, the corresponding + legend item is also removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearPlottables +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (!mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + // remove plottable from legend: + plottable->removeFromLegend(); + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + if (QCPGraph *graph = qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mGraphs.removeOne(graph); + } + // remove plottable: + delete plottable; + mPlottables.removeOne(plottable); + return true; +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the plottable by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return removePlottable(mPlottables[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all plottables from the plot and deletes them. Corresponding legend items are also + removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns the number of plottables removed. + + \see removePlottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearPlottables() +{ + int c = mPlottables.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removePlottable(mPlottables[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing plottables in the plot + + \see plottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::plottableCount() const +{ + return mPlottables.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected plottables. If no plottables are currently selected, the list is empty. + + There is a convenience function if you're only interested in selected graphs, see \ref selectedGraphs. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedPlottables() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + if (plottable->selected()) { + result.append(plottable); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the plottable at the pixel position \a pos. Plottables that only consist of single lines + (like graphs) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref setSelectionTolerance. If multiple + plottables come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only plottables that are selectable + (QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable) are considered. + + If there is no plottable at \a pos, the return value is 0. + + \see itemAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPAbstractPlottable *resultPlottable = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + if (onlySelectable && !plottable->selectable()) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPabstractPlottable::selectable + continue; + } + if ((plottable->keyAxis()->axisRect()->rect() & plottable->valueAxis()->axisRect()->rect()).contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside the rect that is spanned by the plottable's key/value axes + double currentDistance = plottable->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultPlottable = plottable; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultPlottable; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot instance contains the \a plottable. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return mPlottables.contains(plottable); +} + +/*! + Returns the graph with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last created + graph, see QCustomPlot::graph() + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return mGraphs.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last graph, that was created with \ref addGraph. If there are no graphs in the plot, + returns 0. + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph() const +{ + if (!mGraphs.isEmpty()) { + return mGraphs.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Creates a new graph inside the plot. If \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis are left unspecified (0), the + bottom (xAxis) is used as key and the left (yAxis) is used as value axis. If specified, \a + keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in this QCustomPlot. + + \a keyAxis will be used as key axis (typically "x") and \a valueAxis as value axis (typically + "y") for the graph. + + Returns a pointer to the newly created graph, or 0 if adding the graph failed. + + \see graph, graphCount, removeGraph, clearGraphs +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + if (!keyAxis) { + keyAxis = xAxis; + } + if (!valueAxis) { + valueAxis = yAxis; + } + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't use default QCustomPlot xAxis or yAxis, because at least one is invalid (has been deleted)"; + return 0; + } + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != this || valueAxis->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed keyAxis or valueAxis doesn't have this QCustomPlot as parent"; + return 0; + } + + QCPGraph *newGraph = new QCPGraph(keyAxis, valueAxis); + newGraph->setName(QLatin1String("Graph ") + QString::number(mGraphs.size())); + return newGraph; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a graph from the plot and deletes it. If necessary, the corresponding + legend item is also removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). If any other graphs in + the plot have a channel fill set towards the removed graph, the channel fill property of those + graphs is reset to zero (no channel fill). + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearGraphs +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + return removePlottable(graph); +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the graph by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return removeGraph(mGraphs[index]); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all graphs from the plot and deletes them. Corresponding legend items are also removed + from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns the number of graphs removed. + + \see removeGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearGraphs() +{ + int c = mGraphs.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeGraph(mGraphs[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing graphs in the plot + + \see graph, addGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::graphCount() const +{ + return mGraphs.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected graphs. If no graphs are currently selected, the list is empty. + + If you are not only interested in selected graphs but other plottables like QCPCurve, QCPBars, + etc., use \ref selectedPlottables. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedGraphs() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPGraph *graph, mGraphs) { + if (graph->selected()) { + result.append(graph); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns 0. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + item, see QCustomPlot::item() + + \see itemCount +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return mItems.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last item that was added to this plot. If there are no items in the plot, + returns 0. + + \see itemCount +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item() const +{ + if (!mItems.isEmpty()) { + return mItems.last(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified item from the plot and deletes it. + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearItems +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (mItems.contains(item)) { + delete item; + mItems.removeOne(item); + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the item by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return removeItem(mItems[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the plot and deletes them. + + Returns the number of items removed. + + \see removeItem +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearItems() +{ + int c = mItems.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeItem(mItems[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing items in the plot + + \see item +*/ +int QCustomPlot::itemCount() const +{ + return mItems.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected items. If no items are currently selected, the list is empty. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable, QCPAbstractItem::setSelected +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + if (item->selected()) { + result.append(item); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item at the pixel position \a pos. Items that only consist of single lines (e.g. \ref + QCPItemLine or \ref QCPItemCurve) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref + setSelectionTolerance. If multiple items come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is + returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only items that are selectable (QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable) are + considered. + + If there is no item at \a pos, the return value is 0. + + \see plottableAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPAbstractItem *resultItem = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + if (onlySelectable && !item->selectable()) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractItem::selectable + continue; + } + if (!item->clipToAxisRect() || item->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside axis cliprect of the item if actually clipped to it + double currentDistance = item->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultItem = item; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultItem; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot contains the \a item. + + \see item +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const +{ + return mItems.contains(item); +} + +/*! + Returns the layer with the specified \a name. If there is no layer with the specified name, 0 is + returned. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + if (layer->name() == name) { + return layer; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the layer by \a index. If the index is invalid, 0 is returned. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mLayers.size()) { + return mLayers.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the layer that is set as current layer (see \ref setCurrentLayer). +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::currentLayer() const +{ + return mCurrentLayer; +} + +/*! + Sets the layer with the specified \a name to be the current layer. All layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable), e.g. plottables and items, are created on the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is a layer with the specified \a name in the QCustomPlot. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer, QCPLayerable::setLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(const QString &name) +{ + if (QCPLayer *newCurrentLayer = layer(name)) { + return setCurrentLayer(newCurrentLayer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer with name doesn't exist:" << name; + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the provided \a layer to be the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a layer is a valid layer in the QCustomPlot. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + + mCurrentLayer = layer; + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing layers in the plot + + \see layer, addLayer +*/ +int QCustomPlot::layerCount() const +{ + return mLayers.size(); +} + +/*! + Adds a new layer to this QCustomPlot instance. The new layer will have the name \a name, which + must be unique. Depending on \a insertMode, it is positioned either below or above \a otherLayer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is no other layer named \a name and \a otherLayer is a + valid layer inside this QCustomPlot. + + If \a otherLayer is 0, the highest layer in the QCustomPlot will be used. + + For an explanation of what layers are in QCustomPlot, see the documentation of \ref QCPLayer. + + \see layer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!otherLayer) { + otherLayer = mLayers.last(); + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + if (layer(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "A layer exists already with the name" << name; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *newLayer = new QCPLayer(this, name); + mLayers.insert(otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0), newLayer); + updateLayerIndices(); + setupPaintBuffers(); // associates new layer with the appropriate paint buffer + return true; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a layer and returns true on success. + + All layerables (e.g. plottables and items) on the removed layer will be moved to the layer below + \a layer. If \a layer is the bottom layer, the layerables are moved to the layer above. In both + cases, the total rendering order of all layerables in the QCustomPlot is preserved. + + If \a layer is the current layer (\ref setCurrentLayer), the layer below (or above, if bottom + layer) becomes the new current layer. + + It is not possible to remove the last layer of the plot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (mLayers.size() < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't remove last layer"; + return false; + } + + // append all children of this layer to layer below (if this is lowest layer, prepend to layer above) + int removedIndex = layer->index(); + bool isFirstLayer = removedIndex == 0; + QCPLayer *targetLayer = isFirstLayer ? mLayers.at(removedIndex + 1) : mLayers.at(removedIndex - 1); + QList children = layer->children(); + if (isFirstLayer) { // prepend in reverse order (so order relative to each other stays the same) + for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + children.at(i)->moveToLayer(targetLayer, true); + } + } else { // append normally + for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { + children.at(i)->moveToLayer(targetLayer, false); + } + } + // if removed layer is current layer, change current layer to layer below/above: + if (layer == mCurrentLayer) { + setCurrentLayer(targetLayer); + } + // invalidate the paint buffer that was responsible for this layer: + if (!layer->mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + layer->mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + // remove layer: + delete layer; + mLayers.removeOne(layer); + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Moves the specified \a layer either above or below \a otherLayer. Whether it's placed above or + below is controlled with \a insertMode. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when both \a layer and \a otherLayer are valid layers in the + QCustomPlot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + + if (layer->index() > otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0)); + } else if (layer->index() < otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 0 : -1)); + } + + // invalidate the paint buffers that are responsible for the layers: + if (!layer->mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + layer->mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + if (!otherLayer->mPaintBuffer.isNull()) { + otherLayer->mPaintBuffer.data()->setInvalidated(); + } + + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axis rects in the plot. + + All axis rects can be accessed via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). + + Initially, only one axis rect exists in the plot. + + \see axisRect, axisRects +*/ +int QCustomPlot::axisRectCount() const +{ + return axisRects().size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis rect with \a index. + + Initially, only one axis rect (with index 0) exists in the plot. If multiple axis rects were + added, all of them may be accessed with this function in a linear fashion (even when they are + nested in a layout hierarchy or inside other axis rects via QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). + + The order of the axis rects is given by the fill order of the \ref QCPLayout that is holding + them. For example, if the axis rects are in the top level grid layout (accessible via \ref + QCustomPlot::plotLayout), they are ordered from left to right, top to bottom, if the layout's + default \ref QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder "setFillOrder" of \ref QCPLayoutGrid::foColumnsFirst + "foColumnsFirst" wasn't changed. + + If you want to access axis rects by their row and column index, use the layout interface. For + example, use \ref QCPLayoutGrid::element of the top level grid layout, and \c qobject_cast the + returned layout element to \ref QCPAxisRect. (See also \ref thelayoutsystem.) + + \see axisRectCount, axisRects, QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder +*/ +QCPAxisRect *QCustomPlot::axisRect(int index) const +{ + const QList rectList = axisRects(); + if (index >= 0 && index < rectList.size()) { + return rectList.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis rect index" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axis rects in the plot. + + The order of the axis rects is given by the fill order of the \ref QCPLayout that is holding + them. For example, if the axis rects are in the top level grid layout (accessible via \ref + QCustomPlot::plotLayout), they are ordered from left to right, top to bottom, if the layout's + default \ref QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder "setFillOrder" of \ref QCPLayoutGrid::foColumnsFirst + "foColumnsFirst" wasn't changed. + + \see axisRectCount, axisRect, QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::axisRects() const +{ + QList result; + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *element, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (element) { + elementStack.push(element); + if (QCPAxisRect *ar = qobject_cast(element)) { + result.append(ar); + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the layout element at pixel position \a pos. If there is no element at that position, + returns 0. + + Only visible elements are used. If \ref QCPLayoutElement::setVisible on the element itself or on + any of its parent elements is set to false, it will not be considered. + + \see itemAt, plottableAt +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCustomPlot::layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + QCPLayoutElement *currentElement = mPlotLayout; + bool searchSubElements = true; + while (searchSubElements && currentElement) { + searchSubElements = false; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, currentElement->elements(false)) { + if (subElement && subElement->realVisibility() && subElement->selectTest(pos, false) >= 0) { + currentElement = subElement; + searchSubElements = true; + break; + } + } + } + return currentElement; +} + +/*! + Returns the layout element of type \ref QCPAxisRect at pixel position \a pos. This method ignores + other layout elements even if they are visually in front of the axis rect (e.g. a \ref + QCPLegend). If there is no axis rect at that position, returns 0. + + Only visible axis rects are used. If \ref QCPLayoutElement::setVisible on the axis rect itself or + on any of its parent elements is set to false, it will not be considered. + + \see layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAxisRect *QCustomPlot::axisRectAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + QCPAxisRect *result = 0; + QCPLayoutElement *currentElement = mPlotLayout; + bool searchSubElements = true; + while (searchSubElements && currentElement) { + searchSubElements = false; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, currentElement->elements(false)) { + if (subElement && subElement->realVisibility() && subElement->selectTest(pos, false) >= 0) { + currentElement = subElement; + searchSubElements = true; + if (QCPAxisRect *ar = qobject_cast(currentElement)) { + result = ar; + } + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the axes that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPAxis::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedLegends, setInteractions, QCPAxis::setSelectedParts, + QCPAxis::setSelectableParts +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedAxes() const +{ + QList result, allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + if (axis->selectedParts() != QCPAxis::spNone) { + result.append(axis); + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the legends that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPLegend::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedAxes, setInteractions, QCPLegend::setSelectedParts, + QCPLegend::setSelectableParts, QCPLegend::selectedItems +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedLegends() const +{ + QList result; + + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (subElement) { + elementStack.push(subElement); + if (QCPLegend *leg = qobject_cast(subElement)) { + if (leg->selectedParts() != QCPLegend::spNone) { + result.append(leg); + } + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Deselects all layerables (plottables, items, axes, legends,...) of the QCustomPlot. + + Since calling this function is not a user interaction, this does not emit the \ref + selectionChangedByUser signal. The individual selectionChanged signals are emitted though, if the + objects were previously selected. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ +void QCustomPlot::deselectAll() +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + layerable->deselectEvent(0); + } + } +} + +/*! + Causes a complete replot into the internal paint buffer(s). Finally, the widget surface is + refreshed with the new buffer contents. This is the method that must be called to make changes to + the plot, e.g. on the axis ranges or data points of graphs, visible. + + The parameter \a refreshPriority can be used to fine-tune the timing of the replot. For example + if your application calls \ref replot very quickly in succession (e.g. multiple independent + functions change some aspects of the plot and each wants to make sure the change gets replotted), + it is advisable to set \a refreshPriority to \ref QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot. This way, the + actual replotting is deferred to the next event loop iteration. Multiple successive calls of \ref + replot with this priority will only cause a single replot, avoiding redundant replots and + improving performance. + + Under a few circumstances, QCustomPlot causes a replot by itself. Those are resize events of the + QCustomPlot widget and user interactions (object selection and range dragging/zooming). + + Before the replot happens, the signal \ref beforeReplot is emitted. After the replot, \ref + afterReplot is emitted. It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with any of those two + signals on two QCustomPlots to make them replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite + recursion. + + If a layer is in mode \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered (\ref QCPLayer::setMode), it is also possible to + replot only that specific layer via \ref QCPLayer::replot. See the documentation there for + details. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority) +{ + if (refreshPriority == QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot) { + if (!mReplotQueued) { + mReplotQueued = true; + QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(replot())); + } + return; + } + + if (mReplotting) { // incase signals loop back to replot slot + return; + } + mReplotting = true; + mReplotQueued = false; + emit beforeReplot(); + + updateLayout(); + // draw all layered objects (grid, axes, plottables, items, legend,...) into their buffers: + setupPaintBuffers(); + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + layer->drawToPaintBuffer(); + } + for (int i = 0; i < mPaintBuffers.size(); ++i) { + mPaintBuffers.at(i)->setInvalidated(false); + } + + if ((refreshPriority == rpRefreshHint && mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phImmediateRefresh)) || refreshPriority == rpImmediateRefresh) { + repaint(); + } else { + update(); + } + + emit afterReplot(); + mReplotting = false; +} + +/*! + Rescales the axes such that all plottables (like graphs) in the plot are fully visible. + + if \a onlyVisiblePlottables is set to true, only the plottables that have their visibility set to true + (QCPLayerable::setVisible), will be used to rescale the axes. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QList allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + axis->rescale(onlyVisiblePlottables); + } +} + +/*! + Saves a PDF with the vectorized plot to the file \a fileName. The axis ratio as well as the scale + of texts and lines will be derived from the specified \a width and \a height. This means, the + output will look like the normal on-screen output of a QCustomPlot widget with the corresponding + pixel width and height. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have the + same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. + + Setting \a exportPen to \ref QCP::epNoCosmetic allows to disable the use of cosmetic pens when + drawing to the PDF file. Cosmetic pens are pens with numerical width 0, which are always drawn as + a one pixel wide line, no matter what zoom factor is set in the PDF-Viewer. For more information + about cosmetic pens, see the QPainter and QPen documentation. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any + selected objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll + before calling this function. + + Returns true on success. + + \warning + \li If you plan on editing the exported PDF file with a vector graphics editor like Inkscape, it + is advised to set \a exportPen to \ref QCP::epNoCosmetic to avoid losing those cosmetic lines + (which might be quite many, because cosmetic pens are the default for e.g. axes and tick marks). + \li If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \a pdfCreator and \a pdfTitle may be used to set the according metadata fields in the resulting + PDF file. + + \note On Android systems, this method does nothing and issues an according qDebug warning + message. This is also the case if for other reasons the define flag \c QT_NO_PRINTER is set. + + \see savePng, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePdf(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, QCP::ExportPen exportPen, const QString &pdfCreator, const QString &pdfTitle) +{ + bool success = false; +#ifdef QT_NO_PRINTER + Q_UNUSED(fileName) + Q_UNUSED(exportPen) + Q_UNUSED(width) + Q_UNUSED(height) + Q_UNUSED(pdfCreator) + Q_UNUSED(pdfTitle) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Qt was built without printer support (QT_NO_PRINTER). PDF not created."; +#else + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + QPrinter printer(QPrinter::ScreenResolution); + printer.setOutputFileName(fileName); + printer.setOutputFormat(QPrinter::PdfFormat); + printer.setColorMode(QPrinter::Color); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_Creator, pdfCreator); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_DocumentName, pdfTitle); + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) + printer.setFullPage(true); + printer.setPaperSize(viewport().size(), QPrinter::DevicePixel); +#else + QPageLayout pageLayout; + pageLayout.setMode(QPageLayout::FullPageMode); + pageLayout.setOrientation(QPageLayout::Portrait); + pageLayout.setMargins(QMarginsF(0, 0, 0, 0)); + pageLayout.setPageSize(QPageSize(viewport().size(), QPageSize::Point, QString(), QPageSize::ExactMatch)); + printer.setPageLayout(pageLayout); +#endif + QCPPainter printpainter; + if (printpainter.begin(&printer)) { + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic, exportPen == QCP::epNoCosmetic); + printpainter.setWindow(mViewport); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::white && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::transparent && + mBackgroundBrush.color().alpha() > 0) { // draw pdf background color if not white/transparent + printpainter.fillRect(viewport(), mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&printpainter); + printpainter.end(); + success = true; + } + setViewport(oldViewport); +#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER + return success; +} + +/*! + Saves a PNG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + image compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 + or -1 to use the default setting. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the PNG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + If you want the PNG to have a transparent background, call \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush) + with no brush (Qt::NoBrush) or a transparent color (Qt::transparent), before saving. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePng(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "PNG", quality, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! + Saves a JPEG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + image compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 + or -1 to use the default setting. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the JPEG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveBmp, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "JPG", quality, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! + Saves a BMP image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the BMP format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "BMP", -1, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a minimum size hint that corresponds to the minimum size of the top level layout + (\ref plotLayout). To prevent QCustomPlot from being collapsed to size/width zero, set a minimum + size (setMinimumSize) either on the whole QCustomPlot or on any layout elements inside the plot. + This is especially important, when placed in a QLayout where other components try to take in as + much space as possible (e.g. QMdiArea). +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumOuterSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a size hint that is the same as \ref minimumSizeHint. + +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::sizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumOuterSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the QCustomPlot widget needs repainting. This does not cause a \ref replot, but + draws the internal buffer on the widget surface. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event); + QCPPainter painter(this); + if (painter.isActive()) { + painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); // to make Antialiasing look good if using the OpenGL graphicssystem + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + drawBackground(&painter); + for (int bufferIndex = 0; bufferIndex < mPaintBuffers.size(); ++bufferIndex) { + mPaintBuffers.at(bufferIndex)->draw(&painter); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for a resize of the QCustomPlot widget. The viewport (which becomes the outer rect + of mPlotLayout) is resized appropriately. Finally a \ref replot is performed. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + // resize and repaint the buffer: + setViewport(rect()); + replot(rpQueuedRefresh); // queued refresh is important here, to prevent painting issues in some contexts (e.g. MDI subwindow) +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a double click occurs. Emits the \ref mouseDoubleClick signal, then + determines the layerable under the cursor and forwards the event to it. Finally, emits the + specialized signals when certain objecs are clicked (e.g. \ref plottableDoubleClick, \ref + axisDoubleClick, etc.). + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseDoubleClick(event); + mMouseHasMoved = false; + mMousePressPos = event->pos(); + + // determine layerable under the cursor (this event is called instead of the second press event in a double-click): + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(mMousePressPos, false, &details); + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.size(); ++i) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events ignore the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidates.at(i)->mouseDoubleClickEvent(event, details.at(i)); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + mMouseEventLayerable = candidates.at(i); + mMouseEventLayerableDetails = details.at(i); + break; + } + } + + // emit specialized object double click signals: + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + int dataIndex = 0; + if (!details.first().value().isEmpty()) { + dataIndex = details.first().value().dataRange().begin(); + } + emit plottableDoubleClick(ap, dataIndex, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit axisDoubleClick(ax, details.first().value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit itemDoubleClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit legendDoubleClick(lg, 0, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit legendDoubleClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed. Emits the mousePress signal. + + If the current \ref setSelectionRectMode is not \ref QCP::srmNone, passes the event to the + selection rect. Otherwise determines the layerable under the cursor and forwards the event to it. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mousePress(event); + // save some state to tell in releaseEvent whether it was a click: + mMouseHasMoved = false; + mMousePressPos = event->pos(); + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRectMode != QCP::srmNone) { + if (mSelectionRectMode != QCP::srmZoom || qobject_cast(axisRectAt(mMousePressPos))) { // in zoom mode only activate selection rect if on an axis rect + mSelectionRect->startSelection(event); + } + } else { + // no selection rect interaction, prepare for click signal emission and forward event to layerable under the cursor: + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(mMousePressPos, false, &details); + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + mMouseSignalLayerable = candidates.first(); // candidate for signal emission is always topmost hit layerable (signal emitted in release event) + mMouseSignalLayerableDetails = details.first(); + } + // forward event to topmost candidate which accepts the event: + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.size(); ++i) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events call ignore() on the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidates.at(i)->mousePressEvent(event, details.at(i)); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + mMouseEventLayerable = candidates.at(i); + mMouseEventLayerableDetails = details.at(i); + break; + } + } + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the cursor is moved. Emits the \ref mouseMove signal. + + If the selection rect (\ref setSelectionRect) is currently active, the event is forwarded to it + in order to update the rect geometry. + + Otherwise, if a layout element has mouse capture focus (a mousePressEvent happened on top of the + layout element before), the mouseMoveEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseMove(event); + + if (!mMouseHasMoved && (mMousePressPos - event->pos()).manhattanLength() > 3) { + mMouseHasMoved = true; // moved too far from mouse press position, don't handle as click on mouse release + } + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { + mSelectionRect->moveSelection(event); + } else if (mMouseEventLayerable) { // call event of affected layerable: + mMouseEventLayerable->mouseMoveEvent(event, mMousePressPos); + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is released. Emits the \ref mouseRelease signal. + + If the mouse was moved less than a certain threshold in any direction since the \ref + mousePressEvent, it is considered a click which causes the selection mechanism (if activated via + \ref setInteractions) to possibly change selection states accordingly. Further, specialized mouse + click signals are emitted (e.g. \ref plottableClick, \ref axisClick, etc.) + + If a layerable is the mouse capturer (a \ref mousePressEvent happened on top of the layerable + before), the \ref mouseReleaseEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseRelease(event); + + if (!mMouseHasMoved) { // mouse hasn't moved (much) between press and release, so handle as click + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { // a simple click shouldn't successfully finish a selection rect, so cancel it here + mSelectionRect->cancel(); + } + if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { + processPointSelection(event); + } + + // emit specialized click signals of QCustomPlot instance: + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + int dataIndex = 0; + if (!mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value().isEmpty()) { + dataIndex = mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value().dataRange().begin(); + } + emit plottableClick(ap, dataIndex, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit axisClick(ax, mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit itemClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(lg, 0, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } + mMouseSignalLayerable = 0; + } + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { // Note: if a click was detected above, the selection rect is canceled there + // finish selection rect, the appropriate action will be taken via signal-slot connection: + mSelectionRect->endSelection(event); + } else { + // call event of affected layerable: + if (mMouseEventLayerable) { + mMouseEventLayerable->mouseReleaseEvent(event, mMousePressPos); + mMouseEventLayerable = 0; + } + } + + if (noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. First, the \ref mouseWheel signal is emitted. Then + determines the affected layerable and forwards the event to it. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseWheel(event); + // forward event to layerable under cursor: + QList candidates = layerableListAt(event->pos(), false); + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.size(); ++i) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events ignore the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidates.at(i)->wheelEvent(event); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + break; + } + } + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + This function draws the entire plot, including background pixmap, with the specified \a painter. + It does not make use of the paint buffers like \ref replot, so this is the function typically + used by saving/exporting methods such as \ref savePdf or \ref toPainter. + + Note that it does not fill the background with the background brush (as the user may specify with + \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush)), this is up to the respective functions calling this + method. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + updateLayout(); + + // draw viewport background pixmap: + drawBackground(painter); + + // draw all layered objects (grid, axes, plottables, items, legend,...): + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + layer->draw(painter); + } + + /* Debug code to draw all layout element rects + foreach (QCPLayoutElement* el, findChildren()) + { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(0, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->rect()); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->outerRect()); + } + */ +} + +/*! \internal + + Performs the layout update steps defined by \ref QCPLayoutElement::UpdatePhase, by calling \ref + QCPLayoutElement::update on the main plot layout. + + Here, the layout elements calculate their positions and margins, and prepare for the following + draw call. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::updateLayout() +{ + // run through layout phases: + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upPreparation); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upMargins); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upLayout); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the viewport background pixmap of the plot. + + If a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the viewport with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + Note that this function does not draw a fill with the background brush + (\ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush)) beneath the pixmap. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // Note: background color is handled in individual replot/save functions + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Goes through the layers and makes sure this QCustomPlot instance holds the correct number of + paint buffers and that they have the correct configuration (size, pixel ratio, etc.). + Allocations, reallocations and deletions of paint buffers are performed as necessary. It also + associates the paint buffers with the layers, so they draw themselves into the right buffer when + \ref QCPLayer::drawToPaintBuffer is called. This means it associates adjacent \ref + QCPLayer::lmLogical layers to a mutual paint buffer and creates dedicated paint buffers for + layers in \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered mode. + + This method uses \ref createPaintBuffer to create new paint buffers. + + After this method, the paint buffers are empty (filled with \c Qt::transparent) and invalidated + (so an attempt to replot only a single buffered layer causes a full replot). + + This method is called in every \ref replot call, prior to actually drawing the layers (into their + associated paint buffer). If the paint buffers don't need changing/reallocating, this method + basically leaves them alone and thus finishes very fast. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setupPaintBuffers() +{ + int bufferIndex = 0; + if (mPaintBuffers.isEmpty()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + + for (int layerIndex = 0; layerIndex < mLayers.size(); ++layerIndex) { + QCPLayer *layer = mLayers.at(layerIndex); + if (layer->mode() == QCPLayer::lmLogical) { + layer->mPaintBuffer = mPaintBuffers.at(bufferIndex).toWeakRef(); + } else if (layer->mode() == QCPLayer::lmBuffered) { + ++bufferIndex; + if (bufferIndex >= mPaintBuffers.size()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + layer->mPaintBuffer = mPaintBuffers.at(bufferIndex).toWeakRef(); + if (layerIndex < mLayers.size() - 1 && mLayers.at(layerIndex + 1)->mode() == QCPLayer::lmLogical) { // not last layer, and next one is logical, so prepare another buffer for next layerables + ++bufferIndex; + if (bufferIndex >= mPaintBuffers.size()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + } + } + } + // remove unneeded buffers: + while (mPaintBuffers.size() - 1 > bufferIndex) { + mPaintBuffers.removeLast(); + } + // resize buffers to viewport size and clear contents: + for (int i = 0; i < mPaintBuffers.size(); ++i) { + mPaintBuffers.at(i)->setSize(viewport().size()); // won't do anything if already correct size + mPaintBuffers.at(i)->clear(Qt::transparent); + mPaintBuffers.at(i)->setInvalidated(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by \ref setupPaintBuffers when it needs to create new paint buffers. + + Depending on the current setting of \ref setOpenGl, and the current Qt version, different + backends (subclasses of \ref QCPAbstractPaintBuffer) are created, initialized with the proper + size and device pixel ratio, and returned. +*/ +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer *QCustomPlot::createPaintBuffer() +{ + if (mOpenGl) { +#if defined(QCP_OPENGL_FBO) + return new QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio, mGlContext, mGlPaintDevice); +#elif defined(QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER) + return new QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio, mOpenGlMultisamples); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL enabled even though no support for it compiled in, this shouldn't have happened. Falling back to pixmap paint buffer."; + return new QCPPaintBufferPixmap(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio); +#endif + } else { + return new QCPPaintBufferPixmap(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio); + } +} + +/*! + This method returns whether any of the paint buffers held by this QCustomPlot instance are + invalidated. + + If any buffer is invalidated, a partial replot (\ref QCPLayer::replot) is not allowed and always + causes a full replot (\ref QCustomPlot::replot) of all layers. This is the case when for example + the layer order has changed, new layers were added, layers were removed, or layer modes were + changed (\ref QCPLayer::setMode). + + \see QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setInvalidated +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mPaintBuffers.size(); ++i) { + if (mPaintBuffers.at(i)->invalidated()) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + When \ref setOpenGl is set to true, this method is used to initialize OpenGL (create a context, + surface, paint device). + + Returns true on success. + + If this method is successful, all paint buffers should be deleted and then reallocated by calling + \ref setupPaintBuffers, so the OpenGL-based paint buffer subclasses (\ref + QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer, \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo) are used for subsequent replots. + + \see freeOpenGl +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setupOpenGl() +{ +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + freeOpenGl(); + QSurfaceFormat proposedSurfaceFormat; + proposedSurfaceFormat.setSamples(mOpenGlMultisamples); +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE + QOffscreenSurface *surface = new QOffscreenSurface; +#else + QWindow *surface = new QWindow; + surface->setSurfaceType(QSurface::OpenGLSurface); +#endif + surface->setFormat(proposedSurfaceFormat); + surface->create(); + mGlSurface = QSharedPointer(surface); + mGlContext = QSharedPointer(new QOpenGLContext); + mGlContext->setFormat(mGlSurface->format()); + if (!mGlContext->create()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to create OpenGL context"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + if (!mGlContext->makeCurrent(mGlSurface.data())) { // context needs to be current to create paint device + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to make opengl context current"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + if (!QOpenGLFramebufferObject::hasOpenGLFramebufferObjects()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL of this system doesn't support frame buffer objects"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + mGlPaintDevice = QSharedPointer(new QOpenGLPaintDevice); + return true; +#elif defined(QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER) + return QGLFormat::hasOpenGL(); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +/*! \internal + + When \ref setOpenGl is set to false, this method is used to deinitialize OpenGL (releases the + context and frees resources). + + After OpenGL is disabled, all paint buffers should be deleted and then reallocated by calling + \ref setupPaintBuffers, so the standard software rendering paint buffer subclass (\ref + QCPPaintBufferPixmap) is used for subsequent replots. + + \see setupOpenGl +*/ +void QCustomPlot::freeOpenGl() +{ +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + mGlPaintDevice.clear(); + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); +#endif +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by \ref QCPAxisRect::removeAxis to report removed axes to the QCustomPlot + so it may clear its QCustomPlot::xAxis, yAxis, xAxis2 and yAxis2 members accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + if (xAxis == axis) { + xAxis = 0; + } + if (xAxis2 == axis) { + xAxis2 = 0; + } + if (yAxis == axis) { + yAxis = 0; + } + if (yAxis2 == axis) { + yAxis2 = 0; + } + + // Note: No need to take care of range drag axes and range zoom axes, because they are stored in smart pointers +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by the QCPLegend destructor to report legend removal to the QCustomPlot so + it may clear its QCustomPlot::legend member accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (this->legend == legend) { + this->legend = 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selection rect's \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted signal when \ref + setSelectionRectMode is set to \ref QCP::srmSelect. + + First, it determines which axis rect was the origin of the selection rect judging by the starting + point of the selection. Then it goes through the plottables (\ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D to be + precise) associated with that axis rect and finds the data points that are in \a rect. It does + this by querying their \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect method. + + Then, the actual selection is done by calling the plottables' \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::selectEvent, placing the found selected data points in the \a details + parameter as QVariant(\ref QCPDataSelection). All plottables that weren't touched by \a + rect receive a \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::deselectEvent. + + \see processRectZoom +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processRectSelection(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event) +{ + bool selectionStateChanged = false; + + if (mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottables)) { + QMap > potentialSelections; // map key is number of selected data points, so we have selections sorted by size + QRectF rectF(rect.normalized()); + if (QCPAxisRect *affectedAxisRect = axisRectAt(rectF.topLeft())) { + // determine plottables that were hit by the rect and thus are candidates for selection: + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, affectedAxisRect->plottables()) { + if (QCPPlottableInterface1D *plottableInterface = plottable->interface1D()) { + QCPDataSelection dataSel = plottableInterface->selectTestRect(rectF, true); + if (!dataSel.isEmpty()) { + potentialSelections.insertMulti(dataSel.dataPointCount(), QPair(plottable, dataSel)); + } + } + } + + if (!mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iMultiSelect)) { + // only leave plottable with most selected points in map, since we will only select a single plottable: + if (!potentialSelections.isEmpty()) { + QMap >::iterator it = potentialSelections.begin(); + while (it != potentialSelections.end() - 1) { // erase all except last element + it = potentialSelections.erase(it); + } + } + } + + bool additive = event->modifiers().testFlag(mMultiSelectModifier); + // deselect all other layerables if not additive selection: + if (!additive) { + // emit deselection except to those plottables who will be selected afterwards: + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + if ((potentialSelections.isEmpty() || potentialSelections.constBegin()->first != layerable) && mInteractions.testFlag(layerable->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + layerable->deselectEvent(&selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + + // go through selections in reverse (largest selection first) and emit select events: + QMap >::const_iterator it = potentialSelections.constEnd(); + while (it != potentialSelections.constBegin()) { + --it; + if (mInteractions.testFlag(it.value().first->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + it.value().first->selectEvent(event, additive, QVariant::fromValue(it.value().second), &selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + + if (selectionStateChanged) { + emit selectionChangedByUser(); + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } else if (mSelectionRect) { + mSelectionRect->layer()->replot(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selection rect's \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted signal when \ref + setSelectionRectMode is set to \ref QCP::srmZoom. + + It determines which axis rect was the origin of the selection rect judging by the starting point + of the selection, and then zooms the axes defined via \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes to the + provided \a rect (see \ref QCPAxisRect::zoom). + + \see processRectSelection +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processRectZoom(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + if (QCPAxisRect *axisRect = axisRectAt(rect.topLeft())) { + QList affectedAxes = QList() << axisRect->rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Horizontal) << axisRect->rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Vertical); + affectedAxes.removeAll(static_cast(0)); + axisRect->zoom(QRectF(rect), affectedAxes); + } + replot(rpQueuedReplot); // always replot to make selection rect disappear +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called when a simple left mouse click was detected on the QCustomPlot surface. + + It first determines the layerable that was hit by the click, and then calls its \ref + QCPLayerable::selectEvent. All other layerables receive a QCPLayerable::deselectEvent (unless the + multi-select modifier was pressed, see \ref setMultiSelectModifier). + + In this method the hit layerable is determined a second time using \ref layerableAt (after the + one in \ref mousePressEvent), because we want \a onlySelectable set to true this time. This + implies that the mouse event grabber (mMouseEventLayerable) may be a different one from the + clicked layerable determined here. For example, if a non-selectable layerable is in front of a + selectable layerable at the click position, the front layerable will receive mouse events but the + selectable one in the back will receive the \ref QCPLayerable::selectEvent. + + \see processRectSelection, QCPLayerable::selectTest +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processPointSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + QVariant details; + QCPLayerable *clickedLayerable = layerableAt(event->pos(), true, &details); + bool selectionStateChanged = false; + bool additive = mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iMultiSelect) && event->modifiers().testFlag(mMultiSelectModifier); + // deselect all other layerables if not additive selection: + if (!additive) { + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + if (layerable != clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(layerable->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + layerable->deselectEvent(&selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + if (clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(clickedLayerable->selectionCategory())) { + // a layerable was actually clicked, call its selectEvent: + bool selChanged = false; + clickedLayerable->selectEvent(event, additive, details, &selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + emit selectionChangedByUser(); + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Registers the specified plottable with this QCustomPlot and, if \ref setAutoAddPlottableToLegend + is enabled, adds it to the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). QCustomPlot takes ownership of the + plottable. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a plottable isn't already in this plot and the parent plot of + \a plottable is this QCustomPlot. + + This method is called automatically in the QCPAbstractPlottable base class constructor. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable already added to this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + if (plottable->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + mPlottables.append(plottable); + // possibly add plottable to legend: + if (mAutoAddPlottableToLegend) { + plottable->addToLegend(); + } + if (!plottable->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the plottable (via QCPLayerable constructor) + plottable->setLayer(currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + In order to maintain the simplified graph interface of QCustomPlot, this method is called by the + QCPGraph constructor to register itself with this QCustomPlot's internal graph list. Returns true + on success, i.e. if \a graph is valid and wasn't already registered with this QCustomPlot. + + This graph specific registration happens in addition to the call to \ref registerPlottable by the + QCPAbstractPlottable base class. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + if (!graph) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed graph is zero"; + return false; + } + if (mGraphs.contains(graph)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph already registered with this QCustomPlot"; + return false; + } + + mGraphs.append(graph); + return true; +} + + +/*! \internal + + Registers the specified item with this QCustomPlot. QCustomPlot takes ownership of the item. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a item wasn't already in the plot and the parent plot of \a + item is this QCustomPlot. + + This method is called automatically in the QCPAbstractItem base class constructor. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (mItems.contains(item)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item already added to this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } + if (item->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } + + mItems.append(item); + if (!item->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the item (via QCPLayerable constructor) + item->setLayer(currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + Assigns all layers their index (QCPLayer::mIndex) in the mLayers list. This method is thus called + after every operation that changes the layer indices, like layer removal, layer creation, layer + moving. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::updateLayerIndices() const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mLayers.size(); ++i) { + mLayers.at(i)->mIndex = i; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the top-most layerable at pixel position \a pos. If \a onlySelectable is set to true, + only those layerables that are selectable will be considered. (Layerable subclasses communicate + their selectability via the QCPLayerable::selectTest method, by returning -1.) + + \a selectionDetails is an output parameter that contains selection specifics of the affected + layerable. This is useful if the respective layerable shall be given a subsequent + QCPLayerable::selectEvent (like in \ref mouseReleaseEvent). \a selectionDetails usually contains + information about which part of the layerable was hit, in multi-part layerables (e.g. + QCPAxis::SelectablePart). If the layerable is a plottable, \a selectionDetails contains a \ref + QCPDataSelection instance with the single data point which is closest to \a pos. + + \see layerableListAt, layoutElementAt, axisRectAt +*/ +QCPLayerable *QCustomPlot::layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails) const +{ + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(pos, onlySelectable, selectionDetails ? &details : 0); + if (selectionDetails && !details.isEmpty()) { + *selectionDetails = details.first(); + } + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + return candidates.first(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the layerables at pixel position \a pos. If \a onlySelectable is set to true, only those + layerables that are selectable will be considered. (Layerable subclasses communicate their + selectability via the QCPLayerable::selectTest method, by returning -1.) + + The returned list is sorted by the layerable/drawing order. If you only need to know the top-most + layerable, rather use \ref layerableAt. + + \a selectionDetails is an output parameter that contains selection specifics of the affected + layerable. This is useful if the respective layerable shall be given a subsequent + QCPLayerable::selectEvent (like in \ref mouseReleaseEvent). \a selectionDetails usually contains + information about which part of the layerable was hit, in multi-part layerables (e.g. + QCPAxis::SelectablePart). If the layerable is a plottable, \a selectionDetails contains a \ref + QCPDataSelection instance with the single data point which is closest to \a pos. + + \see layerableAt, layoutElementAt, axisRectAt +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::layerableListAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QList *selectionDetails) const +{ + QList result; + for (int layerIndex = mLayers.size() - 1; layerIndex >= 0; --layerIndex) { + const QList layerables = mLayers.at(layerIndex)->children(); + for (int i = layerables.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (!layerables.at(i)->realVisibility()) { + continue; + } + QVariant details; + double dist = layerables.at(i)->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable, selectionDetails ? &details : 0); + if (dist >= 0 && dist < selectionTolerance()) { + result.append(layerables.at(i)); + if (selectionDetails) { + selectionDetails->append(details); + } + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Saves the plot to a rastered image file \a fileName in the image format \a format. The plot is + sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and scale 2.0 lead + to a full resolution file with width 200.) If the \a format supports compression, \a quality may + be between 0 and 100 to control it. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the given \a format isn't supported + by the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header (if the file format supports this) and + has no direct consequence for the quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a + tool which respects the metadata, it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size + in real units of length (inch, centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in + which units \a resolution is given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted + to the format's expected resolution unit internally. + + \see saveBmp, saveJpg, savePng, savePdf +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + QImage buffer = toPixmap(width, height, scale).toImage(); + + int dotsPerMeter = 0; + switch (resolutionUnit) { + case QCP::ruDotsPerMeter: + dotsPerMeter = resolution; + break; + case QCP::ruDotsPerCentimeter: + dotsPerMeter = resolution * 100; + break; + case QCP::ruDotsPerInch: + dotsPerMeter = resolution / 0.0254; + break; + } + buffer.setDotsPerMeterX(dotsPerMeter); // this is saved together with some image formats, e.g. PNG, and is relevant when opening image in other tools + buffer.setDotsPerMeterY(dotsPerMeter); // this is saved together with some image formats, e.g. PNG, and is relevant when opening image in other tools + if (!buffer.isNull()) { + return buffer.save(fileName, format, quality); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Renders the plot to a pixmap and returns it. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and + scale 2.0 lead to a full resolution pixmap with width 200.) + + \see toPainter, saveRastered, saveBmp, savePng, saveJpg, savePdf +*/ +QPixmap QCustomPlot::toPixmap(int width, int height, double scale) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPainter. Change something here, and a change in toPainter might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + int scaledWidth = qRound(scale * newWidth); + int scaledHeight = qRound(scale * newHeight); + + QPixmap result(scaledWidth, scaledHeight); + result.fill(mBackgroundBrush.style() == Qt::SolidPattern ? mBackgroundBrush.color() : Qt::transparent); // if using non-solid pattern, make transparent now and draw brush pattern later + QCPPainter painter; + painter.begin(&result); + if (painter.isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(scale, 1.0)) { + if (scale > 1.0) { // for scale < 1 we always want cosmetic pens where possible, because else lines might disappear for very small scales + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic); + } + painter.scale(scale, scale); + } + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::SolidPattern && mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // solid fills were done a few lines above with QPixmap::fill + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + painter.end(); + } else { // might happen if pixmap has width or height zero + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't activate painter on pixmap"; + return QPixmap(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Renders the plot using the passed \a painter. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels. If the \a painter's scale is not 1.0, the resulting plot will + appear scaled accordingly. + + \note If you are restricted to using a QPainter (instead of QCPPainter), create a temporary QPicture and open a QCPPainter + on it. Then call \ref toPainter with this QCPPainter. After ending the paint operation on the picture, draw it with + the QPainter. This will reproduce the painter actions the QCPPainter took, with a QPainter. + + \see toPixmap +*/ +void QCustomPlot::toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width, int height) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPixmap. Change something here, and a change in toPixmap might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + if (painter->isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter->setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // unlike in toPixmap, we can't do QPixmap::fill for Qt::SolidPattern brush style, so we also draw solid fills with fillRect here + painter->fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed painter is not active"; + } +} +/* end of 'src/core.cpp' */ + +//amalgamation: add plottable1d.cpp + +/* including file 'src/colorgradient.cpp', size 25342 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorGradient +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorGradient + \brief Defines a color gradient for use with e.g. \ref QCPColorMap + + This class describes a color gradient which can be used to encode data with color. For example, + QCPColorMap and QCPColorScale have \ref QCPColorMap::setGradient "setGradient" methods which + take an instance of this class. Colors are set with \ref setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) + with a \a position from 0 to 1. In between these defined color positions, the + color will be interpolated linearly either in RGB or HSV space, see \ref setColorInterpolation. + + Alternatively, load one of the preset color gradients shown in the image below, with \ref + loadPreset, or by directly specifying the preset in the constructor. + + Apart from red, green and blue components, the gradient also interpolates the alpha values of the + configured color stops. This allows to display some portions of the data range as transparent in + the plot. + + \image html QCPColorGradient.png + + The \ref QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) constructor allows directly converting a \ref + GradientPreset to a QCPColorGradient. This means that you can directly pass \ref GradientPreset + to all the \a setGradient methods, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorgradient-setgradient + + The total number of levels used in the gradient can be set with \ref setLevelCount. Whether the + color gradient shall be applied periodically (wrapping around) to data values that lie outside + the data range specified on the plottable instance can be controlled with \ref setPeriodic. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a new, empty QCPColorGradient with no predefined color stops. You can add own color + stops with \ref setColorStopAt. + + The color level count is initialized to 350. +*/ +QCPColorGradient::QCPColorGradient() : + mLevelCount(350), + mColorInterpolation(ciRGB), + mPeriodic(false), + mColorBufferInvalidated(true) +{ + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0), mLevelCount); +} + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorGradient initialized with the colors and color interpolation according + to \a preset. + + The color level count is initialized to 350. +*/ +QCPColorGradient::QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) : + mLevelCount(350), + mColorInterpolation(ciRGB), + mPeriodic(false), + mColorBufferInvalidated(true) +{ + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0), mLevelCount); + loadPreset(preset); +} + +/* undocumented operator */ +bool QCPColorGradient::operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const +{ + return ((other.mLevelCount == this->mLevelCount) && + (other.mColorInterpolation == this->mColorInterpolation) && + (other.mPeriodic == this->mPeriodic) && + (other.mColorStops == this->mColorStops)); +} + +/*! + Sets the number of discretization levels of the color gradient to \a n. The default is 350 which + is typically enough to create a smooth appearance. The minimum number of levels is 2. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-levelcount.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setLevelCount(int n) +{ + if (n < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "n must be greater or equal 2 but was" << n; + n = 2; + } + if (n != mLevelCount) { + mLevelCount = n; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets at which positions from 0 to 1 which color shall occur. The positions are the keys, the + colors are the values of the passed QMap \a colorStops. In between these color stops, the color + is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + A more convenient way to create a custom gradient may be to clear all color stops with \ref + clearColorStops (or creating a new, empty QCPColorGradient) and then adding them one by one with + \ref setColorStopAt. + + \see clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops) +{ + mColorStops = colorStops; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color the gradient will have at the specified \a position (from 0 to 1). In between + these color stops, the color is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + \see setColorStops, clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) +{ + mColorStops.insert(position, color); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the colors in between the configured color stops (see \ref setColorStopAt) shall be + interpolated linearly in RGB or in HSV color space. + + For example, a sweep in RGB space from red to green will have a muddy brown intermediate color, + whereas in HSV space the intermediate color is yellow. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorInterpolation(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation interpolation) +{ + if (interpolation != mColorInterpolation) { + mColorInterpolation = interpolation; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether data points that are outside the configured data range (e.g. \ref + QCPColorMap::setDataRange) are colored by periodically repeating the color gradient or whether + they all have the same color, corresponding to the respective gradient boundary color. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-periodic.png + + As shown in the image above, gradients that have the same start and end color are especially + suitable for a periodic gradient mapping, since they produce smooth color transitions throughout + the color map. A preset that has this property is \ref gpHues. + + In practice, using periodic color gradients makes sense when the data corresponds to a periodic + dimension, such as an angle or a phase. If this is not the case, the color encoding might become + ambiguous, because multiple different data values are shown as the same color. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic(bool enabled) +{ + mPeriodic = enabled; +} + +/*! \overload + + This method is used to quickly convert a \a data array to colors. The colors will be output in + the array \a scanLine. Both \a data and \a scanLine must have the length \a n when passed to this + function. The data range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed + in \a range. \a logarithmic indicates whether the data values shall be mapped to colors + logarithmically. + + if \a data actually contains 2D-data linearized via [row*columnCount + column], you can + set \a dataIndexFactor to columnCount to convert a column instead of a row of the data + array, in \a scanLine. \a scanLine will remain a regular (1D) array. This works because \a data + is addressed data[i*dataIndexFactor]. + + Use the overloaded method to additionally provide alpha map data. + + The QRgb values that are placed in \a scanLine have their r, g and b components premultiplied + with alpha (see QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt color() and the other colorize() overload + if (!data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as data"; + return; + } + if (!scanLine) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as scanLine"; + return; + } + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + if (!logarithmic) { + const double posToIndexFactor = (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size(); + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)((data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor; + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } + } else { // logarithmic == true + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)(qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1)) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1); + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Additionally to the other overload of \ref colorize, this method takes the array \a alpha, which + has the same size and structure as \a data and encodes the alpha information per data point. + + The QRgb values that are placed in \a scanLine have their r, g and b components premultiplied + with alpha (see QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::colorize(const double *data, const unsigned char *alpha, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt color() and the other colorize() overload + if (!data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as data"; + return; + } + if (!alpha) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as alpha"; + return; + } + if (!scanLine) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as scanLine"; + return; + } + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + if (!logarithmic) { + const double posToIndexFactor = (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size(); + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)((data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + if (alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] == 255) { + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + const QRgb rgb = mColorBuffer.at(index); + const float alphaF = alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] / 255.0f; + scanLine[i] = qRgba(qRed(rgb) * alphaF, qGreen(rgb) * alphaF, qBlue(rgb) * alphaF, qAlpha(rgb) * alphaF); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (data[dataIndexFactor * i] - range.lower) * posToIndexFactor; + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + if (alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] == 255) { + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + const QRgb rgb = mColorBuffer.at(index); + const float alphaF = alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] / 255.0f; + scanLine[i] = qRgba(qRed(rgb) * alphaF, qGreen(rgb) * alphaF, qBlue(rgb) * alphaF, qAlpha(rgb) * alphaF); + } + } + } + } else { // logarithmic == true + if (mPeriodic) { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = (int)(qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1)) % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + if (alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] == 255) { + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + const QRgb rgb = mColorBuffer.at(index); + const float alphaF = alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] / 255.0f; + scanLine[i] = qRgba(qRed(rgb) * alphaF, qGreen(rgb) * alphaF, qBlue(rgb) * alphaF, qAlpha(rgb) * alphaF); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + int index = qLn(data[dataIndexFactor * i] / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1); + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + if (alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] == 255) { + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + const QRgb rgb = mColorBuffer.at(index); + const float alphaF = alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] / 255.0f; + scanLine[i] = qRgba(qRed(rgb) * alphaF, qGreen(rgb) * alphaF, qBlue(rgb) * alphaF, qAlpha(rgb) * alphaF); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used to colorize a single data value given in \a position, to colors. The data + range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed in \a range. \a + logarithmic indicates whether the data value shall be mapped to a color logarithmically. + + If an entire array of data values shall be converted, rather use \ref colorize, for better + performance. + + The returned QRgb has its r, g and b components premultiplied with alpha (see + QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +QRgb QCPColorGradient::color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt ::colorize() + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + int index = 0; + if (!logarithmic) { + index = (position - range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size(); + } else { + index = qLn(position / range.lower) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * (mLevelCount - 1); + } + if (mPeriodic) { + index = index % mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + } else { + if (index < 0) { + index = 0; + } else if (index >= mLevelCount) { + index = mLevelCount - 1; + } + } + return mColorBuffer.at(index); +} + +/*! + Clears the current color stops and loads the specified \a preset. A preset consists of predefined + color stops and the corresponding color interpolation method. + + The available presets are: + \image html QCPColorGradient.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::loadPreset(GradientPreset preset) +{ + clearColorStops(); + switch (preset) { + case gpGrayscale: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, Qt::black); + setColorStopAt(1, Qt::white); + break; + case gpHot: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(180, 10, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(245, 50, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 150, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpCold: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(0, 10, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(0, 50, 245)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(10, 150, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpNight: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(10, 20, 30)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(250, 255, 250)); + break; + case gpCandy: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 250, 250)); + break; + case gpGeography: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(70, 170, 210)); + setColorStopAt(0.20, QColor(90, 160, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.25, QColor(45, 130, 175)); + setColorStopAt(0.30, QColor(100, 140, 125)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(100, 140, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(130, 145, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.7, QColor(140, 130, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.9, QColor(180, 190, 190)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(210, 210, 230)); + break; + case gpIon: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.45, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + break; + case gpThermal: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(20, 0, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.33, QColor(200, 30, 140)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 100, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 255, 40)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpPolar: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.18, QColor(10, 70, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.28, QColor(10, 10, 190)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(0, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.72, QColor(190, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.82, QColor(255, 70, 10)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + break; + case gpSpectrum: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.75, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpJet: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 50, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.65, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(100, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpHues: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(2.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + break; + } +} + +/*! + Clears all color stops. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::clearColorStops() +{ + mColorStops.clear(); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Returns an inverted gradient. The inverted gradient has all properties as this \ref + QCPColorGradient, but the order of the color stops is inverted. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +QCPColorGradient QCPColorGradient::inverted() const +{ + QCPColorGradient result(*this); + result.clearColorStops(); + for (QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.constBegin(); it != mColorStops.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.setColorStopAt(1.0 - it.key(), it.value()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns true if the color gradient uses transparency, i.e. if any of the configured color stops + has an alpha value below 255. +*/ +bool QCPColorGradient::stopsUseAlpha() const +{ + for (QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.constBegin(); it != mColorStops.constEnd(); ++it) { + if (it.value().alpha() < 255) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal color buffer which will be used by \ref colorize and \ref color, to quickly + convert positions to colors. This is where the interpolation between color stops is calculated. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::updateColorBuffer() +{ + if (mColorBuffer.size() != mLevelCount) { + mColorBuffer.resize(mLevelCount); + } + if (mColorStops.size() > 1) { + double indexToPosFactor = 1.0 / (double)(mLevelCount - 1); + const bool useAlpha = stopsUseAlpha(); + for (int i = 0; i < mLevelCount; ++i) { + double position = i * indexToPosFactor; + QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.lowerBound(position); + if (it == mColorStops.constEnd()) { // position is on or after last stop, use color of last stop + if (useAlpha) { + const QColor col = (it - 1).value(); + const float alphaPremultiplier = col.alpha() / 255.0f; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(col.red() * alphaPremultiplier, col.green() * alphaPremultiplier, col.blue() * alphaPremultiplier, col.alpha()); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = (it - 1).value().rgba(); + } + } else if (it == mColorStops.constBegin()) { // position is on or before first stop, use color of first stop + if (useAlpha) { + const QColor col = it.value(); + const float alphaPremultiplier = col.alpha() / 255.0f; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(col.red() * alphaPremultiplier, col.green() * alphaPremultiplier, col.blue() * alphaPremultiplier, col.alpha()); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = it.value().rgba(); + } + } else { // position is in between stops (or on an intermediate stop), interpolate color + QMap::const_iterator high = it; + QMap::const_iterator low = it - 1; + double t = (position - low.key()) / (high.key() - low.key()); // interpolation factor 0..1 + switch (mColorInterpolation) { + case ciRGB: { + if (useAlpha) { + const int alpha = (1 - t) * low.value().alpha() + t * high.value().alpha(); + const float alphaPremultiplier = alpha / 255.0f; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(((1 - t) * low.value().red() + t * high.value().red()) * alphaPremultiplier, + ((1 - t) * low.value().green() + t * high.value().green()) * alphaPremultiplier, + ((1 - t) * low.value().blue() + t * high.value().blue()) * alphaPremultiplier, + alpha); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgb(((1 - t) * low.value().red() + t * high.value().red()), + ((1 - t) * low.value().green() + t * high.value().green()), + ((1 - t) * low.value().blue() + t * high.value().blue())); + } + break; + } + case ciHSV: { + QColor lowHsv = low.value().toHsv(); + QColor highHsv = high.value().toHsv(); + double hue = 0; + double hueDiff = highHsv.hueF() - lowHsv.hueF(); + if (hueDiff > 0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() - t * (1.0 - hueDiff); + } else if (hueDiff < -0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * (1.0 + hueDiff); + } else { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * hueDiff; + } + if (hue < 0) { + hue += 1.0; + } else if (hue >= 1.0) { + hue -= 1.0; + } + if (useAlpha) { + const QRgb rgb = QColor::fromHsvF(hue, + (1 - t) * lowHsv.saturationF() + t * highHsv.saturationF(), + (1 - t) * lowHsv.valueF() + t * highHsv.valueF()).rgb(); + const float alpha = (1 - t) * lowHsv.alphaF() + t * highHsv.alphaF(); + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(qRed(rgb) * alpha, qGreen(rgb) * alpha, qBlue(rgb) * alpha, 255 * alpha); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = QColor::fromHsvF(hue, + (1 - t) * lowHsv.saturationF() + t * highHsv.saturationF(), + (1 - t) * lowHsv.valueF() + t * highHsv.valueF()).rgb(); + } + break; + } + } + } + } + } else if (mColorStops.size() == 1) { + const QRgb rgb = mColorStops.constBegin().value().rgb(); + const float alpha = mColorStops.constBegin().value().alphaF(); + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgba(qRed(rgb)*alpha, qGreen(rgb)*alpha, qBlue(rgb)*alpha, 255 * alpha)); + } else { // mColorStops is empty, fill color buffer with black + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0)); + } + mColorBufferInvalidated = false; +} +/* end of 'src/colorgradient.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.cpp', size 12313 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket + \brief A selection decorator which draws brackets around each selected data segment + + Additionally to the regular highlighting of selected segments via color, fill and scatter style, + this \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass draws markers at the begin and end of each selected data + segment of the plottable. + + The shape of the markers can be controlled with \ref setBracketStyle, \ref setBracketWidth and + \ref setBracketHeight. The color/fill can be controlled with \ref setBracketPen and \ref + setBracketBrush. + + To introduce custom bracket styles, it is only necessary to sublcass \ref + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket and reimplement \ref drawBracket. The rest will be managed by the + base class. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket instance with default values. +*/ +QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() : + mBracketPen(QPen(Qt::black)), + mBracketBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBracketWidth(5), + mBracketHeight(50), + mBracketStyle(bsSquareBracket), + mTangentToData(false), + mTangentAverage(2) +{ + +} + +QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::~QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the brackets at the beginning and end of each selected + data segment. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBracketPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw the brackets at the beginning and end of each selected + data segment. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBracketBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the drawn bracket. The width dimension is always parallel to the key axis of + the data, or the tangent direction of the current data slope, if \ref setTangentToData is + enabled. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketWidth(int width) +{ + mBracketWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the height of the drawn bracket. The height dimension is always perpendicular to the key axis + of the data, or the tangent direction of the current data slope, if \ref setTangentToData is + enabled. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketHeight(int height) +{ + mBracketHeight = height; +} + +/*! + Sets the shape that the bracket/marker will have. + + \see setBracketWidth, setBracketHeight +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketStyle(QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::BracketStyle style) +{ + mBracketStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the brackets will be rotated such that they align with the slope of the data at the + position that they appear in. + + For noisy data, it might be more visually appealing to average the slope over multiple data + points. This can be configured via \ref setTangentAverage. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setTangentToData(bool enabled) +{ + mTangentToData = enabled; +} + +/*! + Controls over how many data points the slope shall be averaged, when brackets shall be aligned + with the data (if \ref setTangentToData is true). + + From the position of the bracket, \a pointCount points towards the selected data range will be + taken into account. The smallest value of \a pointCount is 1, which is effectively equivalent to + disabling \ref setTangentToData. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setTangentAverage(int pointCount) +{ + mTangentAverage = pointCount; + if (mTangentAverage < 1) { + mTangentAverage = 1; + } +} + +/*! + Draws the bracket shape with \a painter. The parameter \a direction is either -1 or 1 and + indicates whether the bracket shall point to the left or the right (i.e. is a closing or opening + bracket, respectively). + + The passed \a painter already contains all transformations that are necessary to position and + rotate the bracket appropriately. Painting operations can be performed as if drawing upright + brackets on flat data with horizontal key axis, with (0, 0) being the center of the bracket. + + If you wish to sublcass \ref QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket in order to provide custom bracket + shapes (see \ref QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::bsUserStyle), this is the method you should + reimplement. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::drawBracket(QCPPainter *painter, int direction) const +{ + switch (mBracketStyle) { + case bsSquareBracket: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mBracketWidth * direction, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mBracketWidth * direction, mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + break; + } + case bsHalfEllipse: { + painter->drawArc(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, mBracketWidth, mBracketHeight, -90 * 16, -180 * 16 * direction); + break; + } + case bsEllipse: { + painter->drawEllipse(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, mBracketWidth, mBracketHeight); + break; + } + case bsPlus: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, 0, mBracketWidth * 0.5, 0)); + break; + } + default: { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "unknown/custom bracket style can't be handeld by default implementation:" << static_cast(mBracketStyle); + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + Draws the bracket decoration on the data points at the begin and end of each selected data + segment given in \a seletion. + + It uses the method \ref drawBracket to actually draw the shapes. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + if (!mPlottable || selection.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + if (QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d = mPlottable->interface1D()) { + foreach (const QCPDataRange &dataRange, selection.dataRanges()) { + // determine position and (if tangent mode is enabled) angle of brackets: + int openBracketDir = (mPlottable->keyAxis() && !mPlottable->keyAxis()->rangeReversed()) ? 1 : -1; + int closeBracketDir = -openBracketDir; + QPointF openBracketPos = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, dataRange.begin()); + QPointF closeBracketPos = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, dataRange.end() - 1); + double openBracketAngle = 0; + double closeBracketAngle = 0; + if (mTangentToData) { + openBracketAngle = getTangentAngle(interface1d, dataRange.begin(), openBracketDir); + closeBracketAngle = getTangentAngle(interface1d, dataRange.end() - 1, closeBracketDir); + } + // draw opening bracket: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->setPen(mBracketPen); + painter->setBrush(mBracketBrush); + painter->translate(openBracketPos); + painter->rotate(openBracketAngle / M_PI * 180.0); + drawBracket(painter, openBracketDir); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + // draw closing bracket: + painter->setPen(mBracketPen); + painter->setBrush(mBracketBrush); + painter->translate(closeBracketPos); + painter->rotate(closeBracketAngle / M_PI * 180.0); + drawBracket(painter, closeBracketDir); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + If \ref setTangentToData is enabled, brackets need to be rotated according to the data slope. + This method returns the angle in radians by which a bracket at the given \a dataIndex must be + rotated. + + The parameter \a direction must be set to either -1 or 1, representing whether it is an opening + or closing bracket. Since for slope calculation multiple data points are required, this defines + the direction in which the algorithm walks, starting at \a dataIndex, to average those data + points. (see \ref setTangentToData and \ref setTangentAverage) + + \a interface1d is the interface to the plottable's data which is used to query data coordinates. +*/ +double QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::getTangentAngle(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex, int direction) const +{ + if (!interface1d || dataIndex < 0 || dataIndex >= interface1d->dataCount()) { + return 0; + } + direction = direction < 0 ? -1 : 1; // enforce direction is either -1 or 1 + + // how many steps we can actually go from index in the given direction without exceeding data bounds: + int averageCount; + if (direction < 0) { + averageCount = qMin(mTangentAverage, dataIndex); + } else { + averageCount = qMin(mTangentAverage, interface1d->dataCount() - 1 - dataIndex); + } + qDebug() << averageCount; + // calculate point average of averageCount points: + QVector points(averageCount); + QPointF pointsAverage; + int currentIndex = dataIndex; + for (int i = 0; i < averageCount; ++i) { + points[i] = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, currentIndex); + pointsAverage += points[i]; + currentIndex += direction; + } + pointsAverage /= (double)averageCount; + + // calculate slope of linear regression through points: + double numSum = 0; + double denomSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < averageCount; ++i) { + const double dx = points.at(i).x() - pointsAverage.x(); + const double dy = points.at(i).y() - pointsAverage.y(); + numSum += dx * dy; + denomSum += dx * dx; + } + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(denomSum) && !qFuzzyIsNull(numSum)) { + return qAtan2(numSum, denomSum); + } else { // undetermined angle, probably mTangentAverage == 1, so using only one data point + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel coordinates of the data point at \a dataIndex, using \a interface1d to access + the data points. +*/ +QPointF QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::getPixelCoordinates(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mPlottable->keyAxis(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mPlottable->valueAxis(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(0, 0); + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainKey(dataIndex)), valueAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainValue(dataIndex))); + } else { + return QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainValue(dataIndex)), keyAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainKey(dataIndex))); + } +} +/* end of 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.cpp', size 47584 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisRect + \brief Holds multiple axes and arranges them in a rectangular shape. + + This class represents an axis rect, a rectangular area that is bounded on all sides with an + arbitrary number of axes. + + Initially QCustomPlot has one axis rect, accessible via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). However, the + layout system allows to have multiple axis rects, e.g. arranged in a grid layout + (QCustomPlot::plotLayout). + + By default, QCPAxisRect comes with four axes, at bottom, top, left and right. They can be + accessed via \ref axis by providing the respective axis type (\ref QCPAxis::AxisType) and index. + If you need all axes in the axis rect, use \ref axes. The top and right axes are set to be + invisible initially (QCPAxis::setVisible). To add more axes to a side, use \ref addAxis or \ref + addAxes. To remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis. + + The axis rect layerable itself only draws a background pixmap or color, if specified (\ref + setBackground). It is placed on the "background" layer initially (see \ref QCPLayer for an + explanation of the QCustomPlot layer system). The axes that are held by the axis rect can be + placed on other layers, independently of the axis rect. + + Every axis rect has a child layout of type \ref QCPLayoutInset. It is accessible via \ref + insetLayout and can be used to have other layout elements (or even other layouts with multiple + elements) hovering inside the axis rect. + + If an axis rect is clicked and dragged, it processes this by moving certain axis ranges. The + behaviour can be controlled with \ref setRangeDrag and \ref setRangeDragAxes. If the mouse wheel + is scrolled while the cursor is on the axis rect, certain axes are scaled. This is controllable + via \ref setRangeZoom, \ref setRangeZoomAxes and \ref setRangeZoomFactor. These interactions are + only enabled if \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref + QCP::iRangeZoom. + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed + line on the far left indicates the viewport/widget border.
+*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutInset *QCPAxisRect::insetLayout() const + + Returns the inset layout of this axis rect. It can be used to place other layout elements (or + even layouts with multiple other elements) inside/on top of an axis rect. + + \see QCPLayoutInset +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::left() const + + Returns the pixel position of the left border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::right() const + + Returns the pixel position of the right border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::top() const + + Returns the pixel position of the top border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::bottom() const + + Returns the pixel position of the bottom border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::width() const + + Returns the pixel width of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::height() const + + Returns the pixel height of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSize QCPAxisRect::size() const + + Returns the pixel size of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topLeft() const + + Returns the top left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, + so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topRight() const + + Returns the top right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomLeft() const + + Returns the bottom left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomRight() const + + Returns the bottom right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::center() const + + Returns the center of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPAxisRect instance and sets default values. An axis is added for each of the four + sides, the top and right axes are set invisible initially. +*/ +QCPAxisRect::QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mInsetLayout(new QCPLayoutInset), + mRangeDrag(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoom(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoomFactorHorz(0.85), + mRangeZoomFactorVert(0.85), + mDragging(false) +{ + mInsetLayout->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + mInsetLayout->setParentLayerable(this); + mInsetLayout->setParent(this); + + setMinimumSize(50, 50); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(15, 15, 15, 15)); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atLeft, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atRight, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atTop, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atBottom, QList()); + + if (setupDefaultAxes) { + QCPAxis *xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + QCPAxis *yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + QCPAxis *xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + QCPAxis *yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + setRangeDragAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + setRangeZoomAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + xAxis2->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->setVisible(false); + xAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + yAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + xAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + yAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + } +} + +QCPAxisRect::~QCPAxisRect() +{ + delete mInsetLayout; + mInsetLayout = 0; + + QList axesList = axes(); + for (int i = 0; i < axesList.size(); ++i) { + removeAxis(axesList.at(i)); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axes on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axis +*/ +int QCPAxisRect::axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const +{ + return mAxes.value(type).size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis with the given \a index on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axisCount, axes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index) const +{ + QList ax(mAxes.value(type)); + if (index >= 0 && index < ax.size()) { + return ax.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axes on the axis rect sides specified with \a types. + + \a types may be a single \ref QCPAxis::AxisType or an or-combination, to get the axes of + multiple sides. + + \see axis +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns all axes of this axis rect. +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes() const +{ + QList result; + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + result << it.value(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis to the axis rect side specified with \a type, and returns it. If \a axis is 0, a + new QCPAxis instance is created internally. QCustomPlot owns the returned axis, so if you want to + remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis instead of deleting it manually. + + You may inject QCPAxis instances (or subclasses of QCPAxis) by setting \a axis to an axis that was + previously created outside QCustomPlot. It is important to note that QCustomPlot takes ownership + of the axis, so you may not delete it afterwards. Further, the \a axis must have been created + with this axis rect as parent and with the same axis type as specified in \a type. If this is not + the case, a debug output is generated, the axis is not added, and the method returns 0. + + This method can not be used to move \a axis between axis rects. The same \a axis instance must + not be added multiple times to the same or different axis rects. + + If an axis rect side already contains one or more axes, the lower and upper endings of the new + axis (\ref QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, \ref QCPAxis::setUpperEnding) are set to \ref + QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar. + + \see addAxes, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis) +{ + QCPAxis *newAxis = axis; + if (!newAxis) { + newAxis = new QCPAxis(this, type); + } else { // user provided existing axis instance, do some sanity checks + if (newAxis->axisType() != type) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis has different axis type than specified in type parameter"; + return 0; + } + if (newAxis->axisRect() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis doesn't have this axis rect as parent axis rect"; + return 0; + } + if (axes().contains(newAxis)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis is already owned by this axis rect"; + return 0; + } + } + if (mAxes[type].size() > 0) { // multiple axes on one side, add half-bar axis ending to additional axes with offset + bool invert = (type == QCPAxis::atRight) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom); + newAxis->setLowerEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, !invert)); + newAxis->setUpperEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, invert)); + } + mAxes[type].append(newAxis); + + // reset convenience axis pointers on parent QCustomPlot if they are unset: + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->axisRectCount() > 0 && mParentPlot->axisRect(0) == this) { + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atBottom: { + if (!mParentPlot->xAxis) { + mParentPlot->xAxis = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atLeft: { + if (!mParentPlot->yAxis) { + mParentPlot->yAxis = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atTop: { + if (!mParentPlot->xAxis2) { + mParentPlot->xAxis2 = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atRight: { + if (!mParentPlot->yAxis2) { + mParentPlot->yAxis2 = newAxis; + } + break; + } + } + } + + return newAxis; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis with \ref addAxis to each axis rect side specified in \a types. This may be an + or-combination of QCPAxis::AxisType, so axes can be added to multiple sides at once. + + Returns a list of the added axes. + + \see addAxis, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a axis from the axis rect and deletes it. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a axis was a valid axis in this axis rect. + + \see addAxis +*/ +bool QCPAxisRect::removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + // don't access axis->axisType() to provide safety when axis is an invalid pointer, rather go through all axis containers: + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (it.value().contains(axis)) { + if (it.value().first() == axis && it.value().size() > 1) { // if removing first axis, transfer axis offset to the new first axis (which at this point is the second axis, if it exists) + it.value()[1]->setOffset(axis->offset()); + } + mAxes[it.key()].removeOne(axis); + if (qobject_cast(parentPlot())) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the axis rect is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + parentPlot()->axisRemoved(axis); + } + delete axis; + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis isn't in axis rect:" << reinterpret_cast(axis); + return false; +} + +/*! + Zooms in (or out) to the passed rectangular region \a pixelRect, given in pixel coordinates. + + All axes of this axis rect will have their range zoomed accordingly. If you only wish to zoom + specific axes, use the overloaded version of this method. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect) +{ + zoom(pixelRect, axes()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Zooms in (or out) to the passed rectangular region \a pixelRect, given in pixel coordinates. + + Only the axes passed in \a affectedAxes will have their ranges zoomed accordingly. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QList &affectedAxes) +{ + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, affectedAxes) { + if (!axis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "a passed axis was zero"; + continue; + } + QCPRange pixelRange; + if (axis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + pixelRange = QCPRange(pixelRect.left(), pixelRect.right()); + } else { + pixelRange = QCPRange(pixelRect.top(), pixelRect.bottom()); + } + axis->setRange(axis->pixelToCoord(pixelRange.lower), axis->pixelToCoord(pixelRange.upper)); + } +} + +/*! + Convenience function to create an axis on each side that doesn't have any axes yet and set their + visibility to true. Further, the top/right axes are assigned the following properties of the + bottom/left axes: + + \li range (\ref QCPAxis::setRange) + \li range reversed (\ref QCPAxis::setRangeReversed) + \li scale type (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType) + \li tick visibility (\ref QCPAxis::setTicks) + \li number format (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberFormat) + \li number precision (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision) + \li tick count of ticker (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount) + \li tick origin of ticker (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) + + Tick label visibility (\ref QCPAxis::setTickLabels) of the right and top axes are set to false. + + If \a connectRanges is true, the \ref QCPAxis::rangeChanged "rangeChanged" signals of the bottom + and left axes are connected to the \ref QCPAxis::setRange slots of the top and right axes. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges) +{ + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atBottom) == 0) { + xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } else { + xAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atLeft) == 0) { + yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } else { + yAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atTop) == 0) { + xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } else { + xAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atRight) == 0) { + yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } else { + yAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + xAxis->setVisible(true); + yAxis->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setVisible(true); + yAxis2->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + yAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + + xAxis2->setRange(xAxis->range()); + xAxis2->setRangeReversed(xAxis->rangeReversed()); + xAxis2->setScaleType(xAxis->scaleType()); + xAxis2->setTicks(xAxis->ticks()); + xAxis2->setNumberFormat(xAxis->numberFormat()); + xAxis2->setNumberPrecision(xAxis->numberPrecision()); + xAxis2->ticker()->setTickCount(xAxis->ticker()->tickCount()); + xAxis2->ticker()->setTickOrigin(xAxis->ticker()->tickOrigin()); + + yAxis2->setRange(yAxis->range()); + yAxis2->setRangeReversed(yAxis->rangeReversed()); + yAxis2->setScaleType(yAxis->scaleType()); + yAxis2->setTicks(yAxis->ticks()); + yAxis2->setNumberFormat(yAxis->numberFormat()); + yAxis2->setNumberPrecision(yAxis->numberPrecision()); + yAxis2->ticker()->setTickCount(yAxis->ticker()->tickCount()); + yAxis2->ticker()->setTickOrigin(yAxis->ticker()->tickOrigin()); + + if (connectRanges) { + connect(xAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), xAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(yAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), yAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that are associated with this axis rect. + + A plottable is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::plottables() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::plottables() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mPlottables.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mPlottables.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that are associated with this axis rect. + + A graph is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::graphs() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::graphs() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->mGraphs.size(); ++i) { + if (mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mGraphs.at(i)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis rect. + + An item is considered associated with an axis rect if any of its positions has key or value axis + set to an axis that is in this axis rect, or if any of its positions has \ref + QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect set to the axis rect, or if the clip axis rect (\ref + QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect) is set to this axis rect. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::items() const +{ + // Note: don't just append all QCPAxis::items() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + // and miss those items that have this axis rect as clipAxisRect. + QList result; + for (int itemId = 0; itemId < mParentPlot->mItems.size(); ++itemId) { + if (mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->clipAxisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + continue; + } + QList positions = mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)->positions(); + for (int posId = 0; posId < positions.size(); ++posId) { + if (positions.at(posId)->axisRect() == this || + positions.at(posId)->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || + positions.at(posId)->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(mParentPlot->mItems.at(itemId)); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + This method is called automatically upon replot and doesn't need to be called by users of + QCPAxisRect. + + Calls the base class implementation to update the margins (see \ref QCPLayoutElement::update), + and finally passes the \ref rect to the inset layout (\ref insetLayout) and calls its + QCPInsetLayout::update function. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upPreparation: { + QList allAxes = axes(); + for (int i = 0; i < allAxes.size(); ++i) { + allAxes.at(i)->setupTickVectors(); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mInsetLayout->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + // pass update call on to inset layout (doesn't happen automatically, because QCPAxisRect doesn't derive from QCPLayout): + mInsetLayout->update(phase); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPAxisRect::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + if (mInsetLayout) { + result << mInsetLayout; + if (recursive) { + result << mInsetLayout->elements(recursive); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + drawBackground(painter); +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the axis background pixmap. The axis background pixmap will be drawn inside the + axis rect. Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect + backgrounds are usually drawn below everything else. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the axis rect, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (i.e. whether and how the aspect ratio + is preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + Below the pixmap, the axis rect may be optionally filled with a brush, if specified with \ref + setBackground(const QBrush &brush). + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode, setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets \a brush as the background brush. The axis rect background will be filled with this brush. + Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect backgrounds + are usually drawn below everything else. + + The brush will be drawn before (under) any background pixmap, which may be specified with \ref + setBackground(const QPixmap &pm). + + To disable drawing of a background brush, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the axis rect, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the axis rect or not. If \a scaled + is set to true, you may control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is + preserved with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the axis rect dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the axis background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this function to + define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap passed to \ref setBackground is preserved. + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the range drag axis of the \a orientation provided. If multiple axes were set, returns + the first one (use \ref rangeDragAxes to retrieve a list with all set axes). + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + return mRangeDragHorzAxis.isEmpty() ? 0 : mRangeDragHorzAxis.first().data(); + } else { + return mRangeDragVertAxis.isEmpty() ? 0 : mRangeDragVertAxis.first().data(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom axis of the \a orientation provided. If multiple axes were set, returns + the first one (use \ref rangeZoomAxes to retrieve a list with all set axes). + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + return mRangeZoomHorzAxis.isEmpty() ? 0 : mRangeZoomHorzAxis.first().data(); + } else { + return mRangeZoomVertAxis.isEmpty() ? 0 : mRangeZoomVertAxis.first().data(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns all range drag axes of the \a orientation provided. + + \see rangeZoomAxis, setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::rangeDragAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + QList result; + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + result.append(mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i).data()); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + result.append(mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i).data()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns all range zoom axes of the \a orientation provided. + + \see rangeDragAxis, setRangeDragAxes +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + QList result; + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeZoomHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeZoomHorzAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + result.append(mRangeZoomHorzAxis.at(i).data()); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeZoomVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeZoomVertAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + result.append(mRangeZoomVertAxis.at(i).data()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom factor of the \a orientation provided. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor +*/ +double QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + return (orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? mRangeZoomFactorHorz : mRangeZoomFactorVert); +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be range dragged by the user with mouse interaction. + What orientation corresponds to which specific axis can be set with + \ref setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical). By + default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical axis + is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range dragging entirely, pass 0 as \a orientations or remove \ref QCP::iRangeDrag from \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range dragging for both directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | + Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag to enable the range dragging interaction. + + \see setRangeZoom, setRangeDragAxes, QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeDrag = orientations; +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be zoomed by the user with the mouse wheel. What orientation + corresponds to which specific axis can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, + QCPAxis *vertical). By default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical + axis is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range zooming entirely, pass 0 as \a orientations or remove \ref QCP::iRangeZoom from \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range zooming for both directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | + Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeZoom to enable the range zooming interaction. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor, setRangeZoomAxes, setRangeDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeZoom = orientations; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the axes whose range will be dragged when \ref setRangeDrag enables mouse range dragging on + the QCustomPlot widget. Pass 0 if no axis shall be dragged in the respective orientation. + + Use the overload taking a list of axes, if multiple axes (more than one per orientation) shall + react to dragging interactions. + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + QList horz, vert; + if (horizontal) { + horz.append(horizontal); + } + if (vertical) { + vert.append(vertical); + } + setRangeDragAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set up multiple axes to react to horizontal and vertical dragging. The drag + orientation that the respective axis will react to is deduced from its orientation (\ref + QCPAxis::orientation). + + In the unusual case that you wish to e.g. drag a vertically oriented axis with a horizontal drag + motion, use the overload taking two separate lists for horizontal and vertical dragging. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QList axes) +{ + QList horz, vert; + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, axes) { + if (ax->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + horz.append(ax); + } else { + vert.append(ax); + } + } + setRangeDragAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set multiple axes up to react to horizontal and vertical dragging, and + define specifically which axis reacts to which drag orientation (irrespective of the axis + orientation). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical) +{ + mRangeDragHorzAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, horizontal) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeDragHorzAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in horizontal list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } + mRangeDragVertAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, vertical) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeDragVertAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in vertical list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the axes whose range will be zoomed when \ref setRangeZoom enables mouse wheel zooming on + the QCustomPlot widget. Pass 0 if no axis shall be zoomed in the respective orientation. + + The two axes can be zoomed with different strengths, when different factors are passed to \ref + setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor). + + Use the overload taking a list of axes, if multiple axes (more than one per orientation) shall + react to zooming interactions. + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + QList horz, vert; + if (horizontal) { + horz.append(horizontal); + } + if (vertical) { + vert.append(vertical); + } + setRangeZoomAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set up multiple axes to react to horizontal and vertical range zooming. The + zoom orientation that the respective axis will react to is deduced from its orientation (\ref + QCPAxis::orientation). + + In the unusual case that you wish to e.g. zoom a vertically oriented axis with a horizontal zoom + interaction, use the overload taking two separate lists for horizontal and vertical zooming. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QList axes) +{ + QList horz, vert; + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, axes) { + if (ax->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + horz.append(ax); + } else { + vert.append(ax); + } + } + setRangeZoomAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set multiple axes up to react to horizontal and vertical zooming, and + define specifically which axis reacts to which zoom orientation (irrespective of the axis + orientation). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical) +{ + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, horizontal) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in horizontal list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } + mRangeZoomVertAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, vertical) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeZoomVertAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in vertical list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets how strong one rotation step of the mouse wheel zooms, when range zoom was activated with + \ref setRangeZoom. The two parameters \a horizontalFactor and \a verticalFactor provide a way to + let the horizontal axis zoom at different rates than the vertical axis. Which axis is horizontal + and which is vertical, can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes. + + When the zoom factor is greater than one, scrolling the mouse wheel backwards (towards the user) + will zoom in (make the currently visible range smaller). For zoom factors smaller than one, the + same scrolling direction will zoom out. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = horizontalFactor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = verticalFactor; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets both the horizontal and vertical zoom \a factor. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double factor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = factor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = factor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the background of this axis rect. It may consist of a background fill (a QBrush) and a + pixmap. + + If a brush was given via \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), this function first draws an + according filling inside the axis rect with the provided \a painter. + + Then, if a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the axis rect with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background fill: + if (mBackgroundBrush != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter->fillRect(mRect, mBackgroundBrush); + } + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function makes sure multiple axes on the side specified with \a type don't collide, but are + distributed according to their respective space requirement (QCPAxis::calculateMargin). + + It does this by setting an appropriate offset (\ref QCPAxis::setOffset) on all axes except the + one with index zero. + + This function is called by \ref calculateAutoMargin. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(type); + if (axesList.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + bool isFirstVisible = !axesList.first()->visible(); // if the first axis is visible, the second axis (which is where the loop starts) isn't the first visible axis, so initialize with false + for (int i = 1; i < axesList.size(); ++i) { + int offset = axesList.at(i - 1)->offset() + axesList.at(i - 1)->calculateMargin(); + if (axesList.at(i)->visible()) { // only add inner tick length to offset if this axis is visible and it's not the first visible one (might happen if true first axis is invisible) + if (!isFirstVisible) { + offset += axesList.at(i)->tickLengthIn(); + } + isFirstVisible = false; + } + axesList.at(i)->setOffset(offset); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + if (!mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Called with side that isn't specified as auto margin"; + } + + updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + + // note: only need to look at the last (outer most) axis to determine the total margin, due to updateAxisOffset call + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + if (axesList.size() > 0) { + return axesList.last()->offset() + axesList.last()->calculateMargin(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Reacts to a change in layout to potentially set the convenience axis pointers \ref + QCustomPlot::xAxis, \ref QCustomPlot::yAxis, etc. of the parent QCustomPlot to the respective + axes of this axis rect. This is only done if the respective convenience pointer is currently zero + and if there is no QCPAxisRect at position (0, 0) of the plot layout. + + This automation makes it simpler to replace the main axis rect with a newly created one, without + the need to manually reset the convenience pointers. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::layoutChanged() +{ + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->axisRectCount() > 0 && mParentPlot->axisRect(0) == this) { + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atBottom) > 0 && !mParentPlot->xAxis) { + mParentPlot->xAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atLeft) > 0 && !mParentPlot->yAxis) { + mParentPlot->yAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atTop) > 0 && !mParentPlot->xAxis2) { + mParentPlot->xAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atRight) > 0 && !mParentPlot->yAxis2) { + mParentPlot->yAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed on the axis rect. If the left mouse button is + pressed, the range dragging interaction is initialized (the actual range manipulation happens in + the \ref mouseMoveEvent). + + The mDragging flag is set to true and some anchor points are set that are needed to determine the + distance the mouse was dragged in the mouse move/release events later. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragStartHorzRange.clear(); + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + mDragStartHorzRange.append(mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i).isNull() ? QCPRange() : mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i)->range()); + } + mDragStartVertRange.clear(); + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + mDragStartVertRange.append(mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i).isNull() ? QCPRange() : mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i)->range()); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the mouse is moved on the axis rect. If range dragging was activated in a + preceding \ref mousePressEvent, the range is moved accordingly. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mDragging && mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + QCPAxis *ax = mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i).data(); + if (!ax) { + continue; + } + if (i >= mDragStartHorzRange.size()) { + break; + } + if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.x()) - ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).lower + diff, mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).upper + diff); + } else if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.x()) / ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).lower * diff, mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).upper * diff); + } + } + } + + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + QCPAxis *ax = mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i).data(); + if (!ax) { + continue; + } + if (i >= mDragStartVertRange.size()) { + break; + } + if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.y()) - ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.at(i).lower + diff, mDragStartVertRange.at(i).upper + diff); + } else if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.y()) / ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.at(i).lower * diff, mDragStartVertRange.at(i).upper * diff); + } + } + } + + if (mRangeDrag != 0) { // if either vertical or horizontal drag was enabled, do a replot + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } + + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. If rangeZoom is Qt::Horizontal, Qt::Vertical or both, the + ranges of the axes defined as rangeZoomHorzAxis and rangeZoomVertAxis are scaled. The center of + the scaling operation is the current cursor position inside the axis rect. The scaling factor is + dependent on the mouse wheel delta (which direction the wheel was rotated) to provide a natural + zooming feel. The Strength of the zoom can be controlled via \ref setRangeZoomFactor. + + Note, that event->delta() is usually +/-120 for single rotation steps. However, if the mouse + wheel is turned rapidly, many steps may bunch up to one event, so the event->delta() may then be + multiples of 120. This is taken into account here, by calculating \a wheelSteps and using it as + exponent of the range zoom factor. This takes care of the wheel direction automatically, by + inverting the factor, when the wheel step is negative (f^-1 = 1/f). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom)) { + if (mRangeZoom != 0) { + double factor; + double wheelSteps = event->delta() / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorHorz, wheelSteps); + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeZoomHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeZoomHorzAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.at(i)->scaleRange(factor, mRangeZoomHorzAxis.at(i)->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x())); + } + } + } + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorVert, wheelSteps); + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeZoomVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + if (!mRangeZoomVertAxis.at(i).isNull()) { + mRangeZoomVertAxis.at(i)->scaleRange(factor, mRangeZoomVertAxis.at(i)->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y())); + } + } + } + mParentPlot->replot(); + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.cpp', size 31153 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractLegendItem + \brief The abstract base class for all entries in a QCPLegend. + + It defines a very basic interface for entries in a QCPLegend. For representing plottables in the + legend, the subclass \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem is more suitable. + + Only derive directly from this class when you need absolute freedom (e.g. a custom legend entry + that's not even associated with a plottable). + + You must implement the following pure virtual functions: + \li \ref draw (from QCPLayerable) + + You inherit the following members you may use: + + + + + + + + +
QCPLegend *\b mParentLegendA pointer to the parent QCPLegend.
QFont \b mFontThe generic font of the item. You should use this font for all or at least the most prominent text of the item.
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend item has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAbstractLegendItem and associates it with the QCPLegend \a parent. This does not + cause the item to be added to \a parent, so \ref QCPLegend::addItem must be called separately. +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem::QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent) : + QCPLayoutElement(parent->parentPlot()), + mParentLegend(parent), + mFont(parent->font()), + mTextColor(parent->textColor()), + mSelectedFont(parent->selectedFont()), + mSelectedTextColor(parent->selectedTextColor()), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + setMargins(QMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)); +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of this specific legend item to \a font. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color of this specific legend item to \a color. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a font is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + font set with \ref setFont. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a color is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + color set with \ref setTextColor. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selectable. + + \see setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selected. + + It is possible to set the selection state of this item by calling this function directly, even if + setSelectable is set to false. + + \see setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && (!mSelectable || !mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems))) { + return -1; + } + + if (mRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegendItems); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractLegendItem::clipRect() const +{ + return mOuterRect; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableLegendItem + \brief A legend item representing a plottable with an icon and the plottable name. + + This is the standard legend item for plottables. It displays an icon of the plottable next to the + plottable name. The icon is drawn by the respective plottable itself (\ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon), and tries to give an intuitive symbol for the plottable. + For example, the QCPGraph draws a centered horizontal line and/or a single scatter point in the + middle. + + Legend items of this type are always associated with one plottable (retrievable via the + plottable() function and settable with the constructor). You may change the font of the plottable + name with \ref setFont. Icon padding and border pen is taken from the parent QCPLegend, see \ref + QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen and \ref QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding. + + The function \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend/\ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend + creates/removes legend items of this type. + + Since QCPLegend is based on QCPLayoutGrid, a legend item itself is just a subclass of + QCPLayoutElement. While it could be added to a legend (or any other layout) via the normal layout + interface, QCPLegend has specialized functions for handling legend items conveniently, see the + documentation of \ref QCPLegend. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new legend item associated with \a plottable. + + Once it's created, it can be added to the legend via \ref QCPLegend::addItem. + + A more convenient way of adding/removing a plottable to/from the legend is via the functions \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem::QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) : + QCPAbstractLegendItem(parent), + mPlottable(plottable) +{ + setAntialiased(false); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that shall be used to draw the icon border, taking into account the selection + state of this item. +*/ +QPen QCPPlottableLegendItem::getIconBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mParentLegend->selectedIconBorderPen() : mParentLegend->iconBorderPen(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the text color that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state + of this item. +*/ +QColor QCPPlottableLegendItem::getTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state of this + item. +*/ +QFont QCPPlottableLegendItem::getFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the item with \a painter. The size and position of the drawn legend item is defined by the + parent layout (typically a \ref QCPLegend) and the \ref minimumOuterSizeHint and \ref + maximumOuterSizeHint of this legend item. +*/ +void QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + return; + } + painter->setFont(getFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(getTextColor())); + QSizeF iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + QRectF textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + QRectF iconRect(mRect.topLeft(), iconSize); + int textHeight = qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height()); // if text has smaller height than icon, center text vertically in icon height, else align tops + painter->drawText(mRect.x() + iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding(), mRect.y(), textRect.width(), textHeight, Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + // draw icon: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(iconRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + mPlottable->drawLegendIcon(painter, iconRect); + painter->restore(); + // draw icon border: + if (getIconBorderPen().style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(getIconBorderPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + int halfPen = qCeil(painter->pen().widthF() * 0.5) + 1; + painter->setClipRect(mOuterRect.adjusted(-halfPen, -halfPen, halfPen, halfPen)); // extend default clip rect so thicker pens (especially during selection) are not clipped + painter->drawRect(iconRect); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates and returns the size of this item. This includes the icon, the text and the padding in + between. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QSize QCPPlottableLegendItem::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + return QSize(); + } + QSize result(0, 0); + QRect textRect; + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(getFont()); + QSize iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + result.setWidth(iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding() + textRect.width()); + result.setHeight(qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height())); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLegend +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLegend + \brief Manages a legend inside a QCustomPlot. + + A legend is a small box somewhere in the plot which lists plottables with their name and icon. + + A legend is populated with legend items by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend on the + plottable, for which a legend item shall be created. In the case of the main legend (\ref + QCustomPlot::legend), simply adding plottables to the plot while \ref + QCustomPlot::setAutoAddPlottableToLegend is set to true (the default) creates corresponding + legend items. The legend item associated with a certain plottable can be removed with \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. However, QCPLegend also offers an interface to add and + manipulate legend items directly: \ref item, \ref itemWithPlottable, \ref itemCount, \ref + addItem, \ref removeItem, etc. + + Since \ref QCPLegend derives from \ref QCPLayoutGrid, it can be placed in any position a \ref + QCPLayoutElement may be positioned. The legend items are themselves \ref QCPLayoutElement + "QCPLayoutElements" which are placed in the grid layout of the legend. \ref QCPLegend only adds + an interface specialized for handling child elements of type \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem, as + mentioned above. In principle, any other layout elements may also be added to a legend via the + normal \ref QCPLayoutGrid interface. See the special page about \link thelayoutsystem The Layout + System\endlink for examples on how to add other elements to the legend and move it outside the axis + rect. + + Use the methods \ref setFillOrder and \ref setWrap inherited from \ref QCPLayoutGrid to control + in which order (column first or row first) the legend is filled up when calling \ref addItem, and + at which column or row wrapping occurs. The default fill order for legends is \ref foRowsFirst. + + By default, every QCustomPlot has one legend (\ref QCustomPlot::legend) which is placed in the + inset layout of the main axis rect (\ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). To move the legend to another + position inside the axis rect, use the methods of the \ref QCPLayoutInset. To move the legend + outside of the axis rect, place it anywhere else with the \ref QCPLayout/\ref QCPLayoutElement + interface. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLegend::selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts selection); + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend has changed. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPLegend instance with default values. + + Note that by default, QCustomPlot already contains a legend ready to be used as \ref + QCustomPlot::legend +*/ +QCPLegend::QCPLegend() +{ + setFillOrder(QCPLayoutGrid::foRowsFirst); + setWrap(0); + + setRowSpacing(3); + setColumnSpacing(8); + setMargins(QMargins(7, 5, 7, 4)); + setAntialiased(false); + setIconSize(32, 18); + + setIconTextPadding(7); + + setSelectableParts(spLegendBox | spItems); + setSelectedParts(spNone); + + setBorderPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0)); + setSelectedBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setIconBorderPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedIconBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::white); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::white); + setTextColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPLegend::~QCPLegend() +{ + clearItems(); + if (qobject_cast(mParentPlot)) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the legend is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + mParentPlot->legendRemoved(this); + } +} + +/* no doc for getter, see setSelectedParts */ +QCPLegend::SelectableParts QCPLegend::selectedParts() const +{ + // check whether any legend elements selected, if yes, add spItems to return value + bool hasSelectedItems = false; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i) && item(i)->selected()) { + hasSelectedItems = true; + break; + } + } + if (hasSelectedItems) { + return mSelectedParts | spItems; + } else { + return mSelectedParts & ~spItems; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the border of the entire legend is drawn with. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush of the legend background. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) will + use this font by default. However, a different font can be specified on a per-item-basis by + accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setFont(mFont); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default color of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) + will use this color by default. However, a different colors can be specified on a per-item-basis + by accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the size of legend icons. Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual + representation of the graph) will use this size by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(const QSize &size) +{ + mIconSize = size; +} + +/*! \overload +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(int width, int height) +{ + mIconSize.setWidth(width); + mIconSize.setHeight(height); +} + +/*! + Sets the horizontal space in pixels between the legend icon and the text next to it. + Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) and text (e.g. the + name of the graph) will use this space by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding(int padding) +{ + mIconTextPadding = padding; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used to draw a border around each legend icon. Legend items that draw an + icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) will use this pen by default. + + If no border is wanted, set this to \a Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectLegend.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective legend parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font and brush. If some legend items are selected and \a selected + doesn't contain \ref spItems, those items become deselected. + + The entire selection mechanism is handled automatically when \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains iSelectLegend. You only need to call this function when you wish to change the selection + state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part even when \ref setSelectableParts was set to a + value that actually excludes the part. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + Note that it doesn't make sense to set the selected state \ref spItems here when it wasn't set + before, because there's no way to specify which exact items to newly select. Do this by calling + \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected directly on the legend item you wish to select. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBorderPen, setSelectedIconBorderPen, setSelectedBrush, + setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + SelectableParts newSelected = selected; + mSelectedParts = this->selectedParts(); // update mSelectedParts in case item selection changed + + if (mSelectedParts != newSelected) { + if (!mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // attempt to set spItems flag (can't do that) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "spItems flag can not be set, it can only be unset with this function"; + newSelected &= ~spItems; + } + if (mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && !newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // spItems flag was unset, so clear item selection + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelected(false); + } + } + } + mSelectedParts = newSelected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this pen is used to draw the border instead of the normal pen + set via \ref setBorderPen. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBrush +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen legend items will use to draw their icon borders, when they are selected. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this brush is used to draw the legend background instead of the normal brush + set via \ref setBrush. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBorderPen +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see setFont, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedFont(font); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see setTextColor, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the item with index \a i. + + Note that the linear index depends on the current fill order (\ref setFillOrder). + + \see itemCount, addItem, itemWithPlottable +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem *QCPLegend::item(int index) const +{ + return qobject_cast(elementAt(index)); +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns 0. + + \see hasItemWithPlottable +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem *QCPLegend::itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *pli = qobject_cast(item(i))) { + if (pli->plottable() == plottable) { + return pli; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of items currently in the legend. + + Note that if empty cells are in the legend (e.g. by calling methods of the \ref QCPLayoutGrid + base class which allows creating empty cells), they are included in the returned count. + + \see item +*/ +int QCPLegend::itemCount() const +{ + return elementCount(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains \a item. + + \see hasItemWithPlottable +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item == this->item(i)) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains a QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns false. + + \see itemWithPlottable +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return itemWithPlottable(plottable); +} + +/*! + Adds \a item to the legend, if it's not present already. The element is arranged according to the + current fill order (\ref setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap). + + Returns true on sucess, i.e. if the item wasn't in the list already and has been successfuly added. + + The legend takes ownership of the item. + + \see removeItem, item, hasItem +*/ +bool QCPLegend::addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + return addElement(item); +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the item with the specified \a index from the legend and deletes it. + + After successful removal, the legend is reordered according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap), so no empty cell remains where the removed \a item + was. If you don't want this, rather use the raw element interface of \ref QCPLayoutGrid. + + Returns true, if successful. Unlike \ref QCPLayoutGrid::removeAt, this method only removes + elements derived from \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem. + + \see itemCount, clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(index)) { + bool success = remove(ali); + if (success) { + setFillOrder(fillOrder(), true); // gets rid of empty cell by reordering + } + return success; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes \a item from the legend and deletes it. + + After successful removal, the legend is reordered according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap), so no empty cell remains where the removed \a item + was. If you don't want this, rather use the raw element interface of \ref QCPLayoutGrid. + + Returns true, if successful. + + \see clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + bool success = remove(item); + if (success) { + setFillOrder(fillOrder(), true); // gets rid of empty cell by reordering + } + return success; +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the legend. +*/ +void QCPLegend::clearItems() +{ + for (int i = itemCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeItem(i); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the legend items that are currently selected. If no items are selected, + the list is empty. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected, setSelectable +*/ +QList QCPLegend::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(i)) { + if (ali->selected()) { + result.append(ali); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing main legend elements. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPLegend::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegend); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen used to paint the border of the legend, taking into account the selection state + of the legend box. +*/ +QPen QCPLegend::getBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBorderPen : mBorderPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush used to paint the background of the legend, taking into account the selection + state of the legend box. +*/ +QBrush QCPLegend::getBrush() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the legend box with the provided \a painter. The individual legend items are layerables + themselves, thus are drawn independently. +*/ +void QCPLegend::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background rect: + painter->setBrush(getBrush()); + painter->setPen(getBorderPen()); + painter->drawRect(mOuterRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPLegend::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + return -1; + } + + if (mOuterRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + if (details) { + details->setValue(spLegendBox); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (details.value() == spLegendBox && mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^spLegendBox : mSelectedParts | spLegendBox); // no need to unset spItems in !additive case, because they will be deselected by QCustomPlot (they're normal QCPLayerables with own deselectEvent) + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(selectedParts() & ~spLegendBox); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPLegend::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + if (parentPlot && !parentPlot->legend) { + parentPlot->legend = this; + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.cpp', size 12761 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPTextElement +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPTextElement + \brief A layout element displaying a text + + The text may be specified with \ref setText, the formatting can be controlled with \ref setFont, + \ref setTextColor, and \ref setTextFlags. + + A text element can be added as follows: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcptextelement-creation +*/ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state has changed to \a selected, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. + + \see setSelected, setSelectable +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::clicked(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the text element is clicked. + + \see doubleClicked, selectTest +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::doubleClicked(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the text element is double clicked. + + \see clicked, selectTest +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. The initial text is empty (\ref + setText). +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with \a pointSize. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, double pointSize) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), pointSize)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), pointSize)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with \a pointSize and the specified \a fontFamily. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QString &fontFamily, double pointSize) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap), + mFont(QFont(fontFamily, pointSize)), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(fontFamily, pointSize)), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with the specified \a font. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QFont &font) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap), + mFont(font), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(font), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed to \a text. Multiple lines can be created by insertion of "\n". + + \see setFont, setTextColor, setTextFlags +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets options for text alignment and wrapping behaviour. \a flags is a bitwise OR-combination of + \c Qt::AlignmentFlag and \c Qt::TextFlag enums. + + Possible enums are: + - Qt::AlignLeft + - Qt::AlignRight + - Qt::AlignHCenter + - Qt::AlignJustify + - Qt::AlignTop + - Qt::AlignBottom + - Qt::AlignVCenter + - Qt::AlignCenter + - Qt::TextDontClip + - Qt::TextSingleLine + - Qt::TextExpandTabs + - Qt::TextShowMnemonic + - Qt::TextWordWrap + - Qt::TextIncludeTrailingSpaces +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setTextFlags(int flags) +{ + mTextFlags = flags; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the text. + + \see setTextColor, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the text. + + \see setFont, setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the text that will be used if the text element is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the text that will be used if the text element is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setTextColor +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user may select this text element. + + Note that even when \a selectable is set to false, the selection state may be changed + programmatically via \ref setSelected. +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selection state of this text element to \a selected. If the selection has changed, \ref + selectionChanged is emitted. + + Note that this function can change the selection state independently of the current \ref + setSelectable state. +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeOther); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainTextColor())); + painter->drawText(mRect, Qt::AlignCenter, mText, &mTextBoundingRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPTextElement::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result(metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::AlignCenter, mText).size()); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPTextElement::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result(metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::AlignCenter, mText).size()); + result.setWidth(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns 0.99*selectionTolerance (see \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionTolerance) when \a pos is + within the bounding box of the text element's text. Note that this bounding box is updated in the + draw call. + + If \a pos is outside the text's bounding box or if \a onlySelectable is true and this text + element is not selectable (\ref setSelectable), returns -1. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPTextElement::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (mTextBoundingRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! + Accepts the mouse event in order to emit the according click signal in the \ref + mouseReleaseEvent. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->accept(); +} + +/*! + Emits the \ref clicked signal if the cursor hasn't moved by more than a few pixels since the \ref + mousePressEvent. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if ((QPointF(event->pos()) - startPos).manhattanLength() <= 3) { + emit clicked(event); + } +} + +/*! + Emits the \ref doubleClicked signal. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + emit doubleClicked(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main font to be used. This is mSelectedFont if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mFont is returned. +*/ +QFont QCPTextElement::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main color to be used. This is mSelectedTextColor if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mTextColor is returned. +*/ +QColor QCPTextElement::mainTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.cpp', size 26246 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScale +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScale + \brief A color scale for use with color coding data such as QCPColorMap + + This layout element can be placed on the plot to correlate a color gradient with data values. It + is usually used in combination with one or multiple \ref QCPColorMap "QCPColorMaps". + + \image html QCPColorScale.png + + The color scale can be either horizontal or vertical, as shown in the image above. The + orientation and the side where the numbers appear is controlled with \ref setType. + + Use \ref QCPColorMap::setColorScale to connect a color map with a color scale. Once they are + connected, they share their gradient, data range and data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref + setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps may be associated with a single color + scale, to make them all synchronize these properties. + + To have finer control over the number display and axis behaviour, you can directly access the + \ref axis. See the documentation of QCPAxis for details about configuring axes. For example, if + you want to change the number of automatically generated ticks, call + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-tickcount + + Placing a color scale next to the main axis rect works like with any other layout element: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-creation + In this case we have placed it to the right of the default axis rect, so it wasn't necessary to + call \ref setType, since \ref QCPAxis::atRight is already the default. The text next to the color + scale can be set with \ref setLabel. + + For optimum appearance (like in the image above), it may be desirable to line up the axis rect and + the borders of the color scale. Use a \ref QCPMarginGroup to achieve this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-margingroup + + Color scales are initialized with a non-zero minimum top and bottom margin (\ref + setMinimumMargins), because vertical color scales are most common and the minimum top/bottom + margin makes sure it keeps some distance to the top/bottom widget border. So if you change to a + horizontal color scale by setting \ref setType to \ref QCPAxis::atBottom or \ref QCPAxis::atTop, you + might want to also change the minimum margins accordingly, e.g. setMinimumMargins(QMargins(6, 0, 6, 0)). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPAxis *QCPColorScale::axis() const + + Returns the internal \ref QCPAxis instance of this color scale. You can access it to alter the + appearance and behaviour of the axis. \ref QCPColorScale duplicates some properties in its + interface for convenience. Those are \ref setDataRange (\ref QCPAxis::setRange), \ref + setDataScaleType (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType), and the method \ref setLabel (\ref + QCPAxis::setLabel). As they each are connected, it does not matter whether you use the method on + the QCPColorScale or on its QCPAxis. + + If the type of the color scale is changed with \ref setType, the axis returned by this method + will change, too, to either the left, right, bottom or top axis, depending on which type was set. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScale::QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mType(QCPAxis::atTop), // set to atTop such that setType(QCPAxis::atRight) below doesn't skip work because it thinks it's already atRight + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mBarWidth(20), + mAxisRect(new QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(this)) +{ + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 6, 0, 6)); // for default right color scale types, keep some room at bottom and top (important if no margin group is used) + setType(QCPAxis::atRight); + setDataRange(QCPRange(0, 6)); +} + +QCPColorScale::~QCPColorScale() +{ + delete mAxisRect; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +QString QCPColorScale::label() const +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return QString(); + } + + return mColorAxis.data()->label(); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeDrag() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeDrag().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeZoom() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoom().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/*! + Sets at which side of the color scale the axis is placed, and thus also its orientation. + + Note that after setting \a type to a different value, the axis returned by \ref axis() will + be a different one. The new axis will adopt the following properties from the previous axis: The + range, scale type, label and ticker (the latter will be shared and not copied). +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + if (mType != type) { + mType = type; + QCPRange rangeTransfer(0, 6); + QString labelTransfer; + QSharedPointer tickerTransfer; + // transfer/revert some settings on old axis if it exists: + bool doTransfer = (bool)mColorAxis; + if (doTransfer) { + rangeTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->range(); + labelTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->label(); + tickerTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->ticker(); + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(QString()); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType atype, allAxisTypes) { + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTicks(atype == mType); + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTickLabels(atype == mType); + } + // set new mColorAxis pointer: + mColorAxis = mAxisRect.data()->axis(mType); + // transfer settings to new axis: + if (doTransfer) { + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(rangeTransfer); // range transfer necessary if axis changes from vertical to horizontal or vice versa (axes with same orientation are synchronized via signals) + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(labelTransfer); + mColorAxis.data()->setTicker(tickerTransfer); + } + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDragAxes(QList() << mColorAxis.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range spanned by the color gradient and that is shown by the axis in the color scale. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataRange on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its range with \ref + QCPAxis::setRange. + + \see setDataScaleType, setGradient, rescaleDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + mDataRange = dataRange; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(mDataRange); + } + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the scale type of the color scale, i.e. whether values are associated with colors linearly + or logarithmically. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its scale type with \ref + QCPAxis::setScaleType. + + Note that this method controls the coordinate transformation. For logarithmic scales, you will + likely also want to use a logarithmic tick spacing and labeling, which can be achieved by setting + the color scale's \ref axis ticker to an instance of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog : + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpaxisticker-log-colorscale + + See the documentation of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog about the details of logarithmic axis tick + creation. + + \see setDataRange, setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setScaleType(mDataScaleType); + } + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that will be used to represent data values. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setGradient on any of the connected color maps. + + \see setDataRange, setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + if (mAxisRect) { + mAxisRect.data()->mGradientImageInvalidated = true; + } + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the axis label of the color scale. This is equivalent to calling \ref QCPAxis::setLabel on + the internal \ref axis. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return; + } + + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(str); +} + +/*! + Sets the width (or height, for horizontal color scales) the bar where the gradient is displayed + will have. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setBarWidth(int width) +{ + mBarWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can drag the data range (\ref setDataRange). + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeDrag must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeDrag(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can zoom the data range (\ref setDataRange) by scrolling the mouse wheel. + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeZoom must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeZoom(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom(0); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the color maps associated with this color scale. +*/ +QList QCPColorScale::colorMaps() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->plottableCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPColorMap *cm = qobject_cast(mParentPlot->plottable(i))) + if (cm->colorScale() == this) { + result.append(cm); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Changes the data range such that all color maps associated with this color scale are fully mapped + to the gradient in the data dimension. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps) +{ + QList maps = colorMaps(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + QCP::SignDomain sign = QCP::sdBoth; + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + sign = (mDataRange.upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maps.size(); ++i) { + if (!maps.at(i)->realVisibility() && onlyVisibleMaps) { + continue; + } + QCPRange mapRange; + if (maps.at(i)->colorScale() == this) { + bool currentFoundRange = true; + mapRange = maps.at(i)->data()->dataBounds(); + if (sign == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper > 0) { + mapRange.lower = mapRange.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper <= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } else if (sign == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower < 0) { + mapRange.upper = mapRange.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower >= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = mapRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(mapRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this dimension), shift current range to at least center the data + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + } + } + setDataRange(newRange); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + mAxisRect.data()->update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upMargins: { + if (mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + setMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom()); + setMinimumSize(0, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom()); + } else { + setMaximumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + setMinimumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right(), 0); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mAxisRect.data()->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mousePressEvent(event, details); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseMoveEvent(event, startPos); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseReleaseEvent(event, startPos); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->wheelEvent(event); +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate + + \internal + \brief An axis rect subclass for use in a QCPColorScale + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It provides the axis rect functionality for the QCPColorScale class. +*/ + + +/*! + Creates a new instance, as a child of \a parentColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale) : + QCPAxisRect(parentColorScale->parentPlot(), true), + mParentColorScale(parentColorScale), + mGradientImageInvalidated(true) +{ + setParentLayerable(parentColorScale); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)); + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + axis(type)->setVisible(true); + axis(type)->grid()->setVisible(false); + axis(type)->setPadding(0); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + } + + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + + // make layer transfers of color scale transfer to axis rect and axes + // the axes must be set after axis rect, such that they appear above color gradient drawn by axis rect: + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), this, SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), axis(type), SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the color gradient image if necessary, by calling \ref updateGradientImage, then draws + it. Then the axes are drawn by calling the \ref QCPAxisRect::draw base class implementation. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mGradientImageInvalidated) { + updateGradientImage(); + } + + bool mirrorHorz = false; + bool mirrorVert = false; + if (mParentColorScale->mColorAxis) { + mirrorHorz = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atTop); + mirrorVert = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atLeft || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + painter->drawImage(rect().adjusted(0, -1, 0, -1), mGradientImage.mirrored(mirrorHorz, mirrorVert)); + QCPAxisRect::draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Uses the current gradient of the parent \ref QCPColorScale (specified in the constructor) to + generate a gradient image. This gradient image will be used in the \ref draw method. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::updateGradientImage() +{ + if (rect().isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied; + int n = mParentColorScale->mGradient.levelCount(); + int w, h; + QVector data(n); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + data[i] = i; + } + if (mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + w = n; + h = rect().height(); + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, format); + QVector pixels; + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + pixels.append(reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y))); + } + mParentColorScale->mGradient.colorize(data.constData(), QCPRange(0, n - 1), pixels.first(), n); + for (int y = 1; y < h; ++y) { + memcpy(pixels.at(y), pixels.first(), n * sizeof(QRgb)); + } + } else { + w = rect().width(); + h = n; + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, format); + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y)); + const QRgb lineColor = mParentColorScale->mGradient.color(data[h - 1 - y], QCPRange(0, n - 1)); + for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) { + pixels[x] = lineColor; + } + } + } + mGradientImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectionChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selection state of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts) +{ + // axis bases of four axes shall always (de-)selected synchronously: + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectedParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectableChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selectability of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts) +{ + // synchronize axis base selectability: + QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectableParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.cpp', size 74194 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGraphData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGraphData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPGraph. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this data point (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPGraphData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPGraphDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPGraphData QCPGraphData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPGraphData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPGraphData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPGraphData::QCPGraphData() : + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPGraphData::QCPGraphData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGraph +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGraph + \brief A plottable representing a graph in a plot. + + \image html QCPGraph.png + + Usually you create new graphs by calling QCustomPlot::addGraph. The resulting instance can be + accessed via QCustomPlot::graph. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the internal + \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. + + Graphs are used to display single-valued data. Single-valued means that there should only be one + data point per unique key coordinate. In other words, the graph can't have \a loops. If you do + want to plot non-single-valued curves, rather use the QCPCurve plottable. + + Gaps in the graph line can be created by adding data points with NaN as value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section qcpgraph-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the graph is mainly determined by the line style, scatter style, brush and pen + of the graph (\ref setLineStyle, \ref setScatterStyle, \ref setBrush, \ref setPen). + + \subsection filling Filling under or between graphs + + QCPGraph knows two types of fills: Normal graph fills towards the zero-value-line parallel to + the key axis of the graph, and fills between two graphs, called channel fills. To enable a fill, + just set a brush with \ref setBrush which is neither Qt::NoBrush nor fully transparent. + + By default, a normal fill towards the zero-value-line will be drawn. To set up a channel fill + between this graph and another one, call \ref setChannelFillGraph with the other graph as + parameter. + + \see QCustomPlot::addGraph, QCustomPlot::graph +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPGraph::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a graph which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPGraph is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPGraph, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + + To directly create a graph inside a plot, you can also use the simpler QCustomPlot::addGraph function. +*/ +QCPGraph::QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis) +{ + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + mParentPlot->registerGraph(this); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + setLineStyle(lsLine); + setScatterSkip(0); + setChannelFillGraph(0); + setAdaptiveSampling(true); +} + +QCPGraph::~QCPGraph() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPGraphs may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all graphs that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpgraph-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the graph's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpgraph-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot. For scatter-only plots, set \a ls to + \ref lsNone and \ref setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setLineStyle(LineStyle ls) +{ + mLineStyle = ls; +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points + are drawn (e.g. for line-only-plots with appropriate line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + If scatters are displayed (scatter style not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), \a skip number of + scatter points are skipped/not drawn after every drawn scatter point. + + This can be used to make the data appear sparser while for example still having a smooth line, + and to improve performance for very high density plots. + + If \a skip is set to 0 (default), all scatter points are drawn. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setScatterSkip(int skip) +{ + mScatterSkip = qMax(0, skip); +} + +/*! + Sets the target graph for filling the area between this graph and \a targetGraph with the current + brush (\ref setBrush). + + When \a targetGraph is set to 0, a normal graph fill to the zero-value-line will be shown. To + disable any filling, set the brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPGraph::setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph) +{ + // prevent setting channel target to this graph itself: + if (targetGraph == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph is this graph itself"; + mChannelFillGraph = 0; + return; + } + // prevent setting channel target to a graph not in the plot: + if (targetGraph && targetGraph->mParentPlot != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph not in same plot"; + mChannelFillGraph = 0; + return; + } + + mChannelFillGraph = targetGraph; +} + +/*! + Sets whether adaptive sampling shall be used when plotting this graph. QCustomPlot's adaptive + sampling technique can drastically improve the replot performance for graphs with a larger number + of points (e.g. above 10,000), without notably changing the appearance of the graph. + + By default, adaptive sampling is enabled. Even if enabled, QCustomPlot decides whether adaptive + sampling shall actually be used on a per-graph basis. So leaving adaptive sampling enabled has no + disadvantage in almost all cases. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-line.png "A line plot of 500,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + As can be seen, line plots experience no visual degradation from adaptive sampling. Outliers are + reproduced reliably, as well as the overall shape of the data set. The replot time reduces + dramatically though. This allows QCustomPlot to display large amounts of data in realtime. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-scatter.png "A scatter plot of 100,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + Care must be taken when using high-density scatter plots in combination with adaptive sampling. + The adaptive sampling algorithm treats scatter plots more carefully than line plots which still + gives a significant reduction of replot times, but not quite as much as for line plots. This is + because scatter plots inherently need more data points to be preserved in order to still resemble + the original, non-adaptive-sampling plot. As shown above, the results still aren't quite + identical, as banding occurs for the outer data points. This is in fact intentional, such that + the boundaries of the data cloud stay visible to the viewer. How strong the banding appears, + depends on the point density, i.e. the number of points in the plot. + + For some situations with scatter plots it might thus be desirable to manually turn adaptive + sampling off. For example, when saving the plot to disk. This can be achieved by setting \a + enabled to false before issuing a command like \ref QCustomPlot::savePng, and setting \a enabled + back to true afterwards. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled) +{ + mAdaptiveSampling = enabled; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPGraphData(key, value)); +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPGraph::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + return mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return; + } + + QVector lines, scatters; // line and (if necessary) scatter pixel coordinates will be stored here while iterating over segments + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + // get line pixel points appropriate to line style: + QCPDataRange lineDataRange = isSelectedSegment ? allSegments.at(i) : allSegments.at(i).adjusted(-1, 1); // unselected segments extend lines to bordering selected data point (safe to exceed total data bounds in first/last segment, getLines takes care) + getLines(&lines, lineDataRange); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw fill of graph: + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + drawFill(painter, &lines); + + // draw line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + drawImpulsePlot(painter, lines); + } else { + drawLinePlot(painter, lines); // also step plots can be drawn as a line plot + } + } + + // draw scatters: + QCPScatterStyle finalScatterStyle = mScatterStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalScatterStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mScatterStyle); + } + if (!finalScatterStyle.isNone()) { + getScatters(&scatters, allSegments.at(i)); + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatters, finalScatterStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method retrieves an optimized set of data points via \ref getOptimizedLineData, an branches + out to the line style specific functions such as \ref dataToLines, \ref dataToStepLeftLines, etc. + according to the line style of the graph. + + \a lines will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with the according + draw functions like \ref drawLinePlot and \ref drawImpulsePlot. The points returned in \a lines + aren't necessarily the original data points. For example, step line styles require additional + points to form the steps when drawn. If the line style of the graph is \ref lsNone, the \a + lines vector will be empty. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. + + \see getScatters +*/ +void QCPGraph::getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + if (!lines) { + return; + } + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + lines->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + getOptimizedLineData(&lineData, begin, end); + } + + if (mKeyAxis->rangeReversed() != (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)) { // make sure key pixels are sorted ascending in lineData (significantly simplifies following processing) + std::reverse(lineData.begin(), lineData.end()); + } + + switch (mLineStyle) { + case lsNone: + lines->clear(); + break; + case lsLine: + *lines = dataToLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepLeft: + *lines = dataToStepLeftLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepRight: + *lines = dataToStepRightLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepCenter: + *lines = dataToStepCenterLines(lineData); + break; + case lsImpulse: + *lines = dataToImpulseLines(lineData); + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method retrieves an optimized set of data points via \ref getOptimizedScatterData and then + converts them to pixel coordinates. The resulting points are returned in \a scatters, and can be + passed to \ref drawScatterPlot. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + if (!scatters) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + scatters->clear(); + return; + } + + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + scatters->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector data; + getOptimizedScatterData(&data, begin, end); + + if (mKeyAxis->rangeReversed() != (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)) { // make sure key pixels are sorted ascending in data (significantly simplifies following processing) + std::reverse(data.begin(), data.end()); + } + + scatters->resize(data.size()); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + if (!qIsNaN(data.at(i).value)) { + (*scatters)[i].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + (*scatters)[i].setY(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + if (!qIsNaN(data.at(i).value)) { + (*scatters)[i].setX(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + (*scatters)[i].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsLine. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size()); + + // transform data points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + result[i].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + result[i].setY(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + result[i].setX(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + result[i].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepLeft. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepLeftLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastValue); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepRight. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepRightLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastKey); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastKey); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastKey); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastKey); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(value); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepCenter. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepCenterLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + result[0].setX(lastValue); + result[0].setY(lastKey); + for (int i = 1; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + result[i * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 - 1].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + } + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastKey); + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + result[0].setX(lastKey); + result[0].setY(lastValue); + for (int i = 1; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + result[i * 2 - 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + } + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastKey); + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsImpulse. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, getLines, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToImpulseLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // transform data points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + return result; +} + +void QCPGraph::setSmooth(int smooth) +{ + this->smooth = smooth; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the fill of the graph using the specified \a painter, with the currently set brush. + + Depending on whether a normal fill or a channel fill (\ref setChannelFillGraph) is needed, \ref + getFillPolygon or \ref getChannelFillPolygon are used to find the according fill polygons. + + In order to handle NaN Data points correctly (the fill needs to be split into disjoint areas), + this method first determines a list of non-NaN segments with \ref getNonNanSegments, on which to + operate. In the channel fill case, \ref getOverlappingSegments is used to consolidate the non-NaN + segments of the two involved graphs, before passing the overlapping pairs to \ref + getChannelFillPolygon. + + Pass the points of this graph's line as \a lines, in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const +{ + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + return; // fill doesn't make sense for impulse plot + } + if (painter->brush().style() == Qt::NoBrush || painter->brush().color().alpha() == 0) { + return; + } + + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + QVector segments = getNonNanSegments(lines, keyAxis()->orientation()); + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + // draw base fill under graph, fill goes all the way to the zero-value-line: + for (int i = 0; i < segments.size(); ++i) { + if (smooth > 0) { + painter->drawPath(getFillPath(lines, segments.at(i))); + } else { + painter->drawPolygon(getFillPolygon(lines, segments.at(i))); + } + } + } else { + // draw fill between this graph and mChannelFillGraph: + QVector otherLines; + mChannelFillGraph->getLines(&otherLines, QCPDataRange(0, mChannelFillGraph->dataCount())); + if (!otherLines.isEmpty()) { + QVector otherSegments = getNonNanSegments(&otherLines, mChannelFillGraph->keyAxis()->orientation()); + QVector > segmentPairs = getOverlappingSegments(segments, lines, otherSegments, &otherLines); + for (int i = 0; i < segmentPairs.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawPolygon(getChannelFillPolygon(lines, segmentPairs.at(i).first, &otherLines, segmentPairs.at(i).second)); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every point passed in \a scatters, given in pixel coordinates. The + scatters will be drawn with \a painter and have the appearance as specified in \a style. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const +{ + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + style.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < scatters.size(); ++i) { + style.drawShape(painter, scatters.at(i).x(), scatters.at(i).y()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws lines between the points in \a lines, given in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawScatterPlot, drawImpulsePlot, QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + //开启了平滑曲线则应用对应算法绘制平滑路径 + if (mLineStyle == lsLine) { + if (smooth == 1) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(lines)); + return; + } else if (smooth == 2) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(lines)); + return; + } + } + drawPolyline(painter, lines); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws impulses from the provided data, i.e. it connects all line pairs in \a lines, given in + pixel coordinates. The \a lines necessary for impulses are generated by \ref dataToImpulseLines + from the regular graph data points. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + QPen oldPen = painter->pen(); + QPen newPen = painter->pen(); + newPen.setCapStyle(Qt::FlatCap); // so impulse line doesn't reach beyond zero-line + painter->setPen(newPen); + painter->drawLines(lines); + painter->setPen(oldPen); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns via \a lineData the data points that need to be visualized for this graph when plotting + graph lines, taking into consideration the currently visible axis ranges and, if \ref + setAdaptiveSampling is enabled, local point densities. The considered data can be restricted + further by \a begin and \a end, e.g. to only plot a certain segment of the data (see \ref + getDataSegments). + + This method is used by \ref getLines to retrieve the basic working set of data. + + \see getOptimizedScatterData +*/ +void QCPGraph::getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!lineData) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + + int dataCount = end - begin; + int maxCount = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (mAdaptiveSampling) { + double keyPixelSpan = qAbs(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) - keyAxis->coordToPixel((end - 1)->key)); + if (2 * keyPixelSpan + 2 < static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) { + maxCount = 2 * keyPixelSpan + 2; + } + } + + if (mAdaptiveSampling && dataCount >= maxCount) { // use adaptive sampling only if there are at least two points per pixel on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + double minValue = it->value; + double maxValue = it->value; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->pixelOrientation(); // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = reversedFactor == -1 ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) + reversedRound)); + double lastIntervalEndKey = currentIntervalStartKey; + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + ++it; // advance iterator to second data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect + while (it != end) { + if (it->key < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this cluster if necessary + if (it->value < minValue) { + minValue = it->value; + } else if (it->value > maxValue) { + maxValue = it->value; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel interval started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point is further away, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + if (it->key > currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 2) { // new pixel started further away from previous cluster, so make sure the last point of the cluster is at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.8, (it - 1)->value)); + } + } else { + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalFirstPoint->key, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lastIntervalEndKey = (it - 1)->key; + minValue = it->value; + maxValue = it->value; + currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + ++it; + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point wasn't a cluster, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + } else { + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalFirstPoint->key, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + + } else { // don't use adaptive sampling algorithm, transfer points one-to-one from the data container into the output + lineData->resize(dataCount); + std::copy(begin, end, lineData->begin()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns via \a scatterData the data points that need to be visualized for this graph when + plotting scatter points, taking into consideration the currently visible axis ranges and, if \ref + setAdaptiveSampling is enabled, local point densities. The considered data can be restricted + further by \a begin and \a end, e.g. to only plot a certain segment of the data (see \ref + getDataSegments). + + This method is used by \ref getScatters to retrieve the basic working set of data. + + \see getOptimizedLineData +*/ +void QCPGraph::getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const +{ + if (!scatterData) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + const int scatterModulo = mScatterSkip + 1; + const bool doScatterSkip = mScatterSkip > 0; + int beginIndex = begin - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + int endIndex = end - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + while (doScatterSkip && begin != end && beginIndex % scatterModulo != 0) { // advance begin iterator to first non-skipped scatter + ++beginIndex; + ++begin; + } + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + int dataCount = end - begin; + int maxCount = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (mAdaptiveSampling) { + int keyPixelSpan = qAbs(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) - keyAxis->coordToPixel((end - 1)->key)); + maxCount = 2 * keyPixelSpan + 2; + } + + if (mAdaptiveSampling && dataCount >= maxCount) { // use adaptive sampling only if there are at least two points per pixel on average + double valueMaxRange = valueAxis->range().upper; + double valueMinRange = valueAxis->range().lower; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = beginIndex; + double minValue = it->value; + double maxValue = it->value; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator minValueIt = it; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator maxValueIt = it; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator currentIntervalStart = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->pixelOrientation(); // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = reversedFactor == -1 ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) + reversedRound)); + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + // advance iterator to second (non-skipped) data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + // main loop over data points: + while (it != end) { + if (it->key < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this pixel if necessary + if (it->value < minValue && it->value > valueMinRange && it->value < valueMaxRange) { + minValue = it->value; + minValueIt = it; + } else if (it->value > maxValue && it->value > valueMinRange && it->value < valueMaxRange) { + maxValue = it->value; + maxValueIt = it; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt->value > valueMinRange && intervalIt->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*intervalIt); + } + ++c; + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++intervalIt; + } else { + intervalIt += scatterModulo; // since we know indices of "currentIntervalStart", "intervalIt" and "it" are multiples of scatterModulo, we can't accidentally jump over "it" here + } + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart->value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*currentIntervalStart); + } + minValue = it->value; + maxValue = it->value; + currentIntervalStart = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord((int)(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + // advance to next data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int intervalItIndex = intervalIt - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt->value > valueMinRange && intervalIt->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*intervalIt); + } + ++c; + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++intervalIt; + } else { // here we can't guarantee that adding scatterModulo doesn't exceed "it" (because "it" is equal to "end" here, and "end" isn't scatterModulo-aligned), so check via index comparison: + intervalItIndex += scatterModulo; + if (intervalItIndex < itIndex) { + intervalIt += scatterModulo; + } else { + intervalIt = it; + intervalItIndex = itIndex; + } + } + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart->value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*currentIntervalStart); + } + + } else { // don't use adaptive sampling algorithm, transfer points one-to-one from the data container into the output + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = beginIndex; + scatterData->reserve(dataCount); + while (it != end) { + scatterData->append(*it); + // advance to next data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + This method outputs the currently visible data range via \a begin and \a end. The returned range + will also never exceed \a rangeRestriction. + + This method takes into account that the drawing of data lines at the axis rect border always + requires the points just outside the visible axis range. So \a begin and \a end may actually + indicate a range that contains one additional data point to the left and right of the visible + axis range. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const +{ + if (rangeRestriction.isEmpty()) { + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + } else { + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + // get visible data range: + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyAxis->range().lower); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyAxis->range().upper); + // limit lower/upperEnd to rangeRestriction: + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, rangeRestriction); // this also ensures rangeRestriction outside data bounds doesn't break anything + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method goes through the passed points in \a lineData and returns a list of the segments + which don't contain NaN data points. + + \a keyOrientation defines whether the \a x or \a y member of the passed QPointF is used to check + for NaN. If \a keyOrientation is \c Qt::Horizontal, the \a y member is checked, if it is \c + Qt::Vertical, the \a x member is checked. + + \see getOverlappingSegments, drawFill +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::getNonNanSegments(const QVector *lineData, Qt::Orientation keyOrientation) const +{ + QVector result; + const int n = lineData->size(); + + QCPDataRange currentSegment(-1, -1); + int i = 0; + + if (keyOrientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + while (i < n) { + while (i < n && qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y())) { // seek next non-NaN data point + ++i; + } + if (i == n) { + break; + } + currentSegment.setBegin(i++); + while (i < n && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y())) { // seek next NaN data point or end of data + ++i; + } + currentSegment.setEnd(i++); + result.append(currentSegment); + } + } else { // keyOrientation == Qt::Vertical + while (i < n) { + while (i < n && qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // seek next non-NaN data point + ++i; + } + if (i == n) { + break; + } + currentSegment.setBegin(i++); + while (i < n && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // seek next NaN data point or end of data + ++i; + } + currentSegment.setEnd(i++); + result.append(currentSegment); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method takes two segment lists (e.g. created by \ref getNonNanSegments) \a thisSegments and + \a otherSegments, and their associated point data \a thisData and \a otherData. + + It returns all pairs of segments (the first from \a thisSegments, the second from \a + otherSegments), which overlap in plot coordinates. + + This method is useful in the case of a channel fill between two graphs, when only those non-NaN + segments which actually overlap in their key coordinate shall be considered for drawing a channel + fill polygon. + + It is assumed that the passed segments in \a thisSegments are ordered ascending by index, and + that the segments don't overlap themselves. The same is assumed for the segments in \a + otherSegments. This is fulfilled when the segments are obtained via \ref getNonNanSegments. + + \see getNonNanSegments, segmentsIntersect, drawFill, getChannelFillPolygon +*/ +QVector > QCPGraph::getOverlappingSegments(QVector thisSegments, const QVector *thisData, QVector otherSegments, const QVector *otherData) const +{ + QVector > result; + if (thisData->isEmpty() || otherData->isEmpty() || thisSegments.isEmpty() || otherSegments.isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + + int thisIndex = 0; + int otherIndex = 0; + const bool verticalKey = mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical; + while (thisIndex < thisSegments.size() && otherIndex < otherSegments.size()) { + if (thisSegments.at(thisIndex).size() < 2) { // segments with fewer than two points won't have a fill anyhow + ++thisIndex; + continue; + } + if (otherSegments.at(otherIndex).size() < 2) { // segments with fewer than two points won't have a fill anyhow + ++otherIndex; + continue; + } + double thisLower, thisUpper, otherLower, otherUpper; + if (!verticalKey) { + thisLower = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).begin()).x(); + thisUpper = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).end() - 1).x(); + otherLower = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).begin()).x(); + otherUpper = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).end() - 1).x(); + } else { + thisLower = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).begin()).y(); + thisUpper = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).end() - 1).y(); + otherLower = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).begin()).y(); + otherUpper = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).end() - 1).y(); + } + + int bPrecedence; + if (segmentsIntersect(thisLower, thisUpper, otherLower, otherUpper, bPrecedence)) { + result.append(QPair(thisSegments.at(thisIndex), otherSegments.at(otherIndex))); + } + + if (bPrecedence <= 0) { // otherSegment doesn't reach as far as thisSegment, so continue with next otherSegment, keeping current thisSegment + ++otherIndex; + } else { // otherSegment reaches further than thisSegment, so continue with next thisSegment, keeping current otherSegment + ++thisIndex; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the segments defined by the coordinates (aLower, aUpper) and (bLower, bUpper) + have overlap. + + The output parameter \a bPrecedence indicates whether the \a b segment reaches farther than the + \a a segment or not. If \a bPrecedence returns 1, segment \a b reaches the farthest to higher + coordinates (i.e. bUpper > aUpper). If it returns -1, segment \a a reaches the farthest. Only if + both segment's upper bounds are identical, 0 is returned as \a bPrecedence. + + It is assumed that the lower bounds always have smaller or equal values than the upper bounds. + + \see getOverlappingSegments +*/ +bool QCPGraph::segmentsIntersect(double aLower, double aUpper, double bLower, double bUpper, int &bPrecedence) const +{ + bPrecedence = 0; + if (aLower > bUpper) { + bPrecedence = -1; + return false; + } else if (bLower > aUpper) { + bPrecedence = 1; + return false; + } else { + if (aUpper > bUpper) { + bPrecedence = -1; + } else if (aUpper < bUpper) { + bPrecedence = 1; + } + + return true; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the point which closes the fill polygon on the zero-value-line parallel to the key axis. + The logarithmic axis scale case is a bit special, since the zero-value-line in pixel coordinates + is in positive or negative infinity. So this case is handled separately by just closing the fill + polygon on the axis which lies in the direction towards the zero value. + + \a matchingDataPoint will provide the key (in pixels) of the returned point. Depending on whether + the key axis of this graph is horizontal or vertical, \a matchingDataPoint will provide the x or + y value of the returned point, respectively. +*/ +QPointF QCPGraph::getFillBasePoint(QPointF matchingDataPoint) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + QPointF result; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.setX(matchingDataPoint.x()); + result.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + result.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result.setY(matchingDataPoint.y()); + } + } else { // valueAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic + // In logarithmic scaling we can't just draw to value 0 so we just fill all the way + // to the axis which is in the direction towards 0 + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + result.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->right()); + } else { + result.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->left()); + } + result.setY(matchingDataPoint.y()); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop || keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + result.setX(matchingDataPoint.x()); + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + result.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->top()); + } else { + result.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->bottom()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the polygon needed for drawing normal fills between this graph and the key axis. + + Pass the graph's data points (in pixel coordinates) as \a lineData, and specify the \a segment + which shall be used for the fill. The collection of \a lineData points described by \a segment + must not contain NaN data points (see \ref getNonNanSegments). + + The returned fill polygon will be closed at the key axis (the zero-value line) for linear value + axes. For logarithmic value axes the polygon will reach just beyond the corresponding axis rect + side (see \ref getFillBasePoint). + + For increased performance (due to implicit sharing), keep the returned QPolygonF const. + + \see drawFill, getNonNanSegments +*/ +const QPolygonF QCPGraph::getFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const +{ + if (segment.size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QPolygonF result(segment.size() + 2); + + result[0] = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + std::copy(lineData->constBegin() + segment.begin(), lineData->constBegin() + segment.end(), result.begin() + 1); + result[result.size() - 1] = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.end() - 1)); + + return result; +} + +const QPainterPath QCPGraph::getFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const +{ + if (segment.size() < 2) { + return QPainterPath(); + } + + QPointF start = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + QPointF end = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.end() - 1)); + + QPainterPath path; + if (smooth == 1) { + path = SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(*lineData); + } else if (smooth == 2) { + path = SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(*lineData); + } + + path.lineTo(end); + path.lineTo(start); + path.lineTo(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + return path; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the polygon needed for drawing (partial) channel fills between this graph and the graph + specified by \ref setChannelFillGraph. + + The data points of this graph are passed as pixel coordinates via \a thisData, the data of the + other graph as \a otherData. The returned polygon will be calculated for the specified data + segments \a thisSegment and \a otherSegment, pertaining to the respective \a thisData and \a + otherData, respectively. + + The passed \a thisSegment and \a otherSegment should correspond to the segment pairs returned by + \ref getOverlappingSegments, to make sure only segments that actually have key coordinate overlap + need to be processed here. + + For increased performance due to implicit sharing, keep the returned QPolygonF const. + + \see drawFill, getOverlappingSegments, getNonNanSegments +*/ +const QPolygonF QCPGraph::getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *thisData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const +{ + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + if (!mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "channel fill target key axis invalid"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + + if (mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() != keyAxis->orientation()) { + return QPolygonF(); // don't have same axis orientation, can't fill that (Note: if keyAxis fits, valueAxis will fit too, because it's always orthogonal to keyAxis) + } + + if (thisData->isEmpty()) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QVector thisSegmentData(thisSegment.size()); + QVector otherSegmentData(otherSegment.size()); + std::copy(thisData->constBegin() + thisSegment.begin(), thisData->constBegin() + thisSegment.end(), thisSegmentData.begin()); + std::copy(otherData->constBegin() + otherSegment.begin(), otherData->constBegin() + otherSegment.end(), otherSegmentData.begin()); + // pointers to be able to swap them, depending which data range needs cropping: + QVector *staticData = &thisSegmentData; + QVector *croppedData = &otherSegmentData; + + // crop both vectors to ranges in which the keys overlap (which coord is key, depends on axisType): + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // x is key + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().x() < croppedData->first().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + const int lowBound = findIndexBelowX(croppedData, staticData->first().x()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(1).x(), croppedData->at(0).x())) { + slope = (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()) / (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setY(croppedData->at(0).y() + slope * (staticData->first().x() - croppedData->at(0).x())); + (*croppedData)[0].setX(staticData->first().x()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().x() > croppedData->last().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexAboveX(croppedData, staticData->last().x()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + const int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(li).x(), croppedData->at(li - 1).x())) { + slope = (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()) / (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setY(croppedData->at(li - 1).y() + slope * (staticData->last().x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x())); + (*croppedData)[li].setX(staticData->last().x()); + } else { // mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + // y is key + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().y() < croppedData->first().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int lowBound = findIndexBelowY(croppedData, staticData->first().y()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(1).y(), croppedData->at(0).y())) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()) / (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setX(croppedData->at(0).x() + slope * (staticData->first().y() - croppedData->at(0).y())); + (*croppedData)[0].setY(staticData->first().y()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().y() > croppedData->last().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexAboveY(croppedData, staticData->last().y()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(li).y(), croppedData->at(li - 1).y())) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()) / (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setX(croppedData->at(li - 1).x() + slope * (staticData->last().y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y())); + (*croppedData)[li].setY(staticData->last().y()); + } + + // return joined: + for (int i = otherSegmentData.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { // insert reversed, otherwise the polygon will be twisted + thisSegmentData << otherSegmentData.at(i); + } + return QPolygonF(thisSegmentData); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points x value is just above \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is horizontal. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).x() < x) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points x value is just below \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is horizontal. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).x() > x) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points y value is just above \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is vertical. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).y() < y) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the minimum distance in pixels the graph's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint. This is used to determine whether the graph was clicked or not, e.g. in \ref + selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. Note that if + the graph has a line representation, the returned distance may be smaller than the distance to + the \a closestData point, since the distance to the graph line is also taken into account. + + If either the graph has no data or if the line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape + is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone (i.e. there is no visual representation of the graph), returns -1.0. +*/ +double QCPGraph::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + // calculate minimum distances to graph data points and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + // iterate over found data points and then choose the one with the shortest distance to pos: + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + for (QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + + // calculate distance to graph line if there is one (if so, will probably be smaller than distance to closest data point): + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + // line displayed, calculate distance to line segments: + QVector lineData; + getLines(&lineData, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + QCPVector2D p(pixelPoint); + const int step = mLineStyle == lsImpulse ? 2 : 1; // impulse plot differs from other line styles in that the lineData points are only pairwise connected + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size() - 1; i += step) { + const double currentDistSqr = p.distanceSquaredToLine(lineData.at(i), lineData.at(i + 1)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points y value is just below \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is vertical. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).y() > y) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.cpp', size 63742 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurveData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurveData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPCurve. + + The stored data is: + \li \a t: the free ordering parameter of this curve point, like in the mathematical vector (x(t), y(t)). (This is the \a sortKey) + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this curve point (this is the \a mainKey) + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this curve point (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPCurveData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPCurveDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a t member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPCurveData QCPCurveData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey (assigned to the data point's \a t member). + All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPCurveData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is the data point key coordinate and the member \a t is the data ordering + parameter, this method returns false. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPCurveData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with t, key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData() : + t(0), + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with the specified \a t, \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value) : + t(t), + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurve + \brief A plottable representing a parametric curve in a plot. + + \image html QCPCurve.png + + Unlike QCPGraph, plottables of this type may have multiple points with the same key coordinate, + so their visual representation can have \a loops. This is realized by introducing a third + coordinate \a t, which defines the order of the points described by the other two coordinates \a + x and \a y. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the curve's data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the + internal \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. + + Gaps in the curve can be created by adding data points with NaN as key and value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section qcpcurve-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the curve is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + + \section qcpcurve-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPCurve is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPCurve::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a curve which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPCurve is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPCurve, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPCurve::QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis) +{ + // modify inherited properties from abstract plottable: + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + setScatterStyle(QCPScatterStyle()); + setLineStyle(lsLine); + setScatterSkip(0); +} + +QCPCurve::~QCPCurve() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPCurves may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all curves that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the curve's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a t, \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a t in ascending order, you can + set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(t, keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + The t parameter of each data point will be set to the integer index of the respective key/value + pair. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values); +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref + QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points are drawn (e.g. for line-only plots with appropriate + line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + If scatters are displayed (scatter style not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), \a skip number of + scatter points are skipped/not drawn after every drawn scatter point. + + This can be used to make the data appear sparser while for example still having a smooth line, + and to improve performance for very high density plots. + + If \a skip is set to 0 (default), all scatter points are drawn. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setScatterSkip(int skip) +{ + mScatterSkip = qMax(0, skip); +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot or how they are represented visually + apart from the scatter symbol. For scatter-only plots, set \a style to \ref lsNone and \ref + setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setLineStyle(QCPCurve::LineStyle style) +{ + mLineStyle = style; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a t, \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (t.size() != keys.size() || t.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "ts, keys and values have different sizes:" << t.size() << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(qMin(t.size(), keys.size()), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->t = t[i]; + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + The t parameter of each data point will be set to the integer index of the respective key/value + pair. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + double tStart; + if (!mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + tStart = (mDataContainer->constEnd() - 1)->t + 1.0; + } else { + tStart = 0; + } + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->t = tStart + i; + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, true); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data point as \a t, \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double t, double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData(t, key, value)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + The t parameter is generated automatically by increments of 1 for each point, starting at the + highest t of previously existing data or 0, if the curve data is empty. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double key, double value) +{ + if (!mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData((mDataContainer->constEnd() - 1)->t + 1.0, key, value)); + } else { + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData(0.0, key, value)); + } +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + return mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // allocate line vector: + QVector lines, scatters; + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + + // fill with curve data: + QPen finalCurvePen = mPen; // determine the final pen already here, because the line optimization depends on its stroke width + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalCurvePen = mSelectionDecorator->pen(); + } + + QCPDataRange lineDataRange = isSelectedSegment ? allSegments.at(i) : allSegments.at(i).adjusted(-1, 1); // unselected segments extend lines to bordering selected data point (safe to exceed total data bounds in first/last segment, getCurveLines takes care) + getCurveLines(&lines, lineDataRange, finalCurvePen.widthF()); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + for (QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->t) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw curve fill: + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + if (painter->brush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && painter->brush().color().alpha() != 0) { + painter->drawPolygon(QPolygonF(lines)); + } + + // draw curve line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + painter->setPen(finalCurvePen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + drawCurveLine(painter, lines); + } + + // draw scatters: + QCPScatterStyle finalScatterStyle = mScatterStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalScatterStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mScatterStyle); + } + if (!finalScatterStyle.isNone()) { + getScatters(&scatters, allSegments.at(i), finalScatterStyle.size()); + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatters, finalScatterStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws lines between the points in \a lines, given in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawScatterPlot, getCurveLines +*/ +void QCPCurve::drawCurveLine(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + drawPolyline(painter, lines); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every point passed in \a points, given in pixel coordinates. The + scatters will be drawn with \a painter and have the appearance as specified in \a style. + + \see drawCurveLine, getCurveLines +*/ +void QCPCurve::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &points, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const +{ + // draw scatter point symbols: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + style.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < points.size(); ++i) + if (!qIsNaN(points.at(i).x()) && !qIsNaN(points.at(i).y())) { + style.drawShape(painter, points.at(i)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Called by \ref draw to generate points in pixel coordinates which represent the line of the + curve. + + Line segments that aren't visible in the current axis rect are handled in an optimized way. They + are projected onto a rectangle slightly larger than the visible axis rect and simplified + regarding point count. The algorithm makes sure to preserve appearance of lines and fills inside + the visible axis rect by generating new temporary points on the outer rect if necessary. + + \a lines will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with \ref + drawCurveLine. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. + + \a penWidth specifies the pen width that will be used to later draw the lines generated by this + function. This is needed here to calculate an accordingly wider margin around the axis rect when + performing the line optimization. + + Methods that are also involved in the algorithm are: \ref getRegion, \ref getOptimizedPoint, \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints \ref mayTraverse, \ref getTraverse, \ref getTraverseCornerPoints. + + \see drawCurveLine, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPCurve::getCurveLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double penWidth) const +{ + if (!lines) { + return; + } + lines->clear(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + // add margins to rect to compensate for stroke width + const double strokeMargin = qMax(qreal(1.0), qreal(penWidth * 0.75)); // stroke radius + 50% safety + const double keyMin = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().lower) - strokeMargin * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double keyMax = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().upper) + strokeMargin * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double valueMin = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().lower) - strokeMargin * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double valueMax = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().upper) + strokeMargin * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(itBegin, itEnd, dataRange); + if (itBegin == itEnd) { + return; + } + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator prevIt = itEnd - 1; + int prevRegion = getRegion(prevIt->key, prevIt->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + QVector trailingPoints; // points that must be applied after all other points (are generated only when handling first point to get virtual segment between last and first point right) + while (it != itEnd) { + const int currentRegion = getRegion(it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + if (currentRegion != prevRegion) { // changed region, possibly need to add some optimized edge points or original points if entering R + if (currentRegion != 5) { // segment doesn't end in R, so it's a candidate for removal + QPointF crossA, crossB; + if (prevRegion == 5) { // we're coming from R, so add this point optimized + lines->append(getOptimizedPoint(currentRegion, it->key, it->value, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin)); + // in the situations 5->1/7/9/3 the segment may leave R and directly cross through two outer regions. In these cases we need to add an additional corner point + *lines << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } else if (mayTraverse(prevRegion, currentRegion) && + getTraverse(prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin, crossA, crossB)) { + // add the two cross points optimized if segment crosses R and if segment isn't virtual zeroth segment between last and first curve point: + QVector beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints; + getTraverseCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin, beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints); + if (it != itBegin) { + *lines << beforeTraverseCornerPoints; + lines->append(crossA); + lines->append(crossB); + *lines << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + } else { + lines->append(crossB); + *lines << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + trailingPoints << beforeTraverseCornerPoints << crossA ; + } + } else { // doesn't cross R, line is just moving around in outside regions, so only need to add optimized point(s) at the boundary corner(s) + *lines << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } + } else { // segment does end in R, so we add previous point optimized and this point at original position + if (it == itBegin) { // it is first point in curve and prevIt is last one. So save optimized point for adding it to the lineData in the end + trailingPoints << getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } else { + lines->append(getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin)); + } + lines->append(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value)); + } + } else { // region didn't change + if (currentRegion == 5) { // still in R, keep adding original points + lines->append(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value)); + } else { // still outside R, no need to add anything + // see how this is not doing anything? That's the main optimization... + } + } + prevIt = it; + prevRegion = currentRegion; + ++it; + } + *lines << trailingPoints; +} + +/*! \internal + + Called by \ref draw to generate points in pixel coordinates which represent the scatters of the + curve. If a scatter skip is configured (\ref setScatterSkip), the returned points are accordingly + sparser. + + Scatters that aren't visible in the current axis rect are optimized away. + + \a scatters will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with \ref + drawScatterPlot. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. + + \a scatterWidth specifies the scatter width that will be used to later draw the scatters at pixel + coordinates generated by this function. This is needed here to calculate an accordingly wider + margin around the axis rect when performing the data point reduction. + + \see draw, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPCurve::getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double scatterWidth) const +{ + if (!scatters) { + return; + } + scatters->clear(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + const int scatterModulo = mScatterSkip + 1; + const bool doScatterSkip = mScatterSkip > 0; + int endIndex = end - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + + QCPRange keyRange = keyAxis->range(); + QCPRange valueRange = valueAxis->range(); + // extend range to include width of scatter symbols: + keyRange.lower = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyRange.lower) - scatterWidth * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + keyRange.upper = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyRange.upper) + scatterWidth * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + valueRange.lower = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueRange.lower) - scatterWidth * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + valueRange.upper = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueRange.upper) + scatterWidth * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = begin - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + while (doScatterSkip && it != end && itIndex % scatterModulo != 0) { // advance begin iterator to first non-skipped scatter + ++itIndex; + ++it; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + while (it != end) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->value) && keyRange.contains(it->key) && valueRange.contains(it->value)) { + scatters->append(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key))); + } + + // advance iterator to next (non-skipped) data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } else { + while (it != end) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->value) && keyRange.contains(it->key) && valueRange.contains(it->value)) { + scatters->append(QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->value))); + } + + // advance iterator to next (non-skipped) data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + It returns the region of the given point (\a key, \a value) with respect to a rectangle defined + by \a keyMin, \a keyMax, \a valueMin, and \a valueMax. + + The regions are enumerated from top to bottom (\a valueMin to \a valueMax) and left to right (\a + keyMin to \a keyMax): + + + + + +
147
258
369
+ + With the rectangle being region 5, and the outer regions extending infinitely outwards. In the + curve optimization algorithm, region 5 is considered to be the visible portion of the plot. +*/ +int QCPCurve::getRegion(double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + if (key < keyMin) { // region 123 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 1; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 3; + } else { + return 2; + } + } else if (key > keyMax) { // region 789 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 7; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 9; + } else { + return 8; + } + } else { // region 456 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 4; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 6; + } else { + return 5; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method is used in case the current segment passes from inside the visible rect (region 5, + see \ref getRegion) to any of the outer regions (\a otherRegion). The current segment is given by + the line connecting (\a key, \a value) with (\a otherKey, \a otherValue). + + It returns the intersection point of the segment with the border of region 5. + + For this function it doesn't matter whether (\a key, \a value) is the point inside region 5 or + whether it's (\a otherKey, \a otherValue), i.e. whether the segment is coming from region 5 or + leaving it. It is important though that \a otherRegion correctly identifies the other region not + equal to 5. +*/ +QPointF QCPCurve::getOptimizedPoint(int otherRegion, double otherKey, double otherValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + // The intersection point interpolation here is done in pixel coordinates, so we don't need to + // differentiate between different axis scale types. Note that the nomenclature + // top/left/bottom/right/min/max is with respect to the rect in plot coordinates, wich may be + // different in pixel coordinates (horz/vert key axes, reversed ranges) + + const double keyMinPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMin); + const double keyMaxPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMax); + const double valueMinPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMin); + const double valueMaxPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMax); + const double otherValuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(otherValue); + const double valuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + const double otherKeyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(otherKey); + const double keyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + double intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; // initial key just a fail-safe + double intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; // initial value just a fail-safe + switch (otherRegion) { + case 1: { // top and left edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether top edge is not intersected, then it must be left edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 2: { // left edge + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + break; + } + case 3: { // bottom and left edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether bottom edge is not intersected, then it must be left edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 4: { // top edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // case 5 shouldn't happen for this function but we add it anyway to prevent potential discontinuity in branch table + } + case 6: { // bottom edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + break; + } + case 7: { // top and right edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether top edge is not intersected, then it must be right edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 8: { // right edge + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + break; + } + case 9: { // bottom and right edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether bottom edge is not intersected, then it must be right edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + } + if (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(intersectKeyPx, intersectValuePx); + } else { + return QPointF(intersectValuePx, intersectKeyPx); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + In situations where a single segment skips over multiple regions it might become necessary to add + extra points at the corners of region 5 (see \ref getRegion) such that the optimized segment + doesn't unintentionally cut through the visible area of the axis rect and create plot artifacts. + This method provides these points that must be added, assuming the original segment doesn't + start, end, or traverse region 5. (Corner points where region 5 is traversed are calculated by + \ref getTraverseCornerPoints.) + + For example, consider a segment which directly goes from region 4 to 2 but originally is far out + to the top left such that it doesn't cross region 5. Naively optimizing these points by + projecting them on the top and left borders of region 5 will create a segment that surely crosses + 5, creating a visual artifact in the plot. This method prevents this by providing extra points at + the top left corner, making the optimized curve correctly pass from region 4 to 1 to 2 without + traversing 5. +*/ +QVector QCPCurve::getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + QVector result; + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 9: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMin - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMax - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMax - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMin - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method returns whether a segment going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion (see \ref + getRegion) may traverse the visible region 5. This function assumes that neither \a prevRegion + nor \a currentRegion is 5 itself. + + If this method returns false, the segment for sure doesn't pass region 5. If it returns true, the + segment may or may not pass region 5 and a more fine-grained calculation must be used (\ref + getTraverse). +*/ +bool QCPCurve::mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: + case 7: + case 2: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 2: + case 6: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 5: + return false; // should never occur + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 4: + case 8: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 6: + case 8: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + default: + return true; + } +} + + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method assumes that the \ref mayTraverse test has returned true, so there is a chance the + segment defined by (\a prevKey, \a prevValue) and (\a key, \a value) goes through the visible + region 5. + + The return value of this method indicates whether the segment actually traverses region 5 or not. + + If the segment traverses 5, the output parameters \a crossA and \a crossB indicate the entry and + exit points of region 5. They will become the optimized points for that segment. +*/ +bool QCPCurve::getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const +{ + // The intersection point interpolation here is done in pixel coordinates, so we don't need to + // differentiate between different axis scale types. Note that the nomenclature + // top/left/bottom/right/min/max is with respect to the rect in plot coordinates, wich may be + // different in pixel coordinates (horz/vert key axes, reversed ranges) + + QList intersections; + const double valueMinPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMin); + const double valueMaxPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMax); + const double keyMinPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMin); + const double keyMaxPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMax); + const double keyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + const double valuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + const double prevKeyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(prevKey); + const double prevValuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(prevValue); + if (qFuzzyIsNull(key - prevKey)) { // line is parallel to value axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverse(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, region 5 is traversed here + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyPx, valueMinPx) : QPointF(valueMinPx, keyPx)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyPx, valueMaxPx) : QPointF(valueMaxPx, keyPx)); + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(value - prevValue)) { // line is parallel to key axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverse(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, region 5 is traversed here + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMinPx, valuePx) : QPointF(valuePx, keyMinPx)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMaxPx, valuePx) : QPointF(valuePx, keyMaxPx)); + } else { // line is skewed + double gamma; + double keyPerValuePx = (keyPx - prevKeyPx) / (valuePx - prevValuePx); + // check top of rect: + gamma = prevKeyPx + (valueMaxPx - prevValuePx) * keyPerValuePx; + if (gamma >= qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(gamma, valueMaxPx) : QPointF(valueMaxPx, gamma)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + gamma = prevKeyPx + (valueMinPx - prevValuePx) * keyPerValuePx; + if (gamma >= qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(gamma, valueMinPx) : QPointF(valueMinPx, gamma)); + } + const double valuePerKeyPx = 1.0 / keyPerValuePx; + // check left of rect: + gamma = prevValuePx + (keyMinPx - prevKeyPx) * valuePerKeyPx; + if (gamma >= qMin(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMinPx, gamma) : QPointF(gamma, keyMinPx)); + } + // check right of rect: + gamma = prevValuePx + (keyMaxPx - prevKeyPx) * valuePerKeyPx; + if (gamma >= qMin(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMaxPx, gamma) : QPointF(gamma, keyMaxPx)); + } + } + + // handle cases where found points isn't exactly 2: + if (intersections.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got duplicate points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance in between: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QPointF pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < intersections.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < intersections.size(); ++k) { + QPointF distPoint = intersections.at(i) - intersections.at(k); + double distSqr = distPoint.x() * distPoint.x() + distPoint.y() + distPoint.y(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = intersections.at(i); + pv2 = intersections.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + intersections = QList() << pv1 << pv2; + } else if (intersections.size() != 2) { + // one or even zero points found (shouldn't happen unless line perfectly tangent to corner), no need to draw segment + return false; + } + + // possibly re-sort points so optimized point segment has same direction as original segment: + double xDelta = keyPx - prevKeyPx; + double yDelta = valuePx - prevValuePx; + if (mKeyAxis->orientation() != Qt::Horizontal) { + qSwap(xDelta, yDelta); + } + if (xDelta * (intersections.at(1).x() - intersections.at(0).x()) + yDelta * (intersections.at(1).y() - intersections.at(0).y()) < 0) { // scalar product of both segments < 0 -> opposite direction + intersections.move(0, 1); + } + crossA = intersections.at(0); + crossB = intersections.at(1); + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method assumes that the \ref getTraverse test has returned true, so the segment definitely + traverses the visible region 5 when going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion. + + In certain situations it is not sufficient to merely generate the entry and exit points of the + segment into/out of region 5, as \ref getTraverse provides. It may happen that a single segment, in + addition to traversing region 5, skips another region outside of region 5, which makes it + necessary to add an optimized corner point there (very similar to the job \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints does for segments that are completely in outside regions and don't + traverse 5). + + As an example, consider a segment going from region 1 to region 6, traversing the lower left + corner of region 5. In this configuration, the segment additionally crosses the border between + region 1 and 2 before entering region 5. This makes it necessary to add an additional point in + the top left corner, before adding the optimized traverse points. So in this case, the output + parameter \a beforeTraverse will contain the top left corner point, and \a afterTraverse will be + empty. + + In some cases, such as when going from region 1 to 9, it may even be necessary to add additional + corner points before and after the traverse. Then both \a beforeTraverse and \a afterTraverse + return the respective corner points. +*/ +void QCPCurve::getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // shouldn't happen because this method only handles full traverses + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 1: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the (minimum) distance (in pixels) the curve's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint in pixels. This is used to determine whether the curve was clicked or not, e.g. in + \ref selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. Note that + if the curve has a line representation, the returned distance may be smaller than the distance to + the \a closestData point, since the distance to the curve line is also taken into account. + + If either the curve has no data or if the line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape + is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone (i.e. there is no visual representation of the curve), returns + -1.0. +*/ +double QCPCurve::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + if (mDataContainer->size() == 1) { + QPointF dataPoint = coordsToPixels(mDataContainer->constBegin()->key, mDataContainer->constBegin()->value); + closestData = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + return QCPVector2D(dataPoint - pixelPoint).length(); + } + + // calculate minimum distances to curve data points and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + // iterate over found data points and then choose the one with the shortest distance to pos: + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + for (QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + + // calculate distance to line if there is one (if so, will probably be smaller than distance to closest data point): + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + QVector lines; + getCurveLines(&lines, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 1.2); // optimized lines outside axis rect shouldn't respond to clicks at the edge, so use 1.2*tolerance as pen width + for (int i = 0; i < lines.size() - 1; ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pixelPoint).distanceSquaredToLine(lines.at(i), lines.at(i + 1)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.cpp', size 43725 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarsGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarsGroup + \brief Groups multiple QCPBars together so they appear side by side + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + When showing multiple QCPBars in one plot which have bars at identical keys, it may be desirable + to have them appearing next to each other at each key. This is what adding the respective QCPBars + plottables to a QCPBarsGroup achieves. (An alternative approach is to stack them on top of each + other, see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove.) + + \section qcpbarsgroup-usage Usage + + To add a QCPBars plottable to the group, create a new group and then add the respective bars + intances: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-creation + Alternatively to appending to the group like shown above, you can also set the group on the + QCPBars plottable via \ref QCPBars::setBarsGroup. + + The spacing between the bars can be configured via \ref setSpacingType and \ref setSpacing. The + bars in this group appear in the plot in the order they were appended. To insert a bars plottable + at a certain index position, or to reposition a bars plottable which is already in the group, use + \ref insert. + + To remove specific bars from the group, use either \ref remove or call \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup "QCPBars::setBarsGroup(0)" on the respective bars plottable. + + To clear the entire group, call \ref clear, or simply delete the group. + + \section qcpbarsgroup-example Example + + The image above is generated with the following code: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-example +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPBarsGroup::bars() const + + Returns all bars currently in this group. + + \see bars(int index) +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPBarsGroup::size() const + + Returns the number of QCPBars plottables that are part of this group. + +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this bars group is empty. + + \see size +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::contains(QCPBars *bars) + + Returns whether the specified \a bars plottable is part of this group. + +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new bars group for the specified QCustomPlot instance. +*/ +QCPBarsGroup::QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mSpacingType(stAbsolute), + mSpacing(4) +{ +} + +QCPBarsGroup::~QCPBarsGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets how the spacing between adjacent bars is interpreted. See \ref SpacingType. + + The actual spacing can then be specified with \ref setSpacing. + + \see setSpacing +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType) +{ + mSpacingType = spacingType; +} + +/*! + Sets the spacing between adjacent bars. What the number passed as \a spacing actually means, is + defined by the current \ref SpacingType, which can be set with \ref setSpacingType. + + \see setSpacingType +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacing(double spacing) +{ + mSpacing = spacing; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPBars instance with the specified \a index in this group. If no such QCPBars + exists, returns 0. + + \see bars(), size +*/ +QCPBars *QCPBarsGroup::bars(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mBars.size()) { + return mBars.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all QCPBars plottables from this group. + + \see isEmpty +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::clear() +{ + foreach (QCPBars *bars, mBars) { // since foreach takes a copy, removing bars in the loop is okay + bars->setBarsGroup(0); // removes itself via removeBars + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a bars plottable to this group. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup on the \a bars instance. + + \see insert, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::append(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is already in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts the specified \a bars plottable into this group at the specified index position \a i. + This gives you full control over the ordering of the bars. + + \a bars may already be part of this group. In that case, \a bars is just moved to the new index + position. + + \see append, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::insert(int i, QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + // first append to bars list normally: + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } + // then move to according position: + mBars.move(mBars.indexOf(bars), qBound(0, i, mBars.size() - 1)); +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a bars plottable from this group. + + \see contains, clear +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::remove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(0); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is not in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the specified \a bars to the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change the + barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see unregisterBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::registerBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + mBars.append(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the specified \a bars from the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change + the barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see registerBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + mBars.removeOne(bars); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel offset in the key dimension the specified \a bars plottable should have at the + given key coordinate \a keyCoord. The offset is relative to the pixel position of the key + coordinate \a keyCoord. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + // find list of all base bars in case some mBars are stacked: + QList baseBars; + foreach (const QCPBars *b, mBars) { + while (b->barBelow()) { + b = b->barBelow(); + } + if (!baseBars.contains(b)) { + baseBars.append(b); + } + } + // find base bar this "bars" is stacked on: + const QCPBars *thisBase = bars; + while (thisBase->barBelow()) { + thisBase = thisBase->barBelow(); + } + + // determine key pixel offset of this base bars considering all other base bars in this barsgroup: + double result = 0; + int index = baseBars.indexOf(thisBase); + if (index >= 0) { + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 1 && index == (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2) { // is center bar (int division on purpose) + return result; + } else { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + int startIndex; + int dir = (index <= (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2) ? -1 : 1; // if bar is to lower keys of center, dir is negative + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 0) { // even number of bars + startIndex = baseBars.size() / 2 + (dir < 0 ? -1 : 0); + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(startIndex), keyCoord) * 0.5; // half of middle spacing + } else { // uneven number of bars + startIndex = (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2 + dir; + baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; // half of center bar + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2), keyCoord); // center bar spacing + } + for (int i = startIndex; i != index; i += dir) { // add widths and spacings of bars in between center and our bars + baseBars.at(i)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth); + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(i), keyCoord); + } + // finally half of our bars width: + baseBars.at(index)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; + // correct sign of result depending on orientation and direction of key axis: + result *= dir * thisBase->keyAxis()->pixelOrientation(); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the spacing in pixels which is between this \a bars and the following one, both at the + key coordinate \a keyCoord. + + \note Typically the returned value doesn't depend on \a bars or \a keyCoord. \a bars is only + needed to get access to the key axis transformation and axis rect for the modes \ref + stAxisRectRatio and \ref stPlotCoords. The \a keyCoord is only relevant for spacings given in + \ref stPlotCoords on a logarithmic axis. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + switch (mSpacingType) { + case stAbsolute: { + return mSpacing; + } + case stAxisRectRatio: { + if (bars->keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->width() * mSpacing; + } else { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->height() * mSpacing; + } + } + case stPlotCoords: { + double keyPixel = bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord); + return qAbs(bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord + mSpacing) - keyPixel); + } + } + return 0; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarsData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarsData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point (one bar) for QCPBars. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this bar (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a value: height coordinate on the value axis of this bar (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPBarsDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPBarsData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPBarsDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPBarsData QCPBarsData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPBarsData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPBarsData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPBarsData::QCPBarsData() : + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with the specified \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPBarsData::QCPBarsData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBars +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBars + \brief A plottable representing a bar chart in a plot. + + \image html QCPBars.png + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. + + \section qcpbars-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the bars is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + The width of the individual bars can be controlled with \ref setWidthType and \ref setWidth. + + Bar charts are stackable. This means, two QCPBars plottables can be placed on top of each other + (see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove). So when two bars are at the same key position, they will appear + stacked. + + If you would like to group multiple QCPBars plottables together so they appear side by side as + shown below, use QCPBarsGroup. + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + \section qcpbars-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPBars is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPBars::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPBarsDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barBelow() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly below this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns 0. + + \see barAbove, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barAbove() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly above this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns 0. + + \see barBelow, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a bar chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPBars is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPBars, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPBars::QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mWidth(0.75), + mWidthType(wtPlotCoords), + mBarsGroup(0), + mBaseValue(0), + mStackingGap(0) +{ + // modify inherited properties from abstract plottable: + mPen.setColor(Qt::blue); + mPen.setStyle(Qt::SolidLine); + mBrush.setColor(QColor(40, 50, 255, 30)); + mBrush.setStyle(Qt::SolidPattern); + mSelectionDecorator->setBrush(QBrush(QColor(160, 160, 255))); +} + +QCPBars::~QCPBars() +{ + setBarsGroup(0); + if (mBarBelow || mBarAbove) { + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // take this bar out of any stacking + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPBars may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all bars that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the bar's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the bars. + + How the number passed as \a width is interpreted (e.g. screen pixels, plot coordinates,...), + depends on the currently set width type, see \ref setWidthType and \ref WidthType. +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets how the width of the bars is defined. See the documentation of \ref WidthType for an + explanation of the possible values for \a widthType. + + The default value is \ref wtPlotCoords. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidthType(QCPBars::WidthType widthType) +{ + mWidthType = widthType; +} + +/*! + Sets to which QCPBarsGroup this QCPBars instance belongs to. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBarsGroup::append. + + To remove this QCPBars from any group, set \a barsGroup to 0. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup) +{ + // deregister at old group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->unregisterBars(this); + } + mBarsGroup = barsGroup; + // register at new group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->registerBars(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the base value of this bars plottable. + + The base value defines where on the value coordinate the bars start. How far the bars extend from + the base value is given by their individual value data. For example, if the base value is set to + 1, a bar with data value 2 will have its lowest point at value coordinate 1 and highest point at + 3. + + For stacked bars, only the base value of the bottom-most QCPBars has meaning. + + The default base value is 0. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBaseValue(double baseValue) +{ + mBaseValue = baseValue; +} + +/*! + If this bars plottable is stacked on top of another bars plottable (\ref moveAbove), this method + allows specifying a distance in \a pixels, by which the drawn bar rectangles will be separated by + the bars below it. +*/ +void QCPBars::setStackingGap(double pixels) +{ + mStackingGap = pixels; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPBarsData(key, value)); +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable below \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + below the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object below itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to 0. + + \see moveBelow, barAbove, barBelow +*/ +void QCPBars::moveBelow(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar below it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarBelow) { + connectBars(bars->mBarBelow.data(), this); + } + connectBars(this, bars); + } +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable above \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + above the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object above itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to 0. + + \see moveBelow, barBelow, barAbove +*/ +void QCPBars::moveAbove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar above it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarAbove) { + connectBars(this, bars->mBarAbove.data()); + } + connectBars(bars, this); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPBars::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(getBarRect(it->key, it->value))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(it - mDataContainer->constBegin(), it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPBars::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + // get visible data range: + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (getBarRect(it->key, it->value).contains(pos)) { + if (details) { + int pointIndex = it - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + /* Note: If this QCPBars uses absolute pixels as width (or is in a QCPBarsGroup with spacing in + absolute pixels), using this method to adapt the key axis range to fit the bars into the + currently visible axis range will not work perfectly. Because in the moment the axis range is + changed to the new range, the fixed pixel widths/spacings will represent different coordinate + spans than before, which in turn would require a different key range to perfectly fit, and so on. + The only solution would be to iteratively approach the perfect fitting axis range, but the + mismatch isn't large enough in most applications, to warrant this here. If a user does need a + better fit, he should call the corresponding axis rescale multiple times in a row. + */ + QCPRange range; + range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + + // determine exact range of bars by including bar width and barsgroup offset: + if (foundRange && mKeyAxis) { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth, keyPixel; + // lower range bound: + getPixelWidth(range.lower, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.lower) + lowerPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.lower); + } + const double lowerCorrected = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + if (!qIsNaN(lowerCorrected) && qIsFinite(lowerCorrected) && range.lower > lowerCorrected) { + range.lower = lowerCorrected; + } + // upper range bound: + getPixelWidth(range.upper, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.upper) + upperPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.upper); + } + const double upperCorrected = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + if (!qIsNaN(upperCorrected) && qIsFinite(upperCorrected) && range.upper < upperCorrected) { + range.upper = upperCorrected; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + // Note: can't simply use mDataContainer->valueRange here because we need to + // take into account bar base value and possible stacking of multiple bars + QCPRange range; + range.lower = mBaseValue; + range.upper = mBaseValue; + bool haveLower = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + bool haveUpper = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (inKeyRange != QCPRange()) { + itBegin = mDataContainer->findBegin(inKeyRange.lower); + itEnd = mDataContainer->findEnd(inKeyRange.upper); + } + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + const double current = it->value + getStackedBaseValue(it->key, it->value >= 0); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + + foundRange = true; // return true because bar charts always have the 0-line visible + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPBars::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + const QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin() + index; + const double valuePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(getStackedBaseValue(it->key, it->value >= 0) + it->value); + const double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + (mBarsGroup ? mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, it->key) : 0); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(keyPixel, valuePixel); + } else { + return QPointF(valuePixel, keyPixel); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +#endif + // draw bar: + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->drawPolygon(getBarRect(it->key, it->value)); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref draw to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key axis range + setting, so only that needs to be processed. It also takes into account the bar width. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns an iterator one higher than the highest visible data point. Same as before, \a end + may also lie just outside of the visible range. + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPBars::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range as QMap iterators + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + double lowerPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + double upperPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + bool isVisible = false; + // walk left from begin to find lower bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + while (it != mDataContainer->constBegin()) { + --it; + const QRectF barRect = getBarRect(it->key, it->value); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.right() >= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.left() <= lowerPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.top() <= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.bottom() >= lowerPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + begin = it; + } else { + break; + } + } + // walk right from ubound to find upper bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + it = end; + while (it != mDataContainer->constEnd()) { + const QRectF barRect = getBarRect(it->key, it->value); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.left() <= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.right() >= upperPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.bottom() >= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.top() <= upperPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + end = it + 1; + } else { + break; + } + ++it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the rect in pixel coordinates of a single bar with the specified \a key and \a value. The + rect is shifted according to the bar stacking (see \ref moveAbove) and base value (see \ref + setBaseValue), and to have non-overlapping border lines with the bars stacked below. +*/ +QRectF QCPBars::getBarRect(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QRectF(); + } + + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + getPixelWidth(key, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + double base = getStackedBaseValue(key, value >= 0); + double basePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base); + double valuePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base + value); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, key); + } + double bottomOffset = (mBarBelow && mPen != Qt::NoPen ? 1 : 0) * (mPen.isCosmetic() ? 1 : mPen.widthF()); + bottomOffset += mBarBelow ? mStackingGap : 0; + bottomOffset *= (value < 0 ? -1 : 1) * valueAxis->pixelOrientation(); + if (qAbs(valuePixel - basePixel) <= qAbs(bottomOffset)) { + bottomOffset = valuePixel - basePixel; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QRectF(QPointF(keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth, valuePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + upperPixelWidth, basePixel + bottomOffset)).normalized(); + } else { + return QRectF(QPointF(basePixel + bottomOffset, keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth), QPointF(valuePixel, keyPixel + upperPixelWidth)).normalized(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is used to determine the width of the bar at coordinate \a key, according to the + specified width (\ref setWidth) and width type (\ref setWidthType). + + The output parameters \a lower and \a upper return the number of pixels the bar extends to lower + and higher keys, relative to the \a key coordinate (so with a non-reversed horizontal axis, \a + lower is negative and \a upper positive). +*/ +void QCPBars::getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const +{ + lower = 0; + upper = 0; + switch (mWidthType) { + case wtAbsolute: { + upper = mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + lower = -upper; + break; + } + case wtAxisRectRatio: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()) { + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->width() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } else { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->height() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + lower = -upper; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis or axis rect defined"; + } + break; + } + case wtPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + double keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key); + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key + mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + lower = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key - mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + // no need to qSwap(lower, higher) when range reversed, because higher/lower are gained by + // coordinate transform which includes range direction + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis defined"; + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called to find at which value to start drawing the base of a bar at \a key, when + it is stacked on top of another QCPBars (e.g. with \ref moveAbove). + + positive and negative bars are separated per stack (positive are stacked above baseValue upwards, + negative are stacked below baseValue downwards). This can be indicated with \a positive. So if the + bar for which we need the base value is negative, set \a positive to false. +*/ +double QCPBars::getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const +{ + if (mBarBelow) { + double max = 0; // don't initialize with mBaseValue here because only base value of bottom-most bar has meaning in a bar stack + // find bars of mBarBelow that are approximately at key and find largest one: + double epsilon = qAbs(key) * (sizeof(key) == 4 ? 1e-6 : 1e-14); // should be safe even when changed to use float at some point + if (key == 0) { + epsilon = (sizeof(key) == 4 ? 1e-6 : 1e-14); + } + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = mBarBelow.data()->mDataContainer->findBegin(key - epsilon); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mBarBelow.data()->mDataContainer->findEnd(key + epsilon); + while (it != itEnd) { + if (it->key > key - epsilon && it->key < key + epsilon) { + if ((positive && it->value > max) || + (!positive && it->value < max)) { + max = it->value; + } + } + ++it; + } + // recurse down the bar-stack to find the total height: + return max + mBarBelow.data()->getStackedBaseValue(key, positive); + } else { + return mBaseValue; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Connects \a below and \a above to each other via their mBarAbove/mBarBelow properties. The bar(s) + currently above lower and below upper will become disconnected to lower/upper. + + If lower is zero, upper will be disconnected at the bottom. + If upper is zero, lower will be disconnected at the top. +*/ +void QCPBars::connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper) +{ + if (!lower && !upper) { + return; + } + + if (!lower) { // disconnect upper at bottom + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = 0; + } + upper->mBarBelow = 0; + } else if (!upper) { // disconnect lower at top + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = 0; + } + lower->mBarAbove = 0; + } else { // connect lower and upper + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = 0; + } + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = 0; + } + lower->mBarAbove = upper; + upper->mBarBelow = lower; + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.cpp', size 28837 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPStatisticalBoxData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPStatisticalBoxData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPStatisticalBox. + + The stored data is: + + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + + \li \a minimum: the position of the lower whisker, typically the minimum measurement of the + sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \li \a lowerQuartile: the lower end of the box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two + statistical quartiles around the median of the sample, they should contain 50% of the sample + data. + + \li \a median: the value of the median mark inside the quartile box. The median separates the + sample data in half (50% of the sample data is below/above the median). (This is the \a mainValue) + + \li \a upperQuartile: the upper end of the box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two + statistical quartiles around the median of the sample, they should contain 50% of the sample + data. + + \li \a maximum: the position of the upper whisker, typically the maximum measurement of the + sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \li \a outliers: a QVector of outlier values that will be drawn as scatter points at the \a key + coordinate of this data point (see \ref QCPStatisticalBox::setOutlierStyle) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. It is a + typedef for \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPStatisticalBoxData as the DataType template + parameter. See the documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic + methods. + + \see QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPStatisticalBoxData QCPStatisticalBoxData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPStatisticalBoxData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a median member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPStatisticalBoxData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange spanning from the \a minimum to the \a maximum member of this statistical box + data point, possibly further expanded by outliers. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and all values set to zero. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBoxData::QCPStatisticalBoxData() : + key(0), + minimum(0), + lowerQuartile(0), + median(0), + upperQuartile(0), + maximum(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a + upperQuartile, \a maximum and optionally a number of \a outliers. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBoxData::QCPStatisticalBoxData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) : + key(key), + minimum(minimum), + lowerQuartile(lowerQuartile), + median(median), + upperQuartile(upperQuartile), + maximum(maximum), + outliers(outliers) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPStatisticalBox +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPStatisticalBox + \brief A plottable representing a single statistical box in a plot. + + \image html QCPStatisticalBox.png + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the internal + \ref QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. + + Additionally each data point can itself have a list of outliers, drawn as scatter points at the + key coordinate of the respective statistical box data point. They can either be set by using the + respective \ref addData(double,double,double,double,double,double,const QVector&) + "addData" method or accessing the individual data points through \ref data, and setting the + QVector outliers of the data points directly. + + \section qcpstatisticalbox-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of each data point box, ranging from the lower to the upper quartile, is + controlled via \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. You may change the width of the boxes with \ref + setWidth in plot coordinates. + + Each data point's visual representation also consists of two whiskers. Whiskers are the lines + which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower quartile to the minimum. + The appearance of the whiskers can be modified with: \ref setWhiskerPen, \ref setWhiskerBarPen, + \ref setWhiskerWidth. The whisker width is the width of the bar perpendicular to the whisker at + the top (for maximum) and bottom (for minimum). If the whisker pen is changed, make sure to set + the \c capStyle to \c Qt::FlatCap. Otherwise the backbone line might exceed the whisker bars by a + few pixels due to the pen cap being not perfectly flat. + + The median indicator line inside the box has its own pen, \ref setMedianPen. + + The outlier data points are drawn as normal scatter points. Their look can be controlled with + \ref setOutlierStyle + + \section qcpstatisticalbox-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPStatisticalBox is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPStatisticalBox::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. You may use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more + convenient and faster than using the regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a statistical box which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its + value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and + not have the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPStatisticalBox is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred + from \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPStatisticalBox, so do not + delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBox::QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mWidth(0.5), + mWhiskerWidth(0.2), + mWhiskerPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::DashLine, Qt::FlatCap), + mWhiskerBarPen(Qt::black), + mWhiskerAntialiased(false), + mMedianPen(Qt::black, 3, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::FlatCap), + mOutlierStyle(QCPScatterStyle::ssCircle, Qt::blue, 6) +{ + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPStatisticalBoxes may share the same data container + safely. Modifying the data in the container will then affect all statistical boxes that share the + container. Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared + pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the statistical box data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a + median, \a upperQuartile and \a maximum. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the + number of added points will be the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the boxes in key coordinates. + + \see setWhiskerWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the whiskers in key coordinates. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerWidth(double width) +{ + mWhiskerWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker backbone. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + Make sure to set the \c capStyle of the passed \a pen to \c Qt::FlatCap. Otherwise the backbone + line might exceed the whisker bars by a few pixels due to the pen cap being not perfectly flat. + + \see setWhiskerBarPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker bars. Those are the lines parallel to the key axis at + each end of the whisker backbone. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + \see setWhiskerPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerBarPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the statistical boxes whiskers are drawn with antialiasing or not. + + Note that antialiasing settings may be overridden by QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerAntialiased(bool enabled) +{ + mWhiskerAntialiased = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the median indicator line inside the statistical boxes. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMedianPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mMedianPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the appearance of the outlier data points. + + Outliers can be specified with the method + \ref addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mOutlierStyle = style; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a upperQuartile and + \a maximum to the current data. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number + of added points will be the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != minimum.size() || minimum.size() != lowerQuartile.size() || lowerQuartile.size() != median.size() || + median.size() != upperQuartile.size() || upperQuartile.size() != maximum.size() || maximum.size() != keys.size()) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum have different sizes:" + << keys.size() << minimum.size() << lowerQuartile.size() << median.size() << upperQuartile.size() << maximum.size(); + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), qMin(minimum.size(), qMin(lowerQuartile.size(), qMin(median.size(), qMin(upperQuartile.size(), maximum.size()))))); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->minimum = minimum[i]; + it->lowerQuartile = lowerQuartile[i]; + it->median = median[i]; + it->upperQuartile = upperQuartile[i]; + it->maximum = maximum[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a upperQuartile + and \a maximum to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPStatisticalBoxData(key, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum, outliers)); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPStatisticalBox::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(getQuartileBox(it))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(it - mDataContainer->constBegin(), it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPStatisticalBox::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + // get visible data range: + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (getQuartileBox(it).contains(pos)) { // quartile box + double currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } else { // whiskers + const QVector whiskerBackbones(getWhiskerBackboneLines(it)); + for (int i = 0; i < whiskerBackbones.size(); ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(whiskerBackbones.at(i)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + } + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + // determine exact range by including width of bars/flags: + if (foundRange) { + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdPositive || range.lower - mWidth * 0.5 > 0) { + range.lower -= mWidth * 0.5; + } + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdNegative || range.upper + mWidth * 0.5 < 0) { + range.upper += mWidth * 0.5; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + // check data validity if flag set: +# ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->minimum) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->lowerQuartile, it->median) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->upperQuartile, it->maximum)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "of drawn range has invalid data." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + for (int i = 0; i < it->outliers.size(); ++i) + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->outliers.at(i))) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point outlier at" << it->key << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +# endif + + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + QCPScatterStyle finalOutlierStyle = mOutlierStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalOutlierStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mOutlierStyle); + } + drawStatisticalBox(painter, it, finalOutlierStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! + Draws the graphical representation of a single statistical box with the data given by the + iterator \a it with the provided \a painter. + + If the statistical box has a set of outlier data points, they are drawn with \a outlierStyle. + + \see getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawStatisticalBox(QCPPainter *painter, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it, const QCPScatterStyle &outlierStyle) const +{ + // draw quartile box: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + const QRectF quartileBox = getQuartileBox(it); + painter->drawRect(quartileBox); + // draw median line with cliprect set to quartile box: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(quartileBox, Qt::IntersectClip); + painter->setPen(mMedianPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->median), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWidth * 0.5, it->median))); + painter->restore(); + // draw whisker lines: + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mWhiskerAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerPen); + painter->drawLines(getWhiskerBackboneLines(it)); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerBarPen); + painter->drawLines(getWhiskerBarLines(it)); + // draw outliers: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + outlierStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < it->outliers.size(); ++i) { + outlierStyle.drawShape(painter, coordsToPixels(it->key, it->outliers.at(i))); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref draw to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key axis range + setting, so only that needs to be processed. It also takes into account the bar width. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns an iterator one higher than the highest visible data point. Same as before, \a end + may also lie just outside of the visible range. + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower - mWidth * 0.5); // subtract half width of box to include partially visible data points + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper + mWidth * 0.5); // add half width of box to include partially visible data points +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the box in plot coordinates (keys in x, values in y of the returned rect) that covers the + value range from the lower to the upper quartile, of the data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +QRectF QCPStatisticalBox::getQuartileBox(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QRectF result; + result.setTopLeft(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->upperQuartile)); + result.setBottomRight(coordsToPixels(it->key + mWidth * 0.5, it->lowerQuartile)); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the whisker backbones (keys in x, values in y of the returned lines) that cover the value + range from the minimum to the lower quartile, and from the upper quartile to the maximum of the + data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +QVector QCPStatisticalBox::getWhiskerBackboneLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QVector result(2); + result[0].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->lowerQuartile), coordsToPixels(it->key, it->minimum)); // min backbone + result[1].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->upperQuartile), coordsToPixels(it->key, it->maximum)); // max backbone + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the whisker bars (keys in x, values in y of the returned lines) that are placed at the + end of the whisker backbones, at the minimum and maximum of the data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines +*/ +QVector QCPStatisticalBox::getWhiskerBarLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QVector result(2); + result[0].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->minimum), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->minimum)); // min bar + result[1].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->maximum), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->maximum)); // max bar + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.cpp', size 47881 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMapData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMapData + \brief Holds the two-dimensional data of a QCPColorMap plottable. + + This class is a data storage for \ref QCPColorMap. It holds a two-dimensional array, which \ref + QCPColorMap then displays as a 2D image in the plot, where the array values are represented by a + color, depending on the value. + + The size of the array can be controlled via \ref setSize (or \ref setKeySize, \ref setValueSize). + Which plot coordinates these cells correspond to can be configured with \ref setRange (or \ref + setKeyRange, \ref setValueRange). + + The data cells can be accessed in two ways: They can be directly addressed by an integer index + with \ref setCell. This is the fastest method. Alternatively, they can be addressed by their plot + coordinate with \ref setData. plot coordinate to cell index transformations and vice versa are + provided by the functions \ref coordToCell and \ref cellToCoord. + + A \ref QCPColorMapData also holds an on-demand two-dimensional array of alpha values which (if + allocated) has the same size as the data map. It can be accessed via \ref setAlpha, \ref + fillAlpha and \ref clearAlpha. The memory for the alpha map is only allocated if needed, i.e. on + the first call of \ref setAlpha. \ref clearAlpha restores full opacity and frees the alpha map. + + This class also buffers the minimum and maximum values that are in the data set, to provide + QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange with the necessary information quickly. Setting a cell to a value + that is greater than the current maximum increases this maximum to the new value. However, + setting the cell that currently holds the maximum value to a smaller value doesn't decrease the + maximum again, because finding the true new maximum would require going through the entire data + array, which might be time consuming. The same holds for the data minimum. This functionality is + given by \ref recalculateDataBounds, such that you can decide when it is sensible to find the + true current minimum and maximum. The method QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange offers a convenience + parameter \a recalculateDataBounds which may be set to true to automatically call \ref + recalculateDataBounds internally. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPColorMapData::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this instance carries no data. This is equivalent to having a size where at least + one of the dimensions is 0 (see \ref setSize). +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance. The instance has \a keySize cells in the key direction + and \a valueSize cells in the value direction. These cells will be displayed by the \ref QCPColorMap + at the coordinates \a keyRange and \a valueRange. + + \see setSize, setKeySize, setValueSize, setRange, setKeyRange, setValueRange +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mKeyRange(keyRange), + mValueRange(valueRange), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(0), + mAlpha(0), + mDataModified(true) +{ + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + fill(0); +} + +QCPColorMapData::~QCPColorMapData() +{ + if (mData) { + delete[] mData; + } + if (mAlpha) { + delete[] mAlpha; + } +} + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance copying the data and range of \a other. +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(0), + mAlpha(0), + mDataModified(true) +{ + *this = other; +} + +/*! + Overwrites this color map data instance with the data stored in \a other. The alpha map state is + transferred, too. +*/ +QCPColorMapData &QCPColorMapData::operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other) +{ + if (&other != this) { + const int keySize = other.keySize(); + const int valueSize = other.valueSize(); + if (!other.mAlpha && mAlpha) { + clearAlpha(); + } + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + if (other.mAlpha && !mAlpha) { + createAlpha(false); + } + setRange(other.keyRange(), other.valueRange()); + if (!isEmpty()) { + memcpy(mData, other.mData, sizeof(mData[0])*keySize * valueSize); + if (mAlpha) { + memcpy(mAlpha, other.mAlpha, sizeof(mAlpha[0])*keySize * valueSize); + } + } + mDataBounds = other.mDataBounds; + mDataModified = true; + } + return *this; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::data(double key, double value) +{ + int keyCell = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + int valueCell = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the alpha map value of the cell with the indices \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex. + + If this color map data doesn't have an alpha map (because \ref setAlpha was never called after + creation or after a call to \ref clearAlpha), returns 255, which corresponds to full opacity. + + \see setAlpha +*/ +unsigned char QCPColorMapData::alpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex) +{ + if (mAlpha && keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + return mAlpha[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex]; + } else { + return 255; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension and \a valueSize cells in + the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting at least one of \a keySize or \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref + isEmpty returns true. + + \see setRange, setKeySize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setSize(int keySize, int valueSize) +{ + if (keySize != mKeySize || valueSize != mValueSize) { + mKeySize = keySize; + mValueSize = valueSize; + if (mData) { + delete[] mData; + } + mIsEmpty = mKeySize == 0 || mValueSize == 0; + if (!mIsEmpty) { +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // 2D arrays get memory intensive fast. So if the allocation fails, at least output debug message +#endif + mData = new double[mKeySize * mValueSize]; +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + mData = 0; + } +#endif + if (mData) { + fill(0); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "out of memory for data dimensions " << mKeySize << "*" << mValueSize; + } + } else { + mData = 0; + } + + if (mAlpha) { // if we had an alpha map, recreate it with new size + createAlpha(); + } + + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a keySize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setKeyRange, setSize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeySize(int keySize) +{ + setSize(keySize, mValueSize); +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a valueSize cells in the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setValueRange, setSize, setKeySize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueSize(int valueSize) +{ + setSize(mKeySize, valueSize); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate ranges the data shall be distributed over. This defines the rectangular area + covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + setKeyRange(keyRange); + setValueRange(valueRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the key dimension. Together with + the value range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setValueRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange) +{ + mKeyRange = keyRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the value dimension. Together with + the key range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the value size (\ref setValueSize) is 3 and \a valueRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there + will be cells centered on the value coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setKeyRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + mValueRange = valueRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell, which lies at the plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value, to \a + z. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. + + \see setCell, setRange +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setData(double key, double value, double z) +{ + int keyCell = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + int valueCell = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell with indices \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to \a z. The indices + enumerate the cells starting from zero, up to the map's size-1 in the respective dimension (see + \ref setSize). + + In the standard plot configuration (horizontal key axis and vertical value axis, both not + range-reversed), the cell with indices (0, 0) is in the bottom left corner and the cell with + indices (keySize-1, valueSize-1) is in the top right corner of the color map. + + \see setData, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << keyIndex << valueIndex; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the alpha of the color map cell given by \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to \a alpha. A value + of 0 for \a alpha results in a fully transparent cell, and a value of 255 results in a fully + opaque cell. + + If an alpha map doesn't exist yet for this color map data, it will be created here. If you wish + to restore full opacity and free any allocated memory of the alpha map, call \ref clearAlpha. + + Note that the cell-wise alpha which can be configured here is independent of any alpha configured + in the color map's gradient (\ref QCPColorGradient). If a cell is affected both by the cell-wise + and gradient alpha, the alpha values will be blended accordingly during rendering of the color + map. + + \see fillAlpha, clearAlpha +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setAlpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, unsigned char alpha) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + if (mAlpha || createAlpha()) { + mAlpha[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex] = alpha; + mDataModified = true; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << keyIndex << valueIndex; + } +} + +/*! + Goes through the data and updates the buffered minimum and maximum data values. + + Calling this method is only advised if you are about to call \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange + and can not guarantee that the cells holding the maximum or minimum data haven't been overwritten + with a smaller or larger value respectively, since the buffered maximum/minimum values have been + updated the last time. Why this is the case is explained in the class description (\ref + QCPColorMapData). + + Note that the method \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange provides a parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds for convenience. Setting this to true will call this method for you, before + doing the rescale. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds() +{ + if (mKeySize > 0 && mValueSize > 0) { + double minHeight = mData[0]; + double maxHeight = mData[0]; + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + if (mData[i] > maxHeight) { + maxHeight = mData[i]; + } + if (mData[i] < minHeight) { + minHeight = mData[i]; + } + } + mDataBounds.lower = minHeight; + mDataBounds.upper = maxHeight; + } +} + +/*! + Frees the internal data memory. + + This is equivalent to calling \ref setSize "setSize(0, 0)". +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::clear() +{ + setSize(0, 0); +} + +/*! + Frees the internal alpha map. The color map will have full opacity again. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::clearAlpha() +{ + if (mAlpha) { + delete[] mAlpha; + mAlpha = 0; + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets all cells to the value \a z. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::fill(double z) +{ + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + mData[i] = z; + } + mDataBounds = QCPRange(z, z); + mDataModified = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the opacity of all color map cells to \a alpha. A value of 0 for \a alpha results in a fully + transparent color map, and a value of 255 results in a fully opaque color map. + + If you wish to restore opacity to 100% and free any used memory for the alpha map, rather use + \ref clearAlpha. + + \see setAlpha +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::fillAlpha(unsigned char alpha) +{ + if (mAlpha || createAlpha(false)) { + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + mAlpha[i] = alpha; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Transforms plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting cell indices are returned via the output parameters \a keyIndex and \a + valueIndex. + + The retrieved key/value cell indices can then be used for example with \ref setCell. + + If you are only interested in a key or value index, you may pass 0 as \a valueIndex or \a + keyIndex. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::coordToCell method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see cellToCoord, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const +{ + if (keyIndex) { + *keyIndex = (key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5; + } + if (valueIndex) { + *valueIndex = (value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5; + } +} + +/*! + Transforms cell indices given by \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting coordinates are returned via the output parameters \a key and \a + value. + + If you are only interested in a key or value coordinate, you may pass 0 as \a key or \a + value. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see coordToCell, QCPAxis::pixelToCoord +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const +{ + if (key) { + *key = keyIndex / (double)(mKeySize - 1) * (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) + mKeyRange.lower; + } + if (value) { + *value = valueIndex / (double)(mValueSize - 1) * (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) + mValueRange.lower; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Allocates the internal alpha map with the current data map key/value size and, if \a + initializeOpaque is true, initializes all values to 255. If \a initializeOpaque is false, the + values are not initialized at all. In this case, the alpha map should be initialized manually, + e.g. with \ref fillAlpha. + + If an alpha map exists already, it is deleted first. If this color map is empty (has either key + or value size zero, see \ref isEmpty), the alpha map is cleared. + + The return value indicates the existence of the alpha map after the call. So this method returns + true if the data map isn't empty and an alpha map was successfully allocated. +*/ +bool QCPColorMapData::createAlpha(bool initializeOpaque) +{ + clearAlpha(); + if (isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // 2D arrays get memory intensive fast. So if the allocation fails, at least output debug message +#endif + mAlpha = new unsigned char[mKeySize * mValueSize]; +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + mAlpha = 0; + } +#endif + if (mAlpha) { + if (initializeOpaque) { + fillAlpha(255); + } + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "out of memory for data dimensions " << mKeySize << "*" << mValueSize; + return false; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMap + \brief A plottable representing a two-dimensional color map in a plot. + + \image html QCPColorMap.png + + The data is stored in the class \ref QCPColorMapData, which can be accessed via the data() + method. + + A color map has three dimensions to represent a data point: The \a key dimension, the \a value + dimension and the \a data dimension. As with other plottables such as graphs, \a key and \a value + correspond to two orthogonal axes on the QCustomPlot surface that you specify in the QCPColorMap + constructor. The \a data dimension however is encoded as the color of the point at (\a key, \a + value). + + Set the number of points (or \a cells) in the key/value dimension via \ref + QCPColorMapData::setSize. The plot coordinate range over which these points will be displayed is + specified via \ref QCPColorMapData::setRange. The first cell will be centered on the lower range + boundary and the last cell will be centered on the upper range boundary. The data can be set by + either accessing the cells directly with QCPColorMapData::setCell or by addressing the cells via + their plot coordinates with \ref QCPColorMapData::setData. If possible, you should prefer + setCell, since it doesn't need to do any coordinate transformation and thus performs a bit + better. + + The cell with index (0, 0) is at the bottom left, if the color map uses normal (i.e. not reversed) + key and value axes. + + To show the user which colors correspond to which \a data values, a \ref QCPColorScale is + typically placed to the right of the axis rect. See the documentation there for details on how to + add and use a color scale. + + \section qcpcolormap-appearance Changing the appearance + + The central part of the appearance is the color gradient, which can be specified via \ref + setGradient. See the documentation of \ref QCPColorGradient for details on configuring a color + gradient. + + The \a data range that is mapped to the colors of the gradient can be specified with \ref + setDataRange. To make the data range encompass the whole data set minimum to maximum, call \ref + rescaleDataRange. + + \section qcpcolormap-transparency Transparency + + Transparency in color maps can be achieved by two mechanisms. On one hand, you can specify alpha + values for color stops of the \ref QCPColorGradient, via the regular QColor interface. This will + cause the color map data which gets mapped to colors around those color stops to appear with the + accordingly interpolated transparency. + + On the other hand you can also directly apply an alpha value to each cell independent of its + data, by using the alpha map feature of \ref QCPColorMapData. The relevant methods are \ref + QCPColorMapData::setAlpha, QCPColorMapData::fillAlpha and \ref QCPColorMapData::clearAlpha(). + + The two transparencies will be joined together in the plot and otherwise not interfere with each + other. They are mixed in a multiplicative matter, so an alpha of e.g. 50% (128/255) in both modes + simultaneously, will result in a total transparency of 25% (64/255). + + \section qcpcolormap-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPColorMap is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-2 + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPColorMapData *QCPColorMap::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPColorMapData. Access this to + modify data points (cells) and the color map key/value range. + + \see setData +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a color map with the specified \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis. + + The created QCPColorMap is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from + \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPColorMap, so do not delete it + manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPColorMap::QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mMapData(new QCPColorMapData(10, 10, QCPRange(0, 5), QCPRange(0, 5))), + mGradient(QCPColorGradient::gpCold), + mInterpolate(true), + mTightBoundary(false), + mMapImageInvalidated(true) +{ +} + +QCPColorMap::~QCPColorMap() +{ + delete mMapData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current \ref data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, the \a data object will only be copied. if false, the color map + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mMapData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mMapData = *data; + } else { + delete mMapData; + mMapData = data; + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the data range of this color map to \a dataRange. The data range defines which data values + are mapped to the color gradient. + + To make the data range span the full range of the data set, use \ref rescaleDataRange. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (!QCPRange::validRange(dataRange)) { + return; + } + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the data is correlated with the color gradient linearly or logarithmically. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that is used to represent the data. For more details on how to create an + own gradient or use one of the preset gradients, see \ref QCPColorGradient. + + The colors defined by the gradient will be used to represent data values in the currently set + data range, see \ref setDataRange. Data points that are outside this data range will either be + colored uniformly with the respective gradient boundary color, or the gradient will repeat, + depending on \ref QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic. + + \see QCPColorScale::setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the color map image shall use bicubic interpolation when displaying the color map + shrinked or expanded, and not at a 1:1 pixel-to-data scale. + + \image html QCPColorMap-interpolate.png "A 10*10 color map, with interpolation and without interpolation enabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setInterpolate(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolate = enabled; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; // because oversampling factors might need to change +} + +/*! + Sets whether the outer most data rows and columns are clipped to the specified key and value + range (see \ref QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange, \ref QCPColorMapData::setValueRange). + + if \a enabled is set to false, the data points at the border of the color map are drawn with the + same width and height as all other data points. Since the data points are represented by + rectangles of one color centered on the data coordinate, this means that the shown color map + extends by half a data point over the specified key/value range in each direction. + + \image html QCPColorMap-tightboundary.png "A color map, with tight boundary enabled and disabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setTightBoundary(bool enabled) +{ + mTightBoundary = enabled; +} + +/*! + Associates the color scale \a colorScale with this color map. + + This means that both the color scale and the color map synchronize their gradient, data range and + data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps + can be associated with one single color scale. This causes the color maps to also synchronize + those properties, via the mutual color scale. + + This function causes the color map to adopt the current color gradient, data range and data scale + type of \a colorScale. After this call, you may change these properties at either the color map + or the color scale, and the setting will be applied to both. + + Pass 0 as \a colorScale to disconnect the color scale from this color map again. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale) +{ + if (mColorScale) { // unconnect signals from old color scale + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + mColorScale = colorScale; + if (mColorScale) { // connect signals to new color scale + setGradient(mColorScale.data()->gradient()); + setDataRange(mColorScale.data()->dataRange()); + setDataScaleType(mColorScale.data()->dataScaleType()); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data range (\ref setDataRange) to span the minimum and maximum values that occur in the + current data set. This corresponds to the \ref rescaleKeyAxis or \ref rescaleValueAxis methods, + only for the third data dimension of the color map. + + The minimum and maximum values of the data set are buffered in the internal QCPColorMapData + instance (\ref data). As data is updated via its \ref QCPColorMapData::setCell or \ref + QCPColorMapData::setData, the buffered minimum and maximum values are updated, too. For + performance reasons, however, they are only updated in an expanding fashion. So the buffered + maximum can only increase and the buffered minimum can only decrease. In consequence, changes to + the data that actually lower the maximum of the data set (by overwriting the cell holding the + current maximum with a smaller value), aren't recognized and the buffered maximum overestimates + the true maximum of the data set. The same happens for the buffered minimum. To recalculate the + true minimum and maximum by explicitly looking at each cell, the method + QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds can be used. For convenience, setting the parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds calls this method before setting the data range to the buffered minimum and + maximum. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds) +{ + if (recalculateDataBounds) { + mMapData->recalculateDataBounds(); + } + setDataRange(mMapData->dataBounds()); +} + +/*! + Takes the current appearance of the color map and updates the legend icon, which is used to + represent this color map in the legend (see \ref QCPLegend). + + The \a transformMode specifies whether the rescaling is done by a faster, low quality image + scaling algorithm (Qt::FastTransformation) or by a slower, higher quality algorithm + (Qt::SmoothTransformation). + + The current color map appearance is scaled down to \a thumbSize. Ideally, this should be equal to + the size of the legend icon (see \ref QCPLegend::setIconSize). If it isn't exactly the configured + legend icon size, the thumb will be rescaled during drawing of the legend item. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode, const QSize &thumbSize) +{ + if (mMapImage.isNull() && !data()->isEmpty()) { + updateMapImage(); // try to update map image if it's null (happens if no draw has happened yet) + } + + if (!mMapImage.isNull()) { // might still be null, e.g. if data is empty, so check here again + bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + mLegendIcon = QPixmap::fromImage(mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)).scaled(thumbSize, Qt::KeepAspectRatio, transformMode); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPColorMap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (mMapData->keyRange().contains(posKey) && mMapData->valueRange().contains(posValue)) { + if (details) { + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(0, 1))); // temporary solution, to facilitate whole-plottable selection. Replace in future version with segmented 2D selection. + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->keyRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + if (inKeyRange != QCPRange()) { + if (mMapData->keyRange().upper < inKeyRange.lower || mMapData->keyRange().lower > inKeyRange.upper) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + } + + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->valueRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal map image buffer by going through the internal \ref QCPColorMapData and + turning the data values into color pixels with \ref QCPColorGradient::colorize. + + This method is called by \ref QCPColorMap::draw if either the data has been modified or the map image + has been invalidated for a different reason (e.g. a change of the data range with \ref + setDataRange). + + If the map cell count is low, the image created will be oversampled in order to avoid a + QPainter::drawImage bug which makes inner pixel boundaries jitter when stretch-drawing images + without smooth transform enabled. Accordingly, oversampling isn't performed if \ref + setInterpolate is true. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateMapImage() +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + return; + } + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied; + const int keySize = mMapData->keySize(); + const int valueSize = mMapData->valueSize(); + int keyOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : (int)(1.0 + 100.0 / (double)keySize); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + int valueOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : (int)(1.0 + 100.0 / (double)valueSize); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + + // resize mMapImage to correct dimensions including possible oversampling factors, according to key/value axes orientation: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mMapImage.width() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor), format); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mMapImage.width() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor), format); + } + + if (mMapImage.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't create map image (possibly too large for memory)"; + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(10, 10), format); + mMapImage.fill(Qt::black); + } else { + QImage *localMapImage = &mMapImage; // this is the image on which the colorization operates. Either the final mMapImage, or if we need oversampling, mUndersampledMapImage + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + // resize undersampled map image to actual key/value cell sizes: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != keySize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != valueSize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize, valueSize), format); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != valueSize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != keySize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize, keySize), format); + } + localMapImage = &mUndersampledMapImage; // make the colorization run on the undersampled image + } else if (!mUndersampledMapImage.isNull()) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(); // don't need oversampling mechanism anymore (map size has changed) but mUndersampledMapImage still has nonzero size, free it + } + + const double *rawData = mMapData->mData; + const unsigned char *rawAlpha = mMapData->mAlpha; + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + const int lineCount = valueSize; + const int rowCount = keySize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + if (rawAlpha) { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line * rowCount, rawAlpha + line * rowCount, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, 1, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } else { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line * rowCount, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, 1, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + const int lineCount = keySize; + const int rowCount = valueSize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + if (rawAlpha) { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line, rawAlpha + line, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, lineCount, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } else { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, lineCount, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } + } + + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } else { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } + } + } + mMapData->mDataModified = false; + mMapImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return; + } + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + + if (mMapData->mDataModified || mMapImageInvalidated) { + updateMapImage(); + } + + // use buffer if painting vectorized (PDF): + const bool useBuffer = painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + QCPPainter *localPainter = painter; // will be redirected to paint on mapBuffer if painting vectorized + QRectF mapBufferTarget; // the rect in absolute widget coordinates where the visible map portion/buffer will end up in + QPixmap mapBuffer; + if (useBuffer) { + const double mapBufferPixelRatio = 3; // factor by which DPI is increased in embedded bitmaps + mapBufferTarget = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + mapBuffer = QPixmap((mapBufferTarget.size() * mapBufferPixelRatio).toSize()); + mapBuffer.fill(Qt::transparent); + localPainter = new QCPPainter(&mapBuffer); + localPainter->scale(mapBufferPixelRatio, mapBufferPixelRatio); + localPainter->translate(-mapBufferTarget.topLeft()); + } + + QRectF imageRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + // extend imageRect to contain outer halves/quarters of bordering/cornering pixels (cells are centered on map range boundary): + double halfCellWidth = 0; // in pixels + double halfCellHeight = 0; // in pixels + if (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / (double)(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / (double)(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } else { // keyAxis orientation is Qt::Vertical + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / (double)(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / (double)(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } + imageRect.adjust(-halfCellWidth, -halfCellHeight, halfCellWidth, halfCellHeight); + const bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + const bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + const bool smoothBackup = localPainter->renderHints().testFlag(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, mInterpolate); + QRegion clipBackup; + if (mTightBoundary) { + clipBackup = localPainter->clipRegion(); + QRectF tightClipRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + localPainter->setClipRect(tightClipRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + } + localPainter->drawImage(imageRect, mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)); + if (mTightBoundary) { + localPainter->setClipRegion(clipBackup); + } + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, smoothBackup); + + if (useBuffer) { // localPainter painted to mapBuffer, so now draw buffer with original painter + delete localPainter; + painter->drawPixmap(mapBufferTarget.toRect(), mapBuffer); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + // draw map thumbnail: + if (!mLegendIcon.isNull()) { + QPixmap scaledIcon = mLegendIcon.scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + QRectF iconRect = QRectF(0, 0, scaledIcon.width(), scaledIcon.height()); + iconRect.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawPixmap(iconRect.topLeft(), scaledIcon); + } + /* + // draw frame: + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(Qt::black); + painter->drawRect(rect.adjusted(1, 1, 0, 0)); + */ +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.cpp', size 42827 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancialData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancialData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPFinancial. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a open: The opening value at the data point (this is the \a mainValue) + \li \a high: The high/maximum value at the data point + \li \a low: The low/minimum value at the data point + \li \a close: The closing value at the data point + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer. It is a typedef + for \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPFinancialData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPFinancialDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPFinancialData QCPFinancialData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPFinancialData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a open member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPFinancialData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange spanning from the \a low to the \a high value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and all values set to zero. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData() : + key(0), + open(0), + high(0), + low(0), + close(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and OHLC values. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) : + key(key), + open(open), + high(high), + low(low), + close(close) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancial +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancial + \brief A plottable representing a financial stock chart + + \image html QCPFinancial.png + + This plottable represents time series data binned to certain intervals, mainly used for stock + charts. The two common representations OHLC (Open-High-Low-Close) bars and Candlesticks can be + set via \ref setChartStyle. + + The data is passed via \ref setData as a set of open/high/low/close values at certain keys + (typically times). This means the data must be already binned appropriately. If data is only + available as a series of values (e.g. \a price against \a time), you can use the static + convenience function \ref timeSeriesToOhlc to generate binned OHLC-data which can then be passed + to \ref setData. + + The width of the OHLC bars/candlesticks can be controlled with \ref setWidth and \ref + setWidthType. A typical choice is to set the width type to \ref wtPlotCoords (the default) and + the width to (or slightly less than) one time bin interval width. + + \section qcpfinancial-appearance Changing the appearance + + Charts can be either single- or two-colored (\ref setTwoColored). If set to be single-colored, + lines are drawn with the plottable's pen (\ref setPen) and fills with the brush (\ref setBrush). + + If set to two-colored, positive changes of the value during an interval (\a close >= \a open) are + represented with a different pen and brush than negative changes (\a close < \a open). These can + be configured with \ref setPenPositive, \ref setPenNegative, \ref setBrushPositive, and \ref + setBrushNegative. In two-colored mode, the normal plottable pen/brush is ignored. Upon selection + however, the normal selected pen/brush (provided by the \ref selectionDecorator) is used, + irrespective of whether the chart is single- or two-colored. + + \section qcpfinancial-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPFinancial is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot + instance takes ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use + QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-creation-2 + Here we have used the static helper method \ref timeSeriesToOhlc, to turn a time-price data + series into a 24-hour binned open-high-low-close data series as QCPFinancial uses. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPFinancialDataContainer *QCPFinancial::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods, in certain situations. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a financial chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPFinancial is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPFinancial, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPFinancial::QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mChartStyle(csCandlestick), + mWidth(0.5), + mWidthType(wtPlotCoords), + mTwoColored(true), + mBrushPositive(QBrush(QColor(50, 160, 0))), + mBrushNegative(QBrush(QColor(180, 0, 15))), + mPenPositive(QPen(QColor(40, 150, 0))), + mPenNegative(QPen(QColor(170, 5, 5))) +{ + mSelectionDecorator->setBrush(QBrush(QColor(160, 160, 255))); +} + +QCPFinancial::~QCPFinancial() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPFinancials may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all financials that share the container. + Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the financial's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-datasharing-2 + + \see addData, timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a + close. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be + the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData, timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, open, high, low, close, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets which representation style shall be used to display the OHLC data. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setChartStyle(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle style) +{ + mChartStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the individual bars/candlesticks to \a width in plot key coordinates. + + A typical choice is to set it to (or slightly less than) one bin interval width. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets how the width of the financial bars is defined. See the documentation of \ref WidthType for + an explanation of the possible values for \a widthType. + + The default value is \ref wtPlotCoords. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setWidthType(QCPFinancial::WidthType widthType) +{ + mWidthType = widthType; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this chart shall contrast positive from negative trends per data point by using two + separate colors to draw the respective bars/candlesticks. + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setTwoColored(bool twoColored) +{ + mTwoColored = twoColored; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushNegative, setPenPositive, setPenNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushPositive = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushPositive, setPenNegative, setPenPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushNegative = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenPositive(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenPositive = pen; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setBrushNegative, setBrushPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenNegative(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenNegative = pen; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a close to the current data. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size + of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != open.size() || open.size() != high.size() || high.size() != low.size() || low.size() != close.size() || close.size() != keys.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys, open, high, low, close have different sizes:" << keys.size() << open.size() << high.size() << low.size() << close.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), qMin(open.size(), qMin(high.size(), qMin(low.size(), close.size())))); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->open = open[i]; + it->high = high[i]; + it->low = low[i]; + it->close = close[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a close to the current + data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPFinancialData(key, open, high, low, close)); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPFinancial::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(selectionHitBox(it))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(it - mDataContainer->constBegin(), it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPFinancial::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + // perform select test according to configured style: + double result = -1; + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + result = ohlcSelectTest(pos, visibleBegin, visibleEnd, closestDataPoint); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + result = candlestickSelectTest(pos, visibleBegin, visibleEnd, closestDataPoint); + break; + } + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } + + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + // determine exact range by including width of bars/flags: + if (foundRange) { + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdPositive || range.lower - mWidth * 0.5 > 0) { + range.lower -= mWidth * 0.5; + } + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdNegative || range.upper + mWidth * 0.5 < 0) { + range.upper += mWidth * 0.5; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/*! + A convenience function that converts time series data (\a value against \a time) to OHLC binned + data points. The return value can then be passed on to \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer::set(const + QCPFinancialDataContainer&). + + The size of the bins can be controlled with \a timeBinSize in the same units as \a time is given. + For example, if the unit of \a time is seconds and single OHLC/Candlesticks should span an hour + each, set \a timeBinSize to 3600. + + \a timeBinOffset allows to control precisely at what \a time coordinate a bin should start. The + value passed as \a timeBinOffset doesn't need to be in the range encompassed by the \a time keys. + It merely defines the mathematical offset/phase of the bins that will be used to process the + data. +*/ +QCPFinancialDataContainer QCPFinancial::timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset) +{ + QCPFinancialDataContainer data; + int count = qMin(time.size(), value.size()); + if (count == 0) { + return QCPFinancialDataContainer(); + } + + QCPFinancialData currentBinData(0, value.first(), value.first(), value.first(), value.first()); + int currentBinIndex = qFloor((time.first() - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + int index = qFloor((time.at(i) - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + if (currentBinIndex == index) { // data point still in current bin, extend high/low: + if (value.at(i) < currentBinData.low) { + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + if (value.at(i) > currentBinData.high) { + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + } + if (i == count - 1) { // last data point is in current bin, finalize bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index) * timeBinSize; + data.add(currentBinData); + } + } else { // data point not anymore in current bin, set close of old and open of new bin, and add old to map: + // finalize current bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i - 1); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index - 1) * timeBinSize; + data.add(currentBinData); + // start next bin: + currentBinIndex = index; + currentBinData.open = value.at(i); + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + } + + return data; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + // draw data segment according to configured style: + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + drawOhlcPlot(painter, begin, end, isSelectedSegment); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + drawCandlestickPlot(painter, begin, end, isSelectedSegment); + break; + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); // legend icon especially of csCandlestick looks better without antialiasing + if (mChartStyle == csOhlc) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right half icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } else if (mChartStyle == csCandlestick) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right half icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end-1 as OHLC bars with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csOhlc. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low))); + // draw open: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel - pixelWidth, openPixel), QPointF(keyPixel, openPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + pixelWidth, closePixel)); + } + } else { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel)); + // draw open: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel - pixelWidth), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel), QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel + pixelWidth)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end-1 as Candlesticks with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csCandlestick. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + painter->setBrush(it->close >= it->open ? mBrushPositive : mBrushNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)))); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)))); + // draw open-close box: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(keyPixel - pixelWidth, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + pixelWidth, openPixel))); + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + painter->setBrush(it->close >= it->open ? mBrushPositive : mBrushNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + // draw open-close box: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel - pixelWidth), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel + pixelWidth))); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is used to determine the width of the bar at coordinate \a key, according to the + specified width (\ref setWidth) and width type (\ref setWidthType). Provide the pixel position of + \a key in \a keyPixel (because usually this was already calculated via \ref QCPAxis::coordToPixel + when this function is called). + + It returns the number of pixels the bar extends to higher keys, relative to the \a key + coordinate. So with a non-reversed horizontal axis, the return value is positive. With a reversed + horizontal axis, the return value is negative. This is important so the open/close flags on the + \ref csOhlc bar are drawn to the correct side. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::getPixelWidth(double key, double keyPixel) const +{ + double result = 0; + switch (mWidthType) { + case wtAbsolute: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + result = mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + break; + } + case wtAxisRectRatio: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()) { + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->width() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } else { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->height() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis or axis rect defined"; + } + break; + } + case wtPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key + mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis defined"; + } + break; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csOhlc. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a end. + + Like \ref selectTest, this method returns the shortest distance of \a pos to the graphical + representation of the plottable, and \a closestDataPoint will point to the respective data point. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const +{ + closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low))); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csCandlestick. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a + end. + + Like \ref selectTest, this method returns the shortest distance of \a pos to the graphical + representation of the plottable, and \a closestDataPoint will point to the respective data point. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const +{ + closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it->close, it->open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)))); + double lowLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)))); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it->close, it->open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + double lowLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by the drawing methods to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key + axis range setting, so only that needs to be processed. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + begin may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns the iterator just above the highest data point that needs to be taken into + account. Same as before, \a end may also lie just outside of the visible range + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to \c constEnd. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower - mWidth * 0.5); // subtract half width of ohlc/candlestick to include partially visible data points + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper + mWidth * 0.5); // add half width of ohlc/candlestick to include partially visible data points +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the hit box in pixel coordinates that will be used for data selection with the selection + rect (\ref selectTestRect), of the data point given by \a it. +*/ +QRectF QCPFinancial::selectionHitBox(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QRectF(); + } + + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high); + double lowPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low); + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key - mWidth * 0.5); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QRectF(keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, highPixel, keyWidthPixels * 2, lowPixel - highPixel).normalized(); + } else { + return QRectF(highPixel, keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, lowPixel - highPixel, keyWidthPixels * 2).normalized(); + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.cpp', size 37570 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPErrorBarsData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPErrorBarsData + \brief Holds the data of one single error bar for QCPErrorBars. + + The stored data is: + \li \a errorMinus: how much the error bar extends towards negative coordinates from the data + point position + \li \a errorPlus: how much the error bar extends towards positive coordinates from the data point + position + + The container for storing the error bar information is \ref QCPErrorBarsDataContainer. It is a + typedef for QVector<\ref QCPErrorBarsData>. + + \see QCPErrorBarsDataContainer +*/ + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with errors set to zero. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData() : + errorMinus(0), + errorPlus(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with equal \a error in both negative and positive direction. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData(double error) : + errorMinus(error), + errorPlus(error) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with negative and positive errors set to \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus, + respectively. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus) : + errorMinus(errorMinus), + errorPlus(errorPlus) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPErrorBars +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPErrorBars + \brief A plottable that adds a set of error bars to other plottables. + + \image html QCPErrorBars.png + + The \ref QCPErrorBars plottable can be attached to other one-dimensional plottables (e.g. \ref + QCPGraph, \ref QCPCurve, \ref QCPBars, etc.) and equips them with error bars. + + Use \ref setDataPlottable to define for which plottable the \ref QCPErrorBars shall display the + error bars. The orientation of the error bars can be controlled with \ref setErrorType. + + By using \ref setData, you can supply the actual error data, either as symmetric error or + plus/minus asymmetric errors. \ref QCPErrorBars only stores the error data. The absolute + key/value position of each error bar will be adopted from the configured data plottable. The + error data of the \ref QCPErrorBars are associated one-to-one via their index to the data points + of the data plottable. You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + Set either of the plus/minus errors to NaN (qQNaN() or + std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) to not show the respective error bar on the data point at + that index. + + \section qcperrorbars-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the error bars is defined by the pen (\ref setPen), and the width of the + whiskers (\ref setWhiskerWidth). Further, the error bar backbones may leave a gap around the data + point center to prevent that error bars are drawn too close to or even through scatter points. + This gap size can be controlled via \ref setSymbolGap. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPErrorBars::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPErrorBarsDataContainer. You + may use it to directly manipulate the error values, which may be more convenient and faster than + using the regular \ref setData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs an error bars plottable which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + It is also important that the \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis are the same for the error bars + plottable and the data plottable that the error bars shall be drawn on (\ref setDataPlottable). + + The created \ref QCPErrorBars is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred + from \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the \ref QCPErrorBars, so do not + delete it manually but use \ref QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPErrorBars::QCPErrorBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataContainer(new QVector), + mErrorType(etValueError), + mWhiskerWidth(9), + mSymbolGap(10) +{ + setPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPErrorBars::~QCPErrorBars() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple \ref QCPErrorBars instances may share the same data + container safely. Modifying the data in the container will then affect all \ref QCPErrorBars + instances that share the container. Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data + containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcperrorbars-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, assign the + data containers directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcperrorbars-datasharing-2 + (This uses different notation compared with other plottables, because the \ref QCPErrorBars + uses a \c QVector as its data container, instead of a \ref QCPDataContainer.) + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets symmetrical error values as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated one-to-one + by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(const QVector &error) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(error); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets asymmetrical errors as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors will be + associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(errorMinus, errorPlus); +} + +/*! + Sets the data plottable to which the error bars will be applied. The error values specified e.g. + via \ref setData will be associated one-to-one by the data point index to the data points of \a + plottable. This means that the error bars will adopt the key/value coordinates of the data point + with the same index. + + The passed \a plottable must be a one-dimensional plottable, i.e. it must implement the \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D. Further, it must not be a \ref QCPErrorBars instance itself. If either + of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding qDebug output is generated, and the data + plottable of this \ref QCPErrorBars instance is set to zero. + + For proper display, care must also be taken that the key and value axes of the \a plottable match + those configured for this \ref QCPErrorBars instance. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setDataPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (plottable && qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mDataPlottable = 0; + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set another QCPErrorBars instance as data plottable"; + return; + } + if (plottable && !plottable->interface1D()) { + mDataPlottable = 0; + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed plottable doesn't implement 1d interface, can't associate with QCPErrorBars"; + return; + } + + mDataPlottable = plottable; +} + +/*! + Sets in which orientation the error bars shall appear on the data points. If your data needs both + error dimensions, create two \ref QCPErrorBars with different \a type. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setErrorType(ErrorType type) +{ + mErrorType = type; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the whiskers (the short bars at the end of the actual error bar backbones) to + \a pixels. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setWhiskerWidth(double pixels) +{ + mWhiskerWidth = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the gap diameter around the data points that will be left out when drawing the error bar + backbones. This gap prevents that error bars are drawn too close to or even through scatter + points. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setSymbolGap(double pixels) +{ + mSymbolGap = pixels; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds symmetrical error values as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated one-to-one + by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(const QVector &error) +{ + addData(error, error); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds asymmetrical errors as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors will be + associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus) +{ + if (errorMinus.size() != errorPlus.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "minus and plus error vectors have different sizes:" << errorMinus.size() << errorPlus.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(errorMinus.size(), errorPlus.size()); + mDataContainer->reserve(n); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(errorMinus.at(i), errorPlus.at(i))); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds a single symmetrical error bar as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated + one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(double error) +{ + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(error)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds a single asymmetrical error bar as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors + will be associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus) +{ + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(errorMinus, errorPlus)); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataMainKey(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataSortKey(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataSortKey(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataMainValue(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::dataValueRange(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + const double value = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(index); + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size() && mErrorType == etValueError) { + return QCPRange(value - mDataContainer->at(index).errorMinus, value + mDataContainer->at(index).errorPlus); + } else { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + return QCPRange(); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPErrorBars::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return QPointF(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPErrorBars::sortKeyIsMainKey() const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + return true; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPErrorBars::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return result; + } + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + backbones.clear(); + whiskers.clear(); + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + for (int i = 0; i < backbones.size(); ++i) { + if (rectIntersectsLine(rect, backbones.at(i))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(it - mDataContainer->constBegin(), it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1), false); + break; + } + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return 0; + } + int beginIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findBegin(sortKey, expandedRange); + if (beginIndex >= mDataContainer->size()) { + beginIndex = mDataContainer->size() - 1; + } + return beginIndex; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return 0; + } + int endIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findEnd(sortKey, expandedRange); + if (endIndex > mDataContainer->size()) { + endIndex = mDataContainer->size(); + } + return endIndex; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPErrorBars::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return -1; + } + + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPErrorBars::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // if the sort key isn't the main key, we must check the visibility for each data point/error bar individually + // (getVisibleDataBounds applies range restriction, but otherwise can only return full data range): + bool checkPointVisibility = !mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey(); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->errorMinus, it->errorPlus)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at index" << it - mDataContainer->constBegin() << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + if (painter->pen().capStyle() == Qt::SquareCap) { + QPen capFixPen(painter->pen()); + capFixPen.setCapStyle(Qt::FlatCap); + painter->setPen(capFixPen); + } + backbones.clear(); + whiskers.clear(); + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (!checkPointVisibility || errorBarVisible(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())) { + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + } + } + painter->drawLines(backbones); + painter->drawLines(whiskers); + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPErrorBars::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + if (mErrorType == etValueError && mValueAxis && mValueAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x(), rect.top() + 2, rect.center().x(), rect.bottom() - 1)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x() - 4, rect.top() + 2, rect.center().x() + 4, rect.top() + 2)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x() - 4, rect.bottom() - 1, rect.center().x() + 4, rect.bottom() - 1)); + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y(), rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y() - 4, rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y() + 4)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y() - 4, rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y() + 4)); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (mErrorType == etValueError) { + // error bar doesn't extend in key dimension (except whisker but we ignore that here), so only use data point center + const double current = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else { // mErrorType == etKeyError + const double dataKey = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + if (qIsNaN(dataKey)) { + continue; + } + // plus error: + double current = dataKey + (qIsNaN(it->errorPlus) ? 0 : it->errorPlus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + // minus error: + current = dataKey - (qIsNaN(it->errorMinus) ? 0 : it->errorMinus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + } + } + } + + if (haveUpper && !haveLower) { + range.lower = range.upper; + haveLower = true; + } else if (haveLower && !haveUpper) { + range.upper = range.lower; + haveUpper = true; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + + QCPRange range; + const bool restrictKeyRange = inKeyRange != QCPRange(); + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey() && restrictKeyRange) { + itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + findBegin(inKeyRange.lower); + itEnd = mDataContainer->constBegin() + findEnd(inKeyRange.upper); + } + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange) { + const double dataKey = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + if (dataKey < inKeyRange.lower || dataKey > inKeyRange.upper) { + continue; + } + } + if (mErrorType == etValueError) { + const double dataValue = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + if (qIsNaN(dataValue)) { + continue; + } + // plus error: + double current = dataValue + (qIsNaN(it->errorPlus) ? 0 : it->errorPlus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + // minus error: + current = dataValue - (qIsNaN(it->errorMinus) ? 0 : it->errorMinus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + } + } else { // mErrorType == etKeyError + // error bar doesn't extend in value dimension (except whisker but we ignore that here), so only use data point center + const double current = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + } + + if (haveUpper && !haveLower) { + range.lower = range.upper; + haveLower = true; + } else if (haveLower && !haveUpper) { + range.upper = range.lower; + haveUpper = true; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the lines that make up the error bar belonging to the data point \a it. + + The resulting lines are added to \a backbones and \a whiskers. The vectors are not cleared, so + calling this method with different \a it but the same \a backbones and \a whiskers allows to + accumulate lines for multiple data points. + + This method assumes that \a it is a valid iterator within the bounds of this \ref QCPErrorBars + instance and within the bounds of the associated data plottable. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getErrorBarLines(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it, QVector &backbones, QVector &whiskers) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return; + } + + int index = it - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QPointF centerPixel = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + if (qIsNaN(centerPixel.x()) || qIsNaN(centerPixel.y())) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *errorAxis = mErrorType == etValueError ? mValueAxis.data() : mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *orthoAxis = mErrorType == etValueError ? mKeyAxis.data() : mValueAxis.data(); + const double centerErrorAxisPixel = errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + const double centerOrthoAxisPixel = orthoAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + const double centerErrorAxisCoord = errorAxis->pixelToCoord(centerErrorAxisPixel); // depending on plottable, this might be different from just mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey/Value + const double symbolGap = mSymbolGap * 0.5 * errorAxis->pixelOrientation(); + // plus error: + double errorStart, errorEnd; + if (!qIsNaN(it->errorPlus)) { + errorStart = centerErrorAxisPixel + symbolGap; + errorEnd = errorAxis->coordToPixel(centerErrorAxisCoord + it->errorPlus); + if (errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((errorStart > errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd)); + } else { + if ((errorStart < errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5)); + } + } + // minus error: + if (!qIsNaN(it->errorMinus)) { + errorStart = centerErrorAxisPixel - symbolGap; + errorEnd = errorAxis->coordToPixel(centerErrorAxisCoord - it->errorMinus); + if (errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((errorStart < errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd)); + } else { + if ((errorStart > errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method outputs the currently visible data range via \a begin and \a end. The returned range + will also never exceed \a rangeRestriction. + + Since error bars with type \ref etKeyError may extend to arbitrarily positive and negative key + coordinates relative to their data point key, this method checks all outer error bars whether + they truly don't reach into the visible portion of the axis rect, by calling \ref + errorBarVisible. On the other hand error bars with type \ref etValueError that are associated + with data plottables whose sort key is equal to the main key (see \ref qcpdatacontainer-datatype + "QCPDataContainer DataType") can be handled very efficiently by finding the visible range of + error bars through binary search (\ref QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin and \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd). + + If the plottable's sort key is not equal to the main key, this method returns the full data + range, only restricted by \a rangeRestriction. Drawing optimization then has to be done on a + point-by-point basis in the \ref draw method. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + return; + } + if (!mDataPlottable || rangeRestriction.isEmpty()) { + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + return; + } + if (!mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey()) { + // if the sort key isn't the main key, it's not possible to find a contiguous range of visible + // data points, so this method then only applies the range restriction and otherwise returns + // the full data range. Visibility checks must be done on a per-datapoin-basis during drawing + QCPDataRange dataRange(0, mDataContainer->size()); + dataRange = dataRange.bounded(rangeRestriction); + begin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.begin(); + end = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.end(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range via interface from data plottable, and then restrict to available error data points: + const int n = qMin(mDataContainer->size(), mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataCount()); + int beginIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findBegin(keyAxis->range().lower); + int endIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findEnd(keyAxis->range().upper); + int i = beginIndex; + while (i > 0 && i < n && i > rangeRestriction.begin()) { + if (errorBarVisible(i)) { + beginIndex = i; + } + --i; + } + i = endIndex; + while (i >= 0 && i < n && i < rangeRestriction.end()) { + if (errorBarVisible(i)) { + endIndex = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + QCPDataRange dataRange(beginIndex, endIndex); + dataRange = dataRange.bounded(rangeRestriction.bounded(QCPDataRange(0, mDataContainer->size()))); + begin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.begin(); + end = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.end(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the minimum distance in pixels the error bars' representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint. This is used to determine whether the error bar was clicked or not, e.g. in \ref + selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. +*/ +double QCPErrorBars::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (!mDataPlottable || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1.0; + } + + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + + // calculate minimum distances to error backbones (whiskers are ignored for speed) and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + for (int i = 0; i < backbones.size(); ++i) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pixelPoint).distanceSquaredToLine(backbones.at(i)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + \note This method is identical to \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D::getDataSegments but needs to be + reproduced here since the \ref QCPErrorBars plottable, as a special case that doesn't have its + own key/value data coordinates, doesn't derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D. See the + documentation there for details. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the error bar at the specified \a index is visible within the current key axis + range. + + This method assumes for performance reasons without checking that the key axis, the value axis, + and the data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable) are not zero and that \a index is within valid + bounds of this \ref QCPErrorBars instance and the bounds of the data plottable. +*/ +bool QCPErrorBars::errorBarVisible(int index) const +{ + QPointF centerPixel = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + const double centerKeyPixel = mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + if (qIsNaN(centerKeyPixel)) { + return false; + } + + double keyMin, keyMax; + if (mErrorType == etKeyError) { + const double centerKey = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel); + const double errorPlus = mDataContainer->at(index).errorPlus; + const double errorMinus = mDataContainer->at(index).errorMinus; + keyMax = centerKey + (qIsNaN(errorPlus) ? 0 : errorPlus); + keyMin = centerKey - (qIsNaN(errorMinus) ? 0 : errorMinus); + } else { // mErrorType == etValueError + keyMax = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + keyMin = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + } + return ((keyMax > mKeyAxis->range().lower) && (keyMin < mKeyAxis->range().upper)); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether \a line intersects (or is contained in) \a pixelRect. + + \a line is assumed to be either perfectly horizontal or perfectly vertical, as is the case for + error bar lines. +*/ +bool QCPErrorBars::rectIntersectsLine(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QLineF &line) const +{ + if (pixelRect.left() > line.x1() && pixelRect.left() > line.x2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.right() < line.x1() && pixelRect.right() < line.x2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.top() > line.y1() && pixelRect.top() > line.y2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.bottom() < line.y1() && pixelRect.bottom() < line.y2()) { + return false; + } else { + return true; + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-straightline.cpp', size 7592 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemStraightLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemStraightLine + \brief A straight line that spans infinitely in both directions + + \image html QCPItemStraightLine.png "Straight line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a point1 and \a point2, which define the straight line. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a straight line item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemStraightLine::QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + point1(createPosition(QLatin1String("point1"))), + point2(createPosition(QLatin1String("point2"))) +{ + point1->setCoords(0, 0); + point2->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemStraightLine::~QCPItemStraightLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemStraightLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return QCPVector2D(pos).distanceToStraightLine(point1->pixelPosition(), point2->pixelPosition() - point1->pixelPosition()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemStraightLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D start(point1->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D end(point2->pixelPosition()); + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QLineF line = getRectClippedStraightLine(start, end - start, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the straight line defined by \a base and direction vector \a + vec, that is visible in the specified \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemStraightLine::getRectClippedStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const +{ + double bx, by; + double gamma; + QLineF result; + if (vec.x() == 0 && vec.y() == 0) { + return result; + } + if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is vertical + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + result.setLine(bx + gamma, rect.top(), bx + gamma, rect.bottom()); // no need to check bottom because we know line is vertical + } + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is horizontal + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + result.setLine(rect.left(), by + gamma, rect.right(), by + gamma); // no need to check right because we know line is horizontal + } + } else { // line is skewed + QList pointVectors; + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QCPVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemStraightLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-straightline.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-line.cpp', size 8498 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemLine + \brief A line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemLine.png "Line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an arrow. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a line item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemLine::QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemLine::~QCPItemLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return qSqrt(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(start->pixelPosition(), end->pixelPosition())); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + if (qFuzzyIsNull((startVec - endVec).lengthSquared())) { + return; + } + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + double clipPad = qMax(mHead.boundingDistance(), mTail.boundingDistance()); + clipPad = qMax(clipPad, (double)mainPen().widthF()); + QLineF line = getRectClippedLine(startVec, endVec, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, startVec, startVec - endVec); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, endVec, endVec - startVec); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the line defined by \a start and \a end, that is visible in the specified + \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemLine::getRectClippedLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const +{ + bool containsStart = rect.contains(start.x(), start.y()); + bool containsEnd = rect.contains(end.x(), end.y()); + if (containsStart && containsEnd) { + return QLineF(start.toPointF(), end.toPointF()); + } + + QCPVector2D base = start; + QCPVector2D vec = end - start; + double bx, by; + double gamma, mu; + QLineF result; + QList pointVectors; + + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is not horizontal + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + } + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is not vertical + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + } + + if (containsStart) { + pointVectors.append(start); + } + if (containsEnd) { + pointVectors.append(end); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QCPVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-line.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-curve.cpp', size 7248 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemCurve + \brief A curved line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemCurve.png "Curve example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has four positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line, and two + control points which define the direction the line exits from the start and the direction from + which it approaches the end: \a startDir and \a endDir. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an + arrow. + + Often it is desirable for the control points to stay at fixed relative positions to the start/end + point. This can be achieved by setting the parent anchor e.g. of \a startDir simply to \a start, + and then specify the desired pixel offset with QCPItemPosition::setCoords on \a startDir. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a curve item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemCurve::QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + startDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("startDir"))), + endDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("endDir"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + startDir->setCoords(0.5, 0); + endDir->setCoords(0, 0.5); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemCurve::~QCPItemCurve() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QPointF startDirVec(startDir->pixelPosition()); + QPointF endDirVec(endDir->pixelPosition()); + QPointF endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec, endDirVec, endVec); + + QList polygons = cubicPath.toSubpathPolygons(); + if (polygons.isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + const QPolygonF polygon = polygons.first(); + QCPVector2D p(pos); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + for (int i = 1; i < polygon.size(); ++i) { + double distSqr = p.distanceSquaredToLine(polygon.at(i - 1), polygon.at(i)); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D startDirVec(startDir->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endDirVec(endDir->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + if ((endVec - startVec).length() > 1e10) { // too large curves cause crash + return; + } + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec.toPointF()); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec.toPointF(), endDirVec.toPointF(), endVec.toPointF()); + + // paint visible segment, if existent: + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + QRect cubicRect = cubicPath.controlPointRect().toRect(); + if (cubicRect.isEmpty()) { // may happen when start and end exactly on same x or y position + cubicRect.adjust(0, 0, 1, 1); + } + if (clip.intersects(cubicRect)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawPath(cubicPath); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, startVec, M_PI - cubicPath.angleAtPercent(0) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, endVec, -cubicPath.angleAtPercent(1) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemCurve::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-curve.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-rect.cpp', size 6479 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemRect + \brief A rectangle + + \image html QCPItemRect.png "Rectangle example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemRect::QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemRect::~QCPItemRect() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemRect::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()).normalized(); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectDistance(rect, pos, filledRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF rect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QRectF boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { // only draw if bounding rect of rect item is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemRect::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemRect::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemRect::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-rect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-text.cpp', size 13338 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemText +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemText + \brief A text label + + \image html QCPItemText.png "Text example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + Its position is defined by the member \a position and the setting of \ref setPositionAlignment. + The latter controls which part of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + The text alignment itself (i.e. left, center, right) can be controlled with \ref + setTextAlignment. + + The text may be rotated around the \a position point with \ref setRotation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a text item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemText::QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + topLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeft"), aiTopLeft)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRight"), aiBottomRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + mText(QLatin1String("text")), + mPositionAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter), + mTextAlignment(Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignHCenter), + mRotation(0) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(Qt::NoPen); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPItemText::~QCPItemText() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text that will be used when the item is selected. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text. To disable the + border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text, when the item is + selected. To disable the border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text, when the item is selected. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text. + + \see setSelectedFont, setColor +*/ +void QCPItemText::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text that will be used when the item is selected. + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed. Multi-line texts are supported by inserting a line break + character, e.g. '\n'. + + \see setFont, setColor, setTextAlignment +*/ +void QCPItemText::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets which point of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + Examples: + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop, the text will be positioned such + that the top of the text rect will be horizontally centered on \a position. + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom, \a position will indicate the + bottom left corner of the text rect. + + If you want to control the alignment of (multi-lined) text within the text rect, use \ref + setTextAlignment. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mPositionAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Controls how (multi-lined) text is aligned inside the text rect (typically Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignCenter or Qt::AlignRight). +*/ +void QCPItemText::setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mTextAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Sets the angle in degrees by which the text (and the text rectangle, if visible) will be rotated + around \a position. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setRotation(double degrees) +{ + mRotation = degrees; +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the border of the text rectangle and the text. The appearance (and + visibility) of the text rectangle can be controlled with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPadding(const QMargins &padding) +{ + mPadding = padding; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemText::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + // The rect may be rotated, so we transform the actual clicked pos to the rotated + // coordinate system, so we can use the normal rectDistance function for non-rotated rects: + QPointF positionPixels(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform inputTransform; + inputTransform.translate(positionPixels.x(), positionPixels.y()); + inputTransform.rotate(-mRotation); + inputTransform.translate(-positionPixels.x(), -positionPixels.y()); + QPointF rotatedPos = inputTransform.map(pos); + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mFont); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(positionPixels, textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + + return rectDistance(textBoxRect, rotatedPos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemText::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF pos(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform transform = painter->transform(); + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint() + QPoint(mPadding.left(), mPadding.top())); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QRect boundingRect = textBoxRect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (transform.mapRect(boundingRect).intersects(painter->transform().mapRect(clipRect()))) { + painter->setTransform(transform); + if ((mainBrush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && mainBrush().color().alpha() != 0) || + (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(textBoxRect); + } + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainColor())); + painter->drawText(textRect, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemText::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + // get actual rect points (pretty much copied from draw function): + QPointF pos(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform transform; + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRectF textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + QPolygonF rectPoly = transform.map(QPolygonF(textBoxRect)); + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeft: + return rectPoly.at(0); + case aiTop: + return (rectPoly.at(0) + rectPoly.at(1)) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rectPoly.at(1); + case aiRight: + return (rectPoly.at(1) + rectPoly.at(2)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRight: + return rectPoly.at(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rectPoly.at(2) + rectPoly.at(3)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rectPoly.at(3); + case aiLeft: + return (rectPoly.at(3) + rectPoly.at(0)) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the point that must be given to the QPainter::drawText function (which expects the top + left point of the text rect), according to the position \a pos, the text bounding box \a rect and + the requested \a positionAlignment. + + For example, if \a positionAlignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom the returned point + will be shifted upward by the height of \a rect, starting from \a pos. So if the text is finally + drawn at that point, the lower left corner of the resulting text rect is at \a pos. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemText::getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const +{ + if (positionAlignment == 0 || positionAlignment == (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop)) { + return pos; + } + + QPointF result = pos; // start at top left + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignHCenter)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width(); + } + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignVCenter)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that should be used for drawing text. Returns mFont when the item is not selected + and mSelectedFont when it is. +*/ +QFont QCPItemText::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that should be used for drawing text. Returns mColor when the item is not + selected and mSelectedColor when it is. +*/ +QColor QCPItemText::mainColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedColor : mColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemText::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemText::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-text.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-ellipse.cpp', size 7863 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemEllipse +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemEllipse + \brief An ellipse + + \image html QCPItemEllipse.png "Ellipse example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rect the ellipse will be drawn in. +*/ + +/*! + Creates an ellipse item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemEllipse::QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + topLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeftRim"), aiTopLeftRim)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRightRim"), aiTopRightRim)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRightRim"), aiBottomRightRim)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeftRim"), aiBottomLeftRim)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemEllipse::~QCPItemEllipse() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemEllipse::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + QPointF center((p1 + p2) / 2.0); + double a = qAbs(p1.x() - p2.x()) / 2.0; + double b = qAbs(p1.y() - p2.y()) / 2.0; + double x = pos.x() - center.x(); + double y = pos.y() - center.y(); + + // distance to border: + double c = 1.0 / qSqrt(x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b)); + double result = qAbs(c - 1) * qSqrt(x * x + y * y); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b) <= 1) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemEllipse::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF ellipseRect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + if (ellipseRect.intersects(clip)) { // only draw if bounding rect of ellipse is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // drawEllipse sometimes throws exceptions if ellipse is too big +#endif + painter->drawEllipse(ellipseRect); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item too large for memory, setting invisible"; + setVisible(false); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemEllipse::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + case aiCenter: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemEllipse::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemEllipse::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-ellipse.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-pixmap.cpp', size 10615 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPixmap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPixmap + \brief An arbitrary pixmap + + \image html QCPItemPixmap.png "Pixmap example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle the pixmap will + be drawn in. Depending on the scale setting (\ref setScaled), the pixmap will be either scaled to + fit the rectangle or be drawn aligned to the topLeft position. + + If scaling is enabled and \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a bottomRight (as shown + on the right side of the example image), the pixmap will be flipped in the respective + orientations. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemPixmap::QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + mScaled(false), + mScaledPixmapInvalidated(true), + mAspectRatioMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatio), + mTransformationMode(Qt::SmoothTransformation) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue)); +} + +QCPItemPixmap::~QCPItemPixmap() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be displayed. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + mPixmap = pixmap; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "pixmap is null"; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the pixmap will be scaled to fit the rectangle defined by the \a topLeft and \a + bottomRight positions. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode) +{ + mScaled = scaled; + mAspectRatioMode = aspectRatioMode; + mTransformationMode = transformationMode; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemPixmap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return rectDistance(getFinalRect(), pos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemPixmap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + double clipPad = mainPen().style() == Qt::NoPen ? 0 : mainPen().widthF(); + QRect boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { + updateScaledPixmap(rect, flipHorz, flipVert); + painter->drawPixmap(rect.topLeft(), mScaled ? mScaledPixmap : mPixmap); + QPen pen = mainPen(); + if (pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(pen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemPixmap::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + bool flipHorz; + bool flipVert; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + // we actually want denormal rects (negative width/height) here, so restore + // the flipped state: + if (flipHorz) { + rect.adjust(rect.width(), 0, -rect.width(), 0); + } + if (flipVert) { + rect.adjust(0, rect.height(), 0, -rect.height()); + } + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates the buffered scaled image (\a mScaledPixmap) to fit the specified \a finalRect. The + parameters \a flipHorz and \a flipVert control whether the resulting image shall be flipped + horizontally or vertically. (This is used when \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a + bottomRight.) + + This function only creates the scaled pixmap when the buffered pixmap has a different size than + the expected result, so calling this function repeatedly, e.g. in the \ref draw function, does + not cause expensive rescaling every time. + + If scaling is disabled, sets mScaledPixmap to a null QPixmap. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect, bool flipHorz, bool flipVert) +{ + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + return; + } + + if (mScaled) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + double devicePixelRatio = mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(); +#else + double devicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + if (finalRect.isNull()) { + finalRect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + } + if (mScaledPixmapInvalidated || finalRect.size() != mScaledPixmap.size() / devicePixelRatio) { + mScaledPixmap = mPixmap.scaled(finalRect.size() * devicePixelRatio, mAspectRatioMode, mTransformationMode); + if (flipHorz || flipVert) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(mScaledPixmap.toImage().mirrored(flipHorz, flipVert)); + } +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mScaledPixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(devicePixelRatio); +#endif + } + } else if (!mScaledPixmap.isNull()) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap(); + } + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the final (tight) rect the pixmap is drawn in, depending on the current item positions + and scaling settings. + + The output parameters \a flippedHorz and \a flippedVert return whether the pixmap should be drawn + flipped horizontally or vertically in the returned rect. (The returned rect itself is always + normalized, i.e. the top left corner of the rect is actually further to the top/left than the + bottom right corner). This is the case when the item position \a topLeft is further to the + bottom/right than \a bottomRight. + + If scaling is disabled, returns a rect with size of the original pixmap and the top left corner + aligned with the item position \a topLeft. The position \a bottomRight is ignored. +*/ +QRect QCPItemPixmap::getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz, bool *flippedVert) const +{ + QRect result; + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QPoint p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition().toPoint(); + QPoint p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition().toPoint(); + if (p1 == p2) { + return QRect(p1, QSize(0, 0)); + } + if (mScaled) { + QSize newSize = QSize(p2.x() - p1.x(), p2.y() - p1.y()); + QPoint topLeft = p1; + if (newSize.width() < 0) { + flipHorz = true; + newSize.rwidth() *= -1; + topLeft.setX(p2.x()); + } + if (newSize.height() < 0) { + flipVert = true; + newSize.rheight() *= -1; + topLeft.setY(p2.y()); + } + QSize scaledSize = mPixmap.size(); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + scaledSize /= mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(); + scaledSize.scale(newSize * mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(), mAspectRatioMode); +#else + scaledSize.scale(newSize, mAspectRatioMode); +#endif + result = QRect(topLeft, scaledSize); + } else { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + result = QRect(p1, mPixmap.size() / mPixmap.devicePixelRatio()); +#else + result = QRect(p1, mPixmap.size()); +#endif + } + if (flippedHorz) { + *flippedHorz = flipHorz; + } + if (flippedVert) { + *flippedVert = flipVert; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemPixmap::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-pixmap.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-tracer.cpp', size 14624 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemTracer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemTracer + \brief Item that sticks to QCPGraph data points + + \image html QCPItemTracer.png "Tracer example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + The tracer can be connected with a QCPGraph via \ref setGraph. Then it will automatically adopt + the coordinate axes of the graph and update its \a position to be on the graph's data. This means + the key stays controllable via \ref setGraphKey, but the value will follow the graph data. If a + QCPGraph is connected, note that setting the coordinates of the tracer item directly via \a + position will have no effect because they will be overriden in the next redraw (this is when the + coordinate update happens). + + If the specified key in \ref setGraphKey is outside the key bounds of the graph, the tracer will + stay at the corresponding end of the graph. + + With \ref setInterpolating you may specify whether the tracer may only stay exactly on data + points or whether it interpolates data points linearly, if given a key that lies between two data + points of the graph. + + The tracer has different visual styles, see \ref setStyle. It is also possible to make the tracer + have no own visual appearance (set the style to \ref tsNone), and just connect other item + positions to the tracer \a position (used as an anchor) via \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor. + + \note The tracer position is only automatically updated upon redraws. So when the data of the + graph changes and immediately afterwards (without a redraw) the position coordinates of the + tracer are retrieved, they will not reflect the updated data of the graph. In this case \ref + updatePosition must be called manually, prior to reading the tracer coordinates. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a tracer item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemTracer::QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + mSize(6), + mStyle(tsCrosshair), + mGraph(0), + mGraphKey(0), + mInterpolating(false) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemTracer::~QCPItemTracer() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer, when selected. + + \see setBrush, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the size of the tracer in pixels, if the style supports setting a size (e.g. \ref tsSquare + does, \ref tsCrosshair does not). +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the style/visual appearance of the tracer. + + If you only want to use the tracer \a position as an anchor for other items, set \a style to + \ref tsNone. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setStyle(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the QCPGraph this tracer sticks to. The tracer \a position will be set to type + QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords and the axes will be set to the axes of \a graph. + + To free the tracer from any graph, set \a graph to 0. The tracer \a position can then be placed + freely like any other item position. This is the state the tracer will assume when its graph gets + deleted while still attached to it. + + \see setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + if (graph) { + if (graph->parentPlot() == mParentPlot) { + position->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + position->setAxes(graph->keyAxis(), graph->valueAxis()); + mGraph = graph; + updatePosition(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph isn't in same QCustomPlot instance as this item"; + } + } else { + mGraph = 0; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the key of the graph's data point the tracer will be positioned at. This is the only free + coordinate of a tracer when attached to a graph. + + Depending on \ref setInterpolating, the tracer will be either positioned on the data point + closest to \a key, or will stay exactly at \a key and interpolate the value linearly. + + \see setGraph, setInterpolating +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraphKey(double key) +{ + mGraphKey = key; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the value of the graph's data points shall be interpolated, when positioning the + tracer. + + If \a enabled is set to false and a key is given with \ref setGraphKey, the tracer is placed on + the data point of the graph which is closest to the key, but which is not necessarily exactly + there. If \a enabled is true, the tracer will be positioned exactly at the specified key, and + the appropriate value will be interpolated from the graph's data points linearly. + + \see setGraph, setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setInterpolating(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolating = enabled; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemTracer::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF center(position->pixelPosition()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return -1; + case tsPlus: { + if (clipRect().intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) + return qSqrt(qMin(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0)), + QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w)))); + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + return qSqrt(qMin(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(clip.left(), center.y()), QCPVector2D(clip.right(), center.y())), + QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(center.x(), clip.top()), QCPVector2D(center.x(), clip.bottom())))); + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + // distance to border: + double centerDist = QCPVector2D(center - pos).length(); + double circleLine = w; + double result = qAbs(centerDist - circleLine); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (centerDist <= circleLine) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + QRectF rect = QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectDistance(rect, pos, filledRect); + } + break; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemTracer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + updatePosition(); + if (mStyle == tsNone) { + return; + } + + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + QPointF center(position->pixelPosition()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return; + case tsPlus: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0))); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w))); + } + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + if (center.y() > clip.top() && center.y() < clip.bottom()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(clip.left(), center.y(), clip.right(), center.y())); + } + if (center.x() > clip.left() && center.x() < clip.right()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center.x(), clip.top(), center.x(), clip.bottom())); + } + break; + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawEllipse(center, w, w); + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w))); + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + If the tracer is connected with a graph (\ref setGraph), this function updates the tracer's \a + position to reside on the graph data, depending on the configured key (\ref setGraphKey). + + It is called automatically on every redraw and normally doesn't need to be called manually. One + exception is when you want to read the tracer coordinates via \a position and are not sure that + the graph's data (or the tracer key with \ref setGraphKey) hasn't changed since the last redraw. + In that situation, call this function before accessing \a position, to make sure you don't get + out-of-date coordinates. + + If there is no graph set on this tracer, this function does nothing. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::updatePosition() +{ + if (mGraph) { + if (mParentPlot->hasPlottable(mGraph)) { + if (mGraph->data()->size() > 1) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator first = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator last = mGraph->data()->constEnd() - 1; + if (mGraphKey <= first->key) { + position->setCoords(first->key, first->value); + } else if (mGraphKey >= last->key) { + position->setCoords(last->key, last->value); + } else { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->findBegin(mGraphKey); + if (it != mGraph->data()->constEnd()) { // mGraphKey is not exactly on last iterator, but somewhere between iterators + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator prevIt = it; + ++it; // won't advance to constEnd because we handled that case (mGraphKey >= last->key) before + if (mInterpolating) { + // interpolate between iterators around mGraphKey: + double slope = 0; + if (!qFuzzyCompare((double)it->key, (double)prevIt->key)) { + slope = (it->value - prevIt->value) / (it->key - prevIt->key); + } + position->setCoords(mGraphKey, (mGraphKey - prevIt->key)*slope + prevIt->value); + } else { + // find iterator with key closest to mGraphKey: + if (mGraphKey < (prevIt->key + it->key) * 0.5) { + position->setCoords(prevIt->key, prevIt->value); + } else { + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } + } + } else { // mGraphKey is exactly on last iterator (should actually be caught when comparing first/last keys, but this is a failsafe for fp uncertainty) + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } + } + } else if (mGraph->data()->size() == 1) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph has no data"; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph not contained in QCustomPlot instance (anymore)"; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemTracer::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemTracer::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-tracer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-bracket.cpp', size 10687 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemBracket +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemBracket + \brief A bracket for referencing/highlighting certain parts in the plot. + + \image html QCPItemBracket.png "Bracket example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a left and \a right, which define the span of the bracket. If \a left is + actually farther to the left than \a right, the bracket is opened to the bottom, as shown in the + example image. + + The bracket supports multiple styles via \ref setStyle. The length, i.e. how far the bracket + stretches away from the embraced span, can be controlled with \ref setLength. + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+ + It provides an anchor \a center, to allow connection of other items, e.g. an arrow (QCPItemLine + or QCPItemCurve) or a text label (QCPItemText), to the bracket. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a bracket item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemBracket::QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + left(createPosition(QLatin1String("left"))), + right(createPosition(QLatin1String("right"))), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)), + mLength(8), + mStyle(bsCalligraphic) +{ + left->setCoords(0, 0); + right->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemBracket::~QCPItemBracket() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket. + + Note that when the style is \ref bsCalligraphic, only the color will be taken from the pen, the + stroke and width are ignored. To change the apparent stroke width of a calligraphic bracket, use + \ref setLength, which has a similar effect. + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a length in pixels how far the bracket extends in the direction towards the embraced + span of the bracket (i.e. perpendicular to the left-right-direction) + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the bracket, i.e. the shape/visual appearance. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setStyle(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemBracket::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QCPVector2D p(pos); + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return -1; + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + switch (mStyle) { + case QCPItemBracket::bsSquare: + case QCPItemBracket::bsRound: { + double a = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec, centerVec + widthVec); + double b = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec, centerVec - widthVec); + double c = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec, centerVec + widthVec); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), c)); + } + case QCPItemBracket::bsCurly: + case QCPItemBracket::bsCalligraphic: { + double a = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15, centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3); + double b = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7, centerVec - widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15); + double c = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15, centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3); + double d = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7, centerVec + widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), qMin(c, d))); + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemBracket::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return; + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + QPolygon boundingPoly; + boundingPoly << leftVec.toPoint() << rightVec.toPoint() + << (rightVec - lengthVec).toPoint() << (leftVec - lengthVec).toPoint(); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-mainPen().widthF(), -mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF(), mainPen().widthF()); + if (clip.intersects(boundingPoly.boundingRect())) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + switch (mStyle) { + case bsSquare: { + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case bsRound: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCurly: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4 * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4 * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCalligraphic: { + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(QBrush(mainPen().color())); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4 * widthVec + 0.8 * lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4 * widthVec + 0.8 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5).toPointF(), (centerVec - 0.2 * widthVec + 1.2 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + lengthVec * 0.2).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + 0.2 * widthVec + 1.2 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemBracket::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return leftVec.toPointF(); + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiCenter: + return centerVec.toPointF(); + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return QPointF(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemBracket::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-bracket.cpp' */ + + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.h b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7196296 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_0/qcustomplot.h @@ -0,0 +1,7488 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 25.06.18 ** +** Version: 2.0.1 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QCUSTOMPLOT_H +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_H + +#include + +// some Qt version/configuration dependent macros to include or exclude certain code paths: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# else +# define QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# endif +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# endif +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 4, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 6, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# include +# include +# ifdef QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# include +# else +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# include +#endif +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# include +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +class QCPPainter; +class QCustomPlot; +class QCPLayerable; +class QCPLayoutElement; +class QCPLayout; +class QCPAxis; +class QCPAxisRect; +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate; +class QCPAbstractPlottable; +class QCPGraph; +class QCPAbstractItem; +class QCPPlottableInterface1D; +class QCPLegend; +class QCPItemPosition; +class QCPLayer; +class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +class QCPSelectionRect; +class QCPColorMap; +class QCPColorScale; +class QCPBars; + +/* including file 'src/global.h', size 16357 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION_STR "2.0.1" +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION 0x020001 + +// decl definitions for shared library compilation/usage: +#if defined(QT_STATIC_BUILD) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_COMPILE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_EXPORT +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_IMPORT +#else +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#endif + +// define empty macro for Q_DECL_OVERRIDE if it doesn't exist (Qt < 5) +#ifndef Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +# define Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +#endif + +/*! + The QCP Namespace contains general enums, QFlags and functions used throughout the QCustomPlot + library. + + It provides QMetaObject-based reflection of its enums and flags via \a QCP::staticMetaObject. +*/ +#ifndef Q_MOC_RUN +namespace QCP { +#else +class QCP // when in moc-run, make it look like a class, so we get Q_GADGET, Q_ENUMS/Q_FLAGS features in namespace +{ + Q_GADGET + Q_ENUMS(ExportPen) + Q_ENUMS(ResolutionUnit) + Q_ENUMS(SignDomain) + Q_ENUMS(MarginSide) + Q_FLAGS(MarginSides) + Q_ENUMS(AntialiasedElement) + Q_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements) + Q_ENUMS(PlottingHint) + Q_FLAGS(PlottingHints) + Q_ENUMS(Interaction) + Q_FLAGS(Interactions) + Q_ENUMS(SelectionRectMode) + Q_ENUMS(SelectionType) +public: +#endif + +/*! + Defines the different units in which the image resolution can be specified in the export + functions. + + \see QCustomPlot::savePng, QCustomPlot::saveJpg, QCustomPlot::saveBmp, QCustomPlot::saveRastered +*/ +enum ResolutionUnit { ruDotsPerMeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per meter (dpm) +, ruDotsPerCentimeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per centimeter (dpcm) +, ruDotsPerInch ///< Resolution is given in dots per inch (DPI/PPI) + }; + +/*! + Defines how cosmetic pens (pens with numerical width 0) are handled during export. + + \see QCustomPlot::savePdf +*/ +enum ExportPen { epNoCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are converted to pens with pixel width 1 when exporting +, epAllowCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are exported normally (e.g. in PDF exports, cosmetic pens always appear as 1 pixel on screen, independent of viewer zoom level) + }; + +/*! + Represents negative and positive sign domain, e.g. for passing to \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange. + + This is primarily needed when working with logarithmic axis scales, since only one of the sign + domains can be visible at a time. +*/ +enum SignDomain { sdNegative ///< The negative sign domain, i.e. numbers smaller than zero +, sdBoth ///< Both sign domains, including zero, i.e. all numbers +, sdPositive ///< The positive sign domain, i.e. numbers greater than zero + }; + +/*! + Defines the sides of a rectangular entity to which margins can be applied. + + \see QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins, QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins +*/ +enum MarginSide { msLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 left margin +, msRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 right margin +, msTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 top margin +, msBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 bottom margin +, msAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF all margins +, msNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 no margin + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(MarginSides, MarginSide) + +/*! + Defines what objects of a plot can be forcibly drawn antialiased/not antialiased. If an object is + neither forcibly drawn antialiased nor forcibly drawn not antialiased, it is up to the respective + element how it is drawn. Typically it provides a \a setAntialiased function for this. + + \c AntialiasedElements is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements, QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +enum AntialiasedElement { aeAxes = 0x0001 ///< 0x0001 Axis base line and tick marks +, aeGrid = 0x0002 ///< 0x0002 Grid lines +, aeSubGrid = 0x0004 ///< 0x0004 Sub grid lines +, aeLegend = 0x0008 ///< 0x0008 Legend box +, aeLegendItems = 0x0010 ///< 0x0010 Legend items +, aePlottables = 0x0020 ///< 0x0020 Main lines of plottables +, aeItems = 0x0040 ///< 0x0040 Main lines of items +, aeScatters = 0x0080 ///< 0x0080 Scatter symbols of plottables (excluding scatter symbols of type ssPixmap) +, aeFills = 0x0100 ///< 0x0100 Borders of fills (e.g. under or between graphs) +, aeZeroLine = 0x0200 ///< 0x0200 Zero-lines, see \ref QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen +, aeOther = 0x8000 ///< 0x8000 Other elements that don't fit into any of the existing categories +, aeAll = 0xFFFF ///< 0xFFFF All elements +, aeNone = 0x0000 ///< 0x0000 No elements + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements, AntialiasedElement) + +/*! + Defines plotting hints that control various aspects of the quality and speed of plotting. + + \see QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints +*/ +enum PlottingHint { phNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 No hints are set +, phFastPolylines = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Graph/Curve lines are drawn with a faster method. This reduces the quality especially of the line segment + ///< joins, thus is most effective for pen sizes larger than 1. It is only used for solid line pens. +, phImmediateRefresh = 0x002 ///< 0x002 causes an immediate repaint() instead of a soft update() when QCustomPlot::replot() is called with parameter \ref QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint. +///< This is set by default to prevent the plot from freezing on fast consecutive replots (e.g. user drags ranges with mouse). +, phCacheLabels = 0x004 ///< 0x004 axis (tick) labels will be cached as pixmaps, increasing replot performance. + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PlottingHints, PlottingHint) + +/*! + Defines the mouse interactions possible with QCustomPlot. + + \c Interactions is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +enum Interaction { iRangeDrag = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Axis ranges are draggable (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) +, iRangeZoom = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Axis ranges are zoomable with the mouse wheel (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) +, iMultiSelect = 0x004 ///< 0x004 The user can select multiple objects by holding the modifier set by \ref QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier while clicking +, iSelectPlottables = 0x008 ///< 0x008 Plottables are selectable (e.g. graphs, curves, bars,... see QCPAbstractPlottable) +, iSelectAxes = 0x010 ///< 0x010 Axes are selectable (or parts of them, see QCPAxis::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectLegend = 0x020 ///< 0x020 Legends are selectable (or their child items, see QCPLegend::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectItems = 0x040 ///< 0x040 Items are selectable (Rectangles, Arrows, Textitems, etc. see \ref QCPAbstractItem) +, iSelectOther = 0x080 ///< 0x080 All other objects are selectable (e.g. your own derived layerables, other layout elements,...) + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Interactions, Interaction) + +/*! + Defines the behaviour of the selection rect. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode, QCustomPlot::selectionRect, QCPSelectionRect +*/ +enum SelectionRectMode { srmNone ///< The selection rect is disabled, and all mouse events are forwarded to the underlying objects, e.g. for axis range dragging +, srmZoom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, the axes that are currently set as range zoom axes (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) will have their ranges zoomed accordingly. +, srmSelect ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, plottable data points that were within the selection rect are selected, if the plottable's selectability setting permits. (See \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" for details.) +, srmCustom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. It is the programmer's responsibility to connect according slots to the selection rect's signals (e.g. \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted) in order to process the user interaction. + }; + +/*! + Defines the different ways a plottable can be selected. These images show the effect of the + different selection types, when the indicated selection rect was dragged: + +
+ + + + + + + + +
\image html selectiontype-none.png stNone\image html selectiontype-whole.png stWhole\image html selectiontype-singledata.png stSingleData\image html selectiontype-datarange.png stDataRange\image html selectiontype-multipledataranges.png stMultipleDataRanges
+
+ + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPDataSelection::enforceType +*/ +enum SelectionType { stNone ///< The plottable is not selectable +, stWhole ///< Selection behaves like \ref stMultipleDataRanges, but if there are any data points selected, the entire plottable is drawn as selected. +, stSingleData ///< One individual data point can be selected at a time +, stDataRange ///< Multiple contiguous data points (a data range) can be selected +, stMultipleDataRanges ///< Any combination of data points/ranges can be selected + }; + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the specified \a value is considered an invalid data value for plottables (i.e. + is \e nan or \e +/-inf). This function is used to check data validity upon replots, when the + compiler flag \c QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA is set. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value) { + return qIsNaN(value) || qIsInf(value); +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Checks two arguments instead of one. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value1, double value2) { + return isInvalidData(value1) || isInvalidData(value2); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the specified \a side of \a margins to \a value + + \see getMarginValue +*/ +inline void setMarginValue(QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side, int value) { + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + margins.setLeft(value); + break; + case QCP::msRight: + margins.setRight(value); + break; + case QCP::msTop: + margins.setTop(value); + break; + case QCP::msBottom: + margins.setBottom(value); + break; + case QCP::msAll: + margins = QMargins(value, value, value, value); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the value of the specified \a side of \a margins. If \a side is \ref QCP::msNone or + \ref QCP::msAll, returns 0. + + \see setMarginValue +*/ +inline int getMarginValue(const QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side) { + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return margins.left(); + case QCP::msRight: + return margins.right(); + case QCP::msTop: + return margins.top(); + case QCP::msBottom: + return margins.bottom(); + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + + +extern const QMetaObject staticMetaObject; // in moc-run we create a static meta object for QCP "fake" object. This line is the link to it via QCP::staticMetaObject in normal operation as namespace + +} // end of namespace QCP +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::AntialiasedElements) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::PlottingHints) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::MarginSides) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::Interactions) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::ExportPen) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::ResolutionUnit) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SignDomain) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::MarginSide) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::AntialiasedElement) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::PlottingHint) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::Interaction) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SelectionRectMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SelectionType) + +/* end of 'src/global.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/vector2d.h', size 4928 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPVector2D +{ +public: + QCPVector2D(); + QCPVector2D(double x, double y); + QCPVector2D(const QPoint &point); + QCPVector2D(const QPointF &point); + + // getters: + double x() const { + return mX; + } + double y() const { + return mY; + } + double &rx() { + return mX; + } + double &ry() { + return mY; + } + + // setters: + void setX(double x) { + mX = x; + } + void setY(double y) { + mY = y; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + double length() const { + return qSqrt(mX * mX + mY * mY); + } + double lengthSquared() const { + return mX * mX + mY * mY; + } + QPoint toPoint() const { + return QPoint(mX, mY); + } + QPointF toPointF() const { + return QPointF(mX, mY); + } + + bool isNull() const { + return qIsNull(mX) && qIsNull(mY); + } + void normalize(); + QCPVector2D normalized() const; + QCPVector2D perpendicular() const { + return QCPVector2D(-mY, mX); + } + double dot(const QCPVector2D &vec) const { + return mX * vec.mX + mY * vec.mY; + } + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end) const; + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QLineF &line) const; + double distanceToStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &direction) const; + + QCPVector2D &operator*=(double factor); + QCPVector2D &operator/=(double divisor); + QCPVector2D &operator+=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + QCPVector2D &operator-=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + +private: + // property members: + double mX, mY; + + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec); +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPVector2D, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX / divisor, vec.mY / divisor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX + vec2.mX, vec1.mY + vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX - vec2.mX, vec1.mY - vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(-vec.mX, -vec.mY); +} + +/*! \relates QCPVector2D + + Prints \a vec in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPVector2D(" << vec.x() << ", " << vec.y() << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/* end of 'src/vector2d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/painter.h', size 4035 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPainter : public QPainter +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines special modes the painter can operate in. They disable or enable certain subsets of features/fixes/workarounds, + depending on whether they are wanted on the respective output device. + */ + enum PainterMode { pmDefault = 0x00 ///< 0x00 Default mode for painting on screen devices + , pmVectorized = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Mode for vectorized painting (e.g. PDF export). For example, this prevents some antialiasing fixes. + , pmNoCaching = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Mode for all sorts of exports (e.g. PNG, PDF,...). For example, this prevents using cached pixmap labels + , pmNonCosmetic = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Turns pen widths 0 to 1, i.e. disables cosmetic pens. (A cosmetic pen is always drawn with width 1 pixel in the vector image/pdf viewer, independent of zoom.) + }; + Q_ENUMS(PainterMode) + Q_FLAGS(PainterModes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PainterModes, PainterMode) + + QCPPainter(); + explicit QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device); + + // getters: + bool antialiasing() const { + return testRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); + } + PainterModes modes() const { + return mModes; + } + + // setters: + void setAntialiasing(bool enabled); + void setMode(PainterMode mode, bool enabled = true); + void setModes(PainterModes modes); + + // methods hiding non-virtual base class functions (QPainter bug workarounds): + bool begin(QPaintDevice *device); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setPen(const QColor &color); + void setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle); + void drawLine(const QLineF &line); + void drawLine(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2) { + drawLine(QLineF(p1, p2)); + } + void save(); + void restore(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void makeNonCosmetic(); + +protected: + // property members: + PainterModes mModes; + bool mIsAntialiasing; + + // non-property members: + QStack mAntialiasingStack; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPainter::PainterModes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPainter::PainterMode) + +/* end of 'src/painter.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/paintbuffer.h', size 4958 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(); + + // getters: + QSize size() const { + return mSize; + } + bool invalidated() const { + return mInvalidated; + } + double devicePixelRatio() const { + return mDevicePixelRatio; + } + + // setters: + void setSize(const QSize &size); + void setInvalidated(bool invalidated = true); + void setDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() = 0; + virtual void donePainting() {} + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void clear(const QColor &color) = 0; + +protected: + // property members: + QSize mSize; + double mDevicePixelRatio; + + // non-property members: + bool mInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() = 0; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferPixmap : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferPixmap(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferPixmap(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QPixmap mBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, int multisamples); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QGLPixelBuffer *mGlPBuffer; + int mMultisamples; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlFbo : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, QWeakPointer glContext, QWeakPointer glPaintDevice); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void donePainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mGlContext; + QWeakPointer mGlPaintDevice; + QOpenGLFramebufferObject *mGlFrameBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_FBO + +/* end of 'src/paintbuffer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layer.h', size 6885 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayer : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name) + Q_PROPERTY(int index READ index) + Q_PROPERTY(QList children READ children) + Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(LayerMode mode READ mode WRITE setMode) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines the different rendering modes of a layer. Depending on the mode, certain layers can be + replotted individually, without the need to replot (possibly complex) layerables on other + layers. + + \see setMode + */ + enum LayerMode { lmLogical ///< Layer is used only for rendering order, and shares paint buffer with all other adjacent logical layers. + , lmBuffered ///< Layer has its own paint buffer and may be replotted individually (see \ref replot). + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerMode) + + QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName); + virtual ~QCPLayer(); + + // getters: + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + int index() const { + return mIndex; + } + QList children() const { + return mChildren; + } + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + LayerMode mode() const { + return mMode; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool visible); + void setMode(LayerMode mode); + + // non-virtual methods: + void replot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QString mName; + int mIndex; + QList mChildren; + bool mVisible; + LayerMode mMode; + + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mPaintBuffer; + + // non-virtual methods: + void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + void drawToPaintBuffer(); + void addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend); + void removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayer) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayerable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayer::LayerMode) + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayerable : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable READ parentLayerable) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayer *layer READ layer WRITE setLayer NOTIFY layerChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiased READ antialiased WRITE setAntialiased) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer = QString(), QCPLayerable *parentLayerable = 0); + virtual ~QCPLayerable(); + + // getters: + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QCPLayerable *parentLayerable() const { + return mParentLayerable.data(); + } + QCPLayer *layer() const { + return mLayer; + } + bool antialiased() const { + return mAntialiased; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool on); + Q_SLOT bool setLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool setLayer(const QString &layerName); + void setAntialiased(bool enabled); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; + + // non-property methods: + bool realVisibility() const; + +signals: + void layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mVisible; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QPointer mParentLayerable; + QCPLayer *mLayer; + bool mAntialiased; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // selection events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + // low-level mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + + // non-property methods: + void initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + void setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable); + bool moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend); + void applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayerable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; + +/* end of 'src/layer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/range.h', size 5280 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPRange +{ +public: + double lower, upper; + + QCPRange(); + QCPRange(double lower, double upper); + + bool operator==(const QCPRange &other) const { + return lower == other.lower && upper == other.upper; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + QCPRange &operator+=(const double &value) { + lower += value; + upper += value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator-=(const double &value) { + lower -= value; + upper -= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator*=(const double &value) { + lower *= value; + upper *= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator/=(const double &value) { + lower /= value; + upper /= value; + return *this; + } + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &, double); + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(double, const QCPRange &); + friend inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range); + friend inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value); + + double size() const { + return upper - lower; + } + double center() const { + return (upper + lower) * 0.5; + } + void normalize() { + if (lower > upper) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } + } + void expand(const QCPRange &otherRange); + void expand(double includeCoord); + QCPRange expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const; + QCPRange expanded(double includeCoord) const; + QCPRange bounded(double lowerBound, double upperBound) const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLogScale() const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLinScale() const; + bool contains(double value) const { + return value >= lower && value <= upper; + } + + static bool validRange(double lower, double upper); + static bool validRange(const QCPRange &range); + static const double minRange; + static const double maxRange; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \relates QCPRange + + Prints \a range in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPRange &range) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPRange(" << range.lower << ", " << range.upper << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result -= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result /= value; + return result; +} + +/* end of 'src/axis/range.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selection.h', size 8569 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataRange +{ +public: + QCPDataRange(); + QCPDataRange(int begin, int end); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return mBegin == other.mBegin && mEnd == other.mEnd; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int begin() const { + return mBegin; + } + int end() const { + return mEnd; + } + int size() const { + return mEnd - mBegin; + } + int length() const { + return size(); + } + + // setters: + void setBegin(int begin) { + mBegin = begin; + } + void setEnd(int end) { + mEnd = end; + } + + // non-property methods: + bool isValid() const { + return (mEnd >= mBegin) && (mBegin >= 0); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return length() == 0; + } + QCPDataRange bounded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange expanded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange adjusted(int changeBegin, int changeEnd) const { + return QCPDataRange(mBegin + changeBegin, mEnd + changeEnd); + } + bool intersects(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + bool contains(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + +private: + // property members: + int mBegin, mEnd; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPDataRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataSelection +{ +public: + explicit QCPDataSelection(); + explicit QCPDataSelection(const QCPDataRange &range); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPDataSelection &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataRange &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataRange &other); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + + // getters: + int dataRangeCount() const { + return mDataRanges.size(); + } + int dataPointCount() const; + QCPDataRange dataRange(int index = 0) const; + QList dataRanges() const { + return mDataRanges; + } + QCPDataRange span() const; + + // non-property methods: + void addDataRange(const QCPDataRange &dataRange, bool simplify = true); + void clear(); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mDataRanges.isEmpty(); + } + void simplify(); + void enforceType(QCP::SelectionType type); + bool contains(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection inverse(const QCPDataRange &outerRange) const; + +private: + // property members: + QList mDataRanges; + + inline static bool lessThanDataRangeBegin(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) { + return a.begin() < b.begin(); + } +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPDataSelection) + + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataRange + + Prints \a dataRange in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataRange(" << dataRange.begin() << ", " << dataRange.end() << ")"; + return d; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataSelection + + Prints \a selection in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataSelection &selection) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataSelection("; + for (int i = 0; i < selection.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + if (i != 0) { + d << ", "; + } + d << selection.dataRange(i); + } + d << ")"; + return d; +} + + + +/* end of 'src/selection.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectionrect.h', size 3338 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionRect : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPSelectionRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPSelectionRect(); + + // getters: + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QCPRange range(const QCPAxis *axis) const; + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + bool isActive() const { + return mActive; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // non-property methods: + Q_SLOT void cancel(); + +signals: + void started(QMouseEvent *event); + void changed(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + void canceled(const QRect &rect, QInputEvent *event); + void accepted(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mRect; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + // non-property members: + bool mActive; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void startSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void moveSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void endSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event); + + // reimplemented virtual methods + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + +/* end of 'src/selectionrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layout.h', size 14224 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPMarginGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPMarginGroup(); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mChildren.value(side); + } + bool isEmpty() const; + void clear(); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QHash > mChildren; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + void removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPMarginGroup) + + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutElement : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayout *layout READ layout) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect rect READ rect) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect outerRect READ outerRect WRITE setOuterRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins margins READ margins WRITE setMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins minimumMargins READ minimumMargins WRITE setMinimumMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect READ sizeConstraintRect WRITE setSizeConstraintRect) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the phases of the update process, that happens just before a replot. At each phase, + \ref update is called with the according UpdatePhase value. + */ + enum UpdatePhase { upPreparation ///< Phase used for any type of preparation that needs to be done before margin calculation and layout + , upMargins ///< Phase in which the margins are calculated and set + , upLayout ///< Final phase in which the layout system places the rects of the elements + }; + Q_ENUMS(UpdatePhase) + + /*! + Defines to which rect of a layout element the size constraints that can be set via \ref + setMinimumSize and \ref setMaximumSize apply. The outer rect (\ref outerRect) includes the + margins (e.g. in the case of a QCPAxisRect the axis labels), whereas the inner rect (\ref rect) + does not. + + \see setSizeConstraintRect + */ + enum SizeConstraintRect { scrInnerRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to inner rect + , scrOuterRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to outer rect, thus include layout element margins + }; + Q_ENUMS(SizeConstraintRect) + + explicit QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot = 0); + virtual ~QCPLayoutElement(); + + // getters: + QCPLayout *layout() const { + return mParentLayout; + } + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QRect outerRect() const { + return mOuterRect; + } + QMargins margins() const { + return mMargins; + } + QMargins minimumMargins() const { + return mMinimumMargins; + } + QCP::MarginSides autoMargins() const { + return mAutoMargins; + } + QSize minimumSize() const { + return mMinimumSize; + } + QSize maximumSize() const { + return mMaximumSize; + } + SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect() const { + return mSizeConstraintRect; + } + QCPMarginGroup *marginGroup(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mMarginGroups.value(side, (QCPMarginGroup *)0); + } + QHash marginGroups() const { + return mMarginGroups; + } + + // setters: + void setOuterRect(const QRect &rect); + void setMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides); + void setMinimumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMinimumSize(int width, int height); + void setMaximumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMaximumSize(int width, int height); + void setSizeConstraintRect(SizeConstraintRect constraintRect); + void setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLayout *mParentLayout; + QSize mMinimumSize, mMaximumSize; + SizeConstraintRect mSizeConstraintRect; + QRect mRect, mOuterRect; + QMargins mMargins, mMinimumMargins; + QCP::MarginSides mAutoMargins; + QHash mMarginGroups; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side); + virtual void layoutChanged(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + Q_UNUSED(painter) + } + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { Q_UNUSED(painter) } + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutElement) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayout; + friend class QCPMarginGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutElement::UpdatePhase) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayout : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPLayout(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int elementCount() const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) = 0; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) = 0; + virtual void simplify(); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool removeAt(int index); + bool remove(QCPLayoutElement *element); + void clear(); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void sizeConstraintsChanged() const; + void adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + void releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + QVector getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const; + static QSize getFinalMinimumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + static QSize getFinalMaximumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayout) + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutGrid : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(int rowCount READ rowCount) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnCount READ columnCount) + Q_PROPERTY(QList columnStretchFactors READ columnStretchFactors WRITE setColumnStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(QList rowStretchFactors READ rowStretchFactors WRITE setRowStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnSpacing READ columnSpacing WRITE setColumnSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(int rowSpacing READ rowSpacing WRITE setRowSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(FillOrder fillOrder READ fillOrder WRITE setFillOrder) + Q_PROPERTY(int wrap READ wrap WRITE setWrap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which direction the grid is filled when using \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*). + The column/row at which wrapping into the next row/column occurs can be specified with \ref + setWrap. + + \see setFillOrder + */ + enum FillOrder { foRowsFirst ///< Rows are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next column if the row count would exceed \ref setWrap. + , foColumnsFirst ///< Columns are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next row if the column count would exceed \ref setWrap. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FillOrder) + + explicit QCPLayoutGrid(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutGrid(); + + // getters: + int rowCount() const { + return mElements.size(); + } + int columnCount() const { + return mElements.size() > 0 ? mElements.first().size() : 0; + } + QList columnStretchFactors() const { + return mColumnStretchFactors; + } + QList rowStretchFactors() const { + return mRowStretchFactors; + } + int columnSpacing() const { + return mColumnSpacing; + } + int rowSpacing() const { + return mRowSpacing; + } + int wrap() const { + return mWrap; + } + FillOrder fillOrder() const { + return mFillOrder; + } + + // setters: + void setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor); + void setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor); + void setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setColumnSpacing(int pixels); + void setRowSpacing(int pixels); + void setWrap(int count); + void setFillOrder(FillOrder order, bool rearrange = true); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + return rowCount() * columnCount(); + } + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPLayoutElement *element(int row, int column) const; + bool addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool hasElement(int row, int column); + void expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount); + void insertRow(int newIndex); + void insertColumn(int newIndex); + int rowColToIndex(int row, int column) const; + void indexToRowCol(int index, int &row, int &column) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QList > mElements; + QList mColumnStretchFactors; + QList mRowStretchFactors; + int mColumnSpacing, mRowSpacing; + int mWrap; + FillOrder mFillOrder; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const; + void getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutGrid) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutGrid::FillOrder) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutInset : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + /*! + Defines how the placement and sizing is handled for a certain element in a QCPLayoutInset. + */ + enum InsetPlacement { ipFree ///< The element may be positioned/sized arbitrarily, see \ref setInsetRect + , ipBorderAligned ///< The element is aligned to one of the layout sides, see \ref setInsetAlignment + }; + Q_ENUMS(InsetPlacement) + + explicit QCPLayoutInset(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutInset(); + + // getters: + InsetPlacement insetPlacement(int index) const; + Qt::Alignment insetAlignment(int index) const; + QRectF insetRect(int index) const; + + // setters: + void setInsetPlacement(int index, InsetPlacement placement); + void setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE {} + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect); + +protected: + // property members: + QList mElements; + QList mInsetPlacement; + QList mInsetAlignment; + QList mInsetRect; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutInset) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement) + +/* end of 'src/layout.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/lineending.h', size 4426 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLineEnding +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the type of ending decoration for line-like items, e.g. an arrow. + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png + + The width and length of these decorations can be controlled with the functions \ref setWidth + and \ref setLength. Some decorations like \ref esDisc, \ref esSquare, \ref esDiamond and \ref esBar only + support a width, the length property is ignored. + + \see QCPItemLine::setHead, QCPItemLine::setTail, QCPItemCurve::setHead, QCPItemCurve::setTail, QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, QCPAxis::setUpperEnding + */ + enum EndingStyle { esNone ///< No ending decoration + , esFlatArrow ///< A filled arrow head with a straight/flat back (a triangle) + , esSpikeArrow ///< A filled arrow head with an indented back + , esLineArrow ///< A non-filled arrow head with open back + , esDisc ///< A filled circle + , esSquare ///< A filled square + , esDiamond ///< A filled diamond (45 degrees rotated square) + , esBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line + , esHalfBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line, pointing out to only one side (to which side can be changed with \ref setInverted) + , esSkewedBar ///< A bar that is skewed (skew controllable via \ref setLength) + }; + Q_ENUMS(EndingStyle) + + QCPLineEnding(); + QCPLineEnding(EndingStyle style, double width = 8, double length = 10, bool inverted = false); + + // getters: + EndingStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + bool inverted() const { + return mInverted; + } + + // setters: + void setStyle(EndingStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setLength(double length); + void setInverted(bool inverted); + + // non-property methods: + double boundingDistance() const; + double realLength() const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, const QCPVector2D &dir) const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, double angle) const; + +protected: + // property members: + EndingStyle mStyle; + double mWidth, mLength; + bool mInverted; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPLineEnding, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle) + +/* end of 'src/lineending.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axisticker.h', size 4224 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the strategies that the axis ticker may follow when choosing the size of the tick step. + + \see setTickStepStrategy + */ + enum TickStepStrategy { + tssReadability ///< A nicely readable tick step is prioritized over matching the requested number of ticks (see \ref setTickCount) + , tssMeetTickCount ///< Less readable tick steps are allowed which in turn facilitates getting closer to the requested tick count + }; + Q_ENUMS(TickStepStrategy) + + QCPAxisTicker(); + virtual ~QCPAxisTicker(); + + // getters: + TickStepStrategy tickStepStrategy() const { + return mTickStepStrategy; + } + int tickCount() const { + return mTickCount; + } + double tickOrigin() const { + return mTickOrigin; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStepStrategy(TickStepStrategy strategy); + void setTickCount(int count); + void setTickOrigin(double origin); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void generate(const QCPRange &range, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision, QVector &ticks, QVector *subTicks, QVector *tickLabels); + +protected: + // property members: + TickStepStrategy mTickStepStrategy; + int mTickCount; + double mTickOrigin; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range); + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep); + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range); + virtual QVector createSubTickVector(int subTickCount, const QVector &ticks); + virtual QVector createLabelVector(const QVector &ticks, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + + // non-virtual methods: + void trimTicks(const QCPRange &range, QVector &ticks, bool keepOneOutlier) const; + double pickClosest(double target, const QVector &candidates) const; + double getMantissa(double input, double *magnitude = 0) const; + double cleanMantissa(double input) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisTicker) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTicker::TickStepStrategy) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QSharedPointer) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axisticker.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h', size 3289 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerDateTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerDateTime(); + + // getters: + QString dateTimeFormat() const { + return mDateTimeFormat; + } + Qt::TimeSpec dateTimeSpec() const { + return mDateTimeSpec; + } + + // setters: + void setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setDateTimeSpec(Qt::TimeSpec spec); + void setTickOrigin(double origin); // hides base class method but calls baseclass implementation ("using" throws off IDEs and doxygen) + void setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin); + + // static methods: + static QDateTime keyToDateTime(double key); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDateTime dateTime); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDate date); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mDateTimeFormat; + Qt::TimeSpec mDateTimeSpec; + + // non-property members: + enum DateStrategy {dsNone, dsUniformTimeInDay, dsUniformDayInMonth} mDateStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertime.h', size 3542 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the logical units in which fractions of time spans can be expressed. + + \see setFieldWidth, setTimeFormat + */ + enum TimeUnit { tuMilliseconds ///< Milliseconds, one thousandth of a second (%%z in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuSeconds ///< Seconds (%%s in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuMinutes ///< Minutes (%%m in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuHours ///< Hours (%%h in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuDays ///< Days (%%d in \ref setTimeFormat) + }; + Q_ENUMS(TimeUnit) + + QCPAxisTickerTime(); + + // getters: + QString timeFormat() const { + return mTimeFormat; + } + int fieldWidth(TimeUnit unit) const { + return mFieldWidth.value(unit); + } + + // setters: + void setTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setFieldWidth(TimeUnit unit, int width); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mTimeFormat; + QHash mFieldWidth; + + // non-property members: + TimeUnit mSmallestUnit, mBiggestUnit; + QHash mFormatPattern; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void replaceUnit(QString &text, TimeUnit unit, int value) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h', size 3308 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerFixed : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how the axis ticker may modify the specified tick step (\ref setTickStep) in order to + control the number of ticks in the axis range. + + \see setScaleStrategy + */ + enum ScaleStrategy { ssNone ///< Modifications are not allowed, the specified tick step is absolutely fixed. This might cause a high tick density and overlapping labels if the axis range is zoomed out. + , ssMultiples ///< An integer multiple of the specified tick step is allowed. The used factor follows the base class properties of \ref setTickStepStrategy and \ref setTickCount. + , ssPowers ///< An integer power of the specified tick step is allowed. + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleStrategy) + + QCPAxisTickerFixed(); + + // getters: + double tickStep() const { + return mTickStep; + } + ScaleStrategy scaleStrategy() const { + return mScaleStrategy; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStep(double step); + void setScaleStrategy(ScaleStrategy strategy); + +protected: + // property members: + double mTickStep; + ScaleStrategy mScaleStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerFixed::ScaleStrategy) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertext.h', size 3090 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerText : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerText(); + + // getters: + QMap &ticks() { + return mTicks; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void setTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + + // non-virtual methods: + void clear(); + void addTick(double position, const QString &label); + void addTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void addTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + +protected: + // property members: + QMap mTicks; + int mSubTickCount; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertext.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h', size 3911 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerPi : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how fractions should be displayed in tick labels. + + \see setFractionStyle + */ + enum FractionStyle { fsFloatingPoint ///< Fractions are displayed as regular decimal floating point numbers, e.g. "0.25" or "0.125". + , fsAsciiFractions ///< Fractions are written as rationals using ASCII characters only, e.g. "1/4" or "1/8" + , fsUnicodeFractions ///< Fractions are written using sub- and superscript UTF-8 digits and the fraction symbol. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FractionStyle) + + QCPAxisTickerPi(); + + // getters: + QString piSymbol() const { + return mPiSymbol; + } + double piValue() const { + return mPiValue; + } + bool periodicity() const { + return mPeriodicity; + } + FractionStyle fractionStyle() const { + return mFractionStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setPiSymbol(QString symbol); + void setPiValue(double pi); + void setPeriodicity(int multiplesOfPi); + void setFractionStyle(FractionStyle style); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mPiSymbol; + double mPiValue; + int mPeriodicity; + FractionStyle mFractionStyle; + + // non-property members: + double mPiTickStep; // size of one tick step in units of mPiValue + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void simplifyFraction(int &numerator, int &denominator) const; + QString fractionToString(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeFraction(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeSuperscript(int number) const; + QString unicodeSubscript(int number) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerPi::FractionStyle) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h', size 2663 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerLog : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerLog(); + + // getters: + double logBase() const { + return mLogBase; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setLogBase(double base); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + +protected: + // property members: + double mLogBase; + int mSubTickCount; + + // non-property members: + double mLogBaseLnInv; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axis.h', size 20698 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool subGridVisible READ subGridVisible WRITE setSubGridVisible) Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedSubGrid READ antialiasedSubGrid WRITE setAntialiasedSubGrid) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedZeroLine READ antialiasedZeroLine WRITE setAntialiasedZeroLine) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subGridPen READ subGridPen WRITE setSubGridPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen zeroLinePen READ zeroLinePen WRITE setZeroLinePen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis); + + // getters: + bool subGridVisible() const { + return mSubGridVisible; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen subGridPen() const { + return mSubGridPen; + } + QPen zeroLinePen() const { + return mZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setSubGridVisible(bool visible); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mSubGridVisible; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mPen, mSubGridPen, mZeroLinePen; + + // non-property members: + QCPAxis *mParentAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + + friend class QCPAxis; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxis : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(AxisType axisType READ axisType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *axisRect READ axisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(ScaleType scaleType READ scaleType WRITE setScaleType NOTIFY scaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange range READ range WRITE setRange NOTIFY rangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeReversed READ rangeReversed WRITE setRangeReversed) + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer ticker READ ticker WRITE setTicker) + Q_PROPERTY(bool ticks READ ticks WRITE setTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tickLabels READ tickLabels WRITE setTickLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLabelPadding READ tickLabelPadding WRITE setTickLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont tickLabelFont READ tickLabelFont WRITE setTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor tickLabelColor READ tickLabelColor WRITE setTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(double tickLabelRotation READ tickLabelRotation WRITE setTickLabelRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(LabelSide tickLabelSide READ tickLabelSide WRITE setTickLabelSide) + Q_PROPERTY(QString numberFormat READ numberFormat WRITE setNumberFormat) + Q_PROPERTY(int numberPrecision READ numberPrecision WRITE setNumberPrecision) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVector READ tickVector) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVectorLabels READ tickVectorLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthIn READ tickLengthIn WRITE setTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthOut READ tickLengthOut WRITE setTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(bool subTicks READ subTicks WRITE setSubTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthIn READ subTickLengthIn WRITE setSubTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthOut READ subTickLengthOut WRITE setSubTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen basePen READ basePen WRITE setBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen tickPen READ tickPen WRITE setTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subTickPen READ subTickPen WRITE setSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont labelFont READ labelFont WRITE setLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor labelColor READ labelColor WRITE setLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int labelPadding READ labelPadding WRITE setLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int offset READ offset WRITE setOffset) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedTickLabelFont READ selectedTickLabelFont WRITE setSelectedTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedLabelFont READ selectedLabelFont WRITE setSelectedLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTickLabelColor READ selectedTickLabelColor WRITE setSelectedTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedLabelColor READ selectedLabelColor WRITE setSelectedLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBasePen READ selectedBasePen WRITE setSelectedBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedTickPen READ selectedTickPen WRITE setSelectedTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedSubTickPen READ selectedSubTickPen WRITE setSelectedSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding lowerEnding READ lowerEnding WRITE setLowerEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding upperEnding READ upperEnding WRITE setUpperEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGrid *grid READ grid) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines at which side of the axis rect the axis will appear. This also affects how the tick + marks are drawn, on which side the labels are placed etc. + */ + enum AxisType { atLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Axis is vertical and on the left side of the axis rect + , atRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Axis is vertical and on the right side of the axis rect + , atTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Axis is horizontal and on the top side of the axis rect + , atBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 Axis is horizontal and on the bottom side of the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(AxisType) + Q_FLAGS(AxisTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AxisTypes, AxisType) + /*! + Defines on which side of the axis the tick labels (numbers) shall appear. + + \see setTickLabelSide + */ + enum LabelSide { lsInside ///< Tick labels will be displayed inside the axis rect and clipped to the inner axis rect + , lsOutside ///< Tick labels will be displayed outside the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelSide) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed axis coordinates (possibly also \ref setTicker to a \ref QCPAxisTickerLog instance). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type); + virtual ~QCPAxis(); + + // getters: + AxisType axisType() const { + return mAxisType; + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const { + return mAxisRect; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const; + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const; + LabelSide tickLabelSide() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + int offset() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding() const; + QCPLineEnding upperEnding() const; + QCPGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setOffset(int offset); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + void setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + Qt::Orientation orientation() const { + return mOrientation; + } + int pixelOrientation() const { + return rangeReversed() != (orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? -1 : 1; + } + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio = 1.0); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double pixelToCoord(double value) const; + double coordToPixel(double value) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + static AxisType marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side); + static Qt::Orientation orientation(AxisType type) { + return type == atBottom || type == atTop ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical; + } + static AxisType opposite(AxisType type); + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + // axis base: + AxisType mAxisType; + QCPAxisRect *mAxisRect; + //int mOffset; // in QCPAxisPainter + int mPadding; + Qt::Orientation mOrientation; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + //QCPLineEnding mLowerEnding, mUpperEnding; // in QCPAxisPainter + // axis label: + //int mLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; // in QCPAxisPainter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + //bool mNumberMultiplyCross; // QCPAxisPainter + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + //int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; // QCPAxisPainter + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + + // non-property members: + QCPGrid *mGrid; + QCPAxisPainterPrivate *mAxisPainter; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mCachedMarginValid; + int mCachedMargin; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragStartRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateMargin(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxis) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPGrid; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::AxisTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::AxisType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::LabelSide) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::ScaleType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::SelectablePart) + + +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate +{ +public: + explicit QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAxisPainterPrivate(); + + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual int size() const; + void clearCache(); + + QRect axisSelectionBox() const { + return mAxisSelectionBox; + } + QRect tickLabelsSelectionBox() const { + return mTickLabelsSelectionBox; + } + QRect labelSelectionBox() const { + return mLabelSelectionBox; + } + + // public property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType type; + QPen basePen; + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding, upperEnding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int labelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QFont labelFont; + QColor labelColor; + QString label; + int tickLabelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + double tickLabelRotation; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QCPAxis::LabelSide tickLabelSide; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool substituteExponent; + bool numberMultiplyCross; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int tickLengthIn, tickLengthOut, subTickLengthIn, subTickLengthOut; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QPen tickPen, subTickPen; + QFont tickLabelFont; + QColor tickLabelColor; + QRect axisRect, viewportRect; + double offset; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers; + bool reversedEndings; + + QVector subTickPositions; + QVector tickPositions; + QVector tickLabels; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPointF offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct TickLabelData { + QString basePart, expPart, suffixPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, suffixBounds, totalBounds, rotatedTotalBounds; + QFont baseFont, expFont; + }; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; + + virtual void placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize); + virtual void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual TickLabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const; + virtual QPointF getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/scatterstyle.h', size 7275 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPScatterStyle +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Represents the various properties of a scatter style instance. For example, this enum is used + to specify which properties of \ref QCPSelectionDecorator::setScatterStyle will be used when + highlighting selected data points. + + Specific scatter properties can be transferred between \ref QCPScatterStyle instances via \ref + setFromOther. + */ + enum ScatterProperty { spNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 None + , spPen = 0x01 ///< 0x01 The pen property, see \ref setPen + , spBrush = 0x02 ///< 0x02 The brush property, see \ref setBrush + , spSize = 0x04 ///< 0x04 The size property, see \ref setSize + , spShape = 0x08 ///< 0x08 The shape property, see \ref setShape + , spAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF All properties + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterProperty) + Q_FLAGS(ScatterProperties) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ScatterProperties, ScatterProperty) + + /*! + Defines the shape used for scatter points. + + On plottables/items that draw scatters, the sizes of these visualizations (with exception of + \ref ssDot and \ref ssPixmap) can be controlled with the \ref setSize function. Scatters are + drawn with the pen and brush specified with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + */ + enum ScatterShape { ssNone ///< no scatter symbols are drawn (e.g. in QCPGraph, data only represented with lines) + , ssDot ///< \enumimage{ssDot.png} a single pixel (use \ref ssDisc or \ref ssCircle if you want a round shape with a certain radius) + , ssCross ///< \enumimage{ssCross.png} a cross + , ssPlus ///< \enumimage{ssPlus.png} a plus + , ssCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCircle.png} a circle + , ssDisc ///< \enumimage{ssDisc.png} a circle which is filled with the pen's color (not the brush as with ssCircle) + , ssSquare ///< \enumimage{ssSquare.png} a square + , ssDiamond ///< \enumimage{ssDiamond.png} a diamond + , ssStar ///< \enumimage{ssStar.png} a star with eight arms, i.e. a combination of cross and plus + , ssTriangle ///< \enumimage{ssTriangle.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on baseline + , ssTriangleInverted ///< \enumimage{ssTriangleInverted.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on corner + , ssCrossSquare ///< \enumimage{ssCrossSquare.png} a square with a cross inside + , ssPlusSquare ///< \enumimage{ssPlusSquare.png} a square with a plus inside + , ssCrossCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCrossCircle.png} a circle with a cross inside + , ssPlusCircle ///< \enumimage{ssPlusCircle.png} a circle with a plus inside + , ssPeace ///< \enumimage{ssPeace.png} a circle, with one vertical and two downward diagonal lines + , ssPixmap ///< a custom pixmap specified by \ref setPixmap, centered on the data point coordinates + , ssCustom ///< custom painter operations are performed per scatter (As QPainterPath, see \ref setCustomPath) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterShape) + + QCPScatterStyle(); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size = 6); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush = Qt::NoBrush, double size = 6); + + // getters: + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + ScatterShape shape() const { + return mShape; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + QPainterPath customPath() const { + return mCustomPath; + } + + // setters: + void setFromOther(const QCPScatterStyle &other, ScatterProperties properties); + void setSize(double size); + void setShape(ScatterShape shape); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath); + + // non-property methods: + bool isNone() const { + return mShape == ssNone; + } + bool isPenDefined() const { + return mPenDefined; + } + void undefinePen(); + void applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const; + +protected: + // property members: + double mSize; + ScatterShape mShape; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPainterPath mCustomPath; + + // non-property members: + bool mPenDefined; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPScatterStyle, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperty) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape) + +/* end of 'src/scatterstyle.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/datacontainer.h', size 4596 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +/*! \relates QCPDataContainer + Returns whether the sort key of \a a is less than the sort key of \a b. + + \see QCPDataContainer::sort +*/ +template +inline bool qcpLessThanSortKey(const DataType &a, const DataType &b) +{ + return a.sortKey() < b.sortKey(); +} + +template +class QCPDataContainer // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ +public: + typedef typename QVector::const_iterator const_iterator; + typedef typename QVector::iterator iterator; + + QCPDataContainer(); + + // getters: + int size() const { + return mData.size() - mPreallocSize; + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return size() == 0; + } + bool autoSqueeze() const { + return mAutoSqueeze; + } + + // setters: + void setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled); + + // non-virtual methods: + void set(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const DataType &data); + void removeBefore(double sortKey); + void removeAfter(double sortKey); + void remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo); + void remove(double sortKey); + void clear(); + void sort(); + void squeeze(bool preAllocation = true, bool postAllocation = true); + + const_iterator constBegin() const { + return mData.constBegin() + mPreallocSize; + } + const_iterator constEnd() const { + return mData.constEnd(); + } + iterator begin() { + return mData.begin() + mPreallocSize; + } + iterator end() { + return mData.end(); + } + const_iterator findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator at(int index) const { + return constBegin() + qBound(0, index, size()); + } + QCPRange keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth); + QCPRange valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()); + QCPDataRange dataRange() const { + return QCPDataRange(0, size()); + } + void limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + +protected: + // property members: + bool mAutoSqueeze; + + // non-property memebers: + QVector mData; + int mPreallocSize; + int mPreallocIteration; + + // non-virtual methods: + void preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize); + void performAutoSqueeze(); +}; + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: + +/* including file 'src/datacontainer.cpp', size 31349 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataContainer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataContainer + \brief The generic data container for one-dimensional plottables + + This class template provides a fast container for data storage of one-dimensional data. The data + type is specified as template parameter (called \a DataType in the following) and must provide + some methods as described in the \ref qcpdatacontainer-datatype "next section". + + The data is stored in a sorted fashion, which allows very quick lookups by the sorted key as well + as retrieval of ranges (see \ref findBegin, \ref findEnd, \ref keyRange) using binary search. The + container uses a preallocation and a postallocation scheme, such that appending and prepending + data (with respect to the sort key) is very fast and minimizes reallocations. If data is added + which needs to be inserted between existing keys, the merge usually can be done quickly too, + using the fact that existing data is always sorted. The user can further improve performance by + specifying that added data is already itself sorted by key, if he can guarantee that this is the + case (see for example \ref add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted)). + + The data can be accessed with the provided const iterators (\ref constBegin, \ref constEnd). If + it is necessary to alter existing data in-place, the non-const iterators can be used (\ref begin, + \ref end). Changing data members that are not the sort key (for most data types called \a key) is + safe from the container's perspective. + + Great care must be taken however if the sort key is modified through the non-const iterators. For + performance reasons, the iterators don't automatically cause a re-sorting upon their + manipulation. It is thus the responsibility of the user to leave the container in a sorted state + when finished with the data manipulation, before calling any other methods on the container. A + complete re-sort (e.g. after finishing all sort key manipulation) can be done by calling \ref + sort. Failing to do so can not be detected by the container efficiently and will cause both + rendering artifacts and potential data loss. + + Implementing one-dimensional plottables that make use of a \ref QCPDataContainer is usually + done by subclassing from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D "QCPAbstractPlottable1D", which + introduces an according \a mDataContainer member and some convenience methods. + + \section qcpdatacontainer-datatype Requirements for the DataType template parameter + + The template parameter DataType is the type of the stored data points. It must be + trivially copyable and have the following public methods, preferably inline: + + \li double sortKey() const\n Returns the member variable of this data point that is the + sort key, defining the ordering in the container. Often this variable is simply called \a key. + + \li static DataType fromSortKey(double sortKey)\n Returns a new instance of the data + type initialized with its sort key set to \a sortKey. + + \li static bool sortKeyIsMainKey()\n Returns true if the sort key is equal to the main + key (see method \c mainKey below). For most plottables this is the case. It is not the case for + example for \ref QCPCurve, which uses \a t as sort key and \a key as main key. This is the reason + why QCPCurve unlike QCPGraph can display parametric curves with loops. + + \li double mainKey() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the main + key. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on the key + axis of the plottable. This method is used for example when determining the automatic axis + rescaling of key axes (\ref QCPAxis::rescale). + + \li double mainValue() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the + main value. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on + the value axis of the plottable. + + \li QCPRange valueRange() const\n Returns the range this data point spans in the value + axis coordinate. If the data is single-valued (e.g. QCPGraphData), this is simply a range with + both lower and upper set to the main data point value. However if the data points can represent + multiple values at once (e.g QCPFinancialData with its \a high, \a low, \a open and \a close + values at each \a key) this method should return the range those values span. This method is used + for example when determining the automatic axis rescaling of value axes (\ref + QCPAxis::rescale). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataContainer::size() const + + Returns the number of data points in the container. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataContainer::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this container holds no data points. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constBegin() const + + Returns a const iterator to the first data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constEnd() const + + Returns a const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::begin() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the first data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::end() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::at(int index) const + + Returns a const iterator to the element with the specified \a index. If \a index points beyond + the available elements in this container, returns \ref constEnd, i.e. an iterator past the last + valid element. + + You can use this method to easily obtain iterators from a \ref QCPDataRange, see the \ref + dataselection-accessing "data selection page" for an example. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataRange QCPDataContainer::dataRange() const + + Returns a \ref QCPDataRange encompassing the entire data set of this container. This means the + begin index of the returned range is 0, and the end index is \ref size. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPDataContainer used for plottable classes that represent a series of key-sorted + data +*/ +template +QCPDataContainer::QCPDataContainer() : + mAutoSqueeze(true), + mPreallocSize(0), + mPreallocIteration(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets whether the container automatically decides when to release memory from its post- and + preallocation pools when data points are removed. By default this is enabled and for typical + applications shouldn't be changed. + + If auto squeeze is disabled, you can manually decide when to release pre-/postallocation with + \ref squeeze. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled) +{ + if (mAutoSqueeze != enabled) { + mAutoSqueeze = enabled; + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + clear(); + add(data); +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mData = data; + mPreallocSize = 0; + mPreallocIteration = 0; + if (!alreadySorted) { + sort(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided \a data to the current data in this container. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a data to the current data. + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (isEmpty()) { + set(data, alreadySorted); + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (alreadySorted && oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data is sorted and keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and then sort and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (!alreadySorted) { // sort appended subrange if it wasn't already sorted + std::sort(end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point to the current data. + + \see remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const DataType &data) +{ + if (isEmpty() || !qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *(constEnd() - 1))) { // quickly handle appends if new data key is greater or equal to existing ones + mData.append(data); + } else if (qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *constBegin())) { // quickly handle prepends using preallocated space + if (mPreallocSize < 1) { + preallocateGrow(1); + } + --mPreallocSize; + *begin() = data; + } else { // handle inserts, maintaining sorted keys + QCPDataContainer::iterator insertionPoint = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), data, qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.insert(insertionPoint, data); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys smaller than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeAfter, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeBefore(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = begin(); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mPreallocSize += itEnd - it; // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys greater than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeBefore, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeAfter(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::upper_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = end(); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); // typically adds it to the postallocated block + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys between \a sortKeyFrom and \a sortKeyTo. if \a + sortKeyFrom is greater or equal to \a sortKeyTo, the function does nothing. To remove a single + data point with known (sort-)key, use \ref remove(double sortKey). + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) +{ + if (sortKeyFrom >= sortKeyTo || isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyFrom), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::upper_bound(it, end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyTo), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a sortKey. If the position is not known with absolute (binary) + precision, consider using \ref remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) with a small + fuzziness interval around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the + (sort-)key is known. + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (it != end() && it->sortKey() == sortKey) { + if (it == begin()) { + ++mPreallocSize; // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + } else { + mData.erase(it); + } + } + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + + \see remove, removeAfter, removeBefore +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::clear() +{ + mData.clear(); + mPreallocIteration = 0; + mPreallocSize = 0; +} + +/*! + Re-sorts all data points in the container by their sort key. + + When setting, adding or removing points using the QCPDataContainer interface (\ref set, \ref add, + \ref remove, etc.), the container makes sure to always stay in a sorted state such that a full + resort is never necessary. However, if you choose to directly manipulate the sort key on data + points by accessing and modifying it through the non-const iterators (\ref begin, \ref end), it + is your responsibility to bring the container back into a sorted state before any other methods + are called on it. This can be achieved by calling this method immediately after finishing the + sort key manipulation. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::sort() +{ + std::sort(begin(), end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); +} + +/*! + Frees all unused memory that is currently in the preallocation and postallocation pools. + + Note that QCPDataContainer automatically decides whether squeezing is necessary, if \ref + setAutoSqueeze is left enabled. It should thus not be necessary to use this method for typical + applications. + + The parameters \a preAllocation and \a postAllocation control whether pre- and/or post allocation + should be freed, respectively. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::squeeze(bool preAllocation, bool postAllocation) +{ + if (preAllocation) { + if (mPreallocSize > 0) { + std::copy(begin(), end(), mData.begin()); + mData.resize(size()); + mPreallocSize = 0; + } + mPreallocIteration = 0; + } + if (postAllocation) { + mData.squeeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just + above \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, \ref constBegin is + returned. + + If the container is empty, returns \ref constEnd. + + \see findEnd, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::lower_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constBegin()) { // also covers it == constEnd case, and we know --constEnd is valid because mData isn't empty + --it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the element after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just + above or just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey + will be considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, \ref constEnd is + returned. + + If the container is empty, \ref constEnd is returned. + + \see findBegin, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::upper_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constEnd()) { + ++it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the (main-)key coordinate of all data points. The output + parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, you + should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same key). + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the key coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + If the DataType reports that its main key is equal to the sort key (\a sortKeyIsMainKey), as is + the case for most plottables, this method uses this fact and finds the range very quickly. + + \see valueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + double current; + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // if DataType is sorted by main key (e.g. QCPGraph, but not QCPCurve), use faster algorithm by finding just first and last key with non-NaN value + while (it != itEnd) { // find first non-nan going up from left + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.lower = it->mainKey(); + haveLower = true; + break; + } + ++it; + } + it = itEnd; + while (it != constBegin()) { // find first non-nan going down from right + --it; + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.upper = it->mainKey(); + haveUpper = true; + break; + } + } + } else { // DataType is not sorted by main key, go through all data points and accordingly expand range + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current < 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current < 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current > 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current > 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the value coordinates of the data points in the specified key + range (\a inKeyRange), using the full \a DataType::valueRange reported by the data points. The + output parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, + you should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same value). + + If \a inKeyRange has both lower and upper bound set to zero (is equal to QCPRange()), + all data points are considered, without any restriction on the keys. + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the value coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + \see keyRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + const bool restrictKeyRange = inKeyRange != QCPRange(); + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPRange current; + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey() && restrictKeyRange) { + itBegin = findBegin(inKeyRange.lower); + itEnd = findEnd(inKeyRange.upper); + } + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Makes sure \a begin and \a end mark a data range that is both within the bounds of this data + container's data, as well as within the specified \a dataRange. The initial range described by + the passed iterators \a begin and \a end is never expanded, only contracted if necessary. + + This function doesn't require for \a dataRange to be within the bounds of this data container's + valid range. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + QCPDataRange iteratorRange(begin - constBegin(), end - constBegin()); + iteratorRange = iteratorRange.bounded(dataRange.bounded(this->dataRange())); + begin = constBegin() + iteratorRange.begin(); + end = constBegin() + iteratorRange.end(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Increases the preallocation pool to have a size of at least \a minimumPreallocSize. Depending on + the preallocation history, the container will grow by more than requested, to speed up future + consecutive size increases. + + if \a minimumPreallocSize is smaller than or equal to the current preallocation pool size, this + method does nothing. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize) +{ + if (minimumPreallocSize <= mPreallocSize) { + return; + } + + int newPreallocSize = minimumPreallocSize; + newPreallocSize += (1u << qBound(4, mPreallocIteration + 4, 15)) - 12; // do 4 up to 32768-12 preallocation, doubling in each intermediate iteration + ++mPreallocIteration; + + int sizeDifference = newPreallocSize - mPreallocSize; + mData.resize(mData.size() + sizeDifference); + std::copy_backward(mData.begin() + mPreallocSize, mData.end() - sizeDifference, mData.end()); + mPreallocSize = newPreallocSize; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method decides, depending on the total allocation size and the size of the unused pre- and + postallocation pools, whether it is sensible to reduce the pools in order to free up unused + memory. It then possibly calls \ref squeeze to do the deallocation. + + If \ref setAutoSqueeze is enabled, this method is called automatically each time data points are + removed from the container (e.g. \ref remove). + + \note when changing the decision parameters, care must be taken not to cause a back-and-forth + between squeezing and reallocation due to the growth strategy of the internal QVector and \ref + preallocateGrow. The hysteresis between allocation and deallocation should be made high enough + (at the expense of possibly larger unused memory from time to time). +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::performAutoSqueeze() +{ + const int totalAlloc = mData.capacity(); + const int postAllocSize = totalAlloc - mData.size(); + const int usedSize = size(); + bool shrinkPostAllocation = false; + bool shrinkPreAllocation = false; + if (totalAlloc > 650000) { // if allocation is larger, shrink earlier with respect to total used size + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // QVector grow strategy is 2^n for static data. Watch out not to oscillate! + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize * 10 > usedSize; + } else if (totalAlloc > 1000) { // below 10 MiB raw data be generous with preallocated memory, below 1k points don't even bother + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 5; + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // preallocation can grow into postallocation, so can be smaller + } + + if (shrinkPreAllocation || shrinkPostAllocation) { + squeeze(shrinkPreAllocation, shrinkPostAllocation); + } +} +/* end of 'src/datacontainer.cpp' */ + + +/* end of 'src/datacontainer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable.h', size 8433 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + QCPSelectionDecorator(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecorator(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedScatterProperties() const { + return mUsedScatterProperties; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &scatterStyle, QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedProperties = QCPScatterStyle::spPen); + void setUsedScatterProperties(const QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties &properties); + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyPen(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyBrush(QCPPainter *painter) const; + QCPScatterStyle getFinalScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &unselectedStyle) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void copyFrom(const QCPSelectionDecorator *other); + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties mUsedScatterProperties; + // non-property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual bool registerWithPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPSelectionDecorator) + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecorator *) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPlottable : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name WRITE setName) Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedFill READ antialiasedFill WRITE setAntialiasedFill) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedScatters READ antialiasedScatters WRITE setAntialiasedScatters) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *keyAxis READ keyAxis WRITE setKeyAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *valueAxis READ valueAxis WRITE setValueAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCP::SelectionType selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPDataSelection selection READ selection WRITE setSelection NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator READ selectionDecorator WRITE setSelectionDecorator) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCP::SelectionType selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return !mSelection.isEmpty(); + } + QCPDataSelection selection() const { + return mSelection; + } + QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator() const { + return mSelectionDecorator; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection); + void setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; // actually introduced in QCPLayerable as non-pure, but we want to force reimplementation for plottables + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() { + return 0; + } + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const = 0; + + // non-property methods: + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false, bool inKeyRange = false) const; + bool addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend); + bool addToLegend(); + bool removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const; + bool removeFromLegend() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection); + void selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QCP::SelectionType mSelectable; + QCPDataSelection mSelection; + QCPSelectionDecorator *mSelectionDecorator; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPPlottableLegendItem; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/plottable.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/item.h', size 9384 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name, int anchorId = -1); + virtual ~QCPItemAnchor(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const; + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QCPAbstractItem *mParentItem; + int mAnchorId; + QSet mChildrenX, mChildrenY; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() { + return 0; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + void addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemAnchor) + + friend class QCPItemPosition; +}; + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPosition : public QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the ways an item position can be specified. Thus it defines what the numbers passed to + \ref setCoords actually mean. + + \see setType + */ + enum PositionType { ptAbsolute ///< Static positioning in pixels, starting from the top left corner of the viewport/widget. + , ptViewportRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the viewport size. For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the viewport/widget. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the viewport/widget, etc. + , ptAxisRectRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the axis rect size (see \ref setAxisRect). For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the axis rect. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the axis rect, etc. You can also go beyond the axis rect by providing negative coordinates or coordinates larger than 1. + , ptPlotCoords ///< Dynamic positioning at a plot coordinate defined by two axes (see \ref setAxes). + }; + Q_ENUMS(PositionType) + + QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name); + virtual ~QCPItemPosition(); + + // getters: + PositionType type() const { + return typeX(); + } + PositionType typeX() const { + return mPositionTypeX; + } + PositionType typeY() const { + return mPositionTypeY; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor() const { + return parentAnchorX(); + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorX() const { + return mParentAnchorX; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorY() const { + return mParentAnchorY; + } + double key() const { + return mKey; + } + double value() const { + return mValue; + } + QPointF coords() const { + return QPointF(mKey, mValue); + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const; + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // setters: + void setType(PositionType type); + void setTypeX(PositionType type); + void setTypeY(PositionType type); + bool setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + void setCoords(double key, double value); + void setCoords(const QPointF &coords); + void setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + void setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect); + void setPixelPosition(const QPointF &pixelPosition); + +protected: + // property members: + PositionType mPositionTypeX, mPositionTypeY; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QPointer mAxisRect; + double mKey, mValue; + QCPItemAnchor *mParentAnchorX, *mParentAnchorY; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemPosition) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemPosition::PositionType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractItem : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool clipToAxisRect READ clipToAxisRect WRITE setClipToAxisRect) Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect READ clipAxisRect WRITE setClipAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAbstractItem(); + + // getters: + bool clipToAxisRect() const { + return mClipToAxisRect; + } + QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect() const; + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setClipToAxisRect(bool clip); + void setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + QList positions() const { + return mPositions; + } + QList anchors() const { + return mAnchors; + } + QCPItemPosition *position(const QString &name) const; + QCPItemAnchor *anchor(const QString &name) const; + bool hasAnchor(const QString &name) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mClipToAxisRect; + QPointer mClipAxisRect; + QList mPositions; + QList mAnchors; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + double rectDistance(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const; + QCPItemPosition *createPosition(const QString &name); + QCPItemAnchor *createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractItem) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPItemAnchor; +}; + +/* end of 'src/item.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/core.h', size 14886 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCustomPlot : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QRect viewport READ viewport WRITE setViewport) + Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout READ plotLayout) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoAddPlottableToLegend READ autoAddPlottableToLegend WRITE setAutoAddPlottableToLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(int selectionTolerance READ selectionTolerance WRITE setSelectionTolerance) + Q_PROPERTY(bool noAntialiasingOnDrag READ noAntialiasingOnDrag WRITE setNoAntialiasingOnDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier READ multiSelectModifier WRITE setMultiSelectModifier) + Q_PROPERTY(bool openGl READ openGl WRITE setOpenGl) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how a layer should be inserted relative to an other layer. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer + */ + enum LayerInsertMode { limBelow ///< Layer is inserted below other layer + , limAbove ///< Layer is inserted above other layer + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerInsertMode) + + /*! + Defines with what timing the QCustomPlot surface is refreshed after a replot. + + \see replot + */ + enum RefreshPriority { rpImmediateRefresh ///< Replots immediately and repaints the widget immediately by calling QWidget::repaint() after the replot + , rpQueuedRefresh ///< Replots immediately, but queues the widget repaint, by calling QWidget::update() after the replot. This way multiple redundant widget repaints can be avoided. + , rpRefreshHint ///< Whether to use immediate or queued refresh depends on whether the plotting hint \ref QCP::phImmediateRefresh is set, see \ref setPlottingHints. + , rpQueuedReplot ///< Queues the entire replot for the next event loop iteration. This way multiple redundant replots can be avoided. The actual replot is then done with \ref rpRefreshHint priority. + }; + Q_ENUMS(RefreshPriority) + + explicit QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent = 0); + virtual ~QCustomPlot(); + + // getters: + QRect viewport() const { + return mViewport; + } + double bufferDevicePixelRatio() const { + return mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + } + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout() const { + return mPlotLayout; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements antialiasedElements() const { + return mAntialiasedElements; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements notAntialiasedElements() const { + return mNotAntialiasedElements; + } + bool autoAddPlottableToLegend() const { + return mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + } + const QCP::Interactions interactions() const { + return mInteractions; + } + int selectionTolerance() const { + return mSelectionTolerance; + } + bool noAntialiasingOnDrag() const { + return mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + } + QCP::PlottingHints plottingHints() const { + return mPlottingHints; + } + Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier() const { + return mMultiSelectModifier; + } + QCP::SelectionRectMode selectionRectMode() const { + return mSelectionRectMode; + } + QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect() const { + return mSelectionRect; + } + bool openGl() const { + return mOpenGl; + } + + // setters: + void setViewport(const QRect &rect); + void setBufferDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements); + void setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements); + void setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on); + void setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions); + void setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled = true); + void setSelectionTolerance(int pixels); + void setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled); + void setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints); + void setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled = true); + void setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier); + void setSelectionRectMode(QCP::SelectionRectMode mode); + void setSelectionRect(QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect); + void setOpenGl(bool enabled, int multisampling = 16); + + // non-property methods: + // plottable interface: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(int index); + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(); + bool removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool removePlottable(int index); + int clearPlottables(); + int plottableCount() const; + QList selectedPlottables() const; + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + + // specialized interface for QCPGraph: + QCPGraph *graph(int index) const; + QCPGraph *graph() const; + QCPGraph *addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis = 0, QCPAxis *valueAxis = 0); + bool removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool removeGraph(int index); + int clearGraphs(); + int graphCount() const; + QList selectedGraphs() const; + + // item interface: + QCPAbstractItem *item(int index) const; + QCPAbstractItem *item() const; + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + int clearItems(); + int itemCount() const; + QList selectedItems() const; + QCPAbstractItem *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const; + + // layer interface: + QCPLayer *layer(const QString &name) const; + QCPLayer *layer(int index) const; + QCPLayer *currentLayer() const; + bool setCurrentLayer(const QString &name); + bool setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + int layerCount() const; + bool addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer = 0, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + bool removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + + // axis rect/layout interface: + int axisRectCount() const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRect(int index = 0) const; + QList axisRects() const; + QCPLayoutElement *layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRectAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + Q_SLOT void rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + + QList selectedAxes() const; + QList selectedLegends() const; + Q_SLOT void deselectAll(); + + bool savePdf(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, QCP::ExportPen exportPen = QCP::epAllowCosmetic, const QString &pdfCreator = QString(), const QString &pdfTitle = QString()); + bool savePng(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + QPixmap toPixmap(int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0); + void toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width = 0, int height = 0); + Q_SLOT void replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority = QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint); + + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + QCPLegend *legend; + +signals: + void mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event); + void mousePress(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseWheel(QWheelEvent *event); + + void plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + + void selectionChangedByUser(); + void beforeReplot(); + void afterReplot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mViewport; + double mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + QCPLayoutGrid *mPlotLayout; + bool mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + QList mPlottables; + QList mGraphs; // extra list of plottables also in mPlottables that are of type QCPGraph + QList mItems; + QList mLayers; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAntialiasedElements, mNotAntialiasedElements; + QCP::Interactions mInteractions; + int mSelectionTolerance; + bool mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayer *mCurrentLayer; + QCP::PlottingHints mPlottingHints; + Qt::KeyboardModifier mMultiSelectModifier; + QCP::SelectionRectMode mSelectionRectMode; + QCPSelectionRect *mSelectionRect; + bool mOpenGl; + + // non-property members: + QList > mPaintBuffers; + QPoint mMousePressPos; + bool mMouseHasMoved; + QPointer mMouseEventLayerable; + QPointer mMouseSignalLayerable; + QVariant mMouseEventLayerableDetails; + QVariant mMouseSignalLayerableDetails; + bool mReplotting; + bool mReplotQueued; + int mOpenGlMultisamples; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup; + bool mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup; +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + QSharedPointer mGlContext; + QSharedPointer mGlSurface; + QSharedPointer mGlPaintDevice; +#endif + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize sizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual void axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis); + virtual void legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectSelection(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectZoom(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processPointSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool registerPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool registerGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool registerItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + void updateLayerIndices() const; + QCPLayerable *layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails = 0) const; + QList layerableListAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QList *selectionDetails = 0) const; + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void setupPaintBuffers(); + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer *createPaintBuffer(); + bool hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers(); + bool setupOpenGl(); + void freeOpenGl(); + + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; + friend class QCPGraph; + friend class QCPAbstractItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority) + +/* end of 'src/core.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable1d.h', size 4544 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ +public: + virtual ~QCPPlottableInterface1D() {} + // introduced pure virtual methods: + virtual int dataCount() const = 0; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const = 0; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; +}; + +template +class QCPAbstractPlottable1D : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ + // No Q_OBJECT macro due to template class + +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable1D(); + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer > mDataContainer; + + // helpers for subclasses: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + void drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable1D) + +}; + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: + +/* including file 'src/plottable1d.cpp', size 22361 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableInterface1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableInterface1D + \brief Defines an abstract interface for one-dimensional plottables + + This class contains only pure virtual methods which define a common interface to the data + of one-dimensional plottables. + + For example, it is implemented by the template class \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D (the preferred + base class for one-dimensional plottables). So if you use that template class as base class of + your one-dimensional plottable, you won't have to care about implementing the 1d interface + yourself. + + If your plottable doesn't derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D but still wants to provide a 1d + interface (e.g. like \ref QCPErrorBars does), you should inherit from both \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable and \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D and accordingly reimplement the pure + virtual methods of the 1d interface, matching your data container. Also, reimplement \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D to return the \c this pointer. + + If you have a \ref QCPAbstractPlottable pointer, you can check whether it implements this + interface by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D and testing it for a non-zero return + value. If it indeed implements this interface, you may use it to access the plottable's data + without needing to know the exact type of the plottable or its data point type. +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount() const = 0; + + Returns the number of data points of the plottable. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPDataSelection QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + + Returns a data selection containing all the data points of this plottable which are contained (or + hit by) \a rect. This is used mainly in the selection rect interaction for data selection (\ref + dataselection "data selection mechanism"). + + If \a onlySelectable is true, an empty QCPDataSelection is returned if this plottable is not + selectable (i.e. if \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable is \ref QCP::stNone). + + \note \a rect must be a normalized rect (positive or zero width and height). This is especially + important when using the rect of \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted, which is not necessarily + normalized. Use QRect::normalized() when passing a rect which might not be normalized. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the sort key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the sort key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main value of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main value is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPRange QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the value range of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the value range is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QPointF QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the pixel position on the widget surface at which the data point at the given \a index + appears. + + Usually this corresponds to the point of \ref dataMainKey/\ref dataMainValue, in pixel + coordinates. However, depending on the plottable, this might be a different apparent position + than just a coord-to-pixel transform of those values. For example, \ref QCPBars apparent data + values can be shifted depending on their stacking, bar grouping or configured base value. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0 + + Returns whether the sort key (\ref dataSortKey) is identical to the main key (\ref dataMainKey). + + What the sort and main keys are, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index of the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just above + \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be considered, + otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, 0 is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0 (in that case, \ref findEnd will also return 0, so a loop + using these methods will not iterate over the index 0). + + \see findEnd, QCPDataContainer::findBegin +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index one after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just above, or + just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, the index just above the + highest data point is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0. + + \see findBegin, QCPDataContainer::findEnd +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable1D + \brief A template base class for plottables with one-dimensional data + + This template class derives from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable and from the abstract interface \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D. It serves as a base class for all one-dimensional data (i.e. data with + one key dimension), such as \ref QCPGraph and QCPCurve. + + The template parameter \a DataType is the type of the data points of this plottable (e.g. \ref + QCPGraphData or \ref QCPCurveData). The main purpose of this base class is to provide the member + \a mDataContainer (a shared pointer to a \ref QCPDataContainer "QCPDataContainer") and + implement the according virtual methods of the \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D, such that most + subclassed plottables don't need to worry about this anymore. + + Further, it provides a convenience method for retrieving selected/unselected data segments via + \ref getDataSegments. This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to + draw selected segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + This class implements basic functionality of \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest and \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect, assuming point-like data points, based on the 1D data + interface. In spite of that, most plottable subclasses will want to reimplement those methods + again, to provide a more accurate hit test based on their specific data visualization geometry. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPPlottableInterface1D *QCPAbstractPlottable1D::interface1D() + + Returns a \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D pointer to this plottable, providing access to its 1D + interface. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Forwards \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis to the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable + "QCPAbstractPlottable" constructor and allocates the \a mDataContainer. +*/ +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataContainer(new QCPDataContainer) +{ +} + +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::~QCPAbstractPlottable1D() +{ +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataSortKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->sortKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainValue(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainValue(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataValueRange(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->valueRange(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QCPRange(0, 0); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition +*/ +template +QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + const typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin() + index; + return coordsToPixels(it->mainKey(), it->mainValue()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey +*/ +template +bool QCPAbstractPlottable1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const +{ + return DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey(); +} + +/*! + Implements a rect-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +QCPDataSelection QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + // convert rect given in pixels to ranges given in plot coordinates: + double key1, value1, key2, value2; + pixelsToCoords(rect.topLeft(), key1, value1); + pixelsToCoords(rect.bottomRight(), key2, value2); + QCPRange keyRange(key1, key2); // QCPRange normalizes internally so we don't have to care about whether key1 < key2 + QCPRange valueRange(value1, value2); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyRange.lower, false); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyRange.upper, false); + } + if (begin == end) { + return result; + } + + int currentSegmentBegin = -1; // -1 means we're currently not in a segment that's contained in rect + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (currentSegmentBegin == -1) { + if (valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) && keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // start segment + currentSegmentBegin = it - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + } + } else if (!valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) || !keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // segment just ended + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, it - mDataContainer->constBegin()), false); + currentSegmentBegin = -1; + } + } + // process potential last segment: + if (currentSegmentBegin != -1) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, end - mDataContainer->constBegin()), false); + } + + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->findBegin(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin(); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->findEnd(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin(); +} + +/*! + Implements a point-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data point + to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + QCPDataSelection selectionResult; + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + int minDistIndex = mDataContainer->size(); + + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pos - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pos + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + } + if (begin == end) { + return -1; + } + QCPRange keyRange(mKeyAxis->range()); + QCPRange valueRange(mValueAxis->range()); + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double mainKey = it->mainKey(); + const double mainValue = it->mainValue(); + if (keyRange.contains(mainKey) && valueRange.contains(mainValue)) { // make sure data point is inside visible range, for speedup in cases where sort key isn't main key and we iterate over all points + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(mainKey, mainValue) - pos).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + minDistIndex = it - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + } + } + } + if (minDistIndex != mDataContainer->size()) { + selectionResult.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(minDistIndex, minDistIndex + 1), false); + } + + selectionResult.simplify(); + if (details) { + details->setValue(selectionResult); + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! + Splits all data into selected and unselected segments and outputs them via \a selectedSegments + and \a unselectedSegments, respectively. + + This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to draw selected + segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + \see setSelection +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +/*! + A helper method which draws a line with the passed \a painter, according to the pixel data in \a + lineData. NaN points create gaps in the line, as expected from QCustomPlot's plottables (this is + the main difference to QPainter's regular drawPolyline, which handles NaNs by lagging or + crashing). + + Further it uses a faster line drawing technique based on \ref QCPPainter::drawLine rather than \c + QPainter::drawPolyline if the configured \ref QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints() and \a painter + style allows. +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const +{ + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData.at(i - 1), lineData.at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()) || qIsInf(lineData.at(i).y())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line. Also filter Infs which make drawPolyline block + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottable1d.cpp' */ + + +/* end of 'src/plottable1d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/colorgradient.h', size 6243 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorGradient +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the color spaces in which color interpolation between gradient stops can be performed. + + \see setColorInterpolation + */ + enum ColorInterpolation { ciRGB ///< Color channels red, green and blue are linearly interpolated + , ciHSV ///< Color channels hue, saturation and value are linearly interpolated (The hue is interpolated over the shortest angle distance) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ColorInterpolation) + + /*! + Defines the available presets that can be loaded with \ref loadPreset. See the documentation + there for an image of the presets. + */ + enum GradientPreset { gpGrayscale ///< Continuous lightness from black to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpHot ///< Continuous lightness from black over firey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCold ///< Continuous lightness from black over icey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpNight ///< Continuous lightness from black over weak blueish colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCandy ///< Blue over pink to white + , gpGeography ///< Colors suitable to represent different elevations on geographical maps + , gpIon ///< Half hue spectrum from black over purple to blue and finally green (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpThermal ///< Colors suitable for thermal imaging, ranging from dark blue over purple to orange, yellow and white + , gpPolar ///< Colors suitable to emphasize polarity around the center, with blue for negative, black in the middle and red for positive values + , gpSpectrum ///< An approximation of the visible light spectrum (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpJet ///< Hue variation similar to a spectrum, often used in numerical visualization (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpHues ///< Full hue cycle, with highest and lowest color red (suitable for periodic data, such as angles and phases, see \ref setPeriodic) + }; + Q_ENUMS(GradientPreset) + + QCPColorGradient(); + QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset); + bool operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPColorGradient &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int levelCount() const { + return mLevelCount; + } + QMap colorStops() const { + return mColorStops; + } + ColorInterpolation colorInterpolation() const { + return mColorInterpolation; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + + // setters: + void setLevelCount(int n); + void setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops); + void setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color); + void setColorInterpolation(ColorInterpolation interpolation); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + void colorize(const double *data, const unsigned char *alpha, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + QRgb color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic = false); + void loadPreset(GradientPreset preset); + void clearColorStops(); + QCPColorGradient inverted() const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mLevelCount; + QMap mColorStops; + ColorInterpolation mColorInterpolation; + bool mPeriodic; + + // non-property members: + QVector mColorBuffer; // have colors premultiplied with alpha (for usage with QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied) + bool mColorBufferInvalidated; + + // non-virtual methods: + bool stopsUseAlpha() const; + void updateColorBuffer(); +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::GradientPreset) + +/* end of 'src/colorgradient.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h', size 4442 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket : public QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + + /*! + Defines which shape is drawn at the boundaries of selected data ranges. + + Some of the bracket styles further allow specifying a height and/or width, see \ref + setBracketHeight and \ref setBracketWidth. + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquareBracket ///< A square bracket is drawn. + , bsHalfEllipse ///< A half ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsEllipse ///< An ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsPlus ///< A plus is drawn. + , bsUserStyle ///< Start custom bracket styles at this index when subclassing and reimplementing \ref drawBracket. + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket(); + + // getters: + QPen bracketPen() const { + return mBracketPen; + } + QBrush bracketBrush() const { + return mBracketBrush; + } + int bracketWidth() const { + return mBracketWidth; + } + int bracketHeight() const { + return mBracketHeight; + } + BracketStyle bracketStyle() const { + return mBracketStyle; + } + bool tangentToData() const { + return mTangentToData; + } + int tangentAverage() const { + return mTangentAverage; + } + + // setters: + void setBracketPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBracketBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setBracketWidth(int width); + void setBracketHeight(int height); + void setBracketStyle(BracketStyle style); + void setTangentToData(bool enabled); + void setTangentAverage(int pointCount); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawBracket(QCPPainter *painter, int direction) const; + + // virtual methods: + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBracketPen; + QBrush mBracketBrush; + int mBracketWidth; + int mBracketHeight; + BracketStyle mBracketStyle; + bool mTangentToData; + int mTangentAverage; + + // non-virtual methods: + double getTangentAngle(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex, int direction) const; + QPointF getPixelCoordinates(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex) const; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h', size 7507 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisRect : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes = true); + virtual ~QCPAxisRect(); + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + QBrush backgroundBrush() const { + return mBackgroundBrush; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + QCPAxis *rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QCPAxis *rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeDragAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + double rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation); + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + // non-property methods: + int axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const; + QCPAxis *axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index = 0) const; + QList axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const; + QList axes() const; + QCPAxis *addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis = 0); + QList addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types); + bool removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect); + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QList &affectedAxes); + void setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges = false); + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPoint center() const { + return mRect.center(); + } + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + Qt::Orientations mRangeDrag, mRangeZoom; + QList > mRangeDragHorzAxis, mRangeDragVertAxis; + QList > mRangeZoomHorzAxis, mRangeZoomVertAxis; + double mRangeZoomFactorHorz, mRangeZoomFactorVert; + + // non-property members: + QList mDragStartHorzRange, mDragStartVertRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + bool mDragging; + QHash > mAxes; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void layoutChanged() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisRect) + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h', size 10397 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractLegendItem : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPLegend* parentLegend READ parentLegend) Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectableChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent); + + // getters: + QCPLegend *parentLegend() const { + return mParentLegend; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLegend *mParentLegend; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractLegendItem) + + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPlottableLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + + // getters: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable() { + return mPlottable; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLegend : public QCPLayoutGrid +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen borderPen READ borderPen WRITE setBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize) + Q_PROPERTY(int iconTextPadding READ iconTextPadding WRITE setIconTextPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen iconBorderPen READ iconBorderPen WRITE setIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBorderPen READ selectedBorderPen WRITE setSelectedBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedIconBorderPen READ selectedIconBorderPen WRITE setSelectedIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of a legend + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None + , spLegendBox = 0x001 ///< 0x001 The legend box (frame) + , spItems = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Legend items individually (see \ref selectedItems) + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPLegend(); + virtual ~QCPLegend(); + + // getters: + QPen borderPen() const { + return mBorderPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QSize iconSize() const { + return mIconSize; + } + int iconTextPadding() const { + return mIconTextPadding; + } + QPen iconBorderPen() const { + return mIconBorderPen; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const; + QPen selectedBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedBorderPen; + } + QPen selectedIconBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedIconBorderPen; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + + // setters: + void setBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setIconSize(const QSize &size); + void setIconSize(int width, int height); + void setIconTextPadding(int padding); + void setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPAbstractLegendItem *item(int index) const; + QCPPlottableLegendItem *itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + int itemCount() const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const; + bool hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + bool addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + void clearItems(); + QList selectedItems() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + void selectableChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBorderPen, mIconBorderPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QSize mIconSize; + int mIconTextPadding; + SelectableParts mSelectedParts, mSelectableParts; + QPen mSelectedBorderPen, mSelectedIconBorderPen; + QBrush mSelectedBrush; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getBorderPen() const; + QBrush getBrush() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLegend) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPLegend::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLegend::SelectablePart) + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h', size 5353 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPTextElement : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QString &fontFamily, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QFont &font); + + // getters: + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + int textFlags() const { + return mTextFlags; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setText(const QString &text); + void setTextFlags(int flags); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + void clicked(QMouseEvent *event); + void doubleClicked(QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mText; + int mTextFlags; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + QRect mTextBoundingRect; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainTextColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPTextElement) +}; + + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h', size 5923 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + + +class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate : public QCPAxisRect +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale); +protected: + QCPColorScale *mParentColorScale; + QImage mGradientImage; + bool mGradientImageInvalidated; + // re-using some methods of QCPAxisRect to make them available to friend class QCPColorScale + using QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin; + using QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::update; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void updateGradientImage(); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts); + friend class QCPColorScale; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorScale : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::AxisType type READ type WRITE setType) Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int barWidth READ barWidth WRITE setBarWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPColorScale(); + + // getters: + QCPAxis *axis() const { + return mColorAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis::AxisType type() const { + return mType; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QString label() const; + int barWidth() const { + return mBarWidth; + } + bool rangeDrag() const; + bool rangeZoom() const; + + // setters: + void setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setBarWidth(int width); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + QList colorMaps() const; + void rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType mType; + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + int mBarWidth; + + // non-property members: + QPointer mAxisRect; + QPointer mColorAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPColorScale) + + friend class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h', size 9294 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraphData +{ +public: + QCPGraphData(); + QCPGraphData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPGraphData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPGraphData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPGraphData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPGraphDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPGraphData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPGraph holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPGraphData, QCPGraph::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPGraphDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraph : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *channelFillGraph READ channelFillGraph WRITE setChannelFillGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(bool adaptiveSampling READ adaptiveSampling WRITE setAdaptiveSampling) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + , lsStepLeft ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the left data point + , lsStepRight ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the right data point + , lsStepCenter ///< line is drawn as steps where the step is in between two data points + , lsImpulse ///< each data point is represented by a line parallel to the value axis, which reaches from the data point to the zero-value-line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPGraph(); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + QCPGraph *channelFillGraph() const { + return mChannelFillGraph.data(); + } + bool adaptiveSampling() const { + return mAdaptiveSampling; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph); + void setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + QPointer mChannelFillGraph; + bool mAdaptiveSampling; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + int smooth; +public: + void setSmooth(int smooth); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + + virtual void getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + virtual void getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + void getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + QVector dataToLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepLeftLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepRightLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepCenterLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToImpulseLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector getNonNanSegments(const QVector *lineData, Qt::Orientation keyOrientation) const; + QVector > getOverlappingSegments(QVector thisSegments, const QVector *thisData, QVector otherSegments, const QVector *otherData) const; + bool segmentsIntersect(double aLower, double aUpper, double bLower, double bUpper, int &bPrecedence) const; + QPointF getFillBasePoint(QPointF matchingDataPoint) const; + + const QPolygonF getFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPainterPath getFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPolygonF getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + //const QPainterPath getChannelFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + + int findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + int findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPGraph::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h', size 7409 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurveData +{ +public: + QCPCurveData(); + QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return t; + } + inline static QCPCurveData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPCurveData(sortKey, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return false; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double t, key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPCurveData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPCurveDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPCurveData points. The data is stored sorted by \a t, so the \a + sortKey() (returning \a t) is different from \a mainKey() (returning \a key). + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPCurve holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPCurveData, QCPCurve::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPCurveDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurve : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the curve's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the curve (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< No line is drawn between data points (e.g. only scatters) + , lsLine ///< Data points are connected with a straight line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPCurve(); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void addData(double t, double key, double value); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawCurveLine(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &points, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getCurveLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double penWidth) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double scatterWidth) const; + int getRegion(double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QPointF getOptimizedPoint(int prevRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QVector getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + bool mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const; + bool getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const; + void getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPCurve::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h', size 8933 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(SpacingType spacingType READ spacingType WRITE setSpacingType) + Q_PROPERTY(double spacing READ spacing WRITE setSpacing) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the spacing between bars in the group can be specified. Thus it defines what + the number passed to \ref setSpacing actually means. + + \see setSpacingType, setSpacing + */ + enum SpacingType { stAbsolute ///< Bar spacing is in absolute pixels + , stAxisRectRatio ///< Bar spacing is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , stPlotCoords ///< Bar spacing is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(SpacingType) + + explicit QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPBarsGroup(); + + // getters: + SpacingType spacingType() const { + return mSpacingType; + } + double spacing() const { + return mSpacing; + } + + // setters: + void setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType); + void setSpacing(double spacing); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList bars() const { + return mBars; + } + QCPBars *bars(int index) const; + int size() const { + return mBars.size(); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return mBars.isEmpty(); + } + void clear(); + bool contains(QCPBars *bars) const { + return mBars.contains(bars); + } + void append(QCPBars *bars); + void insert(int i, QCPBars *bars); + void remove(QCPBars *bars); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + SpacingType mSpacingType; + double mSpacing; + QList mBars; + + // non-virtual methods: + void registerBars(QCPBars *bars); + void unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars); + + // virtual methods: + double keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + double getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPBarsGroup) + + friend class QCPBars; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBarsGroup::SpacingType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsData +{ +public: + QCPBarsData(); + QCPBarsData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPBarsData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPBarsData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); // note that bar base value isn't held in each QCPBarsData and thus can't/shouldn't be returned here + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPBarsData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPBars holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPBarsData, QCPBars::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup READ barsGroup WRITE setBarsGroup) + Q_PROPERTY(double baseValue READ baseValue WRITE setBaseValue) + Q_PROPERTY(double stackingGap READ stackingGap WRITE setStackingGap) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barBelow READ barBelow) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barAbove READ barAbove) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the number passed + to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< Bar width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< Bar width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< Bar width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + explicit QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPBars(); + + // getters: + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup() const { + return mBarsGroup; + } + double baseValue() const { + return mBaseValue; + } + double stackingGap() const { + return mStackingGap; + } + QCPBars *barBelow() const { + return mBarBelow.data(); + } + QCPBars *barAbove() const { + return mBarAbove.data(); + } + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup); + void setBaseValue(double baseValue); + void setStackingGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + void moveBelow(QCPBars *bars); + void moveAbove(QCPBars *bars); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + QCPBarsGroup *mBarsGroup; + double mBaseValue; + double mStackingGap; + QPointer mBarBelow, mBarAbove; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getBarRect(double key, double value) const; + void getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const; + double getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const; + static void connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper); + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPBarsGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBars::WidthType) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h', size 7516 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBoxData +{ +public: + QCPStatisticalBoxData(); + QCPStatisticalBoxData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPStatisticalBoxData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPStatisticalBoxData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return median; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + QCPRange result(minimum, maximum); + for (QVector::const_iterator it = outliers.constBegin(); it != outliers.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.expand(*it); + } + return result; + } + + double key, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum; + QVector outliers; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPStatisticalBoxData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPStatisticalBoxData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPStatisticalBox holds its data. For + details about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref + QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPStatisticalBoxData, QCPStatisticalBox::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBox : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerPen READ whiskerPen WRITE setWhiskerPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerBarPen READ whiskerBarPen WRITE setWhiskerBarPen) + Q_PROPERTY(bool whiskerAntialiased READ whiskerAntialiased WRITE setWhiskerAntialiased) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen medianPen READ medianPen WRITE setMedianPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle READ outlierStyle WRITE setOutlierStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + QPen whiskerPen() const { + return mWhiskerPen; + } + QPen whiskerBarPen() const { + return mWhiskerBarPen; + } + bool whiskerAntialiased() const { + return mWhiskerAntialiased; + } + QPen medianPen() const { + return mMedianPen; + } + QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle() const { + return mOutlierStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerAntialiased(bool enabled); + void setMedianPen(const QPen &pen); + void setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + double mWhiskerWidth; + QPen mWhiskerPen, mWhiskerBarPen; + bool mWhiskerAntialiased; + QPen mMedianPen; + QCPScatterStyle mOutlierStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawStatisticalBox(QCPPainter *painter, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it, const QCPScatterStyle &outlierStyle) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getQuartileBox(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBackboneLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBarLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h', size 7070 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMapData +{ +public: + QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + ~QCPColorMapData(); + QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other); + QCPColorMapData &operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other); + + // getters: + int keySize() const { + return mKeySize; + } + int valueSize() const { + return mValueSize; + } + QCPRange keyRange() const { + return mKeyRange; + } + QCPRange valueRange() const { + return mValueRange; + } + QCPRange dataBounds() const { + return mDataBounds; + } + double data(double key, double value); + double cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + unsigned char alpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + + // setters: + void setSize(int keySize, int valueSize); + void setKeySize(int keySize); + void setValueSize(int valueSize); + void setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange); + void setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setData(double key, double value, double z); + void setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z); + void setAlpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, unsigned char alpha); + + // non-property methods: + void recalculateDataBounds(); + void clear(); + void clearAlpha(); + void fill(double z); + void fillAlpha(unsigned char alpha); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mIsEmpty; + } + void coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const; + void cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mKeySize, mValueSize; + QCPRange mKeyRange, mValueRange; + bool mIsEmpty; + + // non-property members: + double *mData; + unsigned char *mAlpha; + QCPRange mDataBounds; + bool mDataModified; + + bool createAlpha(bool initializeOpaque = true); + + friend class QCPColorMap; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMap : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolate READ interpolate WRITE setInterpolate) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tightBoundary READ tightBoundary WRITE setTightBoundary) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorScale *colorScale READ colorScale WRITE setColorScale) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPColorMap(); + + // getters: + QCPColorMapData *data() const { + return mMapData; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + bool interpolate() const { + return mInterpolate; + } + bool tightBoundary() const { + return mTightBoundary; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QCPColorScale *colorScale() const { + return mColorScale.data(); + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy = false); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setInterpolate(bool enabled); + void setTightBoundary(bool enabled); + void setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale); + + // non-property methods: + void rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds = false); + Q_SLOT void updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation, const QSize &thumbSize = QSize(32, 18)); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorMapData *mMapData; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + bool mInterpolate; + bool mTightBoundary; + QPointer mColorScale; + + // non-property members: + QImage mMapImage, mUndersampledMapImage; + QPixmap mLegendIcon; + bool mMapImageInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateMapImage(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h', size 8622 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancialData +{ +public: + QCPFinancialData(); + QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPFinancialData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPFinancialData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return open; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(low, high); // open and close must lie between low and high, so we don't need to check them + } + + double key, open, high, low, close; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPFinancialData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPFinancialDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPFinancialData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPFinancial holds its data. For details + about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPFinancialData, QCPFinancial::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPFinancialDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancial : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(ChartStyle chartStyle READ chartStyle WRITE setChartStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(bool twoColored READ twoColored WRITE setTwoColored) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushPositive READ brushPositive WRITE setBrushPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushNegative READ brushNegative WRITE setBrushNegative) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penPositive READ penPositive WRITE setPenPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penNegative READ penNegative WRITE setPenNegative) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the financial bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the + number passed to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + /*! + Defines the possible representations of OHLC data in the plot. + + \see setChartStyle + */ + enum ChartStyle { csOhlc ///< Open-High-Low-Close bar representation + , csCandlestick ///< Candlestick representation + }; + Q_ENUMS(ChartStyle) + + explicit QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPFinancial(); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + ChartStyle chartStyle() const { + return mChartStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + bool twoColored() const { + return mTwoColored; + } + QBrush brushPositive() const { + return mBrushPositive; + } + QBrush brushNegative() const { + return mBrushNegative; + } + QPen penPositive() const { + return mPenPositive; + } + QPen penNegative() const { + return mPenNegative; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setChartStyle(ChartStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setTwoColored(bool twoColored); + void setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush); + void setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush); + void setPenPositive(const QPen &pen); + void setPenNegative(const QPen &pen); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // static methods: + static QCPFinancialDataContainer timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset = 0); + +protected: + // property members: + ChartStyle mChartStyle; + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + bool mTwoColored; + QBrush mBrushPositive, mBrushNegative; + QPen mPenPositive, mPenNegative; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + void drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + double getPixelWidth(double key, double keyPixel) const; + double ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + double candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF selectionHitBox(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h', size 7727 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBarsData +{ +public: + QCPErrorBarsData(); + explicit QCPErrorBarsData(double error); + QCPErrorBarsData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + double errorMinus, errorPlus; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPErrorBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPErrorBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPErrorBarsData points. It is a typedef for QVector<\ref + QCPErrorBarsData>. + + This is the container in which \ref QCPErrorBars holds its data. Unlike most other data + containers for plottables, it is not based on \ref QCPDataContainer. This is because the error + bars plottable is special in that it doesn't store its own key and value coordinate per error + bar. It adopts the key and value from the plottable to which the error bars shall be applied + (\ref QCPErrorBars::setDataPlottable). So the stored \ref QCPErrorBarsData doesn't need a + sortable key, but merely an index (as \c QVector provides), which maps one-to-one to the indices + of the other plottable's data. + + \see QCPErrorBarsData, QCPErrorBars::setData +*/ +typedef QVector QCPErrorBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer data READ data WRITE setData) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable READ dataPlottable WRITE setDataPlottable) + Q_PROPERTY(ErrorType errorType READ errorType WRITE setErrorType) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double symbolGap READ symbolGap WRITE setSymbolGap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which orientation the error bars shall appear. If your data needs both error + dimensions, create two \ref QCPErrorBars with different \ref ErrorType. + + \see setErrorType + */ + enum ErrorType { etKeyError ///< The errors are for the key dimension (bars appear parallel to the key axis) + , etValueError ///< The errors are for the value dimension (bars appear parallel to the value axis) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ErrorType) + + explicit QCPErrorBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPErrorBars(); + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable() const { + return mDataPlottable.data(); + } + ErrorType errorType() const { + return mErrorType; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + double symbolGap() const { + return mSymbolGap; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &error); + void setData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void setDataPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + void setErrorType(ErrorType type); + void setWhiskerWidth(double pixels); + void setSymbolGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &error); + void addData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void addData(double error); + void addData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer mDataContainer; + QPointer mDataPlottable; + ErrorType mErrorType; + double mWhiskerWidth; + double mSymbolGap; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getErrorBarLines(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it, QVector &backbones, QVector &whiskers) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + // helpers: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + bool errorBarVisible(int index) const; + bool rectIntersectsLine(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QLineF &line) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-straightline.h', size 3117 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemStraightLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemStraightLine(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const point1; + QCPItemPosition *const point2; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &point1, const QCPVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-straightline.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-line.h', size 3407 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemLine(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-line.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-curve.h', size 3379 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemCurve : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemCurve(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const startDir; + QCPItemPosition *const endDir; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-rect.h', size 3688 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemRect : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemRect(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-rect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-text.h', size 5554 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemText : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QColor color READ color WRITE setColor) Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedColor READ selectedColor WRITE setSelectedColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment positionAlignment READ positionAlignment WRITE setPositionAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment textAlignment READ textAlignment WRITE setTextAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(double rotation READ rotation WRITE setRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemText(); + + // getters: + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + QColor selectedColor() const { + return mSelectedColor; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + Qt::Alignment positionAlignment() const { + return mPositionAlignment; + } + Qt::Alignment textAlignment() const { + return mTextAlignment; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + QMargins padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + + // setters; + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedColor(const QColor &color); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setText(const QString &text); + void setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setRotation(double degrees); + void setPadding(const QMargins &padding); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeft, aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottomRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QColor mColor, mSelectedColor; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + QFont mFont, mSelectedFont; + QString mText; + Qt::Alignment mPositionAlignment; + Qt::Alignment mTextAlignment; + double mRotation; + QMargins mPadding; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const; + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainColor() const; + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-text.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-ellipse.h', size 3868 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemEllipse : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemEllipse(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeftRim, aiTop, aiTopRightRim, aiRight, aiBottomRightRim, aiBottom, aiBottomLeftRim, aiLeft, aiCenter}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-ellipse.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-pixmap.h', size 4373 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPixmap : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap pixmap READ pixmap WRITE setPixmap) Q_PROPERTY(bool scaled READ scaled WRITE setScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode READ aspectRatioMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode READ transformationMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemPixmap(); + + // getters: + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + bool scaled() const { + return mScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode() const { + return mAspectRatioMode; + } + Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode() const { + return mTransformationMode; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode = Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledPixmap; + bool mScaled; + bool mScaledPixmapInvalidated; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mAspectRatioMode; + Qt::TransformationMode mTransformationMode; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect = QRect(), bool flipHorz = false, bool flipVert = false); + QRect getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz = 0, bool *flippedVert = 0) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-pixmap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-tracer.h', size 4762 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemTracer : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(double size READ size WRITE setSize) + Q_PROPERTY(TracerStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *graph READ graph WRITE setGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(double graphKey READ graphKey WRITE setGraphKey) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolating READ interpolating WRITE setInterpolating) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + The different visual appearances a tracer item can have. Some styles size may be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum TracerStyle { tsNone ///< The tracer is not visible + , tsPlus ///< A plus shaped crosshair with limited size + , tsCrosshair ///< A plus shaped crosshair which spans the complete axis rect + , tsCircle ///< A circle + , tsSquare ///< A square + }; + Q_ENUMS(TracerStyle) + + explicit QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemTracer(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + TracerStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + QCPGraph *graph() const { + return mGraph; + } + double graphKey() const { + return mGraphKey; + } + bool interpolating() const { + return mInterpolating; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSize(double size); + void setStyle(TracerStyle style); + void setGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + void setGraphKey(double key); + void setInterpolating(bool enabled); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updatePosition(); + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + double mSize; + TracerStyle mStyle; + QCPGraph *mGraph; + double mGraphKey; + bool mInterpolating; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-tracer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-bracket.h', size 3969 */ +/* commit ce344b3f96a62e5f652585e55f1ae7c7883cd45b 2018-06-25 01:03:39 +0200 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemBracket : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(double length READ length WRITE setLength) + Q_PROPERTY(BracketStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the various visual shapes of the bracket item. The appearance can be further modified + by \ref setLength and \ref setPen. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquare ///< A brace with angled edges + , bsRound ///< A brace with round edges + , bsCurly ///< A curly brace + , bsCalligraphic ///< A curly brace with varying stroke width giving a calligraphic impression + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + explicit QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemBracket(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + BracketStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLength(double length); + void setStyle(BracketStyle style); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const left; + QCPItemPosition *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + // property members: + enum AnchorIndex {aiCenter}; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + double mLength; + BracketStyle mStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-bracket.h' */ + + +#endif // QCUSTOMPLOT_H + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.cpp b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6107a78 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35842 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 29.03.21 ** +** Version: 2.1.0 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qcustomplot.h" +#include "smoothcurve.h" + +/* including file 'src/vector2d.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7973 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPVector2D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPVector2D + \brief Represents two doubles as a mathematical 2D vector + + This class acts as a replacement for QVector2D with the advantage of double precision instead of + single, and some convenience methods tailored for the QCustomPlot library. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPVector2D::setX(double x) + + Sets the x coordinate of this vector to \a x. + + \see setY +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPVector2D::setY(double y) + + Sets the y coordinate of this vector to \a y. + + \see setX +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::length() const + + Returns the length of this vector. + + \see lengthSquared +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::lengthSquared() const + + Returns the squared length of this vector. In some situations, e.g. when just trying to find the + shortest vector of a group, this is faster than calculating \ref length, because it avoids + calculation of a square root. + + \see length +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::angle() const + + Returns the angle of the vector in radians. The angle is measured between the positive x line and + the vector, counter-clockwise in a mathematical coordinate system (y axis upwards positive). In + screen/widget coordinates where the y axis is inverted, the angle appears clockwise. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPVector2D::toPoint() const + + Returns a QPoint which has the x and y coordinates of this vector, truncating any floating point + information. + + \see toPointF +*/ + +/*! \fn QPointF QCPVector2D::toPointF() const + + Returns a QPointF which has the x and y coordinates of this vector. + + \see toPoint +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPVector2D::isNull() const + + Returns whether this vector is null. A vector is null if \c qIsNull returns true for both x and y + coordinates, i.e. if both are binary equal to 0. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPVector2D QCPVector2D::perpendicular() const + + Returns a vector perpendicular to this vector, with the same length. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPVector2D::dot() const + + Returns the dot/scalar product of this vector with the specified vector \a vec. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates to 0. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D() : + mX(0), + mY(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the \a x and \a y coordinates with the specified + values. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(double x, double y) : + mX(x), + mY(y) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates respective coordinates of + the specified \a point. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(const QPoint &point) : + mX(point.x()), + mY(point.y()) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPVector2D object and initializes the x and y coordinates respective coordinates of + the specified \a point. +*/ +QCPVector2D::QCPVector2D(const QPointF &point) : + mX(point.x()), + mY(point.y()) +{ +} + +/*! + Normalizes this vector. After this operation, the length of the vector is equal to 1. + + If the vector has both entries set to zero, this method does nothing. + + \see normalized, length, lengthSquared +*/ +void QCPVector2D::normalize() +{ + if (mX == 0.0 && mY == 0.0) { + return; + } + const double lenInv = 1.0 / length(); + mX *= lenInv; + mY *= lenInv; +} + +/*! + Returns a normalized version of this vector. The length of the returned vector is equal to 1. + + If the vector has both entries set to zero, this method returns the vector unmodified. + + \see normalize, length, lengthSquared +*/ +QCPVector2D QCPVector2D::normalized() const +{ + if (mX == 0.0 && mY == 0.0) { + return *this; + } + const double lenInv = 1.0 / length(); + return QCPVector2D(mX * lenInv, mY * lenInv); +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the squared shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the finite line + segment given by \a start and \a end. + + \see distanceToStraightLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end) const +{ + const QCPVector2D v(end - start); + const double vLengthSqr = v.lengthSquared(); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vLengthSqr)) { + const double mu = v.dot(*this - start) / vLengthSqr; + if (mu < 0) { + return (*this - start).lengthSquared(); + } else if (mu > 1) { + return (*this - end).lengthSquared(); + } else { + return ((start + mu * v) - *this).lengthSquared(); + } + } else { + return (*this - start).lengthSquared(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the squared shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the finite line + segment given by \a line. + + \see distanceToStraightLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine(const QLineF &line) const +{ + return distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(line.p1()), QCPVector2D(line.p2())); +} + +/*! + Returns the shortest distance of this vector (interpreted as a point) to the infinite straight + line given by a \a base point and a \a direction vector. + + \see distanceSquaredToLine +*/ +double QCPVector2D::distanceToStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &direction) const +{ + return qAbs((*this - base).dot(direction.perpendicular())) / direction.length(); +} + +/*! + Scales this vector by the given \a factor, i.e. the x and y components are multiplied by \a + factor. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator*=(double factor) +{ + mX *= factor; + mY *= factor; + return *this; +} + +/*! + Scales this vector by the given \a divisor, i.e. the x and y components are divided by \a + divisor. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator/=(double divisor) +{ + mX /= divisor; + mY /= divisor; + return *this; +} + +/*! + Adds the given \a vector to this vector component-wise. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator+=(const QCPVector2D &vector) +{ + mX += vector.mX; + mY += vector.mY; + return *this; +} + +/*! + subtracts the given \a vector from this vector component-wise. +*/ +QCPVector2D &QCPVector2D::operator-=(const QCPVector2D &vector) +{ + mX -= vector.mX; + mY -= vector.mY; + return *this; +} +/* end of 'src/vector2d.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/painter.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8656 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPainter +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPainter + \brief QPainter subclass used internally + + This QPainter subclass is used to provide some extended functionality e.g. for tweaking position + consistency between antialiased and non-antialiased painting. Further it provides workarounds + for QPainter quirks. + + \warning This class intentionally hides non-virtual functions of QPainter, e.g. setPen, save and + restore. So while it is possible to pass a QCPPainter instance to a function that expects a + QPainter pointer, some of the workarounds and tweaks will be unavailable to the function (because + it will call the base class implementations of the functions actually hidden by QCPPainter). +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance and sets default values +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter() : + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ + // don't setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefautPen) here, because painter isn't active yet and + // a call to begin() will follow +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPPainter instance on the specified paint \a device and sets default values. Just + like the analogous QPainter constructor, begins painting on \a device immediately. + + Like \ref begin, this method sets QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5. +*/ +QCPPainter::QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) : + QPainter(device), + mModes(pmDefault), + mIsAntialiasing(false) +{ +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (isActive()) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif +} + +/*! + Sets the pen of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of this + QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + QPainter::setPen(pen); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by color) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(const QColor &color) +{ + QPainter::setPen(color); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the pen (by style) of the painter and applies certain fixes to it, depending on the mode of + this QCPPainter. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle) +{ + QPainter::setPen(penStyle); + if (mModes.testFlag(pmNonCosmetic)) { + makeNonCosmetic(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Works around a Qt bug introduced with Qt 4.8 which makes drawing QLineF unpredictable when + antialiasing is disabled. Thus when antialiasing is disabled, it rounds the \a line to + integer coordinates and then passes it to the original drawLine. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPPainter::drawLine(const QLineF &line) +{ + if (mIsAntialiasing || mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { + QPainter::drawLine(line); + } else { + QPainter::drawLine(line.toLine()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether painting uses antialiasing or not. Use this method instead of using setRenderHint + with QPainter::Antialiasing directly, as it allows QCPPainter to regain pixel exactness between + antialiased and non-antialiased painting (Since Qt < 5.0 uses slightly different coordinate systems for + AA/Non-AA painting). +*/ +void QCPPainter::setAntialiasing(bool enabled) +{ + setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing, enabled); + if (mIsAntialiasing != enabled) { + mIsAntialiasing = enabled; + if (!mModes.testFlag(pmVectorized)) { // antialiasing half-pixel shift only needed for rasterized outputs + if (mIsAntialiasing) { + translate(0.5, 0.5); + } else { + translate(-0.5, -0.5); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setModes(QCPPainter::PainterModes modes) +{ + mModes = modes; +} + +/*! + Sets the QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen in Qt versions before Qt5 after beginning painting on \a + device. This is necessary to get cosmetic pen consistency across Qt versions, because since Qt5, + all pens are non-cosmetic by default, and in Qt4 this render hint must be set to get that + behaviour. + + The Constructor \ref QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device) which directly starts painting also sets + the render hint as appropriate. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. +*/ +bool QCPPainter::begin(QPaintDevice *device) +{ + bool result = QPainter::begin(device); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) // before Qt5, default pens used to be cosmetic if NonCosmeticDefaultPen flag isn't set. So we set it to get consistency across Qt versions. + if (result) { + setRenderHint(QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen); + } +#endif + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the mode of the painter. This controls whether the painter shall adjust its + fixes/workarounds optimized for certain output devices. +*/ +void QCPPainter::setMode(QCPPainter::PainterMode mode, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes &= ~mode; + } else if (enabled && !mModes.testFlag(mode)) { + mModes |= mode; + } +} + +/*! + Saves the painter (see QPainter::save). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see restore +*/ +void QCPPainter::save() +{ + mAntialiasingStack.push(mIsAntialiasing); + QPainter::save(); +} + +/*! + Restores the painter (see QPainter::restore). Since QCPPainter adds some new internal state to + QPainter, the save/restore functions are reimplemented to also save/restore those members. + + \note this function hides the non-virtual base class implementation. + + \see save +*/ +void QCPPainter::restore() +{ + if (!mAntialiasingStack.isEmpty()) { + mIsAntialiasing = mAntialiasingStack.pop(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Unbalanced save/restore"; + } + QPainter::restore(); +} + +/*! + Changes the pen width to 1 if it currently is 0. This function is called in the \ref setPen + overrides when the \ref pmNonCosmetic mode is set. +*/ +void QCPPainter::makeNonCosmetic() +{ + if (qFuzzyIsNull(pen().widthF())) { + QPen p = pen(); + p.setWidth(1); + QPainter::setPen(p); + } +} +/* end of 'src/painter.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/paintbuffer.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 18915 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPaintBuffer + \brief The abstract base class for paint buffers, which define the rendering backend + + This abstract base class defines the basic interface that a paint buffer needs to provide in + order to be usable by QCustomPlot. + + A paint buffer manages both a surface to draw onto, and the matching paint device. The size of + the surface can be changed via \ref setSize. External classes (\ref QCustomPlot and \ref + QCPLayer) request a painter via \ref startPainting and then perform the draw calls. Once the + painting is complete, \ref donePainting is called, so the paint buffer implementation can do + clean up if necessary. Before rendering a frame, each paint buffer is usually filled with a color + using \ref clear (usually the color is \c Qt::transparent), to remove the contents of the + previous frame. + + The simplest paint buffer implementation is \ref QCPPaintBufferPixmap which allows regular + software rendering via the raster engine. Hardware accelerated rendering via pixel buffers and + frame buffer objects is provided by \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer and \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo. + They are used automatically if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is enabled. +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPPainter *QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::startPainting() = 0 + + Returns a \ref QCPPainter which is ready to draw to this buffer. The ownership and thus the + responsibility to delete the painter after the painting operations are complete is given to the + caller of this method. + + Once you are done using the painter, delete the painter and call \ref donePainting. + + While a painter generated with this method is active, you must not call \ref setSize, \ref + setDevicePixelRatio or \ref clear. + + This method may return 0, if a painter couldn't be activated on the buffer. This usually + indicates a problem with the respective painting backend. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + + Draws the contents of this buffer with the provided \a painter. This is the method that is used + to finally join all paint buffers and draw them onto the screen. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::clear(const QColor &color) = 0 + + Fills the entire buffer with the provided \a color. To have an empty transparent buffer, use the + named color \c Qt::transparent. + + This method must not be called if there is currently a painter (acquired with \ref startPainting) + active. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::reallocateBuffer() = 0 + + Reallocates the internal buffer with the currently configured size (\ref setSize) and device + pixel ratio, if applicable (\ref setDevicePixelRatio). It is called as soon as any of those + properties are changed on this paint buffer. + + \note Subclasses of \ref QCPAbstractPaintBuffer must call their reimplementation of this method + in their constructor, to perform the first allocation (this can not be done by the base class + because calling pure virtual methods in base class constructors is not possible). +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::donePainting() + + If you have acquired a \ref QCPPainter to paint onto this paint buffer via \ref startPainting, + call this method as soon as you are done with the painting operations and have deleted the + painter. + + paint buffer subclasses may use this method to perform any type of cleanup that is necessary. The + default implementation does nothing. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a paint buffer and initializes it with the provided \a size and \a devicePixelRatio. + + Subclasses must call their \ref reallocateBuffer implementation in their respective constructors. +*/ +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio) : + mSize(size), + mDevicePixelRatio(devicePixelRatio), + mInvalidated(true) +{ +} + +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::~QCPAbstractPaintBuffer() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the paint buffer size. + + The buffer is reallocated (by calling \ref reallocateBuffer), so any painters that were obtained + by \ref startPainting are invalidated and must not be used after calling this method. + + If \a size is already the current buffer size, this method does nothing. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mSize != size) { + mSize = size; + reallocateBuffer(); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the invalidated flag to \a invalidated. + + This mechanism is used internally in conjunction with isolated replotting of \ref QCPLayer + instances (in \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered mode). If \ref QCPLayer::replot is called on a buffered + layer, i.e. an isolated repaint of only that layer (and its dedicated paint buffer) is requested, + QCustomPlot will decide depending on the invalidated flags of other paint buffers whether it also + replots them, instead of only the layer on which the replot was called. + + The invalidated flag is set to true when \ref QCPLayer association has changed, i.e. if layers + were added or removed from this buffer, or if they were reordered. It is set to false as soon as + all associated \ref QCPLayer instances are drawn onto the buffer. + + Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to manually call this method. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setInvalidated(bool invalidated) +{ + mInvalidated = invalidated; +} + +/*! + Sets the device pixel ratio to \a ratio. This is useful to render on high-DPI output devices. + The ratio is automatically set to the device pixel ratio used by the parent QCustomPlot instance. + + The buffer is reallocated (by calling \ref reallocateBuffer), so any painters that were obtained + by \ref startPainting are invalidated and must not be used after calling this method. + + \note This method is only available for Qt versions 5.4 and higher. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setDevicePixelRatio(double ratio) +{ + if (!qFuzzyCompare(ratio, mDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mDevicePixelRatio = ratio; + reallocateBuffer(); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + } +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferPixmap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferPixmap + \brief A paint buffer based on QPixmap, using software raster rendering + + This paint buffer is the default and fall-back paint buffer which uses software rendering and + QPixmap as internal buffer. It is used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is false. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a pixmap paint buffer instancen with the specified \a size and \a devicePixelRatio, if + applicable. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferPixmap::QCPPaintBufferPixmap(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio) +{ + QCPPaintBufferPixmap::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferPixmap::~QCPPaintBufferPixmap() +{ +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferPixmap::startPainting() +{ + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(&mBuffer); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 0, 0) + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); +#endif + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (painter && painter->isActive()) { + painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, mBuffer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + mBuffer.fill(color); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferPixmap::reallocateBuffer() +{ + setInvalidated(); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(1.0, mDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio); + mBuffer.setDevicePixelRatio(mDevicePixelRatio); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize); +#endif + } else { + mBuffer = QPixmap(mSize); + } +} + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer + \brief A paint buffer based on OpenGL pixel buffers, using hardware accelerated rendering + + This paint buffer is one of the OpenGL paint buffers which facilitate hardware accelerated plot + rendering. It is based on OpenGL pixel buffers (pbuffer) and is used in Qt versions before 5.0. + (See \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo used in newer Qt versions.) + + The OpenGL paint buffers are used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is set to true, and if they are + supported by the system. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer instance with the specified \a size and \a + devicePixelRatio, if applicable. + + The parameter \a multisamples defines how many samples are used per pixel. Higher values thus + result in higher quality antialiasing. If the specified \a multisamples value exceeds the + capability of the graphics hardware, the highest supported multisampling is used. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, int multisamples) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio), + mGlPBuffer(0), + mMultisamples(qMax(0, multisamples)) +{ + QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::~QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer() +{ + if (mGlPBuffer) { + delete mGlPBuffer; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::startPainting() +{ + if (!mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return 0; + } + + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(mGlPBuffer); + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!painter || !painter->isActive()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + return; + } + if (!mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL pbuffer isn't valid, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + painter->drawImage(0, 0, mGlPBuffer->toImage()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + if (mGlPBuffer->isValid()) { + mGlPBuffer->makeCurrent(); + glClearColor(color.redF(), color.greenF(), color.blueF(), color.alphaF()); + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); + mGlPBuffer->doneCurrent(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL pbuffer invalid or context not current"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer::reallocateBuffer() +{ + if (mGlPBuffer) { + delete mGlPBuffer; + } + + QGLFormat format; + format.setAlpha(true); + format.setSamples(mMultisamples); + mGlPBuffer = new QGLPixelBuffer(mSize, format); +} +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPaintBufferGlFbo +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPaintBufferGlFbo + \brief A paint buffer based on OpenGL frame buffers objects, using hardware accelerated rendering + + This paint buffer is one of the OpenGL paint buffers which facilitate hardware accelerated plot + rendering. It is based on OpenGL frame buffer objects (fbo) and is used in Qt versions 5.0 and + higher. (See \ref QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer used in older Qt versions.) + + The OpenGL paint buffers are used if \ref QCustomPlot::setOpenGl is set to true, and if they are + supported by the system. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo instance with the specified \a size and \a devicePixelRatio, + if applicable. + + All frame buffer objects shall share one OpenGL context and paint device, which need to be set up + externally and passed via \a glContext and \a glPaintDevice. The set-up is done in \ref + QCustomPlot::setupOpenGl and the context and paint device are managed by the parent QCustomPlot + instance. +*/ +QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, QWeakPointer glContext, QWeakPointer glPaintDevice) : + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(size, devicePixelRatio), + mGlContext(glContext), + mGlPaintDevice(glPaintDevice), + mGlFrameBuffer(0) +{ + QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::reallocateBuffer(); +} + +QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::~QCPPaintBufferGlFbo() +{ + if (mGlFrameBuffer) { + delete mGlFrameBuffer; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPPainter *QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::startPainting() +{ + QSharedPointer paintDevice = mGlPaintDevice.toStrongRef(); + QSharedPointer context = mGlContext.toStrongRef(); + if (!paintDevice) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL paint device doesn't exist"; + return 0; + } + if (!context) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL context doesn't exist"; + return 0; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return 0; + } + + if (QOpenGLContext::currentContext() != context.data()) { + context->makeCurrent(context->surface()); + } + mGlFrameBuffer->bind(); + QCPPainter *result = new QCPPainter(paintDevice.data()); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 0, 0) + result->setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); +#endif + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::donePainting() +{ + if (mGlFrameBuffer && mGlFrameBuffer->isBound()) { + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Either OpenGL frame buffer not valid or was not bound"; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!painter || !painter->isActive()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid or inactive painter passed"; + return; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + painter->drawImage(0, 0, mGlFrameBuffer->toImage()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::clear(const QColor &color) +{ + QSharedPointer context = mGlContext.toStrongRef(); + if (!context) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL context doesn't exist"; + return; + } + if (!mGlFrameBuffer) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL frame buffer object doesn't exist, reallocateBuffer was not called?"; + return; + } + + if (QOpenGLContext::currentContext() != context.data()) { + context->makeCurrent(context->surface()); + } + mGlFrameBuffer->bind(); + glClearColor(color.redF(), color.greenF(), color.blueF(), color.alphaF()); + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPaintBufferGlFbo::reallocateBuffer() +{ + // release and delete possibly existing framebuffer: + if (mGlFrameBuffer) { + if (mGlFrameBuffer->isBound()) { + mGlFrameBuffer->release(); + } + delete mGlFrameBuffer; + mGlFrameBuffer = 0; + } + + QSharedPointer paintDevice = mGlPaintDevice.toStrongRef(); + QSharedPointer context = mGlContext.toStrongRef(); + if (!paintDevice) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL paint device doesn't exist"; + return; + } + if (!context) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL context doesn't exist"; + return; + } + + // create new fbo with appropriate size: + context->makeCurrent(context->surface()); + QOpenGLFramebufferObjectFormat frameBufferFormat; + frameBufferFormat.setSamples(context->format().samples()); + frameBufferFormat.setAttachment(QOpenGLFramebufferObject::CombinedDepthStencil); + mGlFrameBuffer = new QOpenGLFramebufferObject(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio, frameBufferFormat); + if (paintDevice->size() != mSize * mDevicePixelRatio) { + paintDevice->setSize(mSize * mDevicePixelRatio); + } +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + paintDevice->setDevicePixelRatio(mDevicePixelRatio); +#endif +} +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_FBO +/* end of 'src/paintbuffer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layer.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 37615 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayer + \brief A layer that may contain objects, to control the rendering order + + The Layering system of QCustomPlot is the mechanism to control the rendering order of the + elements inside the plot. + + It is based on the two classes QCPLayer and QCPLayerable. QCustomPlot holds an ordered list of + one or more instances of QCPLayer (see QCustomPlot::addLayer, QCustomPlot::layer, + QCustomPlot::moveLayer, etc.). When replotting, QCustomPlot goes through the list of layers + bottom to top and successively draws the layerables of the layers into the paint buffer(s). + + A QCPLayer contains an ordered list of QCPLayerable instances. QCPLayerable is an abstract base + class from which almost all visible objects derive, like axes, grids, graphs, items, etc. + + \section qcplayer-defaultlayers Default layers + + Initially, QCustomPlot has six layers: "background", "grid", "main", "axes", "legend" and + "overlay" (in that order). On top is the "overlay" layer, which only contains the QCustomPlot's + selection rect (\ref QCustomPlot::selectionRect). The next two layers "axes" and "legend" contain + the default axes and legend, so they will be drawn above plottables. In the middle, there is the + "main" layer. It is initially empty and set as the current layer (see + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). This means, all new plottables, items etc. are created on this + layer by default. Then comes the "grid" layer which contains the QCPGrid instances (which belong + tightly to QCPAxis, see \ref QCPAxis::grid). The Axis rect background shall be drawn behind + everything else, thus the default QCPAxisRect instance is placed on the "background" layer. Of + course, the layer affiliation of the individual objects can be changed as required (\ref + QCPLayerable::setLayer). + + \section qcplayer-ordering Controlling the rendering order via layers + + Controlling the ordering of layerables in the plot is easy: Create a new layer in the position + you want the layerable to be in, e.g. above "main", with \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer. Then set the + current layer with \ref QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer to that new layer and finally create the + objects normally. They will be placed on the new layer automatically, due to the current layer + setting. Alternatively you could have also ignored the current layer setting and just moved the + objects with \ref QCPLayerable::setLayer to the desired layer after creating them. + + It is also possible to move whole layers. For example, If you want the grid to be shown in front + of all plottables/items on the "main" layer, just move it above "main" with + QCustomPlot::moveLayer. + + The rendering order within one layer is simply by order of creation or insertion. The item + created last (or added last to the layer), is drawn on top of all other objects on that layer. + + When a layer is deleted, the objects on it are not deleted with it, but fall on the layer below + the deleted layer, see QCustomPlot::removeLayer. + + \section qcplayer-buffering Replotting only a specific layer + + If the layer mode (\ref setMode) is set to \ref lmBuffered, you can replot only this specific + layer by calling \ref replot. In certain situations this can provide better replot performance, + compared with a full replot of all layers. Upon creation of a new layer, the layer mode is + initialized to \ref lmLogical. The only layer that is set to \ref lmBuffered in a new \ref + QCustomPlot instance is the "overlay" layer, containing the selection rect. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPLayer::children() const + + Returns a list of all layerables on this layer. The order corresponds to the rendering order: + layerables with higher indices are drawn above layerables with lower indices. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayer::index() const + + Returns the index this layer has in the QCustomPlot. The index is the integer number by which this layer can be + accessed via \ref QCustomPlot::layer. + + Layers with higher indices will be drawn above layers with lower indices. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayer instance. + + Normally you shouldn't directly instantiate layers, use \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer instead. + + \warning It is not checked that \a layerName is actually a unique layer name in \a parentPlot. + This check is only performed by \ref QCustomPlot::addLayer. +*/ +QCPLayer::QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mName(layerName), + mIndex(-1), // will be set to a proper value by the QCustomPlot layer creation function + mVisible(true), + mMode(lmLogical) +{ + // Note: no need to make sure layerName is unique, because layer + // management is done with QCustomPlot functions. +} + +QCPLayer::~QCPLayer() +{ + // If child layerables are still on this layer, detach them, so they don't try to reach back to this + // then invalid layer once they get deleted/moved themselves. This only happens when layers are deleted + // directly, like in the QCustomPlot destructor. (The regular layer removal procedure for the user is to + // call QCustomPlot::removeLayer, which moves all layerables off this layer before deleting it.) + + while (!mChildren.isEmpty()) { + mChildren.last()->setLayer(nullptr); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild() + } + + if (mParentPlot->currentLayer() == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The parent plot's mCurrentLayer will be a dangling pointer. Should have been set to a valid layer or nullptr beforehand."; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this layer is visible or not. If \a visible is set to false, all layerables on this + layer will be invisible. + + This function doesn't change the visibility property of the layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable::setVisible), but the \ref QCPLayerable::realVisibility of each layerable takes the + visibility of the parent layer into account. +*/ +void QCPLayer::setVisible(bool visible) +{ + mVisible = visible; +} + +/*! + Sets the rendering mode of this layer. + + If \a mode is set to \ref lmBuffered for a layer, it will be given a dedicated paint buffer by + the parent QCustomPlot instance. This means it may be replotted individually by calling \ref + QCPLayer::replot, without needing to replot all other layers. + + Layers which are set to \ref lmLogical (the default) are used only to define the rendering order + and can't be replotted individually. + + Note that each layer which is set to \ref lmBuffered requires additional paint buffers for the + layers below, above and for the layer itself. This increases the memory consumption and + (slightly) decreases the repainting speed because multiple paint buffers need to be joined. So + you should carefully choose which layers benefit from having their own paint buffer. A typical + example would be a layer which contains certain layerables (e.g. items) that need to be changed + and thus replotted regularly, while all other layerables on other layers stay static. By default, + only the topmost layer called "overlay" is in mode \ref lmBuffered, and contains the selection + rect. + + \see replot +*/ +void QCPLayer::setMode(QCPLayer::LayerMode mode) +{ + if (mMode != mode) { + mMode = mode; + if (QSharedPointer pb = mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the contents of this layer with the provided \a painter. + + \see replot, drawToPaintBuffer +*/ +void QCPLayer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + foreach (QCPLayerable *child, mChildren) { + if (child->realVisibility()) { + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(child->clipRect().translated(0, -1)); + child->applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + child->draw(painter); + painter->restore(); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the contents of this layer into the paint buffer which is associated with this layer. The + association is established by the parent QCustomPlot, which manages all paint buffers (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setupPaintBuffers). + + \see draw +*/ +void QCPLayer::drawToPaintBuffer() +{ + if (QSharedPointer pb = mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + if (QCPPainter *painter = pb->startPainting()) { + if (painter->isActive()) { + draw(painter); + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "paint buffer returned inactive painter"; + } + delete painter; + pb->donePainting(); + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "paint buffer returned nullptr painter"; + } + } else { + //qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid paint buffer associated with this layer"; + } +} + +/*! + If the layer mode (\ref setMode) is set to \ref lmBuffered, this method allows replotting only + the layerables on this specific layer, without the need to replot all other layers (as a call to + \ref QCustomPlot::replot would do). + + QCustomPlot also makes sure to replot all layers instead of only this one, if the layer ordering + or any layerable-layer-association has changed since the last full replot and any other paint + buffers were thus invalidated. + + If the layer mode is \ref lmLogical however, this method simply calls \ref QCustomPlot::replot on + the parent QCustomPlot instance. + + \see draw +*/ +void QCPLayer::replot() +{ + if (mMode == lmBuffered && !mParentPlot->hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers()) { + if (QSharedPointer pb = mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->clear(Qt::transparent); + drawToPaintBuffer(); + pb->setInvalidated(false); // since layer is lmBuffered, we know only this layer is on buffer and we can reset invalidated flag + mParentPlot->update(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid paint buffer associated with this layer"; + } + } else { + mParentPlot->replot(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the \a layerable to the list of this layer. If \a prepend is set to true, the layerable will + be prepended to the list, i.e. be drawn beneath the other layerables already in the list. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable to this layer. (Use + QCPLayerable::setLayer to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see removeChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend) +{ + if (!mChildren.contains(layerable)) { + if (prepend) { + mChildren.prepend(layerable); + } else { + mChildren.append(layerable); + } + if (QSharedPointer pb = mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is already child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the \a layerable from the list of this layer. + + This function does not change the \a mLayer member of \a layerable. (Use QCPLayerable::setLayer + to change the layer of an object, not this function.) + + \see addChild +*/ +void QCPLayer::removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable) +{ + if (mChildren.removeOne(layerable)) { + if (QSharedPointer pb = mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layerable is not child of this layer" << reinterpret_cast(layerable); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayerable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayerable + \brief Base class for all drawable objects + + This is the abstract base class most visible objects derive from, e.g. plottables, axes, grid + etc. + + Every layerable is on a layer (QCPLayer) which allows controlling the rendering order by stacking + the layers accordingly. + + For details about the layering mechanism, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayerable *QCPLayerable::parentLayerable() const + + Returns the parent layerable of this layerable. The parent layerable is used to provide + visibility hierarchies in conjunction with the method \ref realVisibility. This way, layerables + only get drawn if their parent layerables are visible, too. + + Note that a parent layerable is not necessarily also the QObject parent for memory management. + Further, a layerable doesn't always have a parent layerable, so this function may return \c + nullptr. + + A parent layerable is set implicitly when placed inside layout elements and doesn't need to be + set manually by the user. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function applies the default antialiasing setting to the specified \a painter, using the + function \ref applyAntialiasingHint. It is the antialiasing state the painter is put in, when + \ref draw is called on the layerable. If the layerable has multiple entities whose antialiasing + setting may be specified individually, this function should set the antialiasing state of the + most prominent entity. In this case however, the \ref draw function usually calls the specialized + versions of this function before drawing each entity, effectively overriding the setting of the + default antialiasing hint. + + First example: QCPGraph has multiple entities that have an antialiasing setting: The graph + line, fills and scatters. Those can be configured via QCPGraph::setAntialiased, + QCPGraph::setAntialiasedFill and QCPGraph::setAntialiasedScatters. Consequently, there isn't only + the QCPGraph::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint function (which corresponds to the graph line's + antialiasing), but specialized ones like QCPGraph::applyFillAntialiasingHint and + QCPGraph::applyScattersAntialiasingHint. So before drawing one of those entities, QCPGraph::draw + calls the respective specialized applyAntialiasingHint function. + + Second example: QCPItemLine consists only of a line so there is only one antialiasing + setting which can be controlled with QCPItemLine::setAntialiased. (This function is inherited by + all layerables. The specialized functions, as seen on QCPGraph, must be added explicitly to the + respective layerable subclass.) Consequently it only has the normal + QCPItemLine::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint. The \ref QCPItemLine::draw function doesn't need to + care about setting any antialiasing states, because the default antialiasing hint is already set + on the painter when the \ref draw function is called, and that's the state it wants to draw the + line with. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayerable::draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0 + \internal + + This function draws the layerable with the specified \a painter. It is only called by + QCustomPlot, if the layerable is visible (\ref setVisible). + + Before this function is called, the painter's antialiasing state is set via \ref + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, see the documentation there. Further, the clipping rectangle was + set to \ref clipRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLayerable::layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + + This signal is emitted when the layer of this layerable changes, i.e. this layerable is moved to + a different layer. + + \see setLayer +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPLayerable instance. + + Since QCPLayerable is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. Use one of the + derived classes. + + If \a plot is provided, it automatically places itself on the layer named \a targetLayer. If \a + targetLayer is an empty string, it places itself on the current layer of the plot (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer). + + It is possible to provide \c nullptr as \a plot. In that case, you should assign a parent plot at + a later time with \ref initializeParentPlot. + + The layerable's parent layerable is set to \a parentLayerable, if provided. Direct layerable + parents are mainly used to control visibility in a hierarchy of layerables. This means a + layerable is only drawn, if all its ancestor layerables are also visible. Note that \a + parentLayerable does not become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable, \a + plot does. It is not uncommon to set the QObject-parent to something else in the constructors of + QCPLayerable subclasses, to guarantee a working destruction hierarchy. +*/ +QCPLayerable::QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer, QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) : + QObject(plot), + mVisible(true), + mParentPlot(plot), + mParentLayerable(parentLayerable), + mLayer(nullptr), + mAntialiased(true) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + if (targetLayer.isEmpty()) { + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); + } else if (!setLayer(targetLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "setting QCPlayerable initial layer to" << targetLayer << "failed."; + } + } +} + +QCPLayerable::~QCPLayerable() +{ + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + mLayer = nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the visibility of this layerable object. If an object is not visible, it will not be drawn + on the QCustomPlot surface, and user interaction with it (e.g. click and selection) is not + possible. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setVisible(bool on) +{ + mVisible = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a layer of this layerable object. The object will be placed on top of the other objects + already on \a layer. + + If \a layer is 0, this layerable will not be on any layer and thus not appear in the plot (or + interact/receive events). + + Returns true if the layer of this layerable was successfully changed to \a layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + return moveToLayer(layer, false); +} + +/*! \overload + Sets the layer of this layerable object by name + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layerName is a valid layer name. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::setLayer(const QString &layerName) +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (QCPLayer *layer = mParentPlot->layer(layerName)) { + return setLayer(layer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "there is no layer with name" << layerName; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this object will be drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that antialiasing settings may be overridden by QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setAntialiased(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiased = enabled; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this layerable is visible, taking the visibility of the layerable parent and the + visibility of this layerable's layer into account. This is the method that is consulted to decide + whether a layerable shall be drawn or not. + + If this layerable has a direct layerable parent (usually set via hierarchies implemented in + subclasses, like in the case of \ref QCPLayoutElement), this function returns true only if this + layerable has its visibility set to true and the parent layerable's \ref realVisibility returns + true. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::realVisibility() const +{ + return mVisible && (!mLayer || mLayer->visible()) && (!mParentLayerable || mParentLayerable.data()->realVisibility()); +} + +/*! + This function is used to decide whether a click hits a layerable object or not. + + \a pos is a point in pixel coordinates on the QCustomPlot surface. This function returns the + shortest pixel distance of this point to the object. If the object is either invisible or the + distance couldn't be determined, -1.0 is returned. Further, if \a onlySelectable is true and the + object is not selectable, -1.0 is returned, too. + + If the object is represented not by single lines but by an area like a \ref QCPItemText or the + bars of a \ref QCPBars plottable, a click inside the area should also be considered a hit. In + these cases this function thus returns a constant value greater zero but still below the parent + plot's selection tolerance. (typically the selectionTolerance multiplied by 0.99). + + Providing a constant value for area objects allows selecting line objects even when they are + obscured by such area objects, by clicking close to the lines (i.e. closer than + 0.99*selectionTolerance). + + The actual setting of the selection state is not done by this function. This is handled by the + parent QCustomPlot when the mouseReleaseEvent occurs, and the finally selected object is notified + via the \ref selectEvent/\ref deselectEvent methods. + + \a details is an optional output parameter. Every layerable subclass may place any information + in \a details. This information will be passed to \ref selectEvent when the parent QCustomPlot + decides on the basis of this selectTest call, that the object was successfully selected. The + subsequent call to \ref selectEvent will carry the \a details. This is useful for multi-part + objects (like QCPAxis). This way, a possibly complex calculation to decide which part was clicked + is only done once in \ref selectTest. The result (i.e. the actually clicked part) can then be + placed in \a details. So in the subsequent \ref selectEvent, the decision which part was + selected doesn't have to be done a second time for a single selection operation. + + In the case of 1D Plottables (\ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D, like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars) \a + details will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data point to \a pos. + + You may pass \c nullptr as \a details to indicate that you are not interested in those selection + details. + + \see selectEvent, deselectEvent, mousePressEvent, wheelEvent, QCustomPlot::setInteractions, + QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect +*/ +double QCPLayerable::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos) + Q_UNUSED(onlySelectable) + Q_UNUSED(details) + return -1.0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent plot of this layerable. Use this function once to set the parent plot if you have + passed \c nullptr in the constructor. It can not be used to move a layerable from one QCustomPlot + to another one. + + Note that, unlike when passing a non \c nullptr parent plot in the constructor, this function + does not make \a parentPlot the QObject-parent of this layerable. If you want this, call + QObject::setParent(\a parentPlot) in addition to this function. + + Further, you will probably want to set a layer (\ref setLayer) after calling this function, to + make the layerable appear on the QCustomPlot. + + The parent plot change will be propagated to subclasses via a call to \ref parentPlotInitialized + so they can react accordingly (e.g. also initialize the parent plot of child layerables, like + QCPLayout does). +*/ +void QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with mParentPlot already initialized"; + return; + } + + if (!parentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with parentPlot zero"; + } + + mParentPlot = parentPlot; + parentPlotInitialized(mParentPlot); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the parent layerable of this layerable to \a parentLayerable. Note that \a parentLayerable does not + become the QObject-parent (for memory management) of this layerable. + + The parent layerable has influence on the return value of the \ref realVisibility method. Only + layerables with a fully visible parent tree will return true for \ref realVisibility, and thus be + drawn. + + \see realVisibility +*/ +void QCPLayerable::setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable) +{ + mParentLayerable = parentLayerable; +} + +/*! \internal + + Moves this layerable object to \a layer. If \a prepend is true, this object will be prepended to + the new layer's list, i.e. it will be drawn below the objects already on the layer. If it is + false, the object will be appended. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a layer is a valid layer. +*/ +bool QCPLayerable::moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend) +{ + if (layer && !mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent QCustomPlot set"; + return false; + } + if (layer && layer->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer" << layer->name() << "is not in same QCustomPlot as this layerable"; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *oldLayer = mLayer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->removeChild(this); + } + mLayer = layer; + if (mLayer) { + mLayer->addChild(this, prepend); + } + if (mLayer != oldLayer) { + emit layerChanged(mLayer); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the QCPainter::setAntialiasing state on the provided \a painter, depending on the \a + localAntialiased value as well as the overrides \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. Which override enum this function takes into account is + controlled via \a overrideElement. +*/ +void QCPLayerable::applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const +{ + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(false); + } else if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->antialiasedElements().testFlag(overrideElement)) { + painter->setAntialiasing(true); + } else { + painter->setAntialiasing(localAntialiased); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called by \ref initializeParentPlot, to allow subclasses to react on the setting + of a parent plot. This is the case when \c nullptr was passed as parent plot in the constructor, + and the parent plot is set at a later time. + + For example, QCPLayoutElement/QCPLayout hierarchies may be created independently of any + QCustomPlot at first. When they are then added to a layout inside the QCustomPlot, the top level + element of the hierarchy gets its parent plot initialized with \ref initializeParentPlot. To + propagate the parent plot to all the children of the hierarchy, the top level element then uses + this function to pass the parent plot on to its child elements. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see initializeParentPlot +*/ +void QCPLayerable::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + Q_UNUSED(parentPlot) +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the selection category this layerable shall belong to. The selection category is used in + conjunction with \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions to control which objects are selectable and + which aren't. + + Subclasses that don't fit any of the normal \ref QCP::Interaction values can use \ref + QCP::iSelectOther. This is what the default implementation returns. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCP::Interaction QCPLayerable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectOther; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the clipping rectangle of this layerable object. By default, this is the viewport of the + parent QCustomPlot. Specific subclasses may reimplement this function to provide different + clipping rects. + + The returned clipping rect is set on the painter before the draw function of the respective + object is called. +*/ +QRect QCPLayerable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } else + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be selected, as a consequence of a click by the + user. Subclasses should react to it by setting their selection state appropriately. The default + implementation does nothing. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the selection. \a additive indicates, whether the user + was holding the multi-select-modifier while performing the selection (see \ref + QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier). if \a additive is true, the selection state must be toggled + (i.e. become selected when unselected and unselected when selected). + + Every selectEvent is preceded by a call to \ref selectTest, which has returned positively (i.e. + returned a value greater than 0 and less than the selection tolerance of the parent QCustomPlot). + The \a details data you output from \ref selectTest is fed back via \a details here. You may + use it to transport any kind of information from the selectTest to the possibly subsequent + selectEvent. Usually \a details is used to transfer which part was clicked, if it is a layerable + that has multiple individually selectable parts (like QCPAxis). This way selectEvent doesn't need + to do the calculation again to find out which part was actually clicked. + + \a selectionStateChanged is an output parameter. If the pointer is non-null, this function must + set the value either to true or false, depending on whether the selection state of this layerable + was actually changed. For layerables that only are selectable as a whole and not in parts, this + is simple: if \a additive is true, \a selectionStateChanged must also be set to true, because the + selection toggles. If \a additive is false, \a selectionStateChanged is only set to true, if the + layerable was previously unselected and now is switched to the selected state. + + \see selectTest, deselectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(additive) + Q_UNUSED(details) + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + +/*! \internal + + This event is called when the layerable shall be deselected, either as consequence of a user + interaction or a call to \ref QCustomPlot::deselectAll. Subclasses should react to it by + unsetting their selection appropriately. + + just as in \ref selectEvent, the output parameter \a selectionStateChanged (if non-null), must + return true or false when the selection state of this layerable has changed or not changed, + respectively. + + \see selectTest, selectEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(selectionStateChanged) +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user presses a mouse button while the cursor is over the + layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a preceding call to \ref + selectTest. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a details contains layerable-specific details about the hit, which + were generated in the previous call to \ref selectTest. For example, One-dimensional plottables + like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars convey the clicked data point in the \a details parameter, as + \ref QCPDataSelection packed as QVariant. Multi-part objects convey the specific \c + SelectablePart that was hit (e.g. \ref QCPAxis::SelectablePart in the case of axes). + + QCustomPlot uses an event propagation system that works the same as Qt's system. If your + layerable doesn't reimplement the \ref mousePressEvent or explicitly calls \c event->ignore() in + its reimplementation, the event will be propagated to the next layerable in the stacking order. + + Once a layerable has accepted the \ref mousePressEvent, it is considered the mouse grabber and + will receive all following calls to \ref mouseMoveEvent or \ref mouseReleaseEvent for this mouse + interaction (a "mouse interaction" in this context ends with the release). + + The default implementation does nothing except explicitly ignoring the event with \c + event->ignore(). + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user moves the mouse while holding a mouse button, after this + layerable has become the mouse grabber by accepting the preceding \ref mousePressEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a startPos indicates the position where the initial \ref + mousePressEvent occurred, that started the mouse interaction. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user releases the mouse button, after this layerable has become + the mouse grabber by accepting the preceding \ref mousePressEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a startPos indicates the position where the initial \ref + mousePressEvent occurred, that started the mouse interaction. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user presses the mouse button a second time in a double-click, + while the cursor is over the layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a + preceding call to \ref selectTest. + + The \ref mouseDoubleClickEvent is called instead of the second \ref mousePressEvent. So in the + case of a double-click, the event succession is + pressEvent – releaseEvent – doubleClickEvent – releaseEvent. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). The parameter \a details contains layerable-specific details about the hit, which + were generated in the previous call to \ref selectTest. For example, One-dimensional plottables + like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPBars convey the clicked data point in the \a details parameter, as + \ref QCPDataSelection packed as QVariant. Multi-part objects convey the specific \c + SelectablePart that was hit (e.g. \ref QCPAxis::SelectablePart in the case of axes). + + Similarly to \ref mousePressEvent, once a layerable has accepted the \ref mouseDoubleClickEvent, + it is considered the mouse grabber and will receive all following calls to \ref mouseMoveEvent + and \ref mouseReleaseEvent for this mouse interaction (a "mouse interaction" in this context ends + with the release). + + The default implementation does nothing except explicitly ignoring the event with \c + event->ignore(). + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, wheelEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->ignore(); +} + +/*! + This event gets called when the user turns the mouse scroll wheel while the cursor is over the + layerable. Whether a cursor is over the layerable is decided by a preceding call to \ref + selectTest. + + The current pixel position of the cursor on the QCustomPlot widget is accessible via \c + event->pos(). + + The \c event->angleDelta() indicates how far the mouse wheel was turned, which is usually +/- 120 + for single rotation steps. However, if the mouse wheel is turned rapidly, multiple steps may + accumulate to one event, making the delta larger. On the other hand, if the wheel has very smooth + steps or none at all, the delta may be smaller. + + The default implementation does nothing. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent, mouseDoubleClickEvent +*/ +void QCPLayerable::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + event->ignore(); +} +/* end of 'src/layer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/range.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 12221 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPRange +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPRange + \brief Represents the range an axis is encompassing. + + contains a \a lower and \a upper double value and provides convenience input, output and + modification functions. + + \see QCPAxis::setRange +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPRange::size() const + + Returns the size of the range, i.e. \a upper-\a lower +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPRange::center() const + + Returns the center of the range, i.e. (\a upper+\a lower)*0.5 +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPRange::normalize() + + Makes sure \a lower is numerically smaller than \a upper. If this is not the case, the values are + swapped. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPRange::contains(double value) const + + Returns true when \a value lies within or exactly on the borders of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator+=(const double& value) + + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator-=(const double& value) + + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator*=(const double& value) + + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange &QCPRange::operator/=(const double& value) + + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Minimum range size (\a upper - \a lower) the range changing functions will accept. Smaller + intervals would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a minimum magnitude of roughly 1e-308. + + \warning Do not use this constant to indicate "arbitrarily small" values in plotting logic (as + values that will appear in the plot)! It is intended only as a bound to compare against, e.g. to + prevent axis ranges from obtaining underflowing ranges. + + \see validRange, maxRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::minRange = 1e-280; + +/*! + Maximum values (negative and positive) the range will accept in range-changing functions. + Larger absolute values would cause errors due to the 11-bit exponent of double precision numbers, + corresponding to a maximum magnitude of roughly 1e308. + + \warning Do not use this constant to indicate "arbitrarily large" values in plotting logic (as + values that will appear in the plot)! It is intended only as a bound to compare against, e.g. to + prevent axis ranges from obtaining overflowing ranges. + + \see validRange, minRange +*/ +const double QCPRange::maxRange = 1e250; + +/*! + Constructs a range with \a lower and \a upper set to zero. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange() : + lower(0), + upper(0) +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Constructs a range with the specified \a lower and \a upper values. + + The resulting range will be normalized (see \ref normalize), so if \a lower is not numerically + smaller than \a upper, they will be swapped. +*/ +QCPRange::QCPRange(double lower, double upper) : + lower(lower), + upper(upper) +{ + normalize(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Expands this range such that \a otherRange is contained in the new range. It is assumed that both + this range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, it will be replaced by the respective bound + of \a otherRange. + + If \a otherRange is already inside the current range, this function does nothing. + + \see expanded +*/ +void QCPRange::expand(const QCPRange &otherRange) +{ + if (lower > otherRange.lower || qIsNaN(lower)) { + lower = otherRange.lower; + } + if (upper < otherRange.upper || qIsNaN(upper)) { + upper = otherRange.upper; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Expands this range such that \a includeCoord is contained in the new range. It is assumed that + this range is normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the respective bound will be set to \a + includeCoord. + + If \a includeCoord is already inside the current range, this function does nothing. + + \see expand +*/ +void QCPRange::expand(double includeCoord) +{ + if (lower > includeCoord || qIsNaN(lower)) { + lower = includeCoord; + } + if (upper < includeCoord || qIsNaN(upper)) { + upper = includeCoord; + } +} + + +/*! \overload + + Returns an expanded range that contains this and \a otherRange. It is assumed that both this + range and \a otherRange are normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the returned range's bound will be taken from + \a otherRange. + + \see expand +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const +{ + QCPRange result = *this; + result.expand(otherRange); + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns an expanded range that includes the specified \a includeCoord. It is assumed that this + range is normalized (see \ref normalize). + + If this range contains NaN as lower or upper bound, the returned range's bound will be set to \a + includeCoord. + + \see expand +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::expanded(double includeCoord) const +{ + QCPRange result = *this; + result.expand(includeCoord); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns this range, possibly modified to not exceed the bounds provided as \a lowerBound and \a + upperBound. If possible, the size of the current range is preserved in the process. + + If the range shall only be bounded at the lower side, you can set \a upperBound to \ref + QCPRange::maxRange. If it shall only be bounded at the upper side, set \a lowerBound to -\ref + QCPRange::maxRange. +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::bounded(double lowerBound, double upperBound) const +{ + if (lowerBound > upperBound) { + qSwap(lowerBound, upperBound); + } + + QCPRange result(lower, upper); + if (result.lower < lowerBound) { + result.lower = lowerBound; + result.upper = lowerBound + size(); + if (result.upper > upperBound || qFuzzyCompare(size(), upperBound - lowerBound)) { + result.upper = upperBound; + } + } else if (result.upper > upperBound) { + result.upper = upperBound; + result.lower = upperBound - size(); + if (result.lower < lowerBound || qFuzzyCompare(size(), upperBound - lowerBound)) { + result.lower = lowerBound; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a sanitized version of the range. Sanitized means for logarithmic scales, that + the range won't span the positive and negative sign domain, i.e. contain zero. Further + \a lower will always be numerically smaller (or equal) to \a upper. + + If the original range does span positive and negative sign domains or contains zero, + the returned range will try to approximate the original range as good as possible. + If the positive interval of the original range is wider than the negative interval, the + returned range will only contain the positive interval, with lower bound set to \a rangeFac or + \a rangeFac *\a upper, whichever is closer to zero. Same procedure is used if the negative interval + is wider than the positive interval, this time by changing the \a upper bound. +*/ +QCPRange QCPRange::sanitizedForLogScale() const +{ + double rangeFac = 1e-3; + QCPRange sanitizedRange(lower, upper); + sanitizedRange.normalize(); + // can't have range spanning negative and positive values in log plot, so change range to fix it + //if (qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.lower+1, 1) && !qFuzzyCompare(sanitizedRange.upper+1, 1)) + if (sanitizedRange.lower == 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper != 0.0) { + // case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } //else if (!qFuzzyCompare(lower+1, 1) && qFuzzyCompare(upper+1, 1)) + else if (sanitizedRange.lower != 0.0 && sanitizedRange.upper == 0.0) { + // case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else if (sanitizedRange.lower < 0 && sanitizedRange.upper > 0) { + // find out whether negative or positive interval is wider to decide which sign domain will be chosen + if (-sanitizedRange.lower > sanitizedRange.upper) { + // negative is wider, do same as in case upper is 0 + if (-rangeFac > sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.upper = -rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.upper = sanitizedRange.lower * rangeFac; + } + } else { + // positive is wider, do same as in case lower is 0 + if (rangeFac < sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac) { + sanitizedRange.lower = rangeFac; + } else { + sanitizedRange.lower = sanitizedRange.upper * rangeFac; + } + } + } + // due to normalization, case lower>0 && upper<0 should never occur, because that implies upper -maxRange && + upper < maxRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) > minRange && + qAbs(lower - upper) < maxRange && + !(lower > 0 && qIsInf(upper / lower)) && + !(upper < 0 && qIsInf(lower / upper))); +} + +/*! + \overload + Checks, whether the specified range is within valid bounds, which are defined + as QCPRange::maxRange and QCPRange::minRange. + A valid range means: + \li range bounds within -maxRange and maxRange + \li range size above minRange + \li range size below maxRange +*/ +bool QCPRange::validRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + return (range.lower > -maxRange && + range.upper < maxRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) > minRange && + qAbs(range.lower - range.upper) < maxRange && + !(range.lower > 0 && qIsInf(range.upper / range.lower)) && + !(range.upper < 0 && qIsInf(range.lower / range.upper))); +} +/* end of 'src/axis/range.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selection.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 21837 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataRange +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataRange + \brief Describes a data range given by begin and end index + + QCPDataRange holds two integers describing the begin (\ref setBegin) and end (\ref setEnd) index + of a contiguous set of data points. The \a end index corresponds to the data point just after the + last data point of the data range, like in standard iterators. + + Data Ranges are not bound to a certain plottable, thus they can be freely exchanged, created and + modified. If a non-contiguous data set shall be described, the class \ref QCPDataSelection is + used, which holds and manages multiple instances of \ref QCPDataRange. In most situations, \ref + QCPDataSelection is thus used. + + Both \ref QCPDataRange and \ref QCPDataSelection offer convenience methods to work with them, + e.g. \ref bounded, \ref expanded, \ref intersects, \ref intersection, \ref adjusted, \ref + contains. Further, addition and subtraction operators (defined in \ref QCPDataSelection) can be + used to join/subtract data ranges and data selections (or mixtures), to retrieve a corresponding + \ref QCPDataSelection. + + %QCustomPlot's \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" is based on \ref QCPDataSelection and + QCPDataRange. + + \note Do not confuse \ref QCPDataRange with \ref QCPRange. A \ref QCPRange describes an interval + in floating point plot coordinates, e.g. the current axis range. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataRange::size() const + + Returns the number of data points described by this data range. This is equal to the end index + minus the begin index. + + \see length +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataRange::length() const + + Returns the number of data points described by this data range. Equivalent to \ref size. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPDataRange::setBegin(int begin) + + Sets the begin of this data range. The \a begin index points to the first data point that is part + of the data range. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). + + \see setEnd +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPDataRange::setEnd(int end) + + Sets the end of this data range. The \a end index points to the data point just after the last + data point that is part of the data range. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). + + \see setBegin +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataRange::isValid() const + + Returns whether this range is valid. A valid range has a begin index greater or equal to 0, and + an end index greater or equal to the begin index. + + \note Invalid ranges should be avoided and are never the result of any of QCustomPlot's methods + (unless they are themselves fed with invalid ranges). Do not pass invalid ranges to QCustomPlot's + methods. The invalid range is not inherently prevented in QCPDataRange, to allow temporary + invalid begin/end values while manipulating the range. An invalid range is not necessarily empty + (\ref isEmpty), since its \ref length can be negative and thus non-zero. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataRange::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this range is empty, i.e. whether its begin index equals its end index. + + \see size, length +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::adjusted(int changeBegin, int changeEnd) const + + Returns a data range where \a changeBegin and \a changeEnd were added to the begin and end + indices, respectively. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an empty QCPDataRange, with begin and end set to 0. +*/ +QCPDataRange::QCPDataRange() : + mBegin(0), + mEnd(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPDataRange, initialized with the specified \a begin and \a end. + + No checks or corrections are made to ensure the resulting range is valid (\ref isValid). +*/ +QCPDataRange::QCPDataRange(int begin, int end) : + mBegin(begin), + mEnd(end) +{ +} + +/*! + Returns a data range that matches this data range, except that parts exceeding \a other are + excluded. + + This method is very similar to \ref intersection, with one distinction: If this range and the \a + other range share no intersection, the returned data range will be empty with begin and end set + to the respective boundary side of \a other, at which this range is residing. (\ref intersection + would just return a range with begin and end set to 0.) +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::bounded(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataRange result(intersection(other)); + if (result.isEmpty()) { // no intersection, preserve respective bounding side of otherRange as both begin and end of return value + if (mEnd <= other.mBegin) { + result = QCPDataRange(other.mBegin, other.mBegin); + } else { + result = QCPDataRange(other.mEnd, other.mEnd); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data range that contains both this data range as well as \a other. +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::expanded(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return {qMin(mBegin, other.mBegin), qMax(mEnd, other.mEnd)}; +} + +/*! + Returns the data range which is contained in both this data range and \a other. + + This method is very similar to \ref bounded, with one distinction: If this range and the \a other + range share no intersection, the returned data range will be empty with begin and end set to 0. + (\ref bounded would return a range with begin and end set to one of the boundaries of \a other, + depending on which side this range is on.) + + \see QCPDataSelection::intersection +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataRange::intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataRange result(qMax(mBegin, other.mBegin), qMin(mEnd, other.mEnd)); + if (result.isValid()) { + return result; + } else + return {}; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this data range and \a other share common data points. + + \see intersection, contains +*/ +bool QCPDataRange::intersects(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return !((mBegin > other.mBegin && mBegin >= other.mEnd) || + (mEnd <= other.mBegin && mEnd < other.mEnd)); +} + +/*! + Returns whether all data points of \a other are also contained inside this data range. + + \see intersects +*/ +bool QCPDataRange::contains(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + return mBegin <= other.mBegin && mEnd >= other.mEnd; +} + + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataSelection +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataSelection + \brief Describes a data set by holding multiple QCPDataRange instances + + QCPDataSelection manages multiple instances of QCPDataRange in order to represent any (possibly + disjoint) set of data selection. + + The data selection can be modified with addition and subtraction operators which take + QCPDataSelection and QCPDataRange instances, as well as methods such as \ref addDataRange and + \ref clear. Read access is provided by \ref dataRange, \ref dataRanges, \ref dataRangeCount, etc. + + The method \ref simplify is used to join directly adjacent or even overlapping QCPDataRange + instances. QCPDataSelection automatically simplifies when using the addition/subtraction + operators. The only case when \ref simplify is left to the user, is when calling \ref + addDataRange, with the parameter \a simplify explicitly set to false. This is useful if many data + ranges will be added to the selection successively and the overhead for simplifying after each + iteration shall be avoided. In this case, you should make sure to call \ref simplify after + completing the operation. + + Use \ref enforceType to bring the data selection into a state complying with the constraints for + selections defined in \ref QCP::SelectionType. + + %QCustomPlot's \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" is based on QCPDataSelection and + QCPDataRange. + + \section qcpdataselection-iterating Iterating over a data selection + + As an example, the following code snippet calculates the average value of a graph's data + \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selection "selection": + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpdataselection-iterating-1 + +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataSelection::dataRangeCount() const + + Returns the number of ranges that make up the data selection. The ranges can be accessed by \ref + dataRange via their index. + + \see dataRange, dataPointCount +*/ + +/*! \fn QList QCPDataSelection::dataRanges() const + + Returns all data ranges that make up the data selection. If the data selection is simplified (the + usual state of the selection, see \ref simplify), the ranges are sorted by ascending data point + index. + + \see dataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataSelection::isEmpty() const + + Returns true if there are no data ranges, and thus no data points, in this QCPDataSelection + instance. + + \see dataRangeCount +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an empty QCPDataSelection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection::QCPDataSelection() +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPDataSelection containing the provided \a range. +*/ +QCPDataSelection::QCPDataSelection(const QCPDataRange &range) +{ + mDataRanges.append(range); +} + +/*! + Returns true if this selection is identical (contains the same data ranges with the same begin + and end indices) to \a other. + + Note that both data selections must be in simplified state (the usual state of the selection, see + \ref simplify) for this operator to return correct results. +*/ +bool QCPDataSelection::operator==(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + if (mDataRanges.size() != other.mDataRanges.size()) { + return false; + } + for (int i = 0; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i) != other.mDataRanges.at(i)) { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Adds the data selection of \a other to this data selection, and then simplifies this data + selection (see \ref simplify). +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator+=(const QCPDataSelection &other) +{ + mDataRanges << other.mDataRanges; + simplify(); + return *this; +} + +/*! + Adds the data range \a other to this data selection, and then simplifies this data selection (see + \ref simplify). +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator+=(const QCPDataRange &other) +{ + addDataRange(other); + return *this; +} + +/*! + Removes all data point indices that are described by \a other from this data selection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator-=(const QCPDataSelection &other) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < other.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + *this -= other.dataRange(i); + } + + return *this; +} + +/*! + Removes all data point indices that are described by \a other from this data selection. +*/ +QCPDataSelection &QCPDataSelection::operator-=(const QCPDataRange &other) +{ + if (other.isEmpty() || isEmpty()) { + return *this; + } + + simplify(); + int i = 0; + while (i < mDataRanges.size()) { + const int thisBegin = mDataRanges.at(i).begin(); + const int thisEnd = mDataRanges.at(i).end(); + if (thisBegin >= other.end()) { + break; // since data ranges are sorted after the simplify() call, no ranges which contain other will come after this + } + + if (thisEnd > other.begin()) { // ranges which don't fulfill this are entirely before other and can be ignored + if (thisBegin >= other.begin()) { // range leading segment is encompassed + if (thisEnd <= other.end()) { // range fully encompassed, remove completely + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + continue; + } else { // only leading segment is encompassed, trim accordingly + mDataRanges[i].setBegin(other.end()); + } + } else { // leading segment is not encompassed + if (thisEnd <= other.end()) { // only trailing segment is encompassed, trim accordingly + mDataRanges[i].setEnd(other.begin()); + } else { // other lies inside this range, so split range + mDataRanges[i].setEnd(other.begin()); + mDataRanges.insert(i + 1, QCPDataRange(other.end(), thisEnd)); + break; // since data ranges are sorted (and don't overlap) after simplify() call, we're done here + } + } + } + ++i; + } + + return *this; +} + +/*! + Returns the total number of data points contained in all data ranges that make up this data + selection. +*/ +int QCPDataSelection::dataPointCount() const +{ + int result = 0; + foreach (QCPDataRange dataRange, mDataRanges) { + result += dataRange.length(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the data range with the specified \a index. + + If the data selection is simplified (the usual state of the selection, see \ref simplify), the + ranges are sorted by ascending data point index. + + \see dataRangeCount +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataSelection::dataRange(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataRanges.size()) { + return mDataRanges.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of range:" << index; + return {}; + } +} + +/*! + Returns a \ref QCPDataRange which spans the entire data selection, including possible + intermediate segments which are not part of the original data selection. +*/ +QCPDataRange QCPDataSelection::span() const +{ + if (isEmpty()) + return {}; + else + return {mDataRanges.first().begin(), mDataRanges.last().end()}; +} + +/*! + Adds the given \a dataRange to this data selection. This is equivalent to the += operator but + allows disabling immediate simplification by setting \a simplify to false. This can improve + performance if adding a very large amount of data ranges successively. In this case, make sure to + call \ref simplify manually, after the operation. +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::addDataRange(const QCPDataRange &dataRange, bool simplify) +{ + mDataRanges.append(dataRange); + if (simplify) { + this->simplify(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data ranges. The data selection then contains no data points. + + \ref isEmpty +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::clear() +{ + mDataRanges.clear(); +} + +/*! + Sorts all data ranges by range begin index in ascending order, and then joins directly adjacent + or overlapping ranges. This can reduce the number of individual data ranges in the selection, and + prevents possible double-counting when iterating over the data points held by the data ranges. + + This method is automatically called when using the addition/subtraction operators. The only case + when \ref simplify is left to the user, is when calling \ref addDataRange, with the parameter \a + simplify explicitly set to false. +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::simplify() +{ + // remove any empty ranges: + for (int i = mDataRanges.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i).isEmpty()) { + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + } + } + if (mDataRanges.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // sort ranges by starting value, ascending: + std::sort(mDataRanges.begin(), mDataRanges.end(), lessThanDataRangeBegin); + + // join overlapping/contiguous ranges: + int i = 1; + while (i < mDataRanges.size()) { + if (mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end() >= mDataRanges.at(i).begin()) { // range i overlaps/joins with i-1, so expand range i-1 appropriately and remove range i from list + mDataRanges[i - 1].setEnd(qMax(mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end(), mDataRanges.at(i).end())); + mDataRanges.removeAt(i); + } else { + ++i; + } + } +} + +/*! + Makes sure this data selection conforms to the specified \a type selection type. Before the type + is enforced, \ref simplify is called. + + Depending on \a type, enforcing means adding new data points that were previously not part of the + selection, or removing data points from the selection. If the current selection already conforms + to \a type, the data selection is not changed. + + \see QCP::SelectionType +*/ +void QCPDataSelection::enforceType(QCP::SelectionType type) +{ + simplify(); + switch (type) { + case QCP::stNone: { + mDataRanges.clear(); + break; + } + case QCP::stWhole: { + // whole selection isn't defined by data range, so don't change anything (is handled in plottable methods) + break; + } + case QCP::stSingleData: { + // reduce all data ranges to the single first data point: + if (!mDataRanges.isEmpty()) { + if (mDataRanges.size() > 1) { + mDataRanges = QList() << mDataRanges.first(); + } + if (mDataRanges.first().length() > 1) { + mDataRanges.first().setEnd(mDataRanges.first().begin() + 1); + } + } + break; + } + case QCP::stDataRange: { + if (!isEmpty()) { + mDataRanges = QList() << span(); + } + break; + } + case QCP::stMultipleDataRanges: { + // this is the selection type that allows all concievable combinations of ranges, so do nothing + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns true if the data selection \a other is contained entirely in this data selection, i.e. + all data point indices that are in \a other are also in this data selection. + + \see QCPDataRange::contains +*/ +bool QCPDataSelection::contains(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + if (other.isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + + int otherIndex = 0; + int thisIndex = 0; + while (thisIndex < mDataRanges.size() && otherIndex < other.mDataRanges.size()) { + if (mDataRanges.at(thisIndex).contains(other.mDataRanges.at(otherIndex))) { + ++otherIndex; + } else { + ++thisIndex; + } + } + return thisIndex < mDataRanges.size(); // if thisIndex ran all the way to the end to find a containing range for the current otherIndex, other is not contained in this +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection containing the points which are both in this data selection and in the + data range \a other. + + A common use case is to limit an unknown data selection to the valid range of a data container, + using \ref QCPDataContainer::dataRange as \a other. One can then safely iterate over the returned + data selection without exceeding the data container's bounds. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + foreach (QCPDataRange dataRange, mDataRanges) { + result.addDataRange(dataRange.intersection(other), false); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection containing the points which are both in this data selection and in the + data selection \a other. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::intersection(const QCPDataSelection &other) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + for (int i = 0; i < other.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + result += intersection(other.dataRange(i)); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a data selection which is the exact inverse of this data selection, with \a outerRange + defining the base range on which to invert. If \a outerRange is smaller than the \ref span of + this data selection, it is expanded accordingly. + + For example, this method can be used to retrieve all unselected segments by setting \a outerRange + to the full data range of the plottable, and calling this method on a data selection holding the + selected segments. +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPDataSelection::inverse(const QCPDataRange &outerRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return QCPDataSelection(outerRange); + } + QCPDataRange fullRange = outerRange.expanded(span()); + + QCPDataSelection result; + // first unselected segment: + if (mDataRanges.first().begin() != fullRange.begin()) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(fullRange.begin(), mDataRanges.first().begin()), false); + } + // intermediate unselected segments: + for (int i = 1; i < mDataRanges.size(); ++i) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(mDataRanges.at(i - 1).end(), mDataRanges.at(i).begin()), false); + } + // last unselected segment: + if (mDataRanges.last().end() != fullRange.end()) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(mDataRanges.last().end(), fullRange.end()), false); + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/selection.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectionrect.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9215 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionRect + \brief Provides rect/rubber-band data selection and range zoom interaction + + QCPSelectionRect is used by QCustomPlot when the \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode is not + \ref QCP::srmNone. When the user drags the mouse across the plot, the current selection rect + instance (\ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect) is forwarded these events and makes sure an + according rect shape is drawn. At the begin, during, and after completion of the interaction, it + emits the corresponding signals \ref started, \ref changed, \ref canceled, and \ref accepted. + + The QCustomPlot instance connects own slots to the current selection rect instance, in order to + react to an accepted selection rect interaction accordingly. + + \ref isActive can be used to check whether the selection rect is currently active. An ongoing + selection interaction can be cancelled programmatically via calling \ref cancel at any time. + + The appearance of the selection rect can be controlled via \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + + If you wish to provide custom behaviour, e.g. a different visual representation of the selection + rect (\ref QCPSelectionRect::draw), you can subclass QCPSelectionRect and pass an instance of + your subclass to \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPSelectionRect::isActive() const + + Returns true if there is currently a selection going on, i.e. the user has started dragging a + selection rect, but hasn't released the mouse button yet. + + \see cancel +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::started(QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when a selection rect interaction was initiated, i.e. the user just + started dragging the selection rect with the mouse. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::changed(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted while the selection rect interaction is ongoing and the \a rect has + changed its size due to the user moving the mouse. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::canceled(const QRect &rect, QInputEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when the selection interaction was cancelled. Note that \a event is \c + nullptr if the selection interaction was cancelled programmatically, by a call to \ref cancel. + + The user may cancel the selection interaction by pressing the escape key. In this case, \a event + holds the respective input event. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPSelectionRect::accepted(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + + This signal is emitted when the selection interaction was completed by the user releasing the + mouse button. + + Note that \a rect may have a negative width or height, if the selection is being dragged to the + upper or left side of the selection rect origin. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionRect instance. To make QCustomPlot use the selection rect instance, + pass it to \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect. \a parentPlot should be set to the same + QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +QCPSelectionRect::QCPSelectionRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), + mPen(QBrush(Qt::gray), 0, Qt::DashLine), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mActive(false) +{ +} + +QCPSelectionRect::~QCPSelectionRect() +{ + cancel(); +} + +/*! + A convenience function which returns the coordinate range of the provided \a axis, that this + selection rect currently encompasses. +*/ +QCPRange QCPSelectionRect::range(const QCPAxis *axis) const +{ + if (axis) { + if (axis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + return {axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.left()), axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.left() + mRect.width())}; + else + return {axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.top() + mRect.height()), axis->pixelToCoord(mRect.top())}; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with axis zero"; + return {}; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the selection rect outline. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the selection rect. By default the selection rect is not + filled, i.e. \a brush is Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + If there is currently a selection interaction going on (\ref isActive), the interaction is + canceled. The selection rect will emit the \ref canceled signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::cancel() +{ + if (mActive) { + mActive = false; + emit canceled(mRect, nullptr); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that a selection rect interaction was initiated. + The default implementation sets the selection rect to active, initializes the selection rect + geometry and emits the \ref started signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::startSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mActive = true; + mRect = QRect(event->pos(), event->pos()); + emit started(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that an ongoing selection rect interaction needs + to update its geometry. The default implementation updates the rect and emits the \ref changed + signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::moveSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mRect.setBottomRight(event->pos()); + emit changed(mRect, event); + layer()->replot(); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot to indicate that an ongoing selection rect interaction has + finished by the user releasing the mouse button. The default implementation deactivates the + selection rect and emits the \ref accepted signal. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::endSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + mRect.setBottomRight(event->pos()); + mActive = false; + emit accepted(mRect, event); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called by QCustomPlot when a key has been pressed by the user while the selection + rect interaction is active. The default implementation allows to \ref cancel the interaction by + hitting the escape key. +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) +{ + if (event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape && mActive) { + mActive = false; + emit canceled(mRect, event); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPSelectionRect::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeOther); +} + +/*! \internal + + If the selection rect is active (\ref isActive), draws the selection rect defined by \a mRect. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPSelectionRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mActive) { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->drawRect(mRect); + } +} +/* end of 'src/selectionrect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layout.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 78863 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPMarginGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPMarginGroup + \brief A margin group allows synchronization of margin sides if working with multiple layout elements. + + QCPMarginGroup allows you to tie a margin side of two or more layout elements together, such that + they will all have the same size, based on the largest required margin in the group. + + \n + \image html QCPMarginGroup.png "Demonstration of QCPMarginGroup" + \n + + In certain situations it is desirable that margins at specific sides are synchronized across + layout elements. For example, if one QCPAxisRect is below another one in a grid layout, it will + provide a cleaner look to the user if the left and right margins of the two axis rects are of the + same size. The left axis of the top axis rect will then be at the same horizontal position as the + left axis of the lower axis rect, making them appear aligned. The same applies for the right + axes. This is what QCPMarginGroup makes possible. + + To add/remove a specific side of a layout element to/from a margin group, use the \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup method. To completely break apart the margin group, either call + \ref clear, or just delete the margin group. + + \section QCPMarginGroup-example Example + + First create a margin group: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-1 + Then set this group on the layout element sides: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpmargingroup-creation-2 + Here, we've used the first two axis rects of the plot and synchronized their left margins with + each other and their right margins with each other. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPMarginGroup::elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const + + Returns a list of all layout elements that have their margin \a side associated with this margin + group. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPMarginGroup instance in \a parentPlot. +*/ +QCPMarginGroup::QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot) +{ + mChildren.insert(QCP::msLeft, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msRight, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msTop, QList()); + mChildren.insert(QCP::msBottom, QList()); +} + +QCPMarginGroup::~QCPMarginGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether this margin group is empty. If this function returns true, no layout elements use + this margin group to synchronize margin sides. +*/ +bool QCPMarginGroup::isEmpty() const +{ + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (!it.value().isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Clears this margin group. The synchronization of the margin sides that use this margin group is + lifted and they will use their individual margin sizes again. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::clear() +{ + // make all children remove themselves from this margin group: + QHashIterator > it(mChildren); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + const QList elements = it.value(); + for (int i = elements.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + elements.at(i)->setMarginGroup(it.key(), nullptr); // removes itself from mChildren via removeChild + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the synchronized common margin for \a side. This is the margin value that will be used by + the layout element on the respective side, if it is part of this margin group. + + The common margin is calculated by requesting the automatic margin (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin) of each element associated with \a side in this margin + group, and choosing the largest returned value. (QCPLayoutElement::minimumMargins is taken into + account, too.) +*/ +int QCPMarginGroup::commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const +{ + // query all automatic margins of the layout elements in this margin group side and find maximum: + int result = 0; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, mChildren.value(side)) { + if (!el->autoMargins().testFlag(side)) { + continue; + } + int m = qMax(el->calculateAutoMargin(side), QCP::getMarginValue(el->minimumMargins(), side)); + if (m > result) { + result = m; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a element to the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].contains(element)) { + mChildren[side].append(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is already child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a element from the internal list of child elements, for the margin \a side. + + This function does not modify the margin group property of \a element. +*/ +void QCPMarginGroup::removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!mChildren[side].removeOne(element)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "element is not child of this margin group side" << reinterpret_cast(element); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutElement +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutElement + \brief The abstract base class for all objects that form \ref thelayoutsystem "the layout system". + + This is an abstract base class. As such, it can't be instantiated directly, rather use one of its subclasses. + + A Layout element is a rectangular object which can be placed in layouts. It has an outer rect + (QCPLayoutElement::outerRect) and an inner rect (\ref QCPLayoutElement::rect). The difference + between outer and inner rect is called its margin. The margin can either be set to automatic or + manual (\ref setAutoMargins) on a per-side basis. If a side is set to manual, that margin can be + set explicitly with \ref setMargins and will stay fixed at that value. If it's set to automatic, + the layout element subclass will control the value itself (via \ref calculateAutoMargin). + + Layout elements can be placed in layouts (base class QCPLayout) like QCPLayoutGrid. The top level + layout is reachable via \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout, and is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid. Since \ref + QCPLayout itself derives from \ref QCPLayoutElement, layouts can be nested. + + Thus in QCustomPlot one can divide layout elements into two categories: The ones that are + invisible by themselves, because they don't draw anything. Their only purpose is to manage the + position and size of other layout elements. This category of layout elements usually use + QCPLayout as base class. Then there is the category of layout elements which actually draw + something. For example, QCPAxisRect, QCPLegend and QCPTextElement are of this category. This does + not necessarily mean that the latter category can't have child layout elements. QCPLegend for + instance, actually derives from QCPLayoutGrid and the individual legend items are child layout + elements in the grid layout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayout *QCPLayoutElement::layout() const + + Returns the parent layout of this layout element. +*/ + +/*! \fn QRect QCPLayoutElement::rect() const + + Returns the inner rect of this layout element. The inner rect is the outer rect (\ref outerRect, \ref + setOuterRect) shrinked by the margins (\ref setMargins, \ref setAutoMargins). + + In some cases, the area between outer and inner rect is left blank. In other cases the margin + area is used to display peripheral graphics while the main content is in the inner rect. This is + where automatic margin calculation becomes interesting because it allows the layout element to + adapt the margins to the peripheral graphics it wants to draw. For example, \ref QCPAxisRect + draws the axis labels and tick labels in the margin area, thus needs to adjust the margins (if + \ref setAutoMargins is enabled) according to the space required by the labels of the axes. + + \see outerRect +*/ + +/*! \fn QRect QCPLayoutElement::outerRect() const + + Returns the outer rect of this layout element. The outer rect is the inner rect expanded by the + margins (\ref setMargins, \ref setAutoMargins). The outer rect is used (and set via \ref + setOuterRect) by the parent \ref QCPLayout to control the size of this layout element. + + \see rect +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutElement and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutElement::QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), // parenthood is changed as soon as layout element gets inserted into a layout (except for top level layout) + mParentLayout(nullptr), + mMinimumSize(), + mMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), + mSizeConstraintRect(scrInnerRect), + mRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mOuterRect(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mMinimumMargins(0, 0, 0, 0), + mAutoMargins(QCP::msAll) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutElement::~QCPLayoutElement() +{ + setMarginGroup(QCP::msAll, nullptr); // unregister at margin groups, if there are any + // unregister at layout: + if (qobject_cast(mParentLayout)) { // the qobject_cast is just a safeguard in case the layout forgets to call clear() in its dtor and this dtor is called by QObject dtor + mParentLayout->take(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the outer rect of this layout element. If the layout element is inside a layout, the layout + sets the position and size of this layout element using this function. + + Calling this function externally has no effect, since the layout will overwrite any changes to + the outer rect upon the next replot. + + The layout element will adapt its inner \ref rect by applying the margins inward to the outer rect. + + \see rect +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect(const QRect &rect) +{ + if (mOuterRect != rect) { + mOuterRect = rect; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the margins of this layout element. If \ref setAutoMargins is disabled for some or all + sides, this function is used to manually set the margin on those sides. Sides that are still set + to be handled automatically are ignored and may have any value in \a margins. + + The margin is the distance between the outer rect (controlled by the parent layout via \ref + setOuterRect) and the inner \ref rect (which usually contains the main content of this layout + element). + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMargins != margins) { + mMargins = margins; + mRect = mOuterRect.adjusted(mMargins.left(), mMargins.top(), -mMargins.right(), -mMargins.bottom()); + } +} + +/*! + If \ref setAutoMargins is enabled on some or all margins, this function is used to provide + minimum values for those margins. + + The minimum values are not enforced on margin sides that were set to be under manual control via + \ref setAutoMargins. + + \see setAutoMargins +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins) +{ + if (mMinimumMargins != margins) { + mMinimumMargins = margins; + } +} + +/*! + Sets on which sides the margin shall be calculated automatically. If a side is calculated + automatically, a minimum margin value may be provided with \ref setMinimumMargins. If a side is + set to be controlled manually, the value may be specified with \ref setMargins. + + Margin sides that are under automatic control may participate in a \ref QCPMarginGroup (see \ref + setMarginGroup), to synchronize (align) it with other layout elements in the plot. + + \see setMinimumMargins, setMargins, QCP::MarginSide +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides) +{ + mAutoMargins = sides; +} + +/*! + Sets the minimum size of this layout element. A parent layout tries to respect the \a size here + by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. + + If the parent layout size is not sufficient to satisfy all minimum size constraints of its child + layout elements, the layout may set a size that is actually smaller than \a size. QCustomPlot + propagates the layout's size constraints to the outside by setting its own minimum QWidget size + accordingly, so violations of \a size should be exceptions. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMinimumSize != size) { + mMinimumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the minimum size of this layout element. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMinimumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets the maximum size of this layout element. A parent layout tries to respect the \a size here + by changing row/column sizes in the layout accordingly. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(const QSize &size) +{ + if (mMaximumSize != size) { + mMaximumSize = size; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the maximum size of this layout element. + + Whether this constraint applies to the inner or the outer rect can be specified with \ref + setSizeConstraintRect (see \ref rect and \ref outerRect). +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize(int width, int height) +{ + setMaximumSize(QSize(width, height)); +} + +/*! + Sets to which rect of a layout element the size constraints apply. Size constraints can be set + via \ref setMinimumSize and \ref setMaximumSize. + + The outer rect (\ref outerRect) includes the margins (e.g. in the case of a QCPAxisRect the axis + labels), whereas the inner rect (\ref rect) does not. + + \see setMinimumSize, setMaximumSize +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect(SizeConstraintRect constraintRect) +{ + if (mSizeConstraintRect != constraintRect) { + mSizeConstraintRect = constraintRect; + if (mParentLayout) { + mParentLayout->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the margin \a group of the specified margin \a sides. + + Margin groups allow synchronizing specified margins across layout elements, see the documentation + of \ref QCPMarginGroup. + + To unset the margin group of \a sides, set \a group to \c nullptr. + + Note that margin groups only work for margin sides that are set to automatic (\ref + setAutoMargins). + + \see QCP::MarginSide +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group) +{ + QVector sideVector; + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msLeft)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msLeft); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msRight)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msRight); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msTop)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msTop); + } + if (sides.testFlag(QCP::msBottom)) { + sideVector.append(QCP::msBottom); + } + + foreach (QCP::MarginSide side, sideVector) { + if (marginGroup(side) != group) { + QCPMarginGroup *oldGroup = marginGroup(side); + if (oldGroup) { // unregister at old group + oldGroup->removeChild(side, this); + } + + if (!group) { // if setting to 0, remove hash entry. Else set hash entry to new group and register there + mMarginGroups.remove(side); + } else { // setting to a new group + mMarginGroups[side] = group; + group->addChild(side, this); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Updates the layout element and sub-elements. This function is automatically called before every + replot by the parent layout element. It is called multiple times, once for every \ref + UpdatePhase. The phases are run through in the order of the enum values. For details about what + happens at the different phases, see the documentation of \ref UpdatePhase. + + Layout elements that have child elements should call the \ref update method of their child + elements, and pass the current \a phase unchanged. + + The default implementation executes the automatic margin mechanism in the \ref upMargins phase. + Subclasses should make sure to call the base class implementation. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + if (phase == upMargins) { + if (mAutoMargins != QCP::msNone) { + // set the margins of this layout element according to automatic margin calculation, either directly or via a margin group: + QMargins newMargins = mMargins; + const QList allMarginSides = QList() << QCP::msLeft << QCP::msRight << QCP::msTop << QCP::msBottom; + foreach (QCP::MarginSide side, allMarginSides) { + if (mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { // this side's margin shall be calculated automatically + if (mMarginGroups.contains(side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, mMarginGroups[side]->commonMargin(side)); // this side is part of a margin group, so get the margin value from that group + } else { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, calculateAutoMargin(side)); // this side is not part of a group, so calculate the value directly + } + // apply minimum margin restrictions: + if (QCP::getMarginValue(newMargins, side) < QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)) { + QCP::setMarginValue(newMargins, side, QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); + } + } + } + setMargins(newMargins); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the suggested minimum size this layout element (the \ref outerRect) may be compressed to, + if no manual minimum size is set. + + if a minimum size (\ref setMinimumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts use the returned size + (usually indirectly through \ref QCPLayout::getFinalMinimumOuterSize) to determine the minimum + allowed size of this layout element. + + A manual minimum size is considered set if it is non-zero. + + The default implementation simply returns the sum of the horizontal margins for the width and the + sum of the vertical margins for the height. Reimplementations may use their detailed knowledge + about the layout element's content to provide size hints. +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + return {mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(), mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom()}; +} + +/*! + Returns the suggested maximum size this layout element (the \ref outerRect) may be expanded to, + if no manual maximum size is set. + + if a maximum size (\ref setMaximumSize) was not set manually, parent layouts use the returned + size (usually indirectly through \ref QCPLayout::getFinalMaximumOuterSize) to determine the + maximum allowed size of this layout element. + + A manual maximum size is considered set if it is smaller than Qt's \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. + + The default implementation simply returns \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX for both width and height, implying + no suggested maximum size. Reimplementations may use their detailed knowledge about the layout + element's content to provide size hints. +*/ +QSize QCPLayoutElement::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + return {QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX}; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all child elements in this layout element. If \a recursive is true, all + sub-child elements are included in the list, too. + + \warning There may be \c nullptr entries in the returned list. For example, QCPLayoutGrid may + have empty cells which yield \c nullptr at the respective index. +*/ +QList QCPLayoutElement::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(recursive) + return QList(); +} + +/*! + Layout elements are sensitive to events inside their outer rect. If \a pos is within the outer + rect, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. However, layout elements are not selectable by default. So if \a onlySelectable is + true, -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. + + QCPLayoutElement subclasses may reimplement this method to provide more specific selection test + behaviour. +*/ +double QCPLayoutElement::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (QRectF(mOuterRect).contains(pos)) { + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "parent plot not defined"; + return -1; + } + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + propagates the parent plot initialization to all child elements, by calling \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on them. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, elements(false)) { + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(parentPlot); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the margin size for this \a side. It is used if automatic margins is enabled for this \a + side (see \ref setAutoMargins). If a minimum margin was set with \ref setMinimumMargins, the + returned value will not be smaller than the specified minimum margin. + + The default implementation just returns the respective manual margin (\ref setMargins) or the + minimum margin, whichever is larger. +*/ +int QCPLayoutElement::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + return qMax(QCP::getMarginValue(mMargins, side), QCP::getMarginValue(mMinimumMargins, side)); +} + +/*! \internal + + This virtual method is called when this layout element was moved to a different QCPLayout, or + when this layout element has changed its logical position (e.g. row and/or column) within the + same QCPLayout. Subclasses may use this to react accordingly. + + Since this method is called after the completion of the move, you can access the new parent + layout via \ref layout(). + + The default implementation does nothing. +*/ +void QCPLayoutElement::layoutChanged() +{ +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayout +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayout + \brief The abstract base class for layouts + + This is an abstract base class for layout elements whose main purpose is to define the position + and size of other child layout elements. In most cases, layouts don't draw anything themselves + (but there are exceptions to this, e.g. QCPLegend). + + QCPLayout derives from QCPLayoutElement, and thus can itself be nested in other layouts. + + QCPLayout introduces a common interface for accessing and manipulating the child elements. Those + functions are most notably \ref elementCount, \ref elementAt, \ref takeAt, \ref take, \ref + simplify, \ref removeAt, \ref remove and \ref clear. Individual subclasses may add more functions + to this interface which are more specialized to the form of the layout. For example, \ref + QCPLayoutGrid adds functions that take row and column indices to access cells of the layout grid + more conveniently. + + Since this is an abstract base class, you can't instantiate it directly. Rather use one of its + subclasses like QCPLayoutGrid or QCPLayoutInset. + + For a general introduction to the layout system, see the dedicated documentation page \ref + thelayoutsystem "The Layout System". +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPLayout::elementCount() const = 0 + + Returns the number of elements/cells in the layout. + + \see elements, elementAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::elementAt(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the element in the cell with the given \a index. If \a index is invalid, returns \c + nullptr. + + Note that even if \a index is valid, the respective cell may be empty in some layouts (e.g. + QCPLayoutGrid), so this function may return \c nullptr in those cases. You may use this function + to check whether a cell is empty or not. + + \see elements, elementCount, takeAt +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPLayoutElement* QCPLayout::takeAt(int index) = 0 + + Removes the element with the given \a index from the layout and returns it. + + If the \a index is invalid or the cell with that index is empty, returns \c nullptr. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see elementAt, take +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPLayout::take(QCPLayoutElement* element) = 0 + + Removes the specified \a element from the layout and returns true on success. + + If the \a element isn't in this layout, returns false. + + Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an empty cell after + successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref simplify. + + \see takeAt +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayout and sets default values. Note that since QCPLayout + is an abstract base class, it can't be instantiated directly. +*/ +QCPLayout::QCPLayout() +{ +} + +/*! + If \a phase is \ref upLayout, calls \ref updateLayout, which subclasses may reimplement to + reposition and resize their cells. + + Finally, the call is propagated down to all child \ref QCPLayoutElement "QCPLayoutElements". + + For details about this method and the update phases, see the documentation of \ref + QCPLayoutElement::update. +*/ +void QCPLayout::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + // set child element rects according to layout: + if (phase == upLayout) { + updateLayout(); + } + + // propagate update call to child elements: + const int elCount = elementCount(); + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(i)) { + el->update(phase); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayout::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + const int c = elementCount(); + QList result; +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(c); +#endif + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + result.append(elementAt(i)); + } + if (recursive) { + for (int i = 0; i < c; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing empty cells. The exact behavior depends on subclasses, the + default implementation does nothing. + + Not all layouts need simplification. For example, QCPLayoutInset doesn't use explicit + simplification while QCPLayoutGrid does. +*/ +void QCPLayout::simplify() +{ +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the element at the provided \a index. Returns true on success. If \a index is + invalid or points to an empty cell, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the returned element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see remove, takeAt +*/ +bool QCPLayout::removeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = takeAt(index)) { + delete el; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes the provided \a element. Returns true on success. If \a element is not in the + layout, returns false. + + This function internally uses \ref takeAt to remove the element from the layout and then deletes + the element. Note that some layouts don't remove the respective cell right away but leave an + empty cell after successful removal of the layout element. To collapse empty cells, use \ref + simplify. + + \see removeAt, take +*/ +bool QCPLayout::remove(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (take(element)) { + delete element; + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes and deletes all layout elements in this layout. Finally calls \ref simplify to make sure + all empty cells are collapsed. + + \see remove, removeAt +*/ +void QCPLayout::clear() +{ + for (int i = elementCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (elementAt(i)) { + removeAt(i); + } + } + simplify(); +} + +/*! + Subclasses call this method to report changed (minimum/maximum) size constraints. + + If the parent of this layout is again a QCPLayout, forwards the call to the parent's \ref + sizeConstraintsChanged. If the parent is a QWidget (i.e. is the \ref QCustomPlot::plotLayout of + QCustomPlot), calls QWidget::updateGeometry, so if the QCustomPlot widget is inside a Qt QLayout, + it may update itself and resize cells accordingly. +*/ +void QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged() const +{ + if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast(parent())) { + w->updateGeometry(); + } else if (QCPLayout *l = qobject_cast(parent())) { + l->sizeConstraintsChanged(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Subclasses reimplement this method to update the position and sizes of the child elements/cells + via calling their \ref QCPLayoutElement::setOuterRect. The default implementation does nothing. + + The geometry used as a reference is the inner \ref rect of this layout. Child elements should stay + within that rect. + + \ref getSectionSizes may help with the reimplementation of this function. + + \see update +*/ +void QCPLayout::updateLayout() +{ +} + + +/*! \internal + + Associates \a el with this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout, the + \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable and the QObject parent to this layout. + + Further, if \a el didn't previously have a parent plot, calls \ref + QCPLayerable::initializeParentPlot on \a el to set the paret plot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that add elements to the layout. Note that this + method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from the old layout and the insertion into + the new layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = this; + el->setParentLayerable(this); + el->setParent(this); + if (!el->parentPlot()) { + el->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + } + el->layoutChanged(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Disassociates \a el from this layout. This is done by setting the \ref QCPLayoutElement::layout + and the \ref QCPLayerable::parentLayerable to zero. The QObject parent is set to the parent + QCustomPlot. + + This method is used by subclass specific methods that remove elements from the layout (e.g. \ref + take or \ref takeAt). Note that this method only changes properties in \a el. The removal from + the old layout must be done additionally. +*/ +void QCPLayout::releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + if (el) { + el->mParentLayout = nullptr; + el->setParentLayerable(nullptr); + el->setParent(mParentPlot); + // Note: Don't initializeParentPlot(0) here, because layout element will stay in same parent plot + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Null element passed"; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of \ref updateLayout in subclasses. + + It calculates the sizes of one-dimensional sections with provided constraints on maximum section + sizes, minimum section sizes, relative stretch factors and the final total size of all sections. + + The QVector entries refer to the sections. Thus all QVectors must have the same size. + + \a maxSizes gives the maximum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no maximum size + imposed, set all vector values to Qt's QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. + + \a minSizes gives the minimum allowed size of each section. If there shall be no minimum size + imposed, set all vector values to zero. If the \a minSizes entries add up to a value greater than + \a totalSize, sections will be scaled smaller than the proposed minimum sizes. (In other words, + not exceeding the allowed total size is taken to be more important than not going below minimum + section sizes.) + + \a stretchFactors give the relative proportions of the sections to each other. If all sections + shall be scaled equally, set all values equal. If the first section shall be double the size of + each individual other section, set the first number of \a stretchFactors to double the value of + the other individual values (e.g. {2, 1, 1, 1}). + + \a totalSize is the value that the final section sizes will add up to. Due to rounding, the + actual sum may differ slightly. If you want the section sizes to sum up to exactly that value, + you could distribute the remaining difference on the sections. + + The return value is a QVector containing the section sizes. +*/ +QVector QCPLayout::getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const +{ + if (maxSizes.size() != minSizes.size() || minSizes.size() != stretchFactors.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed vector sizes aren't equal:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors; + return QVector(); + } + if (stretchFactors.isEmpty()) { + return QVector(); + } + int sectionCount = stretchFactors.size(); + QVector sectionSizes(sectionCount); + // if provided total size is forced smaller than total minimum size, ignore minimum sizes (squeeze sections): + int minSizeSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + minSizeSum += minSizes.at(i); + } + if (totalSize < minSizeSum) { + // new stretch factors are minimum sizes and minimum sizes are set to zero: + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + stretchFactors[i] = minSizes.at(i); + minSizes[i] = 0; + } + } + + QList minimumLockedSections; + QList unfinishedSections; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } + double freeSize = totalSize; + + int outerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && outerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++outerIterations; + int innerIterations = 0; + while (!unfinishedSections.isEmpty() && innerIterations < sectionCount * 2) { // the iteration check ist just a failsafe in case something really strange happens + ++innerIterations; + // find section that hits its maximum next: + int nextId = -1; + double nextMax = 1e12; + foreach (int secId, unfinishedSections) { + double hitsMaxAt = (maxSizes.at(secId) - sectionSizes.at(secId)) / stretchFactors.at(secId); + if (hitsMaxAt < nextMax) { + nextMax = hitsMaxAt; + nextId = secId; + } + } + // check if that maximum is actually within the bounds of the total size (i.e. can we stretch all remaining sections so far that the found section + // actually hits its maximum, without exceeding the total size when we add up all sections) + double stretchFactorSum = 0; + foreach (int secId, unfinishedSections) { + stretchFactorSum += stretchFactors.at(secId); + } + double nextMaxLimit = freeSize / stretchFactorSum; + if (nextMax < nextMaxLimit) { // next maximum is actually hit, move forward to that point and fix the size of that section + foreach (int secId, unfinishedSections) { + sectionSizes[secId] += nextMax * stretchFactors.at(secId); // increment all sections + freeSize -= nextMax * stretchFactors.at(secId); + } + unfinishedSections.removeOne(nextId); // exclude the section that is now at maximum from further changes + } else { // next maximum isn't hit, just distribute rest of free space on remaining sections + foreach (int secId, unfinishedSections) { + sectionSizes[secId] += nextMaxLimit * stretchFactors.at(secId); // increment all sections + } + unfinishedSections.clear(); + } + } + if (innerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected inner iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + // now check whether the resulting section sizes violate minimum restrictions: + bool foundMinimumViolation = false; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionSizes.size(); ++i) { + if (minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { + continue; + } + if (sectionSizes.at(i) < minSizes.at(i)) { // section violates minimum + sectionSizes[i] = minSizes.at(i); // set it to minimum + foundMinimumViolation = true; // make sure we repeat the whole optimization process + minimumLockedSections.append(i); + } + } + if (foundMinimumViolation) { + freeSize = totalSize; + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + if (!minimumLockedSections.contains(i)) { // only put sections that haven't hit their minimum back into the pool + unfinishedSections.append(i); + } else { + freeSize -= sectionSizes.at(i); // remove size of minimum locked sections from available space in next round + } + } + // reset all section sizes to zero that are in unfinished sections (all others have been set to their minimum): + foreach (int secId, unfinishedSections) { + sectionSizes[secId] = 0; + } + } + } + if (outerIterations == sectionCount * 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Exceeded maximum expected outer iteration count, layouting aborted. Input was:" << maxSizes << minSizes << stretchFactors << totalSize; + } + + QVector result(sectionCount); + for (int i = 0; i < sectionCount; ++i) { + result[i] = qRound(sectionSizes.at(i)); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a helper function for the implementation of subclasses. + + It returns the minimum size that should finally be used for the outer rect of the passed layout + element \a el. + + It takes into account whether a manual minimum size is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize), which size constraint is set (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect), as well as the minimum size hint, if no manual minimum + size was set (\ref QCPLayoutElement::minimumOuterSizeHint). +*/ +QSize QCPLayout::getFinalMinimumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + QSize minOuterHint = el->minimumOuterSizeHint(); + QSize minOuter = el->minimumSize(); // depending on sizeConstraitRect this might be with respect to inner rect, so possibly add margins in next four lines (preserving unset minimum of 0) + if (minOuter.width() > 0 && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + minOuter.rwidth() += el->margins().left() + el->margins().right(); + } + if (minOuter.height() > 0 && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + minOuter.rheight() += el->margins().top() + el->margins().bottom(); + } + + return {minOuter.width() > 0 ? minOuter.width() : minOuterHint.width(), + minOuter.height() > 0 ? minOuter.height() : minOuterHint.height()}; +} + +/*! \internal + +This is a helper function for the implementation of subclasses. + +It returns the maximum size that should finally be used for the outer rect of the passed layout +element \a el. + +It takes into account whether a manual maximum size is set (\ref +QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize), which size constraint is set (\ref +QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect), as well as the maximum size hint, if no manual maximum +size was set (\ref QCPLayoutElement::maximumOuterSizeHint). +*/ +QSize QCPLayout::getFinalMaximumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el) +{ + QSize maxOuterHint = el->maximumOuterSizeHint(); + QSize maxOuter = el->maximumSize(); // depending on sizeConstraitRect this might be with respect to inner rect, so possibly add margins in next four lines (preserving unset maximum of QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) + if (maxOuter.width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + maxOuter.rwidth() += el->margins().left() + el->margins().right(); + } + if (maxOuter.height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX && el->sizeConstraintRect() == QCPLayoutElement::scrInnerRect) { + maxOuter.rheight() += el->margins().top() + el->margins().bottom(); + } + + return {maxOuter.width() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? maxOuter.width() : maxOuterHint.width(), + maxOuter.height() < QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? maxOuter.height() : maxOuterHint.height()}; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLayoutGrid +\brief A layout that arranges child elements in a grid + +Elements are laid out in a grid with configurable stretch factors (\ref setColumnStretchFactor, +\ref setRowStretchFactor) and spacing (\ref setColumnSpacing, \ref setRowSpacing). + +Elements can be added to cells via \ref addElement. The grid is expanded if the specified row or +column doesn't exist yet. Whether a cell contains a valid layout element can be checked with \ref +hasElement, that element can be retrieved with \ref element. If rows and columns that only have +empty cells shall be removed, call \ref simplify. Removal of elements is either done by just +adding the element to a different layout or by using the QCPLayout interface \ref take or \ref +remove. + +If you use \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) without explicit parameters for \a row and \a +column, the grid layout will choose the position according to the current \ref setFillOrder and +the wrapping (\ref setWrap). + +Row and column insertion can be performed with \ref insertRow and \ref insertColumn. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayoutGrid::rowCount() const + +Returns the number of rows in the layout. + +\see columnCount +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPLayoutGrid::columnCount() const + +Returns the number of columns in the layout. + +\see rowCount +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! +Creates an instance of QCPLayoutGrid and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutGrid::QCPLayoutGrid() : + mColumnSpacing(5), + mRowSpacing(5), + mWrap(0), + mFillOrder(foColumnsFirst) +{ +} + +QCPLayoutGrid::~QCPLayoutGrid() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the element in the cell in \a row and \a column. + + Returns \c nullptr if either the row/column is invalid or if the cell is empty. In those cases, a + qDebug message is printed. To check whether a cell exists and isn't empty, use \ref hasElement. + + \see addElement, hasElement +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::element(int row, int column) const +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < mElements.size()) { + if (column >= 0 && column < mElements.first().size()) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *result = mElements.at(row).at(column)) { + return result; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Requested cell is empty. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row. Row:" << row << "Column:" << column; + } + return nullptr; +} + + +/*! \overload + + Adds the \a element to cell with \a row and \a column. If \a element is already in a layout, it + is first removed from there. If \a row or \a column don't exist yet, the layout is expanded + accordingly. + + Returns true if the element was added successfully, i.e. if the cell at \a row and \a column + didn't already have an element. + + Use the overload of this method without explicit row/column index to place the element according + to the configured fill order and wrapping settings. + + \see element, hasElement, take, remove +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (!hasElement(row, column)) { + if (element && element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + expandTo(row + 1, column + 1); + mElements[row][column] = element; + if (element) { + adoptElement(element); + } + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "There is already an element in the specified row/column:" << row << column; + } + return false; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the \a element to the next empty cell according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap). If \a element is already in a layout, it is first + removed from there. If necessary, the layout is expanded to hold the new element. + + Returns true if the element was added successfully. + + \see setFillOrder, setWrap, element, hasElement, take, remove +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + int rowIndex = 0; + int colIndex = 0; + if (mFillOrder == foColumnsFirst) { + while (hasElement(rowIndex, colIndex)) { + ++colIndex; + if (colIndex >= mWrap && mWrap > 0) { + colIndex = 0; + ++rowIndex; + } + } + } else { + while (hasElement(rowIndex, colIndex)) { + ++rowIndex; + if (rowIndex >= mWrap && mWrap > 0) { + rowIndex = 0; + ++colIndex; + } + } + } + return addElement(rowIndex, colIndex, element); +} + +/*! + Returns whether the cell at \a row and \a column exists and contains a valid element, i.e. isn't + empty. + + \see element +*/ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::hasElement(int row, int column) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount() && column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + return mElements.at(row).at(column); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a column. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor) +{ + if (column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mColumnStretchFactors[column] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid column:" << column; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all columns. \a factors must have the size \ref columnCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactor, setRowStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mColumnStretchFactors.size()) { + mColumnStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mColumnStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mColumnStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mColumnStretchFactors.at(i); + mColumnStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Column count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factor of \a row. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setColumnStretchFactors, setRowStretchFactor +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor) +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount()) { + if (factor > 0) { + mRowStretchFactors[row] = factor; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << factor; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid row:" << row; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the stretch \a factors of all rows. \a factors must have the size \ref rowCount. + + Stretch factors control the relative sizes of rows and columns. Cells will not be resized beyond + their minimum and maximum widths/heights, regardless of the stretch factor. (see \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize, \ref + QCPLayoutElement::setSizeConstraintRect.) + + The default stretch factor of newly created rows/columns is 1. + + \see setRowStretchFactor, setColumnStretchFactors +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors) +{ + if (factors.size() == mRowStretchFactors.size()) { + mRowStretchFactors = factors; + for (int i = 0; i < mRowStretchFactors.size(); ++i) { + if (mRowStretchFactors.at(i) <= 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid stretch factor, must be positive:" << mRowStretchFactors.at(i); + mRowStretchFactors[i] = 1; + } + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Row count not equal to passed stretch factor count:" << factors; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between columns to \a pixels. + + \see setRowSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setColumnSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mColumnSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the gap that is left blank between rows to \a pixels. + + \see setColumnSpacing +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setRowSpacing(int pixels) +{ + mRowSpacing = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the maximum number of columns or rows that are used, before new elements added with \ref + addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) will start to fill the next row or column, respectively. It depends + on \ref setFillOrder, whether rows or columns are wrapped. + + If \a count is set to zero, no wrapping will ever occur. + + If you wish to re-wrap the elements currently in the layout, call \ref setFillOrder with \a + rearrange set to true (the actual fill order doesn't need to be changed for the rearranging to be + done). + + Note that the method \ref addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) with + explicitly stated row and column is not subject to wrapping and can place elements even beyond + the specified wrapping point. + + \see setFillOrder +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setWrap(int count) +{ + mWrap = qMax(0, count); +} + +/*! + Sets the filling order and wrapping behaviour that is used when adding new elements with the + method \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*). + + The specified \a order defines whether rows or columns are filled first. Using \ref setWrap, you + can control at which row/column count wrapping into the next column/row will occur. If you set it + to zero, no wrapping will ever occur. Changing the fill order also changes the meaning of the + linear index used e.g. in \ref elementAt and \ref takeAt. The default fill order for \ref + QCPLayoutGrid is \ref foColumnsFirst. + + If you want to have all current elements arranged in the new order, set \a rearrange to true. The + elements will be rearranged in a way that tries to preserve their linear index. However, empty + cells are skipped during build-up of the new cell order, which shifts the succeeding element's + index. The rearranging is performed even if the specified \a order is already the current fill + order. Thus this method can be used to re-wrap the current elements. + + If \a rearrange is false, the current element arrangement is not changed, which means the + linear indexes change (because the linear index is dependent on the fill order). + + Note that the method \ref addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element) with + explicitly stated row and column is not subject to wrapping and can place elements even beyond + the specified wrapping point. + + \see setWrap, addElement(QCPLayoutElement*) +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder(FillOrder order, bool rearrange) +{ + // if rearranging, take all elements via linear index of old fill order: + const int elCount = elementCount(); + QVector tempElements; + if (rearrange) { + tempElements.reserve(elCount); + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (elementAt(i)) { + tempElements.append(takeAt(i)); + } + } + simplify(); + } + // change fill order as requested: + mFillOrder = order; + // if rearranging, re-insert via linear index according to new fill order: + if (rearrange) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *tempElement, tempElements) { + addElement(tempElement); + } + } +} + +/*! + Expands the layout to have \a newRowCount rows and \a newColumnCount columns. So the last valid + row index will be \a newRowCount-1, the last valid column index will be \a newColumnCount-1. + + If the current column/row count is already larger or equal to \a newColumnCount/\a newRowCount, + this function does nothing in that dimension. + + Newly created cells are empty, new rows and columns have the stretch factor 1. + + Note that upon a call to \ref addElement, the layout is expanded automatically to contain the + specified row and column, using this function. + + \see simplify +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount) +{ + // add rows as necessary: + while (rowCount() < newRowCount) { + mElements.append(QList()); + mRowStretchFactors.append(1); + } + // go through rows and expand columns as necessary: + int newColCount = qMax(columnCount(), newColumnCount); + for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) { + while (mElements.at(i).size() < newColCount) { + mElements[i].append(nullptr); + } + } + while (mColumnStretchFactors.size() < newColCount) { + mColumnStretchFactors.append(1); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts a new row with empty cells at the row index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a newIndex + range from 0 (inserts a row at the top) to \a rowCount (appends a row at the bottom). + + \see insertColumn +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertRow(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > rowCount()) { + newIndex = rowCount(); + } + + mRowStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + QList newRow; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + newRow.append(nullptr); + } + mElements.insert(newIndex, newRow); +} + +/*! + Inserts a new column with empty cells at the column index \a newIndex. Valid values for \a + newIndex range from 0 (inserts a column at the left) to \a columnCount (appends a column at the + right). + + \see insertRow +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::insertColumn(int newIndex) +{ + if (mElements.isEmpty() || mElements.first().isEmpty()) { // if grid is completely empty, add first cell + expandTo(1, 1); + return; + } + + if (newIndex < 0) { + newIndex = 0; + } + if (newIndex > columnCount()) { + newIndex = columnCount(); + } + + mColumnStretchFactors.insert(newIndex, 1); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].insert(newIndex, nullptr); + } +} + +/*! + Converts the given \a row and \a column to the linear index used by some methods of \ref + QCPLayoutGrid and \ref QCPLayout. + + The way the cells are indexed depends on \ref setFillOrder. If it is \ref foRowsFirst, the + indices increase left to right and then top to bottom. If it is \ref foColumnsFirst, the indices + increase top to bottom and then left to right. + + For the returned index to be valid, \a row and \a column must be valid indices themselves, i.e. + greater or equal to zero and smaller than the current \ref rowCount/\ref columnCount. + + \see indexToRowCol +*/ +int QCPLayoutGrid::rowColToIndex(int row, int column) const +{ + if (row >= 0 && row < rowCount()) { + if (column >= 0 && column < columnCount()) { + switch (mFillOrder) { + case foRowsFirst: + return column * rowCount() + row; + case foColumnsFirst: + return row * columnCount() + column; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "row index out of bounds:" << row; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "column index out of bounds:" << column; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Converts the linear index to row and column indices and writes the result to \a row and \a + column. + + The way the cells are indexed depends on \ref setFillOrder. If it is \ref foRowsFirst, the + indices increase left to right and then top to bottom. If it is \ref foColumnsFirst, the indices + increase top to bottom and then left to right. + + If there are no cells (i.e. column or row count is zero), sets \a row and \a column to -1. + + For the retrieved \a row and \a column to be valid, the passed \a index must be valid itself, + i.e. greater or equal to zero and smaller than the current \ref elementCount. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::indexToRowCol(int index, int &row, int &column) const +{ + row = -1; + column = -1; + const int nCols = columnCount(); + const int nRows = rowCount(); + if (nCols == 0 || nRows == 0) { + return; + } + if (index < 0 || index >= elementCount()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return; + } + + switch (mFillOrder) { + case foRowsFirst: { + column = index / nRows; + row = index % nRows; + break; + } + case foColumnsFirst: { + row = index / nCols; + column = index % nCols; + break; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutGrid::updateLayout() +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights, maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + int totalRowSpacing = (rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + int totalColSpacing = (columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + QVector colWidths = getSectionSizes(maxColWidths, minColWidths, mColumnStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.width() - totalColSpacing); + QVector rowHeights = getSectionSizes(maxRowHeights, minRowHeights, mRowStretchFactors.toVector(), mRect.height() - totalRowSpacing); + + // go through cells and set rects accordingly: + int yOffset = mRect.top(); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (row > 0) { + yOffset += rowHeights.at(row - 1) + mRowSpacing; + } + int xOffset = mRect.left(); + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (col > 0) { + xOffset += colWidths.at(col - 1) + mColumnSpacing; + } + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + mElements.at(row).at(col)->setOuterRect(QRect(xOffset, yOffset, colWidths.at(col), rowHeights.at(row))); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + \seebaseclassmethod + + Note that the association of the linear \a index to the row/column based cells depends on the + current setting of \ref setFillOrder. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < elementCount()) { + int row, col; + indexToRowCol(index, row, col); + return mElements.at(row).at(col); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + \seebaseclassmethod + + Note that the association of the linear \a index to the row/column based cells depends on the + current setting of \ref setFillOrder. + + \see rowColToIndex +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutGrid::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + int row, col; + indexToRowCol(index, row, col); + mElements[row][col] = nullptr; + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutGrid::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take nullptr element"; + } + return false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPLayoutGrid::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + const int elCount = elementCount(); +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + result.reserve(elCount); +#endif + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + result.append(elementAt(i)); + } + if (recursive) { + for (int i = 0; i < elCount; ++i) { + if (result.at(i)) { + result << result.at(i)->elements(recursive); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Simplifies the layout by collapsing rows and columns which only contain empty cells. +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::simplify() +{ + // remove rows with only empty cells: + for (int row = rowCount() - 1; row >= 0; --row) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mRowStretchFactors.removeAt(row); + mElements.removeAt(row); + if (mElements.isEmpty()) { // removed last element, also remove stretch factor (wouldn't happen below because also columnCount changed to 0 now) + mColumnStretchFactors.clear(); + } + } + } + + // remove columns with only empty cells: + for (int col = columnCount() - 1; col >= 0; --col) { + bool hasElements = false; + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + if (mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + hasElements = true; + break; + } + } + if (!hasElements) { + mColumnStretchFactors.removeAt(col); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + mElements[row].removeAt(col); + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QVector minColWidths, minRowHeights; + getMinimumRowColSizes(&minColWidths, &minRowHeights); + QSize result(0, 0); + foreach (int w, minColWidths) { + result.rwidth() += w; + } + foreach (int h, minRowHeights) { + result.rheight() += h; + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPLayoutGrid::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QVector maxColWidths, maxRowHeights; + getMaximumRowColSizes(&maxColWidths, &maxRowHeights); + + QSize result(0, 0); + foreach (int w, maxColWidths) { + result.setWidth(qMin(result.width() + w, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + foreach (int h, maxRowHeights) { + result.setHeight(qMin(result.height() + h, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)); + } + result.rwidth() += qMax(0, columnCount() - 1) * mColumnSpacing; + result.rheight() += qMax(0, rowCount() - 1) * mRowSpacing; + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + if (result.height() > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { + result.setHeight(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + } + if (result.width() > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { + result.setWidth(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the minimum column widths and row heights into \a minColWidths and \a minRowHeights + respectively. + + The minimum height of a row is the largest minimum height of any element's outer rect in that + row. The minimum width of a column is the largest minimum width of any element's outer rect in + that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMaximumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const +{ + *minColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), 0); + *minRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), 0); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize minSize = getFinalMinimumOuterSize(el); + if (minColWidths->at(col) < minSize.width()) { + (*minColWidths)[col] = minSize.width(); + } + if (minRowHeights->at(row) < minSize.height()) { + (*minRowHeights)[row] = minSize.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Places the maximum column widths and row heights into \a maxColWidths and \a maxRowHeights + respectively. + + The maximum height of a row is the smallest maximum height of any element's outer rect in that + row. The maximum width of a column is the smallest maximum width of any element's outer rect in + that column. + + This is a helper function for \ref updateLayout. + + \see getMinimumRowColSizes +*/ +void QCPLayoutGrid::getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const +{ + *maxColWidths = QVector(columnCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + *maxRowHeights = QVector(rowCount(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + for (int row = 0; row < rowCount(); ++row) { + for (int col = 0; col < columnCount(); ++col) { + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(row).at(col)) { + QSize maxSize = getFinalMaximumOuterSize(el); + if (maxColWidths->at(col) > maxSize.width()) { + (*maxColWidths)[col] = maxSize.width(); + } + if (maxRowHeights->at(row) > maxSize.height()) { + (*maxRowHeights)[row] = maxSize.height(); + } + } + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLayoutInset +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPLayoutInset + \brief A layout that places child elements aligned to the border or arbitrarily positioned + + Elements are placed either aligned to the border or at arbitrary position in the area of the + layout. Which placement applies is controlled with the \ref InsetPlacement (\ref + setInsetPlacement). + + Elements are added via \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) or + addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect). If the first method is used, the inset + placement will default to \ref ipBorderAligned and the element will be aligned according to the + \a alignment parameter. The second method defaults to \ref ipFree and allows placing elements at + arbitrary position and size, defined by \a rect. + + The alignment or rect can be set via \ref setInsetAlignment or \ref setInsetRect, respectively. + + This is the layout that every QCPAxisRect has as \ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual void QCPLayoutInset::simplify() + + The QCPInsetLayout does not need simplification since it can never have empty cells due to its + linear index structure. This method does nothing. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates an instance of QCPLayoutInset and sets default values. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::QCPLayoutInset() +{ +} + +QCPLayoutInset::~QCPLayoutInset() +{ + // clear all child layout elements. This is important because only the specific layouts know how + // to handle removing elements (clear calls virtual removeAt method to do that). + clear(); +} + +/*! + Returns the placement type of the element with the specified \a index. +*/ +QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement QCPLayoutInset::insetPlacement(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetPlacement.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return ipFree; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the alignment of the element with the specified \a index. The alignment only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned. +*/ +Qt::Alignment QCPLayoutInset::insetAlignment(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetAlignment.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + return nullptr; +#else + return {}; +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Returns the rect of the element with the specified \a index. The rect only has a + meaning, if the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree. +*/ +QRectF QCPLayoutInset::insetRect(int index) const +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + return mInsetRect.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + return {}; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the inset placement type of the element with the specified \a index to \a placement. + + \see InsetPlacement +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetPlacement(int index, QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement placement) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetPlacement[index] = placement; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipBorderAligned, this function + is used to set the alignment of the element with the specified \a index to \a alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetAlignment[index] = alignment; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/*! + If the inset placement (\ref setInsetPlacement) is \ref ipFree, this function is used to set the + position and size of the element with the specified \a index to \a rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + Note that the minimum and maximum sizes of the embedded element (\ref + QCPLayoutElement::setMinimumSize, \ref QCPLayoutElement::setMaximumSize) are enforced. +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (elementAt(index)) { + mInsetRect[index] = rect; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid element index:" << index; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLayoutInset::updateLayout() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mElements.size(); ++i) { + QCPLayoutElement *el = mElements.at(i); + QRect insetRect; + QSize finalMinSize = getFinalMinimumOuterSize(el); + QSize finalMaxSize = getFinalMaximumOuterSize(el); + if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipFree) { + insetRect = QRect(int(rect().x() + rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).x()), + int(rect().y() + rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).y()), + int(rect().width() * mInsetRect.at(i).width()), + int(rect().height() * mInsetRect.at(i).height())); + if (insetRect.size().width() < finalMinSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMinSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() < finalMinSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMinSize.height()); + } + if (insetRect.size().width() > finalMaxSize.width()) { + insetRect.setWidth(finalMaxSize.width()); + } + if (insetRect.size().height() > finalMaxSize.height()) { + insetRect.setHeight(finalMaxSize.height()); + } + } else if (mInsetPlacement.at(i) == ipBorderAligned) { + insetRect.setSize(finalMinSize); + Qt::Alignment al = mInsetAlignment.at(i); + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignLeft)) { + insetRect.moveLeft(rect().x()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + insetRect.moveRight(rect().x() + rect().width()); + } else { + insetRect.moveLeft(int(rect().x() + rect().width() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.width() * 0.5)); // default to Qt::AlignHCenter + } + if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignTop)) { + insetRect.moveTop(rect().y()); + } else if (al.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + insetRect.moveBottom(rect().y() + rect().height()); + } else { + insetRect.moveTop(int(rect().y() + rect().height() * 0.5 - finalMinSize.height() * 0.5)); // default to Qt::AlignVCenter + } + } + mElements.at(i)->setOuterRect(insetRect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPLayoutInset::elementCount() const +{ + return mElements.size(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::elementAt(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mElements.size()) { + return mElements.at(index); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPLayoutElement *QCPLayoutInset::takeAt(int index) +{ + if (QCPLayoutElement *el = elementAt(index)) { + releaseElement(el); + mElements.removeAt(index); + mInsetPlacement.removeAt(index); + mInsetAlignment.removeAt(index); + mInsetRect.removeAt(index); + return el; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Attempt to take invalid index:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPLayoutInset::take(QCPLayoutElement *element) +{ + if (element) { + for (int i = 0; i < elementCount(); ++i) { + if (elementAt(i) == element) { + takeAt(i); + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Element not in this layout, couldn't take"; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't take nullptr element"; + } + return false; +} + +/*! + The inset layout is sensitive to events only at areas where its (visible) child elements are + sensitive. If the selectTest method of any of the child elements returns a positive number for \a + pos, this method returns a value corresponding to 0.99 times the parent plot's selection + tolerance. The inset layout is not selectable itself by default. So if \a onlySelectable is true, + -1.0 is returned. + + See \ref QCPLayerable::selectTest for a general explanation of this virtual method. +*/ +double QCPLayoutInset::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, mElements) { + // inset layout shall only return positive selectTest, if actually an inset object is at pos + // else it would block the entire underlying QCPAxisRect with its surface. + if (el->realVisibility() && el->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable) >= 0) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset aligned at the border (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipBorderAligned). The alignment is set to \a + alignment. + + \a alignment is an or combination of the following alignment flags: Qt::AlignLeft, + Qt::AlignHCenter, Qt::AlighRight, Qt::AlignTop, Qt::AlignVCenter, Qt::AlignBottom. Any other + alignment flags will be ignored. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipBorderAligned); + mInsetAlignment.append(alignment); + mInsetRect.append(QRectF(0.6, 0.6, 0.4, 0.4)); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add nullptr element"; + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a element to the layout as an inset with free positioning/sizing (\ref + setInsetAlignment is initialized with \ref ipFree). The position and size is set to \a + rect. + + \a rect is given in fractions of the whole inset layout rect. So an inset with rect (0, 0, 1, 1) + will span the entire layout. An inset with rect (0.6, 0.1, 0.35, 0.35) will be in the top right + corner of the layout, with 35% width and height of the parent layout. + + \see addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment) +*/ +void QCPLayoutInset::addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect) +{ + if (element) { + if (element->layout()) { // remove from old layout first + element->layout()->take(element); + } + mElements.append(element); + mInsetPlacement.append(ipFree); + mInsetAlignment.append(Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + mInsetRect.append(rect); + adoptElement(element); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Can't add nullptr element"; + } +} +/* end of 'src/layout.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/lineending.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 11189 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLineEnding +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLineEnding + \brief Handles the different ending decorations for line-like items + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png "The various ending styles currently supported" + + For every ending a line-like item has, an instance of this class exists. For example, QCPItemLine + has two endings which can be set with QCPItemLine::setHead and QCPItemLine::setTail. + + The styles themselves are defined via the enum QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle. Most decorations can + be modified regarding width and length, see \ref setWidth and \ref setLength. The direction of + the ending decoration (e.g. direction an arrow is pointing) is controlled by the line-like item. + For example, when both endings of a QCPItemLine are set to be arrows, they will point to opposite + directions, e.g. "outward". This can be changed by \ref setInverted, which would make the + respective arrow point inward. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify a + QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle where actually a QCPLineEnding is expected, e.g. + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcplineending-sethead +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with default values (style \ref esNone). +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding() : + mStyle(esNone), + mWidth(8), + mLength(10), + mInverted(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a QCPLineEnding instance with the specified values. +*/ +QCPLineEnding::QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style, double width, double length, bool inverted) : + mStyle(style), + mWidth(width), + mLength(length), + mInverted(inverted) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the ending decoration. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setStyle(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + width defines the size perpendicular to the arrow's pointing direction. + + \see setLength +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ending decoration, if the style supports it. On arrows, for example, the + length defines the size in pointing direction. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the ending decoration shall be inverted. For example, an arrow decoration will point + inward when \a inverted is set to true. + + Note that also the \a width direction is inverted. For symmetrical ending styles like arrows or + discs, this doesn't make a difference. However, asymmetric styles like \ref esHalfBar are + affected by it, which can be used to control to which side the half bar points to. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::setInverted(bool inverted) +{ + mInverted = inverted; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the maximum pixel radius the ending decoration might cover, starting from the position + the decoration is drawn at (typically a line ending/\ref QCPItemPosition of an item). + + This is relevant for clipping. Only omit painting of the decoration when the position where the + decoration is supposed to be drawn is farther away from the clipping rect than the returned + distance. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::boundingDistance() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + case esSpikeArrow: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + return qSqrt(mWidth * mWidth + mLength * mLength); // items that have width and length + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return mWidth * 1.42; // items that only have a width -> width*sqrt(2) + + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Starting from the origin of this line ending (which is style specific), returns the length + covered by the line ending symbol, in backward direction. + + For example, the \ref esSpikeArrow has a shorter real length than a \ref esFlatArrow, even if + both have the same \ref setLength value, because the spike arrow has an inward curved back, which + reduces the length along its center axis (the drawing origin for arrows is at the tip). + + This function is used for precise, style specific placement of line endings, for example in + QCPAxes. +*/ +double QCPLineEnding::realLength() const +{ + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + case esLineArrow: + case esSkewedBar: + case esBar: + case esHalfBar: + return 0; + + case esFlatArrow: + return mLength; + + case esDisc: + case esSquare: + case esDiamond: + return mWidth * 0.5; + + case esSpikeArrow: + return mLength * 0.8; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the line ending with the specified \a painter at the position \a pos. The direction of the + line ending is controlled with \a dir. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, const QCPVector2D &dir) const +{ + if (mStyle == esNone) { + return; + } + + QCPVector2D lengthVec = dir.normalized() * mLength * (mInverted ? -1 : 1); + if (lengthVec.isNull()) { + lengthVec = QCPVector2D(1, 0); + } + QCPVector2D widthVec = dir.normalized().perpendicular() * mWidth * 0.5 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1); + + QPen penBackup = painter->pen(); + QBrush brushBackup = painter->brush(); + QPen miterPen = penBackup; + miterPen.setJoinStyle(Qt::MiterJoin); // to make arrow heads spikey + QBrush brush(painter->pen().color(), Qt::SolidPattern); + switch (mStyle) { + case esNone: + break; + case esFlatArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 3); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esSpikeArrow: { + QPointF points[4] = {pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esLineArrow: { + QPointF points[3] = {(pos - lengthVec + widthVec).toPointF(), + pos.toPointF(), + (pos - lengthVec - widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->drawPolyline(points, 3); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDisc: { + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawEllipse(pos.toPointF(), mWidth * 0.5, mWidth * 0.5); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + break; + } + case esSquare: { + QCPVector2D widthVecPerp = widthVec.perpendicular(); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esDiamond: { + QCPVector2D widthVecPerp = widthVec.perpendicular(); + QPointF points[4] = {(pos - widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVecPerp).toPointF(), + (pos + widthVec).toPointF() + }; + painter->setPen(miterPen); + painter->setBrush(brush); + painter->drawConvexPolygon(points, 4); + painter->setBrush(brushBackup); + painter->setPen(penBackup); + break; + } + case esBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), (pos - widthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case esHalfBar: { + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec).toPointF(), pos.toPointF()); + break; + } + case esSkewedBar: { + QCPVector2D shift; + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(painter->pen().widthF()) || painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic)) { + shift = dir.normalized() * qMax(qreal(1.0), painter->pen().widthF()) * qreal(0.5); + } + // if drawing with thick (non-cosmetic) pen, shift bar a little in line direction to prevent line from sticking through bar slightly + painter->drawLine((pos + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + shift).toPointF(), + (pos - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.2 * (mInverted ? -1 : 1) + shift).toPointF()); + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Draws the line ending. The direction is controlled with the \a angle parameter in radians. +*/ +void QCPLineEnding::draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, double angle) const +{ + draw(painter, pos, QCPVector2D(qCos(angle), qSin(angle))); +} +/* end of 'src/lineending.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/labelpainter.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 27296 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLabelPainterPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLabelPainterPrivate + + \internal + \brief (Private) + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + +*/ + +const QChar QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolDot(183); +const QChar QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolCross(215); + +/*! + Constructs a QCPLabelPainterPrivate instance. Make sure to not create a new + instance on every redraw, to utilize the caching mechanisms. + + the \a parentPlot does not take ownership of the label painter. Make sure + to delete it appropriately. +*/ +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::QCPLabelPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + mAnchorMode(amRectangular), + mAnchorSide(asLeft), + mAnchorReferenceType(artNormal), + mColor(Qt::black), + mPadding(0), + mRotation(0), + mSubstituteExponent(true), + mMultiplicationSymbol(QChar(215)), + mAbbreviateDecimalPowers(false), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mLabelCache(16) +{ + analyzeFontMetrics(); +} + +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::~QCPLabelPainterPrivate() +{ +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setAnchorSide(AnchorSide side) +{ + mAnchorSide = side; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setAnchorMode(AnchorMode mode) +{ + mAnchorMode = mode; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setAnchorReference(const QPointF &pixelPoint) +{ + mAnchorReference = pixelPoint; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setAnchorReferenceType(AnchorReferenceType type) +{ + mAnchorReferenceType = type; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mFont != font) { + mFont = font; + analyzeFontMetrics(); + } +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mColor = color; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setPadding(int padding) +{ + mPadding = padding; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setRotation(double rotation) +{ + mRotation = qBound(-90.0, rotation, 90.0); +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setSubstituteExponent(bool enabled) +{ + mSubstituteExponent = enabled; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setMultiplicationSymbol(QChar symbol) +{ + mMultiplicationSymbol = symbol; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setAbbreviateDecimalPowers(bool enabled) +{ + mAbbreviateDecimalPowers = enabled; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::setCacheSize(int labelCount) +{ + mLabelCache.setMaxCost(labelCount); +} + +int QCPLabelPainterPrivate::cacheSize() const +{ + return mLabelCache.maxCost(); +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &tickPos, const QString &text) +{ + double realRotation = mRotation; + + AnchorSide realSide = mAnchorSide; + // for circular axes, the anchor side is determined depending on the quadrant of tickPos with respect to mCircularReference + if (mAnchorMode == amSkewedUpright) { + realSide = skewedAnchorSide(tickPos, 0.2, 0.3); + } else if (mAnchorMode == amSkewedRotated) { // in this mode every label is individually rotated to match circle tangent + realSide = skewedAnchorSide(tickPos, 0, 0); + realRotation += QCPVector2D(tickPos - mAnchorReference).angle() / M_PI * 180.0; + if (realRotation > 90) { + realRotation -= 180; + } else if (realRotation < -90) { + realRotation += 180; + } + } + + realSide = rotationCorrectedSide(realSide, realRotation); // rotation angles may change the true anchor side of the label + drawLabelMaybeCached(painter, mFont, mColor, getAnchorPos(tickPos), realSide, realRotation, text); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the size ("margin" in QCPAxisRect context, so measured perpendicular to the axis backbone + direction) needed to fit the axis. +*/ +/* TODO: needed? +int QCPLabelPainterPrivate::size() const +{ + int result = 0; + // get length of tick marks pointing outwards: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) + result += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + + // calculate size of tick labels: + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) + { + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) + { + for (int i=0; ibufferDevicePixelRatio())); + result.append(QByteArray::number(mRotation)); + //result.append(QByteArray::number((int)tickLabelSide)); TODO: check whether this is really a cache-invalidating property + result.append(QByteArray::number((int)mSubstituteExponent)); + result.append(QString(mMultiplicationSymbol).toUtf8()); + result.append(mColor.name().toLatin1() + QByteArray::number(mColor.alpha(), 16)); + result.append(mFont.toString().toLatin1()); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws a single tick label with the provided \a painter, utilizing the internal label cache to + significantly speed up drawing of labels that were drawn in previous calls. The tick label is + always bound to an axis, the distance to the axis is controllable via \a distanceToAxis in + pixels. The pixel position in the axis direction is passed in the \a position parameter. Hence + for the bottom axis, \a position would indicate the horizontal pixel position (not coordinate), + at which the label should be drawn. + + In order to later draw the axis label in a place that doesn't overlap with the tick labels, the + largest tick label size is needed. This is acquired by passing a \a tickLabelsSize to the \ref + drawTickLabel calls during the process of drawing all tick labels of one axis. In every call, \a + tickLabelsSize is expanded, if the drawn label exceeds the value \a tickLabelsSize currently + holds. + + The label is drawn with the font and pen that are currently set on the \a painter. To draw + superscripted powers, the font is temporarily made smaller by a fixed factor (see \ref + getTickLabelData). +*/ +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::drawLabelMaybeCached(QCPPainter *painter, const QFont &font, const QColor &color, const QPointF &pos, AnchorSide side, double rotation, const QString &text) +{ + // warning: if you change anything here, also adapt getMaxTickLabelSize() accordingly! + if (text.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QSize finalSize; + + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { // label caching enabled + QByteArray key = cacheKey(text, color, rotation, side); + CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.take(QString::fromUtf8(key)); // attempt to take label from cache (don't use object() because we want ownership/prevent deletion during our operations, we re-insert it afterwards) + if (!cachedLabel) { // no cached label existed, create it + LabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, color, rotation, side, text); + cachedLabel = createCachedLabel(labelData); + } + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + /* + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) + { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.x()+cachedLabel->offset.x()+cachedLabel->pixmap.width()/mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.right() || labelAnchor.x()+cachedLabel->offset.x() < viewportRect.left(); + else + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.y()+cachedLabel->offset.y()+cachedLabel->pixmap.height()/mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.bottom() || labelAnchor.y()+cachedLabel->offset.y() < viewportRect.top(); + } + */ + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + painter->drawPixmap(pos + cachedLabel->offset, cachedLabel->pixmap); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); // TODO: collect this in a member rect list? + } + mLabelCache.insert(QString::fromUtf8(key), cachedLabel); + } else { // label caching disabled, draw text directly on surface: + LabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, color, rotation, side, text); + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + /* + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) + { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.x()+(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.width()+labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left()) > viewportRect.right() || finalPosition.x()+labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left() < viewportRect.left(); + else + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.y()+(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.height()+labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top()) > viewportRect.bottom() || finalPosition.y()+labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top() < viewportRect.top(); + } + */ + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + drawText(painter, pos, labelData); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + } + /* + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + */ +} + +QPointF QCPLabelPainterPrivate::getAnchorPos(const QPointF &tickPos) +{ + switch (mAnchorMode) { + case amRectangular: { + switch (mAnchorSide) { + case asLeft: + return tickPos + QPointF(mPadding, 0); + case asRight: + return tickPos + QPointF(-mPadding, 0); + case asTop: + return tickPos + QPointF(0, mPadding); + case asBottom: + return tickPos + QPointF(0, -mPadding); + case asTopLeft: + return tickPos + QPointF(mPadding * M_SQRT1_2, mPadding * M_SQRT1_2); + case asTopRight: + return tickPos + QPointF(-mPadding * M_SQRT1_2, mPadding * M_SQRT1_2); + case asBottomRight: + return tickPos + QPointF(-mPadding * M_SQRT1_2, -mPadding * M_SQRT1_2); + case asBottomLeft: + return tickPos + QPointF(mPadding * M_SQRT1_2, -mPadding * M_SQRT1_2); + } + } + case amSkewedUpright: + case amSkewedRotated: { + QCPVector2D anchorNormal(tickPos - mAnchorReference); + if (mAnchorReferenceType == artTangent) { + anchorNormal = anchorNormal.perpendicular(); + } + anchorNormal.normalize(); + return tickPos + (anchorNormal * mPadding).toPointF(); + } + } + return tickPos; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Draws the tick label specified in \a labelData with \a painter at the pixel positions \a x and \a + y. This function is used by \ref placeTickLabel to create new tick labels for the cache, or to + directly draw the labels on the QCustomPlot surface when label caching is disabled, i.e. when + QCP::phCacheLabels plotting hint is not set. +*/ +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::drawText(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos, const LabelData &labelData) const +{ + // backup painter settings that we're about to change: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + QFont oldFont = painter->font(); + QPen oldPen = painter->pen(); + + // transform painter to position/rotation: + painter->translate(pos); + painter->setTransform(labelData.transform, true); + + // draw text: + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(labelData.color)); + if (!labelData.expPart.isEmpty()) { // use superscripted exponent typesetting + painter->drawText(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.basePart); + if (!labelData.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1 + labelData.expBounds.width(), 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.suffixPart); + } + painter->setFont(labelData.expFont); + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1, 0, labelData.expBounds.width(), labelData.expBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.expPart); + } else { + painter->drawText(0, 0, labelData.totalBounds.width(), labelData.totalBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, labelData.basePart); + } + + /* Debug code to draw label bounding boxes, baseline, and capheight + painter->save(); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(0, 0, 0, 150))); + painter->drawRect(labelData.totalBounds); + const int baseline = labelData.totalBounds.height()-mLetterDescent; + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0, 150))); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, baseline, labelData.totalBounds.width(), baseline)); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(0, 0, 255, 150))); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, baseline-mLetterCapHeight, labelData.totalBounds.width(), baseline-mLetterCapHeight)); + painter->restore(); + */ + + // reset painter settings to what it was before: + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + painter->setFont(oldFont); + painter->setPen(oldPen); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Transforms the passed \a text and \a font to a tickLabelData structure that can then be further + processed by \ref getTickLabelDrawOffset and \ref drawTickLabel. It splits the text into base and + exponent if necessary (member substituteExponent) and calculates appropriate bounding boxes. +*/ +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::LabelData QCPLabelPainterPrivate::getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side, const QString &text) const +{ + LabelData result; + result.rotation = rotation; + result.side = side; + result.color = color; + + // determine whether beautiful decimal powers should be used + bool useBeautifulPowers = false; + int ePos = -1; // first index of exponent part, text before that will be basePart, text until eLast will be expPart + int eLast = -1; // last index of exponent part, rest of text after this will be suffixPart + if (mSubstituteExponent) { + ePos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('e')); + if (ePos > 0 && text.at(ePos - 1).isDigit()) { + eLast = ePos; + while (eLast + 1 < text.size() && (text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('+') || text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('-') || text.at(eLast + 1).isDigit())) { + ++eLast; + } + if (eLast > ePos) { // only if also to right of 'e' is a digit/+/- interpret it as beautifiable power + useBeautifulPowers = true; + } + } + } + + // calculate text bounding rects and do string preparation for beautiful decimal powers: + result.baseFont = font; + if (result.baseFont.pointSizeF() > 0) { // might return -1 if specified with setPixelSize, in that case we can't do correction in next line + result.baseFont.setPointSizeF(result.baseFont.pointSizeF() + 0.05); // QFontMetrics.boundingRect has a bug for exact point sizes that make the results oscillate due to internal rounding + } + + QFontMetrics baseFontMetrics(result.baseFont); + if (useBeautifulPowers) { + // split text into parts of number/symbol that will be drawn normally and part that will be drawn as exponent: + result.basePart = text.left(ePos); + result.suffixPart = text.mid(eLast + 1); // also drawn normally but after exponent + // in log scaling, we want to turn "1*10^n" into "10^n", else add multiplication sign and decimal base: + if (mAbbreviateDecimalPowers && result.basePart == QLatin1String("1")) { + result.basePart = QLatin1String("10"); + } else { + result.basePart += QString(mMultiplicationSymbol) + QLatin1String("10"); + } + result.expPart = text.mid(ePos + 1, eLast - ePos); + // clip "+" and leading zeros off expPart: + while (result.expPart.length() > 2 && result.expPart.at(1) == QLatin1Char('0')) { // length > 2 so we leave one zero when numberFormatChar is 'e' + result.expPart.remove(1, 1); + } + if (!result.expPart.isEmpty() && result.expPart.at(0) == QLatin1Char('+')) { + result.expPart.remove(0, 1); + } + // prepare smaller font for exponent: + result.expFont = font; + if (result.expFont.pointSize() > 0) { + result.expFont.setPointSize(result.expFont.pointSize() * 0.75); + } else { + result.expFont.setPixelSize(result.expFont.pixelSize() * 0.75); + } + // calculate bounding rects of base part(s), exponent part and total one: + result.baseBounds = baseFontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.basePart); + result.expBounds = QFontMetrics(result.expFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.expPart); + if (!result.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + result.suffixBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.suffixPart); + } + result.totalBounds = result.baseBounds.adjusted(0, 0, result.expBounds.width() + result.suffixBounds.width() + 2, 0); // +2 consists of the 1 pixel spacing between base and exponent (see drawTickLabel) and an extra pixel to include AA + } else { // useBeautifulPowers == false + result.basePart = text; + result.totalBounds = baseFontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, result.basePart); + } + result.totalBounds.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0)); + applyAnchorTransform(result); + result.rotatedTotalBounds = result.transform.mapRect(result.totalBounds); + + return result; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::applyAnchorTransform(LabelData &labelData) const +{ + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(labelData.rotation)) { + labelData.transform.rotate(labelData.rotation); // rotates effectively clockwise (due to flipped y axis of painter vs widget coordinate system) + } + + // from now on we translate in rotated label-local coordinate system. + // shift origin of coordinate system to appropriate point on label: + labelData.transform.translate(0, -labelData.totalBounds.height() + mLetterDescent + mLetterCapHeight); // shifts origin to true top of capital (or number) characters + + if (labelData.side == asLeft || labelData.side == asRight) { // anchor is centered vertically + labelData.transform.translate(0, -mLetterCapHeight / 2.0); + } else if (labelData.side == asTop || labelData.side == asBottom) { // anchor is centered horizontally + labelData.transform.translate(-labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0, 0); + } + + if (labelData.side == asTopRight || labelData.side == asRight || labelData.side == asBottomRight) { // anchor is at right + labelData.transform.translate(-labelData.totalBounds.width(), 0); + } + if (labelData.side == asBottomLeft || labelData.side == asBottom || labelData.side == asBottomRight) { // anchor is at bottom (no elseif!) + labelData.transform.translate(0, -mLetterCapHeight); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Simulates the steps done by \ref placeTickLabel by calculating bounding boxes of the text label + to be drawn, depending on number format etc. Since only the largest tick label is wanted for the + margin calculation, the passed \a tickLabelsSize is only expanded, if it's currently set to a + smaller width/height. +*/ +/* +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const +{ + // note: this function must return the same tick label sizes as the placeTickLabel function. + QSize finalSize; + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && mLabelCache.contains(text)) // label caching enabled and have cached label + { + const CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.object(text); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size()/mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); + } else // label caching disabled or no label with this text cached: + { + // TODO: LabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, text); + // TODO: finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); +} +*/ + +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::CachedLabel *QCPLabelPainterPrivate::createCachedLabel(const LabelData &labelData) const +{ + CachedLabel *result = new CachedLabel; + + // allocate pixmap with the correct size and pixel ratio: + if (!qFuzzyCompare(1.0, mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio())) { + result->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size() * mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio()); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT + result->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatioF()); +# else + result->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatio()); +# endif +#endif + } else { + result->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size()); + } + result->pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); + + // draw the label into the pixmap + // offset is between label anchor and topleft of cache pixmap, so pixmap can be drawn at pos+offset to make the label anchor appear at pos. + // We use rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft() because rotatedTotalBounds is in a coordinate system where the label anchor is at (0, 0) + result->offset = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft(); + QCPPainter cachePainter(&result->pixmap); + drawText(&cachePainter, -result->offset, labelData); + return result; +} + +QByteArray QCPLabelPainterPrivate::cacheKey(const QString &text, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side) const +{ + return text.toUtf8() + + QByteArray::number(color.red() + 256 * color.green() + 65536 * color.blue(), 36) + + QByteArray::number(color.alpha() + 256 * (int)side, 36) + + QByteArray::number((int)(rotation * 100) % 36000, 36); +} + +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorSide QCPLabelPainterPrivate::skewedAnchorSide(const QPointF &tickPos, double sideExpandHorz, double sideExpandVert) const +{ + QCPVector2D anchorNormal = QCPVector2D(tickPos - mAnchorReference); + if (mAnchorReferenceType == artTangent) { + anchorNormal = anchorNormal.perpendicular(); + } + const double radius = anchorNormal.length(); + const double sideHorz = sideExpandHorz * radius; + const double sideVert = sideExpandVert * radius; + if (anchorNormal.x() > sideHorz) { + if (anchorNormal.y() > sideVert) { + return asTopLeft; + } else if (anchorNormal.y() < -sideVert) { + return asBottomLeft; + } else { + return asLeft; + } + } else if (anchorNormal.x() < -sideHorz) { + if (anchorNormal.y() > sideVert) { + return asTopRight; + } else if (anchorNormal.y() < -sideVert) { + return asBottomRight; + } else { + return asRight; + } + } else { + if (anchorNormal.y() > 0) { + return asTop; + } else { + return asBottom; + } + } + return asBottom; // should never be reached +} + +QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorSide QCPLabelPainterPrivate::rotationCorrectedSide(AnchorSide side, double rotation) const +{ + AnchorSide result = side; + const bool rotateClockwise = rotation > 0; + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(rotation)) { + if (!qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(rotation), 90)) { // avoid graphical collision with anchor tangent (e.g. axis line) when rotating, so change anchor side appropriately: + if (side == asTop) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asLeft : asRight; + } else if (side == asBottom) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asRight : asLeft; + } else if (side == asTopLeft) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asLeft : asTop; + } else if (side == asTopRight) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asTop : asRight; + } else if (side == asBottomLeft) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asBottom : asLeft; + } else if (side == asBottomRight) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asRight : asBottom; + } + } else { // for full rotation by +/-90 degrees, other sides are more appropriate for centering on anchor: + if (side == asLeft) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asBottom : asTop; + } else if (side == asRight) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asTop : asBottom; + } else if (side == asTop) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asLeft : asRight; + } else if (side == asBottom) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asRight : asLeft; + } else if (side == asTopLeft) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asBottomLeft : asTopRight; + } else if (side == asTopRight) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asTopLeft : asBottomRight; + } else if (side == asBottomLeft) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asBottomRight : asTopLeft; + } else if (side == asBottomRight) { + result = rotateClockwise ? asTopRight : asBottomLeft; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +void QCPLabelPainterPrivate::analyzeFontMetrics() +{ + const QFontMetrics fm(mFont); + mLetterCapHeight = fm.tightBoundingRect(QLatin1String("8")).height(); // this method is slow, that's why we query it only upon font change + mLetterDescent = fm.descent(); +} +/* end of 'src/axis/labelpainter.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axisticker.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 18688 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTicker +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTicker + \brief The base class tick generator used by QCPAxis to create tick positions and tick labels + + Each QCPAxis has an internal QCPAxisTicker (or a subclass) in order to generate tick positions + and tick labels for the current axis range. The ticker of an axis can be set via \ref + QCPAxis::setTicker. Since that method takes a QSharedPointer, multiple + axes can share the same ticker instance. + + This base class generates normal tick coordinates and numeric labels for linear axes. It picks a + reasonable tick step (the separation between ticks) which results in readable tick labels. The + number of ticks that should be approximately generated can be set via \ref setTickCount. + Depending on the current tick step strategy (\ref setTickStepStrategy), the algorithm either + sacrifices readability to better match the specified tick count (\ref + QCPAxisTicker::tssMeetTickCount) or relaxes the tick count in favor of better tick steps (\ref + QCPAxisTicker::tssReadability), which is the default. + + The following more specialized axis ticker subclasses are available, see details in the + respective class documentation: + +
+ + + + + + + +
QCPAxisTickerFixed\image html axisticker-fixed.png
QCPAxisTickerLog\image html axisticker-log.png
QCPAxisTickerPi\image html axisticker-pi.png
QCPAxisTickerText\image html axisticker-text.png
QCPAxisTickerDateTime\image html axisticker-datetime.png
QCPAxisTickerTime\image html axisticker-time.png + \image html axisticker-time2.png
+
+ + \section axisticker-subclassing Creating own axis tickers + + Creating own axis tickers can be achieved very easily by sublassing QCPAxisTicker and + reimplementing some or all of the available virtual methods. + + In the simplest case you might wish to just generate different tick steps than the other tickers, + so you only reimplement the method \ref getTickStep. If you additionally want control over the + string that will be shown as tick label, reimplement \ref getTickLabel. + + If you wish to have complete control, you can generate the tick vectors and tick label vectors + yourself by reimplementing \ref createTickVector and \ref createLabelVector. The default + implementations use the previously mentioned virtual methods \ref getTickStep and \ref + getTickLabel, but your reimplementations don't necessarily need to do so. For example in the case + of unequal tick steps, the method \ref getTickStep loses its usefulness and can be ignored. + + The sub tick count between major ticks can be controlled with \ref getSubTickCount. Full sub tick + placement control is obtained by reimplementing \ref createSubTickVector. + + See the documentation of all these virtual methods in QCPAxisTicker for detailed information + about the parameters and expected return values. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTicker::QCPAxisTicker() : + mTickStepStrategy(tssReadability), + mTickCount(5), + mTickOrigin(0) +{ +} + +QCPAxisTicker::~QCPAxisTicker() +{ + +} + +/*! + Sets which strategy the axis ticker follows when choosing the size of the tick step. For the + available strategies, see \ref TickStepStrategy. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickStepStrategy(QCPAxisTicker::TickStepStrategy strategy) +{ + mTickStepStrategy = strategy; +} + +/*! + Sets how many ticks this ticker shall aim to generate across the axis range. Note that \a count + is not guaranteed to be matched exactly, as generating readable tick intervals may conflict with + the requested number of ticks. + + Whether the readability has priority over meeting the requested \a count can be specified with + \ref setTickStepStrategy. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount(int count) +{ + if (count > 0) { + mTickCount = count; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "tick count must be greater than zero:" << count; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the mathematical coordinate (or "offset") of the zeroth tick. This tick coordinate is just a + concept and doesn't need to be inside the currently visible axis range. + + By default \a origin is zero, which for example yields ticks {-5, 0, 5, 10, 15,...} when the tick + step is five. If \a origin is now set to 1 instead, the correspondingly generated ticks would be + {-4, 1, 6, 11, 16,...}. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin(double origin) +{ + mTickOrigin = origin; +} + +/*! + This is the method called by QCPAxis in order to actually generate tick coordinates (\a ticks), + tick label strings (\a tickLabels) and sub tick coordinates (\a subTicks). + + The ticks are generated for the specified \a range. The generated labels typically follow the + specified \a locale, \a formatChar and number \a precision, however this might be different (or + even irrelevant) for certain QCPAxisTicker subclasses. + + The output parameter \a ticks is filled with the generated tick positions in axis coordinates. + The output parameters \a subTicks and \a tickLabels are optional (set them to \c nullptr if not + needed) and are respectively filled with sub tick coordinates, and tick label strings belonging + to \a ticks by index. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::generate(const QCPRange &range, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision, QVector &ticks, QVector *subTicks, QVector *tickLabels) +{ + // generate (major) ticks: + double tickStep = getTickStep(range); + ticks = createTickVector(tickStep, range); + trimTicks(range, ticks, true); // trim ticks to visible range plus one outer tick on each side (incase a subclass createTickVector creates more) + + // generate sub ticks between major ticks: + if (subTicks) { + if (!ticks.isEmpty()) { + *subTicks = createSubTickVector(getSubTickCount(tickStep), ticks); + trimTicks(range, *subTicks, false); + } else { + *subTicks = QVector(); + } + } + + // finally trim also outliers (no further clipping happens in axis drawing): + trimTicks(range, ticks, false); + // generate labels for visible ticks if requested: + if (tickLabels) { + *tickLabels = createLabelVector(ticks, locale, formatChar, precision); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the entire currently visible axis range and returns a sensible tick step in + order to provide readable tick labels as well as a reasonable number of tick counts (see \ref + setTickCount, \ref setTickStepStrategy). + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass only wants a different tick step behaviour than the default + implementation, it should reimplement this method. See \ref cleanMantissa for a possible helper + function. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double exactStep = range.size() / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + return cleanMantissa(exactStep); +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the \a tickStep, i.e. the distance between two consecutive ticks, and returns + an appropriate number of sub ticks for that specific tick step. + + Note that a returned sub tick count of e.g. 4 will split each tick interval into 5 sections. +*/ +int QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = 1; // default to 1, if no proper value can be found + + // separate integer and fractional part of mantissa: + double epsilon = 0.01; + double intPartf; + int intPart; + double fracPart = modf(getMantissa(tickStep), &intPartf); + intPart = int(intPartf); + + // handle cases with (almost) integer mantissa: + if (fracPart < epsilon || 1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + if (1.0 - fracPart < epsilon) { + ++intPart; + } + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 4; + break; // 1.0 -> 0.2 substep + case 2: + result = 3; + break; // 2.0 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 2; + break; // 3.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 4: + result = 3; + break; // 4.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 6: + result = 2; + break; // 6.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 7: + result = 6; + break; // 7.0 -> 1.0 substep + case 8: + result = 3; + break; // 8.0 -> 2.0 substep + case 9: + result = 2; + break; // 9.0 -> 3.0 substep + } + } else { + // handle cases with significantly fractional mantissa: + if (qAbs(fracPart - 0.5) < epsilon) { // *.5 mantissa + switch (intPart) { + case 1: + result = 2; + break; // 1.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 2: + result = 4; + break; // 2.5 -> 0.5 substep + case 3: + result = 4; + break; // 3.5 -> 0.7 substep + case 4: + result = 2; + break; // 4.5 -> 1.5 substep + case 5: + result = 4; + break; // 5.5 -> 1.1 substep (won't occur with default getTickStep from here on) + case 6: + result = 4; + break; // 6.5 -> 1.3 substep + case 7: + result = 2; + break; // 7.5 -> 2.5 substep + case 8: + result = 4; + break; // 8.5 -> 1.7 substep + case 9: + result = 4; + break; // 9.5 -> 1.9 substep + } + } + // if mantissa fraction isn't 0.0 or 0.5, don't bother finding good sub tick marks, leave default + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method returns the tick label string as it should be printed under the \a tick coordinate. + If a textual number is returned, it should respect the provided \a locale, \a formatChar and \a + precision. + + If the returned value contains exponentials of the form "2e5" and beautifully typeset powers is + enabled in the QCPAxis number format (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberFormat), the exponential part will + be formatted accordingly using multiplication symbol and superscript during rendering of the + label automatically. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTicker::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + return locale.toString(tick, formatChar.toLatin1(), precision); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all coordinates of sub ticks that should be drawn. It generates \a + subTickCount sub ticks between each tick pair given in \a ticks. + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass needs maximal control over the generated sub ticks, it should + reimplement this method. Depending on the purpose of the subclass it doesn't necessarily need to + base its result on \a subTickCount or \a ticks. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createSubTickVector(int subTickCount, const QVector &ticks) +{ + QVector result; + if (subTickCount <= 0 || ticks.size() < 2) { + return result; + } + + result.reserve((ticks.size() - 1)*subTickCount); + for (int i = 1; i < ticks.size(); ++i) { + double subTickStep = (ticks.at(i) - ticks.at(i - 1)) / double(subTickCount + 1); + for (int k = 1; k <= subTickCount; ++k) { + result.append(ticks.at(i - 1) + k * subTickStep); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all coordinates of ticks that should be drawn. The default + implementation generates ticks with a spacing of \a tickStep (mathematically starting at the tick + step origin, see \ref setTickOrigin) distributed over the passed \a range. + + In order for the axis ticker to generate proper sub ticks, it is necessary that the first and + last tick coordinates returned by this method are just below/above the provided \a range. + Otherwise the outer intervals won't contain any sub ticks. + + If a QCPAxisTicker subclass needs maximal control over the generated ticks, it should reimplement + this method. Depending on the purpose of the subclass it doesn't necessarily need to base its + result on \a tickStep, e.g. when the ticks are spaced unequally like in the case of + QCPAxisTickerLog. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QVector result; + // Generate tick positions according to tickStep: + qint64 firstStep = qint64(floor((range.lower - mTickOrigin) / tickStep)); // do not use qFloor here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + qint64 lastStep = qint64(ceil((range.upper - mTickOrigin) / tickStep)); // do not use qCeil here, or we'll lose 64 bit precision + int tickcount = int(lastStep - firstStep + 1); + if (tickcount < 0) { + tickcount = 0; + } + result.resize(tickcount); + for (int i = 0; i < tickcount; ++i) { + result[i] = mTickOrigin + (firstStep + i) * tickStep; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a vector containing all tick label strings corresponding to the tick coordinates provided + in \a ticks. The default implementation calls \ref getTickLabel to generate the respective + strings. + + It is possible but uncommon for QCPAxisTicker subclasses to reimplement this method, as + reimplementing \ref getTickLabel often achieves the intended result easier. +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTicker::createLabelVector(const QVector &ticks, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + QVector result; + result.reserve(ticks.size()); + foreach (double tickCoord, ticks) { + result.append(getTickLabel(tickCoord, locale, formatChar, precision)); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes tick coordinates from \a ticks which lie outside the specified \a range. If \a + keepOneOutlier is true, it preserves one tick just outside the range on both sides, if present. + + The passed \a ticks must be sorted in ascending order. +*/ +void QCPAxisTicker::trimTicks(const QCPRange &range, QVector &ticks, bool keepOneOutlier) const +{ + bool lowFound = false; + bool highFound = false; + int lowIndex = 0; + int highIndex = -1; + + for (int i = 0; i < ticks.size(); ++i) { + if (ticks.at(i) >= range.lower) { + lowFound = true; + lowIndex = i; + break; + } + } + for (int i = ticks.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (ticks.at(i) <= range.upper) { + highFound = true; + highIndex = i; + break; + } + } + + if (highFound && lowFound) { + int trimFront = qMax(0, lowIndex - (keepOneOutlier ? 1 : 0)); + int trimBack = qMax(0, ticks.size() - (keepOneOutlier ? 2 : 1) - highIndex); + if (trimFront > 0 || trimBack > 0) { + ticks = ticks.mid(trimFront, ticks.size() - trimFront - trimBack); + } + } else { // all ticks are either all below or all above the range + ticks.clear(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the coordinate contained in \a candidates which is closest to the provided \a target. + + This method assumes \a candidates is not empty and sorted in ascending order. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::pickClosest(double target, const QVector &candidates) const +{ + if (candidates.size() == 1) { + return candidates.first(); + } + QVector::const_iterator it = std::lower_bound(candidates.constBegin(), candidates.constEnd(), target); + if (it == candidates.constEnd()) { + return *(it - 1); + } else if (it == candidates.constBegin()) { + return *it; + } else { + return target - *(it - 1) < *it - target ? *(it - 1) : *it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the decimal mantissa of \a input. Optionally, if \a magnitude is not set to zero, it also + returns the magnitude of \a input as a power of 10. + + For example, an input of 142.6 will return a mantissa of 1.426 and a magnitude of 100. +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::getMantissa(double input, double *magnitude) const +{ + const double mag = qPow(10.0, qFloor(qLn(input) / qLn(10.0))); + if (magnitude) { + *magnitude = mag; + } + return input / mag; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a number that is close to \a input but has a clean, easier human readable mantissa. How + strongly the mantissa is altered, and thus how strong the result deviates from the original \a + input, depends on the current tick step strategy (see \ref setTickStepStrategy). +*/ +double QCPAxisTicker::cleanMantissa(double input) const +{ + double magnitude; + const double mantissa = getMantissa(input, &magnitude); + switch (mTickStepStrategy) { + case tssReadability: { + return pickClosest(mantissa, QVector() << 1.0 << 2.0 << 2.5 << 5.0 << 10.0) * magnitude; + } + case tssMeetTickCount: { + // this gives effectively a mantissa of 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0 + if (mantissa <= 5.0) { + return int(mantissa * 2) / 2.0 * magnitude; // round digit after decimal point to 0.5 + } else { + return int(mantissa / 2.0) * 2.0 * magnitude; // round to first digit in multiples of 2 + } + } + } + return input; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axisticker.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 18829 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerDateTime +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerDateTime + \brief Specialized axis ticker for calendar dates and times as axis ticks + + \image html axisticker-datetime.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that correspond to real calendar dates and times. The + plot axis coordinate is interpreted as Unix Time, so seconds since Epoch (January 1, 1970, 00:00 + UTC). This is also used for example by QDateTime in the toTime_t()/setTime_t() methods + with a precision of one second. Since Qt 4.7, millisecond accuracy can be obtained from QDateTime + by using QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch()/1000.0. The static methods \ref dateTimeToKey + and \ref keyToDateTime conveniently perform this conversion achieving a precision of one + millisecond on all Qt versions. + + The format of the date/time display in the tick labels is controlled with \ref setDateTimeFormat. + If a different time spec or time zone shall be used for the tick label appearance, see \ref + setDateTimeSpec or \ref setTimeZone, respectively. + + This ticker produces unequal tick spacing in order to provide intuitive date and time-of-day + ticks. For example, if the axis range spans a few years such that there is one tick per year, + ticks will be positioned on 1. January of every year. This is intuitive but, due to leap years, + will result in slightly unequal tick intervals (visually unnoticeable). The same can be seen in + the image above: even though the number of days varies month by month, this ticker generates + ticks on the same day of each month. + + If you would like to change the date/time that is used as a (mathematical) starting date for the + ticks, use the \ref setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin) method overload, which takes a + QDateTime. If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method, the yearly ticks will end up on 15. July at + 9:45 of every year. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerdatetime-creation + + \note If you rather wish to display relative times in terms of days, hours, minutes, seconds and + milliseconds, and are not interested in the intricacies of real calendar dates with months and + (leap) years, have a look at QCPAxisTickerTime instead. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerDateTime::QCPAxisTickerDateTime() : + mDateTimeFormat(QLatin1String("hh:mm:ss\ndd.MM.yy")), + mDateTimeSpec(Qt::LocalTime), + mDateStrategy(dsNone) +{ + setTickCount(4); +} + +/*! + Sets the format in which dates and times are displayed as tick labels. For details about the \a + format string, see the documentation of QDateTime::toString(). + + Typical expressions are + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
\c dThe day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)
\c ddThe day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)
\c dddThe abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun'). Uses the system locale to localize the name, i.e. QLocale::system().
\c ddddThe long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday'). Uses the system locale to localize the name, i.e. QLocale::system().
\c MThe month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)
\c MMThe month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)
\c MMMThe abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec'). Uses the system locale to localize the name, i.e. QLocale::system().
\c MMMMThe long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December'). Uses the system locale to localize the name, i.e. QLocale::system().
\c yyThe year as a two digit number (00 to 99)
\c yyyyThe year as a four digit number. If the year is negative, a minus sign is prepended, making five characters.
\c hThe hour without a leading zero (0 to 23 or 1 to 12 if AM/PM display)
\c hhThe hour with a leading zero (00 to 23 or 01 to 12 if AM/PM display)
\c HThe hour without a leading zero (0 to 23, even with AM/PM display)
\c HHThe hour with a leading zero (00 to 23, even with AM/PM display)
\c mThe minute without a leading zero (0 to 59)
\c mmThe minute with a leading zero (00 to 59)
\c sThe whole second, without any leading zero (0 to 59)
\c ssThe whole second, with a leading zero where applicable (00 to 59)
\c zThe fractional part of the second, to go after a decimal point, without trailing zeroes (0 to 999). Thus "s.z" reports the seconds to full available (millisecond) precision without trailing zeroes.
\c zzzThe fractional part of the second, to millisecond precision, including trailing zeroes where applicable (000 to 999).
\c AP or \c AUse AM/PM display. A/AP will be replaced by an upper-case version of either QLocale::amText() or QLocale::pmText().
\c ap or \c aUse am/pm display. a/ap will be replaced by a lower-case version of either QLocale::amText() or QLocale::pmText().
\c tThe timezone (for example "CEST")
+ + Newlines can be inserted with \c "\n", literal strings (even when containing above expressions) + by encapsulating them using single-quotes. A literal single quote can be generated by using two + consecutive single quotes in the format. + + \see setDateTimeSpec, setTimeZone +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format) +{ + mDateTimeFormat = format; +} + +/*! + Sets the time spec that is used for creating the tick labels from corresponding dates/times. + + The default value of QDateTime objects (and also QCPAxisTickerDateTime) is + Qt::LocalTime. However, if the displayed tick labels shall be given in UTC, set \a spec + to Qt::UTC. + + Tick labels corresponding to other time zones can be achieved with \ref setTimeZone (which sets + \a spec to \c Qt::TimeZone internally). Note that if \a spec is afterwards set to not be \c + Qt::TimeZone again, the \ref setTimeZone setting will be ignored accordingly. + + \see setDateTimeFormat, setTimeZone +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setDateTimeSpec(Qt::TimeSpec spec) +{ + mDateTimeSpec = spec; +} + +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) +/*! + Sets the time zone that is used for creating the tick labels from corresponding dates/times. The + time spec (\ref setDateTimeSpec) is set to \c Qt::TimeZone. + + \see setDateTimeFormat, setTimeZone +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setTimeZone(const QTimeZone &zone) +{ + mTimeZone = zone; + mDateTimeSpec = Qt::TimeZone; +} +#endif + +/*! + Sets the tick origin (see \ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) in seconds since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, + 00:00 UTC). For the date time ticker it might be more intuitive to use the overload which + directly takes a QDateTime, see \ref setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin). + + This is useful to define the month/day/time recurring at greater tick interval steps. For + example, If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method and the tick interval happens to be one tick + per year, the ticks will end up on 15. July at 9:45 of every year. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setTickOrigin(double origin) +{ + QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin(origin); +} + +/*! + Sets the tick origin (see \ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) as a QDateTime \a origin. + + This is useful to define the month/day/time recurring at greater tick interval steps. For + example, If you pass 15. July, 9:45 to this method and the tick interval happens to be one tick + per year, the ticks will end up on 15. July at 9:45 of every year. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerDateTime::setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin) +{ + setTickOrigin(dateTimeToKey(origin)); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a sensible tick step with intervals appropriate for a date-time-display, such as weekly, + monthly, bi-monthly, etc. + + Note that this tick step isn't used exactly when generating the tick vector in \ref + createTickVector, but only as a guiding value requiring some correction for each individual tick + interval. Otherwise this would lead to unintuitive date displays, e.g. jumping between first day + in the month to the last day in the previous month from tick to tick, due to the non-uniform + length of months. The same problem arises with leap years. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double result = range.size() / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + + mDateStrategy = dsNone; // leaving it at dsNone means tick coordinates will not be tuned in any special way in createTickVector + if (result < 1) { // ideal tick step is below 1 second -> use normal clean mantissa algorithm in units of seconds + result = cleanMantissa(result); + } else if (result < 86400 * 30.4375 * 12) { // below a year + result = pickClosest(result, QVector() + << 1 << 2.5 << 5 << 10 << 15 << 30 << 60 << 2.5 * 60 << 5 * 60 << 10 * 60 << 15 * 60 << 30 * 60 << 60 * 60 // second, minute, hour range + << 3600 * 2 << 3600 * 3 << 3600 * 6 << 3600 * 12 << 3600 * 24 // hour to day range + << 86400 * 2 << 86400 * 5 << 86400 * 7 << 86400 * 14 << 86400 * 30.4375 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 2 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 3 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 6 << 86400 * 30.4375 * 12); // day, week, month range (avg. days per month includes leap years) + if (result > 86400 * 30.4375 - 1) { // month tick intervals or larger + mDateStrategy = dsUniformDayInMonth; + } else if (result > 3600 * 24 - 1) { // day tick intervals or larger + mDateStrategy = dsUniformTimeInDay; + } + } else { // more than a year, go back to normal clean mantissa algorithm but in units of years + const double secondsPerYear = 86400 * 30.4375 * 12; // average including leap years + result = cleanMantissa(result / secondsPerYear) * secondsPerYear; + mDateStrategy = dsUniformDayInMonth; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a sensible sub tick count with intervals appropriate for a date-time-display, such as weekly, + monthly, bi-monthly, etc. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep); + switch (qRound(tickStep)) { // hand chosen subticks for specific minute/hour/day/week/month range (as specified in getTickStep) + case 5*60: + result = 4; + break; + case 10*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 15*60: + result = 2; + break; + case 30*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 60*60: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*2: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*3: + result = 2; + break; + case 3600*6: + result = 1; + break; + case 3600*12: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*24: + result = 3; + break; + case 86400*2: + result = 1; + break; + case 86400*5: + result = 4; + break; + case 86400*7: + result = 6; + break; + case 86400*14: + result = 1; + break; + case int(86400*30.4375+0.5): + result = 3; + break; + case int(86400*30.4375*2+0.5): + result = 1; + break; + case int(86400*30.4375*3+0.5): + result = 2; + break; + case int(86400*30.4375*6+0.5): + result = 5; + break; + case int(86400*30.4375*12+0.5): + result = 3; + break; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Generates a date/time tick label for tick coordinate \a tick, based on the currently set format + (\ref setDateTimeFormat), time spec (\ref setDateTimeSpec), and possibly time zone (\ref + setTimeZone). + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerDateTime::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(precision) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + if (mDateTimeSpec == Qt::TimeZone) { + return locale.toString(keyToDateTime(tick).toTimeZone(mTimeZone), mDateTimeFormat); + } else { + return locale.toString(keyToDateTime(tick).toTimeSpec(mDateTimeSpec), mDateTimeFormat); + } +# else + return locale.toString(keyToDateTime(tick).toTimeSpec(mDateTimeSpec), mDateTimeFormat); +# endif +} + +/*! \internal + + Uses the passed \a tickStep as a guiding value and applies corrections in order to obtain + non-uniform tick intervals but intuitive tick labels, e.g. falling on the same day of each month. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerDateTime::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QVector result = QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(tickStep, range); + if (!result.isEmpty()) { + if (mDateStrategy == dsUniformTimeInDay) { + QDateTime uniformDateTime = keyToDateTime(mTickOrigin); // the time of this datetime will be set for all other ticks, if possible + QDateTime tickDateTime; + for (int i = 0; i < result.size(); ++i) { + tickDateTime = keyToDateTime(result.at(i)); + tickDateTime.setTime(uniformDateTime.time()); + result[i] = dateTimeToKey(tickDateTime); + } + } else if (mDateStrategy == dsUniformDayInMonth) { + QDateTime uniformDateTime = keyToDateTime(mTickOrigin); // this day (in month) and time will be set for all other ticks, if possible + QDateTime tickDateTime; + for (int i = 0; i < result.size(); ++i) { + tickDateTime = keyToDateTime(result.at(i)); + tickDateTime.setTime(uniformDateTime.time()); + int thisUniformDay = uniformDateTime.date().day() <= tickDateTime.date().daysInMonth() ? uniformDateTime.date().day() : tickDateTime.date().daysInMonth(); // don't exceed month (e.g. try to set day 31 in February) + if (thisUniformDay - tickDateTime.date().day() < -15) { // with leap years involved, date month may jump backwards or forwards, and needs to be corrected before setting day + tickDateTime = tickDateTime.addMonths(1); + } else if (thisUniformDay - tickDateTime.date().day() > 15) { // with leap years involved, date month may jump backwards or forwards, and needs to be corrected before setting day + tickDateTime = tickDateTime.addMonths(-1); + } + tickDateTime.setDate(QDate(tickDateTime.date().year(), tickDateTime.date().month(), thisUniformDay)); + result[i] = dateTimeToKey(tickDateTime); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + A convenience method which turns \a key (in seconds since Epoch 1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC) into a + QDateTime object. This can be used to turn axis coordinates to actual QDateTimes. + + The accuracy achieved by this method is one millisecond, irrespective of the used Qt version (it + works around the lack of a QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch in Qt 4.6) + + \see dateTimeToKey +*/ +QDateTime QCPAxisTickerDateTime::keyToDateTime(double key) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return QDateTime::fromTime_t(key).addMSecs((key - (qint64)key) * 1000); +# else + return QDateTime::fromMSecsSinceEpoch(qint64(key * 1000.0)); +# endif +} + +/*! \overload + + A convenience method which turns a QDateTime object into a double value that corresponds to + seconds since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC). This is the format used as axis coordinates by + QCPAxisTickerDateTime. + + The accuracy achieved by this method is one millisecond, irrespective of the used Qt version (it + works around the lack of a QDateTime::toMSecsSinceEpoch in Qt 4.6) + + \see keyToDateTime +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::dateTimeToKey(const QDateTime &dateTime) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return dateTime.toTime_t() + dateTime.time().msec() / 1000.0; +# else + return dateTime.toMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000.0; +# endif +} + +/*! \overload + + A convenience method which turns a QDate object into a double value that corresponds to seconds + since Epoch (1. Jan 1970, 00:00 UTC). This is the format used + as axis coordinates by QCPAxisTickerDateTime. + + The returned value will be the start of the passed day of \a date, interpreted in the given \a + timeSpec. + + \see keyToDateTime +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerDateTime::dateTimeToKey(const QDate &date, Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec) +{ +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 7, 0) + return QDateTime(date, QTime(0, 0), timeSpec).toTime_t(); +# elif QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 14, 0) + return QDateTime(date, QTime(0, 0), timeSpec).toMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000.0; +# else + return date.startOfDay(timeSpec).toMSecsSinceEpoch() / 1000.0; +# endif +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertime.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 11745 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerTime +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerTime + \brief Specialized axis ticker for time spans in units of milliseconds to days + + \image html axisticker-time.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that corresponds to time intervals. + + The format of the time display in the tick labels is controlled with \ref setTimeFormat and \ref + setFieldWidth. The time coordinate is in the unit of seconds with respect to the time coordinate + zero. Unlike with QCPAxisTickerDateTime, the ticks don't correspond to a specific calendar date + and time. + + The time can be displayed in milliseconds, seconds, minutes, hours and days. Depending on the + largest available unit in the format specified with \ref setTimeFormat, any time spans above will + be carried in that largest unit. So for example if the format string is "%m:%s" and a tick at + coordinate value 7815 (being 2 hours, 10 minutes and 15 seconds) is created, the resulting tick + label will show "130:15" (130 minutes, 15 seconds). If the format string is "%h:%m:%s", the hour + unit will be used and the label will thus be "02:10:15". Negative times with respect to the axis + zero will carry a leading minus sign. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertime-creation + + Here is an example of a time axis providing time information in days, hours and minutes. Due to + the axis range spanning a few days and the wanted tick count (\ref setTickCount), the ticker + decided to use tick steps of 12 hours: + + \image html axisticker-time2.png + + The format string for this example is + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertime-creation-2 + + \note If you rather wish to display calendar dates and times, have a look at QCPAxisTickerDateTime + instead. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerTime::QCPAxisTickerTime() : + mTimeFormat(QLatin1String("%h:%m:%s")), + mSmallestUnit(tuSeconds), + mBiggestUnit(tuHours) +{ + setTickCount(4); + mFieldWidth[tuMilliseconds] = 3; + mFieldWidth[tuSeconds] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuMinutes] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuHours] = 2; + mFieldWidth[tuDays] = 1; + + mFormatPattern[tuMilliseconds] = QLatin1String("%z"); + mFormatPattern[tuSeconds] = QLatin1String("%s"); + mFormatPattern[tuMinutes] = QLatin1String("%m"); + mFormatPattern[tuHours] = QLatin1String("%h"); + mFormatPattern[tuDays] = QLatin1String("%d"); +} + +/*! + Sets the format that will be used to display time in the tick labels. + + The available patterns are: + - %%z for milliseconds + - %%s for seconds + - %%m for minutes + - %%h for hours + - %%d for days + + The field width (zero padding) can be controlled for each unit with \ref setFieldWidth. + + The largest unit that appears in \a format will carry all the remaining time of a certain tick + coordinate, even if it overflows the natural limit of the unit. For example, if %%m is the + largest unit it might become larger than 59 in order to consume larger time values. If on the + other hand %%h is available, the minutes will wrap around to zero after 59 and the time will + carry to the hour digit. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::setTimeFormat(const QString &format) +{ + mTimeFormat = format; + + // determine smallest and biggest unit in format, to optimize unit replacement and allow biggest + // unit to consume remaining time of a tick value and grow beyond its modulo (e.g. min > 59) + mSmallestUnit = tuMilliseconds; + mBiggestUnit = tuMilliseconds; + bool hasSmallest = false; + for (int i = tuMilliseconds; i <= tuDays; ++i) { + TimeUnit unit = static_cast(i); + if (mTimeFormat.contains(mFormatPattern.value(unit))) { + if (!hasSmallest) { + mSmallestUnit = unit; + hasSmallest = true; + } + mBiggestUnit = unit; + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the field widh of the specified \a unit to be \a width digits, when displayed in the tick + label. If the number for the specific unit is shorter than \a width, it will be padded with an + according number of zeros to the left in order to reach the field width. + + \see setTimeFormat +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::setFieldWidth(QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit unit, int width) +{ + mFieldWidth[unit] = qMax(width, 1); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick step appropriate for time displays, depending on the provided \a range and the + smallest available time unit in the current format (\ref setTimeFormat). For example if the unit + of seconds isn't available in the format, this method will not generate steps (like 2.5 minutes) + that require sub-minute precision to be displayed correctly. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerTime::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + double result = range.size() / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + + if (result < 1) { // ideal tick step is below 1 second -> use normal clean mantissa algorithm in units of seconds + if (mSmallestUnit == tuMilliseconds) { + result = qMax(cleanMantissa(result), 0.001); // smallest tick step is 1 millisecond + } else { // have no milliseconds available in format, so stick with 1 second tickstep + result = 1.0; + } + } else if (result < 3600 * 24) { // below a day + // the filling of availableSteps seems a bit contorted but it fills in a sorted fashion and thus saves a post-fill sorting run + QVector availableSteps; + // seconds range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 1; + } + if (mSmallestUnit == tuMilliseconds) { + availableSteps << 2.5; // only allow half second steps if milliseconds are there to display it + } else if (mSmallestUnit == tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 2; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 5 << 10 << 15 << 30; + } + // minutes range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 1 * 60; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuSeconds) { + availableSteps << 2.5 * 60; // only allow half minute steps if seconds are there to display it + } else if (mSmallestUnit == tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 2 * 60; + } + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuMinutes) { + availableSteps << 5 * 60 << 10 * 60 << 15 * 60 << 30 * 60; + } + // hours range: + if (mSmallestUnit <= tuHours) { + availableSteps << 1 * 3600 << 2 * 3600 << 3 * 3600 << 6 * 3600 << 12 * 3600 << 24 * 3600; + } + // pick available step that is most appropriate to approximate ideal step: + result = pickClosest(result, availableSteps); + } else { // more than a day, go back to normal clean mantissa algorithm but in units of days + const double secondsPerDay = 3600 * 24; + result = cleanMantissa(result / secondsPerDay) * secondsPerDay; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count appropriate for the provided \a tickStep and time displays. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerTime::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + int result = QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep); + switch (qRound(tickStep)) { // hand chosen subticks for specific minute/hour/day range (as specified in getTickStep) + case 5*60: + result = 4; + break; + case 10*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 15*60: + result = 2; + break; + case 30*60: + result = 1; + break; + case 60*60: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*2: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*3: + result = 2; + break; + case 3600*6: + result = 1; + break; + case 3600*12: + result = 3; + break; + case 3600*24: + result = 3; + break; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick label corresponding to the provided \a tick and the configured format and field + widths (\ref setTimeFormat, \ref setFieldWidth). + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerTime::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(precision) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) + Q_UNUSED(locale) + bool negative = tick < 0; + if (negative) { + tick *= -1; + } + double values[tuDays + 1]; // contains the msec/sec/min/... value with its respective modulo (e.g. minute 0..59) + double restValues[tuDays + 1]; // contains the msec/sec/min/... value as if it's the largest available unit and thus consumes the remaining time + + restValues[tuMilliseconds] = tick * 1000; + values[tuMilliseconds] = modf(restValues[tuMilliseconds] / 1000, &restValues[tuSeconds]) * 1000; + values[tuSeconds] = modf(restValues[tuSeconds] / 60, &restValues[tuMinutes]) * 60; + values[tuMinutes] = modf(restValues[tuMinutes] / 60, &restValues[tuHours]) * 60; + values[tuHours] = modf(restValues[tuHours] / 24, &restValues[tuDays]) * 24; + // no need to set values[tuDays] because days are always a rest value (there is no higher unit so it consumes all remaining time) + + QString result = mTimeFormat; + for (int i = mSmallestUnit; i <= mBiggestUnit; ++i) { + TimeUnit iUnit = static_cast(i); + replaceUnit(result, iUnit, qRound(iUnit == mBiggestUnit ? restValues[iUnit] : values[iUnit])); + } + if (negative) { + result.prepend(QLatin1Char('-')); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Replaces all occurrences of the format pattern belonging to \a unit in \a text with the specified + \a value, using the field width as specified with \ref setFieldWidth for the \a unit. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerTime::replaceUnit(QString &text, QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit unit, int value) const +{ + QString valueStr = QString::number(value); + while (valueStr.size() < mFieldWidth.value(unit)) { + valueStr.prepend(QLatin1Char('0')); + } + + text.replace(mFormatPattern.value(unit), valueStr); +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertime.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5575 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerFixed +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerFixed + \brief Specialized axis ticker with a fixed tick step + + \image html axisticker-fixed.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks with a fixed tick step set with \ref setTickStep. It + is also possible to allow integer multiples and integer powers of the specified tick step with + \ref setScaleStrategy. + + A typical application of this ticker is to make an axis only display integers, by setting the + tick step of the ticker to 1.0 and the scale strategy to \ref ssMultiples. + + Another case is when a certain number has a special meaning and axis ticks should only appear at + multiples of that value. In this case you might also want to consider \ref QCPAxisTickerPi + because despite the name it is not limited to only pi symbols/values. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerfixed-creation +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerFixed::QCPAxisTickerFixed() : + mTickStep(1.0), + mScaleStrategy(ssNone) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the fixed tick interval to \a step. + + The axis ticker will only use this tick step when generating axis ticks. This might cause a very + high tick density and overlapping labels if the axis range is zoomed out. Using \ref + setScaleStrategy it is possible to relax the fixed step and also allow multiples or powers of \a + step. This will enable the ticker to reduce the number of ticks to a reasonable amount (see \ref + setTickCount). +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerFixed::setTickStep(double step) +{ + if (step > 0) { + mTickStep = step; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "tick step must be greater than zero:" << step; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified tick step (\ref setTickStep) is absolutely fixed or whether + modifications may be applied to it before calculating the finally used tick step, such as + permitting multiples or powers. See \ref ScaleStrategy for details. + + The default strategy is \ref ssNone, which means the tick step is absolutely fixed. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerFixed::setScaleStrategy(QCPAxisTickerFixed::ScaleStrategy strategy) +{ + mScaleStrategy = strategy; +} + +/*! \internal + + Determines the actually used tick step from the specified tick step and scale strategy (\ref + setTickStep, \ref setScaleStrategy). + + This method either returns the specified tick step exactly, or, if the scale strategy is not \ref + ssNone, a modification of it to allow varying the number of ticks in the current axis range. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerFixed::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + switch (mScaleStrategy) { + case ssNone: { + return mTickStep; + } + case ssMultiples: { + double exactStep = range.size() / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + if (exactStep < mTickStep) { + return mTickStep; + } else { + return qint64(cleanMantissa(exactStep / mTickStep) + 0.5) * mTickStep; + } + } + case ssPowers: { + double exactStep = range.size() / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + return qPow(mTickStep, int(qLn(exactStep) / qLn(mTickStep) + 0.5)); + } + } + return mTickStep; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertext.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8742 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerText +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerText + \brief Specialized axis ticker which allows arbitrary labels at specified coordinates + + \image html axisticker-text.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks which can be directly specified by the user as + coordinates and associated strings. They can be passed as a whole with \ref setTicks or one at a + time with \ref addTick. Alternatively you can directly access the internal storage via \ref ticks + and modify the tick/label data there. + + This is useful for cases where the axis represents categories rather than numerical values. + + If you are updating the ticks of this ticker regularly and in a dynamic fasion (e.g. dependent on + the axis range), it is a sign that you should probably create an own ticker by subclassing + QCPAxisTicker, instead of using this one. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickertext-creation +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QMap &QCPAxisTickerText::ticks() + + Returns a non-const reference to the internal map which stores the tick coordinates and their + labels. + + You can access the map directly in order to add, remove or manipulate ticks, as an alternative to + using the methods provided by QCPAxisTickerText, such as \ref setTicks and \ref addTick. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerText::QCPAxisTickerText() : + mSubTickCount(0) +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the ticks that shall appear on the axis. The map key of \a ticks corresponds to the axis + coordinate, and the map value is the string that will appear as tick label. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTicks, addTick, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setTicks(const QMap &ticks) +{ + mTicks = ticks; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the ticks that shall appear on the axis. The entries of \a positions correspond to the axis + coordinates, and the entries of \a labels are the respective strings that will appear as tick + labels. + + \see addTicks, addTick, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels) +{ + clear(); + addTicks(positions, labels); +} + +/*! + Sets the number of sub ticks that shall appear between ticks. For QCPAxisTickerText, there is no + automatic sub tick count calculation. So if sub ticks are needed, they must be configured with this + method. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::setSubTickCount(int subTicks) +{ + if (subTicks >= 0) { + mSubTickCount = subTicks; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "sub tick count can't be negative:" << subTicks; + } +} + +/*! + Clears all ticks. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see setTicks, addTicks, addTick +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::clear() +{ + mTicks.clear(); +} + +/*! + Adds a single tick to the axis at the given axis coordinate \a position, with the provided tick \a + label. + + \see addTicks, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTick(double position, const QString &label) +{ + mTicks.insert(position, label); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided \a ticks to the ones already existing. The map key of \a ticks corresponds to + the axis coordinate, and the map value is the string that will appear as tick label. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTick, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTicks(const QMap &ticks) +{ +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 15, 0) + mTicks.unite(ticks); +#else + mTicks.insert(ticks); +#endif +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided ticks to the ones already existing. The entries of \a positions correspond to + the axis coordinates, and the entries of \a labels are the respective strings that will appear as + tick labels. + + An alternative to manipulate ticks is to directly access the internal storage with the \ref ticks + getter. + + \see addTick, setTicks, clear +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerText::addTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels) +{ + if (positions.size() != labels.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed unequal length vectors for positions and labels:" << positions.size() << labels.size(); + } + int n = qMin(positions.size(), labels.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mTicks.insert(positions.at(i), labels.at(i)); + } +} + +/*! + Since the tick coordinates are provided externally, this method implementation does nothing. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerText::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + // text axis ticker has manual tick positions, so doesn't need this method + Q_UNUSED(range) + return 1.0; +} + +/*! + Returns the sub tick count that was configured with \ref setSubTickCount. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerText::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + return mSubTickCount; +} + +/*! + Returns the tick label which corresponds to the key \a tick in the internal tick storage. Since + the labels are provided externally, \a locale, \a formatChar, and \a precision are ignored. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerText::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + Q_UNUSED(locale) + Q_UNUSED(formatChar) + Q_UNUSED(precision) + return mTicks.value(tick); +} + +/*! + Returns the externally provided tick coordinates which are in the specified \a range. If + available, one tick above and below the range is provided in addition, to allow possible sub tick + calculation. The parameter \a tickStep is ignored. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerText::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + QVector result; + if (mTicks.isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + + QMap::const_iterator start = mTicks.lowerBound(range.lower); + QMap::const_iterator end = mTicks.upperBound(range.upper); + // this method should try to give one tick outside of range so proper subticks can be generated: + if (start != mTicks.constBegin()) { + --start; + } + if (end != mTicks.constEnd()) { + ++end; + } + for (QMap::const_iterator it = start; it != end; ++it) { + result.append(it.key()); + } + + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertext.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerpi.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 11177 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerPi +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerPi + \brief Specialized axis ticker to display ticks in units of an arbitrary constant, for example pi + + \image html axisticker-pi.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks that are expressed with respect to a given symbolic + constant with a numerical value specified with \ref setPiValue and an appearance in the tick + labels specified with \ref setPiSymbol. + + Ticks may be generated at fractions of the symbolic constant. How these fractions appear in the + tick label can be configured with \ref setFractionStyle. + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerpi-creation +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerPi::QCPAxisTickerPi() : + mPiSymbol(QLatin1String(" ") + QChar(0x03C0)), + mPiValue(M_PI), + mPeriodicity(0), + mFractionStyle(fsUnicodeFractions), + mPiTickStep(0) +{ + setTickCount(4); +} + +/*! + Sets how the symbol part (which is always a suffix to the number) shall appear in the axis tick + label. + + If a space shall appear between the number and the symbol, make sure the space is contained in \a + symbol. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPiSymbol(QString symbol) +{ + mPiSymbol = symbol; +} + +/*! + Sets the numerical value that the symbolic constant has. + + This will be used to place the appropriate fractions of the symbol at the respective axis + coordinates. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPiValue(double pi) +{ + mPiValue = pi; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis labels shall appear periodicly and if so, at which multiplicity of the + symbolic constant. + + To disable periodicity, set \a multiplesOfPi to zero. + + For example, an axis that identifies 0 with 2pi would set \a multiplesOfPi to two. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setPeriodicity(int multiplesOfPi) +{ + mPeriodicity = qAbs(multiplesOfPi); +} + +/*! + Sets how the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant is displayed in tick + labels. See \ref FractionStyle for the various options. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::setFractionStyle(QCPAxisTickerPi::FractionStyle style) +{ + mFractionStyle = style; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick step, using the constant's value (\ref setPiValue) as base unit. In consequence + the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant is made to have a readable + mantissa. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPAxisTickerPi::getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) +{ + mPiTickStep = range.size() / mPiValue / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); // mTickCount ticks on average, the small addition is to prevent jitter on exact integers + mPiTickStep = cleanMantissa(mPiTickStep); + return mPiTickStep * mPiValue; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count, using the constant's value (\ref setPiValue) as base unit. In + consequence the sub ticks divide the numerical/fractional part preceding the symbolic constant + reasonably, and not the total tick coordinate. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerPi::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + return QCPAxisTicker::getSubTickCount(tickStep / mPiValue); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the tick label as a fractional/numerical part and a symbolic string as suffix. The + formatting of the fraction is done according to the specified \ref setFractionStyle. The appended + symbol is specified with \ref setPiSymbol. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) +{ + double tickInPis = tick / mPiValue; + if (mPeriodicity > 0) { + tickInPis = fmod(tickInPis, mPeriodicity); + } + + if (mFractionStyle != fsFloatingPoint && mPiTickStep > 0.09 && mPiTickStep < 50) { + // simply construct fraction from decimal like 1.234 -> 1234/1000 and then simplify fraction, smaller digits are irrelevant due to mPiTickStep conditional above + int denominator = 1000; + int numerator = qRound(tickInPis * denominator); + simplifyFraction(numerator, denominator); + if (qAbs(numerator) == 1 && denominator == 1) { + return (numerator < 0 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + mPiSymbol.trimmed(); + } else if (numerator == 0) { + return QLatin1String("0"); + } else { + return fractionToString(numerator, denominator) + mPiSymbol; + } + } else { + if (qFuzzyIsNull(tickInPis)) { + return QLatin1String("0"); + } else if (qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(tickInPis), 1.0)) { + return (tickInPis < 0 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + mPiSymbol.trimmed(); + } else { + return QCPAxisTicker::getTickLabel(tickInPis, locale, formatChar, precision) + mPiSymbol; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the fraction given by \a numerator and \a denominator and modifies the values to make sure + the fraction is in irreducible form, i.e. numerator and denominator don't share any common + factors which could be cancelled. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerPi::simplifyFraction(int &numerator, int &denominator) const +{ + if (numerator == 0 || denominator == 0) { + return; + } + + int num = numerator; + int denom = denominator; + while (denom != 0) { // euclidean gcd algorithm + int oldDenom = denom; + denom = num % denom; + num = oldDenom; + } + // num is now gcd of numerator and denominator + numerator /= num; + denominator /= num; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes the fraction given by \a numerator and \a denominator and returns a string representation. + The result depends on the configured fraction style (\ref setFractionStyle). + + This method is used to format the numerical/fractional part when generating tick labels. It + simplifies the passed fraction to an irreducible form using \ref simplifyFraction and factors out + any integer parts of the fraction (e.g. "10/4" becomes "2 1/2"). +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::fractionToString(int numerator, int denominator) const +{ + if (denominator == 0) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called with zero denominator"; + return QString(); + } + if (mFractionStyle == fsFloatingPoint) { // should never be the case when calling this function + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "shouldn't be called with fraction style fsDecimal"; + return QString::number(numerator / double(denominator)); // failsafe + } + int sign = numerator * denominator < 0 ? -1 : 1; + numerator = qAbs(numerator); + denominator = qAbs(denominator); + + if (denominator == 1) { + return QString::number(sign * numerator); + } else { + int integerPart = numerator / denominator; + int remainder = numerator % denominator; + if (remainder == 0) { + return QString::number(sign * integerPart); + } else { + if (mFractionStyle == fsAsciiFractions) { + return QString(QLatin1String("%1%2%3/%4")) + .arg(sign == -1 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(integerPart > 0 ? QString::number(integerPart) + QLatin1String(" ") : QString(QLatin1String(""))) + .arg(remainder) + .arg(denominator); + } else if (mFractionStyle == fsUnicodeFractions) { + return QString(QLatin1String("%1%2%3")) + .arg(sign == -1 ? QLatin1String("-") : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(integerPart > 0 ? QString::number(integerPart) : QLatin1String("")) + .arg(unicodeFraction(remainder, denominator)); + } + } + } + return QString(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representation of the fraction given by \a numerator and \a + denominator. This is the representation used in \ref fractionToString when the fraction style + (\ref setFractionStyle) is \ref fsUnicodeFractions. + + This method doesn't use the single-character common fractions but builds each fraction from a + superscript unicode number, the unicode fraction character, and a subscript unicode number. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeFraction(int numerator, int denominator) const +{ + return unicodeSuperscript(numerator) + QChar(0x2044) + unicodeSubscript(denominator); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representing \a number as superscript. This is used to build + unicode fractions in \ref unicodeFraction. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeSuperscript(int number) const +{ + if (number == 0) { + return QString(QChar(0x2070)); + } + + QString result; + while (number > 0) { + const int digit = number % 10; + switch (digit) { + case 1: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B9)); + break; + } + case 2: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B2)); + break; + } + case 3: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x00B3)); + break; + } + default: { + result.prepend(QChar(0x2070 + digit)); + break; + } + } + number /= 10; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the unicode string representing \a number as subscript. This is used to build unicode + fractions in \ref unicodeFraction. +*/ +QString QCPAxisTickerPi::unicodeSubscript(int number) const +{ + if (number == 0) { + return QString(QChar(0x2080)); + } + + QString result; + while (number > 0) { + result.prepend(QChar(0x2080 + number % 10)); + number /= 10; + } + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerpi.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerlog.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7890 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisTickerLog +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +/*! \class QCPAxisTickerLog + \brief Specialized axis ticker suited for logarithmic axes + + \image html axisticker-log.png + + This QCPAxisTicker subclass generates ticks with unequal tick intervals suited for logarithmic + axis scales. The ticks are placed at powers of the specified log base (\ref setLogBase). + + Especially in the case of a log base equal to 10 (the default), it might be desirable to have + tick labels in the form of powers of ten without mantissa display. To achieve this, set the + number precision (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision) to zero and the number format (\ref + QCPAxis::setNumberFormat) to scientific (exponential) display with beautifully typeset decimal + powers, so a format string of "eb". This will result in the following axis tick labels: + + \image html axisticker-log-powers.png + + The ticker can be created and assigned to an axis like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp axistickerlog-creation + + Note that the nature of logarithmic ticks imply that there exists a smallest possible tick step, + corresponding to one multiplication by the log base. If the user zooms in further than that, no + new ticks would appear, leading to very sparse or even no axis ticks on the axis. To prevent this + situation, this ticker falls back to regular tick generation if the axis range would be covered + by too few logarithmically placed ticks. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs the ticker and sets reasonable default values. Axis tickers are commonly created + managed by a QSharedPointer, which then can be passed to QCPAxis::setTicker. +*/ +QCPAxisTickerLog::QCPAxisTickerLog() : + mLogBase(10.0), + mSubTickCount(8), // generates 10 intervals + mLogBaseLnInv(1.0 / qLn(mLogBase)) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the logarithm base used for tick coordinate generation. The ticks will be placed at integer + powers of \a base. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerLog::setLogBase(double base) +{ + if (base > 0) { + mLogBase = base; + mLogBaseLnInv = 1.0 / qLn(mLogBase); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "log base has to be greater than zero:" << base; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the number of sub ticks in a tick interval. Within each interval, the sub ticks are spaced + linearly to provide a better visual guide, so the sub tick density increases toward the higher + tick. + + Note that \a subTicks is the number of sub ticks (not sub intervals) in one tick interval. So in + the case of logarithm base 10 an intuitive sub tick spacing would be achieved with eight sub + ticks (the default). This means e.g. between the ticks 10 and 100 there will be eight ticks, + namely at 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 and 90. +*/ +void QCPAxisTickerLog::setSubTickCount(int subTicks) +{ + if (subTicks >= 0) { + mSubTickCount = subTicks; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "sub tick count can't be negative:" << subTicks; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the sub tick count specified in \ref setSubTickCount. For QCPAxisTickerLog, there is no + automatic sub tick count calculation necessary. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +int QCPAxisTickerLog::getSubTickCount(double tickStep) +{ + Q_UNUSED(tickStep) + return mSubTickCount; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates ticks with a spacing given by the logarithm base and an increasing integer power in the + provided \a range. The step in which the power increases tick by tick is chosen in order to keep + the total number of ticks as close as possible to the tick count (\ref setTickCount). + + The parameter \a tickStep is ignored for the normal logarithmic ticker generation. Only when + zoomed in very far such that not enough logarithmically placed ticks would be visible, this + function falls back to the regular QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector, which then uses \a tickStep. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QVector QCPAxisTickerLog::createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QVector result; + if (range.lower > 0 && range.upper > 0) { // positive range + const double baseTickCount = qLn(range.upper / range.lower) * mLogBaseLnInv; + if (baseTickCount < 1.6) { // if too few log ticks would be visible in axis range, fall back to regular tick vector generation + return QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(tickStep, range); + } + const double exactPowerStep = baseTickCount / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); + const double newLogBase = qPow(mLogBase, qMax(int(cleanMantissa(exactPowerStep)), 1)); + double currentTick = qPow(newLogBase, qFloor(qLn(range.lower) / qLn(newLogBase))); + result.append(currentTick); + while (currentTick < range.upper && currentTick > 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentTick *= newLogBase; + result.append(currentTick); + } + } else if (range.lower < 0 && range.upper < 0) { // negative range + const double baseTickCount = qLn(range.lower / range.upper) * mLogBaseLnInv; + if (baseTickCount < 1.6) { // if too few log ticks would be visible in axis range, fall back to regular tick vector generation + return QCPAxisTicker::createTickVector(tickStep, range); + } + const double exactPowerStep = baseTickCount / double(mTickCount + 1e-10); + const double newLogBase = qPow(mLogBase, qMax(int(cleanMantissa(exactPowerStep)), 1)); + double currentTick = -qPow(newLogBase, qCeil(qLn(-range.lower) / qLn(newLogBase))); + result.append(currentTick); + while (currentTick < range.upper && currentTick < 0) { // currentMag might be zero for ranges ~1e-300, just cancel in that case + currentTick /= newLogBase; + result.append(currentTick); + } + } else { // invalid range for logarithmic scale, because lower and upper have different sign + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid range for logarithmic plot: " << range.lower << ".." << range.upper; + } + + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerlog.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axis.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 99883 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGrid + \brief Responsible for drawing the grid of a QCPAxis. + + This class is tightly bound to QCPAxis. Every axis owns a grid instance and uses it to draw the + grid lines, sub grid lines and zero-line. You can interact with the grid of an axis via \ref + QCPAxis::grid. Normally, you don't need to create an instance of QCPGrid yourself. + + The axis and grid drawing was split into two classes to allow them to be placed on different + layers (both QCPAxis and QCPGrid inherit from QCPLayerable). Thus it is possible to have the grid + in the background and the axes in the foreground, and any plottables/items in between. This + described situation is the default setup, see the QCPLayer documentation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPGrid instance and sets default values. + + You shouldn't instantiate grids on their own, since every QCPAxis brings its own QCPGrid. +*/ +QCPGrid::QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis) : + QCPLayerable(parentAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), parentAxis), + mSubGridVisible{}, + mAntialiasedSubGrid{}, + mAntialiasedZeroLine{}, + mParentAxis(parentAxis) +{ + // warning: this is called in QCPAxis constructor, so parentAxis members should not be accessed/called + setParent(parentAxis); + setPen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setSubGridPen(QPen(QColor(220, 220, 220), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setZeroLinePen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::SolidLine)); + setSubGridVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setAntialiasedSubGrid(false); + setAntialiasedZeroLine(false); +} + +/*! + Sets whether grid lines at sub tick marks are drawn. + + \see setSubGridPen +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridVisible(bool visible) +{ + mSubGridVisible = visible; +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub grid lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedSubGrid = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether zero lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedZeroLine = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which (major) grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which sub grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubGridPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which zero lines are drawn. + + Zero lines are lines at value coordinate 0 which may be drawn with a different pen than other grid + lines. To disable zero lines and just draw normal grid lines at zero, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mZeroLinePen = pen; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing the major grid lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPGrid::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeGrid); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws grid lines and sub grid lines at the positions of (sub) ticks of the parent axis, spanning + over the complete axis rect. Also draws the zero line, if appropriate (\ref setZeroLinePen). +*/ +void QCPGrid::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + if (mParentAxis->subTicks() && mSubGridVisible) { + drawSubGridLines(painter); + } + drawGridLines(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the main grid lines and possibly a zero line with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + const int tickCount = mParentAxis->mTickVector.size(); + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->range().size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + // draw zeroline: + int zeroLineIndex = -1; + if (mZeroLinePen.style() != Qt::NoPen && mParentAxis->mRange.lower < 0 && mParentAxis->mRange.upper > 0) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(mZeroLinePen); + double epsilon = mParentAxis->mRange.size() * 1E-6; // for comparing double to zero + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (qAbs(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)) < epsilon) { + zeroLineIndex = i; + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + break; + } + } + } + // draw grid lines: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < tickCount; ++i) { + if (i == zeroLineIndex) { + continue; // don't draw a gridline on top of the zeroline + } + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(mParentAxis->mTickVector.at(i)); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the sub grid lines with the specified painter. + + This is a helper function called by \ref draw. +*/ +void QCPGrid::drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedSubGrid, QCP::aeSubGrid); + double t; // helper variable, result of coordinate-to-pixel transforms + painter->setPen(mSubGridPen); + if (mParentAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + foreach (double tickCoord, mParentAxis->mSubTickVector) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(tickCoord); // x + painter->drawLine(QLineF(t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->bottom(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->top())); + } + } else { + foreach (double tickCoord, mParentAxis->mSubTickVector) { + t = mParentAxis->coordToPixel(tickCoord); // y + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mParentAxis->mAxisRect->left(), t, mParentAxis->mAxisRect->right(), t)); + } + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxis +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxis + \brief Manages a single axis inside a QCustomPlot. + + Usually doesn't need to be instantiated externally. Access %QCustomPlot's default four axes via + QCustomPlot::xAxis (bottom), QCustomPlot::yAxis (left), QCustomPlot::xAxis2 (top) and + QCustomPlot::yAxis2 (right). + + Axes are always part of an axis rect, see QCPAxisRect. + \image html AxisNamesOverview.png +
Naming convention of axis parts
+ \n + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed gray line + on the left represents the QCustomPlot widget border.
+ + Each axis holds an instance of QCPAxisTicker which is used to generate the tick coordinates and + tick labels. You can access the currently installed \ref ticker or set a new one (possibly one of + the specialized subclasses, or your own subclass) via \ref setTicker. For details, see the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation() const + + Returns the orientation of this axis. The axis orientation (horizontal or vertical) is deduced + from the axis type (left, top, right or bottom). + + \see orientation(AxisType type), pixelOrientation +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPGrid *QCPAxis::grid() const + + Returns the \ref QCPGrid instance belonging to this axis. Access it to set details about the way the + grid is displayed. +*/ + +/*! \fn static Qt::Orientation QCPAxis::orientation(AxisType type) + + Returns the orientation of the specified axis type + + \see orientation(), pixelOrientation +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxis::pixelOrientation() const + + Returns which direction points towards higher coordinate values/keys, in pixel space. + + This method returns either 1 or -1. If it returns 1, then going in the positive direction along + the orientation of the axis in pixels corresponds to going from lower to higher axis coordinates. + On the other hand, if this method returns -1, going to smaller pixel values corresponds to going + from lower to higher axis coordinates. + + For example, this is useful to easily shift axis coordinates by a certain amount given in pixels, + without having to care about reversed or vertically aligned axes: + + \code + double newKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(oldKey)+10*keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + \endcode + + \a newKey will then contain a key that is ten pixels towards higher keys, starting from \a oldKey. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPAxis::ticker() const + + Returns a modifiable shared pointer to the currently installed axis ticker. The axis ticker is + responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels of this axis. You can access the + \ref QCPAxisTicker with this method and modify basic properties such as the approximate tick count + (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount). + + You can gain more control over the axis ticks by setting a different \ref QCPAxisTicker subclass, see + the documentation there. A new axis ticker can be set with \ref setTicker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see setTicker +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange) + + This signal is emitted when the range of this axis has changed. You can connect it to the \ref + setRange slot of another axis to communicate the new range to the other axis, in order for it to + be synchronized. + + You may also manipulate/correct the range with \ref setRange in a slot connected to this signal. + This is useful if for example a maximum range span shall not be exceeded, or if the lower/upper + range shouldn't go beyond certain values (see \ref QCPRange::bounded). For example, the following + slot would limit the x axis to ranges between 0 and 10: + \code + customPlot->xAxis->setRange(newRange.bounded(0, 10)) + \endcode +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange) + \overload + + Additionally to the new range, this signal also provides the previous range held by the axis as + \a oldRange. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the scale type changes, by calls to \ref setScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this axis has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelectedParts. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAxis::selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability changes, by calls to \ref setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an Axis instance of Type \a type for the axis rect \a parent. + + Usually it isn't necessary to instantiate axes directly, because you can let QCustomPlot create + them for you with \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. If you want to use own QCPAxis-subclasses however, + create them manually and then inject them also via \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. +*/ +QCPAxis::QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type) : + QCPLayerable(parent->parentPlot(), QString(), parent), + // axis base: + mAxisType(type), + mAxisRect(parent), + mPadding(5), + mOrientation(orientation(type)), + mSelectableParts(spAxis | spTickLabels | spAxisLabel), + mSelectedParts(spNone), + mBasePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedBasePen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // axis label: + mLabel(), + mLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedLabelFont(QFont(mLabelFont.family(), mLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedLabelColor(Qt::blue), + // tick labels: + mTickLabels(true), + mTickLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedTickLabelFont(QFont(mTickLabelFont.family(), mTickLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mTickLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedTickLabelColor(Qt::blue), + mNumberPrecision(6), + mNumberFormatChar('g'), + mNumberBeautifulPowers(true), + // ticks and subticks: + mTicks(true), + mSubTicks(true), + mTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + mSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // scale and range: + mRange(0, 5), + mRangeReversed(false), + mScaleType(stLinear), + // internal members: + mGrid(new QCPGrid(this)), + mAxisPainter(new QCPAxisPainterPrivate(parent->parentPlot())), + mTicker(new QCPAxisTicker), + mCachedMarginValid(false), + mCachedMargin(0), + mDragging(false) +{ + setParent(parent); + mGrid->setVisible(false); + setAntialiased(false); + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); // it's actually on that layer already, but we want it in front of the grid, so we place it on there again + + if (type == atTop) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(6); + } else if (type == atRight) { + setTickLabelPadding(7); + setLabelPadding(12); + } else if (type == atBottom) { + setTickLabelPadding(3); + setLabelPadding(3); + } else if (type == atLeft) { + setTickLabelPadding(5); + setLabelPadding(10); + } +} + +QCPAxis::~QCPAxis() +{ + delete mAxisPainter; + delete mGrid; // delete grid here instead of via parent ~QObject for better defined deletion order +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLabelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +double QCPAxis::tickLabelRotation() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPAxis::LabelSide QCPAxis::tickLabelSide() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QString QCPAxis::numberFormat() const +{ + QString result; + result.append(mNumberFormatChar); + if (mNumberBeautifulPowers) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('b')); + if (mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('c')); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::tickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthIn() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::subTickLengthOut() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::labelPadding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->labelPadding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPAxis::offset() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->offset; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::lowerEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->lowerEnding; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QCPLineEnding QCPAxis::upperEnding() const +{ + return mAxisPainter->upperEnding; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis uses a linear scale or a logarithmic scale. + + Note that this method controls the coordinate transformation. For logarithmic scales, you will + likely also want to use a logarithmic tick spacing and labeling, which can be achieved by setting + the axis ticker to an instance of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog : + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpaxisticker-log-creation + + See the documentation of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog about the details of logarithmic axis tick + creation. + + \ref setNumberPrecision +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type) +{ + if (mScaleType != type) { + mScaleType = type; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + setRange(mRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit scaleTypeChanged(mScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range of the axis. + + This slot may be connected with the \ref rangeChanged signal of another axis so this axis + is always synchronized with the other axis range, when it changes. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + if (range.lower == mRange.lower && range.upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(range)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective axis parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font. + + The entire selection mechanism for axes is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes. You only need to call this function when you + wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part, independent of the \ref setSelectableParts setting. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBasePen, setSelectedTickPen, setSelectedSubTickPen, + setSelectedTickLabelFont, setSelectedLabelFont, setSelectedTickLabelColor, setSelectedLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + if (mSelectedParts != selected) { + mSelectedParts = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the lower and upper bound of the axis range. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. + + There is also a slot to set a range, see \ref setRange(const QCPRange &range). +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + if (lower == mRange.lower && upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(lower, upper)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the range of the axis. + + The \a position coordinate indicates together with the \a alignment parameter, where the new + range will be positioned. \a size defines the size of the new axis range. \a alignment may be + Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight or Qt::AlignCenter. This will cause the left border, right border, + or center of the range to be aligned with \a position. Any other values of \a alignment will + default to Qt::AlignCenter. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment) +{ + if (alignment == Qt::AlignLeft) { + setRange(position, position + size); + } else if (alignment == Qt::AlignRight) { + setRange(position - size, position); + } else { // alignment == Qt::AlignCenter + setRange(position - size / 2.0, position + size / 2.0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the lower bound of the axis range. The upper bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeLower(double lower) +{ + if (mRange.lower == lower) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the upper bound of the axis range. The lower bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeUpper(double upper) +{ + if (mRange.upper == upper) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis range (direction) is displayed reversed. Normally, the values on horizontal + axes increase left to right, on vertical axes bottom to top. When \a reversed is set to true, the + direction of increasing values is inverted. + + Note that the range and data interface stays the same for reversed axes, e.g. the \a lower part + of the \ref setRange interface will still reference the mathematically smaller number than the \a + upper part. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setRangeReversed(bool reversed) +{ + mRangeReversed = reversed; +} + +/*! + The axis ticker is responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels. See the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker for details on how to work with axis tickers. + + You can change the tick positioning/labeling behaviour of this axis by setting a different + QCPAxisTicker subclass using this method. If you only wish to modify the currently installed axis + ticker, access it via \ref ticker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see ticker +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker) +{ + if (ticker) { + mTicker = ticker; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can not set nullptr as axis ticker"; + } + // no need to invalidate margin cache here because produced tick labels are checked for changes in setupTickVector +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick marks are displayed. + + Note that setting \a show to false does not imply that tick labels are invisible, too. To achieve + that, see \ref setTickLabels. + + \see setSubTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mTicks != show) { + mTicks = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick labels are displayed. Tick labels are the numbers drawn next to tick marks. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabels(bool show) +{ + if (mTickLabels != show) { + mTickLabels = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + if (!mTickLabels) { + mTickVectorLabels.clear(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the axis base line (including any outward ticks) and the tick labels. + \see setLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mTickLabelFont) { + mTickLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTickLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the rotation of the tick labels. If \a degrees is zero, the labels are drawn normally. Else, + the tick labels are drawn rotated by \a degrees clockwise. The specified angle is bound to values + from -90 to 90 degrees. + + If \a degrees is exactly -90, 0 or 90, the tick labels are centered on the tick coordinate. For + other angles, the label is drawn with an offset such that it seems to point toward or away from + the tick mark. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelRotation(double degrees) +{ + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(degrees - mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation)) { + mAxisPainter->tickLabelRotation = qBound(-90.0, degrees, 90.0); + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the tick labels (numbers) shall appear inside or outside the axis rect. + + The usual and default setting is \ref lsOutside. Very compact plots sometimes require tick labels + to be inside the axis rect, to save space. If \a side is set to \ref lsInside, the tick labels + appear on the inside are additionally clipped to the axis rect. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side) +{ + mAxisPainter->tickLabelSide = side; + mCachedMarginValid = false; +} + +/*! + Sets the number format for the numbers in tick labels. This \a formatCode is an extended version + of the format code used e.g. by QString::number() and QLocale::toString(). For reference about + that, see the "Argument Formats" section in the detailed description of the QString class. + + \a formatCode is a string of one, two or three characters. + + The first character is identical to + the normal format code used by Qt. In short, this means: 'e'/'E' scientific format, 'f' fixed + format, 'g'/'G' scientific or fixed, whichever is shorter. For the 'e', 'E', and 'f' formats, + the precision set by \ref setNumberPrecision represents the number of digits after the decimal + point. For the 'g' and 'G' formats, the precision represents the maximum number of significant + digits, trailing zeroes are omitted. + + The second and third characters are optional and specific to QCustomPlot:\n + If the first char was 'e' or 'g', numbers are/might be displayed in the scientific format, e.g. + "5.5e9", which is ugly in a plot. So when the second char of \a formatCode is set to 'b' (for + "beautiful"), those exponential numbers are formatted in a more natural way, i.e. "5.5 + [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] 9". By default, the multiplication sign is a centered dot. + If instead a cross should be shown (as is usual in the USA), the third char of \a formatCode can + be set to 'c'. The inserted multiplication signs are the UTF-8 characters 215 (0xD7) for the + cross and 183 (0xB7) for the dot. + + Examples for \a formatCode: + \li \c g normal format code behaviour. If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, + normal scientific format is used + \li \c gb If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, scientific format is used with + beautifully typeset decimal powers and a dot as multiplication sign + \li \c ebc All numbers are in scientific format with beautifully typeset decimal power and a cross as + multiplication sign + \li \c fb illegal format code, since fixed format doesn't support (or need) beautifully typeset decimal + powers. Format code will be reduced to 'f'. + \li \c hello illegal format code, since first char is not 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' or 'G'. Current format + code will not be changed. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode) +{ + if (formatCode.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed formatCode is empty"; + return; + } + mCachedMarginValid = false; + + // interpret first char as number format char: + QString allowedFormatChars(QLatin1String("eEfgG")); + if (allowedFormatChars.contains(formatCode.at(0))) { + mNumberFormatChar = QLatin1Char(formatCode.at(0).toLatin1()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (first char not in 'eEfgG'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 2) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = false; + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret second char as indicator for beautiful decimal powers: + if (formatCode.at(1) == QLatin1Char('b') && (mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('e') || mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('g'))) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (second char not 'b' or first char neither 'e' nor 'g'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + if (formatCode.length() < 3) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + return; + } + + // interpret third char as indicator for dot or cross multiplication symbol: + if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('c')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = true; + } else if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('d')) { + mAxisPainter->numberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (third char neither 'c' nor 'd'):" << formatCode; + return; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the precision of the tick label numbers. See QLocale::toString(double i, char f, int prec) + for details. The effect of precisions are most notably for number Formats starting with 'e', see + \ref setNumberFormat +*/ +void QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision(int precision) +{ + if (mNumberPrecision != precision) { + mNumberPrecision = precision; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach inside the + plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than + zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so + they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLength, setTickLengthIn, setTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setTickLengthIn(inside); + setTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach + inside the plot. + + \see setTickLengthOut, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward ticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the ticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels and axis label will + increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLengthIn, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->tickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub tick marks are displayed. + + Sub ticks are only potentially visible if (major) ticks are also visible (see \ref setTicks) + + \see setTicks +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mSubTicks != show) { + mSubTicks = show; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater + than zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, + so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLength, setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setSubTickLengthIn(inside); + setSubTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot. + + \see setSubTickLengthOut, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn != inside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward subticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the subticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels will increase their + distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut != outside) { + mAxisPainter->subTickLengthOut = outside; + mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the axis base line is drawn with. + + \see setTickPen, setSubTickPen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, tick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, subtick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setSubTickCount, setSubTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the axis label. + + \see setLabelColor +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mLabelFont != font) { + mLabelFont = font; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the axis label. + + \see setLabelFont +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the text of the axis label that will be shown below/above or next to the axis, depending on + its orientation. To disable axis labels, pass an empty string as \a str. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (mLabel != str) { + mLabel = str; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the tick labels and the axis label. + + \see setTickLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mAxisPainter->labelPadding != padding) { + mAxisPainter->labelPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the padding of the axis. + + When \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is enabled, the padding is the additional outer most space, + that is left blank. + + The axis padding has no meaning if \ref QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is disabled. + + \see setLabelPadding, setTickLabelPadding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mPadding != padding) { + mPadding = padding; + mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the offset the axis has to its axis rect side. + + If an axis rect side has multiple axes and automatic margin calculation is enabled for that side, + only the offset of the inner most axis has meaning (even if it is set to be invisible). The + offset of the other, outer axes is controlled automatically, to place them at appropriate + positions. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setOffset(int offset) +{ + mAxisPainter->offset = offset; +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mSelectedTickLabelFont) { + mSelectedTickLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mSelectedTickLabelColor) { + mSelectedTickLabelColor = color; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the axis base line when selected. + + \see setBasePen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks when selected. + + \see setTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the subticks when selected. + + \see setSubTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAxis::setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the lower axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the left ending, for vertical axes the bottom ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setUpperEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->lowerEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + Sets the style for the upper axis ending. See the documentation of QCPLineEnding for available + styles. + + For horizontal axes, this method refers to the right ending, for vertical axes the top ending. + Note that this meaning does not change when the axis range is reversed with \ref + setRangeReversed. + + \see setLowerEnding +*/ +void QCPAxis::setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending) +{ + mAxisPainter->upperEnding = ending; +} + +/*! + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLinear, \a diff is added to the lower and upper + bounds of the range. The range is simply moved by \a diff. + + If the scale type is \ref stLogarithmic, the range bounds are multiplied by \a diff. This + corresponds to an apparent "linear" move in logarithmic scaling by a distance of log(diff). +*/ +void QCPAxis::moveRange(double diff) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + mRange.lower += diff; + mRange.upper += diff; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + mRange.lower *= diff; + mRange.upper *= diff; + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the center of the current axis range. For + example, if \a factor is 2.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at the axis + range center won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates around + the center will have moved symmetrically closer). + + If you wish to scale around a different coordinate than the current axis range center, use the + overload \ref scaleRange(double factor, double center). +*/ +void QCPAxis::scaleRange(double factor) +{ + scaleRange(factor, range().center()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the coordinate \a center. For example, if \a + factor is 2.0, \a center is 1.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at + coordinate 1.0 won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates + around 1.0 will have moved symmetrically closer to 1.0). + + \see scaleRange(double factor) +*/ +void QCPAxis::scaleRange(double factor, double center) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = (mRange.lower - center) * factor + center; + newRange.upper = (mRange.upper - center) * factor + center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if ((mRange.upper < 0 && center < 0) || (mRange.upper > 0 && center > 0)) { // make sure center has same sign as range + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = qPow(mRange.lower / center, factor) * center; + newRange.upper = qPow(mRange.upper / center, factor) * center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Center of scaling operation doesn't lie in same logarithmic sign domain as range:" << center; + } + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis to have a certain scale \a ratio to \a otherAxis. The scaling will + be done around the center of the current axis range. + + For example, if \a ratio is 1, this axis is the \a yAxis and \a otherAxis is \a xAxis, graphs + plotted with those axes will appear in a 1:1 aspect ratio, independent of the aspect ratio the + axis rect has. + + This is an operation that changes the range of this axis once, it doesn't fix the scale ratio + indefinitely. Note that calling this function in the constructor of the QCustomPlot's parent + won't have the desired effect, since the widget dimensions aren't defined yet, and a resizeEvent + will follow. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio) +{ + int otherPixelSize, ownPixelSize; + + if (otherAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->width(); + } else { + otherPixelSize = otherAxis->axisRect()->height(); + } + + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->width(); + } else { + ownPixelSize = axisRect()->height(); + } + + double newRangeSize = ratio * otherAxis->range().size() * ownPixelSize / double(otherPixelSize); + setRange(range().center(), newRangeSize, Qt::AlignCenter); +} + +/*! + Changes the axis range such that all plottables associated with this axis are fully visible in + that dimension. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPAxis::rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, plottables()) { + if (!plottable->realVisibility() && onlyVisiblePlottables) { + continue; + } + QCPRange plottableRange; + bool currentFoundRange; + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (mRange.upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + if (plottable->keyAxis() == this) { + plottableRange = plottable->getKeyRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } else { + plottableRange = plottable->getValueRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = plottableRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(plottableRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mRange.upper / mRange.lower); + } + } + setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget, to axis coordinates. +*/ +double QCPAxis::pixelToCoord(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mAxisRect->left()) / double(mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(value - mAxisRect->left()) / double(mAxisRect->width()) * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->left()) / double(mAxisRect->width())) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->left() - value) / double(mAxisRect->width())) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / double(mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / double(mAxisRect->height()) * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (mAxisRect->bottom() - value) / double(mAxisRect->height())) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (value - mAxisRect->bottom()) / double(mAxisRect->height())) * mRange.upper; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in coordinates of the axis, to pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +double QCPAxis::coordToPixel(double value) const +{ + if (orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0.0 && mRange.upper < 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->right() + 200 : mAxisRect->left() - 200; + } else if (value <= 0.0 && mRange.upper >= 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->left() - 200 : mAxisRect->right() + 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qLn(value / mRange.lower) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } else { + return qLn(mRange.upper / value) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->width() + mAxisRect->left(); + } + } + } + } else { // orientation() == Qt::Vertical + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (value - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - (mRange.upper - value) / mRange.size() * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (value >= 0.0 && mRange.upper < 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->top() - 200 : mAxisRect->bottom() + 200; + } else if (value <= 0.0 && mRange.upper >= 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just draw it outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mAxisRect->bottom() + 200 : mAxisRect->top() - 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - qLn(value / mRange.lower) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } else { + return mAxisRect->bottom() - qLn(mRange.upper / value) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mAxisRect->height(); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the part of the axis that is hit by \a pos (in pixels). The return value of this function + is independent of the user-selectable parts defined with \ref setSelectableParts. Further, this + function does not change the current selection state of the axis. + + If the axis is not visible (\ref setVisible), this function always returns \ref spNone. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCPAxis::SelectablePart QCPAxis::getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + if (!mVisible) { + return spNone; + } + + if (mAxisPainter->axisSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxis; + } else if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelsSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spTickLabels; + } else if (mAxisPainter->labelSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return spAxisLabel; + } else { + return spNone; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAxis::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + SelectablePart part = getPartAt(pos); + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) || part == spNone) { + return -1; + } + + if (details) { + details->setValue(part); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that have this axis as key or value axis. + + If you are only interested in plottables of type QCPGraph, see \ref graphs. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::plottables() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mParentPlot->mPlottables) { + if (plottable->keyAxis() == this || plottable->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(plottable); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that have this axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxis::graphs() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + foreach (QCPGraph *graph, mParentPlot->mGraphs) { + if (graph->keyAxis() == this || graph->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(graph); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis. An item is considered + associated with an axis if at least one of its positions uses the axis as key or value axis. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxis::items() const +{ + QList result; + if (!mParentPlot) { + return result; + } + + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mParentPlot->mItems) { + foreach (QCPItemPosition *position, item->positions()) { + if (position->keyAxis() == this || position->valueAxis() == this) { + result.append(item); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Transforms a margin side to the logically corresponding axis type. (QCP::msLeft to + QCPAxis::atLeft, QCP::msRight to QCPAxis::atRight, etc.) +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return atLeft; + case QCP::msRight: + return atRight; + case QCP::msTop: + return atTop; + case QCP::msBottom: + return atBottom; + default: + break; + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid margin side passed:" << static_cast(side); + return atLeft; +} + +/*! + Returns the axis type that describes the opposite axis of an axis with the specified \a type. +*/ +QCPAxis::AxisType QCPAxis::opposite(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + switch (type) { + case atLeft: + return atRight; + case atRight: + return atLeft; + case atBottom: + return atTop; + case atTop: + return atBottom; + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis type"; + return atLeft; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + SelectablePart part = details.value(); + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^part : part); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxis::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(mSelectedParts & ~mSelectableParts); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis drag, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range dragging in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag) and this axis must be a draggable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. +*/ +void QCPAxis::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag) || + !mAxisRect->rangeDrag().testFlag(orientation()) || + !mAxisRect->rangeDragAxes(orientation()).contains(this)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragStartRange = mRange; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPAxis::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (mDragging) { + const double startPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? startPos.x() : startPos.y(); + const double currentPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? event->pos().x() : event->pos().y(); + if (mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) - pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower + diff, mDragStartRange.upper + diff); + } else if (mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) / pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower * diff, mDragStartRange.upper * diff); + } + + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPAxis::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user zoom individual axes + exclusively, by performing the wheel event on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis zoom, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range zooming in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom) and this axis must be a zoomable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The zooming of possibly multiple axes at once by performing the wheel event anywhere in the + axis rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent. +*/ +void QCPAxis::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom) || + !mAxisRect->rangeZoom().testFlag(orientation()) || + !mAxisRect->rangeZoomAxes(orientation()).contains(this)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) + const double delta = event->delta(); +#else + const double delta = event->angleDelta().y(); +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 14, 0) + const QPointF pos = event->pos(); +#else + const QPointF pos = event->position(); +#endif + + const double wheelSteps = delta / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + const double factor = qPow(mAxisRect->rangeZoomFactor(orientation()), wheelSteps); + scaleRange(factor, pixelToCoord(orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? pos.x() : pos.y())); + mParentPlot->replot(); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing axis lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAxis::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeAxes); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter, using the internal QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPAxis::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QVector subTickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + tickLabels.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + subTickPositions.reserve(mSubTickVector.size()); + + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + + if (mSubTicks) { + const int subTickCount = mSubTickVector.size(); + for (int i = 0; i < subTickCount; ++i) { + subTickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mSubTickVector.at(i))); + } + } + } + + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to draw the axis. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->basePen = getBasePen(); + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->labelColor = getLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->substituteExponent = mNumberBeautifulPowers; + mAxisPainter->tickPen = getTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->subTickPen = getSubTickPen(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = getTickLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->tickLabelColor = getTickLabelColor(); + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->abbreviateDecimalPowers = mScaleType == stLogarithmic; + mAxisPainter->reversedEndings = mRangeReversed; + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + mAxisPainter->subTickPositions = subTickPositions; + mAxisPainter->draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Prepares the internal tick vector, sub tick vector and tick label vector. This is done by calling + QCPAxisTicker::generate on the currently installed ticker. + + If a change in the label text/count is detected, the cached axis margin is invalidated to make + sure the next margin calculation recalculates the label sizes and returns an up-to-date value. +*/ +void QCPAxis::setupTickVectors() +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return; + } + if ((!mTicks && !mTickLabels && !mGrid->visible()) || mRange.size() <= 0) { + return; + } + + QVector oldLabels = mTickVectorLabels; + mTicker->generate(mRange, mParentPlot->locale(), mNumberFormatChar, mNumberPrecision, mTickVector, mSubTicks ? &mSubTickVector : nullptr, mTickLabels ? &mTickVectorLabels : nullptr); + mCachedMarginValid &= mTickVectorLabels == oldLabels; // if labels have changed, margin might have changed, too +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the axis base line. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedBasePen or mBasePen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getBasePen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedBasePen : mBasePen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickPen or mTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedTickPen : mTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the subticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedSubTickPen or mSubTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPAxis::getSubTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedSubTickPen : mSubTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelFont or mTickLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getTickLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelFont : mTickLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelFont or mLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPAxis::getLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelFont : mLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelColor or mTickLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getTickLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelColor : mTickLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelColor or mLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPAxis::getLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelColor : mLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the appropriate outward margin for this axis. It is needed if \ref + QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins is set to true on the parent axis rect. An axis with axis type \ref + atLeft will return an appropriate left margin, \ref atBottom will return an appropriate bottom + margin and so forth. For the calculation, this function goes through similar steps as \ref draw, + so changing one function likely requires the modification of the other one as well. + + The margin consists of the outward tick length, tick label padding, tick label size, label + padding, label size, and padding. + + The margin is cached internally, so repeated calls while leaving the axis range, fonts, etc. + unchanged are very fast. +*/ +int QCPAxis::calculateMargin() +{ + if (!mVisible) { // if not visible, directly return 0, don't cache 0 because we can't react to setVisible in QCPAxis + return 0; + } + + if (mCachedMarginValid) { + return mCachedMargin; + } + + // run through similar steps as QCPAxis::draw, and calculate margin needed to fit axis and its labels + int margin = 0; + + QVector tickPositions; // the final coordToPixel transformed vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + QVector tickLabels; // the final vector passed to QCPAxisPainter + tickPositions.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + tickLabels.reserve(mTickVector.size()); + + if (mTicks) { + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + tickPositions.append(coordToPixel(mTickVector.at(i))); + if (mTickLabels) { + tickLabels.append(mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + } + // transfer all properties of this axis to QCPAxisPainterPrivate which it needs to calculate the size. + // Note that some axis painter properties are already set by direct feed-through with QCPAxis setters + mAxisPainter->type = mAxisType; + mAxisPainter->labelFont = getLabelFont(); + mAxisPainter->label = mLabel; + mAxisPainter->tickLabelFont = mTickLabelFont; + mAxisPainter->axisRect = mAxisRect->rect(); + mAxisPainter->viewportRect = mParentPlot->viewport(); + mAxisPainter->tickPositions = tickPositions; + mAxisPainter->tickLabels = tickLabels; + margin += mAxisPainter->size(); + margin += mPadding; + + mCachedMargin = margin; + mCachedMarginValid = true; + return margin; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAxis::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectAxes; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisPainterPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisPainterPrivate + + \internal + \brief (Private) + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It is used by QCPAxis to do the low-level drawing of axis backbone, tick marks, tick labels and + axis label. It also buffers the labels to reduce replot times. The parameters are configured by + directly accessing the public member variables. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. Make sure to not create a new instance on every + redraw, to utilize the caching mechanisms. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + type(QCPAxis::atLeft), + basePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + lowerEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + upperEnding(QCPLineEnding::esNone), + labelPadding(0), + tickLabelPadding(0), + tickLabelRotation(0), + tickLabelSide(QCPAxis::lsOutside), + substituteExponent(true), + numberMultiplyCross(false), + tickLengthIn(5), + tickLengthOut(0), + subTickLengthIn(2), + subTickLengthOut(0), + tickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + subTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + offset(0), + abbreviateDecimalPowers(false), + reversedEndings(false), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mLabelCache(16) // cache at most 16 (tick) labels +{ +} + +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::~QCPAxisPainterPrivate() +{ +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter. + + The selection boxes (mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox) are set + here, too. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QByteArray newHash = generateLabelParameterHash(); + if (newHash != mLabelParameterHash) { + mLabelCache.clear(); + mLabelParameterHash = newHash; + } + + QPoint origin; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(-offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + origin = axisRect.bottomRight() + QPoint(+offset, 0); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + origin = axisRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + origin = axisRect.bottomLeft() + QPoint(0, +offset); + break; + } + + double xCor = 0, yCor = 0; // paint system correction, for pixel exact matches (affects baselines and ticks of top/right axes) + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atTop: + yCor = -1; + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + xCor = 1; + break; + default: + break; + } + int margin = 0; + // draw baseline: + QLineF baseLine; + painter->setPen(basePen); + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(axisRect.width() + xCor, yCor)); + } else { + baseLine.setPoints(origin + QPointF(xCor, yCor), origin + QPointF(xCor, -axisRect.height() + yCor)); + } + if (reversedEndings) { + baseLine = QLineF(baseLine.p2(), baseLine.p1()); // won't make a difference for line itself, but for line endings later + } + painter->drawLine(baseLine); + + // draw ticks: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(tickPen); + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + foreach (double tickPos, tickPositions) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(tickPos + xCor, origin.y() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, tickPos + xCor, origin.y() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + foreach (double tickPos, tickPositions) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - tickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, tickPos + yCor, origin.x() + tickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, tickPos + yCor)); + } + } + } + + // draw subticks: + if (!subTickPositions.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(subTickPen); + // direction of ticks ("inward" is right for left axis and left for right axis) + int tickDir = (type == QCPAxis::atBottom || type == QCPAxis::atRight) ? -1 : 1; + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + foreach (double subTickPos, subTickPositions) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(subTickPos + xCor, origin.y() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + yCor, subTickPos + xCor, origin.y() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + yCor)); + } + } else { + foreach (double subTickPos, subTickPositions) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(origin.x() - subTickLengthOut * tickDir + xCor, subTickPos + yCor, origin.x() + subTickLengthIn * tickDir + xCor, subTickPos + yCor)); + } + } + } + margin += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + + // draw axis base endings: + bool antialiasingBackup = painter->antialiasing(); + painter->setAntialiasing(true); // always want endings to be antialiased, even if base and ticks themselves aren't + painter->setBrush(QBrush(basePen.color())); + QCPVector2D baseLineVector(baseLine.dx(), baseLine.dy()); + if (lowerEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + lowerEnding.draw(painter, QCPVector2D(baseLine.p1()) - baseLineVector.normalized()*lowerEnding.realLength() * (lowerEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), -baseLineVector); + } + if (upperEnding.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + upperEnding.draw(painter, QCPVector2D(baseLine.p2()) + baseLineVector.normalized()*upperEnding.realLength() * (upperEnding.inverted() ? -1 : 1), baseLineVector); + } + painter->setAntialiasing(antialiasingBackup); + + // tick labels: + QRect oldClipRect; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { // if using inside labels, clip them to the axis rect + oldClipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + painter->setClipRect(axisRect); + } + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); // size of largest tick label, for offset calculation of axis label + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += tickLabelPadding; + } + painter->setFont(tickLabelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(tickLabelColor)); + const int maxLabelIndex = qMin(tickPositions.size(), tickLabels.size()); + int distanceToAxis = margin; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + distanceToAxis = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + for (int i = 0; i < maxLabelIndex; ++i) { + placeTickLabel(painter, tickPositions.at(i), distanceToAxis, tickLabels.at(i), &tickLabelsSize); + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + margin += (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + } + } + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside) { + painter->setClipRect(oldClipRect); + } + + // axis label: + QRect labelBounds; + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + margin += labelPadding; + painter->setFont(labelFont); + painter->setPen(QPen(labelColor)); + labelBounds = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, label); + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() - margin - labelBounds.height()), origin.y()); + painter->rotate(-90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate((origin.x() + margin + labelBounds.height()), origin.y() - axisRect.height()); + painter->rotate(90); + painter->drawText(0, 0, axisRect.height(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() - margin - labelBounds.height(), axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + painter->drawText(origin.x(), origin.y() + margin, axisRect.width(), labelBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignCenter, label); + } + } + + // set selection boxes: + int selectionTolerance = 0; + if (mParentPlot) { + selectionTolerance = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "mParentPlot is null"; + } + int selAxisOutSize = qMax(qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut), selectionTolerance); + int selAxisInSize = selectionTolerance; + int selTickLabelSize; + int selTickLabelOffset; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + selTickLabelSize = (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + tickLabelPadding; + } else { + selTickLabelSize = -(QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width()); + selTickLabelOffset = -(qMax(tickLengthIn, subTickLengthIn) + tickLabelPadding); + } + int selLabelSize = labelBounds.height(); + int selLabelOffset = qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut) + (!tickLabels.isEmpty() && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside ? tickLabelPadding + selTickLabelSize : 0) + labelPadding; + if (type == QCPAxis::atLeft) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisInSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() - selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atRight) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selAxisOutSize, axisRect.bottom()); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selTickLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(origin.x() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.top(), origin.x() + selLabelOffset, axisRect.bottom()); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atTop) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisOutSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisInSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset - selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset - selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() - selLabelOffset); + } else if (type == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + mAxisSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() - selAxisInSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selAxisOutSize); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset + selTickLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selTickLabelOffset); + mLabelSelectionBox.setCoords(axisRect.left(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset + selLabelSize, axisRect.right(), origin.y() + selLabelOffset); + } + mAxisSelectionBox = mAxisSelectionBox.normalized(); + mTickLabelsSelectionBox = mTickLabelsSelectionBox.normalized(); + mLabelSelectionBox = mLabelSelectionBox.normalized(); + // draw hitboxes for debug purposes: + //painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + //painter->drawRects(QVector() << mAxisSelectionBox << mTickLabelsSelectionBox << mLabelSelectionBox); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the size ("margin" in QCPAxisRect context, so measured perpendicular to the axis backbone + direction) needed to fit the axis. +*/ +int QCPAxisPainterPrivate::size() +{ + int result = 0; + + QByteArray newHash = generateLabelParameterHash(); + if (newHash != mLabelParameterHash) { + mLabelCache.clear(); + mLabelParameterHash = newHash; + } + + // get length of tick marks pointing outwards: + if (!tickPositions.isEmpty()) { + result += qMax(0, qMax(tickLengthOut, subTickLengthOut)); + } + + // calculate size of tick labels: + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + QSize tickLabelsSize(0, 0); + if (!tickLabels.isEmpty()) { + foreach (const QString &tickLabel, tickLabels) { + getMaxTickLabelSize(tickLabelFont, tickLabel, &tickLabelsSize); + } + result += QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal ? tickLabelsSize.height() : tickLabelsSize.width(); + result += tickLabelPadding; + } + } + + // calculate size of axis label (only height needed, because left/right labels are rotated by 90 degrees): + if (!label.isEmpty()) { + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(labelFont); + QRect bounds; + bounds = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, label); + result += bounds.height() + labelPadding; + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Clears the internal label cache. Upon the next \ref draw, all labels will be created new. This + method is called automatically in \ref draw, if any parameters have changed that invalidate the + cached labels, such as font, color, etc. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::clearCache() +{ + mLabelCache.clear(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a hash that allows uniquely identifying whether the label parameters have changed such + that the cached labels must be refreshed (\ref clearCache). It is used in \ref draw. If the + return value of this method hasn't changed since the last redraw, the respective label parameters + haven't changed and cached labels may be used. +*/ +QByteArray QCPAxisPainterPrivate::generateLabelParameterHash() const +{ + QByteArray result; + result.append(QByteArray::number(mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio())); + result.append(QByteArray::number(tickLabelRotation)); + result.append(QByteArray::number(int(tickLabelSide))); + result.append(QByteArray::number(int(substituteExponent))); + result.append(QByteArray::number(int(numberMultiplyCross))); + result.append(tickLabelColor.name().toLatin1() + QByteArray::number(tickLabelColor.alpha(), 16)); + result.append(tickLabelFont.toString().toLatin1()); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws a single tick label with the provided \a painter, utilizing the internal label cache to + significantly speed up drawing of labels that were drawn in previous calls. The tick label is + always bound to an axis, the distance to the axis is controllable via \a distanceToAxis in + pixels. The pixel position in the axis direction is passed in the \a position parameter. Hence + for the bottom axis, \a position would indicate the horizontal pixel position (not coordinate), + at which the label should be drawn. + + In order to later draw the axis label in a place that doesn't overlap with the tick labels, the + largest tick label size is needed. This is acquired by passing a \a tickLabelsSize to the \ref + drawTickLabel calls during the process of drawing all tick labels of one axis. In every call, \a + tickLabelsSize is expanded, if the drawn label exceeds the value \a tickLabelsSize currently + holds. + + The label is drawn with the font and pen that are currently set on the \a painter. To draw + superscripted powers, the font is temporarily made smaller by a fixed factor (see \ref + getTickLabelData). +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) +{ + // warning: if you change anything here, also adapt getMaxTickLabelSize() accordingly! + if (text.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QSize finalSize; + QPointF labelAnchor; + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atLeft: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.left() - distanceToAxis - offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atRight: + labelAnchor = QPointF(axisRect.right() + distanceToAxis + offset, position); + break; + case QCPAxis::atTop: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.top() - distanceToAxis - offset); + break; + case QCPAxis::atBottom: + labelAnchor = QPointF(position, axisRect.bottom() + distanceToAxis + offset); + break; + } + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { // label caching enabled + CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.take(text); // attempt to get label from cache + if (!cachedLabel) { // no cached label existed, create it + cachedLabel = new CachedLabel; + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + cachedLabel->offset = getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData) + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft(); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(1.0, mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio())) { + cachedLabel->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size() * mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio()); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT + cachedLabel->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatioF()); +# else + cachedLabel->pixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(mParentPlot->devicePixelRatio()); +# endif +#endif + } else { + cachedLabel->pixmap = QPixmap(labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size()); + } + cachedLabel->pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); + QCPPainter cachePainter(&cachedLabel->pixmap); + cachePainter.setPen(painter->pen()); + drawTickLabel(&cachePainter, -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().x(), -labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.topLeft().y(), labelData); + } + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() + cachedLabel->pixmap.width() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.right() || labelAnchor.x() + cachedLabel->offset.x() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() + cachedLabel->pixmap.height() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio() > viewportRect.bottom() || labelAnchor.y() + cachedLabel->offset.y() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + painter->drawPixmap(labelAnchor + cachedLabel->offset, cachedLabel->pixmap); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); + } + mLabelCache.insert(text, cachedLabel); // return label to cache or insert for the first time if newly created + } else { // label caching disabled, draw text directly on surface: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(painter->font(), text); + QPointF finalPosition = labelAnchor + getTickLabelDrawOffset(labelData); + // if label would be partly clipped by widget border on sides, don't draw it (only for outside tick labels): + bool labelClippedByBorder = false; + if (tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) { + if (QCPAxis::orientation(type) == Qt::Horizontal) { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.x() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.width() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left()) > viewportRect.right() || finalPosition.x() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.left() < viewportRect.left(); + } else { + labelClippedByBorder = finalPosition.y() + (labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.height() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top()) > viewportRect.bottom() || finalPosition.y() + labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.top() < viewportRect.top(); + } + } + if (!labelClippedByBorder) { + drawTickLabel(painter, finalPosition.x(), finalPosition.y(), labelData); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Draws the tick label specified in \a labelData with \a painter at the pixel positions \a x and \a + y. This function is used by \ref placeTickLabel to create new tick labels for the cache, or to + directly draw the labels on the QCustomPlot surface when label caching is disabled, i.e. when + QCP::phCacheLabels plotting hint is not set. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + // backup painter settings that we're about to change: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + QFont oldFont = painter->font(); + + // transform painter to position/rotation: + painter->translate(x, y); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + painter->rotate(tickLabelRotation); + } + + // draw text: + if (!labelData.expPart.isEmpty()) { // indicator that beautiful powers must be used + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.basePart); + if (!labelData.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1 + labelData.expBounds.width(), 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.suffixPart); + } + painter->setFont(labelData.expFont); + painter->drawText(labelData.baseBounds.width() + 1, 0, labelData.expBounds.width(), labelData.expBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, labelData.expPart); + } else { + painter->setFont(labelData.baseFont); + painter->drawText(0, 0, labelData.totalBounds.width(), labelData.totalBounds.height(), Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, labelData.basePart); + } + + // reset painter settings to what it was before: + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + painter->setFont(oldFont); +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Transforms the passed \a text and \a font to a tickLabelData structure that can then be further + processed by \ref getTickLabelDrawOffset and \ref drawTickLabel. It splits the text into base and + exponent if necessary (member substituteExponent) and calculates appropriate bounding boxes. +*/ +QCPAxisPainterPrivate::TickLabelData QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const +{ + TickLabelData result; + + // determine whether beautiful decimal powers should be used + bool useBeautifulPowers = false; + int ePos = -1; // first index of exponent part, text before that will be basePart, text until eLast will be expPart + int eLast = -1; // last index of exponent part, rest of text after this will be suffixPart + if (substituteExponent) { + ePos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('e')); + if (ePos > 0 && text.at(ePos - 1).isDigit()) { + eLast = ePos; + while (eLast + 1 < text.size() && (text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('+') || text.at(eLast + 1) == QLatin1Char('-') || text.at(eLast + 1).isDigit())) { + ++eLast; + } + if (eLast > ePos) { // only if also to right of 'e' is a digit/+/- interpret it as beautifiable power + useBeautifulPowers = true; + } + } + } + + // calculate text bounding rects and do string preparation for beautiful decimal powers: + result.baseFont = font; + if (result.baseFont.pointSizeF() > 0) { // might return -1 if specified with setPixelSize, in that case we can't do correction in next line + result.baseFont.setPointSizeF(result.baseFont.pointSizeF() + 0.05); // QFontMetrics.boundingRect has a bug for exact point sizes that make the results oscillate due to internal rounding + } + if (useBeautifulPowers) { + // split text into parts of number/symbol that will be drawn normally and part that will be drawn as exponent: + result.basePart = text.left(ePos); + result.suffixPart = text.mid(eLast + 1); // also drawn normally but after exponent + // in log scaling, we want to turn "1*10^n" into "10^n", else add multiplication sign and decimal base: + if (abbreviateDecimalPowers && result.basePart == QLatin1String("1")) { + result.basePart = QLatin1String("10"); + } else { + result.basePart += (numberMultiplyCross ? QString(QChar(215)) : QString(QChar(183))) + QLatin1String("10"); + } + result.expPart = text.mid(ePos + 1, eLast - ePos); + // clip "+" and leading zeros off expPart: + while (result.expPart.length() > 2 && result.expPart.at(1) == QLatin1Char('0')) { // length > 2 so we leave one zero when numberFormatChar is 'e' + result.expPart.remove(1, 1); + } + if (!result.expPart.isEmpty() && result.expPart.at(0) == QLatin1Char('+')) { + result.expPart.remove(0, 1); + } + // prepare smaller font for exponent: + result.expFont = font; + if (result.expFont.pointSize() > 0) { + result.expFont.setPointSize(int(result.expFont.pointSize() * 0.75)); + } else { + result.expFont.setPixelSize(int(result.expFont.pixelSize() * 0.75)); + } + // calculate bounding rects of base part(s), exponent part and total one: + result.baseBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.basePart); + result.expBounds = QFontMetrics(result.expFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.expPart); + if (!result.suffixPart.isEmpty()) { + result.suffixBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, result.suffixPart); + } + result.totalBounds = result.baseBounds.adjusted(0, 0, result.expBounds.width() + result.suffixBounds.width() + 2, 0); // +2 consists of the 1 pixel spacing between base and exponent (see drawTickLabel) and an extra pixel to include AA + } else { // useBeautifulPowers == false + result.basePart = text; + result.totalBounds = QFontMetrics(result.baseFont).boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | Qt::AlignHCenter, result.basePart); + } + result.totalBounds.moveTopLeft(QPoint(0, 0)); // want bounding box aligned top left at origin, independent of how it was created, to make further processing simpler + + // calculate possibly different bounding rect after rotation: + result.rotatedTotalBounds = result.totalBounds; + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation)) { + QTransform transform; + transform.rotate(tickLabelRotation); + result.rotatedTotalBounds = transform.mapRect(result.rotatedTotalBounds); + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This is a \ref placeTickLabel helper function. + + Calculates the offset at which the top left corner of the specified tick label shall be drawn. + The offset is relative to a point right next to the tick the label belongs to. + + This function is thus responsible for e.g. centering tick labels under ticks and positioning them + appropriately when they are rotated. +*/ +QPointF QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const +{ + /* + calculate label offset from base point at tick (non-trivial, for best visual appearance): short + explanation for bottom axis: The anchor, i.e. the point in the label that is placed + horizontally under the corresponding tick is always on the label side that is closer to the + axis (e.g. the left side of the text when we're rotating clockwise). On that side, the height + is halved and the resulting point is defined the anchor. This way, a 90 degree rotated text + will be centered under the tick (i.e. displaced horizontally by half its height). At the same + time, a 45 degree rotated text will "point toward" its tick, as is typical for rotated tick + labels. + */ + bool doRotation = !qFuzzyIsNull(tickLabelRotation); + bool flip = qFuzzyCompare(qAbs(tickLabelRotation), 90.0); // perfect +/-90 degree flip. Indicates vertical label centering on vertical axes. + double radians = tickLabelRotation / 180.0 * M_PI; + double x = 0; + double y = 0; + if ((type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at right side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width(); + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atRight && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atLeft && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at left side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + y = flip ? -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } else { + x = 0; + y = flip ? +labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0 : -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else { + x = 0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at bottom side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = -qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() + qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qCos(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } else { + x = -qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = -labelData.totalBounds.height(); + } + } else if ((type == QCPAxis::atBottom && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsOutside) || (type == QCPAxis::atTop && tickLabelSide == QCPAxis::lsInside)) { // Anchor at top side of tick label + if (doRotation) { + if (tickLabelRotation > 0) { + x = +qSin(radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } else { + x = -qCos(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width() - qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.height() / 2.0; + y = +qSin(-radians) * labelData.totalBounds.width(); + } + } else { + x = -labelData.totalBounds.width() / 2.0; + y = 0; + } + } + + return {x, y}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Simulates the steps done by \ref placeTickLabel by calculating bounding boxes of the text label + to be drawn, depending on number format etc. Since only the largest tick label is wanted for the + margin calculation, the passed \a tickLabelsSize is only expanded, if it's currently set to a + smaller width/height. +*/ +void QCPAxisPainterPrivate::getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const +{ + // note: this function must return the same tick label sizes as the placeTickLabel function. + QSize finalSize; + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels) && mLabelCache.contains(text)) { // label caching enabled and have cached label + const CachedLabel *cachedLabel = mLabelCache.object(text); + finalSize = cachedLabel->pixmap.size() / mParentPlot->bufferDevicePixelRatio(); + } else { // label caching disabled or no label with this text cached: + TickLabelData labelData = getTickLabelData(font, text); + finalSize = labelData.rotatedTotalBounds.size(); + } + + // expand passed tickLabelsSize if current tick label is larger: + if (finalSize.width() > tickLabelsSize->width()) { + tickLabelsSize->setWidth(finalSize.width()); + } + if (finalSize.height() > tickLabelsSize->height()) { + tickLabelsSize->setHeight(finalSize.height()); + } +} +/* end of 'src/axis/axis.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/scatterstyle.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 17466 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPScatterStyle +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPScatterStyle + \brief Represents the visual appearance of scatter points + + This class holds information about shape, color and size of scatter points. In plottables like + QCPGraph it is used to store how scatter points shall be drawn. For example, \ref + QCPGraph::setScatterStyle takes a QCPScatterStyle instance. + + A scatter style consists of a shape (\ref setShape), a line color (\ref setPen) and possibly a + fill (\ref setBrush), if the shape provides a fillable area. Further, the size of the shape can + be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-defining Specifying a scatter style + + You can set all these configurations either by calling the respective functions on an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-1 + + Or you can use one of the various constructors that take different parameter combinations, making + it easy to specify a scatter style in a single call, like so: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-creation-2 + + \section QCPScatterStyle-undefinedpen Leaving the color/pen up to the plottable + + There are two constructors which leave the pen undefined: \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If those constructors are used, a call to \ref + isPenDefined will return false. It leads to scatter points that inherit the pen from the + plottable that uses the scatter style. Thus, if such a scatter style is passed to QCPGraph, the line + color of the graph (\ref QCPGraph::setPen) will be used by the scatter points. This makes + it very convenient to set up typical scatter settings: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpscatterstyle-shortcreation + + Notice that it wasn't even necessary to explicitly call a QCPScatterStyle constructor. This works + because QCPScatterStyle provides a constructor that can transform a \ref ScatterShape directly + into a QCPScatterStyle instance (that's the \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) + constructor with a default for \a size). In those cases, C++ allows directly supplying a \ref + ScatterShape, where actually a QCPScatterStyle is expected. + + \section QCPScatterStyle-custompath-and-pixmap Custom shapes and pixmaps + + QCPScatterStyle supports drawing custom shapes and arbitrary pixmaps as scatter points. + + For custom shapes, you can provide a QPainterPath with the desired shape to the \ref + setCustomPath function or call the constructor that takes a painter path. The scatter shape will + automatically be set to \ref ssCustom. + + For pixmaps, you call \ref setPixmap with the desired QPixmap. Alternatively you can use the + constructor that takes a QPixmap. The scatter shape will automatically be set to \ref ssPixmap. + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isNone() const + + Returns whether the scatter shape is \ref ssNone. + + \see setShape +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPScatterStyle::isPenDefined() const + + Returns whether a pen has been defined for this scatter style. + + The pen is undefined if a constructor is called that does not carry \a pen as parameter. Those + are \ref QCPScatterStyle() and \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size). If the pen + is undefined, the pen of the respective plottable will be used for drawing scatters. + + If a pen was defined for this scatter style instance, and you now wish to undefine the pen, call + \ref undefinePen. + + \see setPen +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with size set to 6. No shape, pen or brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle() : + mSize(6), + mShape(ssNone), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape and size to \a size. No pen or + brush is defined. + + Since the pen is undefined (\ref isPenDefined returns false), the scatter color will be inherited + from the plottable that uses this scatter style. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + and size to \a size. No brush is defined, i.e. the scatter point will not be filled. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen color set to \a color, + the brush color to \a fill (with a solid pattern), and size to \a size. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(QPen(color)), + mBrush(QBrush(fill)), + mPenDefined(true) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with shape set to \a shape, the pen set to \a pen, the + brush to \a brush, and size to \a size. + + \warning In some cases it might be tempting to directly use a pen style like Qt::NoPen as \a pen + and a color like Qt::blue as \a brush. Notice however, that the corresponding call\n + QCPScatterStyle(QCPScatterShape::ssCircle, Qt::NoPen, Qt::blue, 5)\n + doesn't necessarily lead C++ to use this constructor in some cases, but might mistake + Qt::NoPen for a QColor and use the + \ref QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size) + constructor instead (which will lead to an unexpected look of the scatter points). To prevent + this, be more explicit with the parameter types. For example, use QBrush(Qt::blue) + instead of just Qt::blue, to clearly point out to the compiler that this constructor is + wanted. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(shape), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance which will show the specified \a pixmap. The scatter shape + is set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap) : + mSize(5), + mShape(ssPixmap), + mPen(Qt::NoPen), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPixmap(pixmap), + mPenDefined(false) +{ +} + +/*! + Creates a new QCPScatterStyle instance with a custom shape that is defined via \a customPath. The + scatter shape is set to \ref ssCustom. + + The custom shape line will be drawn with \a pen and filled with \a brush. The size has a slightly + different meaning than for built-in scatter points: The custom path will be drawn scaled by a + factor of \a size/6.0. Since the default \a size is 6, the custom path will appear in its + original size by default. To for example double the size of the path, set \a size to 12. +*/ +QCPScatterStyle::QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size) : + mSize(size), + mShape(ssCustom), + mPen(pen), + mBrush(brush), + mCustomPath(customPath), + mPenDefined(pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) +{ +} + +/*! + Copies the specified \a properties from the \a other scatter style to this scatter style. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setFromOther(const QCPScatterStyle &other, ScatterProperties properties) +{ + if (properties.testFlag(spPen)) { + setPen(other.pen()); + if (!other.isPenDefined()) { + undefinePen(); + } + } + if (properties.testFlag(spBrush)) { + setBrush(other.brush()); + } + if (properties.testFlag(spSize)) { + setSize(other.size()); + } + if (properties.testFlag(spShape)) { + setShape(other.shape()); + if (other.shape() == ssPixmap) { + setPixmap(other.pixmap()); + } else if (other.shape() == ssCustom) { + setCustomPath(other.customPath()); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the size (pixel diameter) of the drawn scatter points to \a size. + + \see setShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the shape to \a shape. + + Note that the calls \ref setPixmap and \ref setCustomPath automatically set the shape to \ref + ssPixmap and \ref ssCustom, respectively. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setShape(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape shape) +{ + mShape = shape; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw scatter points to \a pen. + + If the pen was previously undefined (see \ref isPenDefined), the pen is considered defined after + a call to this function, even if \a pen is Qt::NoPen. If you have defined a pen + previously by calling this function and now wish to undefine the pen, call \ref undefinePen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenDefined = true; + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill scatter points to \a brush. Note that not all scatter + shapes have fillable areas. For example, \ref ssPlus does not while \ref ssCircle does. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be drawn as scatter point to \a pixmap. + + Note that \ref setSize does not influence the appearance of the pixmap. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssPixmap. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + setShape(ssPixmap); + mPixmap = pixmap; +} + +/*! + Sets the custom shape that will be drawn as scatter point to \a customPath. + + The scatter shape is automatically set to \ref ssCustom. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath) +{ + setShape(ssCustom); + mCustomPath = customPath; +} + +/*! + Sets this scatter style to have an undefined pen (see \ref isPenDefined for what an undefined pen + implies). + + A call to \ref setPen will define a pen. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::undefinePen() +{ + mPenDefined = false; +} + +/*! + Applies the pen and the brush of this scatter style to \a painter. If this scatter style has an + undefined pen (\ref isPenDefined), sets the pen of \a painter to \a defaultPen instead. + + This function is used by plottables (or any class that wants to draw scatters) just before a + number of scatters with this style shall be drawn with the \a painter. + + \see drawShape +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const +{ + painter->setPen(mPenDefined ? mPen : defaultPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); +} + +/*! + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a pos. + + This function does not modify the pen or the brush on the painter, as \ref applyTo is meant to be + called before scatter points are drawn with \ref drawShape. + + \see applyTo +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos) const +{ + drawShape(painter, pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! \overload + Draws the scatter shape with \a painter at position \a x and \a y. +*/ +void QCPScatterStyle::drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const +{ + double w = mSize / 2.0; + switch (mShape) { + case ssNone: + break; + case ssDot: { + painter->drawLine(QPointF(x, y), QPointF(x + 0.0001, y)); + break; + } + case ssCross: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w, x + w, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPlus: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + break; + } + case ssDisc: { + QBrush b = painter->brush(); + painter->setBrush(painter->pen().color()); + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->setBrush(b); + break; + } + case ssSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + break; + } + case ssDiamond: { + QPointF lineArray[4] = {QPointF(x - w, y), + QPointF(x, y - w), + QPointF(x + w, y), + QPointF(x, y + w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 4); + break; + } + case ssStar: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707, x + w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssTriangle: { + QPointF lineArray[3] = {QPointF(x - w, y + 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x + w, y + 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x, y - 0.977 * w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 3); + break; + } + case ssTriangleInverted: { + QPointF lineArray[3] = {QPointF(x - w, y - 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x + w, y - 0.755 * w), + QPointF(x, y + 0.977 * w) + }; + painter->drawPolygon(lineArray, 3); + break; + } + case ssCrossSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y - w, x + w * 0.95, y + w * 0.95)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y + w * 0.95, x + w * 0.95, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPlusSquare: { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(x - w, y - w, mSize, mSize)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w * 0.95, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssCrossCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y - w * 0.707, x + w * 0.670, y + w * 0.670)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.670, x + w * 0.670, y - w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssPlusCircle: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x - w, y, x + w, y)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y + w, x, y - w)); + break; + } + case ssPeace: { + painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(x, y), w, w); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y - w, x, y + w)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x - w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(x, y, x + w * 0.707, y + w * 0.707)); + break; + } + case ssPixmap: { + const double widthHalf = mPixmap.width() * 0.5; + const double heightHalf = mPixmap.height() * 0.5; +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) + const QRectF clipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect().adjusted(-widthHalf, -heightHalf, widthHalf, heightHalf); +#else + const QRectF clipRect = painter->clipBoundingRect().adjusted(-widthHalf, -heightHalf, widthHalf, heightHalf); +#endif + if (clipRect.contains(x, y)) { + painter->drawPixmap(qRound(x - widthHalf), qRound(y - heightHalf), mPixmap); + } + break; + } + case ssCustom: { + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->translate(x, y); + painter->scale(mSize / 6.0, mSize / 6.0); + painter->drawPath(mCustomPath); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + break; + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/scatterstyle.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 38818 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionDecorator +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionDecorator + \brief Controls how a plottable's data selection is drawn + + Each \ref QCPAbstractPlottable instance has one \ref QCPSelectionDecorator (accessible via \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionDecorator) and uses it when drawing selected segments of its data. + + The selection decorator controls both pen (\ref setPen) and brush (\ref setBrush), as well as the + scatter style (\ref setScatterStyle) if the plottable draws scatters. Since a \ref + QCPScatterStyle is itself composed of different properties such as color shape and size, the + decorator allows specifying exactly which of those properties shall be used for the selected data + point, via \ref setUsedScatterProperties. + + A \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass instance can be passed to a plottable via \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator, allowing greater customizability of the appearance + of selected segments. + + Use \ref copyFrom to easily transfer the settings of one decorator to another one. This is + especially useful since plottables take ownership of the passed selection decorator, and thus the + same decorator instance can not be passed to multiple plottables. + + Selection decorators can also themselves perform drawing operations by reimplementing \ref + drawDecoration, which is called by the plottable's draw method. The base class \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator does not make use of this however. For example, \ref + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket draws brackets around selected data segments. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionDecorator instance with default values +*/ +QCPSelectionDecorator::QCPSelectionDecorator() : + mPen(QColor(80, 80, 255), 2.5), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mUsedScatterProperties(QCPScatterStyle::spNone), + mPlottable(nullptr) +{ +} + +QCPSelectionDecorator::~QCPSelectionDecorator() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used by the parent plottable to draw selected data segments. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used by the parent plottable to draw selected data segments. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the scatter style that will be used by the parent plottable to draw scatters in selected + data segments. + + \a usedProperties specifies which parts of the passed \a scatterStyle will be used by the + plottable. The used properties can also be changed via \ref setUsedScatterProperties. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &scatterStyle, QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedProperties) +{ + mScatterStyle = scatterStyle; + setUsedScatterProperties(usedProperties); +} + +/*! + Use this method to define which properties of the scatter style (set via \ref setScatterStyle) + will be used for selected data segments. All properties of the scatter style that are not + specified in \a properties will remain as specified in the plottable's original scatter style. + + \see QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperty +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::setUsedScatterProperties(const QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties &properties) +{ + mUsedScatterProperties = properties; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen of \a painter to the pen of this selection decorator. + + \see applyBrush, getFinalScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::applyPen(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setPen(mPen); +} + +/*! + Sets the brush of \a painter to the brush of this selection decorator. + + \see applyPen, getFinalScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::applyBrush(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setBrush(mBrush); +} + +/*! + Returns the scatter style that the parent plottable shall use for selected scatter points. The + plottable's original (unselected) scatter style must be passed as \a unselectedStyle. Depending + on the setting of \ref setUsedScatterProperties, the returned scatter style is a mixture of this + selecion decorator's scatter style (\ref setScatterStyle), and \a unselectedStyle. + + \see applyPen, applyBrush, setScatterStyle +*/ +QCPScatterStyle QCPSelectionDecorator::getFinalScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &unselectedStyle) const +{ + QCPScatterStyle result(unselectedStyle); + result.setFromOther(mScatterStyle, mUsedScatterProperties); + + // if style shall inherit pen from plottable (has no own pen defined), give it the selected + // plottable pen explicitly, so it doesn't use the unselected plottable pen when used in the + // plottable: + if (!result.isPenDefined()) { + result.setPen(mPen); + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Copies all properties (e.g. color, fill, scatter style) of the \a other selection decorator to + this selection decorator. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::copyFrom(const QCPSelectionDecorator *other) +{ + setPen(other->pen()); + setBrush(other->brush()); + setScatterStyle(other->scatterStyle(), other->usedScatterProperties()); +} + +/*! + This method is called by all plottables' draw methods to allow custom selection decorations to be + drawn. Use the passed \a painter to perform the drawing operations. \a selection carries the data + selection for which the decoration shall be drawn. + + The default base class implementation of \ref QCPSelectionDecorator has no special decoration, so + this method does nothing. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecorator::drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + Q_UNUSED(painter) + Q_UNUSED(selection) +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called as soon as a selection decorator is associated with a plottable, by a call + to \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator. This way the selection decorator can obtain a pointer to the plottable that uses it (e.g. to access + data points via the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D interface). + + If the selection decorator was already added to a different plottable before, this method aborts + the registration and returns false. +*/ +bool QCPSelectionDecorator::registerWithPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + mPlottable = plottable; + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "This selection decorator is already registered with plottable:" << reinterpret_cast(mPlottable); + return false; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable + \brief The abstract base class for all data representing objects in a plot. + + It defines a very basic interface like name, pen, brush, visibility etc. Since this class is + abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass yourself to + create new ways of displaying data (see "Creating own plottables" below). Plottables that display + one-dimensional data (i.e. data points have a single key dimension and one or multiple values at + each key) are based off of the template subclass \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D, see details + there. + + All further specifics are in the subclasses, for example: + \li A normal graph with possibly a line and/or scatter points \ref QCPGraph + (typically created with \ref QCustomPlot::addGraph) + \li A parametric curve: \ref QCPCurve + \li A bar chart: \ref QCPBars + \li A statistical box plot: \ref QCPStatisticalBox + \li A color encoded two-dimensional map: \ref QCPColorMap + \li An OHLC/Candlestick chart: \ref QCPFinancial + + \section plottables-subclassing Creating own plottables + + Subclassing directly from QCPAbstractPlottable is only recommended if you wish to display + two-dimensional data like \ref QCPColorMap, i.e. two logical key dimensions and one (or more) + data dimensions. If you want to display data with only one logical key dimension, you should + rather derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D. + + If subclassing QCPAbstractPlottable directly, these are the pure virtual functions you must + implement: + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + \li \ref drawLegendIcon + \li \ref getKeyRange + \li \ref getValueRange + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + For drawing your plot, you can use the \ref coordsToPixels functions to translate a point in plot + coordinates to pixel coordinates. This function is quite convenient, because it takes the + orientation of the key and value axes into account for you (x and y are swapped when the key axis + is vertical and the value axis horizontal). If you are worried about performance (i.e. you need + to translate many points in a loop like QCPGraph), you can directly use \ref + QCPAxis::coordToPixel. However, you must then take care about the orientation of the axis + yourself. + + Here are some important members you inherit from QCPAbstractPlottable: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
QCustomPlot *\b mParentPlotA pointer to the parent QCustomPlot instance. The parent plot is inferred from the axes that are passed in the constructor.
QString \b mNameThe name of the plottable.
QPen \b mPenThe generic pen of the plottable. You should use this pen for the most prominent data representing lines in the plottable + (e.g QCPGraph uses this pen for its graph lines and scatters)
QBrush \b mBrushThe generic brush of the plottable. You should use this brush for the most prominent fillable structures in the plottable + (e.g. QCPGraph uses this brush to control filling under the graph)
QPointer<\ref QCPAxis> \b mKeyAxis, \b mValueAxisThe key and value axes this plottable is attached to. Call their QCPAxis::coordToPixel functions to translate coordinates + to pixels in either the key or value dimension. Make sure to check whether the pointer is \c nullptr before using it. If one of + the axes is null, don't draw the plottable.
\ref QCPSelectionDecorator \b mSelectionDecoratorThe currently set selection decorator which specifies how selected data of the plottable shall be drawn and decorated. + When drawing your data, you must consult this decorator for the appropriate pen/brush before drawing unselected/selected data segments. + Finally, you should call its \ref QCPSelectionDecorator::drawDecoration method at the end of your \ref draw implementation.
\ref QCP::SelectionType \b mSelectableIn which composition, if at all, this plottable's data may be selected. Enforcing this setting on the data selection is done + by QCPAbstractPlottable automatically.
\ref QCPDataSelection \b mSelectionHolds the current selection state of the plottable's data, i.e. the selected data ranges (\ref QCPDataRange).
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPSelectionDecorator *QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionDecorator() const + + Provides access to the selection decorator of this plottable. The selection decorator controls + how selected data ranges are drawn (e.g. their pen color and fill), see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator for details. + + If you wish to use an own \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass, pass an instance of it to \ref + setSelectionDecorator. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPAbstractPlottable::selected() const + + Returns true if there are any data points of the plottable currently selected. Use \ref selection + to retrieve the current \ref QCPDataSelection. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataSelection QCPAbstractPlottable::selection() const + + Returns a \ref QCPDataSelection encompassing all the data points that are currently selected on + this plottable. + + \see selected, setSelection, setSelectable +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D() + + If this plottable is a one-dimensional plottable, i.e. it implements the \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D, returns the \a this pointer with that type. Otherwise (e.g. in the case + of a \ref QCPColorMap) returns zero. + + You can use this method to gain read access to data coordinates while holding a pointer to the + abstract base class only. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRect &rect) const = 0 + \internal + + called by QCPLegend::draw (via QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw) to create a graphical representation + of this plottable inside \a rect, next to the plottable name. + + The passed \a painter has its cliprect set to \a rect, so painting outside of \a rect won't + appear outside the legend icon border. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const = 0 + + Returns the coordinate range that all data in this plottable span in the key axis dimension. For + logarithmic plots, one can set \a inSignDomain to either \ref QCP::sdNegative or \ref + QCP::sdPositive in order to restrict the returned range to that sign domain. E.g. when only + negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdNegative and all positive points + will be ignored for range calculation. For no restriction, just set \a inSignDomain to \ref + QCP::sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output parameter that indicates whether a range could + be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't use the returned range (e.g. no points in data). + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero (e.g. when there is only one data point). In this case \a + foundRange would return true, but the returned range is not a valid range in terms of \ref + QCPRange::validRange. + + \see rescaleAxes, getValueRange +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const = 0 + + Returns the coordinate range that the data points in the specified key range (\a inKeyRange) span + in the value axis dimension. For logarithmic plots, one can set \a inSignDomain to either \ref + QCP::sdNegative or \ref QCP::sdPositive in order to restrict the returned range to that sign + domain. E.g. when only negative range is wanted, set \a inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdNegative and + all positive points will be ignored for range calculation. For no restriction, just set \a + inSignDomain to \ref QCP::sdBoth (default). \a foundRange is an output parameter that indicates + whether a range could be found or not. If this is false, you shouldn't use the returned range + (e.g. no points in data). + + If \a inKeyRange has both lower and upper bound set to zero (is equal to QCPRange()), + all data points are considered, without any restriction on the keys. + + Note that \a foundRange is not the same as \ref QCPRange::validRange, since the range returned by + this function may have size zero (e.g. when there is only one data point). In this case \a + foundRange would return true, but the returned range is not a valid range in terms of \ref + QCPRange::validRange. + + \see rescaleAxes, getKeyRange +*/ + +/* end of documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this plottable has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelection. The parameter \a selected indicates whether + there are any points selected or not. + + \see selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection) +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this plottable has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelection. The parameter \a selection holds the + currently selected data ranges. + + \see selectionChanged(bool selected) +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability of this plottable has changed. + + \see setSelectable +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an abstract plottable which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as + its value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance + and have perpendicular orientations. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + Since QCPAbstractPlottable is an abstract class that defines the basic interface to plottables, + it can't be directly instantiated. + + You probably want one of the subclasses like \ref QCPGraph or \ref QCPCurve instead. +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPLayerable(keyAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), keyAxis->axisRect()), + mName(), + mAntialiasedFill(true), + mAntialiasedScatters(true), + mPen(Qt::black), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mKeyAxis(keyAxis), + mValueAxis(valueAxis), + mSelectable(QCP::stWhole), + mSelectionDecorator(nullptr) +{ + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != valueAxis->parentPlot()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Parent plot of keyAxis is not the same as that of valueAxis."; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == valueAxis->orientation()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keyAxis and valueAxis must be orthogonal to each other."; + } + + mParentPlot->registerPlottable(this); + setSelectionDecorator(new QCPSelectionDecorator); +} + +QCPAbstractPlottable::~QCPAbstractPlottable() +{ + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + The name is the textual representation of this plottable as it is displayed in the legend + (\ref QCPLegend). It may contain any UTF-8 characters, including newlines. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setName(const QString &name) +{ + mName = name; +} + +/*! + Sets whether fills of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedFill = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the scatter symbols of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedScatters = enabled; +} + +/*! + The pen is used to draw basic lines that make up the plottable representation in the + plot. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws its graph lines with this pen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + The brush is used to draw basic fills of the plottable representation in the + plot. The Fill can be a color, gradient or texture, see the usage of QBrush. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws the fill under the graph with this brush, when + it's not set to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + The key axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is orthogonal + to the plottable's value axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the case. + The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and the + y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setValueAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mKeyAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + The value axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is + orthogonal to the plottable's key axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the + case. The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and + the y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setKeyAxis +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + mValueAxis = axis; +} + + +/*! + Sets which data ranges of this plottable are selected. Selected data ranges are drawn differently + (e.g. color) in the plot. This can be controlled via the selection decorator (see \ref + selectionDecorator). + + The entire selection mechanism for plottables is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectPlottables. You only need to call this function when + you wish to change the selection state programmatically. + + Using \ref setSelectable you can further specify for each plottable whether and to which + granularity it is selectable. If \a selection is not compatible with the current \ref + QCP::SelectionType set via \ref setSelectable, the resulting selection will be adjusted + accordingly (see \ref QCPDataSelection::enforceType). + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + selection.enforceType(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != selection) { + mSelection = selection; + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } +} + +/*! + Use this method to set an own QCPSelectionDecorator (subclass) instance. This allows you to + customize the visual representation of selected data ranges further than by using the default + QCPSelectionDecorator. + + The plottable takes ownership of the \a decorator. + + The currently set decorator can be accessed via \ref selectionDecorator. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator) +{ + if (decorator) { + if (decorator->registerWithPlottable(this)) { + delete mSelectionDecorator; // delete old decorator if necessary + mSelectionDecorator = decorator; + } + } else if (mSelectionDecorator) { // just clear decorator + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether and to which granularity this plottable can be selected. + + A selection can happen by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface (When \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables), by dragging a selection rect + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode is \ref QCP::srmSelect), or programmatically by + calling \ref setSelection. + + \see setSelection, QCP::SelectionType +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + QCPDataSelection oldSelection = mSelection; + mSelection.enforceType(mSelectable); + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != oldSelection) { + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } + } +} + + +/*! + Convenience function for transforming a key/value pair to pixels on the QCustomPlot surface, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a key and \a value are transformed to the coodinates in pixels and are written to \a x and \a y. + + \see pixelsToCoords, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + y = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } else { + y = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + x = valueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Transforms the given \a key and \a value to pixel coordinates and returns them in a QPointF. +*/ +const QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable::coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(value)); + } else { + return QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(key)); + } +} + +/*! + Convenience function for transforming a x/y pixel pair on the QCustomPlot surface to plot coordinates, + taking the orientations of the axes associated with this plottable into account (e.g. whether key + represents x or y). + + \a x and \a y are transformed to the plot coodinates and are written to \a key and \a value. + + \see coordsToPixels, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + key = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(y); + value = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(x); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the pixel input \a pixelPos as plot coordinates \a key and \a value. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const +{ + pixelsToCoords(pixelPos.x(), pixelPos.y(), key, value); +} + +/*! + Rescales the key and value axes associated with this plottable to contain all displayed data, so + the whole plottable is visible. If the scaling of an axis is logarithmic, rescaleAxes will make + sure not to rescale to an illegal range i.e. a range containing different signs and/or zero. + Instead it will stay in the current sign domain and ignore all parts of the plottable that lie + outside of that domain. + + \a onlyEnlarge makes sure the ranges are only expanded, never reduced. So it's possible to show + multiple plottables in their entirety by multiple calls to rescaleAxes where the first call has + \a onlyEnlarge set to false (the default), and all subsequent set to true. + + \see rescaleKeyAxis, rescaleValueAxis, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + rescaleKeyAxis(onlyEnlarge); + rescaleValueAxis(onlyEnlarge); +} + +/*! + Rescales the key axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (keyAxis->range().upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getKeyRange(foundRange, signDomain); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(keyAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(keyAxis->range().upper / keyAxis->range().lower); + } + } + keyAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Rescales the value axis of the plottable so the whole plottable is visible. If \a inKeyRange is + set to true, only the data points which are in the currently visible key axis range are + considered. + + Returns true if the axis was actually scaled. This might not be the case if this plottable has an + invalid range, e.g. because it has no data points. + + See \ref rescaleAxes for detailed behaviour. +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool inKeyRange) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (valueAxis->range().upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getValueRange(foundRange, signDomain, inKeyRange ? keyAxis->range() : QCPRange()); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(valueAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + } + } + valueAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds this plottable to the specified \a legend. + + Creates a QCPPlottableLegendItem which is inserted into the legend. Returns true on success, i.e. + when the legend exists and a legend item associated with this plottable isn't already in the + legend. + + If the plottable needs a more specialized representation in the legend, you can create a + corresponding subclass of \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem and add it to the legend manually instead + of calling this method. + + \see removeFromLegend, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + if (legend->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend isn't in the same QCustomPlot as this plottable"; + return false; + } + + if (!legend->hasItemWithPlottable(this)) { + legend->addItem(new QCPPlottableLegendItem(legend, this)); + return true; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds this plottable to the legend of the parent QCustomPlot (\ref QCustomPlot::legend). + + \see removeFromLegend +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend() +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return addToLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the plottable from the specifed \a legend. This means the \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem + that is associated with this plottable is removed. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if the legend exists and a legend item associated with this + plottable was found and removed. + + \see addToLegend, QCPLegend::removeItem +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *lip = legend->itemWithPlottable(this)) { + return legend->removeItem(lip); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the plottable from the legend of the parent QCustomPlot. + + \see addToLegend +*/ +bool QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend() const +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return removeFromLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractPlottable::clipRect() const +{ + if (mKeyAxis && mValueAxis) { + return mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect() & mValueAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect(); + } else + return {}; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectPlottables; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable fills. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint, applyScattersAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedFill, QCP::aeFills); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing plottable scatter points. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased, applyFillAntialiasingHint, applyDefaultAntialiasingHint +*/ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedScatters, QCP::aeScatters); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection newSelection = details.value(); + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + if (additive) { + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // in whole selection mode, we toggle to no selection even if currently unselected point was hit + if (selected()) { + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + } else { // in all other selection modes we toggle selections of homogeneously selected/unselected segments + if (mSelection.contains(newSelection)) { // if entire newSelection is already selected, toggle selection + setSelection(mSelection - newSelection); + } else { + setSelection(mSelection + newSelection); + } + } + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractPlottable::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottable.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/item.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 49486 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemAnchor +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemAnchor + \brief An anchor of an item to which positions can be attached to. + + An item (QCPAbstractItem) may have one or more anchors. Unlike QCPItemPosition, an anchor doesn't + control anything on its item, but provides a way to tie other items via their positions to the + anchor. + + For example, a QCPItemRect is defined by its positions \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + Additionally it has various anchors like \a top, \a topRight or \a bottomLeft etc. So you can + attach the \a start (which is a QCPItemPosition) of a QCPItemLine to one of the anchors by + calling QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor on \a start, passing the wanted anchor of the + QCPItemRect. This way the start of the line will now always follow the respective anchor location + on the rect item. + + Note that QCPItemPosition derives from QCPItemAnchor, so every position can also serve as an + anchor to other positions. + + To learn how to provide anchors in your own item subclasses, see the subclassing section of the + QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPItemPosition *QCPItemAnchor::toQCPItemPosition() + + Returns \c nullptr if this instance is merely a QCPItemAnchor, and a valid pointer of type + QCPItemPosition* if it actually is a QCPItemPosition (which is a subclass of QCPItemAnchor). + + This safe downcast functionality could also be achieved with a dynamic_cast. However, QCustomPlot avoids + dynamic_cast to work with projects that don't have RTTI support enabled (e.g. -fno-rtti flag with + gcc compiler). +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemAnchor. You shouldn't create QCPItemAnchor instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemAnchor::QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name, int anchorId) : + mName(name), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mParentItem(parentItem), + mAnchorId(anchorId) +{ +} + +QCPItemAnchor::~QCPItemAnchor() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.values()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(nullptr); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.values()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(nullptr); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemAnchor on the QCustomPlot surface. + + The pixel information is internally retrieved via QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition of the + parent item, QCPItemAnchor is just an intermediary. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemAnchor::pixelPosition() const +{ + if (mParentItem) { + if (mAnchorId > -1) { + return mParentItem->anchorPixelPosition(mAnchorId); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no valid anchor id set:" << mAnchorId; + return {}; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no parent item set"; + return {}; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childX list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenX.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childX list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenX.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds \a pos to the childY list of this anchor, which keeps track of which children use this + anchor as parent anchor for the respective coordinate. This is necessary to notify the children + prior to destruction of the anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.contains(pos)) { + mChildrenY.insert(pos); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos is child already" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes \a pos from the childY list of this anchor. + + Note that this function does not change the parent setting in \a pos. +*/ +void QCPItemAnchor::removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos) +{ + if (!mChildrenY.remove(pos)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "provided pos isn't child" << reinterpret_cast(pos); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPosition +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPosition + \brief Manages the position of an item. + + Every item has at least one public QCPItemPosition member pointer which provides ways to position the + item on the QCustomPlot surface. Some items have multiple positions, for example QCPItemRect has two: + \a topLeft and \a bottomRight. + + QCPItemPosition has a type (\ref PositionType) that can be set with \ref setType. This type + defines how coordinates passed to \ref setCoords are to be interpreted, e.g. as absolute pixel + coordinates, as plot coordinates of certain axes (\ref QCPItemPosition::setAxes), as fractions of + the axis rect (\ref QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect), etc. For more advanced plots it is also + possible to assign different types per X/Y coordinate of the position (see \ref setTypeX, \ref + setTypeY). This way an item could be positioned for example at a fixed pixel distance from the + top in the Y direction, while following a plot coordinate in the X direction. + + A QCPItemPosition may have a parent QCPItemAnchor, see \ref setParentAnchor. This way you can tie + multiple items together. If the QCPItemPosition has a parent, its coordinates (\ref setCoords) + are considered to be absolute pixels in the reference frame of the parent anchor, where (0, 0) + means directly ontop of the parent anchor. For example, You could attach the \a start position of + a QCPItemLine to the \a bottom anchor of a QCPItemText to make the starting point of the line + always be centered under the text label, no matter where the text is moved to. For more advanced + plots, it is possible to assign different parent anchors per X/Y coordinate of the position, see + \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. This way an item could follow another item in the X + direction but stay at a fixed position in the Y direction. Or even follow item A in X, and item B + in Y. + + Note that every QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor and thus can itself be used as parent + anchor for other positions. + + To set the apparent pixel position on the QCustomPlot surface directly, use \ref setPixelPosition. This + works no matter what type this QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as \ref + setPixelPosition transforms the coordinates appropriately, to make the position appear at the specified + pixel values. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPItemPosition::PositionType *QCPItemPosition::type() const + + Returns the current position type. + + If different types were set for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), this method returns the + type of the X coordinate. In that case rather use \a typeX() and \a typeY(). + + \see setType +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPItemAnchor *QCPItemPosition::parentAnchor() const + + Returns the current parent anchor. + + If different parent anchors were set for X and Y (\ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY), + this method returns the parent anchor of the Y coordinate. In that case rather use \a + parentAnchorX() and \a parentAnchorY(). + + \see setParentAnchor +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPItemPosition. You shouldn't create QCPItemPosition instances directly, even if + you want to make a new item subclass. Use \ref QCPAbstractItem::createPosition instead, as + explained in the subclassing section of the QCPAbstractItem documentation. +*/ +QCPItemPosition::QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name) : + QCPItemAnchor(parentPlot, parentItem, name), + mPositionTypeX(ptAbsolute), + mPositionTypeY(ptAbsolute), + mKey(0), + mValue(0), + mParentAnchorX(nullptr), + mParentAnchorY(nullptr) +{ +} + +QCPItemPosition::~QCPItemPosition() +{ + // unregister as parent at children: + // Note: this is done in ~QCPItemAnchor again, but it's important QCPItemPosition does it itself, because only then + // the setParentAnchor(0) call the correct QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition function instead of QCPItemAnchor::pixelPosition + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenX.values()) { + if (child->parentAnchorX() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorX(nullptr); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenX + } + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *child, mChildrenY.values()) { + if (child->parentAnchorY() == this) { + child->setParentAnchorY(nullptr); // this acts back on this anchor and child removes itself from mChildrenY + } + } + // unregister as child in parent: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPItemPosition::axisRect() const +{ + return mAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets the type of the position. The type defines how the coordinates passed to \ref setCoords + should be handled and how the QCPItemPosition should behave in the plot. + + The possible values for \a type can be separated in two main categories: + + \li The position is regarded as a point in plot coordinates. This corresponds to \ref ptPlotCoords + and requires two axes that define the plot coordinate system. They can be specified with \ref setAxes. + By default, the QCustomPlot's x- and yAxis are used. + + \li The position is fixed on the QCustomPlot surface, i.e. independent of axis ranges. This + corresponds to all other types, i.e. \ref ptAbsolute, \ref ptViewportRatio and \ref + ptAxisRectRatio. They differ only in the way the absolute position is described, see the + documentation of \ref PositionType for details. For \ref ptAxisRectRatio, note that you can specify + the axis rect with \ref setAxisRect. By default this is set to the main axis rect. + + Note that the position type \ref ptPlotCoords is only available (and sensible) when the position + has no parent anchor (\ref setParentAnchor). + + If the type is changed, the apparent pixel position on the plot is preserved. This means + the coordinates as retrieved with coords() and set with \ref setCoords may change in the process. + + This method sets the type for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set different types + for X and Y, see \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setType(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + setTypeX(type); + setTypeY(type); +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the X coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeY +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeX(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeX != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPosition() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeX == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPosition(); + } + + mPositionTypeX = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + This method sets the position type of the Y coordinate to \a type. + + For a detailed description of what a position type is, see the documentation of \ref setType. + + \see setType, setTypeX +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setTypeY(QCPItemPosition::PositionType type) +{ + if (mPositionTypeY != type) { + // if switching from or to coordinate type that isn't valid (e.g. because axes or axis rect + // were deleted), don't try to recover the pixelPosition() because it would output a qDebug warning. + bool retainPixelPosition = true; + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords || type == ptPlotCoords) && (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + if ((mPositionTypeY == ptAxisRectRatio || type == ptAxisRectRatio) && (!mAxisRect)) { + retainPixelPosition = false; + } + + QPointF pixel; + if (retainPixelPosition) { + pixel = pixelPosition(); + } + + mPositionTypeY = type; + + if (retainPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixel); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the parent of this QCPItemPosition to \a parentAnchor. This means the position will now + follow any position changes of the anchor. The local coordinate system of positions with a parent + anchor always is absolute pixels, with (0, 0) being exactly on top of the parent anchor. (Hence + the type shouldn't be set to \ref ptPlotCoords for positions with parent anchors.) + + if \a keepPixelPosition is true, the current pixel position of the QCPItemPosition is preserved + during reparenting. If it's set to false, the coordinates are set to (0, 0), i.e. the position + will be exactly on top of the parent anchor. + + To remove this QCPItemPosition from any parent anchor, set \a parentAnchor to \c nullptr. + + If the QCPItemPosition previously had no parent and the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, the type is + set to \ref ptAbsolute, to keep the position in a valid state. + + This method sets the parent anchor for both X and Y directions. It is also possible to set + different parents for X and Y, see \ref setParentAnchorX, \ref setParentAnchorY. +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + bool successX = setParentAnchorX(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + bool successY = setParentAnchorY(parentAnchor, keepPixelPosition); + return successX && successY; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the X coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorY +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorX(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorX && mPositionTypeX == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeX(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPosition(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorX) { + mParentAnchorX->removeChildX(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildX(this); + } + mParentAnchorX = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(0, coords().y()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + This method sets the parent anchor of the Y coordinate to \a parentAnchor. + + For a detailed description of what a parent anchor is, see the documentation of \ref setParentAnchor. + + \see setParentAnchor, setParentAnchorX +*/ +bool QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition) +{ + // make sure self is not assigned as parent: + if (parentAnchor == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set self as parent anchor" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + // make sure no recursive parent-child-relationships are created: + QCPItemAnchor *currentParent = parentAnchor; + while (currentParent) { + if (QCPItemPosition *currentParentPos = currentParent->toQCPItemPosition()) { + // is a QCPItemPosition, might have further parent, so keep iterating + if (currentParentPos == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't create recursive parent-child-relationship" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + currentParent = currentParentPos->parentAnchorY(); + } else { + // is a QCPItemAnchor, can't have further parent. Now make sure the parent items aren't the + // same, to prevent a position being child of an anchor which itself depends on the position, + // because they're both on the same item: + if (currentParent->mParentItem == mParentItem) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set parent to be an anchor which itself depends on this position" << reinterpret_cast(parentAnchor); + return false; + } + break; + } + } + + // if previously no parent set and PosType is still ptPlotCoords, set to ptAbsolute: + if (!mParentAnchorY && mPositionTypeY == ptPlotCoords) { + setTypeY(ptAbsolute); + } + + // save pixel position: + QPointF pixelP; + if (keepPixelPosition) { + pixelP = pixelPosition(); + } + // unregister at current parent anchor: + if (mParentAnchorY) { + mParentAnchorY->removeChildY(this); + } + // register at new parent anchor: + if (parentAnchor) { + parentAnchor->addChildY(this); + } + mParentAnchorY = parentAnchor; + // restore pixel position under new parent: + if (keepPixelPosition) { + setPixelPosition(pixelP); + } else { + setCoords(coords().x(), 0); + } + return true; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinates of this QCPItemPosition. What the coordinates mean, is defined by the type + (\ref setType, \ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY). + + For example, if the type is \ref ptAbsolute, \a key and \a value mean the x and y pixel position + on the QCustomPlot surface. In that case the origin (0, 0) is in the top left corner of the + QCustomPlot viewport. If the type is \ref ptPlotCoords, \a key and \a value mean a point in the + plot coordinate system defined by the axes set by \ref setAxes. By default those are the + QCustomPlot's xAxis and yAxis. See the documentation of \ref setType for other available + coordinate types and their meaning. + + If different types were configured for X and Y (\ref setTypeX, \ref setTypeY), \a key and \a + value must also be provided in the different coordinate systems. Here, the X type refers to \a + key, and the Y type refers to \a value. + + \see setPixelPosition +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(double key, double value) +{ + mKey = key; + mValue = value; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the coordinates as a QPointF \a pos where pos.x has the meaning of \a key and pos.y the + meaning of \a value of the \ref setCoords(double key, double value) method. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setCoords(const QPointF &pos) +{ + setCoords(pos.x(), pos.y()); +} + +/*! + Returns the final absolute pixel position of the QCPItemPosition on the QCustomPlot surface. It + includes all effects of type (\ref setType) and possible parent anchors (\ref setParentAnchor). + + \see setPixelPosition +*/ +QPointF QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition() const +{ + QPointF result; + + // determine X: + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.rx() = mKey; + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.rx() = mKey * mParentPlot->viewport().width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.rx() = mKey * mAxisRect.data()->width(); + if (mParentAnchorX) { + result.rx() += mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + result.rx() += mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.rx() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + // determine Y: + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + result.ry() = mValue; + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + result.ry() = mValue * mParentPlot->viewport().height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + result.ry() = mValue * mAxisRect.data()->height(); + if (mParentAnchorY) { + result.ry() += mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + result.ry() += mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKey); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + result.ry() = mValueAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mValue); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptPlotCoords, this function may be used to specify the axes the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default they are set to the initial xAxis and + yAxis of the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + mKeyAxis = keyAxis; + mValueAxis = valueAxis; +} + +/*! + When \ref setType is \ref ptAxisRectRatio, this function may be used to specify the axis rect the + coordinates set with \ref setCoords relate to. By default this is set to the main axis rect of + the QCustomPlot. +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect) +{ + mAxisRect = axisRect; +} + +/*! + Sets the apparent pixel position. This works no matter what type (\ref setType) this + QCPItemPosition is or what parent-child situation it is in, as coordinates are transformed + appropriately, to make the position finally appear at the specified pixel values. + + Only if the type is \ref ptAbsolute and no parent anchor is set, this function's effect is + identical to that of \ref setCoords. + + \see pixelPosition, setCoords +*/ +void QCPItemPosition::setPixelPosition(const QPointF &pixelPosition) +{ + double x = pixelPosition.x(); + double y = pixelPosition.y(); + + switch (mPositionTypeX) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + x -= mParentPlot->viewport().left(); + } + x /= double(mParentPlot->viewport().width()); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorX) { + x -= mParentAnchorX->pixelPosition().x(); + } else { + x -= mAxisRect.data()->left(); + } + x /= double(mAxisRect.data()->width()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(x); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type x is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + switch (mPositionTypeY) { + case ptAbsolute: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } + break; + } + case ptViewportRatio: { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + y -= mParentPlot->viewport().top(); + } + y /= double(mParentPlot->viewport().height()); + break; + } + case ptAxisRectRatio: { + if (mAxisRect) { + if (mParentAnchorY) { + y -= mParentAnchorY->pixelPosition().y(); + } else { + y -= mAxisRect.data()->top(); + } + y /= double(mAxisRect.data()->height()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptAxisRectRatio, but no axis rect was defined"; + } + break; + } + case ptPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + x = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else if (mValueAxis && mValueAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + y = mValueAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(y); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item position type y is ptPlotCoords, but no axes were defined"; + } + break; + } + } + + setCoords(x, y); +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractItem + \brief The abstract base class for all items in a plot. + + In QCustomPlot, items are supplemental graphical elements that are neither plottables + (QCPAbstractPlottable) nor axes (QCPAxis). While plottables are always tied to two axes and thus + plot coordinates, items can also be placed in absolute coordinates independent of any axes. Each + specific item has at least one QCPItemPosition member which controls the positioning. Some items + are defined by more than one coordinate and thus have two or more QCPItemPosition members (For + example, QCPItemRect has \a topLeft and \a bottomRight). + + This abstract base class defines a very basic interface like visibility and clipping. Since this + class is abstract, it can't be instantiated. Use one of the subclasses or create a subclass + yourself to create new items. + + The built-in items are: + + + + + + + + + + +
QCPItemLineA line defined by a start and an end point. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemStraightLineA straight line defined by a start and a direction point. Unlike QCPItemLine, the straight line is infinitely long and has no endings.
QCPItemCurveA curve defined by start, end and two intermediate control points. May have different ending styles on each side (e.g. arrows).
QCPItemRectA rectangle
QCPItemEllipseAn ellipse
QCPItemPixmapAn arbitrary pixmap
QCPItemTextA text label
QCPItemBracketA bracket which may be used to reference/highlight certain parts in the plot.
QCPItemTracerAn item that can be attached to a QCPGraph and sticks to its data points, given a key coordinate.
+ + \section items-clipping Clipping + + Items are by default clipped to the main axis rect (they are only visible inside the axis rect). + To make an item visible outside that axis rect, disable clipping via \ref setClipToAxisRect + "setClipToAxisRect(false)". + + On the other hand if you want the item to be clipped to a different axis rect, specify it via + \ref setClipAxisRect. This clipAxisRect property of an item is only used for clipping behaviour, and + in principle is independent of the coordinate axes the item might be tied to via its position + members (\ref QCPItemPosition::setAxes). However, it is common that the axis rect for clipping + also contains the axes used for the item positions. + + \section items-using Using items + + First you instantiate the item you want to use and add it to the plot: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-1 + by default, the positions of the item are bound to the x- and y-Axis of the plot. So we can just + set the plot coordinates where the line should start/end: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-2 + If we don't want the line to be positioned in plot coordinates but a different coordinate system, + e.g. absolute pixel positions on the QCustomPlot surface, we need to change the position type like this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-3 + Then we can set the coordinates, this time in pixels: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-4 + and make the line visible on the entire QCustomPlot, by disabling clipping to the axis rect: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpitemline-creation-5 + + For more advanced plots, it is even possible to set different types and parent anchors per X/Y + coordinate of an item position, using for example \ref QCPItemPosition::setTypeX or \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchorX. For details, see the documentation of \ref QCPItemPosition. + + \section items-subclassing Creating own items + + To create an own item, you implement a subclass of QCPAbstractItem. These are the pure + virtual functions, you must implement: + \li \ref selectTest + \li \ref draw + + See the documentation of those functions for what they need to do. + + \subsection items-positioning Allowing the item to be positioned + + As mentioned, item positions are represented by QCPItemPosition members. Let's assume the new item shall + have only one point as its position (as opposed to two like a rect or multiple like a polygon). You then add + a public member of type QCPItemPosition like so: + + \code QCPItemPosition * const myPosition;\endcode + + the const makes sure the pointer itself can't be modified from the user of your new item (the QCPItemPosition + instance it points to, can be modified, of course). + The initialization of this pointer is made easy with the \ref createPosition function. Just assign + the return value of this function to each QCPItemPosition in the constructor of your item. \ref createPosition + takes a string which is the name of the position, typically this is identical to the variable name. + For example, the constructor of QCPItemExample could look like this: + + \code + QCPItemExample::QCPItemExample(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + myPosition(createPosition("myPosition")) + { + // other constructor code + } + \endcode + + \subsection items-drawing The draw function + + To give your item a visual representation, reimplement the \ref draw function and use the passed + QCPPainter to draw the item. You can retrieve the item position in pixel coordinates from the + position member(s) via \ref QCPItemPosition::pixelPosition. + + To optimize performance you should calculate a bounding rect first (don't forget to take the pen + width into account), check whether it intersects the \ref clipRect, and only draw the item at all + if this is the case. + + \subsection items-selection The selectTest function + + Your implementation of the \ref selectTest function may use the helpers \ref + QCPVector2D::distanceSquaredToLine and \ref rectDistance. With these, the implementation of the + selection test becomes significantly simpler for most items. See the documentation of \ref + selectTest for what the function parameters mean and what the function should return. + + \subsection anchors Providing anchors + + Providing anchors (QCPItemAnchor) starts off like adding a position. First you create a public + member, e.g. + + \code QCPItemAnchor * const bottom;\endcode + + and create it in the constructor with the \ref createAnchor function, assigning it a name and an + anchor id (an integer enumerating all anchors on the item, you may create an own enum for this). + Since anchors can be placed anywhere, relative to the item's position(s), your item needs to + provide the position of every anchor with the reimplementation of the \ref anchorPixelPosition(int + anchorId) function. + + In essence the QCPItemAnchor is merely an intermediary that itself asks your item for the pixel + position when anything attached to the anchor needs to know the coordinates. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::positions() const + + Returns all positions of the item in a list. + + \see anchors, position +*/ + +/*! \fn QList QCPAbstractItem::anchors() const + + Returns all anchors of the item in a list. Note that since a position (QCPItemPosition) is always + also an anchor, the list will also contain the positions of this item. + + \see positions, anchor +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0 + \internal + + Draws this item with the provided \a painter. + + The cliprect of the provided painter is set to the rect returned by \ref clipRect before this + function is called. The clipRect depends on the clipping settings defined by \ref + setClipToAxisRect and \ref setClipAxisRect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this item has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Base class constructor which initializes base class members. +*/ +QCPAbstractItem::QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayerable(parentPlot), + mClipToAxisRect(false), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + parentPlot->registerItem(this); + + QList rects = parentPlot->axisRects(); + if (!rects.isEmpty()) { + setClipToAxisRect(true); + setClipAxisRect(rects.first()); + } +} + +QCPAbstractItem::~QCPAbstractItem() +{ + // don't delete mPositions because every position is also an anchor and thus in mAnchors + qDeleteAll(mAnchors); +} + +/* can't make this a header inline function, because QPointer breaks with forward declared types, see QTBUG-29588 */ +QCPAxisRect *QCPAbstractItem::clipAxisRect() const +{ + return mClipAxisRect.data(); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the item shall be clipped to an axis rect or whether it shall be visible on the + entire QCustomPlot. The axis rect can be set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + \see setClipAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipToAxisRect(bool clip) +{ + mClipToAxisRect = clip; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the clip axis rect. It defines the rect that will be used to clip the item when \ref + setClipToAxisRect is set to true. + + \see setClipToAxisRect +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect) +{ + mClipAxisRect = rect; + if (mClipToAxisRect) { + setParentLayerable(mClipAxisRect.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select this item by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems.) + + However, even when \a selectable was set to false, it is possible to set the selection manually, + by calling \ref setSelected. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions, setSelected +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this item is selected or not. When selected, it might use a different visual + appearance (e.g. pen and brush), this depends on the specific item though. + + The entire selection mechanism for items is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains QCustomPlot::iSelectItems. You only need to call this + function when you wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state even when \ref setSelectable was set to false. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemPosition with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have a position by + that name, returns \c nullptr. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item positions. Normally, you access + positions direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see positions, anchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::position(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPItemPosition *position, mPositions) { + if (position->name() == name) { + return position; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "position with name not found:" << name; + return nullptr; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPItemAnchor with the specified \a name. If this item doesn't have an anchor by + that name, returns \c nullptr. + + This function provides an alternative way to access item anchors. Normally, you access + anchors direcly by their member pointers (which typically have the same variable name as \a + name). + + \see anchors, position +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::anchor(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPItemAnchor *anchor, mAnchors) { + if (anchor->name() == name) { + return anchor; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor with name not found:" << name; + return nullptr; +} + +/*! + Returns whether this item has an anchor with the specified \a name. + + Note that you can check for positions with this function, too. This is because every position is + also an anchor (QCPItemPosition inherits from QCPItemAnchor). + + \see anchor, position +*/ +bool QCPAbstractItem::hasAnchor(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPItemAnchor *anchor, mAnchors) { + if (anchor->name() == name) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the rect the visual representation of this item is clipped to. This depends on the + current setting of \ref setClipToAxisRect as well as the axis rect set with \ref setClipAxisRect. + + If the item is not clipped to an axis rect, QCustomPlot's viewport rect is returned. + + \see draw +*/ +QRect QCPAbstractItem::clipRect() const +{ + if (mClipToAxisRect && mClipAxisRect) { + return mClipAxisRect.data()->rect(); + } else { + return mParentPlot->viewport(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing item lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPAbstractItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeItems); +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function which returns the selectTest value for a specified \a rect and a specified + click position \a pos. \a filledRect defines whether a click inside the rect should also be + considered a hit or whether only the rect border is sensitive to hits. + + This function may be used to help with the implementation of the \ref selectTest function for + specific items. + + For example, if your item consists of four rects, call this function four times, once for each + rect, in your \ref selectTest reimplementation. Finally, return the minimum (non -1) of all four + returned values. +*/ +double QCPAbstractItem::rectDistance(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const +{ + double result = -1; + + // distance to border: + const QList lines = QList() << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight()) << QLineF(rect.bottomLeft(), rect.bottomRight()) + << QLineF(rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomLeft()) << QLineF(rect.topRight(), rect.bottomRight()); + const QCPVector2D posVec(pos); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + foreach (const QLineF &line, lines) { + double distSqr = posVec.distanceSquaredToLine(line.p1(), line.p2()); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + result = qSqrt(minDistSqr); + + // filled rect, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (filledRect && result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99) { + if (rect.contains(pos)) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel position of the anchor with Id \a anchorId. This function must be reimplemented in + item subclasses if they want to provide anchors (QCPItemAnchor). + + For example, if the item has two anchors with id 0 and 1, this function takes one of these anchor + ids and returns the respective pixel points of the specified anchor. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QPointF QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "called on item which shouldn't have any anchors (this method not reimplemented). anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemPosition, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the position + member (This is needed to provide the name-based \ref position access to positions). + + Don't delete positions created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each position member. Don't create QCPItemPositions with \b new yourself, because they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createAnchor +*/ +QCPItemPosition *QCPAbstractItem::createPosition(const QString &name) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemPosition *newPosition = new QCPItemPosition(mParentPlot, this, name); + mPositions.append(newPosition); + mAnchors.append(newPosition); // every position is also an anchor + newPosition->setAxes(mParentPlot->xAxis, mParentPlot->yAxis); + newPosition->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + if (mParentPlot->axisRect()) { + newPosition->setAxisRect(mParentPlot->axisRect()); + } + newPosition->setCoords(0, 0); + return newPosition; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates a QCPItemAnchor, registers it with this item and returns a pointer to it. The specified + \a name must be a unique string that is usually identical to the variable name of the anchor + member (This is needed to provide the name based \ref anchor access to anchors). + + The \a anchorId must be a number identifying the created anchor. It is recommended to create an + enum (e.g. "AnchorIndex") for this on each item that uses anchors. This id is used by the anchor + to identify itself when it calls QCPAbstractItem::anchorPixelPosition. That function then returns + the correct pixel coordinates for the passed anchor id. + + Don't delete anchors created by this function manually, as the item will take care of it. + + Use this function in the constructor (initialization list) of the specific item subclass to + create each anchor member. Don't create QCPItemAnchors with \b new yourself, because then they + won't be registered with the item properly. + + \see createPosition +*/ +QCPItemAnchor *QCPAbstractItem::createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId) +{ + if (hasAnchor(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "anchor/position with name exists already:" << name; + } + QCPItemAnchor *newAnchor = new QCPItemAnchor(mParentPlot, this, name, anchorId); + mAnchors.append(newAnchor); + return newAnchor; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectItems; +} +/* end of 'src/item.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/core.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 127198 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCustomPlot +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCustomPlot + + \brief The central class of the library. This is the QWidget which displays the plot and + interacts with the user. + + For tutorials on how to use QCustomPlot, see the website\n + http://www.qcustomplot.com/ +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPSelectionRect *QCustomPlot::selectionRect() const + + Allows access to the currently used QCPSelectionRect instance (or subclass thereof), that is used + to handle and draw selection rect interactions (see \ref setSelectionRectMode). + + \see setSelectionRect +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutGrid *QCustomPlot::plotLayout() const + + Returns the top level layout of this QCustomPlot instance. It is a \ref QCPLayoutGrid, initially containing just + one cell with the main QCPAxisRect inside. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse double click event. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mousePress(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse press event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse move event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanism like range dragging. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag or \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes. + + \warning It is discouraged to change the drag-axes with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes here, + because the dragging starting point was saved the moment the mouse was pressed. Thus it only has + a meaning for the range drag axes that were set at that moment. If you want to change the drag + axes, consider doing this in the \ref mousePress signal instead. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse release event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like object selection. So a + slot connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref setInteractions or + \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::mouseWheel(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the QCustomPlot receives a mouse wheel event. + + It is emitted before QCustomPlot handles any other mechanisms like range zooming. So a slot + connected to this signal can still influence the behaviour e.g. with \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes or \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. The parameter \a dataIndex indicates the data point that was closest to the click + position. + + \see plottableDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a plottable is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a plottable is the plottable that received + the click. The parameter \a dataIndex indicates the data point that was closest to the click + position. + + \see plottableClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an item is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click and \a item is the item that received the + click. + + \see itemClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when an axis is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a axis is the axis that received the click and + \a part indicates the part of the axis that was clicked. + + \see axisClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is \c nullptr. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space + between two items. + + \see legendDoubleClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when a legend (item) is double clicked. + + \a event is the mouse event that caused the click, \a legend is the legend that received the + click and \a item is the legend item that received the click. If only the legend and no item is + clicked, \a item is \c nullptr. This happens for a click inside the legend padding or the space + between two items. + + \see legendClick +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::selectionChangedByUser() + + This signal is emitted after the user has changed the selection in the QCustomPlot, e.g. by + clicking. It is not emitted when the selection state of an object has changed programmatically by + a direct call to setSelected()/setSelection() on an object or by calling \ref + deselectAll. + + In addition to this signal, selectable objects also provide individual signals, for example \ref + QCPAxis::selectionChanged or \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectionChanged. Note that those signals + are emitted even if the selection state is changed programmatically. + + See the documentation of \ref setInteractions for details about the selection mechanism. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedGraphs, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::beforeReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately before a replot takes place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, afterReplot, afterLayout +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::afterLayout() + + This signal is emitted immediately after the layout step has been completed, which occurs right + before drawing the plot. This is typically during a call to \ref replot, and in such cases this + signal is emitted in between the signals \ref beforeReplot and \ref afterReplot. Unlike those + signals however, this signal is also emitted during off-screen painting, such as when calling + \ref toPixmap or \ref savePdf. + + The layout step queries all layouts and layout elements in the plot for their proposed size and + arranges the objects accordingly as preparation for the subsequent drawing step. Through this + signal, you have the opportunity to update certain things in your plot that depend crucially on + the exact dimensions/positioning of layout elements such as axes and axis rects. + + \warning However, changing any parameters of this QCustomPlot instance which would normally + affect the layouting (e.g. axis range order of magnitudes, tick label sizes, etc.) will not issue + a second run of the layout step. It will propagate directly to the draw step and may cause + graphical inconsistencies such as overlapping objects, if sizes or positions have changed. + + \see updateLayout, beforeReplot, afterReplot +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCustomPlot::afterReplot() + + This signal is emitted immediately after a replot has taken place (caused by a call to the slot \ref + replot). + + It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with this signal on two QCustomPlots to make them + replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite recursion. + + \see replot, beforeReplot, afterLayout +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ +/* start of documentation of public members */ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis + + A pointer to the primary x Axis (bottom) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become \c nullptr. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently \c nullptr and a new axis rect or a corresponding + axis is added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to + the according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend + is added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis + + A pointer to the primary y Axis (left) of the main axis rect of the plot. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become \c nullptr. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently \c nullptr and a new axis rect or a corresponding + axis is added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to + the according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend + is added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::xAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary x Axis (top) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become \c nullptr. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently \c nullptr and a new axis rect or a corresponding + axis is added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to + the according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend + is added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPAxis *QCustomPlot::yAxis2 + + A pointer to the secondary y Axis (right) of the main axis rect of the plot. Secondary axes are + invisible by default. Use QCPAxis::setVisible to change this (or use \ref + QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox). + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple axis rects or multiple axes to one side, use the \ref + QCPAxisRect::axis interface to access the new axes. If one of the four default axes or the + default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointers become \c nullptr. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently \c nullptr and a new axis rect or a corresponding + axis is added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to + the according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend + is added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/*! \var QCPLegend *QCustomPlot::legend + + A pointer to the default legend of the main axis rect. The legend is invisible by default. Use + QCPLegend::setVisible to change this. + + QCustomPlot offers convenient pointers to the axes (\ref xAxis, \ref yAxis, \ref xAxis2, \ref + yAxis2) and the \ref legend. They make it very easy working with plots that only have a single + axis rect and at most one axis at each axis rect side. If you use \link thelayoutsystem the + layout system\endlink to add multiple legends to the plot, use the layout system interface to + access the new legend. For example, legends can be placed inside an axis rect's \ref + QCPAxisRect::insetLayout "inset layout", and must then also be accessed via the inset layout. If + the default legend is removed due to manipulation of the layout system (e.g. by removing the main + axis rect), the corresponding pointer becomes \c nullptr. + + If an axis convenience pointer is currently \c nullptr and a new axis rect or a corresponding + axis is added in the place of the main axis rect, QCustomPlot resets the convenience pointers to + the according new axes. Similarly the \ref legend convenience pointer will be reset if a legend + is added after the main legend was removed before. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of public members */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCustomPlot and sets reasonable default values. +*/ +QCustomPlot::QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent) : + QWidget(parent), + xAxis(nullptr), + yAxis(nullptr), + xAxis2(nullptr), + yAxis2(nullptr), + legend(nullptr), + mBufferDevicePixelRatio(1.0), // will be adapted to primary screen below + mPlotLayout(nullptr), + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend(true), + mAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeNone), + mInteractions(QCP::iNone), + mSelectionTolerance(8), + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag(false), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::white, Qt::SolidPattern), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mCurrentLayer(nullptr), + mPlottingHints(QCP::phCacheLabels | QCP::phImmediateRefresh), + mMultiSelectModifier(Qt::ControlModifier), + mSelectionRectMode(QCP::srmNone), + mSelectionRect(nullptr), + mOpenGl(false), + mMouseHasMoved(false), + mMouseEventLayerable(nullptr), + mMouseSignalLayerable(nullptr), + mReplotting(false), + mReplotQueued(false), + mReplotTime(0), + mReplotTimeAverage(0), + mOpenGlMultisamples(16), + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup(QCP::aeNone), + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup(true) +{ + setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation); + setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); + setMouseTracking(true); + QLocale currentLocale = locale(); + currentLocale.setNumberOptions(QLocale::OmitGroupSeparator); + setLocale(currentLocale); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT + setBufferDevicePixelRatio(QWidget::devicePixelRatioF()); +# else + setBufferDevicePixelRatio(QWidget::devicePixelRatio()); +# endif +#endif + + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup = mAntialiasedElements; + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup = mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels); + // create initial layers: + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("background"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("grid"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("main"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("axes"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("legend"))); + mLayers.append(new QCPLayer(this, QLatin1String("overlay"))); + updateLayerIndices(); + setCurrentLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + layer(QLatin1String("overlay"))->setMode(QCPLayer::lmBuffered); + + // create initial layout, axis rect and legend: + mPlotLayout = new QCPLayoutGrid; + mPlotLayout->initializeParentPlot(this); + mPlotLayout->setParent(this); // important because if parent is QWidget, QCPLayout::sizeConstraintsChanged will call QWidget::updateGeometry + mPlotLayout->setLayer(QLatin1String("main")); + QCPAxisRect *defaultAxisRect = new QCPAxisRect(this, true); + mPlotLayout->addElement(0, 0, defaultAxisRect); + xAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + yAxis = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + xAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + yAxis2 = defaultAxisRect->axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + legend = new QCPLegend; + legend->setVisible(false); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->addElement(legend, Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignTop); + defaultAxisRect->insetLayout()->setMargins(QMargins(12, 12, 12, 12)); + + defaultAxisRect->setLayer(QLatin1String("background")); + xAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + yAxis2->setLayer(QLatin1String("axes")); + xAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + xAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + yAxis2->grid()->setLayer(QLatin1String("grid")); + legend->setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + + // create selection rect instance: + mSelectionRect = new QCPSelectionRect(this); + mSelectionRect->setLayer(QLatin1String("overlay")); + + setViewport(rect()); // needs to be called after mPlotLayout has been created + + replot(rpQueuedReplot); +} + +QCustomPlot::~QCustomPlot() +{ + clearPlottables(); + clearItems(); + + if (mPlotLayout) { + delete mPlotLayout; + mPlotLayout = nullptr; + } + + mCurrentLayer = nullptr; + qDeleteAll(mLayers); // don't use removeLayer, because it would prevent the last layer to be removed + mLayers.clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn antialiased as an \a or combination of QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a antialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, all plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a antialiasedElements is already set in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements) +{ + mAntialiasedElements = antialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a antialiasedElement is forcibly drawn antialiased. + + See \ref setAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setNotAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements &= ~antialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mAntialiasedElements.testFlag(antialiasedElement)) { + mAntialiasedElements |= antialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= ~mAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets which elements are forcibly drawn not antialiased as an \a or combination of + QCP::AntialiasedElement. + + This overrides the antialiasing settings for whole element groups, normally controlled with the + \a setAntialiasing function on the individual elements. If an element is neither specified in + \ref setAntialiasedElements nor in \ref setNotAntialiasedElements, the antialiasing setting on + each individual element instance is used. + + For example, if \a notAntialiasedElements contains \ref QCP::aePlottables, no plottables will be + drawn antialiased, no matter what the specific QCPAbstractPlottable::setAntialiased value was set + to. + + if an element in \a notAntialiasedElements is already set in \ref setAntialiasedElements, it is + removed from there. + + \see setAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements) +{ + mNotAntialiasedElements = notAntialiasedElements; + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the specified \a notAntialiasedElement is forcibly drawn not antialiased. + + See \ref setNotAntialiasedElements for details. + + \see setAntialiasedElement +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements &= ~notAntialiasedElement; + } else if (enabled && !mNotAntialiasedElements.testFlag(notAntialiasedElement)) { + mNotAntialiasedElements |= notAntialiasedElement; + } + + // make sure elements aren't in mNotAntialiasedElements and mAntialiasedElements simultaneously: + if ((mNotAntialiasedElements & mAntialiasedElements) != 0) { + mAntialiasedElements |= ~mNotAntialiasedElements; + } +} + +/*! + If set to true, adding a plottable (e.g. a graph) to the QCustomPlot automatically also adds the + plottable to the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + \see addGraph, QCPLegend::addItem +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on) +{ + mAutoAddPlottableToLegend = on; +} + +/*! + Sets the possible interactions of this QCustomPlot as an or-combination of \ref QCP::Interaction + enums. There are the following types of interactions: + + Axis range manipulation is controlled via \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref QCP::iRangeZoom. When the + respective interaction is enabled, the user may drag axes ranges and zoom with the mouse wheel. + For details how to control which axes the user may drag/zoom and in what orientations, see \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes, + \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes. + + Plottable data selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables. If \ref + QCP::iSelectPlottables is set, the user may select plottables (graphs, curves, bars,...) and + their data by clicking on them or in their vicinity (\ref setSelectionTolerance). Whether the + user can actually select a plottable and its data can further be restricted with the \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable method on the specific plottable. For details, see the + special page about the \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism". To retrieve a list of all + currently selected plottables, call \ref selectedPlottables. If you're only interested in + QCPGraphs, you may use the convenience function \ref selectedGraphs. + + Item selection is controlled by \ref QCP::iSelectItems. If \ref QCP::iSelectItems is set, the user + may select items (QCPItemLine, QCPItemText,...) by clicking on them or in their vicinity. To find + out whether a specific item is selected, call QCPAbstractItem::selected(). To retrieve a list of + all currently selected items, call \ref selectedItems. + + Axis selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectAxes. If \ref QCP::iSelectAxes is set, the user + may select parts of the axes by clicking on them. What parts exactly (e.g. Axis base line, tick + labels, axis label) are selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPAxis::setSelectableParts for + each axis. To retrieve a list of all axes that currently contain selected parts, call \ref + selectedAxes. Which parts of an axis are selected, can be retrieved with QCPAxis::selectedParts(). + + Legend selection is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectLegend. If this is set, the user may + select the legend itself or individual items by clicking on them. What parts exactly are + selectable can be controlled via \ref QCPLegend::setSelectableParts. To find out whether the + legend or any of its child items are selected, check the value of QCPLegend::selectedParts. To + find out which child items are selected, call \ref QCPLegend::selectedItems. + + All other selectable elements The selection of all other selectable objects (e.g. + QCPTextElement, or your own layerable subclasses) is controlled with \ref QCP::iSelectOther. If set, the + user may select those objects by clicking on them. To find out which are currently selected, you + need to check their selected state explicitly. + + If the selection state has changed by user interaction, the \ref selectionChangedByUser signal is + emitted. Each selectable object additionally emits an individual selectionChanged signal whenever + their selection state has changed, i.e. not only by user interaction. + + To allow multiple objects to be selected by holding the selection modifier (\ref + setMultiSelectModifier), set the flag \ref QCP::iMultiSelect. + + \note In addition to the selection mechanism presented here, QCustomPlot always emits + corresponding signals, when an object is clicked or double clicked. see \ref plottableClick and + \ref plottableDoubleClick for example. + + \see setInteraction, setSelectionTolerance +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions) +{ + mInteractions = interactions; +} + +/*! + Sets the single \a interaction of this QCustomPlot to \a enabled. + + For details about the interaction system, see \ref setInteractions. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled) +{ + if (!enabled && mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions &= ~interaction; + } else if (enabled && !mInteractions.testFlag(interaction)) { + mInteractions |= interaction; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the tolerance that is used to decide whether a click selects an object (e.g. a plottable) or + not. + + If the user clicks in the vicinity of the line of e.g. a QCPGraph, it's only regarded as a + potential selection when the minimum distance between the click position and the graph line is + smaller than \a pixels. Objects that are defined by an area (e.g. QCPBars) only react to clicks + directly inside the area and ignore this selection tolerance. In other words, it only has meaning + for parts of objects that are too thin to exactly hit with a click and thus need such a + tolerance. + + \see setInteractions, QCPLayerable::selectTest +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionTolerance(int pixels) +{ + mSelectionTolerance = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets whether antialiasing is disabled for this QCustomPlot while the user is dragging axes + ranges. If many objects, especially plottables, are drawn antialiased, this greatly improves + performance during dragging. Thus it creates a more responsive user experience. As soon as the + user stops dragging, the last replot is done with normal antialiasing, to restore high image + quality. + + \see setAntialiasedElements, setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled) +{ + mNoAntialiasingOnDrag = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the plotting hints for this QCustomPlot instance as an \a or combination of QCP::PlottingHint. + + \see setPlottingHint +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints) +{ + mPlottingHints = hints; +} + +/*! + Sets the specified plotting \a hint to \a enabled. + + \see setPlottingHints +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled) +{ + QCP::PlottingHints newHints = mPlottingHints; + if (!enabled) { + newHints &= ~hint; + } else { + newHints |= hint; + } + + if (newHints != mPlottingHints) { + setPlottingHints(newHints); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the keyboard modifier that will be recognized as multi-select-modifier. + + If \ref QCP::iMultiSelect is specified in \ref setInteractions, the user may select multiple + objects (or data points) by clicking on them one after the other while holding down \a modifier. + + By default the multi-select-modifier is set to Qt::ControlModifier. + + \see setInteractions +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier) +{ + mMultiSelectModifier = modifier; +} + +/*! + Sets how QCustomPlot processes mouse click-and-drag interactions by the user. + + If \a mode is \ref QCP::srmNone, the mouse drag is forwarded to the underlying objects. For + example, QCPAxisRect may process a mouse drag by dragging axis ranges, see \ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag. If \a mode is not \ref QCP::srmNone, the current selection rect (\ref + selectionRect) becomes activated and allows e.g. rect zooming and data point selection. + + If you wish to provide your user both with axis range dragging and data selection/range zooming, + use this method to switch between the modes just before the interaction is processed, e.g. in + reaction to the \ref mousePress or \ref mouseMove signals. For example you could check whether + the user is holding a certain keyboard modifier, and then decide which \a mode shall be set. + + If a selection rect interaction is currently active, and \a mode is set to \ref QCP::srmNone, the + interaction is canceled (\ref QCPSelectionRect::cancel). Switching between any of the other modes + will keep the selection rect active. Upon completion of the interaction, the behaviour is as + defined by the currently set \a mode, not the mode that was set when the interaction started. + + \see setInteractions, setSelectionRect, QCPSelectionRect +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode(QCP::SelectionRectMode mode) +{ + if (mSelectionRect) { + if (mode == QCP::srmNone) { + mSelectionRect->cancel(); // when switching to none, we immediately want to abort a potentially active selection rect + } + + // disconnect old connections: + if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmSelect) { + disconnect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmZoom) { + disconnect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + + // establish new ones: + if (mode == QCP::srmSelect) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mode == QCP::srmZoom) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + } + + mSelectionRectMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets the \ref QCPSelectionRect instance that QCustomPlot will use if \a mode is not \ref + QCP::srmNone and the user performs a click-and-drag interaction. QCustomPlot takes ownership of + the passed \a selectionRect. It can be accessed later via \ref selectionRect. + + This method is useful if you wish to replace the default QCPSelectionRect instance with an + instance of a QCPSelectionRect subclass, to introduce custom behaviour of the selection rect. + + \see setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setSelectionRect(QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect) +{ + delete mSelectionRect; + + mSelectionRect = selectionRect; + + if (mSelectionRect) { + // establish connections with new selection rect: + if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmSelect) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectSelection(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } else if (mSelectionRectMode == QCP::srmZoom) { + connect(mSelectionRect, SIGNAL(accepted(QRect, QMouseEvent *)), this, SLOT(processRectZoom(QRect, QMouseEvent *))); + } + } +} + +/*! + \warning This is still an experimental feature and its performance depends on the system that it + runs on. Having multiple QCustomPlot widgets in one application with enabled OpenGL rendering + might cause context conflicts on some systems. + + This method allows to enable OpenGL plot rendering, for increased plotting performance of + graphically demanding plots (thick lines, translucent fills, etc.). + + If \a enabled is set to true, QCustomPlot will try to initialize OpenGL and, if successful, + continue plotting with hardware acceleration. The parameter \a multisampling controls how many + samples will be used per pixel, it essentially controls the antialiasing quality. If \a + multisampling is set too high for the current graphics hardware, the maximum allowed value will + be used. + + You can test whether switching to OpenGL rendering was successful by checking whether the + according getter \a QCustomPlot::openGl() returns true. If the OpenGL initialization fails, + rendering continues with the regular software rasterizer, and an according qDebug output is + generated. + + If switching to OpenGL was successful, this method disables label caching (\ref setPlottingHint + "setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, false)") and turns on QCustomPlot's antialiasing override + for all elements (\ref setAntialiasedElements "setAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll)"), leading to a + higher quality output. The antialiasing override allows for pixel-grid aligned drawing in the + OpenGL paint device. As stated before, in OpenGL rendering the actual antialiasing of the plot is + controlled with \a multisampling. If \a enabled is set to false, the antialiasing/label caching + settings are restored to what they were before OpenGL was enabled, if they weren't altered in the + meantime. + + \note OpenGL support is only enabled if QCustomPlot is compiled with the macro \c QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL + defined. This define must be set before including the QCustomPlot header both during compilation + of the QCustomPlot library as well as when compiling your application. It is best to just include + the line DEFINES += QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL in the respective qmake project files. + \note If you are using a Qt version before 5.0, you must also add the module "opengl" to your \c + QT variable in the qmake project files. For Qt versions 5.0 and higher, QCustomPlot switches to a + newer OpenGL interface which is already in the "gui" module. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setOpenGl(bool enabled, int multisampling) +{ + mOpenGlMultisamples = qMax(0, multisampling); +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL + mOpenGl = enabled; + if (mOpenGl) { + if (setupOpenGl()) { + // backup antialiasing override and labelcaching setting so we can restore upon disabling OpenGL + mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup = mAntialiasedElements; + mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup = mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels); + // set antialiasing override to antialias all (aligns gl pixel grid properly), and disable label caching (would use software rasterizer for pixmap caches): + setAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, false); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to enable OpenGL, continuing plotting without hardware acceleration."; + mOpenGl = false; + } + } else { + // restore antialiasing override and labelcaching to what it was before enabling OpenGL, if nobody changed it in the meantime: + if (mAntialiasedElements == QCP::aeAll) { + setAntialiasedElements(mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup); + } + if (!mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phCacheLabels)) { + setPlottingHint(QCP::phCacheLabels, mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup); + } + freeOpenGl(); + } + // recreate all paint buffers: + mPaintBuffers.clear(); + setupPaintBuffers(); +#else + Q_UNUSED(enabled) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "QCustomPlot can't use OpenGL because QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL was not defined during compilation (add 'DEFINES += QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL' to your qmake .pro file)"; +#endif +} + +/*! + Sets the viewport of this QCustomPlot. Usually users of QCustomPlot don't need to change the + viewport manually. + + The viewport is the area in which the plot is drawn. All mechanisms, e.g. margin calculation take + the viewport to be the outer border of the plot. The viewport normally is the rect() of the + QCustomPlot widget, i.e. a rect with top left (0, 0) and size of the QCustomPlot widget. + + Don't confuse the viewport with the axis rect (QCustomPlot::axisRect). An axis rect is typically + an area enclosed by four axes, where the graphs/plottables are drawn in. The viewport is larger + and contains also the axes themselves, their tick numbers, their labels, or even additional axis + rects, color scales and other layout elements. + + This function is used to allow arbitrary size exports with \ref toPixmap, \ref savePng, \ref + savePdf, etc. by temporarily changing the viewport size. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setViewport(const QRect &rect) +{ + mViewport = rect; + if (mPlotLayout) { + mPlotLayout->setOuterRect(mViewport); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the device pixel ratio used by the paint buffers of this QCustomPlot instance. + + Normally, this doesn't need to be set manually, because it is initialized with the regular \a + QWidget::devicePixelRatio which is configured by Qt to fit the display device (e.g. 1 for normal + displays, 2 for High-DPI displays). + + Device pixel ratios are supported by Qt only for Qt versions since 5.4. If this method is called + when QCustomPlot is being used with older Qt versions, outputs an according qDebug message and + leaves the internal buffer device pixel ratio at 1.0. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBufferDevicePixelRatio(double ratio) +{ + if (!qFuzzyCompare(ratio, mBufferDevicePixelRatio)) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mBufferDevicePixelRatio = ratio; + foreach (QSharedPointer buffer, mPaintBuffers) { + buffer->setDevicePixelRatio(mBufferDevicePixelRatio); + } + // Note: axis label cache has devicePixelRatio as part of cache hash, so no need to manually clear cache here +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Device pixel ratios not supported for Qt versions before 5.4"; + mBufferDevicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the viewport background pixmap (see \ref setViewport). The pixmap is always drawn + below all other objects in the plot. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the viewport, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (whether and how the aspect ratio is + preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + If a background brush was set with \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), the viewport will + first be filled with that brush, before drawing the background pixmap. This can be useful for + background pixmaps with translucent areas. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! + Sets the background brush of the viewport (see \ref setViewport). + + Before drawing everything else, the background is filled with \a brush. If a background pixmap + was set with \ref setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), this brush will be used to fill the viewport + before the background pixmap is drawn. This can be useful for background pixmaps with translucent + areas. + + Set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush or Qt::Transparent to leave background transparent. This can be + useful for exporting to image formats which support transparency, e.g. \ref savePng. + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the viewport, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the viewport background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the viewport. If \a scaled is + set to true, control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved with + \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the viewport dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the viewport background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this + function to define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is preserved. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the plottable with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns \c nullptr. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + plottable, see QCustomPlot::plottable() + + \see plottableCount +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return mPlottables.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last plottable that was added to the plot. If there are no plottables in the plot, + returns \c nullptr. + + \see plottableCount +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottable() +{ + if (!mPlottables.isEmpty()) { + return mPlottables.last(); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified plottable from the plot and deletes it. If necessary, the corresponding + legend item is also removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearPlottables +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (!mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + // remove plottable from legend: + plottable->removeFromLegend(); + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + if (QCPGraph *graph = qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mGraphs.removeOne(graph); + } + // remove plottable: + delete plottable; + mPlottables.removeOne(plottable); + return true; +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the plottable by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removePlottable(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mPlottables.size()) { + return removePlottable(mPlottables[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all plottables from the plot and deletes them. Corresponding legend items are also + removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns the number of plottables removed. + + \see removePlottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearPlottables() +{ + int c = mPlottables.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removePlottable(mPlottables[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing plottables in the plot + + \see plottable +*/ +int QCustomPlot::plottableCount() const +{ + return mPlottables.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected plottables. If no plottables are currently selected, the list is empty. + + There is a convenience function if you're only interested in selected graphs, see \ref selectedGraphs. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedPlottables() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + if (plottable->selected()) { + result.append(plottable); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns any plottable at the pixel position \a pos. Since it can capture all plottables, the + return type is the abstract base class of all plottables, QCPAbstractPlottable. + + For details, and if you wish to specify a certain plottable type (e.g. QCPGraph), see the + template method plottableAt() + + \see plottableAt(), itemAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractPlottable *QCustomPlot::plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, int *dataIndex) const +{ + return plottableAt(pos, onlySelectable, dataIndex); +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot instance contains the \a plottable. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return mPlottables.contains(plottable); +} + +/*! + Returns the graph with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns \c nullptr. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last created + graph, see QCustomPlot::graph() + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return mGraphs.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last graph, that was created with \ref addGraph. If there are no graphs in the plot, + returns \c nullptr. + + \see graphCount, addGraph +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::graph() const +{ + if (!mGraphs.isEmpty()) { + return mGraphs.last(); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Creates a new graph inside the plot. If \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis are left unspecified (0), the + bottom (xAxis) is used as key and the left (yAxis) is used as value axis. If specified, \a + keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in this QCustomPlot. + + \a keyAxis will be used as key axis (typically "x") and \a valueAxis as value axis (typically + "y") for the graph. + + Returns a pointer to the newly created graph, or \c nullptr if adding the graph failed. + + \see graph, graphCount, removeGraph, clearGraphs +*/ +QCPGraph *QCustomPlot::addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) +{ + if (!keyAxis) { + keyAxis = xAxis; + } + if (!valueAxis) { + valueAxis = yAxis; + } + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't use default QCustomPlot xAxis or yAxis, because at least one is invalid (has been deleted)"; + return nullptr; + } + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != this || valueAxis->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed keyAxis or valueAxis doesn't have this QCustomPlot as parent"; + return nullptr; + } + + QCPGraph *newGraph = new QCPGraph(keyAxis, valueAxis); + newGraph->setName(QLatin1String("Graph ") + QString::number(mGraphs.size())); + return newGraph; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a graph from the plot and deletes it. If necessary, the corresponding + legend item is also removed from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). If any other graphs in + the plot have a channel fill set towards the removed graph, the channel fill property of those + graphs is reset to \c nullptr (no channel fill). + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearGraphs +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + return removePlottable(graph); +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the graph by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeGraph(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mGraphs.size()) { + return removeGraph(mGraphs[index]); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all graphs from the plot and deletes them. Corresponding legend items are also removed + from the default legend (QCustomPlot::legend). + + Returns the number of graphs removed. + + \see removeGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearGraphs() +{ + int c = mGraphs.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeGraph(mGraphs[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing graphs in the plot + + \see graph, addGraph +*/ +int QCustomPlot::graphCount() const +{ + return mGraphs.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected graphs. If no graphs are currently selected, the list is empty. + + If you are not only interested in selected graphs but other plottables like QCPCurve, QCPBars, + etc., use \ref selectedPlottables. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelection +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedGraphs() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPGraph *graph, mGraphs) { + if (graph->selected()) { + result.append(graph); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item with \a index. If the index is invalid, returns \c nullptr. + + There is an overloaded version of this function with no parameter which returns the last added + item, see QCustomPlot::item() + + \see itemCount +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return mItems.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the last item that was added to this plot. If there are no items in the plot, + returns \c nullptr. + + \see itemCount +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::item() const +{ + if (!mItems.isEmpty()) { + return mItems.last(); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Removes the specified item from the plot and deletes it. + + Returns true on success. + + \see clearItems +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (mItems.contains(item)) { + delete item; + mItems.removeOne(item); + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes and deletes the item by its \a index. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mItems.size()) { + return removeItem(mItems[index]); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the plot and deletes them. + + Returns the number of items removed. + + \see removeItem +*/ +int QCustomPlot::clearItems() +{ + int c = mItems.size(); + for (int i = c - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + removeItem(mItems[i]); + } + return c; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing items in the plot + + \see item +*/ +int QCustomPlot::itemCount() const +{ + return mItems.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns a list of the selected items. If no items are currently selected, the list is empty. + + \see setInteractions, QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable, QCPAbstractItem::setSelected +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + if (item->selected()) { + result.append(item); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the item at the pixel position \a pos. Since it can capture all items, the + return type is the abstract base class of all items, QCPAbstractItem. + + For details, and if you wish to specify a certain item type (e.g. QCPItemLine), see the + template method itemAt() + + \see itemAt(), plottableAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAbstractItem *QCustomPlot::itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + return itemAt(pos, onlySelectable); +} + +/*! + Returns whether this QCustomPlot contains the \a item. + + \see item +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const +{ + return mItems.contains(item); +} + +/*! + Returns the layer with the specified \a name. If there is no layer with the specified name, \c + nullptr is returned. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(const QString &name) const +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + if (layer->name() == name) { + return layer; + } + } + return nullptr; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns the layer by \a index. If the index is invalid, \c nullptr is returned. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::layer(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mLayers.size()) { + return mLayers.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the layer that is set as current layer (see \ref setCurrentLayer). +*/ +QCPLayer *QCustomPlot::currentLayer() const +{ + return mCurrentLayer; +} + +/*! + Sets the layer with the specified \a name to be the current layer. All layerables (\ref + QCPLayerable), e.g. plottables and items, are created on the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is a layer with the specified \a name in the QCustomPlot. + + Layer names are case-sensitive. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer, QCPLayerable::setLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(const QString &name) +{ + if (QCPLayer *newCurrentLayer = layer(name)) { + return setCurrentLayer(newCurrentLayer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer with name doesn't exist:" << name; + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the provided \a layer to be the current layer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a layer is a valid layer in the QCustomPlot. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + + mCurrentLayer = layer; + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of currently existing layers in the plot + + \see layer, addLayer +*/ +int QCustomPlot::layerCount() const +{ + return mLayers.size(); +} + +/*! + Adds a new layer to this QCustomPlot instance. The new layer will have the name \a name, which + must be unique. Depending on \a insertMode, it is positioned either below or above \a otherLayer. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if there is no other layer named \a name and \a otherLayer is a + valid layer inside this QCustomPlot. + + If \a otherLayer is 0, the highest layer in the QCustomPlot will be used. + + For an explanation of what layers are in QCustomPlot, see the documentation of \ref QCPLayer. + + \see layer, moveLayer, removeLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!otherLayer) { + otherLayer = mLayers.last(); + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + if (layer(name)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "A layer exists already with the name" << name; + return false; + } + + QCPLayer *newLayer = new QCPLayer(this, name); + mLayers.insert(otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0), newLayer); + updateLayerIndices(); + setupPaintBuffers(); // associates new layer with the appropriate paint buffer + return true; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a layer and returns true on success. + + All layerables (e.g. plottables and items) on the removed layer will be moved to the layer below + \a layer. If \a layer is the bottom layer, the layerables are moved to the layer above. In both + cases, the total rendering order of all layerables in the QCustomPlot is preserved. + + If \a layer is the current layer (\ref setCurrentLayer), the layer below (or above, if bottom + layer) becomes the new current layer. + + It is not possible to remove the last layer of the plot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (mLayers.size() < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't remove last layer"; + return false; + } + + // append all children of this layer to layer below (if this is lowest layer, prepend to layer above) + int removedIndex = layer->index(); + bool isFirstLayer = removedIndex == 0; + QCPLayer *targetLayer = isFirstLayer ? mLayers.at(removedIndex + 1) : mLayers.at(removedIndex - 1); + QList children = layer->children(); + if (isFirstLayer) { // prepend in reverse order (such that relative order stays the same) + std::reverse(children.begin(), children.end()); + } + foreach (QCPLayerable *child, children) { + child->moveToLayer(targetLayer, isFirstLayer); // prepend if isFirstLayer, otherwise append + } + + // if removed layer is current layer, change current layer to layer below/above: + if (layer == mCurrentLayer) { + setCurrentLayer(targetLayer); + } + + // invalidate the paint buffer that was responsible for this layer: + if (QSharedPointer pb = layer->mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + + // remove layer: + delete layer; + mLayers.removeOne(layer); + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Moves the specified \a layer either above or below \a otherLayer. Whether it's placed above or + below is controlled with \a insertMode. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when both \a layer and \a otherLayer are valid layers in the + QCustomPlot. + + \see layer, addLayer, moveLayer +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode insertMode) +{ + if (!mLayers.contains(layer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "layer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(layer); + return false; + } + if (!mLayers.contains(otherLayer)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "otherLayer not a layer of this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(otherLayer); + return false; + } + + if (layer->index() > otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 1 : 0)); + } else if (layer->index() < otherLayer->index()) { + mLayers.move(layer->index(), otherLayer->index() + (insertMode == limAbove ? 0 : -1)); + } + + // invalidate the paint buffers that are responsible for the layers: + if (QSharedPointer pb = layer->mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + if (QSharedPointer pb = otherLayer->mPaintBuffer.toStrongRef()) { + pb->setInvalidated(); + } + + updateLayerIndices(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axis rects in the plot. + + All axis rects can be accessed via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). + + Initially, only one axis rect exists in the plot. + + \see axisRect, axisRects +*/ +int QCustomPlot::axisRectCount() const +{ + return axisRects().size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis rect with \a index. + + Initially, only one axis rect (with index 0) exists in the plot. If multiple axis rects were + added, all of them may be accessed with this function in a linear fashion (even when they are + nested in a layout hierarchy or inside other axis rects via QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). + + The order of the axis rects is given by the fill order of the \ref QCPLayout that is holding + them. For example, if the axis rects are in the top level grid layout (accessible via \ref + QCustomPlot::plotLayout), they are ordered from left to right, top to bottom, if the layout's + default \ref QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder "setFillOrder" of \ref QCPLayoutGrid::foColumnsFirst + "foColumnsFirst" wasn't changed. + + If you want to access axis rects by their row and column index, use the layout interface. For + example, use \ref QCPLayoutGrid::element of the top level grid layout, and \c qobject_cast the + returned layout element to \ref QCPAxisRect. (See also \ref thelayoutsystem.) + + \see axisRectCount, axisRects, QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder +*/ +QCPAxisRect *QCustomPlot::axisRect(int index) const +{ + const QList rectList = axisRects(); + if (index >= 0 && index < rectList.size()) { + return rectList.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis rect index" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axis rects in the plot. + + The order of the axis rects is given by the fill order of the \ref QCPLayout that is holding + them. For example, if the axis rects are in the top level grid layout (accessible via \ref + QCustomPlot::plotLayout), they are ordered from left to right, top to bottom, if the layout's + default \ref QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder "setFillOrder" of \ref QCPLayoutGrid::foColumnsFirst + "foColumnsFirst" wasn't changed. + + \see axisRectCount, axisRect, QCPLayoutGrid::setFillOrder +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::axisRects() const +{ + QList result; + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *element, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (element) { + elementStack.push(element); + if (QCPAxisRect *ar = qobject_cast(element)) { + result.append(ar); + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the layout element at pixel position \a pos. If there is no element at that position, + returns \c nullptr. + + Only visible elements are used. If \ref QCPLayoutElement::setVisible on the element itself or on + any of its parent elements is set to false, it will not be considered. + + \see itemAt, plottableAt +*/ +QCPLayoutElement *QCustomPlot::layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + QCPLayoutElement *currentElement = mPlotLayout; + bool searchSubElements = true; + while (searchSubElements && currentElement) { + searchSubElements = false; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, currentElement->elements(false)) { + if (subElement && subElement->realVisibility() && subElement->selectTest(pos, false) >= 0) { + currentElement = subElement; + searchSubElements = true; + break; + } + } + } + return currentElement; +} + +/*! + Returns the layout element of type \ref QCPAxisRect at pixel position \a pos. This method ignores + other layout elements even if they are visually in front of the axis rect (e.g. a \ref + QCPLegend). If there is no axis rect at that position, returns \c nullptr. + + Only visible axis rects are used. If \ref QCPLayoutElement::setVisible on the axis rect itself or + on any of its parent elements is set to false, it will not be considered. + + \see layoutElementAt +*/ +QCPAxisRect *QCustomPlot::axisRectAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + QCPAxisRect *result = nullptr; + QCPLayoutElement *currentElement = mPlotLayout; + bool searchSubElements = true; + while (searchSubElements && currentElement) { + searchSubElements = false; + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, currentElement->elements(false)) { + if (subElement && subElement->realVisibility() && subElement->selectTest(pos, false) >= 0) { + currentElement = subElement; + searchSubElements = true; + if (QCPAxisRect *ar = qobject_cast(currentElement)) { + result = ar; + } + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the axes that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPAxis::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedLegends, setInteractions, QCPAxis::setSelectedParts, + QCPAxis::setSelectableParts +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedAxes() const +{ + QList result, allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + if (axis->selectedParts() != QCPAxis::spNone) { + result.append(axis); + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the legends that currently have selected parts, i.e. whose selection state is not \ref + QCPLegend::spNone. + + \see selectedPlottables, selectedAxes, setInteractions, QCPLegend::setSelectedParts, + QCPLegend::setSelectableParts, QCPLegend::selectedItems +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::selectedLegends() const +{ + QList result; + + QStack elementStack; + if (mPlotLayout) { + elementStack.push(mPlotLayout); + } + + while (!elementStack.isEmpty()) { + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *subElement, elementStack.pop()->elements(false)) { + if (subElement) { + elementStack.push(subElement); + if (QCPLegend *leg = qobject_cast(subElement)) { + if (leg->selectedParts() != QCPLegend::spNone) { + result.append(leg); + } + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! + Deselects all layerables (plottables, items, axes, legends,...) of the QCustomPlot. + + Since calling this function is not a user interaction, this does not emit the \ref + selectionChangedByUser signal. The individual selectionChanged signals are emitted though, if the + objects were previously selected. + + \see setInteractions, selectedPlottables, selectedItems, selectedAxes, selectedLegends +*/ +void QCustomPlot::deselectAll() +{ + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + layerable->deselectEvent(nullptr); + } + } +} + +/*! + Causes a complete replot into the internal paint buffer(s). Finally, the widget surface is + refreshed with the new buffer contents. This is the method that must be called to make changes to + the plot, e.g. on the axis ranges or data points of graphs, visible. + + The parameter \a refreshPriority can be used to fine-tune the timing of the replot. For example + if your application calls \ref replot very quickly in succession (e.g. multiple independent + functions change some aspects of the plot and each wants to make sure the change gets replotted), + it is advisable to set \a refreshPriority to \ref QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot. This way, the + actual replotting is deferred to the next event loop iteration. Multiple successive calls of \ref + replot with this priority will only cause a single replot, avoiding redundant replots and + improving performance. + + Under a few circumstances, QCustomPlot causes a replot by itself. Those are resize events of the + QCustomPlot widget and user interactions (object selection and range dragging/zooming). + + Before the replot happens, the signal \ref beforeReplot is emitted. After the replot, \ref + afterReplot is emitted. It is safe to mutually connect the replot slot with any of those two + signals on two QCustomPlots to make them replot synchronously, it won't cause an infinite + recursion. + + If a layer is in mode \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered (\ref QCPLayer::setMode), it is also possible to + replot only that specific layer via \ref QCPLayer::replot. See the documentation there for + details. + + \see replotTime +*/ +void QCustomPlot::replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority) +{ + if (refreshPriority == QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot) { + if (!mReplotQueued) { + mReplotQueued = true; + QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(replot())); + } + return; + } + + if (mReplotting) { // incase signals loop back to replot slot + return; + } + mReplotting = true; + mReplotQueued = false; + emit beforeReplot(); + +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) + QTime replotTimer; + replotTimer.start(); +# else + QElapsedTimer replotTimer; + replotTimer.start(); +# endif + + updateLayout(); + // draw all layered objects (grid, axes, plottables, items, legend,...) into their buffers: + setupPaintBuffers(); + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + layer->drawToPaintBuffer(); + } + foreach (QSharedPointer buffer, mPaintBuffers) { + buffer->setInvalidated(false); + } + + if ((refreshPriority == rpRefreshHint && mPlottingHints.testFlag(QCP::phImmediateRefresh)) || refreshPriority == rpImmediateRefresh) { + repaint(); + } else { + update(); + } + +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) + mReplotTime = replotTimer.elapsed(); +# else + mReplotTime = replotTimer.nsecsElapsed() * 1e-6; +# endif + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mReplotTimeAverage)) { + mReplotTimeAverage = mReplotTimeAverage * 0.9 + mReplotTime * 0.1; // exponential moving average with a time constant of 10 last replots + } else { + mReplotTimeAverage = mReplotTime; // no previous replots to average with, so initialize with replot time + } + + emit afterReplot(); + mReplotting = false; +} + +/*! + Returns the time in milliseconds that the last replot took. If \a average is set to true, an + exponential moving average over the last couple of replots is returned. + + \see replot +*/ +double QCustomPlot::replotTime(bool average) const +{ + return average ? mReplotTimeAverage : mReplotTime; +} + +/*! + Rescales the axes such that all plottables (like graphs) in the plot are fully visible. + + if \a onlyVisiblePlottables is set to true, only the plottables that have their visibility set to true + (QCPLayerable::setVisible), will be used to rescale the axes. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCPAxis::rescale +*/ +void QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QList allAxes; + foreach (QCPAxisRect *rect, axisRects()) { + allAxes << rect->axes(); + } + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, allAxes) { + axis->rescale(onlyVisiblePlottables); + } +} + +/*! + Saves a PDF with the vectorized plot to the file \a fileName. The axis ratio as well as the scale + of texts and lines will be derived from the specified \a width and \a height. This means, the + output will look like the normal on-screen output of a QCustomPlot widget with the corresponding + pixel width and height. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the exported image will have the + same dimensions as the QCustomPlot widget currently has. + + Setting \a exportPen to \ref QCP::epNoCosmetic allows to disable the use of cosmetic pens when + drawing to the PDF file. Cosmetic pens are pens with numerical width 0, which are always drawn as + a one pixel wide line, no matter what zoom factor is set in the PDF-Viewer. For more information + about cosmetic pens, see the QPainter and QPen documentation. + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any + selected objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll + before calling this function. + + Returns true on success. + + \warning + \li If you plan on editing the exported PDF file with a vector graphics editor like Inkscape, it + is advised to set \a exportPen to \ref QCP::epNoCosmetic to avoid losing those cosmetic lines + (which might be quite many, because cosmetic pens are the default for e.g. axes and tick marks). + \li If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \a pdfCreator and \a pdfTitle may be used to set the according metadata fields in the resulting + PDF file. + + \note On Android systems, this method does nothing and issues an according qDebug warning + message. This is also the case if for other reasons the define flag \c QT_NO_PRINTER is set. + + \see savePng, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePdf(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, QCP::ExportPen exportPen, const QString &pdfCreator, const QString &pdfTitle) +{ + bool success = false; +#ifdef QT_NO_PRINTER + Q_UNUSED(fileName) + Q_UNUSED(exportPen) + Q_UNUSED(width) + Q_UNUSED(height) + Q_UNUSED(pdfCreator) + Q_UNUSED(pdfTitle) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Qt was built without printer support (QT_NO_PRINTER). PDF not created."; +#else + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + QPrinter printer(QPrinter::ScreenResolution); + printer.setOutputFileName(fileName); + printer.setOutputFormat(QPrinter::PdfFormat); + printer.setColorMode(QPrinter::Color); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_Creator, pdfCreator); + printer.printEngine()->setProperty(QPrintEngine::PPK_DocumentName, pdfTitle); + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) + printer.setFullPage(true); + printer.setPaperSize(viewport().size(), QPrinter::DevicePixel); +#else + QPageLayout pageLayout; + pageLayout.setMode(QPageLayout::FullPageMode); + pageLayout.setOrientation(QPageLayout::Portrait); + pageLayout.setMargins(QMarginsF(0, 0, 0, 0)); + pageLayout.setPageSize(QPageSize(viewport().size(), QPageSize::Point, QString(), QPageSize::ExactMatch)); + printer.setPageLayout(pageLayout); +#endif + QCPPainter printpainter; + if (printpainter.begin(&printer)) { + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + printpainter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic, exportPen == QCP::epNoCosmetic); + printpainter.setWindow(mViewport); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::white && + mBackgroundBrush.color() != Qt::transparent && + mBackgroundBrush.color().alpha() > 0) { // draw pdf background color if not white/transparent + printpainter.fillRect(viewport(), mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&printpainter); + printpainter.end(); + success = true; + } + setViewport(oldViewport); +#endif // QT_NO_PRINTER + return success; +} + +/*! + Saves a PNG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + image compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 + or -1 to use the default setting. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the PNG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + If you want the PNG to have a transparent background, call \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush) + with no brush (Qt::NoBrush) or a transparent color (Qt::transparent), before saving. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, saveBmp, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::savePng(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "PNG", quality, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! + Saves a JPEG image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + image compression can be controlled with the \a quality parameter which must be between 0 and 100 + or -1 to use the default setting. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the JPEG format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveBmp, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "JPG", quality, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! + Saves a BMP image file to \a fileName on disc. The output plot will have the dimensions \a width + and \a height in pixels, multiplied by \a scale. If either \a width or \a height is zero, the + current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget is used instead. Line widths and texts etc. + are not scaled up when larger widths/heights are used. If you want that effect, use the \a scale + parameter. + + For example, if you set both \a width and \a height to 100 and \a scale to 2, you will end up with an + image file of size 200*200 in which all graphical elements are scaled up by factor 2 (line widths, + texts, etc.). This scaling is not done by stretching a 100*100 image, the result will have full + 200*200 pixel resolution. + + If you use a high scaling factor, it is recommended to enable antialiasing for all elements by + temporarily setting \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements to \ref QCP::aeAll as this allows + QCustomPlot to place objects with sub-pixel accuracy. + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header and has no direct consequence for the + quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a tool which respects the metadata, + it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size in real units of length (inch, + centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in which units \a resolution is + given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted to the format's expected + resolution unit internally. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the BMP format isn't supported by + the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The objects of the plot will appear in the current selection state. If you don't want any selected + objects to be painted in their selected look, deselect everything with \ref deselectAll before calling + this function. + + \warning If calling this function inside the constructor of the parent of the QCustomPlot widget + (i.e. the MainWindow constructor, if QCustomPlot is inside the MainWindow), always provide + explicit non-zero widths and heights. If you leave \a width or \a height as 0 (default), this + function uses the current width and height of the QCustomPlot widget. However, in Qt, these + aren't defined yet inside the constructor, so you would get an image that has strange + widths/heights. + + \see savePdf, savePng, saveJpg, saveRastered +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + return saveRastered(fileName, width, height, scale, "BMP", -1, resolution, resolutionUnit); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a minimum size hint that corresponds to the minimum size of the top level layout + (\ref plotLayout). To prevent QCustomPlot from being collapsed to size/width zero, set a minimum + size (setMinimumSize) either on the whole QCustomPlot or on any layout elements inside the plot. + This is especially important, when placed in a QLayout where other components try to take in as + much space as possible (e.g. QMdiArea). +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumOuterSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns a size hint that is the same as \ref minimumSizeHint. + +*/ +QSize QCustomPlot::sizeHint() const +{ + return mPlotLayout->minimumOuterSizeHint(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the QCustomPlot widget needs repainting. This does not cause a \ref replot, but + draws the internal buffer on the widget surface. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + QCPPainter painter(this); + if (painter.isActive()) { +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 0, 0) + painter.setRenderHint(QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing); // to make Antialiasing look good if using the OpenGL graphicssystem +#endif + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + drawBackground(&painter); + foreach (QSharedPointer buffer, mPaintBuffers) { + buffer->draw(&painter); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for a resize of the QCustomPlot widget. The viewport (which becomes the outer rect + of mPlotLayout) is resized appropriately. Finally a \ref replot is performed. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + // resize and repaint the buffer: + setViewport(rect()); + replot(rpQueuedRefresh); // queued refresh is important here, to prevent painting issues in some contexts (e.g. MDI subwindow) +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a double click occurs. Emits the \ref mouseDoubleClick signal, then + determines the layerable under the cursor and forwards the event to it. Finally, emits the + specialized signals when certain objecs are clicked (e.g. \ref plottableDoubleClick, \ref + axisDoubleClick, etc.). + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseDoubleClick(event); + mMouseHasMoved = false; + mMousePressPos = event->pos(); + + // determine layerable under the cursor (this event is called instead of the second press event in a double-click): + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(mMousePressPos, false, &details); + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.size(); ++i) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events ignore the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidates.at(i)->mouseDoubleClickEvent(event, details.at(i)); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + mMouseEventLayerable = candidates.at(i); + mMouseEventLayerableDetails = details.at(i); + break; + } + } + + // emit specialized object double click signals: + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + int dataIndex = 0; + if (!details.first().value().isEmpty()) { + dataIndex = details.first().value().dataRange().begin(); + } + emit plottableDoubleClick(ap, dataIndex, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit axisDoubleClick(ax, details.first().value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit itemDoubleClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit legendDoubleClick(lg, nullptr, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(candidates.first())) { + emit legendDoubleClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed. Emits the mousePress signal. + + If the current \ref setSelectionRectMode is not \ref QCP::srmNone, passes the event to the + selection rect. Otherwise determines the layerable under the cursor and forwards the event to it. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mousePress(event); + // save some state to tell in releaseEvent whether it was a click: + mMouseHasMoved = false; + mMousePressPos = event->pos(); + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRectMode != QCP::srmNone) { + if (mSelectionRectMode != QCP::srmZoom || qobject_cast(axisRectAt(mMousePressPos))) { // in zoom mode only activate selection rect if on an axis rect + mSelectionRect->startSelection(event); + } + } else { + // no selection rect interaction, prepare for click signal emission and forward event to layerable under the cursor: + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(mMousePressPos, false, &details); + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + mMouseSignalLayerable = candidates.first(); // candidate for signal emission is always topmost hit layerable (signal emitted in release event) + mMouseSignalLayerableDetails = details.first(); + } + // forward event to topmost candidate which accepts the event: + for (int i = 0; i < candidates.size(); ++i) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events call ignore() on the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidates.at(i)->mousePressEvent(event, details.at(i)); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + mMouseEventLayerable = candidates.at(i); + mMouseEventLayerableDetails = details.at(i); + break; + } + } + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the cursor is moved. Emits the \ref mouseMove signal. + + If the selection rect (\ref setSelectionRect) is currently active, the event is forwarded to it + in order to update the rect geometry. + + Otherwise, if a layout element has mouse capture focus (a mousePressEvent happened on top of the + layout element before), the mouseMoveEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseMove(event); + + if (!mMouseHasMoved && (mMousePressPos - event->pos()).manhattanLength() > 3) { + mMouseHasMoved = true; // moved too far from mouse press position, don't handle as click on mouse release + } + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { + mSelectionRect->moveSelection(event); + } else if (mMouseEventLayerable) { // call event of affected layerable: + mMouseEventLayerable->mouseMoveEvent(event, mMousePressPos); + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is released. Emits the \ref mouseRelease signal. + + If the mouse was moved less than a certain threshold in any direction since the \ref + mousePressEvent, it is considered a click which causes the selection mechanism (if activated via + \ref setInteractions) to possibly change selection states accordingly. Further, specialized mouse + click signals are emitted (e.g. \ref plottableClick, \ref axisClick, etc.) + + If a layerable is the mouse capturer (a \ref mousePressEvent happened on top of the layerable + before), the \ref mouseReleaseEvent is forwarded to that element. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseMoveEvent +*/ +void QCustomPlot::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseRelease(event); + + if (!mMouseHasMoved) { // mouse hasn't moved (much) between press and release, so handle as click + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { // a simple click shouldn't successfully finish a selection rect, so cancel it here + mSelectionRect->cancel(); + } + if (event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { + processPointSelection(event); + } + + // emit specialized click signals of QCustomPlot instance: + if (QCPAbstractPlottable *ap = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + int dataIndex = 0; + if (!mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value().isEmpty()) { + dataIndex = mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value().dataRange().begin(); + } + emit plottableClick(ap, dataIndex, event); + } else if (QCPAxis *ax = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit axisClick(ax, mMouseSignalLayerableDetails.value(), event); + } else if (QCPAbstractItem *ai = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit itemClick(ai, event); + } else if (QCPLegend *lg = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(lg, nullptr, event); + } else if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *li = qobject_cast(mMouseSignalLayerable)) { + emit legendClick(li->parentLegend(), li, event); + } + mMouseSignalLayerable = nullptr; + } + + if (mSelectionRect && mSelectionRect->isActive()) { // Note: if a click was detected above, the selection rect is canceled there + // finish selection rect, the appropriate action will be taken via signal-slot connection: + mSelectionRect->endSelection(event); + } else { + // call event of affected layerable: + if (mMouseEventLayerable) { + mMouseEventLayerable->mouseReleaseEvent(event, mMousePressPos); + mMouseEventLayerable = nullptr; + } + } + + if (noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } + + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. First, the \ref mouseWheel signal is emitted. Then + determines the affected layerable and forwards the event to it. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + emit mouseWheel(event); + +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 14, 0) + const QPointF pos = event->pos(); +#else + const QPointF pos = event->position(); +#endif + + // forward event to layerable under cursor: + foreach (QCPLayerable *candidate, layerableListAt(pos, false)) { + event->accept(); // default impl of QCPLayerable's mouse events ignore the event, in that case propagate to next candidate in list + candidate->wheelEvent(event); + if (event->isAccepted()) { + break; + } + } + event->accept(); // in case QCPLayerable reimplementation manipulates event accepted state. In QWidget event system, QCustomPlot wants to accept the event. +} + +/*! \internal + + This function draws the entire plot, including background pixmap, with the specified \a painter. + It does not make use of the paint buffers like \ref replot, so this is the function typically + used by saving/exporting methods such as \ref savePdf or \ref toPainter. + + Note that it does not fill the background with the background brush (as the user may specify with + \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush)), this is up to the respective functions calling this + method. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + updateLayout(); + + // draw viewport background pixmap: + drawBackground(painter); + + // draw all layered objects (grid, axes, plottables, items, legend,...): + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + layer->draw(painter); + } + + /* Debug code to draw all layout element rects + foreach (QCPLayoutElement *el, findChildren()) + { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(0, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->rect()); + painter->setPen(QPen(QColor(255, 0, 0, 100), 0, Qt::DashLine)); + painter->drawRect(el->outerRect()); + } + */ +} + +/*! \internal + + Performs the layout update steps defined by \ref QCPLayoutElement::UpdatePhase, by calling \ref + QCPLayoutElement::update on the main plot layout. + + Here, the layout elements calculate their positions and margins, and prepare for the following + draw call. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::updateLayout() +{ + // run through layout phases: + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upPreparation); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upMargins); + mPlotLayout->update(QCPLayoutElement::upLayout); + + emit afterLayout(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the viewport background pixmap of the plot. + + If a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the viewport with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + Note that this function does not draw a fill with the background brush + (\ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush)) beneath the pixmap. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCustomPlot::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // Note: background color is handled in individual replot/save functions + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mViewport.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mViewport.topLeft(), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mViewport.width(), mViewport.height())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Goes through the layers and makes sure this QCustomPlot instance holds the correct number of + paint buffers and that they have the correct configuration (size, pixel ratio, etc.). + Allocations, reallocations and deletions of paint buffers are performed as necessary. It also + associates the paint buffers with the layers, so they draw themselves into the right buffer when + \ref QCPLayer::drawToPaintBuffer is called. This means it associates adjacent \ref + QCPLayer::lmLogical layers to a mutual paint buffer and creates dedicated paint buffers for + layers in \ref QCPLayer::lmBuffered mode. + + This method uses \ref createPaintBuffer to create new paint buffers. + + After this method, the paint buffers are empty (filled with \c Qt::transparent) and invalidated + (so an attempt to replot only a single buffered layer causes a full replot). + + This method is called in every \ref replot call, prior to actually drawing the layers (into their + associated paint buffer). If the paint buffers don't need changing/reallocating, this method + basically leaves them alone and thus finishes very fast. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::setupPaintBuffers() +{ + int bufferIndex = 0; + if (mPaintBuffers.isEmpty()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + + for (int layerIndex = 0; layerIndex < mLayers.size(); ++layerIndex) { + QCPLayer *layer = mLayers.at(layerIndex); + if (layer->mode() == QCPLayer::lmLogical) { + layer->mPaintBuffer = mPaintBuffers.at(bufferIndex).toWeakRef(); + } else if (layer->mode() == QCPLayer::lmBuffered) { + ++bufferIndex; + if (bufferIndex >= mPaintBuffers.size()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + layer->mPaintBuffer = mPaintBuffers.at(bufferIndex).toWeakRef(); + if (layerIndex < mLayers.size() - 1 && mLayers.at(layerIndex + 1)->mode() == QCPLayer::lmLogical) { // not last layer, and next one is logical, so prepare another buffer for next layerables + ++bufferIndex; + if (bufferIndex >= mPaintBuffers.size()) { + mPaintBuffers.append(QSharedPointer(createPaintBuffer())); + } + } + } + } + // remove unneeded buffers: + while (mPaintBuffers.size() - 1 > bufferIndex) { + mPaintBuffers.removeLast(); + } + // resize buffers to viewport size and clear contents: + foreach (QSharedPointer buffer, mPaintBuffers) { + buffer->setSize(viewport().size()); // won't do anything if already correct size + buffer->clear(Qt::transparent); + buffer->setInvalidated(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by \ref setupPaintBuffers when it needs to create new paint buffers. + + Depending on the current setting of \ref setOpenGl, and the current Qt version, different + backends (subclasses of \ref QCPAbstractPaintBuffer) are created, initialized with the proper + size and device pixel ratio, and returned. +*/ +QCPAbstractPaintBuffer *QCustomPlot::createPaintBuffer() +{ + if (mOpenGl) { +#if defined(QCP_OPENGL_FBO) + return new QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio, mGlContext, mGlPaintDevice); +#elif defined(QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER) + return new QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio, mOpenGlMultisamples); +#else + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL enabled even though no support for it compiled in, this shouldn't have happened. Falling back to pixmap paint buffer."; + return new QCPPaintBufferPixmap(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio); +#endif + } else { + return new QCPPaintBufferPixmap(viewport().size(), mBufferDevicePixelRatio); + } +} + +/*! + This method returns whether any of the paint buffers held by this QCustomPlot instance are + invalidated. + + If any buffer is invalidated, a partial replot (\ref QCPLayer::replot) is not allowed and always + causes a full replot (\ref QCustomPlot::replot) of all layers. This is the case when for example + the layer order has changed, new layers were added or removed, layer modes were changed (\ref + QCPLayer::setMode), or layerables were added or removed. + + \see QCPAbstractPaintBuffer::setInvalidated +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers() +{ + foreach (QSharedPointer buffer, mPaintBuffers) { + if (buffer->invalidated()) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + When \ref setOpenGl is set to true, this method is used to initialize OpenGL (create a context, + surface, paint device). + + Returns true on success. + + If this method is successful, all paint buffers should be deleted and then reallocated by calling + \ref setupPaintBuffers, so the OpenGL-based paint buffer subclasses (\ref + QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer, \ref QCPPaintBufferGlFbo) are used for subsequent replots. + + \see freeOpenGl +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::setupOpenGl() +{ +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + freeOpenGl(); + QSurfaceFormat proposedSurfaceFormat; + proposedSurfaceFormat.setSamples(mOpenGlMultisamples); +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE + QOffscreenSurface *surface = new QOffscreenSurface; +#else + QWindow *surface = new QWindow; + surface->setSurfaceType(QSurface::OpenGLSurface); +#endif + surface->setFormat(proposedSurfaceFormat); + surface->create(); + mGlSurface = QSharedPointer(surface); + mGlContext = QSharedPointer(new QOpenGLContext); + mGlContext->setFormat(mGlSurface->format()); + if (!mGlContext->create()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to create OpenGL context"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + if (!mGlContext->makeCurrent(mGlSurface.data())) { // context needs to be current to create paint device + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Failed to make opengl context current"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + if (!QOpenGLFramebufferObject::hasOpenGLFramebufferObjects()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "OpenGL of this system doesn't support frame buffer objects"; + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); + return false; + } + mGlPaintDevice = QSharedPointer(new QOpenGLPaintDevice); + return true; +#elif defined(QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER) + return QGLFormat::hasOpenGL(); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +/*! \internal + + When \ref setOpenGl is set to false, this method is used to deinitialize OpenGL (releases the + context and frees resources). + + After OpenGL is disabled, all paint buffers should be deleted and then reallocated by calling + \ref setupPaintBuffers, so the standard software rendering paint buffer subclass (\ref + QCPPaintBufferPixmap) is used for subsequent replots. + + \see setupOpenGl +*/ +void QCustomPlot::freeOpenGl() +{ +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + mGlPaintDevice.clear(); + mGlContext.clear(); + mGlSurface.clear(); +#endif +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by \ref QCPAxisRect::removeAxis to report removed axes to the QCustomPlot + so it may clear its QCustomPlot::xAxis, yAxis, xAxis2 and yAxis2 members accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + if (xAxis == axis) { + xAxis = nullptr; + } + if (xAxis2 == axis) { + xAxis2 = nullptr; + } + if (yAxis == axis) { + yAxis = nullptr; + } + if (yAxis2 == axis) { + yAxis2 = nullptr; + } + + // Note: No need to take care of range drag axes and range zoom axes, because they are stored in smart pointers +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used by the QCPLegend destructor to report legend removal to the QCustomPlot so + it may clear its QCustomPlot::legend member accordingly. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (this->legend == legend) { + this->legend = nullptr; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selection rect's \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted signal when \ref + setSelectionRectMode is set to \ref QCP::srmSelect. + + First, it determines which axis rect was the origin of the selection rect judging by the starting + point of the selection. Then it goes through the plottables (\ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D to be + precise) associated with that axis rect and finds the data points that are in \a rect. It does + this by querying their \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect method. + + Then, the actual selection is done by calling the plottables' \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::selectEvent, placing the found selected data points in the \a details + parameter as QVariant(\ref QCPDataSelection). All plottables that weren't touched by \a + rect receive a \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::deselectEvent. + + \see processRectZoom +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processRectSelection(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event) +{ + typedef QPair SelectionCandidate; + typedef QMultiMap SelectionCandidates; // map key is number of selected data points, so we have selections sorted by size + + bool selectionStateChanged = false; + + if (mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottables)) { + SelectionCandidates potentialSelections; + QRectF rectF(rect.normalized()); + if (QCPAxisRect *affectedAxisRect = axisRectAt(rectF.topLeft())) { + // determine plottables that were hit by the rect and thus are candidates for selection: + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, affectedAxisRect->plottables()) { + if (QCPPlottableInterface1D *plottableInterface = plottable->interface1D()) { + QCPDataSelection dataSel = plottableInterface->selectTestRect(rectF, true); + if (!dataSel.isEmpty()) { + potentialSelections.insert(dataSel.dataPointCount(), SelectionCandidate(plottable, dataSel)); + } + } + } + + if (!mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iMultiSelect)) { + // only leave plottable with most selected points in map, since we will only select a single plottable: + if (!potentialSelections.isEmpty()) { + SelectionCandidates::iterator it = potentialSelections.begin(); + while (it != std::prev(potentialSelections.end())) { // erase all except last element + it = potentialSelections.erase(it); + } + } + } + + bool additive = event->modifiers().testFlag(mMultiSelectModifier); + // deselect all other layerables if not additive selection: + if (!additive) { + // emit deselection except to those plottables who will be selected afterwards: + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + if ((potentialSelections.isEmpty() || potentialSelections.constBegin()->first != layerable) && mInteractions.testFlag(layerable->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + layerable->deselectEvent(&selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + + // go through selections in reverse (largest selection first) and emit select events: + SelectionCandidates::const_iterator it = potentialSelections.constEnd(); + while (it != potentialSelections.constBegin()) { + --it; + if (mInteractions.testFlag(it.value().first->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + it.value().first->selectEvent(event, additive, QVariant::fromValue(it.value().second), &selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + + if (selectionStateChanged) { + emit selectionChangedByUser(); + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } else if (mSelectionRect) { + mSelectionRect->layer()->replot(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selection rect's \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted signal when \ref + setSelectionRectMode is set to \ref QCP::srmZoom. + + It determines which axis rect was the origin of the selection rect judging by the starting point + of the selection, and then zooms the axes defined via \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes to the + provided \a rect (see \ref QCPAxisRect::zoom). + + \see processRectSelection +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processRectZoom(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + if (QCPAxisRect *axisRect = axisRectAt(rect.topLeft())) { + QList affectedAxes = QList() << axisRect->rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Horizontal) << axisRect->rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Vertical); + affectedAxes.removeAll(static_cast(nullptr)); + axisRect->zoom(QRectF(rect), affectedAxes); + } + replot(rpQueuedReplot); // always replot to make selection rect disappear +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is called when a simple left mouse click was detected on the QCustomPlot surface. + + It first determines the layerable that was hit by the click, and then calls its \ref + QCPLayerable::selectEvent. All other layerables receive a QCPLayerable::deselectEvent (unless the + multi-select modifier was pressed, see \ref setMultiSelectModifier). + + In this method the hit layerable is determined a second time using \ref layerableAt (after the + one in \ref mousePressEvent), because we want \a onlySelectable set to true this time. This + implies that the mouse event grabber (mMouseEventLayerable) may be a different one from the + clicked layerable determined here. For example, if a non-selectable layerable is in front of a + selectable layerable at the click position, the front layerable will receive mouse events but the + selectable one in the back will receive the \ref QCPLayerable::selectEvent. + + \see processRectSelection, QCPLayerable::selectTest +*/ +void QCustomPlot::processPointSelection(QMouseEvent *event) +{ + QVariant details; + QCPLayerable *clickedLayerable = layerableAt(event->pos(), true, &details); + bool selectionStateChanged = false; + bool additive = mInteractions.testFlag(QCP::iMultiSelect) && event->modifiers().testFlag(mMultiSelectModifier); + // deselect all other layerables if not additive selection: + if (!additive) { + foreach (QCPLayer *layer, mLayers) { + foreach (QCPLayerable *layerable, layer->children()) { + if (layerable != clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(layerable->selectionCategory())) { + bool selChanged = false; + layerable->deselectEvent(&selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + } + } + } + if (clickedLayerable && mInteractions.testFlag(clickedLayerable->selectionCategory())) { + // a layerable was actually clicked, call its selectEvent: + bool selChanged = false; + clickedLayerable->selectEvent(event, additive, details, &selChanged); + selectionStateChanged |= selChanged; + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + emit selectionChangedByUser(); + replot(rpQueuedReplot); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Registers the specified plottable with this QCustomPlot and, if \ref setAutoAddPlottableToLegend + is enabled, adds it to the legend (QCustomPlot::legend). QCustomPlot takes ownership of the + plottable. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a plottable isn't already in this plot and the parent plot of + \a plottable is this QCustomPlot. + + This method is called automatically in the QCPAbstractPlottable base class constructor. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (mPlottables.contains(plottable)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable already added to this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + if (plottable->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(plottable); + return false; + } + + mPlottables.append(plottable); + // possibly add plottable to legend: + if (mAutoAddPlottableToLegend) { + plottable->addToLegend(); + } + if (!plottable->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the plottable (via QCPLayerable constructor) + plottable->setLayer(currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + In order to maintain the simplified graph interface of QCustomPlot, this method is called by the + QCPGraph constructor to register itself with this QCustomPlot's internal graph list. Returns true + on success, i.e. if \a graph is valid and wasn't already registered with this QCustomPlot. + + This graph specific registration happens in addition to the call to \ref registerPlottable by the + QCPAbstractPlottable base class. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + if (!graph) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed graph is zero"; + return false; + } + if (mGraphs.contains(graph)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph already registered with this QCustomPlot"; + return false; + } + + mGraphs.append(graph); + return true; +} + + +/*! \internal + + Registers the specified item with this QCustomPlot. QCustomPlot takes ownership of the item. + + Returns true on success, i.e. when \a item wasn't already in the plot and the parent plot of \a + item is this QCustomPlot. + + This method is called automatically in the QCPAbstractItem base class constructor. +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::registerItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) +{ + if (mItems.contains(item)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item already added to this QCustomPlot:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } + if (item->parentPlot() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "item not created with this QCustomPlot as parent:" << reinterpret_cast(item); + return false; + } + + mItems.append(item); + if (!item->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the item (via QCPLayerable constructor) + item->setLayer(currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + Assigns all layers their index (QCPLayer::mIndex) in the mLayers list. This method is thus called + after every operation that changes the layer indices, like layer removal, layer creation, layer + moving. +*/ +void QCustomPlot::updateLayerIndices() const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < mLayers.size(); ++i) { + mLayers.at(i)->mIndex = i; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the top-most layerable at pixel position \a pos. If \a onlySelectable is set to true, + only those layerables that are selectable will be considered. (Layerable subclasses communicate + their selectability via the QCPLayerable::selectTest method, by returning -1.) + + \a selectionDetails is an output parameter that contains selection specifics of the affected + layerable. This is useful if the respective layerable shall be given a subsequent + QCPLayerable::selectEvent (like in \ref mouseReleaseEvent). \a selectionDetails usually contains + information about which part of the layerable was hit, in multi-part layerables (e.g. + QCPAxis::SelectablePart). If the layerable is a plottable, \a selectionDetails contains a \ref + QCPDataSelection instance with the single data point which is closest to \a pos. + + \see layerableListAt, layoutElementAt, axisRectAt +*/ +QCPLayerable *QCustomPlot::layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails) const +{ + QList details; + QList candidates = layerableListAt(pos, onlySelectable, selectionDetails ? &details : nullptr); + if (selectionDetails && !details.isEmpty()) { + *selectionDetails = details.first(); + } + if (!candidates.isEmpty()) { + return candidates.first(); + } else { + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the layerables at pixel position \a pos. If \a onlySelectable is set to true, only those + layerables that are selectable will be considered. (Layerable subclasses communicate their + selectability via the QCPLayerable::selectTest method, by returning -1.) + + The returned list is sorted by the layerable/drawing order such that the layerable that appears + on top in the plot is at index 0 of the returned list. If you only need to know the top + layerable, rather use \ref layerableAt. + + \a selectionDetails is an output parameter that contains selection specifics of the affected + layerable. This is useful if the respective layerable shall be given a subsequent + QCPLayerable::selectEvent (like in \ref mouseReleaseEvent). \a selectionDetails usually contains + information about which part of the layerable was hit, in multi-part layerables (e.g. + QCPAxis::SelectablePart). If the layerable is a plottable, \a selectionDetails contains a \ref + QCPDataSelection instance with the single data point which is closest to \a pos. + + \see layerableAt, layoutElementAt, axisRectAt +*/ +QList QCustomPlot::layerableListAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QList *selectionDetails) const +{ + QList result; + for (int layerIndex = mLayers.size() - 1; layerIndex >= 0; --layerIndex) { + const QList layerables = mLayers.at(layerIndex)->children(); + for (int i = layerables.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (!layerables.at(i)->realVisibility()) { + continue; + } + QVariant details; + double dist = layerables.at(i)->selectTest(pos, onlySelectable, selectionDetails ? &details : nullptr); + if (dist >= 0 && dist < selectionTolerance()) { + result.append(layerables.at(i)); + if (selectionDetails) { + selectionDetails->append(details); + } + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Saves the plot to a rastered image file \a fileName in the image format \a format. The plot is + sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and scale 2.0 lead + to a full resolution file with width 200.) If the \a format supports compression, \a quality may + be between 0 and 100 to control it. + + Returns true on success. If this function fails, most likely the given \a format isn't supported + by the system, see Qt docs about QImageWriter::supportedImageFormats(). + + The \a resolution will be written to the image file header (if the file format supports this) and + has no direct consequence for the quality or the pixel size. However, if opening the image with a + tool which respects the metadata, it will be able to scale the image to match either a given size + in real units of length (inch, centimeters, etc.), or the target display DPI. You can specify in + which units \a resolution is given, by setting \a resolutionUnit. The \a resolution is converted + to the format's expected resolution unit internally. + + \see saveBmp, saveJpg, savePng, savePdf +*/ +bool QCustomPlot::saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality, int resolution, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit) +{ + QImage buffer = toPixmap(width, height, scale).toImage(); + + int dotsPerMeter = 0; + switch (resolutionUnit) { + case QCP::ruDotsPerMeter: + dotsPerMeter = resolution; + break; + case QCP::ruDotsPerCentimeter: + dotsPerMeter = resolution * 100; + break; + case QCP::ruDotsPerInch: + dotsPerMeter = int(resolution / 0.0254); + break; + } + buffer.setDotsPerMeterX(dotsPerMeter); // this is saved together with some image formats, e.g. PNG, and is relevant when opening image in other tools + buffer.setDotsPerMeterY(dotsPerMeter); // this is saved together with some image formats, e.g. PNG, and is relevant when opening image in other tools + if (!buffer.isNull()) { + return buffer.save(fileName, format, quality); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! + Renders the plot to a pixmap and returns it. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels and scaled with \a scale. (width 100 and + scale 2.0 lead to a full resolution pixmap with width 200.) + + \see toPainter, saveRastered, saveBmp, savePng, saveJpg, savePdf +*/ +QPixmap QCustomPlot::toPixmap(int width, int height, double scale) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPainter. Change something here, and a change in toPainter might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + int scaledWidth = qRound(scale * newWidth); + int scaledHeight = qRound(scale * newHeight); + + QPixmap result(scaledWidth, scaledHeight); + result.fill(mBackgroundBrush.style() == Qt::SolidPattern ? mBackgroundBrush.color() : Qt::transparent); // if using non-solid pattern, make transparent now and draw brush pattern later + QCPPainter painter; + painter.begin(&result); + if (painter.isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (!qFuzzyCompare(scale, 1.0)) { + if (scale > 1.0) { // for scale < 1 we always want cosmetic pens where possible, because else lines might disappear for very small scales + painter.setMode(QCPPainter::pmNonCosmetic); + } + painter.scale(scale, scale); + } + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::SolidPattern && mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // solid fills were done a few lines above with QPixmap::fill + painter.fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(&painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + painter.end(); + } else { // might happen if pixmap has width or height zero + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't activate painter on pixmap"; + return QPixmap(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Renders the plot using the passed \a painter. + + The plot is sized to \a width and \a height in pixels. If the \a painter's scale is not 1.0, the resulting plot will + appear scaled accordingly. + + \note If you are restricted to using a QPainter (instead of QCPPainter), create a temporary QPicture and open a QCPPainter + on it. Then call \ref toPainter with this QCPPainter. After ending the paint operation on the picture, draw it with + the QPainter. This will reproduce the painter actions the QCPPainter took, with a QPainter. + + \see toPixmap +*/ +void QCustomPlot::toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width, int height) +{ + // this method is somewhat similar to toPixmap. Change something here, and a change in toPixmap might be necessary, too. + int newWidth, newHeight; + if (width == 0 || height == 0) { + newWidth = this->width(); + newHeight = this->height(); + } else { + newWidth = width; + newHeight = height; + } + + if (painter->isActive()) { + QRect oldViewport = viewport(); + setViewport(QRect(0, 0, newWidth, newHeight)); + painter->setMode(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching); + if (mBackgroundBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { // unlike in toPixmap, we can't do QPixmap::fill for Qt::SolidPattern brush style, so we also draw solid fills with fillRect here + painter->fillRect(mViewport, mBackgroundBrush); + } + draw(painter); + setViewport(oldViewport); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed painter is not active"; + } +} +/* end of 'src/core.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/colorgradient.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 25278 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorGradient +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorGradient + \brief Defines a color gradient for use with e.g. \ref QCPColorMap + + This class describes a color gradient which can be used to encode data with color. For example, + QCPColorMap and QCPColorScale have \ref QCPColorMap::setGradient "setGradient" methods which + take an instance of this class. Colors are set with \ref setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) + with a \a position from 0 to 1. In between these defined color positions, the + color will be interpolated linearly either in RGB or HSV space, see \ref setColorInterpolation. + + Alternatively, load one of the preset color gradients shown in the image below, with \ref + loadPreset, or by directly specifying the preset in the constructor. + + Apart from red, green and blue components, the gradient also interpolates the alpha values of the + configured color stops. This allows to display some portions of the data range as transparent in + the plot. + + How NaN values are interpreted can be configured with \ref setNanHandling. + + \image html QCPColorGradient.png + + The constructor \ref QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) allows directly converting a \ref + GradientPreset to a QCPColorGradient. This means that you can directly pass \ref GradientPreset + to all the \a setGradient methods, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorgradient-setgradient + + The total number of levels used in the gradient can be set with \ref setLevelCount. Whether the + color gradient shall be applied periodically (wrapping around) to data values that lie outside + the data range specified on the plottable instance can be controlled with \ref setPeriodic. +*/ + +/*! + Constructs a new, empty QCPColorGradient with no predefined color stops. You can add own color + stops with \ref setColorStopAt. + + The color level count is initialized to 350. +*/ +QCPColorGradient::QCPColorGradient() : + mLevelCount(350), + mColorInterpolation(ciRGB), + mNanHandling(nhNone), + mNanColor(Qt::black), + mPeriodic(false), + mColorBufferInvalidated(true) +{ + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0), mLevelCount); +} + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorGradient initialized with the colors and color interpolation according + to \a preset. + + The color level count is initialized to 350. +*/ +QCPColorGradient::QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset) : + mLevelCount(350), + mColorInterpolation(ciRGB), + mNanHandling(nhNone), + mNanColor(Qt::black), + mPeriodic(false), + mColorBufferInvalidated(true) +{ + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0), mLevelCount); + loadPreset(preset); +} + +/* undocumented operator */ +bool QCPColorGradient::operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const +{ + return ((other.mLevelCount == this->mLevelCount) && + (other.mColorInterpolation == this->mColorInterpolation) && + (other.mNanHandling == this ->mNanHandling) && + (other.mNanColor == this->mNanColor) && + (other.mPeriodic == this->mPeriodic) && + (other.mColorStops == this->mColorStops)); +} + +/*! + Sets the number of discretization levels of the color gradient to \a n. The default is 350 which + is typically enough to create a smooth appearance. The minimum number of levels is 2. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-levelcount.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setLevelCount(int n) +{ + if (n < 2) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "n must be greater or equal 2 but was" << n; + n = 2; + } + if (n != mLevelCount) { + mLevelCount = n; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets at which positions from 0 to 1 which color shall occur. The positions are the keys, the + colors are the values of the passed QMap \a colorStops. In between these color stops, the color + is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + A more convenient way to create a custom gradient may be to clear all color stops with \ref + clearColorStops (or creating a new, empty QCPColorGradient) and then adding them one by one with + \ref setColorStopAt. + + \see clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops) +{ + mColorStops = colorStops; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color the gradient will have at the specified \a position (from 0 to 1). In between + these color stops, the color is interpolated according to \ref setColorInterpolation. + + \see setColorStops, clearColorStops +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color) +{ + mColorStops.insert(position, color); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the colors in between the configured color stops (see \ref setColorStopAt) shall be + interpolated linearly in RGB or in HSV color space. + + For example, a sweep in RGB space from red to green will have a muddy brown intermediate color, + whereas in HSV space the intermediate color is yellow. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setColorInterpolation(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation interpolation) +{ + if (interpolation != mColorInterpolation) { + mColorInterpolation = interpolation; + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets how NaNs in the data are displayed in the plot. + + \see setNanColor +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setNanHandling(QCPColorGradient::NanHandling handling) +{ + mNanHandling = handling; +} + +/*! + Sets the color that NaN data is represented by, if \ref setNanHandling is set + to ref nhNanColor. + + \see setNanHandling +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setNanColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mNanColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether data points that are outside the configured data range (e.g. \ref + QCPColorMap::setDataRange) are colored by periodically repeating the color gradient or whether + they all have the same color, corresponding to the respective gradient boundary color. + + \image html QCPColorGradient-periodic.png + + As shown in the image above, gradients that have the same start and end color are especially + suitable for a periodic gradient mapping, since they produce smooth color transitions throughout + the color map. A preset that has this property is \ref gpHues. + + In practice, using periodic color gradients makes sense when the data corresponds to a periodic + dimension, such as an angle or a phase. If this is not the case, the color encoding might become + ambiguous, because multiple different data values are shown as the same color. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic(bool enabled) +{ + mPeriodic = enabled; +} + +/*! \overload + + This method is used to quickly convert a \a data array to colors. The colors will be output in + the array \a scanLine. Both \a data and \a scanLine must have the length \a n when passed to this + function. The data range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed + in \a range. \a logarithmic indicates whether the data values shall be mapped to colors + logarithmically. + + if \a data actually contains 2D-data linearized via [row*columnCount + column], you can + set \a dataIndexFactor to columnCount to convert a column instead of a row of the data + array, in \a scanLine. \a scanLine will remain a regular (1D) array. This works because \a data + is addressed data[i*dataIndexFactor]. + + Use the overloaded method to additionally provide alpha map data. + + The QRgb values that are placed in \a scanLine have their r, g, and b components premultiplied + with alpha (see QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt color() and the other colorize() overload + if (!data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as data"; + return; + } + if (!scanLine) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as scanLine"; + return; + } + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + const bool skipNanCheck = mNanHandling == nhNone; + const double posToIndexFactor = !logarithmic ? (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size() : (mLevelCount - 1) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + const double value = data[dataIndexFactor * i]; + if (skipNanCheck || !std::isnan(value)) { + int index = int((!logarithmic ? value - range.lower : qLn(value / range.lower)) * posToIndexFactor); + if (!mPeriodic) { + index = qBound(0, index, mLevelCount - 1); + } else { + index %= mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + } + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + switch (mNanHandling) { + case nhLowestColor: + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.first(); + break; + case nhHighestColor: + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.last(); + break; + case nhTransparent: + scanLine[i] = qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0); + break; + case nhNanColor: + scanLine[i] = mNanColor.rgba(); + break; + case nhNone: + break; // shouldn't happen + } + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Additionally to the other overload of \ref colorize, this method takes the array \a alpha, which + has the same size and structure as \a data and encodes the alpha information per data point. + + The QRgb values that are placed in \a scanLine have their r, g and b components premultiplied + with alpha (see QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::colorize(const double *data, const unsigned char *alpha, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt color() and the other colorize() overload + if (!data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as data"; + return; + } + if (!alpha) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as alpha"; + return; + } + if (!scanLine) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "null pointer given as scanLine"; + return; + } + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + const bool skipNanCheck = mNanHandling == nhNone; + const double posToIndexFactor = !logarithmic ? (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size() : (mLevelCount - 1) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + const double value = data[dataIndexFactor * i]; + if (skipNanCheck || !std::isnan(value)) { + int index = int((!logarithmic ? value - range.lower : qLn(value / range.lower)) * posToIndexFactor); + if (!mPeriodic) { + index = qBound(0, index, mLevelCount - 1); + } else { + index %= mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + } + if (alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] == 255) { + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.at(index); + } else { + const QRgb rgb = mColorBuffer.at(index); + const float alphaF = alpha[dataIndexFactor * i] / 255.0f; + scanLine[i] = qRgba(int(qRed(rgb) * alphaF), int(qGreen(rgb) * alphaF), int(qBlue(rgb) * alphaF), int(qAlpha(rgb) * alphaF)); // also multiply r,g,b with alpha, to conform to Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + } + } else { + switch (mNanHandling) { + case nhLowestColor: + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.first(); + break; + case nhHighestColor: + scanLine[i] = mColorBuffer.last(); + break; + case nhTransparent: + scanLine[i] = qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0); + break; + case nhNanColor: + scanLine[i] = mNanColor.rgba(); + break; + case nhNone: + break; // shouldn't happen + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is used to colorize a single data value given in \a position, to colors. The data + range that shall be used for mapping the data value to the gradient is passed in \a range. \a + logarithmic indicates whether the data value shall be mapped to a color logarithmically. + + If an entire array of data values shall be converted, rather use \ref colorize, for better + performance. + + The returned QRgb has its r, g and b components premultiplied with alpha (see + QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied). +*/ +QRgb QCPColorGradient::color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic) +{ + // If you change something here, make sure to also adapt ::colorize() + if (mColorBufferInvalidated) { + updateColorBuffer(); + } + + const bool skipNanCheck = mNanHandling == nhNone; + if (!skipNanCheck && std::isnan(position)) { + switch (mNanHandling) { + case nhLowestColor: + return mColorBuffer.first(); + case nhHighestColor: + return mColorBuffer.last(); + case nhTransparent: + return qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0); + case nhNanColor: + return mNanColor.rgba(); + case nhNone: + return qRgba(0, 0, 0, 0); // shouldn't happen + } + } + + const double posToIndexFactor = !logarithmic ? (mLevelCount - 1) / range.size() : (mLevelCount - 1) / qLn(range.upper / range.lower); + int index = int((!logarithmic ? position - range.lower : qLn(position / range.lower)) * posToIndexFactor); + if (!mPeriodic) { + index = qBound(0, index, mLevelCount - 1); + } else { + index %= mLevelCount; + if (index < 0) { + index += mLevelCount; + } + } + return mColorBuffer.at(index); +} + +/*! + Clears the current color stops and loads the specified \a preset. A preset consists of predefined + color stops and the corresponding color interpolation method. + + The available presets are: + \image html QCPColorGradient.png +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::loadPreset(GradientPreset preset) +{ + clearColorStops(); + switch (preset) { + case gpGrayscale: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, Qt::black); + setColorStopAt(1, Qt::white); + break; + case gpHot: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(180, 10, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(245, 50, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 150, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpCold: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.2, QColor(0, 10, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.4, QColor(0, 50, 245)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(10, 150, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpNight: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(10, 20, 30)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(250, 255, 250)); + break; + case gpCandy: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 250, 250)); + break; + case gpGeography: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(70, 170, 210)); + setColorStopAt(0.20, QColor(90, 160, 180)); + setColorStopAt(0.25, QColor(45, 130, 175)); + setColorStopAt(0.30, QColor(100, 140, 125)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(100, 140, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(130, 145, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.7, QColor(140, 130, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.9, QColor(180, 190, 190)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(210, 210, 230)); + break; + case gpIon: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.45, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.8, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + break; + case gpThermal: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(20, 0, 120)); + setColorStopAt(0.33, QColor(200, 30, 140)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 100, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 255, 40)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 255)); + break; + case gpPolar: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.18, QColor(10, 70, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.28, QColor(10, 10, 190)); + setColorStopAt(0.5, QColor(0, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.72, QColor(190, 10, 10)); + setColorStopAt(0.82, QColor(255, 70, 10)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 255, 50)); + break; + case gpSpectrum: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(50, 0, 50)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.6, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.75, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(50, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpJet: + setColorInterpolation(ciRGB); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(0, 0, 100)); + setColorStopAt(0.15, QColor(0, 50, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.35, QColor(0, 255, 255)); + setColorStopAt(0.65, QColor(255, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(0.85, QColor(255, 30, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(100, 0, 0)); + break; + case gpHues: + setColorInterpolation(ciHSV); + setColorStopAt(0, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 0, 255)); + setColorStopAt(2.0 / 3.0, QColor(0, 255, 0)); + setColorStopAt(1, QColor(255, 0, 0)); + break; + } +} + +/*! + Clears all color stops. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::clearColorStops() +{ + mColorStops.clear(); + mColorBufferInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Returns an inverted gradient. The inverted gradient has all properties as this \ref + QCPColorGradient, but the order of the color stops is inverted. + + \see setColorStops, setColorStopAt +*/ +QCPColorGradient QCPColorGradient::inverted() const +{ + QCPColorGradient result(*this); + result.clearColorStops(); + for (QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.constBegin(); it != mColorStops.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.setColorStopAt(1.0 - it.key(), it.value()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns true if the color gradient uses transparency, i.e. if any of the configured color stops + has an alpha value below 255. +*/ +bool QCPColorGradient::stopsUseAlpha() const +{ + for (QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.constBegin(); it != mColorStops.constEnd(); ++it) { + if (it.value().alpha() < 255) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal color buffer which will be used by \ref colorize and \ref color, to quickly + convert positions to colors. This is where the interpolation between color stops is calculated. +*/ +void QCPColorGradient::updateColorBuffer() +{ + if (mColorBuffer.size() != mLevelCount) { + mColorBuffer.resize(mLevelCount); + } + if (mColorStops.size() > 1) { + double indexToPosFactor = 1.0 / double(mLevelCount - 1); + const bool useAlpha = stopsUseAlpha(); + for (int i = 0; i < mLevelCount; ++i) { + double position = i * indexToPosFactor; + QMap::const_iterator it = mColorStops.lowerBound(position); + if (it == mColorStops.constEnd()) { // position is on or after last stop, use color of last stop + if (useAlpha) { + const QColor col = std::prev(it).value(); + const double alphaPremultiplier = col.alpha() / 255.0; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(int(col.red() * alphaPremultiplier), + int(col.green() * alphaPremultiplier), + int(col.blue() * alphaPremultiplier), + col.alpha()); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = std::prev(it).value().rgba(); + } + } else if (it == mColorStops.constBegin()) { // position is on or before first stop, use color of first stop + if (useAlpha) { + const QColor &col = it.value(); + const double alphaPremultiplier = col.alpha() / 255.0; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(int(col.red() * alphaPremultiplier), + int(col.green() * alphaPremultiplier), + int(col.blue() * alphaPremultiplier), + col.alpha()); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = it.value().rgba(); + } + } else { // position is in between stops (or on an intermediate stop), interpolate color + QMap::const_iterator high = it; + QMap::const_iterator low = std::prev(it); + double t = (position - low.key()) / (high.key() - low.key()); // interpolation factor 0..1 + switch (mColorInterpolation) { + case ciRGB: { + if (useAlpha) { + const int alpha = int((1 - t) * low.value().alpha() + t * high.value().alpha()); + const double alphaPremultiplier = alpha / 255.0; // since we use QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(int(((1 - t) * low.value().red() + t * high.value().red()) * alphaPremultiplier), + int(((1 - t) * low.value().green() + t * high.value().green()) * alphaPremultiplier), + int(((1 - t) * low.value().blue() + t * high.value().blue()) * alphaPremultiplier), + alpha); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgb(int(((1 - t) * low.value().red() + t * high.value().red())), + int(((1 - t) * low.value().green() + t * high.value().green())), + int(((1 - t) * low.value().blue() + t * high.value().blue()))); + } + break; + } + case ciHSV: { + QColor lowHsv = low.value().toHsv(); + QColor highHsv = high.value().toHsv(); + double hue = 0; + double hueDiff = highHsv.hueF() - lowHsv.hueF(); + if (hueDiff > 0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() - t * (1.0 - hueDiff); + } else if (hueDiff < -0.5) { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * (1.0 + hueDiff); + } else { + hue = lowHsv.hueF() + t * hueDiff; + } + if (hue < 0) { + hue += 1.0; + } else if (hue >= 1.0) { + hue -= 1.0; + } + if (useAlpha) { + const QRgb rgb = QColor::fromHsvF(hue, + (1 - t) * lowHsv.saturationF() + t * highHsv.saturationF(), + (1 - t) * lowHsv.valueF() + t * highHsv.valueF()).rgb(); + const double alpha = (1 - t) * lowHsv.alphaF() + t * highHsv.alphaF(); + mColorBuffer[i] = qRgba(int(qRed(rgb) * alpha), int(qGreen(rgb) * alpha), int(qBlue(rgb) * alpha), int(255 * alpha)); + } else { + mColorBuffer[i] = QColor::fromHsvF(hue, + (1 - t) * lowHsv.saturationF() + t * highHsv.saturationF(), + (1 - t) * lowHsv.valueF() + t * highHsv.valueF()).rgb(); + } + break; + } + } + } + } + } else if (mColorStops.size() == 1) { + const QRgb rgb = mColorStops.constBegin().value().rgb(); + const double alpha = mColorStops.constBegin().value().alphaF(); + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgba(int(qRed(rgb)*alpha), int(qGreen(rgb)*alpha), int(qBlue(rgb)*alpha), int(255 * alpha))); + } else { // mColorStops is empty, fill color buffer with black + mColorBuffer.fill(qRgb(0, 0, 0)); + } + mColorBufferInvalidated = false; +} +/* end of 'src/colorgradient.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 12308 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket + \brief A selection decorator which draws brackets around each selected data segment + + Additionally to the regular highlighting of selected segments via color, fill and scatter style, + this \ref QCPSelectionDecorator subclass draws markers at the begin and end of each selected data + segment of the plottable. + + The shape of the markers can be controlled with \ref setBracketStyle, \ref setBracketWidth and + \ref setBracketHeight. The color/fill can be controlled with \ref setBracketPen and \ref + setBracketBrush. + + To introduce custom bracket styles, it is only necessary to sublcass \ref + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket and reimplement \ref drawBracket. The rest will be managed by the + base class. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket instance with default values. +*/ +QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() : + mBracketPen(QPen(Qt::black)), + mBracketBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBracketWidth(5), + mBracketHeight(50), + mBracketStyle(bsSquareBracket), + mTangentToData(false), + mTangentAverage(2) +{ + +} + +QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::~QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the brackets at the beginning and end of each selected + data segment. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBracketPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw the brackets at the beginning and end of each selected + data segment. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBracketBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the drawn bracket. The width dimension is always parallel to the key axis of + the data, or the tangent direction of the current data slope, if \ref setTangentToData is + enabled. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketWidth(int width) +{ + mBracketWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the height of the drawn bracket. The height dimension is always perpendicular to the key axis + of the data, or the tangent direction of the current data slope, if \ref setTangentToData is + enabled. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketHeight(int height) +{ + mBracketHeight = height; +} + +/*! + Sets the shape that the bracket/marker will have. + + \see setBracketWidth, setBracketHeight +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setBracketStyle(QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::BracketStyle style) +{ + mBracketStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the brackets will be rotated such that they align with the slope of the data at the + position that they appear in. + + For noisy data, it might be more visually appealing to average the slope over multiple data + points. This can be configured via \ref setTangentAverage. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setTangentToData(bool enabled) +{ + mTangentToData = enabled; +} + +/*! + Controls over how many data points the slope shall be averaged, when brackets shall be aligned + with the data (if \ref setTangentToData is true). + + From the position of the bracket, \a pointCount points towards the selected data range will be + taken into account. The smallest value of \a pointCount is 1, which is effectively equivalent to + disabling \ref setTangentToData. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::setTangentAverage(int pointCount) +{ + mTangentAverage = pointCount; + if (mTangentAverage < 1) { + mTangentAverage = 1; + } +} + +/*! + Draws the bracket shape with \a painter. The parameter \a direction is either -1 or 1 and + indicates whether the bracket shall point to the left or the right (i.e. is a closing or opening + bracket, respectively). + + The passed \a painter already contains all transformations that are necessary to position and + rotate the bracket appropriately. Painting operations can be performed as if drawing upright + brackets on flat data with horizontal key axis, with (0, 0) being the center of the bracket. + + If you wish to sublcass \ref QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket in order to provide custom bracket + shapes (see \ref QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::bsUserStyle), this is the method you should + reimplement. +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::drawBracket(QCPPainter *painter, int direction) const +{ + switch (mBracketStyle) { + case bsSquareBracket: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mBracketWidth * direction, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mBracketWidth * direction, mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + break; + } + case bsHalfEllipse: { + painter->drawArc(QRectF(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, mBracketWidth, mBracketHeight), -90 * 16, -180 * 16 * direction); + break; + } + case bsEllipse: { + painter->drawEllipse(QRectF(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, mBracketWidth, mBracketHeight)); + break; + } + case bsPlus: { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, -mBracketHeight * 0.5, 0, mBracketHeight * 0.5)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(-mBracketWidth * 0.5, 0, mBracketWidth * 0.5, 0)); + break; + } + default: { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "unknown/custom bracket style can't be handeld by default implementation:" << static_cast(mBracketStyle); + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + Draws the bracket decoration on the data points at the begin and end of each selected data + segment given in \a seletion. + + It uses the method \ref drawBracket to actually draw the shapes. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + if (!mPlottable || selection.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + if (QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d = mPlottable->interface1D()) { + foreach (const QCPDataRange &dataRange, selection.dataRanges()) { + // determine position and (if tangent mode is enabled) angle of brackets: + int openBracketDir = (mPlottable->keyAxis() && !mPlottable->keyAxis()->rangeReversed()) ? 1 : -1; + int closeBracketDir = -openBracketDir; + QPointF openBracketPos = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, dataRange.begin()); + QPointF closeBracketPos = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, dataRange.end() - 1); + double openBracketAngle = 0; + double closeBracketAngle = 0; + if (mTangentToData) { + openBracketAngle = getTangentAngle(interface1d, dataRange.begin(), openBracketDir); + closeBracketAngle = getTangentAngle(interface1d, dataRange.end() - 1, closeBracketDir); + } + // draw opening bracket: + QTransform oldTransform = painter->transform(); + painter->setPen(mBracketPen); + painter->setBrush(mBracketBrush); + painter->translate(openBracketPos); + painter->rotate(openBracketAngle / M_PI * 180.0); + drawBracket(painter, openBracketDir); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + // draw closing bracket: + painter->setPen(mBracketPen); + painter->setBrush(mBracketBrush); + painter->translate(closeBracketPos); + painter->rotate(closeBracketAngle / M_PI * 180.0); + drawBracket(painter, closeBracketDir); + painter->setTransform(oldTransform); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + If \ref setTangentToData is enabled, brackets need to be rotated according to the data slope. + This method returns the angle in radians by which a bracket at the given \a dataIndex must be + rotated. + + The parameter \a direction must be set to either -1 or 1, representing whether it is an opening + or closing bracket. Since for slope calculation multiple data points are required, this defines + the direction in which the algorithm walks, starting at \a dataIndex, to average those data + points. (see \ref setTangentToData and \ref setTangentAverage) + + \a interface1d is the interface to the plottable's data which is used to query data coordinates. +*/ +double QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::getTangentAngle(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex, int direction) const +{ + if (!interface1d || dataIndex < 0 || dataIndex >= interface1d->dataCount()) { + return 0; + } + direction = direction < 0 ? -1 : 1; // enforce direction is either -1 or 1 + + // how many steps we can actually go from index in the given direction without exceeding data bounds: + int averageCount; + if (direction < 0) { + averageCount = qMin(mTangentAverage, dataIndex); + } else { + averageCount = qMin(mTangentAverage, interface1d->dataCount() - 1 - dataIndex); + } + qDebug() << averageCount; + // calculate point average of averageCount points: + QVector points(averageCount); + QPointF pointsAverage; + int currentIndex = dataIndex; + for (int i = 0; i < averageCount; ++i) { + points[i] = getPixelCoordinates(interface1d, currentIndex); + pointsAverage += points[i]; + currentIndex += direction; + } + pointsAverage /= double(averageCount); + + // calculate slope of linear regression through points: + double numSum = 0; + double denomSum = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < averageCount; ++i) { + const double dx = points.at(i).x() - pointsAverage.x(); + const double dy = points.at(i).y() - pointsAverage.y(); + numSum += dx * dy; + denomSum += dx * dx; + } + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(denomSum) && !qFuzzyIsNull(numSum)) { + return qAtan2(numSum, denomSum); + } else { // undetermined angle, probably mTangentAverage == 1, so using only one data point + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel coordinates of the data point at \a dataIndex, using \a interface1d to access + the data points. +*/ +QPointF QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::getPixelCoordinates(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mPlottable->keyAxis(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mPlottable->valueAxis(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return {0, 0}; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + return {keyAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainKey(dataIndex)), valueAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainValue(dataIndex))}; + else + return {valueAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainValue(dataIndex)), keyAxis->coordToPixel(interface1d->dataMainKey(dataIndex))}; +} +/* end of 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 47193 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAxisRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAxisRect + \brief Holds multiple axes and arranges them in a rectangular shape. + + This class represents an axis rect, a rectangular area that is bounded on all sides with an + arbitrary number of axes. + + Initially QCustomPlot has one axis rect, accessible via QCustomPlot::axisRect(). However, the + layout system allows to have multiple axis rects, e.g. arranged in a grid layout + (QCustomPlot::plotLayout). + + By default, QCPAxisRect comes with four axes, at bottom, top, left and right. They can be + accessed via \ref axis by providing the respective axis type (\ref QCPAxis::AxisType) and index. + If you need all axes in the axis rect, use \ref axes. The top and right axes are set to be + invisible initially (QCPAxis::setVisible). To add more axes to a side, use \ref addAxis or \ref + addAxes. To remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis. + + The axis rect layerable itself only draws a background pixmap or color, if specified (\ref + setBackground). It is placed on the "background" layer initially (see \ref QCPLayer for an + explanation of the QCustomPlot layer system). The axes that are held by the axis rect can be + placed on other layers, independently of the axis rect. + + Every axis rect has a child layout of type \ref QCPLayoutInset. It is accessible via \ref + insetLayout and can be used to have other layout elements (or even other layouts with multiple + elements) hovering inside the axis rect. + + If an axis rect is clicked and dragged, it processes this by moving certain axis ranges. The + behaviour can be controlled with \ref setRangeDrag and \ref setRangeDragAxes. If the mouse wheel + is scrolled while the cursor is on the axis rect, certain axes are scaled. This is controllable + via \ref setRangeZoom, \ref setRangeZoomAxes and \ref setRangeZoomFactor. These interactions are + only enabled if \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag and \ref + QCP::iRangeZoom. + + \image html AxisRectSpacingOverview.png +
Overview of the spacings and paddings that define the geometry of an axis. The dashed + line on the far left indicates the viewport/widget border.
+*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutInset *QCPAxisRect::insetLayout() const + + Returns the inset layout of this axis rect. It can be used to place other layout elements (or + even layouts with multiple other elements) inside/on top of an axis rect. + + \see QCPLayoutInset +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::left() const + + Returns the pixel position of the left border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::right() const + + Returns the pixel position of the right border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::top() const + + Returns the pixel position of the top border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::bottom() const + + Returns the pixel position of the bottom border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::width() const + + Returns the pixel width of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPAxisRect::height() const + + Returns the pixel height of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSize QCPAxisRect::size() const + + Returns the pixel size of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topLeft() const + + Returns the top left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, + so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::topRight() const + + Returns the top right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomLeft() const + + Returns the bottom left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::bottomRight() const + + Returns the bottom right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPAxisRect::center() const + + Returns the center of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPAxisRect instance and sets default values. An axis is added for each of the four + sides, the top and right axes are set invisible initially. +*/ +QCPAxisRect::QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mInsetLayout(new QCPLayoutInset), + mRangeDrag(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoom(Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical), + mRangeZoomFactorHorz(0.85), + mRangeZoomFactorVert(0.85), + mDragging(false) +{ + mInsetLayout->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + mInsetLayout->setParentLayerable(this); + mInsetLayout->setParent(this); + + setMinimumSize(50, 50); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(15, 15, 15, 15)); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atLeft, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atRight, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atTop, QList()); + mAxes.insert(QCPAxis::atBottom, QList()); + + if (setupDefaultAxes) { + QCPAxis *xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + QCPAxis *yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + QCPAxis *xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + QCPAxis *yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + setRangeDragAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + setRangeZoomAxes(xAxis, yAxis); + xAxis2->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->setVisible(false); + xAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + yAxis->grid()->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + xAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + yAxis2->grid()->setZeroLinePen(Qt::NoPen); + xAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + yAxis2->grid()->setVisible(false); + } +} + +QCPAxisRect::~QCPAxisRect() +{ + delete mInsetLayout; + mInsetLayout = nullptr; + + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, axes()) { + removeAxis(axis); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axes on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axis +*/ +int QCPAxisRect::axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const +{ + return mAxes.value(type).size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis with the given \a index on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axisCount, axes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index) const +{ + QList ax(mAxes.value(type)); + if (index >= 0 && index < ax.size()) { + return ax.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axes on the axis rect sides specified with \a types. + + \a types may be a single \ref QCPAxis::AxisType or an or-combination, to get the axes of + multiple sides. + + \see axis +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << mAxes.value(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \overload + + Returns all axes of this axis rect. +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::axes() const +{ + QList result; + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + result << it.value(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis to the axis rect side specified with \a type, and returns it. If \a axis is 0, a + new QCPAxis instance is created internally. QCustomPlot owns the returned axis, so if you want to + remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis instead of deleting it manually. + + You may inject QCPAxis instances (or subclasses of QCPAxis) by setting \a axis to an axis that was + previously created outside QCustomPlot. It is important to note that QCustomPlot takes ownership + of the axis, so you may not delete it afterwards. Further, the \a axis must have been created + with this axis rect as parent and with the same axis type as specified in \a type. If this is not + the case, a debug output is generated, the axis is not added, and the method returns \c nullptr. + + This method can not be used to move \a axis between axis rects. The same \a axis instance must + not be added multiple times to the same or different axis rects. + + If an axis rect side already contains one or more axes, the lower and upper endings of the new + axis (\ref QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, \ref QCPAxis::setUpperEnding) are set to \ref + QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar. + + \see addAxes, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis) +{ + QCPAxis *newAxis = axis; + if (!newAxis) { + newAxis = new QCPAxis(this, type); + } else { // user provided existing axis instance, do some sanity checks + if (newAxis->axisType() != type) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis has different axis type than specified in type parameter"; + return nullptr; + } + if (newAxis->axisRect() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis doesn't have this axis rect as parent axis rect"; + return nullptr; + } + if (axes().contains(newAxis)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis is already owned by this axis rect"; + return nullptr; + } + } + if (!mAxes[type].isEmpty()) { // multiple axes on one side, add half-bar axis ending to additional axes with offset + bool invert = (type == QCPAxis::atRight) || (type == QCPAxis::atBottom); + newAxis->setLowerEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, !invert)); + newAxis->setUpperEnding(QCPLineEnding(QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar, 6, 10, invert)); + } + mAxes[type].append(newAxis); + + // reset convenience axis pointers on parent QCustomPlot if they are unset: + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->axisRectCount() > 0 && mParentPlot->axisRect(0) == this) { + switch (type) { + case QCPAxis::atBottom: { + if (!mParentPlot->xAxis) { + mParentPlot->xAxis = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atLeft: { + if (!mParentPlot->yAxis) { + mParentPlot->yAxis = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atTop: { + if (!mParentPlot->xAxis2) { + mParentPlot->xAxis2 = newAxis; + } + break; + } + case QCPAxis::atRight: { + if (!mParentPlot->yAxis2) { + mParentPlot->yAxis2 = newAxis; + } + break; + } + } + } + + return newAxis; +} + +/*! + Adds a new axis with \ref addAxis to each axis rect side specified in \a types. This may be an + or-combination of QCPAxis::AxisType, so axes can be added to multiple sides at once. + + Returns a list of the added axes. + + \see addAxis, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) +{ + QList result; + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atLeft)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atRight)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atTop)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (types.testFlag(QCPAxis::atBottom)) { + result << addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a axis from the axis rect and deletes it. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a axis was a valid axis in this axis rect. + + \see addAxis +*/ +bool QCPAxisRect::removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis) +{ + // don't access axis->axisType() to provide safety when axis is an invalid pointer, rather go through all axis containers: + QHashIterator > it(mAxes); + while (it.hasNext()) { + it.next(); + if (it.value().contains(axis)) { + if (it.value().first() == axis && it.value().size() > 1) { // if removing first axis, transfer axis offset to the new first axis (which at this point is the second axis, if it exists) + it.value()[1]->setOffset(axis->offset()); + } + mAxes[it.key()].removeOne(axis); + if (qobject_cast(parentPlot())) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the axis rect is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + parentPlot()->axisRemoved(axis); + } + delete axis; + return true; + } + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis isn't in axis rect:" << reinterpret_cast(axis); + return false; +} + +/*! + Zooms in (or out) to the passed rectangular region \a pixelRect, given in pixel coordinates. + + All axes of this axis rect will have their range zoomed accordingly. If you only wish to zoom + specific axes, use the overloaded version of this method. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect) +{ + zoom(pixelRect, axes()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Zooms in (or out) to the passed rectangular region \a pixelRect, given in pixel coordinates. + + Only the axes passed in \a affectedAxes will have their ranges zoomed accordingly. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QList &affectedAxes) +{ + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, affectedAxes) { + if (!axis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "a passed axis was zero"; + continue; + } + QCPRange pixelRange; + if (axis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + pixelRange = QCPRange(pixelRect.left(), pixelRect.right()); + } else { + pixelRange = QCPRange(pixelRect.top(), pixelRect.bottom()); + } + axis->setRange(axis->pixelToCoord(pixelRange.lower), axis->pixelToCoord(pixelRange.upper)); + } +} + +/*! + Convenience function to create an axis on each side that doesn't have any axes yet and set their + visibility to true. Further, the top/right axes are assigned the following properties of the + bottom/left axes: + + \li range (\ref QCPAxis::setRange) + \li range reversed (\ref QCPAxis::setRangeReversed) + \li scale type (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType) + \li tick visibility (\ref QCPAxis::setTicks) + \li number format (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberFormat) + \li number precision (\ref QCPAxis::setNumberPrecision) + \li tick count of ticker (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount) + \li tick origin of ticker (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickOrigin) + + Tick label visibility (\ref QCPAxis::setTickLabels) of the right and top axes are set to false. + + If \a connectRanges is true, the \ref QCPAxis::rangeChanged "rangeChanged" signals of the bottom + and left axes are connected to the \ref QCPAxis::setRange slots of the top and right axes. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges) +{ + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atBottom) == 0) { + xAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } else { + xAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atLeft) == 0) { + yAxis = addAxis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } else { + yAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atTop) == 0) { + xAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } else { + xAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atRight) == 0) { + yAxis2 = addAxis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } else { + yAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + xAxis->setVisible(true); + yAxis->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setVisible(true); + yAxis2->setVisible(true); + xAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + yAxis2->setTickLabels(false); + + xAxis2->setRange(xAxis->range()); + xAxis2->setRangeReversed(xAxis->rangeReversed()); + xAxis2->setScaleType(xAxis->scaleType()); + xAxis2->setTicks(xAxis->ticks()); + xAxis2->setNumberFormat(xAxis->numberFormat()); + xAxis2->setNumberPrecision(xAxis->numberPrecision()); + xAxis2->ticker()->setTickCount(xAxis->ticker()->tickCount()); + xAxis2->ticker()->setTickOrigin(xAxis->ticker()->tickOrigin()); + + yAxis2->setRange(yAxis->range()); + yAxis2->setRangeReversed(yAxis->rangeReversed()); + yAxis2->setScaleType(yAxis->scaleType()); + yAxis2->setTicks(yAxis->ticks()); + yAxis2->setNumberFormat(yAxis->numberFormat()); + yAxis2->setNumberPrecision(yAxis->numberPrecision()); + yAxis2->ticker()->setTickCount(yAxis->ticker()->tickCount()); + yAxis2->ticker()->setTickOrigin(yAxis->ticker()->tickOrigin()); + + if (connectRanges) { + connect(xAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), xAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(yAxis, SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), yAxis2, SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the plottables that are associated with this axis rect. + + A plottable is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see graphs, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::plottables() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::plottables() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mParentPlot->mPlottables) { + if (plottable->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || plottable->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(plottable); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the graphs that are associated with this axis rect. + + A graph is considered associated with an axis rect if its key or value axis (or both) is in + this axis rect. + + \see plottables, items +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::graphs() const +{ + // Note: don't append all QCPAxis::graphs() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + QList result; + foreach (QCPGraph *graph, mParentPlot->mGraphs) { + if (graph->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || graph->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(graph); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the items that are associated with this axis rect. + + An item is considered associated with an axis rect if any of its positions has key or value axis + set to an axis that is in this axis rect, or if any of its positions has \ref + QCPItemPosition::setAxisRect set to the axis rect, or if the clip axis rect (\ref + QCPAbstractItem::setClipAxisRect) is set to this axis rect. + + \see plottables, graphs +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::items() const +{ + // Note: don't just append all QCPAxis::items() into a list, because we might get duplicate entries + // and miss those items that have this axis rect as clipAxisRect. + QList result; + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mParentPlot->mItems) { + if (item->clipAxisRect() == this) { + result.append(item); + continue; + } + foreach (QCPItemPosition *position, item->positions()) { + if (position->axisRect() == this || + position->keyAxis()->axisRect() == this || + position->valueAxis()->axisRect() == this) { + result.append(item); + break; + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + This method is called automatically upon replot and doesn't need to be called by users of + QCPAxisRect. + + Calls the base class implementation to update the margins (see \ref QCPLayoutElement::update), + and finally passes the \ref rect to the inset layout (\ref insetLayout) and calls its + QCPInsetLayout::update function. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upPreparation: { + foreach (QCPAxis *axis, axes()) { + axis->setupTickVectors(); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mInsetLayout->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + // pass update call on to inset layout (doesn't happen automatically, because QCPAxisRect doesn't derive from QCPLayout): + mInsetLayout->update(phase); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPAxisRect::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + if (mInsetLayout) { + result << mInsetLayout; + if (recursive) { + result << mInsetLayout->elements(recursive); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + drawBackground(painter); +} + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the axis background pixmap. The axis background pixmap will be drawn inside the + axis rect. Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect + backgrounds are usually drawn below everything else. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the axis rect, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (i.e. whether and how the aspect ratio + is preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + Below the pixmap, the axis rect may be optionally filled with a brush, if specified with \ref + setBackground(const QBrush &brush). + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode, setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets \a brush as the background brush. The axis rect background will be filled with this brush. + Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect backgrounds + are usually drawn below everything else. + + The brush will be drawn before (under) any background pixmap, which may be specified with \ref + setBackground(const QPixmap &pm). + + To disable drawing of a background brush, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the axis rect, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the axis rect or not. If \a scaled + is set to true, you may control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is + preserved with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the axis rect dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the axis background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this function to + define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap passed to \ref setBackground is preserved. + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Returns the range drag axis of the \a orientation provided. If multiple axes were set, returns + the first one (use \ref rangeDragAxes to retrieve a list with all set axes). + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + return mRangeDragHorzAxis.isEmpty() ? nullptr : mRangeDragHorzAxis.first().data(); + } else { + return mRangeDragVertAxis.isEmpty() ? nullptr : mRangeDragVertAxis.first().data(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom axis of the \a orientation provided. If multiple axes were set, returns + the first one (use \ref rangeZoomAxes to retrieve a list with all set axes). + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +QCPAxis *QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + return mRangeZoomHorzAxis.isEmpty() ? nullptr : mRangeZoomHorzAxis.first().data(); + } else { + return mRangeZoomVertAxis.isEmpty() ? nullptr : mRangeZoomVertAxis.first().data(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns all range drag axes of the \a orientation provided. + + \see rangeZoomAxis, setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::rangeDragAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + QList result; + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeDragHorzAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + result.append(axis.data()); + } + } + } else { + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeDragVertAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + result.append(axis.data()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns all range zoom axes of the \a orientation provided. + + \see rangeDragAxis, setRangeDragAxes +*/ +QList QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + QList result; + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeZoomHorzAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + result.append(axis.data()); + } + } + } else { + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeZoomVertAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + result.append(axis.data()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the range zoom factor of the \a orientation provided. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor +*/ +double QCPAxisRect::rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation) +{ + return (orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? mRangeZoomFactorHorz : mRangeZoomFactorVert); +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be range dragged by the user with mouse interaction. + What orientation corresponds to which specific axis can be set with + \ref setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical). By + default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical axis + is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range dragging entirely, pass \c nullptr as \a orientations or remove \ref + QCP::iRangeDrag from \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range dragging for both + directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeDrag to enable the range dragging interaction. + + \see setRangeZoom, setRangeDragAxes, QCustomPlot::setNoAntialiasingOnDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeDrag = orientations; +} + +/*! + Sets which axis orientation may be zoomed by the user with the mouse wheel. What orientation + corresponds to which specific axis can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, + QCPAxis *vertical). By default, the horizontal axis is the bottom axis (xAxis) and the vertical + axis is the left axis (yAxis). + + To disable range zooming entirely, pass \c nullptr as \a orientations or remove \ref + QCP::iRangeZoom from \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions. To enable range zooming for both + directions, pass Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical as \a orientations. + + In addition to setting \a orientations to a non-zero value, make sure \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains \ref QCP::iRangeZoom to enable the range zooming interaction. + + \see setRangeZoomFactor, setRangeZoomAxes, setRangeDrag +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations) +{ + mRangeZoom = orientations; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets the axes whose range will be dragged when \ref setRangeDrag enables mouse range dragging on + the QCustomPlot widget. Pass \c nullptr if no axis shall be dragged in the respective + orientation. + + Use the overload taking a list of axes, if multiple axes (more than one per orientation) shall + react to dragging interactions. + + \see setRangeZoomAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + QList horz, vert; + if (horizontal) { + horz.append(horizontal); + } + if (vertical) { + vert.append(vertical); + } + setRangeDragAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set up multiple axes to react to horizontal and vertical dragging. The drag + orientation that the respective axis will react to is deduced from its orientation (\ref + QCPAxis::orientation). + + In the unusual case that you wish to e.g. drag a vertically oriented axis with a horizontal drag + motion, use the overload taking two separate lists for horizontal and vertical dragging. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QList axes) +{ + QList horz, vert; + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, axes) { + if (ax->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + horz.append(ax); + } else { + vert.append(ax); + } + } + setRangeDragAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set multiple axes up to react to horizontal and vertical dragging, and + define specifically which axis reacts to which drag orientation (irrespective of the axis + orientation). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical) +{ + mRangeDragHorzAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, horizontal) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeDragHorzAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in horizontal list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } + mRangeDragVertAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, vertical) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeDragVertAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in vertical list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the axes whose range will be zoomed when \ref setRangeZoom enables mouse wheel zooming on + the QCustomPlot widget. Pass \c nullptr if no axis shall be zoomed in the respective orientation. + + The two axes can be zoomed with different strengths, when different factors are passed to \ref + setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor). + + Use the overload taking a list of axes, if multiple axes (more than one per orientation) shall + react to zooming interactions. + + \see setRangeDragAxes +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical) +{ + QList horz, vert; + if (horizontal) { + horz.append(horizontal); + } + if (vertical) { + vert.append(vertical); + } + setRangeZoomAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set up multiple axes to react to horizontal and vertical range zooming. The + zoom orientation that the respective axis will react to is deduced from its orientation (\ref + QCPAxis::orientation). + + In the unusual case that you wish to e.g. zoom a vertically oriented axis with a horizontal zoom + interaction, use the overload taking two separate lists for horizontal and vertical zooming. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QList axes) +{ + QList horz, vert; + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, axes) { + if (ax->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + horz.append(ax); + } else { + vert.append(ax); + } + } + setRangeZoomAxes(horz, vert); +} + +/*! \overload + + This method allows to set multiple axes up to react to horizontal and vertical zooming, and + define specifically which axis reacts to which zoom orientation (irrespective of the axis + orientation). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical) +{ + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, horizontal) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeZoomHorzAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in horizontal list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } + mRangeZoomVertAxis.clear(); + foreach (QCPAxis *ax, vertical) { + QPointer axPointer(ax); + if (!axPointer.isNull()) { + mRangeZoomVertAxis.append(axPointer); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid axis passed in vertical list:" << reinterpret_cast(ax); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets how strong one rotation step of the mouse wheel zooms, when range zoom was activated with + \ref setRangeZoom. The two parameters \a horizontalFactor and \a verticalFactor provide a way to + let the horizontal axis zoom at different rates than the vertical axis. Which axis is horizontal + and which is vertical, can be set with \ref setRangeZoomAxes. + + When the zoom factor is greater than one, scrolling the mouse wheel backwards (towards the user) + will zoom in (make the currently visible range smaller). For zoom factors smaller than one, the + same scrolling direction will zoom out. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = horizontalFactor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = verticalFactor; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets both the horizontal and vertical zoom \a factor. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomFactor(double factor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactorHorz = factor; + mRangeZoomFactorVert = factor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the background of this axis rect. It may consist of a background fill (a QBrush) and a + pixmap. + + If a brush was given via \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), this function first draws an + according filling inside the axis rect with the provided \a painter. + + Then, if a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the axis rect with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background fill: + if (mBackgroundBrush != Qt::NoBrush) { + painter->fillRect(mRect, mBackgroundBrush); + } + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function makes sure multiple axes on the side specified with \a type don't collide, but are + distributed according to their respective space requirement (QCPAxis::calculateMargin). + + It does this by setting an appropriate offset (\ref QCPAxis::setOffset) on all axes except the + one with index zero. + + This function is called by \ref calculateAutoMargin. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(type); + if (axesList.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + bool isFirstVisible = !axesList.first()->visible(); // if the first axis is visible, the second axis (which is where the loop starts) isn't the first visible axis, so initialize with false + for (int i = 1; i < axesList.size(); ++i) { + int offset = axesList.at(i - 1)->offset() + axesList.at(i - 1)->calculateMargin(); + if (axesList.at(i)->visible()) { // only add inner tick length to offset if this axis is visible and it's not the first visible one (might happen if true first axis is invisible) + if (!isFirstVisible) { + offset += axesList.at(i)->tickLengthIn(); + } + isFirstVisible = false; + } + axesList.at(i)->setOffset(offset); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + if (!mAutoMargins.testFlag(side)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Called with side that isn't specified as auto margin"; + } + + updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + + // note: only need to look at the last (outer most) axis to determine the total margin, due to updateAxisOffset call + const QList axesList = mAxes.value(QCPAxis::marginSideToAxisType(side)); + if (!axesList.isEmpty()) { + return axesList.last()->offset() + axesList.last()->calculateMargin(); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Reacts to a change in layout to potentially set the convenience axis pointers \ref + QCustomPlot::xAxis, \ref QCustomPlot::yAxis, etc. of the parent QCustomPlot to the respective + axes of this axis rect. This is only done if the respective convenience pointer is currently zero + and if there is no QCPAxisRect at position (0, 0) of the plot layout. + + This automation makes it simpler to replace the main axis rect with a newly created one, without + the need to manually reset the convenience pointers. +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::layoutChanged() +{ + if (mParentPlot && mParentPlot->axisRectCount() > 0 && mParentPlot->axisRect(0) == this) { + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atBottom) > 0 && !mParentPlot->xAxis) { + mParentPlot->xAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atBottom); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atLeft) > 0 && !mParentPlot->yAxis) { + mParentPlot->yAxis = axis(QCPAxis::atLeft); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atTop) > 0 && !mParentPlot->xAxis2) { + mParentPlot->xAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atTop); + } + if (axisCount(QCPAxis::atRight) > 0 && !mParentPlot->yAxis2) { + mParentPlot->yAxis2 = axis(QCPAxis::atRight); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed on the axis rect. If the left mouse button is + pressed, the range dragging interaction is initialized (the actual range manipulation happens in + the \ref mouseMoveEvent). + + The mDragging flag is set to true and some anchor points are set that are needed to determine the + distance the mouse was dragged in the mouse move/release events later. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragStartHorzRange.clear(); + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeDragHorzAxis) { + mDragStartHorzRange.append(axis.isNull() ? QCPRange() : axis->range()); + } + mDragStartVertRange.clear(); + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeDragVertAxis) { + mDragStartVertRange.append(axis.isNull() ? QCPRange() : axis->range()); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the mouse is moved on the axis rect. If range dragging was activated in a + preceding \ref mousePressEvent, the range is moved accordingly. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mDragging && mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragHorzAxis.size(); ++i) { + QCPAxis *ax = mRangeDragHorzAxis.at(i).data(); + if (!ax) { + continue; + } + if (i >= mDragStartHorzRange.size()) { + break; + } + if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.x()) - ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).lower + diff, mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).upper + diff); + } else if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.x()) / ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().x()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).lower * diff, mDragStartHorzRange.at(i).upper * diff); + } + } + } + + if (mRangeDrag.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + for (int i = 0; i < mRangeDragVertAxis.size(); ++i) { + QCPAxis *ax = mRangeDragVertAxis.at(i).data(); + if (!ax) { + continue; + } + if (i >= mDragStartVertRange.size()) { + break; + } + if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.y()) - ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.at(i).lower + diff, mDragStartVertRange.at(i).upper + diff); + } else if (ax->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + double diff = ax->pixelToCoord(startPos.y()) / ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos().y()); + ax->setRange(mDragStartVertRange.at(i).lower * diff, mDragStartVertRange.at(i).upper * diff); + } + } + } + + if (mRangeDrag != 0) { // if either vertical or horizontal drag was enabled, do a replot + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } + + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. If rangeZoom is Qt::Horizontal, Qt::Vertical or both, the + ranges of the axes defined as rangeZoomHorzAxis and rangeZoomVertAxis are scaled. The center of + the scaling operation is the current cursor position inside the axis rect. The scaling factor is + dependent on the mouse wheel delta (which direction the wheel was rotated) to provide a natural + zooming feel. The Strength of the zoom can be controlled via \ref setRangeZoomFactor. + + Note, that event->angleDelta() is usually +/-120 for single rotation steps. However, if the mouse + wheel is turned rapidly, many steps may bunch up to one event, so the delta may then be multiples + of 120. This is taken into account here, by calculating \a wheelSteps and using it as exponent of + the range zoom factor. This takes care of the wheel direction automatically, by inverting the + factor, when the wheel step is negative (f^-1 = 1/f). +*/ +void QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) + const double delta = event->delta(); +#else + const double delta = event->angleDelta().y(); +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 14, 0) + const QPointF pos = event->pos(); +#else + const QPointF pos = event->position(); +#endif + + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom)) { + if (mRangeZoom != 0) { + double factor; + double wheelSteps = delta / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Horizontal)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorHorz, wheelSteps); + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeZoomHorzAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + axis->scaleRange(factor, axis->pixelToCoord(pos.x())); + } + } + } + if (mRangeZoom.testFlag(Qt::Vertical)) { + factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactorVert, wheelSteps); + foreach (QPointer axis, mRangeZoomVertAxis) { + if (!axis.isNull()) { + axis->scaleRange(factor, axis->pixelToCoord(pos.y())); + } + } + } + mParentPlot->replot(); + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 31762 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractLegendItem + \brief The abstract base class for all entries in a QCPLegend. + + It defines a very basic interface for entries in a QCPLegend. For representing plottables in the + legend, the subclass \ref QCPPlottableLegendItem is more suitable. + + Only derive directly from this class when you need absolute freedom (e.g. a custom legend entry + that's not even associated with a plottable). + + You must implement the following pure virtual functions: + \li \ref draw (from QCPLayerable) + + You inherit the following members you may use: + + + + + + + + +
QCPLegend *\b mParentLegendA pointer to the parent QCPLegend.
QFont \b mFontThe generic font of the item. You should use this font for all or at least the most prominent text of the item.
+*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend item has changed, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPAbstractLegendItem and associates it with the QCPLegend \a parent. This does not + cause the item to be added to \a parent, so \ref QCPLegend::addItem must be called separately. +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem::QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent) : + QCPLayoutElement(parent->parentPlot()), + mParentLegend(parent), + mFont(parent->font()), + mTextColor(parent->textColor()), + mSelectedFont(parent->selectedFont()), + mSelectedTextColor(parent->selectedTextColor()), + mSelectable(true), + mSelected(false) +{ + setLayer(QLatin1String("legend")); + setMargins(QMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)); +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of this specific legend item to \a font. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color of this specific legend item to \a color. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a font is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + font set with \ref setFont. + + \see setFont, QCPLegend::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + When this legend item is selected, \a color is used to draw generic text, instead of the normal + color set with \ref setTextColor. + + \see setTextColor, QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selectable. + + \see setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether this specific legend item is selected. + + It is possible to set the selection state of this item by calling this function directly, even if + setSelectable is set to false. + + \see setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && (!mSelectable || !mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems))) { + return -1; + } + + if (mRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegendItems); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPAbstractLegendItem::clipRect() const +{ + return mOuterRect; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPAbstractLegendItem::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable && mParentLegend->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPLegend::spItems)) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableLegendItem + \brief A legend item representing a plottable with an icon and the plottable name. + + This is the standard legend item for plottables. It displays an icon of the plottable next to the + plottable name. The icon is drawn by the respective plottable itself (\ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::drawLegendIcon), and tries to give an intuitive symbol for the plottable. + For example, the QCPGraph draws a centered horizontal line and/or a single scatter point in the + middle. + + Legend items of this type are always associated with one plottable (retrievable via the + plottable() function and settable with the constructor). You may change the font of the plottable + name with \ref setFont. Icon padding and border pen is taken from the parent QCPLegend, see \ref + QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen and \ref QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding. + + The function \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend/\ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend + creates/removes legend items of this type. + + Since QCPLegend is based on QCPLayoutGrid, a legend item itself is just a subclass of + QCPLayoutElement. While it could be added to a legend (or any other layout) via the normal layout + interface, QCPLegend has specialized functions for handling legend items conveniently, see the + documentation of \ref QCPLegend. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a new legend item associated with \a plottable. + + Once it's created, it can be added to the legend via \ref QCPLegend::addItem. + + A more convenient way of adding/removing a plottable to/from the legend is via the functions \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem::QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) : + QCPAbstractLegendItem(parent), + mPlottable(plottable) +{ + setAntialiased(false); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that shall be used to draw the icon border, taking into account the selection + state of this item. +*/ +QPen QCPPlottableLegendItem::getIconBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mParentLegend->selectedIconBorderPen() : mParentLegend->iconBorderPen(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the text color that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state + of this item. +*/ +QColor QCPPlottableLegendItem::getTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that shall be used to draw text, taking into account the selection state of this + item. +*/ +QFont QCPPlottableLegendItem::getFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the item with \a painter. The size and position of the drawn legend item is defined by the + parent layout (typically a \ref QCPLegend) and the \ref minimumOuterSizeHint and \ref + maximumOuterSizeHint of this legend item. +*/ +void QCPPlottableLegendItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mPlottable) { + return; + } + painter->setFont(getFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(getTextColor())); + QSize iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + QRect textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + QRect iconRect(mRect.topLeft(), iconSize); + int textHeight = qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height()); // if text has smaller height than icon, center text vertically in icon height, else align tops + painter->drawText(mRect.x() + iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding(), mRect.y(), textRect.width(), textHeight, Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + // draw icon: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(iconRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + mPlottable->drawLegendIcon(painter, iconRect); + painter->restore(); + // draw icon border: + if (getIconBorderPen().style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(getIconBorderPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + int halfPen = qCeil(painter->pen().widthF() * 0.5) + 1; + painter->setClipRect(mOuterRect.adjusted(-halfPen, -halfPen, halfPen, halfPen)); // extend default clip rect so thicker pens (especially during selection) are not clipped + painter->drawRect(iconRect); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates and returns the size of this item. This includes the icon, the text and the padding in + between. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +QSize QCPPlottableLegendItem::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + if (!mPlottable) + return {}; + QSize result(0, 0); + QRect textRect; + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(getFont()); + QSize iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPlottable->name()); + result.setWidth(iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding() + textRect.width()); + result.setHeight(qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height())); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPLegend +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPLegend + \brief Manages a legend inside a QCustomPlot. + + A legend is a small box somewhere in the plot which lists plottables with their name and icon. + + A legend is populated with legend items by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::addToLegend on the + plottable, for which a legend item shall be created. In the case of the main legend (\ref + QCustomPlot::legend), simply adding plottables to the plot while \ref + QCustomPlot::setAutoAddPlottableToLegend is set to true (the default) creates corresponding + legend items. The legend item associated with a certain plottable can be removed with \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend. However, QCPLegend also offers an interface to add and + manipulate legend items directly: \ref item, \ref itemWithPlottable, \ref itemCount, \ref + addItem, \ref removeItem, etc. + + Since \ref QCPLegend derives from \ref QCPLayoutGrid, it can be placed in any position a \ref + QCPLayoutElement may be positioned. The legend items are themselves \ref QCPLayoutElement + "QCPLayoutElements" which are placed in the grid layout of the legend. \ref QCPLegend only adds + an interface specialized for handling child elements of type \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem, as + mentioned above. In principle, any other layout elements may also be added to a legend via the + normal \ref QCPLayoutGrid interface. See the special page about \link thelayoutsystem The Layout + System\endlink for examples on how to add other elements to the legend and move it outside the axis + rect. + + Use the methods \ref setFillOrder and \ref setWrap inherited from \ref QCPLayoutGrid to control + in which order (column first or row first) the legend is filled up when calling \ref addItem, and + at which column or row wrapping occurs. The default fill order for legends is \ref foRowsFirst. + + By default, every QCustomPlot has one legend (\ref QCustomPlot::legend) which is placed in the + inset layout of the main axis rect (\ref QCPAxisRect::insetLayout). To move the legend to another + position inside the axis rect, use the methods of the \ref QCPLayoutInset. To move the legend + outside of the axis rect, place it anywhere else with the \ref QCPLayout/\ref QCPLayoutElement + interface. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPLegend::selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts selection); + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this legend has changed. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPLegend instance with default values. + + Note that by default, QCustomPlot already contains a legend ready to be used as \ref + QCustomPlot::legend +*/ +QCPLegend::QCPLegend() : + mIconTextPadding{} +{ + setFillOrder(QCPLayoutGrid::foRowsFirst); + setWrap(0); + + setRowSpacing(3); + setColumnSpacing(8); + setMargins(QMargins(7, 5, 7, 4)); + setAntialiased(false); + setIconSize(32, 18); + + setIconTextPadding(7); + + setSelectableParts(spLegendBox | spItems); + setSelectedParts(spNone); + + setBorderPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0)); + setSelectedBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setIconBorderPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedIconBorderPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::white); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::white); + setTextColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPLegend::~QCPLegend() +{ + clearItems(); + if (qobject_cast(mParentPlot)) { // make sure this isn't called from QObject dtor when QCustomPlot is already destructed (happens when the legend is not in any layout and thus QObject-child of QCustomPlot) + mParentPlot->legendRemoved(this); + } +} + +/* no doc for getter, see setSelectedParts */ +QCPLegend::SelectableParts QCPLegend::selectedParts() const +{ + // check whether any legend elements selected, if yes, add spItems to return value + bool hasSelectedItems = false; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i) && item(i)->selected()) { + hasSelectedItems = true; + break; + } + } + if (hasSelectedItems) { + return mSelectedParts | spItems; + } else { + return mSelectedParts & ~spItems; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the border of the entire legend is drawn with. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush of the legend background. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) will + use this font by default. However, a different font can be specified on a per-item-basis by + accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setFont(mFont); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default color of legend text. Legend items that draw text (e.g. the name of a graph) + will use this color by default. However, a different colors can be specified on a per-item-basis + by accessing the specific legend item. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the size of legend icons. Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual + representation of the graph) will use this size by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(const QSize &size) +{ + mIconSize = size; +} + +/*! \overload +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconSize(int width, int height) +{ + mIconSize.setWidth(width); + mIconSize.setHeight(height); +} + +/*! + Sets the horizontal space in pixels between the legend icon and the text next to it. + Legend items that draw an icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) and text (e.g. the + name of the graph) will use this space by default. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconTextPadding(int padding) +{ + mIconTextPadding = padding; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used to draw a border around each legend icon. Legend items that draw an + icon (e.g. a visual representation of the graph) will use this pen by default. + + If no border is wanted, set this to \a Qt::NoPen. +*/ +void QCPLegend::setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectLegend.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective legend parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font and brush. If some legend items are selected and \a selected + doesn't contain \ref spItems, those items become deselected. + + The entire selection mechanism is handled automatically when \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions + contains iSelectLegend. You only need to call this function when you wish to change the selection + state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part even when \ref setSelectableParts was set to a + value that actually excludes the part. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + Note that it doesn't make sense to set the selected state \ref spItems here when it wasn't set + before, because there's no way to specify which exact items to newly select. Do this by calling + \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected directly on the legend item you wish to select. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBorderPen, setSelectedIconBorderPen, setSelectedBrush, + setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + SelectableParts newSelected = selected; + mSelectedParts = this->selectedParts(); // update mSelectedParts in case item selection changed + + if (mSelectedParts != newSelected) { + if (!mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // attempt to set spItems flag (can't do that) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "spItems flag can not be set, it can only be unset with this function"; + newSelected &= ~spItems; + } + if (mSelectedParts.testFlag(spItems) && !newSelected.testFlag(spItems)) { // spItems flag was unset, so clear item selection + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelected(false); + } + } + } + mSelectedParts = newSelected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this pen is used to draw the border instead of the normal pen + set via \ref setBorderPen. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBrush +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen legend items will use to draw their icon borders, when they are selected. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedIconBorderPen = pen; +} + +/*! + When the legend box is selected, this brush is used to draw the legend background instead of the normal brush + set via \ref setBrush. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, setSelectedBorderPen +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the default font that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a font on all already existing legend items. + + \see setFont, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedFont(font); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the default text color that is used by legend items when they are selected. + + This function will also set \a color on all already existing legend items. + + \see setTextColor, QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPLegend::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item(i)) { + item(i)->setSelectedTextColor(color); + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns the item with index \a i. If non-legend items were added to the legend, and the element + at the specified cell index is not a QCPAbstractLegendItem, returns \c nullptr. + + Note that the linear index depends on the current fill order (\ref setFillOrder). + + \see itemCount, addItem, itemWithPlottable +*/ +QCPAbstractLegendItem *QCPLegend::item(int index) const +{ + return qobject_cast(elementAt(index)); +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns \c nullptr. + + \see hasItemWithPlottable +*/ +QCPPlottableLegendItem *QCPLegend::itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPPlottableLegendItem *pli = qobject_cast(item(i))) { + if (pli->plottable() == plottable) { + return pli; + } + } + } + return nullptr; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of items currently in the legend. It is identical to the base class + QCPLayoutGrid::elementCount(), and unlike the other "item" interface methods of QCPLegend, + doesn't only address elements which can be cast to QCPAbstractLegendItem. + + Note that if empty cells are in the legend (e.g. by calling methods of the \ref QCPLayoutGrid + base class which allows creating empty cells), they are included in the returned count. + + \see item +*/ +int QCPLegend::itemCount() const +{ + return elementCount(); +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains \a item. + + \see hasItemWithPlottable +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (item == this->item(i)) { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Returns whether the legend contains a QCPPlottableLegendItem which is associated with \a plottable (e.g. a \ref QCPGraph*). + If such an item isn't in the legend, returns false. + + \see itemWithPlottable +*/ +bool QCPLegend::hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const +{ + return itemWithPlottable(plottable); +} + +/*! + Adds \a item to the legend, if it's not present already. The element is arranged according to the + current fill order (\ref setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap). + + Returns true on sucess, i.e. if the item wasn't in the list already and has been successfuly added. + + The legend takes ownership of the item. + + \see removeItem, item, hasItem +*/ +bool QCPLegend::addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + return addElement(item); +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes the item with the specified \a index from the legend and deletes it. + + After successful removal, the legend is reordered according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap), so no empty cell remains where the removed \a item + was. If you don't want this, rather use the raw element interface of \ref QCPLayoutGrid. + + Returns true, if successful. Unlike \ref QCPLayoutGrid::removeAt, this method only removes + elements derived from \ref QCPAbstractLegendItem. + + \see itemCount, clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(int index) +{ + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(index)) { + bool success = remove(ali); + if (success) { + setFillOrder(fillOrder(), true); // gets rid of empty cell by reordering + } + return success; + } else { + return false; + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes \a item from the legend and deletes it. + + After successful removal, the legend is reordered according to the current fill order (\ref + setFillOrder) and wrapping (\ref setWrap), so no empty cell remains where the removed \a item + was. If you don't want this, rather use the raw element interface of \ref QCPLayoutGrid. + + Returns true, if successful. + + \see clearItems +*/ +bool QCPLegend::removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) +{ + bool success = remove(item); + if (success) { + setFillOrder(fillOrder(), true); // gets rid of empty cell by reordering + } + return success; +} + +/*! + Removes all items from the legend. +*/ +void QCPLegend::clearItems() +{ + for (int i = elementCount() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (item(i)) { + removeAt(i); // don't use removeItem() because it would unnecessarily reorder the whole legend for each item + } + } + setFillOrder(fillOrder(), true); // get rid of empty cells by reordering once after all items are removed +} + +/*! + Returns the legend items that are currently selected. If no items are selected, + the list is empty. + + \see QCPAbstractLegendItem::setSelected, setSelectable +*/ +QList QCPLegend::selectedItems() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPAbstractLegendItem *ali = item(i)) { + if (ali->selected()) { + result.append(ali); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing main legend elements. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPLegend::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeLegend); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen used to paint the border of the legend, taking into account the selection state + of the legend box. +*/ +QPen QCPLegend::getBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBorderPen : mBorderPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush used to paint the background of the legend, taking into account the selection + state of the legend box. +*/ +QBrush QCPLegend::getBrush() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spLegendBox) ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the legend box with the provided \a painter. The individual legend items are layerables + themselves, thus are drawn independently. +*/ +void QCPLegend::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // draw background rect: + painter->setBrush(getBrush()); + painter->setPen(getBorderPen()); + painter->drawRect(mOuterRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPLegend::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + return -1; + } + + if (mOuterRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + if (details) { + details->setValue(spLegendBox); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (details.value() == spLegendBox && mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^spLegendBox : mSelectedParts | spLegendBox); // no need to unset spItems in !additive case, because they will be deselected by QCustomPlot (they're normal QCPLayerables with own deselectEvent) + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + mSelectedParts = selectedParts(); // in case item selection has changed + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(spLegendBox)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(selectedParts() & ~spLegendBox); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPLegend::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPAbstractLegendItem::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectLegend; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPLegend::parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) +{ + if (parentPlot && !parentPlot->legend) { + parentPlot->legend = this; + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 12925 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPTextElement +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPTextElement + \brief A layout element displaying a text + + The text may be specified with \ref setText, the formatting can be controlled with \ref setFont, + \ref setTextColor, and \ref setTextFlags. + + A text element can be added as follows: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcptextelement-creation +*/ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::selectionChanged(bool selected) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state has changed to \a selected, either by user + interaction or by a direct call to \ref setSelected. + + \see setSelected, setSelectable +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::clicked(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the text element is clicked. + + \see doubleClicked, selectTest +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPTextElement::doubleClicked(QMouseEvent *event) + + This signal is emitted when the text element is double clicked. + + \see clicked, selectTest +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. The initial text is empty (\ref + setText). +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), 12)), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with \a pointSize. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, double pointSize) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter), + mFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), int(pointSize))), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(QLatin1String("sans serif"), int(pointSize))), // will be taken from parentPlot if available, see below + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + mFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); // set here again as floating point, because constructor above only takes integer + if (parentPlot) { + mFont = parentPlot->font(); + mFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); + mSelectedFont = parentPlot->font(); + mSelectedFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); + } + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with \a pointSize and the specified \a fontFamily. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QString &fontFamily, double pointSize) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter), + mFont(QFont(fontFamily, int(pointSize))), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(QFont(fontFamily, int(pointSize))), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + mFont.setPointSizeF(pointSize); // set here again as floating point, because constructor above only takes integer + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Creates a new QCPTextElement instance and sets default values. + + The initial text is set to \a text with the specified \a font. +*/ +QCPTextElement::QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QFont &font) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mText(text), + mTextFlags(Qt::AlignCenter), + mFont(font), + mTextColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedFont(font), + mSelectedTextColor(Qt::blue), + mSelectable(false), + mSelected(false) +{ + setMargins(QMargins(2, 2, 2, 2)); +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed to \a text. Multiple lines can be created by insertion of "\n". + + \see setFont, setTextColor, setTextFlags +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets options for text alignment and wrapping behaviour. \a flags is a bitwise OR-combination of + \c Qt::AlignmentFlag and \c Qt::TextFlag enums. + + Possible enums are: + - Qt::AlignLeft + - Qt::AlignRight + - Qt::AlignHCenter + - Qt::AlignJustify + - Qt::AlignTop + - Qt::AlignBottom + - Qt::AlignVCenter + - Qt::AlignCenter + - Qt::TextDontClip + - Qt::TextSingleLine + - Qt::TextExpandTabs + - Qt::TextShowMnemonic + - Qt::TextWordWrap + - Qt::TextIncludeTrailingSpaces +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setTextFlags(int flags) +{ + mTextFlags = flags; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the text. + + \see setTextColor, setSelectedFont +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the text. + + \see setFont, setSelectedTextColor +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a font of the text that will be used if the text element is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a color of the text that will be used if the text element is selected (\ref setSelected). + + \see setTextColor +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedTextColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user may select this text element. + + Note that even when \a selectable is set to false, the selection state may be changed + programmatically via \ref setSelected. +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelectable(bool selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selection state of this text element to \a selected. If the selection has changed, \ref + selectionChanged is emitted. + + Note that this function can change the selection state independently of the current \ref + setSelectable state. +*/ +void QCPTextElement::setSelected(bool selected) +{ + if (mSelected != selected) { + mSelected = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelected); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeOther); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainTextColor())); + painter->drawText(mRect, mTextFlags, mText, &mTextBoundingRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPTextElement::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result(metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, mText).size()); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QSize QCPTextElement::maximumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + QFontMetrics metrics(mFont); + QSize result(metrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip, mText).size()); + result.setWidth(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(additive ? !mSelected : true); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPTextElement::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable) { + bool selBefore = mSelected; + setSelected(false); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelected != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/*! + Returns 0.99*selectionTolerance (see \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionTolerance) when \a pos is + within the bounding box of the text element's text. Note that this bounding box is updated in the + draw call. + + If \a pos is outside the text's bounding box or if \a onlySelectable is true and this text + element is not selectable (\ref setSelectable), returns -1. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +double QCPTextElement::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (mTextBoundingRect.contains(pos.toPoint())) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! + Accepts the mouse event in order to emit the according click signal in the \ref + mouseReleaseEvent. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + event->accept(); +} + +/*! + Emits the \ref clicked signal if the cursor hasn't moved by more than a few pixels since the \ref + mousePressEvent. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if ((QPointF(event->pos()) - startPos).manhattanLength() <= 3) { + emit clicked(event); + } +} + +/*! + Emits the \ref doubleClicked signal. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPTextElement::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + emit doubleClicked(event); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main font to be used. This is mSelectedFont if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mFont is returned. +*/ +QFont QCPTextElement::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the main color to be used. This is mSelectedTextColor if \ref setSelected is set to + true, else mTextColor is returned. +*/ +QColor QCPTextElement::mainTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 26531 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScale +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScale + \brief A color scale for use with color coding data such as QCPColorMap + + This layout element can be placed on the plot to correlate a color gradient with data values. It + is usually used in combination with one or multiple \ref QCPColorMap "QCPColorMaps". + + \image html QCPColorScale.png + + The color scale can be either horizontal or vertical, as shown in the image above. The + orientation and the side where the numbers appear is controlled with \ref setType. + + Use \ref QCPColorMap::setColorScale to connect a color map with a color scale. Once they are + connected, they share their gradient, data range and data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref + setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps may be associated with a single color + scale, to make them all synchronize these properties. + + To have finer control over the number display and axis behaviour, you can directly access the + \ref axis. See the documentation of QCPAxis for details about configuring axes. For example, if + you want to change the number of automatically generated ticks, call + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-tickcount + + Placing a color scale next to the main axis rect works like with any other layout element: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-creation + In this case we have placed it to the right of the default axis rect, so it wasn't necessary to + call \ref setType, since \ref QCPAxis::atRight is already the default. The text next to the color + scale can be set with \ref setLabel. + + For optimum appearance (like in the image above), it may be desirable to line up the axis rect and + the borders of the color scale. Use a \ref QCPMarginGroup to achieve this: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolorscale-margingroup + + Color scales are initialized with a non-zero minimum top and bottom margin (\ref + setMinimumMargins), because vertical color scales are most common and the minimum top/bottom + margin makes sure it keeps some distance to the top/bottom widget border. So if you change to a + horizontal color scale by setting \ref setType to \ref QCPAxis::atBottom or \ref QCPAxis::atTop, you + might want to also change the minimum margins accordingly, e.g. setMinimumMargins(QMargins(6, 0, 6, 0)). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPAxis *QCPColorScale::axis() const + + Returns the internal \ref QCPAxis instance of this color scale. You can access it to alter the + appearance and behaviour of the axis. \ref QCPColorScale duplicates some properties in its + interface for convenience. Those are \ref setDataRange (\ref QCPAxis::setRange), \ref + setDataScaleType (\ref QCPAxis::setScaleType), and the method \ref setLabel (\ref + QCPAxis::setLabel). As they each are connected, it does not matter whether you use the method on + the QCPColorScale or on its QCPAxis. + + If the type of the color scale is changed with \ref setType, the axis returned by this method + will change, too, to either the left, right, bottom or top axis, depending on which type was set. +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorScale::gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScale::QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mType(QCPAxis::atTop), // set to atTop such that setType(QCPAxis::atRight) below doesn't skip work because it thinks it's already atRight + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mGradient(QCPColorGradient::gpCold), + mBarWidth(20), + mAxisRect(new QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(this)) +{ + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 6, 0, 6)); // for default right color scale types, keep some room at bottom and top (important if no margin group is used) + setType(QCPAxis::atRight); + setDataRange(QCPRange(0, 6)); +} + +QCPColorScale::~QCPColorScale() +{ + delete mAxisRect; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +QString QCPColorScale::label() const +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return QString(); + } + + return mColorAxis.data()->label(); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeDrag() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeDrag().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeDragAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +bool QCPColorScale::rangeZoom() const +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return false; + } + + return mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoom().testFlag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)) && + mAxisRect.data()->rangeZoomAxis(QCPAxis::orientation(mType))->orientation() == QCPAxis::orientation(mType); +} + +/*! + Sets at which side of the color scale the axis is placed, and thus also its orientation. + + Note that after setting \a type to a different value, the axis returned by \ref axis() will + be a different one. The new axis will adopt the following properties from the previous axis: The + range, scale type, label and ticker (the latter will be shared and not copied). +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + if (mType != type) { + mType = type; + QCPRange rangeTransfer(0, 6); + QString labelTransfer; + QSharedPointer tickerTransfer; + // transfer/revert some settings on old axis if it exists: + bool doTransfer = !mColorAxis.isNull(); + if (doTransfer) { + rangeTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->range(); + labelTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->label(); + tickerTransfer = mColorAxis.data()->ticker(); + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(QString()); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + const QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType atype, allAxisTypes) { + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTicks(atype == mType); + mAxisRect.data()->axis(atype)->setTickLabels(atype == mType); + } + // set new mColorAxis pointer: + mColorAxis = mAxisRect.data()->axis(mType); + // transfer settings to new axis: + if (doTransfer) { + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(rangeTransfer); // range transfer necessary if axis changes from vertical to horizontal or vice versa (axes with same orientation are synchronized via signals) + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(labelTransfer); + mColorAxis.data()->setTicker(tickerTransfer); + } + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorAxis.data(), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDragAxes(QList() << mColorAxis.data()); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range spanned by the color gradient and that is shown by the axis in the color scale. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataRange on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its range with \ref + QCPAxis::setRange. + + \see setDataScaleType, setGradient, rescaleDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + mDataRange = dataRange; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setRange(mDataRange); + } + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the scale type of the color scale, i.e. whether values are associated with colors linearly + or logarithmically. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType on any of the connected color maps. It is + also equivalent to directly accessing the \ref axis and setting its scale type with \ref + QCPAxis::setScaleType. + + Note that this method controls the coordinate transformation. For logarithmic scales, you will + likely also want to use a logarithmic tick spacing and labeling, which can be achieved by setting + the color scale's \ref axis ticker to an instance of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog : + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpaxisticker-log-colorscale + + See the documentation of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog about the details of logarithmic axis tick + creation. + + \see setDataRange, setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + if (mColorAxis) { + mColorAxis.data()->setScaleType(mDataScaleType); + } + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that will be used to represent data values. + + It is equivalent to calling QCPColorMap::setGradient on any of the connected color maps. + + \see setDataRange, setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + if (mAxisRect) { + mAxisRect.data()->mGradientImageInvalidated = true; + } + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the axis label of the color scale. This is equivalent to calling \ref QCPAxis::setLabel on + the internal \ref axis. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (!mColorAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal color axis undefined"; + return; + } + + mColorAxis.data()->setLabel(str); +} + +/*! + Sets the width (or height, for horizontal color scales) the bar where the gradient is displayed + will have. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setBarWidth(int width) +{ + mBarWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can drag the data range (\ref setDataRange). + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeDrag must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeDrag(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(nullptr); +#else + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag({}); +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can zoom the data range (\ref setDataRange) by scrolling the mouse wheel. + + Note that \ref QCP::iRangeZoom must be in the QCustomPlot's interactions (\ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions) to allow range dragging. +*/ +void QCPColorScale::setRangeZoom(bool enabled) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + if (enabled) { + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom(QCPAxis::orientation(mType)); + } else { +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeDrag(nullptr); +#else + mAxisRect.data()->setRangeZoom({}); +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Returns a list of all the color maps associated with this color scale. +*/ +QList QCPColorScale::colorMaps() const +{ + QList result; + for (int i = 0; i < mParentPlot->plottableCount(); ++i) { + if (QCPColorMap *cm = qobject_cast(mParentPlot->plottable(i))) + if (cm->colorScale() == this) { + result.append(cm); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Changes the data range such that all color maps associated with this color scale are fully mapped + to the gradient in the data dimension. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorScale::rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps) +{ + QList maps = colorMaps(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + QCP::SignDomain sign = QCP::sdBoth; + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + sign = (mDataRange.upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + foreach (QCPColorMap *map, maps) { + if (!map->realVisibility() && onlyVisibleMaps) { + continue; + } + QCPRange mapRange; + if (map->colorScale() == this) { + bool currentFoundRange = true; + mapRange = map->data()->dataBounds(); + if (sign == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper > 0) { + mapRange.lower = mapRange.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.lower <= 0 && mapRange.upper <= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } else if (sign == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower < 0) { + mapRange.upper = mapRange.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (mapRange.upper >= 0 && mapRange.lower >= 0) { + currentFoundRange = false; + } + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = mapRange; + } else { + newRange.expand(mapRange); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this dimension), shift current range to at least center the data + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mDataRange.size() / 2.0; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(mDataRange.upper / mDataRange.lower); + } + } + setDataRange(newRange); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + + mAxisRect.data()->update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upMargins: { + if (mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + setMaximumSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom()); + setMinimumSize(0, mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().top() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().bottom()); + } else { + setMaximumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); + setMinimumSize(mBarWidth + mAxisRect.data()->margins().left() + mAxisRect.data()->margins().right(), 0); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mAxisRect.data()->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mousePressEvent(event, details); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseMoveEvent(event, startPos); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->mouseReleaseEvent(event, startPos); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorScale::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + if (!mAxisRect) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "internal axis rect was deleted"; + return; + } + mAxisRect.data()->wheelEvent(event); +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate + + \internal + \brief An axis rect subclass for use in a QCPColorScale + + This is a private class and not part of the public QCustomPlot interface. + + It provides the axis rect functionality for the QCPColorScale class. +*/ + + +/*! + Creates a new instance, as a child of \a parentColorScale. +*/ +QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale) : + QCPAxisRect(parentColorScale->parentPlot(), true), + mParentColorScale(parentColorScale), + mGradientImageInvalidated(true) +{ + setParentLayerable(parentColorScale); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(0, 0, 0, 0)); + const QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + axis(type)->setVisible(true); + axis(type)->grid()->setVisible(false); + axis(type)->setPadding(0); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + connect(axis(type), SIGNAL(selectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts)), this, SLOT(axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts))); + } + + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(rangeChanged(QCPRange)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setRange(QCPRange))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atRight), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atLeft), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(axis(QCPAxis::atTop), SIGNAL(scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), axis(QCPAxis::atBottom), SLOT(setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + + // make layer transfers of color scale transfer to axis rect and axes + // the axes must be set after axis rect, such that they appear above color gradient drawn by axis rect: + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), this, SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + connect(parentColorScale, SIGNAL(layerChanged(QCPLayer *)), axis(type), SLOT(setLayer(QCPLayer *))); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the color gradient image if necessary, by calling \ref updateGradientImage, then draws + it. Then the axes are drawn by calling the \ref QCPAxisRect::draw base class implementation. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mGradientImageInvalidated) { + updateGradientImage(); + } + + bool mirrorHorz = false; + bool mirrorVert = false; + if (mParentColorScale->mColorAxis) { + mirrorHorz = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atTop); + mirrorVert = mParentColorScale->mColorAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && (mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atLeft || mParentColorScale->type() == QCPAxis::atRight); + } + + painter->drawImage(rect().adjusted(0, -1, 0, -1), mGradientImage.mirrored(mirrorHorz, mirrorVert)); + QCPAxisRect::draw(painter); +} + +/*! \internal + + Uses the current gradient of the parent \ref QCPColorScale (specified in the constructor) to + generate a gradient image. This gradient image will be used in the \ref draw method. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::updateGradientImage() +{ + if (rect().isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied; + int n = mParentColorScale->mGradient.levelCount(); + int w, h; + QVector data(n); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + data[i] = i; + } + if (mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atBottom || mParentColorScale->mType == QCPAxis::atTop) { + w = n; + h = rect().height(); + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, format); + QVector pixels; + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + pixels.append(reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y))); + } + mParentColorScale->mGradient.colorize(data.constData(), QCPRange(0, n - 1), pixels.first(), n); + for (int y = 1; y < h; ++y) { + memcpy(pixels.at(y), pixels.first(), size_t(n)*sizeof(QRgb)); + } + } else { + w = rect().width(); + h = n; + mGradientImage = QImage(w, h, format); + for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(mGradientImage.scanLine(y)); + const QRgb lineColor = mParentColorScale->mGradient.color(data[h - 1 - y], QCPRange(0, n - 1)); + for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x) { + pixels[x] = lineColor; + } + } + } + mGradientImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectionChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selection state of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts) +{ + // axis bases of four axes shall always (de-)selected synchronously: + const QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectedParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectedParts(axis(type)->selectedParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This slot is connected to the selectableChanged signals of the four axes in the constructor. It + synchronizes the selectability of the axes. +*/ +void QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate::axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts) +{ + // synchronize axis base selectability: + const QList allAxisTypes = QList() << QCPAxis::atBottom << QCPAxis::atTop << QCPAxis::atLeft << QCPAxis::atRight; + foreach (QCPAxis::AxisType type, allAxisTypes) { + if (QCPAxis *senderAxis = qobject_cast(sender())) + if (senderAxis->axisType() == type) { + continue; + } + + if (axis(type)->selectableParts().testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + if (selectableParts.testFlag(QCPAxis::spAxis)) { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() | QCPAxis::spAxis); + } else { + axis(type)->setSelectableParts(axis(type)->selectableParts() & ~QCPAxis::spAxis); + } + } + } +} +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 74518 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGraphData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGraphData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPGraph. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this data point (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPGraphData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPGraphDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPGraphData QCPGraphData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPGraphData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPGraphData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPGraphData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPGraphData::QCPGraphData() : + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPGraphData::QCPGraphData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPGraph +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPGraph + \brief A plottable representing a graph in a plot. + + \image html QCPGraph.png + + Usually you create new graphs by calling QCustomPlot::addGraph. The resulting instance can be + accessed via QCustomPlot::graph. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the internal + \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. + + Graphs are used to display single-valued data. Single-valued means that there should only be one + data point per unique key coordinate. In other words, the graph can't have \a loops. If you do + want to plot non-single-valued curves, rather use the QCPCurve plottable. + + Gaps in the graph line can be created by adding data points with NaN as value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section qcpgraph-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the graph is mainly determined by the line style, scatter style, brush and pen + of the graph (\ref setLineStyle, \ref setScatterStyle, \ref setBrush, \ref setPen). + + \subsection filling Filling under or between graphs + + QCPGraph knows two types of fills: Normal graph fills towards the zero-value-line parallel to + the key axis of the graph, and fills between two graphs, called channel fills. To enable a fill, + just set a brush with \ref setBrush which is neither Qt::NoBrush nor fully transparent. + + By default, a normal fill towards the zero-value-line will be drawn. To set up a channel fill + between this graph and another one, call \ref setChannelFillGraph with the other graph as + parameter. + + \see QCustomPlot::addGraph, QCustomPlot::graph +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPGraph::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPGraphDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a graph which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPGraph is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPGraph, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + + To directly create a graph inside a plot, you can also use the simpler QCustomPlot::addGraph function. +*/ +QCPGraph::QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mLineStyle{}, + mScatterSkip{}, + mAdaptiveSampling{} +{ + // special handling for QCPGraphs to maintain the simple graph interface: + mParentPlot->registerGraph(this); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + setLineStyle(lsLine); + setScatterSkip(0); + setChannelFillGraph(nullptr); + setAdaptiveSampling(true); +} + +QCPGraph::~QCPGraph() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPGraphs may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all graphs that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpgraph-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the graph's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpgraph-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPGraph::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot. For scatter-only plots, set \a ls to + \ref lsNone and \ref setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setLineStyle(LineStyle ls) +{ + mLineStyle = ls; +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points + are drawn (e.g. for line-only-plots with appropriate line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + If scatters are displayed (scatter style not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), \a skip number of + scatter points are skipped/not drawn after every drawn scatter point. + + This can be used to make the data appear sparser while for example still having a smooth line, + and to improve performance for very high density plots. + + If \a skip is set to 0 (default), all scatter points are drawn. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPGraph::setScatterSkip(int skip) +{ + mScatterSkip = qMax(0, skip); +} + +/*! + Sets the target graph for filling the area between this graph and \a targetGraph with the current + brush (\ref setBrush). + + When \a targetGraph is set to 0, a normal graph fill to the zero-value-line will be shown. To + disable any filling, set the brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPGraph::setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph) +{ + // prevent setting channel target to this graph itself: + if (targetGraph == this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph is this graph itself"; + mChannelFillGraph = nullptr; + return; + } + // prevent setting channel target to a graph not in the plot: + if (targetGraph && targetGraph->mParentPlot != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "targetGraph not in same plot"; + mChannelFillGraph = nullptr; + return; + } + + mChannelFillGraph = targetGraph; +} + +/*! + Sets whether adaptive sampling shall be used when plotting this graph. QCustomPlot's adaptive + sampling technique can drastically improve the replot performance for graphs with a larger number + of points (e.g. above 10,000), without notably changing the appearance of the graph. + + By default, adaptive sampling is enabled. Even if enabled, QCustomPlot decides whether adaptive + sampling shall actually be used on a per-graph basis. So leaving adaptive sampling enabled has no + disadvantage in almost all cases. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-line.png "A line plot of 500,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + As can be seen, line plots experience no visual degradation from adaptive sampling. Outliers are + reproduced reliably, as well as the overall shape of the data set. The replot time reduces + dramatically though. This allows QCustomPlot to display large amounts of data in realtime. + + \image html adaptive-sampling-scatter.png "A scatter plot of 100,000 points without and with adaptive sampling" + + Care must be taken when using high-density scatter plots in combination with adaptive sampling. + The adaptive sampling algorithm treats scatter plots more carefully than line plots which still + gives a significant reduction of replot times, but not quite as much as for line plots. This is + because scatter plots inherently need more data points to be preserved in order to still resemble + the original, non-adaptive-sampling plot. As shown above, the results still aren't quite + identical, as banding occurs for the outer data points. This is in fact intentional, such that + the boundaries of the data cloud stay visible to the viewer. How strong the banding appears, + depends on the point density, i.e. the number of points in the plot. + + For some situations with scatter plots it might thus be desirable to manually turn adaptive + sampling off. For example, when saving the plot to disk. This can be achieved by setting \a + enabled to false before issuing a command like \ref QCustomPlot::savePng, and setting \a enabled + back to true afterwards. +*/ +void QCPGraph::setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled) +{ + mAdaptiveSampling = enabled; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPGraph::addData(double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPGraphData(key, value)); +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPGraph::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + return mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPGraph::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return; + } + + QVector lines, scatters; // line and (if necessary) scatter pixel coordinates will be stored here while iterating over segments + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + // get line pixel points appropriate to line style: + QCPDataRange lineDataRange = isSelectedSegment ? allSegments.at(i) : allSegments.at(i).adjusted(-1, 1); // unselected segments extend lines to bordering selected data point (safe to exceed total data bounds in first/last segment, getLines takes care) + getLines(&lines, lineDataRange); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw fill of graph: + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + drawFill(painter, &lines); + + // draw line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + drawImpulsePlot(painter, lines); + } else { + drawLinePlot(painter, lines); // also step plots can be drawn as a line plot + } + } + + // draw scatters: + QCPScatterStyle finalScatterStyle = mScatterStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalScatterStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mScatterStyle); + } + if (!finalScatterStyle.isNone()) { + getScatters(&scatters, allSegments.at(i)); + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatters, finalScatterStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPGraph::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method retrieves an optimized set of data points via \ref getOptimizedLineData, and branches + out to the line style specific functions such as \ref dataToLines, \ref dataToStepLeftLines, etc. + according to the line style of the graph. + + \a lines will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with the according + draw functions like \ref drawLinePlot and \ref drawImpulsePlot. The points returned in \a lines + aren't necessarily the original data points. For example, step line styles require additional + points to form the steps when drawn. If the line style of the graph is \ref lsNone, the \a + lines vector will be empty. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. + + \see getScatters +*/ +void QCPGraph::getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + if (!lines) { + return; + } + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + lines->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + getOptimizedLineData(&lineData, begin, end); + } + + if (mKeyAxis->rangeReversed() != (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)) { // make sure key pixels are sorted ascending in lineData (significantly simplifies following processing) + std::reverse(lineData.begin(), lineData.end()); + } + + switch (mLineStyle) { + case lsNone: + lines->clear(); + break; + case lsLine: + *lines = dataToLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepLeft: + *lines = dataToStepLeftLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepRight: + *lines = dataToStepRightLines(lineData); + break; + case lsStepCenter: + *lines = dataToStepCenterLines(lineData); + break; + case lsImpulse: + *lines = dataToImpulseLines(lineData); + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method retrieves an optimized set of data points via \ref getOptimizedScatterData and then + converts them to pixel coordinates. The resulting points are returned in \a scatters, and can be + passed to \ref drawScatterPlot. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + if (!scatters) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + scatters->clear(); + return; + } + + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + scatters->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector data; + getOptimizedScatterData(&data, begin, end); + + if (mKeyAxis->rangeReversed() != (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical)) { // make sure key pixels are sorted ascending in data (significantly simplifies following processing) + std::reverse(data.begin(), data.end()); + } + + scatters->resize(data.size()); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + if (!qIsNaN(data.at(i).value)) { + (*scatters)[i].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + (*scatters)[i].setY(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + } + } + } else { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + if (!qIsNaN(data.at(i).value)) { + (*scatters)[i].setX(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + (*scatters)[i].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsLine. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size()); + + // transform data points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + result[i].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + result[i].setY(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + result[i].setX(keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key)); + result[i].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepLeft. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepLeftLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastValue); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepRight. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepRightLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastKey); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(value); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(lastKey); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double value = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastKey); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(lastKey); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(value); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsStepCenter. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToStepCenterLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // calculate steps from data and transform to pixel coordinates: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + result[0].setX(lastValue); + result[0].setY(lastKey); + for (int i = 1; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + result[i * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 - 1].setY(key); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(lastValue); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + } + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastValue); + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastKey); + } else { // key axis is horizontal + double lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().key); + double lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.first().value); + result[0].setX(lastKey); + result[0].setY(lastValue); + for (int i = 1; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = (keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key) + lastKey) * 0.5; + result[i * 2 - 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + lastValue = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value); + lastKey = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(lastValue); + } + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setX(lastKey); + result[data.size() * 2 - 1].setY(lastValue); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsImpulse. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToLines, dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, getLines, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::dataToImpulseLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + result.resize(data.size() * 2); + + // transform data points to pixels: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(key); + } + } else { // key axis is horizontal + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + const double key = keyAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 0].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result[i * 2 + 1].setX(key); + result[i * 2 + 1].setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).value)); + } + } + return result; +} + +void QCPGraph::setSmooth(int smooth) +{ + this->smooth = smooth; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the fill of the graph using the specified \a painter, with the currently set brush. + + Depending on whether a normal fill or a channel fill (\ref setChannelFillGraph) is needed, \ref + getFillPolygon or \ref getChannelFillPolygon are used to find the according fill polygons. + + In order to handle NaN Data points correctly (the fill needs to be split into disjoint areas), + this method first determines a list of non-NaN segments with \ref getNonNanSegments, on which to + operate. In the channel fill case, \ref getOverlappingSegments is used to consolidate the non-NaN + segments of the two involved graphs, before passing the overlapping pairs to \ref + getChannelFillPolygon. + + Pass the points of this graph's line as \a lines, in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const +{ + if (mLineStyle == lsImpulse) { + return; // fill doesn't make sense for impulse plot + } + if (painter->brush().style() == Qt::NoBrush || painter->brush().color().alpha() == 0) { + return; + } + + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + const QVector segments = getNonNanSegments(lines, keyAxis()->orientation()); + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + // draw base fill under graph, fill goes all the way to the zero-value-line: + foreach (QCPDataRange segment, segments) { + if (smooth > 0) { + painter->drawPath(getFillPath(lines, segment)); + } else { + painter->drawPolygon(getFillPolygon(lines, segment)); + } + } + } else { + // draw fill between this graph and mChannelFillGraph: + QVector otherLines; + mChannelFillGraph->getLines(&otherLines, QCPDataRange(0, mChannelFillGraph->dataCount())); + if (!otherLines.isEmpty()) { + QVector otherSegments = getNonNanSegments(&otherLines, mChannelFillGraph->keyAxis()->orientation()); + QVector > segmentPairs = getOverlappingSegments(segments, lines, otherSegments, &otherLines); + for (int i = 0; i < segmentPairs.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawPolygon(getChannelFillPolygon(lines, segmentPairs.at(i).first, &otherLines, segmentPairs.at(i).second)); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every point passed in \a scatters, given in pixel coordinates. The + scatters will be drawn with \a painter and have the appearance as specified in \a style. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const +{ + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + style.applyTo(painter, mPen); + foreach (const QPointF &scatter, scatters) { + style.drawShape(painter, scatter.x(), scatter.y()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws lines between the points in \a lines, given in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawScatterPlot, drawImpulsePlot, QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + //开启了平滑曲线则应用对应算法绘制平滑路径 + if (mLineStyle == lsLine) { + if (smooth == 1) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(lines)); + return; + } else if (smooth == 2) { + painter->drawPath(SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(lines)); + return; + } + } + drawPolyline(painter, lines); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws impulses from the provided data, i.e. it connects all line pairs in \a lines, given in + pixel coordinates. The \a lines necessary for impulses are generated by \ref dataToImpulseLines + from the regular graph data points. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPGraph::drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + QPen oldPen = painter->pen(); + QPen newPen = painter->pen(); + newPen.setCapStyle(Qt::FlatCap); // so impulse line doesn't reach beyond zero-line + painter->setPen(newPen); + painter->drawLines(lines); + painter->setPen(oldPen); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns via \a lineData the data points that need to be visualized for this graph when plotting + graph lines, taking into consideration the currently visible axis ranges and, if \ref + setAdaptiveSampling is enabled, local point densities. The considered data can be restricted + further by \a begin and \a end, e.g. to only plot a certain segment of the data (see \ref + getDataSegments). + + This method is used by \ref getLines to retrieve the basic working set of data. + + \see getOptimizedScatterData +*/ +void QCPGraph::getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!lineData) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + + int dataCount = int(end - begin); + int maxCount = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (mAdaptiveSampling) { + double keyPixelSpan = qAbs(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) - keyAxis->coordToPixel((end - 1)->key)); + if (2 * keyPixelSpan + 2 < static_cast((std::numeric_limits::max)())) { + maxCount = int(2 * keyPixelSpan + 2); + } + } + + if (mAdaptiveSampling && dataCount >= maxCount) { // use adaptive sampling only if there are at least two points per pixel on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + double minValue = it->value; + double maxValue = it->value; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->pixelOrientation(); // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = reversedFactor == -1 ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(int(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) + reversedRound)); + double lastIntervalEndKey = currentIntervalStartKey; + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + ++it; // advance iterator to second data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect + while (it != end) { + if (it->key < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this cluster if necessary + if (it->value < minValue) { + minValue = it->value; + } else if (it->value > maxValue) { + maxValue = it->value; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel interval started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point is further away, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + if (it->key > currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 2) { // new pixel started further away from previous cluster, so make sure the last point of the cluster is at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.8, (it - 1)->value)); + } + } else { + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalFirstPoint->key, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lastIntervalEndKey = (it - 1)->key; + minValue = it->value; + maxValue = it->value; + currentIntervalFirstPoint = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(int(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + ++it; + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them to a cluster + if (lastIntervalEndKey < currentIntervalStartKey - keyEpsilon) { // last point wasn't a cluster, so first point of this cluster must be at a real data point + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.2, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.25, minValue)); + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon * 0.75, maxValue)); + } else { + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(currentIntervalFirstPoint->key, currentIntervalFirstPoint->value)); + } + + } else { // don't use adaptive sampling algorithm, transfer points one-to-one from the data container into the output + lineData->resize(dataCount); + std::copy(begin, end, lineData->begin()); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns via \a scatterData the data points that need to be visualized for this graph when + plotting scatter points, taking into consideration the currently visible axis ranges and, if \ref + setAdaptiveSampling is enabled, local point densities. The considered data can be restricted + further by \a begin and \a end, e.g. to only plot a certain segment of the data (see \ref + getDataSegments). + + This method is used by \ref getScatters to retrieve the basic working set of data. + + \see getOptimizedLineData +*/ +void QCPGraph::getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const +{ + if (!scatterData) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + const int scatterModulo = mScatterSkip + 1; + const bool doScatterSkip = mScatterSkip > 0; + int beginIndex = int(begin - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + int endIndex = int(end - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + while (doScatterSkip && begin != end && beginIndex % scatterModulo != 0) { // advance begin iterator to first non-skipped scatter + ++beginIndex; + ++begin; + } + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + int dataCount = int(end - begin); + int maxCount = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (mAdaptiveSampling) { + int keyPixelSpan = int(qAbs(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) - keyAxis->coordToPixel((end - 1)->key))); + maxCount = 2 * keyPixelSpan + 2; + } + + if (mAdaptiveSampling && dataCount >= maxCount) { // use adaptive sampling only if there are at least two points per pixel on average + double valueMaxRange = valueAxis->range().upper; + double valueMinRange = valueAxis->range().lower; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = int(beginIndex); + double minValue = it->value; + double maxValue = it->value; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator minValueIt = it; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator maxValueIt = it; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator currentIntervalStart = it; + int reversedFactor = keyAxis->pixelOrientation(); // is used to calculate keyEpsilon pixel into the correct direction + int reversedRound = reversedFactor == -1 ? 1 : 0; // is used to switch between floor (normal) and ceil (reversed) rounding of currentIntervalStartKey + double currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(int(keyAxis->coordToPixel(begin->key) + reversedRound)); + double keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); // interval of one pixel on screen when mapped to plot key coordinates + bool keyEpsilonVariable = keyAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic; // indicates whether keyEpsilon needs to be updated after every interval (for log axes) + int intervalDataCount = 1; + // advance iterator to second (non-skipped) data point because adaptive sampling works in 1 point retrospect: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + // main loop over data points: + while (it != end) { + if (it->key < currentIntervalStartKey + keyEpsilon) { // data point is still within same pixel, so skip it and expand value span of this pixel if necessary + if (it->value < minValue && it->value > valueMinRange && it->value < valueMaxRange) { + minValue = it->value; + minValueIt = it; + } else if (it->value > maxValue && it->value > valueMinRange && it->value < valueMaxRange) { + maxValue = it->value; + maxValueIt = it; + } + ++intervalDataCount; + } else { // new pixel started + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt->value > valueMinRange && intervalIt->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*intervalIt); + } + ++c; + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++intervalIt; + } else { + intervalIt += scatterModulo; // since we know indices of "currentIntervalStart", "intervalIt" and "it" are multiples of scatterModulo, we can't accidentally jump over "it" here + } + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart->value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*currentIntervalStart); + } + minValue = it->value; + maxValue = it->value; + currentIntervalStart = it; + currentIntervalStartKey = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(int(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + reversedRound)); + if (keyEpsilonVariable) { + keyEpsilon = qAbs(currentIntervalStartKey - keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(currentIntervalStartKey) + 1.0 * reversedFactor)); + } + intervalDataCount = 1; + } + // advance to next data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + // handle last interval: + if (intervalDataCount >= 2) { // last pixel had multiple data points, consolidate them + // determine value pixel span and add as many points in interval to maintain certain vertical data density (this is specific to scatter plot): + double valuePixelSpan = qAbs(valueAxis->coordToPixel(minValue) - valueAxis->coordToPixel(maxValue)); + int dataModulo = qMax(1, qRound(intervalDataCount / (valuePixelSpan / 4.0))); // approximately every 4 value pixels one data point on average + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator intervalIt = currentIntervalStart; + int intervalItIndex = int(intervalIt - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + int c = 0; + while (intervalIt != it) { + if ((c % dataModulo == 0 || intervalIt == minValueIt || intervalIt == maxValueIt) && intervalIt->value > valueMinRange && intervalIt->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*intervalIt); + } + ++c; + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++intervalIt; + } else { // here we can't guarantee that adding scatterModulo doesn't exceed "it" (because "it" is equal to "end" here, and "end" isn't scatterModulo-aligned), so check via index comparison: + intervalItIndex += scatterModulo; + if (intervalItIndex < itIndex) { + intervalIt += scatterModulo; + } else { + intervalIt = it; + intervalItIndex = itIndex; + } + } + } + } else if (currentIntervalStart->value > valueMinRange && currentIntervalStart->value < valueMaxRange) { + scatterData->append(*currentIntervalStart); + } + + } else { // don't use adaptive sampling algorithm, transfer points one-to-one from the data container into the output + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = beginIndex; + scatterData->reserve(dataCount); + while (it != end) { + scatterData->append(*it); + // advance to next data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + This method outputs the currently visible data range via \a begin and \a end. The returned range + will also never exceed \a rangeRestriction. + + This method takes into account that the drawing of data lines at the axis rect border always + requires the points just outside the visible axis range. So \a begin and \a end may actually + indicate a range that contains one additional data point to the left and right of the visible + axis range. +*/ +void QCPGraph::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const +{ + if (rangeRestriction.isEmpty()) { + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + } else { + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + // get visible data range: + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyAxis->range().lower); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyAxis->range().upper); + // limit lower/upperEnd to rangeRestriction: + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, rangeRestriction); // this also ensures rangeRestriction outside data bounds doesn't break anything + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method goes through the passed points in \a lineData and returns a list of the segments + which don't contain NaN data points. + + \a keyOrientation defines whether the \a x or \a y member of the passed QPointF is used to check + for NaN. If \a keyOrientation is \c Qt::Horizontal, the \a y member is checked, if it is \c + Qt::Vertical, the \a x member is checked. + + \see getOverlappingSegments, drawFill +*/ +QVector QCPGraph::getNonNanSegments(const QVector *lineData, Qt::Orientation keyOrientation) const +{ + QVector result; + const int n = lineData->size(); + + QCPDataRange currentSegment(-1, -1); + int i = 0; + + if (keyOrientation == Qt::Horizontal) { + while (i < n) { + while (i < n && qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y())) { // seek next non-NaN data point + ++i; + } + if (i == n) { + break; + } + currentSegment.setBegin(i++); + while (i < n && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).y())) { // seek next NaN data point or end of data + ++i; + } + currentSegment.setEnd(i++); + result.append(currentSegment); + } + } else { // keyOrientation == Qt::Vertical + while (i < n) { + while (i < n && qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // seek next non-NaN data point + ++i; + } + if (i == n) { + break; + } + currentSegment.setBegin(i++); + while (i < n && !qIsNaN(lineData->at(i).x())) { // seek next NaN data point or end of data + ++i; + } + currentSegment.setEnd(i++); + result.append(currentSegment); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method takes two segment lists (e.g. created by \ref getNonNanSegments) \a thisSegments and + \a otherSegments, and their associated point data \a thisData and \a otherData. + + It returns all pairs of segments (the first from \a thisSegments, the second from \a + otherSegments), which overlap in plot coordinates. + + This method is useful in the case of a channel fill between two graphs, when only those non-NaN + segments which actually overlap in their key coordinate shall be considered for drawing a channel + fill polygon. + + It is assumed that the passed segments in \a thisSegments are ordered ascending by index, and + that the segments don't overlap themselves. The same is assumed for the segments in \a + otherSegments. This is fulfilled when the segments are obtained via \ref getNonNanSegments. + + \see getNonNanSegments, segmentsIntersect, drawFill, getChannelFillPolygon +*/ +QVector > QCPGraph::getOverlappingSegments(QVector thisSegments, const QVector *thisData, QVector otherSegments, const QVector *otherData) const +{ + QVector > result; + if (thisData->isEmpty() || otherData->isEmpty() || thisSegments.isEmpty() || otherSegments.isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + + int thisIndex = 0; + int otherIndex = 0; + const bool verticalKey = mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical; + while (thisIndex < thisSegments.size() && otherIndex < otherSegments.size()) { + if (thisSegments.at(thisIndex).size() < 2) { // segments with fewer than two points won't have a fill anyhow + ++thisIndex; + continue; + } + if (otherSegments.at(otherIndex).size() < 2) { // segments with fewer than two points won't have a fill anyhow + ++otherIndex; + continue; + } + double thisLower, thisUpper, otherLower, otherUpper; + if (!verticalKey) { + thisLower = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).begin()).x(); + thisUpper = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).end() - 1).x(); + otherLower = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).begin()).x(); + otherUpper = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).end() - 1).x(); + } else { + thisLower = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).begin()).y(); + thisUpper = thisData->at(thisSegments.at(thisIndex).end() - 1).y(); + otherLower = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).begin()).y(); + otherUpper = otherData->at(otherSegments.at(otherIndex).end() - 1).y(); + } + + int bPrecedence; + if (segmentsIntersect(thisLower, thisUpper, otherLower, otherUpper, bPrecedence)) { + result.append(QPair(thisSegments.at(thisIndex), otherSegments.at(otherIndex))); + } + + if (bPrecedence <= 0) { // otherSegment doesn't reach as far as thisSegment, so continue with next otherSegment, keeping current thisSegment + ++otherIndex; + } else { // otherSegment reaches further than thisSegment, so continue with next thisSegment, keeping current otherSegment + ++thisIndex; + } + } + + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the segments defined by the coordinates (aLower, aUpper) and (bLower, bUpper) + have overlap. + + The output parameter \a bPrecedence indicates whether the \a b segment reaches farther than the + \a a segment or not. If \a bPrecedence returns 1, segment \a b reaches the farthest to higher + coordinates (i.e. bUpper > aUpper). If it returns -1, segment \a a reaches the farthest. Only if + both segment's upper bounds are identical, 0 is returned as \a bPrecedence. + + It is assumed that the lower bounds always have smaller or equal values than the upper bounds. + + \see getOverlappingSegments +*/ +bool QCPGraph::segmentsIntersect(double aLower, double aUpper, double bLower, double bUpper, int &bPrecedence) const +{ + bPrecedence = 0; + if (aLower > bUpper) { + bPrecedence = -1; + return false; + } else if (bLower > aUpper) { + bPrecedence = 1; + return false; + } else { + if (aUpper > bUpper) { + bPrecedence = -1; + } else if (aUpper < bUpper) { + bPrecedence = 1; + } + + return true; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the point which closes the fill polygon on the zero-value-line parallel to the key axis. + The logarithmic axis scale case is a bit special, since the zero-value-line in pixel coordinates + is in positive or negative infinity. So this case is handled separately by just closing the fill + polygon on the axis which lies in the direction towards the zero value. + + \a matchingDataPoint will provide the key (in pixels) of the returned point. Depending on whether + the key axis of this graph is horizontal or vertical, \a matchingDataPoint will provide the x or + y value of the returned point, respectively. +*/ +QPointF QCPGraph::getFillBasePoint(QPointF matchingDataPoint) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return {}; + } + + QPointF result; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPAxis::stLinear) { + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result.setX(matchingDataPoint.x()); + result.setY(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + result.setX(valueAxis->coordToPixel(0)); + result.setY(matchingDataPoint.y()); + } + } else { // valueAxis->mScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic + // In logarithmic scaling we can't just draw to value 0 so we just fill all the way + // to the axis which is in the direction towards 0 + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + result.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->right()); + } else { + result.setX(keyAxis->axisRect()->left()); + } + result.setY(matchingDataPoint.y()); + } else if (keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atTop || keyAxis->axisType() == QCPAxis::atBottom) { + result.setX(matchingDataPoint.x()); + if ((valueAxis->range().upper < 0 && !valueAxis->rangeReversed()) || + (valueAxis->range().upper > 0 && valueAxis->rangeReversed())) { // if range is negative, zero is on opposite side of key axis + result.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->top()); + } else { + result.setY(keyAxis->axisRect()->bottom()); + } + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the polygon needed for drawing normal fills between this graph and the key axis. + + Pass the graph's data points (in pixel coordinates) as \a lineData, and specify the \a segment + which shall be used for the fill. The collection of \a lineData points described by \a segment + must not contain NaN data points (see \ref getNonNanSegments). + + The returned fill polygon will be closed at the key axis (the zero-value line) for linear value + axes. For logarithmic value axes the polygon will reach just beyond the corresponding axis rect + side (see \ref getFillBasePoint). + + For increased performance (due to implicit sharing), keep the returned QPolygonF const. + + \see drawFill, getNonNanSegments +*/ +const QPolygonF QCPGraph::getFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const +{ + if (segment.size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QPolygonF result(segment.size() + 2); + + result[0] = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + std::copy(lineData->constBegin() + segment.begin(), lineData->constBegin() + segment.end(), result.begin() + 1); + result[result.size() - 1] = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.end() - 1)); + + return result; +} + +const QPainterPath QCPGraph::getFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const +{ + if (segment.size() < 2) { + return QPainterPath(); + } + + QPointF start = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + QPointF end = getFillBasePoint(lineData->at(segment.end() - 1)); + + QPainterPath path; + if (smooth == 1) { + path = SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve(*lineData); + } else if (smooth == 2) { + path = SmoothCurve::createSmoothCurve2(*lineData); + } + + path.lineTo(end); + path.lineTo(start); + path.lineTo(lineData->at(segment.begin())); + return path; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the polygon needed for drawing (partial) channel fills between this graph and the graph + specified by \ref setChannelFillGraph. + + The data points of this graph are passed as pixel coordinates via \a thisData, the data of the + other graph as \a otherData. The returned polygon will be calculated for the specified data + segments \a thisSegment and \a otherSegment, pertaining to the respective \a thisData and \a + otherData, respectively. + + The passed \a thisSegment and \a otherSegment should correspond to the segment pairs returned by + \ref getOverlappingSegments, to make sure only segments that actually have key coordinate overlap + need to be processed here. + + For increased performance due to implicit sharing, keep the returned QPolygonF const. + + \see drawFill, getOverlappingSegments, getNonNanSegments +*/ +const QPolygonF QCPGraph::getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *thisData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const +{ + if (!mChannelFillGraph) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + if (!mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "channel fill target key axis invalid"; + return QPolygonF(); + } + + if (mChannelFillGraph.data()->mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() != keyAxis->orientation()) { + return QPolygonF(); // don't have same axis orientation, can't fill that (Note: if keyAxis fits, valueAxis will fit too, because it's always orthogonal to keyAxis) + } + + if (thisData->isEmpty()) { + return QPolygonF(); + } + QVector thisSegmentData(thisSegment.size()); + QVector otherSegmentData(otherSegment.size()); + std::copy(thisData->constBegin() + thisSegment.begin(), thisData->constBegin() + thisSegment.end(), thisSegmentData.begin()); + std::copy(otherData->constBegin() + otherSegment.begin(), otherData->constBegin() + otherSegment.end(), otherSegmentData.begin()); + // pointers to be able to swap them, depending which data range needs cropping: + QVector *staticData = &thisSegmentData; + QVector *croppedData = &otherSegmentData; + + // crop both vectors to ranges in which the keys overlap (which coord is key, depends on axisType): + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + // x is key + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().x() < croppedData->first().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + const int lowBound = findIndexBelowX(croppedData, staticData->first().x()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(1).x(), croppedData->at(0).x())) { + slope = (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()) / (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setY(croppedData->at(0).y() + slope * (staticData->first().x() - croppedData->at(0).x())); + (*croppedData)[0].setX(staticData->first().x()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().x() > croppedData->last().x()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexAboveX(croppedData, staticData->last().x()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + const int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(li).x(), croppedData->at(li - 1).x())) { + slope = (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()) / (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setY(croppedData->at(li - 1).y() + slope * (staticData->last().x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x())); + (*croppedData)[li].setX(staticData->last().x()); + } else { // mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + // y is key + // crop lower bound: + if (staticData->first().y() < croppedData->first().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int lowBound = findIndexBelowY(croppedData, staticData->first().y()); + if (lowBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(0, lowBound); + // set lowest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of first static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + double slope; + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(1).y(), croppedData->at(0).y())) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(1).x() - croppedData->at(0).x()) / (croppedData->at(1).y() - croppedData->at(0).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[0].setX(croppedData->at(0).x() + slope * (staticData->first().y() - croppedData->at(0).y())); + (*croppedData)[0].setY(staticData->first().y()); + + // crop upper bound: + if (staticData->last().y() > croppedData->last().y()) { // other one must be cropped + qSwap(staticData, croppedData); + } + int highBound = findIndexAboveY(croppedData, staticData->last().y()); + if (highBound == -1) { + return QPolygonF(); // key ranges have no overlap + } + croppedData->remove(highBound + 1, croppedData->size() - (highBound + 1)); + // set highest point of cropped data to fit exactly key position of last static data point via linear interpolation: + if (croppedData->size() < 2) { + return QPolygonF(); // need at least two points for interpolation + } + int li = croppedData->size() - 1; // last index + if (!qFuzzyCompare(croppedData->at(li).y(), croppedData->at(li - 1).y())) { // avoid division by zero in step plots + slope = (croppedData->at(li).x() - croppedData->at(li - 1).x()) / (croppedData->at(li).y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y()); + } else { + slope = 0; + } + (*croppedData)[li].setX(croppedData->at(li - 1).x() + slope * (staticData->last().y() - croppedData->at(li - 1).y())); + (*croppedData)[li].setY(staticData->last().y()); + } + + // return joined: + for (int i = otherSegmentData.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { // insert reversed, otherwise the polygon will be twisted + thisSegmentData << otherSegmentData.at(i); + } + return QPolygonF(thisSegmentData); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points x value is just above \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is horizontal. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).x() < x) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points x value is just below \a x. Assumes x values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is horizontal. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).x() > x) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the smallest index of \a data, whose points y value is just above \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is vertical. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = data->size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { + if (data->at(i).y() < y) { + if (i < data->size() - 1) { + return i + 1; + } else { + return data->size() - 1; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the minimum distance in pixels the graph's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint. This is used to determine whether the graph was clicked or not, e.g. in \ref + selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. Note that if + the graph has a line representation, the returned distance may be smaller than the distance to + the \a closestData point, since the distance to the graph line is also taken into account. + + If either the graph has no data or if the line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape + is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone (i.e. there is no visual representation of the graph), returns -1.0. +*/ +double QCPGraph::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + // calculate minimum distances to graph data points and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + // iterate over found data points and then choose the one with the shortest distance to pos: + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + for (QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + + // calculate distance to graph line if there is one (if so, will probably be smaller than distance to closest data point): + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + // line displayed, calculate distance to line segments: + QVector lineData; + getLines(&lineData, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); // don't limit data range further since with sharp data spikes, line segments may be closer to test point than segments with closer key coordinate + QCPVector2D p(pixelPoint); + const int step = mLineStyle == lsImpulse ? 2 : 1; // impulse plot differs from other line styles in that the lineData points are only pairwise connected + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size() - 1; i += step) { + const double currentDistSqr = p.distanceSquaredToLine(lineData.at(i), lineData.at(i + 1)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + Finds the highest index of \a data, whose points y value is just below \a y. Assumes y values in + \a data points are ordered ascending, as is ensured by \ref getLines/\ref getScatters if the key + axis is vertical. + + Used to calculate the channel fill polygon, see \ref getChannelFillPolygon. +*/ +int QCPGraph::findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const +{ + for (int i = 0; i < data->size(); ++i) { + if (data->at(i).y() > y) { + if (i > 0) { + return i - 1; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + } + return -1; +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 63851 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurveData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurveData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPCurve. + + The stored data is: + \li \a t: the free ordering parameter of this curve point, like in the mathematical vector (x(t), y(t)). (This is the \a sortKey) + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this curve point (this is the \a mainKey) + \li \a value: coordinate on the value axis of this curve point (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPCurveData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPCurveDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a t member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPCurveData QCPCurveData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey (assigned to the data point's \a t member). + All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPCurveData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is the data point key coordinate and the member \a t is the data ordering + parameter, this method returns false. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPCurveData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPCurveData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with t, key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData() : + t(0), + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a curve data point with the specified \a t, \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPCurveData::QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value) : + t(t), + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPCurve + \brief A plottable representing a parametric curve in a plot. + + \image html QCPCurve.png + + Unlike QCPGraph, plottables of this type may have multiple points with the same key coordinate, + so their visual representation can have \a loops. This is realized by introducing a third + coordinate \a t, which defines the order of the points described by the other two coordinates \a + x and \a y. + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the curve's data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the + internal \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. + + Gaps in the curve can be created by adding data points with NaN as key and value + (qQNaN() or std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) in between the two data points that shall be + separated. + + \section qcpcurve-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the curve is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + + \section qcpcurve-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPCurve is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPCurve::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPCurveDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a curve which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPCurve is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPCurve, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPCurve::QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mScatterSkip{}, + mLineStyle{} +{ + // modify inherited properties from abstract plottable: + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + + setScatterStyle(QCPScatterStyle()); + setLineStyle(lsLine); + setScatterSkip(0); +} + +QCPCurve::~QCPCurve() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPCurves may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all curves that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the curve's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcurve-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a t, \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a t in ascending order, you can + set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(t, keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + The t parameter of each data point will be set to the integer index of the respective key/value + pair. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPCurve::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values); +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref + QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points are drawn (e.g. for line-only plots with appropriate + line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +/*! + If scatters are displayed (scatter style not \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone), \a skip number of + scatter points are skipped/not drawn after every drawn scatter point. + + This can be used to make the data appear sparser while for example still having a smooth line, + and to improve performance for very high density plots. + + If \a skip is set to 0 (default), all scatter points are drawn. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setScatterSkip(int skip) +{ + mScatterSkip = qMax(0, skip); +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot or how they are represented visually + apart from the scatter symbol. For scatter-only plots, set \a style to \ref lsNone and \ref + setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPCurve::setLineStyle(QCPCurve::LineStyle style) +{ + mLineStyle = style; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a t, \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (t.size() != keys.size() || t.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "ts, keys and values have different sizes:" << t.size() << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(qMin(t.size(), keys.size()), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->t = t[i]; + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + The t parameter of each data point will be set to the integer index of the respective key/value + pair. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + double tStart; + if (!mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + tStart = (mDataContainer->constEnd() - 1)->t + 1.0; + } else { + tStart = 0; + } + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->t = tStart + i; + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, true); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data point as \a t, \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double t, double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData(t, key, value)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + The t parameter is generated automatically by increments of 1 for each point, starting at the + highest t of previously existing data or 0, if the curve data is empty. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPCurve::addData(double key, double value) +{ + if (!mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData((mDataContainer->constEnd() - 1)->t + 1.0, key, value)); + } else { + mDataContainer->add(QCPCurveData(0.0, key, value)); + } +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + return mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPCurve::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // allocate line vector: + QVector lines, scatters; + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + + // fill with curve data: + QPen finalCurvePen = mPen; // determine the final pen already here, because the line optimization depends on its stroke width + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalCurvePen = mSelectionDecorator->pen(); + } + + QCPDataRange lineDataRange = isSelectedSegment ? allSegments.at(i) : allSegments.at(i).adjusted(-1, 1); // unselected segments extend lines to bordering selected data point (safe to exceed total data bounds in first/last segment, getCurveLines takes care) + getCurveLines(&lines, lineDataRange, finalCurvePen.widthF()); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + for (QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->t) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw curve fill: + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + if (painter->brush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && painter->brush().color().alpha() != 0) { + painter->drawPolygon(QPolygonF(lines)); + } + + // draw curve line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + painter->setPen(finalCurvePen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + drawCurveLine(painter, lines); + } + + // draw scatters: + QCPScatterStyle finalScatterStyle = mScatterStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalScatterStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mScatterStyle); + } + if (!finalScatterStyle.isNone()) { + getScatters(&scatters, allSegments.at(i), finalScatterStyle.size()); + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatters, finalScatterStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPCurve::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws lines between the points in \a lines, given in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawScatterPlot, getCurveLines +*/ +void QCPCurve::drawCurveLine(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + drawPolyline(painter, lines); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every point passed in \a points, given in pixel coordinates. The + scatters will be drawn with \a painter and have the appearance as specified in \a style. + + \see drawCurveLine, getCurveLines +*/ +void QCPCurve::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &points, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const +{ + // draw scatter point symbols: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + style.applyTo(painter, mPen); + foreach (const QPointF &point, points) + if (!qIsNaN(point.x()) && !qIsNaN(point.y())) { + style.drawShape(painter, point); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Called by \ref draw to generate points in pixel coordinates which represent the line of the + curve. + + Line segments that aren't visible in the current axis rect are handled in an optimized way. They + are projected onto a rectangle slightly larger than the visible axis rect and simplified + regarding point count. The algorithm makes sure to preserve appearance of lines and fills inside + the visible axis rect by generating new temporary points on the outer rect if necessary. + + \a lines will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with \ref + drawCurveLine. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. + + \a penWidth specifies the pen width that will be used to later draw the lines generated by this + function. This is needed here to calculate an accordingly wider margin around the axis rect when + performing the line optimization. + + Methods that are also involved in the algorithm are: \ref getRegion, \ref getOptimizedPoint, \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints \ref mayTraverse, \ref getTraverse, \ref getTraverseCornerPoints. + + \see drawCurveLine, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPCurve::getCurveLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double penWidth) const +{ + if (!lines) { + return; + } + lines->clear(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + // add margins to rect to compensate for stroke width + const double strokeMargin = qMax(qreal(1.0), qreal(penWidth * 0.75)); // stroke radius + 50% safety + const double keyMin = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().lower) - strokeMargin * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double keyMax = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyAxis->range().upper) + strokeMargin * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double valueMin = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().lower) - strokeMargin * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + const double valueMax = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueAxis->range().upper) + strokeMargin * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(itBegin, itEnd, dataRange); + if (itBegin == itEnd) { + return; + } + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator prevIt = itEnd - 1; + int prevRegion = getRegion(prevIt->key, prevIt->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + QVector trailingPoints; // points that must be applied after all other points (are generated only when handling first point to get virtual segment between last and first point right) + while (it != itEnd) { + const int currentRegion = getRegion(it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + if (currentRegion != prevRegion) { // changed region, possibly need to add some optimized edge points or original points if entering R + if (currentRegion != 5) { // segment doesn't end in R, so it's a candidate for removal + QPointF crossA, crossB; + if (prevRegion == 5) { // we're coming from R, so add this point optimized + lines->append(getOptimizedPoint(currentRegion, it->key, it->value, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin)); + // in the situations 5->1/7/9/3 the segment may leave R and directly cross through two outer regions. In these cases we need to add an additional corner point + *lines << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } else if (mayTraverse(prevRegion, currentRegion) && + getTraverse(prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin, crossA, crossB)) { + // add the two cross points optimized if segment crosses R and if segment isn't virtual zeroth segment between last and first curve point: + QVector beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints; + getTraverseCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin, beforeTraverseCornerPoints, afterTraverseCornerPoints); + if (it != itBegin) { + *lines << beforeTraverseCornerPoints; + lines->append(crossA); + lines->append(crossB); + *lines << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + } else { + lines->append(crossB); + *lines << afterTraverseCornerPoints; + trailingPoints << beforeTraverseCornerPoints << crossA ; + } + } else { // doesn't cross R, line is just moving around in outside regions, so only need to add optimized point(s) at the boundary corner(s) + *lines << getOptimizedCornerPoints(prevRegion, currentRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } + } else { // segment does end in R, so we add previous point optimized and this point at original position + if (it == itBegin) { // it is first point in curve and prevIt is last one. So save optimized point for adding it to the lineData in the end + trailingPoints << getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin); + } else { + lines->append(getOptimizedPoint(prevRegion, prevIt->key, prevIt->value, it->key, it->value, keyMin, valueMax, keyMax, valueMin)); + } + lines->append(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value)); + } + } else { // region didn't change + if (currentRegion == 5) { // still in R, keep adding original points + lines->append(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value)); + } else { // still outside R, no need to add anything + // see how this is not doing anything? That's the main optimization... + } + } + prevIt = it; + prevRegion = currentRegion; + ++it; + } + *lines << trailingPoints; +} + +/*! \internal + + Called by \ref draw to generate points in pixel coordinates which represent the scatters of the + curve. If a scatter skip is configured (\ref setScatterSkip), the returned points are accordingly + sparser. + + Scatters that aren't visible in the current axis rect are optimized away. + + \a scatters will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with \ref + drawScatterPlot. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. + + \a scatterWidth specifies the scatter width that will be used to later draw the scatters at pixel + coordinates generated by this function. This is needed here to calculate an accordingly wider + margin around the axis rect when performing the data point reduction. + + \see draw, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPCurve::getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double scatterWidth) const +{ + if (!scatters) { + return; + } + scatters->clear(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + return; + } + const int scatterModulo = mScatterSkip + 1; + const bool doScatterSkip = mScatterSkip > 0; + int endIndex = int(end - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + + QCPRange keyRange = keyAxis->range(); + QCPRange valueRange = valueAxis->range(); + // extend range to include width of scatter symbols: + keyRange.lower = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyRange.lower) - scatterWidth * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + keyRange.upper = keyAxis->pixelToCoord(keyAxis->coordToPixel(keyRange.upper) + scatterWidth * keyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + valueRange.lower = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueRange.lower) - scatterWidth * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + valueRange.upper = valueAxis->pixelToCoord(valueAxis->coordToPixel(valueRange.upper) + scatterWidth * valueAxis->pixelOrientation()); + + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + int itIndex = int(begin - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + while (doScatterSkip && it != end && itIndex % scatterModulo != 0) { // advance begin iterator to first non-skipped scatter + ++itIndex; + ++it; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + while (it != end) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->value) && keyRange.contains(it->key) && valueRange.contains(it->value)) { + scatters->append(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->value), keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key))); + } + + // advance iterator to next (non-skipped) data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } else { + while (it != end) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->value) && keyRange.contains(it->key) && valueRange.contains(it->value)) { + scatters->append(QPointF(keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key), valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->value))); + } + + // advance iterator to next (non-skipped) data point: + if (!doScatterSkip) { + ++it; + } else { + itIndex += scatterModulo; + if (itIndex < endIndex) { // make sure we didn't jump over end + it += scatterModulo; + } else { + it = end; + itIndex = endIndex; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + It returns the region of the given point (\a key, \a value) with respect to a rectangle defined + by \a keyMin, \a keyMax, \a valueMin, and \a valueMax. + + The regions are enumerated from top to bottom (\a valueMin to \a valueMax) and left to right (\a + keyMin to \a keyMax): + + + + + +
147
258
369
+ + With the rectangle being region 5, and the outer regions extending infinitely outwards. In the + curve optimization algorithm, region 5 is considered to be the visible portion of the plot. +*/ +int QCPCurve::getRegion(double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + if (key < keyMin) { // region 123 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 1; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 3; + } else { + return 2; + } + } else if (key > keyMax) { // region 789 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 7; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 9; + } else { + return 8; + } + } else { // region 456 + if (value > valueMax) { + return 4; + } else if (value < valueMin) { + return 6; + } else { + return 5; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method is used in case the current segment passes from inside the visible rect (region 5, + see \ref getRegion) to any of the outer regions (\a otherRegion). The current segment is given by + the line connecting (\a key, \a value) with (\a otherKey, \a otherValue). + + It returns the intersection point of the segment with the border of region 5. + + For this function it doesn't matter whether (\a key, \a value) is the point inside region 5 or + whether it's (\a otherKey, \a otherValue), i.e. whether the segment is coming from region 5 or + leaving it. It is important though that \a otherRegion correctly identifies the other region not + equal to 5. +*/ +QPointF QCPCurve::getOptimizedPoint(int otherRegion, double otherKey, double otherValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + // The intersection point interpolation here is done in pixel coordinates, so we don't need to + // differentiate between different axis scale types. Note that the nomenclature + // top/left/bottom/right/min/max is with respect to the rect in plot coordinates, wich may be + // different in pixel coordinates (horz/vert key axes, reversed ranges) + + const double keyMinPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMin); + const double keyMaxPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMax); + const double valueMinPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMin); + const double valueMaxPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMax); + const double otherValuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(otherValue); + const double valuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + const double otherKeyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(otherKey); + const double keyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + double intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; // initial key just a fail-safe + double intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; // initial value just a fail-safe + switch (otherRegion) { + case 1: { // top and left edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether top edge is not intersected, then it must be left edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 2: { // left edge + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + break; + } + case 3: { // bottom and left edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether bottom edge is not intersected, then it must be left edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMinPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 4: { // top edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // case 5 shouldn't happen for this function but we add it anyway to prevent potential discontinuity in branch table + } + case 6: { // bottom edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + break; + } + case 7: { // top and right edge + intersectValuePx = valueMaxPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether top edge is not intersected, then it must be right edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + case 8: { // right edge + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + break; + } + case 9: { // bottom and right edge + intersectValuePx = valueMinPx; + intersectKeyPx = otherKeyPx + (keyPx - otherKeyPx) / (valuePx - otherValuePx) * (intersectValuePx - otherValuePx); + if (intersectKeyPx < qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) || intersectKeyPx > qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // check whether bottom edge is not intersected, then it must be right edge (qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed) + intersectKeyPx = keyMaxPx; + intersectValuePx = otherValuePx + (valuePx - otherValuePx) / (keyPx - otherKeyPx) * (intersectKeyPx - otherKeyPx); + } + break; + } + } + if (mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + return {intersectKeyPx, intersectValuePx}; + else + return {intersectValuePx, intersectKeyPx}; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + In situations where a single segment skips over multiple regions it might become necessary to add + extra points at the corners of region 5 (see \ref getRegion) such that the optimized segment + doesn't unintentionally cut through the visible area of the axis rect and create plot artifacts. + This method provides these points that must be added, assuming the original segment doesn't + start, end, or traverse region 5. (Corner points where region 5 is traversed are calculated by + \ref getTraverseCornerPoints.) + + For example, consider a segment which directly goes from region 4 to 2 but originally is far out + to the top left such that it doesn't cross region 5. Naively optimizing these points by + projecting them on the top and left borders of region 5 will create a segment that surely crosses + 5, creating a visual artifact in the plot. This method prevents this by providing extra points at + the top left corner, making the optimized curve correctly pass from region 4 to 1 to 2 without + traversing 5. +*/ +QVector QCPCurve::getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const +{ + QVector result; + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 9: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMin - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 7: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMax - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 3: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMax - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 8: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 3: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 2: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 4: { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + break; + } + case 1: { // in this case we need another distinction of cases: segment may pass below or above rect, requiring either bottom right or top left corner points + if ((value - prevValue) / (key - prevKey) * (keyMin - key) + value < valueMin) { // segment passes below R + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + } else { + result << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin) << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + result.append(result.last()); + result << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + } + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method returns whether a segment going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion (see \ref + getRegion) may traverse the visible region 5. This function assumes that neither \a prevRegion + nor \a currentRegion is 5 itself. + + If this method returns false, the segment for sure doesn't pass region 5. If it returns true, the + segment may or may not pass region 5 and a more fine-grained calculation must be used (\ref + getTraverse). +*/ +bool QCPCurve::mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: + case 7: + case 2: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 3: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 2: + case 6: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 5: + return false; // should never occur + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: + case 4: + case 8: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: + case 9: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: + case 6: + case 8: + case 7: + return false; + default: + return true; + } + } + default: + return true; + } +} + + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method assumes that the \ref mayTraverse test has returned true, so there is a chance the + segment defined by (\a prevKey, \a prevValue) and (\a key, \a value) goes through the visible + region 5. + + The return value of this method indicates whether the segment actually traverses region 5 or not. + + If the segment traverses 5, the output parameters \a crossA and \a crossB indicate the entry and + exit points of region 5. They will become the optimized points for that segment. +*/ +bool QCPCurve::getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const +{ + // The intersection point interpolation here is done in pixel coordinates, so we don't need to + // differentiate between different axis scale types. Note that the nomenclature + // top/left/bottom/right/min/max is with respect to the rect in plot coordinates, wich may be + // different in pixel coordinates (horz/vert key axes, reversed ranges) + + QList intersections; + const double valueMinPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMin); + const double valueMaxPx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(valueMax); + const double keyMinPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMin); + const double keyMaxPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(keyMax); + const double keyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + const double valuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(value); + const double prevKeyPx = mKeyAxis->coordToPixel(prevKey); + const double prevValuePx = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(prevValue); + if (qFuzzyIsNull(keyPx - prevKeyPx)) { // line is parallel to value axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverse(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, region 5 is traversed here + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyPx, valueMinPx) : QPointF(valueMinPx, keyPx)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyPx, valueMaxPx) : QPointF(valueMaxPx, keyPx)); + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(valuePx - prevValuePx)) { // line is parallel to key axis + // due to region filter in mayTraverse(), if line is parallel to value or key axis, region 5 is traversed here + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMinPx, valuePx) : QPointF(valuePx, keyMinPx)); // direction will be taken care of at end of method + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMaxPx, valuePx) : QPointF(valuePx, keyMaxPx)); + } else { // line is skewed + double gamma; + double keyPerValuePx = (keyPx - prevKeyPx) / (valuePx - prevValuePx); + // check top of rect: + gamma = prevKeyPx + (valueMaxPx - prevValuePx) * keyPerValuePx; + if (gamma >= qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(gamma, valueMaxPx) : QPointF(valueMaxPx, gamma)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + gamma = prevKeyPx + (valueMinPx - prevValuePx) * keyPerValuePx; + if (gamma >= qMin(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(keyMinPx, keyMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(gamma, valueMinPx) : QPointF(valueMinPx, gamma)); + } + const double valuePerKeyPx = 1.0 / keyPerValuePx; + // check left of rect: + gamma = prevValuePx + (keyMinPx - prevKeyPx) * valuePerKeyPx; + if (gamma >= qMin(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMinPx, gamma) : QPointF(gamma, keyMinPx)); + } + // check right of rect: + gamma = prevValuePx + (keyMaxPx - prevKeyPx) * valuePerKeyPx; + if (gamma >= qMin(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx) && gamma <= qMax(valueMinPx, valueMaxPx)) { // qMin/qMax necessary since axes may be reversed + intersections.append(mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? QPointF(keyMaxPx, gamma) : QPointF(gamma, keyMaxPx)); + } + } + + // handle cases where found points isn't exactly 2: + if (intersections.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got duplicate points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance in between: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QPointF pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < intersections.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < intersections.size(); ++k) { + QPointF distPoint = intersections.at(i) - intersections.at(k); + double distSqr = distPoint.x() * distPoint.x() + distPoint.y() + distPoint.y(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = intersections.at(i); + pv2 = intersections.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + intersections = QList() << pv1 << pv2; + } else if (intersections.size() != 2) { + // one or even zero points found (shouldn't happen unless line perfectly tangent to corner), no need to draw segment + return false; + } + + // possibly re-sort points so optimized point segment has same direction as original segment: + double xDelta = keyPx - prevKeyPx; + double yDelta = valuePx - prevValuePx; + if (mKeyAxis->orientation() != Qt::Horizontal) { + qSwap(xDelta, yDelta); + } + if (xDelta * (intersections.at(1).x() - intersections.at(0).x()) + yDelta * (intersections.at(1).y() - intersections.at(0).y()) < 0) { // scalar product of both segments < 0 -> opposite direction + intersections.move(0, 1); + } + crossA = intersections.at(0); + crossB = intersections.at(1); + return true; +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is part of the curve optimization algorithm of \ref getCurveLines. + + This method assumes that the \ref getTraverse test has returned true, so the segment definitely + traverses the visible region 5 when going from \a prevRegion to \a currentRegion. + + In certain situations it is not sufficient to merely generate the entry and exit points of the + segment into/out of region 5, as \ref getTraverse provides. It may happen that a single segment, in + addition to traversing region 5, skips another region outside of region 5, which makes it + necessary to add an optimized corner point there (very similar to the job \ref + getOptimizedCornerPoints does for segments that are completely in outside regions and don't + traverse 5). + + As an example, consider a segment going from region 1 to region 6, traversing the lower left + corner of region 5. In this configuration, the segment additionally crosses the border between + region 1 and 2 before entering region 5. This makes it necessary to add an additional point in + the top left corner, before adding the optimized traverse points. So in this case, the output + parameter \a beforeTraverse will contain the top left corner point, and \a afterTraverse will be + empty. + + In some cases, such as when going from region 1 to 9, it may even be necessary to add additional + corner points before and after the traverse. Then both \a beforeTraverse and \a afterTraverse + return the respective corner points. +*/ +void QCPCurve::getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const +{ + switch (prevRegion) { + case 1: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 2: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 3: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 7: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 8: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 4: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 9: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 5: { + break; // shouldn't happen because this method only handles full traverses + } + case 6: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 7: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 7: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + case 6: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMax); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 8: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 1: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 3: { + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + case 9: { + switch (currentRegion) { + case 2: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + case 1: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + afterTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMin, valueMax); + break; + } + case 4: { + beforeTraverse << coordsToPixels(keyMax, valueMin); + break; + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the (minimum) distance (in pixels) the curve's representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint in pixels. This is used to determine whether the curve was clicked or not, e.g. in + \ref selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. Note that + if the curve has a line representation, the returned distance may be smaller than the distance to + the \a closestData point, since the distance to the curve line is also taken into account. + + If either the curve has no data or if the line style is \ref lsNone and the scatter style's shape + is \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone (i.e. there is no visual representation of the curve), returns + -1.0. +*/ +double QCPCurve::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + if (mDataContainer->size() == 1) { + QPointF dataPoint = coordsToPixels(mDataContainer->constBegin()->key, mDataContainer->constBegin()->value); + closestData = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + return QCPVector2D(dataPoint - pixelPoint).length(); + } + + // calculate minimum distances to curve data points and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + // iterate over found data points and then choose the one with the shortest distance to pos: + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + for (QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + + // calculate distance to line if there is one (if so, will probably be smaller than distance to closest data point): + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + QVector lines; + getCurveLines(&lines, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 1.2); // optimized lines outside axis rect shouldn't respond to clicks at the edge, so use 1.2*tolerance as pen width + for (int i = 0; i < lines.size() - 1; ++i) { + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pixelPoint).distanceSquaredToLine(lines.at(i), lines.at(i + 1)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 43907 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarsGroup +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarsGroup + \brief Groups multiple QCPBars together so they appear side by side + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + When showing multiple QCPBars in one plot which have bars at identical keys, it may be desirable + to have them appearing next to each other at each key. This is what adding the respective QCPBars + plottables to a QCPBarsGroup achieves. (An alternative approach is to stack them on top of each + other, see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove.) + + \section qcpbarsgroup-usage Usage + + To add a QCPBars plottable to the group, create a new group and then add the respective bars + intances: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-creation + Alternatively to appending to the group like shown above, you can also set the group on the + QCPBars plottable via \ref QCPBars::setBarsGroup. + + The spacing between the bars can be configured via \ref setSpacingType and \ref setSpacing. The + bars in this group appear in the plot in the order they were appended. To insert a bars plottable + at a certain index position, or to reposition a bars plottable which is already in the group, use + \ref insert. + + To remove specific bars from the group, use either \ref remove or call \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup "QCPBars::setBarsGroup(0)" on the respective bars plottable. + + To clear the entire group, call \ref clear, or simply delete the group. + + \section qcpbarsgroup-example Example + + The image above is generated with the following code: + \snippet documentation/doc-image-generator/mainwindow.cpp qcpbarsgroup-example +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QList QCPBarsGroup::bars() const + + Returns all bars currently in this group. + + \see bars(int index) +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPBarsGroup::size() const + + Returns the number of QCPBars plottables that are part of this group. + +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this bars group is empty. + + \see size +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPBarsGroup::contains(QCPBars *bars) + + Returns whether the specified \a bars plottable is part of this group. + +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new bars group for the specified QCustomPlot instance. +*/ +QCPBarsGroup::QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QObject(parentPlot), + mParentPlot(parentPlot), + mSpacingType(stAbsolute), + mSpacing(4) +{ +} + +QCPBarsGroup::~QCPBarsGroup() +{ + clear(); +} + +/*! + Sets how the spacing between adjacent bars is interpreted. See \ref SpacingType. + + The actual spacing can then be specified with \ref setSpacing. + + \see setSpacing +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType) +{ + mSpacingType = spacingType; +} + +/*! + Sets the spacing between adjacent bars. What the number passed as \a spacing actually means, is + defined by the current \ref SpacingType, which can be set with \ref setSpacingType. + + \see setSpacingType +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::setSpacing(double spacing) +{ + mSpacing = spacing; +} + +/*! + Returns the QCPBars instance with the specified \a index in this group. If no such QCPBars + exists, returns \c nullptr. + + \see bars(), size +*/ +QCPBars *QCPBarsGroup::bars(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mBars.size()) { + return mBars.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << index; + return nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Removes all QCPBars plottables from this group. + + \see isEmpty +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::clear() +{ + const QList oldBars = mBars; + foreach (QCPBars *bars, oldBars) { + bars->setBarsGroup(nullptr); // removes itself from mBars via removeBars + } +} + +/*! + Adds the specified \a bars plottable to this group. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBars::setBarsGroup on the \a bars instance. + + \see insert, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::append(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is already in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! + Inserts the specified \a bars plottable into this group at the specified index position \a i. + This gives you full control over the ordering of the bars. + + \a bars may already be part of this group. In that case, \a bars is just moved to the new index + position. + + \see append, remove +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::insert(int i, QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + // first append to bars list normally: + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(this); + } + // then move to according position: + mBars.move(mBars.indexOf(bars), qBound(0, i, mBars.size() - 1)); +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a bars plottable from this group. + + \see contains, clear +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::remove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!bars) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars is 0"; + return; + } + + if (mBars.contains(bars)) { + bars->setBarsGroup(nullptr); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "bars plottable is not in this bars group:" << reinterpret_cast(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Adds the specified \a bars to the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change the + barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see unregisterBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::registerBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (!mBars.contains(bars)) { + mBars.append(bars); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Removes the specified \a bars from the internal mBars list of bars. This method does not change + the barsGroup property on \a bars. + + \see registerBars +*/ +void QCPBarsGroup::unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars) +{ + mBars.removeOne(bars); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pixel offset in the key dimension the specified \a bars plottable should have at the + given key coordinate \a keyCoord. The offset is relative to the pixel position of the key + coordinate \a keyCoord. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + // find list of all base bars in case some mBars are stacked: + QList baseBars; + foreach (const QCPBars *b, mBars) { + while (b->barBelow()) { + b = b->barBelow(); + } + if (!baseBars.contains(b)) { + baseBars.append(b); + } + } + // find base bar this "bars" is stacked on: + const QCPBars *thisBase = bars; + while (thisBase->barBelow()) { + thisBase = thisBase->barBelow(); + } + + // determine key pixel offset of this base bars considering all other base bars in this barsgroup: + double result = 0; + int index = baseBars.indexOf(thisBase); + if (index >= 0) { + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 1 && index == (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2) { // is center bar (int division on purpose) + return result; + } else { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + int startIndex; + int dir = (index <= (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2) ? -1 : 1; // if bar is to lower keys of center, dir is negative + if (baseBars.size() % 2 == 0) { // even number of bars + startIndex = baseBars.size() / 2 + (dir < 0 ? -1 : 0); + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(startIndex), keyCoord) * 0.5; // half of middle spacing + } else { // uneven number of bars + startIndex = (baseBars.size() - 1) / 2 + dir; + baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; // half of center bar + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at((baseBars.size() - 1) / 2), keyCoord); // center bar spacing + } + for (int i = startIndex; i != index; i += dir) { // add widths and spacings of bars in between center and our bars + baseBars.at(i)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth); + result += getPixelSpacing(baseBars.at(i), keyCoord); + } + // finally half of our bars width: + baseBars.at(index)->getPixelWidth(keyCoord, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + result += qAbs(upperPixelWidth - lowerPixelWidth) * 0.5; + // correct sign of result depending on orientation and direction of key axis: + result *= dir * thisBase->keyAxis()->pixelOrientation(); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the spacing in pixels which is between this \a bars and the following one, both at the + key coordinate \a keyCoord. + + \note Typically the returned value doesn't depend on \a bars or \a keyCoord. \a bars is only + needed to get access to the key axis transformation and axis rect for the modes \ref + stAxisRectRatio and \ref stPlotCoords. The \a keyCoord is only relevant for spacings given in + \ref stPlotCoords on a logarithmic axis. +*/ +double QCPBarsGroup::getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord) +{ + switch (mSpacingType) { + case stAbsolute: { + return mSpacing; + } + case stAxisRectRatio: { + if (bars->keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->width() * mSpacing; + } else { + return bars->keyAxis()->axisRect()->height() * mSpacing; + } + } + case stPlotCoords: { + double keyPixel = bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord); + return qAbs(bars->keyAxis()->coordToPixel(keyCoord + mSpacing) - keyPixel); + } + } + return 0; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBarsData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBarsData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point (one bar) for QCPBars. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this bar (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a value: height coordinate on the value axis of this bar (this is the \a mainValue) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPBarsDataContainer. It is a typedef for + \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPBarsData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPBarsDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPBarsData QCPBarsData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPBarsData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPBarsData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a value member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPBarsData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange with both lower and upper boundary set to \a value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with key and value set to zero. +*/ +QCPBarsData::QCPBarsData() : + key(0), + value(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a bar data point with the specified \a key and \a value. +*/ +QCPBarsData::QCPBarsData(double key, double value) : + key(key), + value(value) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPBars +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPBars + \brief A plottable representing a bar chart in a plot. + + \image html QCPBars.png + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. + + \section qcpbars-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the bars is determined by the pen and the brush (\ref setPen, \ref setBrush). + The width of the individual bars can be controlled with \ref setWidthType and \ref setWidth. + + Bar charts are stackable. This means, two QCPBars plottables can be placed on top of each other + (see \ref QCPBars::moveAbove). So when two bars are at the same key position, they will appear + stacked. + + If you would like to group multiple QCPBars plottables together so they appear side by side as + shown below, use QCPBarsGroup. + + \image html QCPBarsGroup.png + + \section qcpbars-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPBars is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPBars::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPBarsDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barBelow() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly below this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns \c nullptr. + + \see barAbove, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPBars *QCPBars::barAbove() const + Returns the bars plottable that is directly above this bars plottable. + If there is no such plottable, returns \c nullptr. + + \see barBelow, moveBelow, moveAbove +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a bar chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPBars is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPBars, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPBars::QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mWidth(0.75), + mWidthType(wtPlotCoords), + mBarsGroup(nullptr), + mBaseValue(0), + mStackingGap(1) +{ + // modify inherited properties from abstract plottable: + mPen.setColor(Qt::blue); + mPen.setStyle(Qt::SolidLine); + mBrush.setColor(QColor(40, 50, 255, 30)); + mBrush.setStyle(Qt::SolidPattern); + mSelectionDecorator->setBrush(QBrush(QColor(160, 160, 255))); +} + +QCPBars::~QCPBars() +{ + setBarsGroup(nullptr); + if (mBarBelow || mBarAbove) { + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // take this bar out of any stacking + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPBars may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all bars that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the bar's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpbars-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPBars::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the bars. + + How the number passed as \a width is interpreted (e.g. screen pixels, plot coordinates,...), + depends on the currently set width type, see \ref setWidthType and \ref WidthType. +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets how the width of the bars is defined. See the documentation of \ref WidthType for an + explanation of the possible values for \a widthType. + + The default value is \ref wtPlotCoords. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPBars::setWidthType(QCPBars::WidthType widthType) +{ + mWidthType = widthType; +} + +/*! + Sets to which QCPBarsGroup this QCPBars instance belongs to. Alternatively, you can also use \ref + QCPBarsGroup::append. + + To remove this QCPBars from any group, set \a barsGroup to \c nullptr. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup) +{ + // deregister at old group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->unregisterBars(this); + } + mBarsGroup = barsGroup; + // register at new group: + if (mBarsGroup) { + mBarsGroup->registerBars(this); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the base value of this bars plottable. + + The base value defines where on the value coordinate the bars start. How far the bars extend from + the base value is given by their individual value data. For example, if the base value is set to + 1, a bar with data value 2 will have its lowest point at value coordinate 1 and highest point at + 3. + + For stacked bars, only the base value of the bottom-most QCPBars has meaning. + + The default base value is 0. +*/ +void QCPBars::setBaseValue(double baseValue) +{ + mBaseValue = baseValue; +} + +/*! + If this bars plottable is stacked on top of another bars plottable (\ref moveAbove), this method + allows specifying a distance in \a pixels, by which the drawn bar rectangles will be separated by + the bars below it. +*/ +void QCPBars::setStackingGap(double pixels) +{ + mStackingGap = pixels; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys and \a values to the current data. The provided vectors + should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the smallest + vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + Adds the provided data point as \a key and \a value to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPBars::addData(double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPBarsData(key, value)); +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable below \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + below the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object below itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to \c nullptr. + + \see moveBelow, barAbove, barBelow +*/ +void QCPBars::moveBelow(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar below it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarBelow) { + connectBars(bars->mBarBelow.data(), this); + } + connectBars(this, bars); + } +} + +/*! + Moves this bars plottable above \a bars. In other words, the bars of this plottable will appear + above the bars of \a bars. The move target \a bars must use the same key and value axis as this + plottable. + + Inserting into and removing from existing bar stacking is handled gracefully. If \a bars already + has a bars object above itself, this bars object is inserted between the two. If this bars object + is already between two other bars, the two other bars will be stacked on top of each other after + the operation. + + To remove this bars plottable from any stacking, set \a bars to \c nullptr. + + \see moveBelow, barBelow, barAbove +*/ +void QCPBars::moveAbove(QCPBars *bars) +{ + if (bars == this) { + return; + } + if (bars && (bars->keyAxis() != mKeyAxis.data() || bars->valueAxis() != mValueAxis.data())) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed QCPBars* doesn't have same key and value axis as this QCPBars"; + return; + } + // remove from stacking: + connectBars(mBarBelow.data(), mBarAbove.data()); // Note: also works if one (or both) of them is 0 + // if new bar given, insert this bar above it: + if (bars) { + if (bars->mBarAbove) { + connectBars(this, bars->mBarAbove.data()); + } + connectBars(bars, this); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPBars::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(getBarRect(it->key, it->value))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()), int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1)), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPBars::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + // get visible data range: + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (getBarRect(it->key, it->value).contains(pos)) { + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + /* Note: If this QCPBars uses absolute pixels as width (or is in a QCPBarsGroup with spacing in + absolute pixels), using this method to adapt the key axis range to fit the bars into the + currently visible axis range will not work perfectly. Because in the moment the axis range is + changed to the new range, the fixed pixel widths/spacings will represent different coordinate + spans than before, which in turn would require a different key range to perfectly fit, and so on. + The only solution would be to iteratively approach the perfect fitting axis range, but the + mismatch isn't large enough in most applications, to warrant this here. If a user does need a + better fit, he should call the corresponding axis rescale multiple times in a row. + */ + QCPRange range; + range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + + // determine exact range of bars by including bar width and barsgroup offset: + if (foundRange && mKeyAxis) { + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth, keyPixel; + // lower range bound: + getPixelWidth(range.lower, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.lower) + lowerPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.lower); + } + const double lowerCorrected = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + if (!qIsNaN(lowerCorrected) && qIsFinite(lowerCorrected) && range.lower > lowerCorrected) { + range.lower = lowerCorrected; + } + // upper range bound: + getPixelWidth(range.upper, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(range.upper) + upperPixelWidth; + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, range.upper); + } + const double upperCorrected = mKeyAxis.data()->pixelToCoord(keyPixel); + if (!qIsNaN(upperCorrected) && qIsFinite(upperCorrected) && range.upper < upperCorrected) { + range.upper = upperCorrected; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPBars::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + // Note: can't simply use mDataContainer->valueRange here because we need to + // take into account bar base value and possible stacking of multiple bars + QCPRange range; + range.lower = mBaseValue; + range.upper = mBaseValue; + bool haveLower = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + bool haveUpper = true; // set to true, because baseValue should always be visible in bar charts + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (inKeyRange != QCPRange()) { + itBegin = mDataContainer->findBegin(inKeyRange.lower, false); + itEnd = mDataContainer->findEnd(inKeyRange.upper, false); + } + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + const double current = it->value + getStackedBaseValue(it->key, it->value >= 0); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + + foundRange = true; // return true because bar charts always have the 0-line visible + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPBars::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return {}; + } + + const QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin() + index; + const double valuePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(getStackedBaseValue(it->key, it->value >= 0) + it->value); + const double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key) + (mBarsGroup ? mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, it->key) : 0); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + return {keyPixel, valuePixel}; + else + return {valuePixel, keyPixel}; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return {}; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + for (QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +#endif + // draw bar: + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->drawPolygon(getBarRect(it->key, it->value)); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPBars::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref draw to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key axis range + setting, so only that needs to be processed. It also takes into account the bar width. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns an iterator one higher than the highest visible data point. Same as before, \a end + may also lie just outside of the visible range. + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPBars::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range as QMap iterators + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + double lowerPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower); + double upperPixelBound = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper); + bool isVisible = false; + // walk left from begin to find lower bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + while (it != mDataContainer->constBegin()) { + --it; + const QRectF barRect = getBarRect(it->key, it->value); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.right() >= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.left() <= lowerPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.top() <= lowerPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.bottom() >= lowerPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + begin = it; + } else { + break; + } + } + // walk right from ubound to find upper bar that actually is completely outside visible pixel range: + it = end; + while (it != mDataContainer->constEnd()) { + const QRectF barRect = getBarRect(it->key, it->value); + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.left() <= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.right() >= upperPixelBound)); + } else { // keyaxis is vertical + isVisible = ((!mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.bottom() >= upperPixelBound) || (mKeyAxis.data()->rangeReversed() && barRect.top() <= upperPixelBound)); + } + if (isVisible) { + end = it + 1; + } else { + break; + } + ++it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the rect in pixel coordinates of a single bar with the specified \a key and \a value. The + rect is shifted according to the bar stacking (see \ref moveAbove) and base value (see \ref + setBaseValue), and to have non-overlapping border lines with the bars stacked below. +*/ +QRectF QCPBars::getBarRect(double key, double value) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return {}; + } + + double lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth; + getPixelWidth(key, lowerPixelWidth, upperPixelWidth); + double base = getStackedBaseValue(key, value >= 0); + double basePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base); + double valuePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(base + value); + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(key); + if (mBarsGroup) { + keyPixel += mBarsGroup->keyPixelOffset(this, key); + } + double bottomOffset = (mBarBelow && mPen != Qt::NoPen ? 1 : 0) * (mPen.isCosmetic() ? 1 : mPen.widthF()); + bottomOffset += mBarBelow ? mStackingGap : 0; + bottomOffset *= (value < 0 ? -1 : 1) * valueAxis->pixelOrientation(); + if (qAbs(valuePixel - basePixel) <= qAbs(bottomOffset)) { + bottomOffset = valuePixel - basePixel; + } + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QRectF(QPointF(keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth, valuePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + upperPixelWidth, basePixel + bottomOffset)).normalized(); + } else { + return QRectF(QPointF(basePixel + bottomOffset, keyPixel + lowerPixelWidth), QPointF(valuePixel, keyPixel + upperPixelWidth)).normalized(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is used to determine the width of the bar at coordinate \a key, according to the + specified width (\ref setWidth) and width type (\ref setWidthType). + + The output parameters \a lower and \a upper return the number of pixels the bar extends to lower + and higher keys, relative to the \a key coordinate (so with a non-reversed horizontal axis, \a + lower is negative and \a upper positive). +*/ +void QCPBars::getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const +{ + lower = 0; + upper = 0; + switch (mWidthType) { + case wtAbsolute: { + upper = mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + lower = -upper; + break; + } + case wtAxisRectRatio: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()) { + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->width() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } else { + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->height() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + lower = -upper; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis or axis rect defined"; + } + break; + } + case wtPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + double keyPixel = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key); + upper = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key + mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + lower = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key - mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + // no need to qSwap(lower, higher) when range reversed, because higher/lower are gained by + // coordinate transform which includes range direction + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis defined"; + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is called to find at which value to start drawing the base of a bar at \a key, when + it is stacked on top of another QCPBars (e.g. with \ref moveAbove). + + positive and negative bars are separated per stack (positive are stacked above baseValue upwards, + negative are stacked below baseValue downwards). This can be indicated with \a positive. So if the + bar for which we need the base value is negative, set \a positive to false. +*/ +double QCPBars::getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const +{ + if (mBarBelow) { + double max = 0; // don't initialize with mBaseValue here because only base value of bottom-most bar has meaning in a bar stack + // find bars of mBarBelow that are approximately at key and find largest one: + double epsilon = qAbs(key) * (sizeof(key) == 4 ? 1e-6 : 1e-14); // should be safe even when changed to use float at some point + if (key == 0) { + epsilon = (sizeof(key) == 4 ? 1e-6 : 1e-14); + } + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = mBarBelow.data()->mDataContainer->findBegin(key - epsilon); + QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mBarBelow.data()->mDataContainer->findEnd(key + epsilon); + while (it != itEnd) { + if (it->key > key - epsilon && it->key < key + epsilon) { + if ((positive && it->value > max) || + (!positive && it->value < max)) { + max = it->value; + } + } + ++it; + } + // recurse down the bar-stack to find the total height: + return max + mBarBelow.data()->getStackedBaseValue(key, positive); + } else { + return mBaseValue; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Connects \a below and \a above to each other via their mBarAbove/mBarBelow properties. The bar(s) + currently above lower and below upper will become disconnected to lower/upper. + + If lower is zero, upper will be disconnected at the bottom. + If upper is zero, lower will be disconnected at the top. +*/ +void QCPBars::connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper) +{ + if (!lower && !upper) { + return; + } + + if (!lower) { // disconnect upper at bottom + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = nullptr; + } + upper->mBarBelow = nullptr; + } else if (!upper) { // disconnect lower at top + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = nullptr; + } + lower->mBarAbove = nullptr; + } else { // connect lower and upper + // disconnect old bar above lower: + if (lower->mBarAbove && lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow.data() == lower) { + lower->mBarAbove.data()->mBarBelow = nullptr; + } + // disconnect old bar below upper: + if (upper->mBarBelow && upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove.data() == upper) { + upper->mBarBelow.data()->mBarAbove = nullptr; + } + lower->mBarAbove = upper; + upper->mBarBelow = lower; + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 28951 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPStatisticalBoxData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPStatisticalBoxData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPStatisticalBox. + + The stored data is: + + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + + \li \a minimum: the position of the lower whisker, typically the minimum measurement of the + sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \li \a lowerQuartile: the lower end of the box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two + statistical quartiles around the median of the sample, they should contain 50% of the sample + data. + + \li \a median: the value of the median mark inside the quartile box. The median separates the + sample data in half (50% of the sample data is below/above the median). (This is the \a mainValue) + + \li \a upperQuartile: the upper end of the box. The lower and the upper quartiles are the two + statistical quartiles around the median of the sample, they should contain 50% of the sample + data. + + \li \a maximum: the position of the upper whisker, typically the maximum measurement of the + sample that's not considered an outlier. + + \li \a outliers: a QVector of outlier values that will be drawn as scatter points at the \a key + coordinate of this data point (see \ref QCPStatisticalBox::setOutlierStyle) + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. It is a + typedef for \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPStatisticalBoxData as the DataType template + parameter. See the documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic + methods. + + \see QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPStatisticalBoxData QCPStatisticalBoxData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPStatisticalBoxData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPStatisticalBoxData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a median member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPStatisticalBoxData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange spanning from the \a minimum to the \a maximum member of this statistical box + data point, possibly further expanded by outliers. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and all values set to zero. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBoxData::QCPStatisticalBoxData() : + key(0), + minimum(0), + lowerQuartile(0), + median(0), + upperQuartile(0), + maximum(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a + upperQuartile, \a maximum and optionally a number of \a outliers. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBoxData::QCPStatisticalBoxData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) : + key(key), + minimum(minimum), + lowerQuartile(lowerQuartile), + median(median), + upperQuartile(upperQuartile), + maximum(maximum), + outliers(outliers) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPStatisticalBox +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPStatisticalBox + \brief A plottable representing a single statistical box in a plot. + + \image html QCPStatisticalBox.png + + To plot data, assign it with the \ref setData or \ref addData functions. Alternatively, you can + also access and modify the data via the \ref data method, which returns a pointer to the internal + \ref QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. + + Additionally each data point can itself have a list of outliers, drawn as scatter points at the + key coordinate of the respective statistical box data point. They can either be set by using the + respective \ref addData(double,double,double,double,double,double,const QVector&) + "addData" method or accessing the individual data points through \ref data, and setting the + QVector outliers of the data points directly. + + \section qcpstatisticalbox-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of each data point box, ranging from the lower to the upper quartile, is + controlled via \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. You may change the width of the boxes with \ref + setWidth in plot coordinates. + + Each data point's visual representation also consists of two whiskers. Whiskers are the lines + which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower quartile to the minimum. + The appearance of the whiskers can be modified with: \ref setWhiskerPen, \ref setWhiskerBarPen, + \ref setWhiskerWidth. The whisker width is the width of the bar perpendicular to the whisker at + the top (for maximum) and bottom (for minimum). If the whisker pen is changed, make sure to set + the \c capStyle to \c Qt::FlatCap. Otherwise the backbone line might exceed the whisker bars by a + few pixels due to the pen cap being not perfectly flat. + + The median indicator line inside the box has its own pen, \ref setMedianPen. + + The outlier data points are drawn as normal scatter points. Their look can be controlled with + \ref setOutlierStyle + + \section qcpstatisticalbox-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPStatisticalBox is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-creation-2 +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPStatisticalBox::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer. You may use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more + convenient and faster than using the regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a statistical box which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its + value axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and + not have the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPStatisticalBox is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred + from \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPStatisticalBox, so do not + delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPStatisticalBox::QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mWidth(0.5), + mWhiskerWidth(0.2), + mWhiskerPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::DashLine, Qt::FlatCap), + mWhiskerBarPen(Qt::black), + mWhiskerAntialiased(false), + mMedianPen(Qt::black, 3, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::FlatCap), + mOutlierStyle(QCPScatterStyle::ssCircle, Qt::blue, 6) +{ + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPStatisticalBoxes may share the same data container + safely. Modifying the data in the container will then affect all statistical boxes that share the + container. Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared + pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the statistical box data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpstatisticalbox-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a + median, \a upperQuartile and \a maximum. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the + number of added points will be the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the boxes in key coordinates. + + \see setWhiskerWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the whiskers in key coordinates. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerWidth(double width) +{ + mWhiskerWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker backbone. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + Make sure to set the \c capStyle of the passed \a pen to \c Qt::FlatCap. Otherwise the backbone + line might exceed the whisker bars by a few pixels due to the pen cap being not perfectly flat. + + \see setWhiskerBarPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the whisker bars. Those are the lines parallel to the key axis at + each end of the whisker backbone. + + Whiskers are the lines which reach from the upper quartile to the maximum, and from the lower + quartile to the minimum. + + \see setWhiskerPen +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mWhiskerBarPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the statistical boxes whiskers are drawn with antialiasing or not. + + Note that antialiasing settings may be overridden by QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setWhiskerAntialiased(bool enabled) +{ + mWhiskerAntialiased = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen used for drawing the median indicator line inside the statistical boxes. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setMedianPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mMedianPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the appearance of the outlier data points. + + Outliers can be specified with the method + \ref addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mOutlierStyle = style; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a upperQuartile and + \a maximum to the current data. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number + of added points will be the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != minimum.size() || minimum.size() != lowerQuartile.size() || lowerQuartile.size() != median.size() || + median.size() != upperQuartile.size() || upperQuartile.size() != maximum.size() || maximum.size() != keys.size()) + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum have different sizes:" + << keys.size() << minimum.size() << lowerQuartile.size() << median.size() << upperQuartile.size() << maximum.size(); + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), qMin(minimum.size(), qMin(lowerQuartile.size(), qMin(median.size(), qMin(upperQuartile.size(), maximum.size()))))); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->minimum = minimum[i]; + it->lowerQuartile = lowerQuartile[i]; + it->median = median[i]; + it->upperQuartile = upperQuartile[i]; + it->maximum = maximum[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key, \a minimum, \a lowerQuartile, \a median, \a upperQuartile + and \a maximum to the current data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPStatisticalBoxData(key, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum, outliers)); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPStatisticalBox::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(getQuartileBox(it))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()), int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1)), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPStatisticalBox::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + // get visible data range: + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (getQuartileBox(it).contains(pos)) { // quartile box + double currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } else { // whiskers + const QVector whiskerBackbones = getWhiskerBackboneLines(it); + const QCPVector2D posVec(pos); + foreach (const QLineF &backbone, whiskerBackbones) { + double currentDistSqr = posVec.distanceSquaredToLine(backbone); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + } + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + // determine exact range by including width of bars/flags: + if (foundRange) { + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdPositive || range.lower - mWidth * 0.5 > 0) { + range.lower -= mWidth * 0.5; + } + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdNegative || range.upper + mWidth * 0.5 < 0) { + range.upper += mWidth * 0.5; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPStatisticalBox::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + for (QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + // check data validity if flag set: +# ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->minimum) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->lowerQuartile, it->median) || + QCP::isInvalidData(it->upperQuartile, it->maximum)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "of drawn range has invalid data." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + for (int i = 0; i < it->outliers.size(); ++i) + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->outliers.at(i))) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point outlier at" << it->key << "of drawn range invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } +# endif + + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + QCPScatterStyle finalOutlierStyle = mOutlierStyle; + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + finalOutlierStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mOutlierStyle); + } + drawStatisticalBox(painter, it, finalOutlierStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw filled rect: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + QRectF r = QRectF(0, 0, rect.width() * 0.67, rect.height() * 0.67); + r.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawRect(r); +} + +/*! + Draws the graphical representation of a single statistical box with the data given by the + iterator \a it with the provided \a painter. + + If the statistical box has a set of outlier data points, they are drawn with \a outlierStyle. + + \see getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::drawStatisticalBox(QCPPainter *painter, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it, const QCPScatterStyle &outlierStyle) const +{ + // draw quartile box: + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + const QRectF quartileBox = getQuartileBox(it); + painter->drawRect(quartileBox); + // draw median line with cliprect set to quartile box: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(quartileBox, Qt::IntersectClip); + painter->setPen(mMedianPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->median), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWidth * 0.5, it->median))); + painter->restore(); + // draw whisker lines: + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mWhiskerAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerPen); + painter->drawLines(getWhiskerBackboneLines(it)); + painter->setPen(mWhiskerBarPen); + painter->drawLines(getWhiskerBarLines(it)); + // draw outliers: + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + outlierStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < it->outliers.size(); ++i) { + outlierStyle.drawShape(painter, coordsToPixels(it->key, it->outliers.at(i))); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + called by \ref draw to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key axis range + setting, so only that needs to be processed. It also takes into account the bar width. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + lower may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns an iterator one higher than the highest visible data point. Same as before, \a end + may also lie just outside of the visible range. + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to constEnd. +*/ +void QCPStatisticalBox::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower - mWidth * 0.5); // subtract half width of box to include partially visible data points + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper + mWidth * 0.5); // add half width of box to include partially visible data points +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the box in plot coordinates (keys in x, values in y of the returned rect) that covers the + value range from the lower to the upper quartile, of the data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +QRectF QCPStatisticalBox::getQuartileBox(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QRectF result; + result.setTopLeft(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->upperQuartile)); + result.setBottomRight(coordsToPixels(it->key + mWidth * 0.5, it->lowerQuartile)); + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the whisker backbones (keys in x, values in y of the returned lines) that cover the value + range from the minimum to the lower quartile, and from the upper quartile to the maximum of the + data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBarLines +*/ +QVector QCPStatisticalBox::getWhiskerBackboneLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QVector result(2); + result[0].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->lowerQuartile), coordsToPixels(it->key, it->minimum)); // min backbone + result[1].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->upperQuartile), coordsToPixels(it->key, it->maximum)); // max backbone + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the whisker bars (keys in x, values in y of the returned lines) that are placed at the + end of the whisker backbones, at the minimum and maximum of the data given by \a it. + + \see drawStatisticalBox, getQuartileBox, getWhiskerBackboneLines +*/ +QVector QCPStatisticalBox::getWhiskerBarLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QVector result(2); + result[0].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->minimum), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->minimum)); // min bar + result[1].setPoints(coordsToPixels(it->key - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->maximum), coordsToPixels(it->key + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, it->maximum)); // max bar + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 48149 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMapData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMapData + \brief Holds the two-dimensional data of a QCPColorMap plottable. + + This class is a data storage for \ref QCPColorMap. It holds a two-dimensional array, which \ref + QCPColorMap then displays as a 2D image in the plot, where the array values are represented by a + color, depending on the value. + + The size of the array can be controlled via \ref setSize (or \ref setKeySize, \ref setValueSize). + Which plot coordinates these cells correspond to can be configured with \ref setRange (or \ref + setKeyRange, \ref setValueRange). + + The data cells can be accessed in two ways: They can be directly addressed by an integer index + with \ref setCell. This is the fastest method. Alternatively, they can be addressed by their plot + coordinate with \ref setData. plot coordinate to cell index transformations and vice versa are + provided by the functions \ref coordToCell and \ref cellToCoord. + + A \ref QCPColorMapData also holds an on-demand two-dimensional array of alpha values which (if + allocated) has the same size as the data map. It can be accessed via \ref setAlpha, \ref + fillAlpha and \ref clearAlpha. The memory for the alpha map is only allocated if needed, i.e. on + the first call of \ref setAlpha. \ref clearAlpha restores full opacity and frees the alpha map. + + This class also buffers the minimum and maximum values that are in the data set, to provide + QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange with the necessary information quickly. Setting a cell to a value + that is greater than the current maximum increases this maximum to the new value. However, + setting the cell that currently holds the maximum value to a smaller value doesn't decrease the + maximum again, because finding the true new maximum would require going through the entire data + array, which might be time consuming. The same holds for the data minimum. This functionality is + given by \ref recalculateDataBounds, such that you can decide when it is sensible to find the + true current minimum and maximum. The method QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange offers a convenience + parameter \a recalculateDataBounds which may be set to true to automatically call \ref + recalculateDataBounds internally. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn bool QCPColorMapData::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this instance carries no data. This is equivalent to having a size where at least + one of the dimensions is 0 (see \ref setSize). +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance. The instance has \a keySize cells in the key direction + and \a valueSize cells in the value direction. These cells will be displayed by the \ref QCPColorMap + at the coordinates \a keyRange and \a valueRange. + + \see setSize, setKeySize, setValueSize, setRange, setKeyRange, setValueRange +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mKeyRange(keyRange), + mValueRange(valueRange), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(nullptr), + mAlpha(nullptr), + mDataModified(true) +{ + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + fill(0); +} + +QCPColorMapData::~QCPColorMapData() +{ + delete[] mData; + delete[] mAlpha; +} + +/*! + Constructs a new QCPColorMapData instance copying the data and range of \a other. +*/ +QCPColorMapData::QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other) : + mKeySize(0), + mValueSize(0), + mIsEmpty(true), + mData(nullptr), + mAlpha(nullptr), + mDataModified(true) +{ + *this = other; +} + +/*! + Overwrites this color map data instance with the data stored in \a other. The alpha map state is + transferred, too. +*/ +QCPColorMapData &QCPColorMapData::operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other) +{ + if (&other != this) { + const int keySize = other.keySize(); + const int valueSize = other.valueSize(); + if (!other.mAlpha && mAlpha) { + clearAlpha(); + } + setSize(keySize, valueSize); + if (other.mAlpha && !mAlpha) { + createAlpha(false); + } + setRange(other.keyRange(), other.valueRange()); + if (!isEmpty()) { + memcpy(mData, other.mData, sizeof(mData[0])*size_t(keySize * valueSize)); + if (mAlpha) { + memcpy(mAlpha, other.mAlpha, sizeof(mAlpha[0])*size_t(keySize * valueSize)); + } + } + mDataBounds = other.mDataBounds; + mDataModified = true; + } + return *this; +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::data(double key, double value) +{ + int keyCell = int((key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5); + int valueCell = int((value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5); + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* undocumented getter */ +double QCPColorMapData::cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + return mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex]; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns the alpha map value of the cell with the indices \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex. + + If this color map data doesn't have an alpha map (because \ref setAlpha was never called after + creation or after a call to \ref clearAlpha), returns 255, which corresponds to full opacity. + + \see setAlpha +*/ +unsigned char QCPColorMapData::alpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex) +{ + if (mAlpha && keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + return mAlpha[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex]; + } else { + return 255; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension and \a valueSize cells in + the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting at least one of \a keySize or \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref + isEmpty returns true. + + \see setRange, setKeySize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setSize(int keySize, int valueSize) +{ + if (keySize != mKeySize || valueSize != mValueSize) { + mKeySize = keySize; + mValueSize = valueSize; + delete[] mData; + mIsEmpty = mKeySize == 0 || mValueSize == 0; + if (!mIsEmpty) { +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // 2D arrays get memory intensive fast. So if the allocation fails, at least output debug message +#endif + mData = new double[size_t(mKeySize * mValueSize)]; +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + mData = nullptr; + } +#endif + if (mData) { + fill(0); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "out of memory for data dimensions " << mKeySize << "*" << mValueSize; + } + } else { + mData = nullptr; + } + + if (mAlpha) { // if we had an alpha map, recreate it with new size + createAlpha(); + } + + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a keySize cells in the key dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a keySize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setKeyRange, setSize, setValueSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeySize(int keySize) +{ + setSize(keySize, mValueSize); +} + +/*! + Resizes the data array to have \a valueSize cells in the value dimension. + + The current data is discarded and the map cells are set to 0, unless the map had already the + requested size. + + Setting \a valueSize to zero frees the internal data array and \ref isEmpty returns true. + + \see setValueRange, setSize, setKeySize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueSize(int valueSize) +{ + setSize(mKeySize, valueSize); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate ranges the data shall be distributed over. This defines the rectangular area + covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + setKeyRange(keyRange); + setValueRange(valueRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the key dimension. Together with + the value range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the key size (\ref setKeySize) is 3 and \a keyRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there will + be cells centered on the key coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setValueRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange) +{ + mKeyRange = keyRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the coordinate range the data shall be distributed over in the value dimension. Together with + the key range, This defines the rectangular area covered by the color map in plot coordinates. + + The outer cells will be centered on the range boundaries given to this function. For example, if + the value size (\ref setValueSize) is 3 and \a valueRange is set to QCPRange(2, 3) there + will be cells centered on the value coordinates 2, 2.5 and 3. + + \see setRange, setKeyRange, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange) +{ + mValueRange = valueRange; +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell, which lies at the plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value, to \a + z. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. + + \see setCell, setRange +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setData(double key, double value, double z) +{ + int keyCell = int((key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5); + int valueCell = int((value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5); + if (keyCell >= 0 && keyCell < mKeySize && valueCell >= 0 && valueCell < mValueSize) { + mData[valueCell * mKeySize + keyCell] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data of the cell with indices \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to \a z. The indices + enumerate the cells starting from zero, up to the map's size-1 in the respective dimension (see + \ref setSize). + + In the standard plot configuration (horizontal key axis and vertical value axis, both not + range-reversed), the cell with indices (0, 0) is in the bottom left corner and the cell with + indices (keySize-1, valueSize-1) is in the top right corner of the color map. + + \see setData, setSize +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + mData[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex] = z; + if (z < mDataBounds.lower) { + mDataBounds.lower = z; + } + if (z > mDataBounds.upper) { + mDataBounds.upper = z; + } + mDataModified = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << keyIndex << valueIndex; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the alpha of the color map cell given by \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to \a alpha. A value + of 0 for \a alpha results in a fully transparent cell, and a value of 255 results in a fully + opaque cell. + + If an alpha map doesn't exist yet for this color map data, it will be created here. If you wish + to restore full opacity and free any allocated memory of the alpha map, call \ref clearAlpha. + + Note that the cell-wise alpha which can be configured here is independent of any alpha configured + in the color map's gradient (\ref QCPColorGradient). If a cell is affected both by the cell-wise + and gradient alpha, the alpha values will be blended accordingly during rendering of the color + map. + + \see fillAlpha, clearAlpha +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::setAlpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, unsigned char alpha) +{ + if (keyIndex >= 0 && keyIndex < mKeySize && valueIndex >= 0 && valueIndex < mValueSize) { + if (mAlpha || createAlpha()) { + mAlpha[valueIndex * mKeySize + keyIndex] = alpha; + mDataModified = true; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "index out of bounds:" << keyIndex << valueIndex; + } +} + +/*! + Goes through the data and updates the buffered minimum and maximum data values. + + Calling this method is only advised if you are about to call \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange + and can not guarantee that the cells holding the maximum or minimum data haven't been overwritten + with a smaller or larger value respectively, since the buffered maximum/minimum values have been + updated the last time. Why this is the case is explained in the class description (\ref + QCPColorMapData). + + Note that the method \ref QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange provides a parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds for convenience. Setting this to true will call this method for you, before + doing the rescale. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds() +{ + if (mKeySize > 0 && mValueSize > 0) { + double minHeight = mData[0]; + double maxHeight = mData[0]; + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + if (mData[i] > maxHeight) { + maxHeight = mData[i]; + } + if (mData[i] < minHeight) { + minHeight = mData[i]; + } + } + mDataBounds.lower = minHeight; + mDataBounds.upper = maxHeight; + } +} + +/*! + Frees the internal data memory. + + This is equivalent to calling \ref setSize "setSize(0, 0)". +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::clear() +{ + setSize(0, 0); +} + +/*! + Frees the internal alpha map. The color map will have full opacity again. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::clearAlpha() +{ + if (mAlpha) { + delete[] mAlpha; + mAlpha = nullptr; + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Sets all cells to the value \a z. +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::fill(double z) +{ + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + mData[i] = z; + } + mDataBounds = QCPRange(z, z); + mDataModified = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the opacity of all color map cells to \a alpha. A value of 0 for \a alpha results in a fully + transparent color map, and a value of 255 results in a fully opaque color map. + + If you wish to restore opacity to 100% and free any used memory for the alpha map, rather use + \ref clearAlpha. + + \see setAlpha +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::fillAlpha(unsigned char alpha) +{ + if (mAlpha || createAlpha(false)) { + const int dataCount = mValueSize * mKeySize; + for (int i = 0; i < dataCount; ++i) { + mAlpha[i] = alpha; + } + mDataModified = true; + } +} + +/*! + Transforms plot coordinates given by \a key and \a value to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting cell indices are returned via the output parameters \a keyIndex and \a + valueIndex. + + The retrieved key/value cell indices can then be used for example with \ref setCell. + + If you are only interested in a key or value index, you may pass \c nullptr as \a valueIndex or + \a keyIndex. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::coordToCell method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see cellToCoord, QCPAxis::coordToPixel +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const +{ + if (keyIndex) { + *keyIndex = int((key - mKeyRange.lower) / (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) * (mKeySize - 1) + 0.5); + } + if (valueIndex) { + *valueIndex = int((value - mValueRange.lower) / (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) * (mValueSize - 1) + 0.5); + } +} + +/*! + Transforms cell indices given by \a keyIndex and \a valueIndex to cell indices of this QCPColorMapData + instance. The resulting coordinates are returned via the output parameters \a key and \a + value. + + If you are only interested in a key or value coordinate, you may pass \c nullptr as \a key or \a + value. + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. + + \see coordToCell, QCPAxis::pixelToCoord +*/ +void QCPColorMapData::cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const +{ + if (key) { + *key = keyIndex / double(mKeySize - 1) * (mKeyRange.upper - mKeyRange.lower) + mKeyRange.lower; + } + if (value) { + *value = valueIndex / double(mValueSize - 1) * (mValueRange.upper - mValueRange.lower) + mValueRange.lower; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Allocates the internal alpha map with the current data map key/value size and, if \a + initializeOpaque is true, initializes all values to 255. If \a initializeOpaque is false, the + values are not initialized at all. In this case, the alpha map should be initialized manually, + e.g. with \ref fillAlpha. + + If an alpha map exists already, it is deleted first. If this color map is empty (has either key + or value size zero, see \ref isEmpty), the alpha map is cleared. + + The return value indicates the existence of the alpha map after the call. So this method returns + true if the data map isn't empty and an alpha map was successfully allocated. +*/ +bool QCPColorMapData::createAlpha(bool initializeOpaque) +{ + clearAlpha(); + if (isEmpty()) { + return false; + } + +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // 2D arrays get memory intensive fast. So if the allocation fails, at least output debug message +#endif + mAlpha = new unsigned char[size_t(mKeySize * mValueSize)]; +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + mAlpha = nullptr; + } +#endif + if (mAlpha) { + if (initializeOpaque) { + fillAlpha(255); + } + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "out of memory for data dimensions " << mKeySize << "*" << mValueSize; + return false; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPColorMap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPColorMap + \brief A plottable representing a two-dimensional color map in a plot. + + \image html QCPColorMap.png + + The data is stored in the class \ref QCPColorMapData, which can be accessed via the data() + method. + + A color map has three dimensions to represent a data point: The \a key dimension, the \a value + dimension and the \a data dimension. As with other plottables such as graphs, \a key and \a value + correspond to two orthogonal axes on the QCustomPlot surface that you specify in the QCPColorMap + constructor. The \a data dimension however is encoded as the color of the point at (\a key, \a + value). + + Set the number of points (or \a cells) in the key/value dimension via \ref + QCPColorMapData::setSize. The plot coordinate range over which these points will be displayed is + specified via \ref QCPColorMapData::setRange. The first cell will be centered on the lower range + boundary and the last cell will be centered on the upper range boundary. The data can be set by + either accessing the cells directly with QCPColorMapData::setCell or by addressing the cells via + their plot coordinates with \ref QCPColorMapData::setData. If possible, you should prefer + setCell, since it doesn't need to do any coordinate transformation and thus performs a bit + better. + + The cell with index (0, 0) is at the bottom left, if the color map uses normal (i.e. not reversed) + key and value axes. + + To show the user which colors correspond to which \a data values, a \ref QCPColorScale is + typically placed to the right of the axis rect. See the documentation there for details on how to + add and use a color scale. + + \section qcpcolormap-appearance Changing the appearance + + Most important to the appearance is the color gradient, which can be specified via \ref + setGradient. See the documentation of \ref QCPColorGradient for details on configuring a color + gradient. + + The \a data range that is mapped to the colors of the gradient can be specified with \ref + setDataRange. To make the data range encompass the whole data set minimum to maximum, call \ref + rescaleDataRange. If your data may contain NaN values, use \ref QCPColorGradient::setNanHandling + to define how they are displayed. + + \section qcpcolormap-transparency Transparency + + Transparency in color maps can be achieved by two mechanisms. On one hand, you can specify alpha + values for color stops of the \ref QCPColorGradient, via the regular QColor interface. This will + cause the color map data which gets mapped to colors around those color stops to appear with the + accordingly interpolated transparency. + + On the other hand you can also directly apply an alpha value to each cell independent of its + data, by using the alpha map feature of \ref QCPColorMapData. The relevant methods are \ref + QCPColorMapData::setAlpha, QCPColorMapData::fillAlpha and \ref QCPColorMapData::clearAlpha(). + + The two transparencies will be joined together in the plot and otherwise not interfere with each + other. They are mixed in a multiplicative matter, so an alpha of e.g. 50% (128/255) in both modes + simultaneously, will result in a total transparency of 25% (64/255). + + \section qcpcolormap-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPColorMap is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. + The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpcolormap-creation-2 + + \note The QCPColorMap always displays the data at equal key/value intervals, even if the key or + value axis is set to a logarithmic scaling. If you want to use QCPColorMap with logarithmic axes, + you shouldn't use the \ref QCPColorMapData::setData method as it uses a linear transformation to + determine the cell index. Rather directly access the cell index with \ref + QCPColorMapData::setCell. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPColorMapData *QCPColorMap::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPColorMapData. Access this to + modify data points (cells) and the color map key/value range. + + \see setData +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/* start documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + + This signal is emitted when the data range changes. + + \see setDataRange +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the data scale type changes. + + \see setDataScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPColorMap::gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + + This signal is emitted when the gradient changes. + + \see setGradient +*/ + +/* end documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs a color map with the specified \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis. + + The created QCPColorMap is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from + \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPColorMap, so do not delete it + manually but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPColorMap::QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataScaleType(QCPAxis::stLinear), + mMapData(new QCPColorMapData(10, 10, QCPRange(0, 5), QCPRange(0, 5))), + mGradient(QCPColorGradient::gpCold), + mInterpolate(true), + mTightBoundary(false), + mMapImageInvalidated(true) +{ +} + +QCPColorMap::~QCPColorMap() +{ + delete mMapData; +} + +/*! + Replaces the current \ref data with the provided \a data. + + If \a copy is set to true, the \a data object will only be copied. if false, the color map + takes ownership of the passed data and replaces the internal data pointer with it. This is + significantly faster than copying for large datasets. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy) +{ + if (mMapData == data) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "The data pointer is already in (and owned by) this plottable" << reinterpret_cast(data); + return; + } + if (copy) { + *mMapData = *data; + } else { + delete mMapData; + mMapData = data; + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the data range of this color map to \a dataRange. The data range defines which data values + are mapped to the color gradient. + + To make the data range span the full range of the data set, use \ref rescaleDataRange. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange) +{ + if (!QCPRange::validRange(dataRange)) { + return; + } + if (mDataRange.lower != dataRange.lower || mDataRange.upper != dataRange.upper) { + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mDataRange = dataRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataRangeChanged(mDataRange); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the data is correlated with the color gradient linearly or logarithmically. + + \see QCPColorScale::setDataScaleType +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType) +{ + if (mDataScaleType != scaleType) { + mDataScaleType = scaleType; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit dataScaleTypeChanged(mDataScaleType); + if (mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic) { + setDataRange(mDataRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color gradient that is used to represent the data. For more details on how to create an + own gradient or use one of the preset gradients, see \ref QCPColorGradient. + + The colors defined by the gradient will be used to represent data values in the currently set + data range, see \ref setDataRange. Data points that are outside this data range will either be + colored uniformly with the respective gradient boundary color, or the gradient will repeat, + depending on \ref QCPColorGradient::setPeriodic. + + \see QCPColorScale::setGradient +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient) +{ + if (mGradient != gradient) { + mGradient = gradient; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; + emit gradientChanged(mGradient); + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the color map image shall use bicubic interpolation when displaying the color map + shrinked or expanded, and not at a 1:1 pixel-to-data scale. + + \image html QCPColorMap-interpolate.png "A 10*10 color map, with interpolation and without interpolation enabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setInterpolate(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolate = enabled; + mMapImageInvalidated = true; // because oversampling factors might need to change +} + +/*! + Sets whether the outer most data rows and columns are clipped to the specified key and value + range (see \ref QCPColorMapData::setKeyRange, \ref QCPColorMapData::setValueRange). + + if \a enabled is set to false, the data points at the border of the color map are drawn with the + same width and height as all other data points. Since the data points are represented by + rectangles of one color centered on the data coordinate, this means that the shown color map + extends by half a data point over the specified key/value range in each direction. + + \image html QCPColorMap-tightboundary.png "A color map, with tight boundary enabled and disabled" +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setTightBoundary(bool enabled) +{ + mTightBoundary = enabled; +} + +/*! + Associates the color scale \a colorScale with this color map. + + This means that both the color scale and the color map synchronize their gradient, data range and + data scale type (\ref setGradient, \ref setDataRange, \ref setDataScaleType). Multiple color maps + can be associated with one single color scale. This causes the color maps to also synchronize + those properties, via the mutual color scale. + + This function causes the color map to adopt the current color gradient, data range and data scale + type of \a colorScale. After this call, you may change these properties at either the color map + or the color scale, and the setting will be applied to both. + + Pass \c nullptr as \a colorScale to disconnect the color scale from this color map again. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale) +{ + if (mColorScale) { // unconnect signals from old color scale + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + disconnect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + disconnect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } + mColorScale = colorScale; + if (mColorScale) { // connect signals to new color scale + setGradient(mColorScale.data()->gradient()); + setDataRange(mColorScale.data()->dataRange()); + setDataScaleType(mColorScale.data()->dataScaleType()); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), mColorScale.data(), SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataRangeChanged(QCPRange)), this, SLOT(setDataRange(QCPRange))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(gradientChanged(QCPColorGradient)), this, SLOT(setGradient(QCPColorGradient))); + connect(mColorScale.data(), SIGNAL(dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType)), this, SLOT(setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType))); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the data range (\ref setDataRange) to span the minimum and maximum values that occur in the + current data set. This corresponds to the \ref rescaleKeyAxis or \ref rescaleValueAxis methods, + only for the third data dimension of the color map. + + The minimum and maximum values of the data set are buffered in the internal QCPColorMapData + instance (\ref data). As data is updated via its \ref QCPColorMapData::setCell or \ref + QCPColorMapData::setData, the buffered minimum and maximum values are updated, too. For + performance reasons, however, they are only updated in an expanding fashion. So the buffered + maximum can only increase and the buffered minimum can only decrease. In consequence, changes to + the data that actually lower the maximum of the data set (by overwriting the cell holding the + current maximum with a smaller value), aren't recognized and the buffered maximum overestimates + the true maximum of the data set. The same happens for the buffered minimum. To recalculate the + true minimum and maximum by explicitly looking at each cell, the method + QCPColorMapData::recalculateDataBounds can be used. For convenience, setting the parameter \a + recalculateDataBounds calls this method before setting the data range to the buffered minimum and + maximum. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds) +{ + if (recalculateDataBounds) { + mMapData->recalculateDataBounds(); + } + setDataRange(mMapData->dataBounds()); +} + +/*! + Takes the current appearance of the color map and updates the legend icon, which is used to + represent this color map in the legend (see \ref QCPLegend). + + The \a transformMode specifies whether the rescaling is done by a faster, low quality image + scaling algorithm (Qt::FastTransformation) or by a slower, higher quality algorithm + (Qt::SmoothTransformation). + + The current color map appearance is scaled down to \a thumbSize. Ideally, this should be equal to + the size of the legend icon (see \ref QCPLegend::setIconSize). If it isn't exactly the configured + legend icon size, the thumb will be rescaled during drawing of the legend item. + + \see setDataRange +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode, const QSize &thumbSize) +{ + if (mMapImage.isNull() && !data()->isEmpty()) { + updateMapImage(); // try to update map image if it's null (happens if no draw has happened yet) + } + + if (!mMapImage.isNull()) { // might still be null, e.g. if data is empty, so check here again + bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + mLegendIcon = QPixmap::fromImage(mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)).scaled(thumbSize, Qt::KeepAspectRatio, transformMode); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPColorMap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (mMapData->keyRange().contains(posKey) && mMapData->valueRange().contains(posValue)) { + if (details) { + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(0, 1))); // temporary solution, to facilitate whole-plottable selection. Replace in future version with segmented 2D selection. + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->keyRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPColorMap::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + if (inKeyRange != QCPRange()) { + if (mMapData->keyRange().upper < inKeyRange.lower || mMapData->keyRange().lower > inKeyRange.upper) { + foundRange = false; + return {}; + } + } + + foundRange = true; + QCPRange result = mMapData->valueRange(); + result.normalize(); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { + if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper > 0) { + result.lower = result.upper * 1e-3; + } else if (result.lower <= 0 && result.upper <= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } else if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { + if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower < 0) { + result.upper = result.lower * 1e-3; + } else if (result.upper >= 0 && result.lower >= 0) { + foundRange = false; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Updates the internal map image buffer by going through the internal \ref QCPColorMapData and + turning the data values into color pixels with \ref QCPColorGradient::colorize. + + This method is called by \ref QCPColorMap::draw if either the data has been modified or the map image + has been invalidated for a different reason (e.g. a change of the data range with \ref + setDataRange). + + If the map cell count is low, the image created will be oversampled in order to avoid a + QPainter::drawImage bug which makes inner pixel boundaries jitter when stretch-drawing images + without smooth transform enabled. Accordingly, oversampling isn't performed if \ref + setInterpolate is true. +*/ +void QCPColorMap::updateMapImage() +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + return; + } + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied; + const int keySize = mMapData->keySize(); + const int valueSize = mMapData->valueSize(); + int keyOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : int(1.0 + 100.0 / double(keySize)); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + int valueOversamplingFactor = mInterpolate ? 1 : int(1.0 + 100.0 / double(valueSize)); // make mMapImage have at least size 100, factor becomes 1 if size > 200 or interpolation is on + + // resize mMapImage to correct dimensions including possible oversampling factors, according to key/value axes orientation: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mMapImage.width() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor), format); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mMapImage.width() != valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor || mMapImage.height() != keySize * keyOversamplingFactor)) { + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor), format); + } + + if (mMapImage.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Couldn't create map image (possibly too large for memory)"; + mMapImage = QImage(QSize(10, 10), format); + mMapImage.fill(Qt::black); + } else { + QImage *localMapImage = &mMapImage; // this is the image on which the colorization operates. Either the final mMapImage, or if we need oversampling, mUndersampledMapImage + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + // resize undersampled map image to actual key/value cell sizes: + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != keySize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != valueSize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(keySize, valueSize), format); + } else if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical && (mUndersampledMapImage.width() != valueSize || mUndersampledMapImage.height() != keySize)) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(QSize(valueSize, keySize), format); + } + localMapImage = &mUndersampledMapImage; // make the colorization run on the undersampled image + } else if (!mUndersampledMapImage.isNull()) { + mUndersampledMapImage = QImage(); // don't need oversampling mechanism anymore (map size has changed) but mUndersampledMapImage still has nonzero size, free it + } + + const double *rawData = mMapData->mData; + const unsigned char *rawAlpha = mMapData->mAlpha; + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + const int lineCount = valueSize; + const int rowCount = keySize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + if (rawAlpha) { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line * rowCount, rawAlpha + line * rowCount, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, 1, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } else { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line * rowCount, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, 1, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + const int lineCount = keySize; + const int rowCount = valueSize; + for (int line = 0; line < lineCount; ++line) { + QRgb *pixels = reinterpret_cast(localMapImage->scanLine(lineCount - 1 - line)); // invert scanline index because QImage counts scanlines from top, but our vertical index counts from bottom (mathematical coordinate system) + if (rawAlpha) { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line, rawAlpha + line, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, lineCount, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } else { + mGradient.colorize(rawData + line, mDataRange, pixels, rowCount, lineCount, mDataScaleType == QCPAxis::stLogarithmic); + } + } + } + + if (keyOversamplingFactor > 1 || valueOversamplingFactor > 1) { + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } else { + mMapImage = mUndersampledMapImage.scaled(valueSize * valueOversamplingFactor, keySize * keyOversamplingFactor, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + } + } + } + mMapData->mDataModified = false; + mMapImageInvalidated = false; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (mMapData->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return; + } + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + + if (mMapData->mDataModified || mMapImageInvalidated) { + updateMapImage(); + } + + // use buffer if painting vectorized (PDF): + const bool useBuffer = painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized); + QCPPainter *localPainter = painter; // will be redirected to paint on mapBuffer if painting vectorized + QRectF mapBufferTarget; // the rect in absolute widget coordinates where the visible map portion/buffer will end up in + QPixmap mapBuffer; + if (useBuffer) { + const double mapBufferPixelRatio = 3; // factor by which DPI is increased in embedded bitmaps + mapBufferTarget = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + mapBuffer = QPixmap((mapBufferTarget.size() * mapBufferPixelRatio).toSize()); + mapBuffer.fill(Qt::transparent); + localPainter = new QCPPainter(&mapBuffer); + localPainter->scale(mapBufferPixelRatio, mapBufferPixelRatio); + localPainter->translate(-mapBufferTarget.topLeft()); + } + + QRectF imageRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + // extend imageRect to contain outer halves/quarters of bordering/cornering pixels (cells are centered on map range boundary): + double halfCellWidth = 0; // in pixels + double halfCellHeight = 0; // in pixels + if (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / double(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / double(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } else { // keyAxis orientation is Qt::Vertical + if (mMapData->keySize() > 1) { + halfCellHeight = 0.5 * imageRect.height() / double(mMapData->keySize() - 1); + } + if (mMapData->valueSize() > 1) { + halfCellWidth = 0.5 * imageRect.width() / double(mMapData->valueSize() - 1); + } + } + imageRect.adjust(-halfCellWidth, -halfCellHeight, halfCellWidth, halfCellHeight); + const bool mirrorX = (keyAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? keyAxis() : valueAxis())->rangeReversed(); + const bool mirrorY = (valueAxis()->orientation() == Qt::Vertical ? valueAxis() : keyAxis())->rangeReversed(); + const bool smoothBackup = localPainter->renderHints().testFlag(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, mInterpolate); + QRegion clipBackup; + if (mTightBoundary) { + clipBackup = localPainter->clipRegion(); + QRectF tightClipRect = QRectF(coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().lower, mMapData->valueRange().lower), + coordsToPixels(mMapData->keyRange().upper, mMapData->valueRange().upper)).normalized(); + localPainter->setClipRect(tightClipRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + } + localPainter->drawImage(imageRect, mMapImage.mirrored(mirrorX, mirrorY)); + if (mTightBoundary) { + localPainter->setClipRegion(clipBackup); + } + localPainter->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, smoothBackup); + + if (useBuffer) { // localPainter painted to mapBuffer, so now draw buffer with original painter + delete localPainter; + painter->drawPixmap(mapBufferTarget.toRect(), mapBuffer); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPColorMap::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + // draw map thumbnail: + if (!mLegendIcon.isNull()) { + QPixmap scaledIcon = mLegendIcon.scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + QRectF iconRect = QRectF(0, 0, scaledIcon.width(), scaledIcon.height()); + iconRect.moveCenter(rect.center()); + painter->drawPixmap(iconRect.topLeft(), scaledIcon); + } + /* + // draw frame: + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(Qt::black); + painter->drawRect(rect.adjusted(1, 1, 0, 0)); + */ +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 42914 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancialData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancialData + \brief Holds the data of one single data point for QCPFinancial. + + The stored data is: + \li \a key: coordinate on the key axis of this data point (this is the \a mainKey and the \a sortKey) + \li \a open: The opening value at the data point (this is the \a mainValue) + \li \a high: The high/maximum value at the data point + \li \a low: The low/minimum value at the data point + \li \a close: The closing value at the data point + + The container for storing multiple data points is \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer. It is a typedef + for \ref QCPDataContainer with \ref QCPFinancialData as the DataType template parameter. See the + documentation there for an explanation regarding the data type's generic methods. + + \see QCPFinancialDataContainer +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::sortKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static QCPFinancialData QCPFinancialData::fromSortKey(double sortKey) + + Returns a data point with the specified \a sortKey. All other members are set to zero. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn static static bool QCPFinancialData::sortKeyIsMainKey() + + Since the member \a key is both the data point key coordinate and the data ordering parameter, + this method returns true. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::mainKey() const + + Returns the \a key member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn double QCPFinancialData::mainValue() const + + Returns the \a open member of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPRange QCPFinancialData::valueRange() const + + Returns a QCPRange spanning from the \a low to the \a high value of this data point. + + For a general explanation of what this method is good for in the context of the data container, + see the documentation of \ref QCPDataContainer. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a data point with key and all values set to zero. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData() : + key(0), + open(0), + high(0), + low(0), + close(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs a data point with the specified \a key and OHLC values. +*/ +QCPFinancialData::QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) : + key(key), + open(open), + high(high), + low(low), + close(close) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPFinancial +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPFinancial + \brief A plottable representing a financial stock chart + + \image html QCPFinancial.png + + This plottable represents time series data binned to certain intervals, mainly used for stock + charts. The two common representations OHLC (Open-High-Low-Close) bars and Candlesticks can be + set via \ref setChartStyle. + + The data is passed via \ref setData as a set of open/high/low/close values at certain keys + (typically times). This means the data must be already binned appropriately. If data is only + available as a series of values (e.g. \a price against \a time), you can use the static + convenience function \ref timeSeriesToOhlc to generate binned OHLC-data which can then be passed + to \ref setData. + + The width of the OHLC bars/candlesticks can be controlled with \ref setWidth and \ref + setWidthType. A typical choice is to set the width type to \ref wtPlotCoords (the default) and + the width to (or slightly less than) one time bin interval width. + + \section qcpfinancial-appearance Changing the appearance + + Charts can be either single- or two-colored (\ref setTwoColored). If set to be single-colored, + lines are drawn with the plottable's pen (\ref setPen) and fills with the brush (\ref setBrush). + + If set to two-colored, positive changes of the value during an interval (\a close >= \a open) are + represented with a different pen and brush than negative changes (\a close < \a open). These can + be configured with \ref setPenPositive, \ref setPenNegative, \ref setBrushPositive, and \ref + setBrushNegative. In two-colored mode, the normal plottable pen/brush is ignored. Upon selection + however, the normal selected pen/brush (provided by the \ref selectionDecorator) is used, + irrespective of whether the chart is single- or two-colored. + + \section qcpfinancial-usage Usage + + Like all data representing objects in QCustomPlot, the QCPFinancial is a plottable + (QCPAbstractPlottable). So the plottable-interface of QCustomPlot applies + (QCustomPlot::plottable, QCustomPlot::removePlottable, etc.) + + Usually, you first create an instance: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-creation-1 + which registers it with the QCustomPlot instance of the passed axes. Note that this QCustomPlot + instance takes ownership of the plottable, so do not delete it manually but use + QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. The newly created plottable can be modified, e.g.: + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-creation-2 + Here we have used the static helper method \ref timeSeriesToOhlc, to turn a time-price data + series into a 24-hour binned open-high-low-close data series as QCPFinancial uses. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPFinancialDataContainer *QCPFinancial::data() const + + Returns a pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer. You may + use it to directly manipulate the data, which may be more convenient and faster than using the + regular \ref setData or \ref addData methods, in certain situations. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a financial chart which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPFinancial is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from \a + keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPFinancial, so do not delete it manually + but use QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPFinancial::QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mChartStyle(csCandlestick), + mWidth(0.5), + mWidthType(wtPlotCoords), + mTwoColored(true), + mBrushPositive(QBrush(QColor(50, 160, 0))), + mBrushNegative(QBrush(QColor(180, 0, 15))), + mPenPositive(QPen(QColor(40, 150, 0))), + mPenNegative(QPen(QColor(170, 5, 5))) +{ + mSelectionDecorator->setBrush(QBrush(QColor(160, 160, 255))); +} + +QCPFinancial::~QCPFinancial() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPFinancials may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all financials that share the container. + Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the financial's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpfinancial-datasharing-2 + + \see addData, timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a + close. The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be + the size of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData, timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, open, high, low, close, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets which representation style shall be used to display the OHLC data. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setChartStyle(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle style) +{ + mChartStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the individual bars/candlesticks to \a width in plot key coordinates. + + A typical choice is to set it to (or slightly less than) one bin interval width. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setWidth(double width) +{ + mWidth = width; +} + +/*! + Sets how the width of the financial bars is defined. See the documentation of \ref WidthType for + an explanation of the possible values for \a widthType. + + The default value is \ref wtPlotCoords. + + \see setWidth +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setWidthType(QCPFinancial::WidthType widthType) +{ + mWidthType = widthType; +} + +/*! + Sets whether this chart shall contrast positive from negative trends per data point by using two + separate colors to draw the respective bars/candlesticks. + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setTwoColored(bool twoColored) +{ + mTwoColored = twoColored; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushNegative, setPenPositive, setPenNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushPositive = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the brush that is used to draw fills + of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setBrushPositive, setPenNegative, setPenPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrushNegative = brush; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a positive trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close >= open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenNegative, setBrushPositive, setBrushNegative +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenPositive(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenPositive = pen; +} + +/*! + If \ref setTwoColored is set to true, this function controls the pen that is used to draw + outlines of data points with a negative trend (i.e. bars/candlesticks with close < open). + + If \a twoColored is false, the normal plottable's pen and brush are used (\ref setPen, \ref + setBrush). + + \see setPenPositive, setBrushNegative, setBrushPositive +*/ +void QCPFinancial::setPenNegative(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPenNegative = pen; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided points in \a keys, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a close to the current data. + The provided vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size + of the smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != open.size() || open.size() != high.size() || high.size() != low.size() || low.size() != close.size() || close.size() != keys.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys, open, high, low, close have different sizes:" << keys.size() << open.size() << high.size() << low.size() << close.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), qMin(open.size(), qMin(high.size(), qMin(low.size(), close.size())))); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->open = open[i]; + it->high = high[i]; + it->low = low[i]; + it->close = close[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided data point as \a key, \a open, \a high, \a low and \a close to the current + data. + + Alternatively, you can also access and modify the data directly via the \ref data method, which + returns a pointer to the internal data container. + + \see timeSeriesToOhlc +*/ +void QCPFinancial::addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPFinancialData(key, open, high, low, close)); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPFinancial::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + if (rect.intersects(selectionHitBox(it))) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()), int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1)), false); + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPFinancial::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + // perform select test according to configured style: + double result = -1; + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + result = ohlcSelectTest(pos, visibleBegin, visibleEnd, closestDataPoint); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + result = candlestickSelectTest(pos, visibleBegin, visibleEnd, closestDataPoint); + break; + } + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } + + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + QCPRange range = mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); + // determine exact range by including width of bars/flags: + if (foundRange) { + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdPositive || range.lower - mWidth * 0.5 > 0) { + range.lower -= mWidth * 0.5; + } + if (inSignDomain != QCP::sdNegative || range.upper + mWidth * 0.5 < 0) { + range.upper += mWidth * 0.5; + } + } + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPFinancial::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/*! + A convenience function that converts time series data (\a value against \a time) to OHLC binned + data points. The return value can then be passed on to \ref QCPFinancialDataContainer::set(const + QCPFinancialDataContainer&). + + The size of the bins can be controlled with \a timeBinSize in the same units as \a time is given. + For example, if the unit of \a time is seconds and single OHLC/Candlesticks should span an hour + each, set \a timeBinSize to 3600. + + \a timeBinOffset allows to control precisely at what \a time coordinate a bin should start. The + value passed as \a timeBinOffset doesn't need to be in the range encompassed by the \a time keys. + It merely defines the mathematical offset/phase of the bins that will be used to process the + data. +*/ +QCPFinancialDataContainer QCPFinancial::timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset) +{ + QCPFinancialDataContainer data; + int count = qMin(time.size(), value.size()); + if (count == 0) { + return QCPFinancialDataContainer(); + } + + QCPFinancialData currentBinData(0, value.first(), value.first(), value.first(), value.first()); + int currentBinIndex = qFloor((time.first() - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + int index = qFloor((time.at(i) - timeBinOffset) / timeBinSize + 0.5); + if (currentBinIndex == index) { // data point still in current bin, extend high/low: + if (value.at(i) < currentBinData.low) { + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + if (value.at(i) > currentBinData.high) { + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + } + if (i == count - 1) { // last data point is in current bin, finalize bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index) * timeBinSize; + data.add(currentBinData); + } + } else { // data point not anymore in current bin, set close of old and open of new bin, and add old to map: + // finalize current bin: + currentBinData.close = value.at(i - 1); + currentBinData.key = timeBinOffset + (index - 1) * timeBinSize; + data.add(currentBinData); + // start next bin: + currentBinIndex = index; + currentBinData.open = value.at(i); + currentBinData.high = value.at(i); + currentBinData.low = value.at(i); + } + } + + return data; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + // get visible data range: + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd); + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator begin = visibleBegin; + QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator end = visibleEnd; + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + // draw data segment according to configured style: + switch (mChartStyle) { + case QCPFinancial::csOhlc: + drawOhlcPlot(painter, begin, end, isSelectedSegment); + break; + case QCPFinancial::csCandlestick: + drawCandlestickPlot(painter, begin, end, isSelectedSegment); + break; + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPFinancial::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + painter->setAntialiasing(false); // legend icon especially of csCandlestick looks better without antialiasing + if (mChartStyle == csOhlc) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right half icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.3, rect.width() * 0.2, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.8, rect.height() * 0.7).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } else if (mChartStyle == csCandlestick) { + if (mTwoColored) { + // draw upper left half icon with positive color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushPositive); + painter->setPen(mPenPositive); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.topLeft().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + // draw bottom right half icon with negative color: + painter->setBrush(mBrushNegative); + painter->setPen(mPenNegative); + painter->setClipRegion(QRegion(QPolygon() << rect.bottomLeft().toPoint() << rect.topRight().toPoint() << rect.bottomRight().toPoint())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } else { + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(0, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.width() * 0.75, rect.height() * 0.5, rect.width(), rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(rect.width() * 0.25, rect.height() * 0.25, rect.width() * 0.5, rect.height() * 0.5).translated(rect.topLeft())); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end-1 as OHLC bars with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csOhlc. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low))); + // draw open: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel - pixelWidth, openPixel), QPointF(keyPixel, openPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + pixelWidth, closePixel)); + } + } else { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw backbone: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel)); + // draw open: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); // sign of this makes sure open/close are on correct sides + painter->drawLine(QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel - pixelWidth), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel)); + // draw close: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel), QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel + pixelWidth)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the data from \a begin to \a end-1 as Candlesticks with the provided \a painter. + + This method is a helper function for \ref draw. It is used when the chart style is \ref csCandlestick. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected) +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + painter->setBrush(it->close >= it->open ? mBrushPositive : mBrushNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)))); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low)), QPointF(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)))); + // draw open-close box: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(keyPixel - pixelWidth, closePixel), QPointF(keyPixel + pixelWidth, openPixel))); + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (isSelected && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + } else if (mTwoColored) { + painter->setPen(it->close >= it->open ? mPenPositive : mPenNegative); + painter->setBrush(it->close >= it->open ? mBrushPositive : mBrushNegative); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + } + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double openPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->open); + double closePixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->close); + // draw high: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + // draw low: + painter->drawLine(QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel), QPointF(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + // draw open-close box: + double pixelWidth = getPixelWidth(it->key, keyPixel); + painter->drawRect(QRectF(QPointF(closePixel, keyPixel - pixelWidth), QPointF(openPixel, keyPixel + pixelWidth))); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This function is used to determine the width of the bar at coordinate \a key, according to the + specified width (\ref setWidth) and width type (\ref setWidthType). Provide the pixel position of + \a key in \a keyPixel (because usually this was already calculated via \ref QCPAxis::coordToPixel + when this function is called). + + It returns the number of pixels the bar extends to higher keys, relative to the \a key + coordinate. So with a non-reversed horizontal axis, the return value is positive. With a reversed + horizontal axis, the return value is negative. This is important so the open/close flags on the + \ref csOhlc bar are drawn to the correct side. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::getPixelWidth(double key, double keyPixel) const +{ + double result = 0; + switch (mWidthType) { + case wtAbsolute: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + result = mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + break; + } + case wtAxisRectRatio: { + if (mKeyAxis && mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()) { + if (mKeyAxis.data()->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->width() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } else { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->height() * mWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis.data()->pixelOrientation(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis or axis rect defined"; + } + break; + } + case wtPlotCoords: { + if (mKeyAxis) { + result = mKeyAxis.data()->coordToPixel(key + mWidth * 0.5) - keyPixel; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "No key axis defined"; + } + break; + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csOhlc. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a end. + + Like \ref selectTest, this method returns the shortest distance of \a pos to the graphical + representation of the plottable, and \a closestDataPoint will point to the respective data point. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const +{ + closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low))); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + // calculate distance to backbone: + double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + This method is a helper function for \ref selectTest. It is used to test for selection when the + chart style is \ref csCandlestick. It only tests against the data points between \a begin and \a + end. + + Like \ref selectTest, this method returns the shortest distance of \a pos to the graphical + representation of the plottable, and \a closestDataPoint will point to the respective data point. +*/ +double QCPFinancial::candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const +{ + closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1; + } + + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it->close, it->open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)))); + double lowLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low)), QCPVector2D(keyPixel, valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)))); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } else { // keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical + for (QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + double currentDistSqr; + // determine whether pos is in open-close-box: + QCPRange boxKeyRange(it->key - mWidth * 0.5, it->key + mWidth * 0.5); + QCPRange boxValueRange(it->close, it->open); + double posKey, posValue; + pixelsToCoords(pos, posKey, posValue); + if (boxKeyRange.contains(posKey) && boxValueRange.contains(posValue)) { // is in open-close-box + currentDistSqr = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 * mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + // calculate distance to high/low lines: + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMax(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + double lowLineDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low), keyPixel), QCPVector2D(valueAxis->coordToPixel(qMin(it->open, it->close)), keyPixel)); + currentDistSqr = qMin(highLineDistSqr, lowLineDistSqr); + } + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestDataPoint = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + called by the drawing methods to determine which data (key) range is visible at the current key + axis range setting, so only that needs to be processed. + + \a begin returns an iterator to the lowest data point that needs to be taken into account when + plotting. Note that in order to get a clean plot all the way to the edge of the axis rect, \a + begin may still be just outside the visible range. + + \a end returns the iterator just above the highest data point that needs to be taken into + account. Same as before, \a end may also lie just outside of the visible range + + if the plottable contains no data, both \a begin and \a end point to \c constEnd. +*/ +void QCPFinancial::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + if (!mKeyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + begin = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + return; + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(mKeyAxis.data()->range().lower - mWidth * 0.5); // subtract half width of ohlc/candlestick to include partially visible data points + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(mKeyAxis.data()->range().upper + mWidth * 0.5); // add half width of ohlc/candlestick to include partially visible data points +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the hit box in pixel coordinates that will be used for data selection with the selection + rect (\ref selectTestRect), of the data point given by \a it. +*/ +QRectF QCPFinancial::selectionHitBox(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return {}; + } + + double keyPixel = keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key); + double highPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->high); + double lowPixel = valueAxis->coordToPixel(it->low); + double keyWidthPixels = keyPixel - keyAxis->coordToPixel(it->key - mWidth * 0.5); + if (keyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) { + return QRectF(keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, highPixel, keyWidthPixels * 2, lowPixel - highPixel).normalized(); + } else { + return QRectF(highPixel, keyPixel - keyWidthPixels, lowPixel - highPixel, keyWidthPixels * 2).normalized(); + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 37679 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPErrorBarsData +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPErrorBarsData + \brief Holds the data of one single error bar for QCPErrorBars. + + The stored data is: + \li \a errorMinus: how much the error bar extends towards negative coordinates from the data + point position + \li \a errorPlus: how much the error bar extends towards positive coordinates from the data point + position + + The container for storing the error bar information is \ref QCPErrorBarsDataContainer. It is a + typedef for QVector<\ref QCPErrorBarsData>. + + \see QCPErrorBarsDataContainer +*/ + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with errors set to zero. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData() : + errorMinus(0), + errorPlus(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with equal \a error in both negative and positive direction. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData(double error) : + errorMinus(error), + errorPlus(error) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructs an error bar with negative and positive errors set to \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus, + respectively. +*/ +QCPErrorBarsData::QCPErrorBarsData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus) : + errorMinus(errorMinus), + errorPlus(errorPlus) +{ +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPErrorBars +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPErrorBars + \brief A plottable that adds a set of error bars to other plottables. + + \image html QCPErrorBars.png + + The \ref QCPErrorBars plottable can be attached to other one-dimensional plottables (e.g. \ref + QCPGraph, \ref QCPCurve, \ref QCPBars, etc.) and equips them with error bars. + + Use \ref setDataPlottable to define for which plottable the \ref QCPErrorBars shall display the + error bars. The orientation of the error bars can be controlled with \ref setErrorType. + + By using \ref setData, you can supply the actual error data, either as symmetric error or + plus/minus asymmetric errors. \ref QCPErrorBars only stores the error data. The absolute + key/value position of each error bar will be adopted from the configured data plottable. The + error data of the \ref QCPErrorBars are associated one-to-one via their index to the data points + of the data plottable. You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + Set either of the plus/minus errors to NaN (qQNaN() or + std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN()) to not show the respective error bar on the data point at + that index. + + \section qcperrorbars-appearance Changing the appearance + + The appearance of the error bars is defined by the pen (\ref setPen), and the width of the + whiskers (\ref setWhiskerWidth). Further, the error bar backbones may leave a gap around the data + point center to prevent that error bars are drawn too close to or even through scatter points. + This gap size can be controlled via \ref setSymbolGap. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPErrorBars::data() const + + Returns a shared pointer to the internal data storage of type \ref QCPErrorBarsDataContainer. You + may use it to directly manipulate the error values, which may be more convenient and faster than + using the regular \ref setData methods. +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs an error bars plottable which uses \a keyAxis as its key axis ("x") and \a valueAxis as its value + axis ("y"). \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot instance and not have + the same orientation. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding message is + printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + It is also important that the \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis are the same for the error bars + plottable and the data plottable that the error bars shall be drawn on (\ref setDataPlottable). + + The created \ref QCPErrorBars is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred + from \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the \ref QCPErrorBars, so do not + delete it manually but use \ref QCustomPlot::removePlottable() instead. +*/ +QCPErrorBars::QCPErrorBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataContainer(new QVector), + mErrorType(etValueError), + mWhiskerWidth(9), + mSymbolGap(10) +{ + setPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPErrorBars::~QCPErrorBars() +{ +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple \ref QCPErrorBars instances may share the same data + container safely. Modifying the data in the container will then affect all \ref QCPErrorBars + instances that share the container. Sharing can be achieved by simply exchanging the data + containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcperrorbars-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, assign the + data containers directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcperrorbars-datasharing-2 + (This uses different notation compared with other plottables, because the \ref QCPErrorBars + uses a \c QVector as its data container, instead of a \ref QCPDataContainer.) + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets symmetrical error values as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated one-to-one + by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(const QVector &error) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(error); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets asymmetrical errors as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors will be + associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(errorMinus, errorPlus); +} + +/*! + Sets the data plottable to which the error bars will be applied. The error values specified e.g. + via \ref setData will be associated one-to-one by the data point index to the data points of \a + plottable. This means that the error bars will adopt the key/value coordinates of the data point + with the same index. + + The passed \a plottable must be a one-dimensional plottable, i.e. it must implement the \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D. Further, it must not be a \ref QCPErrorBars instance itself. If either + of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding qDebug output is generated, and the data + plottable of this \ref QCPErrorBars instance is set to zero. + + For proper display, care must also be taken that the key and value axes of the \a plottable match + those configured for this \ref QCPErrorBars instance. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setDataPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) +{ + if (plottable && qobject_cast(plottable)) { + mDataPlottable = nullptr; + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can't set another QCPErrorBars instance as data plottable"; + return; + } + if (plottable && !plottable->interface1D()) { + mDataPlottable = nullptr; + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed plottable doesn't implement 1d interface, can't associate with QCPErrorBars"; + return; + } + + mDataPlottable = plottable; +} + +/*! + Sets in which orientation the error bars shall appear on the data points. If your data needs both + error dimensions, create two \ref QCPErrorBars with different \a type. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setErrorType(ErrorType type) +{ + mErrorType = type; +} + +/*! + Sets the width of the whiskers (the short bars at the end of the actual error bar backbones) to + \a pixels. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setWhiskerWidth(double pixels) +{ + mWhiskerWidth = pixels; +} + +/*! + Sets the gap diameter around the data points that will be left out when drawing the error bar + backbones. This gap prevents that error bars are drawn too close to or even through scatter + points. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::setSymbolGap(double pixels) +{ + mSymbolGap = pixels; +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds symmetrical error values as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated one-to-one + by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(const QVector &error) +{ + addData(error, error); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds asymmetrical errors as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors will be + associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus) +{ + if (errorMinus.size() != errorPlus.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "minus and plus error vectors have different sizes:" << errorMinus.size() << errorPlus.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(errorMinus.size(), errorPlus.size()); + mDataContainer->reserve(n); + for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(errorMinus.at(i), errorPlus.at(i))); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds a single symmetrical error bar as specified in \a error. The errors will be associated + one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(double error) +{ + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(error)); +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds a single asymmetrical error bar as specified in \a errorMinus and \a errorPlus. The errors + will be associated one-to-one by the data point index to the associated data plottable (\ref + setDataPlottable). + + You can directly access and manipulate the error bar data via \ref data. + + \see setData +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::addData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus) +{ + mDataContainer->append(QCPErrorBarsData(errorMinus, errorPlus)); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataMainKey(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataSortKey(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataSortKey(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPErrorBars::dataMainValue(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::dataValueRange(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + const double value = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(index); + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size() && mErrorType == etValueError) + return {value - mDataContainer->at(index).errorMinus, value + mDataContainer->at(index).errorPlus}; + else + return {value, value}; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + return {}; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPErrorBars::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return {}; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +bool QCPErrorBars::sortKeyIsMainKey() const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + return mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + return true; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect +*/ +QCPDataSelection QCPErrorBars::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return result; + } + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator visibleBegin, visibleEnd; + getVisibleDataBounds(visibleBegin, visibleEnd, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = visibleBegin; it != visibleEnd; ++it) { + backbones.clear(); + whiskers.clear(); + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + foreach (const QLineF &backbone, backbones) { + if (rectIntersectsLine(rect, backbone)) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()), int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin() + 1)), false); + break; + } + } + } + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return 0; + } + int beginIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findBegin(sortKey, expandedRange); + if (beginIndex >= mDataContainer->size()) { + beginIndex = mDataContainer->size() - 1; + } + return beginIndex; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +int QCPErrorBars::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (mDataPlottable) { + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return 0; + } + int endIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findEnd(sortKey, expandedRange); + if (endIndex > mDataContainer->size()) { + endIndex = mDataContainer->size(); + } + return endIndex; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no data plottable set"; + } + return 0; +} + +/*! + Implements a selectTest specific to this plottable's point geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data + point to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest +*/ +double QCPErrorBars::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return -1; + } + + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis.data()->axisRect()->rect().contains(pos.toPoint()) || mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect)) { + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = int(closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPErrorBars::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + // if the sort key isn't the main key, we must check the visibility for each data point/error bar individually + // (getVisibleDataBounds applies range restriction, but otherwise can only return full data range): + bool checkPointVisibility = !mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey(); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->errorMinus, it->errorPlus)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at index" << it - mDataContainer->constBegin() << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, allSegments.at(i)); + if (begin == end) { + continue; + } + + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + } else { + painter->setPen(mPen); + } + if (painter->pen().capStyle() == Qt::SquareCap) { + QPen capFixPen(painter->pen()); + capFixPen.setCapStyle(Qt::FlatCap); + painter->setPen(capFixPen); + } + backbones.clear(); + whiskers.clear(); + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (!checkPointVisibility || errorBarVisible(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()))) { + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + } + } + painter->drawLines(backbones); + painter->drawLines(whiskers); + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + if (mSelectionDecorator) { + mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPErrorBars::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + if (mErrorType == etValueError && mValueAxis && mValueAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x(), rect.top() + 2, rect.center().x(), rect.bottom() - 1)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x() - 4, rect.top() + 2, rect.center().x() + 4, rect.top() + 2)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.center().x() - 4, rect.bottom() - 1, rect.center().x() + 4, rect.bottom() - 1)); + } else { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y(), rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y())); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y() - 4, rect.left() + 2, rect.center().y() + 4)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y() - 4, rect.right() - 2, rect.center().y() + 4)); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + foundRange = false; + return {}; + } + + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (mErrorType == etValueError) { + // error bar doesn't extend in key dimension (except whisker but we ignore that here), so only use data point center + const double current = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else { // mErrorType == etKeyError + const double dataKey = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())); + if (qIsNaN(dataKey)) { + continue; + } + // plus error: + double current = dataKey + (qIsNaN(it->errorPlus) ? 0 : it->errorPlus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + // minus error: + current = dataKey - (qIsNaN(it->errorMinus) ? 0 : it->errorMinus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + } + } + } + + if (haveUpper && !haveLower) { + range.lower = range.upper; + haveLower = true; + } else if (haveLower && !haveUpper) { + range.upper = range.lower; + haveUpper = true; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPErrorBars::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + foundRange = false; + return {}; + } + + QCPRange range; + const bool restrictKeyRange = inKeyRange != QCPRange(); + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey() && restrictKeyRange) { + itBegin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + findBegin(inKeyRange.lower, false); + itEnd = mDataContainer->constBegin() + findEnd(inKeyRange.upper, false); + } + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange) { + const double dataKey = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())); + if (dataKey < inKeyRange.lower || dataKey > inKeyRange.upper) { + continue; + } + } + if (mErrorType == etValueError) { + const double dataValue = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())); + if (qIsNaN(dataValue)) { + continue; + } + // plus error: + double current = dataValue + (qIsNaN(it->errorPlus) ? 0 : it->errorPlus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + // minus error: + current = dataValue - (qIsNaN(it->errorMinus) ? 0 : it->errorMinus); + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + } + } else { // mErrorType == etKeyError + // error bar doesn't extend in value dimension (except whisker but we ignore that here), so only use data point center + const double current = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainValue(int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())); + if (qIsNaN(current)) { + continue; + } + if (inSignDomain == QCP::sdBoth || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdNegative && current < 0) || (inSignDomain == QCP::sdPositive && current > 0)) { + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + } + + if (haveUpper && !haveLower) { + range.lower = range.upper; + haveLower = true; + } else if (haveLower && !haveUpper) { + range.upper = range.lower; + haveUpper = true; + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the lines that make up the error bar belonging to the data point \a it. + + The resulting lines are added to \a backbones and \a whiskers. The vectors are not cleared, so + calling this method with different \a it but the same \a backbones and \a whiskers allows to + accumulate lines for multiple data points. + + This method assumes that \a it is a valid iterator within the bounds of this \ref QCPErrorBars + instance and within the bounds of the associated data plottable. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getErrorBarLines(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it, QVector &backbones, QVector &whiskers) const +{ + if (!mDataPlottable) { + return; + } + + int index = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + QPointF centerPixel = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + if (qIsNaN(centerPixel.x()) || qIsNaN(centerPixel.y())) { + return; + } + QCPAxis *errorAxis = mErrorType == etValueError ? mValueAxis.data() : mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *orthoAxis = mErrorType == etValueError ? mKeyAxis.data() : mValueAxis.data(); + const double centerErrorAxisPixel = errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + const double centerOrthoAxisPixel = orthoAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + const double centerErrorAxisCoord = errorAxis->pixelToCoord(centerErrorAxisPixel); // depending on plottable, this might be different from just mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataMainKey/Value + const double symbolGap = mSymbolGap * 0.5 * errorAxis->pixelOrientation(); + // plus error: + double errorStart, errorEnd; + if (!qIsNaN(it->errorPlus)) { + errorStart = centerErrorAxisPixel + symbolGap; + errorEnd = errorAxis->coordToPixel(centerErrorAxisCoord + it->errorPlus); + if (errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((errorStart > errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd)); + } else { + if ((errorStart < errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5)); + } + } + // minus error: + if (!qIsNaN(it->errorMinus)) { + errorStart = centerErrorAxisPixel - symbolGap; + errorEnd = errorAxis->coordToPixel(centerErrorAxisCoord - it->errorMinus); + if (errorAxis->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) { + if ((errorStart < errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd)); + } else { + if ((errorStart > errorEnd) != errorAxis->rangeReversed()) { + backbones.append(QLineF(errorStart, centerOrthoAxisPixel, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel)); + } + whiskers.append(QLineF(errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5, errorEnd, centerOrthoAxisPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5)); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method outputs the currently visible data range via \a begin and \a end. The returned range + will also never exceed \a rangeRestriction. + + Since error bars with type \ref etKeyError may extend to arbitrarily positive and negative key + coordinates relative to their data point key, this method checks all outer error bars whether + they truly don't reach into the visible portion of the axis rect, by calling \ref + errorBarVisible. On the other hand error bars with type \ref etValueError that are associated + with data plottables whose sort key is equal to the main key (see \ref qcpdatacontainer-datatype + "QCPDataContainer DataType") can be handled very efficiently by finding the visible range of + error bars through binary search (\ref QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin and \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd). + + If the plottable's sort key is not equal to the main key, this method returns the full data + range, only restricted by \a rangeRestriction. Drawing optimization then has to be done on a + point-by-point basis in the \ref draw method. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const +{ + QCPAxis *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPAxis *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + return; + } + if (!mDataPlottable || rangeRestriction.isEmpty()) { + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + return; + } + if (!mDataPlottable->interface1D()->sortKeyIsMainKey()) { + // if the sort key isn't the main key, it's not possible to find a contiguous range of visible + // data points, so this method then only applies the range restriction and otherwise returns + // the full data range. Visibility checks must be done on a per-datapoin-basis during drawing + QCPDataRange dataRange(0, mDataContainer->size()); + dataRange = dataRange.bounded(rangeRestriction); + begin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.begin(); + end = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.end(); + return; + } + + // get visible data range via interface from data plottable, and then restrict to available error data points: + const int n = qMin(mDataContainer->size(), mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataCount()); + int beginIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findBegin(keyAxis->range().lower); + int endIndex = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->findEnd(keyAxis->range().upper); + int i = beginIndex; + while (i > 0 && i < n && i > rangeRestriction.begin()) { + if (errorBarVisible(i)) { + beginIndex = i; + } + --i; + } + i = endIndex; + while (i >= 0 && i < n && i < rangeRestriction.end()) { + if (errorBarVisible(i)) { + endIndex = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + QCPDataRange dataRange(beginIndex, endIndex); + dataRange = dataRange.bounded(rangeRestriction.bounded(QCPDataRange(0, mDataContainer->size()))); + begin = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.begin(); + end = mDataContainer->constBegin() + dataRange.end(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Calculates the minimum distance in pixels the error bars' representation has from the given \a + pixelPoint. This is used to determine whether the error bar was clicked or not, e.g. in \ref + selectTest. The closest data point to \a pixelPoint is returned in \a closestData. +*/ +double QCPErrorBars::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (!mDataPlottable || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return -1.0; + } + + QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + + // calculate minimum distances to error backbones (whiskers are ignored for speed) and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + QVector backbones, whiskers; + for (QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + getErrorBarLines(it, backbones, whiskers); + foreach (const QLineF &backbone, backbones) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(pixelPoint).distanceSquaredToLine(backbone); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! \internal + + \note This method is identical to \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D::getDataSegments but needs to be + reproduced here since the \ref QCPErrorBars plottable, as a special case that doesn't have its + own key/value data coordinates, doesn't derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D. See the + documentation there for details. +*/ +void QCPErrorBars::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the error bar at the specified \a index is visible within the current key axis + range. + + This method assumes for performance reasons without checking that the key axis, the value axis, + and the data plottable (\ref setDataPlottable) are not \c nullptr and that \a index is within + valid bounds of this \ref QCPErrorBars instance and the bounds of the data plottable. +*/ +bool QCPErrorBars::errorBarVisible(int index) const +{ + QPointF centerPixel = mDataPlottable->interface1D()->dataPixelPosition(index); + const double centerKeyPixel = mKeyAxis->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? centerPixel.x() : centerPixel.y(); + if (qIsNaN(centerKeyPixel)) { + return false; + } + + double keyMin, keyMax; + if (mErrorType == etKeyError) { + const double centerKey = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel); + const double errorPlus = mDataContainer->at(index).errorPlus; + const double errorMinus = mDataContainer->at(index).errorMinus; + keyMax = centerKey + (qIsNaN(errorPlus) ? 0 : errorPlus); + keyMin = centerKey - (qIsNaN(errorMinus) ? 0 : errorMinus); + } else { // mErrorType == etValueError + keyMax = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel + mWhiskerWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + keyMin = mKeyAxis->pixelToCoord(centerKeyPixel - mWhiskerWidth * 0.5 * mKeyAxis->pixelOrientation()); + } + return ((keyMax > mKeyAxis->range().lower) && (keyMin < mKeyAxis->range().upper)); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether \a line intersects (or is contained in) \a pixelRect. + + \a line is assumed to be either perfectly horizontal or perfectly vertical, as is the case for + error bar lines. +*/ +bool QCPErrorBars::rectIntersectsLine(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QLineF &line) const +{ + if (pixelRect.left() > line.x1() && pixelRect.left() > line.x2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.right() < line.x1() && pixelRect.right() < line.x2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.top() > line.y1() && pixelRect.top() > line.y2()) { + return false; + } else if (pixelRect.bottom() < line.y1() && pixelRect.bottom() < line.y2()) { + return false; + } else { + return true; + } +} +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-straightline.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7596 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemStraightLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemStraightLine + \brief A straight line that spans infinitely in both directions + + \image html QCPItemStraightLine.png "Straight line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a point1 and \a point2, which define the straight line. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a straight line item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemStraightLine::QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + point1(createPosition(QLatin1String("point1"))), + point2(createPosition(QLatin1String("point2"))) +{ + point1->setCoords(0, 0); + point2->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemStraightLine::~QCPItemStraightLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemStraightLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemStraightLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return QCPVector2D(pos).distanceToStraightLine(point1->pixelPosition(), point2->pixelPosition() - point1->pixelPosition()); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemStraightLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D start(point1->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D end(point2->pixelPosition()); + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + int clipPad = qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QLineF line = getRectClippedStraightLine(start, end - start, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the straight line defined by \a base and direction vector \a + vec, that is visible in the specified \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemStraightLine::getRectClippedStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const +{ + double bx, by; + double gamma; + QLineF result; + if (vec.x() == 0 && vec.y() == 0) { + return result; + } + if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is vertical + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + result.setLine(bx + gamma, rect.top(), bx + gamma, rect.bottom()); // no need to check bottom because we know line is vertical + } + } else if (qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is horizontal + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + result.setLine(rect.left(), by + gamma, rect.right(), by + gamma); // no need to check right because we know line is horizontal + } + } else { // line is skewed + QList pointVectors; + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + gamma = base.x() - bx + (by - base.y()) * vec.x() / vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + gamma = base.y() - by + (bx - base.x()) * vec.y() / vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QCPVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemStraightLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-straightline.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-line.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8525 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemLine +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemLine + \brief A line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemLine.png "Line example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an arrow. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a line item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemLine::QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemLine::~QCPItemLine() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemLine::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemLine::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return qSqrt(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(start->pixelPosition(), end->pixelPosition())); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemLine::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + if (qFuzzyIsNull((startVec - endVec).lengthSquared())) { + return; + } + // get visible segment of straight line inside clipRect: + int clipPad = int(qMax(mHead.boundingDistance(), mTail.boundingDistance())); + clipPad = qMax(clipPad, qCeil(mainPen().widthF())); + QLineF line = getRectClippedLine(startVec, endVec, clipRect().adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad)); + // paint visible segment, if existent: + if (!line.isNull()) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawLine(line); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, startVec, startVec - endVec); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, endVec, endVec - startVec); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the section of the line defined by \a start and \a end, that is visible in the specified + \a rect. + + This is a helper function for \ref draw. +*/ +QLineF QCPItemLine::getRectClippedLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const +{ + bool containsStart = rect.contains(qRound(start.x()), qRound(start.y())); + bool containsEnd = rect.contains(qRound(end.x()), qRound(end.y())); + if (containsStart && containsEnd) + return {start.toPointF(), end.toPointF()}; + + QCPVector2D base = start; + QCPVector2D vec = end - start; + double bx, by; + double gamma, mu; + QLineF result; + QList pointVectors; + + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.y())) { // line is not horizontal + // check top of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + // check bottom of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.bottom(); + mu = (by - base.y()) / vec.y(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.x() - bx + mu * vec.x(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.width()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx + gamma, by)); + } + } + } + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(vec.x())) { // line is not vertical + // check left of rect: + bx = rect.left(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + // check right of rect: + bx = rect.right(); + by = rect.top(); + mu = (bx - base.x()) / vec.x(); + if (mu >= 0 && mu <= 1) { + gamma = base.y() - by + mu * vec.y(); + if (gamma >= 0 && gamma <= rect.height()) { + pointVectors.append(QCPVector2D(bx, by + gamma)); + } + } + } + + if (containsStart) { + pointVectors.append(start); + } + if (containsEnd) { + pointVectors.append(end); + } + + // evaluate points: + if (pointVectors.size() == 2) { + result.setPoints(pointVectors.at(0).toPointF(), pointVectors.at(1).toPointF()); + } else if (pointVectors.size() > 2) { + // line probably goes through corner of rect, and we got two points there. single out the point pair with greatest distance: + double distSqrMax = 0; + QCPVector2D pv1, pv2; + for (int i = 0; i < pointVectors.size() - 1; ++i) { + for (int k = i + 1; k < pointVectors.size(); ++k) { + double distSqr = (pointVectors.at(i) - pointVectors.at(k)).lengthSquared(); + if (distSqr > distSqrMax) { + pv1 = pointVectors.at(i); + pv2 = pointVectors.at(k); + distSqrMax = distSqr; + } + } + } + result.setPoints(pv1.toPointF(), pv2.toPointF()); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemLine::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-line.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-curve.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7273 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemCurve +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemCurve + \brief A curved line from one point to another + + \image html QCPItemCurve.png "Curve example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has four positions, \a start and \a end, which define the end points of the line, and two + control points which define the direction the line exits from the start and the direction from + which it approaches the end: \a startDir and \a endDir. + + With \ref setHead and \ref setTail you may set different line ending styles, e.g. to create an + arrow. + + Often it is desirable for the control points to stay at fixed relative positions to the start/end + point. This can be achieved by setting the parent anchor e.g. of \a startDir simply to \a start, + and then specify the desired pixel offset with QCPItemPosition::setCoords on \a startDir. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a curve item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemCurve::QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + start(createPosition(QLatin1String("start"))), + startDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("startDir"))), + endDir(createPosition(QLatin1String("endDir"))), + end(createPosition(QLatin1String("end"))) +{ + start->setCoords(0, 0); + startDir->setCoords(0.5, 0); + endDir->setCoords(0, 0.5); + end->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemCurve::~QCPItemCurve() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the head. The head corresponds to the \a end position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setHead(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setTail +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head) +{ + mHead = head; +} + +/*! + Sets the line ending style of the tail. The tail corresponds to the \a start position. + + Note that due to the overloaded QCPLineEnding constructor, you may directly specify + a QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle here, e.g. \code setTail(QCPLineEnding::esSpikeArrow) \endcode + + \see setHead +*/ +void QCPItemCurve::setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail) +{ + mTail = tail; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemCurve::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QPointF startDirVec(startDir->pixelPosition()); + QPointF endDirVec(endDir->pixelPosition()); + QPointF endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec, endDirVec, endVec); + + QList polygons = cubicPath.toSubpathPolygons(); + if (polygons.isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + const QPolygonF polygon = polygons.first(); + QCPVector2D p(pos); + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + for (int i = 1; i < polygon.size(); ++i) { + double distSqr = p.distanceSquaredToLine(polygon.at(i - 1), polygon.at(i)); + if (distSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = distSqr; + } + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemCurve::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D startVec(start->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D startDirVec(startDir->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endDirVec(endDir->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D endVec(end->pixelPosition()); + if ((endVec - startVec).length() > 1e10) { // too large curves cause crash + return; + } + + QPainterPath cubicPath(startVec.toPointF()); + cubicPath.cubicTo(startDirVec.toPointF(), endDirVec.toPointF(), endVec.toPointF()); + + // paint visible segment, if existent: + const int clipEnlarge = qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-clipEnlarge, -clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge); + QRect cubicRect = cubicPath.controlPointRect().toRect(); + if (cubicRect.isEmpty()) { // may happen when start and end exactly on same x or y position + cubicRect.adjust(0, 0, 1, 1); + } + if (clip.intersects(cubicRect)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->drawPath(cubicPath); + painter->setBrush(Qt::SolidPattern); + if (mTail.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mTail.draw(painter, startVec, M_PI - cubicPath.angleAtPercent(0) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + if (mHead.style() != QCPLineEnding::esNone) { + mHead.draw(painter, endVec, -cubicPath.angleAtPercent(1) / 180.0 * M_PI); + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemCurve::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-curve.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-rect.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 6472 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemRect +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemRect + \brief A rectangle + + \image html QCPItemRect.png "Rectangle example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemRect::QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemRect::~QCPItemRect() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the rectangle when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the rectangle when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemRect::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemRect::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()).normalized(); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectDistance(rect, pos, filledRect); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemRect::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF rect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + double clipPad = mainPen().widthF(); + QRectF boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { // only draw if bounding rect of rect item is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemRect::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemRect::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemRect::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-rect.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-text.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 13335 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemText +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemText + \brief A text label + + \image html QCPItemText.png "Text example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + Its position is defined by the member \a position and the setting of \ref setPositionAlignment. + The latter controls which part of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + The text alignment itself (i.e. left, center, right) can be controlled with \ref + setTextAlignment. + + The text may be rotated around the \a position point with \ref setRotation. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a text item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemText::QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + topLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeft"), aiTopLeft)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRight"), aiBottomRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + mText(QLatin1String("text")), + mPositionAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter), + mTextAlignment(Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignHCenter), + mRotation(0) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(Qt::NoPen); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setColor(Qt::black); + setSelectedColor(Qt::blue); +} + +QCPItemText::~QCPItemText() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the text that will be used when the item is selected. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text. To disable the + border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used do draw a rectangular border around the text, when the item is + selected. To disable the border, set \a pen to Qt::NoPen. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen, setPadding +*/ +void QCPItemText::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used do fill the background of the text, when the item is selected. To disable the + background, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text. + + \see setSelectedFont, setColor +*/ +void QCPItemText::setFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the text that will be used when the item is selected. + + \see setFont +*/ +void QCPItemText::setSelectedFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the text that will be displayed. Multi-line texts are supported by inserting a line break + character, e.g. '\n'. + + \see setFont, setColor, setTextAlignment +*/ +void QCPItemText::setText(const QString &text) +{ + mText = text; +} + +/*! + Sets which point of the text rect shall be aligned with \a position. + + Examples: + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop, the text will be positioned such + that the top of the text rect will be horizontally centered on \a position. + \li If \a alignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom, \a position will indicate the + bottom left corner of the text rect. + + If you want to control the alignment of (multi-lined) text within the text rect, use \ref + setTextAlignment. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mPositionAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Controls how (multi-lined) text is aligned inside the text rect (typically Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignCenter or Qt::AlignRight). +*/ +void QCPItemText::setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) +{ + mTextAlignment = alignment; +} + +/*! + Sets the angle in degrees by which the text (and the text rectangle, if visible) will be rotated + around \a position. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setRotation(double degrees) +{ + mRotation = degrees; +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the border of the text rectangle and the text. The appearance (and + visibility) of the text rectangle can be controlled with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. +*/ +void QCPItemText::setPadding(const QMargins &padding) +{ + mPadding = padding; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemText::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + // The rect may be rotated, so we transform the actual clicked pos to the rotated + // coordinate system, so we can use the normal rectDistance function for non-rotated rects: + QPointF positionPixels(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform inputTransform; + inputTransform.translate(positionPixels.x(), positionPixels.y()); + inputTransform.rotate(-mRotation); + inputTransform.translate(-positionPixels.x(), -positionPixels.y()); + QPointF rotatedPos = inputTransform.map(pos); + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mFont); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(positionPixels, textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + + return rectDistance(textBoxRect, rotatedPos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemText::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF pos(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform transform = painter->transform(); + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + painter->setFont(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRect textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint() + QPoint(mPadding.left(), mPadding.top())); + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + int clipPad = qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QRect boundingRect = textBoxRect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (transform.mapRect(boundingRect).intersects(painter->transform().mapRect(clipRect()))) { + painter->setTransform(transform); + if ((mainBrush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && mainBrush().color().alpha() != 0) || + (mainPen().style() != Qt::NoPen && mainPen().color().alpha() != 0)) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + painter->drawRect(textBoxRect); + } + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->setPen(QPen(mainColor())); + painter->drawText(textRect, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemText::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + // get actual rect points (pretty much copied from draw function): + QPointF pos(position->pixelPosition()); + QTransform transform; + transform.translate(pos.x(), pos.y()); + if (!qFuzzyIsNull(mRotation)) { + transform.rotate(mRotation); + } + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(mainFont()); + QRect textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, 0, Qt::TextDontClip | mTextAlignment, mText); + QRectF textBoxRect = textRect.adjusted(-mPadding.left(), -mPadding.top(), mPadding.right(), mPadding.bottom()); + QPointF textPos = getTextDrawPoint(QPointF(0, 0), textBoxRect, mPositionAlignment); // 0, 0 because the transform does the translation + textBoxRect.moveTopLeft(textPos.toPoint()); + QPolygonF rectPoly = transform.map(QPolygonF(textBoxRect)); + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeft: + return rectPoly.at(0); + case aiTop: + return (rectPoly.at(0) + rectPoly.at(1)) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rectPoly.at(1); + case aiRight: + return (rectPoly.at(1) + rectPoly.at(2)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRight: + return rectPoly.at(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rectPoly.at(2) + rectPoly.at(3)) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rectPoly.at(3); + case aiLeft: + return (rectPoly.at(3) + rectPoly.at(0)) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the point that must be given to the QPainter::drawText function (which expects the top + left point of the text rect), according to the position \a pos, the text bounding box \a rect and + the requested \a positionAlignment. + + For example, if \a positionAlignment is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignBottom the returned point + will be shifted upward by the height of \a rect, starting from \a pos. So if the text is finally + drawn at that point, the lower left corner of the resulting text rect is at \a pos. +*/ +QPointF QCPItemText::getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const +{ + if (positionAlignment == 0 || positionAlignment == (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop)) { + return pos; + } + + QPointF result = pos; // start at top left + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignHCenter)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignRight)) { + result.rx() -= rect.width(); + } + if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignVCenter)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height() / 2.0; + } else if (positionAlignment.testFlag(Qt::AlignBottom)) { + result.ry() -= rect.height(); + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that should be used for drawing text. Returns mFont when the item is not selected + and mSelectedFont when it is. +*/ +QFont QCPItemText::mainFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that should be used for drawing text. Returns mColor when the item is not + selected and mSelectedColor when it is. +*/ +QColor QCPItemText::mainColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedColor : mColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemText::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemText::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-text.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-ellipse.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7881 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemEllipse +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemEllipse + \brief An ellipse + + \image html QCPItemEllipse.png "Ellipse example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rect the ellipse will be drawn in. +*/ + +/*! + Creates an ellipse item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemEllipse::QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + topLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topLeftRim"), aiTopLeftRim)), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRightRim"), aiTopRightRim)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottomRightRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomRightRim"), aiBottomRightRim)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeftRim(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeftRim"), aiBottomLeftRim)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); +} + +QCPItemEllipse::~QCPItemEllipse() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the ellipse when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse. To disable filling, set \a brush to + Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to fill the ellipse when selected. To disable filling, set \a + brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemEllipse::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemEllipse::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + QPointF center((p1 + p2) / 2.0); + double a = qAbs(p1.x() - p2.x()) / 2.0; + double b = qAbs(p1.y() - p2.y()) / 2.0; + double x = pos.x() - center.x(); + double y = pos.y() - center.y(); + + // distance to border: + double c = 1.0 / qSqrt(x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b)); + double result = qAbs(c - 1) * qSqrt(x * x + y * y); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (x * x / (a * a) + y * y / (b * b) <= 1) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemEllipse::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QPointF p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition(); + QPointF p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition(); + if (p1.toPoint() == p2.toPoint()) { + return; + } + QRectF ellipseRect = QRectF(p1, p2).normalized(); + const int clipEnlarge = qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-clipEnlarge, -clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge); + if (ellipseRect.intersects(clip)) { // only draw if bounding rect of ellipse is visible in cliprect + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + try { // drawEllipse sometimes throws exceptions if ellipse is too big +#endif + painter->drawEllipse(ellipseRect); +#ifdef __EXCEPTIONS + } catch (...) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Item too large for memory, setting invisible"; + setVisible(false); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemEllipse::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QRectF rect = QRectF(topLeft->pixelPosition(), bottomRight->pixelPosition()); + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTopLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.topRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomRightRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomRight() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeftRim: + return rect.center() + (rect.bottomLeft() - rect.center()) * 1 / qSqrt(2); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + case aiCenter: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemEllipse::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemEllipse::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-ellipse.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-pixmap.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 10622 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemPixmap +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemPixmap + \brief An arbitrary pixmap + + \image html QCPItemPixmap.png "Pixmap example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a topLeft and \a bottomRight, which define the rectangle the pixmap will + be drawn in. Depending on the scale setting (\ref setScaled), the pixmap will be either scaled to + fit the rectangle or be drawn aligned to the topLeft position. + + If scaling is enabled and \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a bottomRight (as shown + on the right side of the example image), the pixmap will be flipped in the respective + orientations. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a rectangle item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemPixmap::QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + topLeft(createPosition(QLatin1String("topLeft"))), + bottomRight(createPosition(QLatin1String("bottomRight"))), + top(createAnchor(QLatin1String("top"), aiTop)), + topRight(createAnchor(QLatin1String("topRight"), aiTopRight)), + right(createAnchor(QLatin1String("right"), aiRight)), + bottom(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottom"), aiBottom)), + bottomLeft(createAnchor(QLatin1String("bottomLeft"), aiBottomLeft)), + left(createAnchor(QLatin1String("left"), aiLeft)), + mScaled(false), + mScaledPixmapInvalidated(true), + mAspectRatioMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatio), + mTransformationMode(Qt::SmoothTransformation) +{ + topLeft->setCoords(0, 1); + bottomRight->setCoords(1, 0); + + setPen(Qt::NoPen); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue)); +} + +QCPItemPixmap::~QCPItemPixmap() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pixmap that will be displayed. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) +{ + mPixmap = pixmap; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "pixmap is null"; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether the pixmap will be scaled to fit the rectangle defined by the \a topLeft and \a + bottomRight positions. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode) +{ + mScaled = scaled; + mAspectRatioMode = aspectRatioMode; + mTransformationMode = transformationMode; + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = true; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap. + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw a border around the pixmap when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemPixmap::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + return rectDistance(getFinalRect(), pos, true); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemPixmap::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + int clipPad = mainPen().style() == Qt::NoPen ? 0 : qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QRect boundingRect = rect.adjusted(-clipPad, -clipPad, clipPad, clipPad); + if (boundingRect.intersects(clipRect())) { + updateScaledPixmap(rect, flipHorz, flipVert); + painter->drawPixmap(rect.topLeft(), mScaled ? mScaledPixmap : mPixmap); + QPen pen = mainPen(); + if (pen.style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(pen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + painter->drawRect(rect); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemPixmap::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QRect rect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + // we actually want denormal rects (negative width/height) here, so restore + // the flipped state: + if (flipHorz) { + rect.adjust(rect.width(), 0, -rect.width(), 0); + } + if (flipVert) { + rect.adjust(0, rect.height(), 0, -rect.height()); + } + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiTop: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.topRight()) * 0.5; + case aiTopRight: + return rect.topRight(); + case aiRight: + return (rect.topRight() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottom: + return (rect.bottomLeft() + rect.bottomRight()) * 0.5; + case aiBottomLeft: + return rect.bottomLeft(); + case aiLeft: + return (rect.topLeft() + rect.bottomLeft()) * 0.5; + } + + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Creates the buffered scaled image (\a mScaledPixmap) to fit the specified \a finalRect. The + parameters \a flipHorz and \a flipVert control whether the resulting image shall be flipped + horizontally or vertically. (This is used when \a topLeft is further to the bottom/right than \a + bottomRight.) + + This function only creates the scaled pixmap when the buffered pixmap has a different size than + the expected result, so calling this function repeatedly, e.g. in the \ref draw function, does + not cause expensive rescaling every time. + + If scaling is disabled, sets mScaledPixmap to a null QPixmap. +*/ +void QCPItemPixmap::updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect, bool flipHorz, bool flipVert) +{ + if (mPixmap.isNull()) { + return; + } + + if (mScaled) { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + double devicePixelRatio = mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(); +#else + double devicePixelRatio = 1.0; +#endif + if (finalRect.isNull()) { + finalRect = getFinalRect(&flipHorz, &flipVert); + } + if (mScaledPixmapInvalidated || finalRect.size() != mScaledPixmap.size() / devicePixelRatio) { + mScaledPixmap = mPixmap.scaled(finalRect.size() * devicePixelRatio, mAspectRatioMode, mTransformationMode); + if (flipHorz || flipVert) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap::fromImage(mScaledPixmap.toImage().mirrored(flipHorz, flipVert)); + } +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + mScaledPixmap.setDevicePixelRatio(devicePixelRatio); +#endif + } + } else if (!mScaledPixmap.isNull()) { + mScaledPixmap = QPixmap(); + } + mScaledPixmapInvalidated = false; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the final (tight) rect the pixmap is drawn in, depending on the current item positions + and scaling settings. + + The output parameters \a flippedHorz and \a flippedVert return whether the pixmap should be drawn + flipped horizontally or vertically in the returned rect. (The returned rect itself is always + normalized, i.e. the top left corner of the rect is actually further to the top/left than the + bottom right corner). This is the case when the item position \a topLeft is further to the + bottom/right than \a bottomRight. + + If scaling is disabled, returns a rect with size of the original pixmap and the top left corner + aligned with the item position \a topLeft. The position \a bottomRight is ignored. +*/ +QRect QCPItemPixmap::getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz, bool *flippedVert) const +{ + QRect result; + bool flipHorz = false; + bool flipVert = false; + QPoint p1 = topLeft->pixelPosition().toPoint(); + QPoint p2 = bottomRight->pixelPosition().toPoint(); + if (p1 == p2) + return {p1, QSize(0, 0)}; + if (mScaled) { + QSize newSize = QSize(p2.x() - p1.x(), p2.y() - p1.y()); + QPoint topLeft = p1; + if (newSize.width() < 0) { + flipHorz = true; + newSize.rwidth() *= -1; + topLeft.setX(p2.x()); + } + if (newSize.height() < 0) { + flipVert = true; + newSize.rheight() *= -1; + topLeft.setY(p2.y()); + } + QSize scaledSize = mPixmap.size(); +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + scaledSize /= mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(); + scaledSize.scale(newSize * mPixmap.devicePixelRatio(), mAspectRatioMode); +#else + scaledSize.scale(newSize, mAspectRatioMode); +#endif + result = QRect(topLeft, scaledSize); + } else { +#ifdef QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED + result = QRect(p1, mPixmap.size() / mPixmap.devicePixelRatio()); +#else + result = QRect(p1, mPixmap.size()); +#endif + } + if (flippedHorz) { + *flippedHorz = flipHorz; + } + if (flippedVert) { + *flippedVert = flipVert; + } + return result; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemPixmap::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-pixmap.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-tracer.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 14645 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemTracer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemTracer + \brief Item that sticks to QCPGraph data points + + \image html QCPItemTracer.png "Tracer example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + The tracer can be connected with a QCPGraph via \ref setGraph. Then it will automatically adopt + the coordinate axes of the graph and update its \a position to be on the graph's data. This means + the key stays controllable via \ref setGraphKey, but the value will follow the graph data. If a + QCPGraph is connected, note that setting the coordinates of the tracer item directly via \a + position will have no effect because they will be overriden in the next redraw (this is when the + coordinate update happens). + + If the specified key in \ref setGraphKey is outside the key bounds of the graph, the tracer will + stay at the corresponding end of the graph. + + With \ref setInterpolating you may specify whether the tracer may only stay exactly on data + points or whether it interpolates data points linearly, if given a key that lies between two data + points of the graph. + + The tracer has different visual styles, see \ref setStyle. It is also possible to make the tracer + have no own visual appearance (set the style to \ref tsNone), and just connect other item + positions to the tracer \a position (used as an anchor) via \ref + QCPItemPosition::setParentAnchor. + + \note The tracer position is only automatically updated upon redraws. So when the data of the + graph changes and immediately afterwards (without a redraw) the position coordinates of the + tracer are retrieved, they will not reflect the updated data of the graph. In this case \ref + updatePosition must be called manually, prior to reading the tracer coordinates. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a tracer item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemTracer::QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + position(createPosition(QLatin1String("position"))), + mSize(6), + mStyle(tsCrosshair), + mGraph(nullptr), + mGraphKey(0), + mInterpolating(false) +{ + position->setCoords(0, 0); + + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setSelectedBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemTracer::~QCPItemTracer() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer + + \see setSelectedPen, setBrush +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the line of the tracer when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer + + \see setSelectedBrush, setPen +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the brush that will be used to draw any fills of the tracer, when selected. + + \see setBrush, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mSelectedBrush = brush; +} + +/*! + Sets the size of the tracer in pixels, if the style supports setting a size (e.g. \ref tsSquare + does, \ref tsCrosshair does not). +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setSize(double size) +{ + mSize = size; +} + +/*! + Sets the style/visual appearance of the tracer. + + If you only want to use the tracer \a position as an anchor for other items, set \a style to + \ref tsNone. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setStyle(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/*! + Sets the QCPGraph this tracer sticks to. The tracer \a position will be set to type + QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords and the axes will be set to the axes of \a graph. + + To free the tracer from any graph, set \a graph to \c nullptr. The tracer \a position can then be + placed freely like any other item position. This is the state the tracer will assume when its + graph gets deleted while still attached to it. + + \see setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraph(QCPGraph *graph) +{ + if (graph) { + if (graph->parentPlot() == mParentPlot) { + position->setType(QCPItemPosition::ptPlotCoords); + position->setAxes(graph->keyAxis(), graph->valueAxis()); + mGraph = graph; + updatePosition(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph isn't in same QCustomPlot instance as this item"; + } + } else { + mGraph = nullptr; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the key of the graph's data point the tracer will be positioned at. This is the only free + coordinate of a tracer when attached to a graph. + + Depending on \ref setInterpolating, the tracer will be either positioned on the data point + closest to \a key, or will stay exactly at \a key and interpolate the value linearly. + + \see setGraph, setInterpolating +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setGraphKey(double key) +{ + mGraphKey = key; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the value of the graph's data points shall be interpolated, when positioning the + tracer. + + If \a enabled is set to false and a key is given with \ref setGraphKey, the tracer is placed on + the data point of the graph which is closest to the key, but which is not necessarily exactly + there. If \a enabled is true, the tracer will be positioned exactly at the specified key, and + the appropriate value will be interpolated from the graph's data points linearly. + + \see setGraph, setGraphKey +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::setInterpolating(bool enabled) +{ + mInterpolating = enabled; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemTracer::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QPointF center(position->pixelPosition()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return -1; + case tsPlus: { + if (clipRect().intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) + return qSqrt(qMin(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0)), + QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w)))); + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + return qSqrt(qMin(QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(clip.left(), center.y()), QCPVector2D(clip.right(), center.y())), + QCPVector2D(pos).distanceSquaredToLine(QCPVector2D(center.x(), clip.top()), QCPVector2D(center.x(), clip.bottom())))); + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + // distance to border: + double centerDist = QCPVector2D(center - pos).length(); + double circleLine = w; + double result = qAbs(centerDist - circleLine); + // filled ellipse, allow click inside to count as hit: + if (result > mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99 && mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0) { + if (centerDist <= circleLine) { + result = mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } + } + return result; + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + QRectF rect = QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)); + bool filledRect = mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && mBrush.color().alpha() != 0; + return rectDistance(rect, pos, filledRect); + } + break; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemTracer::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + updatePosition(); + if (mStyle == tsNone) { + return; + } + + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + painter->setBrush(mainBrush()); + QPointF center(position->pixelPosition()); + double w = mSize / 2.0; + QRect clip = clipRect(); + switch (mStyle) { + case tsNone: + return; + case tsPlus: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(-w, 0), center + QPointF(w, 0))); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center + QPointF(0, -w), center + QPointF(0, w))); + } + break; + } + case tsCrosshair: { + if (center.y() > clip.top() && center.y() < clip.bottom()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(clip.left(), center.y(), clip.right(), center.y())); + } + if (center.x() > clip.left() && center.x() < clip.right()) { + painter->drawLine(QLineF(center.x(), clip.top(), center.x(), clip.bottom())); + } + break; + } + case tsCircle: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawEllipse(center, w, w); + } + break; + } + case tsSquare: { + if (clip.intersects(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w)).toRect())) { + painter->drawRect(QRectF(center - QPointF(w, w), center + QPointF(w, w))); + } + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + If the tracer is connected with a graph (\ref setGraph), this function updates the tracer's \a + position to reside on the graph data, depending on the configured key (\ref setGraphKey). + + It is called automatically on every redraw and normally doesn't need to be called manually. One + exception is when you want to read the tracer coordinates via \a position and are not sure that + the graph's data (or the tracer key with \ref setGraphKey) hasn't changed since the last redraw. + In that situation, call this function before accessing \a position, to make sure you don't get + out-of-date coordinates. + + If there is no graph set on this tracer, this function does nothing. +*/ +void QCPItemTracer::updatePosition() +{ + if (mGraph) { + if (mParentPlot->hasPlottable(mGraph)) { + if (mGraph->data()->size() > 1) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator first = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator last = mGraph->data()->constEnd() - 1; + if (mGraphKey <= first->key) { + position->setCoords(first->key, first->value); + } else if (mGraphKey >= last->key) { + position->setCoords(last->key, last->value); + } else { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->findBegin(mGraphKey); + if (it != mGraph->data()->constEnd()) { // mGraphKey is not exactly on last iterator, but somewhere between iterators + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator prevIt = it; + ++it; // won't advance to constEnd because we handled that case (mGraphKey >= last->key) before + if (mInterpolating) { + // interpolate between iterators around mGraphKey: + double slope = 0; + if (!qFuzzyCompare(double(it->key), double(prevIt->key))) { + slope = (it->value - prevIt->value) / (it->key - prevIt->key); + } + position->setCoords(mGraphKey, (mGraphKey - prevIt->key)*slope + prevIt->value); + } else { + // find iterator with key closest to mGraphKey: + if (mGraphKey < (prevIt->key + it->key) * 0.5) { + position->setCoords(prevIt->key, prevIt->value); + } else { + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } + } + } else { // mGraphKey is exactly on last iterator (should actually be caught when comparing first/last keys, but this is a failsafe for fp uncertainty) + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } + } + } else if (mGraph->data()->size() == 1) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = mGraph->data()->constBegin(); + position->setCoords(it->key, it->value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph has no data"; + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph not contained in QCustomPlot instance (anymore)"; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the item is not selected + and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemTracer::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the brush that should be used for drawing fills of the item. Returns mBrush when the item + is not selected and mSelectedBrush when it is. +*/ +QBrush QCPItemTracer::mainBrush() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedBrush : mBrush; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-tracer.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-bracket.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 10705 */ + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPItemBracket +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPItemBracket + \brief A bracket for referencing/highlighting certain parts in the plot. + + \image html QCPItemBracket.png "Bracket example. Blue dotted circles are anchors, solid blue discs are positions." + + It has two positions, \a left and \a right, which define the span of the bracket. If \a left is + actually farther to the left than \a right, the bracket is opened to the bottom, as shown in the + example image. + + The bracket supports multiple styles via \ref setStyle. The length, i.e. how far the bracket + stretches away from the embraced span, can be controlled with \ref setLength. + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+ + It provides an anchor \a center, to allow connection of other items, e.g. an arrow (QCPItemLine + or QCPItemCurve) or a text label (QCPItemText), to the bracket. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a bracket item and sets default values. + + The created item is automatically registered with \a parentPlot. This QCustomPlot instance takes + ownership of the item, so do not delete it manually but use QCustomPlot::removeItem() instead. +*/ +QCPItemBracket::QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPAbstractItem(parentPlot), + left(createPosition(QLatin1String("left"))), + right(createPosition(QLatin1String("right"))), + center(createAnchor(QLatin1String("center"), aiCenter)), + mLength(8), + mStyle(bsCalligraphic) +{ + left->setCoords(0, 0); + right->setCoords(1, 1); + + setPen(QPen(Qt::black)); + setSelectedPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)); +} + +QCPItemBracket::~QCPItemBracket() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket. + + Note that when the style is \ref bsCalligraphic, only the color will be taken from the pen, the + stroke and width are ignored. To change the apparent stroke width of a calligraphic bracket, use + \ref setLength, which has a similar effect. + + \see setSelectedPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that will be used to draw the bracket when selected + + \see setPen, setSelected +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the \a length in pixels how far the bracket extends in the direction towards the embraced + span of the bracket (i.e. perpendicular to the left-right-direction) + + \image html QCPItemBracket-length.png +
Demonstrating the effect of different values for \ref setLength, for styles \ref + bsCalligraphic and \ref bsSquare. Anchors and positions are displayed for reference.
+*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setLength(double length) +{ + mLength = length; +} + +/*! + Sets the style of the bracket, i.e. the shape/visual appearance. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPItemBracket::setStyle(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle style) +{ + mStyle = style; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPItemBracket::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (onlySelectable && !mSelectable) { + return -1; + } + + QCPVector2D p(pos); + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return -1; + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + switch (mStyle) { + case QCPItemBracket::bsSquare: + case QCPItemBracket::bsRound: { + double a = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec, centerVec + widthVec); + double b = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec, centerVec - widthVec); + double c = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec, centerVec + widthVec); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), c)); + } + case QCPItemBracket::bsCurly: + case QCPItemBracket::bsCalligraphic: { + double a = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15, centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3); + double b = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7, centerVec - widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15); + double c = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15, centerVec + lengthVec * 0.3); + double d = p.distanceSquaredToLine(centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec * 0.7, centerVec + widthVec * 0.75 + lengthVec * 0.15); + return qSqrt(qMin(qMin(a, b), qMin(c, d))); + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPItemBracket::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return; + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + QPolygon boundingPoly; + boundingPoly << leftVec.toPoint() << rightVec.toPoint() + << (rightVec - lengthVec).toPoint() << (leftVec - lengthVec).toPoint(); + const int clipEnlarge = qCeil(mainPen().widthF()); + QRect clip = clipRect().adjusted(-clipEnlarge, -clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge, clipEnlarge); + if (clip.intersects(boundingPoly.boundingRect())) { + painter->setPen(mainPen()); + switch (mStyle) { + case bsSquare: { + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawLine((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + break; + } + case bsRound: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCurly: { + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4 * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4 * widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + case bsCalligraphic: { + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + painter->setBrush(QBrush(mainPen().color())); + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo((centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec + 0.4 * widthVec + 0.8 * lengthVec).toPointF(), centerVec.toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec - 0.4 * widthVec + 0.8 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.8).toPointF(), (centerVec - widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + path.cubicTo((centerVec - widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5).toPointF(), (centerVec - 0.2 * widthVec + 1.2 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + lengthVec * 0.2).toPointF()); + path.cubicTo((centerVec + 0.2 * widthVec + 1.2 * lengthVec).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec - lengthVec * 0.5).toPointF(), (centerVec + widthVec + lengthVec).toPointF()); + + painter->drawPath(path); + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QPointF QCPItemBracket::anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const +{ + QCPVector2D leftVec(left->pixelPosition()); + QCPVector2D rightVec(right->pixelPosition()); + if (leftVec.toPoint() == rightVec.toPoint()) { + return leftVec.toPointF(); + } + + QCPVector2D widthVec = (rightVec - leftVec) * 0.5; + QCPVector2D lengthVec = widthVec.perpendicular().normalized() * mLength; + QCPVector2D centerVec = (rightVec + leftVec) * 0.5 - lengthVec; + + switch (anchorId) { + case aiCenter: + return centerVec.toPointF(); + } + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid anchorId" << anchorId; + return {}; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that should be used for drawing lines. Returns mPen when the + item is not selected and mSelectedPen when it is. +*/ +QPen QCPItemBracket::mainPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedPen : mPen; +} +/* end of 'src/items/item-bracket.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/radialaxis.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 49415 */ + + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPolarAxisRadial +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPolarAxisRadial + \brief The radial axis inside a radial plot + + \warning In this QCustomPlot version, polar plots are a tech preview. Expect documentation and + functionality to be incomplete, as well as changing public interfaces in the future. + + Each axis holds an instance of QCPAxisTicker which is used to generate the tick coordinates and + tick labels. You can access the currently installed \ref ticker or set a new one (possibly one of + the specialized subclasses, or your own subclass) via \ref setTicker. For details, see the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QSharedPointer QCPPolarAxisRadial::ticker() const + + Returns a modifiable shared pointer to the currently installed axis ticker. The axis ticker is + responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels of this axis. You can access the + \ref QCPAxisTicker with this method and modify basic properties such as the approximate tick count + (\ref QCPAxisTicker::setTickCount). + + You can gain more control over the axis ticks by setting a different \ref QCPAxisTicker subclass, see + the documentation there. A new axis ticker can be set with \ref setTicker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see setTicker +*/ + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ +/* start of documentation of signals */ + +/*! \fn void QCPPolarAxisRadial::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange) + + This signal is emitted when the range of this axis has changed. You can connect it to the \ref + setRange slot of another axis to communicate the new range to the other axis, in order for it to + be synchronized. + + You may also manipulate/correct the range with \ref setRange in a slot connected to this signal. + This is useful if for example a maximum range span shall not be exceeded, or if the lower/upper + range shouldn't go beyond certain values (see \ref QCPRange::bounded). For example, the following + slot would limit the x axis to ranges between 0 and 10: + \code + customPlot->xAxis->setRange(newRange.bounded(0, 10)) + \endcode +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPPolarAxisRadial::rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange) + \overload + + Additionally to the new range, this signal also provides the previous range held by the axis as + \a oldRange. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPPolarAxisRadial::scaleTypeChanged(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType scaleType); + + This signal is emitted when the scale type changes, by calls to \ref setScaleType +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPPolarAxisRadial::selectionChanged(QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts selection) + + This signal is emitted when the selection state of this axis has changed, either by user interaction + or by a direct call to \ref setSelectedParts. +*/ + +/*! \fn void QCPPolarAxisRadial::selectableChanged(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &parts); + + This signal is emitted when the selectability changes, by calls to \ref setSelectableParts +*/ + +/* end of documentation of signals */ + +/*! + Constructs an Axis instance of Type \a type for the axis rect \a parent. + + Usually it isn't necessary to instantiate axes directly, because you can let QCustomPlot create + them for you with \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. If you want to use own QCPAxis-subclasses however, + create them manually and then inject them also via \ref QCPAxisRect::addAxis. +*/ +QCPPolarAxisRadial::QCPPolarAxisRadial(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parent) : + QCPLayerable(parent->parentPlot(), QString(), parent), + mRangeDrag(true), + mRangeZoom(true), + mRangeZoomFactor(0.85), + // axis base: + mAngularAxis(parent), + mAngle(45), + mAngleReference(arAngularAxis), + mSelectableParts(spAxis | spTickLabels | spAxisLabel), + mSelectedParts(spNone), + mBasePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedBasePen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // axis label: + mLabelPadding(0), + mLabel(), + mLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedLabelFont(QFont(mLabelFont.family(), mLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedLabelColor(Qt::blue), + // tick labels: + // mTickLabelPadding(0), in label painter + mTickLabels(true), + // mTickLabelRotation(0), in label painter + mTickLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedTickLabelFont(QFont(mTickLabelFont.family(), mTickLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mTickLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedTickLabelColor(Qt::blue), + mNumberPrecision(6), + mNumberFormatChar('g'), + mNumberBeautifulPowers(true), + mNumberMultiplyCross(false), + // ticks and subticks: + mTicks(true), + mSubTicks(true), + mTickLengthIn(5), + mTickLengthOut(0), + mSubTickLengthIn(2), + mSubTickLengthOut(0), + mTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + mSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // scale and range: + mRange(0, 5), + mRangeReversed(false), + mScaleType(stLinear), + // internal members: + mRadius(1), // non-zero initial value, will be overwritten in ::update() according to inner rect + mTicker(new QCPAxisTicker), + mLabelPainter(mParentPlot) +{ + setParent(parent); + setAntialiased(true); + + setTickLabelPadding(5); + setTickLabelRotation(0); + setTickLabelMode(lmUpright); + mLabelPainter.setAnchorReferenceType(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::artTangent); + mLabelPainter.setAbbreviateDecimalPowers(false); +} + +QCPPolarAxisRadial::~QCPPolarAxisRadial() +{ +} + +QCPPolarAxisRadial::LabelMode QCPPolarAxisRadial::tickLabelMode() const +{ + switch (mLabelPainter.anchorMode()) { + case QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedUpright: + return lmUpright; + case QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedRotated: + return lmRotated; + default: + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid mode for polar axis"; + break; + } + return lmUpright; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QString QCPPolarAxisRadial::numberFormat() const +{ + QString result; + result.append(mNumberFormatChar); + if (mNumberBeautifulPowers) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('b')); + if (mNumberMultiplyCross) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('c')); + } + } + return result; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPPolarAxisRadial::tickLengthIn() const +{ + return mTickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPPolarAxisRadial::tickLengthOut() const +{ + return mTickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPPolarAxisRadial::subTickLengthIn() const +{ + return mSubTickLengthIn; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPPolarAxisRadial::subTickLengthOut() const +{ + return mSubTickLengthOut; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +int QCPPolarAxisRadial::labelPadding() const +{ + return mLabelPadding; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeDrag(bool enabled) +{ + mRangeDrag = enabled; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeZoom(bool enabled) +{ + mRangeZoom = enabled; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeZoomFactor(double factor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactor = factor; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis uses a linear scale or a logarithmic scale. + + Note that this method controls the coordinate transformation. For logarithmic scales, you will + likely also want to use a logarithmic tick spacing and labeling, which can be achieved by setting + the axis ticker to an instance of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog : + + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp qcpaxisticker-log-creation + + See the documentation of \ref QCPAxisTickerLog about the details of logarithmic axis tick + creation. + + \ref setNumberPrecision +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setScaleType(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType type) +{ + if (mScaleType != type) { + mScaleType = type; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + setRange(mRange.sanitizedForLogScale()); + } + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + emit scaleTypeChanged(mScaleType); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the range of the axis. + + This slot may be connected with the \ref rangeChanged signal of another axis so this axis + is always synchronized with the other axis range, when it changes. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + if (range.lower == mRange.lower && range.upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(range)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = range.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective axis parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font. + + The entire selection mechanism for axes is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes. You only need to call this function when you + wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part, independent of the \ref setSelectableParts setting. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBasePen, setSelectedTickPen, setSelectedSubTickPen, + setSelectedTickLabelFont, setSelectedLabelFont, setSelectedTickLabelColor, setSelectedLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + if (mSelectedParts != selected) { + mSelectedParts = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the lower and upper bound of the axis range. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. + + There is also a slot to set a range, see \ref setRange(const QCPRange &range). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + if (lower == mRange.lower && upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(lower, upper)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the range of the axis. + + The \a position coordinate indicates together with the \a alignment parameter, where the new + range will be positioned. \a size defines the size of the new axis range. \a alignment may be + Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight or Qt::AlignCenter. This will cause the left border, right border, + or center of the range to be aligned with \a position. Any other values of \a alignment will + default to Qt::AlignCenter. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment) +{ + if (alignment == Qt::AlignLeft) { + setRange(position, position + size); + } else if (alignment == Qt::AlignRight) { + setRange(position - size, position); + } else { // alignment == Qt::AlignCenter + setRange(position - size / 2.0, position + size / 2.0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the lower bound of the axis range. The upper bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeLower(double lower) +{ + if (mRange.lower == lower) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the upper bound of the axis range. The lower bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeUpper(double upper) +{ + if (mRange.upper == upper) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.upper = upper; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } else { + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis range (direction) is displayed reversed. Normally, the values on horizontal + axes increase left to right, on vertical axes bottom to top. When \a reversed is set to true, the + direction of increasing values is inverted. + + Note that the range and data interface stays the same for reversed axes, e.g. the \a lower part + of the \ref setRange interface will still reference the mathematically smaller number than the \a + upper part. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setRangeReversed(bool reversed) +{ + mRangeReversed = reversed; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setAngle(double degrees) +{ + mAngle = degrees; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setAngleReference(AngleReference reference) +{ + mAngleReference = reference; +} + +/*! + The axis ticker is responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels. See the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker for details on how to work with axis tickers. + + You can change the tick positioning/labeling behaviour of this axis by setting a different + QCPAxisTicker subclass using this method. If you only wish to modify the currently installed axis + ticker, access it via \ref ticker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see ticker +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker) +{ + if (ticker) { + mTicker = ticker; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can not set 0 as axis ticker"; + } + // no need to invalidate margin cache here because produced tick labels are checked for changes in setupTickVector +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick marks are displayed. + + Note that setting \a show to false does not imply that tick labels are invisible, too. To achieve + that, see \ref setTickLabels. + + \see setSubTicks +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mTicks != show) { + mTicks = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick labels are displayed. Tick labels are the numbers drawn next to tick marks. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabels(bool show) +{ + if (mTickLabels != show) { + mTickLabels = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + if (!mTickLabels) { + mTickVectorLabels.clear(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the axis base line (including any outward ticks) and the tick labels. + \see setLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + mLabelPainter.setPadding(padding); +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mTickLabelFont) { + mTickLabelFont = font; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelFont +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTickLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the rotation of the tick labels. If \a degrees is zero, the labels are drawn normally. Else, + the tick labels are drawn rotated by \a degrees clockwise. The specified angle is bound to values + from -90 to 90 degrees. + + If \a degrees is exactly -90, 0 or 90, the tick labels are centered on the tick coordinate. For + other angles, the label is drawn with an offset such that it seems to point toward or away from + the tick mark. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabelRotation(double degrees) +{ + mLabelPainter.setRotation(degrees); +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode) +{ + switch (mode) { + case lmUpright: + mLabelPainter.setAnchorMode(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedUpright); + break; + case lmRotated: + mLabelPainter.setAnchorMode(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedRotated); + break; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the number format for the numbers in tick labels. This \a formatCode is an extended version + of the format code used e.g. by QString::number() and QLocale::toString(). For reference about + that, see the "Argument Formats" section in the detailed description of the QString class. + + \a formatCode is a string of one, two or three characters. The first character is identical to + the normal format code used by Qt. In short, this means: 'e'/'E' scientific format, 'f' fixed + format, 'g'/'G' scientific or fixed, whichever is shorter. + + The second and third characters are optional and specific to QCustomPlot:\n + If the first char was 'e' or 'g', numbers are/might be displayed in the scientific format, e.g. + "5.5e9", which is ugly in a plot. So when the second char of \a formatCode is set to 'b' (for + "beautiful"), those exponential numbers are formatted in a more natural way, i.e. "5.5 + [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] 9". By default, the multiplication sign is a centered dot. + If instead a cross should be shown (as is usual in the USA), the third char of \a formatCode can + be set to 'c'. The inserted multiplication signs are the UTF-8 characters 215 (0xD7) for the + cross and 183 (0xB7) for the dot. + + Examples for \a formatCode: + \li \c g normal format code behaviour. If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, + normal scientific format is used + \li \c gb If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, scientific format is used with + beautifully typeset decimal powers and a dot as multiplication sign + \li \c ebc All numbers are in scientific format with beautifully typeset decimal power and a cross as + multiplication sign + \li \c fb illegal format code, since fixed format doesn't support (or need) beautifully typeset decimal + powers. Format code will be reduced to 'f'. + \li \c hello illegal format code, since first char is not 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' or 'G'. Current format + code will not be changed. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode) +{ + if (formatCode.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed formatCode is empty"; + return; + } + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + + // interpret first char as number format char: + QString allowedFormatChars(QLatin1String("eEfgG")); + if (allowedFormatChars.contains(formatCode.at(0))) { + mNumberFormatChar = QLatin1Char(formatCode.at(0).toLatin1()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (first char not in 'eEfgG'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + + if (formatCode.length() < 2) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = false; + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + // interpret second char as indicator for beautiful decimal powers: + if (formatCode.at(1) == QLatin1Char('b') && (mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('e') || mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('g'))) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (second char not 'b' or first char neither 'e' nor 'g'):" << formatCode; + } + + if (formatCode.length() < 3) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + // interpret third char as indicator for dot or cross multiplication symbol: + if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('c')) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = true; + } else if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('d')) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (third char neither 'c' nor 'd'):" << formatCode; + } + } + } + mLabelPainter.setSubstituteExponent(mNumberBeautifulPowers); + mLabelPainter.setMultiplicationSymbol(mNumberMultiplyCross ? QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolCross : QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolDot); +} + +/*! + Sets the precision of the tick label numbers. See QLocale::toString(double i, char f, int prec) + for details. The effect of precisions are most notably for number Formats starting with 'e', see + \ref setNumberFormat +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setNumberPrecision(int precision) +{ + if (mNumberPrecision != precision) { + mNumberPrecision = precision; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach inside the + plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than + zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so + they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLength, setTickLengthIn, setTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setTickLengthIn(inside); + setTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach + inside the plot. + + \see setTickLengthOut, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mTickLengthIn != inside) { + mTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward ticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the ticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels and axis label will + increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLengthIn, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mTickLengthOut != outside) { + mTickLengthOut = outside; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub tick marks are displayed. + + Sub ticks are only potentially visible if (major) ticks are also visible (see \ref setTicks) + + \see setTicks +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSubTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mSubTicks != show) { + mSubTicks = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater + than zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, + so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLength, setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setSubTickLengthIn(inside); + setSubTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot. + + \see setSubTickLengthOut, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSubTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mSubTickLengthIn != inside) { + mSubTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward subticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the subticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels will increase their + distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSubTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mSubTickLengthOut != outside) { + mSubTickLengthOut = outside; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the axis base line is drawn with. + + \see setTickPen, setSubTickPen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, tick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, subtick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setSubTickCount, setSubTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the axis label. + + \see setLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mLabelFont != font) { + mLabelFont = font; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the axis label. + + \see setLabelFont +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the text of the axis label that will be shown below/above or next to the axis, depending on + its orientation. To disable axis labels, pass an empty string as \a str. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (mLabel != str) { + mLabel = str; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the tick labels and the axis label. + + \see setTickLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mLabelPadding != padding) { + mLabelPadding = padding; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mSelectedTickLabelFont) { + mSelectedTickLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mSelectedTickLabelColor) { + mSelectedTickLabelColor = color; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the axis base line when selected. + + \see setBasePen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks when selected. + + \see setTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the subticks when selected. + + \see setSubTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLinear, \a diff is added to the lower and upper + bounds of the range. The range is simply moved by \a diff. + + If the scale type is \ref stLogarithmic, the range bounds are multiplied by \a diff. This + corresponds to an apparent "linear" move in logarithmic scaling by a distance of log(diff). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::moveRange(double diff) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + mRange.lower += diff; + mRange.upper += diff; + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + mRange.lower *= diff; + mRange.upper *= diff; + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the center of the current axis range. For + example, if \a factor is 2.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at the axis + range center won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates around + the center will have moved symmetrically closer). + + If you wish to scale around a different coordinate than the current axis range center, use the + overload \ref scaleRange(double factor, double center). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::scaleRange(double factor) +{ + scaleRange(factor, range().center()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the coordinate \a center. For example, if \a + factor is 2.0, \a center is 1.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at + coordinate 1.0 won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates + around 1.0 will have moved symmetrically closer to 1.0). + + \see scaleRange(double factor) +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::scaleRange(double factor, double center) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = (mRange.lower - center) * factor + center; + newRange.upper = (mRange.upper - center) * factor + center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if ((mRange.upper < 0 && center < 0) || (mRange.upper > 0 && center > 0)) { // make sure center has same sign as range + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = qPow(mRange.lower / center, factor) * center; + newRange.upper = qPow(mRange.upper / center, factor) * center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLogScale(); + } + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Center of scaling operation doesn't lie in same logarithmic sign domain as range:" << center; + } + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Changes the axis range such that all plottables associated with this axis are fully visible in + that dimension. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + Q_UNUSED(onlyVisiblePlottables) + /* TODO + QList p = plottables(); + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + for (int i=0; irealVisibility() && onlyVisiblePlottables) + continue; + QCPRange plottableRange; + bool currentFoundRange; + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (mScaleType == stLogarithmic) + signDomain = (mRange.upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + if (p.at(i)->keyAxis() == this) + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getKeyRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + else + plottableRange = p.at(i)->getValueRange(currentFoundRange, signDomain); + if (currentFoundRange) + { + if (!haveRange) + newRange = plottableRange; + else + newRange.expand(plottableRange); + haveRange = true; + } + } + if (haveRange) + { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + { + double center = (newRange.lower+newRange.upper)*0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (mScaleType == stLinear) + { + newRange.lower = center-mRange.size()/2.0; + newRange.upper = center+mRange.size()/2.0; + } else // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + { + newRange.lower = center/qSqrt(mRange.upper/mRange.lower); + newRange.upper = center*qSqrt(mRange.upper/mRange.lower); + } + } + setRange(newRange); + } + */ +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget, to axis coordinates. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const +{ + QCPVector2D posVector(pixelPos - mCenter); + radiusCoord = radiusToCoord(posVector.length()); + angleCoord = mAngularAxis->angleRadToCoord(posVector.angle()); +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in coordinates of the axis, to pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +QPointF QCPPolarAxisRadial::coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const +{ + const double radiusPixel = coordToRadius(radiusCoord); + const double angleRad = mAngularAxis->coordToAngleRad(angleCoord); + return QPointF(mCenter.x() + qCos(angleRad) * radiusPixel, mCenter.y() + qSin(angleRad) * radiusPixel); +} + +double QCPPolarAxisRadial::coordToRadius(double coord) const +{ + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (coord - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * mRadius; + } else { + return (mRange.upper - coord) / mRange.size() * mRadius; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (coord >= 0.0 && mRange.upper < 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just return outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mRadius + 200 : mRadius - 200; + } else if (coord <= 0.0 && mRange.upper >= 0.0) { // invalid value for logarithmic scale, just return outside visible range + return !mRangeReversed ? mRadius - 200 : mRadius + 200; + } else { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qLn(coord / mRange.lower) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mRadius; + } else { + return qLn(mRange.upper / coord) / qLn(mRange.upper / mRange.lower) * mRadius; + } + } + } +} + +double QCPPolarAxisRadial::radiusToCoord(double radius) const +{ + if (mScaleType == stLinear) { + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return (radius) / mRadius * mRange.size() + mRange.lower; + } else { + return -(radius) / mRadius * mRange.size() + mRange.upper; + } + } else { // mScaleType == stLogarithmic + if (!mRangeReversed) { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (radius) / mRadius) * mRange.lower; + } else { + return qPow(mRange.upper / mRange.lower, (-radius) / mRadius) * mRange.upper; + } + } +} + + +/*! + Returns the part of the axis that is hit by \a pos (in pixels). The return value of this function + is independent of the user-selectable parts defined with \ref setSelectableParts. Further, this + function does not change the current selection state of the axis. + + If the axis is not visible (\ref setVisible), this function always returns \ref spNone. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectablePart QCPPolarAxisRadial::getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos) // TODO remove later + if (!mVisible) { + return spNone; + } + + /* + TODO: + if (mAxisPainter->axisSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spAxis; + else if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelsSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spTickLabels; + else if (mAxisPainter->labelSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spAxisLabel; + else */ + return spNone; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPPolarAxisRadial::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return -1; + } + SelectablePart part = getPartAt(pos); + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) || part == spNone) { + return -1; + } + + if (details) { + details->setValue(part); + } + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + SelectablePart part = details.value(); + if (mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) { + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(additive ? mSelectedParts ^part : part); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + SelectableParts selBefore = mSelectedParts; + setSelectedParts(mSelectedParts & ~mSelectableParts); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelectedParts != selBefore; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis drag, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range dragging in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag) and this axis must be a draggable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragStartRange = mRange; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) // TODO remove later + Q_UNUSED(startPos) // TODO remove later + if (mDragging) { + /* TODO + const double startPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? startPos.x() : startPos.y(); + const double currentPixel = orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? event->pos().x() : event->pos().y(); + if (mScaleType == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLinear) + { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) - pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower+diff, mDragStartRange.upper+diff); + } else if (mScaleType == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLogarithmic) + { + const double diff = pixelToCoord(startPixel) / pixelToCoord(currentPixel); + setRange(mDragStartRange.lower*diff, mDragStartRange.upper*diff); + } + */ + + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user drag individual axes + exclusively, by startig the drag on top of the axis. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The dragging of possibly multiple axes at once by starting the drag anywhere in the axis + rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent. + + \see QCPAxis::mousePressEvent +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This mouse event reimplementation provides the functionality to let the user zoom individual axes + exclusively, by performing the wheel event on top of the axis. + + For the axis to accept this event and perform the single axis zoom, the parent \ref QCPAxisRect + must be configured accordingly, i.e. it must allow range zooming in the orientation of this axis + (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom) and this axis must be a zoomable axis (\ref + QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \note The zooming of possibly multiple axes at once by performing the wheel event anywhere in the + axis rect is handled by the axis rect's mouse event, e.g. \ref QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (!mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom)) { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + // TODO: + //const double wheelSteps = event->delta()/120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + //const double factor = qPow(mRangeZoomFactor, wheelSteps); + //scaleRange(factor, pixelToCoord(orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ? event->pos().x() : event->pos().y())); + mParentPlot->replot(); +} + +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::updateGeometry(const QPointF ¢er, double radius) +{ + mCenter = center; + mRadius = radius; + if (mRadius < 1) { + mRadius = 1; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing axis lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \seebaseclassmethod + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeAxes); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the axis with the specified \a painter, using the internal QCPAxisPainterPrivate instance. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + const double axisAngleRad = (mAngle + (mAngleReference == arAngularAxis ? mAngularAxis->angle() : 0)) / 180.0 * M_PI; + const QPointF axisVector(qCos(axisAngleRad), qSin(axisAngleRad)); // semantically should be QCPVector2D, but we save time in loops when we keep it as QPointF + const QPointF tickNormal = QCPVector2D(axisVector).perpendicular().toPointF(); // semantically should be QCPVector2D, but we save time in loops when we keep it as QPointF + + // draw baseline: + painter->setPen(getBasePen()); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(mCenter, mCenter + axisVector * (mRadius - 0.5))); + + // draw subticks: + if (!mSubTickVector.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(getSubTickPen()); + for (int i = 0; i < mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + const QPointF tickPosition = mCenter + axisVector * coordToRadius(mSubTickVector.at(i)); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(tickPosition - tickNormal * mSubTickLengthIn, tickPosition + tickNormal * mSubTickLengthOut)); + } + } + + // draw ticks and labels: + if (!mTickVector.isEmpty()) { + mLabelPainter.setAnchorReference(mCenter - axisVector); // subtract (normalized) axisVector, just to prevent degenerate tangents for tick label at exact lower axis range + mLabelPainter.setFont(getTickLabelFont()); + mLabelPainter.setColor(getTickLabelColor()); + const QPen ticksPen = getTickPen(); + painter->setPen(ticksPen); + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + const double r = coordToRadius(mTickVector.at(i)); + const QPointF tickPosition = mCenter + axisVector * r; + painter->drawLine(QLineF(tickPosition - tickNormal * mTickLengthIn, tickPosition + tickNormal * mTickLengthOut)); + // possibly draw tick labels: + if (!mTickVectorLabels.isEmpty()) { + if ((!mRangeReversed && (i < mTickVectorLabels.count() - 1 || mRadius - r > 10)) || + (mRangeReversed && (i > 0 || mRadius - r > 10))) { // skip last label if it's closer than 10 pixels to angular axis + mLabelPainter.drawTickLabel(painter, tickPosition + tickNormal * mSubTickLengthOut, mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Prepares the internal tick vector, sub tick vector and tick label vector. This is done by calling + QCPAxisTicker::generate on the currently installed ticker. + + If a change in the label text/count is detected, the cached axis margin is invalidated to make + sure the next margin calculation recalculates the label sizes and returns an up-to-date value. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisRadial::setupTickVectors() +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return; + } + if ((!mTicks && !mTickLabels) || mRange.size() <= 0) { + return; + } + + mTicker->generate(mRange, mParentPlot->locale(), mNumberFormatChar, mNumberPrecision, mTickVector, mSubTicks ? &mSubTickVector : 0, mTickLabels ? &mTickVectorLabels : 0); +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the axis base line. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedBasePen or mBasePen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisRadial::getBasePen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedBasePen : mBasePen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickPen or mTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisRadial::getTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedTickPen : mTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the subticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedSubTickPen or mSubTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisRadial::getSubTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedSubTickPen : mSubTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelFont or mTickLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPPolarAxisRadial::getTickLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelFont : mTickLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelFont or mLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPPolarAxisRadial::getLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelFont : mLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelColor or mTickLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPPolarAxisRadial::getTickLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelColor : mTickLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelColor or mLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPPolarAxisRadial::getLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelColor : mLabelColor; +} + + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPPolarAxisRadial::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectAxes; +} +/* end of 'src/polar/radialaxis.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 57266 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPolarAxisAngular +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPolarAxisAngular + \brief The main container for polar plots, representing the angular axis as a circle + + \warning In this QCustomPlot version, polar plots are a tech preview. Expect documentation and + functionality to be incomplete, as well as changing public interfaces in the future. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPLayoutInset *QCPPolarAxisAngular::insetLayout() const + + Returns the inset layout of this axis rect. It can be used to place other layout elements (or + even layouts with multiple other elements) inside/on top of an axis rect. + + \see QCPLayoutInset +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::left() const + + Returns the pixel position of the left border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::right() const + + Returns the pixel position of the right border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::top() const + + Returns the pixel position of the top border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::bottom() const + + Returns the pixel position of the bottom border of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into + account here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::width() const + + Returns the pixel width of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn int QCPPolarAxisAngular::height() const + + Returns the pixel height of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QSize QCPPolarAxisAngular::size() const + + Returns the pixel size of this axis rect. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPPolarAxisAngular::topLeft() const + + Returns the top left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, + so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPPolarAxisAngular::topRight() const + + Returns the top right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPPolarAxisAngular::bottomLeft() const + + Returns the bottom left corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPPolarAxisAngular::bottomRight() const + + Returns the bottom right corner of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account + here, so the returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/*! \fn QPoint QCPPolarAxisAngular::center() const + + Returns the center of this axis rect in pixels. Margins are not taken into account here, so the + returned value is with respect to the inner \ref rect. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Creates a QCPPolarAxis instance and sets default values. An axis is added for each of the four + sides, the top and right axes are set invisible initially. +*/ +QCPPolarAxisAngular::QCPPolarAxisAngular(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) : + QCPLayoutElement(parentPlot), + mBackgroundBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mBackgroundScaled(true), + mBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding), + mInsetLayout(new QCPLayoutInset), + mRangeDrag(false), + mRangeZoom(false), + mRangeZoomFactor(0.85), + // axis base: + mAngle(-90), + mAngleRad(mAngle / 180.0 * M_PI), + mSelectableParts(spAxis | spTickLabels | spAxisLabel), + mSelectedParts(spNone), + mBasePen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedBasePen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // axis label: + mLabelPadding(0), + mLabel(), + mLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedLabelFont(QFont(mLabelFont.family(), mLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedLabelColor(Qt::blue), + // tick labels: + //mTickLabelPadding(0), in label painter + mTickLabels(true), + //mTickLabelRotation(0), in label painter + mTickLabelFont(mParentPlot->font()), + mSelectedTickLabelFont(QFont(mTickLabelFont.family(), mTickLabelFont.pointSize(), QFont::Bold)), + mTickLabelColor(Qt::black), + mSelectedTickLabelColor(Qt::blue), + mNumberPrecision(6), + mNumberFormatChar('g'), + mNumberBeautifulPowers(true), + mNumberMultiplyCross(false), + // ticks and subticks: + mTicks(true), + mSubTicks(true), + mTickLengthIn(5), + mTickLengthOut(0), + mSubTickLengthIn(2), + mSubTickLengthOut(0), + mTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + mSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::black, 0, Qt::SolidLine, Qt::SquareCap)), + mSelectedSubTickPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 2)), + // scale and range: + mRange(0, 360), + mRangeReversed(false), + // internal members: + mRadius(1), // non-zero initial value, will be overwritten in ::update() according to inner rect + mGrid(new QCPPolarGrid(this)), + mTicker(new QCPAxisTickerFixed), + mDragging(false), + mLabelPainter(parentPlot) +{ + // TODO: + //mInsetLayout->initializeParentPlot(mParentPlot); + //mInsetLayout->setParentLayerable(this); + //mInsetLayout->setParent(this); + + if (QCPAxisTickerFixed *fixedTicker = mTicker.dynamicCast().data()) { + fixedTicker->setTickStep(30); + } + setAntialiased(true); + setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); // it's actually on that layer already, but we want it in front of the grid, so we place it on there again + + setTickLabelPadding(5); + setTickLabelRotation(0); + setTickLabelMode(lmUpright); + mLabelPainter.setAnchorReferenceType(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::artNormal); + mLabelPainter.setAbbreviateDecimalPowers(false); + mLabelPainter.setCacheSize(24); // so we can cache up to 15-degree intervals, polar angular axis uses a bit larger cache than normal axes + + setMinimumSize(50, 50); + setMinimumMargins(QMargins(30, 30, 30, 30)); + + addRadialAxis(); + mGrid->setRadialAxis(radialAxis()); +} + +QCPPolarAxisAngular::~QCPPolarAxisAngular() +{ + delete mGrid; // delete grid here instead of via parent ~QObject for better defined deletion order + mGrid = 0; + + delete mInsetLayout; + mInsetLayout = 0; + + QList radialAxesList = radialAxes(); + for (int i = 0; i < radialAxesList.size(); ++i) { + removeRadialAxis(radialAxesList.at(i)); + } +} + +QCPPolarAxisAngular::LabelMode QCPPolarAxisAngular::tickLabelMode() const +{ + switch (mLabelPainter.anchorMode()) { + case QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedUpright: + return lmUpright; + case QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedRotated: + return lmRotated; + default: + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid mode for polar axis"; + break; + } + return lmUpright; +} + +/* No documentation as it is a property getter */ +QString QCPPolarAxisAngular::numberFormat() const +{ + QString result; + result.append(mNumberFormatChar); + if (mNumberBeautifulPowers) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('b')); + if (mLabelPainter.multiplicationSymbol() == QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolCross) { + result.append(QLatin1Char('c')); + } + } + return result; +} + +/*! + Returns the number of axes on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axis +*/ +int QCPPolarAxisAngular::radialAxisCount() const +{ + return mRadialAxes.size(); +} + +/*! + Returns the axis with the given \a index on the axis rect side specified with \a type. + + \see axisCount, axes +*/ +QCPPolarAxisRadial *QCPPolarAxisAngular::radialAxis(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mRadialAxes.size()) { + return mRadialAxes.at(index); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Axis index out of bounds:" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + Returns all axes on the axis rect sides specified with \a types. + + \a types may be a single \ref QCPAxis::AxisType or an or-combination, to get the axes of + multiple sides. + + \see axis +*/ +QList QCPPolarAxisAngular::radialAxes() const +{ + return mRadialAxes; +} + + +/*! + Adds a new axis to the axis rect side specified with \a type, and returns it. If \a axis is 0, a + new QCPAxis instance is created internally. QCustomPlot owns the returned axis, so if you want to + remove an axis, use \ref removeAxis instead of deleting it manually. + + You may inject QCPAxis instances (or subclasses of QCPAxis) by setting \a axis to an axis that was + previously created outside QCustomPlot. It is important to note that QCustomPlot takes ownership + of the axis, so you may not delete it afterwards. Further, the \a axis must have been created + with this axis rect as parent and with the same axis type as specified in \a type. If this is not + the case, a debug output is generated, the axis is not added, and the method returns 0. + + This method can not be used to move \a axis between axis rects. The same \a axis instance must + not be added multiple times to the same or different axis rects. + + If an axis rect side already contains one or more axes, the lower and upper endings of the new + axis (\ref QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, \ref QCPAxis::setUpperEnding) are set to \ref + QCPLineEnding::esHalfBar. + + \see addAxes, setupFullAxesBox +*/ +QCPPolarAxisRadial *QCPPolarAxisAngular::addRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis) +{ + QCPPolarAxisRadial *newAxis = axis; + if (!newAxis) { + newAxis = new QCPPolarAxisRadial(this); + } else { // user provided existing axis instance, do some sanity checks + if (newAxis->angularAxis() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed radial axis doesn't have this angular axis as parent angular axis"; + return 0; + } + if (radialAxes().contains(newAxis)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed axis is already owned by this angular axis"; + return 0; + } + } + mRadialAxes.append(newAxis); + return newAxis; +} + +/*! + Removes the specified \a axis from the axis rect and deletes it. + + Returns true on success, i.e. if \a axis was a valid axis in this axis rect. + + \see addAxis +*/ +bool QCPPolarAxisAngular::removeRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *radialAxis) +{ + if (mRadialAxes.contains(radialAxis)) { + mRadialAxes.removeOne(radialAxis); + delete radialAxis; + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Radial axis isn't associated with this angular axis:" << reinterpret_cast(radialAxis); + return false; + } +} + +QRegion QCPPolarAxisAngular::exactClipRegion() const +{ + return QRegion(mCenter.x() - mRadius, mCenter.y() - mRadius, qRound(2 * mRadius), qRound(2 * mRadius), QRegion::Ellipse); +} + +/*! + If the scale type (\ref setScaleType) is \ref stLinear, \a diff is added to the lower and upper + bounds of the range. The range is simply moved by \a diff. + + If the scale type is \ref stLogarithmic, the range bounds are multiplied by \a diff. This + corresponds to an apparent "linear" move in logarithmic scaling by a distance of log(diff). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::moveRange(double diff) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower += diff; + mRange.upper += diff; + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the center of the current axis range. For + example, if \a factor is 2.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at the axis + range center won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates around + the center will have moved symmetrically closer). + + If you wish to scale around a different coordinate than the current axis range center, use the + overload \ref scaleRange(double factor, double center). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::scaleRange(double factor) +{ + scaleRange(factor, range().center()); +} + +/*! \overload + + Scales the range of this axis by \a factor around the coordinate \a center. For example, if \a + factor is 2.0, \a center is 1.0, then the axis range will double its size, and the point at + coordinate 1.0 won't have changed its position in the QCustomPlot widget (i.e. coordinates + around 1.0 will have moved symmetrically closer to 1.0). + + \see scaleRange(double factor) +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::scaleRange(double factor, double center) +{ + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + QCPRange newRange; + newRange.lower = (mRange.lower - center) * factor + center; + newRange.upper = (mRange.upper - center) * factor + center; + if (QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { + mRange = newRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + } + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Changes the axis range such that all plottables associated with this axis are fully visible in + that dimension. + + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::rescaleAxes, QCustomPlot::rescaleAxes +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables) +{ + QCPRange newRange; + bool haveRange = false; + for (int i = 0; i < mGraphs.size(); ++i) { + if (!mGraphs.at(i)->realVisibility() && onlyVisiblePlottables) { + continue; + } + QCPRange range; + bool currentFoundRange; + if (mGraphs.at(i)->keyAxis() == this) { + range = mGraphs.at(i)->getKeyRange(currentFoundRange, QCP::sdBoth); + } else { + range = mGraphs.at(i)->getValueRange(currentFoundRange, QCP::sdBoth); + } + if (currentFoundRange) { + if (!haveRange) { + newRange = range; + } else { + newRange.expand(range); + } + haveRange = true; + } + } + if (haveRange) { + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + newRange.lower = center - mRange.size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + mRange.size() / 2.0; + } + setRange(newRange); + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget, to axis coordinates. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const +{ + if (!mRadialAxes.isEmpty()) { + mRadialAxes.first()->pixelToCoord(pixelPos, angleCoord, radiusCoord); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no radial axis configured"; + } +} + +/*! + Transforms \a value, in coordinates of the axis, to pixel coordinates of the QCustomPlot widget. +*/ +QPointF QCPPolarAxisAngular::coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const +{ + if (!mRadialAxes.isEmpty()) { + return mRadialAxes.first()->coordToPixel(angleCoord, radiusCoord); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "no radial axis configured"; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns the part of the axis that is hit by \a pos (in pixels). The return value of this function + is independent of the user-selectable parts defined with \ref setSelectableParts. Further, this + function does not change the current selection state of the axis. + + If the axis is not visible (\ref setVisible), this function always returns \ref spNone. + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectablePart QCPPolarAxisAngular::getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos) // TODO remove later + + if (!mVisible) { + return spNone; + } + + /* + TODO: + if (mAxisPainter->axisSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spAxis; + else if (mAxisPainter->tickLabelsSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spTickLabels; + else if (mAxisPainter->labelSelectionBox().contains(pos.toPoint())) + return spAxisLabel; + else */ + return spNone; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +double QCPPolarAxisAngular::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + /* + if (!mParentPlot) return -1; + SelectablePart part = getPartAt(pos); + if ((onlySelectable && !mSelectableParts.testFlag(part)) || part == spNone) + return -1; + + if (details) + details->setValue(part); + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()*0.99; + */ + + Q_UNUSED(details) + + if (onlySelectable) { + return -1; + } + + if (QRectF(mOuterRect).contains(pos)) { + if (mParentPlot) { + return mParentPlot->selectionTolerance() * 0.99; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "parent plot not defined"; + return -1; + } + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/*! + This method is called automatically upon replot and doesn't need to be called by users of + QCPPolarAxisAngular. + + Calls the base class implementation to update the margins (see \ref QCPLayoutElement::update), + and finally passes the \ref rect to the inset layout (\ref insetLayout) and calls its + QCPInsetLayout::update function. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::update(UpdatePhase phase) +{ + QCPLayoutElement::update(phase); + + switch (phase) { + case upPreparation: { + setupTickVectors(); + for (int i = 0; i < mRadialAxes.size(); ++i) { + mRadialAxes.at(i)->setupTickVectors(); + } + break; + } + case upLayout: { + mCenter = mRect.center(); + mRadius = 0.5 * qMin(qAbs(mRect.width()), qAbs(mRect.height())); + if (mRadius < 1) { + mRadius = 1; // prevent cases where radius might become 0 which causes trouble + } + for (int i = 0; i < mRadialAxes.size(); ++i) { + mRadialAxes.at(i)->updateGeometry(mCenter, mRadius); + } + + mInsetLayout->setOuterRect(rect()); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + // pass update call on to inset layout (doesn't happen automatically, because QCPPolarAxis doesn't derive from QCPLayout): + mInsetLayout->update(phase); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QList QCPPolarAxisAngular::elements(bool recursive) const +{ + QList result; + if (mInsetLayout) { + result << mInsetLayout; + if (recursive) { + result << mInsetLayout->elements(recursive); + } + } + return result; +} + +bool QCPPolarAxisAngular::removeGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph) +{ + if (!mGraphs.contains(graph)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "graph not in list:" << reinterpret_cast(graph); + return false; + } + + // remove plottable from legend: + graph->removeFromLegend(); + // remove plottable: + delete graph; + mGraphs.removeOne(graph); + return true; +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeAxes); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + drawBackground(painter, mCenter, mRadius); + + // draw baseline circle: + painter->setPen(getBasePen()); + painter->drawEllipse(mCenter, mRadius, mRadius); + + // draw subticks: + if (!mSubTickVector.isEmpty()) { + painter->setPen(getSubTickPen()); + for (int i = 0; i < mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(mCenter + mSubTickVectorCosSin.at(i) * (mRadius - mSubTickLengthIn), + mCenter + mSubTickVectorCosSin.at(i) * (mRadius + mSubTickLengthOut)); + } + } + + // draw ticks and labels: + if (!mTickVector.isEmpty()) { + mLabelPainter.setAnchorReference(mCenter); + mLabelPainter.setFont(getTickLabelFont()); + mLabelPainter.setColor(getTickLabelColor()); + const QPen ticksPen = getTickPen(); + painter->setPen(ticksPen); + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + const QPointF outerTick = mCenter + mTickVectorCosSin.at(i) * (mRadius + mTickLengthOut); + painter->drawLine(mCenter + mTickVectorCosSin.at(i) * (mRadius - mTickLengthIn), outerTick); + // draw tick labels: + if (!mTickVectorLabels.isEmpty()) { + if (i < mTickVectorLabels.count() - 1 || (mTickVectorCosSin.at(i) - mTickVectorCosSin.first()).manhattanLength() > 5 / 180.0 * M_PI) { // skip last label if it's closer than approx 5 degrees to first + mLabelPainter.drawTickLabel(painter, outerTick, mTickVectorLabels.at(i)); + } + } + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCP::Interaction QCPPolarAxisAngular::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectAxes; +} + + +/*! + Sets \a pm as the axis background pixmap. The axis background pixmap will be drawn inside the + axis rect. Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect + backgrounds are usually drawn below everything else. + + For cases where the provided pixmap doesn't have the same size as the axis rect, scaling can be + enabled with \ref setBackgroundScaled and the scaling mode (i.e. whether and how the aspect ratio + is preserved) can be set with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. To set all these options in one call, + consider using the overloaded version of this function. + + Below the pixmap, the axis rect may be optionally filled with a brush, if specified with \ref + setBackground(const QBrush &brush). + + \see setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode, setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! \overload + + Sets \a brush as the background brush. The axis rect background will be filled with this brush. + Since axis rects place themselves on the "background" layer by default, the axis rect backgrounds + are usually drawn below everything else. + + The brush will be drawn before (under) any background pixmap, which may be specified with \ref + setBackground(const QPixmap &pm). + + To disable drawing of a background brush, set \a brush to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm) +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBackground(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBackgroundBrush = brush; +} + +/*! \overload + + Allows setting the background pixmap of the axis rect, whether it shall be scaled and how it + shall be scaled in one call. + + \see setBackground(const QPixmap &pm), setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundPixmap = pm; + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = QPixmap(); + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis background pixmap shall be scaled to fit the axis rect or not. If \a scaled + is set to true, you may control whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap is + preserved with \ref setBackgroundScaledMode. + + Note that the scaled version of the original pixmap is buffered, so there is no performance + penalty on replots. (Except when the axis rect dimensions are changed continuously.) + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled) +{ + mBackgroundScaled = scaled; +} + +/*! + If scaling of the axis background pixmap is enabled (\ref setBackgroundScaled), use this function to + define whether and how the aspect ratio of the original pixmap passed to \ref setBackground is preserved. + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode) +{ + mBackgroundScaledMode = mode; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeDrag(bool enabled) +{ + mRangeDrag = enabled; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeZoom(bool enabled) +{ + mRangeZoom = enabled; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeZoomFactor(double factor) +{ + mRangeZoomFactor = factor; +} + + + + + + + +/*! + Sets the range of the axis. + + This slot may be connected with the \ref rangeChanged signal of another axis so this axis + is always synchronized with the other axis range, when it changes. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRange(const QCPRange &range) +{ + if (range.lower == mRange.lower && range.upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(range)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange = range.sanitizedForLinScale(); + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the user can (de-)select the parts in \a selectable by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface. + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes.) + + However, even when \a selectable is set to a value not allowing the selection of a specific part, + it is still possible to set the selection of this part manually, by calling \ref setSelectedParts + directly. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectedParts +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectable) +{ + if (mSelectableParts != selectable) { + mSelectableParts = selectable; + emit selectableChanged(mSelectableParts); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the selected state of the respective axis parts described by \ref SelectablePart. When a part + is selected, it uses a different pen/font. + + The entire selection mechanism for axes is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectAxes. You only need to call this function when you + wish to change the selection state manually. + + This function can change the selection state of a part, independent of the \ref setSelectableParts setting. + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see SelectablePart, setSelectableParts, selectTest, setSelectedBasePen, setSelectedTickPen, setSelectedSubTickPen, + setSelectedTickLabelFont, setSelectedLabelFont, setSelectedTickLabelColor, setSelectedLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selected) +{ + if (mSelectedParts != selected) { + mSelectedParts = selected; + emit selectionChanged(mSelectedParts); + } +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the lower and upper bound of the axis range. + + To invert the direction of an axis, use \ref setRangeReversed. + + There is also a slot to set a range, see \ref setRange(const QCPRange &range). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRange(double lower, double upper) +{ + if (lower == mRange.lower && upper == mRange.upper) { + return; + } + + if (!QCPRange::validRange(lower, upper)) { + return; + } + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange.upper = upper; + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + \overload + + Sets the range of the axis. + + The \a position coordinate indicates together with the \a alignment parameter, where the new + range will be positioned. \a size defines the size of the new axis range. \a alignment may be + Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight or Qt::AlignCenter. This will cause the left border, right border, + or center of the range to be aligned with \a position. Any other values of \a alignment will + default to Qt::AlignCenter. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment) +{ + if (alignment == Qt::AlignLeft) { + setRange(position, position + size); + } else if (alignment == Qt::AlignRight) { + setRange(position - size, position); + } else { // alignment == Qt::AlignCenter + setRange(position - size / 2.0, position + size / 2.0); + } +} + +/*! + Sets the lower bound of the axis range. The upper bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeLower(double lower) +{ + if (mRange.lower == lower) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.lower = lower; + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets the upper bound of the axis range. The lower bound is not changed. + \see setRange +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeUpper(double upper) +{ + if (mRange.upper == upper) { + return; + } + + QCPRange oldRange = mRange; + mRange.upper = upper; + mRange = mRange.sanitizedForLinScale(); + emit rangeChanged(mRange); + emit rangeChanged(mRange, oldRange); +} + +/*! + Sets whether the axis range (direction) is displayed reversed. Normally, the values on horizontal + axes increase left to right, on vertical axes bottom to top. When \a reversed is set to true, the + direction of increasing values is inverted. + + Note that the range and data interface stays the same for reversed axes, e.g. the \a lower part + of the \ref setRange interface will still reference the mathematically smaller number than the \a + upper part. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setRangeReversed(bool reversed) +{ + mRangeReversed = reversed; +} + +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setAngle(double degrees) +{ + mAngle = degrees; + mAngleRad = mAngle / 180.0 * M_PI; +} + +/*! + The axis ticker is responsible for generating the tick positions and tick labels. See the + documentation of QCPAxisTicker for details on how to work with axis tickers. + + You can change the tick positioning/labeling behaviour of this axis by setting a different + QCPAxisTicker subclass using this method. If you only wish to modify the currently installed axis + ticker, access it via \ref ticker. + + Since the ticker is stored in the axis as a shared pointer, multiple axes may share the same axis + ticker simply by passing the same shared pointer to multiple axes. + + \see ticker +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker) +{ + if (ticker) { + mTicker = ticker; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "can not set 0 as axis ticker"; + } + // no need to invalidate margin cache here because produced tick labels are checked for changes in setupTickVector +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick marks are displayed. + + Note that setting \a show to false does not imply that tick labels are invisible, too. To achieve + that, see \ref setTickLabels. + + \see setSubTicks +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mTicks != show) { + mTicks = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether tick labels are displayed. Tick labels are the numbers drawn next to tick marks. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabels(bool show) +{ + if (mTickLabels != show) { + mTickLabels = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + if (!mTickLabels) { + mTickVectorLabels.clear(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the axis base line (including any outward ticks) and the tick labels. + \see setLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + mLabelPainter.setPadding(padding); +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mTickLabelFont = font; +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the tick labels. + + \see setTickLabels, setTickLabelFont +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mTickLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the rotation of the tick labels. If \a degrees is zero, the labels are drawn normally. Else, + the tick labels are drawn rotated by \a degrees clockwise. The specified angle is bound to values + from -90 to 90 degrees. + + If \a degrees is exactly -90, 0 or 90, the tick labels are centered on the tick coordinate. For + other angles, the label is drawn with an offset such that it seems to point toward or away from + the tick mark. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabelRotation(double degrees) +{ + mLabelPainter.setRotation(degrees); +} + +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode) +{ + switch (mode) { + case lmUpright: + mLabelPainter.setAnchorMode(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedUpright); + break; + case lmRotated: + mLabelPainter.setAnchorMode(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::amSkewedRotated); + break; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the number format for the numbers in tick labels. This \a formatCode is an extended version + of the format code used e.g. by QString::number() and QLocale::toString(). For reference about + that, see the "Argument Formats" section in the detailed description of the QString class. + + \a formatCode is a string of one, two or three characters. The first character is identical to + the normal format code used by Qt. In short, this means: 'e'/'E' scientific format, 'f' fixed + format, 'g'/'G' scientific or fixed, whichever is shorter. + + The second and third characters are optional and specific to QCustomPlot:\n If the first char was + 'e' or 'g', numbers are/might be displayed in the scientific format, e.g. "5.5e9", which might be + visually unappealing in a plot. So when the second char of \a formatCode is set to 'b' (for + "beautiful"), those exponential numbers are formatted in a more natural way, i.e. "5.5 + [multiplication sign] 10 [superscript] 9". By default, the multiplication sign is a centered dot. + If instead a cross should be shown (as is usual in the USA), the third char of \a formatCode can + be set to 'c'. The inserted multiplication signs are the UTF-8 characters 215 (0xD7) for the + cross and 183 (0xB7) for the dot. + + Examples for \a formatCode: + \li \c g normal format code behaviour. If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, + normal scientific format is used + \li \c gb If number is small, fixed format is used, if number is large, scientific format is used with + beautifully typeset decimal powers and a dot as multiplication sign + \li \c ebc All numbers are in scientific format with beautifully typeset decimal power and a cross as + multiplication sign + \li \c fb illegal format code, since fixed format doesn't support (or need) beautifully typeset decimal + powers. Format code will be reduced to 'f'. + \li \c hello illegal format code, since first char is not 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' or 'G'. Current format + code will not be changed. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode) +{ + if (formatCode.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Passed formatCode is empty"; + return; + } + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + + // interpret first char as number format char: + QString allowedFormatChars(QLatin1String("eEfgG")); + if (allowedFormatChars.contains(formatCode.at(0))) { + mNumberFormatChar = QLatin1Char(formatCode.at(0).toLatin1()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (first char not in 'eEfgG'):" << formatCode; + return; + } + + if (formatCode.length() < 2) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = false; + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + // interpret second char as indicator for beautiful decimal powers: + if (formatCode.at(1) == QLatin1Char('b') && (mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('e') || mNumberFormatChar == QLatin1Char('g'))) { + mNumberBeautifulPowers = true; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (second char not 'b' or first char neither 'e' nor 'g'):" << formatCode; + } + + if (formatCode.length() < 3) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + // interpret third char as indicator for dot or cross multiplication symbol: + if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('c')) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = true; + } else if (formatCode.at(2) == QLatin1Char('d')) { + mNumberMultiplyCross = false; + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Invalid number format code (third char neither 'c' nor 'd'):" << formatCode; + } + } + } + mLabelPainter.setSubstituteExponent(mNumberBeautifulPowers); + mLabelPainter.setMultiplicationSymbol(mNumberMultiplyCross ? QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolCross : QCPLabelPainterPrivate::SymbolDot); +} + +/*! + Sets the precision of the tick label numbers. See QLocale::toString(double i, char f, int prec) + for details. The effect of precisions are most notably for number Formats starting with 'e', see + \ref setNumberFormat +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setNumberPrecision(int precision) +{ + if (mNumberPrecision != precision) { + mNumberPrecision = precision; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach inside the + plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than + zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so + they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLength, setTickLengthIn, setTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setTickLengthIn(inside); + setTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward ticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the ticks will reach + inside the plot. + + \see setTickLengthOut, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mTickLengthIn != inside) { + mTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward ticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the ticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels and axis label will + increase their distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLengthIn, setTickLength, setSubTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mTickLengthOut != outside) { + mTickLengthOut = outside; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub tick marks are displayed. + + Sub ticks are only potentially visible if (major) ticks are also visible (see \ref setTicks) + + \see setTicks +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSubTicks(bool show) +{ + if (mSubTicks != show) { + mSubTicks = show; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot and \a outside is the length they will reach outside the plot. If \a outside is greater + than zero, the tick labels and axis label will increase their distance to the axis accordingly, + so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setTickLength, setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLengthOut +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside) +{ + setSubTickLengthIn(inside); + setSubTickLengthOut(outside); +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the inward subticks in pixels. \a inside is the length the subticks will reach inside + the plot. + + \see setSubTickLengthOut, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSubTickLengthIn(int inside) +{ + if (mSubTickLengthIn != inside) { + mSubTickLengthIn = inside; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the length of the outward subticks in pixels. \a outside is the length the subticks will reach + outside the plot. If \a outside is greater than zero, the tick labels will increase their + distance to the axis accordingly, so they won't collide with the ticks. + + \see setSubTickLengthIn, setSubTickLength, setTickLength +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSubTickLengthOut(int outside) +{ + if (mSubTickLengthOut != outside) { + mSubTickLengthOut = outside; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; // only outside tick length can change margin + } +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, the axis base line is drawn with. + + \see setTickPen, setSubTickPen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, tick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen, subtick marks will be drawn with. + + \see setSubTickCount, setSubTickLength, setBasePen +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the font of the axis label. + + \see setLabelColor +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (mLabelFont != font) { + mLabelFont = font; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color of the axis label. + + \see setLabelFont +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the text of the axis label that will be shown below/above or next to the axis, depending on + its orientation. To disable axis labels, pass an empty string as \a str. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setLabel(const QString &str) +{ + if (mLabel != str) { + mLabel = str; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the distance between the tick labels and the axis label. + + \see setTickLabelPadding, setPadding +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setLabelPadding(int padding) +{ + if (mLabelPadding != padding) { + mLabelPadding = padding; + //mCachedMarginValid = false; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + if (font != mSelectedTickLabelFont) { + mSelectedTickLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts + } +} + +/*! + Sets the font that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelFont, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font) +{ + mSelectedLabelFont = font; + // don't set mCachedMarginValid to false here because margin calculation is always done with non-selected fonts +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for tick labels when they are selected. + + \see setTickLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + if (color != mSelectedTickLabelColor) { + mSelectedTickLabelColor = color; + } +} + +/*! + Sets the color that is used for the axis label when it is selected. + + \see setLabelColor, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color) +{ + mSelectedLabelColor = color; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the axis base line when selected. + + \see setBasePen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedBasePen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks when selected. + + \see setTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen that is used to draw the subticks when selected. + + \see setSubTickPen, setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts, QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mSelectedSubTickPen = pen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the background of this axis rect. It may consist of a background fill (a QBrush) and a + pixmap. + + If a brush was given via \ref setBackground(const QBrush &brush), this function first draws an + according filling inside the axis rect with the provided \a painter. + + Then, if a pixmap was provided via \ref setBackground, this function buffers the scaled version + depending on \ref setBackgroundScaled and \ref setBackgroundScaledMode and then draws it inside + the axis rect with the provided \a painter. The scaled version is buffered in + mScaledBackgroundPixmap to prevent expensive rescaling at every redraw. It is only updated, when + the axis rect has changed in a way that requires a rescale of the background pixmap (this is + dependent on the \ref setBackgroundScaledMode), or when a differend axis background pixmap was + set. + + \see setBackground, setBackgroundScaled, setBackgroundScaledMode +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius) +{ + // draw background fill (don't use circular clip, looks bad): + if (mBackgroundBrush != Qt::NoBrush) { + QPainterPath ellipsePath; + ellipsePath.addEllipse(center, radius, radius); + painter->fillPath(ellipsePath, mBackgroundBrush); + } + + // draw background pixmap (on top of fill, if brush specified): + if (!mBackgroundPixmap.isNull()) { + QRegion clipCircle(center.x() - radius, center.y() - radius, qRound(2 * radius), qRound(2 * radius), QRegion::Ellipse); + QRegion originalClip = painter->clipRegion(); + painter->setClipRegion(clipCircle); + if (mBackgroundScaled) { + // check whether mScaledBackground needs to be updated: + QSize scaledSize(mBackgroundPixmap.size()); + scaledSize.scale(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode); + if (mScaledBackgroundPixmap.size() != scaledSize) { + mScaledBackgroundPixmap = mBackgroundPixmap.scaled(mRect.size(), mBackgroundScaledMode, Qt::SmoothTransformation); + } + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mScaledBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height()) & mScaledBackgroundPixmap.rect()); + } else { + painter->drawPixmap(mRect.topLeft() + QPoint(0, -1), mBackgroundPixmap, QRect(0, 0, mRect.width(), mRect.height())); + } + painter->setClipRegion(originalClip); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Prepares the internal tick vector, sub tick vector and tick label vector. This is done by calling + QCPAxisTicker::generate on the currently installed ticker. + + If a change in the label text/count is detected, the cached axis margin is invalidated to make + sure the next margin calculation recalculates the label sizes and returns an up-to-date value. +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::setupTickVectors() +{ + if (!mParentPlot) { + return; + } + if ((!mTicks && !mTickLabels && !mGrid->visible()) || mRange.size() <= 0) { + return; + } + + mSubTickVector.clear(); // since we might not pass it to mTicker->generate(), and we don't want old data in there + mTicker->generate(mRange, mParentPlot->locale(), mNumberFormatChar, mNumberPrecision, mTickVector, mSubTicks ? &mSubTickVector : 0, mTickLabels ? &mTickVectorLabels : 0); + + // fill cos/sin buffers which will be used by draw() and QCPPolarGrid::draw(), so we don't have to calculate it twice: + mTickVectorCosSin.resize(mTickVector.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < mTickVector.size(); ++i) { + const double theta = coordToAngleRad(mTickVector.at(i)); + mTickVectorCosSin[i] = QPointF(qCos(theta), qSin(theta)); + } + mSubTickVectorCosSin.resize(mSubTickVector.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < mSubTickVector.size(); ++i) { + const double theta = coordToAngleRad(mSubTickVector.at(i)); + mSubTickVectorCosSin[i] = QPointF(qCos(theta), qSin(theta)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the axis base line. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedBasePen or mBasePen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisAngular::getBasePen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedBasePen : mBasePen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the (major) ticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickPen or mTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisAngular::getTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedTickPen : mTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the pen that is used to draw the subticks. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedSubTickPen or mSubTickPen. +*/ +QPen QCPPolarAxisAngular::getSubTickPen() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxis) ? mSelectedSubTickPen : mSubTickPen; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelFont or mTickLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPPolarAxisAngular::getTickLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelFont : mTickLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the font that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelFont or mLabelFont. +*/ +QFont QCPPolarAxisAngular::getLabelFont() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelFont : mLabelFont; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the tick labels. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedTickLabelColor or mTickLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPPolarAxisAngular::getTickLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spTickLabels) ? mSelectedTickLabelColor : mTickLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the color that is used to draw the axis label. Depending on the selection state, this + is either mSelectedLabelColor or mLabelColor. +*/ +QColor QCPPolarAxisAngular::getLabelColor() const +{ + return mSelectedParts.testFlag(spAxisLabel) ? mSelectedLabelColor : mLabelColor; +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when a mouse button is pressed on the axis rect. If the left mouse button is + pressed, the range dragging interaction is initialized (the actual range manipulation happens in + the \ref mouseMoveEvent). + + The mDragging flag is set to true and some anchor points are set that are needed to determine the + distance the mouse was dragged in the mouse move/release events later. + + \see mouseMoveEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) +{ + Q_UNUSED(details) + if (event->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) { + mDragging = true; + // initialize antialiasing backup in case we start dragging: + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mAADragBackup = mParentPlot->antialiasedElements(); + mNotAADragBackup = mParentPlot->notAntialiasedElements(); + } + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + mDragAngularStart = range(); + mDragRadialStart.clear(); + for (int i = 0; i < mRadialAxes.size(); ++i) { + mDragRadialStart.append(mRadialAxes.at(i)->range()); + } + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for when the mouse is moved on the axis rect. If range dragging was activated in a + preceding \ref mousePressEvent, the range is moved accordingly. + + \see mousePressEvent, mouseReleaseEvent +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + bool doReplot = false; + // Mouse range dragging interaction: + if (mDragging && mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeDrag)) { + if (mRangeDrag) { + doReplot = true; + double angleCoordStart, radiusCoordStart; + double angleCoord, radiusCoord; + pixelToCoord(startPos, angleCoordStart, radiusCoordStart); + pixelToCoord(event->pos(), angleCoord, radiusCoord); + double diff = angleCoordStart - angleCoord; + setRange(mDragAngularStart.lower + diff, mDragAngularStart.upper + diff); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mRadialAxes.size(); ++i) { + QCPPolarAxisRadial *ax = mRadialAxes.at(i); + if (!ax->rangeDrag()) { + continue; + } + doReplot = true; + double angleCoordStart, radiusCoordStart; + double angleCoord, radiusCoord; + ax->pixelToCoord(startPos, angleCoordStart, radiusCoordStart); + ax->pixelToCoord(event->pos(), angleCoord, radiusCoord); + if (ax->scaleType() == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLinear) { + double diff = radiusCoordStart - radiusCoord; + ax->setRange(mDragRadialStart.at(i).lower + diff, mDragRadialStart.at(i).upper + diff); + } else if (ax->scaleType() == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLogarithmic) { + if (radiusCoord != 0) { + double diff = radiusCoordStart / radiusCoord; + ax->setRange(mDragRadialStart.at(i).lower * diff, mDragRadialStart.at(i).upper * diff); + } + } + } + + if (doReplot) { // if either vertical or horizontal drag was enabled, do a replot + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(QCP::aeAll); + } + mParentPlot->replot(QCustomPlot::rpQueuedReplot); + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + Q_UNUSED(startPos) + mDragging = false; + if (mParentPlot->noAntialiasingOnDrag()) { + mParentPlot->setAntialiasedElements(mAADragBackup); + mParentPlot->setNotAntialiasedElements(mNotAADragBackup); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Event handler for mouse wheel events. If rangeZoom is Qt::Horizontal, Qt::Vertical or both, the + ranges of the axes defined as rangeZoomHorzAxis and rangeZoomVertAxis are scaled. The center of + the scaling operation is the current cursor position inside the axis rect. The scaling factor is + dependent on the mouse wheel delta (which direction the wheel was rotated) to provide a natural + zooming feel. The Strength of the zoom can be controlled via \ref setRangeZoomFactor. + + Note, that event->delta() is usually +/-120 for single rotation steps. However, if the mouse + wheel is turned rapidly, many steps may bunch up to one event, so the event->delta() may then be + multiples of 120. This is taken into account here, by calculating \a wheelSteps and using it as + exponent of the range zoom factor. This takes care of the wheel direction automatically, by + inverting the factor, when the wheel step is negative (f^-1 = 1/f). +*/ +void QCPPolarAxisAngular::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) +{ + bool doReplot = false; + // Mouse range zooming interaction: + if (mParentPlot->interactions().testFlag(QCP::iRangeZoom)) { +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) + const double delta = event->delta(); +#else + const double delta = event->angleDelta().y(); +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 14, 0) + const QPointF pos = event->pos(); +#else + const QPointF pos = event->position(); +#endif + const double wheelSteps = delta / 120.0; // a single step delta is +/-120 usually + if (mRangeZoom) { + double angleCoord, radiusCoord; + pixelToCoord(pos, angleCoord, radiusCoord); + scaleRange(qPow(mRangeZoomFactor, wheelSteps), angleCoord); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < mRadialAxes.size(); ++i) { + QCPPolarAxisRadial *ax = mRadialAxes.at(i); + if (!ax->rangeZoom()) { + continue; + } + doReplot = true; + double angleCoord, radiusCoord; + ax->pixelToCoord(pos, angleCoord, radiusCoord); + ax->scaleRange(qPow(ax->rangeZoomFactor(), wheelSteps), radiusCoord); + } + } + if (doReplot) { + mParentPlot->replot(); + } +} + +bool QCPPolarAxisAngular::registerPolarGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph) +{ + if (mGraphs.contains(graph)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable already added:" << reinterpret_cast(graph); + return false; + } + if (graph->keyAxis() != this) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "plottable not created with this as axis:" << reinterpret_cast(graph); + return false; + } + + mGraphs.append(graph); + // possibly add plottable to legend: + if (mParentPlot->autoAddPlottableToLegend()) { + graph->addToLegend(); + } + if (!graph->layer()) { // usually the layer is already set in the constructor of the plottable (via QCPLayerable constructor) + graph->setLayer(mParentPlot->currentLayer()); + } + return true; +} +/* end of 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargrid.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7493 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPolarGrid +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPolarGrid + \brief The grid in both angular and radial dimensions for polar plots + + \warning In this QCustomPlot version, polar plots are a tech preview. Expect documentation and + functionality to be incomplete, as well as changing public interfaces in the future. +*/ + +/*! + Creates a QCPPolarGrid instance and sets default values. + + You shouldn't instantiate grids on their own, since every axis brings its own grid. +*/ +QCPPolarGrid::QCPPolarGrid(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parentAxis) : + QCPLayerable(parentAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), parentAxis), + mType(gtNone), + mSubGridType(gtNone), + mAntialiasedSubGrid(true), + mAntialiasedZeroLine(true), + mParentAxis(parentAxis) +{ + // warning: this is called in QCPPolarAxisAngular constructor, so parentAxis members should not be accessed/called + setParent(parentAxis); + setType(gtAll); + setSubGridType(gtNone); + + setAngularPen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setAngularSubGridPen(QPen(QColor(220, 220, 220), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + + setRadialPen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setRadialSubGridPen(QPen(QColor(220, 220, 220), 0, Qt::DotLine)); + setRadialZeroLinePen(QPen(QColor(200, 200, 200), 0, Qt::SolidLine)); + + setAntialiased(true); +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis) +{ + mRadialAxis = axis; +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setType(GridTypes type) +{ + mType = type; +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setSubGridType(GridTypes type) +{ + mSubGridType = type; +} + +/*! + Sets whether sub grid lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedSubGrid = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether zero lines are drawn antialiased. +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedZeroLine = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which (major) grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::setAngularPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mAngularPen = pen; +} + +/*! + Sets the pen with which sub grid lines are drawn. +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::setAngularSubGridPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mAngularSubGridPen = pen; +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setRadialPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mRadialPen = pen; +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setRadialSubGridPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mRadialSubGridPen = pen; +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::setRadialZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mRadialZeroLinePen = pen; +} + +/*! \internal + + A convenience function to easily set the QPainter::Antialiased hint on the provided \a painter + before drawing the major grid lines. + + This is the antialiasing state the painter passed to the \ref draw method is in by default. + + This function takes into account the local setting of the antialiasing flag as well as the + overrides set with \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. + + \see setAntialiased +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aeGrid); +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws grid lines and sub grid lines at the positions of (sub) ticks of the parent axis, spanning + over the complete axis rect. Also draws the zero line, if appropriate (\ref setZeroLinePen). +*/ +void QCPPolarGrid::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mParentAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid parent axis"; + return; + } + + const QPointF center = mParentAxis->mCenter; + const double radius = mParentAxis->mRadius; + + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + // draw main angular grid: + if (mType.testFlag(gtAngular)) { + drawAngularGrid(painter, center, radius, mParentAxis->mTickVectorCosSin, mAngularPen); + } + // draw main radial grid: + if (mType.testFlag(gtRadial) && mRadialAxis) { + drawRadialGrid(painter, center, mRadialAxis->tickVector(), mRadialPen, mRadialZeroLinePen); + } + + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedSubGrid, QCP::aeGrid); + // draw sub angular grid: + if (mSubGridType.testFlag(gtAngular)) { + drawAngularGrid(painter, center, radius, mParentAxis->mSubTickVectorCosSin, mAngularSubGridPen); + } + // draw sub radial grid: + if (mSubGridType.testFlag(gtRadial) && mRadialAxis) { + drawRadialGrid(painter, center, mRadialAxis->subTickVector(), mRadialSubGridPen); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::drawRadialGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, const QVector &coords, const QPen &pen, const QPen &zeroPen) +{ + if (!mRadialAxis) { + return; + } + if (coords.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + const bool drawZeroLine = zeroPen != Qt::NoPen; + const double zeroLineEpsilon = qAbs(coords.last() - coords.first()) * 1e-6; + + painter->setPen(pen); + for (int i = 0; i < coords.size(); ++i) { + const double r = mRadialAxis->coordToRadius(coords.at(i)); + if (drawZeroLine && qAbs(coords.at(i)) < zeroLineEpsilon) { + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedZeroLine, QCP::aeZeroLine); + painter->setPen(zeroPen); + painter->drawEllipse(center, r, r); + painter->setPen(pen); + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + } else { + painter->drawEllipse(center, r, r); + } + } +} + +void QCPPolarGrid::drawAngularGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius, const QVector &ticksCosSin, const QPen &pen) +{ + if (ticksCosSin.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + painter->setPen(pen); + for (int i = 0; i < ticksCosSin.size(); ++i) { + painter->drawLine(center, center + ticksCosSin.at(i)*radius); + } +} +/* end of 'src/polar/polargrid.cpp' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargraph.cpp' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 44035 */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPolarLegendItem +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPolarLegendItem + \brief A legend item for polar plots + + \warning In this QCustomPlot version, polar plots are a tech preview. Expect documentation and + functionality to be incomplete, as well as changing public interfaces in the future. +*/ +QCPPolarLegendItem::QCPPolarLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPPolarGraph *graph) : + QCPAbstractLegendItem(parent), + mPolarGraph(graph) +{ + setAntialiased(false); +} + +void QCPPolarLegendItem::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mPolarGraph) { + return; + } + painter->setFont(getFont()); + painter->setPen(QPen(getTextColor())); + QSizeF iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + QRectF textRect = painter->fontMetrics().boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPolarGraph->name()); + QRectF iconRect(mRect.topLeft(), iconSize); + int textHeight = qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height()); // if text has smaller height than icon, center text vertically in icon height, else align tops + painter->drawText(mRect.x() + iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding(), mRect.y(), textRect.width(), textHeight, Qt::TextDontClip, mPolarGraph->name()); + // draw icon: + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect(iconRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + mPolarGraph->drawLegendIcon(painter, iconRect); + painter->restore(); + // draw icon border: + if (getIconBorderPen().style() != Qt::NoPen) { + painter->setPen(getIconBorderPen()); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + int halfPen = qCeil(painter->pen().widthF() * 0.5) + 1; + painter->setClipRect(mOuterRect.adjusted(-halfPen, -halfPen, halfPen, halfPen)); // extend default clip rect so thicker pens (especially during selection) are not clipped + painter->drawRect(iconRect); + } +} + +QSize QCPPolarLegendItem::minimumOuterSizeHint() const +{ + if (!mPolarGraph) { + return QSize(); + } + QSize result(0, 0); + QRect textRect; + QFontMetrics fontMetrics(getFont()); + QSize iconSize = mParentLegend->iconSize(); + textRect = fontMetrics.boundingRect(0, 0, 0, iconSize.height(), Qt::TextDontClip, mPolarGraph->name()); + result.setWidth(iconSize.width() + mParentLegend->iconTextPadding() + textRect.width()); + result.setHeight(qMax(textRect.height(), iconSize.height())); + result.rwidth() += mMargins.left() + mMargins.right(); + result.rheight() += mMargins.top() + mMargins.bottom(); + return result; +} + +QPen QCPPolarLegendItem::getIconBorderPen() const +{ + return mSelected ? mParentLegend->selectedIconBorderPen() : mParentLegend->iconBorderPen(); +} + +QColor QCPPolarLegendItem::getTextColor() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedTextColor : mTextColor; +} + +QFont QCPPolarLegendItem::getFont() const +{ + return mSelected ? mSelectedFont : mFont; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPolarGraph +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPolarGraph + \brief A radial graph used to display data in polar plots + + \warning In this QCustomPlot version, polar plots are a tech preview. Expect documentation and + functionality to be incomplete, as well as changing public interfaces in the future. +*/ + +/* start of documentation of inline functions */ + +// TODO + +/* end of documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a graph which uses \a keyAxis as its angular and \a valueAxis as its radial axis. \a + keyAxis and \a valueAxis must reside in the same QCustomPlot, and the radial axis must be + associated with the angular axis. If either of these restrictions is violated, a corresponding + message is printed to the debug output (qDebug), the construction is not aborted, though. + + The created QCPPolarGraph is automatically registered with the QCustomPlot instance inferred from + \a keyAxis. This QCustomPlot instance takes ownership of the QCPPolarGraph, so do not delete it + manually but use QCPPolarAxisAngular::removeGraph() instead. + + To directly create a QCPPolarGraph inside a plot, you shoud use the QCPPolarAxisAngular::addGraph + method. +*/ +QCPPolarGraph::QCPPolarGraph(QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis, QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis) : + QCPLayerable(keyAxis->parentPlot(), QString(), keyAxis), + mDataContainer(new QCPGraphDataContainer), + mName(), + mAntialiasedFill(true), + mAntialiasedScatters(true), + mPen(Qt::black), + mBrush(Qt::NoBrush), + mPeriodic(true), + mKeyAxis(keyAxis), + mValueAxis(valueAxis), + mSelectable(QCP::stWhole) + //mSelectionDecorator(0) // TODO +{ + if (keyAxis->parentPlot() != valueAxis->parentPlot()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Parent plot of keyAxis is not the same as that of valueAxis."; + } + + mKeyAxis->registerPolarGraph(this); + + //setSelectionDecorator(new QCPSelectionDecorator); // TODO + + setPen(QPen(Qt::blue, 0)); + setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + setLineStyle(lsLine); +} + +QCPPolarGraph::~QCPPolarGraph() +{ + /* TODO + if (mSelectionDecorator) + { + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = 0; + } + */ +} + +/*! + The name is the textual representation of this plottable as it is displayed in the legend + (\ref QCPLegend). It may contain any UTF-8 characters, including newlines. +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setName(const QString &name) +{ + mName = name; +} + +/*! + Sets whether fills of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedFill = enabled; +} + +/*! + Sets whether the scatter symbols of this plottable are drawn antialiased or not. + + Note that this setting may be overridden by \ref QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements and \ref + QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements. +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled) +{ + mAntialiasedScatters = enabled; +} + +/*! + The pen is used to draw basic lines that make up the plottable representation in the + plot. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws its graph lines with this pen. + + \see setBrush +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setPen(const QPen &pen) +{ + mPen = pen; +} + +/*! + The brush is used to draw basic fills of the plottable representation in the + plot. The Fill can be a color, gradient or texture, see the usage of QBrush. + + For example, the \ref QCPGraph subclass draws the fill under the graph with this brush, when + it's not set to Qt::NoBrush. + + \see setPen +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setBrush(const QBrush &brush) +{ + mBrush = brush; +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::setPeriodic(bool enabled) +{ + mPeriodic = enabled; +} + +/*! + The key axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is orthogonal + to the plottable's value axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the case. + The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and the + y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setValueAxis +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setKeyAxis(QCPPolarAxisAngular *axis) +{ + mKeyAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + The value axis of a plottable can be set to any axis of a QCustomPlot, as long as it is + orthogonal to the plottable's key axis. This function performs no checks to make sure this is the + case. The typical mathematical choice is to use the x-axis (QCustomPlot::xAxis) as key axis and + the y-axis (QCustomPlot::yAxis) as value axis. + + Normally, the key and value axes are set in the constructor of the plottable (or \ref + QCustomPlot::addGraph when working with QCPGraphs through the dedicated graph interface). + + \see setKeyAxis +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setValueAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis) +{ + mValueAxis = axis; +} + +/*! + Sets whether and to which granularity this plottable can be selected. + + A selection can happen by clicking on the QCustomPlot surface (When \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains \ref QCP::iSelectPlottables), by dragging a selection rect + (When \ref QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode is \ref QCP::srmSelect), or programmatically by + calling \ref setSelection. + + \see setSelection, QCP::SelectionType +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable) +{ + if (mSelectable != selectable) { + mSelectable = selectable; + QCPDataSelection oldSelection = mSelection; + mSelection.enforceType(mSelectable); + emit selectableChanged(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != oldSelection) { + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } + } +} + +/*! + Sets which data ranges of this plottable are selected. Selected data ranges are drawn differently + (e.g. color) in the plot. This can be controlled via the selection decorator (see \ref + selectionDecorator). + + The entire selection mechanism for plottables is handled automatically when \ref + QCustomPlot::setInteractions contains iSelectPlottables. You only need to call this function when + you wish to change the selection state programmatically. + + Using \ref setSelectable you can further specify for each plottable whether and to which + granularity it is selectable. If \a selection is not compatible with the current \ref + QCP::SelectionType set via \ref setSelectable, the resulting selection will be adjusted + accordingly (see \ref QCPDataSelection::enforceType). + + emits the \ref selectionChanged signal when \a selected is different from the previous selection state. + + \see setSelectable, selectTest +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection) +{ + selection.enforceType(mSelectable); + if (mSelection != selection) { + mSelection = selection; + emit selectionChanged(selected()); + emit selectionChanged(mSelection); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data container with the provided \a data container. + + Since a QSharedPointer is used, multiple QCPPolarGraphs may share the same data container safely. + Modifying the data in the container will then affect all graphs that share the container. Sharing + can be achieved by simply exchanging the data containers wrapped in shared pointers: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp QCPPolarGraph-datasharing-1 + + If you do not wish to share containers, but create a copy from an existing container, rather use + the \ref QCPDataContainer::set method on the graph's data container directly: + \snippet documentation/doc-code-snippets/mainwindow.cpp QCPPolarGraph-datasharing-2 + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setData(QSharedPointer data) +{ + mDataContainer = data; +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data with the provided points in \a keys and \a values. The provided + vectors should have equal length. Else, the number of added points will be the size of the + smallest vector. + + If you can guarantee that the passed data points are sorted by \a keys in ascending order, you + can set \a alreadySorted to true, to improve performance by saving a sorting run. + + \see addData +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mDataContainer->clear(); + addData(keys, values, alreadySorted); +} + +/*! + Sets how the single data points are connected in the plot. For scatter-only plots, set \a ls to + \ref lsNone and \ref setScatterStyle to the desired scatter style. + + \see setScatterStyle +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setLineStyle(LineStyle ls) +{ + mLineStyle = ls; +} + +/*! + Sets the visual appearance of single data points in the plot. If set to \ref QCPScatterStyle::ssNone, no scatter points + are drawn (e.g. for line-only-plots with appropriate line style). + + \see QCPScatterStyle, setLineStyle +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style) +{ + mScatterStyle = style; +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (keys.size() != values.size()) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "keys and values have different sizes:" << keys.size() << values.size(); + } + const int n = qMin(keys.size(), values.size()); + QVector tempData(n); + QVector::iterator it = tempData.begin(); + const QVector::iterator itEnd = tempData.end(); + int i = 0; + while (it != itEnd) { + it->key = keys[i]; + it->value = values[i]; + ++it; + ++i; + } + mDataContainer->add(tempData, alreadySorted); // don't modify tempData beyond this to prevent copy on write +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::addData(double key, double value) +{ + mDataContainer->add(QCPGraphData(key, value)); +} + +/*! + Use this method to set an own QCPSelectionDecorator (subclass) instance. This allows you to + customize the visual representation of selected data ranges further than by using the default + QCPSelectionDecorator. + + The plottable takes ownership of the \a decorator. + + The currently set decorator can be accessed via \ref selectionDecorator. +*/ +/* +void QCPPolarGraph::setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator) +{ + if (decorator) + { + if (decorator->registerWithPlottable(this)) + { + if (mSelectionDecorator) // delete old decorator if necessary + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = decorator; + } + } else if (mSelectionDecorator) // just clear decorator + { + delete mSelectionDecorator; + mSelectionDecorator = 0; + } +} +*/ + +void QCPPolarGraph::coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const +{ + if (mValueAxis) { + const QPointF point = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(key, value); + x = point.x(); + y = point.y(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + } +} + +const QPointF QCPPolarGraph::coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const +{ + if (mValueAxis) { + return mValueAxis->coordToPixel(key, value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const +{ + if (mValueAxis) { + mValueAxis->pixelToCoord(QPointF(x, y), key, value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const +{ + if (mValueAxis) { + mValueAxis->pixelToCoord(pixelPos, key, value); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + rescaleKeyAxis(onlyEnlarge); + rescaleValueAxis(onlyEnlarge); +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge) const +{ + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key axis"; + return; + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getKeyRange(foundRange, QCP::sdBoth); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(keyAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + newRange.lower = center - keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + keyAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } + keyAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge, bool inKeyRange) const +{ + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth; + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLogarithmic) { + signDomain = (valueAxis->range().upper < 0 ? QCP::sdNegative : QCP::sdPositive); + } + + bool foundRange; + QCPRange newRange = getValueRange(foundRange, signDomain, inKeyRange ? keyAxis->range() : QCPRange()); + if (foundRange) { + if (onlyEnlarge) { + newRange.expand(valueAxis->range()); + } + if (!QCPRange::validRange(newRange)) { // likely due to range being zero (plottable has only constant data in this axis dimension), shift current range to at least center the plottable + double center = (newRange.lower + newRange.upper) * 0.5; // upper and lower should be equal anyway, but just to make sure, incase validRange returned false for other reason + if (valueAxis->scaleType() == QCPPolarAxisRadial::stLinear) { + newRange.lower = center - valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + newRange.upper = center + valueAxis->range().size() / 2.0; + } else { // scaleType() == stLogarithmic + newRange.lower = center / qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + newRange.upper = center * qSqrt(valueAxis->range().upper / valueAxis->range().lower); + } + } + valueAxis->setRange(newRange); + } +} + +bool QCPPolarGraph::addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend) +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + if (legend->parentPlot() != mParentPlot) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend isn't in the same QCustomPlot as this plottable"; + return false; + } + + //if (!legend->hasItemWithPlottable(this)) // TODO + //{ + legend->addItem(new QCPPolarLegendItem(legend, this)); + return true; + //} else + // return false; +} + +bool QCPPolarGraph::addToLegend() +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return addToLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +bool QCPPolarGraph::removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const +{ + if (!legend) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "passed legend is null"; + return false; + } + + + QCPPolarLegendItem *removableItem = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < legend->itemCount(); ++i) { // TODO: reduce this to code in QCPAbstractPlottable::removeFromLegend once unified + if (QCPPolarLegendItem *pli = qobject_cast(legend->item(i))) { + if (pli->polarGraph() == this) { + removableItem = pli; + break; + } + } + } + + if (removableItem) { + return legend->removeItem(removableItem); + } else { + return false; + } +} + +bool QCPPolarGraph::removeFromLegend() const +{ + if (!mParentPlot || !mParentPlot->legend) { + return false; + } else { + return removeFromLegend(mParentPlot->legend); + } +} + +double QCPPolarGraph::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + if (mKeyAxis->rect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator closestDataPoint = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + double result = pointDistance(pos, closestDataPoint); + if (details) { + int pointIndex = closestDataPoint - mDataContainer->constBegin(); + details->setValue(QCPDataSelection(QCPDataRange(pointIndex, pointIndex + 1))); + } + return result; + } else { + return -1; + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPPolarGraph::getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain) const +{ + return mDataContainer->keyRange(foundRange, inSignDomain); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QCPRange QCPPolarGraph::getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) const +{ + return mDataContainer->valueRange(foundRange, inSignDomain, inKeyRange); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +QRect QCPPolarGraph::clipRect() const +{ + if (mKeyAxis) { + return mKeyAxis.data()->rect(); + } else { + return QRect(); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::draw(QCPPainter *painter) +{ + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + if (mKeyAxis.data()->range().size() <= 0 || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return; + } + + painter->setClipRegion(mKeyAxis->exactClipRegion()); + + QVector lines, scatters; // line and (if necessary) scatter pixel coordinates will be stored here while iterating over segments + + // loop over and draw segments of unselected/selected data: + QList selectedSegments, unselectedSegments, allSegments; + getDataSegments(selectedSegments, unselectedSegments); + allSegments << unselectedSegments << selectedSegments; + for (int i = 0; i < allSegments.size(); ++i) { + bool isSelectedSegment = i >= unselectedSegments.size(); + // get line pixel points appropriate to line style: + QCPDataRange lineDataRange = isSelectedSegment ? allSegments.at(i) : allSegments.at(i).adjusted(-1, 1); // unselected segments extend lines to bordering selected data point (safe to exceed total data bounds in first/last segment, getLines takes care) + getLines(&lines, lineDataRange); + + // check data validity if flag set: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it; + for (it = mDataContainer->constBegin(); it != mDataContainer->constEnd(); ++it) { + if (QCP::isInvalidData(it->key, it->value)) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Data point at" << it->key << "invalid." << "Plottable name:" << name(); + } + } +#endif + + // draw fill of graph: + //if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) + // mSelectionDecorator->applyBrush(painter); + //else + painter->setBrush(mBrush); + painter->setPen(Qt::NoPen); + drawFill(painter, &lines); + + + // draw line: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + //if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) + // mSelectionDecorator->applyPen(painter); + //else + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->setBrush(Qt::NoBrush); + drawLinePlot(painter, lines); + } + + // draw scatters: + + QCPScatterStyle finalScatterStyle = mScatterStyle; + //if (isSelectedSegment && mSelectionDecorator) + // finalScatterStyle = mSelectionDecorator->getFinalScatterStyle(mScatterStyle); + if (!finalScatterStyle.isNone()) { + getScatters(&scatters, allSegments.at(i)); + drawScatterPlot(painter, scatters, finalScatterStyle); + } + } + + // draw other selection decoration that isn't just line/scatter pens and brushes: + //if (mSelectionDecorator) + // mSelectionDecorator->drawDecoration(painter, selection()); +} + +QCP::Interaction QCPPolarGraph::selectionCategory() const +{ + return QCP::iSelectPlottables; +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiased, QCP::aePlottables); +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarGraph::selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + Q_UNUSED(event) + + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection newSelection = details.value(); + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + if (additive) { + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // in whole selection mode, we toggle to no selection even if currently unselected point was hit + if (selected()) { + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + } else { // in all other selection modes we toggle selections of homogeneously selected/unselected segments + if (mSelection.contains(newSelection)) { // if entire newSelection is already selected, toggle selection + setSelection(mSelection - newSelection); + } else { + setSelection(mSelection + newSelection); + } + } + } else { + setSelection(newSelection); + } + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} + +/* inherits documentation from base class */ +void QCPPolarGraph::deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) +{ + if (mSelectable != QCP::stNone) { + QCPDataSelection selectionBefore = mSelection; + setSelection(QCPDataSelection()); + if (selectionStateChanged) { + *selectionStateChanged = mSelection != selectionBefore; + } + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws lines between the points in \a lines, given in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawScatterPlot, drawImpulsePlot, QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const +{ + if (painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen && painter->pen().color().alpha() != 0) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + drawPolyline(painter, lines); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws the fill of the graph using the specified \a painter, with the currently set brush. + + Depending on whether a normal fill or a channel fill (\ref setChannelFillGraph) is needed, \ref + getFillPolygon or \ref getChannelFillPolygon are used to find the according fill polygons. + + In order to handle NaN Data points correctly (the fill needs to be split into disjoint areas), + this method first determines a list of non-NaN segments with \ref getNonNanSegments, on which to + operate. In the channel fill case, \ref getOverlappingSegments is used to consolidate the non-NaN + segments of the two involved graphs, before passing the overlapping pairs to \ref + getChannelFillPolygon. + + Pass the points of this graph's line as \a lines, in pixel coordinates. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot, drawScatterPlot +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const +{ + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + if (painter->brush().style() != Qt::NoBrush && painter->brush().color().alpha() != 0) { + painter->drawPolygon(QPolygonF(*lines)); + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Draws scatter symbols at every point passed in \a scatters, given in pixel coordinates. The + scatters will be drawn with \a painter and have the appearance as specified in \a style. + + \see drawLinePlot, drawImpulsePlot +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const +{ + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + style.applyTo(painter, mPen); + for (int i = 0; i < scatters.size(); ++i) { + style.drawShape(painter, scatters.at(i).x(), scatters.at(i).y()); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const +{ + // draw fill: + if (mBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush) { + applyFillAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->fillRect(QRectF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.width(), rect.height() / 3.0), mBrush); + } + // draw line vertically centered: + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(painter); + painter->setPen(mPen); + painter->drawLine(QLineF(rect.left(), rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0, rect.right() + 5, rect.top() + rect.height() / 2.0)); // +5 on x2 else last segment is missing from dashed/dotted pens + } + // draw scatter symbol: + if (!mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + applyScattersAntialiasingHint(painter); + // scale scatter pixmap if it's too large to fit in legend icon rect: + if (mScatterStyle.shape() == QCPScatterStyle::ssPixmap && (mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().width() > rect.width() || mScatterStyle.pixmap().size().height() > rect.height())) { + QCPScatterStyle scaledStyle(mScatterStyle); + scaledStyle.setPixmap(scaledStyle.pixmap().scaled(rect.size().toSize(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation)); + scaledStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + scaledStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } else { + mScatterStyle.applyTo(painter, mPen); + mScatterStyle.drawShape(painter, QRectF(rect).center()); + } + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedFill, QCP::aeFills); +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const +{ + applyAntialiasingHint(painter, mAntialiasedScatters, QCP::aeScatters); +} + +double QCPPolarGraph::pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const +{ + closestData = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1.0; + } + if (mLineStyle == lsNone && mScatterStyle.isNone()) { + return -1.0; + } + + // calculate minimum distances to graph data points and find closestData iterator: + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pixelPoint + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + // iterate over found data points and then choose the one with the shortest distance to pos: + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + for (QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(it->key, it->value) - pixelPoint).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + closestData = it; + } + } + + // calculate distance to graph line if there is one (if so, will probably be smaller than distance to closest data point): + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + // line displayed, calculate distance to line segments: + QVector lineData; + getLines(&lineData, QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())); + QCPVector2D p(pixelPoint); + for (int i = 0; i < lineData.size() - 1; ++i) { + const double currentDistSqr = p.distanceSquaredToLine(lineData.at(i), lineData.at(i + 1)); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + } + } + } + + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +int QCPPolarGraph::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const +{ + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData.at(i - 1), lineData.at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()) || qIsInf(lineData.at(i).y())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line. Also filter Infs which make drawPolyline block + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const +{ + if (rangeRestriction.isEmpty()) { + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + begin = end; + } else { + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + // get visible data range: + if (mPeriodic) { + begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + } else { + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyAxis->range().lower); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyAxis->range().upper); + } + // limit lower/upperEnd to rangeRestriction: + mDataContainer->limitIteratorsToDataRange(begin, end, rangeRestriction); // this also ensures rangeRestriction outside data bounds doesn't break anything + } +} + +/*! \internal + + This method retrieves an optimized set of data points via \ref getOptimizedLineData, an branches + out to the line style specific functions such as \ref dataToLines, \ref dataToStepLeftLines, etc. + according to the line style of the graph. + + \a lines will be filled with points in pixel coordinates, that can be drawn with the according + draw functions like \ref drawLinePlot and \ref drawImpulsePlot. The points returned in \a lines + aren't necessarily the original data points. For example, step line styles require additional + points to form the steps when drawn. If the line style of the graph is \ref lsNone, the \a + lines vector will be empty. + + \a dataRange specifies the beginning and ending data indices that will be taken into account for + conversion. In this function, the specified range may exceed the total data bounds without harm: + a correspondingly trimmed data range will be used. This takes the burden off the user of this + function to check for valid indices in \a dataRange, e.g. when extending ranges coming from \ref + getDataSegments. + + \see getScatters +*/ +void QCPPolarGraph::getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + if (!lines) { + return; + } + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + lines->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector lineData; + if (mLineStyle != lsNone) { + getOptimizedLineData(&lineData, begin, end); + } + + switch (mLineStyle) { + case lsNone: + lines->clear(); + break; + case lsLine: + *lines = dataToLines(lineData); + break; + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return; + } + + if (!scatters) { + return; + } + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, end; + getVisibleDataBounds(begin, end, dataRange); + if (begin == end) { + scatters->clear(); + return; + } + + QVector data; + getOptimizedScatterData(&data, begin, end); + + scatters->resize(data.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + if (!qIsNaN(data.at(i).value)) { + (*scatters)[i] = valueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key, data.at(i).value); + } + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const +{ + lineData->clear(); + + // TODO: fix for log axes and thick line style + + const QCPRange range = mValueAxis->range(); + bool reversed = mValueAxis->rangeReversed(); + const double clipMargin = range.size() * 0.05; // extra distance from visible circle, so optimized outside lines can cover more angle before having to place a dummy point to prevent tangents + const double upperClipValue = range.upper + (reversed ? 0 : range.size() * 0.05 + clipMargin); // clip slightly outside of actual range to avoid line thicknesses to peek into visible circle + const double lowerClipValue = range.lower - (reversed ? range.size() * 0.05 + clipMargin : 0); // clip slightly outside of actual range to avoid line thicknesses to peek into visible circle + const double maxKeySkip = qAsin(qSqrt(clipMargin * (clipMargin + 2 * range.size())) / (range.size() + clipMargin)) / M_PI * mKeyAxis->range().size(); // the maximum angle between two points on outer circle (r=clipValue+clipMargin) before connecting line becomes tangent to inner circle (r=clipValue) + double skipBegin = 0; + bool belowRange = false; + bool aboveRange = false; + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + while (it != end) { + if (it->value < lowerClipValue) { + if (aboveRange) { // jumped directly from above to below visible range, draw previous point so entry angle is correct + aboveRange = false; + if (!reversed) { // TODO: with inner radius, we'll need else case here with projected border point + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); + } + } + if (!belowRange) { + skipBegin = it->key; + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(it->key, lowerClipValue)); + belowRange = true; + } + if (it->key - skipBegin > maxKeySkip) { // add dummy point if we're exceeding the maximum skippable angle (to prevent unintentional intersections with visible circle) + skipBegin += maxKeySkip; + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(skipBegin, lowerClipValue)); + } + } else if (it->value > upperClipValue) { + if (belowRange) { // jumped directly from below to above visible range, draw previous point so entry angle is correct (if lower means outer, so if reversed axis) + belowRange = false; + if (reversed) { + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); + } + } + if (!aboveRange) { + skipBegin = it->key; + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(it->key, upperClipValue)); + aboveRange = true; + } + if (it->key - skipBegin > maxKeySkip) { // add dummy point if we're exceeding the maximum skippable angle (to prevent unintentional intersections with visible circle) + skipBegin += maxKeySkip; + lineData->append(QCPGraphData(skipBegin, upperClipValue)); + } + } else { // value within bounds where we don't optimize away points + if (aboveRange) { + aboveRange = false; + if (!reversed) { + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); // just entered from above, draw previous point so entry angle is correct (if above means outer, so if not reversed axis) + } + } + if (belowRange) { + belowRange = false; + if (reversed) { + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); // just entered from below, draw previous point so entry angle is correct (if below means outer, so if reversed axis) + } + } + lineData->append(*it); // inside visible circle, add point normally + } + ++it; + } + // to make fill not erratic, add last point normally if it was outside visible circle: + if (aboveRange) { + aboveRange = false; + if (!reversed) { + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); // just entered from above, draw previous point so entry angle is correct (if above means outer, so if not reversed axis) + } + } + if (belowRange) { + belowRange = false; + if (reversed) { + lineData->append(*(it - 1)); // just entered from below, draw previous point so entry angle is correct (if below means outer, so if reversed axis) + } + } +} + +void QCPPolarGraph::getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const +{ + scatterData->clear(); + + const QCPRange range = mValueAxis->range(); + bool reversed = mValueAxis->rangeReversed(); + const double clipMargin = range.size() * 0.05; + const double upperClipValue = range.upper + (reversed ? 0 : clipMargin); // clip slightly outside of actual range to avoid scatter size to peek into visible circle + const double lowerClipValue = range.lower - (reversed ? clipMargin : 0); // clip slightly outside of actual range to avoid scatter size to peek into visible circle + QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; + while (it != end) { + if (it->value > lowerClipValue && it->value < upperClipValue) { + scatterData->append(*it); + } + ++it; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Takes raw data points in plot coordinates as \a data, and returns a vector containing pixel + coordinate points which are suitable for drawing the line style \ref lsLine. + + The source of \a data is usually \ref getOptimizedLineData, and this method is called in \a + getLines if the line style is set accordingly. + + \see dataToStepLeftLines, dataToStepRightLines, dataToStepCenterLines, dataToImpulseLines, getLines, drawLinePlot +*/ +QVector QCPPolarGraph::dataToLines(const QVector &data) const +{ + QVector result; + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis = mKeyAxis.data(); + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis = mValueAxis.data(); + if (!keyAxis || !valueAxis) { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "invalid key or value axis"; + return result; + } + + // transform data points to pixels: + result.resize(data.size()); + for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) { + result[i] = mValueAxis->coordToPixel(data.at(i).key, data.at(i).value); + } + return result; +} +/* end of 'src/polar/polargraph.cpp' */ + + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.h b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a953a03 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1/qcustomplot.h @@ -0,0 +1,8828 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 29.03.21 ** +** Version: 2.1.0 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QCUSTOMPLOT_H +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_H + +#include + +// some Qt version/configuration dependent macros to include or exclude certain code paths: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# else +# define QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# endif +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# endif +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 4, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 6, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# include +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 0, 0) +# include +# else +# include +# include +# endif +# ifdef QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# include +# else +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# include +#endif +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# include +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# include +#endif +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) +# include +#endif +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) +# include +#endif + +class QCPPainter; +class QCustomPlot; +class QCPLayerable; +class QCPLayoutElement; +class QCPLayout; +class QCPAxis; +class QCPAxisRect; +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate; +class QCPAbstractPlottable; +class QCPGraph; +class QCPAbstractItem; +class QCPPlottableInterface1D; +class QCPLegend; +class QCPItemPosition; +class QCPLayer; +class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +class QCPSelectionRect; +class QCPColorMap; +class QCPColorScale; +class QCPBars; +class QCPPolarAxisRadial; +class QCPPolarAxisAngular; +class QCPPolarGrid; +class QCPPolarGraph; + +/* including file 'src/global.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 16981 */ + +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION_STR "2.1.0" +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION 0x020100 + +// decl definitions for shared library compilation/usage: +#if defined(QT_STATIC_BUILD) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_COMPILE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_EXPORT +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_IMPORT +#else +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#endif + +// define empty macro for Q_DECL_OVERRIDE if it doesn't exist (Qt < 5) +#ifndef Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +# define Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +#endif + +/*! + The QCP Namespace contains general enums, QFlags and functions used throughout the QCustomPlot + library. + + It provides QMetaObject-based reflection of its enums and flags via \a QCP::staticMetaObject. +*/ +#ifndef Q_MOC_RUN +namespace QCP { +#else +class QCP // when in moc-run, make it look like a class, so we get Q_GADGET, Q_ENUMS/Q_FLAGS features in namespace +{ + Q_GADGET + Q_ENUMS(ExportPen) + Q_ENUMS(ResolutionUnit) + Q_ENUMS(SignDomain) + Q_ENUMS(MarginSide) + Q_FLAGS(MarginSides) + Q_ENUMS(AntialiasedElement) + Q_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements) + Q_ENUMS(PlottingHint) + Q_FLAGS(PlottingHints) + Q_ENUMS(Interaction) + Q_FLAGS(Interactions) + Q_ENUMS(SelectionRectMode) + Q_ENUMS(SelectionType) +public: +#endif + +/*! +Defines the different units in which the image resolution can be specified in the export +functions. + +\see QCustomPlot::savePng, QCustomPlot::saveJpg, QCustomPlot::saveBmp, QCustomPlot::saveRastered +*/ +enum ResolutionUnit { ruDotsPerMeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per meter (dpm) +, ruDotsPerCentimeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per centimeter (dpcm) +, ruDotsPerInch ///< Resolution is given in dots per inch (DPI/PPI) + }; + +/*! +Defines how cosmetic pens (pens with numerical width 0) are handled during export. + +\see QCustomPlot::savePdf +*/ +enum ExportPen { epNoCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are converted to pens with pixel width 1 when exporting +, epAllowCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are exported normally (e.g. in PDF exports, cosmetic pens always appear as 1 pixel on screen, independent of viewer zoom level) + }; + +/*! +Represents negative and positive sign domain, e.g. for passing to \ref +QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange. + +This is primarily needed when working with logarithmic axis scales, since only one of the sign +domains can be visible at a time. +*/ +enum SignDomain { sdNegative ///< The negative sign domain, i.e. numbers smaller than zero +, sdBoth ///< Both sign domains, including zero, i.e. all numbers +, sdPositive ///< The positive sign domain, i.e. numbers greater than zero + }; + +/*! +Defines the sides of a rectangular entity to which margins can be applied. + +\see QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins, QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins +*/ +enum MarginSide { msLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 left margin +, msRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 right margin +, msTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 top margin +, msBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 bottom margin +, msAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF all margins +, msNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 no margin + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(MarginSides, MarginSide) + +/*! +Defines what objects of a plot can be forcibly drawn antialiased/not antialiased. If an object is +neither forcibly drawn antialiased nor forcibly drawn not antialiased, it is up to the respective +element how it is drawn. Typically it provides a \a setAntialiased function for this. + +\c AntialiasedElements is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + +\see QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements, QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +enum AntialiasedElement { aeAxes = 0x0001 ///< 0x0001 Axis base line and tick marks +, aeGrid = 0x0002 ///< 0x0002 Grid lines +, aeSubGrid = 0x0004 ///< 0x0004 Sub grid lines +, aeLegend = 0x0008 ///< 0x0008 Legend box +, aeLegendItems = 0x0010 ///< 0x0010 Legend items +, aePlottables = 0x0020 ///< 0x0020 Main lines of plottables +, aeItems = 0x0040 ///< 0x0040 Main lines of items +, aeScatters = 0x0080 ///< 0x0080 Scatter symbols of plottables (excluding scatter symbols of type ssPixmap) +, aeFills = 0x0100 ///< 0x0100 Borders of fills (e.g. under or between graphs) +, aeZeroLine = 0x0200 ///< 0x0200 Zero-lines, see \ref QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen +, aeOther = 0x8000 ///< 0x8000 Other elements that don't fit into any of the existing categories +, aeAll = 0xFFFF ///< 0xFFFF All elements +, aeNone = 0x0000 ///< 0x0000 No elements + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements, AntialiasedElement) + +/*! +Defines plotting hints that control various aspects of the quality and speed of plotting. + +\see QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints +*/ +enum PlottingHint { phNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 No hints are set +, phFastPolylines = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Graph/Curve lines are drawn with a faster method. This reduces the quality especially of the line segment + ///< joins, thus is most effective for pen sizes larger than 1. It is only used for solid line pens. +, phImmediateRefresh = 0x002 ///< 0x002 causes an immediate repaint() instead of a soft update() when QCustomPlot::replot() is called with parameter \ref QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint. +///< This is set by default to prevent the plot from freezing on fast consecutive replots (e.g. user drags ranges with mouse). +, phCacheLabels = 0x004 ///< 0x004 axis (tick) labels will be cached as pixmaps, increasing replot performance. + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PlottingHints, PlottingHint) + +/*! +Defines the mouse interactions possible with QCustomPlot. + +\c Interactions is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + +\see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +enum Interaction { iNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None of the interactions are possible +, iRangeDrag = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Axis ranges are draggable (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) +, iRangeZoom = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Axis ranges are zoomable with the mouse wheel (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) +, iMultiSelect = 0x004 ///< 0x004 The user can select multiple objects by holding the modifier set by \ref QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier while clicking +, iSelectPlottables = 0x008 ///< 0x008 Plottables are selectable (e.g. graphs, curves, bars,... see QCPAbstractPlottable) +, iSelectAxes = 0x010 ///< 0x010 Axes are selectable (or parts of them, see QCPAxis::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectLegend = 0x020 ///< 0x020 Legends are selectable (or their child items, see QCPLegend::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectItems = 0x040 ///< 0x040 Items are selectable (Rectangles, Arrows, Textitems, etc. see \ref QCPAbstractItem) +, iSelectOther = 0x080 ///< 0x080 All other objects are selectable (e.g. your own derived layerables, other layout elements,...) +, iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect = 0x100 ///< 0x100 When performing plottable selection/hit tests, this flag extends the sensitive area beyond the axis rect + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Interactions, Interaction) + +/*! +Defines the behaviour of the selection rect. + +\see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode, QCustomPlot::selectionRect, QCPSelectionRect +*/ +enum SelectionRectMode { srmNone ///< The selection rect is disabled, and all mouse events are forwarded to the underlying objects, e.g. for axis range dragging +, srmZoom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, the axes that are currently set as range zoom axes (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) will have their ranges zoomed accordingly. +, srmSelect ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, plottable data points that were within the selection rect are selected, if the plottable's selectability setting permits. (See \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" for details.) +, srmCustom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. It is the programmer's responsibility to connect according slots to the selection rect's signals (e.g. \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted) in order to process the user interaction. + }; + +/*! +Defines the different ways a plottable can be selected. These images show the effect of the +different selection types, when the indicated selection rect was dragged: + +
+ + + + + + + + +
\image html selectiontype-none.png stNone\image html selectiontype-whole.png stWhole\image html selectiontype-singledata.png stSingleData\image html selectiontype-datarange.png stDataRange\image html selectiontype-multipledataranges.png stMultipleDataRanges
+
+ +\see QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPDataSelection::enforceType +*/ +enum SelectionType { stNone ///< The plottable is not selectable +, stWhole ///< Selection behaves like \ref stMultipleDataRanges, but if there are any data points selected, the entire plottable is drawn as selected. +, stSingleData ///< One individual data point can be selected at a time +, stDataRange ///< Multiple contiguous data points (a data range) can be selected +, stMultipleDataRanges ///< Any combination of data points/ranges can be selected + }; + +/*! \internal + +Returns whether the specified \a value is considered an invalid data value for plottables (i.e. +is \e nan or \e +/-inf). This function is used to check data validity upon replots, when the +compiler flag \c QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA is set. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value) { + return qIsNaN(value) || qIsInf(value); +} + +/*! \internal +\overload + +Checks two arguments instead of one. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value1, double value2) { + return isInvalidData(value1) || isInvalidData(value2); +} + +/*! \internal + +Sets the specified \a side of \a margins to \a value + +\see getMarginValue +*/ +inline void setMarginValue(QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side, int value) { + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + margins.setLeft(value); + break; + case QCP::msRight: + margins.setRight(value); + break; + case QCP::msTop: + margins.setTop(value); + break; + case QCP::msBottom: + margins.setBottom(value); + break; + case QCP::msAll: + margins = QMargins(value, value, value, value); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + +Returns the value of the specified \a side of \a margins. If \a side is \ref QCP::msNone or +\ref QCP::msAll, returns 0. + +\see setMarginValue +*/ +inline int getMarginValue(const QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side) { + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return margins.left(); + case QCP::msRight: + return margins.right(); + case QCP::msTop: + return margins.top(); + case QCP::msBottom: + return margins.bottom(); + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + + +extern const QMetaObject staticMetaObject; // in moc-run we create a static meta object for QCP "fake" object. This line is the link to it via QCP::staticMetaObject in normal operation as namespace + +} // end of namespace QCP +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::AntialiasedElements) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::PlottingHints) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::MarginSides) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::Interactions) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::ExportPen) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::ResolutionUnit) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SignDomain) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::MarginSide) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::AntialiasedElement) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::PlottingHint) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::Interaction) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SelectionRectMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCP::SelectionType) + +/* end of 'src/global.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/vector2d.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4988 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPVector2D +{ +public: + QCPVector2D(); + QCPVector2D(double x, double y); + QCPVector2D(const QPoint &point); + QCPVector2D(const QPointF &point); + + // getters: + double x() const { + return mX; + } + double y() const { + return mY; + } + double &rx() { + return mX; + } + double &ry() { + return mY; + } + + // setters: + void setX(double x) { + mX = x; + } + void setY(double y) { + mY = y; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + double length() const { + return qSqrt(mX * mX + mY * mY); + } + double lengthSquared() const { + return mX * mX + mY * mY; + } + double angle() const { + return qAtan2(mY, mX); + } + QPoint toPoint() const { + return QPoint(int(mX), int(mY)); + } + QPointF toPointF() const { + return QPointF(mX, mY); + } + + bool isNull() const { + return qIsNull(mX) && qIsNull(mY); + } + void normalize(); + QCPVector2D normalized() const; + QCPVector2D perpendicular() const { + return QCPVector2D(-mY, mX); + } + double dot(const QCPVector2D &vec) const { + return mX * vec.mX + mY * vec.mY; + } + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end) const; + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QLineF &line) const; + double distanceToStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &direction) const; + + QCPVector2D &operator*=(double factor); + QCPVector2D &operator/=(double divisor); + QCPVector2D &operator+=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + QCPVector2D &operator-=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + +private: + // property members: + double mX, mY; + + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec); +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPVector2D, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX / divisor, vec.mY / divisor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX + vec2.mX, vec1.mY + vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX - vec2.mX, vec1.mY - vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(-vec.mX, -vec.mY); +} + +/*! \relates QCPVector2D + + Prints \a vec in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPVector2D(" << vec.x() << ", " << vec.y() << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/* end of 'src/vector2d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/painter.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4035 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPainter : public QPainter +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines special modes the painter can operate in. They disable or enable certain subsets of features/fixes/workarounds, + depending on whether they are wanted on the respective output device. + */ + enum PainterMode { pmDefault = 0x00 ///< 0x00 Default mode for painting on screen devices + , pmVectorized = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Mode for vectorized painting (e.g. PDF export). For example, this prevents some antialiasing fixes. + , pmNoCaching = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Mode for all sorts of exports (e.g. PNG, PDF,...). For example, this prevents using cached pixmap labels + , pmNonCosmetic = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Turns pen widths 0 to 1, i.e. disables cosmetic pens. (A cosmetic pen is always drawn with width 1 pixel in the vector image/pdf viewer, independent of zoom.) + }; + Q_ENUMS(PainterMode) + Q_FLAGS(PainterModes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PainterModes, PainterMode) + + QCPPainter(); + explicit QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device); + + // getters: + bool antialiasing() const { + return testRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); + } + PainterModes modes() const { + return mModes; + } + + // setters: + void setAntialiasing(bool enabled); + void setMode(PainterMode mode, bool enabled = true); + void setModes(PainterModes modes); + + // methods hiding non-virtual base class functions (QPainter bug workarounds): + bool begin(QPaintDevice *device); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setPen(const QColor &color); + void setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle); + void drawLine(const QLineF &line); + void drawLine(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2) { + drawLine(QLineF(p1, p2)); + } + void save(); + void restore(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void makeNonCosmetic(); + +protected: + // property members: + PainterModes mModes; + bool mIsAntialiasing; + + // non-property members: + QStack mAntialiasingStack; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPainter::PainterModes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPainter::PainterMode) + +/* end of 'src/painter.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/paintbuffer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5006 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(); + + // getters: + QSize size() const { + return mSize; + } + bool invalidated() const { + return mInvalidated; + } + double devicePixelRatio() const { + return mDevicePixelRatio; + } + + // setters: + void setSize(const QSize &size); + void setInvalidated(bool invalidated = true); + void setDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() = 0; + virtual void donePainting() {} + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void clear(const QColor &color) = 0; + +protected: + // property members: + QSize mSize; + double mDevicePixelRatio; + + // non-property members: + bool mInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() = 0; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferPixmap : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferPixmap(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferPixmap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QPixmap mBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, int multisamples); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QGLPixelBuffer *mGlPBuffer; + int mMultisamples; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlFbo : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, QWeakPointer glContext, QWeakPointer glPaintDevice); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlFbo() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void donePainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mGlContext; + QWeakPointer mGlPaintDevice; + QOpenGLFramebufferObject *mGlFrameBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_FBO + +/* end of 'src/paintbuffer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7038 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayer : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name) + Q_PROPERTY(int index READ index) + Q_PROPERTY(QList children READ children) + Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(LayerMode mode READ mode WRITE setMode) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines the different rendering modes of a layer. Depending on the mode, certain layers can be + replotted individually, without the need to replot (possibly complex) layerables on other + layers. + + \see setMode + */ + enum LayerMode { lmLogical ///< Layer is used only for rendering order, and shares paint buffer with all other adjacent logical layers. + , lmBuffered ///< Layer has its own paint buffer and may be replotted individually (see \ref replot). + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerMode) + + QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName); + virtual ~QCPLayer(); + + // getters: + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + int index() const { + return mIndex; + } + QList children() const { + return mChildren; + } + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + LayerMode mode() const { + return mMode; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool visible); + void setMode(LayerMode mode); + + // non-virtual methods: + void replot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QString mName; + int mIndex; + QList mChildren; + bool mVisible; + LayerMode mMode; + + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mPaintBuffer; + + // non-virtual methods: + void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + void drawToPaintBuffer(); + void addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend); + void removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayer) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayerable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayer::LayerMode) + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayerable : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable READ parentLayerable) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayer *layer READ layer WRITE setLayer NOTIFY layerChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiased READ antialiased WRITE setAntialiased) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer = QString(), QCPLayerable *parentLayerable = nullptr); + virtual ~QCPLayerable(); + + // getters: + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QCPLayerable *parentLayerable() const { + return mParentLayerable.data(); + } + QCPLayer *layer() const { + return mLayer; + } + bool antialiased() const { + return mAntialiased; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool on); + Q_SLOT bool setLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool setLayer(const QString &layerName); + void setAntialiased(bool enabled); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const; + + // non-property methods: + bool realVisibility() const; + +signals: + void layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mVisible; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QPointer mParentLayerable; + QCPLayer *mLayer; + bool mAntialiased; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // selection events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + // low-level mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + + // non-property methods: + void initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + void setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable); + bool moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend); + void applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayerable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; + +/* end of 'src/layer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/range.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5280 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPRange +{ +public: + double lower, upper; + + QCPRange(); + QCPRange(double lower, double upper); + + bool operator==(const QCPRange &other) const { + return lower == other.lower && upper == other.upper; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + QCPRange &operator+=(const double &value) { + lower += value; + upper += value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator-=(const double &value) { + lower -= value; + upper -= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator*=(const double &value) { + lower *= value; + upper *= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator/=(const double &value) { + lower /= value; + upper /= value; + return *this; + } + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &, double); + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(double, const QCPRange &); + friend inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range); + friend inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value); + + double size() const { + return upper - lower; + } + double center() const { + return (upper + lower) * 0.5; + } + void normalize() { + if (lower > upper) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } + } + void expand(const QCPRange &otherRange); + void expand(double includeCoord); + QCPRange expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const; + QCPRange expanded(double includeCoord) const; + QCPRange bounded(double lowerBound, double upperBound) const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLogScale() const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLinScale() const; + bool contains(double value) const { + return value >= lower && value <= upper; + } + + static bool validRange(double lower, double upper); + static bool validRange(const QCPRange &range); + static const double minRange; + static const double maxRange; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \relates QCPRange + + Prints \a range in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPRange &range) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPRange(" << range.lower << ", " << range.upper << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result -= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result /= value; + return result; +} + +/* end of 'src/axis/range.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selection.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8569 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataRange +{ +public: + QCPDataRange(); + QCPDataRange(int begin, int end); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return mBegin == other.mBegin && mEnd == other.mEnd; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int begin() const { + return mBegin; + } + int end() const { + return mEnd; + } + int size() const { + return mEnd - mBegin; + } + int length() const { + return size(); + } + + // setters: + void setBegin(int begin) { + mBegin = begin; + } + void setEnd(int end) { + mEnd = end; + } + + // non-property methods: + bool isValid() const { + return (mEnd >= mBegin) && (mBegin >= 0); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return length() == 0; + } + QCPDataRange bounded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange expanded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange adjusted(int changeBegin, int changeEnd) const { + return QCPDataRange(mBegin + changeBegin, mEnd + changeEnd); + } + bool intersects(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + bool contains(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + +private: + // property members: + int mBegin, mEnd; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPDataRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataSelection +{ +public: + explicit QCPDataSelection(); + explicit QCPDataSelection(const QCPDataRange &range); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPDataSelection &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataRange &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataRange &other); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + + // getters: + int dataRangeCount() const { + return mDataRanges.size(); + } + int dataPointCount() const; + QCPDataRange dataRange(int index = 0) const; + QList dataRanges() const { + return mDataRanges; + } + QCPDataRange span() const; + + // non-property methods: + void addDataRange(const QCPDataRange &dataRange, bool simplify = true); + void clear(); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mDataRanges.isEmpty(); + } + void simplify(); + void enforceType(QCP::SelectionType type); + bool contains(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection inverse(const QCPDataRange &outerRange) const; + +private: + // property members: + QList mDataRanges; + + inline static bool lessThanDataRangeBegin(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) { + return a.begin() < b.begin(); + } +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPDataSelection) + + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataRange + + Prints \a dataRange in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataRange(" << dataRange.begin() << ", " << dataRange.end() << ")"; + return d; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataSelection + + Prints \a selection in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataSelection &selection) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataSelection("; + for (int i = 0; i < selection.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + if (i != 0) { + d << ", "; + } + d << selection.dataRange(i); + } + d << ")"; + return d; +} + + + +/* end of 'src/selection.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectionrect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3354 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionRect : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPSelectionRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPSelectionRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QCPRange range(const QCPAxis *axis) const; + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + bool isActive() const { + return mActive; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // non-property methods: + Q_SLOT void cancel(); + +signals: + void started(QMouseEvent *event); + void changed(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + void canceled(const QRect &rect, QInputEvent *event); + void accepted(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mRect; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + // non-property members: + bool mActive; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void startSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void moveSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void endSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event); + + // reimplemented virtual methods + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + +/* end of 'src/selectionrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layout.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 14279 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPMarginGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPMarginGroup(); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mChildren.value(side); + } + bool isEmpty() const; + void clear(); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QHash > mChildren; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + void removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPMarginGroup) + + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutElement : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayout *layout READ layout) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect rect READ rect) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect outerRect READ outerRect WRITE setOuterRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins margins READ margins WRITE setMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins minimumMargins READ minimumMargins WRITE setMinimumMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect READ sizeConstraintRect WRITE setSizeConstraintRect) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the phases of the update process, that happens just before a replot. At each phase, + \ref update is called with the according UpdatePhase value. + */ + enum UpdatePhase { upPreparation ///< Phase used for any type of preparation that needs to be done before margin calculation and layout + , upMargins ///< Phase in which the margins are calculated and set + , upLayout ///< Final phase in which the layout system places the rects of the elements + }; + Q_ENUMS(UpdatePhase) + + /*! + Defines to which rect of a layout element the size constraints that can be set via \ref + setMinimumSize and \ref setMaximumSize apply. The outer rect (\ref outerRect) includes the + margins (e.g. in the case of a QCPAxisRect the axis labels), whereas the inner rect (\ref rect) + does not. + + \see setSizeConstraintRect + */ + enum SizeConstraintRect { scrInnerRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to inner rect + , scrOuterRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to outer rect, thus include layout element margins + }; + Q_ENUMS(SizeConstraintRect) + + explicit QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot = nullptr); + virtual ~QCPLayoutElement() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPLayout *layout() const { + return mParentLayout; + } + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QRect outerRect() const { + return mOuterRect; + } + QMargins margins() const { + return mMargins; + } + QMargins minimumMargins() const { + return mMinimumMargins; + } + QCP::MarginSides autoMargins() const { + return mAutoMargins; + } + QSize minimumSize() const { + return mMinimumSize; + } + QSize maximumSize() const { + return mMaximumSize; + } + SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect() const { + return mSizeConstraintRect; + } + QCPMarginGroup *marginGroup(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mMarginGroups.value(side, nullptr); + } + QHash marginGroups() const { + return mMarginGroups; + } + + // setters: + void setOuterRect(const QRect &rect); + void setMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides); + void setMinimumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMinimumSize(int width, int height); + void setMaximumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMaximumSize(int width, int height); + void setSizeConstraintRect(SizeConstraintRect constraintRect); + void setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLayout *mParentLayout; + QSize mMinimumSize, mMaximumSize; + SizeConstraintRect mSizeConstraintRect; + QRect mRect, mOuterRect; + QMargins mMargins, mMinimumMargins; + QCP::MarginSides mAutoMargins; + QHash mMarginGroups; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side); + virtual void layoutChanged(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + Q_UNUSED(painter) + } + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { Q_UNUSED(painter) } + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutElement) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayout; + friend class QCPMarginGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutElement::UpdatePhase) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayout : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPLayout(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int elementCount() const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) = 0; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) = 0; + virtual void simplify(); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool removeAt(int index); + bool remove(QCPLayoutElement *element); + void clear(); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void sizeConstraintsChanged() const; + void adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + void releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + QVector getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const; + static QSize getFinalMinimumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + static QSize getFinalMaximumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayout) + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutGrid : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(int rowCount READ rowCount) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnCount READ columnCount) + Q_PROPERTY(QList columnStretchFactors READ columnStretchFactors WRITE setColumnStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(QList rowStretchFactors READ rowStretchFactors WRITE setRowStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnSpacing READ columnSpacing WRITE setColumnSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(int rowSpacing READ rowSpacing WRITE setRowSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(FillOrder fillOrder READ fillOrder WRITE setFillOrder) + Q_PROPERTY(int wrap READ wrap WRITE setWrap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which direction the grid is filled when using \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*). + The column/row at which wrapping into the next row/column occurs can be specified with \ref + setWrap. + + \see setFillOrder + */ + enum FillOrder { foRowsFirst ///< Rows are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next column if the row count would exceed \ref setWrap. + , foColumnsFirst ///< Columns are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next row if the column count would exceed \ref setWrap. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FillOrder) + + explicit QCPLayoutGrid(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutGrid() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + int rowCount() const { + return mElements.size(); + } + int columnCount() const { + return mElements.size() > 0 ? mElements.first().size() : 0; + } + QList columnStretchFactors() const { + return mColumnStretchFactors; + } + QList rowStretchFactors() const { + return mRowStretchFactors; + } + int columnSpacing() const { + return mColumnSpacing; + } + int rowSpacing() const { + return mRowSpacing; + } + int wrap() const { + return mWrap; + } + FillOrder fillOrder() const { + return mFillOrder; + } + + // setters: + void setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor); + void setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor); + void setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setColumnSpacing(int pixels); + void setRowSpacing(int pixels); + void setWrap(int count); + void setFillOrder(FillOrder order, bool rearrange = true); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + return rowCount() * columnCount(); + } + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPLayoutElement *element(int row, int column) const; + bool addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool hasElement(int row, int column); + void expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount); + void insertRow(int newIndex); + void insertColumn(int newIndex); + int rowColToIndex(int row, int column) const; + void indexToRowCol(int index, int &row, int &column) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QList > mElements; + QList mColumnStretchFactors; + QList mRowStretchFactors; + int mColumnSpacing, mRowSpacing; + int mWrap; + FillOrder mFillOrder; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const; + void getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutGrid) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutGrid::FillOrder) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutInset : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + /*! + Defines how the placement and sizing is handled for a certain element in a QCPLayoutInset. + */ + enum InsetPlacement { ipFree ///< The element may be positioned/sized arbitrarily, see \ref setInsetRect + , ipBorderAligned ///< The element is aligned to one of the layout sides, see \ref setInsetAlignment + }; + Q_ENUMS(InsetPlacement) + + explicit QCPLayoutInset(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutInset() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + InsetPlacement insetPlacement(int index) const; + Qt::Alignment insetAlignment(int index) const; + QRectF insetRect(int index) const; + + // setters: + void setInsetPlacement(int index, InsetPlacement placement); + void setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE {} + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect); + +protected: + // property members: + QList mElements; + QList mInsetPlacement; + QList mInsetAlignment; + QList mInsetRect; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutInset) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement) + +/* end of 'src/layout.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/lineending.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4426 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLineEnding +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the type of ending decoration for line-like items, e.g. an arrow. + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png + + The width and length of these decorations can be controlled with the functions \ref setWidth + and \ref setLength. Some decorations like \ref esDisc, \ref esSquare, \ref esDiamond and \ref esBar only + support a width, the length property is ignored. + + \see QCPItemLine::setHead, QCPItemLine::setTail, QCPItemCurve::setHead, QCPItemCurve::setTail, QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, QCPAxis::setUpperEnding + */ + enum EndingStyle { esNone ///< No ending decoration + , esFlatArrow ///< A filled arrow head with a straight/flat back (a triangle) + , esSpikeArrow ///< A filled arrow head with an indented back + , esLineArrow ///< A non-filled arrow head with open back + , esDisc ///< A filled circle + , esSquare ///< A filled square + , esDiamond ///< A filled diamond (45 degrees rotated square) + , esBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line + , esHalfBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line, pointing out to only one side (to which side can be changed with \ref setInverted) + , esSkewedBar ///< A bar that is skewed (skew controllable via \ref setLength) + }; + Q_ENUMS(EndingStyle) + + QCPLineEnding(); + QCPLineEnding(EndingStyle style, double width = 8, double length = 10, bool inverted = false); + + // getters: + EndingStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + bool inverted() const { + return mInverted; + } + + // setters: + void setStyle(EndingStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setLength(double length); + void setInverted(bool inverted); + + // non-property methods: + double boundingDistance() const; + double realLength() const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, const QCPVector2D &dir) const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, double angle) const; + +protected: + // property members: + EndingStyle mStyle; + double mWidth, mLength; + bool mInverted; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPLineEnding, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle) + +/* end of 'src/lineending.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/labelpainter.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7086 */ + +class QCPLabelPainterPrivate +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorMode { amRectangular ///< + , amSkewedUpright ///< + , amSkewedRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorMode) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorReferenceType { artNormal ///< + , artTangent ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorReferenceType) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorSide { asLeft ///< + , asRight ///< + , asTop ///< + , asBottom ///< + , asTopLeft + , asTopRight + , asBottomRight + , asBottomLeft + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorSide) + + explicit QCPLabelPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPLabelPainterPrivate(); + + // setters: + void setAnchorSide(AnchorSide side); + void setAnchorMode(AnchorMode mode); + void setAnchorReference(const QPointF &pixelPoint); + void setAnchorReferenceType(AnchorReferenceType type); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setRotation(double rotation); + void setSubstituteExponent(bool enabled); + void setMultiplicationSymbol(QChar symbol); + void setAbbreviateDecimalPowers(bool enabled); + void setCacheSize(int labelCount); + + // getters: + AnchorMode anchorMode() const { + return mAnchorMode; + } + AnchorSide anchorSide() const { + return mAnchorSide; + } + QPointF anchorReference() const { + return mAnchorReference; + } + AnchorReferenceType anchorReferenceType() const { + return mAnchorReferenceType; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + bool substituteExponent() const { + return mSubstituteExponent; + } + QChar multiplicationSymbol() const { + return mMultiplicationSymbol; + } + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers() const { + return mAbbreviateDecimalPowers; + } + int cacheSize() const; + + //virtual int size() const; + + // non-property methods: + void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &tickPos, const QString &text); + void clearCache(); + + // constants that may be used with setMultiplicationSymbol: + static const QChar SymbolDot; + static const QChar SymbolCross; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPoint offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct LabelData { + AnchorSide side; + double rotation; // angle in degrees + QTransform transform; // the transform about the label anchor which is at (0, 0). Does not contain final absolute x/y positioning on the plot/axis + QString basePart, expPart, suffixPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, suffixBounds; + QRect totalBounds; // is in a coordinate system where label top left is at (0, 0) + QRect rotatedTotalBounds; // is in a coordinate system where the label anchor is at (0, 0) + QFont baseFont, expFont; + QColor color; + }; + + // property members: + AnchorMode mAnchorMode; + AnchorSide mAnchorSide; + QPointF mAnchorReference; + AnchorReferenceType mAnchorReferenceType; + QFont mFont; + QColor mColor; + int mPadding; + double mRotation; // this is the rotation applied uniformly to all labels, not the heterogeneous rotation in amCircularRotated mode + bool mSubstituteExponent; + QChar mMultiplicationSymbol; + bool mAbbreviateDecimalPowers; + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + int mLetterCapHeight, mLetterDescent; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLabelMaybeCached(QCPPainter *painter, const QFont &font, const QColor &color, const QPointF &pos, AnchorSide side, double rotation, const QString &text); + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; // TODO: get rid of this in favor of invalidation flag upon setters? + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getAnchorPos(const QPointF &tickPos); + void drawText(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos, const LabelData &labelData) const; + LabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side, const QString &text) const; + void applyAnchorTransform(LabelData &labelData) const; + //void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; + CachedLabel *createCachedLabel(const LabelData &labelData) const; + QByteArray cacheKey(const QString &text, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side) const; + AnchorSide skewedAnchorSide(const QPointF &tickPos, double sideExpandHorz, double sideExpandVert) const; + AnchorSide rotationCorrectedSide(AnchorSide side, double rotation) const; + void analyzeFontMetrics(); +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorSide) + + +/* end of 'src/axis/labelpainter.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axisticker.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4230 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the strategies that the axis ticker may follow when choosing the size of the tick step. + + \see setTickStepStrategy + */ + enum TickStepStrategy { + tssReadability ///< A nicely readable tick step is prioritized over matching the requested number of ticks (see \ref setTickCount) + , tssMeetTickCount ///< Less readable tick steps are allowed which in turn facilitates getting closer to the requested tick count + }; + Q_ENUMS(TickStepStrategy) + + QCPAxisTicker(); + virtual ~QCPAxisTicker(); + + // getters: + TickStepStrategy tickStepStrategy() const { + return mTickStepStrategy; + } + int tickCount() const { + return mTickCount; + } + double tickOrigin() const { + return mTickOrigin; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStepStrategy(TickStepStrategy strategy); + void setTickCount(int count); + void setTickOrigin(double origin); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void generate(const QCPRange &range, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision, QVector &ticks, QVector *subTicks, QVector *tickLabels); + +protected: + // property members: + TickStepStrategy mTickStepStrategy; + int mTickCount; + double mTickOrigin; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range); + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep); + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range); + virtual QVector createSubTickVector(int subTickCount, const QVector &ticks); + virtual QVector createLabelVector(const QVector &ticks, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + + // non-virtual methods: + void trimTicks(const QCPRange &range, QVector &ticks, bool keepOneOutlier) const; + double pickClosest(double target, const QVector &candidates) const; + double getMantissa(double input, double *magnitude = nullptr) const; + double cleanMantissa(double input) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisTicker) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTicker::TickStepStrategy) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QSharedPointer) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axisticker.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3600 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerDateTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerDateTime(); + + // getters: + QString dateTimeFormat() const { + return mDateTimeFormat; + } + Qt::TimeSpec dateTimeSpec() const { + return mDateTimeSpec; + } +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + QTimeZone timeZone() const { + return mTimeZone; + } +#endif + + // setters: + void setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setDateTimeSpec(Qt::TimeSpec spec); +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + void setTimeZone(const QTimeZone &zone); +# endif + void setTickOrigin(double origin); // hides base class method but calls baseclass implementation ("using" throws off IDEs and doxygen) + void setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin); + + // static methods: + static QDateTime keyToDateTime(double key); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDateTime &dateTime); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDate &date, Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec = Qt::LocalTime); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mDateTimeFormat; + Qt::TimeSpec mDateTimeSpec; +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + QTimeZone mTimeZone; +# endif + // non-property members: + enum DateStrategy {dsNone, dsUniformTimeInDay, dsUniformDayInMonth} mDateStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertime.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3542 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the logical units in which fractions of time spans can be expressed. + + \see setFieldWidth, setTimeFormat + */ + enum TimeUnit { tuMilliseconds ///< Milliseconds, one thousandth of a second (%%z in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuSeconds ///< Seconds (%%s in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuMinutes ///< Minutes (%%m in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuHours ///< Hours (%%h in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuDays ///< Days (%%d in \ref setTimeFormat) + }; + Q_ENUMS(TimeUnit) + + QCPAxisTickerTime(); + + // getters: + QString timeFormat() const { + return mTimeFormat; + } + int fieldWidth(TimeUnit unit) const { + return mFieldWidth.value(unit); + } + + // setters: + void setTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setFieldWidth(TimeUnit unit, int width); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mTimeFormat; + QHash mFieldWidth; + + // non-property members: + TimeUnit mSmallestUnit, mBiggestUnit; + QHash mFormatPattern; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void replaceUnit(QString &text, TimeUnit unit, int value) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3308 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerFixed : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how the axis ticker may modify the specified tick step (\ref setTickStep) in order to + control the number of ticks in the axis range. + + \see setScaleStrategy + */ + enum ScaleStrategy { ssNone ///< Modifications are not allowed, the specified tick step is absolutely fixed. This might cause a high tick density and overlapping labels if the axis range is zoomed out. + , ssMultiples ///< An integer multiple of the specified tick step is allowed. The used factor follows the base class properties of \ref setTickStepStrategy and \ref setTickCount. + , ssPowers ///< An integer power of the specified tick step is allowed. + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleStrategy) + + QCPAxisTickerFixed(); + + // getters: + double tickStep() const { + return mTickStep; + } + ScaleStrategy scaleStrategy() const { + return mScaleStrategy; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStep(double step); + void setScaleStrategy(ScaleStrategy strategy); + +protected: + // property members: + double mTickStep; + ScaleStrategy mScaleStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerFixed::ScaleStrategy) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertext.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3090 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerText : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerText(); + + // getters: + QMap &ticks() { + return mTicks; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void setTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + + // non-virtual methods: + void clear(); + void addTick(double position, const QString &label); + void addTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void addTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + +protected: + // property members: + QMap mTicks; + int mSubTickCount; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertext.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3911 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerPi : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how fractions should be displayed in tick labels. + + \see setFractionStyle + */ + enum FractionStyle { fsFloatingPoint ///< Fractions are displayed as regular decimal floating point numbers, e.g. "0.25" or "0.125". + , fsAsciiFractions ///< Fractions are written as rationals using ASCII characters only, e.g. "1/4" or "1/8" + , fsUnicodeFractions ///< Fractions are written using sub- and superscript UTF-8 digits and the fraction symbol. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FractionStyle) + + QCPAxisTickerPi(); + + // getters: + QString piSymbol() const { + return mPiSymbol; + } + double piValue() const { + return mPiValue; + } + bool periodicity() const { + return mPeriodicity; + } + FractionStyle fractionStyle() const { + return mFractionStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setPiSymbol(QString symbol); + void setPiValue(double pi); + void setPeriodicity(int multiplesOfPi); + void setFractionStyle(FractionStyle style); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mPiSymbol; + double mPiValue; + int mPeriodicity; + FractionStyle mFractionStyle; + + // non-property members: + double mPiTickStep; // size of one tick step in units of mPiValue + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void simplifyFraction(int &numerator, int &denominator) const; + QString fractionToString(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeFraction(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeSuperscript(int number) const; + QString unicodeSubscript(int number) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerPi::FractionStyle) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 2594 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerLog : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerLog(); + + // getters: + double logBase() const { + return mLogBase; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setLogBase(double base); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + +protected: + // property members: + double mLogBase; + int mSubTickCount; + + // non-property members: + double mLogBaseLnInv; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 20913 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool subGridVisible READ subGridVisible WRITE setSubGridVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedSubGrid READ antialiasedSubGrid WRITE setAntialiasedSubGrid) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedZeroLine READ antialiasedZeroLine WRITE setAntialiasedZeroLine) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subGridPen READ subGridPen WRITE setSubGridPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen zeroLinePen READ zeroLinePen WRITE setZeroLinePen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis); + + // getters: + bool subGridVisible() const { + return mSubGridVisible; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen subGridPen() const { + return mSubGridPen; + } + QPen zeroLinePen() const { + return mZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setSubGridVisible(bool visible); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mSubGridVisible; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mPen, mSubGridPen, mZeroLinePen; + + // non-property members: + QCPAxis *mParentAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + + friend class QCPAxis; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxis : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(AxisType axisType READ axisType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *axisRect READ axisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(ScaleType scaleType READ scaleType WRITE setScaleType NOTIFY scaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange range READ range WRITE setRange NOTIFY rangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeReversed READ rangeReversed WRITE setRangeReversed) + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer ticker READ ticker WRITE setTicker) + Q_PROPERTY(bool ticks READ ticks WRITE setTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tickLabels READ tickLabels WRITE setTickLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLabelPadding READ tickLabelPadding WRITE setTickLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont tickLabelFont READ tickLabelFont WRITE setTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor tickLabelColor READ tickLabelColor WRITE setTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(double tickLabelRotation READ tickLabelRotation WRITE setTickLabelRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(LabelSide tickLabelSide READ tickLabelSide WRITE setTickLabelSide) + Q_PROPERTY(QString numberFormat READ numberFormat WRITE setNumberFormat) + Q_PROPERTY(int numberPrecision READ numberPrecision WRITE setNumberPrecision) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVector READ tickVector) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVectorLabels READ tickVectorLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthIn READ tickLengthIn WRITE setTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthOut READ tickLengthOut WRITE setTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(bool subTicks READ subTicks WRITE setSubTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthIn READ subTickLengthIn WRITE setSubTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthOut READ subTickLengthOut WRITE setSubTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen basePen READ basePen WRITE setBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen tickPen READ tickPen WRITE setTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subTickPen READ subTickPen WRITE setSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont labelFont READ labelFont WRITE setLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor labelColor READ labelColor WRITE setLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int labelPadding READ labelPadding WRITE setLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int offset READ offset WRITE setOffset) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedTickLabelFont READ selectedTickLabelFont WRITE setSelectedTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedLabelFont READ selectedLabelFont WRITE setSelectedLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTickLabelColor READ selectedTickLabelColor WRITE setSelectedTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedLabelColor READ selectedLabelColor WRITE setSelectedLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBasePen READ selectedBasePen WRITE setSelectedBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedTickPen READ selectedTickPen WRITE setSelectedTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedSubTickPen READ selectedSubTickPen WRITE setSelectedSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding lowerEnding READ lowerEnding WRITE setLowerEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding upperEnding READ upperEnding WRITE setUpperEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGrid *grid READ grid) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines at which side of the axis rect the axis will appear. This also affects how the tick + marks are drawn, on which side the labels are placed etc. + */ + enum AxisType { atLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Axis is vertical and on the left side of the axis rect + , atRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Axis is vertical and on the right side of the axis rect + , atTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Axis is horizontal and on the top side of the axis rect + , atBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 Axis is horizontal and on the bottom side of the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(AxisType) + Q_FLAGS(AxisTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AxisTypes, AxisType) + /*! + Defines on which side of the axis the tick labels (numbers) shall appear. + + \see setTickLabelSide + */ + enum LabelSide { lsInside ///< Tick labels will be displayed inside the axis rect and clipped to the inner axis rect + , lsOutside ///< Tick labels will be displayed outside the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelSide) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed axis coordinates (possibly also \ref setTicker to a \ref QCPAxisTickerLog instance). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type); + virtual ~QCPAxis() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + AxisType axisType() const { + return mAxisType; + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const { + return mAxisRect; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const; + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const; + LabelSide tickLabelSide() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + int offset() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding() const; + QCPLineEnding upperEnding() const; + QCPGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setOffset(int offset); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + void setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + Qt::Orientation orientation() const { + return mOrientation; + } + int pixelOrientation() const { + return rangeReversed() != (orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? -1 : 1; + } + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio = 1.0); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double pixelToCoord(double value) const; + double coordToPixel(double value) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + static AxisType marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side); + static Qt::Orientation orientation(AxisType type) { + return type == atBottom || type == atTop ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical; + } + static AxisType opposite(AxisType type); + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + // axis base: + AxisType mAxisType; + QCPAxisRect *mAxisRect; + //int mOffset; // in QCPAxisPainter + int mPadding; + Qt::Orientation mOrientation; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + //QCPLineEnding mLowerEnding, mUpperEnding; // in QCPAxisPainter + // axis label: + //int mLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; // in QCPAxisPainter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + //bool mNumberMultiplyCross; // QCPAxisPainter + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + //int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; // QCPAxisPainter + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + + // non-property members: + QCPGrid *mGrid; + QCPAxisPainterPrivate *mAxisPainter; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mCachedMarginValid; + int mCachedMargin; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragStartRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateMargin(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxis) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPGrid; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::AxisTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::AxisType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::LabelSide) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::ScaleType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::SelectablePart) + + +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate +{ +public: + explicit QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAxisPainterPrivate(); + + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual int size(); + void clearCache(); + + QRect axisSelectionBox() const { + return mAxisSelectionBox; + } + QRect tickLabelsSelectionBox() const { + return mTickLabelsSelectionBox; + } + QRect labelSelectionBox() const { + return mLabelSelectionBox; + } + + // public property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType type; + QPen basePen; + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding, upperEnding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int labelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QFont labelFont; + QColor labelColor; + QString label; + int tickLabelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + double tickLabelRotation; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QCPAxis::LabelSide tickLabelSide; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool substituteExponent; + bool numberMultiplyCross; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int tickLengthIn, tickLengthOut, subTickLengthIn, subTickLengthOut; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QPen tickPen, subTickPen; + QFont tickLabelFont; + QColor tickLabelColor; + QRect axisRect, viewportRect; + int offset; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers; + bool reversedEndings; + + QVector subTickPositions; + QVector tickPositions; + QVector tickLabels; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPointF offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct TickLabelData { + QString basePart, expPart, suffixPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, suffixBounds, totalBounds, rotatedTotalBounds; + QFont baseFont, expFont; + }; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; + + virtual void placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize); + virtual void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual TickLabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const; + virtual QPointF getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/scatterstyle.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7275 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPScatterStyle +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Represents the various properties of a scatter style instance. For example, this enum is used + to specify which properties of \ref QCPSelectionDecorator::setScatterStyle will be used when + highlighting selected data points. + + Specific scatter properties can be transferred between \ref QCPScatterStyle instances via \ref + setFromOther. + */ + enum ScatterProperty { spNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 None + , spPen = 0x01 ///< 0x01 The pen property, see \ref setPen + , spBrush = 0x02 ///< 0x02 The brush property, see \ref setBrush + , spSize = 0x04 ///< 0x04 The size property, see \ref setSize + , spShape = 0x08 ///< 0x08 The shape property, see \ref setShape + , spAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF All properties + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterProperty) + Q_FLAGS(ScatterProperties) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ScatterProperties, ScatterProperty) + + /*! + Defines the shape used for scatter points. + + On plottables/items that draw scatters, the sizes of these visualizations (with exception of + \ref ssDot and \ref ssPixmap) can be controlled with the \ref setSize function. Scatters are + drawn with the pen and brush specified with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + */ + enum ScatterShape { ssNone ///< no scatter symbols are drawn (e.g. in QCPGraph, data only represented with lines) + , ssDot ///< \enumimage{ssDot.png} a single pixel (use \ref ssDisc or \ref ssCircle if you want a round shape with a certain radius) + , ssCross ///< \enumimage{ssCross.png} a cross + , ssPlus ///< \enumimage{ssPlus.png} a plus + , ssCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCircle.png} a circle + , ssDisc ///< \enumimage{ssDisc.png} a circle which is filled with the pen's color (not the brush as with ssCircle) + , ssSquare ///< \enumimage{ssSquare.png} a square + , ssDiamond ///< \enumimage{ssDiamond.png} a diamond + , ssStar ///< \enumimage{ssStar.png} a star with eight arms, i.e. a combination of cross and plus + , ssTriangle ///< \enumimage{ssTriangle.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on baseline + , ssTriangleInverted ///< \enumimage{ssTriangleInverted.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on corner + , ssCrossSquare ///< \enumimage{ssCrossSquare.png} a square with a cross inside + , ssPlusSquare ///< \enumimage{ssPlusSquare.png} a square with a plus inside + , ssCrossCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCrossCircle.png} a circle with a cross inside + , ssPlusCircle ///< \enumimage{ssPlusCircle.png} a circle with a plus inside + , ssPeace ///< \enumimage{ssPeace.png} a circle, with one vertical and two downward diagonal lines + , ssPixmap ///< a custom pixmap specified by \ref setPixmap, centered on the data point coordinates + , ssCustom ///< custom painter operations are performed per scatter (As QPainterPath, see \ref setCustomPath) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterShape) + + QCPScatterStyle(); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size = 6); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush = Qt::NoBrush, double size = 6); + + // getters: + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + ScatterShape shape() const { + return mShape; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + QPainterPath customPath() const { + return mCustomPath; + } + + // setters: + void setFromOther(const QCPScatterStyle &other, ScatterProperties properties); + void setSize(double size); + void setShape(ScatterShape shape); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath); + + // non-property methods: + bool isNone() const { + return mShape == ssNone; + } + bool isPenDefined() const { + return mPenDefined; + } + void undefinePen(); + void applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const; + +protected: + // property members: + double mSize; + ScatterShape mShape; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPainterPath mCustomPath; + + // non-property members: + bool mPenDefined; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPScatterStyle, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperty) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape) + +/* end of 'src/scatterstyle.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/datacontainer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 34070 */ + +/*! \relates QCPDataContainer + Returns whether the sort key of \a a is less than the sort key of \a b. + + \see QCPDataContainer::sort +*/ +template +inline bool qcpLessThanSortKey(const DataType &a, const DataType &b) +{ + return a.sortKey() < b.sortKey(); +} + +template +class QCPDataContainer // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ +public: + typedef typename QVector::const_iterator const_iterator; + typedef typename QVector::iterator iterator; + + QCPDataContainer(); + + // getters: + int size() const { + return mData.size() - mPreallocSize; + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return size() == 0; + } + bool autoSqueeze() const { + return mAutoSqueeze; + } + + // setters: + void setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled); + + // non-virtual methods: + void set(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const DataType &data); + void removeBefore(double sortKey); + void removeAfter(double sortKey); + void remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo); + void remove(double sortKey); + void clear(); + void sort(); + void squeeze(bool preAllocation = true, bool postAllocation = true); + + const_iterator constBegin() const { + return mData.constBegin() + mPreallocSize; + } + const_iterator constEnd() const { + return mData.constEnd(); + } + iterator begin() { + return mData.begin() + mPreallocSize; + } + iterator end() { + return mData.end(); + } + const_iterator findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator at(int index) const { + return constBegin() + qBound(0, index, size()); + } + QCPRange keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth); + QCPRange valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()); + QCPDataRange dataRange() const { + return QCPDataRange(0, size()); + } + void limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + +protected: + // property members: + bool mAutoSqueeze; + + // non-property memebers: + QVector mData; + int mPreallocSize; + int mPreallocIteration; + + // non-virtual methods: + void preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize); + void performAutoSqueeze(); +}; + + + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataContainer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataContainer + \brief The generic data container for one-dimensional plottables + + This class template provides a fast container for data storage of one-dimensional data. The data + type is specified as template parameter (called \a DataType in the following) and must provide + some methods as described in the \ref qcpdatacontainer-datatype "next section". + + The data is stored in a sorted fashion, which allows very quick lookups by the sorted key as well + as retrieval of ranges (see \ref findBegin, \ref findEnd, \ref keyRange) using binary search. The + container uses a preallocation and a postallocation scheme, such that appending and prepending + data (with respect to the sort key) is very fast and minimizes reallocations. If data is added + which needs to be inserted between existing keys, the merge usually can be done quickly too, + using the fact that existing data is always sorted. The user can further improve performance by + specifying that added data is already itself sorted by key, if he can guarantee that this is the + case (see for example \ref add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted)). + + The data can be accessed with the provided const iterators (\ref constBegin, \ref constEnd). If + it is necessary to alter existing data in-place, the non-const iterators can be used (\ref begin, + \ref end). Changing data members that are not the sort key (for most data types called \a key) is + safe from the container's perspective. + + Great care must be taken however if the sort key is modified through the non-const iterators. For + performance reasons, the iterators don't automatically cause a re-sorting upon their + manipulation. It is thus the responsibility of the user to leave the container in a sorted state + when finished with the data manipulation, before calling any other methods on the container. A + complete re-sort (e.g. after finishing all sort key manipulation) can be done by calling \ref + sort. Failing to do so can not be detected by the container efficiently and will cause both + rendering artifacts and potential data loss. + + Implementing one-dimensional plottables that make use of a \ref QCPDataContainer is usually + done by subclassing from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D "QCPAbstractPlottable1D", which + introduces an according \a mDataContainer member and some convenience methods. + + \section qcpdatacontainer-datatype Requirements for the DataType template parameter + + The template parameter DataType is the type of the stored data points. It must be + trivially copyable and have the following public methods, preferably inline: + + \li double sortKey() const\n Returns the member variable of this data point that is the + sort key, defining the ordering in the container. Often this variable is simply called \a key. + + \li static DataType fromSortKey(double sortKey)\n Returns a new instance of the data + type initialized with its sort key set to \a sortKey. + + \li static bool sortKeyIsMainKey()\n Returns true if the sort key is equal to the main + key (see method \c mainKey below). For most plottables this is the case. It is not the case for + example for \ref QCPCurve, which uses \a t as sort key and \a key as main key. This is the reason + why QCPCurve unlike QCPGraph can display parametric curves with loops. + + \li double mainKey() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the main + key. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on the key + axis of the plottable. This method is used for example when determining the automatic axis + rescaling of key axes (\ref QCPAxis::rescale). + + \li double mainValue() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the + main value. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on + the value axis of the plottable. + + \li QCPRange valueRange() const\n Returns the range this data point spans in the value + axis coordinate. If the data is single-valued (e.g. QCPGraphData), this is simply a range with + both lower and upper set to the main data point value. However if the data points can represent + multiple values at once (e.g QCPFinancialData with its \a high, \a low, \a open and \a close + values at each \a key) this method should return the range those values span. This method is used + for example when determining the automatic axis rescaling of value axes (\ref + QCPAxis::rescale). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataContainer::size() const + + Returns the number of data points in the container. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataContainer::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this container holds no data points. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constBegin() const + + Returns a const iterator to the first data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constEnd() const + + Returns a const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::begin() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the first data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::end() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::at(int index) const + + Returns a const iterator to the element with the specified \a index. If \a index points beyond + the available elements in this container, returns \ref constEnd, i.e. an iterator past the last + valid element. + + You can use this method to easily obtain iterators from a \ref QCPDataRange, see the \ref + dataselection-accessing "data selection page" for an example. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataRange QCPDataContainer::dataRange() const + + Returns a \ref QCPDataRange encompassing the entire data set of this container. This means the + begin index of the returned range is 0, and the end index is \ref size. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPDataContainer used for plottable classes that represent a series of key-sorted + data +*/ +template +QCPDataContainer::QCPDataContainer() : + mAutoSqueeze(true), + mPreallocSize(0), + mPreallocIteration(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets whether the container automatically decides when to release memory from its post- and + preallocation pools when data points are removed. By default this is enabled and for typical + applications shouldn't be changed. + + If auto squeeze is disabled, you can manually decide when to release pre-/postallocation with + \ref squeeze. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled) +{ + if (mAutoSqueeze != enabled) { + mAutoSqueeze = enabled; + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + clear(); + add(data); +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mData = data; + mPreallocSize = 0; + mPreallocIteration = 0; + if (!alreadySorted) { + sort(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided \a data to the current data in this container. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a data to the current data. + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (isEmpty()) { + set(data, alreadySorted); + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (alreadySorted && oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data is sorted and keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and then sort and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (!alreadySorted) { // sort appended subrange if it wasn't already sorted + std::sort(end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point to the current data. + + \see remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const DataType &data) +{ + if (isEmpty() || !qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *(constEnd() - 1))) { // quickly handle appends if new data key is greater or equal to existing ones + mData.append(data); + } else if (qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *constBegin())) { // quickly handle prepends using preallocated space + if (mPreallocSize < 1) { + preallocateGrow(1); + } + --mPreallocSize; + *begin() = data; + } else { // handle inserts, maintaining sorted keys + QCPDataContainer::iterator insertionPoint = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), data, qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.insert(insertionPoint, data); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys smaller than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeAfter, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeBefore(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = begin(); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mPreallocSize += int(itEnd - it); // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys greater than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeBefore, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeAfter(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::upper_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = end(); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); // typically adds it to the postallocated block + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys between \a sortKeyFrom and \a sortKeyTo. if \a + sortKeyFrom is greater or equal to \a sortKeyTo, the function does nothing. To remove a single + data point with known (sort-)key, use \ref remove(double sortKey). + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) +{ + if (sortKeyFrom >= sortKeyTo || isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyFrom), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::upper_bound(it, end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyTo), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a sortKey. If the position is not known with absolute (binary) + precision, consider using \ref remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) with a small + fuzziness interval around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the + (sort-)key is known. + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (it != end() && it->sortKey() == sortKey) { + if (it == begin()) { + ++mPreallocSize; // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + } else { + mData.erase(it); + } + } + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + + \see remove, removeAfter, removeBefore +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::clear() +{ + mData.clear(); + mPreallocIteration = 0; + mPreallocSize = 0; +} + +/*! + Re-sorts all data points in the container by their sort key. + + When setting, adding or removing points using the QCPDataContainer interface (\ref set, \ref add, + \ref remove, etc.), the container makes sure to always stay in a sorted state such that a full + resort is never necessary. However, if you choose to directly manipulate the sort key on data + points by accessing and modifying it through the non-const iterators (\ref begin, \ref end), it + is your responsibility to bring the container back into a sorted state before any other methods + are called on it. This can be achieved by calling this method immediately after finishing the + sort key manipulation. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::sort() +{ + std::sort(begin(), end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); +} + +/*! + Frees all unused memory that is currently in the preallocation and postallocation pools. + + Note that QCPDataContainer automatically decides whether squeezing is necessary, if \ref + setAutoSqueeze is left enabled. It should thus not be necessary to use this method for typical + applications. + + The parameters \a preAllocation and \a postAllocation control whether pre- and/or post allocation + should be freed, respectively. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::squeeze(bool preAllocation, bool postAllocation) +{ + if (preAllocation) { + if (mPreallocSize > 0) { + std::copy(begin(), end(), mData.begin()); + mData.resize(size()); + mPreallocSize = 0; + } + mPreallocIteration = 0; + } + if (postAllocation) { + mData.squeeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just + above \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, \ref constBegin is + returned. + + If the container is empty, returns \ref constEnd. + + \see findEnd, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::lower_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constBegin()) { // also covers it == constEnd case, and we know --constEnd is valid because mData isn't empty + --it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the element after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just + above or just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey + will be considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, \ref constEnd is + returned. + + If the container is empty, \ref constEnd is returned. + + \see findBegin, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::upper_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constEnd()) { + ++it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the (main-)key coordinate of all data points. The output + parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, you + should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same key). + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the key coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + If the DataType reports that its main key is equal to the sort key (\a sortKeyIsMainKey), as is + the case for most plottables, this method uses this fact and finds the range very quickly. + + \see valueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + double current; + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // if DataType is sorted by main key (e.g. QCPGraph, but not QCPCurve), use faster algorithm by finding just first and last key with non-NaN value + while (it != itEnd) { // find first non-nan going up from left + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.lower = it->mainKey(); + haveLower = true; + break; + } + ++it; + } + it = itEnd; + while (it != constBegin()) { // find first non-nan going down from right + --it; + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.upper = it->mainKey(); + haveUpper = true; + break; + } + } + } else { // DataType is not sorted by main key, go through all data points and accordingly expand range + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current < 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current < 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current > 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current > 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the value coordinates of the data points in the specified key + range (\a inKeyRange), using the full \a DataType::valueRange reported by the data points. The + output parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, + you should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same value). + + If \a inKeyRange has both lower and upper bound set to zero (is equal to QCPRange()), + all data points are considered, without any restriction on the keys. + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the value coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + \see keyRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + const bool restrictKeyRange = inKeyRange != QCPRange(); + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPRange current; + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey() && restrictKeyRange) { + itBegin = findBegin(inKeyRange.lower, false); + itEnd = findEnd(inKeyRange.upper, false); + } + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Makes sure \a begin and \a end mark a data range that is both within the bounds of this data + container's data, as well as within the specified \a dataRange. The initial range described by + the passed iterators \a begin and \a end is never expanded, only contracted if necessary. + + This function doesn't require for \a dataRange to be within the bounds of this data container's + valid range. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + QCPDataRange iteratorRange(int(begin - constBegin()), int(end - constBegin())); + iteratorRange = iteratorRange.bounded(dataRange.bounded(this->dataRange())); + begin = constBegin() + iteratorRange.begin(); + end = constBegin() + iteratorRange.end(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Increases the preallocation pool to have a size of at least \a minimumPreallocSize. Depending on + the preallocation history, the container will grow by more than requested, to speed up future + consecutive size increases. + + if \a minimumPreallocSize is smaller than or equal to the current preallocation pool size, this + method does nothing. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize) +{ + if (minimumPreallocSize <= mPreallocSize) { + return; + } + + int newPreallocSize = minimumPreallocSize; + newPreallocSize += (1u << qBound(4, mPreallocIteration + 4, 15)) - 12; // do 4 up to 32768-12 preallocation, doubling in each intermediate iteration + ++mPreallocIteration; + + int sizeDifference = newPreallocSize - mPreallocSize; + mData.resize(mData.size() + sizeDifference); + std::copy_backward(mData.begin() + mPreallocSize, mData.end() - sizeDifference, mData.end()); + mPreallocSize = newPreallocSize; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method decides, depending on the total allocation size and the size of the unused pre- and + postallocation pools, whether it is sensible to reduce the pools in order to free up unused + memory. It then possibly calls \ref squeeze to do the deallocation. + + If \ref setAutoSqueeze is enabled, this method is called automatically each time data points are + removed from the container (e.g. \ref remove). + + \note when changing the decision parameters, care must be taken not to cause a back-and-forth + between squeezing and reallocation due to the growth strategy of the internal QVector and \ref + preallocateGrow. The hysteresis between allocation and deallocation should be made high enough + (at the expense of possibly larger unused memory from time to time). +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::performAutoSqueeze() +{ + const int totalAlloc = mData.capacity(); + const int postAllocSize = totalAlloc - mData.size(); + const int usedSize = size(); + bool shrinkPostAllocation = false; + bool shrinkPreAllocation = false; + if (totalAlloc > 650000) { // if allocation is larger, shrink earlier with respect to total used size + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // QVector grow strategy is 2^n for static data. Watch out not to oscillate! + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize * 10 > usedSize; + } else if (totalAlloc > 1000) { // below 10 MiB raw data be generous with preallocated memory, below 1k points don't even bother + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 5; + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // preallocation can grow into postallocation, so can be smaller + } + + if (shrinkPreAllocation || shrinkPostAllocation) { + squeeze(shrinkPreAllocation, shrinkPostAllocation); + } +} + + +/* end of 'src/datacontainer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8461 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: QCPSelectionDecorator(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecorator(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedScatterProperties() const { + return mUsedScatterProperties; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &scatterStyle, QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedProperties = QCPScatterStyle::spPen); + void setUsedScatterProperties(const QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties &properties); + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyPen(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyBrush(QCPPainter *painter) const; + QCPScatterStyle getFinalScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &unselectedStyle) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void copyFrom(const QCPSelectionDecorator *other); + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties mUsedScatterProperties; + // non-property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual bool registerWithPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPSelectionDecorator) + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecorator *) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPlottable : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name WRITE setName) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedFill READ antialiasedFill WRITE setAntialiasedFill) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedScatters READ antialiasedScatters WRITE setAntialiasedScatters) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *keyAxis READ keyAxis WRITE setKeyAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *valueAxis READ valueAxis WRITE setValueAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCP::SelectionType selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPDataSelection selection READ selection WRITE setSelection NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator READ selectionDecorator WRITE setSelectionDecorator) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCP::SelectionType selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return !mSelection.isEmpty(); + } + QCPDataSelection selection() const { + return mSelection; + } + QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator() const { + return mSelectionDecorator; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection); + void setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; // actually introduced in QCPLayerable as non-pure, but we want to force reimplementation for plottables + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() { + return nullptr; + } + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const = 0; + + // non-property methods: + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false, bool inKeyRange = false) const; + bool addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend); + bool addToLegend(); + bool removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const; + bool removeFromLegend() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection); + void selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QCP::SelectionType mSelectable; + QCPDataSelection mSelection; + QCPSelectionDecorator *mSelectionDecorator; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPPlottableLegendItem; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/plottable.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/item.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9425 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name, int anchorId = -1); + virtual ~QCPItemAnchor(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const; + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QCPAbstractItem *mParentItem; + int mAnchorId; + QSet mChildrenX, mChildrenY; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() { + return nullptr; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + void addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemAnchor) + + friend class QCPItemPosition; +}; + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPosition : public QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the ways an item position can be specified. Thus it defines what the numbers passed to + \ref setCoords actually mean. + + \see setType + */ + enum PositionType { ptAbsolute ///< Static positioning in pixels, starting from the top left corner of the viewport/widget. + , ptViewportRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the viewport size. For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the viewport/widget. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the viewport/widget, etc. + , ptAxisRectRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the axis rect size (see \ref setAxisRect). For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the axis rect. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the axis rect, etc. You can also go beyond the axis rect by providing negative coordinates or coordinates larger than 1. + , ptPlotCoords ///< Dynamic positioning at a plot coordinate defined by two axes (see \ref setAxes). + }; + Q_ENUMS(PositionType) + + QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name); + virtual ~QCPItemPosition() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + PositionType type() const { + return typeX(); + } + PositionType typeX() const { + return mPositionTypeX; + } + PositionType typeY() const { + return mPositionTypeY; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor() const { + return parentAnchorX(); + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorX() const { + return mParentAnchorX; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorY() const { + return mParentAnchorY; + } + double key() const { + return mKey; + } + double value() const { + return mValue; + } + QPointF coords() const { + return QPointF(mKey, mValue); + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const; + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // setters: + void setType(PositionType type); + void setTypeX(PositionType type); + void setTypeY(PositionType type); + bool setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + void setCoords(double key, double value); + void setCoords(const QPointF &pos); + void setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + void setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect); + void setPixelPosition(const QPointF &pixelPosition); + +protected: + // property members: + PositionType mPositionTypeX, mPositionTypeY; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QPointer mAxisRect; + double mKey, mValue; + QCPItemAnchor *mParentAnchorX, *mParentAnchorY; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemPosition) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemPosition::PositionType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractItem : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool clipToAxisRect READ clipToAxisRect WRITE setClipToAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect READ clipAxisRect WRITE setClipAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAbstractItem() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + bool clipToAxisRect() const { + return mClipToAxisRect; + } + QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect() const; + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setClipToAxisRect(bool clip); + void setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + QList positions() const { + return mPositions; + } + QList anchors() const { + return mAnchors; + } + QCPItemPosition *position(const QString &name) const; + QCPItemAnchor *anchor(const QString &name) const; + bool hasAnchor(const QString &name) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mClipToAxisRect; + QPointer mClipAxisRect; + QList mPositions; + QList mAnchors; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + double rectDistance(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const; + QCPItemPosition *createPosition(const QString &name); + QCPItemAnchor *createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractItem) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPItemAnchor; +}; + +/* end of 'src/item.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/core.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 19304 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCustomPlot : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QRect viewport READ viewport WRITE setViewport) + Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout READ plotLayout) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoAddPlottableToLegend READ autoAddPlottableToLegend WRITE setAutoAddPlottableToLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(int selectionTolerance READ selectionTolerance WRITE setSelectionTolerance) + Q_PROPERTY(bool noAntialiasingOnDrag READ noAntialiasingOnDrag WRITE setNoAntialiasingOnDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier READ multiSelectModifier WRITE setMultiSelectModifier) + Q_PROPERTY(bool openGl READ openGl WRITE setOpenGl) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how a layer should be inserted relative to an other layer. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer + */ + enum LayerInsertMode { limBelow ///< Layer is inserted below other layer + , limAbove ///< Layer is inserted above other layer + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerInsertMode) + + /*! + Defines with what timing the QCustomPlot surface is refreshed after a replot. + + \see replot + */ + enum RefreshPriority { rpImmediateRefresh ///< Replots immediately and repaints the widget immediately by calling QWidget::repaint() after the replot + , rpQueuedRefresh ///< Replots immediately, but queues the widget repaint, by calling QWidget::update() after the replot. This way multiple redundant widget repaints can be avoided. + , rpRefreshHint ///< Whether to use immediate or queued refresh depends on whether the plotting hint \ref QCP::phImmediateRefresh is set, see \ref setPlottingHints. + , rpQueuedReplot ///< Queues the entire replot for the next event loop iteration. This way multiple redundant replots can be avoided. The actual replot is then done with \ref rpRefreshHint priority. + }; + Q_ENUMS(RefreshPriority) + + explicit QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent = nullptr); + virtual ~QCustomPlot() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QRect viewport() const { + return mViewport; + } + double bufferDevicePixelRatio() const { + return mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + } + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout() const { + return mPlotLayout; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements antialiasedElements() const { + return mAntialiasedElements; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements notAntialiasedElements() const { + return mNotAntialiasedElements; + } + bool autoAddPlottableToLegend() const { + return mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + } + const QCP::Interactions interactions() const { + return mInteractions; + } + int selectionTolerance() const { + return mSelectionTolerance; + } + bool noAntialiasingOnDrag() const { + return mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + } + QCP::PlottingHints plottingHints() const { + return mPlottingHints; + } + Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier() const { + return mMultiSelectModifier; + } + QCP::SelectionRectMode selectionRectMode() const { + return mSelectionRectMode; + } + QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect() const { + return mSelectionRect; + } + bool openGl() const { + return mOpenGl; + } + + // setters: + void setViewport(const QRect &rect); + void setBufferDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements); + void setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements); + void setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on); + void setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions); + void setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled = true); + void setSelectionTolerance(int pixels); + void setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled); + void setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints); + void setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled = true); + void setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier); + void setSelectionRectMode(QCP::SelectionRectMode mode); + void setSelectionRect(QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect); + void setOpenGl(bool enabled, int multisampling = 16); + + // non-property methods: + // plottable interface: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(int index); + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(); + bool removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool removePlottable(int index); + int clearPlottables(); + int plottableCount() const; + QList selectedPlottables() const; + template + PlottableType *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false, int *dataIndex = nullptr) const; + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false, int *dataIndex = nullptr) const; + bool hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + + // specialized interface for QCPGraph: + QCPGraph *graph(int index) const; + QCPGraph *graph() const; + QCPGraph *addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis = nullptr, QCPAxis *valueAxis = nullptr); + bool removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool removeGraph(int index); + int clearGraphs(); + int graphCount() const; + QList selectedGraphs() const; + + // item interface: + QCPAbstractItem *item(int index) const; + QCPAbstractItem *item() const; + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + int clearItems(); + int itemCount() const; + QList selectedItems() const; + template + ItemType *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + QCPAbstractItem *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const; + + // layer interface: + QCPLayer *layer(const QString &name) const; + QCPLayer *layer(int index) const; + QCPLayer *currentLayer() const; + bool setCurrentLayer(const QString &name); + bool setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + int layerCount() const; + bool addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer = nullptr, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + bool removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + + // axis rect/layout interface: + int axisRectCount() const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRect(int index = 0) const; + QList axisRects() const; + QCPLayoutElement *layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRectAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + Q_SLOT void rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + + QList selectedAxes() const; + QList selectedLegends() const; + Q_SLOT void deselectAll(); + + bool savePdf(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, QCP::ExportPen exportPen = QCP::epAllowCosmetic, const QString &pdfCreator = QString(), const QString &pdfTitle = QString()); + bool savePng(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + QPixmap toPixmap(int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0); + void toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width = 0, int height = 0); + Q_SLOT void replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority = QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint); + double replotTime(bool average = false) const; + + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + QCPLegend *legend; + +signals: + void mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event); + void mousePress(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseWheel(QWheelEvent *event); + + void plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + + void selectionChangedByUser(); + void beforeReplot(); + void afterLayout(); + void afterReplot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mViewport; + double mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + QCPLayoutGrid *mPlotLayout; + bool mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + QList mPlottables; + QList mGraphs; // extra list of plottables also in mPlottables that are of type QCPGraph + QList mItems; + QList mLayers; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAntialiasedElements, mNotAntialiasedElements; + QCP::Interactions mInteractions; + int mSelectionTolerance; + bool mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayer *mCurrentLayer; + QCP::PlottingHints mPlottingHints; + Qt::KeyboardModifier mMultiSelectModifier; + QCP::SelectionRectMode mSelectionRectMode; + QCPSelectionRect *mSelectionRect; + bool mOpenGl; + + // non-property members: + QList > mPaintBuffers; + QPoint mMousePressPos; + bool mMouseHasMoved; + QPointer mMouseEventLayerable; + QPointer mMouseSignalLayerable; + QVariant mMouseEventLayerableDetails; + QVariant mMouseSignalLayerableDetails; + bool mReplotting; + bool mReplotQueued; + double mReplotTime, mReplotTimeAverage; + int mOpenGlMultisamples; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup; + bool mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup; +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + QSharedPointer mGlContext; + QSharedPointer mGlSurface; + QSharedPointer mGlPaintDevice; +#endif + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize sizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual void axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis); + virtual void legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectSelection(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectZoom(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processPointSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool registerPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool registerGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool registerItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + void updateLayerIndices() const; + QCPLayerable *layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails = nullptr) const; + QList layerableListAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QList *selectionDetails = nullptr) const; + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void setupPaintBuffers(); + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer *createPaintBuffer(); + bool hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers(); + bool setupOpenGl(); + void freeOpenGl(); + + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; + friend class QCPGraph; + friend class QCPAbstractItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority) + + +// implementation of template functions: + +/*! + Returns the plottable at the pixel position \a pos. The plottable type (a QCPAbstractPlottable + subclass) that shall be taken into consideration can be specified via the template parameter. + + Plottables that only consist of single lines (like graphs) have a tolerance band around them, see + \ref setSelectionTolerance. If multiple plottables come into consideration, the one closest to \a + pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only plottables that are selectable + (QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable) are considered. + + if \a dataIndex is non-null, it is set to the index of the plottable's data point that is closest + to \a pos. + + If there is no plottable of the specified type at \a pos, returns \c nullptr. + + \see itemAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +template +PlottableType *QCustomPlot::plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, int *dataIndex) const +{ + PlottableType *resultPlottable = 0; + QVariant resultDetails; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + PlottableType *currentPlottable = qobject_cast(plottable); + if (!currentPlottable || (onlySelectable && !currentPlottable->selectable())) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractPlottable::selectable + continue; + } + if (currentPlottable->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks where the plottable is actually visible + QVariant details; + double currentDistance = currentPlottable->selectTest(pos, false, dataIndex ? &details : nullptr); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultPlottable = currentPlottable; + resultDetails = details; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + if (resultPlottable && dataIndex) { + QCPDataSelection sel = resultDetails.value(); + if (!sel.isEmpty()) { + *dataIndex = sel.dataRange(0).begin(); + } + } + return resultPlottable; +} + +/*! + Returns the item at the pixel position \a pos. The item type (a QCPAbstractItem subclass) that shall be + taken into consideration can be specified via the template parameter. Items that only consist of single + lines (e.g. \ref QCPItemLine or \ref QCPItemCurve) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref + setSelectionTolerance. If multiple items come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only items that are selectable (QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable) are + considered. + + If there is no item at \a pos, returns \c nullptr. + + \see plottableAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +template +ItemType *QCustomPlot::itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + ItemType *resultItem = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + ItemType *currentItem = qobject_cast(item); + if (!currentItem || (onlySelectable && !currentItem->selectable())) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractItem::selectable + continue; + } + if (!currentItem->clipToAxisRect() || currentItem->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside axis cliprect of the item if actually clipped to it + double currentDistance = currentItem->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultItem = currentItem; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultItem; +} + + + +/* end of 'src/core.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable1d.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 25638 */ + +class QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ +public: + virtual ~QCPPlottableInterface1D() = default; + // introduced pure virtual methods: + virtual int dataCount() const = 0; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const = 0; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; +}; + +template +class QCPAbstractPlottable1D : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ + // No Q_OBJECT macro due to template class + +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer > mDataContainer; + + // helpers for subclasses: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + void drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable1D) + +}; + + + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableInterface1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableInterface1D + \brief Defines an abstract interface for one-dimensional plottables + + This class contains only pure virtual methods which define a common interface to the data + of one-dimensional plottables. + + For example, it is implemented by the template class \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D (the preferred + base class for one-dimensional plottables). So if you use that template class as base class of + your one-dimensional plottable, you won't have to care about implementing the 1d interface + yourself. + + If your plottable doesn't derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D but still wants to provide a 1d + interface (e.g. like \ref QCPErrorBars does), you should inherit from both \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable and \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D and accordingly reimplement the pure + virtual methods of the 1d interface, matching your data container. Also, reimplement \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D to return the \c this pointer. + + If you have a \ref QCPAbstractPlottable pointer, you can check whether it implements this + interface by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D and testing it for a non-zero return + value. If it indeed implements this interface, you may use it to access the plottable's data + without needing to know the exact type of the plottable or its data point type. +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount() const = 0; + + Returns the number of data points of the plottable. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPDataSelection QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + + Returns a data selection containing all the data points of this plottable which are contained (or + hit by) \a rect. This is used mainly in the selection rect interaction for data selection (\ref + dataselection "data selection mechanism"). + + If \a onlySelectable is true, an empty QCPDataSelection is returned if this plottable is not + selectable (i.e. if \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable is \ref QCP::stNone). + + \note \a rect must be a normalized rect (positive or zero width and height). This is especially + important when using the rect of \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted, which is not necessarily + normalized. Use QRect::normalized() when passing a rect which might not be normalized. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the sort key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the sort key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main value of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main value is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPRange QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the value range of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the value range is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QPointF QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the pixel position on the widget surface at which the data point at the given \a index + appears. + + Usually this corresponds to the point of \ref dataMainKey/\ref dataMainValue, in pixel + coordinates. However, depending on the plottable, this might be a different apparent position + than just a coord-to-pixel transform of those values. For example, \ref QCPBars apparent data + values can be shifted depending on their stacking, bar grouping or configured base value. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0 + + Returns whether the sort key (\ref dataSortKey) is identical to the main key (\ref dataMainKey). + + What the sort and main keys are, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index of the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just above + \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be considered, + otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, 0 is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0 (in that case, \ref findEnd will also return 0, so a loop + using these methods will not iterate over the index 0). + + \see findEnd, QCPDataContainer::findBegin +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index one after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just above, or + just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, the index just above the + highest data point is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0. + + \see findBegin, QCPDataContainer::findEnd +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable1D + \brief A template base class for plottables with one-dimensional data + + This template class derives from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable and from the abstract interface \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D. It serves as a base class for all one-dimensional data (i.e. data with + one key dimension), such as \ref QCPGraph and QCPCurve. + + The template parameter \a DataType is the type of the data points of this plottable (e.g. \ref + QCPGraphData or \ref QCPCurveData). The main purpose of this base class is to provide the member + \a mDataContainer (a shared pointer to a \ref QCPDataContainer "QCPDataContainer") and + implement the according virtual methods of the \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D, such that most + subclassed plottables don't need to worry about this anymore. + + Further, it provides a convenience method for retrieving selected/unselected data segments via + \ref getDataSegments. This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to + draw selected segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + This class implements basic functionality of \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest and \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect, assuming point-like data points, based on the 1D data + interface. In spite of that, most plottable subclasses will want to reimplement those methods + again, to provide a more accurate hit test based on their specific data visualization geometry. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPPlottableInterface1D *QCPAbstractPlottable1D::interface1D() + + Returns a \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D pointer to this plottable, providing access to its 1D + interface. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Forwards \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis to the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable + "QCPAbstractPlottable" constructor and allocates the \a mDataContainer. +*/ +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataContainer(new QCPDataContainer) +{ +} + +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::~QCPAbstractPlottable1D() +{ +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataSortKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->sortKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainValue(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainValue(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataValueRange(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->valueRange(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QCPRange(0, 0); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition +*/ +template +QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + const typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin() + index; + return coordsToPixels(it->mainKey(), it->mainValue()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey +*/ +template +bool QCPAbstractPlottable1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const +{ + return DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey(); +} + +/*! + Implements a rect-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +QCPDataSelection QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + // convert rect given in pixels to ranges given in plot coordinates: + double key1, value1, key2, value2; + pixelsToCoords(rect.topLeft(), key1, value1); + pixelsToCoords(rect.bottomRight(), key2, value2); + QCPRange keyRange(key1, key2); // QCPRange normalizes internally so we don't have to care about whether key1 < key2 + QCPRange valueRange(value1, value2); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyRange.lower, false); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyRange.upper, false); + } + if (begin == end) { + return result; + } + + int currentSegmentBegin = -1; // -1 means we're currently not in a segment that's contained in rect + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (currentSegmentBegin == -1) { + if (valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) && keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // start segment + currentSegmentBegin = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + } + } else if (!valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) || !keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // segment just ended + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())), false); + currentSegmentBegin = -1; + } + } + // process potential last segment: + if (currentSegmentBegin != -1) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, int(end - mDataContainer->constBegin())), false); + } + + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return int(mDataContainer->findBegin(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin()); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return int(mDataContainer->findEnd(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin()); +} + +/*! + Implements a point-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data point + to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + QCPDataSelection selectionResult; + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + int minDistIndex = mDataContainer->size(); + + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pos - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pos + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + } + if (begin == end) { + return -1; + } + QCPRange keyRange(mKeyAxis->range()); + QCPRange valueRange(mValueAxis->range()); + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double mainKey = it->mainKey(); + const double mainValue = it->mainValue(); + if (keyRange.contains(mainKey) && valueRange.contains(mainValue)) { // make sure data point is inside visible range, for speedup in cases where sort key isn't main key and we iterate over all points + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(mainKey, mainValue) - pos).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + minDistIndex = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + } + } + } + if (minDistIndex != mDataContainer->size()) { + selectionResult.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(minDistIndex, minDistIndex + 1), false); + } + + selectionResult.simplify(); + if (details) { + details->setValue(selectionResult); + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! + Splits all data into selected and unselected segments and outputs them via \a selectedSegments + and \a unselectedSegments, respectively. + + This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to draw selected + segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + \see setSelection +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +/*! + A helper method which draws a line with the passed \a painter, according to the pixel data in \a + lineData. NaN points create gaps in the line, as expected from QCustomPlot's plottables (this is + the main difference to QPainter's regular drawPolyline, which handles NaNs by lagging or + crashing). + + Further it uses a faster line drawing technique based on \ref QCPPainter::drawLine rather than \c + QPainter::drawPolyline if the configured \ref QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints() and \a painter + style allows. +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const +{ + // if drawing lines in plot (instead of PDF), reduce 1px lines to cosmetic, because at least in + // Qt6 drawing of "1px" width lines is much slower even though it has same appearance apart from + // High-DPI. In High-DPI cases people must set a pen width slightly larger than 1.0 to get + // correct DPI scaling of width, but of course with performance penalty. + if (!painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + qFuzzyCompare(painter->pen().widthF(), 1.0)) { + QPen newPen = painter->pen(); + newPen.setWidth(0); + painter->setPen(newPen); + } + + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData.at(i - 1), lineData.at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()) || qIsInf(lineData.at(i).y())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line. Also filter Infs which make drawPolyline block + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } +} + + +/* end of 'src/plottable1d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/colorgradient.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7262 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorGradient +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the color spaces in which color interpolation between gradient stops can be performed. + + \see setColorInterpolation + */ + enum ColorInterpolation { ciRGB ///< Color channels red, green and blue are linearly interpolated + , ciHSV ///< Color channels hue, saturation and value are linearly interpolated (The hue is interpolated over the shortest angle distance) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ColorInterpolation) + + /*! + Defines how NaN data points shall appear in the plot. + + \see setNanHandling, setNanColor + */ + enum NanHandling { nhNone ///< NaN data points are not explicitly handled and shouldn't occur in the data (this gives slight performance improvement) + , nhLowestColor ///< NaN data points appear as the lowest color defined in this QCPColorGradient + , nhHighestColor ///< NaN data points appear as the highest color defined in this QCPColorGradient + , nhTransparent ///< NaN data points appear transparent + , nhNanColor ///< NaN data points appear as the color defined with \ref setNanColor + }; + Q_ENUMS(NanHandling) + + /*! + Defines the available presets that can be loaded with \ref loadPreset. See the documentation + there for an image of the presets. + */ + enum GradientPreset { gpGrayscale ///< Continuous lightness from black to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpHot ///< Continuous lightness from black over firey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCold ///< Continuous lightness from black over icey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpNight ///< Continuous lightness from black over weak blueish colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCandy ///< Blue over pink to white + , gpGeography ///< Colors suitable to represent different elevations on geographical maps + , gpIon ///< Half hue spectrum from black over purple to blue and finally green (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpThermal ///< Colors suitable for thermal imaging, ranging from dark blue over purple to orange, yellow and white + , gpPolar ///< Colors suitable to emphasize polarity around the center, with blue for negative, black in the middle and red for positive values + , gpSpectrum ///< An approximation of the visible light spectrum (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpJet ///< Hue variation similar to a spectrum, often used in numerical visualization (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpHues ///< Full hue cycle, with highest and lowest color red (suitable for periodic data, such as angles and phases, see \ref setPeriodic) + }; + Q_ENUMS(GradientPreset) + + QCPColorGradient(); + QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset); + bool operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPColorGradient &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int levelCount() const { + return mLevelCount; + } + QMap colorStops() const { + return mColorStops; + } + ColorInterpolation colorInterpolation() const { + return mColorInterpolation; + } + NanHandling nanHandling() const { + return mNanHandling; + } + QColor nanColor() const { + return mNanColor; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + + // setters: + void setLevelCount(int n); + void setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops); + void setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color); + void setColorInterpolation(ColorInterpolation interpolation); + void setNanHandling(NanHandling handling); + void setNanColor(const QColor &color); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + void colorize(const double *data, const unsigned char *alpha, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + QRgb color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic = false); + void loadPreset(GradientPreset preset); + void clearColorStops(); + QCPColorGradient inverted() const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mLevelCount; + QMap mColorStops; + ColorInterpolation mColorInterpolation; + NanHandling mNanHandling; + QColor mNanColor; + bool mPeriodic; + + // non-property members: + QVector mColorBuffer; // have colors premultiplied with alpha (for usage with QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied) + bool mColorBufferInvalidated; + + // non-virtual methods: + bool stopsUseAlpha() const; + void updateColorBuffer(); +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::NanHandling) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::GradientPreset) + +/* end of 'src/colorgradient.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4458 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket : public QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + + /*! + Defines which shape is drawn at the boundaries of selected data ranges. + + Some of the bracket styles further allow specifying a height and/or width, see \ref + setBracketHeight and \ref setBracketWidth. + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquareBracket ///< A square bracket is drawn. + , bsHalfEllipse ///< A half ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsEllipse ///< An ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsPlus ///< A plus is drawn. + , bsUserStyle ///< Start custom bracket styles at this index when subclassing and reimplementing \ref drawBracket. + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen bracketPen() const { + return mBracketPen; + } + QBrush bracketBrush() const { + return mBracketBrush; + } + int bracketWidth() const { + return mBracketWidth; + } + int bracketHeight() const { + return mBracketHeight; + } + BracketStyle bracketStyle() const { + return mBracketStyle; + } + bool tangentToData() const { + return mTangentToData; + } + int tangentAverage() const { + return mTangentAverage; + } + + // setters: + void setBracketPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBracketBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setBracketWidth(int width); + void setBracketHeight(int height); + void setBracketStyle(BracketStyle style); + void setTangentToData(bool enabled); + void setTangentAverage(int pointCount); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawBracket(QCPPainter *painter, int direction) const; + + // virtual methods: + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBracketPen; + QBrush mBracketBrush; + int mBracketWidth; + int mBracketHeight; + BracketStyle mBracketStyle; + bool mTangentToData; + int mTangentAverage; + + // non-virtual methods: + double getTangentAngle(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex, int direction) const; + QPointF getPixelCoordinates(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex) const; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7529 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisRect : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes = true); + virtual ~QCPAxisRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + QBrush backgroundBrush() const { + return mBackgroundBrush; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + QCPAxis *rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QCPAxis *rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeDragAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + double rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation); + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + // non-property methods: + int axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const; + QCPAxis *axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index = 0) const; + QList axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const; + QList axes() const; + QCPAxis *addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis = nullptr); + QList addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types); + bool removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect); + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QList &affectedAxes); + void setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges = false); + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPoint center() const { + return mRect.center(); + } + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + Qt::Orientations mRangeDrag, mRangeZoom; + QList > mRangeDragHorzAxis, mRangeDragVertAxis; + QList > mRangeZoomHorzAxis, mRangeZoomVertAxis; + double mRangeZoomFactorHorz, mRangeZoomFactorVert; + + // non-property members: + QList mDragStartHorzRange, mDragStartVertRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + bool mDragging; + QHash > mAxes; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void layoutChanged() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisRect) + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 10425 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractLegendItem : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPLegend* parentLegend READ parentLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectableChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent); + + // getters: + QCPLegend *parentLegend() const { + return mParentLegend; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLegend *mParentLegend; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractLegendItem) + + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPlottableLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + + // getters: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable() { + return mPlottable; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLegend : public QCPLayoutGrid +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen borderPen READ borderPen WRITE setBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize) + Q_PROPERTY(int iconTextPadding READ iconTextPadding WRITE setIconTextPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen iconBorderPen READ iconBorderPen WRITE setIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBorderPen READ selectedBorderPen WRITE setSelectedBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedIconBorderPen READ selectedIconBorderPen WRITE setSelectedIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of a legend + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None + , spLegendBox = 0x001 ///< 0x001 The legend box (frame) + , spItems = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Legend items individually (see \ref selectedItems) + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPLegend(); + virtual ~QCPLegend() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen borderPen() const { + return mBorderPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QSize iconSize() const { + return mIconSize; + } + int iconTextPadding() const { + return mIconTextPadding; + } + QPen iconBorderPen() const { + return mIconBorderPen; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const; + QPen selectedBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedBorderPen; + } + QPen selectedIconBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedIconBorderPen; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + + // setters: + void setBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setIconSize(const QSize &size); + void setIconSize(int width, int height); + void setIconTextPadding(int padding); + void setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPAbstractLegendItem *item(int index) const; + QCPPlottableLegendItem *itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + int itemCount() const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const; + bool hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + bool addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + void clearItems(); + QList selectedItems() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + void selectableChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBorderPen, mIconBorderPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QSize mIconSize; + int mIconTextPadding; + SelectableParts mSelectedParts, mSelectableParts; + QPen mSelectedBorderPen, mSelectedIconBorderPen; + QBrush mSelectedBrush; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getBorderPen() const; + QBrush getBrush() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLegend) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPLegend::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLegend::SelectablePart) + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5359 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPTextElement : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QString &fontFamily, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QFont &font); + + // getters: + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + int textFlags() const { + return mTextFlags; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setText(const QString &text); + void setTextFlags(int flags); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + void clicked(QMouseEvent *event); + void doubleClicked(QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mText; + int mTextFlags; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + QRect mTextBoundingRect; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainTextColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPTextElement) +}; + + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5939 */ + + +class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate : public QCPAxisRect +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale); +protected: + QCPColorScale *mParentColorScale; + QImage mGradientImage; + bool mGradientImageInvalidated; + // re-using some methods of QCPAxisRect to make them available to friend class QCPColorScale + using QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin; + using QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::update; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void updateGradientImage(); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts); + friend class QCPColorScale; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorScale : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::AxisType type READ type WRITE setType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int barWidth READ barWidth WRITE setBarWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPColorScale() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPAxis *axis() const { + return mColorAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis::AxisType type() const { + return mType; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QString label() const; + int barWidth() const { + return mBarWidth; + } + bool rangeDrag() const; + bool rangeZoom() const; + + // setters: + void setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setBarWidth(int width); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + QList colorMaps() const; + void rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType mType; + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + int mBarWidth; + + // non-property members: + QPointer mAxisRect; + QPointer mColorAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPColorScale) + + friend class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9316 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraphData +{ +public: + QCPGraphData(); + QCPGraphData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPGraphData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPGraphData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPGraphData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPGraphDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPGraphData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPGraph holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPGraphData, QCPGraph::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPGraphDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraph : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *channelFillGraph READ channelFillGraph WRITE setChannelFillGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(bool adaptiveSampling READ adaptiveSampling WRITE setAdaptiveSampling) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + , lsStepLeft ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the left data point + , lsStepRight ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the right data point + , lsStepCenter ///< line is drawn as steps where the step is in between two data points + , lsImpulse ///< each data point is represented by a line parallel to the value axis, which reaches from the data point to the zero-value-line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPGraph() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + QCPGraph *channelFillGraph() const { + return mChannelFillGraph.data(); + } + bool adaptiveSampling() const { + return mAdaptiveSampling; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph); + void setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + QPointer mChannelFillGraph; + bool mAdaptiveSampling; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + int smooth; +public: + void setSmooth(int smooth); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + + virtual void getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + virtual void getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + void getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + QVector dataToLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepLeftLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepRightLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepCenterLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToImpulseLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector getNonNanSegments(const QVector *lineData, Qt::Orientation keyOrientation) const; + QVector > getOverlappingSegments(QVector thisSegments, const QVector *thisData, QVector otherSegments, const QVector *otherData) const; + bool segmentsIntersect(double aLower, double aUpper, double bLower, double bUpper, int &bPrecedence) const; + QPointF getFillBasePoint(QPointF matchingDataPoint) const; + + const QPolygonF getFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPainterPath getFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPolygonF getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + //const QPainterPath getChannelFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + + int findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + int findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPGraph::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7434 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurveData +{ +public: + QCPCurveData(); + QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return t; + } + inline static QCPCurveData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPCurveData(sortKey, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return false; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double t, key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPCurveData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPCurveDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPCurveData points. The data is stored sorted by \a t, so the \a + sortKey() (returning \a t) is different from \a mainKey() (returning \a key). + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPCurve holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPCurveData, QCPCurve::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPCurveDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurve : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the curve's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the curve (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< No line is drawn between data points (e.g. only scatters) + , lsLine ///< Data points are connected with a straight line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPCurve() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void addData(double t, double key, double value); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawCurveLine(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &points, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getCurveLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double penWidth) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double scatterWidth) const; + int getRegion(double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QPointF getOptimizedPoint(int otherRegion, double otherKey, double otherValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QVector getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + bool mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const; + bool getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const; + void getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPCurve::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8955 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(SpacingType spacingType READ spacingType WRITE setSpacingType) + Q_PROPERTY(double spacing READ spacing WRITE setSpacing) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the spacing between bars in the group can be specified. Thus it defines what + the number passed to \ref setSpacing actually means. + + \see setSpacingType, setSpacing + */ + enum SpacingType { stAbsolute ///< Bar spacing is in absolute pixels + , stAxisRectRatio ///< Bar spacing is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , stPlotCoords ///< Bar spacing is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(SpacingType) + + explicit QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPBarsGroup(); + + // getters: + SpacingType spacingType() const { + return mSpacingType; + } + double spacing() const { + return mSpacing; + } + + // setters: + void setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType); + void setSpacing(double spacing); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList bars() const { + return mBars; + } + QCPBars *bars(int index) const; + int size() const { + return mBars.size(); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return mBars.isEmpty(); + } + void clear(); + bool contains(QCPBars *bars) const { + return mBars.contains(bars); + } + void append(QCPBars *bars); + void insert(int i, QCPBars *bars); + void remove(QCPBars *bars); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + SpacingType mSpacingType; + double mSpacing; + QList mBars; + + // non-virtual methods: + void registerBars(QCPBars *bars); + void unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars); + + // virtual methods: + double keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + double getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPBarsGroup) + + friend class QCPBars; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBarsGroup::SpacingType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsData +{ +public: + QCPBarsData(); + QCPBarsData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPBarsData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPBarsData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); // note that bar base value isn't held in each QCPBarsData and thus can't/shouldn't be returned here + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPBarsData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPBars holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPBarsData, QCPBars::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup READ barsGroup WRITE setBarsGroup) + Q_PROPERTY(double baseValue READ baseValue WRITE setBaseValue) + Q_PROPERTY(double stackingGap READ stackingGap WRITE setStackingGap) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barBelow READ barBelow) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barAbove READ barAbove) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the number passed + to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< Bar width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< Bar width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< Bar width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + explicit QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPBars() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup() const { + return mBarsGroup; + } + double baseValue() const { + return mBaseValue; + } + double stackingGap() const { + return mStackingGap; + } + QCPBars *barBelow() const { + return mBarBelow.data(); + } + QCPBars *barAbove() const { + return mBarAbove.data(); + } + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup); + void setBaseValue(double baseValue); + void setStackingGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + void moveBelow(QCPBars *bars); + void moveAbove(QCPBars *bars); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + QCPBarsGroup *mBarsGroup; + double mBaseValue; + double mStackingGap; + QPointer mBarBelow, mBarAbove; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getBarRect(double key, double value) const; + void getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const; + double getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const; + static void connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper); + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPBarsGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBars::WidthType) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7522 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBoxData +{ +public: + QCPStatisticalBoxData(); + QCPStatisticalBoxData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPStatisticalBoxData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPStatisticalBoxData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return median; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + QCPRange result(minimum, maximum); + for (QVector::const_iterator it = outliers.constBegin(); it != outliers.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.expand(*it); + } + return result; + } + + double key, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum; + QVector outliers; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPStatisticalBoxData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPStatisticalBoxData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPStatisticalBox holds its data. For + details about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref + QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPStatisticalBoxData, QCPStatisticalBox::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBox : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerPen READ whiskerPen WRITE setWhiskerPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerBarPen READ whiskerBarPen WRITE setWhiskerBarPen) + Q_PROPERTY(bool whiskerAntialiased READ whiskerAntialiased WRITE setWhiskerAntialiased) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen medianPen READ medianPen WRITE setMedianPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle READ outlierStyle WRITE setOutlierStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + QPen whiskerPen() const { + return mWhiskerPen; + } + QPen whiskerBarPen() const { + return mWhiskerBarPen; + } + bool whiskerAntialiased() const { + return mWhiskerAntialiased; + } + QPen medianPen() const { + return mMedianPen; + } + QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle() const { + return mOutlierStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerAntialiased(bool enabled); + void setMedianPen(const QPen &pen); + void setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + double mWhiskerWidth; + QPen mWhiskerPen, mWhiskerBarPen; + bool mWhiskerAntialiased; + QPen mMedianPen; + QCPScatterStyle mOutlierStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawStatisticalBox(QCPPainter *painter, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it, const QCPScatterStyle &outlierStyle) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getQuartileBox(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBackboneLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBarLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7092 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMapData +{ +public: + QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + ~QCPColorMapData(); + QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other); + QCPColorMapData &operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other); + + // getters: + int keySize() const { + return mKeySize; + } + int valueSize() const { + return mValueSize; + } + QCPRange keyRange() const { + return mKeyRange; + } + QCPRange valueRange() const { + return mValueRange; + } + QCPRange dataBounds() const { + return mDataBounds; + } + double data(double key, double value); + double cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + unsigned char alpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + + // setters: + void setSize(int keySize, int valueSize); + void setKeySize(int keySize); + void setValueSize(int valueSize); + void setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange); + void setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setData(double key, double value, double z); + void setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z); + void setAlpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, unsigned char alpha); + + // non-property methods: + void recalculateDataBounds(); + void clear(); + void clearAlpha(); + void fill(double z); + void fillAlpha(unsigned char alpha); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mIsEmpty; + } + void coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const; + void cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mKeySize, mValueSize; + QCPRange mKeyRange, mValueRange; + bool mIsEmpty; + + // non-property members: + double *mData; + unsigned char *mAlpha; + QCPRange mDataBounds; + bool mDataModified; + + bool createAlpha(bool initializeOpaque = true); + + friend class QCPColorMap; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMap : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolate READ interpolate WRITE setInterpolate) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tightBoundary READ tightBoundary WRITE setTightBoundary) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorScale *colorScale READ colorScale WRITE setColorScale) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPColorMap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPColorMapData *data() const { + return mMapData; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + bool interpolate() const { + return mInterpolate; + } + bool tightBoundary() const { + return mTightBoundary; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QCPColorScale *colorScale() const { + return mColorScale.data(); + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy = false); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setInterpolate(bool enabled); + void setTightBoundary(bool enabled); + void setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale); + + // non-property methods: + void rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds = false); + Q_SLOT void updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation, const QSize &thumbSize = QSize(32, 18)); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorMapData *mMapData; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + bool mInterpolate; + bool mTightBoundary; + QPointer mColorScale; + + // non-property members: + QImage mMapImage, mUndersampledMapImage; + QPixmap mLegendIcon; + bool mMapImageInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateMapImage(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8644 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancialData +{ +public: + QCPFinancialData(); + QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPFinancialData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPFinancialData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return open; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(low, high); // open and close must lie between low and high, so we don't need to check them + } + + double key, open, high, low, close; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPFinancialData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPFinancialDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPFinancialData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPFinancial holds its data. For details + about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPFinancialData, QCPFinancial::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPFinancialDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancial : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(ChartStyle chartStyle READ chartStyle WRITE setChartStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(bool twoColored READ twoColored WRITE setTwoColored) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushPositive READ brushPositive WRITE setBrushPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushNegative READ brushNegative WRITE setBrushNegative) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penPositive READ penPositive WRITE setPenPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penNegative READ penNegative WRITE setPenNegative) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the financial bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the + number passed to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + /*! + Defines the possible representations of OHLC data in the plot. + + \see setChartStyle + */ + enum ChartStyle { csOhlc ///< Open-High-Low-Close bar representation + , csCandlestick ///< Candlestick representation + }; + Q_ENUMS(ChartStyle) + + explicit QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPFinancial() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + ChartStyle chartStyle() const { + return mChartStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + bool twoColored() const { + return mTwoColored; + } + QBrush brushPositive() const { + return mBrushPositive; + } + QBrush brushNegative() const { + return mBrushNegative; + } + QPen penPositive() const { + return mPenPositive; + } + QPen penNegative() const { + return mPenNegative; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setChartStyle(ChartStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setTwoColored(bool twoColored); + void setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush); + void setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush); + void setPenPositive(const QPen &pen); + void setPenNegative(const QPen &pen); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // static methods: + static QCPFinancialDataContainer timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset = 0); + +protected: + // property members: + ChartStyle mChartStyle; + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + bool mTwoColored; + QBrush mBrushPositive, mBrushNegative; + QPen mPenPositive, mPenNegative; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + void drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + double getPixelWidth(double key, double keyPixel) const; + double ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + double candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF selectionHitBox(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7749 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBarsData +{ +public: + QCPErrorBarsData(); + explicit QCPErrorBarsData(double error); + QCPErrorBarsData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + double errorMinus, errorPlus; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPErrorBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPErrorBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPErrorBarsData points. It is a typedef for QVector<\ref + QCPErrorBarsData>. + + This is the container in which \ref QCPErrorBars holds its data. Unlike most other data + containers for plottables, it is not based on \ref QCPDataContainer. This is because the error + bars plottable is special in that it doesn't store its own key and value coordinate per error + bar. It adopts the key and value from the plottable to which the error bars shall be applied + (\ref QCPErrorBars::setDataPlottable). So the stored \ref QCPErrorBarsData doesn't need a + sortable key, but merely an index (as \c QVector provides), which maps one-to-one to the indices + of the other plottable's data. + + \see QCPErrorBarsData, QCPErrorBars::setData +*/ +typedef QVector QCPErrorBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer data READ data WRITE setData) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable READ dataPlottable WRITE setDataPlottable) + Q_PROPERTY(ErrorType errorType READ errorType WRITE setErrorType) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double symbolGap READ symbolGap WRITE setSymbolGap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which orientation the error bars shall appear. If your data needs both error + dimensions, create two \ref QCPErrorBars with different \ref ErrorType. + + \see setErrorType + */ + enum ErrorType { etKeyError ///< The errors are for the key dimension (bars appear parallel to the key axis) + , etValueError ///< The errors are for the value dimension (bars appear parallel to the value axis) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ErrorType) + + explicit QCPErrorBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPErrorBars() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable() const { + return mDataPlottable.data(); + } + ErrorType errorType() const { + return mErrorType; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + double symbolGap() const { + return mSymbolGap; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &error); + void setData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void setDataPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + void setErrorType(ErrorType type); + void setWhiskerWidth(double pixels); + void setSymbolGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &error); + void addData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void addData(double error); + void addData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer mDataContainer; + QPointer mDataPlottable; + ErrorType mErrorType; + double mWhiskerWidth; + double mSymbolGap; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getErrorBarLines(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it, QVector &backbones, QVector &whiskers) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + // helpers: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + bool errorBarVisible(int index) const; + bool rectIntersectsLine(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QLineF &line) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-straightline.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3137 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemStraightLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemStraightLine() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const point1; + QCPItemPosition *const point2; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-straightline.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-line.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3429 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemLine() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-line.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-curve.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3401 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemCurve : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemCurve() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const startDir; + QCPItemPosition *const endDir; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-rect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3710 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemRect : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-rect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-text.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5576 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemText : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QColor color READ color WRITE setColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedColor READ selectedColor WRITE setSelectedColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment positionAlignment READ positionAlignment WRITE setPositionAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment textAlignment READ textAlignment WRITE setTextAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(double rotation READ rotation WRITE setRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemText() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + QColor selectedColor() const { + return mSelectedColor; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + Qt::Alignment positionAlignment() const { + return mPositionAlignment; + } + Qt::Alignment textAlignment() const { + return mTextAlignment; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + QMargins padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + + // setters; + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedColor(const QColor &color); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setText(const QString &text); + void setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setRotation(double degrees); + void setPadding(const QMargins &padding); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeft, aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottomRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QColor mColor, mSelectedColor; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + QFont mFont, mSelectedFont; + QString mText; + Qt::Alignment mPositionAlignment; + Qt::Alignment mTextAlignment; + double mRotation; + QMargins mPadding; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const; + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainColor() const; + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-text.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-ellipse.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3890 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemEllipse : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemEllipse() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeftRim, aiTop, aiTopRightRim, aiRight, aiBottomRightRim, aiBottom, aiBottomLeftRim, aiLeft, aiCenter}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-ellipse.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-pixmap.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4407 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPixmap : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap pixmap READ pixmap WRITE setPixmap) + Q_PROPERTY(bool scaled READ scaled WRITE setScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode READ aspectRatioMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode READ transformationMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemPixmap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + bool scaled() const { + return mScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode() const { + return mAspectRatioMode; + } + Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode() const { + return mTransformationMode; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode = Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledPixmap; + bool mScaled; + bool mScaledPixmapInvalidated; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mAspectRatioMode; + Qt::TransformationMode mTransformationMode; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect = QRect(), bool flipHorz = false, bool flipVert = false); + QRect getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz = nullptr, bool *flippedVert = nullptr) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-pixmap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-tracer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4811 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemTracer : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(double size READ size WRITE setSize) + Q_PROPERTY(TracerStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *graph READ graph WRITE setGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(double graphKey READ graphKey WRITE setGraphKey) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolating READ interpolating WRITE setInterpolating) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + The different visual appearances a tracer item can have. Some styles size may be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum TracerStyle { tsNone ///< The tracer is not visible + , tsPlus ///< A plus shaped crosshair with limited size + , tsCrosshair ///< A plus shaped crosshair which spans the complete axis rect + , tsCircle ///< A circle + , tsSquare ///< A square + }; + Q_ENUMS(TracerStyle) + + explicit QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemTracer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + TracerStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + QCPGraph *graph() const { + return mGraph; + } + double graphKey() const { + return mGraphKey; + } + bool interpolating() const { + return mInterpolating; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSize(double size); + void setStyle(TracerStyle style); + void setGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + void setGraphKey(double key); + void setInterpolating(bool enabled); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updatePosition(); + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + double mSize; + TracerStyle mStyle; + QCPGraph *mGraph; + double mGraphKey; + bool mInterpolating; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-tracer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-bracket.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3991 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemBracket : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(double length READ length WRITE setLength) + Q_PROPERTY(BracketStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the various visual shapes of the bracket item. The appearance can be further modified + by \ref setLength and \ref setPen. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquare ///< A brace with angled edges + , bsRound ///< A brace with round edges + , bsCurly ///< A curly brace + , bsCalligraphic ///< A curly brace with varying stroke width giving a calligraphic impression + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + explicit QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemBracket() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + BracketStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLength(double length); + void setStyle(BracketStyle style); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const left; + QCPItemPosition *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + // property members: + enum AnchorIndex {aiCenter}; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + double mLength; + BracketStyle mStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-bracket.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/radialaxis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 12227 */ + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarAxisRadial : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the reference of the angle at which a radial axis is tilted (\ref setAngle). + */ + enum AngleReference { arAbsolute ///< The axis tilt is given in absolute degrees. The zero is to the right and positive angles are measured counter-clockwise. + , arAngularAxis ///< The axis tilt is measured in the angular coordinate system given by the parent angular axis. + }; + Q_ENUMS(AngleReference) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed axis coordinates (possibly also \ref setTicker to a \ref QCPAxisTickerLog instance). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + enum LabelMode { lmUpright ///< + , lmRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelMode) + + explicit QCPPolarAxisRadial(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parent); + virtual ~QCPPolarAxisRadial(); + + // getters: + bool rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + bool rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + double rangeZoomFactor() const { + return mRangeZoomFactor; + } + + QCPPolarAxisAngular *angularAxis() const { + return mAngularAxis; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + double angle() const { + return mAngle; + } + AngleReference angleReference() const { + return mAngleReference; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const { + return mLabelPainter.padding(); + } + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const { + return mLabelPainter.rotation(); + } + LabelMode tickLabelMode() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector subTickVector() const { + return mSubTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + + // setters: + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType type); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setAngle(double degrees); + void setAngleReference(AngleReference reference); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + void pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const; + QPointF coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const; + double coordToRadius(double coord) const; + double radiusToCoord(double radius) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mRangeDrag; + bool mRangeZoom; + double mRangeZoomFactor; + + // axis base: + QCPPolarAxisAngular *mAngularAxis; + double mAngle; + AngleReference mAngleReference; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + // axis label: + int mLabelPadding; + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; in label painter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; in label painter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + bool mNumberMultiplyCross; + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + + // non-property members: + QPointF mCenter; + double mRadius; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragStartRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + QCPLabelPainterPrivate mLabelPainter; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateGeometry(const QPointF ¢er, double radius); + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarAxisRadial) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPPolarAxisAngular; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::AngleReference) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectablePart) + + + +/* end of 'src/polar/radialaxis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 13461 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarAxisAngular : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum LabelMode { lmUpright ///< + , lmRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelMode) + + explicit QCPPolarAxisAngular(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPPolarAxisAngular(); + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + QBrush backgroundBrush() const { + return mBackgroundBrush; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + bool rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + bool rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + double rangeZoomFactor() const { + return mRangeZoomFactor; + } + + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + double angle() const { + return mAngle; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const { + return mLabelPainter.padding(); + } + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const { + return mLabelPainter.rotation(); + } + LabelMode tickLabelMode() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const { + return mTickLengthIn; + } + int tickLengthOut() const { + return mTickLengthOut; + } + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const { + return mSubTickLengthIn; + } + int subTickLengthOut() const { + return mSubTickLengthOut; + } + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const { + return mLabelPadding; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPPolarGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setAngle(double degrees); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setLabelPosition(Qt::AlignmentFlag position); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + bool removeGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph); + int radialAxisCount() const; + QCPPolarAxisRadial *radialAxis(int index = 0) const; + QList radialAxes() const; + QCPPolarAxisRadial *addRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis = 0); + bool removeRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + QRegion exactClipRegion() const; + + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double coordToAngleRad(double coord) const { + return mAngleRad + (coord - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * (mRangeReversed ? -2.0 * M_PI : 2.0 * M_PI); // mention in doc that return doesn't wrap + } + double angleRadToCoord(double angleRad) const { + return mRange.lower + (angleRad - mAngleRad) / (mRangeReversed ? -2.0 * M_PI : 2.0 * M_PI) * mRange.size(); + } + void pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const; + QPointF coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPointF center() const { + return mCenter; + } + double radius() const { + return mRadius; + } + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void selectionChanged(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + bool mRangeDrag; + bool mRangeZoom; + double mRangeZoomFactor; + + // axis base: + double mAngle, mAngleRad; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + // axis label: + int mLabelPadding; + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; in label painter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; in label painter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + bool mNumberMultiplyCross; + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + + // non-property members: + QPointF mCenter; + double mRadius; + QList mRadialAxes; + QCPPolarGrid *mGrid; + QList mGraphs; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mTickVectorCosSin; + QVector mSubTickVector; + QVector mSubTickVectorCosSin; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragAngularStart; + QList mDragRadialStart; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + QCPLabelPainterPrivate mLabelPainter; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + bool registerPolarGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph); + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius); + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarAxisAngular) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPPolarGrid; + friend class QCPPolarGraph; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectablePart) + +/* end of 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargrid.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4506 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + TODO + */ + enum GridType { gtAngular = 0x01 ///< + , gtRadial = 0x02 ///< + , gtAll = 0xFF ///< + , gtNone = 0x00 ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(GridType) + Q_FLAGS(GridTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(GridTypes, GridType) + + explicit QCPPolarGrid(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parentAxis); + + // getters: + QCPPolarAxisRadial *radialAxis() const { + return mRadialAxis.data(); + } + GridTypes type() const { + return mType; + } + GridTypes subGridType() const { + return mSubGridType; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen angularPen() const { + return mAngularPen; + } + QPen angularSubGridPen() const { + return mAngularSubGridPen; + } + QPen radialPen() const { + return mRadialPen; + } + QPen radialSubGridPen() const { + return mRadialSubGridPen; + } + QPen radialZeroLinePen() const { + return mRadialZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + void setType(GridTypes type); + void setSubGridType(GridTypes type); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setAngularPen(const QPen &pen); + void setAngularSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + GridTypes mType; + GridTypes mSubGridType; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mAngularPen, mAngularSubGridPen; + QPen mRadialPen, mRadialSubGridPen, mRadialZeroLinePen; + + // non-property members: + QCPPolarAxisAngular *mParentAxis; + QPointer mRadialAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawRadialGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, const QVector &coords, const QPen &pen, const QPen &zeroPen = Qt::NoPen); + void drawAngularGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius, const QVector &ticksCosSin, const QPen &pen); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarGrid) + +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarGrid::GridTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarGrid::GridType) + + +/* end of 'src/polar/polargrid.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargraph.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9606 */ + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPPolarLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPPolarGraph *graph); + + // getters: + QCPPolarGraph *polarGraph() { + return mPolarGraph; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPPolarGraph *mPolarGraph; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarGraph : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + QCPPolarGraph(QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis, QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPPolarGraph(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCP::SelectionType selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return !mSelection.isEmpty(); + } + QCPDataSelection selection() const { + return mSelection; + } + //QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator() const { return mSelectionDecorator; } + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + void setKeyAxis(QCPPolarAxisAngular *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection); + //void setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator); + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false, bool inKeyRange = false) const; + bool addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend); + bool addToLegend(); + bool removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const; + bool removeFromLegend() const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; // actually introduced in QCPLayerable as non-pure, but we want to force reimplementation for plottables + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() { + return 0; // TODO: return this later, when QCPAbstractPolarPlottable is created + } + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection); + void selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer mDataContainer; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + bool mPeriodic; + QPointer mKeyAxis; + QPointer mValueAxis; + QCP::SelectionType mSelectable; + QCPDataSelection mSelection; + //QCPSelectionDecorator *mSelectionDecorator; + + // introduced virtual methods (later reimplemented TODO from QCPAbstractPolarPlottable): + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + // virtual drawing helpers: + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + // drawing helpers: + virtual int dataCount() const; + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + void drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + void getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + void getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const; + QVector dataToLines(const QVector &data) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarGraph) + + friend class QCPPolarLegendItem; +}; + +/* end of 'src/polar/polargraph.h' */ + + +#endif // QCUSTOMPLOT_H + diff --git a/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1_6/qcustomplot.h b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1_6/qcustomplot.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c96bf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qcustomplot/v2_1_6/qcustomplot.h @@ -0,0 +1,8816 @@ +/*************************************************************************** +** ** +** QCustomPlot, an easy to use, modern plotting widget for Qt ** +** Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** ** +** This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify ** +** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** +** the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or ** +** (at your option) any later version. ** +** ** +** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** +** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** +** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** +** GNU General Public License for more details. ** +** ** +** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** +** along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. ** +** ** +**************************************************************************** +** Author: Emanuel Eichhammer ** +** Website/Contact: http://www.qcustomplot.com/ ** +** Date: 29.03.21 ** +** Version: 2.1.0 ** +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QCUSTOMPLOT_H +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_H + +#include + +// some Qt version/configuration dependent macros to include or exclude certain code paths: +#ifdef QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_OPENGL +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# else +# define QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# endif +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 3, 0) +# define QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# endif +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 4, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_SUPPORTED +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 6, 0) +# define QCP_DEVICEPIXELRATIO_FLOAT +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +# include +# if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(6, 0, 0) +# include +# else +# include +# include +# endif +# ifdef QCP_OPENGL_OFFSCREENSURFACE +# include +# else +# include +# endif +#endif +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +# include +#endif +#if QT_VERSION < QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 0, 0) +# include +# include +# include +# include +#else +# include +# include +# include +#endif +#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 8, 0) +# include +#endif +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) +# include +#endif + +class QCPPainter; +class QCustomPlot; +class QCPLayerable; +class QCPLayoutElement; +class QCPLayout; +class QCPAxis; +class QCPAxisRect; +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate; +class QCPAbstractPlottable; +class QCPGraph; +class QCPAbstractItem; +class QCPPlottableInterface1D; +class QCPLegend; +class QCPItemPosition; +class QCPLayer; +class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +class QCPSelectionRect; +class QCPColorMap; +class QCPColorScale; +class QCPBars; +class QCPPolarAxisRadial; +class QCPPolarAxisAngular; +class QCPPolarGrid; +class QCPPolarGraph; + +/* including file 'src/global.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 16981 */ + +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION_STR "2.1.0" +#define QCUSTOMPLOT_VERSION 0x020100 + +// decl definitions for shared library compilation/usage: +#if defined(QT_STATIC_BUILD) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_COMPILE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_EXPORT +#elif defined(QCUSTOMPLOT_USE_LIBRARY) +# define QCP_LIB_DECL Q_DECL_IMPORT +#else +# define QCP_LIB_DECL +#endif + +// define empty macro for Q_DECL_OVERRIDE if it doesn't exist (Qt < 5) +#ifndef Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +# define Q_DECL_OVERRIDE +#endif + +/*! + The QCP Namespace contains general enums, QFlags and functions used throughout the QCustomPlot + library. + + It provides QMetaObject-based reflection of its enums and flags via \a QCP::staticMetaObject. +*/ +namespace QCP { +Q_NAMESPACE + +/*! + Defines the different units in which the image resolution can be specified in the export + functions. + + \see QCustomPlot::savePng, QCustomPlot::saveJpg, QCustomPlot::saveBmp, QCustomPlot::saveRastered +*/ +enum ResolutionUnit { ruDotsPerMeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per meter (dpm) +, ruDotsPerCentimeter ///< Resolution is given in dots per centimeter (dpcm) +, ruDotsPerInch ///< Resolution is given in dots per inch (DPI/PPI) + }; + +/*! + Defines how cosmetic pens (pens with numerical width 0) are handled during export. + + \see QCustomPlot::savePdf +*/ +enum ExportPen { epNoCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are converted to pens with pixel width 1 when exporting +, epAllowCosmetic ///< Cosmetic pens are exported normally (e.g. in PDF exports, cosmetic pens always appear as 1 pixel on screen, independent of viewer zoom level) + }; + +/*! + Represents negative and positive sign domain, e.g. for passing to \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::getKeyRange and \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::getValueRange. + + This is primarily needed when working with logarithmic axis scales, since only one of the sign + domains can be visible at a time. +*/ +enum SignDomain { sdNegative ///< The negative sign domain, i.e. numbers smaller than zero +, sdBoth ///< Both sign domains, including zero, i.e. all numbers +, sdPositive ///< The positive sign domain, i.e. numbers greater than zero + }; + +/*! + Defines the sides of a rectangular entity to which margins can be applied. + + \see QCPLayoutElement::setAutoMargins, QCPAxisRect::setAutoMargins +*/ +enum MarginSide { msLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 left margin +, msRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 right margin +, msTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 top margin +, msBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 bottom margin +, msAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF all margins +, msNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 no margin + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(MarginSides, MarginSide) + +/*! + Defines what objects of a plot can be forcibly drawn antialiased/not antialiased. If an object is + neither forcibly drawn antialiased nor forcibly drawn not antialiased, it is up to the respective + element how it is drawn. Typically it provides a \a setAntialiased function for this. + + \c AntialiasedElements is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setAntialiasedElements, QCustomPlot::setNotAntialiasedElements +*/ +enum AntialiasedElement { aeAxes = 0x0001 ///< 0x0001 Axis base line and tick marks +, aeGrid = 0x0002 ///< 0x0002 Grid lines +, aeSubGrid = 0x0004 ///< 0x0004 Sub grid lines +, aeLegend = 0x0008 ///< 0x0008 Legend box +, aeLegendItems = 0x0010 ///< 0x0010 Legend items +, aePlottables = 0x0020 ///< 0x0020 Main lines of plottables +, aeItems = 0x0040 ///< 0x0040 Main lines of items +, aeScatters = 0x0080 ///< 0x0080 Scatter symbols of plottables (excluding scatter symbols of type ssPixmap) +, aeFills = 0x0100 ///< 0x0100 Borders of fills (e.g. under or between graphs) +, aeZeroLine = 0x0200 ///< 0x0200 Zero-lines, see \ref QCPGrid::setZeroLinePen +, aeOther = 0x8000 ///< 0x8000 Other elements that don't fit into any of the existing categories +, aeAll = 0xFFFF ///< 0xFFFF All elements +, aeNone = 0x0000 ///< 0x0000 No elements + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AntialiasedElements, AntialiasedElement) + +/*! + Defines plotting hints that control various aspects of the quality and speed of plotting. + + \see QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints +*/ +enum PlottingHint { phNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 No hints are set +, phFastPolylines = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Graph/Curve lines are drawn with a faster method. This reduces the quality especially of the line segment + ///< joins, thus is most effective for pen sizes larger than 1. It is only used for solid line pens. +, phImmediateRefresh = 0x002 ///< 0x002 causes an immediate repaint() instead of a soft update() when QCustomPlot::replot() is called with parameter \ref QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint. +///< This is set by default to prevent the plot from freezing on fast consecutive replots (e.g. user drags ranges with mouse). +, phCacheLabels = 0x004 ///< 0x004 axis (tick) labels will be cached as pixmaps, increasing replot performance. + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PlottingHints, PlottingHint) + +/*! + Defines the mouse interactions possible with QCustomPlot. + + \c Interactions is a flag of or-combined elements of this enum type. + + \see QCustomPlot::setInteractions +*/ +enum Interaction { iNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None of the interactions are possible +, iRangeDrag = 0x001 ///< 0x001 Axis ranges are draggable (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDrag, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeDragAxes) +, iRangeZoom = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Axis ranges are zoomable with the mouse wheel (see \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoom, \ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) +, iMultiSelect = 0x004 ///< 0x004 The user can select multiple objects by holding the modifier set by \ref QCustomPlot::setMultiSelectModifier while clicking +, iSelectPlottables = 0x008 ///< 0x008 Plottables are selectable (e.g. graphs, curves, bars,... see QCPAbstractPlottable) +, iSelectAxes = 0x010 ///< 0x010 Axes are selectable (or parts of them, see QCPAxis::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectLegend = 0x020 ///< 0x020 Legends are selectable (or their child items, see QCPLegend::setSelectableParts) +, iSelectItems = 0x040 ///< 0x040 Items are selectable (Rectangles, Arrows, Textitems, etc. see \ref QCPAbstractItem) +, iSelectOther = 0x080 ///< 0x080 All other objects are selectable (e.g. your own derived layerables, other layout elements,...) +, iSelectPlottablesBeyondAxisRect = 0x100 ///< 0x100 When performing plottable selection/hit tests, this flag extends the sensitive area beyond the axis rect + }; +Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Interactions, Interaction) + +/*! + Defines the behaviour of the selection rect. + + \see QCustomPlot::setSelectionRectMode, QCustomPlot::selectionRect, QCPSelectionRect +*/ +enum SelectionRectMode { srmNone ///< The selection rect is disabled, and all mouse events are forwarded to the underlying objects, e.g. for axis range dragging +, srmZoom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, the axes that are currently set as range zoom axes (\ref QCPAxisRect::setRangeZoomAxes) will have their ranges zoomed accordingly. +, srmSelect ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. Upon releasing, plottable data points that were within the selection rect are selected, if the plottable's selectability setting permits. (See \ref dataselection "data selection mechanism" for details.) +, srmCustom ///< When dragging the mouse, a selection rect becomes active. It is the programmer's responsibility to connect according slots to the selection rect's signals (e.g. \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted) in order to process the user interaction. + }; + +/*! + Defines the different ways a plottable can be selected. These images show the effect of the + different selection types, when the indicated selection rect was dragged: + +
+ + + + + + + + +
\image html selectiontype-none.png stNone\image html selectiontype-whole.png stWhole\image html selectiontype-singledata.png stSingleData\image html selectiontype-datarange.png stDataRange\image html selectiontype-multipledataranges.png stMultipleDataRanges
+
+ + \see QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable, QCPDataSelection::enforceType +*/ +enum SelectionType { stNone ///< The plottable is not selectable +, stWhole ///< Selection behaves like \ref stMultipleDataRanges, but if there are any data points selected, the entire plottable is drawn as selected. +, stSingleData ///< One individual data point can be selected at a time +, stDataRange ///< Multiple contiguous data points (a data range) can be selected +, stMultipleDataRanges ///< Any combination of data points/ranges can be selected + }; + +Q_ENUM_NS(ExportPen) +Q_ENUM_NS(ResolutionUnit) +Q_ENUM_NS(SignDomain) +Q_ENUM_NS(MarginSide) +Q_FLAG_NS(MarginSides) +Q_ENUM_NS(AntialiasedElement) +Q_FLAG_NS(AntialiasedElements) +Q_ENUM_NS(PlottingHint) +Q_FLAG_NS(PlottingHints) +Q_ENUM_NS(Interaction) +Q_FLAG_NS(Interactions) +Q_ENUM_NS(SelectionRectMode) +Q_ENUM_NS(SelectionType) + +/*! \internal + + Returns whether the specified \a value is considered an invalid data value for plottables (i.e. + is \e nan or \e +/-inf). This function is used to check data validity upon replots, when the + compiler flag \c QCUSTOMPLOT_CHECK_DATA is set. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value) +{ + return qIsNaN(value) || qIsInf(value); +} + +/*! \internal + \overload + + Checks two arguments instead of one. +*/ +inline bool isInvalidData(double value1, double value2) +{ + return isInvalidData(value1) || isInvalidData(value2); +} + +/*! \internal + + Sets the specified \a side of \a margins to \a value + + \see getMarginValue +*/ +inline void setMarginValue(QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side, int value) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + margins.setLeft(value); + break; + case QCP::msRight: + margins.setRight(value); + break; + case QCP::msTop: + margins.setTop(value); + break; + case QCP::msBottom: + margins.setBottom(value); + break; + case QCP::msAll: + margins = QMargins(value, value, value, value); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! \internal + + Returns the value of the specified \a side of \a margins. If \a side is \ref QCP::msNone or + \ref QCP::msAll, returns 0. + + \see setMarginValue +*/ +inline int getMarginValue(const QMargins &margins, QCP::MarginSide side) +{ + switch (side) { + case QCP::msLeft: + return margins.left(); + case QCP::msRight: + return margins.right(); + case QCP::msTop: + return margins.top(); + case QCP::msBottom: + return margins.bottom(); + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} + +} // end of namespace QCP +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::AntialiasedElements) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::PlottingHints) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::MarginSides) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCP::Interactions) +//no need to use Q_DECLARE_METATYPE on enum since Q_ENUM_NS adds enum as metatype automatically + +/* end of 'src/global.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/vector2d.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4988 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPVector2D +{ +public: + QCPVector2D(); + QCPVector2D(double x, double y); + QCPVector2D(const QPoint &point); + QCPVector2D(const QPointF &point); + + // getters: + double x() const { + return mX; + } + double y() const { + return mY; + } + double &rx() { + return mX; + } + double &ry() { + return mY; + } + + // setters: + void setX(double x) { + mX = x; + } + void setY(double y) { + mY = y; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + double length() const { + return qSqrt(mX * mX + mY * mY); + } + double lengthSquared() const { + return mX * mX + mY * mY; + } + double angle() const { + return qAtan2(mY, mX); + } + QPoint toPoint() const { + return QPoint(int(mX), int(mY)); + } + QPointF toPointF() const { + return QPointF(mX, mY); + } + + bool isNull() const { + return qIsNull(mX) && qIsNull(mY); + } + void normalize(); + QCPVector2D normalized() const; + QCPVector2D perpendicular() const { + return QCPVector2D(-mY, mX); + } + double dot(const QCPVector2D &vec) const { + return mX * vec.mX + mY * vec.mY; + } + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end) const; + double distanceSquaredToLine(const QLineF &line) const; + double distanceToStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &direction) const; + + QCPVector2D &operator*=(double factor); + QCPVector2D &operator/=(double divisor); + QCPVector2D &operator+=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + QCPVector2D &operator-=(const QCPVector2D &vector); + +private: + // property members: + double mX, mY; + + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2); + friend inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec); +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPVector2D, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(double factor, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator*(const QCPVector2D &vec, double factor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX * factor, vec.mY * factor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator/(const QCPVector2D &vec, double divisor) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec.mX / divisor, vec.mY / divisor); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator+(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX + vec2.mX, vec1.mY + vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec1, const QCPVector2D &vec2) +{ + return QCPVector2D(vec1.mX - vec2.mX, vec1.mY - vec2.mY); +} +inline const QCPVector2D operator-(const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + return QCPVector2D(-vec.mX, -vec.mY); +} + +/*! \relates QCPVector2D + + Prints \a vec in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPVector2D &vec) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPVector2D(" << vec.x() << ", " << vec.y() << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/* end of 'src/vector2d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/painter.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4035 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPainter : public QPainter +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines special modes the painter can operate in. They disable or enable certain subsets of features/fixes/workarounds, + depending on whether they are wanted on the respective output device. + */ + enum PainterMode { pmDefault = 0x00 ///< 0x00 Default mode for painting on screen devices + , pmVectorized = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Mode for vectorized painting (e.g. PDF export). For example, this prevents some antialiasing fixes. + , pmNoCaching = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Mode for all sorts of exports (e.g. PNG, PDF,...). For example, this prevents using cached pixmap labels + , pmNonCosmetic = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Turns pen widths 0 to 1, i.e. disables cosmetic pens. (A cosmetic pen is always drawn with width 1 pixel in the vector image/pdf viewer, independent of zoom.) + }; + Q_ENUMS(PainterMode) + Q_FLAGS(PainterModes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(PainterModes, PainterMode) + + QCPPainter(); + explicit QCPPainter(QPaintDevice *device); + + // getters: + bool antialiasing() const { + return testRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing); + } + PainterModes modes() const { + return mModes; + } + + // setters: + void setAntialiasing(bool enabled); + void setMode(PainterMode mode, bool enabled = true); + void setModes(PainterModes modes); + + // methods hiding non-virtual base class functions (QPainter bug workarounds): + bool begin(QPaintDevice *device); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setPen(const QColor &color); + void setPen(Qt::PenStyle penStyle); + void drawLine(const QLineF &line); + void drawLine(const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2) { + drawLine(QLineF(p1, p2)); + } + void save(); + void restore(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void makeNonCosmetic(); + +protected: + // property members: + PainterModes mModes; + bool mIsAntialiasing; + + // non-property members: + QStack mAntialiasingStack; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPainter::PainterModes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPainter::PainterMode) + +/* end of 'src/painter.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/paintbuffer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5006 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPaintBuffer(); + + // getters: + QSize size() const { + return mSize; + } + bool invalidated() const { + return mInvalidated; + } + double devicePixelRatio() const { + return mDevicePixelRatio; + } + + // setters: + void setSize(const QSize &size); + void setInvalidated(bool invalidated = true); + void setDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() = 0; + virtual void donePainting() {} + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void clear(const QColor &color) = 0; + +protected: + // property members: + QSize mSize; + double mDevicePixelRatio; + + // non-property members: + bool mInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() = 0; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferPixmap : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferPixmap(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferPixmap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QPixmap mBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, int multisamples); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlPbuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QGLPixelBuffer *mGlPBuffer; + int mMultisamples; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_PBUFFER + + +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPaintBufferGlFbo : public QCPAbstractPaintBuffer +{ +public: + explicit QCPPaintBufferGlFbo(const QSize &size, double devicePixelRatio, QWeakPointer glContext, QWeakPointer glPaintDevice); + virtual ~QCPPaintBufferGlFbo() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPPainter *startPainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void donePainting() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void clear(const QColor &color) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mGlContext; + QWeakPointer mGlPaintDevice; + QOpenGLFramebufferObject *mGlFrameBuffer; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void reallocateBuffer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +#endif // QCP_OPENGL_FBO + +/* end of 'src/paintbuffer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7038 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayer : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name) + Q_PROPERTY(int index READ index) + Q_PROPERTY(QList children READ children) + Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(LayerMode mode READ mode WRITE setMode) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines the different rendering modes of a layer. Depending on the mode, certain layers can be + replotted individually, without the need to replot (possibly complex) layerables on other + layers. + + \see setMode + */ + enum LayerMode { lmLogical ///< Layer is used only for rendering order, and shares paint buffer with all other adjacent logical layers. + , lmBuffered ///< Layer has its own paint buffer and may be replotted individually (see \ref replot). + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerMode) + + QCPLayer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &layerName); + virtual ~QCPLayer(); + + // getters: + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + int index() const { + return mIndex; + } + QList children() const { + return mChildren; + } + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + LayerMode mode() const { + return mMode; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool visible); + void setMode(LayerMode mode); + + // non-virtual methods: + void replot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QString mName; + int mIndex; + QList mChildren; + bool mVisible; + LayerMode mMode; + + // non-property members: + QWeakPointer mPaintBuffer; + + // non-virtual methods: + void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + void drawToPaintBuffer(); + void addChild(QCPLayerable *layerable, bool prepend); + void removeChild(QCPLayerable *layerable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayer) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayerable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayer::LayerMode) + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayerable : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool visible READ visible WRITE setVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(QCustomPlot *parentPlot READ parentPlot) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable READ parentLayerable) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayer *layer READ layer WRITE setLayer NOTIFY layerChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiased READ antialiased WRITE setAntialiased) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPLayerable(QCustomPlot *plot, QString targetLayer = QString(), QCPLayerable *parentLayerable = nullptr); + virtual ~QCPLayerable(); + + // getters: + bool visible() const { + return mVisible; + } + QCustomPlot *parentPlot() const { + return mParentPlot; + } + QCPLayerable *parentLayerable() const { + return mParentLayerable.data(); + } + QCPLayer *layer() const { + return mLayer; + } + bool antialiased() const { + return mAntialiased; + } + + // setters: + void setVisible(bool on); + Q_SLOT bool setLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool setLayer(const QString &layerName); + void setAntialiased(bool enabled); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const; + + // non-property methods: + bool realVisibility() const; + +signals: + void layerChanged(QCPLayer *newLayer); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mVisible; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QPointer mParentLayerable; + QCPLayer *mLayer; + bool mAntialiased; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const = 0; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) = 0; + // selection events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + // low-level mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details); + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event); + + // non-property methods: + void initializeParentPlot(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + void setParentLayerable(QCPLayerable *parentLayerable); + bool moveToLayer(QCPLayer *layer, bool prepend); + void applyAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter, bool localAntialiased, QCP::AntialiasedElement overrideElement) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayerable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; + +/* end of 'src/layer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/range.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5280 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPRange +{ +public: + double lower, upper; + + QCPRange(); + QCPRange(double lower, double upper); + + bool operator==(const QCPRange &other) const { + return lower == other.lower && upper == other.upper; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + QCPRange &operator+=(const double &value) { + lower += value; + upper += value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator-=(const double &value) { + lower -= value; + upper -= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator*=(const double &value) { + lower *= value; + upper *= value; + return *this; + } + QCPRange &operator/=(const double &value) { + lower /= value; + upper /= value; + return *this; + } + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &, double); + friend inline const QCPRange operator+(double, const QCPRange &); + friend inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value); + friend inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range); + friend inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value); + + double size() const { + return upper - lower; + } + double center() const { + return (upper + lower) * 0.5; + } + void normalize() { + if (lower > upper) { + qSwap(lower, upper); + } + } + void expand(const QCPRange &otherRange); + void expand(double includeCoord); + QCPRange expanded(const QCPRange &otherRange) const; + QCPRange expanded(double includeCoord) const; + QCPRange bounded(double lowerBound, double upperBound) const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLogScale() const; + QCPRange sanitizedForLinScale() const; + bool contains(double value) const { + return value >= lower && value <= upper; + } + + static bool validRange(double lower, double upper); + static bool validRange(const QCPRange &range); + static const double minRange; + static const double maxRange; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! \relates QCPRange + + Prints \a range in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPRange &range) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPRange(" << range.lower << ", " << range.upper << ")"; + return d.space(); +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Adds \a value to both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator+(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result += value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Subtracts \a value from both boundaries of the range. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator-(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result -= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Multiplies both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator*(double value, const QCPRange &range) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result *= value; + return result; +} + +/*! + Divides both boundaries of the range by \a value. +*/ +inline const QCPRange operator/(const QCPRange &range, double value) +{ + QCPRange result(range); + result /= value; + return result; +} + +/* end of 'src/axis/range.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selection.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8569 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataRange +{ +public: + QCPDataRange(); + QCPDataRange(int begin, int end); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return mBegin == other.mBegin && mEnd == other.mEnd; + } + bool operator!=(const QCPDataRange &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int begin() const { + return mBegin; + } + int end() const { + return mEnd; + } + int size() const { + return mEnd - mBegin; + } + int length() const { + return size(); + } + + // setters: + void setBegin(int begin) { + mBegin = begin; + } + void setEnd(int end) { + mEnd = end; + } + + // non-property methods: + bool isValid() const { + return (mEnd >= mBegin) && (mBegin >= 0); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return length() == 0; + } + QCPDataRange bounded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange expanded(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataRange adjusted(int changeBegin, int changeEnd) const { + return QCPDataRange(mBegin + changeBegin, mEnd + changeEnd); + } + bool intersects(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + bool contains(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + +private: + // property members: + int mBegin, mEnd; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPDataRange, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPDataSelection +{ +public: + explicit QCPDataSelection(); + explicit QCPDataSelection(const QCPDataRange &range); + + bool operator==(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPDataSelection &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator+=(const QCPDataRange &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataSelection &other); + QCPDataSelection &operator-=(const QCPDataRange &other); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + friend inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b); + + // getters: + int dataRangeCount() const { + return mDataRanges.size(); + } + int dataPointCount() const; + QCPDataRange dataRange(int index = 0) const; + QList dataRanges() const { + return mDataRanges; + } + QCPDataRange span() const; + + // non-property methods: + void addDataRange(const QCPDataRange &dataRange, bool simplify = true); + void clear(); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mDataRanges.isEmpty(); + } + void simplify(); + void enforceType(QCP::SelectionType type); + bool contains(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataRange &other) const; + QCPDataSelection intersection(const QCPDataSelection &other) const; + QCPDataSelection inverse(const QCPDataRange &outerRange) const; + +private: + // property members: + QList mDataRanges; + + inline static bool lessThanDataRangeBegin(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) { + return a.begin() < b.begin(); + } +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPDataSelection) + + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points in \a a joined with the data points in \a b. + The resulting data selection is already simplified (see \ref QCPDataSelection::simplify). +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator+(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result += b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataSelection &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataSelection &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! + Return a \ref QCPDataSelection with the data points which are in \a a but not in \a b. +*/ +inline const QCPDataSelection operator-(const QCPDataRange &a, const QCPDataRange &b) +{ + QCPDataSelection result(a); + result -= b; + return result; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataRange + + Prints \a dataRange in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataRange(" << dataRange.begin() << ", " << dataRange.end() << ")"; + return d; +} + +/*! \relates QCPDataSelection + + Prints \a selection in a human readable format to the qDebug output. +*/ +inline QDebug operator<< (QDebug d, const QCPDataSelection &selection) +{ + d.nospace() << "QCPDataSelection("; + for (int i = 0; i < selection.dataRangeCount(); ++i) { + if (i != 0) { + d << ", "; + } + d << selection.dataRange(i); + } + d << ")"; + return d; +} + + + +/* end of 'src/selection.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectionrect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3354 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionRect : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPSelectionRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPSelectionRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QCPRange range(const QCPAxis *axis) const; + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + bool isActive() const { + return mActive; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // non-property methods: + Q_SLOT void cancel(); + +signals: + void started(QMouseEvent *event); + void changed(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + void canceled(const QRect &rect, QInputEvent *event); + void accepted(const QRect &rect, QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mRect; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + // non-property members: + bool mActive; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void startSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void moveSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void endSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event); + + // reimplemented virtual methods + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + +/* end of 'src/selectionrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layout.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 14279 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPMarginGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPMarginGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPMarginGroup(); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList elements(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mChildren.value(side); + } + bool isEmpty() const; + void clear(); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QHash > mChildren; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int commonMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + void removeChild(QCP::MarginSide side, QCPLayoutElement *element); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPMarginGroup) + + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutElement : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayout *layout READ layout) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect rect READ rect) + Q_PROPERTY(QRect outerRect READ outerRect WRITE setOuterRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins margins READ margins WRITE setMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins minimumMargins READ minimumMargins WRITE setMinimumMargins) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize minimumSize READ minimumSize WRITE setMinimumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize maximumSize READ maximumSize WRITE setMaximumSize) + Q_PROPERTY(SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect READ sizeConstraintRect WRITE setSizeConstraintRect) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the phases of the update process, that happens just before a replot. At each phase, + \ref update is called with the according UpdatePhase value. + */ + enum UpdatePhase { upPreparation ///< Phase used for any type of preparation that needs to be done before margin calculation and layout + , upMargins ///< Phase in which the margins are calculated and set + , upLayout ///< Final phase in which the layout system places the rects of the elements + }; + Q_ENUMS(UpdatePhase) + + /*! + Defines to which rect of a layout element the size constraints that can be set via \ref + setMinimumSize and \ref setMaximumSize apply. The outer rect (\ref outerRect) includes the + margins (e.g. in the case of a QCPAxisRect the axis labels), whereas the inner rect (\ref rect) + does not. + + \see setSizeConstraintRect + */ + enum SizeConstraintRect { scrInnerRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to inner rect + , scrOuterRect ///< Minimum/Maximum size constraints apply to outer rect, thus include layout element margins + }; + Q_ENUMS(SizeConstraintRect) + + explicit QCPLayoutElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot = nullptr); + virtual ~QCPLayoutElement() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPLayout *layout() const { + return mParentLayout; + } + QRect rect() const { + return mRect; + } + QRect outerRect() const { + return mOuterRect; + } + QMargins margins() const { + return mMargins; + } + QMargins minimumMargins() const { + return mMinimumMargins; + } + QCP::MarginSides autoMargins() const { + return mAutoMargins; + } + QSize minimumSize() const { + return mMinimumSize; + } + QSize maximumSize() const { + return mMaximumSize; + } + SizeConstraintRect sizeConstraintRect() const { + return mSizeConstraintRect; + } + QCPMarginGroup *marginGroup(QCP::MarginSide side) const { + return mMarginGroups.value(side, nullptr); + } + QHash marginGroups() const { + return mMarginGroups; + } + + // setters: + void setOuterRect(const QRect &rect); + void setMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setMinimumMargins(const QMargins &margins); + void setAutoMargins(QCP::MarginSides sides); + void setMinimumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMinimumSize(int width, int height); + void setMaximumSize(const QSize &size); + void setMaximumSize(int width, int height); + void setSizeConstraintRect(SizeConstraintRect constraintRect); + void setMarginGroup(QCP::MarginSides sides, QCPMarginGroup *group); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase); + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLayout *mParentLayout; + QSize mMinimumSize, mMaximumSize; + SizeConstraintRect mSizeConstraintRect; + QRect mRect, mOuterRect; + QMargins mMargins, mMinimumMargins; + QCP::MarginSides mAutoMargins; + QHash mMarginGroups; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side); + virtual void layoutChanged(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + Q_UNUSED(painter) + } + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { Q_UNUSED(painter) } + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutElement) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLayout; + friend class QCPMarginGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutElement::UpdatePhase) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayout : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPLayout(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int elementCount() const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) = 0; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) = 0; + virtual void simplify(); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool removeAt(int index); + bool remove(QCPLayoutElement *element); + void clear(); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout(); + + // non-virtual methods: + void sizeConstraintsChanged() const; + void adoptElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + void releaseElement(QCPLayoutElement *el); + QVector getSectionSizes(QVector maxSizes, QVector minSizes, QVector stretchFactors, int totalSize) const; + static QSize getFinalMinimumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + static QSize getFinalMaximumOuterSize(const QCPLayoutElement *el); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayout) + friend class QCPLayoutElement; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutGrid : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(int rowCount READ rowCount) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnCount READ columnCount) + Q_PROPERTY(QList columnStretchFactors READ columnStretchFactors WRITE setColumnStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(QList rowStretchFactors READ rowStretchFactors WRITE setRowStretchFactors) + Q_PROPERTY(int columnSpacing READ columnSpacing WRITE setColumnSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(int rowSpacing READ rowSpacing WRITE setRowSpacing) + Q_PROPERTY(FillOrder fillOrder READ fillOrder WRITE setFillOrder) + Q_PROPERTY(int wrap READ wrap WRITE setWrap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which direction the grid is filled when using \ref addElement(QCPLayoutElement*). + The column/row at which wrapping into the next row/column occurs can be specified with \ref + setWrap. + + \see setFillOrder + */ + enum FillOrder { foRowsFirst ///< Rows are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next column if the row count would exceed \ref setWrap. + , foColumnsFirst ///< Columns are filled first, and a new element is wrapped to the next row if the column count would exceed \ref setWrap. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FillOrder) + + explicit QCPLayoutGrid(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutGrid() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + int rowCount() const { + return mElements.size(); + } + int columnCount() const { + return mElements.size() > 0 ? mElements.first().size() : 0; + } + QList columnStretchFactors() const { + return mColumnStretchFactors; + } + QList rowStretchFactors() const { + return mRowStretchFactors; + } + int columnSpacing() const { + return mColumnSpacing; + } + int rowSpacing() const { + return mRowSpacing; + } + int wrap() const { + return mWrap; + } + FillOrder fillOrder() const { + return mFillOrder; + } + + // setters: + void setColumnStretchFactor(int column, double factor); + void setColumnStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setRowStretchFactor(int row, double factor); + void setRowStretchFactors(const QList &factors); + void setColumnSpacing(int pixels); + void setRowSpacing(int pixels); + void setWrap(int count); + void setFillOrder(FillOrder order, bool rearrange = true); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { + return rowCount() * columnCount(); + } + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPLayoutElement *element(int row, int column) const; + bool addElement(int row, int column, QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element); + bool hasElement(int row, int column); + void expandTo(int newRowCount, int newColumnCount); + void insertRow(int newIndex); + void insertColumn(int newIndex); + int rowColToIndex(int row, int column) const; + void indexToRowCol(int index, int &row, int &column) const; + +protected: + // property members: + QList > mElements; + QList mColumnStretchFactors; + QList mRowStretchFactors; + int mColumnSpacing, mRowSpacing; + int mWrap; + FillOrder mFillOrder; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getMinimumRowColSizes(QVector *minColWidths, QVector *minRowHeights) const; + void getMaximumRowColSizes(QVector *maxColWidths, QVector *maxRowHeights) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutGrid) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutGrid::FillOrder) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLayoutInset : public QCPLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + /*! + Defines how the placement and sizing is handled for a certain element in a QCPLayoutInset. + */ + enum InsetPlacement { ipFree ///< The element may be positioned/sized arbitrarily, see \ref setInsetRect + , ipBorderAligned ///< The element is aligned to one of the layout sides, see \ref setInsetAlignment + }; + Q_ENUMS(InsetPlacement) + + explicit QCPLayoutInset(); + virtual ~QCPLayoutInset() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + InsetPlacement insetPlacement(int index) const; + Qt::Alignment insetAlignment(int index) const; + QRectF insetRect(int index) const; + + // setters: + void setInsetPlacement(int index, InsetPlacement placement); + void setInsetAlignment(int index, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setInsetRect(int index, const QRectF &rect); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void updateLayout() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int elementCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *elementAt(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPLayoutElement *takeAt(int index) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool take(QCPLayoutElement *element) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void simplify() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE {} + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, Qt::Alignment alignment); + void addElement(QCPLayoutElement *element, const QRectF &rect); + +protected: + // property members: + QList mElements; + QList mInsetPlacement; + QList mInsetAlignment; + QList mInsetRect; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLayoutInset) +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLayoutInset::InsetPlacement) + +/* end of 'src/layout.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/lineending.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4426 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLineEnding +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the type of ending decoration for line-like items, e.g. an arrow. + + \image html QCPLineEnding.png + + The width and length of these decorations can be controlled with the functions \ref setWidth + and \ref setLength. Some decorations like \ref esDisc, \ref esSquare, \ref esDiamond and \ref esBar only + support a width, the length property is ignored. + + \see QCPItemLine::setHead, QCPItemLine::setTail, QCPItemCurve::setHead, QCPItemCurve::setTail, QCPAxis::setLowerEnding, QCPAxis::setUpperEnding + */ + enum EndingStyle { esNone ///< No ending decoration + , esFlatArrow ///< A filled arrow head with a straight/flat back (a triangle) + , esSpikeArrow ///< A filled arrow head with an indented back + , esLineArrow ///< A non-filled arrow head with open back + , esDisc ///< A filled circle + , esSquare ///< A filled square + , esDiamond ///< A filled diamond (45 degrees rotated square) + , esBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line + , esHalfBar ///< A bar perpendicular to the line, pointing out to only one side (to which side can be changed with \ref setInverted) + , esSkewedBar ///< A bar that is skewed (skew controllable via \ref setLength) + }; + Q_ENUMS(EndingStyle) + + QCPLineEnding(); + QCPLineEnding(EndingStyle style, double width = 8, double length = 10, bool inverted = false); + + // getters: + EndingStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + bool inverted() const { + return mInverted; + } + + // setters: + void setStyle(EndingStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setLength(double length); + void setInverted(bool inverted); + + // non-property methods: + double boundingDistance() const; + double realLength() const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, const QCPVector2D &dir) const; + void draw(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPVector2D &pos, double angle) const; + +protected: + // property members: + EndingStyle mStyle; + double mWidth, mLength; + bool mInverted; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPLineEnding, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLineEnding::EndingStyle) + +/* end of 'src/lineending.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/labelpainter.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7086 */ + +class QCPLabelPainterPrivate +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorMode { amRectangular ///< + , amSkewedUpright ///< + , amSkewedRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorMode) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorReferenceType { artNormal ///< + , artTangent ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorReferenceType) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum AnchorSide { asLeft ///< + , asRight ///< + , asTop ///< + , asBottom ///< + , asTopLeft + , asTopRight + , asBottomRight + , asBottomLeft + }; + Q_ENUMS(AnchorSide) + + explicit QCPLabelPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPLabelPainterPrivate(); + + // setters: + void setAnchorSide(AnchorSide side); + void setAnchorMode(AnchorMode mode); + void setAnchorReference(const QPointF &pixelPoint); + void setAnchorReferenceType(AnchorReferenceType type); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setRotation(double rotation); + void setSubstituteExponent(bool enabled); + void setMultiplicationSymbol(QChar symbol); + void setAbbreviateDecimalPowers(bool enabled); + void setCacheSize(int labelCount); + + // getters: + AnchorMode anchorMode() const { + return mAnchorMode; + } + AnchorSide anchorSide() const { + return mAnchorSide; + } + QPointF anchorReference() const { + return mAnchorReference; + } + AnchorReferenceType anchorReferenceType() const { + return mAnchorReferenceType; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + bool substituteExponent() const { + return mSubstituteExponent; + } + QChar multiplicationSymbol() const { + return mMultiplicationSymbol; + } + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers() const { + return mAbbreviateDecimalPowers; + } + int cacheSize() const; + + //virtual int size() const; + + // non-property methods: + void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &tickPos, const QString &text); + void clearCache(); + + // constants that may be used with setMultiplicationSymbol: + static const QChar SymbolDot; + static const QChar SymbolCross; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPoint offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct LabelData { + AnchorSide side; + double rotation; // angle in degrees + QTransform transform; // the transform about the label anchor which is at (0, 0). Does not contain final absolute x/y positioning on the plot/axis + QString basePart, expPart, suffixPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, suffixBounds; + QRect totalBounds; // is in a coordinate system where label top left is at (0, 0) + QRect rotatedTotalBounds; // is in a coordinate system where the label anchor is at (0, 0) + QFont baseFont, expFont; + QColor color; + }; + + // property members: + AnchorMode mAnchorMode; + AnchorSide mAnchorSide; + QPointF mAnchorReference; + AnchorReferenceType mAnchorReferenceType; + QFont mFont; + QColor mColor; + int mPadding; + double mRotation; // this is the rotation applied uniformly to all labels, not the heterogeneous rotation in amCircularRotated mode + bool mSubstituteExponent; + QChar mMultiplicationSymbol; + bool mAbbreviateDecimalPowers; + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + int mLetterCapHeight, mLetterDescent; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLabelMaybeCached(QCPPainter *painter, const QFont &font, const QColor &color, const QPointF &pos, AnchorSide side, double rotation, const QString &text); + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; // TODO: get rid of this in favor of invalidation flag upon setters? + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getAnchorPos(const QPointF &tickPos); + void drawText(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos, const LabelData &labelData) const; + LabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side, const QString &text) const; + void applyAnchorTransform(LabelData &labelData) const; + //void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; + CachedLabel *createCachedLabel(const LabelData &labelData) const; + QByteArray cacheKey(const QString &text, const QColor &color, double rotation, AnchorSide side) const; + AnchorSide skewedAnchorSide(const QPointF &tickPos, double sideExpandHorz, double sideExpandVert) const; + AnchorSide rotationCorrectedSide(AnchorSide side, double rotation) const; + void analyzeFontMetrics(); +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLabelPainterPrivate::AnchorSide) + + +/* end of 'src/axis/labelpainter.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axisticker.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4230 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the strategies that the axis ticker may follow when choosing the size of the tick step. + + \see setTickStepStrategy + */ + enum TickStepStrategy { + tssReadability ///< A nicely readable tick step is prioritized over matching the requested number of ticks (see \ref setTickCount) + , tssMeetTickCount ///< Less readable tick steps are allowed which in turn facilitates getting closer to the requested tick count + }; + Q_ENUMS(TickStepStrategy) + + QCPAxisTicker(); + virtual ~QCPAxisTicker(); + + // getters: + TickStepStrategy tickStepStrategy() const { + return mTickStepStrategy; + } + int tickCount() const { + return mTickCount; + } + double tickOrigin() const { + return mTickOrigin; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStepStrategy(TickStepStrategy strategy); + void setTickCount(int count); + void setTickOrigin(double origin); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void generate(const QCPRange &range, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision, QVector &ticks, QVector *subTicks, QVector *tickLabels); + +protected: + // property members: + TickStepStrategy mTickStepStrategy; + int mTickCount; + double mTickOrigin; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range); + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep); + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range); + virtual QVector createSubTickVector(int subTickCount, const QVector &ticks); + virtual QVector createLabelVector(const QVector &ticks, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision); + + // non-virtual methods: + void trimTicks(const QCPRange &range, QVector &ticks, bool keepOneOutlier) const; + double pickClosest(double target, const QVector &candidates) const; + double getMantissa(double input, double *magnitude = nullptr) const; + double cleanMantissa(double input) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisTicker) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTicker::TickStepStrategy) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QSharedPointer) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axisticker.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3600 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerDateTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerDateTime(); + + // getters: + QString dateTimeFormat() const { + return mDateTimeFormat; + } + Qt::TimeSpec dateTimeSpec() const { + return mDateTimeSpec; + } +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + QTimeZone timeZone() const { + return mTimeZone; + } +#endif + + // setters: + void setDateTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setDateTimeSpec(Qt::TimeSpec spec); +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + void setTimeZone(const QTimeZone &zone); +# endif + void setTickOrigin(double origin); // hides base class method but calls baseclass implementation ("using" throws off IDEs and doxygen) + void setTickOrigin(const QDateTime &origin); + + // static methods: + static QDateTime keyToDateTime(double key); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDateTime &dateTime); + static double dateTimeToKey(const QDate &date, Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec = Qt::LocalTime); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mDateTimeFormat; + Qt::TimeSpec mDateTimeSpec; +# if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 2, 0) + QTimeZone mTimeZone; +# endif + // non-property members: + enum DateStrategy {dsNone, dsUniformTimeInDay, dsUniformDayInMonth} mDateStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerdatetime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertime.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3542 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerTime : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the logical units in which fractions of time spans can be expressed. + + \see setFieldWidth, setTimeFormat + */ + enum TimeUnit { tuMilliseconds ///< Milliseconds, one thousandth of a second (%%z in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuSeconds ///< Seconds (%%s in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuMinutes ///< Minutes (%%m in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuHours ///< Hours (%%h in \ref setTimeFormat) + , tuDays ///< Days (%%d in \ref setTimeFormat) + }; + Q_ENUMS(TimeUnit) + + QCPAxisTickerTime(); + + // getters: + QString timeFormat() const { + return mTimeFormat; + } + int fieldWidth(TimeUnit unit) const { + return mFieldWidth.value(unit); + } + + // setters: + void setTimeFormat(const QString &format); + void setFieldWidth(TimeUnit unit, int width); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mTimeFormat; + QHash mFieldWidth; + + // non-property members: + TimeUnit mSmallestUnit, mBiggestUnit; + QHash mFormatPattern; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void replaceUnit(QString &text, TimeUnit unit, int value) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerTime::TimeUnit) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertime.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3308 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerFixed : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how the axis ticker may modify the specified tick step (\ref setTickStep) in order to + control the number of ticks in the axis range. + + \see setScaleStrategy + */ + enum ScaleStrategy { ssNone ///< Modifications are not allowed, the specified tick step is absolutely fixed. This might cause a high tick density and overlapping labels if the axis range is zoomed out. + , ssMultiples ///< An integer multiple of the specified tick step is allowed. The used factor follows the base class properties of \ref setTickStepStrategy and \ref setTickCount. + , ssPowers ///< An integer power of the specified tick step is allowed. + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleStrategy) + + QCPAxisTickerFixed(); + + // getters: + double tickStep() const { + return mTickStep; + } + ScaleStrategy scaleStrategy() const { + return mScaleStrategy; + } + + // setters: + void setTickStep(double step); + void setScaleStrategy(ScaleStrategy strategy); + +protected: + // property members: + double mTickStep; + ScaleStrategy mScaleStrategy; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerFixed::ScaleStrategy) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerfixed.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickertext.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3090 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerText : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerText(); + + // getters: + QMap &ticks() { + return mTicks; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void setTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + + // non-virtual methods: + void clear(); + void addTick(double position, const QString &label); + void addTicks(const QMap &ticks); + void addTicks(const QVector &positions, const QVector &labels); + +protected: + // property members: + QMap mTicks; + int mSubTickCount; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickertext.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3911 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerPi : public QCPAxisTicker +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines how fractions should be displayed in tick labels. + + \see setFractionStyle + */ + enum FractionStyle { fsFloatingPoint ///< Fractions are displayed as regular decimal floating point numbers, e.g. "0.25" or "0.125". + , fsAsciiFractions ///< Fractions are written as rationals using ASCII characters only, e.g. "1/4" or "1/8" + , fsUnicodeFractions ///< Fractions are written using sub- and superscript UTF-8 digits and the fraction symbol. + }; + Q_ENUMS(FractionStyle) + + QCPAxisTickerPi(); + + // getters: + QString piSymbol() const { + return mPiSymbol; + } + double piValue() const { + return mPiValue; + } + bool periodicity() const { + return mPeriodicity; + } + FractionStyle fractionStyle() const { + return mFractionStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setPiSymbol(QString symbol); + void setPiValue(double pi); + void setPeriodicity(int multiplesOfPi); + void setFractionStyle(FractionStyle style); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mPiSymbol; + double mPiValue; + int mPeriodicity; + FractionStyle mFractionStyle; + + // non-property members: + double mPiTickStep; // size of one tick step in units of mPiValue + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double getTickStep(const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QString getTickLabel(double tick, const QLocale &locale, QChar formatChar, int precision) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void simplifyFraction(int &numerator, int &denominator) const; + QString fractionToString(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeFraction(int numerator, int denominator) const; + QString unicodeSuperscript(int number) const; + QString unicodeSubscript(int number) const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxisTickerPi::FractionStyle) + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerpi.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 2594 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisTickerLog : public QCPAxisTicker +{ +public: + QCPAxisTickerLog(); + + // getters: + double logBase() const { + return mLogBase; + } + int subTickCount() const { + return mSubTickCount; + } + + // setters: + void setLogBase(double base); + void setSubTickCount(int subTicks); + +protected: + // property members: + double mLogBase; + int mSubTickCount; + + // non-property members: + double mLogBaseLnInv; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual int getSubTickCount(double tickStep) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QVector createTickVector(double tickStep, const QCPRange &range) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axistickerlog.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/axis/axis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 20913 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool subGridVisible READ subGridVisible WRITE setSubGridVisible) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedSubGrid READ antialiasedSubGrid WRITE setAntialiasedSubGrid) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedZeroLine READ antialiasedZeroLine WRITE setAntialiasedZeroLine) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subGridPen READ subGridPen WRITE setSubGridPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen zeroLinePen READ zeroLinePen WRITE setZeroLinePen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPGrid(QCPAxis *parentAxis); + + // getters: + bool subGridVisible() const { + return mSubGridVisible; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen subGridPen() const { + return mSubGridPen; + } + QPen zeroLinePen() const { + return mZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setSubGridVisible(bool visible); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mSubGridVisible; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mPen, mSubGridPen, mZeroLinePen; + + // non-property members: + QCPAxis *mParentAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void drawSubGridLines(QCPPainter *painter) const; + + friend class QCPAxis; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxis : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(AxisType axisType READ axisType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *axisRect READ axisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(ScaleType scaleType READ scaleType WRITE setScaleType NOTIFY scaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange range READ range WRITE setRange NOTIFY rangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeReversed READ rangeReversed WRITE setRangeReversed) + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer ticker READ ticker WRITE setTicker) + Q_PROPERTY(bool ticks READ ticks WRITE setTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tickLabels READ tickLabels WRITE setTickLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLabelPadding READ tickLabelPadding WRITE setTickLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont tickLabelFont READ tickLabelFont WRITE setTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor tickLabelColor READ tickLabelColor WRITE setTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(double tickLabelRotation READ tickLabelRotation WRITE setTickLabelRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(LabelSide tickLabelSide READ tickLabelSide WRITE setTickLabelSide) + Q_PROPERTY(QString numberFormat READ numberFormat WRITE setNumberFormat) + Q_PROPERTY(int numberPrecision READ numberPrecision WRITE setNumberPrecision) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVector READ tickVector) + Q_PROPERTY(QVector tickVectorLabels READ tickVectorLabels) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthIn READ tickLengthIn WRITE setTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int tickLengthOut READ tickLengthOut WRITE setTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(bool subTicks READ subTicks WRITE setSubTicks) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthIn READ subTickLengthIn WRITE setSubTickLengthIn) + Q_PROPERTY(int subTickLengthOut READ subTickLengthOut WRITE setSubTickLengthOut) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen basePen READ basePen WRITE setBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen tickPen READ tickPen WRITE setTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen subTickPen READ subTickPen WRITE setSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont labelFont READ labelFont WRITE setLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor labelColor READ labelColor WRITE setLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int labelPadding READ labelPadding WRITE setLabelPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(int offset READ offset WRITE setOffset) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedTickLabelFont READ selectedTickLabelFont WRITE setSelectedTickLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedLabelFont READ selectedLabelFont WRITE setSelectedLabelFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTickLabelColor READ selectedTickLabelColor WRITE setSelectedTickLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedLabelColor READ selectedLabelColor WRITE setSelectedLabelColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBasePen READ selectedBasePen WRITE setSelectedBasePen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedTickPen READ selectedTickPen WRITE setSelectedTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedSubTickPen READ selectedSubTickPen WRITE setSelectedSubTickPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding lowerEnding READ lowerEnding WRITE setLowerEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding upperEnding READ upperEnding WRITE setUpperEnding) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGrid *grid READ grid) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines at which side of the axis rect the axis will appear. This also affects how the tick + marks are drawn, on which side the labels are placed etc. + */ + enum AxisType { atLeft = 0x01 ///< 0x01 Axis is vertical and on the left side of the axis rect + , atRight = 0x02 ///< 0x02 Axis is vertical and on the right side of the axis rect + , atTop = 0x04 ///< 0x04 Axis is horizontal and on the top side of the axis rect + , atBottom = 0x08 ///< 0x08 Axis is horizontal and on the bottom side of the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(AxisType) + Q_FLAGS(AxisTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(AxisTypes, AxisType) + /*! + Defines on which side of the axis the tick labels (numbers) shall appear. + + \see setTickLabelSide + */ + enum LabelSide { lsInside ///< Tick labels will be displayed inside the axis rect and clipped to the inner axis rect + , lsOutside ///< Tick labels will be displayed outside the axis rect + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelSide) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed axis coordinates (possibly also \ref setTicker to a \ref QCPAxisTickerLog instance). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPAxis(QCPAxisRect *parent, AxisType type); + virtual ~QCPAxis() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + AxisType axisType() const { + return mAxisType; + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const { + return mAxisRect; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const; + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const; + LabelSide tickLabelSide() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + int padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + int offset() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding() const; + QCPLineEnding upperEnding() const; + QCPGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType type); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelSide(LabelSide side); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setPadding(int padding); + void setOffset(int offset); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setLowerEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + void setUpperEnding(const QCPLineEnding &ending); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + Qt::Orientation orientation() const { + return mOrientation; + } + int pixelOrientation() const { + return rangeReversed() != (orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? -1 : 1; + } + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void setScaleRatio(const QCPAxis *otherAxis, double ratio = 1.0); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double pixelToCoord(double value) const; + double coordToPixel(double value) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + static AxisType marginSideToAxisType(QCP::MarginSide side); + static Qt::Orientation orientation(AxisType type) { + return type == atBottom || type == atTop ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical; + } + static AxisType opposite(AxisType type); + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPAxis::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + // axis base: + AxisType mAxisType; + QCPAxisRect *mAxisRect; + //int mOffset; // in QCPAxisPainter + int mPadding; + Qt::Orientation mOrientation; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + //QCPLineEnding mLowerEnding, mUpperEnding; // in QCPAxisPainter + // axis label: + //int mLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; // in QCPAxisPainter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; // in QCPAxisPainter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + //bool mNumberMultiplyCross; // QCPAxisPainter + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + //int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; // QCPAxisPainter + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + + // non-property members: + QCPGrid *mGrid; + QCPAxisPainterPrivate *mAxisPainter; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mCachedMarginValid; + int mCachedMargin; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragStartRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual int calculateMargin(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxis) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPGrid; + friend class QCPAxisRect; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPAxis::AxisTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::AxisType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::LabelSide) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::ScaleType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPAxis::SelectablePart) + + +class QCPAxisPainterPrivate +{ +public: + explicit QCPAxisPainterPrivate(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAxisPainterPrivate(); + + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual int size(); + void clearCache(); + + QRect axisSelectionBox() const { + return mAxisSelectionBox; + } + QRect tickLabelsSelectionBox() const { + return mTickLabelsSelectionBox; + } + QRect labelSelectionBox() const { + return mLabelSelectionBox; + } + + // public property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType type; + QPen basePen; + QCPLineEnding lowerEnding, upperEnding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int labelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QFont labelFont; + QColor labelColor; + QString label; + int tickLabelPadding; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + double tickLabelRotation; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QCPAxis::LabelSide tickLabelSide; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool substituteExponent; + bool numberMultiplyCross; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + int tickLengthIn, tickLengthOut, subTickLengthIn, subTickLengthOut; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + QPen tickPen, subTickPen; + QFont tickLabelFont; + QColor tickLabelColor; + QRect axisRect, viewportRect; + int offset; // directly accessed by QCPAxis setters/getters + bool abbreviateDecimalPowers; + bool reversedEndings; + + QVector subTickPositions; + QVector tickPositions; + QVector tickLabels; + +protected: + struct CachedLabel { + QPointF offset; + QPixmap pixmap; + }; + struct TickLabelData { + QString basePart, expPart, suffixPart; + QRect baseBounds, expBounds, suffixBounds, totalBounds, rotatedTotalBounds; + QFont baseFont, expFont; + }; + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QByteArray mLabelParameterHash; // to determine whether mLabelCache needs to be cleared due to changed parameters + QCache mLabelCache; + QRect mAxisSelectionBox, mTickLabelsSelectionBox, mLabelSelectionBox; + + virtual QByteArray generateLabelParameterHash() const; + + virtual void placeTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double position, int distanceToAxis, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize); + virtual void drawTickLabel(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y, const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual TickLabelData getTickLabelData(const QFont &font, const QString &text) const; + virtual QPointF getTickLabelDrawOffset(const TickLabelData &labelData) const; + virtual void getMaxTickLabelSize(const QFont &font, const QString &text, QSize *tickLabelsSize) const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/axis/axis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/scatterstyle.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7275 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPScatterStyle +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Represents the various properties of a scatter style instance. For example, this enum is used + to specify which properties of \ref QCPSelectionDecorator::setScatterStyle will be used when + highlighting selected data points. + + Specific scatter properties can be transferred between \ref QCPScatterStyle instances via \ref + setFromOther. + */ + enum ScatterProperty { spNone = 0x00 ///< 0x00 None + , spPen = 0x01 ///< 0x01 The pen property, see \ref setPen + , spBrush = 0x02 ///< 0x02 The brush property, see \ref setBrush + , spSize = 0x04 ///< 0x04 The size property, see \ref setSize + , spShape = 0x08 ///< 0x08 The shape property, see \ref setShape + , spAll = 0xFF ///< 0xFF All properties + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterProperty) + Q_FLAGS(ScatterProperties) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ScatterProperties, ScatterProperty) + + /*! + Defines the shape used for scatter points. + + On plottables/items that draw scatters, the sizes of these visualizations (with exception of + \ref ssDot and \ref ssPixmap) can be controlled with the \ref setSize function. Scatters are + drawn with the pen and brush specified with \ref setPen and \ref setBrush. + */ + enum ScatterShape { ssNone ///< no scatter symbols are drawn (e.g. in QCPGraph, data only represented with lines) + , ssDot ///< \enumimage{ssDot.png} a single pixel (use \ref ssDisc or \ref ssCircle if you want a round shape with a certain radius) + , ssCross ///< \enumimage{ssCross.png} a cross + , ssPlus ///< \enumimage{ssPlus.png} a plus + , ssCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCircle.png} a circle + , ssDisc ///< \enumimage{ssDisc.png} a circle which is filled with the pen's color (not the brush as with ssCircle) + , ssSquare ///< \enumimage{ssSquare.png} a square + , ssDiamond ///< \enumimage{ssDiamond.png} a diamond + , ssStar ///< \enumimage{ssStar.png} a star with eight arms, i.e. a combination of cross and plus + , ssTriangle ///< \enumimage{ssTriangle.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on baseline + , ssTriangleInverted ///< \enumimage{ssTriangleInverted.png} an equilateral triangle, standing on corner + , ssCrossSquare ///< \enumimage{ssCrossSquare.png} a square with a cross inside + , ssPlusSquare ///< \enumimage{ssPlusSquare.png} a square with a plus inside + , ssCrossCircle ///< \enumimage{ssCrossCircle.png} a circle with a cross inside + , ssPlusCircle ///< \enumimage{ssPlusCircle.png} a circle with a plus inside + , ssPeace ///< \enumimage{ssPeace.png} a circle, with one vertical and two downward diagonal lines + , ssPixmap ///< a custom pixmap specified by \ref setPixmap, centered on the data point coordinates + , ssCustom ///< custom painter operations are performed per scatter (As QPainterPath, see \ref setCustomPath) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScatterShape) + + QCPScatterStyle(); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, double size = 6); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QColor &color, const QColor &fill, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(ScatterShape shape, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush, double size); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPixmap &pixmap); + QCPScatterStyle(const QPainterPath &customPath, const QPen &pen, const QBrush &brush = Qt::NoBrush, double size = 6); + + // getters: + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + ScatterShape shape() const { + return mShape; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + QPainterPath customPath() const { + return mCustomPath; + } + + // setters: + void setFromOther(const QCPScatterStyle &other, ScatterProperties properties); + void setSize(double size); + void setShape(ScatterShape shape); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setCustomPath(const QPainterPath &customPath); + + // non-property methods: + bool isNone() const { + return mShape == ssNone; + } + bool isPenDefined() const { + return mPenDefined; + } + void undefinePen(); + void applyTo(QCPPainter *painter, const QPen &defaultPen) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos) const; + void drawShape(QCPPainter *painter, double x, double y) const; + +protected: + // property members: + double mSize; + ScatterShape mShape; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPainterPath mCustomPath; + + // non-property members: + bool mPenDefined; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPScatterStyle, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperty) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPScatterStyle::ScatterShape) + +/* end of 'src/scatterstyle.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/datacontainer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 34070 */ + +/*! \relates QCPDataContainer + Returns whether the sort key of \a a is less than the sort key of \a b. + + \see QCPDataContainer::sort +*/ +template +inline bool qcpLessThanSortKey(const DataType &a, const DataType &b) +{ + return a.sortKey() < b.sortKey(); +} + +template +class QCPDataContainer // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ +public: + typedef typename QVector::const_iterator const_iterator; + typedef typename QVector::iterator iterator; + + QCPDataContainer(); + + // getters: + int size() const { + return mData.size() - mPreallocSize; + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return size() == 0; + } + bool autoSqueeze() const { + return mAutoSqueeze; + } + + // setters: + void setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled); + + // non-virtual methods: + void set(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const QCPDataContainer &data); + void add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted = false); + void add(const DataType &data); + void removeBefore(double sortKey); + void removeAfter(double sortKey); + void remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo); + void remove(double sortKey); + void clear(); + void sort(); + void squeeze(bool preAllocation = true, bool postAllocation = true); + + const_iterator constBegin() const { + return mData.constBegin() + mPreallocSize; + } + const_iterator constEnd() const { + return mData.constEnd(); + } + iterator begin() { + return mData.begin() + mPreallocSize; + } + iterator end() { + return mData.end(); + } + const_iterator findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const; + const_iterator at(int index) const { + return constBegin() + qBound(0, index, size()); + } + QCPRange keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth); + QCPRange valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()); + QCPDataRange dataRange() const { + return QCPDataRange(0, size()); + } + void limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + +protected: + // property members: + bool mAutoSqueeze; + + // non-property memebers: + QVector mData; + int mPreallocSize; + int mPreallocIteration; + + // non-virtual methods: + void preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize); + void performAutoSqueeze(); +}; + + + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPDataContainer +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPDataContainer + \brief The generic data container for one-dimensional plottables + + This class template provides a fast container for data storage of one-dimensional data. The data + type is specified as template parameter (called \a DataType in the following) and must provide + some methods as described in the \ref qcpdatacontainer-datatype "next section". + + The data is stored in a sorted fashion, which allows very quick lookups by the sorted key as well + as retrieval of ranges (see \ref findBegin, \ref findEnd, \ref keyRange) using binary search. The + container uses a preallocation and a postallocation scheme, such that appending and prepending + data (with respect to the sort key) is very fast and minimizes reallocations. If data is added + which needs to be inserted between existing keys, the merge usually can be done quickly too, + using the fact that existing data is always sorted. The user can further improve performance by + specifying that added data is already itself sorted by key, if he can guarantee that this is the + case (see for example \ref add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted)). + + The data can be accessed with the provided const iterators (\ref constBegin, \ref constEnd). If + it is necessary to alter existing data in-place, the non-const iterators can be used (\ref begin, + \ref end). Changing data members that are not the sort key (for most data types called \a key) is + safe from the container's perspective. + + Great care must be taken however if the sort key is modified through the non-const iterators. For + performance reasons, the iterators don't automatically cause a re-sorting upon their + manipulation. It is thus the responsibility of the user to leave the container in a sorted state + when finished with the data manipulation, before calling any other methods on the container. A + complete re-sort (e.g. after finishing all sort key manipulation) can be done by calling \ref + sort. Failing to do so can not be detected by the container efficiently and will cause both + rendering artifacts and potential data loss. + + Implementing one-dimensional plottables that make use of a \ref QCPDataContainer is usually + done by subclassing from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D "QCPAbstractPlottable1D", which + introduces an according \a mDataContainer member and some convenience methods. + + \section qcpdatacontainer-datatype Requirements for the DataType template parameter + + The template parameter DataType is the type of the stored data points. It must be + trivially copyable and have the following public methods, preferably inline: + + \li double sortKey() const\n Returns the member variable of this data point that is the + sort key, defining the ordering in the container. Often this variable is simply called \a key. + + \li static DataType fromSortKey(double sortKey)\n Returns a new instance of the data + type initialized with its sort key set to \a sortKey. + + \li static bool sortKeyIsMainKey()\n Returns true if the sort key is equal to the main + key (see method \c mainKey below). For most plottables this is the case. It is not the case for + example for \ref QCPCurve, which uses \a t as sort key and \a key as main key. This is the reason + why QCPCurve unlike QCPGraph can display parametric curves with loops. + + \li double mainKey() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the main + key. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on the key + axis of the plottable. This method is used for example when determining the automatic axis + rescaling of key axes (\ref QCPAxis::rescale). + + \li double mainValue() const\n Returns the variable of this data point considered the + main value. This is commonly the variable that is used as the coordinate of this data point on + the value axis of the plottable. + + \li QCPRange valueRange() const\n Returns the range this data point spans in the value + axis coordinate. If the data is single-valued (e.g. QCPGraphData), this is simply a range with + both lower and upper set to the main data point value. However if the data points can represent + multiple values at once (e.g QCPFinancialData with its \a high, \a low, \a open and \a close + values at each \a key) this method should return the range those values span. This method is used + for example when determining the automatic axis rescaling of value axes (\ref + QCPAxis::rescale). +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn int QCPDataContainer::size() const + + Returns the number of data points in the container. +*/ + +/*! \fn bool QCPDataContainer::isEmpty() const + + Returns whether this container holds no data points. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constBegin() const + + Returns a const iterator to the first data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::constEnd() const + + Returns a const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::begin() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the first data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::iterator QCPDataContainer::end() const + + Returns a non-const iterator to the element past the last data point in this container. + + You can manipulate the data points in-place through the non-const iterators, but great care must + be taken when manipulating the sort key of a data point, see \ref sort, or the detailed + description of this class. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::at(int index) const + + Returns a const iterator to the element with the specified \a index. If \a index points beyond + the available elements in this container, returns \ref constEnd, i.e. an iterator past the last + valid element. + + You can use this method to easily obtain iterators from a \ref QCPDataRange, see the \ref + dataselection-accessing "data selection page" for an example. +*/ + +/*! \fn QCPDataRange QCPDataContainer::dataRange() const + + Returns a \ref QCPDataRange encompassing the entire data set of this container. This means the + begin index of the returned range is 0, and the end index is \ref size. +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Constructs a QCPDataContainer used for plottable classes that represent a series of key-sorted + data +*/ +template +QCPDataContainer::QCPDataContainer() : + mAutoSqueeze(true), + mPreallocSize(0), + mPreallocIteration(0) +{ +} + +/*! + Sets whether the container automatically decides when to release memory from its post- and + preallocation pools when data points are removed. By default this is enabled and for typical + applications shouldn't be changed. + + If auto squeeze is disabled, you can manually decide when to release pre-/postallocation with + \ref squeeze. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::setAutoSqueeze(bool enabled) +{ + if (mAutoSqueeze != enabled) { + mAutoSqueeze = enabled; + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + clear(); + add(data); +} + +/*! \overload + + Replaces the current data in this container with the provided \a data + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see add, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::set(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + mData = data; + mPreallocSize = 0; + mPreallocIteration = 0; + if (!alreadySorted) { + sort(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided \a data to the current data in this container. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QCPDataContainer &data) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! + Adds the provided data points in \a data to the current data. + + If you can guarantee that the data points in \a data have ascending order with respect to the + DataType's sort key, set \a alreadySorted to true to avoid an unnecessary sorting run. + + \see set, remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const QVector &data, bool alreadySorted) +{ + if (data.isEmpty()) { + return; + } + if (isEmpty()) { + set(data, alreadySorted); + return; + } + + const int n = data.size(); + const int oldSize = size(); + + if (alreadySorted && oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*constBegin(), *(data.constEnd() - 1))) { // prepend if new data is sorted and keys are all smaller than or equal to existing ones + if (mPreallocSize < n) { + preallocateGrow(n); + } + mPreallocSize -= n; + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), begin()); + } else { // don't need to prepend, so append and then sort and merge if necessary + mData.resize(mData.size() + n); + std::copy(data.constBegin(), data.constEnd(), end() - n); + if (!alreadySorted) { // sort appended subrange if it wasn't already sorted + std::sort(end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + if (oldSize > 0 && !qcpLessThanSortKey(*(constEnd() - n - 1), *(constEnd() - n))) { // if appended range keys aren't all greater than existing ones, merge the two partitions + std::inplace_merge(begin(), end() - n, end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); + } + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Adds the provided single data point to the current data. + + \see remove +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::add(const DataType &data) +{ + if (isEmpty() || !qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *(constEnd() - 1))) { // quickly handle appends if new data key is greater or equal to existing ones + mData.append(data); + } else if (qcpLessThanSortKey(data, *constBegin())) { // quickly handle prepends using preallocated space + if (mPreallocSize < 1) { + preallocateGrow(1); + } + --mPreallocSize; + *begin() = data; + } else { // handle inserts, maintaining sorted keys + QCPDataContainer::iterator insertionPoint = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), data, qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.insert(insertionPoint, data); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys smaller than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeAfter, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeBefore(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = begin(); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mPreallocSize += int(itEnd - it); // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys greater than or equal to \a sortKey. + + \see removeBefore, remove, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::removeAfter(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::upper_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = end(); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); // typically adds it to the postallocated block + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points with (sort-)keys between \a sortKeyFrom and \a sortKeyTo. if \a + sortKeyFrom is greater or equal to \a sortKeyTo, the function does nothing. To remove a single + data point with known (sort-)key, use \ref remove(double sortKey). + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) +{ + if (sortKeyFrom >= sortKeyTo || isEmpty()) { + return; + } + + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyFrom), qcpLessThanSortKey); + QCPDataContainer::iterator itEnd = std::upper_bound(it, end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKeyTo), qcpLessThanSortKey); + mData.erase(it, itEnd); + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! \overload + + Removes a single data point at \a sortKey. If the position is not known with absolute (binary) + precision, consider using \ref remove(double sortKeyFrom, double sortKeyTo) with a small + fuzziness interval around the suspected position, depeding on the precision with which the + (sort-)key is known. + + \see removeBefore, removeAfter, clear +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::remove(double sortKey) +{ + QCPDataContainer::iterator it = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (it != end() && it->sortKey() == sortKey) { + if (it == begin()) { + ++mPreallocSize; // don't actually delete, just add it to the preallocated block (if it gets too large, squeeze will take care of it) + } else { + mData.erase(it); + } + } + if (mAutoSqueeze) { + performAutoSqueeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Removes all data points. + + \see remove, removeAfter, removeBefore +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::clear() +{ + mData.clear(); + mPreallocIteration = 0; + mPreallocSize = 0; +} + +/*! + Re-sorts all data points in the container by their sort key. + + When setting, adding or removing points using the QCPDataContainer interface (\ref set, \ref add, + \ref remove, etc.), the container makes sure to always stay in a sorted state such that a full + resort is never necessary. However, if you choose to directly manipulate the sort key on data + points by accessing and modifying it through the non-const iterators (\ref begin, \ref end), it + is your responsibility to bring the container back into a sorted state before any other methods + are called on it. This can be achieved by calling this method immediately after finishing the + sort key manipulation. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::sort() +{ + std::sort(begin(), end(), qcpLessThanSortKey); +} + +/*! + Frees all unused memory that is currently in the preallocation and postallocation pools. + + Note that QCPDataContainer automatically decides whether squeezing is necessary, if \ref + setAutoSqueeze is left enabled. It should thus not be necessary to use this method for typical + applications. + + The parameters \a preAllocation and \a postAllocation control whether pre- and/or post allocation + should be freed, respectively. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::squeeze(bool preAllocation, bool postAllocation) +{ + if (preAllocation) { + if (mPreallocSize > 0) { + std::copy(begin(), end(), mData.begin()); + mData.resize(size()); + mPreallocSize = 0; + } + mPreallocIteration = 0; + } + if (postAllocation) { + mData.squeeze(); + } +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just + above \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, \ref constBegin is + returned. + + If the container is empty, returns \ref constEnd. + + \see findEnd, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::lower_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constBegin()) { // also covers it == constEnd case, and we know --constEnd is valid because mData isn't empty + --it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns an iterator to the element after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just + above or just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey + will be considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, \ref constEnd is + returned. + + If the container is empty, \ref constEnd is returned. + + \see findBegin, QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator QCPDataContainer::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + return constEnd(); + } + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = std::upper_bound(constBegin(), constEnd(), DataType::fromSortKey(sortKey), qcpLessThanSortKey); + if (expandedRange && it != constEnd()) { + ++it; + } + return it; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the (main-)key coordinate of all data points. The output + parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, you + should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same key). + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the key coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + If the DataType reports that its main key is equal to the sort key (\a sortKeyIsMainKey), as is + the case for most plottables, this method uses this fact and finds the range very quickly. + + \see valueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::keyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + double current; + + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // if DataType is sorted by main key (e.g. QCPGraph, but not QCPCurve), use faster algorithm by finding just first and last key with non-NaN value + while (it != itEnd) { // find first non-nan going up from left + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.lower = it->mainKey(); + haveLower = true; + break; + } + ++it; + } + it = itEnd; + while (it != constBegin()) { // find first non-nan going down from right + --it; + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + range.upper = it->mainKey(); + haveUpper = true; + break; + } + } + } else { // DataType is not sorted by main key, go through all data points and accordingly expand range + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if (current < range.lower || !haveLower) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if (current > range.upper || !haveUpper) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current < 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current < 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + while (it != itEnd) { + if (!qIsNaN(it->mainValue())) { + current = it->mainKey(); + if ((current < range.lower || !haveLower) && current > 0) { + range.lower = current; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current > 0) { + range.upper = current; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + ++it; + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Returns the range encompassed by the value coordinates of the data points in the specified key + range (\a inKeyRange), using the full \a DataType::valueRange reported by the data points. The + output parameter \a foundRange indicates whether a sensible range was found. If this is false, + you should not use the returned QCPRange (e.g. the data container is empty or all points have the + same value). + + If \a inKeyRange has both lower and upper bound set to zero (is equal to QCPRange()), + all data points are considered, without any restriction on the keys. + + Use \a signDomain to control which sign of the value coordinates should be considered. This is + relevant e.g. for logarithmic plots which can mathematically only display one sign domain at a + time. + + \see keyRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPDataContainer::valueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain signDomain, const QCPRange &inKeyRange) +{ + if (isEmpty()) { + foundRange = false; + return QCPRange(); + } + QCPRange range; + const bool restrictKeyRange = inKeyRange != QCPRange(); + bool haveLower = false; + bool haveUpper = false; + QCPRange current; + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itBegin = constBegin(); + QCPDataContainer::const_iterator itEnd = constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey() && restrictKeyRange) { + itBegin = findBegin(inKeyRange.lower, false); + itEnd = findEnd(inKeyRange.upper, false); + } + if (signDomain == QCP::sdBoth) { // range may be anywhere + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdNegative) { // range may only be in the negative sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper < 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } else if (signDomain == QCP::sdPositive) { // range may only be in the positive sign domain + for (QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = itBegin; it != itEnd; ++it) { + if (restrictKeyRange && (it->mainKey() < inKeyRange.lower || it->mainKey() > inKeyRange.upper)) { + continue; + } + current = it->valueRange(); + if ((current.lower < range.lower || !haveLower) && current.lower > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.lower)) { + range.lower = current.lower; + haveLower = true; + } + if ((current.upper > range.upper || !haveUpper) && current.upper > 0 && !qIsNaN(current.upper)) { + range.upper = current.upper; + haveUpper = true; + } + } + } + + foundRange = haveLower && haveUpper; + return range; +} + +/*! + Makes sure \a begin and \a end mark a data range that is both within the bounds of this data + container's data, as well as within the specified \a dataRange. The initial range described by + the passed iterators \a begin and \a end is never expanded, only contracted if necessary. + + This function doesn't require for \a dataRange to be within the bounds of this data container's + valid range. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::limitIteratorsToDataRange(const_iterator &begin, const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const +{ + QCPDataRange iteratorRange(int(begin - constBegin()), int(end - constBegin())); + iteratorRange = iteratorRange.bounded(dataRange.bounded(this->dataRange())); + begin = constBegin() + iteratorRange.begin(); + end = constBegin() + iteratorRange.end(); +} + +/*! \internal + + Increases the preallocation pool to have a size of at least \a minimumPreallocSize. Depending on + the preallocation history, the container will grow by more than requested, to speed up future + consecutive size increases. + + if \a minimumPreallocSize is smaller than or equal to the current preallocation pool size, this + method does nothing. +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::preallocateGrow(int minimumPreallocSize) +{ + if (minimumPreallocSize <= mPreallocSize) { + return; + } + + int newPreallocSize = minimumPreallocSize; + newPreallocSize += (1u << qBound(4, mPreallocIteration + 4, 15)) - 12; // do 4 up to 32768-12 preallocation, doubling in each intermediate iteration + ++mPreallocIteration; + + int sizeDifference = newPreallocSize - mPreallocSize; + mData.resize(mData.size() + sizeDifference); + std::copy_backward(mData.begin() + mPreallocSize, mData.end() - sizeDifference, mData.end()); + mPreallocSize = newPreallocSize; +} + +/*! \internal + + This method decides, depending on the total allocation size and the size of the unused pre- and + postallocation pools, whether it is sensible to reduce the pools in order to free up unused + memory. It then possibly calls \ref squeeze to do the deallocation. + + If \ref setAutoSqueeze is enabled, this method is called automatically each time data points are + removed from the container (e.g. \ref remove). + + \note when changing the decision parameters, care must be taken not to cause a back-and-forth + between squeezing and reallocation due to the growth strategy of the internal QVector and \ref + preallocateGrow. The hysteresis between allocation and deallocation should be made high enough + (at the expense of possibly larger unused memory from time to time). +*/ +template +void QCPDataContainer::performAutoSqueeze() +{ + const int totalAlloc = mData.capacity(); + const int postAllocSize = totalAlloc - mData.size(); + const int usedSize = size(); + bool shrinkPostAllocation = false; + bool shrinkPreAllocation = false; + if (totalAlloc > 650000) { // if allocation is larger, shrink earlier with respect to total used size + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // QVector grow strategy is 2^n for static data. Watch out not to oscillate! + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize * 10 > usedSize; + } else if (totalAlloc > 1000) { // below 10 MiB raw data be generous with preallocated memory, below 1k points don't even bother + shrinkPostAllocation = postAllocSize > usedSize * 5; + shrinkPreAllocation = mPreallocSize > usedSize * 1.5; // preallocation can grow into postallocation, so can be smaller + } + + if (shrinkPreAllocation || shrinkPostAllocation) { + squeeze(shrinkPreAllocation, shrinkPostAllocation); + } +} + + +/* end of 'src/datacontainer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8461 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: QCPSelectionDecorator(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecorator(); + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedScatterProperties() const { + return mUsedScatterProperties; + } + + // setters: + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &scatterStyle, QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties usedProperties = QCPScatterStyle::spPen); + void setUsedScatterProperties(const QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties &properties); + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyPen(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyBrush(QCPPainter *painter) const; + QCPScatterStyle getFinalScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &unselectedStyle) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void copyFrom(const QCPSelectionDecorator *other); + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + QCPScatterStyle::ScatterProperties mUsedScatterProperties; + // non-property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual bool registerWithPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPSelectionDecorator) + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecorator *) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractPlottable : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name WRITE setName) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedFill READ antialiasedFill WRITE setAntialiasedFill) + Q_PROPERTY(bool antialiasedScatters READ antialiasedScatters WRITE setAntialiasedScatters) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *keyAxis READ keyAxis WRITE setKeyAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis *valueAxis READ valueAxis WRITE setValueAxis) + Q_PROPERTY(QCP::SelectionType selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPDataSelection selection READ selection WRITE setSelection NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator READ selectionDecorator WRITE setSelectionDecorator) + /// \endcond +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCP::SelectionType selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return !mSelection.isEmpty(); + } + QCPDataSelection selection() const { + return mSelection; + } + QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator() const { + return mSelectionDecorator; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setKeyAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection); + void setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; // actually introduced in QCPLayerable as non-pure, but we want to force reimplementation for plottables + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() { + return nullptr; + } + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const = 0; + + // non-property methods: + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false, bool inKeyRange = false) const; + bool addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend); + bool addToLegend(); + bool removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const; + bool removeFromLegend() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection); + void selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QCP::SelectionType mSelectable; + QCPDataSelection mSelection; + QCPSelectionDecorator *mSelectionDecorator; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPPlottableLegendItem; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/plottable.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/item.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9425 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: QCPItemAnchor(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name, int anchorId = -1); + virtual ~QCPItemAnchor(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const; + +protected: + // property members: + QString mName; + + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + QCPAbstractItem *mParentItem; + int mAnchorId; + QSet mChildrenX, mChildrenY; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() { + return nullptr; + } + + // non-virtual methods: + void addChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildX(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + void addChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when this anchor is set as parent + void removeChildY(QCPItemPosition *pos); // called from pos when its parent anchor is reset or pos deleted + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemAnchor) + + friend class QCPItemPosition; +}; + + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPosition : public QCPItemAnchor +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the ways an item position can be specified. Thus it defines what the numbers passed to + \ref setCoords actually mean. + + \see setType + */ + enum PositionType { ptAbsolute ///< Static positioning in pixels, starting from the top left corner of the viewport/widget. + , ptViewportRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the viewport size. For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the viewport/widget. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the viewport/widget, etc. + , ptAxisRectRatio ///< Static positioning given by a fraction of the axis rect size (see \ref setAxisRect). For example, if you call setCoords(0, 0), the position will be at the top + ///< left corner of the axis rect. setCoords(1, 1) will be at the bottom right corner, setCoords(0.5, 0) will be horizontally centered and + ///< vertically at the top of the axis rect, etc. You can also go beyond the axis rect by providing negative coordinates or coordinates larger than 1. + , ptPlotCoords ///< Dynamic positioning at a plot coordinate defined by two axes (see \ref setAxes). + }; + Q_ENUMS(PositionType) + + QCPItemPosition(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, QCPAbstractItem *parentItem, const QString &name); + virtual ~QCPItemPosition() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + PositionType type() const { + return typeX(); + } + PositionType typeX() const { + return mPositionTypeX; + } + PositionType typeY() const { + return mPositionTypeY; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor() const { + return parentAnchorX(); + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorX() const { + return mParentAnchorX; + } + QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchorY() const { + return mParentAnchorY; + } + double key() const { + return mKey; + } + double value() const { + return mValue; + } + QPointF coords() const { + return QPointF(mKey, mValue); + } + QCPAxis *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxisRect *axisRect() const; + virtual QPointF pixelPosition() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // setters: + void setType(PositionType type); + void setTypeX(PositionType type); + void setTypeY(PositionType type); + bool setParentAnchor(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorX(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + bool setParentAnchorY(QCPItemAnchor *parentAnchor, bool keepPixelPosition = false); + void setCoords(double key, double value); + void setCoords(const QPointF &pos); + void setAxes(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + void setAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *axisRect); + void setPixelPosition(const QPointF &pixelPosition); + +protected: + // property members: + PositionType mPositionTypeX, mPositionTypeY; + QPointer mKeyAxis, mValueAxis; + QPointer mAxisRect; + double mKey, mValue; + QCPItemAnchor *mParentAnchorX, *mParentAnchorY; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPItemPosition *toQCPItemPosition() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPItemPosition) + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemPosition::PositionType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractItem : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(bool clipToAxisRect READ clipToAxisRect WRITE setClipToAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect READ clipAxisRect WRITE setClipAxisRect) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractItem(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPAbstractItem() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + bool clipToAxisRect() const { + return mClipToAxisRect; + } + QCPAxisRect *clipAxisRect() const; + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setClipToAxisRect(bool clip); + void setClipAxisRect(QCPAxisRect *rect); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + + // non-virtual methods: + QList positions() const { + return mPositions; + } + QList anchors() const { + return mAnchors; + } + QCPItemPosition *position(const QString &name) const; + QCPItemAnchor *anchor(const QString &name) const; + bool hasAnchor(const QString &name) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mClipToAxisRect; + QPointer mClipAxisRect; + QList mPositions; + QList mAnchors; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + double rectDistance(const QRectF &rect, const QPointF &pos, bool filledRect) const; + QCPItemPosition *createPosition(const QString &name); + QCPItemAnchor *createAnchor(const QString &name, int anchorId); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractItem) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPItemAnchor; +}; + +/* end of 'src/item.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/core.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 19304 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCustomPlot : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QRect viewport READ viewport WRITE setViewport) + Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout READ plotLayout) + Q_PROPERTY(bool autoAddPlottableToLegend READ autoAddPlottableToLegend WRITE setAutoAddPlottableToLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(int selectionTolerance READ selectionTolerance WRITE setSelectionTolerance) + Q_PROPERTY(bool noAntialiasingOnDrag READ noAntialiasingOnDrag WRITE setNoAntialiasingOnDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier READ multiSelectModifier WRITE setMultiSelectModifier) + Q_PROPERTY(bool openGl READ openGl WRITE setOpenGl) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how a layer should be inserted relative to an other layer. + + \see addLayer, moveLayer + */ + enum LayerInsertMode { limBelow ///< Layer is inserted below other layer + , limAbove ///< Layer is inserted above other layer + }; + Q_ENUMS(LayerInsertMode) + + /*! + Defines with what timing the QCustomPlot surface is refreshed after a replot. + + \see replot + */ + enum RefreshPriority { rpImmediateRefresh ///< Replots immediately and repaints the widget immediately by calling QWidget::repaint() after the replot + , rpQueuedRefresh ///< Replots immediately, but queues the widget repaint, by calling QWidget::update() after the replot. This way multiple redundant widget repaints can be avoided. + , rpRefreshHint ///< Whether to use immediate or queued refresh depends on whether the plotting hint \ref QCP::phImmediateRefresh is set, see \ref setPlottingHints. + , rpQueuedReplot ///< Queues the entire replot for the next event loop iteration. This way multiple redundant replots can be avoided. The actual replot is then done with \ref rpRefreshHint priority. + }; + Q_ENUMS(RefreshPriority) + + explicit QCustomPlot(QWidget *parent = nullptr); + virtual ~QCustomPlot() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QRect viewport() const { + return mViewport; + } + double bufferDevicePixelRatio() const { + return mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + } + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + QCPLayoutGrid *plotLayout() const { + return mPlotLayout; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements antialiasedElements() const { + return mAntialiasedElements; + } + QCP::AntialiasedElements notAntialiasedElements() const { + return mNotAntialiasedElements; + } + bool autoAddPlottableToLegend() const { + return mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + } + const QCP::Interactions interactions() const { + return mInteractions; + } + int selectionTolerance() const { + return mSelectionTolerance; + } + bool noAntialiasingOnDrag() const { + return mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + } + QCP::PlottingHints plottingHints() const { + return mPlottingHints; + } + Qt::KeyboardModifier multiSelectModifier() const { + return mMultiSelectModifier; + } + QCP::SelectionRectMode selectionRectMode() const { + return mSelectionRectMode; + } + QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect() const { + return mSelectionRect; + } + bool openGl() const { + return mOpenGl; + } + + // setters: + void setViewport(const QRect &rect); + void setBufferDevicePixelRatio(double ratio); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements &antialiasedElements); + void setAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement antialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setNotAntialiasedElements(const QCP::AntialiasedElements ¬AntialiasedElements); + void setNotAntialiasedElement(QCP::AntialiasedElement notAntialiasedElement, bool enabled = true); + void setAutoAddPlottableToLegend(bool on); + void setInteractions(const QCP::Interactions &interactions); + void setInteraction(const QCP::Interaction &interaction, bool enabled = true); + void setSelectionTolerance(int pixels); + void setNoAntialiasingOnDrag(bool enabled); + void setPlottingHints(const QCP::PlottingHints &hints); + void setPlottingHint(QCP::PlottingHint hint, bool enabled = true); + void setMultiSelectModifier(Qt::KeyboardModifier modifier); + void setSelectionRectMode(QCP::SelectionRectMode mode); + void setSelectionRect(QCPSelectionRect *selectionRect); + void setOpenGl(bool enabled, int multisampling = 16); + + // non-property methods: + // plottable interface: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(int index); + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable(); + bool removePlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool removePlottable(int index); + int clearPlottables(); + int plottableCount() const; + QList selectedPlottables() const; + template + PlottableType *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false, int *dataIndex = nullptr) const; + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false, int *dataIndex = nullptr) const; + bool hasPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + + // specialized interface for QCPGraph: + QCPGraph *graph(int index) const; + QCPGraph *graph() const; + QCPGraph *addGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis = nullptr, QCPAxis *valueAxis = nullptr); + bool removeGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool removeGraph(int index); + int clearGraphs(); + int graphCount() const; + QList selectedGraphs() const; + + // item interface: + QCPAbstractItem *item(int index) const; + QCPAbstractItem *item() const; + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + int clearItems(); + int itemCount() const; + QList selectedItems() const; + template + ItemType *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + QCPAbstractItem *itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable = false) const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractItem *item) const; + + // layer interface: + QCPLayer *layer(const QString &name) const; + QCPLayer *layer(int index) const; + QCPLayer *currentLayer() const; + bool setCurrentLayer(const QString &name); + bool setCurrentLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + int layerCount() const; + bool addLayer(const QString &name, QCPLayer *otherLayer = nullptr, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + bool removeLayer(QCPLayer *layer); + bool moveLayer(QCPLayer *layer, QCPLayer *otherLayer, LayerInsertMode insertMode = limAbove); + + // axis rect/layout interface: + int axisRectCount() const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRect(int index = 0) const; + QList axisRects() const; + QCPLayoutElement *layoutElementAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + QCPAxisRect *axisRectAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + Q_SLOT void rescaleAxes(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + + QList selectedAxes() const; + QList selectedLegends() const; + Q_SLOT void deselectAll(); + + bool savePdf(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, QCP::ExportPen exportPen = QCP::epAllowCosmetic, const QString &pdfCreator = QString(), const QString &pdfTitle = QString()); + bool savePng(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveJpg(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveBmp(const QString &fileName, int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + bool saveRastered(const QString &fileName, int width, int height, double scale, const char *format, int quality = -1, int resolution = 96, QCP::ResolutionUnit resolutionUnit = QCP::ruDotsPerInch); + QPixmap toPixmap(int width = 0, int height = 0, double scale = 1.0); + void toPainter(QCPPainter *painter, int width = 0, int height = 0); + Q_SLOT void replot(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority refreshPriority = QCustomPlot::rpRefreshHint); + double replotTime(bool average = false) const; + + QCPAxis *xAxis, *yAxis, *xAxis2, *yAxis2; + QCPLegend *legend; + +signals: + void mouseDoubleClick(QMouseEvent *event); + void mousePress(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseMove(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseRelease(QMouseEvent *event); + void mouseWheel(QWheelEvent *event); + + void plottableClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void plottableDoubleClick(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, int dataIndex, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void itemDoubleClick(QCPAbstractItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void axisDoubleClick(QCPAxis *axis, QCPAxis::SelectablePart part, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + void legendDoubleClick(QCPLegend *legend, QCPAbstractLegendItem *item, QMouseEvent *event); + + void selectionChangedByUser(); + void beforeReplot(); + void afterLayout(); + void afterReplot(); + +protected: + // property members: + QRect mViewport; + double mBufferDevicePixelRatio; + QCPLayoutGrid *mPlotLayout; + bool mAutoAddPlottableToLegend; + QList mPlottables; + QList mGraphs; // extra list of plottables also in mPlottables that are of type QCPGraph + QList mItems; + QList mLayers; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAntialiasedElements, mNotAntialiasedElements; + QCP::Interactions mInteractions; + int mSelectionTolerance; + bool mNoAntialiasingOnDrag; + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayer *mCurrentLayer; + QCP::PlottingHints mPlottingHints; + Qt::KeyboardModifier mMultiSelectModifier; + QCP::SelectionRectMode mSelectionRectMode; + QCPSelectionRect *mSelectionRect; + bool mOpenGl; + + // non-property members: + QList > mPaintBuffers; + QPoint mMousePressPos; + bool mMouseHasMoved; + QPointer mMouseEventLayerable; + QPointer mMouseSignalLayerable; + QVariant mMouseEventLayerableDetails; + QVariant mMouseSignalLayerableDetails; + bool mReplotting; + bool mReplotQueued; + double mReplotTime, mReplotTimeAverage; + int mOpenGlMultisamples; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mOpenGlAntialiasedElementsBackup; + bool mOpenGlCacheLabelsBackup; +#ifdef QCP_OPENGL_FBO + QSharedPointer mGlContext; + QSharedPointer mGlSurface; + QSharedPointer mGlPaintDevice; +#endif + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize sizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual void axisRemoved(QCPAxis *axis); + virtual void legendRemoved(QCPLegend *legend); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectSelection(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processRectZoom(QRect rect, QMouseEvent *event); + Q_SLOT virtual void processPointSelection(QMouseEvent *event); + + // non-virtual methods: + bool registerPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + bool registerGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + bool registerItem(QCPAbstractItem *item); + void updateLayerIndices() const; + QCPLayerable *layerableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *selectionDetails = nullptr) const; + QList layerableListAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QList *selectionDetails = nullptr) const; + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void setupPaintBuffers(); + QCPAbstractPaintBuffer *createPaintBuffer(); + bool hasInvalidatedPaintBuffers(); + bool setupOpenGl(); + void freeOpenGl(); + + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPAxis; + friend class QCPLayer; + friend class QCPAxisRect; + friend class QCPAbstractPlottable; + friend class QCPGraph; + friend class QCPAbstractItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::LayerInsertMode) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCustomPlot::RefreshPriority) + + +// implementation of template functions: + +/*! + Returns the plottable at the pixel position \a pos. The plottable type (a QCPAbstractPlottable + subclass) that shall be taken into consideration can be specified via the template parameter. + + Plottables that only consist of single lines (like graphs) have a tolerance band around them, see + \ref setSelectionTolerance. If multiple plottables come into consideration, the one closest to \a + pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only plottables that are selectable + (QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable) are considered. + + if \a dataIndex is non-null, it is set to the index of the plottable's data point that is closest + to \a pos. + + If there is no plottable of the specified type at \a pos, returns \c nullptr. + + \see itemAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +template +PlottableType *QCustomPlot::plottableAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, int *dataIndex) const +{ + PlottableType *resultPlottable = 0; + QVariant resultDetails; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable, mPlottables) { + PlottableType *currentPlottable = qobject_cast(plottable); + if (!currentPlottable || (onlySelectable && !currentPlottable->selectable())) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractPlottable::selectable + continue; + } + if (currentPlottable->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks where the plottable is actually visible + QVariant details; + double currentDistance = currentPlottable->selectTest(pos, false, dataIndex ? &details : nullptr); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultPlottable = currentPlottable; + resultDetails = details; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + if (resultPlottable && dataIndex) { + QCPDataSelection sel = resultDetails.value(); + if (!sel.isEmpty()) { + *dataIndex = sel.dataRange(0).begin(); + } + } + return resultPlottable; +} + +/*! + Returns the item at the pixel position \a pos. The item type (a QCPAbstractItem subclass) that shall be + taken into consideration can be specified via the template parameter. Items that only consist of single + lines (e.g. \ref QCPItemLine or \ref QCPItemCurve) have a tolerance band around them, see \ref + setSelectionTolerance. If multiple items come into consideration, the one closest to \a pos is returned. + + If \a onlySelectable is true, only items that are selectable (QCPAbstractItem::setSelectable) are + considered. + + If there is no item at \a pos, returns \c nullptr. + + \see plottableAt, layoutElementAt +*/ +template +ItemType *QCustomPlot::itemAt(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + ItemType *resultItem = 0; + double resultDistance = mSelectionTolerance; // only regard clicks with distances smaller than mSelectionTolerance as selections, so initialize with that value + + foreach (QCPAbstractItem *item, mItems) { + ItemType *currentItem = qobject_cast(item); + if (!currentItem || (onlySelectable && !currentItem->selectable())) { // we could have also passed onlySelectable to the selectTest function, but checking here is faster, because we have access to QCPAbstractItem::selectable + continue; + } + if (!currentItem->clipToAxisRect() || currentItem->clipRect().contains(pos.toPoint())) { // only consider clicks inside axis cliprect of the item if actually clipped to it + double currentDistance = currentItem->selectTest(pos, false); + if (currentDistance >= 0 && currentDistance < resultDistance) { + resultItem = currentItem; + resultDistance = currentDistance; + } + } + } + + return resultItem; +} + + + +/* end of 'src/core.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottable1d.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 25638 */ + +class QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ +public: + virtual ~QCPPlottableInterface1D() = default; + // introduced pure virtual methods: + virtual int dataCount() const = 0; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const = 0; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const = 0; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const = 0; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const = 0; +}; + +template +class QCPAbstractPlottable1D : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D // no QCP_LIB_DECL, template class ends up in header (cpp included below) +{ + // No Q_OBJECT macro due to template class + +public: + QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPAbstractPlottable1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer > mDataContainer; + + // helpers for subclasses: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + void drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractPlottable1D) + +}; + + + +// include implementation in header since it is a class template: +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPPlottableInterface1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPPlottableInterface1D + \brief Defines an abstract interface for one-dimensional plottables + + This class contains only pure virtual methods which define a common interface to the data + of one-dimensional plottables. + + For example, it is implemented by the template class \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D (the preferred + base class for one-dimensional plottables). So if you use that template class as base class of + your one-dimensional plottable, you won't have to care about implementing the 1d interface + yourself. + + If your plottable doesn't derive from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable1D but still wants to provide a 1d + interface (e.g. like \ref QCPErrorBars does), you should inherit from both \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable and \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D and accordingly reimplement the pure + virtual methods of the 1d interface, matching your data container. Also, reimplement \ref + QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D to return the \c this pointer. + + If you have a \ref QCPAbstractPlottable pointer, you can check whether it implements this + interface by calling \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::interface1D and testing it for a non-zero return + value. If it indeed implements this interface, you may use it to access the plottable's data + without needing to know the exact type of the plottable or its data point type. +*/ + +/* start documentation of pure virtual functions */ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount() const = 0; + + Returns the number of data points of the plottable. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPDataSelection QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const = 0; + + Returns a data selection containing all the data points of this plottable which are contained (or + hit by) \a rect. This is used mainly in the selection rect interaction for data selection (\ref + dataselection "data selection mechanism"). + + If \a onlySelectable is true, an empty QCPDataSelection is returned if this plottable is not + selectable (i.e. if \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::setSelectable is \ref QCP::stNone). + + \note \a rect must be a normalized rect (positive or zero width and height). This is especially + important when using the rect of \ref QCPSelectionRect::accepted, which is not necessarily + normalized. Use QRect::normalized() when passing a rect which might not be normalized. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the sort key of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the sort key is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual double QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the main value of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the main value is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QCPRange QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the value range of the data point at the given \a index. + + What the value range is, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual QPointF QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const = 0 + + Returns the pixel position on the widget surface at which the data point at the given \a index + appears. + + Usually this corresponds to the point of \ref dataMainKey/\ref dataMainValue, in pixel + coordinates. However, depending on the plottable, this might be a different apparent position + than just a coord-to-pixel transform of those values. For example, \ref QCPBars apparent data + values can be shifted depending on their stacking, bar grouping or configured base value. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual bool QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const = 0 + + Returns whether the sort key (\ref dataSortKey) is identical to the main key (\ref dataMainKey). + + What the sort and main keys are, is defined by the plottable's data type. See the \ref + qcpdatacontainer-datatype "QCPDataContainer DataType" documentation for details about this naming + convention. +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index of the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just below, or just above + \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just below \a sortKey will be considered, + otherwise the one just above. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findEnd to iterate over data points within a given key + range, including or excluding the bounding data points that are just beyond the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points below \a sortKey, 0 is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0 (in that case, \ref findEnd will also return 0, so a loop + using these methods will not iterate over the index 0). + + \see findEnd, QCPDataContainer::findBegin +*/ + +/*! \fn virtual int QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const = 0 + + Returns the index one after the data point with a (sort-)key that is equal to, just above, or + just below \a sortKey. If \a expandedRange is true, the data point just above \a sortKey will be + considered, otherwise the one just below. + + This can be used in conjunction with \ref findBegin to iterate over data points within a given + key range, including the bounding data points that are just below and above the specified range. + + If \a expandedRange is true but there are no data points above \a sortKey, the index just above the + highest data point is returned. + + If the container is empty, returns 0. + + \see findBegin, QCPDataContainer::findEnd +*/ + +/* end documentation of pure virtual functions */ + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////// QCPAbstractPlottable1D +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/*! \class QCPAbstractPlottable1D + \brief A template base class for plottables with one-dimensional data + + This template class derives from \ref QCPAbstractPlottable and from the abstract interface \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D. It serves as a base class for all one-dimensional data (i.e. data with + one key dimension), such as \ref QCPGraph and QCPCurve. + + The template parameter \a DataType is the type of the data points of this plottable (e.g. \ref + QCPGraphData or \ref QCPCurveData). The main purpose of this base class is to provide the member + \a mDataContainer (a shared pointer to a \ref QCPDataContainer "QCPDataContainer") and + implement the according virtual methods of the \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D, such that most + subclassed plottables don't need to worry about this anymore. + + Further, it provides a convenience method for retrieving selected/unselected data segments via + \ref getDataSegments. This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to + draw selected segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + This class implements basic functionality of \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::selectTest and \ref + QCPPlottableInterface1D::selectTestRect, assuming point-like data points, based on the 1D data + interface. In spite of that, most plottable subclasses will want to reimplement those methods + again, to provide a more accurate hit test based on their specific data visualization geometry. +*/ + +/* start documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! \fn QCPPlottableInterface1D *QCPAbstractPlottable1D::interface1D() + + Returns a \ref QCPPlottableInterface1D pointer to this plottable, providing access to its 1D + interface. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ + +/* end documentation of inline functions */ + +/*! + Forwards \a keyAxis and \a valueAxis to the \ref QCPAbstractPlottable::QCPAbstractPlottable + "QCPAbstractPlottable" constructor and allocates the \a mDataContainer. +*/ +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::QCPAbstractPlottable1D(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis) : + QCPAbstractPlottable(keyAxis, valueAxis), + mDataContainer(new QCPDataContainer) +{ +} + +template +QCPAbstractPlottable1D::~QCPAbstractPlottable1D() +{ +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataCount +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataCount() const +{ + return mDataContainer->size(); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataSortKey +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataSortKey(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->sortKey(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataMainValue +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataMainValue(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->mainValue(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return 0; + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataValueRange +*/ +template +QCPRange QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataValueRange(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + return (mDataContainer->constBegin() + index)->valueRange(); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QCPRange(0, 0); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::dataPixelPosition +*/ +template +QPointF QCPAbstractPlottable1D::dataPixelPosition(int index) const +{ + if (index >= 0 && index < mDataContainer->size()) { + const typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = mDataContainer->constBegin() + index; + return coordsToPixels(it->mainKey(), it->mainValue()); + } else { + qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << "Index out of bounds" << index; + return QPointF(); + } +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::sortKeyIsMainKey +*/ +template +bool QCPAbstractPlottable1D::sortKeyIsMainKey() const +{ + return DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey(); +} + +/*! + Implements a rect-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +QCPDataSelection QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const +{ + QCPDataSelection result; + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return result; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return result; + } + + // convert rect given in pixels to ranges given in plot coordinates: + double key1, value1, key2, value2; + pixelsToCoords(rect.topLeft(), key1, value1); + pixelsToCoords(rect.bottomRight(), key2, value2); + QCPRange keyRange(key1, key2); // QCPRange normalizes internally so we don't have to care about whether key1 < key2 + QCPRange valueRange(value1, value2); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(keyRange.lower, false); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(keyRange.upper, false); + } + if (begin == end) { + return result; + } + + int currentSegmentBegin = -1; // -1 means we're currently not in a segment that's contained in rect + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + if (currentSegmentBegin == -1) { + if (valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) && keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // start segment + currentSegmentBegin = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + } + } else if (!valueRange.contains(it->mainValue()) || !keyRange.contains(it->mainKey())) { // segment just ended + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin())), false); + currentSegmentBegin = -1; + } + } + // process potential last segment: + if (currentSegmentBegin != -1) { + result.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(currentSegmentBegin, int(end - mDataContainer->constBegin())), false); + } + + result.simplify(); + return result; +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findBegin +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return int(mDataContainer->findBegin(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin()); +} + +/*! + \copydoc QCPPlottableInterface1D::findEnd +*/ +template +int QCPAbstractPlottable1D::findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange) const +{ + return int(mDataContainer->findEnd(sortKey, expandedRange) - mDataContainer->constBegin()); +} + +/*! + Implements a point-selection algorithm assuming the data (accessed via the 1D data interface) is + point-like. Most subclasses will want to reimplement this method again, to provide a more + accurate hit test based on the true data visualization geometry. + + If \a details is not 0, it will be set to a \ref QCPDataSelection, describing the closest data point + to \a pos. + + \seebaseclassmethod +*/ +template +double QCPAbstractPlottable1D::selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details) const +{ + if ((onlySelectable && mSelectable == QCP::stNone) || mDataContainer->isEmpty()) { + return -1; + } + if (!mKeyAxis || !mValueAxis) { + return -1; + } + + QCPDataSelection selectionResult; + double minDistSqr = (std::numeric_limits::max)(); + int minDistIndex = mDataContainer->size(); + + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator begin = mDataContainer->constBegin(); + typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator end = mDataContainer->constEnd(); + if (DataType::sortKeyIsMainKey()) { // we can assume that data is sorted by main key, so can reduce the searched key interval: + // determine which key range comes into question, taking selection tolerance around pos into account: + double posKeyMin, posKeyMax, dummy; + pixelsToCoords(pos - QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMin, dummy); + pixelsToCoords(pos + QPointF(mParentPlot->selectionTolerance(), mParentPlot->selectionTolerance()), posKeyMax, dummy); + if (posKeyMin > posKeyMax) { + qSwap(posKeyMin, posKeyMax); + } + begin = mDataContainer->findBegin(posKeyMin, true); + end = mDataContainer->findEnd(posKeyMax, true); + } + if (begin == end) { + return -1; + } + QCPRange keyRange(mKeyAxis->range()); + QCPRange valueRange(mValueAxis->range()); + for (typename QCPDataContainer::const_iterator it = begin; it != end; ++it) { + const double mainKey = it->mainKey(); + const double mainValue = it->mainValue(); + if (keyRange.contains(mainKey) && valueRange.contains(mainValue)) { // make sure data point is inside visible range, for speedup in cases where sort key isn't main key and we iterate over all points + const double currentDistSqr = QCPVector2D(coordsToPixels(mainKey, mainValue) - pos).lengthSquared(); + if (currentDistSqr < minDistSqr) { + minDistSqr = currentDistSqr; + minDistIndex = int(it - mDataContainer->constBegin()); + } + } + } + if (minDistIndex != mDataContainer->size()) { + selectionResult.addDataRange(QCPDataRange(minDistIndex, minDistIndex + 1), false); + } + + selectionResult.simplify(); + if (details) { + details->setValue(selectionResult); + } + return qSqrt(minDistSqr); +} + +/*! + Splits all data into selected and unselected segments and outputs them via \a selectedSegments + and \a unselectedSegments, respectively. + + This is useful when subclasses implement their \ref draw method and need to draw selected + segments with a different pen/brush than unselected segments (also see \ref + QCPSelectionDecorator). + + \see setSelection +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const +{ + selectedSegments.clear(); + unselectedSegments.clear(); + if (mSelectable == QCP::stWhole) { // stWhole selection type draws the entire plottable with selected style if mSelection isn't empty + if (selected()) { + selectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } else { + unselectedSegments << QCPDataRange(0, dataCount()); + } + } else { + QCPDataSelection sel(selection()); + sel.simplify(); + selectedSegments = sel.dataRanges(); + unselectedSegments = sel.inverse(QCPDataRange(0, dataCount())).dataRanges(); + } +} + +/*! + A helper method which draws a line with the passed \a painter, according to the pixel data in \a + lineData. NaN points create gaps in the line, as expected from QCustomPlot's plottables (this is + the main difference to QPainter's regular drawPolyline, which handles NaNs by lagging or + crashing). + + Further it uses a faster line drawing technique based on \ref QCPPainter::drawLine rather than \c + QPainter::drawPolyline if the configured \ref QCustomPlot::setPlottingHints() and \a painter + style allows. +*/ +template +void QCPAbstractPlottable1D::drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const +{ + // if drawing lines in plot (instead of PDF), reduce 1px lines to cosmetic, because at least in + // Qt6 drawing of "1px" width lines is much slower even though it has same appearance apart from + // High-DPI. In High-DPI cases people must set a pen width slightly larger than 1.0 to get + // correct DPI scaling of width, but of course with performance penalty. + if (!painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + qFuzzyCompare(painter->pen().widthF(), 1.0)) { + QPen newPen = painter->pen(); + newPen.setWidth(0); + painter->setPen(newPen); + } + + // if drawing solid line and not in PDF, use much faster line drawing instead of polyline: + if (mParentPlot->plottingHints().testFlag(QCP::phFastPolylines) && + painter->pen().style() == Qt::SolidLine && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmVectorized) && + !painter->modes().testFlag(QCPPainter::pmNoCaching)) { + int i = 0; + bool lastIsNan = false; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize && (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()))) { // make sure first point is not NaN + ++i; + } + ++i; // because drawing works in 1 point retrospect + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (!qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) && !qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line + if (!lastIsNan) { + painter->drawLine(lineData.at(i - 1), lineData.at(i)); + } else { + lastIsNan = false; + } + } else { + lastIsNan = true; + } + ++i; + } + } else { + int segmentStart = 0; + int i = 0; + const int lineDataSize = lineData.size(); + while (i < lineDataSize) { + if (qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).y()) || qIsNaN(lineData.at(i).x()) || qIsInf(lineData.at(i).y())) { // NaNs create a gap in the line. Also filter Infs which make drawPolyline block + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, i - segmentStart); // i, because we don't want to include the current NaN point + segmentStart = i + 1; + } + ++i; + } + // draw last segment: + painter->drawPolyline(lineData.constData() + segmentStart, lineDataSize - segmentStart); + } +} + + +/* end of 'src/plottable1d.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/colorgradient.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7262 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorGradient +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + /*! + Defines the color spaces in which color interpolation between gradient stops can be performed. + + \see setColorInterpolation + */ + enum ColorInterpolation { ciRGB ///< Color channels red, green and blue are linearly interpolated + , ciHSV ///< Color channels hue, saturation and value are linearly interpolated (The hue is interpolated over the shortest angle distance) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ColorInterpolation) + + /*! + Defines how NaN data points shall appear in the plot. + + \see setNanHandling, setNanColor + */ + enum NanHandling { nhNone ///< NaN data points are not explicitly handled and shouldn't occur in the data (this gives slight performance improvement) + , nhLowestColor ///< NaN data points appear as the lowest color defined in this QCPColorGradient + , nhHighestColor ///< NaN data points appear as the highest color defined in this QCPColorGradient + , nhTransparent ///< NaN data points appear transparent + , nhNanColor ///< NaN data points appear as the color defined with \ref setNanColor + }; + Q_ENUMS(NanHandling) + + /*! + Defines the available presets that can be loaded with \ref loadPreset. See the documentation + there for an image of the presets. + */ + enum GradientPreset { gpGrayscale ///< Continuous lightness from black to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpHot ///< Continuous lightness from black over firey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCold ///< Continuous lightness from black over icey colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpNight ///< Continuous lightness from black over weak blueish colors to white (suited for non-biased data representation) + , gpCandy ///< Blue over pink to white + , gpGeography ///< Colors suitable to represent different elevations on geographical maps + , gpIon ///< Half hue spectrum from black over purple to blue and finally green (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpThermal ///< Colors suitable for thermal imaging, ranging from dark blue over purple to orange, yellow and white + , gpPolar ///< Colors suitable to emphasize polarity around the center, with blue for negative, black in the middle and red for positive values + , gpSpectrum ///< An approximation of the visible light spectrum (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpJet ///< Hue variation similar to a spectrum, often used in numerical visualization (creates banding illusion but allows more precise magnitude estimates) + , gpHues ///< Full hue cycle, with highest and lowest color red (suitable for periodic data, such as angles and phases, see \ref setPeriodic) + }; + Q_ENUMS(GradientPreset) + + QCPColorGradient(); + QCPColorGradient(GradientPreset preset); + bool operator==(const QCPColorGradient &other) const; + bool operator!=(const QCPColorGradient &other) const { + return !(*this == other); + } + + // getters: + int levelCount() const { + return mLevelCount; + } + QMap colorStops() const { + return mColorStops; + } + ColorInterpolation colorInterpolation() const { + return mColorInterpolation; + } + NanHandling nanHandling() const { + return mNanHandling; + } + QColor nanColor() const { + return mNanColor; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + + // setters: + void setLevelCount(int n); + void setColorStops(const QMap &colorStops); + void setColorStopAt(double position, const QColor &color); + void setColorInterpolation(ColorInterpolation interpolation); + void setNanHandling(NanHandling handling); + void setNanColor(const QColor &color); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void colorize(const double *data, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + void colorize(const double *data, const unsigned char *alpha, const QCPRange &range, QRgb *scanLine, int n, int dataIndexFactor = 1, bool logarithmic = false); + QRgb color(double position, const QCPRange &range, bool logarithmic = false); + void loadPreset(GradientPreset preset); + void clearColorStops(); + QCPColorGradient inverted() const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mLevelCount; + QMap mColorStops; + ColorInterpolation mColorInterpolation; + NanHandling mNanHandling; + QColor mNanColor; + bool mPeriodic; + + // non-property members: + QVector mColorBuffer; // have colors premultiplied with alpha (for usage with QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied) + bool mColorBufferInvalidated; + + // non-virtual methods: + bool stopsUseAlpha() const; + void updateColorBuffer(); +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::ColorInterpolation) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::NanHandling) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPColorGradient::GradientPreset) + +/* end of 'src/colorgradient.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4458 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket : public QCPSelectionDecorator +{ + Q_GADGET +public: + + /*! + Defines which shape is drawn at the boundaries of selected data ranges. + + Some of the bracket styles further allow specifying a height and/or width, see \ref + setBracketHeight and \ref setBracketWidth. + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquareBracket ///< A square bracket is drawn. + , bsHalfEllipse ///< A half ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsEllipse ///< An ellipse is drawn. The size of the ellipse is given by the bracket width/height properties. + , bsPlus ///< A plus is drawn. + , bsUserStyle ///< Start custom bracket styles at this index when subclassing and reimplementing \ref drawBracket. + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket(); + virtual ~QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen bracketPen() const { + return mBracketPen; + } + QBrush bracketBrush() const { + return mBracketBrush; + } + int bracketWidth() const { + return mBracketWidth; + } + int bracketHeight() const { + return mBracketHeight; + } + BracketStyle bracketStyle() const { + return mBracketStyle; + } + bool tangentToData() const { + return mTangentToData; + } + int tangentAverage() const { + return mTangentAverage; + } + + // setters: + void setBracketPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBracketBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setBracketWidth(int width); + void setBracketHeight(int height); + void setBracketStyle(BracketStyle style); + void setTangentToData(bool enabled); + void setTangentAverage(int pointCount); + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawBracket(QCPPainter *painter, int direction) const; + + // virtual methods: + virtual void drawDecoration(QCPPainter *painter, QCPDataSelection selection) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBracketPen; + QBrush mBracketBrush; + int mBracketWidth; + int mBracketHeight; + BracketStyle mBracketStyle; + bool mTangentToData; + int mTangentAverage; + + // non-virtual methods: + double getTangentAngle(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex, int direction) const; + QPointF getPixelCoordinates(const QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1d, int dataIndex) const; + +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPSelectionDecoratorBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/selectiondecorator-bracket.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7529 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAxisRect : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap background READ background WRITE setBackground) + Q_PROPERTY(bool backgroundScaled READ backgroundScaled WRITE setBackgroundScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode READ backgroundScaledMode WRITE setBackgroundScaledMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Orientations rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAxisRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, bool setupDefaultAxes = true); + virtual ~QCPAxisRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + QBrush backgroundBrush() const { + return mBackgroundBrush; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + Qt::Orientations rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + QCPAxis *rangeDragAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QCPAxis *rangeZoomAxis(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeDragAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + QList rangeZoomAxes(Qt::Orientation orientation); + double rangeZoomFactor(Qt::Orientation orientation); + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeZoom(Qt::Orientations orientations); + void setRangeDragAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeDragAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QCPAxis *horizontal, QCPAxis *vertical); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList axes); + void setRangeZoomAxes(QList horizontal, QList vertical); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double horizontalFactor, double verticalFactor); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + // non-property methods: + int axisCount(QCPAxis::AxisType type) const; + QCPAxis *axis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, int index = 0) const; + QList axes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types) const; + QList axes() const; + QCPAxis *addAxis(QCPAxis::AxisType type, QCPAxis *axis = nullptr); + QList addAxes(QCPAxis::AxisTypes types); + bool removeAxis(QCPAxis *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect); + void zoom(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QList &affectedAxes); + void setupFullAxesBox(bool connectRanges = false); + QList plottables() const; + QList graphs() const; + QList items() const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPoint center() const { + return mRect.center(); + } + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + Qt::Orientations mRangeDrag, mRangeZoom; + QList > mRangeDragHorzAxis, mRangeDragVertAxis; + QList > mRangeZoomHorzAxis, mRangeZoomVertAxis; + double mRangeZoomFactorHorz, mRangeZoomFactorVert; + + // non-property members: + QList mDragStartHorzRange, mDragStartVertRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + bool mDragging; + QHash > mAxes; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int calculateAutoMargin(QCP::MarginSide side) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void layoutChanged() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter); + void updateAxesOffset(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAxisRect) + + friend class QCustomPlot; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-axisrect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 10425 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPAbstractLegendItem : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPLegend* parentLegend READ parentLegend) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectableChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPAbstractLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent); + + // getters: + QCPLegend *parentLegend() const { + return mParentLegend; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPLegend *mParentLegend; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QRect clipRect() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE = 0; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPAbstractLegendItem) + + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPlottableLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPPlottableLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + + // getters: + QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable() { + return mPlottable; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAbstractPlottable *mPlottable; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPLegend : public QCPLayoutGrid +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen borderPen READ borderPen WRITE setBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize iconSize READ iconSize WRITE setIconSize) + Q_PROPERTY(int iconTextPadding READ iconTextPadding WRITE setIconTextPadding) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen iconBorderPen READ iconBorderPen WRITE setIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectableParts READ selectableParts WRITE setSelectableParts NOTIFY selectionChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(SelectableParts selectedParts READ selectedParts WRITE setSelectedParts NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedBorderPen READ selectedBorderPen WRITE setSelectedBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedIconBorderPen READ selectedIconBorderPen WRITE setSelectedIconBorderPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of a legend + + \see setSelectedParts, setSelectableParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0x000 ///< 0x000 None + , spLegendBox = 0x001 ///< 0x001 The legend box (frame) + , spItems = 0x002 ///< 0x002 Legend items individually (see \ref selectedItems) + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + explicit QCPLegend(); + virtual ~QCPLegend() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen borderPen() const { + return mBorderPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QSize iconSize() const { + return mIconSize; + } + int iconTextPadding() const { + return mIconTextPadding; + } + QPen iconBorderPen() const { + return mIconBorderPen; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const; + QPen selectedBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedBorderPen; + } + QPen selectedIconBorderPen() const { + return mSelectedIconBorderPen; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + + // setters: + void setBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setIconSize(const QSize &size); + void setIconSize(int width, int height); + void setIconTextPadding(int padding); + void setIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const SelectableParts &selectedParts); + void setSelectedBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedIconBorderPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QCPAbstractLegendItem *item(int index) const; + QCPPlottableLegendItem *itemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + int itemCount() const; + bool hasItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item) const; + bool hasItemWithPlottable(const QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable) const; + bool addItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + bool removeItem(int index); + bool removeItem(QCPAbstractLegendItem *item); + void clearItems(); + QList selectedItems() const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + void selectableChanged(QCPLegend::SelectableParts parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mBorderPen, mIconBorderPen; + QBrush mBrush; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QSize mIconSize; + int mIconTextPadding; + SelectableParts mSelectedParts, mSelectableParts; + QPen mSelectedBorderPen, mSelectedIconBorderPen; + QBrush mSelectedBrush; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void parentPlotInitialized(QCustomPlot *parentPlot) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getBorderPen() const; + QBrush getBrush() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPLegend) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPAbstractLegendItem; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPLegend::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPLegend::SelectablePart) + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-legend.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5359 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPTextElement : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor textColor READ textColor WRITE setTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedTextColor READ selectedTextColor WRITE setSelectedTextColor) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selectable READ selectable WRITE setSelectable NOTIFY selectableChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool selected READ selected WRITE setSelected NOTIFY selectionChanged) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QString &fontFamily, double pointSize); + QCPTextElement(QCustomPlot *parentPlot, const QString &text, const QFont &font); + + // getters: + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + int textFlags() const { + return mTextFlags; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QColor textColor() const { + return mTextColor; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QColor selectedTextColor() const { + return mSelectedTextColor; + } + bool selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return mSelected; + } + + // setters: + void setText(const QString &text); + void setTextFlags(int flags); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setTextColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTextColor(const QColor &color); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(bool selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelected(bool selected); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectableChanged(bool selectable); + void clicked(QMouseEvent *event); + void doubleClicked(QMouseEvent *event); + +protected: + // property members: + QString mText; + int mTextFlags; + QFont mFont; + QColor mTextColor; + QFont mSelectedFont; + QColor mSelectedTextColor; + QRect mTextBoundingRect; + bool mSelectable, mSelected; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize maximumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainTextColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPTextElement) +}; + + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-textelement.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5939 */ + + +class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate : public QCPAxisRect +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate(QCPColorScale *parentColorScale); +protected: + QCPColorScale *mParentColorScale; + QImage mGradientImage; + bool mGradientImageInvalidated; + // re-using some methods of QCPAxisRect to make them available to friend class QCPColorScale + using QCPAxisRect::calculateAutoMargin; + using QCPAxisRect::mousePressEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseMoveEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::mouseReleaseEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::wheelEvent; + using QCPAxisRect::update; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + void updateGradientImage(); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectionChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectedParts); + Q_SLOT void axisSelectableChanged(QCPAxis::SelectableParts selectableParts); + friend class QCPColorScale; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorScale : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::AxisType type READ type WRITE setType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QString label READ label WRITE setLabel) + Q_PROPERTY(int barWidth READ barWidth WRITE setBarWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeDrag READ rangeDrag WRITE setRangeDrag) + Q_PROPERTY(bool rangeZoom READ rangeZoom WRITE setRangeZoom) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorScale(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPColorScale() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPAxis *axis() const { + return mColorAxis.data(); + } + QCPAxis::AxisType type() const { + return mType; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QString label() const; + int barWidth() const { + return mBarWidth; + } + bool rangeDrag() const; + bool rangeZoom() const; + + // setters: + void setType(QCPAxis::AxisType type); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setBarWidth(int width); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + QList colorMaps() const; + void rescaleDataRange(bool onlyVisibleMaps); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPAxis::AxisType mType; + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + int mBarWidth; + + // non-property members: + QPointer mAxisRect; + QPointer mColorAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPColorScale) + + friend class QCPColorScaleAxisRectPrivate; +}; + + +/* end of 'src/layoutelements/layoutelement-colorscale.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9316 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraphData +{ +public: + QCPGraphData(); + QCPGraphData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPGraphData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPGraphData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPGraphData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPGraphDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPGraphData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPGraph holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPGraphData, QCPGraph::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPGraphDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPGraph : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *channelFillGraph READ channelFillGraph WRITE setChannelFillGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(bool adaptiveSampling READ adaptiveSampling WRITE setAdaptiveSampling) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + , lsStepLeft ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the left data point + , lsStepRight ///< line is drawn as steps where the step height is the value of the right data point + , lsStepCenter ///< line is drawn as steps where the step is in between two data points + , lsImpulse ///< each data point is represented by a line parallel to the value axis, which reaches from the data point to the zero-value-line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPGraph(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPGraph() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + QCPGraph *channelFillGraph() const { + return mChannelFillGraph.data(); + } + bool adaptiveSampling() const { + return mAdaptiveSampling; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setChannelFillGraph(QCPGraph *targetGraph); + void setAdaptiveSampling(bool enabled); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + QPointer mChannelFillGraph; + bool mAdaptiveSampling; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + int smooth; +public: + void setSmooth(int smooth); + +protected: + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawImpulsePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + + virtual void getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + virtual void getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + void getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + QVector dataToLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepLeftLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepRightLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToStepCenterLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector dataToImpulseLines(const QVector &data) const; + QVector getNonNanSegments(const QVector *lineData, Qt::Orientation keyOrientation) const; + QVector > getOverlappingSegments(QVector thisSegments, const QVector *thisData, QVector otherSegments, const QVector *otherData) const; + bool segmentsIntersect(double aLower, double aUpper, double bLower, double bUpper, int &bPrecedence) const; + QPointF getFillBasePoint(QPointF matchingDataPoint) const; + + const QPolygonF getFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPainterPath getFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange segment) const; + const QPolygonF getChannelFillPolygon(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + //const QPainterPath getChannelFillPath(const QVector *lineData, QCPDataRange thisSegment, const QVector *otherData, QCPDataRange otherSegment) const; + + int findIndexBelowX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexAboveX(const QVector *data, double x) const; + int findIndexBelowY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + int findIndexAboveY(const QVector *data, double y) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPGraph::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-graph.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7434 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurveData +{ +public: + QCPCurveData(); + QCPCurveData(double t, double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return t; + } + inline static QCPCurveData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPCurveData(sortKey, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return false; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); + } + + double t, key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPCurveData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPCurveDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPCurveData points. The data is stored sorted by \a t, so the \a + sortKey() (returning \a t) is different from \a mainKey() (returning \a key). + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPCurve holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPCurveData, QCPCurve::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPCurveDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPCurve : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle READ scatterStyle WRITE setScatterStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(int scatterSkip READ scatterSkip WRITE setScatterSkip) + Q_PROPERTY(LineStyle lineStyle READ lineStyle WRITE setLineStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the curve's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the curve (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< No line is drawn between data points (e.g. only scatters) + , lsLine ///< Data points are connected with a straight line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + explicit QCPCurve(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPCurve() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + int scatterSkip() const { + return mScatterSkip; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + void setScatterSkip(int skip); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &t, const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values); + void addData(double t, double key, double value); + void addData(double key, double value); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + int mScatterSkip; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawCurveLine(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &points, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getCurveLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double penWidth) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange, double scatterWidth) const; + int getRegion(double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QPointF getOptimizedPoint(int otherRegion, double otherKey, double otherValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + QVector getOptimizedCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin) const; + bool mayTraverse(int prevRegion, int currentRegion) const; + bool getTraverse(double prevKey, double prevValue, double key, double value, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QPointF &crossA, QPointF &crossB) const; + void getTraverseCornerPoints(int prevRegion, int currentRegion, double keyMin, double valueMax, double keyMax, double valueMin, QVector &beforeTraverse, QVector &afterTraverse) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPCurveDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPCurve::LineStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8955 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsGroup : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(SpacingType spacingType READ spacingType WRITE setSpacingType) + Q_PROPERTY(double spacing READ spacing WRITE setSpacing) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the spacing between bars in the group can be specified. Thus it defines what + the number passed to \ref setSpacing actually means. + + \see setSpacingType, setSpacing + */ + enum SpacingType { stAbsolute ///< Bar spacing is in absolute pixels + , stAxisRectRatio ///< Bar spacing is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , stPlotCoords ///< Bar spacing is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(SpacingType) + + explicit QCPBarsGroup(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPBarsGroup(); + + // getters: + SpacingType spacingType() const { + return mSpacingType; + } + double spacing() const { + return mSpacing; + } + + // setters: + void setSpacingType(SpacingType spacingType); + void setSpacing(double spacing); + + // non-virtual methods: + QList bars() const { + return mBars; + } + QCPBars *bars(int index) const; + int size() const { + return mBars.size(); + } + bool isEmpty() const { + return mBars.isEmpty(); + } + void clear(); + bool contains(QCPBars *bars) const { + return mBars.contains(bars); + } + void append(QCPBars *bars); + void insert(int i, QCPBars *bars); + void remove(QCPBars *bars); + +protected: + // non-property members: + QCustomPlot *mParentPlot; + SpacingType mSpacingType; + double mSpacing; + QList mBars; + + // non-virtual methods: + void registerBars(QCPBars *bars); + void unregisterBars(QCPBars *bars); + + // virtual methods: + double keyPixelOffset(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + double getPixelSpacing(const QCPBars *bars, double keyCoord); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPBarsGroup) + + friend class QCPBars; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBarsGroup::SpacingType) + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBarsData +{ +public: + QCPBarsData(); + QCPBarsData(double key, double value); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPBarsData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPBarsData(sortKey, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return value; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(value, value); // note that bar base value isn't held in each QCPBarsData and thus can't/shouldn't be returned here + } + + double key, value; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPBarsData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPBars holds its data. For details about + the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPBarsData, QCPBars::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup READ barsGroup WRITE setBarsGroup) + Q_PROPERTY(double baseValue READ baseValue WRITE setBaseValue) + Q_PROPERTY(double stackingGap READ stackingGap WRITE setStackingGap) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barBelow READ barBelow) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPBars *barAbove READ barAbove) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the number passed + to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< Bar width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< Bar width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< Bar width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + explicit QCPBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPBars() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup() const { + return mBarsGroup; + } + double baseValue() const { + return mBaseValue; + } + double stackingGap() const { + return mStackingGap; + } + QCPBars *barBelow() const { + return mBarBelow.data(); + } + QCPBars *barAbove() const { + return mBarAbove.data(); + } + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setBarsGroup(QCPBarsGroup *barsGroup); + void setBaseValue(double baseValue); + void setStackingGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + void moveBelow(QCPBars *bars); + void moveAbove(QCPBars *bars); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + QCPBarsGroup *mBarsGroup; + double mBaseValue; + double mStackingGap; + QPointer mBarBelow, mBarAbove; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getBarRect(double key, double value) const; + void getPixelWidth(double key, double &lower, double &upper) const; + double getStackedBaseValue(double key, bool positive) const; + static void connectBars(QCPBars *lower, QCPBars *upper); + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; + friend class QCPBarsGroup; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPBars::WidthType) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-bars.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7522 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBoxData +{ +public: + QCPStatisticalBoxData(); + QCPStatisticalBoxData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPStatisticalBoxData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPStatisticalBoxData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return median; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + QCPRange result(minimum, maximum); + for (QVector::const_iterator it = outliers.constBegin(); it != outliers.constEnd(); ++it) { + result.expand(*it); + } + return result; + } + + double key, minimum, lowerQuartile, median, upperQuartile, maximum; + QVector outliers; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPStatisticalBoxData, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPStatisticalBoxData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPStatisticalBox holds its data. For + details about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref + QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPStatisticalBoxData, QCPStatisticalBox::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPStatisticalBox : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerPen READ whiskerPen WRITE setWhiskerPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen whiskerBarPen READ whiskerBarPen WRITE setWhiskerBarPen) + Q_PROPERTY(bool whiskerAntialiased READ whiskerAntialiased WRITE setWhiskerAntialiased) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen medianPen READ medianPen WRITE setMedianPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle READ outlierStyle WRITE setOutlierStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPStatisticalBox(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + QPen whiskerPen() const { + return mWhiskerPen; + } + QPen whiskerBarPen() const { + return mWhiskerBarPen; + } + bool whiskerAntialiased() const { + return mWhiskerAntialiased; + } + QPen medianPen() const { + return mMedianPen; + } + QCPScatterStyle outlierStyle() const { + return mOutlierStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerWidth(double width); + void setWhiskerPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerBarPen(const QPen &pen); + void setWhiskerAntialiased(bool enabled); + void setMedianPen(const QPen &pen); + void setOutlierStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &minimum, const QVector &lowerQuartile, const QVector &median, const QVector &upperQuartile, const QVector &maximum, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double minimum, double lowerQuartile, double median, double upperQuartile, double maximum, const QVector &outliers = QVector()); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // property members: + double mWidth; + double mWhiskerWidth; + QPen mWhiskerPen, mWhiskerBarPen; + bool mWhiskerAntialiased; + QPen mMedianPen; + QCPScatterStyle mOutlierStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawStatisticalBox(QCPPainter *painter, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it, const QCPScatterStyle &outlierStyle) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF getQuartileBox(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBackboneLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + QVector getWhiskerBarLines(QCPStatisticalBoxDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-statisticalbox.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7092 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMapData +{ +public: + QCPColorMapData(int keySize, int valueSize, const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + ~QCPColorMapData(); + QCPColorMapData(const QCPColorMapData &other); + QCPColorMapData &operator=(const QCPColorMapData &other); + + // getters: + int keySize() const { + return mKeySize; + } + int valueSize() const { + return mValueSize; + } + QCPRange keyRange() const { + return mKeyRange; + } + QCPRange valueRange() const { + return mValueRange; + } + QCPRange dataBounds() const { + return mDataBounds; + } + double data(double key, double value); + double cell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + unsigned char alpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex); + + // setters: + void setSize(int keySize, int valueSize); + void setKeySize(int keySize); + void setValueSize(int valueSize); + void setRange(const QCPRange &keyRange, const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setKeyRange(const QCPRange &keyRange); + void setValueRange(const QCPRange &valueRange); + void setData(double key, double value, double z); + void setCell(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double z); + void setAlpha(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, unsigned char alpha); + + // non-property methods: + void recalculateDataBounds(); + void clear(); + void clearAlpha(); + void fill(double z); + void fillAlpha(unsigned char alpha); + bool isEmpty() const { + return mIsEmpty; + } + void coordToCell(double key, double value, int *keyIndex, int *valueIndex) const; + void cellToCoord(int keyIndex, int valueIndex, double *key, double *value) const; + +protected: + // property members: + int mKeySize, mValueSize; + QCPRange mKeyRange, mValueRange; + bool mIsEmpty; + + // non-property members: + double *mData; + unsigned char *mAlpha; + QCPRange mDataBounds; + bool mDataModified; + + bool createAlpha(bool initializeOpaque = true); + + friend class QCPColorMap; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPColorMap : public QCPAbstractPlottable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QCPRange dataRange READ dataRange WRITE setDataRange NOTIFY dataRangeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType READ dataScaleType WRITE setDataScaleType NOTIFY dataScaleTypeChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorGradient gradient READ gradient WRITE setGradient NOTIFY gradientChanged) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolate READ interpolate WRITE setInterpolate) + Q_PROPERTY(bool tightBoundary READ tightBoundary WRITE setTightBoundary) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPColorScale *colorScale READ colorScale WRITE setColorScale) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPColorMap(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPColorMap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QCPColorMapData *data() const { + return mMapData; + } + QCPRange dataRange() const { + return mDataRange; + } + QCPAxis::ScaleType dataScaleType() const { + return mDataScaleType; + } + bool interpolate() const { + return mInterpolate; + } + bool tightBoundary() const { + return mTightBoundary; + } + QCPColorGradient gradient() const { + return mGradient; + } + QCPColorScale *colorScale() const { + return mColorScale.data(); + } + + // setters: + void setData(QCPColorMapData *data, bool copy = false); + Q_SLOT void setDataRange(const QCPRange &dataRange); + Q_SLOT void setDataScaleType(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + Q_SLOT void setGradient(const QCPColorGradient &gradient); + void setInterpolate(bool enabled); + void setTightBoundary(bool enabled); + void setColorScale(QCPColorScale *colorScale); + + // non-property methods: + void rescaleDataRange(bool recalculateDataBounds = false); + Q_SLOT void updateLegendIcon(Qt::TransformationMode transformMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation, const QSize &thumbSize = QSize(32, 18)); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +signals: + void dataRangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void dataScaleTypeChanged(QCPAxis::ScaleType scaleType); + void gradientChanged(const QCPColorGradient &newGradient); + +protected: + // property members: + QCPRange mDataRange; + QCPAxis::ScaleType mDataScaleType; + QCPColorMapData *mMapData; + QCPColorGradient mGradient; + bool mInterpolate; + bool mTightBoundary; + QPointer mColorScale; + + // non-property members: + QImage mMapImage, mUndersampledMapImage; + QPixmap mLegendIcon; + bool mMapImageInvalidated; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void updateMapImage(); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-colormap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 8644 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancialData +{ +public: + QCPFinancialData(); + QCPFinancialData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + inline double sortKey() const { + return key; + } + inline static QCPFinancialData fromSortKey(double sortKey) { + return QCPFinancialData(sortKey, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + inline static bool sortKeyIsMainKey() { + return true; + } + + inline double mainKey() const { + return key; + } + inline double mainValue() const { + return open; + } + + inline QCPRange valueRange() const { + return QCPRange(low, high); // open and close must lie between low and high, so we don't need to check them + } + + double key, open, high, low, close; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPFinancialData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPFinancialDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPFinancialData points. The data is stored sorted by \a key. + + This template instantiation is the container in which QCPFinancial holds its data. For details + about the generic container, see the documentation of the class template \ref QCPDataContainer. + + \see QCPFinancialData, QCPFinancial::setData +*/ +typedef QCPDataContainer QCPFinancialDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPFinancial : public QCPAbstractPlottable1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(ChartStyle chartStyle READ chartStyle WRITE setChartStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(double width READ width WRITE setWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(WidthType widthType READ widthType WRITE setWidthType) + Q_PROPERTY(bool twoColored READ twoColored WRITE setTwoColored) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushPositive READ brushPositive WRITE setBrushPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brushNegative READ brushNegative WRITE setBrushNegative) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penPositive READ penPositive WRITE setPenPositive) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen penNegative READ penNegative WRITE setPenNegative) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the ways the width of the financial bar can be specified. Thus it defines what the + number passed to \ref setWidth actually means. + + \see setWidthType, setWidth + */ + enum WidthType { wtAbsolute ///< width is in absolute pixels + , wtAxisRectRatio ///< width is given by a fraction of the axis rect size + , wtPlotCoords ///< width is in key coordinates and thus scales with the key axis range + }; + Q_ENUMS(WidthType) + + /*! + Defines the possible representations of OHLC data in the plot. + + \see setChartStyle + */ + enum ChartStyle { csOhlc ///< Open-High-Low-Close bar representation + , csCandlestick ///< Candlestick representation + }; + Q_ENUMS(ChartStyle) + + explicit QCPFinancial(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPFinancial() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + ChartStyle chartStyle() const { + return mChartStyle; + } + double width() const { + return mWidth; + } + WidthType widthType() const { + return mWidthType; + } + bool twoColored() const { + return mTwoColored; + } + QBrush brushPositive() const { + return mBrushPositive; + } + QBrush brushNegative() const { + return mBrushNegative; + } + QPen penPositive() const { + return mPenPositive; + } + QPen penNegative() const { + return mPenNegative; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setChartStyle(ChartStyle style); + void setWidth(double width); + void setWidthType(WidthType widthType); + void setTwoColored(bool twoColored); + void setBrushPositive(const QBrush &brush); + void setBrushNegative(const QBrush &brush); + void setPenPositive(const QPen &pen); + void setPenNegative(const QPen &pen); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &open, const QVector &high, const QVector &low, const QVector &close, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double open, double high, double low, double close); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // static methods: + static QCPFinancialDataContainer timeSeriesToOhlc(const QVector &time, const QVector &value, double timeBinSize, double timeBinOffset = 0); + +protected: + // property members: + ChartStyle mChartStyle; + double mWidth; + WidthType mWidthType; + bool mTwoColored; + QBrush mBrushPositive, mBrushNegative; + QPen mPenPositive, mPenNegative; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawOhlcPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + void drawCandlestickPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, bool isSelected); + double getPixelWidth(double key, double keyPixel) const; + double ohlcSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + double candlestickSelectTest(const QPointF &pos, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &closestDataPoint) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + QRectF selectionHitBox(QCPFinancialDataContainer::const_iterator it) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPFinancial::ChartStyle) + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-financial.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 7749 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBarsData +{ +public: + QCPErrorBarsData(); + explicit QCPErrorBarsData(double error); + QCPErrorBarsData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + double errorMinus, errorPlus; +}; +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCPErrorBarsData, Q_PRIMITIVE_TYPE); + + +/*! \typedef QCPErrorBarsDataContainer + + Container for storing \ref QCPErrorBarsData points. It is a typedef for QVector<\ref + QCPErrorBarsData>. + + This is the container in which \ref QCPErrorBars holds its data. Unlike most other data + containers for plottables, it is not based on \ref QCPDataContainer. This is because the error + bars plottable is special in that it doesn't store its own key and value coordinate per error + bar. It adopts the key and value from the plottable to which the error bars shall be applied + (\ref QCPErrorBars::setDataPlottable). So the stored \ref QCPErrorBarsData doesn't need a + sortable key, but merely an index (as \c QVector provides), which maps one-to-one to the indices + of the other plottable's data. + + \see QCPErrorBarsData, QCPErrorBars::setData +*/ +typedef QVector QCPErrorBarsDataContainer; + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPErrorBars : public QCPAbstractPlottable, public QCPPlottableInterface1D +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QSharedPointer data READ data WRITE setData) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable READ dataPlottable WRITE setDataPlottable) + Q_PROPERTY(ErrorType errorType READ errorType WRITE setErrorType) + Q_PROPERTY(double whiskerWidth READ whiskerWidth WRITE setWhiskerWidth) + Q_PROPERTY(double symbolGap READ symbolGap WRITE setSymbolGap) + /// \endcond +public: + + /*! + Defines in which orientation the error bars shall appear. If your data needs both error + dimensions, create two \ref QCPErrorBars with different \ref ErrorType. + + \see setErrorType + */ + enum ErrorType { etKeyError ///< The errors are for the key dimension (bars appear parallel to the key axis) + , etValueError ///< The errors are for the value dimension (bars appear parallel to the value axis) + }; + Q_ENUMS(ErrorType) + + explicit QCPErrorBars(QCPAxis *keyAxis, QCPAxis *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPErrorBars() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // getters: + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + QCPAbstractPlottable *dataPlottable() const { + return mDataPlottable.data(); + } + ErrorType errorType() const { + return mErrorType; + } + double whiskerWidth() const { + return mWhiskerWidth; + } + double symbolGap() const { + return mSymbolGap; + } + + // setters: + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &error); + void setData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void setDataPlottable(QCPAbstractPlottable *plottable); + void setErrorType(ErrorType type); + void setWhiskerWidth(double pixels); + void setSymbolGap(double pixels); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &error); + void addData(const QVector &errorMinus, const QVector &errorPlus); + void addData(double error); + void addData(double errorMinus, double errorPlus); + + // virtual methods of 1d plottable interface: + virtual int dataCount() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataSortKey(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual double dataMainValue(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange dataValueRange(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF dataPixelPosition(int index) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual bool sortKeyIsMainKey() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPDataSelection selectTestRect(const QRectF &rect, bool onlySelectable) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findBegin(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual int findEnd(double sortKey, bool expandedRange = true) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE { return this; } + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer mDataContainer; + QPointer mDataPlottable; + ErrorType mErrorType; + double mWhiskerWidth; + double mSymbolGap; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void getErrorBarLines(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator it, QVector &backbones, QVector &whiskers) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPErrorBarsDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + // helpers: + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + bool errorBarVisible(int index) const; + bool rectIntersectsLine(const QRectF &pixelRect, const QLineF &line) const; + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPLegend; +}; + +/* end of 'src/plottables/plottable-errorbar.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-straightline.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3137 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemStraightLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemStraightLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemStraightLine() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const point1; + QCPItemPosition *const point2; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedStraightLine(const QCPVector2D &base, const QCPVector2D &vec, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-straightline.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-line.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3429 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemLine : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemLine(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemLine() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QLineF getRectClippedLine(const QCPVector2D &start, const QCPVector2D &end, const QRect &rect) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-line.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-curve.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3401 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemCurve : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding head READ head WRITE setHead) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPLineEnding tail READ tail WRITE setTail) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemCurve(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemCurve() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QCPLineEnding head() const { + return mHead; + } + QCPLineEnding tail() const { + return mTail; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setHead(const QCPLineEnding &head); + void setTail(const QCPLineEnding &tail); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const start; + QCPItemPosition *const startDir; + QCPItemPosition *const endDir; + QCPItemPosition *const end; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QCPLineEnding mHead, mTail; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-curve.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-rect.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3710 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemRect : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemRect(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemRect() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-rect.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-text.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 5576 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemText : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QColor color READ color WRITE setColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QColor selectedColor READ selectedColor WRITE setSelectedColor) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont font READ font WRITE setFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QFont selectedFont READ selectedFont WRITE setSelectedFont) + Q_PROPERTY(QString text READ text WRITE setText) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment positionAlignment READ positionAlignment WRITE setPositionAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::Alignment textAlignment READ textAlignment WRITE setTextAlignment) + Q_PROPERTY(double rotation READ rotation WRITE setRotation) + Q_PROPERTY(QMargins padding READ padding WRITE setPadding) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemText(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemText() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QColor color() const { + return mColor; + } + QColor selectedColor() const { + return mSelectedColor; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + QFont font() const { + return mFont; + } + QFont selectedFont() const { + return mSelectedFont; + } + QString text() const { + return mText; + } + Qt::Alignment positionAlignment() const { + return mPositionAlignment; + } + Qt::Alignment textAlignment() const { + return mTextAlignment; + } + double rotation() const { + return mRotation; + } + QMargins padding() const { + return mPadding; + } + + // setters; + void setColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedColor(const QColor &color); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedFont(const QFont &font); + void setText(const QString &text); + void setPositionAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setTextAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment); + void setRotation(double degrees); + void setPadding(const QMargins &padding); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeft, aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottomRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QColor mColor, mSelectedColor; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + QFont mFont, mSelectedFont; + QString mText; + Qt::Alignment mPositionAlignment; + Qt::Alignment mTextAlignment; + double mRotation; + QMargins mPadding; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPointF getTextDrawPoint(const QPointF &pos, const QRectF &rect, Qt::Alignment positionAlignment) const; + QFont mainFont() const; + QColor mainColor() const; + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-text.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-ellipse.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3890 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemEllipse : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemEllipse(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemEllipse() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const topLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomRightRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeftRim; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTopLeftRim, aiTop, aiTopRightRim, aiRight, aiBottomRightRim, aiBottom, aiBottomLeftRim, aiLeft, aiCenter}; + + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-ellipse.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-pixmap.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4407 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemPixmap : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES Q_PROPERTY(QPixmap pixmap READ pixmap WRITE setPixmap) + Q_PROPERTY(bool scaled READ scaled WRITE setScaled) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode READ aspectRatioMode) + Q_PROPERTY(Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode READ transformationMode) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + /// \endcond +public: + explicit QCPItemPixmap(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemPixmap() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPixmap pixmap() const { + return mPixmap; + } + bool scaled() const { + return mScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode() const { + return mAspectRatioMode; + } + Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode() const { + return mTransformationMode; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + + // setters; + void setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void setScaled(bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode = Qt::KeepAspectRatio, Qt::TransformationMode transformationMode = Qt::SmoothTransformation); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const topLeft; + QCPItemPosition *const bottomRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const top; + QCPItemAnchor *const topRight; + QCPItemAnchor *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottom; + QCPItemAnchor *const bottomLeft; + QCPItemAnchor *const left; + +protected: + enum AnchorIndex {aiTop, aiTopRight, aiRight, aiBottom, aiBottomLeft, aiLeft}; + + // property members: + QPixmap mPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledPixmap; + bool mScaled; + bool mScaledPixmapInvalidated; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mAspectRatioMode; + Qt::TransformationMode mTransformationMode; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateScaledPixmap(QRect finalRect = QRect(), bool flipHorz = false, bool flipVert = false); + QRect getFinalRect(bool *flippedHorz = nullptr, bool *flippedVert = nullptr) const; + QPen mainPen() const; +}; + +/* end of 'src/items/item-pixmap.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-tracer.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4811 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemTracer : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush brush READ brush WRITE setBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(QBrush selectedBrush READ selectedBrush WRITE setSelectedBrush) + Q_PROPERTY(double size READ size WRITE setSize) + Q_PROPERTY(TracerStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + Q_PROPERTY(QCPGraph *graph READ graph WRITE setGraph) + Q_PROPERTY(double graphKey READ graphKey WRITE setGraphKey) + Q_PROPERTY(bool interpolating READ interpolating WRITE setInterpolating) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + The different visual appearances a tracer item can have. Some styles size may be controlled with \ref setSize. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum TracerStyle { tsNone ///< The tracer is not visible + , tsPlus ///< A plus shaped crosshair with limited size + , tsCrosshair ///< A plus shaped crosshair which spans the complete axis rect + , tsCircle ///< A circle + , tsSquare ///< A square + }; + Q_ENUMS(TracerStyle) + + explicit QCPItemTracer(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemTracer() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + QBrush selectedBrush() const { + return mSelectedBrush; + } + double size() const { + return mSize; + } + TracerStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + QCPGraph *graph() const { + return mGraph; + } + double graphKey() const { + return mGraphKey; + } + bool interpolating() const { + return mInterpolating; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSelectedBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setSize(double size); + void setStyle(TracerStyle style); + void setGraph(QCPGraph *graph); + void setGraphKey(double key); + void setInterpolating(bool enabled); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updatePosition(); + + QCPItemPosition *const position; + +protected: + // property members: + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + QBrush mBrush, mSelectedBrush; + double mSize; + TracerStyle mStyle; + QCPGraph *mGraph; + double mGraphKey; + bool mInterpolating; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; + QBrush mainBrush() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemTracer::TracerStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-tracer.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/items/item-bracket.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 3991 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPItemBracket : public QCPAbstractItem +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + Q_PROPERTY(QPen pen READ pen WRITE setPen) + Q_PROPERTY(QPen selectedPen READ selectedPen WRITE setSelectedPen) + Q_PROPERTY(double length READ length WRITE setLength) + Q_PROPERTY(BracketStyle style READ style WRITE setStyle) + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the various visual shapes of the bracket item. The appearance can be further modified + by \ref setLength and \ref setPen. + + \see setStyle + */ + enum BracketStyle { bsSquare ///< A brace with angled edges + , bsRound ///< A brace with round edges + , bsCurly ///< A curly brace + , bsCalligraphic ///< A curly brace with varying stroke width giving a calligraphic impression + }; + Q_ENUMS(BracketStyle) + + explicit QCPItemBracket(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPItemBracket() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // getters: + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QPen selectedPen() const { + return mSelectedPen; + } + double length() const { + return mLength; + } + BracketStyle style() const { + return mStyle; + } + + // setters; + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLength(double length); + void setStyle(BracketStyle style); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = nullptr) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + QCPItemPosition *const left; + QCPItemPosition *const right; + QCPItemAnchor *const center; + +protected: + // property members: + enum AnchorIndex {aiCenter}; + QPen mPen, mSelectedPen; + double mLength; + BracketStyle mStyle; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QPointF anchorPixelPosition(int anchorId) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen mainPen() const; +}; +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPItemBracket::BracketStyle) + +/* end of 'src/items/item-bracket.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/radialaxis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 12227 */ + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarAxisRadial : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the reference of the angle at which a radial axis is tilted (\ref setAngle). + */ + enum AngleReference { arAbsolute ///< The axis tilt is given in absolute degrees. The zero is to the right and positive angles are measured counter-clockwise. + , arAngularAxis ///< The axis tilt is measured in the angular coordinate system given by the parent angular axis. + }; + Q_ENUMS(AngleReference) + /*! + Defines the scale of an axis. + \see setScaleType + */ + enum ScaleType { stLinear ///< Linear scaling + , stLogarithmic ///< Logarithmic scaling with correspondingly transformed axis coordinates (possibly also \ref setTicker to a \ref QCPAxisTickerLog instance). + }; + Q_ENUMS(ScaleType) + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + enum LabelMode { lmUpright ///< + , lmRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelMode) + + explicit QCPPolarAxisRadial(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parent); + virtual ~QCPPolarAxisRadial(); + + // getters: + bool rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + bool rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + double rangeZoomFactor() const { + return mRangeZoomFactor; + } + + QCPPolarAxisAngular *angularAxis() const { + return mAngularAxis; + } + ScaleType scaleType() const { + return mScaleType; + } + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + double angle() const { + return mAngle; + } + AngleReference angleReference() const { + return mAngleReference; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const { + return mLabelPainter.padding(); + } + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const { + return mLabelPainter.rotation(); + } + LabelMode tickLabelMode() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector subTickVector() const { + return mSubTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const; + int tickLengthOut() const; + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const; + int subTickLengthOut() const; + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const; + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + + // setters: + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + Q_SLOT void setScaleType(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType type); + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setAngle(double degrees); + void setAngleReference(AngleReference reference); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + void pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const; + QPointF coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const; + double coordToRadius(double coord) const; + double radiusToCoord(double radius) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void scaleTypeChanged(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType scaleType); + void selectionChanged(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + bool mRangeDrag; + bool mRangeZoom; + double mRangeZoomFactor; + + // axis base: + QCPPolarAxisAngular *mAngularAxis; + double mAngle; + AngleReference mAngleReference; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + // axis label: + int mLabelPadding; + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; in label painter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; in label painter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + bool mNumberMultiplyCross; + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + ScaleType mScaleType; + + // non-property members: + QPointF mCenter; + double mRadius; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mSubTickVector; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragStartRange; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + QCPLabelPainterPrivate mLabelPainter; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // mouse events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void updateGeometry(const QPointF ¢er, double radius); + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarAxisRadial) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPPolarAxisAngular; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::AngleReference) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::ScaleType) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisRadial::SelectablePart) + + + +/* end of 'src/polar/radialaxis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 13461 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarAxisAngular : public QCPLayoutElement +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines the selectable parts of an axis. + \see setSelectableParts, setSelectedParts + */ + enum SelectablePart { spNone = 0 ///< None of the selectable parts + , spAxis = 0x001 ///< The axis backbone and tick marks + , spTickLabels = 0x002 ///< Tick labels (numbers) of this axis (as a whole, not individually) + , spAxisLabel = 0x004 ///< The axis label + }; + Q_ENUMS(SelectablePart) + Q_FLAGS(SelectableParts) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(SelectableParts, SelectablePart) + + /*! + TODO + */ + enum LabelMode { lmUpright ///< + , lmRotated ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(LabelMode) + + explicit QCPPolarAxisAngular(QCustomPlot *parentPlot); + virtual ~QCPPolarAxisAngular(); + + // getters: + QPixmap background() const { + return mBackgroundPixmap; + } + QBrush backgroundBrush() const { + return mBackgroundBrush; + } + bool backgroundScaled() const { + return mBackgroundScaled; + } + Qt::AspectRatioMode backgroundScaledMode() const { + return mBackgroundScaledMode; + } + bool rangeDrag() const { + return mRangeDrag; + } + bool rangeZoom() const { + return mRangeZoom; + } + double rangeZoomFactor() const { + return mRangeZoomFactor; + } + + const QCPRange range() const { + return mRange; + } + bool rangeReversed() const { + return mRangeReversed; + } + double angle() const { + return mAngle; + } + QSharedPointer ticker() const { + return mTicker; + } + bool ticks() const { + return mTicks; + } + bool tickLabels() const { + return mTickLabels; + } + int tickLabelPadding() const { + return mLabelPainter.padding(); + } + QFont tickLabelFont() const { + return mTickLabelFont; + } + QColor tickLabelColor() const { + return mTickLabelColor; + } + double tickLabelRotation() const { + return mLabelPainter.rotation(); + } + LabelMode tickLabelMode() const; + QString numberFormat() const; + int numberPrecision() const { + return mNumberPrecision; + } + QVector tickVector() const { + return mTickVector; + } + QVector tickVectorLabels() const { + return mTickVectorLabels; + } + int tickLengthIn() const { + return mTickLengthIn; + } + int tickLengthOut() const { + return mTickLengthOut; + } + bool subTicks() const { + return mSubTicks; + } + int subTickLengthIn() const { + return mSubTickLengthIn; + } + int subTickLengthOut() const { + return mSubTickLengthOut; + } + QPen basePen() const { + return mBasePen; + } + QPen tickPen() const { + return mTickPen; + } + QPen subTickPen() const { + return mSubTickPen; + } + QFont labelFont() const { + return mLabelFont; + } + QColor labelColor() const { + return mLabelColor; + } + QString label() const { + return mLabel; + } + int labelPadding() const { + return mLabelPadding; + } + SelectableParts selectedParts() const { + return mSelectedParts; + } + SelectableParts selectableParts() const { + return mSelectableParts; + } + QFont selectedTickLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelFont; + } + QFont selectedLabelFont() const { + return mSelectedLabelFont; + } + QColor selectedTickLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedTickLabelColor; + } + QColor selectedLabelColor() const { + return mSelectedLabelColor; + } + QPen selectedBasePen() const { + return mSelectedBasePen; + } + QPen selectedTickPen() const { + return mSelectedTickPen; + } + QPen selectedSubTickPen() const { + return mSelectedSubTickPen; + } + QCPPolarGrid *grid() const { + return mGrid; + } + + // setters: + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm); + void setBackground(const QPixmap &pm, bool scaled, Qt::AspectRatioMode mode = Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding); + void setBackground(const QBrush &brush); + void setBackgroundScaled(bool scaled); + void setBackgroundScaledMode(Qt::AspectRatioMode mode); + void setRangeDrag(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoom(bool enabled); + void setRangeZoomFactor(double factor); + + Q_SLOT void setRange(const QCPRange &range); + void setRange(double lower, double upper); + void setRange(double position, double size, Qt::AlignmentFlag alignment); + void setRangeLower(double lower); + void setRangeUpper(double upper); + void setRangeReversed(bool reversed); + void setAngle(double degrees); + void setTicker(QSharedPointer ticker); + void setTicks(bool show); + void setTickLabels(bool show); + void setTickLabelPadding(int padding); + void setTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setTickLabelRotation(double degrees); + void setTickLabelMode(LabelMode mode); + void setNumberFormat(const QString &formatCode); + void setNumberPrecision(int precision); + void setTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setSubTicks(bool show); + void setSubTickLength(int inside, int outside = 0); + void setSubTickLengthIn(int inside); + void setSubTickLengthOut(int outside); + void setBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setLabel(const QString &str); + void setLabelPadding(int padding); + void setLabelPosition(Qt::AlignmentFlag position); + void setSelectedTickLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedLabelFont(const QFont &font); + void setSelectedTickLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedLabelColor(const QColor &color); + void setSelectedBasePen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedTickPen(const QPen &pen); + void setSelectedSubTickPen(const QPen &pen); + Q_SLOT void setSelectableParts(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &selectableParts); + Q_SLOT void setSelectedParts(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &selectedParts); + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void update(UpdatePhase phase) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QList elements(bool recursive) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-property methods: + bool removeGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph); + int radialAxisCount() const; + QCPPolarAxisRadial *radialAxis(int index = 0) const; + QList radialAxes() const; + QCPPolarAxisRadial *addRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis = 0); + bool removeRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + QCPLayoutInset *insetLayout() const { + return mInsetLayout; + } + QRegion exactClipRegion() const; + + void moveRange(double diff); + void scaleRange(double factor); + void scaleRange(double factor, double center); + void rescale(bool onlyVisiblePlottables = false); + double coordToAngleRad(double coord) const { + return mAngleRad + (coord - mRange.lower) / mRange.size() * (mRangeReversed ? -2.0 * M_PI : 2.0 * M_PI); // mention in doc that return doesn't wrap + } + double angleRadToCoord(double angleRad) const { + return mRange.lower + (angleRad - mAngleRad) / (mRangeReversed ? -2.0 * M_PI : 2.0 * M_PI) * mRange.size(); + } + void pixelToCoord(QPointF pixelPos, double &angleCoord, double &radiusCoord) const; + QPointF coordToPixel(double angleCoord, double radiusCoord) const; + SelectablePart getPartAt(const QPointF &pos) const; + + // read-only interface imitating a QRect: + int left() const { + return mRect.left(); + } + int right() const { + return mRect.right(); + } + int top() const { + return mRect.top(); + } + int bottom() const { + return mRect.bottom(); + } + int width() const { + return mRect.width(); + } + int height() const { + return mRect.height(); + } + QSize size() const { + return mRect.size(); + } + QPoint topLeft() const { + return mRect.topLeft(); + } + QPoint topRight() const { + return mRect.topRight(); + } + QPoint bottomLeft() const { + return mRect.bottomLeft(); + } + QPoint bottomRight() const { + return mRect.bottomRight(); + } + QPointF center() const { + return mCenter; + } + double radius() const { + return mRadius; + } + +signals: + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange); + void rangeChanged(const QCPRange &newRange, const QCPRange &oldRange); + void selectionChanged(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &parts); + void selectableChanged(const QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts &parts); + +protected: + // property members: + QBrush mBackgroundBrush; + QPixmap mBackgroundPixmap; + QPixmap mScaledBackgroundPixmap; + bool mBackgroundScaled; + Qt::AspectRatioMode mBackgroundScaledMode; + QCPLayoutInset *mInsetLayout; + bool mRangeDrag; + bool mRangeZoom; + double mRangeZoomFactor; + + // axis base: + double mAngle, mAngleRad; + SelectableParts mSelectableParts, mSelectedParts; + QPen mBasePen, mSelectedBasePen; + // axis label: + int mLabelPadding; + QString mLabel; + QFont mLabelFont, mSelectedLabelFont; + QColor mLabelColor, mSelectedLabelColor; + // tick labels: + //int mTickLabelPadding; in label painter + bool mTickLabels; + //double mTickLabelRotation; in label painter + QFont mTickLabelFont, mSelectedTickLabelFont; + QColor mTickLabelColor, mSelectedTickLabelColor; + int mNumberPrecision; + QLatin1Char mNumberFormatChar; + bool mNumberBeautifulPowers; + bool mNumberMultiplyCross; + // ticks and subticks: + bool mTicks; + bool mSubTicks; + int mTickLengthIn, mTickLengthOut, mSubTickLengthIn, mSubTickLengthOut; + QPen mTickPen, mSelectedTickPen; + QPen mSubTickPen, mSelectedSubTickPen; + // scale and range: + QCPRange mRange; + bool mRangeReversed; + + // non-property members: + QPointF mCenter; + double mRadius; + QList mRadialAxes; + QCPPolarGrid *mGrid; + QList mGraphs; + QSharedPointer mTicker; + QVector mTickVector; + QVector mTickVectorLabels; + QVector mTickVectorCosSin; + QVector mSubTickVector; + QVector mSubTickVectorCosSin; + bool mDragging; + QCPRange mDragAngularStart; + QList mDragRadialStart; + QCP::AntialiasedElements mAADragBackup, mNotAADragBackup; + QCPLabelPainterPrivate mLabelPainter; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + // events: + virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QVariant &details) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event, const QPointF &startPos) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + bool registerPolarGraph(QCPPolarGraph *graph); + void drawBackground(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius); + void setupTickVectors(); + QPen getBasePen() const; + QPen getTickPen() const; + QPen getSubTickPen() const; + QFont getTickLabelFont() const; + QFont getLabelFont() const; + QColor getTickLabelColor() const; + QColor getLabelColor() const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarAxisAngular) + + friend class QCustomPlot; + friend class QCPPolarGrid; + friend class QCPPolarGraph; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectableParts) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarAxisAngular::SelectablePart) + +/* end of 'src/polar/layoutelement-angularaxis.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargrid.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 4506 */ + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarGrid : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + TODO + */ + enum GridType { gtAngular = 0x01 ///< + , gtRadial = 0x02 ///< + , gtAll = 0xFF ///< + , gtNone = 0x00 ///< + }; + Q_ENUMS(GridType) + Q_FLAGS(GridTypes) + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(GridTypes, GridType) + + explicit QCPPolarGrid(QCPPolarAxisAngular *parentAxis); + + // getters: + QCPPolarAxisRadial *radialAxis() const { + return mRadialAxis.data(); + } + GridTypes type() const { + return mType; + } + GridTypes subGridType() const { + return mSubGridType; + } + bool antialiasedSubGrid() const { + return mAntialiasedSubGrid; + } + bool antialiasedZeroLine() const { + return mAntialiasedZeroLine; + } + QPen angularPen() const { + return mAngularPen; + } + QPen angularSubGridPen() const { + return mAngularSubGridPen; + } + QPen radialPen() const { + return mRadialPen; + } + QPen radialSubGridPen() const { + return mRadialSubGridPen; + } + QPen radialZeroLinePen() const { + return mRadialZeroLinePen; + } + + // setters: + void setRadialAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + void setType(GridTypes type); + void setSubGridType(GridTypes type); + void setAntialiasedSubGrid(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedZeroLine(bool enabled); + void setAngularPen(const QPen &pen); + void setAngularSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialSubGridPen(const QPen &pen); + void setRadialZeroLinePen(const QPen &pen); + +protected: + // property members: + GridTypes mType; + GridTypes mSubGridType; + bool mAntialiasedSubGrid, mAntialiasedZeroLine; + QPen mAngularPen, mAngularSubGridPen; + QPen mRadialPen, mRadialSubGridPen, mRadialZeroLinePen; + + // non-property members: + QCPPolarAxisAngular *mParentAxis; + QPointer mRadialAxis; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + void drawRadialGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, const QVector &coords, const QPen &pen, const QPen &zeroPen = Qt::NoPen); + void drawAngularGrid(QCPPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, double radius, const QVector &ticksCosSin, const QPen &pen); + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarGrid) + +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QCPPolarGrid::GridTypes) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QCPPolarGrid::GridType) + + +/* end of 'src/polar/polargrid.h' */ + + +/* including file 'src/polar/polargraph.h' */ +/* modified 2021-03-29T02:30:44, size 9606 */ + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarLegendItem : public QCPAbstractLegendItem +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: QCPPolarLegendItem(QCPLegend *parent, QCPPolarGraph *graph); + + // getters: + QCPPolarGraph *polarGraph() { + return mPolarGraph; + } + +protected: + // property members: + QCPPolarGraph *mPolarGraph; + + // reimplemented virtual methods: + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + virtual QSize minimumOuterSizeHint() const Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + // non-virtual methods: + QPen getIconBorderPen() const; + QColor getTextColor() const; + QFont getFont() const; +}; + + +class QCP_LIB_DECL QCPPolarGraph : public QCPLayerable +{ + Q_OBJECT + /// \cond INCLUDE_QPROPERTIES + + /// \endcond +public: + /*! + Defines how the graph's line is represented visually in the plot. The line is drawn with the + current pen of the graph (\ref setPen). + \see setLineStyle + */ + enum LineStyle { lsNone ///< data points are not connected with any lines (e.g. data only represented + ///< with symbols according to the scatter style, see \ref setScatterStyle) + , lsLine ///< data points are connected by a straight line + }; + Q_ENUMS(LineStyle) + + QCPPolarGraph(QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis, QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis); + virtual ~QCPPolarGraph(); + + // getters: + QString name() const { + return mName; + } + bool antialiasedFill() const { + return mAntialiasedFill; + } + bool antialiasedScatters() const { + return mAntialiasedScatters; + } + QPen pen() const { + return mPen; + } + QBrush brush() const { + return mBrush; + } + bool periodic() const { + return mPeriodic; + } + QCPPolarAxisAngular *keyAxis() const { + return mKeyAxis.data(); + } + QCPPolarAxisRadial *valueAxis() const { + return mValueAxis.data(); + } + QCP::SelectionType selectable() const { + return mSelectable; + } + bool selected() const { + return !mSelection.isEmpty(); + } + QCPDataSelection selection() const { + return mSelection; + } + //QCPSelectionDecorator *selectionDecorator() const { return mSelectionDecorator; } + QSharedPointer data() const { + return mDataContainer; + } + LineStyle lineStyle() const { + return mLineStyle; + } + QCPScatterStyle scatterStyle() const { + return mScatterStyle; + } + + // setters: + void setName(const QString &name); + void setAntialiasedFill(bool enabled); + void setAntialiasedScatters(bool enabled); + void setPen(const QPen &pen); + void setBrush(const QBrush &brush); + void setPeriodic(bool enabled); + void setKeyAxis(QCPPolarAxisAngular *axis); + void setValueAxis(QCPPolarAxisRadial *axis); + Q_SLOT void setSelectable(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + Q_SLOT void setSelection(QCPDataSelection selection); + //void setSelectionDecorator(QCPSelectionDecorator *decorator); + void setData(QSharedPointer data); + void setData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void setLineStyle(LineStyle ls); + void setScatterStyle(const QCPScatterStyle &style); + + // non-property methods: + void addData(const QVector &keys, const QVector &values, bool alreadySorted = false); + void addData(double key, double value); + void coordsToPixels(double key, double value, double &x, double &y) const; + const QPointF coordsToPixels(double key, double value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(double x, double y, double &key, double &value) const; + void pixelsToCoords(const QPointF &pixelPos, double &key, double &value) const; + void rescaleAxes(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleKeyAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false) const; + void rescaleValueAxis(bool onlyEnlarge = false, bool inKeyRange = false) const; + bool addToLegend(QCPLegend *legend); + bool addToLegend(); + bool removeFromLegend(QCPLegend *legend) const; + bool removeFromLegend() const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual double selectTest(const QPointF &pos, bool onlySelectable, QVariant *details = 0) const; // actually introduced in QCPLayerable as non-pure, but we want to force reimplementation for plottables + virtual QCPPlottableInterface1D *interface1D() { + return 0; // TODO: return this later, when QCPAbstractPolarPlottable is created + } + virtual QCPRange getKeyRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth) const; + virtual QCPRange getValueRange(bool &foundRange, QCP::SignDomain inSignDomain = QCP::sdBoth, const QCPRange &inKeyRange = QCPRange()) const; + +signals: + void selectionChanged(bool selected); + void selectionChanged(const QCPDataSelection &selection); + void selectableChanged(QCP::SelectionType selectable); + +protected: + // property members: + QSharedPointer mDataContainer; + LineStyle mLineStyle; + QCPScatterStyle mScatterStyle; + QString mName; + bool mAntialiasedFill, mAntialiasedScatters; + QPen mPen; + QBrush mBrush; + bool mPeriodic; + QPointer mKeyAxis; + QPointer mValueAxis; + QCP::SelectionType mSelectable; + QCPDataSelection mSelection; + //QCPSelectionDecorator *mSelectionDecorator; + + // introduced virtual methods (later reimplemented TODO from QCPAbstractPolarPlottable): + virtual QRect clipRect() const; + virtual void draw(QCPPainter *painter); + virtual QCP::Interaction selectionCategory() const; + void applyDefaultAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + // events: + virtual void selectEvent(QMouseEvent *event, bool additive, const QVariant &details, bool *selectionStateChanged); + virtual void deselectEvent(bool *selectionStateChanged); + // virtual drawing helpers: + virtual void drawLinePlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lines) const; + virtual void drawFill(QCPPainter *painter, QVector *lines) const; + virtual void drawScatterPlot(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &scatters, const QCPScatterStyle &style) const; + + // introduced virtual methods: + virtual void drawLegendIcon(QCPPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect) const; + + // non-virtual methods: + void applyFillAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + void applyScattersAntialiasingHint(QCPPainter *painter) const; + double pointDistance(const QPointF &pixelPoint, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &closestData) const; + // drawing helpers: + virtual int dataCount() const; + void getDataSegments(QList &selectedSegments, QList &unselectedSegments) const; + void drawPolyline(QCPPainter *painter, const QVector &lineData) const; + void getVisibleDataBounds(QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end, const QCPDataRange &rangeRestriction) const; + void getLines(QVector *lines, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getScatters(QVector *scatters, const QCPDataRange &dataRange) const; + void getOptimizedLineData(QVector *lineData, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &begin, const QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator &end) const; + void getOptimizedScatterData(QVector *scatterData, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator begin, QCPGraphDataContainer::const_iterator end) const; + QVector dataToLines(const QVector &data) const; + +private: + Q_DISABLE_COPY(QCPPolarGraph) + + friend class QCPPolarLegendItem; +}; + +/* end of 'src/polar/polargraph.h' */ + + +#endif // QCUSTOMPLOT_H + diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/3rd_qhotkey.pri b/third/3rd_qhotkey/3rd_qhotkey.pri new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d5ef52 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/3rd_qhotkey.pri @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +CONFIG += C++11 +HEADERS += $$PWD/qhotkey.h +HEADERS += $$PWD/qhotkey_p.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/qhotkey.cpp + +win32 { +LIBS += -luser32 +SOURCES += $$PWD/qhotkey_win.cpp +} + +unix:!macx { +QT += x11extras +LIBS += -lX11 +SOURCES += $$PWD/qhotkey_x11.cpp +} + +macx { +LIBS += -framework Carbon +SOURCES += $$PWD/qhotkey_mac.cpp +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.cpp b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66bb93d --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +#include "qhotkey.h" +#include "qhotkey_p.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +QHotkey::QHotkey(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) +{ + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = 0; + _registered = false; +} + +QHotkey::QHotkey(const QKeySequence &sequence, bool autoRegister, QObject *parent) : QHotkey(parent) +{ + setShortcut(sequence, autoRegister); +} + +QHotkey::QHotkey(Qt::Key keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool autoRegister, QObject *parent) : QHotkey(parent) +{ + setShortcut(keyCode, modifiers, autoRegister); +} + +QHotkey::QHotkey(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &shortcut, bool autoRegister, QObject *parent) : QHotkey(parent) +{ + setNativeShortcut(shortcut, autoRegister); +} + +QHotkey::~QHotkey() +{ + if (_registered) { + QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->removeShortcut(this); + } +} + +QKeySequence QHotkey::shortcut() const +{ + if (_keyCode == Qt::Key_unknown) { + return QKeySequence(); + } else { + return QKeySequence(_keyCode | _modifiers); + } +} + +Qt::Key QHotkey::keyCode() const +{ + return _keyCode; +} + +Qt::KeyboardModifiers QHotkey::modifiers() const +{ + return _modifiers; +} + +QHotkey::NativeShortcut QHotkey::currentNativeShortcut() const +{ + return _nativeShortcut; +} + +bool QHotkey::isRegistered() const +{ + return _registered; +} + +bool QHotkey::setShortcut(const QKeySequence &shortcut, bool autoRegister) +{ + if (shortcut.isEmpty()) { + return resetShortcut(); + } else if (shortcut.count() > 1) { + qDebug() << "Keysequences with multiple shortcuts are not allowed Only the first shortcut will be used!";; + } + + return setShortcut(Qt::Key(shortcut[0] & ~Qt::KeyboardModifierMask), + Qt::KeyboardModifiers(shortcut[0] & Qt::KeyboardModifierMask), + autoRegister); +} + +bool QHotkey::setShortcut(Qt::Key keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool autoRegister) +{ + if (_registered) { + if (autoRegister) { + if (!QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->removeShortcut(this)) { + return false; + } + } else { + return false; + } + } + + if (keyCode == Qt::Key_unknown) { + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = NativeShortcut(); + return true; + } + + _keyCode = keyCode; + _modifiers = modifiers; + _nativeShortcut = QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->nativeShortcut(keyCode, modifiers); + if (_nativeShortcut.isValid()) { + if (autoRegister) { + return QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->addShortcut(this); + } else { + return true; + } + } else { + qDebug() << "Unable to map shortcut to native keys. Key:" << keyCode << "Modifiers:" << modifiers; + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = NativeShortcut(); + return false; + } +} + +bool QHotkey::resetShortcut() +{ + if (_registered && + !QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->removeShortcut(this)) { + return false; + } + + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = NativeShortcut(); + return true; +} + +bool QHotkey::setNativeShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut nativeShortcut, bool autoRegister) +{ + if (_registered) { + if (autoRegister) { + if (!QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->removeShortcut(this)) { + return false; + } + } else { + return false; + } + } + + if (nativeShortcut.isValid()) { + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = nativeShortcut; + if (autoRegister) { + return QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->addShortcut(this); + } else { + return true; + } + } else { + _keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + _modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + _nativeShortcut = NativeShortcut(); + return true; + } +} + +bool QHotkey::setRegistered(bool registered) +{ + if (_registered && !registered) { + return QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->removeShortcut(this); + } else if (!_registered && registered) { + if (!_nativeShortcut.isValid()) { + return false; + } else { + return QHotkeyPrivate::instance()->addShortcut(this); + } + } else { + return true; + } +} + + + +// ---------- QHotkeyPrivate implementation ---------- + +QHotkeyPrivate::QHotkeyPrivate() +{ + shortcuts = QMultiHash(); + Q_ASSERT_X(qApp, Q_FUNC_INFO, "QHotkey requires QCoreApplication to be instantiated"); + qApp->eventDispatcher()->installNativeEventFilter(this); +} + +QHotkeyPrivate::~QHotkeyPrivate() +{ + if (!shortcuts.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << "QHotkeyPrivate destroyed with registered shortcuts!"; + } + if (qApp && qApp->eventDispatcher()) { + qApp->eventDispatcher()->removeNativeEventFilter(this); + } +} + +QHotkey::NativeShortcut QHotkeyPrivate::nativeShortcut(Qt::Key keycode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) +{ + Qt::ConnectionType conType = (QThread::currentThread() == thread() ? + Qt::DirectConnection : + Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection); + QHotkey::NativeShortcut res; + if (!QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "nativeShortcutInvoked", conType, + Q_RETURN_ARG(QHotkey::NativeShortcut, res), + Q_ARG(Qt::Key, keycode), + Q_ARG(Qt::KeyboardModifiers, modifiers))) { + return QHotkey::NativeShortcut(); + } else { + return res; + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivate::addShortcut(QHotkey *hotkey) +{ + if (hotkey->_registered) { + return false; + } + + Qt::ConnectionType conType = (QThread::currentThread() == thread() ? + Qt::DirectConnection : + Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection); + bool res = false; + if (!QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "addShortcutInvoked", conType, + Q_RETURN_ARG(bool, res), + Q_ARG(QHotkey *, hotkey))) { + return false; + } else { + if (res) { + emit hotkey->registeredChanged(true); + } + return res; + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivate::removeShortcut(QHotkey *hotkey) +{ + if (!hotkey->_registered) { + return false; + } + + Qt::ConnectionType conType = (QThread::currentThread() == thread() ? + Qt::DirectConnection : + Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection); + bool res = false; + if (!QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "removeShortcutInvoked", conType, + Q_RETURN_ARG(bool, res), + Q_ARG(QHotkey *, hotkey))) { + return false; + } else { + if (res) { + emit hotkey->registeredChanged(false); + } + return res; + } +} + +void QHotkeyPrivate::activateShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + QMetaMethod signal = QMetaMethod::fromSignal(&QHotkey::activated); + foreach (QHotkey *hkey, shortcuts.values(shortcut)) { + signal.invoke(hkey, Qt::QueuedConnection); + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivate::addShortcutInvoked(QHotkey *hotkey) +{ + QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut = hotkey->_nativeShortcut; + + if (!shortcuts.contains(shortcut)) { + if (!registerShortcut(shortcut)) { + return false; + } + } + + shortcuts.insert(shortcut, hotkey); + hotkey->_registered = true; + return true; +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivate::removeShortcutInvoked(QHotkey *hotkey) +{ + QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut = hotkey->_nativeShortcut; + if (shortcuts.remove(shortcut, hotkey) == 0) { + return false; + } + + hotkey->_registered = false; + emit hotkey->registeredChanged(true); + + if (shortcuts.count(shortcut) == 0) { + return unregisterShortcut(shortcut); + } else { + return true; + } +} + +QHotkey::NativeShortcut QHotkeyPrivate::nativeShortcutInvoked(Qt::Key keycode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) +{ + bool ok1, ok2 = false; + quint32 k = nativeKeycode(keycode, ok1); + quint32 m = nativeModifiers(modifiers, ok2); + if (ok1 && ok2) { + return QHotkey::NativeShortcut(k, m); + } else { + return QHotkey::NativeShortcut(); + } +} + +QHotkey::NativeShortcut::NativeShortcut() +{ + this->key = Qt::Key_unknown; + this->modifier = Qt::NoModifier; + this->valid = false; +} + +QHotkey::NativeShortcut::NativeShortcut(quint32 key, quint32 modifier) +{ + this->key = key; + this->modifier = modifier; + this->valid = true; +} + +bool QHotkey::NativeShortcut::isValid() const +{ + return valid; +} + +bool QHotkey::NativeShortcut::operator ==(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &other) const +{ + return (key == other.key) && + (modifier == other.modifier) && + valid == other.valid; +} + +bool QHotkey::NativeShortcut::operator !=(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &other) const +{ + return (key != other.key) || + (modifier != other.modifier) || + valid != other.valid; +} + +uint qHash(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &key) +{ + return qHash(key.key) ^ qHash(key.modifier); +} + +uint qHash(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &key, uint seed) +{ + return qHash(key.key, seed) ^ qHash(key.modifier, seed); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.h b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2464c0f --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +#ifndef QHOTKEY_H +#define QHOTKEY_H + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef QHOTKEY_LIB +#ifdef QHOTKEY_LIB_BUILD +#define QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT Q_DECL_EXPORT +#else +#define QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT +#endif +#else +#define QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT +#endif + +//! A class to define global, systemwide Hotkeys +class QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT QHotkey : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + friend class QHotkeyPrivate; + + //! Specifies whether this hotkey is currently registered or not + Q_PROPERTY(bool registered READ isRegistered WRITE setRegistered NOTIFY registeredChanged) + //! Holds the shortcut this hotkey will be triggered on + Q_PROPERTY(QKeySequence shortcut READ shortcut WRITE setShortcut RESET resetShortcut) + +public: + //! Defines shortcut with native keycodes + class QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT NativeShortcut + { + public: + //! The native keycode + quint32 key; + //! The native modifiers + quint32 modifier; + + //! Creates an invalid native shortcut + NativeShortcut(); + //! Creates a valid native shortcut, with the given key and modifiers + NativeShortcut(quint32 key, quint32 modifier = 0); + + //! Checks, whether this shortcut is valid or not + bool isValid() const; + + //! Equality operator + bool operator ==(const NativeShortcut &other) const; + //! Inequality operator + bool operator !=(const NativeShortcut &other) const; + + private: + bool valid; + }; + + //! Constructor + explicit QHotkey(QObject *parent = 0); + //! Constructs a hotkey with a shortcut and optionally registers it + explicit QHotkey(const QKeySequence &shortcut, bool autoRegister = false, QObject *parent = 0); + //! Constructs a hotkey with a key and modifiers and optionally registers it + explicit QHotkey(Qt::Key keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool autoRegister = false, QObject *parent = 0); + //! Constructs a hotkey from a native shortcut and optionally registers it + explicit QHotkey(const NativeShortcut &shortcut, bool autoRegister = false, QObject *parent = 0); + //! Destructor + ~QHotkey(); + + //! READ-Accessor for QHotkey::registered + bool isRegistered() const; + //! READ-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut - the key and modifiers as a QKeySequence + QKeySequence shortcut() const; + //! READ-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut - the key only + Qt::Key keyCode() const; + //! READ-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut - the modifiers only + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const; + + //! Get the current native shortcut + NativeShortcut currentNativeShortcut() const; + +public slots: + //! WRITE-Accessor for QHotkey::registered + bool setRegistered(bool registered); + + //! WRITE-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut + bool setShortcut(const QKeySequence &shortcut, bool autoRegister = false); + //! WRITE-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut + bool setShortcut(Qt::Key keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool autoRegister = false); + //! RESET-Accessor for QHotkey::shortcut + bool resetShortcut(); + + //! Set this hotkey to a native shortcut + bool setNativeShortcut(NativeShortcut nativeShortcut, bool autoRegister = false); + +signals: + //! Will be emitted if the shortcut is pressed + void activated(); + + //! NOTIFY-Accessor for QHotkey::registered + void registeredChanged(bool registered); + +private: + Qt::Key _keyCode; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers; + + NativeShortcut _nativeShortcut; + bool _registered; +}; + +uint QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT qHash(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &key); +uint QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT qHash(const QHotkey::NativeShortcut &key, uint seed); + +#endif // QHOTKEY_H diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_mac.cpp b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_mac.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47502c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_mac.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +#include "qhotkey.h" +#include "qhotkey_p.h" +#include +#include + +class QHotkeyPrivateMac : public QHotkeyPrivate +{ +public: + // QAbstractNativeEventFilter interface + bool nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + + static OSStatus hotkeyEventHandler(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef event, void *data); + +protected: + // QHotkeyPrivate interface + quint32 nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + quint32 nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + static bool isHotkeyHandlerRegistered; + static QHash hotkeyRefs; +}; +NATIVE_INSTANCE(QHotkeyPrivateMac) + +bool QHotkeyPrivateMac::isHotkeyHandlerRegistered = false; +QHash QHotkeyPrivateMac::hotkeyRefs; + +bool QHotkeyPrivateMac::nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) +{ + Q_UNUSED(eventType); + Q_UNUSED(message); + Q_UNUSED(result); + return false; +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateMac::nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) +{ + // Constants found in NSEvent.h from AppKit.framework + ok = true; + switch (keycode) { + case Qt::Key_Return: + return kVK_Return; + case Qt::Key_Enter: + return kVK_ANSI_KeypadEnter; + case Qt::Key_Tab: + return kVK_Tab; + case Qt::Key_Space: + return kVK_Space; + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + return kVK_Delete; + case Qt::Key_Escape: + return kVK_Escape; + case Qt::Key_CapsLock: + return kVK_CapsLock; + case Qt::Key_Option: + return kVK_Option; + case Qt::Key_F17: + return kVK_F17; + case Qt::Key_VolumeUp: + return kVK_VolumeUp; + case Qt::Key_VolumeDown: + return kVK_VolumeDown; + case Qt::Key_F18: + return kVK_F18; + case Qt::Key_F19: + return kVK_F19; + case Qt::Key_F20: + return kVK_F20; + case Qt::Key_F5: + return kVK_F5; + case Qt::Key_F6: + return kVK_F6; + case Qt::Key_F7: + return kVK_F7; + case Qt::Key_F3: + return kVK_F3; + case Qt::Key_F8: + return kVK_F8; + case Qt::Key_F9: + return kVK_F9; + case Qt::Key_F11: + return kVK_F11; + case Qt::Key_F13: + return kVK_F13; + case Qt::Key_F16: + return kVK_F16; + case Qt::Key_F14: + return kVK_F14; + case Qt::Key_F10: + return kVK_F10; + case Qt::Key_F12: + return kVK_F12; + case Qt::Key_F15: + return kVK_F15; + case Qt::Key_Help: + return kVK_Help; + case Qt::Key_Home: + return kVK_Home; + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + return kVK_PageUp; + case Qt::Key_Delete: + return kVK_ForwardDelete; + case Qt::Key_F4: + return kVK_F4; + case Qt::Key_End: + return kVK_End; + case Qt::Key_F2: + return kVK_F2; + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + return kVK_PageDown; + case Qt::Key_F1: + return kVK_F1; + case Qt::Key_Left: + return kVK_LeftArrow; + case Qt::Key_Right: + return kVK_RightArrow; + case Qt::Key_Down: + return kVK_DownArrow; + case Qt::Key_Up: + return kVK_UpArrow; + default: + ok = false; + break; + } + + UTF16Char ch = keycode; + + CFDataRef currentLayoutData; + TISInputSourceRef currentKeyboard = TISCopyCurrentKeyboardInputSource(); + + if (currentKeyboard == NULL) { + return 0; + } + + currentLayoutData = (CFDataRef)TISGetInputSourceProperty(currentKeyboard, kTISPropertyUnicodeKeyLayoutData); + CFRelease(currentKeyboard); + if (currentLayoutData == NULL) { + return 0; + } + + UCKeyboardLayout *header = (UCKeyboardLayout *)CFDataGetBytePtr(currentLayoutData); + UCKeyboardTypeHeader *table = header->keyboardTypeList; + + uint8_t *data = (uint8_t *)header; + for (quint32 i = 0; i < header->keyboardTypeCount; i++) { + UCKeyStateRecordsIndex *stateRec = 0; + if (table[i].keyStateRecordsIndexOffset != 0) { + stateRec = reinterpret_cast(data + table[i].keyStateRecordsIndexOffset); + if (stateRec->keyStateRecordsIndexFormat != kUCKeyStateRecordsIndexFormat) { + stateRec = 0; + } + } + + UCKeyToCharTableIndex *charTable = reinterpret_cast(data + table[i].keyToCharTableIndexOffset); + if (charTable->keyToCharTableIndexFormat != kUCKeyToCharTableIndexFormat) { + continue; + } + + for (quint32 j = 0; j < charTable->keyToCharTableCount; j++) { + UCKeyOutput *keyToChar = reinterpret_cast(data + charTable->keyToCharTableOffsets[j]); + for (quint32 k = 0; k < charTable->keyToCharTableSize; k++) { + if (keyToChar[k] & kUCKeyOutputTestForIndexMask) { + long idx = keyToChar[k] & kUCKeyOutputGetIndexMask; + if (stateRec && idx < stateRec->keyStateRecordCount) { + UCKeyStateRecord *rec = reinterpret_cast(data + stateRec->keyStateRecordOffsets[idx]); + if (rec->stateZeroCharData == ch) { + ok = true; + return k; + } + } + } else if (!(keyToChar[k] & kUCKeyOutputSequenceIndexMask) && keyToChar[k] < 0xFFFE) { + if (keyToChar[k] == ch) { + ok = true; + return k; + } + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateMac::nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) +{ + quint32 nMods = 0; + if (modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier) { + nMods |= shiftKey; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) { + nMods |= cmdKey; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) { + nMods |= optionKey; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::MetaModifier) { + nMods |= controlKey; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::KeypadModifier) { + nMods |= kEventKeyModifierNumLockMask; + } + ok = true; + return nMods; +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateMac::registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + if (!this->isHotkeyHandlerRegistered) { + EventTypeSpec eventSpec; + eventSpec.eventClass = kEventClassKeyboard; + eventSpec.eventKind = kEventHotKeyPressed; + InstallApplicationEventHandler(&QHotkeyPrivateMac::hotkeyEventHandler, 1, &eventSpec, NULL, NULL); + } + + EventHotKeyID hkeyID; + hkeyID.signature = shortcut.key; + hkeyID.id = shortcut.modifier; + + EventHotKeyRef eventRef = 0; + OSStatus status = RegisterEventHotKey(shortcut.key, + shortcut.modifier, + hkeyID, + GetApplicationEventTarget(), + 0, + &eventRef); + if (status != noErr) { + qDebug() << "Failed to register hotkey. Error:" << status; + return false; + } else { + this->hotkeyRefs.insert(shortcut, eventRef); + return true; + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateMac::unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + EventHotKeyRef eventRef = QHotkeyPrivateMac::hotkeyRefs.value(shortcut); + OSStatus status = UnregisterEventHotKey(eventRef); + if (status != noErr) { + qDebug() << "Failed to unregister hotkey. Error:" << status; + return false; + } else { + this->hotkeyRefs.remove(shortcut); + return true; + } +} + +OSStatus QHotkeyPrivateMac::hotkeyEventHandler(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef event, void *data) +{ + Q_UNUSED(nextHandler); + Q_UNUSED(data); + + if (GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassKeyboard && + GetEventKind(event) == kEventHotKeyPressed) { + EventHotKeyID hkeyID; + GetEventParameter(event, + kEventParamDirectObject, + typeEventHotKeyID, + NULL, + sizeof(EventHotKeyID), + NULL, + &hkeyID); + hotkeyPrivate->activateShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut(hkeyID.signature, hkeyID.id)); + } + + return noErr; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_p.h b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_p.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4f9250 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_p.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#ifndef QHOTKEY_P_H +#define QHOTKEY_P_H + +#include "qhotkey.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QHOTKEY_SHARED_EXPORT QHotkeyPrivate : public QObject, public QAbstractNativeEventFilter +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: QHotkeyPrivate();//singleton!!! + ~QHotkeyPrivate(); + + static QHotkeyPrivate *instance(); + + QHotkey::NativeShortcut nativeShortcut(Qt::Key keycode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers); + + bool addShortcut(QHotkey *hotkey); + bool removeShortcut(QHotkey *hotkey); + +protected: + void activateShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut); + + virtual quint32 nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) = 0;//platform implement + virtual quint32 nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) = 0;//platform implement + + virtual bool registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) = 0;//platform implement + virtual bool unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) = 0;//platform implement + +private: + QMultiHash shortcuts; + + Q_INVOKABLE bool addShortcutInvoked(QHotkey *hotkey); + Q_INVOKABLE bool removeShortcutInvoked(QHotkey *hotkey); + Q_INVOKABLE QHotkey::NativeShortcut nativeShortcutInvoked(Qt::Key keycode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers); +}; + +#define NATIVE_INSTANCE(ClassName) \ + Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(ClassName, hotkeyPrivate) \ + \ + QHotkeyPrivate *QHotkeyPrivate::instance()\ + {\ + return hotkeyPrivate;\ + } + +#endif // QHOTKEY_P_H diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_win.cpp b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_win.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6942731 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_win.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +#include "qhotkey.h" +#include "qhotkey_p.h" +#include +#include + +#define HKEY_ID(nativeShortcut) (((nativeShortcut.key ^ (nativeShortcut.modifier << 8)) & 0x0FFF) | 0x7000) + +class QHotkeyPrivateWin : public QHotkeyPrivate +{ +public: + // QAbstractNativeEventFilter interface + bool nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // QHotkeyPrivate interface + quint32 nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + quint32 nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + static QString formatWinError(DWORD winError); +}; +NATIVE_INSTANCE(QHotkeyPrivateWin) + +bool QHotkeyPrivateWin::nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) +{ + Q_UNUSED(eventType); + Q_UNUSED(result); + + MSG *msg = static_cast(message); + if (msg->message == WM_HOTKEY) { + this->activateShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut(HIWORD(msg->lParam), LOWORD(msg->lParam))); + } + + return false; +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateWin::nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) +{ + ok = true; + if (keycode <= 0xFFFF) { //Try to obtain the key from it's "character" + const SHORT vKey = VkKeyScanW(keycode); + if (vKey > -1) { + return LOBYTE(vKey); + } + } + + //find key from switch/case --> Only finds a very small subset of keys + switch (keycode) { + case Qt::Key_Escape: + return VK_ESCAPE; + case Qt::Key_Tab: + case Qt::Key_Backtab: + return VK_TAB; + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + return VK_BACK; + case Qt::Key_Return: + case Qt::Key_Enter: + return VK_RETURN; + case Qt::Key_Insert: + return VK_INSERT; + case Qt::Key_Delete: + return VK_DELETE; + case Qt::Key_Pause: + return VK_PAUSE; + case Qt::Key_Print: + return VK_PRINT; + case Qt::Key_Clear: + return VK_CLEAR; + case Qt::Key_Home: + return VK_HOME; + case Qt::Key_End: + return VK_END; + case Qt::Key_Left: + return VK_LEFT; + case Qt::Key_Up: + return VK_UP; + case Qt::Key_Right: + return VK_RIGHT; + case Qt::Key_Down: + return VK_DOWN; + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + return VK_PRIOR; + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + return VK_NEXT; + case Qt::Key_CapsLock: + return VK_CAPITAL; + case Qt::Key_NumLock: + return VK_NUMLOCK; + case Qt::Key_ScrollLock: + return VK_SCROLL; + + case Qt::Key_F1: + return VK_F1; + case Qt::Key_F2: + return VK_F2; + case Qt::Key_F3: + return VK_F3; + case Qt::Key_F4: + return VK_F4; + case Qt::Key_F5: + return VK_F5; + case Qt::Key_F6: + return VK_F6; + case Qt::Key_F7: + return VK_F7; + case Qt::Key_F8: + return VK_F8; + case Qt::Key_F9: + return VK_F9; + case Qt::Key_F10: + return VK_F10; + case Qt::Key_F11: + return VK_F11; + case Qt::Key_F12: + return VK_F12; + case Qt::Key_F13: + return VK_F13; + case Qt::Key_F14: + return VK_F14; + case Qt::Key_F15: + return VK_F15; + case Qt::Key_F16: + return VK_F16; + case Qt::Key_F17: + return VK_F17; + case Qt::Key_F18: + return VK_F18; + case Qt::Key_F19: + return VK_F19; + case Qt::Key_F20: + return VK_F20; + case Qt::Key_F21: + return VK_F21; + case Qt::Key_F22: + return VK_F22; + case Qt::Key_F23: + return VK_F23; + case Qt::Key_F24: + return VK_F24; + + case Qt::Key_Menu: + return VK_APPS; + case Qt::Key_Help: + return VK_HELP; + case Qt::Key_MediaNext: + return VK_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK; + case Qt::Key_MediaPrevious: + return VK_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK; + case Qt::Key_MediaPlay: + return VK_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE; + case Qt::Key_MediaStop: + return VK_MEDIA_STOP; + case Qt::Key_VolumeDown: + return VK_VOLUME_DOWN; + case Qt::Key_VolumeUp: + return VK_VOLUME_UP; + case Qt::Key_VolumeMute: + return VK_VOLUME_MUTE; + case Qt::Key_Mode_switch: + return VK_MODECHANGE; + case Qt::Key_Select: + return VK_SELECT; + case Qt::Key_Printer: + return VK_PRINT; + case Qt::Key_Execute: + return VK_EXECUTE; + case Qt::Key_Sleep: + return VK_SLEEP; + case Qt::Key_Period: + return VK_DECIMAL; + case Qt::Key_Play: + return VK_PLAY; + case Qt::Key_Cancel: + return VK_CANCEL; + + case Qt::Key_Forward: + return VK_BROWSER_FORWARD; + case Qt::Key_Refresh: + return VK_BROWSER_REFRESH; + case Qt::Key_Stop: + return VK_BROWSER_STOP; + case Qt::Key_Search: + return VK_BROWSER_SEARCH; + case Qt::Key_Favorites: + return VK_BROWSER_FAVORITES; + case Qt::Key_HomePage: + return VK_BROWSER_HOME; + + case Qt::Key_LaunchMail: + return VK_LAUNCH_MAIL; + case Qt::Key_LaunchMedia: + return VK_LAUNCH_MEDIA_SELECT; + case Qt::Key_Launch0: + return VK_LAUNCH_APP1; + case Qt::Key_Launch1: + return VK_LAUNCH_APP2; + + case Qt::Key_Massyo: + return VK_OEM_FJ_MASSHOU; + case Qt::Key_Touroku: + return VK_OEM_FJ_TOUROKU; + + default: + ok = false; + return 0; + } +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateWin::nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) +{ + quint32 nMods = 0; + if (modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier) { + nMods |= MOD_SHIFT; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) { + nMods |= MOD_CONTROL; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) { + nMods |= MOD_ALT; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::MetaModifier) { + nMods |= MOD_WIN; + } + ok = true; + return nMods; +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateWin::registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + BOOL ok = RegisterHotKey(NULL, + HKEY_ID(shortcut), + shortcut.modifier, + shortcut.key); + if (ok) { + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << "Failed to register hotkey. Error:" + << qPrintable(QHotkeyPrivateWin::formatWinError(::GetLastError())); + return false; + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateWin::unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + BOOL ok = UnregisterHotKey(NULL, HKEY_ID(shortcut)); + if (ok) { + return true; + } else { + qDebug() << "Failed to unregister hotkey. Error:" + << qPrintable(QHotkeyPrivateWin::formatWinError(::GetLastError())); + return false; + } +} + +QString QHotkeyPrivateWin::formatWinError(DWORD winError) +{ + wchar_t *buffer = NULL; + DWORD num = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, + NULL, + winError, + 0, + (LPWSTR)&buffer, + 0, + NULL); + if (buffer) { + QString res = QString::fromWCharArray(buffer, num); + LocalFree(buffer); + return res; + } else { + return QString(); + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_x11.cpp b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_x11.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2624332 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qhotkey/qhotkey_x11.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +#include "qhotkey.h" +#include "qhotkey_p.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QHotkeyPrivateX11 : public QHotkeyPrivate +{ +public: + // QAbstractNativeEventFilter interface + bool nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +protected: + // QHotkeyPrivate interface + quint32 nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + quint32 nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + bool unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) Q_DECL_OVERRIDE; + +private: + static const QVector specialModifiers; + static const quint32 validModsMask; + + static QString formatX11Error(Display *display, int errorCode); + + class HotkeyErrorHandler + { + public: + HotkeyErrorHandler(); + ~HotkeyErrorHandler(); + + static bool hasError; + static QString errorString; + + private: + XErrorHandler prevHandler; + + static int handleError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *error); + }; +}; +NATIVE_INSTANCE(QHotkeyPrivateX11) + +const QVector QHotkeyPrivateX11::specialModifiers = {0, Mod2Mask, LockMask, (Mod2Mask | LockMask)}; +const quint32 QHotkeyPrivateX11::validModsMask = ShiftMask | ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod4Mask; + +bool QHotkeyPrivateX11::nativeEventFilter(const QByteArray &eventType, void *message, long *result) +{ + Q_UNUSED(eventType); + Q_UNUSED(result); + + xcb_generic_event_t *genericEvent = static_cast(message); + if (genericEvent->response_type == XCB_KEY_PRESS) { + xcb_key_press_event_t *keyEvent = static_cast(message); + this->activateShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut(keyEvent->detail, keyEvent->state & QHotkeyPrivateX11::validModsMask)); + } + + return false; +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateX11::nativeKeycode(Qt::Key keycode, bool &ok) +{ + KeySym keysym = XStringToKeysym(QKeySequence(keycode).toString(QKeySequence::NativeText).toLatin1().constData()); + if (keysym == NoSymbol) { + //not found -> just use the key + if (keycode <= 0xFFFF) { + keysym = keycode; + } else { + return 0; + } + } + + Display *display = QX11Info::display(); + if (display) { + auto res = XKeysymToKeycode(QX11Info::display(), keysym); + if (res != 0) { + ok = true; + } + return res; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +quint32 QHotkeyPrivateX11::nativeModifiers(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, bool &ok) +{ + quint32 nMods = 0; + if (modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier) { + nMods |= ShiftMask; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) { + nMods |= ControlMask; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) { + nMods |= Mod1Mask; + } + if (modifiers & Qt::MetaModifier) { + nMods |= Mod4Mask; + } + ok = true; + return nMods; +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateX11::registerShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + Display *display = QX11Info::display(); + if (!display) { + return false; + } + + HotkeyErrorHandler errorHandler; + foreach (quint32 specialMod, QHotkeyPrivateX11::specialModifiers) { + XGrabKey(display, + shortcut.key, + shortcut.modifier | specialMod, + DefaultRootWindow(display), + True, + GrabModeAsync, + GrabModeAsync); + } + XSync(display, False); + + if (errorHandler.hasError) { + qDebug() << "Failed to register hotkey. Error:" << qPrintable(errorHandler.errorString); + this->unregisterShortcut(shortcut); + return false; + } else { + return true; + } +} + +bool QHotkeyPrivateX11::unregisterShortcut(QHotkey::NativeShortcut shortcut) +{ + Display *display = QX11Info::display(); + if (!display) { + return false; + } + + HotkeyErrorHandler errorHandler; + foreach (quint32 specialMod, QHotkeyPrivateX11::specialModifiers) { + XUngrabKey(display, + shortcut.key, + shortcut.modifier | specialMod, + DefaultRootWindow(display)); + } + XSync(display, False); + + if (errorHandler.hasError) { + qDebug() << "Failed to unregister hotkey. Error:" << qPrintable(errorHandler.errorString); + return false; + } else { + return true; + } +} + +QString QHotkeyPrivateX11::formatX11Error(Display *display, int errorCode) +{ + char errStr[256]; + XGetErrorText(display, errorCode, errStr, 256); + return QString::fromLatin1(errStr); +} + + + +// ---------- QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler implementation ---------- + +bool QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler::hasError = false; +QString QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler::errorString; + +QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler::HotkeyErrorHandler() +{ + prevHandler = XSetErrorHandler(&HotkeyErrorHandler::handleError); +} + +QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler::~HotkeyErrorHandler() +{ + XSetErrorHandler(prevHandler); + hasError = false; + errorString.clear(); +} + +int QHotkeyPrivateX11::HotkeyErrorHandler::handleError(Display *display, XErrorEvent *error) +{ + QT_WARNING_PUSH + QT_WARNING_DISABLE_GCC("-Wimplicit-fallthrough") + switch (error->error_code) { + case BadAccess: + case BadValue: + case BadWindow: + if (error->request_code == 33 || //grab key + error->request_code == 34) {// ungrab key + hasError = true; + errorString = QHotkeyPrivateX11::formatX11Error(display, error->error_code); + return 1; + } + default: + return 0; + } + QT_WARNING_POP +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/3rd_qwt.pri b/third/3rd_qwt/3rd_qwt.pri new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e1ba8d --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/3rd_qwt.pri @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +QT += core gui +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets printsupport concurrent + +DEFINES += QWT_NO_SVG QWT_NO_OPENGL +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD + +HEADERS += \ + $$PWD/qwt.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_legend.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_scale.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_slider.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_analog_clock.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_arrow_button.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_clipper.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_color_map.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_column_symbol.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_compass.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_compass_rose.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_compat.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_counter.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_curve_fitter.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_date.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_date_scale_draw.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_date_scale_engine.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_dial.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_dial_needle.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_dyngrid_layout.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_event_pattern.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_global.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_graphic.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_interval.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_interval_symbol.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_knob.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend_data.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend_label.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_magnifier.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_math.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_matrix_raster_data.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_null_paintdevice.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_painter.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_painter_command.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_panner.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_picker.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_picker_machine.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_pixel_matrix.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_barchart.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_canvas.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_curve.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_dict.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_directpainter.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_grid.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_histogram.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_item.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_layout.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_legenditem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_magnifier.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_marker.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_multi_barchart.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_panner.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_picker.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_rasteritem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_renderer.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_rescaler.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_scaleitem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_seriesitem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_shapeitem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_spectrocurve.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_spectrogram.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_textlabel.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_tradingcurve.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_zoneitem.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_zoomer.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_3d.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_data.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_mapper.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_polar.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_raster_data.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_round_scale_draw.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_samples.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_sampling_thread.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_div.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_draw.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_engine.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_map.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_widget.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_series_data.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_series_store.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_slider.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_spline.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_symbol.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_system_clock.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_text.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_text_engine.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_text_label.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_thermo.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_transform.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_wheel.h \ + $$PWD/qwt_widget_overlay.h + +SOURCES += \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_legend.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_scale.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_abstract_slider.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_analog_clock.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_arrow_button.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_clipper.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_color_map.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_column_symbol.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_compass.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_compass_rose.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_counter.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_curve_fitter.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_date.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_date_scale_draw.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_date_scale_engine.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_dial.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_dial_needle.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_dyngrid_layout.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_event_pattern.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_graphic.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_interval.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_interval_symbol.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_knob.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend_data.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_legend_label.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_magnifier.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_math.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_matrix_raster_data.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_null_paintdevice.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_painter.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_painter_command.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_panner.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_picker.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_picker_machine.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_pixel_matrix.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_axis.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_barchart.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_canvas.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_curve.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_dict.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_directpainter.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_grid.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_histogram.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_item.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_layout.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_legenditem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_magnifier.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_marker.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_multi_barchart.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_panner.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_picker.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_rasteritem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_renderer.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_rescaler.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_scaleitem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_seriesitem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_shapeitem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_spectrocurve.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_spectrogram.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_textlabel.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_tradingcurve.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_xml.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_zoneitem.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_plot_zoomer.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_3d.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_data.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_mapper.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_point_polar.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_raster_data.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_round_scale_draw.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_sampling_thread.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_div.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_draw.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_engine.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_map.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_scale_widget.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_series_data.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_slider.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_spline.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_symbol.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_system_clock.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_text.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_text_engine.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_text_label.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_thermo.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_transform.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_wheel.cpp \ + $$PWD/qwt_widget_overlay.cpp diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f49752 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_H +#define QWT_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" + +/*! + Some constants for use within Qwt. +*/ +namespace Qwt +{ +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ecaac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_abstract_legend.h" + +/*! + Constructor + + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtAbstractLegend::QwtAbstractLegend( QWidget *parent ): + QFrame( parent ) +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAbstractLegend::~QwtAbstractLegend() +{ +} + +/*! + Return the extent, that is needed for elements to scroll + the legend ( usually scrollbars ), + + \param orientation Orientation + \return Extent of the corresponding scroll element +*/ +int QwtAbstractLegend::scrollExtent( Qt::Orientation orientation ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( orientation ); + return 0; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51a720c --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_legend.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ABSTRACT_LEGEND_H +#define QWT_ABSTRACT_LEGEND_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include +#include + +class QVariant; + +/*! + \brief Abstract base class for legend widgets + + Legends, that need to be under control of the QwtPlot layout system + need to be derived from QwtAbstractLegend. + + \note Other type of legends can be implemented by connecting to + the QwtPlot::legendDataChanged() signal. But as these legends + are unknown to the plot layout system the layout code + ( on screen and for QwtPlotRenderer ) need to be organized + in application code. + + \sa QwtLegend + */ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAbstractLegend : public QFrame +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + explicit QwtAbstractLegend( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtAbstractLegend(); + + /*! + Render the legend into a given rectangle. + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Bounding rectangle + \param fillBackground When true, fill rect with the widget background + + \sa renderLegend() is used by QwtPlotRenderer + */ + virtual void renderLegend( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, bool fillBackground ) const = 0; + + //! \return True, when no plot item is inserted + virtual bool isEmpty() const = 0; + + virtual int scrollExtent( Qt::Orientation ) const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + + /*! + \brief Update the entries for a plot item + + \param itemInfo Info about an item + \param data List of legend entry attributes for the item + */ + virtual void updateLegend( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &data ) = 0; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd9ef2c --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_abstract_scale.h" +#include "qwt_scale_engine.h" +#include "qwt_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" + +class QwtAbstractScale::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + maxMajor( 5 ), + maxMinor( 3 ), + stepSize( 0.0 ) + { + scaleEngine = new QwtLinearScaleEngine(); + scaleDraw = new QwtScaleDraw(); + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete scaleEngine; + delete scaleDraw; + } + + QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine; + QwtAbstractScaleDraw *scaleDraw; + + int maxMajor; + int maxMinor; + double stepSize; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + \param parent Parent widget + + Creates a default QwtScaleDraw and a QwtLinearScaleEngine. + The initial scale boundaries are set to [ 0.0, 100.0 ] + + The scaleStepSize() is initialized to 0.0, scaleMaxMajor() to 5 + and scaleMaxMajor to 3. +*/ + +QwtAbstractScale::QwtAbstractScale( QWidget *parent ): + QWidget( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + rescale( 0.0, 100.0, d_data->stepSize ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAbstractScale::~QwtAbstractScale() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the lower bound of the scale + + \param value Lower bound + + \sa lowerBound(), setScale(), setUpperBound() + \note For inverted scales the lower bound + is greater than the upper bound +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setLowerBound( double value ) +{ + setScale( value, upperBound() ); +} + +/*! + \return Lower bound of the scale + \sa setLowerBound(), setScale(), upperBound() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScale::lowerBound() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().lowerBound(); +} + +/*! + Set the upper bound of the scale + + \param value Upper bound + + \sa upperBound(), setScale(), setLowerBound() + \note For inverted scales the lower bound + is greater than the upper bound +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setUpperBound( double value ) +{ + setScale( lowerBound(), value ); +} + +/*! + \return Upper bound of the scale + \sa setUpperBound(), setScale(), lowerBound() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScale::upperBound() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().upperBound(); +} + +/*! + \brief Specify a scale. + + Define a scale by an interval + + The ticks are calculated using scaleMaxMinor(), + scaleMaxMajor() and scaleStepSize(). + + \param lowerBound lower limit of the scale interval + \param upperBound upper limit of the scale interval + + \note For inverted scales the lower bound + is greater than the upper bound +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScale( double lowerBound, double upperBound ) +{ + rescale( lowerBound, upperBound, d_data->stepSize ); +} + +/*! + \brief Specify a scale. + + Define a scale by an interval + + The ticks are calculated using scaleMaxMinor(), + scaleMaxMajor() and scaleStepSize(). + + \param interval Interval +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScale( const QwtInterval &interval ) +{ + setScale( interval.minValue(), interval.maxValue() ); +} + +/*! + \brief Specify a scale. + + scaleMaxMinor(), scaleMaxMajor() and scaleStepSize() and have no effect. + + \param scaleDiv Scale division + \sa setAutoScale() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScale( const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) +{ + if ( scaleDiv != d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv() ) + { +#if 1 + if ( d_data->scaleEngine ) + { + d_data->scaleDraw->setTransformation( + d_data->scaleEngine->transformation() ); + } +#endif + + d_data->scaleDraw->setScaleDiv( scaleDiv ); + + scaleChange(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Set the maximum number of major tick intervals. + + The scale's major ticks are calculated automatically such that + the number of major intervals does not exceed ticks. + + The default value is 5. + + \param ticks Maximal number of major ticks. + + \sa scaleMaxMajor(), setScaleMaxMinor(), + setScaleStepSize(), QwtScaleEngine::divideInterval() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScaleMaxMajor( int ticks ) +{ + if ( ticks != d_data->maxMajor ) + { + d_data->maxMajor = ticks; + updateScaleDraw(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Maximal number of major tick intervals + \sa setScaleMaxMajor(), scaleMaxMinor() +*/ +int QwtAbstractScale::scaleMaxMajor() const +{ + return d_data->maxMajor; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the maximum number of minor tick intervals + + The scale's minor ticks are calculated automatically such that + the number of minor intervals does not exceed ticks. + The default value is 3. + + \param ticks Maximal number of minor ticks. + + \sa scaleMaxMajor(), setScaleMaxMinor(), + setScaleStepSize(), QwtScaleEngine::divideInterval() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScaleMaxMinor( int ticks ) +{ + if ( ticks != d_data->maxMinor ) + { + d_data->maxMinor = ticks; + updateScaleDraw(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Maximal number of minor tick intervals + \sa setScaleMaxMinor(), scaleMaxMajor() +*/ +int QwtAbstractScale::scaleMaxMinor() const +{ + return d_data->maxMinor; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the step size used for calculating a scale division + + The step size is hint for calculating the intervals for + the major ticks of the scale. A value of 0.0 is interpreted + as no hint. + + \param stepSize Hint for the step size of the scale + + \sa scaleStepSize(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() + + \note Position and distance between the major ticks also + depends on scaleMaxMajor(). +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScaleStepSize( double stepSize ) +{ + if ( stepSize != d_data->stepSize ) + { + d_data->stepSize = stepSize; + updateScaleDraw(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Hint for the step size of the scale + \sa setScaleStepSize(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScale::scaleStepSize() const +{ + return d_data->stepSize; +} + +/*! + \brief Set a scale draw + + scaleDraw has to be created with new and will be deleted in + the destructor or the next call of setAbstractScaleDraw(). + + \sa abstractScaleDraw() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setAbstractScaleDraw( QwtAbstractScaleDraw *scaleDraw ) +{ + if ( scaleDraw == NULL || scaleDraw == d_data->scaleDraw ) + return; + + if ( d_data->scaleDraw != NULL ) + scaleDraw->setScaleDiv( d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv() ); + + delete d_data->scaleDraw; + d_data->scaleDraw = scaleDraw; +} + +/*! + \return Scale draw + \sa setAbstractScaleDraw() +*/ +QwtAbstractScaleDraw *QwtAbstractScale::abstractScaleDraw() +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw; +} + +/*! + \return Scale draw + \sa setAbstractScaleDraw() +*/ +const QwtAbstractScaleDraw *QwtAbstractScale::abstractScaleDraw() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw; +} + +/*! + \brief Set a scale engine + + The scale engine is responsible for calculating the scale division + and provides a transformation between scale and widget coordinates. + + scaleEngine has to be created with new and will be deleted in + the destructor or the next call of setScaleEngine. +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::setScaleEngine( QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine ) +{ + if ( scaleEngine != NULL && scaleEngine != d_data->scaleEngine ) + { + delete d_data->scaleEngine; + d_data->scaleEngine = scaleEngine; + } +} + +/*! + \return Scale engine + \sa setScaleEngine() +*/ +const QwtScaleEngine *QwtAbstractScale::scaleEngine() const +{ + return d_data->scaleEngine; +} + +/*! + \return Scale engine + \sa setScaleEngine() +*/ +QwtScaleEngine *QwtAbstractScale::scaleEngine() +{ + return d_data->scaleEngine; +} + +/*! + \return Scale boundaries and positions of the ticks + + The scale division might have been assigned explicitly + or calculated implicitly by rescale(). + */ +const QwtScaleDiv &QwtAbstractScale::scaleDiv() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv(); +} + +/*! + \return Map to translate between scale and widget coordinates + */ +const QwtScaleMap &QwtAbstractScale::scaleMap() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleMap(); +} + +/*! + Translate a scale value into a widget coordinate + + \param value Scale value + \return Corresponding widget coordinate for value + \sa scaleMap(), invTransform() + */ +int QwtAbstractScale::transform( double value ) const +{ + return qRound( d_data->scaleDraw->scaleMap().transform( value ) ); +} + +/*! + Translate a widget coordinate into a scale value + + \param value Widget coordinate + \return Corresponding scale coordinate for value + \sa scaleMap(), transform() + */ +double QwtAbstractScale::invTransform( int value ) const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleMap().invTransform( value ); +} + +/*! + \return True, when the scale is increasing in opposite direction + to the widget coordinates + */ +bool QwtAbstractScale::isInverted() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDraw->scaleMap().isInverting(); +} + +/*! + \return The boundary with the smaller value + \sa maximum(), lowerBound(), upperBound() + */ +double QwtAbstractScale::minimum() const +{ + return qMin( d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().lowerBound(), + d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().upperBound() ); +} + +/*! + \return The boundary with the larger value + \sa minimum(), lowerBound(), upperBound() + */ +double QwtAbstractScale::maximum() const +{ + return qMax( d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().lowerBound(), + d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().upperBound() ); +} + +//! Notify changed scale +void QwtAbstractScale::scaleChange() +{ +} + +/*! + Recalculate the scale division and update the scale. + + \param lowerBound Lower limit of the scale interval + \param upperBound Upper limit of the scale interval + \param stepSize Major step size + + \sa scaleChange() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScale::rescale( + double lowerBound, double upperBound, double stepSize ) +{ + const QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv = d_data->scaleEngine->divideScale( + lowerBound, upperBound, d_data->maxMajor, d_data->maxMinor, stepSize ); + + if ( scaleDiv != d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv() ) + { +#if 1 + d_data->scaleDraw->setTransformation( + d_data->scaleEngine->transformation() ); +#endif + + d_data->scaleDraw->setScaleDiv( scaleDiv ); + scaleChange(); + } +} + +void QwtAbstractScale::updateScaleDraw() +{ + rescale( d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().lowerBound(), + d_data->scaleDraw->scaleDiv().upperBound(), d_data->stepSize ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6322c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ABSTRACT_SCALE_H +#define QWT_ABSTRACT_SCALE_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QwtScaleEngine; +class QwtAbstractScaleDraw; +class QwtScaleDiv; +class QwtScaleMap; +class QwtInterval; + +/*! + \brief An abstract base class for widgets having a scale + + The scale of an QwtAbstractScale is determined by a QwtScaleDiv + definition, that contains the boundaries and the ticks of the scale. + The scale is painted using a QwtScaleDraw object. + + The scale division might be assigned explicitly - but usually + it is calculated from the boundaries using a QwtScaleEngine. + + The scale engine also decides the type of transformation of the scale + ( linear, logarithmic ... ). +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAbstractScale: public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_PROPERTY( double lowerBound READ lowerBound WRITE setLowerBound ) + Q_PROPERTY( double upperBound READ upperBound WRITE setUpperBound ) + + Q_PROPERTY( int scaleMaxMajor READ scaleMaxMajor WRITE setScaleMaxMajor ) + Q_PROPERTY( int scaleMaxMinor READ scaleMaxMinor WRITE setScaleMaxMinor ) + + Q_PROPERTY( double scaleStepSize READ scaleStepSize WRITE setScaleStepSize ) + +public: + QwtAbstractScale( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtAbstractScale(); + + void setScale( double lowerBound, double upperBound ); + void setScale( const QwtInterval & ); + void setScale( const QwtScaleDiv & ); + + const QwtScaleDiv& scaleDiv() const; + + void setLowerBound( double value ); + double lowerBound() const; + + void setUpperBound( double value ); + double upperBound() const; + + void setScaleStepSize( double stepSize ); + double scaleStepSize() const; + + void setScaleMaxMajor( int ticks ); + int scaleMaxMinor() const; + + void setScaleMaxMinor( int ticks ); + int scaleMaxMajor() const; + + void setScaleEngine( QwtScaleEngine * ); + const QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine() const; + QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine(); + + int transform( double ) const; + double invTransform( int ) const; + + bool isInverted() const; + + double minimum() const; + double maximum() const; + + const QwtScaleMap &scaleMap() const; + +protected: + void rescale( double lowerBound, + double upperBound, double stepSize ); + + void setAbstractScaleDraw( QwtAbstractScaleDraw * ); + + const QwtAbstractScaleDraw *abstractScaleDraw() const; + QwtAbstractScaleDraw *abstractScaleDraw(); + + virtual void scaleChange(); + +private: + void updateScaleDraw(); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57a2c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtAbstractScaleDraw::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + spacing( 4.0 ), + penWidth( 0 ), + minExtent( 0.0 ) + { + components = QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Backbone + | QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks + | QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Labels; + + tickLength[QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick] = 4.0; + tickLength[QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick] = 6.0; + tickLength[QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick] = 8.0; + } + + ScaleComponents components; + + QwtScaleMap map; + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + + double spacing; + double tickLength[QwtScaleDiv::NTickTypes]; + int penWidth; + + double minExtent; + + QMap labelCache; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + The range of the scale is initialized to [0, 100], + The spacing (distance between ticks and labels) is + set to 4, the tick lengths are set to 4,6 and 8 pixels +*/ +QwtAbstractScaleDraw::QwtAbstractScaleDraw() +{ + d_data = new QwtAbstractScaleDraw::PrivateData; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAbstractScaleDraw::~QwtAbstractScaleDraw() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + En/Disable a component of the scale + + \param component Scale component + \param enable On/Off + + \sa hasComponent() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::enableComponent( + ScaleComponent component, bool enable ) +{ + if ( enable ) + d_data->components |= component; + else + d_data->components &= ~component; +} + +/*! + Check if a component is enabled + + \param component Component type + \return true, when component is enabled + \sa enableComponent() +*/ +bool QwtAbstractScaleDraw::hasComponent( ScaleComponent component ) const +{ + return ( d_data->components & component ); +} + +/*! + Change the scale division + \param scaleDiv New scale division +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setScaleDiv( const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) +{ + d_data->scaleDiv = scaleDiv; + d_data->map.setScaleInterval( scaleDiv.lowerBound(), scaleDiv.upperBound() ); + d_data->labelCache.clear(); +} + +/*! + Change the transformation of the scale + \param transformation New scale transformation +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setTransformation( + QwtTransform *transformation ) +{ + d_data->map.setTransformation( transformation ); +} + +//! \return Map how to translate between scale and pixel values +const QwtScaleMap &QwtAbstractScaleDraw::scaleMap() const +{ + return d_data->map; +} + +//! \return Map how to translate between scale and pixel values +QwtScaleMap &QwtAbstractScaleDraw::scaleMap() +{ + return d_data->map; +} + +//! \return scale division +const QwtScaleDiv& QwtAbstractScaleDraw::scaleDiv() const +{ + return d_data->scaleDiv; +} + +/*! + \brief Specify the width of the scale pen + \param width Pen width + \sa penWidth() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setPenWidth( int width ) +{ + if ( width < 0 ) + width = 0; + + if ( width != d_data->penWidth ) + d_data->penWidth = width; +} + +/*! + \return Scale pen width + \sa setPenWidth() +*/ +int QwtAbstractScaleDraw::penWidth() const +{ + return d_data->penWidth; +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the scale + + \param painter The painter + + \param palette Palette, text color is used for the labels, + foreground color for ticks and backbone +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::draw( QPainter *painter, + const QPalette& palette ) const +{ + painter->save(); + + QPen pen = painter->pen(); + pen.setWidth( d_data->penWidth ); + pen.setCosmetic( false ); + painter->setPen( pen ); + + if ( hasComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Labels ) ) + { + painter->save(); + painter->setPen( palette.color( QPalette::Text ) ); // ignore pen style + + const QList &majorTicks = + d_data->scaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < majorTicks.count(); i++ ) + { + const double v = majorTicks[i]; + if ( d_data->scaleDiv.contains( v ) ) + drawLabel( painter, v ); + } + + painter->restore(); + } + + if ( hasComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks ) ) + { + painter->save(); + + pen = painter->pen(); + pen.setColor( palette.color( QPalette::WindowText ) ); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( pen ); + + for ( int tickType = QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick; + tickType < QwtScaleDiv::NTickTypes; tickType++ ) + { + const double tickLen = d_data->tickLength[tickType]; + if ( tickLen <= 0.0 ) + continue; + + const QList &ticks = d_data->scaleDiv.ticks( tickType ); + for ( int i = 0; i < ticks.count(); i++ ) + { + const double v = ticks[i]; + if ( d_data->scaleDiv.contains( v ) ) + drawTick( painter, v, tickLen ); + } + } + + painter->restore(); + } + + if ( hasComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Backbone ) ) + { + painter->save(); + + pen = painter->pen(); + pen.setColor( palette.color( QPalette::WindowText ) ); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( pen ); + + drawBackbone( painter ); + + painter->restore(); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + \brief Set the spacing between tick and labels + + The spacing is the distance between ticks and labels. + The default spacing is 4 pixels. + + \param spacing Spacing + + \sa spacing() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setSpacing( double spacing ) +{ + if ( spacing < 0 ) + spacing = 0; + + d_data->spacing = spacing; +} + +/*! + \brief Get the spacing + + The spacing is the distance between ticks and labels. + The default spacing is 4 pixels. + + \return Spacing + \sa setSpacing() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScaleDraw::spacing() const +{ + return d_data->spacing; +} + +/*! + \brief Set a minimum for the extent + + The extent is calculated from the components of the + scale draw. In situations, where the labels are + changing and the layout depends on the extent (f.e scrolling + a scale), setting an upper limit as minimum extent will + avoid jumps of the layout. + + \param minExtent Minimum extent + + \sa extent(), minimumExtent() +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setMinimumExtent( double minExtent ) +{ + if ( minExtent < 0.0 ) + minExtent = 0.0; + + d_data->minExtent = minExtent; +} + +/*! + Get the minimum extent + \return Minimum extent + \sa extent(), setMinimumExtent() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScaleDraw::minimumExtent() const +{ + return d_data->minExtent; +} + +/*! + Set the length of the ticks + + \param tickType Tick type + \param length New length + + \warning the length is limited to [0..1000] +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::setTickLength( + QwtScaleDiv::TickType tickType, double length ) +{ + if ( tickType < QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick || + tickType > QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ) + { + return; + } + + if ( length < 0.0 ) + length = 0.0; + + const double maxTickLen = 1000.0; + if ( length > maxTickLen ) + length = maxTickLen; + + d_data->tickLength[tickType] = length; +} + +/*! + \return Length of the ticks + \sa setTickLength(), maxTickLength() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScaleDraw::tickLength( QwtScaleDiv::TickType tickType ) const +{ + if ( tickType < QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick || + tickType > QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ) + { + return 0; + } + + return d_data->tickLength[tickType]; +} + +/*! + \return Length of the longest tick + + Useful for layout calculations + \sa tickLength(), setTickLength() +*/ +double QwtAbstractScaleDraw::maxTickLength() const +{ + double length = 0.0; + for ( int i = 0; i < QwtScaleDiv::NTickTypes; i++ ) + length = qMax( length, d_data->tickLength[i] ); + + return length; +} + +/*! + \brief Convert a value into its representing label + + The value is converted to a plain text using + QLocale().toString(value). + This method is often overloaded by applications to have individual + labels. + + \param value Value + \return Label string. +*/ +QwtText QwtAbstractScaleDraw::label( double value ) const +{ + return QLocale().toString( value ); +} + +/*! + \brief Convert a value into its representing label and cache it. + + The conversion between value and label is called very often + in the layout and painting code. Unfortunately the + calculation of the label sizes might be slow (really slow + for rich text in Qt4), so it's necessary to cache the labels. + + \param font Font + \param value Value + + \return Tick label +*/ +const QwtText &QwtAbstractScaleDraw::tickLabel( + const QFont &font, double value ) const +{ + QMap::const_iterator it1 = d_data->labelCache.constFind( value ); + if ( it1 != d_data->labelCache.constEnd() ) + return *it1; + + QwtText lbl = label( value ); + lbl.setRenderFlags( 0 ); + lbl.setLayoutAttribute( QwtText::MinimumLayout ); + + ( void )lbl.textSize( font ); // initialize the internal cache + + QMap::iterator it2 = d_data->labelCache.insert( value, lbl ); + return *it2; +} + +/*! + Invalidate the cache used by tickLabel() + + The cache is invalidated, when a new QwtScaleDiv is set. If + the labels need to be changed. while the same QwtScaleDiv is set, + invalidateCache() needs to be called manually. +*/ +void QwtAbstractScaleDraw::invalidateCache() +{ + d_data->labelCache.clear(); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f818ded --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ABSTRACT_SCALE_DRAW_H +#define QWT_ABSTRACT_SCALE_DRAW_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" + +class QPalette; +class QPainter; +class QFont; +class QwtTransform; +class QwtScaleMap; + +/*! + \brief A abstract base class for drawing scales + + QwtAbstractScaleDraw can be used to draw linear or logarithmic scales. + + After a scale division has been specified as a QwtScaleDiv object + using setScaleDiv(), the scale can be drawn with the draw() member. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAbstractScaleDraw +{ +public: + + /*! + Components of a scale + \sa enableComponent(), hasComponent + */ + enum ScaleComponent + { + //! Backbone = the line where the ticks are located + Backbone = 0x01, + + //! Ticks + Ticks = 0x02, + + //! Labels + Labels = 0x04 + }; + + //! Scale components + typedef QFlags ScaleComponents; + + QwtAbstractScaleDraw(); + virtual ~QwtAbstractScaleDraw(); + + void setScaleDiv( const QwtScaleDiv & ); + const QwtScaleDiv& scaleDiv() const; + + void setTransformation( QwtTransform * ); + const QwtScaleMap &scaleMap() const; + QwtScaleMap &scaleMap(); + + void enableComponent( ScaleComponent, bool enable = true ); + bool hasComponent( ScaleComponent ) const; + + void setTickLength( QwtScaleDiv::TickType, double length ); + double tickLength( QwtScaleDiv::TickType ) const; + double maxTickLength() const; + + void setSpacing( double ); + double spacing() const; + + void setPenWidth( int width ); + int penWidth() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *, const QPalette & ) const; + + virtual QwtText label( double ) const; + + /*! + Calculate the extent + + The extent is the distance from the baseline to the outermost + pixel of the scale draw in opposite to its orientation. + It is at least minimumExtent() pixels. + + \param font Font used for drawing the tick labels + \return Number of pixels + + \sa setMinimumExtent(), minimumExtent() + */ + virtual double extent( const QFont &font ) const = 0; + + void setMinimumExtent( double ); + double minimumExtent() const; + +protected: + /*! + Draw a tick + + \param painter Painter + \param value Value of the tick + \param len Length of the tick + + \sa drawBackbone(), drawLabel() + */ + virtual void drawTick( QPainter *painter, double value, double len ) const = 0; + + /*! + Draws the baseline of the scale + \param painter Painter + + \sa drawTick(), drawLabel() + */ + virtual void drawBackbone( QPainter *painter ) const = 0; + + /*! + Draws the label for a major scale tick + + \param painter Painter + \param value Value + + \sa drawTick(), drawBackbone() + */ + virtual void drawLabel( QPainter *painter, double value ) const = 0; + + void invalidateCache(); + const QwtText &tickLabel( const QFont &, double value ) const; + +private: + QwtAbstractScaleDraw( const QwtAbstractScaleDraw & ); + QwtAbstractScaleDraw &operator=( const QwtAbstractScaleDraw & ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::ScaleComponents ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7069596 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,822 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_abstract_slider.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qFabs(x) ::fabs(x) +#endif + +static double qwtAlignToScaleDiv( + const QwtAbstractSlider *slider, double value ) +{ + const QwtScaleDiv &sd = slider->scaleDiv(); + + const int tValue = slider->transform( value ); + + if ( tValue == slider->transform( sd.lowerBound() ) ) + return sd.lowerBound(); + + if ( tValue == slider->transform( sd.upperBound() ) ) + return sd.upperBound(); + + for ( int i = 0; i < QwtScaleDiv::NTickTypes; i++ ) + { + const QList ticks = sd.ticks( i ); + for ( int j = 0; j < ticks.size(); j++ ) + { + if ( slider->transform( ticks[ j ] ) == tValue ) + return ticks[ j ]; + } + } + + return value; +} + +class QwtAbstractSlider::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + isScrolling( false ), + isTracking( true ), + pendingValueChanged( false ), + readOnly( false ), + totalSteps( 100 ), + singleSteps( 1 ), + pageSteps( 10 ), + stepAlignment( true ), + isValid( false ), + value( 0.0 ), + wrapping( false ), + invertedControls( false ) + { + } + + bool isScrolling; + bool isTracking; + bool pendingValueChanged; + + bool readOnly; + + uint totalSteps; + uint singleSteps; + uint pageSteps; + bool stepAlignment; + + bool isValid; + double value; + + bool wrapping; + bool invertedControls; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + The scale is initialized to [0.0, 100.0], the + number of steps is set to 100 with 1 and 10 and single + an page step sizes. Step alignment is enabled. + + The initial value is invalid. + + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtAbstractSlider::QwtAbstractSlider( QWidget *parent ): + QwtAbstractScale( parent ) +{ + d_data = new QwtAbstractSlider::PrivateData; + + setScale( 0.0, 100.0 ); + setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAbstractSlider::~QwtAbstractSlider() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the value to be valid/invalid + + \param on When true, the value is invalidated + + \sa setValue() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setValid( bool on ) +{ + if ( on != d_data->isValid ) + { + d_data->isValid = on; + sliderChange(); + + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + } +} + +//! \return True, when the value is invalid +bool QwtAbstractSlider::isValid() const +{ + return d_data->isValid; +} + +/*! + En/Disable read only mode + + In read only mode the slider can't be controlled by mouse + or keyboard. + + \param on Enables in case of true + \sa isReadOnly() + + \warning The focus policy is set to Qt::StrongFocus or Qt::NoFocus +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setReadOnly( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->readOnly != on ) + { + d_data->readOnly = on; + setFocusPolicy( on ? Qt::StrongFocus : Qt::NoFocus ); + + update(); + } +} + +/*! + In read only mode the slider can't be controlled by mouse + or keyboard. + + \return true if read only + \sa setReadOnly() +*/ +bool QwtAbstractSlider::isReadOnly() const +{ + return d_data->readOnly; +} + +/*! + \brief Enables or disables tracking. + + If tracking is enabled, the slider emits the valueChanged() + signal while the movable part of the slider is being dragged. + If tracking is disabled, the slider emits the valueChanged() signal + only when the user releases the slider. + + Tracking is enabled by default. + \param on \c true (enable) or \c false (disable) tracking. + + \sa isTracking(), sliderMoved() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setTracking( bool on ) +{ + d_data->isTracking = on; +} + +/*! + \return True, when tracking has been enabled + \sa setTracking() +*/ +bool QwtAbstractSlider::isTracking() const +{ + return d_data->isTracking; +} + +/*! + Mouse press event handler + \param event Mouse event +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *event ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if ( !d_data->isValid || lowerBound() == upperBound() ) + return; + + d_data->isScrolling = isScrollPosition( event->pos() ); + + if ( d_data->isScrolling ) + { + d_data->pendingValueChanged = false; + + Q_EMIT sliderPressed(); + } +} + +/*! + Mouse Move Event handler + \param event Mouse event +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *event ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if ( d_data->isValid && d_data->isScrolling ) + { + double value = scrolledTo( event->pos() ); + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + value = boundedValue( value ); + + if ( d_data->stepAlignment ) + { + value = alignedValue( value ); + } + else + { + value = qwtAlignToScaleDiv( this, value ); + } + + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + + sliderChange(); + + Q_EMIT sliderMoved( d_data->value ); + + if ( d_data->isTracking ) + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + else + d_data->pendingValueChanged = true; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Mouse Release Event handler + \param event Mouse event +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *event ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if ( d_data->isScrolling && d_data->isValid ) + { + d_data->isScrolling = false; + + if ( d_data->pendingValueChanged ) + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + + Q_EMIT sliderReleased(); + } +} + +/*! + Wheel Event handler + + In/decreases the value by s number of steps. The direction + depends on the invertedControls() property. + + When the control or shift modifier is pressed the wheel delta + ( divided by 120 ) is mapped to an increment according to + pageSteps(). Otherwise it is mapped to singleSteps(). + + \param event Wheel event +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if ( !d_data->isValid || d_data->isScrolling ) + return; + + int numSteps = 0; + + if ( ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) || + ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier ) ) + { + // one page regardless of delta + numSteps = d_data->pageSteps; + if ( event->delta() < 0 ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + } + else + { + const int numTurns = ( event->delta() / 120 ); + numSteps = numTurns * d_data->singleSteps; + } + + if ( d_data->invertedControls ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + + const double value = incrementedValue( d_data->value, numSteps ); + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + sliderChange(); + + Q_EMIT sliderMoved( d_data->value ); + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + } +} + +/*! + Handles key events + + QwtAbstractSlider handles the following keys: + + - Qt::Key_Left\n + Add/Subtract singleSteps() in direction to lowerBound(); + - Qt::Key_Right\n + Add/Subtract singleSteps() in direction to upperBound(); + - Qt::Key_Down\n + Subtract singleSteps(), when invertedControls() is false + - Qt::Key_Up\n + Add singleSteps(), when invertedControls() is false + - Qt::Key_PageDown\n + Subtract pageSteps(), when invertedControls() is false + - Qt::Key_PageUp\n + Add pageSteps(), when invertedControls() is false + - Qt::Key_Home\n + Set the value to the minimum() + - Qt::Key_End\n + Set the value to the maximum() + + \param event Key event + \sa isReadOnly() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *event ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + { + event->ignore(); + return; + } + + if ( !d_data->isValid || d_data->isScrolling ) + return; + + int numSteps = 0; + double value = d_data->value; + + switch ( event->key() ) + { + case Qt::Key_Left: + { + numSteps = -static_cast( d_data->singleSteps ); + if ( isInverted() ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Right: + { + numSteps = d_data->singleSteps; + if ( isInverted() ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Down: + { + numSteps = -static_cast( d_data->singleSteps ); + if ( d_data->invertedControls ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Up: + { + numSteps = d_data->singleSteps; + if ( d_data->invertedControls ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + + break; + } + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + { + numSteps = d_data->pageSteps; + if ( d_data->invertedControls ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + break; + } + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + { + numSteps = -static_cast( d_data->pageSteps ); + if ( d_data->invertedControls ) + numSteps = -numSteps; + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Home: + { + value = minimum(); + break; + } + case Qt::Key_End: + { + value = maximum(); + break; + } + default:; + { + event->ignore(); + } + } + + if ( numSteps != 0 ) + { + value = incrementedValue( d_data->value, numSteps ); + } + + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + sliderChange(); + + Q_EMIT sliderMoved( d_data->value ); + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Set the number of steps + + The range of the slider is divided into a number of steps from + which the value increments according to user inputs depend. + + The default setting is 100. + + \param stepCount Number of steps + + \sa totalSteps(), setSingleSteps(), setPageSteps() + */ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setTotalSteps( uint stepCount ) +{ + d_data->totalSteps = stepCount; +} + +/*! + \return Number of steps + \sa setTotalSteps(), singleSteps(), pageSteps() + */ +uint QwtAbstractSlider::totalSteps() const +{ + return d_data->totalSteps; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the number of steps for a single increment + + The range of the slider is divided into a number of steps from + which the value increments according to user inputs depend. + + \param stepCount Number of steps + + \sa singleSteps(), setTotalSteps(), setPageSteps() + */ + +void QwtAbstractSlider::setSingleSteps( uint stepCount ) +{ + d_data->singleSteps = stepCount; +} + +/*! + \return Number of steps + \sa setSingleSteps(), totalSteps(), pageSteps() + */ +uint QwtAbstractSlider::singleSteps() const +{ + return d_data->singleSteps; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the number of steps for a page increment + + The range of the slider is divided into a number of steps from + which the value increments according to user inputs depend. + + \param stepCount Number of steps + + \sa pageSteps(), setTotalSteps(), setSingleSteps() + */ + +void QwtAbstractSlider::setPageSteps( uint stepCount ) +{ + d_data->pageSteps = stepCount; +} + +/*! + \return Number of steps + \sa setPageSteps(), totalSteps(), singleSteps() + */ +uint QwtAbstractSlider::pageSteps() const +{ + return d_data->pageSteps; +} + +/*! + \brief Enable step alignment + + When step alignment is enabled values resulting from slider + movements are aligned to the step size. + + \param on Enable step alignment when true + \sa stepAlignment() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setStepAlignment( bool on ) +{ + if ( on != d_data->stepAlignment ) + { + d_data->stepAlignment = on; + } +} + +/*! + \return True, when step alignment is enabled + \sa setStepAlignment() + */ +bool QwtAbstractSlider::stepAlignment() const +{ + return d_data->stepAlignment; +} + +/*! + Set the slider to the specified value + + \param value New value + \sa setValid(), sliderChange(), valueChanged() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setValue( double value ) +{ + value = qBound( minimum(), value, maximum() ); + + const bool changed = ( d_data->value != value ) || !d_data->isValid; + + d_data->value = value; + d_data->isValid = true; + + if ( changed ) + { + sliderChange(); + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + } +} + +//! Returns the current value. +double QwtAbstractSlider::value() const +{ + return d_data->value; +} + +/*! + If wrapping is true stepping up from upperBound() value will + take you to the minimum() value and vice versa. + + \param on En/Disable wrapping + \sa wrapping() +*/ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setWrapping( bool on ) +{ + d_data->wrapping = on; +} + +/*! + \return True, when wrapping is set + \sa setWrapping() + */ +bool QwtAbstractSlider::wrapping() const +{ + return d_data->wrapping; +} + +/*! + Invert wheel and key events + + Usually scrolling the mouse wheel "up" and using keys like page + up will increase the slider's value towards its maximum. + When invertedControls() is enabled the value is scrolled + towards its minimum. + + Inverting the controls might be f.e. useful for a vertical slider + with an inverted scale ( decreasing from top to bottom ). + + \param on Invert controls, when true + + \sa invertedControls(), keyEvent(), wheelEvent() + */ +void QwtAbstractSlider::setInvertedControls( bool on ) +{ + d_data->invertedControls = on; +} + +/*! + \return True, when the controls are inverted + \sa setInvertedControls() + */ +bool QwtAbstractSlider::invertedControls() const +{ + return d_data->invertedControls; +} + +/*! + Increment the slider + + The step size depends on the number of totalSteps() + + \param stepCount Number of steps + \sa setTotalSteps(), incrementedValue() + */ +void QwtAbstractSlider::incrementValue( int stepCount ) +{ + const double value = incrementedValue( + d_data->value, stepCount ); + + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + sliderChange(); + } +} + +/*! + Increment a value + + \param value Value + \param stepCount Number of steps + + \return Incremented value + */ +double QwtAbstractSlider::incrementedValue( + double value, int stepCount ) const +{ + if ( d_data->totalSteps == 0 ) + return value; + + const QwtTransform *transformation = + scaleMap().transformation(); + + if ( transformation == NULL ) + { + const double range = maximum() - minimum(); + value += stepCount * range / d_data->totalSteps; + } + else + { + QwtScaleMap map = scaleMap(); + map.setPaintInterval( 0, d_data->totalSteps ); + + // we need equidant steps according to + // paint device coordinates + const double range = transformation->transform( maximum() ) + - transformation->transform( minimum() ); + + const double stepSize = range / d_data->totalSteps; + + double v = transformation->transform( value ); + + v = qRound( v / stepSize ) * stepSize; + v += stepCount * range / d_data->totalSteps; + + value = transformation->invTransform( v ); + } + + value = boundedValue( value ); + + if ( d_data->stepAlignment ) + value = alignedValue( value ); + + return value; +} + +double QwtAbstractSlider::boundedValue( double value ) const +{ + const double vmin = minimum(); + const double vmax = maximum(); + + if ( d_data->wrapping && vmin != vmax ) + { + const int fullCircle = 360 * 16; + + const double pd = scaleMap().pDist(); + if ( int( pd / fullCircle ) * fullCircle == pd ) + { + // full circle scales: min and max are the same + const double range = vmax - vmin; + + if ( value < vmin ) + { + value += ::ceil( ( vmin - value ) / range ) * range; + } + else if ( value > vmax ) + { + value -= ::ceil( ( value - vmax ) / range ) * range; + } + } + else + { + if ( value < vmin ) + value = vmax; + else if ( value > vmax ) + value = vmin; + } + } + else + { + value = qBound( vmin, value, vmax ); + } + + return value; +} + +double QwtAbstractSlider::alignedValue( double value ) const +{ + if ( d_data->totalSteps == 0 ) + return value; + + double stepSize; + + if ( scaleMap().transformation() == NULL ) + { + stepSize = ( maximum() - minimum() ) / d_data->totalSteps; + if ( stepSize > 0.0 ) + { + value = lowerBound() + + qRound( ( value - lowerBound() ) / stepSize ) * stepSize; + } + } + else + { + stepSize = ( scaleMap().p2() - scaleMap().p1() ) / d_data->totalSteps; + + if ( stepSize > 0.0 ) + { + double v = scaleMap().transform( value ); + + v = scaleMap().p1() + + qRound( ( v - scaleMap().p1() ) / stepSize ) * stepSize; + + value = scaleMap().invTransform( v ); + } + } + + if ( qAbs( stepSize ) > 1e-12 ) + { + if ( qFuzzyCompare( value + 1.0, 1.0 ) ) + { + // correct rounding error if value = 0 + value = 0.0; + } + else + { + // correct rounding error at the border + if ( qFuzzyCompare( value, upperBound() ) ) + value = upperBound(); + else if ( qFuzzyCompare( value, lowerBound() ) ) + value = lowerBound(); + } + } + + return value; +} + +/*! + Update the slider according to modifications of the scale + */ +void QwtAbstractSlider::scaleChange() +{ + const double value = qBound( minimum(), d_data->value, maximum() ); + + const bool changed = ( value != d_data->value ); + if ( changed ) + { + d_data->value = value; + } + + if ( d_data->isValid || changed ) + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + + updateGeometry(); + update(); +} + +//! Calling update() +void QwtAbstractSlider::sliderChange() +{ + update(); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be5c682 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_abstract_slider.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ABSTRACT_SLIDER_H +#define QWT_ABSTRACT_SLIDER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_scale.h" + +/*! + \brief An abstract base class for slider widgets with a scale + + A slider widget displays a value according to a scale. + The class is designed as a common super class for widgets like + QwtKnob, QwtDial and QwtSlider. + + When the slider is nor readOnly() its value can be modified + by keyboard, mouse and wheel inputs. + + The range of the slider is divided into a number of steps from + which the value increments according to user inputs depend. + Only for linear scales the number of steps correspond with + a fixed step size. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAbstractSlider: public QwtAbstractScale +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_PROPERTY( double value READ value WRITE setValue ) + + Q_PROPERTY( uint totalSteps READ totalSteps WRITE setTotalSteps ) + Q_PROPERTY( uint singleSteps READ singleSteps WRITE setSingleSteps ) + Q_PROPERTY( uint pageSteps READ pageSteps WRITE setPageSteps ) + Q_PROPERTY( bool stepAlignment READ stepAlignment WRITE setStepAlignment ) + + Q_PROPERTY( bool readOnly READ isReadOnly WRITE setReadOnly ) + Q_PROPERTY( bool tracking READ isTracking WRITE setTracking ) + Q_PROPERTY( bool wrapping READ wrapping WRITE setWrapping ) + + Q_PROPERTY( bool invertedControls READ invertedControls WRITE setInvertedControls ) + +public: + explicit QwtAbstractSlider( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtAbstractSlider(); + + void setValid( bool ); + bool isValid() const; + + double value() const; + + void setWrapping( bool ); + bool wrapping() const; + + void setTotalSteps( uint ); + uint totalSteps() const; + + void setSingleSteps( uint ); + uint singleSteps() const; + + void setPageSteps( uint ); + uint pageSteps() const; + + void setStepAlignment( bool ); + bool stepAlignment() const; + + void setTracking( bool ); + bool isTracking() const; + + void setReadOnly( bool ); + bool isReadOnly() const; + + void setInvertedControls( bool ); + bool invertedControls() const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + void setValue( double value ); + +Q_SIGNALS: + + /*! + \brief Notify a change of value. + + When tracking is enabled (default setting), + this signal will be emitted every time the value changes. + + \param value New value + + \sa setTracking(), sliderMoved() + */ + void valueChanged( double value ); + + /*! + This signal is emitted when the user presses the + movable part of the slider. + */ + void sliderPressed(); + + /*! + This signal is emitted when the user releases the + movable part of the slider. + */ + void sliderReleased(); + + /*! + This signal is emitted when the user moves the + slider with the mouse. + + \param value New value + + \sa valueChanged() + */ + void sliderMoved( double value ); + +protected: + virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * ); + + /*! + \brief Determine what to do when the user presses a mouse button. + + \param pos Mouse position + + \retval True, when pos is a valid scroll position + \sa scrolledTo() + */ + virtual bool isScrollPosition( const QPoint &pos ) const = 0; + + /*! + \brief Determine the value for a new position of the + movable part of the slider + + \param pos Mouse position + + \return Value for the mouse position + \sa isScrollPosition() + */ + virtual double scrolledTo( const QPoint &pos ) const = 0; + + void incrementValue( int stepCount ); + + virtual void scaleChange(); + +protected: + virtual void sliderChange(); + + double incrementedValue( + double value, int stepCount ) const; + +private: + double alignedValue( double ) const; + double boundedValue( double ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04dd37c --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_analog_clock.h" +#include "qwt_round_scale_draw.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtAnalogClockScaleDraw: public QwtRoundScaleDraw +{ +public: + QwtAnalogClockScaleDraw() + { + setSpacing( 8 ); + + enableComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Backbone, false ); + + setTickLength( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick, 2 ); + setTickLength( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick, 4 ); + setTickLength( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick, 8 ); + + setPenWidth( 1 ); + } + + virtual QwtText label( double value ) const + { + if ( qFuzzyCompare( value + 1.0, 1.0 ) ) + value = 60.0 * 60.0 * 12.0; + + return QLocale().toString( qRound( value / ( 60.0 * 60.0 ) ) ); + } +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtAnalogClock::QwtAnalogClock( QWidget *parent ): + QwtDial( parent ) +{ + setWrapping( true ); + setReadOnly( true ); + + setOrigin( 270.0 ); + setScaleDraw( new QwtAnalogClockScaleDraw() ); + + setTotalSteps( 60 ); + + const int secondsPerHour = 60.0 * 60.0; + + QList majorTicks; + QList minorTicks; + + for ( int i = 0; i < 12; i++ ) + { + majorTicks += i * secondsPerHour; + + for ( int j = 1; j < 5; j++ ) + minorTicks += i * secondsPerHour + j * secondsPerHour / 5.0; + } + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + scaleDiv.setInterval( 0.0, 12.0 * secondsPerHour ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick, majorTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick, minorTicks ); + setScale( scaleDiv ); + + QColor knobColor = palette().color( QPalette::Active, QPalette::Text ); + knobColor = knobColor.dark( 120 ); + + QColor handColor; + int width; + + for ( int i = 0; i < NHands; i++ ) + { + if ( i == SecondHand ) + { + width = 2; + handColor = knobColor.dark( 120 ); + } + else + { + width = 8; + handColor = knobColor; + } + + QwtDialSimpleNeedle *hand = new QwtDialSimpleNeedle( + QwtDialSimpleNeedle::Arrow, true, handColor, knobColor ); + hand->setWidth( width ); + + d_hand[i] = NULL; + setHand( static_cast( i ), hand ); + } +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAnalogClock::~QwtAnalogClock() +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < NHands; i++ ) + delete d_hand[i]; +} + +/*! + Nop method, use setHand() instead + \sa setHand() +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::setNeedle( QwtDialNeedle * ) +{ + // no op + return; +} + +/*! + Set a clock hand + \param hand Specifies the type of hand + \param needle Hand + \sa hand() +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::setHand( Hand hand, QwtDialNeedle *needle ) +{ + if ( hand >= 0 && hand < NHands ) + { + delete d_hand[hand]; + d_hand[hand] = needle; + } +} + +/*! + \return Clock hand + \param hd Specifies the type of hand + \sa setHand() +*/ +QwtDialNeedle *QwtAnalogClock::hand( Hand hd ) +{ + if ( hd < 0 || hd >= NHands ) + return NULL; + + return d_hand[hd]; +} + +/*! + \return Clock hand + \param hd Specifies the type of hand + \sa setHand() +*/ +const QwtDialNeedle *QwtAnalogClock::hand( Hand hd ) const +{ + return const_cast( this )->hand( hd ); +} + +/*! + \brief Set the current time +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::setCurrentTime() +{ + setTime( QTime::currentTime() ); +} + +/*! + Set a time + \param time Time to display +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::setTime( const QTime &time ) +{ + if ( time.isValid() ) + { + setValue( ( time.hour() % 12 ) * 60.0 * 60.0 + + time.minute() * 60.0 + time.second() ); + } + else + setValid( false ); +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the needle + + A clock has no single needle but three hands instead. drawNeedle() + translates value() into directions for the hands and calls + drawHand(). + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the clock + \param radius Maximum length for the hands + \param dir Dummy, not used. + \param colorGroup ColorGroup + + \sa drawHand() +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, + double radius, double dir, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( dir ); + + if ( isValid() ) + { + const double hours = value() / ( 60.0 * 60.0 ); + const double minutes = + ( value() - qFloor(hours) * 60.0 * 60.0 ) / 60.0; + const double seconds = value() - qFloor(hours) * 60.0 * 60.0 + - qFloor(minutes) * 60.0; + + double angle[NHands]; + angle[HourHand] = 360.0 * hours / 12.0; + angle[MinuteHand] = 360.0 * minutes / 60.0; + angle[SecondHand] = 360.0 * seconds / 60.0; + + for ( int hand = 0; hand < NHands; hand++ ) + { + const double d = 360.0 - angle[hand] - origin(); + drawHand( painter, static_cast( hand ), + center, radius, d, colorGroup ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Draw a clock hand + + \param painter Painter + \param hd Specify the type of hand + \param center Center of the clock + \param radius Maximum length for the hands + \param direction Direction of the hand in degrees, counter clockwise + \param cg ColorGroup +*/ +void QwtAnalogClock::drawHand( QPainter *painter, Hand hd, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius, double direction, + QPalette::ColorGroup cg ) const +{ + const QwtDialNeedle *needle = hand( hd ); + if ( needle ) + { + if ( hd == HourHand ) + radius = qRound( 0.8 * radius ); + + needle->draw( painter, center, radius, direction, cg ); + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e9f01a --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_analog_clock.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ANALOG_CLOCK_H +#define QWT_ANALOG_CLOCK_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_dial.h" +#include "qwt_dial_needle.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief An analog clock + + \image html analogclock.png + + \par Example + \code + #include + + QwtAnalogClock *clock = new QwtAnalogClock(...); + clock->scaleDraw()->setPenWidth(3); + clock->setLineWidth(6); + clock->setFrameShadow(QwtDial::Sunken); + clock->setTime(); + + // update the clock every second + QTimer *timer = new QTimer(clock); + timer->connect(timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), clock, SLOT(setCurrentTime())); + timer->start(1000); + + \endcode + + \note The examples/dials example shows how to use QwtAnalogClock. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAnalogClock: public QwtDial +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + /*! + Hand type + \sa setHand(), hand() + */ + enum Hand + { + //! Needle displaying the seconds + SecondHand, + + //! Needle displaying the minutes + MinuteHand, + + //! Needle displaying the hours + HourHand, + + //! Number of needles + NHands + }; + + explicit QwtAnalogClock( QWidget* parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtAnalogClock(); + + void setHand( Hand, QwtDialNeedle * ); + + const QwtDialNeedle *hand( Hand ) const; + QwtDialNeedle *hand( Hand ); + +public Q_SLOTS: + void setCurrentTime(); + void setTime( const QTime & ); + +protected: + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *, const QPointF &, + double radius, double direction, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + + virtual void drawHand( QPainter *, Hand, const QPointF &, + double radius, double direction, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + +private: + // use setHand instead + void setNeedle( QwtDialNeedle * ); + + QwtDialNeedle *d_hand[NHands]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd20f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_arrow_button.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static const int MaxNum = 3; +static const int Margin = 2; +static const int Spacing = 1; + +class QwtArrowButton::PrivateData +{ +public: + int num; + Qt::ArrowType arrowType; +}; + +static QStyleOptionButton styleOpt( const QwtArrowButton* btn ) +{ + QStyleOptionButton option; + option.init( btn ); + option.features = QStyleOptionButton::None; + if ( btn->isFlat() ) + option.features |= QStyleOptionButton::Flat; + if ( btn->menu() ) + option.features |= QStyleOptionButton::HasMenu; + if ( btn->autoDefault() || btn->isDefault() ) + option.features |= QStyleOptionButton::AutoDefaultButton; + if ( btn->isDefault() ) + option.features |= QStyleOptionButton::DefaultButton; + if ( btn->isDown() ) + option.state |= QStyle::State_Sunken; + if ( !btn->isFlat() && !btn->isDown() ) + option.state |= QStyle::State_Raised; + + return option; +} + +/*! + \param num Number of arrows + \param arrowType see Qt::ArrowType in the Qt docs. + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtArrowButton::QwtArrowButton( int num, + Qt::ArrowType arrowType, QWidget *parent ): + QPushButton( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + d_data->num = qBound( 1, num, MaxNum ); + d_data->arrowType = arrowType; + + setAutoRepeat( true ); + setAutoDefault( false ); + + switch ( d_data->arrowType ) + { + case Qt::LeftArrow: + case Qt::RightArrow: + setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, + QSizePolicy::Fixed ); + break; + default: + setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, + QSizePolicy::Expanding ); + } +} + +//! Destructor +QwtArrowButton::~QwtArrowButton() +{ + delete d_data; + d_data = NULL; +} + +/*! + \brief The direction of the arrows +*/ +Qt::ArrowType QwtArrowButton::arrowType() const +{ + return d_data->arrowType; +} + +/*! + \brief The number of arrows +*/ +int QwtArrowButton::num() const +{ + return d_data->num; +} + +/*! + \return the bounding rectangle for the label +*/ +QRect QwtArrowButton::labelRect() const +{ + const int m = Margin; + + QRect r = rect(); + r.setRect( r.x() + m, r.y() + m, + r.width() - 2 * m, r.height() - 2 * m ); + + if ( isDown() ) + { + QStyleOptionButton option = styleOpt( this ); + const int ph = style()->pixelMetric( + QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal, &option, this ); + const int pv = style()->pixelMetric( + QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftVertical, &option, this ); + + r.translate( ph, pv ); + } + + return r; +} + +/*! + Paint event handler + \param event Paint event +*/ +void QwtArrowButton::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + QPushButton::paintEvent( event ); + QPainter painter( this ); + drawButtonLabel( &painter ); +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the button label + + \param painter Painter + \sa The Qt Manual for QPushButton +*/ +void QwtArrowButton::drawButtonLabel( QPainter *painter ) +{ + const bool isVertical = d_data->arrowType == Qt::UpArrow || + d_data->arrowType == Qt::DownArrow; + + const QRect r = labelRect(); + QSize boundingSize = labelRect().size(); + if ( isVertical ) + boundingSize.transpose(); + + const int w = + ( boundingSize.width() - ( MaxNum - 1 ) * Spacing ) / MaxNum; + + QSize arrow = arrowSize( Qt::RightArrow, + QSize( w, boundingSize.height() ) ); + + if ( isVertical ) + arrow.transpose(); + + QRect contentsSize; // aligned rect where to paint all arrows + if ( d_data->arrowType == Qt::LeftArrow || d_data->arrowType == Qt::RightArrow ) + { + contentsSize.setWidth( d_data->num * arrow.width() + + ( d_data->num - 1 ) * Spacing ); + contentsSize.setHeight( arrow.height() ); + } + else + { + contentsSize.setWidth( arrow.width() ); + contentsSize.setHeight( d_data->num * arrow.height() + + ( d_data->num - 1 ) * Spacing ); + } + + QRect arrowRect( contentsSize ); + arrowRect.moveCenter( r.center() ); + arrowRect.setSize( arrow ); + + painter->save(); + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->num; i++ ) + { + drawArrow( painter, arrowRect, d_data->arrowType ); + + int dx = 0; + int dy = 0; + + if ( isVertical ) + dy = arrow.height() + Spacing; + else + dx = arrow.width() + Spacing; + + arrowRect.translate( dx, dy ); + } + painter->restore(); + + if ( hasFocus() ) + { + QStyleOptionFocusRect option; + option.init( this ); + option.backgroundColor = palette().color( QPalette::Window ); + + style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect, + &option, painter, this ); + } +} + +/*! + Draw an arrow int a bounding rectangle + + \param painter Painter + \param r Rectangle where to paint the arrow + \param arrowType Arrow type +*/ +void QwtArrowButton::drawArrow( QPainter *painter, + const QRect &r, Qt::ArrowType arrowType ) const +{ + QPolygon pa( 3 ); + + switch ( arrowType ) + { + case Qt::UpArrow: + pa.setPoint( 0, r.bottomLeft() ); + pa.setPoint( 1, r.bottomRight() ); + pa.setPoint( 2, r.center().x(), r.top() ); + break; + case Qt::DownArrow: + pa.setPoint( 0, r.topLeft() ); + pa.setPoint( 1, r.topRight() ); + pa.setPoint( 2, r.center().x(), r.bottom() ); + break; + case Qt::RightArrow: + pa.setPoint( 0, r.topLeft() ); + pa.setPoint( 1, r.bottomLeft() ); + pa.setPoint( 2, r.right(), r.center().y() ); + break; + case Qt::LeftArrow: + pa.setPoint( 0, r.topRight() ); + pa.setPoint( 1, r.bottomRight() ); + pa.setPoint( 2, r.left(), r.center().y() ); + break; + default: + break; + } + + painter->save(); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().brush( QPalette::ButtonText ) ); + painter->drawPolygon( pa ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + \return a size hint +*/ +QSize QwtArrowButton::sizeHint() const +{ + const QSize hint = minimumSizeHint(); + return hint.expandedTo( QApplication::globalStrut() ); +} + +/*! + \brief Return a minimum size hint +*/ +QSize QwtArrowButton::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + const QSize asz = arrowSize( Qt::RightArrow, QSize() ); + + QSize sz( + 2 * Margin + ( MaxNum - 1 ) * Spacing + MaxNum * asz.width(), + 2 * Margin + asz.height() + ); + + if ( d_data->arrowType == Qt::UpArrow || d_data->arrowType == Qt::DownArrow ) + sz.transpose(); + + QStyleOption styleOption; + styleOption.init( this ); + + sz = style()->sizeFromContents( QStyle::CT_PushButton, + &styleOption, sz, this ); + + return sz; +} + +/*! + Calculate the size for a arrow that fits into a rectangle of a given size + + \param arrowType Arrow type + \param boundingSize Bounding size + \return Size of the arrow +*/ +QSize QwtArrowButton::arrowSize( Qt::ArrowType arrowType, + const QSize &boundingSize ) const +{ + QSize bs = boundingSize; + if ( arrowType == Qt::UpArrow || arrowType == Qt::DownArrow ) + bs.transpose(); + + const int MinLen = 2; + const QSize sz = bs.expandedTo( + QSize( MinLen, 2 * MinLen - 1 ) ); // minimum + + int w = sz.width(); + int h = 2 * w - 1; + + if ( h > sz.height() ) + { + h = sz.height(); + w = ( h + 1 ) / 2; + } + + QSize arrSize( w, h ); + if ( arrowType == Qt::UpArrow || arrowType == Qt::DownArrow ) + arrSize.transpose(); + + return arrSize; +} + +/*! + \brief autoRepeat for the space keys +*/ +void QwtArrowButton::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *event ) +{ + if ( event->isAutoRepeat() && event->key() == Qt::Key_Space ) + Q_EMIT clicked(); + + QPushButton::keyPressEvent( event ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a727d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_arrow_button.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_ARROW_BUTTON_H +#define QWT_ARROW_BUTTON_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief Arrow Button + + A push button with one or more filled triangles on its front. + An Arrow button can have 1 to 3 arrows in a row, pointing + up, down, left or right. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtArrowButton : public QPushButton +{ +public: + explicit QwtArrowButton ( int num, Qt::ArrowType, QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtArrowButton(); + + Qt::ArrowType arrowType() const; + int num() const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + +protected: + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ); + + virtual void drawButtonLabel( QPainter * ); + virtual void drawArrow( QPainter *, + const QRect &, Qt::ArrowType ) const; + virtual QRect labelRect() const; + virtual QSize arrowSize( Qt::ArrowType, + const QSize &boundingSize ) const; + + virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8605b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_clipper.h" +#include "qwt_point_polar.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qAtan(x) ::atan(x) +#endif + +namespace QwtClip +{ + // some templates used for inlining + template class LeftEdge; + template class RightEdge; + template class TopEdge; + template class BottomEdge; + + template class PointBuffer; +} + +template +class QwtClip::LeftEdge +{ +public: + inline LeftEdge( Value x1, Value, Value, Value ): + d_x1( x1 ) + { + } + + inline bool isInside( const Point &p ) const + { + return p.x() >= d_x1; + } + + inline Point intersection( const Point &p1, const Point &p2 ) const + { + double dy = ( p1.y() - p2.y() ) / double( p1.x() - p2.x() ); + return Point( d_x1, static_cast< Value >( p2.y() + ( d_x1 - p2.x() ) * dy ) ); + } +private: + const Value d_x1; +}; + +template +class QwtClip::RightEdge +{ +public: + inline RightEdge( Value, Value x2, Value, Value ): + d_x2( x2 ) + { + } + + inline bool isInside( const Point &p ) const + { + return p.x() <= d_x2; + } + + inline Point intersection( const Point &p1, const Point &p2 ) const + { + double dy = ( p1.y() - p2.y() ) / double( p1.x() - p2.x() ); + return Point( d_x2, static_cast( p2.y() + ( d_x2 - p2.x() ) * dy ) ); + } + +private: + const Value d_x2; +}; + +template +class QwtClip::TopEdge +{ +public: + inline TopEdge( Value, Value, Value y1, Value ): + d_y1( y1 ) + { + } + + inline bool isInside( const Point &p ) const + { + return p.y() >= d_y1; + } + + inline Point intersection( const Point &p1, const Point &p2 ) const + { + double dx = ( p1.x() - p2.x() ) / double( p1.y() - p2.y() ); + return Point( static_cast( p2.x() + ( d_y1 - p2.y() ) * dx ), d_y1 ); + } + +private: + const Value d_y1; +}; + +template +class QwtClip::BottomEdge +{ +public: + inline BottomEdge( Value, Value, Value, Value y2 ): + d_y2( y2 ) + { + } + + inline bool isInside( const Point &p ) const + { + return p.y() <= d_y2; + } + + inline Point intersection( const Point &p1, const Point &p2 ) const + { + double dx = ( p1.x() - p2.x() ) / double( p1.y() - p2.y() ); + return Point( static_cast( p2.x() + ( d_y2 - p2.y() ) * dx ), d_y2 ); + } + +private: + const Value d_y2; +}; + +template +class QwtClip::PointBuffer +{ +public: + PointBuffer( int capacity = 0 ): + m_capacity( 0 ), + m_size( 0 ), + m_buffer( NULL ) + { + if ( capacity > 0 ) + reserve( capacity ); + } + + ~PointBuffer() + { + if ( m_buffer ) + ::free( m_buffer ); + } + + inline void setPoints( int numPoints, const Point *points ) + { + reserve( numPoints ); + + m_size = numPoints; + ::memcpy( m_buffer, points, m_size * sizeof( Point ) ); + } + + inline void reset() + { + m_size = 0; + } + + inline int size() const + { + return m_size; + } + + inline Point *data() const + { + return m_buffer; + } + + inline Point &operator[]( int i ) + { + return m_buffer[i]; + } + + inline const Point &operator[]( int i ) const + { + return m_buffer[i]; + } + + inline void add( const Point &point ) + { + if ( m_capacity <= m_size ) + reserve( m_size + 1 ); + + m_buffer[m_size++] = point; + } + +private: + inline void reserve( int size ) + { + if ( m_capacity == 0 ) + m_capacity = 1; + + while ( m_capacity < size ) + m_capacity *= 2; + + m_buffer = static_cast( + ::realloc( m_buffer, m_capacity * sizeof( Point ) ) ); + } + + int m_capacity; + int m_size; + Point *m_buffer; +}; + +using namespace QwtClip; + +template +class QwtPolygonClipper +{ +public: + QwtPolygonClipper( const Rect &clipRect ): + d_clipRect( clipRect ) + { + } + + Polygon clipPolygon( const Polygon &polygon, bool closePolygon ) const + { +#if 0 + if ( d_clipRect.contains( polygon.boundingRect() ) ) + return polygon; +#endif + + PointBuffer points1; + PointBuffer points2( qMin( 256, polygon.size() ) ); + + points1.setPoints( polygon.size(), polygon.data() ); + + clipEdge< LeftEdge >( closePolygon, points1, points2 ); + clipEdge< RightEdge >( closePolygon, points2, points1 ); + clipEdge< TopEdge >( closePolygon, points1, points2 ); + clipEdge< BottomEdge >( closePolygon, points2, points1 ); + + Polygon p; + p.resize( points1.size() ); + ::memcpy( p.data(), points1.data(), points1.size() * sizeof( Point ) ); + + return p; + } + +private: + template + inline void clipEdge( bool closePolygon, + PointBuffer &points, PointBuffer &clippedPoints ) const + { + clippedPoints.reset(); + + if ( points.size() < 2 ) + { + if ( points.size() == 1 ) + clippedPoints.add( points[0] ); + return; + } + + const Edge edge( d_clipRect.x(), d_clipRect.x() + d_clipRect.width(), + d_clipRect.y(), d_clipRect.y() + d_clipRect.height() ); + + int lastPos, start; + if ( closePolygon ) + { + start = 0; + lastPos = points.size() - 1; + } + else + { + start = 1; + lastPos = 0; + + if ( edge.isInside( points[0] ) ) + clippedPoints.add( points[0] ); + } + + const uint nPoints = points.size(); + for ( uint i = start; i < nPoints; i++ ) + { + const Point &p1 = points[i]; + const Point &p2 = points[lastPos]; + + if ( edge.isInside( p1 ) ) + { + if ( edge.isInside( p2 ) ) + { + clippedPoints.add( p1 ); + } + else + { + clippedPoints.add( edge.intersection( p1, p2 ) ); + clippedPoints.add( p1 ); + } + } + else + { + if ( edge.isInside( p2 ) ) + { + clippedPoints.add( edge.intersection( p1, p2 ) ); + } + } + lastPos = i; + } + } + + const Rect d_clipRect; +}; + +class QwtCircleClipper +{ +public: + QwtCircleClipper( const QRectF &r ); + QVector clipCircle( const QPointF &, double radius ) const; + +private: + enum Edge + { + Left, + Top, + Right, + Bottom, + + NEdges + }; + + QList cuttingPoints( + Edge, const QPointF &pos, double radius ) const; + + double toAngle( const QPointF &, const QPointF & ) const; + + const QRectF d_rect; +}; + + +QwtCircleClipper::QwtCircleClipper( const QRectF &r ): + d_rect( r ) +{ +} + +QVector QwtCircleClipper::clipCircle( + const QPointF &pos, double radius ) const +{ + QList points; + for ( int edge = 0; edge < NEdges; edge++ ) + points += cuttingPoints( static_cast(edge), pos, radius ); + + QVector intv; + if ( points.size() <= 0 ) + { + QRectF cRect( 0, 0, 2 * radius, 2 * radius ); + cRect.moveCenter( pos ); + if ( d_rect.contains( cRect ) ) + intv += QwtInterval( 0.0, 2 * M_PI ); + } + else + { + QList angles; + for ( int i = 0; i < points.size(); i++ ) + angles += toAngle( pos, points[i] ); + qSort( angles ); + + const int in = d_rect.contains( qwtPolar2Pos( pos, radius, + angles[0] + ( angles[1] - angles[0] ) / 2 ) ); + + if ( in ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < angles.size() - 1; i += 2 ) + intv += QwtInterval( angles[i], angles[i+1] ); + } + else + { + for ( int i = 1; i < angles.size() - 1; i += 2 ) + intv += QwtInterval( angles[i], angles[i+1] ); + intv += QwtInterval( angles.last(), angles.first() ); + } + } + + return intv; +} + +double QwtCircleClipper::toAngle( + const QPointF &from, const QPointF &to ) const +{ + if ( from.x() == to.x() ) + return from.y() <= to.y() ? M_PI / 2.0 : 3 * M_PI / 2.0; + + const double m = qAbs( ( to.y() - from.y() ) / ( to.x() - from.x() ) ); + + double angle = qAtan( m ); + if ( to.x() > from.x() ) + { + if ( to.y() > from.y() ) + angle = 2 * M_PI - angle; + } + else + { + if ( to.y() > from.y() ) + angle = M_PI + angle; + else + angle = M_PI - angle; + } + + return angle; +} + +QList QwtCircleClipper::cuttingPoints( + Edge edge, const QPointF &pos, double radius ) const +{ + QList points; + + if ( edge == Left || edge == Right ) + { + const double x = ( edge == Left ) ? d_rect.left() : d_rect.right(); + if ( qAbs( pos.x() - x ) < radius ) + { + const double off = qSqrt( qwtSqr( radius ) - qwtSqr( pos.x() - x ) ); + const double m_y1 = pos.y() + off; + if ( m_y1 >= d_rect.top() && m_y1 <= d_rect.bottom() ) + points += QPointF( x, m_y1 ); + + const double m_y2 = pos.y() - off; + if ( m_y2 >= d_rect.top() && m_y2 <= d_rect.bottom() ) + points += QPointF( x, m_y2 ); + } + } + else + { + const double y = ( edge == Top ) ? d_rect.top() : d_rect.bottom(); + if ( qAbs( pos.y() - y ) < radius ) + { + const double off = qSqrt( qwtSqr( radius ) - qwtSqr( pos.y() - y ) ); + const double x1 = pos.x() + off; + if ( x1 >= d_rect.left() && x1 <= d_rect.right() ) + points += QPointF( x1, y ); + + const double m_x2 = pos.x() - off; + if ( m_x2 >= d_rect.left() && m_x2 <= d_rect.right() ) + points += QPointF( m_x2, y ); + } + } + return points; +} + +/*! + Sutherland-Hodgman polygon clipping + + \param clipRect Clip rectangle + \param polygon Polygon + \param closePolygon True, when the polygon is closed + + \return Clipped polygon +*/ +QPolygon QwtClipper::clipPolygon( + const QRectF &clipRect, const QPolygon &polygon, bool closePolygon ) +{ + const int minX = qCeil( clipRect.left() ); + const int maxX = qFloor( clipRect.right() ); + const int minY = qCeil( clipRect.top() ); + const int maxY = qFloor( clipRect.bottom() ); + + const QRect r( minX, minY, maxX - minX, maxY - minY ); + + QwtPolygonClipper clipper( r ); + return clipper.clipPolygon( polygon, closePolygon ); +} +/*! + Sutherland-Hodgman polygon clipping + + \param clipRect Clip rectangle + \param polygon Polygon + \param closePolygon True, when the polygon is closed + + \return Clipped polygon +*/ +QPolygon QwtClipper::clipPolygon( + const QRect &clipRect, const QPolygon &polygon, bool closePolygon ) +{ + QwtPolygonClipper clipper( clipRect ); + return clipper.clipPolygon( polygon, closePolygon ); +} + +/*! + Sutherland-Hodgman polygon clipping + + \param clipRect Clip rectangle + \param polygon Polygon + \param closePolygon True, when the polygon is closed + + \return Clipped polygon +*/ +QPolygonF QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( + const QRectF &clipRect, const QPolygonF &polygon, bool closePolygon ) +{ + QwtPolygonClipper clipper( clipRect ); + return clipper.clipPolygon( polygon, closePolygon ); +} + +/*! + Circle clipping + + clipCircle() divides a circle into intervals of angles representing arcs + of the circle. When the circle is completely inside the clip rectangle + an interval [0.0, 2 * M_PI] is returned. + + \param clipRect Clip rectangle + \param center Center of the circle + \param radius Radius of the circle + + \return Arcs of the circle +*/ +QVector QwtClipper::clipCircle( const QRectF &clipRect, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) +{ + QwtCircleClipper clipper( clipRect ); + return clipper.clipCircle( center, radius ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d88b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_clipper.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_CLIPPER_H +#define QWT_CLIPPER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include +#include + +class QRect; +class QRectF; + +/*! + \brief Some clipping algorithms +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtClipper +{ +public: + static QPolygon clipPolygon( const QRect &, + const QPolygon &, bool closePolygon = false ); + static QPolygon clipPolygon( const QRectF &, + const QPolygon &, bool closePolygon = false ); + + static QPolygonF clipPolygonF( const QRectF &, + const QPolygonF &, bool closePolygon = false ); + + static QVector clipCircle( + const QRectF &, const QPointF &, double radius ); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4806bad --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_color_map.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include + +class QwtLinearColorMap::ColorStops +{ +public: + ColorStops(): + d_doAlpha( false ) + { + d_stops.reserve( 256 ); + } + + void insert( double pos, const QColor &color ); + QRgb rgb( QwtLinearColorMap::Mode, double pos ) const; + + QVector stops() const; + +private: + + class ColorStop + { + public: + ColorStop(): + pos( 0.0 ), + rgb( 0 ) + { + }; + + ColorStop( double p, const QColor &c ): + pos( p ), + rgb( c.rgba() ) + { + r = qRed( rgb ); + g = qGreen( rgb ); + b = qBlue( rgb ); + a = qAlpha( rgb ); + + /* + when mapping a value to rgb we will have to calcualate: + - const int v = int( ( s1.v0 + ratio * s1.vStep ) + 0.5 ); + + Thus adding 0.5 ( for rounding ) can be done in advance + */ + r0 = r + 0.5; + g0 = g + 0.5; + b0 = b + 0.5; + a0 = a + 0.5; + + rStep = gStep = bStep = aStep = 0.0; + posStep = 0.0; + } + + void updateSteps( const ColorStop &nextStop ) + { + rStep = nextStop.r - r; + gStep = nextStop.g - g; + bStep = nextStop.b - b; + aStep = nextStop.a - a; + posStep = nextStop.pos - pos; + } + + double pos; + QRgb rgb; + int r, g, b, a; + + // precalculated values + double rStep, gStep, bStep, aStep; + double r0, g0, b0, a0; + double posStep; + }; + + inline int findUpper( double pos ) const; + QVector d_stops; + bool d_doAlpha; +}; + +void QwtLinearColorMap::ColorStops::insert( double pos, const QColor &color ) +{ + // Lookups need to be very fast, insertions are not so important. + // Anyway, a balanced tree is what we need here. TODO ... + + if ( pos < 0.0 || pos > 1.0 ) + return; + + int index; + if ( d_stops.size() == 0 ) + { + index = 0; + d_stops.resize( 1 ); + } + else + { + index = findUpper( pos ); + if ( index == d_stops.size() || + qAbs( d_stops[index].pos - pos ) >= 0.001 ) + { + d_stops.resize( d_stops.size() + 1 ); + for ( int i = d_stops.size() - 1; i > index; i-- ) + d_stops[i] = d_stops[i-1]; + } + } + + d_stops[index] = ColorStop( pos, color ); + if ( color.alpha() != 255 ) + d_doAlpha = true; + + if ( index > 0 ) + d_stops[index-1].updateSteps( d_stops[index] ); + + if ( index < d_stops.size() - 1 ) + d_stops[index].updateSteps( d_stops[index+1] ); +} + +inline QVector QwtLinearColorMap::ColorStops::stops() const +{ + QVector positions( d_stops.size() ); + for ( int i = 0; i < d_stops.size(); i++ ) + positions[i] = d_stops[i].pos; + return positions; +} + +inline int QwtLinearColorMap::ColorStops::findUpper( double pos ) const +{ + int index = 0; + int n = d_stops.size(); + + const ColorStop *stops = d_stops.data(); + + while ( n > 0 ) + { + const int half = n >> 1; + const int middle = index + half; + + if ( stops[middle].pos <= pos ) + { + index = middle + 1; + n -= half + 1; + } + else + n = half; + } + + return index; +} + +inline QRgb QwtLinearColorMap::ColorStops::rgb( + QwtLinearColorMap::Mode mode, double pos ) const +{ + if ( pos <= 0.0 ) + return d_stops[0].rgb; + if ( pos >= 1.0 ) + return d_stops[ d_stops.size() - 1 ].rgb; + + const int index = findUpper( pos ); + if ( mode == FixedColors ) + { + return d_stops[index-1].rgb; + } + else + { + const ColorStop &s1 = d_stops[index-1]; + + const double ratio = ( pos - s1.pos ) / ( s1.posStep ); + + const int r = int( s1.r0 + ratio * s1.rStep ); + const int g = int( s1.g0 + ratio * s1.gStep ); + const int b = int( s1.b0 + ratio * s1.bStep ); + + if ( d_doAlpha ) + { + if ( s1.aStep ) + { + const int a = int( s1.a0 + ratio * s1.aStep ); + return qRgba( r, g, b, a ); + } + else + { + return qRgba( r, g, b, s1.a ); + } + } + else + { + return qRgb( r, g, b ); + } + } +} + +//! Constructor +QwtColorMap::QwtColorMap( Format format ): + d_format( format ) +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtColorMap::~QwtColorMap() +{ +} + +/*! + Build and return a color map of 256 colors + + The color table is needed for rendering indexed images in combination + with using colorIndex(). + + \param interval Range for the values + \return A color table, that can be used for a QImage +*/ +QVector QwtColorMap::colorTable( const QwtInterval &interval ) const +{ + QVector table( 256 ); + + if ( interval.isValid() ) + { + const double step = interval.width() / ( table.size() - 1 ); + for ( int i = 0; i < table.size(); i++ ) + table[i] = rgb( interval, interval.minValue() + step * i ); + } + + return table; +} + +class QwtLinearColorMap::PrivateData +{ +public: + ColorStops colorStops; + QwtLinearColorMap::Mode mode; +}; + +/*! + Build a color map with two stops at 0.0 and 1.0. The color + at 0.0 is Qt::blue, at 1.0 it is Qt::yellow. + + \param format Preferred format of the color map +*/ +QwtLinearColorMap::QwtLinearColorMap( QwtColorMap::Format format ): + QwtColorMap( format ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + d_data->mode = ScaledColors; + + setColorInterval( Qt::blue, Qt::yellow ); +} + +/*! + Build a color map with two stops at 0.0 and 1.0. + + \param color1 Color used for the minimum value of the value interval + \param color2 Color used for the maximum value of the value interval + \param format Preferred format for the color map +*/ +QwtLinearColorMap::QwtLinearColorMap( const QColor &color1, + const QColor &color2, QwtColorMap::Format format ): + QwtColorMap( format ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + d_data->mode = ScaledColors; + setColorInterval( color1, color2 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtLinearColorMap::~QwtLinearColorMap() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the mode of the color map + + FixedColors means the color is calculated from the next lower + color stop. ScaledColors means the color is calculated + by interpolating the colors of the adjacent stops. + + \sa mode() +*/ +void QwtLinearColorMap::setMode( Mode mode ) +{ + d_data->mode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return Mode of the color map + \sa setMode() +*/ +QwtLinearColorMap::Mode QwtLinearColorMap::mode() const +{ + return d_data->mode; +} + +/*! + Set the color range + + Add stops at 0.0 and 1.0. + + \param color1 Color used for the minimum value of the value interval + \param color2 Color used for the maximum value of the value interval + + \sa color1(), color2() +*/ +void QwtLinearColorMap::setColorInterval( + const QColor &color1, const QColor &color2 ) +{ + d_data->colorStops = ColorStops(); + d_data->colorStops.insert( 0.0, color1 ); + d_data->colorStops.insert( 1.0, color2 ); +} + +/*! + Add a color stop + + The value has to be in the range [0.0, 1.0]. + F.e. a stop at position 17.0 for a range [10.0,20.0] must be + passed as: (17.0 - 10.0) / (20.0 - 10.0) + + \param value Value between [0.0, 1.0] + \param color Color stop +*/ +void QwtLinearColorMap::addColorStop( double value, const QColor& color ) +{ + if ( value >= 0.0 && value <= 1.0 ) + d_data->colorStops.insert( value, color ); +} + +/*! + \return Positions of color stops in increasing order +*/ +QVector QwtLinearColorMap::colorStops() const +{ + return d_data->colorStops.stops(); +} + +/*! + \return the first color of the color range + \sa setColorInterval() +*/ +QColor QwtLinearColorMap::color1() const +{ + return QColor( d_data->colorStops.rgb( d_data->mode, 0.0 ) ); +} + +/*! + \return the second color of the color range + \sa setColorInterval() +*/ +QColor QwtLinearColorMap::color2() const +{ + return QColor( d_data->colorStops.rgb( d_data->mode, 1.0 ) ); +} + +/*! + Map a value of a given interval into a RGB value + + \param interval Range for all values + \param value Value to map into a RGB value + + \return RGB value for value +*/ +QRgb QwtLinearColorMap::rgb( + const QwtInterval &interval, double value ) const +{ + if ( qIsNaN(value) ) + return 0u; + + const double width = interval.width(); + if ( width <= 0.0 ) + return 0u; + + const double ratio = ( value - interval.minValue() ) / width; + return d_data->colorStops.rgb( d_data->mode, ratio ); +} + +/*! + \brief Map a value of a given interval into a color index + + \param interval Range for all values + \param value Value to map into a color index + + \return Index, between 0 and 255 +*/ +unsigned char QwtLinearColorMap::colorIndex( + const QwtInterval &interval, double value ) const +{ + const double width = interval.width(); + + if ( qIsNaN(value) || width <= 0.0 || value <= interval.minValue() ) + return 0; + + if ( value >= interval.maxValue() ) + return 255; + + const double ratio = ( value - interval.minValue() ) / width; + + unsigned char index; + if ( d_data->mode == FixedColors ) + index = static_cast( ratio * 255 ); // always floor + else + index = static_cast( ratio * 255 + 0.5 ); + + return index; +} + +class QwtAlphaColorMap::PrivateData +{ +public: + QColor color; + QRgb rgb; + QRgb rgbMax; +}; + + +/*! + Constructor + \param color Color of the map +*/ +QwtAlphaColorMap::QwtAlphaColorMap( const QColor &color ): + QwtColorMap( QwtColorMap::RGB ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + setColor( color ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtAlphaColorMap::~QwtAlphaColorMap() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the color + + \param color Color + \sa color() +*/ +void QwtAlphaColorMap::setColor( const QColor &color ) +{ + d_data->color = color; + d_data->rgb = color.rgb() & qRgba( 255, 255, 255, 0 ); + d_data->rgbMax = d_data->rgb | ( 255 << 24 ); +} + +/*! + \return the color + \sa setColor() +*/ +QColor QwtAlphaColorMap::color() const +{ + return d_data->color; +} + +/*! + \brief Map a value of a given interval into a alpha value + + alpha := (value - interval.minValue()) / interval.width(); + + \param interval Range for all values + \param value Value to map into a RGB value + \return RGB value, with an alpha value +*/ +QRgb QwtAlphaColorMap::rgb( const QwtInterval &interval, double value ) const +{ + if ( qIsNaN(value) ) + return 0u; + + const double width = interval.width(); + if ( width <= 0.0 ) + return 0u; + + if ( value <= interval.minValue() ) + return d_data->rgb; + + if ( value >= interval.maxValue() ) + return d_data->rgbMax; + + const double ratio = ( value - interval.minValue() ) / width; + return d_data->rgb | ( qRound( 255 * ratio ) << 24 ); +} + +/*! + Dummy function, needed to be implemented as it is pure virtual + in QwtColorMap. Color indices make no sense in combination with + an alpha channel. + + \return Always 0 +*/ +unsigned char QwtAlphaColorMap::colorIndex( + const QwtInterval &, double ) const +{ + return 0; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..993e93f --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_color_map.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_COLOR_MAP_H +#define QWT_COLOR_MAP_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief QwtColorMap is used to map values into colors. + + For displaying 3D data on a 2D plane the 3rd dimension is often + displayed using colors, like f.e in a spectrogram. + + Each color map is optimized to return colors for only one of the + following image formats: + + - QImage::Format_Indexed8\n + - QImage::Format_ARGB32\n + + \sa QwtPlotSpectrogram, QwtScaleWidget +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtColorMap +{ +public: + /*! + Format for color mapping + \sa rgb(), colorIndex(), colorTable() + */ + + enum Format + { + //! The map is intended to map into RGB values. + RGB, + + /*! + The map is intended to map into 8 bit values, that + are indices into the color table. + */ + Indexed + }; + + QwtColorMap( Format = QwtColorMap::RGB ); + virtual ~QwtColorMap(); + + Format format() const; + + /*! + Map a value of a given interval into a RGB value. + + \param interval Range for the values + \param value Value + \return RGB value, corresponding to value + */ + virtual QRgb rgb( const QwtInterval &interval, + double value ) const = 0; + + /*! + Map a value of a given interval into a color index + + \param interval Range for the values + \param value Value + \return color index, corresponding to value + */ + virtual unsigned char colorIndex( + const QwtInterval &interval, double value ) const = 0; + + QColor color( const QwtInterval &, double value ) const; + virtual QVector colorTable( const QwtInterval & ) const; + +private: + Format d_format; +}; + +/*! + \brief QwtLinearColorMap builds a color map from color stops. + + A color stop is a color at a specific position. The valid + range for the positions is [0.0, 1.0]. When mapping a value + into a color it is translated into this interval according to mode(). +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtLinearColorMap: public QwtColorMap +{ +public: + /*! + Mode of color map + \sa setMode(), mode() + */ + enum Mode + { + //! Return the color from the next lower color stop + FixedColors, + + //! Interpolating the colors of the adjacent stops. + ScaledColors + }; + + QwtLinearColorMap( QwtColorMap::Format = QwtColorMap::RGB ); + QwtLinearColorMap( const QColor &color1, const QColor &color2, + QwtColorMap::Format = QwtColorMap::RGB ); + + virtual ~QwtLinearColorMap(); + + void setMode( Mode ); + Mode mode() const; + + void setColorInterval( const QColor &color1, const QColor &color2 ); + void addColorStop( double value, const QColor& ); + QVector colorStops() const; + + QColor color1() const; + QColor color2() const; + + virtual QRgb rgb( const QwtInterval &, double value ) const; + virtual unsigned char colorIndex( + const QwtInterval &, double value ) const; + + class ColorStops; + +private: + // Disabled copy constructor and operator= + QwtLinearColorMap( const QwtLinearColorMap & ); + QwtLinearColorMap &operator=( const QwtLinearColorMap & ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +/*! + \brief QwtAlphaColorMap varies the alpha value of a color +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtAlphaColorMap: public QwtColorMap +{ +public: + QwtAlphaColorMap( const QColor & = QColor( Qt::gray ) ); + virtual ~QwtAlphaColorMap(); + + void setColor( const QColor & ); + QColor color() const; + + virtual QRgb rgb( const QwtInterval &, double value ) const; + +private: + QwtAlphaColorMap( const QwtAlphaColorMap & ); + QwtAlphaColorMap &operator=( const QwtAlphaColorMap & ); + + virtual unsigned char colorIndex( + const QwtInterval &, double value ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + + +/*! + Map a value into a color + + \param interval Valid interval for values + \param value Value + + \return Color corresponding to value + + \warning This method is slow for Indexed color maps. If it is + necessary to map many values, its better to get the + color table once and find the color using colorIndex(). +*/ +inline QColor QwtColorMap::color( + const QwtInterval &interval, double value ) const +{ + if ( d_format == RGB ) + { + return QColor::fromRgba( rgb( interval, value ) ); + } + else + { + const unsigned int index = colorIndex( interval, value ); + + const QVector rgbTable = colorTable( interval ); + return rgbTable[index]; // slow + } +} + +/*! + \return Intended format of the color map + \sa Format +*/ +inline QwtColorMap::Format QwtColorMap::format() const +{ + return d_format; +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6b303e --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_column_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include +#include + +static void qwtDrawBox( QPainter *p, const QRectF &rect, + const QPalette &pal, double lw ) +{ + if ( lw > 0.0 ) + { + if ( rect.width() == 0.0 ) + { + p->setPen( pal.dark().color() ); + p->drawLine( rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomLeft() ); + return; + } + + if ( rect.height() == 0.0 ) + { + p->setPen( pal.dark().color() ); + p->drawLine( rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight() ); + return; + } + + lw = qMin( lw, rect.height() / 2.0 - 1.0 ); + lw = qMin( lw, rect.width() / 2.0 - 1.0 ); + + const QRectF outerRect = rect.adjusted( 0, 0, 1, 1 ); + QPolygonF polygon( outerRect ); + + if ( outerRect.width() > 2 * lw && + outerRect.height() > 2 * lw ) + { + const QRectF innerRect = outerRect.adjusted( lw, lw, -lw, -lw ); + polygon = polygon.subtracted( innerRect ); + } + + p->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + p->setBrush( pal.dark() ); + p->drawPolygon( polygon ); + } + + const QRectF windowRect = rect.adjusted( lw, lw, -lw + 1, -lw + 1 ); + if ( windowRect.isValid() ) + p->fillRect( windowRect, pal.window() ); +} + +static void qwtDrawPanel( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + const QPalette &pal, double lw ) +{ + if ( lw > 0.0 ) + { + if ( rect.width() == 0.0 ) + { + painter->setPen( pal.window().color() ); + painter->drawLine( rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomLeft() ); + return; + } + + if ( rect.height() == 0.0 ) + { + painter->setPen( pal.window().color() ); + painter->drawLine( rect.topLeft(), rect.topRight() ); + return; + } + + lw = qMin( lw, rect.height() / 2.0 - 1.0 ); + lw = qMin( lw, rect.width() / 2.0 - 1.0 ); + + const QRectF outerRect = rect.adjusted( 0, 0, 1, 1 ); + const QRectF innerRect = outerRect.adjusted( lw, lw, -lw, -lw ); + + QPolygonF lines[2]; + + lines[0] += outerRect.bottomLeft(); + lines[0] += outerRect.topLeft(); + lines[0] += outerRect.topRight(); + lines[0] += innerRect.topRight(); + lines[0] += innerRect.topLeft(); + lines[0] += innerRect.bottomLeft(); + + lines[1] += outerRect.topRight(); + lines[1] += outerRect.bottomRight(); + lines[1] += outerRect.bottomLeft(); + lines[1] += innerRect.bottomLeft(); + lines[1] += innerRect.bottomRight(); + lines[1] += innerRect.topRight(); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + painter->setBrush( pal.light() ); + painter->drawPolygon( lines[0] ); + painter->setBrush( pal.dark() ); + painter->drawPolygon( lines[1] ); + } + + painter->fillRect( rect.adjusted( lw, lw, -lw + 1, -lw + 1 ), pal.window() ); +} + +class QwtColumnSymbol::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + style( QwtColumnSymbol::Box ), + frameStyle( QwtColumnSymbol::Raised ), + palette( Qt::gray ), + lineWidth( 2 ) + { + } + + QwtColumnSymbol::Style style; + QwtColumnSymbol::FrameStyle frameStyle; + + QPalette palette; + int lineWidth; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + \param style Style of the symbol + \sa setStyle(), style(), Style +*/ +QwtColumnSymbol::QwtColumnSymbol( Style style ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + d_data->style = style; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtColumnSymbol::~QwtColumnSymbol() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Specify the symbol style + + \param style Style + \sa style(), setPalette() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::setStyle( Style style ) +{ + d_data->style = style; +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol style + \sa setStyle() +*/ +QwtColumnSymbol::Style QwtColumnSymbol::style() const +{ + return d_data->style; +} + +/*! + Assign a palette for the symbol + + \param palette Palette + \sa palette(), setStyle() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::setPalette( const QPalette &palette ) +{ + d_data->palette = palette; +} + +/*! + \return Current palette + \sa setPalette() +*/ +const QPalette& QwtColumnSymbol::palette() const +{ + return d_data->palette; +} + +/*! + Set the frame, that is used for the Box style. + + \param frameStyle Frame style + \sa frameStyle(), setLineWidth(), setStyle() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::setFrameStyle( FrameStyle frameStyle ) +{ + d_data->frameStyle = frameStyle; +} + +/*! + \return Current frame style, that is used for the Box style. + \sa setFrameStyle(), lineWidth(), setStyle() +*/ +QwtColumnSymbol::FrameStyle QwtColumnSymbol::frameStyle() const +{ + return d_data->frameStyle; +} + +/*! + Set the line width of the frame, that is used for the Box style. + + \param width Width + \sa lineWidth(), setFrameStyle() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::setLineWidth( int width ) +{ + if ( width < 0 ) + width = 0; + + d_data->lineWidth = width; +} + +/*! + \return Line width of the frame, that is used for the Box style. + \sa setLineWidth(), frameStyle(), setStyle() +*/ +int QwtColumnSymbol::lineWidth() const +{ + return d_data->lineWidth; +} + +/*! + Draw the symbol depending on its style. + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Directed rectangle + + \sa drawBox() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::draw( QPainter *painter, + const QwtColumnRect &rect ) const +{ + painter->save(); + + switch ( d_data->style ) + { + case QwtColumnSymbol::Box: + { + drawBox( painter, rect ); + break; + } + default:; + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw the symbol when it is in Box style. + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Directed rectangle + + \sa draw() +*/ +void QwtColumnSymbol::drawBox( QPainter *painter, + const QwtColumnRect &rect ) const +{ + QRectF r = rect.toRect(); + if ( QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ) ) + { + r.setLeft( qRound( r.left() ) ); + r.setRight( qRound( r.right() ) ); + r.setTop( qRound( r.top() ) ); + r.setBottom( qRound( r.bottom() ) ); + } + + switch ( d_data->frameStyle ) + { + case QwtColumnSymbol::Raised: + { + qwtDrawPanel( painter, r, d_data->palette, d_data->lineWidth ); + break; + } + case QwtColumnSymbol::Plain: + { + qwtDrawBox( painter, r, d_data->palette, d_data->lineWidth ); + break; + } + default: + { + painter->fillRect( r.adjusted( 0, 0, 1, 1 ), d_data->palette.window() ); + } + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccfbecb --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_column_symbol.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_COLUMN_SYMBOL_H +#define QWT_COLUMN_SYMBOL_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include +#include +#include + +class QPainter; +class QPalette; +class QRect; +class QwtText; + +/*! + \brief Directed rectangle representing bounding rectangle and orientation + of a column. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtColumnRect +{ +public: + //! Direction of the column + enum Direction + { + //! From left to right + LeftToRight, + + //! From right to left + RightToLeft, + + //! From bottom to top + BottomToTop, + + //! From top to bottom + TopToBottom + }; + + //! Build an rectangle with invalid intervals directed BottomToTop. + QwtColumnRect(): + direction( BottomToTop ) + { + } + + //! \return A normalized QRect built from the intervals + QRectF toRect() const + { + QRectF r( hInterval.minValue(), vInterval.minValue(), + hInterval.maxValue() - hInterval.minValue(), + vInterval.maxValue() - vInterval.minValue() ); + r = r.normalized(); + + if ( hInterval.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMinimum ) + r.adjust( 1, 0, 0, 0 ); + if ( hInterval.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMaximum ) + r.adjust( 0, 0, -1, 0 ); + if ( vInterval.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMinimum ) + r.adjust( 0, 1, 0, 0 ); + if ( vInterval.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMaximum ) + r.adjust( 0, 0, 0, -1 ); + + return r; + } + + //! \return Orientation + Qt::Orientation orientation() const + { + if ( direction == LeftToRight || direction == RightToLeft ) + return Qt::Horizontal; + + return Qt::Vertical; + } + + //! Interval for the horizontal coordinates + QwtInterval hInterval; + + //! Interval for the vertical coordinates + QwtInterval vInterval; + + //! Direction + Direction direction; +}; + +//! A drawing primitive for columns +class QWT_EXPORT QwtColumnSymbol +{ +public: + /*! + Style + \sa setStyle(), style() + */ + enum Style + { + //! No Style, the symbol draws nothing + NoStyle = -1, + + /*! + The column is painted with a frame depending on the frameStyle() + and lineWidth() using the palette(). + */ + Box, + + /*! + Styles >= QwtColumnSymbol::UserStyle are reserved for derived + classes of QwtColumnSymbol that overload draw() with + additional application specific symbol types. + */ + UserStyle = 1000 + }; + + /*! + Frame Style used in Box style(). + \sa Style, setFrameStyle(), frameStyle(), setStyle(), setPalette() + */ + enum FrameStyle + { + //! No frame + NoFrame, + + //! A plain frame style + Plain, + + //! A raised frame style + Raised + }; + +public: + QwtColumnSymbol( Style = NoStyle ); + virtual ~QwtColumnSymbol(); + + void setFrameStyle( FrameStyle ); + FrameStyle frameStyle() const; + + void setLineWidth( int width ); + int lineWidth() const; + + void setPalette( const QPalette & ); + const QPalette &palette() const; + + void setStyle( Style ); + Style style() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *, const QwtColumnRect & ) const; + +protected: + void drawBox( QPainter *, const QwtColumnRect & ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData* d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4deec75 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_compass.h" +#include "qwt_compass_rose.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_dial_needle.h" +#include +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + Initializes a label map for multiples of 45 degrees + */ +QwtCompassScaleDraw::QwtCompassScaleDraw() +{ + enableComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Backbone, false ); + enableComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks, false ); + + d_labelMap.insert( 0.0, QString::fromLatin1( "N" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 45.0, QString::fromLatin1( "NE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 90.0, QString::fromLatin1( "E" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 135.0, QString::fromLatin1( "SE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 180.0, QString::fromLatin1( "S" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 225.0, QString::fromLatin1( "SW" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 270.0, QString::fromLatin1( "W" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 315.0, QString::fromLatin1( "NW" ) ); + +#if 0 + d_labelMap.insert( 22.5, QString::fromLatin1( "NNE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 67.5, QString::fromLatin1( "NEE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 112.5, QString::fromLatin1( "SEE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 157.5, QString::fromLatin1( "SSE" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 202.5, QString::fromLatin1( "SSW" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 247.5, QString::fromLatin1( "SWW" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 292.5, QString::fromLatin1( "NWW" ) ); + d_labelMap.insert( 337.5, QString::fromLatin1( "NNW" ) ); +#endif +} + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + \param map Value to label map + */ +QwtCompassScaleDraw::QwtCompassScaleDraw( const QMap &map ): + d_labelMap( map ) +{ + enableComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Backbone, false ); + enableComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks, false ); +} + +/*! + \brief Set a map, mapping values to labels + \param map Value to label map + + The values of the major ticks are found by looking into this + map. The default map consists of the labels N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW. + + \warning The map will have no effect for values that are no major + tick values. Major ticks can be changed by QwtScaleDraw::setScale + + \sa labelMap(), scaleDraw(), setScale() +*/ +void QwtCompassScaleDraw::setLabelMap( const QMap &map ) +{ + d_labelMap = map; +} + + +/*! + \return map, mapping values to labels + \sa setLabelMap() +*/ +QMap QwtCompassScaleDraw::labelMap() const +{ + return d_labelMap; +} + +/*! + Map a value to a corresponding label + + \param value Value that will be mapped + + label() looks in the labelMap() for a corresponding label for value + or returns an null text. + + \return Label + \sa labelMap(), setLabelMap() +*/ + +QwtText QwtCompassScaleDraw::label( double value ) const +{ + if ( qFuzzyCompare( value + 1.0, 1.0 ) ) + value = 0.0; + + if ( value < 0.0 ) + value += 360.0; + + if ( d_labelMap.contains( value ) ) + return d_labelMap[value]; + + return QwtText(); +} + +class QwtCompass::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + rose( NULL ) + { + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete rose; + } + + QwtCompassRose *rose; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + \param parent Parent widget + + Create a compass widget with a scale, no needle and no rose. + The default origin is 270.0 with no valid value. It accepts + mouse and keyboard inputs and has no step size. The default mode + is QwtDial::RotateNeedle. +*/ +QwtCompass::QwtCompass( QWidget* parent ): + QwtDial( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setScaleDraw( new QwtCompassScaleDraw() ); + + setOrigin( 270.0 ); + setWrapping( true ); + + setScaleMaxMajor( 36 ); + setScaleMaxMinor( 10 ); + + setScale( 0.0, 360.0 ); // degrees as default + setTotalSteps( 360 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtCompass::~QwtCompass() +{ + delete d_data; +} + + +/*! + Draw the contents of the scale + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the content circle + \param radius Radius of the content circle +*/ +void QwtCompass::drawScaleContents( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const +{ + QPalette::ColorGroup cg; + if ( isEnabled() ) + cg = hasFocus() ? QPalette::Active : QPalette::Inactive; + else + cg = QPalette::Disabled; + + double north = origin(); + if ( isValid() ) + { + if ( mode() == RotateScale ) + north -= value(); + } + + const int margin = 4; + drawRose( painter, center, radius - margin, 360.0 - north, cg ); +} + +/*! + Draw the compass rose + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the compass + \param radius of the circle, where to paint the rose + \param north Direction pointing north, in degrees counter clockwise + \param cg Color group +*/ +void QwtCompass::drawRose( QPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, + double radius, double north, QPalette::ColorGroup cg ) const +{ + if ( d_data->rose ) + d_data->rose->draw( painter, center, radius, north, cg ); +} + +/*! + Set a rose for the compass + \param rose Compass rose + \warning The rose will be deleted, when a different rose is + set or in ~QwtCompass + \sa rose() +*/ +void QwtCompass::setRose( QwtCompassRose *rose ) +{ + if ( rose != d_data->rose ) + { + if ( d_data->rose ) + delete d_data->rose; + + d_data->rose = rose; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return rose + \sa setRose() +*/ +const QwtCompassRose *QwtCompass::rose() const +{ + return d_data->rose; +} + +/*! + \return rose + \sa setRose() +*/ +QwtCompassRose *QwtCompass::rose() +{ + return d_data->rose; +} + +/*! + Handles key events + + Beside the keys described in QwtDial::keyPressEvent numbers + from 1-9 (without 5) set the direction according to their + position on the num pad. + + \sa isReadOnly() +*/ +void QwtCompass::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *kev ) +{ + if ( isReadOnly() ) + return; + +#if 0 + if ( kev->key() == Key_5 ) + { + invalidate(); // signal ??? + return; + } +#endif + + double newValue = value(); + + if ( kev->key() >= Qt::Key_1 && kev->key() <= Qt::Key_9 ) + { + if ( mode() != RotateNeedle || kev->key() == Qt::Key_5 ) + return; + + switch ( kev->key() ) + { + case Qt::Key_6: + newValue = 180.0 * 0.0; + break; + case Qt::Key_3: + newValue = 180.0 * 0.25; + break; + case Qt::Key_2: + newValue = 180.0 * 0.5; + break; + case Qt::Key_1: + newValue = 180.0 * 0.75; + break; + case Qt::Key_4: + newValue = 180.0 * 1.0; + break; + case Qt::Key_7: + newValue = 180.0 * 1.25; + break; + case Qt::Key_8: + newValue = 180.0 * 1.5; + break; + case Qt::Key_9: + newValue = 180.0 * 1.75; + break; + } + newValue -= origin(); + setValue( newValue ); + } + else + { + QwtDial::keyPressEvent( kev ); + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9a3c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_COMPASS_H +#define QWT_COMPASS_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_dial.h" +#include "qwt_round_scale_draw.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtCompassRose; + +/*! + \brief A special scale draw made for QwtCompass + + QwtCompassScaleDraw maps values to strings using + a special map, that can be modified by the application + + The default map consists of the labels N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW. + + \sa QwtCompass +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCompassScaleDraw: public QwtRoundScaleDraw +{ +public: + explicit QwtCompassScaleDraw(); + explicit QwtCompassScaleDraw( const QMap &map ); + + void setLabelMap( const QMap &map ); + QMap labelMap() const; + + virtual QwtText label( double value ) const; + +private: + QMap d_labelMap; +}; + +/*! + \brief A Compass Widget + + QwtCompass is a widget to display and enter directions. It consists + of a scale, an optional needle and rose. + + \image html dials1.png + + \note The examples/dials example shows how to use QwtCompass. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCompass: public QwtDial +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + explicit QwtCompass( QWidget* parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtCompass(); + + void setRose( QwtCompassRose *rose ); + const QwtCompassRose *rose() const; + QwtCompassRose *rose(); + +protected: + virtual void drawRose( QPainter *, const QPointF ¢er, + double radius, double north, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + + virtual void drawScaleContents( QPainter *, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const; + + virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe54c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_compass_rose.h" +#include "qwt_point_polar.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qpainterpath.h" +#include "qpainter.h" + +static QPointF qwtIntersection( + QPointF p11, QPointF p12, QPointF p21, QPointF p22 ) +{ + const QLineF line1( p11, p12 ); + const QLineF line2( p21, p22 ); + + QPointF pos; + if ( line1.intersect( line2, &pos ) == QLineF::NoIntersection ) + return QPointF(); + + return pos; +} + +class QwtSimpleCompassRose::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + width( 0.2 ), + numThorns( 8 ), + numThornLevels( -1 ), + shrinkFactor( 0.9 ) + { + } + + double width; + int numThorns; + int numThornLevels; + double shrinkFactor; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + \param numThorns Number of thorns + \param numThornLevels Number of thorn levels +*/ +QwtSimpleCompassRose::QwtSimpleCompassRose( + int numThorns, int numThornLevels ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + d_data->numThorns = numThorns; + d_data->numThornLevels = numThornLevels; + + const QColor dark( 128, 128, 255 ); + const QColor light( 192, 255, 255 ); + + QPalette palette; + palette.setColor( QPalette::Dark, dark ); + palette.setColor( QPalette::Light, light ); + + setPalette( palette ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtSimpleCompassRose::~QwtSimpleCompassRose() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the Factor how to shrink the thorns with each level + The default value is 0.9. + + \param factor Shrink factor + \sa shrinkFactor() +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::setShrinkFactor( double factor ) +{ + d_data->shrinkFactor = factor; +} + +/*! + \return Factor how to shrink the thorns with each level + \sa setShrinkFactor() +*/ +double QwtSimpleCompassRose::shrinkFactor() const +{ + return d_data->shrinkFactor; +} + +/*! + Draw the rose + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center point + \param radius Radius of the rose + \param north Position + \param cg Color group +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::draw( QPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, + double radius, double north, QPalette::ColorGroup cg ) const +{ + QPalette pal = palette(); + pal.setCurrentColorGroup( cg ); + + drawRose( painter, pal, center, radius, north, d_data->width, + d_data->numThorns, d_data->numThornLevels, d_data->shrinkFactor ); +} + +/*! + Draw the rose + + \param painter Painter + \param palette Palette + \param center Center of the rose + \param radius Radius of the rose + \param north Position pointing to north + \param width Width of the rose + \param numThorns Number of thorns + \param numThornLevels Number of thorn levels + \param shrinkFactor Factor to shrink the thorns with each level +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::drawRose( + QPainter *painter, + const QPalette &palette, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius, double north, double width, + int numThorns, int numThornLevels, double shrinkFactor ) +{ + if ( numThorns < 4 ) + numThorns = 4; + + if ( numThorns % 4 ) + numThorns += 4 - numThorns % 4; + + if ( numThornLevels <= 0 ) + numThornLevels = numThorns / 4; + + if ( shrinkFactor >= 1.0 ) + shrinkFactor = 1.0; + + if ( shrinkFactor <= 0.5 ) + shrinkFactor = 0.5; + + painter->save(); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + for ( int j = 1; j <= numThornLevels; j++ ) + { + double step = qPow( 2.0, j ) * M_PI / numThorns; + if ( step > M_PI_2 ) + break; + + double r = radius; + for ( int k = 0; k < 3; k++ ) + { + if ( j + k < numThornLevels ) + r *= shrinkFactor; + } + + double leafWidth = r * width; + if ( 2.0 * M_PI / step > 32 ) + leafWidth = 16; + + const double origin = qwtRadians( north ); + for ( double angle = origin; + angle < 2.0 * M_PI + origin; angle += step ) + { + const QPointF p = qwtPolar2Pos( center, r, angle ); + const QPointF p1 = qwtPolar2Pos( center, leafWidth, angle + M_PI_2 ); + const QPointF p2 = qwtPolar2Pos( center, leafWidth, angle - M_PI_2 ); + const QPointF p3 = qwtPolar2Pos( center, r, angle + step / 2.0 ); + const QPointF p4 = qwtPolar2Pos( center, r, angle - step / 2.0 ); + + QPainterPath darkPath; + darkPath.moveTo( center ); + darkPath.lineTo( p ); + darkPath.lineTo( qwtIntersection( center, p3, p1, p ) ); + + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( QPalette::Dark ) ); + painter->drawPath( darkPath ); + + QPainterPath lightPath; + lightPath.moveTo( center ); + lightPath.lineTo( p ); + lightPath.lineTo( qwtIntersection( center, p4, p2, p ) ); + + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( QPalette::Light ) ); + painter->drawPath( lightPath ); + } + } + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Set the width of the rose heads. Lower value make thinner heads. + The range is limited from 0.03 to 0.4. + + \param width Width +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::setWidth( double width ) +{ + d_data->width = width; + if ( d_data->width < 0.03 ) + d_data->width = 0.03; + + if ( d_data->width > 0.4 ) + d_data->width = 0.4; +} + +/*! + \return Width of the rose + \sa setWidth() + */ +double QwtSimpleCompassRose::width() const +{ + return d_data->width; +} + +/*! + Set the number of thorns on one level + The number is aligned to a multiple of 4, with a minimum of 4 + + \param numThorns Number of thorns + \sa numThorns(), setNumThornLevels() +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::setNumThorns( int numThorns ) +{ + if ( numThorns < 4 ) + numThorns = 4; + + if ( numThorns % 4 ) + numThorns += 4 - numThorns % 4; + + d_data->numThorns = numThorns; +} + +/*! + \return Number of thorns + \sa setNumThorns(), setNumThornLevels() +*/ +int QwtSimpleCompassRose::numThorns() const +{ + return d_data->numThorns; +} + +/*! + Set the of thorns levels + + \param numThornLevels Number of thorns levels + \sa setNumThorns(), numThornLevels() +*/ +void QwtSimpleCompassRose::setNumThornLevels( int numThornLevels ) +{ + d_data->numThornLevels = numThornLevels; +} + +/*! + \return Number of thorn levels + \sa setNumThorns(), setNumThornLevels() +*/ +int QwtSimpleCompassRose::numThornLevels() const +{ + return d_data->numThornLevels; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09cb496 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compass_rose.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_COMPASS_ROSE_H +#define QWT_COMPASS_ROSE_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QPainter; + +/*! + \brief Abstract base class for a compass rose +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCompassRose +{ +public: + //! Destructor + virtual ~QwtCompassRose() {}; + + //! Assign a palette + virtual void setPalette( const QPalette &p ) + { + d_palette = p; + } + + //! \return Current palette + const QPalette &palette() const + { + return d_palette; + } + + /*! + Draw the rose + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center point + \param radius Radius of the rose + \param north Position + \param colorGroup Color group + */ + virtual void draw( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius, double north, + QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup = QPalette::Active ) const = 0; + +private: + QPalette d_palette; +}; + +/*! + \brief A simple rose for QwtCompass +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtSimpleCompassRose: public QwtCompassRose +{ +public: + QwtSimpleCompassRose( int numThorns = 8, int numThornLevels = -1 ); + virtual ~QwtSimpleCompassRose(); + + void setWidth( double ); + double width() const; + + void setNumThorns( int ); + int numThorns() const; + + void setNumThornLevels( int ); + int numThornLevels() const; + + void setShrinkFactor( double factor ); + double shrinkFactor() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *, const QPointF ¢er, double radius, + double north, QPalette::ColorGroup = QPalette::Active ) const; + + static void drawRose( QPainter *, const QPalette &, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius, double north, double width, + int numThorns, int numThornLevels, double shrinkFactor ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compat.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c97cf6b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _QWT_COMPAT_H_ +#define _QWT_COMPAT_H_ + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include "qwt_point_3d.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +// A couple of definition for Qwt5 compatibility + +#define qwtMax qMax +#define qwtMin qMin +#define qwtAbs qAbs +#define qwtRound qRound + +#define QwtArray QVector + +typedef QList QwtValueList; +typedef QPointF QwtDoublePoint; +typedef QSizeF QwtDoubleSize; +typedef QRectF QwtDoubleRect; + +typedef QPolygon QwtPolygon; +typedef QPolygonF QwtPolygonF; +typedef QwtInterval QwtDoubleInterval; +typedef QwtPoint3D QwtDoublePoint3D; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fcb36f --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,784 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_arrow_button.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_counter.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtCounter::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + minimum( 0.0 ), + maximum( 0.0 ), + singleStep( 1.0 ), + isValid( false ), + value( 0.0 ), + wrapping( false ) + { + increment[Button1] = 1; + increment[Button2] = 10; + increment[Button3] = 100; + } + + QwtArrowButton *buttonDown[ButtonCnt]; + QwtArrowButton *buttonUp[ButtonCnt]; + QLineEdit *valueEdit; + + int increment[ButtonCnt]; + int numButtons; + + double minimum; + double maximum; + double singleStep; + + bool isValid; + double value; + + bool wrapping; +}; + +/*! + The counter is initialized with a range is set to [0.0, 1.0] with + 0.01 as single step size. The value is invalid. + + The default number of buttons is set to 2. The default increments are: + \li Button 1: 1 step + \li Button 2: 10 steps + \li Button 3: 100 steps + + \param parent + */ +QwtCounter::QwtCounter( QWidget *parent ): + QWidget( parent ) +{ + initCounter(); +} + +void QwtCounter::initCounter() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + QHBoxLayout *layout = new QHBoxLayout( this ); + layout->setSpacing( 0 ); + layout->setMargin( 0 ); + + for ( int i = ButtonCnt - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) + { + QwtArrowButton *btn = + new QwtArrowButton( i + 1, Qt::DownArrow, this ); + btn->setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus ); + btn->installEventFilter( this ); + layout->addWidget( btn ); + + connect( btn, SIGNAL(released()), SLOT(btnReleased()) ); + connect( btn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(btnClicked()) ); + + d_data->buttonDown[i] = btn; + } + + d_data->valueEdit = new QLineEdit( this ); + d_data->valueEdit->setReadOnly( false ); + d_data->valueEdit->setValidator( new QDoubleValidator( d_data->valueEdit ) ); + layout->addWidget( d_data->valueEdit ); + + connect( d_data->valueEdit, SIGNAL(editingFinished()), SLOT(textChanged()) ); + + layout->setStretchFactor( d_data->valueEdit, 10 ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + QwtArrowButton *btn = + new QwtArrowButton( i + 1, Qt::UpArrow, this ); + btn->setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus ); + btn->installEventFilter( this ); + layout->addWidget( btn ); + + connect( btn, SIGNAL(released()), SLOT(btnReleased()) ); + connect( btn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(btnClicked()) ); + + d_data->buttonUp[i] = btn; + } + + setNumButtons( 2 ); + setRange( 0.0, 1.0 ); + setSingleStep( 0.001 ); + setValue( 0.0 ); + + setSizePolicy( + QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Fixed ) ); + + setFocusProxy( d_data->valueEdit ); + setFocusPolicy( Qt::StrongFocus ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtCounter::~QwtCounter() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the counter to be in valid/invalid state + + When the counter is set to invalid, no numbers are displayed and + the buttons are disabled. + + \param on If true the counter will be set as valid + + \sa setValue(), isValid() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setValid( bool on ) +{ + if ( on != d_data->isValid ) + { + d_data->isValid = on; + + updateButtons(); + + if ( d_data->isValid ) + { + showNumber( value() ); + Q_EMIT valueChanged( value() ); + } + else + { + d_data->valueEdit->setText( QString() ); + } + } +} + +/*! + \return True, if the value is valid + \sa setValid(), setValue() + */ +bool QwtCounter::isValid() const +{ + return d_data->isValid; +} + +/*! + \brief Allow/disallow the user to manually edit the value + + \param on True disable editing + \sa isReadOnly() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setReadOnly( bool on ) +{ + d_data->valueEdit->setReadOnly( on ); +} + +/*! + \return True, when the line line edit is read only. (default is no) + \sa setReadOnly() + */ +bool QwtCounter::isReadOnly() const +{ + return d_data->valueEdit->isReadOnly(); +} + +/*! + \brief Set a new value without adjusting to the step raster + + The state of the counter is set to be valid. + + \param value New value + + \sa isValid(), value(), valueChanged() + \warning The value is clipped when it lies outside the range. +*/ + +void QwtCounter::setValue( double value ) +{ + const double vmin = qMin( d_data->minimum, d_data->maximum ); + const double vmax = qMax( d_data->minimum, d_data->maximum ); + + value = qBound( vmin, value, vmax ); + + if ( !d_data->isValid || value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->isValid = true; + d_data->value = value; + + showNumber( value ); + updateButtons(); + + Q_EMIT valueChanged( value ); + } +} + +/*! + \return Current value of the counter + \sa setValue(), valueChanged() + */ +double QwtCounter::value() const +{ + return d_data->value; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the minimum and maximum values + + The maximum is adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid. + The value might be modified to be inside of the range. + + \param min Minimum value + \param max Maximum value + + \sa minimum(), maximum() + */ +void QwtCounter::setRange( double min, double max ) +{ + max = qMax( min, max ); + + if ( d_data->maximum == max && d_data->minimum == min ) + return; + + d_data->minimum = min; + d_data->maximum = max; + + setSingleStep( singleStep() ); + + const double value = qBound( min, d_data->value, max ); + + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + + if ( d_data->isValid ) + { + showNumber( value ); + Q_EMIT valueChanged( value ); + } + } + + updateButtons(); +} + +/*! + Set the minimum value of the range + + \param value Minimum value + \sa setRange(), setMaximum(), minimum() + + \note The maximum is adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid. +*/ +void QwtCounter::setMinimum( double value ) +{ + setRange( value, maximum() ); +} + +/*! + \return The minimum of the range + \sa setRange(), setMinimum(), maximum() +*/ +double QwtCounter::minimum() const +{ + return d_data->minimum; +} + +/*! + Set the maximum value of the range + + \param value Maximum value + \sa setRange(), setMinimum(), maximum() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setMaximum( double value ) +{ + setRange( minimum(), value ); +} + +/*! + \return The maximum of the range + \sa setRange(), setMaximum(), minimum() +*/ +double QwtCounter::maximum() const +{ + return d_data->maximum; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the step size of the counter + + A value <= 0.0 disables stepping + + \param stepSize Single step size + \sa singleStep() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setSingleStep( double stepSize ) +{ + d_data->singleStep = qMax( stepSize, 0.0 ); +} + +/*! + \return Single step size + \sa setSingleStep() + */ +double QwtCounter::singleStep() const +{ + return d_data->singleStep; +} + +/*! + \brief En/Disable wrapping + + If wrapping is true stepping up from maximum() value will take + you to the minimum() value and vice versa. + + \param on En/Disable wrapping + \sa wrapping() + */ +void QwtCounter::setWrapping( bool on ) +{ + d_data->wrapping = on; +} + +/*! + \return True, when wrapping is set + \sa setWrapping() + */ +bool QwtCounter::wrapping() const +{ + return d_data->wrapping; +} + +/*! + Specify the number of buttons on each side of the label + + \param numButtons Number of buttons + \sa numButtons() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setNumButtons( int numButtons ) +{ + if ( numButtons < 0 || numButtons > QwtCounter::ButtonCnt ) + return; + + for ( int i = 0; i < QwtCounter::ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + if ( i < numButtons ) + { + d_data->buttonDown[i]->show(); + d_data->buttonUp[i]->show(); + } + else + { + d_data->buttonDown[i]->hide(); + d_data->buttonUp[i]->hide(); + } + } + + d_data->numButtons = numButtons; +} + +/*! + \return The number of buttons on each side of the widget. + \sa setNumButtons() +*/ +int QwtCounter::numButtons() const +{ + return d_data->numButtons; +} + +/*! + Specify the number of steps by which the value + is incremented or decremented when a specified button + is pushed. + + \param button Button index + \param numSteps Number of steps + + \sa incSteps() +*/ +void QwtCounter::setIncSteps( QwtCounter::Button button, int numSteps ) +{ + if ( button >= 0 && button < QwtCounter::ButtonCnt ) + d_data->increment[ button ] = numSteps; +} + +/*! + \return The number of steps by which a specified button increments the value + or 0 if the button is invalid. + \param button Button index + + \sa setIncSteps() +*/ +int QwtCounter::incSteps( QwtCounter::Button button ) const +{ + if ( button >= 0 && button < QwtCounter::ButtonCnt ) + return d_data->increment[ button ]; + + return 0; +} + + +/*! + Set the number of increment steps for button 1 + \param nSteps Number of steps +*/ +void QwtCounter::setStepButton1( int nSteps ) +{ + setIncSteps( QwtCounter::Button1, nSteps ); +} + +//! returns the number of increment steps for button 1 +int QwtCounter::stepButton1() const +{ + return incSteps( QwtCounter::Button1 ); +} + +/*! + Set the number of increment steps for button 2 + \param nSteps Number of steps +*/ +void QwtCounter::setStepButton2( int nSteps ) +{ + setIncSteps( QwtCounter::Button2, nSteps ); +} + +//! returns the number of increment steps for button 2 +int QwtCounter::stepButton2() const +{ + return incSteps( QwtCounter::Button2 ); +} + +/*! + Set the number of increment steps for button 3 + \param nSteps Number of steps +*/ +void QwtCounter::setStepButton3( int nSteps ) +{ + setIncSteps( QwtCounter::Button3, nSteps ); +} + +//! returns the number of increment steps for button 3 +int QwtCounter::stepButton3() const +{ + return incSteps( QwtCounter::Button3 ); +} + +//! Set from lineedit +void QwtCounter::textChanged() +{ + bool converted = false; + + const double value = d_data->valueEdit->text().toDouble( &converted ); + if ( converted ) + setValue( value ); +} + +/*! + Handle QEvent::PolishRequest events + \param event Event + \return see QWidget::event() +*/ +bool QwtCounter::event( QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( event->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest ) + { + const int w = d_data->valueEdit->fontMetrics().width( "W" ) + 8; + for ( int i = 0; i < ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + d_data->buttonDown[i]->setMinimumWidth( w ); + d_data->buttonUp[i]->setMinimumWidth( w ); + } + } + + return QWidget::event( event ); +} + +/*! + Handle key events + + - Ctrl + Qt::Key_Home\n + Step to minimum() + - Ctrl + Qt::Key_End\n + Step to maximum() + - Qt::Key_Up\n + Increment by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button1) + - Qt::Key_Down\n + Decrement by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button1) + - Qt::Key_PageUp\n + Increment by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button2) + - Qt::Key_PageDown\n + Decrement by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button2) + - Shift + Qt::Key_PageUp\n + Increment by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button3) + - Shift + Qt::Key_PageDown\n + Decrement by incSteps(QwtCounter::Button3) + + \param event Key event +*/ +void QwtCounter::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent *event ) +{ + bool accepted = true; + + switch ( event->key() ) + { + case Qt::Key_Home: + { + if ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) + setValue( minimum() ); + else + accepted = false; + break; + } + case Qt::Key_End: + { + if ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) + setValue( maximum() ); + else + accepted = false; + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Up: + { + incrementValue( d_data->increment[0] ); + break; + } + case Qt::Key_Down: + { + incrementValue( -d_data->increment[0] ); + break; + } + case Qt::Key_PageUp: + case Qt::Key_PageDown: + { + int increment = d_data->increment[0]; + if ( d_data->numButtons >= 2 ) + increment = d_data->increment[1]; + if ( d_data->numButtons >= 3 ) + { + if ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier ) + increment = d_data->increment[2]; + } + if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown ) + increment = -increment; + incrementValue( increment ); + break; + } + default: + { + accepted = false; + } + } + + if ( accepted ) + { + event->accept(); + return; + } + + QWidget::keyPressEvent ( event ); +} + +/*! + Handle wheel events + \param event Wheel event +*/ +void QwtCounter::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ) +{ + event->accept(); + + if ( d_data->numButtons <= 0 ) + return; + + int increment = d_data->increment[0]; + if ( d_data->numButtons >= 2 ) + { + if ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) + increment = d_data->increment[1]; + } + if ( d_data->numButtons >= 3 ) + { + if ( event->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier ) + increment = d_data->increment[2]; + } + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->numButtons; i++ ) + { + if ( d_data->buttonDown[i]->geometry().contains( event->pos() ) || + d_data->buttonUp[i]->geometry().contains( event->pos() ) ) + { + increment = d_data->increment[i]; + } + } + + const int wheel_delta = 120; + +#if 1 + int delta = event->delta(); + if ( delta >= 2 * wheel_delta ) + delta /= 2; // Never saw an abs(delta) < 240 +#endif + + incrementValue( delta / wheel_delta * increment ); +} + +void QwtCounter::incrementValue( int numSteps ) +{ + const double min = d_data->minimum; + const double max = d_data->maximum; + double stepSize = d_data->singleStep; + + if ( !d_data->isValid || min >= max || stepSize <= 0.0 ) + return; + + +#if 1 + stepSize = qMax( stepSize, 1.0e-10 * ( max - min ) ); +#endif + + double value = d_data->value + numSteps * stepSize; + + if ( d_data->wrapping ) + { + const double range = max - min; + + if ( value < min ) + { + value += ::ceil( ( min - value ) / range ) * range; + } + else if ( value > max ) + { + value -= ::ceil( ( value - max ) / range ) * range; + } + } + else + { + value = qBound( min, value, max ); + } + + value = min + qRound( ( value - min ) / stepSize ) * stepSize; + + if ( stepSize > 1e-12 ) + { + if ( qFuzzyCompare( value + 1.0, 1.0 ) ) + { + // correct rounding error if value = 0 + value = 0.0; + } + else if ( qFuzzyCompare( value, max ) ) + { + // correct rounding error at the border + value = max; + } + } + + if ( value != d_data->value ) + { + d_data->value = value; + showNumber( d_data->value ); + updateButtons(); + + Q_EMIT valueChanged( d_data->value ); + } +} + + +/*! + \brief Update buttons according to the current value + + When the QwtCounter under- or over-flows, the focus is set to the smallest + up- or down-button and counting is disabled. + + Counting is re-enabled on a button release event (mouse or space bar). +*/ +void QwtCounter::updateButtons() +{ + if ( d_data->isValid ) + { + // 1. save enabled state of the smallest down- and up-button + // 2. change enabled state on under- or over-flow + + for ( int i = 0; i < QwtCounter::ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + d_data->buttonDown[i]->setEnabled( value() > minimum() ); + d_data->buttonUp[i]->setEnabled( value() < maximum() ); + } + } + else + { + for ( int i = 0; i < QwtCounter::ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + d_data->buttonDown[i]->setEnabled( false ); + d_data->buttonUp[i]->setEnabled( false ); + } + } +} +/*! + Display number string + + \param number Number +*/ +void QwtCounter::showNumber( double number ) +{ + QString text; + text.setNum( number ); + + const int cursorPos = d_data->valueEdit->cursorPosition(); + d_data->valueEdit->setText( text ); + d_data->valueEdit->setCursorPosition( cursorPos ); +} + +//! Button clicked +void QwtCounter::btnClicked() +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < ButtonCnt; i++ ) + { + if ( d_data->buttonUp[i] == sender() ) + incrementValue( d_data->increment[i] ); + + if ( d_data->buttonDown[i] == sender() ) + incrementValue( -d_data->increment[i] ); + } +} + +//! Button released +void QwtCounter::btnReleased() +{ + Q_EMIT buttonReleased( value() ); +} + +//! A size hint +QSize QwtCounter::sizeHint() const +{ + QString tmp; + + int w = tmp.setNum( minimum() ).length(); + int w1 = tmp.setNum( maximum() ).length(); + if ( w1 > w ) + w = w1; + w1 = tmp.setNum( minimum() + singleStep() ).length(); + if ( w1 > w ) + w = w1; + w1 = tmp.setNum( maximum() - singleStep() ).length(); + if ( w1 > w ) + w = w1; + + tmp.fill( '9', w ); + + QFontMetrics fm( d_data->valueEdit->font() ); + w = fm.width( tmp ) + 2; + if ( d_data->valueEdit->hasFrame() ) + w += 2 * style()->pixelMetric( QStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth ); + + // Now we replace default sizeHint contribution of d_data->valueEdit by + // what we really need. + + w += QWidget::sizeHint().width() - d_data->valueEdit->sizeHint().width(); + + const int h = qMin( QWidget::sizeHint().height(), + d_data->valueEdit->minimumSizeHint().height() ); + return QSize( w, h ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a276771 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_counter.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_COUNTER_H +#define QWT_COUNTER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief The Counter Widget + + A Counter consists of a label displaying a number and + one ore more (up to three) push buttons on each side + of the label which can be used to increment or decrement + the counter's value. + + A counter has a range from a minimum value to a maximum value + and a step size. When the wrapping property is set + the counter is circular. + + The number of steps by which a button increments or decrements the value + can be specified using setIncSteps(). The number of buttons can be + changed with setNumButtons(). + + Example: +\code +#include + +QwtCounter *counter = new QwtCounter(parent); + +counter->setRange(0.0, 100.0); // From 0.0 to 100 +counter->setSingleStep( 1.0 ); // Step size 1.0 +counter->setNumButtons(2); // Two buttons each side +counter->setIncSteps(QwtCounter::Button1, 1); // Button 1 increments 1 step +counter->setIncSteps(QwtCounter::Button2, 20); // Button 2 increments 20 steps + +connect(counter, SIGNAL(valueChanged(double)), myClass, SLOT(newValue(double))); +\endcode + */ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCounter : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_PROPERTY( double value READ value WRITE setValue ) + Q_PROPERTY( double minimum READ minimum WRITE setMinimum ) + Q_PROPERTY( double maximum READ maximum WRITE setMaximum ) + Q_PROPERTY( double singleStep READ singleStep WRITE setSingleStep ) + + Q_PROPERTY( int numButtons READ numButtons WRITE setNumButtons ) + Q_PROPERTY( int stepButton1 READ stepButton1 WRITE setStepButton1 ) + Q_PROPERTY( int stepButton2 READ stepButton2 WRITE setStepButton2 ) + Q_PROPERTY( int stepButton3 READ stepButton3 WRITE setStepButton3 ) + + Q_PROPERTY( bool readOnly READ isReadOnly WRITE setReadOnly ) + Q_PROPERTY( bool wrapping READ wrapping WRITE setWrapping ) + +public: + //! Button index + enum Button + { + //! Button intended for minor steps + Button1, + + //! Button intended for medium steps + Button2, + + //! Button intended for large steps + Button3, + + //! Number of buttons + ButtonCnt + }; + + explicit QwtCounter( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtCounter(); + + void setValid( bool ); + bool isValid() const; + + void setWrapping( bool ); + bool wrapping() const; + + bool isReadOnly() const; + void setReadOnly( bool ); + + void setNumButtons( int ); + int numButtons() const; + + void setIncSteps( QwtCounter::Button, int numSteps ); + int incSteps( QwtCounter::Button ) const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + + double singleStep() const; + void setSingleStep( double stepSize ); + + void setRange( double min, double max ); + + double minimum() const; + void setMinimum( double ); + + double maximum() const; + void setMaximum( double ); + + void setStepButton1( int nSteps ); + int stepButton1() const; + + void setStepButton2( int nSteps ); + int stepButton2() const; + + void setStepButton3( int nSteps ); + int stepButton3() const; + + double value() const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + void setValue( double ); + + +Q_SIGNALS: + /*! + This signal is emitted when a button has been released + \param value The new value + */ + void buttonReleased ( double value ); + + /*! + This signal is emitted when the counter's value has changed + \param value The new value + */ + void valueChanged ( double value ); + +protected: + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * ); + virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + +private Q_SLOTS: + void btnReleased(); + void btnClicked(); + void textChanged(); + +private: + void incrementValue( int numSteps ); + void initCounter(); + void updateButtons(); + void showNumber( double ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba73784 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_curve_fitter.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_spline.h" +#include +#include + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qFabs(x) ::fabs(x) +#endif + +//! Constructor +QwtCurveFitter::QwtCurveFitter() +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtCurveFitter::~QwtCurveFitter() +{ +} + +class QwtSplineCurveFitter::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + fitMode( QwtSplineCurveFitter::Auto ), + splineSize( 250 ) + { + } + + QwtSpline spline; + QwtSplineCurveFitter::FitMode fitMode; + int splineSize; +}; + +//! Constructor +QwtSplineCurveFitter::QwtSplineCurveFitter() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtSplineCurveFitter::~QwtSplineCurveFitter() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Select the algorithm used for building the spline + + \param mode Mode representing a spline algorithm + \sa fitMode() +*/ +void QwtSplineCurveFitter::setFitMode( FitMode mode ) +{ + d_data->fitMode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return Mode representing a spline algorithm + \sa setFitMode() +*/ +QwtSplineCurveFitter::FitMode QwtSplineCurveFitter::fitMode() const +{ + return d_data->fitMode; +} + +/*! + Assign a spline + + \param spline Spline + \sa spline() +*/ +void QwtSplineCurveFitter::setSpline( const QwtSpline &spline ) +{ + d_data->spline = spline; + d_data->spline.reset(); +} + +/*! + \return Spline + \sa setSpline() +*/ +const QwtSpline &QwtSplineCurveFitter::spline() const +{ + return d_data->spline; +} + +/*! + \return Spline + \sa setSpline() +*/ +QwtSpline &QwtSplineCurveFitter::spline() +{ + return d_data->spline; +} + +/*! + Assign a spline size ( has to be at least 10 points ) + + \param splineSize Spline size + \sa splineSize() +*/ +void QwtSplineCurveFitter::setSplineSize( int splineSize ) +{ + d_data->splineSize = qMax( splineSize, 10 ); +} + +/*! + \return Spline size + \sa setSplineSize() +*/ +int QwtSplineCurveFitter::splineSize() const +{ + return d_data->splineSize; +} + +/*! + Find a curve which has the best fit to a series of data points + + \param points Series of data points + \return Curve points +*/ +QPolygonF QwtSplineCurveFitter::fitCurve( const QPolygonF &points ) const +{ + const int size = points.size(); + if ( size <= 2 ) + return points; + + FitMode fitMode = d_data->fitMode; + if ( fitMode == Auto ) + { + fitMode = Spline; + + const QPointF *p = points.data(); + for ( int i = 1; i < size; i++ ) + { + if ( p[i].x() <= p[i-1].x() ) + { + fitMode = ParametricSpline; + break; + } + }; + } + + if ( fitMode == ParametricSpline ) + return fitParametric( points ); + else + return fitSpline( points ); +} + +QPolygonF QwtSplineCurveFitter::fitSpline( const QPolygonF &points ) const +{ + d_data->spline.setPoints( points ); + if ( !d_data->spline.isValid() ) + return points; + + QPolygonF fittedPoints( d_data->splineSize ); + + const double x1 = points[0].x(); + const double x2 = points[int( points.size() - 1 )].x(); + const double dx = x2 - x1; + const double delta = dx / ( d_data->splineSize - 1 ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->splineSize; i++ ) + { + QPointF &p = fittedPoints[i]; + + const double v = x1 + i * delta; + const double sv = d_data->spline.value( v ); + + p.setX( v ); + p.setY( sv ); + } + d_data->spline.reset(); + + return fittedPoints; +} + +QPolygonF QwtSplineCurveFitter::fitParametric( const QPolygonF &points ) const +{ + int i; + const int size = points.size(); + + QPolygonF fittedPoints( d_data->splineSize ); + QPolygonF splinePointsX( size ); + QPolygonF splinePointsY( size ); + + const QPointF *p = points.data(); + QPointF *spX = splinePointsX.data(); + QPointF *spY = splinePointsY.data(); + + double param = 0.0; + for ( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) + { + const double x = p[i].x(); + const double y = p[i].y(); + if ( i > 0 ) + { + const double delta = qSqrt( qwtSqr( x - spX[i-1].y() ) + + qwtSqr( y - spY[i-1].y() ) ); + param += qMax( delta, 1.0 ); + } + spX[i].setX( param ); + spX[i].setY( x ); + spY[i].setX( param ); + spY[i].setY( y ); + } + + d_data->spline.setPoints( splinePointsX ); + if ( !d_data->spline.isValid() ) + return points; + + const double deltaX = + splinePointsX[size - 1].x() / ( d_data->splineSize - 1 ); + for ( i = 0; i < d_data->splineSize; i++ ) + { + const double dtmp = i * deltaX; + fittedPoints[i].setX( d_data->spline.value( dtmp ) ); + } + + d_data->spline.setPoints( splinePointsY ); + if ( !d_data->spline.isValid() ) + return points; + + const double deltaY = + splinePointsY[size - 1].x() / ( d_data->splineSize - 1 ); + for ( i = 0; i < d_data->splineSize; i++ ) + { + const double dtmp = i * deltaY; + fittedPoints[i].setY( d_data->spline.value( dtmp ) ); + } + + return fittedPoints; +} + +class QwtWeedingCurveFitter::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + tolerance( 1.0 ), + chunkSize( 0 ) + { + } + + double tolerance; + uint chunkSize; +}; + +class QwtWeedingCurveFitter::Line +{ +public: + Line( int i1 = 0, int i2 = 0 ): + from( i1 ), + to( i2 ) + { + } + + int from; + int to; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + \param tolerance Tolerance + \sa setTolerance(), tolerance() +*/ +QwtWeedingCurveFitter::QwtWeedingCurveFitter( double tolerance ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + setTolerance( tolerance ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtWeedingCurveFitter::~QwtWeedingCurveFitter() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Assign the tolerance + + The tolerance is the maximum distance, that is acceptable + between the original curve and the smoothed curve. + + Increasing the tolerance will reduce the number of the + resulting points. + + \param tolerance Tolerance + + \sa tolerance() +*/ +void QwtWeedingCurveFitter::setTolerance( double tolerance ) +{ + d_data->tolerance = qMax( tolerance, 0.0 ); +} + +/*! + \return Tolerance + \sa setTolerance() +*/ +double QwtWeedingCurveFitter::tolerance() const +{ + return d_data->tolerance; +} + +/*! + Limit the number of points passed to a run of the algorithm + + The runtime of the Douglas Peucker algorithm increases non linear + with the number of points. For a chunk size > 0 the polygon + is split into pieces passed to the algorithm one by one. + + \param numPoints Maximum for the number of points passed to the algorithm + + \sa chunkSize() +*/ +void QwtWeedingCurveFitter::setChunkSize( uint numPoints ) +{ + if ( numPoints > 0 ) + numPoints = qMax( numPoints, 3U ); + + d_data->chunkSize = numPoints; +} + +/*! + \return Maximum for the number of points passed to a run + of the algorithm - or 0, when unlimited + \sa setChunkSize() +*/ +uint QwtWeedingCurveFitter::chunkSize() const +{ + return d_data->chunkSize; +} + +/*! + \param points Series of data points + \return Curve points +*/ +QPolygonF QwtWeedingCurveFitter::fitCurve( const QPolygonF &points ) const +{ + if ( points.isEmpty() ) + return points; + + QPolygonF fittedPoints; + if ( d_data->chunkSize == 0 ) + { + fittedPoints = simplify( points ); + } + else + { + for ( int i = 0; i < points.size(); i += d_data->chunkSize ) + { + const QPolygonF p = points.mid( i, d_data->chunkSize ); + fittedPoints += simplify( p ); + } + } + + return fittedPoints; +} + +QPolygonF QwtWeedingCurveFitter::simplify( const QPolygonF &points ) const +{ + const double toleranceSqr = d_data->tolerance * d_data->tolerance; + + QStack stack; + stack.reserve( 500 ); + + const QPointF *p = points.data(); + const int nPoints = points.size(); + + QVector usePoint( nPoints, false ); + + stack.push( Line( 0, nPoints - 1 ) ); + + while ( !stack.isEmpty() ) + { + const Line r = stack.pop(); + + // initialize line segment + const double vecX = p[r.to].x() - p[r.from].x(); + const double vecY = p[r.to].y() - p[r.from].y(); + + const double vecLength = qSqrt( vecX * vecX + vecY * vecY ); + + const double unitVecX = ( vecLength != 0.0 ) ? vecX / vecLength : 0.0; + const double unitVecY = ( vecLength != 0.0 ) ? vecY / vecLength : 0.0; + + double maxDistSqr = 0.0; + int nVertexIndexMaxDistance = r.from + 1; + for ( int i = r.from + 1; i < r.to; i++ ) + { + //compare to anchor + const double fromVecX = p[i].x() - p[r.from].x(); + const double fromVecY = p[i].y() - p[r.from].y(); + + double distToSegmentSqr; + if ( fromVecX * unitVecX + fromVecY * unitVecY < 0.0 ) + { + distToSegmentSqr = fromVecX * fromVecX + fromVecY * fromVecY; + } + else + { + const double toVecX = p[i].x() - p[r.to].x(); + const double toVecY = p[i].y() - p[r.to].y(); + const double toVecLength = toVecX * toVecX + toVecY * toVecY; + + const double s = toVecX * ( -unitVecX ) + toVecY * ( -unitVecY ); + if ( s < 0.0 ) + { + distToSegmentSqr = toVecLength; + } + else + { + distToSegmentSqr = qFabs( toVecLength - s * s ); + } + } + + if ( maxDistSqr < distToSegmentSqr ) + { + maxDistSqr = distToSegmentSqr; + nVertexIndexMaxDistance = i; + } + } + if ( maxDistSqr <= toleranceSqr ) + { + usePoint[r.from] = true; + usePoint[r.to] = true; + } + else + { + stack.push( Line( r.from, nVertexIndexMaxDistance ) ); + stack.push( Line( nVertexIndexMaxDistance, r.to ) ); + } + } + + QPolygonF stripped; + for ( int i = 0; i < nPoints; i++ ) + { + if ( usePoint[i] ) + stripped += p[i]; + } + + return stripped; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..988edd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_curve_fitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_CURVE_FITTER_H +#define QWT_CURVE_FITTER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtSpline; + +/*! + \brief Abstract base class for a curve fitter +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCurveFitter +{ +public: + virtual ~QwtCurveFitter(); + + /*! + Find a curve which has the best fit to a series of data points + + \param polygon Series of data points + \return Curve points + */ + virtual QPolygonF fitCurve( const QPolygonF &polygon ) const = 0; + +protected: + QwtCurveFitter(); + +private: + QwtCurveFitter( const QwtCurveFitter & ); + QwtCurveFitter &operator=( const QwtCurveFitter & ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A curve fitter using cubic splines +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtSplineCurveFitter: public QwtCurveFitter +{ +public: + /*! + Spline type + The default setting is Auto + \sa setFitMode(), FitMode() + */ + enum FitMode + { + /*! + Use the default spline algorithm for polygons with + increasing x values ( p[i-1] < p[i] ), otherwise use + a parametric spline algorithm. + */ + Auto, + + //! Use a default spline algorithm + Spline, + + //! Use a parametric spline algorithm + ParametricSpline + }; + + QwtSplineCurveFitter(); + virtual ~QwtSplineCurveFitter(); + + void setFitMode( FitMode ); + FitMode fitMode() const; + + void setSpline( const QwtSpline& ); + const QwtSpline &spline() const; + QwtSpline &spline(); + + void setSplineSize( int ); + int splineSize() const; + + virtual QPolygonF fitCurve( const QPolygonF & ) const; + +private: + QPolygonF fitSpline( const QPolygonF & ) const; + QPolygonF fitParametric( const QPolygonF & ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +/*! + \brief A curve fitter implementing Douglas and Peucker algorithm + + The purpose of the Douglas and Peucker algorithm is that given a 'curve' + composed of line segments to find a curve not too dissimilar but that + has fewer points. The algorithm defines 'too dissimilar' based on the + maximum distance (tolerance) between the original curve and the + smoothed curve. + + The runtime of the algorithm increases non linear ( worst case O( n*n ) ) + and might be very slow for huge polygons. To avoid performance issues + it might be useful to split the polygon ( setChunkSize() ) and to run the algorithm + for these smaller parts. The disadvantage of having no interpolation + at the borders is for most use cases irrelevant. + + The smoothed curve consists of a subset of the points that defined the + original curve. + + In opposite to QwtSplineCurveFitter the Douglas and Peucker algorithm reduces + the number of points. By adjusting the tolerance parameter according to the + axis scales QwtSplineCurveFitter can be used to implement different + level of details to speed up painting of curves of many points. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtWeedingCurveFitter: public QwtCurveFitter +{ +public: + QwtWeedingCurveFitter( double tolerance = 1.0 ); + virtual ~QwtWeedingCurveFitter(); + + void setTolerance( double ); + double tolerance() const; + + void setChunkSize( uint ); + uint chunkSize() const; + + virtual QPolygonF fitCurve( const QPolygonF & ) const; + +private: + virtual QPolygonF simplify( const QPolygonF & ) const; + + class Line; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c40f99b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,764 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_date.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + +typedef qint64 QwtJulianDay; +static const QwtJulianDay minJulianDayD = Q_INT64_C( -784350574879 ); +static const QwtJulianDay maxJulianDayD = Q_INT64_C( 784354017364 ); + +#else + +// QDate stores the Julian day as unsigned int, but +// but it is QDate::fromJulianDay( int ). That's why +// we have the range [ 1, INT_MAX ] +typedef int QwtJulianDay; +static const QwtJulianDay minJulianDayD = 1; +static const QwtJulianDay maxJulianDayD = std::numeric_limits::max(); + +#endif + +static QString qwtExpandedFormat( const QString & format, + const QDateTime &dateTime, QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type ) +{ + const int week = QwtDate::weekNumber( dateTime.date(), week0Type ); + + QString weekNo; + weekNo.setNum( week ); + + QString weekNoWW; + if ( weekNo.length() == 1 ) + weekNoWW += "0"; + + weekNoWW += weekNo; + + QString fmt = format; + fmt.replace( "ww", weekNoWW ); + fmt.replace( "w", weekNo ); + + if ( week == 1 && dateTime.date().month() != 1 ) + { + // in case of week 1, we might need to increment the year + + static QString s_yyyy = "yyyy"; + static QString s_yy = "yy"; + + // week 1 might start in the previous year + + bool doReplaceYear = fmt.contains( s_yy ); + + if ( doReplaceYear ) + { + if ( fmt.contains( 'M' ) ) + { + // in case of also having 'M' we have a conflict about + // which year to show + + doReplaceYear = false; + } + else + { + // in case of also having 'd' or 'dd' we have a conflict about + // which year to show + + int numD = 0; + + for ( int i = 0; i < fmt.size(); i++ ) + { + if ( fmt[i] == 'd' ) + { + numD++; + } + else + { + if ( numD > 0 && numD <= 2 ) + break; + + numD = 0; + } + } + + if ( numD > 0 && numD <= 2 ) + doReplaceYear = false; + } + } + + if ( doReplaceYear ) + { + const QDate dt( dateTime.date().year() + 1, 1, 1 ); + + if ( fmt.contains( s_yyyy ) ) + { + fmt.replace( s_yyyy, dt.toString( s_yyyy ) ); + } + else + { + fmt.replace( s_yy, dt.toString( s_yyyy ) ); + } + } + } + + return fmt; +} + +static inline Qt::DayOfWeek qwtFirstDayOfWeek() +{ +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040800 + return QLocale().firstDayOfWeek(); +#else + + switch( QLocale().country() ) + { + case QLocale::Maldives: + return Qt::Friday; + + case QLocale::Afghanistan: + case QLocale::Algeria: + case QLocale::Bahrain: + case QLocale::Djibouti: + case QLocale::Egypt: + case QLocale::Eritrea: + case QLocale::Ethiopia: + case QLocale::Iran: + case QLocale::Iraq: + case QLocale::Jordan: + case QLocale::Kenya: + case QLocale::Kuwait: + case QLocale::LibyanArabJamahiriya: + case QLocale::Morocco: + case QLocale::Oman: + case QLocale::Qatar: + case QLocale::SaudiArabia: + case QLocale::Somalia: + case QLocale::Sudan: + case QLocale::Tunisia: + case QLocale::Yemen: + return Qt::Saturday; + + case QLocale::AmericanSamoa: + case QLocale::Argentina: + case QLocale::Azerbaijan: + case QLocale::Botswana: + case QLocale::Canada: + case QLocale::China: + case QLocale::FaroeIslands: + case QLocale::Georgia: + case QLocale::Greenland: + case QLocale::Guam: + case QLocale::HongKong: + case QLocale::Iceland: + case QLocale::India: + case QLocale::Ireland: + case QLocale::Israel: + case QLocale::Jamaica: + case QLocale::Japan: + case QLocale::Kyrgyzstan: + case QLocale::Lao: + case QLocale::Malta: + case QLocale::MarshallIslands: + case QLocale::Macau: + case QLocale::Mongolia: + case QLocale::NewZealand: + case QLocale::NorthernMarianaIslands: + case QLocale::Pakistan: + case QLocale::Philippines: + case QLocale::RepublicOfKorea: + case QLocale::Singapore: + case QLocale::SyrianArabRepublic: + case QLocale::Taiwan: + case QLocale::Thailand: + case QLocale::TrinidadAndTobago: + case QLocale::UnitedStates: + case QLocale::UnitedStatesMinorOutlyingIslands: + case QLocale::USVirginIslands: + case QLocale::Uzbekistan: + case QLocale::Zimbabwe: + return Qt::Sunday; + + default: + return Qt::Monday; + } +#endif +} + +static inline void qwtFloorTime( + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType, QDateTime &dt ) +{ + // when dt is inside the special hour where DST is ending + // an hour is no unique. Therefore we have to + // use UTC time. + + const Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec = dt.timeSpec(); + + if ( timeSpec == Qt::LocalTime ) + dt = dt.toTimeSpec( Qt::UTC ); + + const QTime t = dt.time(); + switch( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Second: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( t.hour(), t.minute(), t.second() ) ); + break; + } + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( t.hour(), t.minute(), 0 ) ); + break; + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( t.hour(), 0, 0 ) ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + if ( timeSpec == Qt::LocalTime ) + dt = dt.toTimeSpec( Qt::LocalTime ); +} + +static inline QDateTime qwtToTimeSpec( + const QDateTime &dt, Qt::TimeSpec spec ) +{ + if ( dt.timeSpec() == spec ) + return dt; + + const qint64 jd = dt.date().toJulianDay(); + if ( jd < 0 || jd >= INT_MAX ) + { + // the conversion between local time and UTC + // is internally limited. To avoid + // overflows we simply ignore the difference + // for those dates + + QDateTime dt2 = dt; + dt2.setTimeSpec( spec ); + return dt2; + } + + return dt.toTimeSpec( spec ); +} + +#if 0 + +static inline double qwtToJulianDay( int year, int month, int day ) +{ + // code from QDate but using doubles to avoid overflows + // for large values + + const int m1 = ( month - 14 ) / 12; + const int m2 = ( 367 * ( month - 2 - 12 * m1 ) ) / 12; + const double y1 = ::floor( ( 4900.0 + year + m1 ) / 100 ); + + return ::floor( ( 1461.0 * ( year + 4800 + m1 ) ) / 4 ) + m2 + - ::floor( ( 3 * y1 ) / 4 ) + day - 32075; +} + +static inline qint64 qwtFloorDiv64( qint64 a, int b ) +{ + if ( a < 0 ) + a -= b - 1; + + return a / b; +} + +static inline qint64 qwtFloorDiv( int a, int b ) +{ + if ( a < 0 ) + a -= b - 1; + + return a / b; +} + +#endif + +static inline QDate qwtToDate( int year, int month = 1, int day = 1 ) +{ +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + return QDate( year, month, day ); +#else + if ( year > 100000 ) + { + // code from QDate but using doubles to avoid overflows + // for large values + + const int m1 = ( month - 14 ) / 12; + const int m2 = ( 367 * ( month - 2 - 12 * m1 ) ) / 12; + const double y1 = ::floor( ( 4900.0 + year + m1 ) / 100 ); + + const double jd = ::floor( ( 1461.0 * ( year + 4800 + m1 ) ) / 4 ) + m2 + - ::floor( ( 3 * y1 ) / 4 ) + day - 32075; + + if ( jd > maxJulianDayD ) + { + qWarning() << "qwtToDate: overflow"; + return QDate(); + } + + return QDate::fromJulianDay( static_cast( jd ) ); + } + else + { + return QDate( year, month, day ); + } +#endif +} + +/*! + Translate from double to QDateTime + + \param value Number of milliseconds since the epoch, + 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC + \param timeSpec Time specification + \return Datetime value + + \sa toDouble(), QDateTime::setMSecsSinceEpoch() + \note The return datetime for Qt::OffsetFromUTC will be Qt::UTC + */ +QDateTime QwtDate::toDateTime( double value, Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec ) +{ + const int msecsPerDay = 86400000; + + const double days = static_cast( ::floor( value / msecsPerDay ) ); + + const double jd = QwtDate::JulianDayForEpoch + days; + if ( ( jd > maxJulianDayD ) || ( jd < minJulianDayD ) ) + { + qWarning() << "QwtDate::toDateTime: overflow"; + return QDateTime(); + } + + const QDate d = QDate::fromJulianDay( static_cast( jd ) ); + + const int msecs = static_cast( value - days * msecsPerDay ); + + static const QTime timeNull( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); + + QDateTime dt( d, timeNull.addMSecs( msecs ), Qt::UTC ); + + if ( timeSpec == Qt::LocalTime ) + dt = qwtToTimeSpec( dt, timeSpec ); + + return dt; +} + +/*! + Translate from QDateTime to double + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \return Number of milliseconds since 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC has passed. + + \sa toDateTime(), QDateTime::toMSecsSinceEpoch() + \warning For values very far below or above 1970-01-01 UTC rounding errors + will happen due to the limited significance of a double. + */ +double QwtDate::toDouble( const QDateTime &dateTime ) +{ + const int msecsPerDay = 86400000; + + const QDateTime dt = qwtToTimeSpec( dateTime, Qt::UTC ); + + const double days = dt.date().toJulianDay() - QwtDate::JulianDayForEpoch; + + const QTime time = dt.time(); + const double secs = 3600.0 * time.hour() + + 60.0 * time.minute() + time.second(); + + return days * msecsPerDay + time.msec() + 1000.0 * secs; +} + +/*! + Ceil a datetime according the interval type + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \param intervalType Interval type, how to ceil. + F.e. when intervalType = QwtDate::Months, the result + will be ceiled to the next beginning of a month + \return Ceiled datetime + \sa floor() + */ +QDateTime QwtDate::ceil( const QDateTime &dateTime, IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + if ( dateTime.date() >= QwtDate::maxDate() ) + return dateTime; + + QDateTime dt = dateTime; + + switch ( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Millisecond: + { + break; + } + case QwtDate::Second: + { + qwtFloorTime( QwtDate::Second, dt ); + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addSecs( 1 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + qwtFloorTime( QwtDate::Minute, dt ); + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addSecs( 60 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + qwtFloorTime( QwtDate::Hour, dt ); + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addSecs( 3600 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addDays( 1 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addDays( 1 ); + + int days = qwtFirstDayOfWeek() - dt.date().dayOfWeek(); + if ( days < 0 ) + days += 7; + + dt = dt.addDays( days ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + dt.setDate( qwtToDate( dateTime.date().year(), + dateTime.date().month() ) ); + + if ( dt < dateTime ) + dt = dt.addMonths( 1 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + + const QDate d = dateTime.date(); + + int year = d.year(); + if ( d.month() > 1 || d.day() > 1 || !dateTime.time().isNull() ) + year++; + + if ( year == 0 ) + year++; // there is no year 0 + + dt.setDate( qwtToDate( year ) ); + break; + } + } + + return dt; +} + +/*! + Floor a datetime according the interval type + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \param intervalType Interval type, how to ceil. + F.e. when intervalType = QwtDate::Months, + the result will be ceiled to the next + beginning of a month + \return Floored datetime + \sa floor() + */ +QDateTime QwtDate::floor( const QDateTime &dateTime, + IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + if ( dateTime.date() <= QwtDate::minDate() ) + return dateTime; + + QDateTime dt = dateTime; + + switch ( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Millisecond: + { + break; + } + case QwtDate::Second: + case QwtDate::Minute: + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + qwtFloorTime( intervalType, dt ); + break; + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + break; + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + + int days = dt.date().dayOfWeek() - qwtFirstDayOfWeek(); + if ( days < 0 ) + days += 7; + + dt = dt.addDays( -days ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + + const QDate date = qwtToDate( dt.date().year(), + dt.date().month() ); + dt.setDate( date ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + { + dt.setTime( QTime( 0, 0 ) ); + + const QDate date = qwtToDate( dt.date().year() ); + dt.setDate( date ); + + break; + } + } + + return dt; +} + +/*! + Minimum for the supported date range + + The range of valid dates depends on how QDate stores the + Julian day internally. + + - For Qt4 it is "Tue Jan 2 -4713" + - For Qt5 it is "Thu Jan 1 -2147483648" + + \return minimum of the date range + \sa maxDate() + */ +QDate QwtDate::minDate() +{ + static QDate date; + if ( !date.isValid() ) + date = QDate::fromJulianDay( minJulianDayD ); + + return date; +} + +/*! + Maximum for the supported date range + + The range of valid dates depends on how QDate stores the + Julian day internally. + + - For Qt4 it is "Tue Jun 3 5874898" + - For Qt5 it is "Tue Dec 31 2147483647" + + \return maximum of the date range + \sa minDate() + \note The maximum differs between Qt4 and Qt5 + */ +QDate QwtDate::maxDate() +{ + static QDate date; + if ( !date.isValid() ) + date = QDate::fromJulianDay( maxJulianDayD ); + + return date; +} + +/*! + \brief Date of the first day of the first week for a year + + The first day of a week depends on the current locale + ( QLocale::firstDayOfWeek() ). + + \param year Year + \param type Option how to identify the first week + \return First day of week 0 + + \sa QLocale::firstDayOfWeek(), weekNumber() + */ +QDate QwtDate::dateOfWeek0( int year, Week0Type type ) +{ + const Qt::DayOfWeek firstDayOfWeek = qwtFirstDayOfWeek(); + + QDate dt0( year, 1, 1 ); + + // floor to the first day of the week + int days = dt0.dayOfWeek() - firstDayOfWeek; + if ( days < 0 ) + days += 7; + + dt0 = dt0.addDays( -days ); + + if ( type == QwtDate::FirstThursday ) + { + // according to ISO 8601 the first week is defined + // by the first thursday. + + int d = Qt::Thursday - firstDayOfWeek; + if ( d < 0 ) + d += 7; + + if ( dt0.addDays( d ).year() < year ) + dt0 = dt0.addDays( 7 ); + } + + return dt0; +} + +/*! + Find the week number of a date + + - QwtDate::FirstThursday\n + Corresponding to ISO 8601 ( see QDate::weekNumber() ). + + - QwtDate::FirstDay\n + Number of weeks that have begun since dateOfWeek0(). + + \param date Date + \param type Option how to identify the first week + + \return Week number, starting with 1 + */ +int QwtDate::weekNumber( const QDate &date, Week0Type type ) +{ + int weekNo; + + if ( type == QwtDate::FirstDay ) + { + QDate day0; + + if ( date.month() == 12 && date.day() >= 24 ) + { + // week 1 usually starts in the previous years. + // and we have to check if we are already there + + day0 = dateOfWeek0( date.year() + 1, type ); + if ( day0.daysTo( date ) < 0 ) + day0 = dateOfWeek0( date.year(), type ); + } + else + { + day0 = dateOfWeek0( date.year(), type ); + } + + weekNo = day0.daysTo( date ) / 7 + 1; + } + else + { + weekNo = date.weekNumber(); + } + + return weekNo; +} + +/*! + Offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time + + The offset depends on the time specification of dateTime: + + - Qt::UTC + 0, dateTime has no offset + - Qt::OffsetFromUTC + returns dateTime.utcOffset() + - Qt::LocalTime: + number of seconds from the UTC + + For Qt::LocalTime the offset depends on the timezone and + daylight savings. + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \return Offset in seconds + */ +int QwtDate::utcOffset( const QDateTime &dateTime ) +{ + int seconds = 0; + + switch( dateTime.timeSpec() ) + { + case Qt::UTC: + { + break; + } + case Qt::OffsetFromUTC: + { + seconds = dateTime.utcOffset(); + break; + } + default: + { + const QDateTime dt1( dateTime.date(), dateTime.time(), Qt::UTC ); + seconds = dateTime.secsTo( dt1 ); + } + } + + return seconds; +} + +/*! + Translate a datetime into a string + + Beside the format expressions documented in QDateTime::toString() + the following expressions are supported: + + - w\n + week number: ( 1 - 53 ) + - ww\n + week number with a leading zero ( 01 - 53 ) + + As week 1 usually starts in the previous year a special rule + is applied for formats, where the year is expected to match the + week number - even if the date belongs to the previous year. + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \param format Format string + \param week0Type Specification of week 0 + + \return Datetime string + \sa QDateTime::toString(), weekNumber(), QwtDateScaleDraw + */ +QString QwtDate::toString( const QDateTime &dateTime, + const QString & format, Week0Type week0Type ) +{ + QString fmt = format; + if ( fmt.contains( 'w' ) ) + { + fmt = qwtExpandedFormat( fmt, dateTime, week0Type ); + } + + return dateTime.toString( fmt ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efc65d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _QWT_DATE_H_ +#define _QWT_DATE_H_ + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief A collection of methods around date/time values + + Qt offers convenient classes for dealing with date/time values, + but Qwt uses coordinate systems that are based on doubles. + QwtDate offers methods to translate from QDateTime to double and v.v. + + A double is interpreted as the number of milliseconds since + 1970-01-01T00:00:00 Universal Coordinated Time - also known + as "The Epoch". + + While the range of the Julian day in Qt4 is limited to [0, MAX_INT], + Qt5 stores it as qint64 offering a huge range of valid dates. + As the significance of a double is below this ( assuming a + fraction of 52 bits ) the translation is not + bijective with rounding errors for dates very far from Epoch. + For a resolution of 1 ms those start to happen for dates above the + year 144683. + + An axis for a date/time interval is expected to be aligned + and divided in time/date units like seconds, minutes, ... + QwtDate offers several algorithms that are needed to + calculate these axes. + + \sa QwtDateScaleEngine, QwtDateScaleDraw, QDate, QTime +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDate +{ +public: + /*! + How to identify the first week of year differs between + countries. + */ + enum Week0Type + { + /*! + According to ISO 8601 the first week of a year is defined + as "the week with the year's first Thursday in it". + + FirstThursday corresponds to the numbering that is + implemented in QDate::weekNumber(). + */ + FirstThursday, + + /*! + "The week with January 1.1 in it." + + In the U.S. this definition is more common than + FirstThursday. + */ + FirstDay + }; + + /*! + Classification of an time interval + + Time intervals needs to be classified to decide how to + align and divide it. + */ + enum IntervalType + { + //! The interval is related to milliseconds + Millisecond, + + //! The interval is related to seconds + Second, + + //! The interval is related to minutes + Minute, + + //! The interval is related to hours + Hour, + + //! The interval is related to days + Day, + + //! The interval is related to weeks + Week, + + //! The interval is related to months + Month, + + //! The interval is related to years + Year + }; + + enum + { + //! The Julian day of "The Epoch" + JulianDayForEpoch = 2440588 + }; + + static QDate minDate(); + static QDate maxDate(); + + static QDateTime toDateTime( double value, + Qt::TimeSpec = Qt::UTC ); + + static double toDouble( const QDateTime & ); + + static QDateTime ceil( const QDateTime &, IntervalType ); + static QDateTime floor( const QDateTime &, IntervalType ); + + static QDate dateOfWeek0( int year, Week0Type ); + static int weekNumber( const QDate &, Week0Type ); + + static int utcOffset( const QDateTime & ); + + static QString toString( const QDateTime &, + const QString & format, Week0Type ); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1ad31b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_date_scale_draw.h" + +class QwtDateScaleDraw::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData( Qt::TimeSpec spec ): + timeSpec( spec ), + utcOffset( 0 ), + week0Type( QwtDate::FirstThursday ) + { + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Millisecond ] = "hh:mm:ss:zzz\nddd dd MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Second ] = "hh:mm:ss\nddd dd MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Minute ] = "hh:mm\nddd dd MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Hour ] = "hh:mm\nddd dd MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Day ] = "ddd dd MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Week ] = "Www yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Month ] = "MMM yyyy"; + dateFormats[ QwtDate::Year ] = "yyyy"; + } + + Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec; + int utcOffset; + QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type; + QString dateFormats[ QwtDate::Year + 1 ]; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + The default setting is to display tick labels for the + given time specification. The first week of a year is defined like + for QwtDate::FirstThursday. + + \param timeSpec Time specification + + \sa setTimeSpec(), setWeek0Type() + */ +QwtDateScaleDraw::QwtDateScaleDraw( Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData( timeSpec ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtDateScaleDraw::~QwtDateScaleDraw() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the time specification used for the tick labels + + \param timeSpec Time specification + \sa timeSpec(), setUtcOffset(), toDateTime() + */ +void QwtDateScaleDraw::setTimeSpec( Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec ) +{ + d_data->timeSpec = timeSpec; +} + +/*! + \return Time specification used for the tick labels + \sa setTimeSpec(), utcOffset(), toDateTime() + */ +Qt::TimeSpec QwtDateScaleDraw::timeSpec() const +{ + return d_data->timeSpec; +} + +/*! + Set the offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time + + \param seconds Offset in seconds + + \note The offset has no effect beside for the time specification + Qt::OffsetFromUTC. + + \sa QDate::utcOffset(), setTimeSpec(), toDateTime() + */ +void QwtDateScaleDraw::setUtcOffset( int seconds ) +{ + d_data->utcOffset = seconds; +} + +/*! + \return Offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time + \note The offset has no effect beside for the time specification + Qt::OffsetFromUTC. + + \sa QDate::setUtcOffset(), setTimeSpec(), toDateTime() + */ +int QwtDateScaleDraw::utcOffset() const +{ + return d_data->utcOffset; +} + +/*! + Sets how to identify the first week of a year. + + \param week0Type Mode how to identify the first week of a year + + \sa week0Type(). + \note week0Type has no effect beside for intervals classified as + QwtDate::Week. + */ +void QwtDateScaleDraw::setWeek0Type( QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type ) +{ + d_data->week0Type = week0Type; +} + +/*! + \return Setting how to identify the first week of a year. + \sa setWeek0Type() + */ +QwtDate::Week0Type QwtDateScaleDraw::week0Type() const +{ + return d_data->week0Type; +} + +/*! + Set the default format string for an datetime interval type + + \param intervalType Interval type + \param format Default format string + + \sa dateFormat(), dateFormatOfDate(), QwtDate::toString() + */ +void QwtDateScaleDraw::setDateFormat( + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType, const QString &format ) +{ + if ( intervalType >= QwtDate::Millisecond && + intervalType <= QwtDate::Year ) + { + d_data->dateFormats[ intervalType ] = format; + } +} + +/*! + \param intervalType Interval type + \return Default format string for an datetime interval type + \sa setDateFormat(), dateFormatOfDate() + */ +QString QwtDateScaleDraw::dateFormat( + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) const +{ + if ( intervalType >= QwtDate::Millisecond && + intervalType <= QwtDate::Year ) + { + return d_data->dateFormats[ intervalType ]; + } + + return QString(); +} + +/*! + Format string for the representation of a datetime + + dateFormatOfDate() is intended to be overloaded for + situations, where formats are individual for specific + datetime values. + + The default setting ignores dateTime and return + the default format for the interval type. + + \param dateTime Datetime value + \param intervalType Interval type + \return Format string + + \sa setDateFormat(), QwtDate::toString() + */ +QString QwtDateScaleDraw::dateFormatOfDate( const QDateTime &dateTime, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( dateTime ) + + if ( intervalType >= QwtDate::Millisecond && + intervalType <= QwtDate::Year ) + { + return d_data->dateFormats[ intervalType ]; + } + + return d_data->dateFormats[ QwtDate::Second ]; +} + +/*! + \brief Convert a value into its representing label + + The value is converted to a datetime value using toDateTime() + and converted to a plain text using QwtDate::toString(). + + \param value Value + \return Label string. + + \sa dateFormatOfDate() +*/ +QwtText QwtDateScaleDraw::label( double value ) const +{ + const QDateTime dt = toDateTime( value ); + const QString fmt = dateFormatOfDate( + dt, intervalType( scaleDiv() ) ); + + return QwtDate::toString( dt, fmt, d_data->week0Type ); +} + +/*! + Find the less detailed datetime unit, where no rounding + errors happen. + + \param scaleDiv Scale division + \return Interval type + + \sa dateFormatOfDate() + */ +QwtDate::IntervalType QwtDateScaleDraw::intervalType( + const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) const +{ + int intvType = QwtDate::Year; + + bool alignedToWeeks = true; + + const QList ticks = scaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ); + for ( int i = 0; i < ticks.size(); i++ ) + { + const QDateTime dt = toDateTime( ticks[i] ); + for ( int j = QwtDate::Second; j <= intvType; j++ ) + { + const QDateTime dt0 = QwtDate::floor( dt, + static_cast( j ) ); + + if ( dt0 != dt ) + { + if ( j == QwtDate::Week ) + { + alignedToWeeks = false; + } + else + { + intvType = j - 1; + break; + } + } + } + + if ( intvType == QwtDate::Millisecond ) + break; + } + + if ( intvType == QwtDate::Week && !alignedToWeeks ) + intvType = QwtDate::Day; + + return static_cast( intvType ); +} + +/*! + Translate a double value into a QDateTime object. + + \return QDateTime object initialized with timeSpec() and utcOffset(). + \sa timeSpec(), utcOffset(), QwtDate::toDateTime() + */ +QDateTime QwtDateScaleDraw::toDateTime( double value ) const +{ + QDateTime dt = QwtDate::toDateTime( value, d_data->timeSpec ); + if ( d_data->timeSpec == Qt::OffsetFromUTC ) + { + dt = dt.addSecs( d_data->utcOffset ); + dt.setUtcOffset( d_data->utcOffset ); + } + + return dt; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efe4306 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_draw.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _QWT_DATE_SCALE_DRAW_H_ +#define _QWT_DATE_SCALE_DRAW_H_ 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_date.h" + +/*! + \brief A class for drawing datetime scales + + QwtDateScaleDraw displays values as datetime labels. + The format of the labels depends on the alignment of + the major tick labels. + + The default format strings are: + + - Millisecond\n + "hh:mm:ss:zzz\nddd dd MMM yyyy" + - Second\n + "hh:mm:ss\nddd dd MMM yyyy" + - Minute\n + "hh:mm\nddd dd MMM yyyy" + - Hour\n + "hh:mm\nddd dd MMM yyyy" + - Day\n + "ddd dd MMM yyyy" + - Week\n + "Www yyyy" + - Month\n + "MMM yyyy" + - Year\n + "yyyy" + + The format strings can be modified using setDateFormat() + or individually for each tick label by overloading dateFormatOfDate(), + + Usually QwtDateScaleDraw is used in combination with + QwtDateScaleEngine, that calculates scales for datetime + intervals. + + \sa QwtDateScaleEngine, QwtPlot::setAxisScaleDraw() +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDateScaleDraw: public QwtScaleDraw +{ +public: + QwtDateScaleDraw( Qt::TimeSpec = Qt::LocalTime ); + virtual ~QwtDateScaleDraw(); + + void setDateFormat( QwtDate::IntervalType, const QString & ); + QString dateFormat( QwtDate::IntervalType ) const; + + void setTimeSpec( Qt::TimeSpec ); + Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec() const; + + void setUtcOffset( int seconds ); + int utcOffset() const; + + void setWeek0Type( QwtDate::Week0Type ); + QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type() const; + + virtual QwtText label( double ) const; + + QDateTime toDateTime( double ) const; + +protected: + virtual QwtDate::IntervalType + intervalType( const QwtScaleDiv & ) const; + + virtual QString dateFormatOfDate( const QDateTime &, + QwtDate::IntervalType ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46ce2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1309 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_date_scale_engine.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_transform.h" +#include +#include + +static inline double qwtMsecsForType( int type ) +{ + static const double msecs[] = + { + 1.0, + 1000.0, + 60.0 * 1000.0, + 3600.0 * 1000.0, + 24.0 * 3600.0 * 1000.0, + 7.0 * 24.0 * 3600.0 * 1000.0, + 30.0 * 24.0 * 3600.0 * 1000.0, + 365.0 * 24.0 * 3600.0 * 1000.0, + }; + + if ( type < 0 || type >= static_cast( sizeof( msecs ) / sizeof( msecs[0] ) ) ) + return 1.0; + + return msecs[ type ]; +} + +static inline int qwtAlignValue( + double value, double stepSize, bool up ) +{ + double d = value / stepSize; + d = up ? ::ceil( d ) : ::floor( d ); + + return static_cast( d * stepSize ); +} + +static double qwtIntervalWidth( const QDateTime &minDate, + const QDateTime &maxDate, QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + switch( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Millisecond: + { + const double secsTo = minDate.secsTo( maxDate ); + const double msecs = maxDate.time().msec() - + minDate.time().msec(); + + return secsTo * 1000 + msecs; + } + case QwtDate::Second: + { + return minDate.secsTo( maxDate ); + } + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + const double secsTo = minDate.secsTo( maxDate ); + return ::floor( secsTo / 60 ); + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + const double secsTo = minDate.secsTo( maxDate ); + return ::floor( secsTo / 3600 ); + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + return minDate.daysTo( maxDate ); + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + return ::floor( minDate.daysTo( maxDate ) / 7.0 ); + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + const double years = + double( maxDate.date().year() ) - minDate.date().year(); + + int months = maxDate.date().month() - minDate.date().month(); + if ( maxDate.date().day() < minDate.date().day() ) + months--; + + return years * 12 + months; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + { + double years = + double( maxDate.date().year() ) - minDate.date().year(); + + if ( maxDate.date().month() < minDate.date().month() ) + years -= 1.0; + + return years; + } + } + + return 0.0; +} + +static double qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( + const QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + const QDateTime minD = QwtDate::floor( minDate, intervalType ); + const QDateTime maxD = QwtDate::ceil( maxDate, intervalType ); + + return qwtIntervalWidth( minD, maxD, intervalType ); +} + +static inline int qwtStepCount( int intervalSize, int maxSteps, + const int limits[], size_t numLimits ) +{ + for ( uint i = 0; i < numLimits; i++ ) + { + const int numSteps = intervalSize / limits[ i ]; + + if ( numSteps > 1 && numSteps <= maxSteps && + numSteps * limits[ i ] == intervalSize ) + { + return numSteps; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +static int qwtStepSize( int intervalSize, int maxSteps, uint base ) +{ + if ( maxSteps <= 0 ) + return 0; + + if ( maxSteps > 2 ) + { + for ( int numSteps = maxSteps; numSteps > 1; numSteps-- ) + { + const double stepSize = double( intervalSize ) / numSteps; + + const double p = ::floor( ::log( stepSize ) / ::log( double( base ) ) ); + const double fraction = qPow( base, p ); + + for ( uint n = base; n >= 1; n /= 2 ) + { + if ( qFuzzyCompare( stepSize, n * fraction ) ) + return qRound( stepSize ); + + if ( n == 3 && ( base % 2 ) == 0 ) + { + if ( qFuzzyCompare( stepSize, 2 * fraction ) ) + return qRound( stepSize ); + } + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +static int qwtDivideInterval( double intervalSize, int numSteps, + const int limits[], size_t numLimits ) +{ + const int v = qCeil( intervalSize / double( numSteps ) ); + + for ( uint i = 0; i < numLimits - 1; i++ ) + { + if ( v <= limits[i] ) + return limits[i]; + } + + return limits[ numLimits - 1 ]; +} + +static double qwtDivideScale( double intervalSize, int numSteps, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + if ( intervalType != QwtDate::Day ) + { + if ( ( intervalSize > numSteps ) && + ( intervalSize <= 2 * numSteps ) ) + { + return 2.0; + } + } + + double stepSize; + + switch( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Second: + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60 }; + + stepSize = qwtDivideInterval( intervalSize, numSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 24 }; + + stepSize = qwtDivideInterval( intervalSize, numSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + const double v = intervalSize / double( numSteps ); + if ( v <= 5.0 ) + stepSize = qCeil( v ); + else + stepSize = qCeil( v / 7 ) * 7; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 26, 52 }; + + stepSize = qwtDivideInterval( intervalSize, numSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 }; + + stepSize = qwtDivideInterval( intervalSize, numSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + case QwtDate::Millisecond: + default: + { + stepSize = QwtScaleArithmetic::divideInterval( + intervalSize, numSteps, 10 ); + } + } + + return stepSize; +} + +static double qwtDivideMajorStep( double stepSize, int maxMinSteps, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + double minStepSize = 0.0; + + switch( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Second: + { + minStepSize = qwtStepSize( stepSize, maxMinSteps, 10 ); + if ( minStepSize == 0.0 ) + minStepSize = 0.5 * stepSize; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60 }; + + int numSteps; + + if ( stepSize > maxMinSteps ) + { + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + } + else + { + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize * 60, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + } + + if ( numSteps > 0 ) + minStepSize = double( stepSize ) / numSteps; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + int numSteps = 0; + + if ( stepSize > maxMinSteps ) + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72 }; + + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + } + else + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60 }; + + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize * 60, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + } + + if ( numSteps > 0 ) + minStepSize = double( stepSize ) / numSteps; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + int numSteps = 0; + + if ( stepSize > maxMinSteps ) + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 7, 14, 28 }; + + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + } + else + { + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72 }; + + numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize * 24, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + } + + if ( numSteps > 0 ) + minStepSize = double( stepSize ) / numSteps; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + const int daysInStep = stepSize * 7; + + if ( maxMinSteps >= daysInStep ) + { + // we want to have one tick per day + minStepSize = 1.0 / 7.0; + } + else + { + // when the stepSize is more than a week we want to + // have a tick for each week + + const int stepSizeInWeeks = stepSize; + + if ( stepSizeInWeeks <= maxMinSteps ) + { + minStepSize = 1; + } + else + { + minStepSize = QwtScaleArithmetic::divideInterval( + stepSizeInWeeks, maxMinSteps, 10 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + // fractions of months doesn't make any sense + + if ( stepSize < maxMinSteps ) + maxMinSteps = static_cast( stepSize ); + + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 }; + + int numSteps = qwtStepCount( stepSize, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + if ( numSteps > 0 ) + minStepSize = double( stepSize ) / numSteps; + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + { + if ( stepSize >= maxMinSteps ) + { + minStepSize = QwtScaleArithmetic::divideInterval( + stepSize, maxMinSteps, 10 ); + } + else + { + // something in months + + static int limits[] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 }; + + int numSteps = qwtStepCount( 12 * stepSize, maxMinSteps, + limits, sizeof( limits ) / sizeof( int ) ); + + if ( numSteps > 0 ) + minStepSize = double( stepSize ) / numSteps; + } + + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + if ( intervalType != QwtDate::Month + && minStepSize == 0.0 ) + { + minStepSize = 0.5 * stepSize; + } + + return minStepSize; +} + +static QList qwtDstTicks( const QDateTime &dateTime, + int secondsMajor, int secondsMinor ) +{ + if ( secondsMinor <= 0 ) + QList(); + + QDateTime minDate = dateTime.addSecs( -secondsMajor ); + minDate = QwtDate::floor( minDate, QwtDate::Hour ); + + const double utcOffset = QwtDate::utcOffset( dateTime ); + + // find the hours where daylight saving time happens + + double dstMin = QwtDate::toDouble( minDate ); + while ( minDate < dateTime && + QwtDate::utcOffset( minDate ) != utcOffset ) + { + minDate = minDate.addSecs( 3600 ); + dstMin += 3600 * 1000.0; + } + + QList ticks; + for ( int i = 0; i < 3600; i += secondsMinor ) + ticks += dstMin + i * 1000.0; + + return ticks; +} + +static QwtScaleDiv qwtDivideToSeconds( + const QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + double stepSize, int maxMinSteps, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) +{ + // calculate the min step size + double minStepSize = 0; + + if ( maxMinSteps > 1 ) + { + minStepSize = qwtDivideMajorStep( stepSize, + maxMinSteps, intervalType ); + } + + bool daylightSaving = false; + if ( minDate.timeSpec() == Qt::LocalTime ) + { + daylightSaving = intervalType > QwtDate::Hour; + if ( intervalType == QwtDate::Hour ) + { + daylightSaving = stepSize > 1; + } + } + + const double s = qwtMsecsForType( intervalType ) / 1000; + const int secondsMajor = static_cast( stepSize * s ); + const double secondsMinor = minStepSize * s; + + // UTC excludes daylight savings. So from the difference + // of a date and its UTC counterpart we can find out + // the daylight saving hours + + const double utcOffset = QwtDate::utcOffset( minDate ); + double dstOff = 0; + + QList majorTicks; + QList mediumTicks; + QList minorTicks; + + for ( QDateTime dt = minDate; dt <= maxDate; + dt = dt.addSecs( secondsMajor ) ) + { + if ( !dt.isValid() ) + break; + + double majorValue = QwtDate::toDouble( dt ); + + if ( daylightSaving ) + { + const double offset = utcOffset - QwtDate::utcOffset( dt ); + majorValue += offset * 1000.0; + + if ( offset > dstOff ) + { + // we add some minor ticks for the DST hour, + // otherwise the ticks will be unaligned: 0, 2, 3, 5 ... + minorTicks += qwtDstTicks( + dt, secondsMajor, qRound( secondsMinor ) ); + } + + dstOff = offset; + } + + if ( majorTicks.isEmpty() || majorTicks.last() != majorValue ) + majorTicks += majorValue; + + if ( secondsMinor > 0.0 ) + { + const int numMinorSteps = qFloor( secondsMajor / secondsMinor ); + + for ( int i = 1; i < numMinorSteps; i++ ) + { + const QDateTime mt = dt.addMSecs( + qRound64( i * secondsMinor * 1000 ) ); + + double minorValue = QwtDate::toDouble( mt ); + if ( daylightSaving ) + { + const double offset = utcOffset - QwtDate::utcOffset( mt ); + minorValue += offset * 1000.0; + } + + if ( minorTicks.isEmpty() || minorTicks.last() != minorValue ) + { + const bool isMedium = ( numMinorSteps % 2 == 0 ) + && ( i != 1 ) && ( i == numMinorSteps / 2 ); + + if ( isMedium ) + mediumTicks += minorValue; + else + minorTicks += minorValue; + } + } + } + } + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + + scaleDiv.setInterval( QwtDate::toDouble( minDate ), + QwtDate::toDouble( maxDate ) ); + + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick, majorTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick, mediumTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick, minorTicks ); + + return scaleDiv; +} + +static QwtScaleDiv qwtDivideToMonths( + QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + double stepSize, int maxMinSteps ) +{ + // months are intervals with non + // equidistant ( in ms ) steps: we have to build the + // scale division manually + + int minStepDays = 0; + int minStepSize = 0.0; + + if ( maxMinSteps > 1 ) + { + if ( stepSize == 1 ) + { + if ( maxMinSteps >= 30 ) + minStepDays = 1; + else if ( maxMinSteps >= 6 ) + minStepDays = 5; + else if ( maxMinSteps >= 3 ) + minStepDays = 10; + else + minStepDays = 15; + } + else + { + minStepSize = qwtDivideMajorStep( + stepSize, maxMinSteps, QwtDate::Month ); + } + } + + QList majorTicks; + QList mediumTicks; + QList minorTicks; + + for ( QDateTime dt = minDate; + dt <= maxDate; dt = dt.addMonths( stepSize ) ) + { + if ( !dt.isValid() ) + break; + + majorTicks += QwtDate::toDouble( dt ); + + if ( minStepDays > 0 ) + { + for ( int days = minStepDays; + days < 30; days += minStepDays ) + { + const double tick = QwtDate::toDouble( dt.addDays( days ) ); + + if ( days == 15 && minStepDays != 15 ) + mediumTicks += tick; + else + minorTicks += tick; + } + } + else if ( minStepSize > 0.0 ) + { + const int numMinorSteps = qRound( stepSize / (double) minStepSize ); + + for ( int i = 1; i < numMinorSteps; i++ ) + { + const double minorValue = + QwtDate::toDouble( dt.addMonths( i * minStepSize ) ); + + if ( ( numMinorSteps % 2 == 0 ) && ( i == numMinorSteps / 2 ) ) + mediumTicks += minorValue; + else + minorTicks += minorValue; + } + } + } + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + scaleDiv.setInterval( QwtDate::toDouble( minDate ), + QwtDate::toDouble( maxDate ) ); + + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick, majorTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick, mediumTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick, minorTicks ); + + return scaleDiv; +} + +static QwtScaleDiv qwtDivideToYears( + const QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + double stepSize, int maxMinSteps ) +{ + QList majorTicks; + QList mediumTicks; + QList minorTicks; + + double minStepSize = 0.0; + + if ( maxMinSteps > 1 ) + { + minStepSize = qwtDivideMajorStep( + stepSize, maxMinSteps, QwtDate::Year ); + } + + int numMinorSteps = 0; + if ( minStepSize > 0.0 ) + numMinorSteps = qFloor( stepSize / minStepSize ); + + bool dateBC = minDate.date().year() < -1; + + for ( QDateTime dt = minDate; dt <= maxDate; + dt = dt.addYears( stepSize ) ) + { + if ( dateBC && dt.date().year() > 1 ) + { + // there is no year 0 in the Julian calendar + dt = dt.addYears( -1 ); + dateBC = false; + } + + if ( !dt.isValid() ) + break; + + majorTicks += QwtDate::toDouble( dt ); + + for ( int i = 1; i < numMinorSteps; i++ ) + { + QDateTime tickDate; + + const double years = qRound( i * minStepSize ); + if ( years >= INT_MAX / 12 ) + { + tickDate = dt.addYears( years ); + } + else + { + tickDate = dt.addMonths( qRound( years * 12 ) ); + } + + const bool isMedium = ( numMinorSteps > 2 ) && + ( numMinorSteps % 2 == 0 ) && ( i == numMinorSteps / 2 ); + + const double minorValue = QwtDate::toDouble( tickDate ); + if ( isMedium ) + mediumTicks += minorValue; + else + minorTicks += minorValue; + } + + if ( QwtDate::maxDate().addYears( -stepSize ) < dt.date() ) + { + break; + } + } + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + scaleDiv.setInterval( QwtDate::toDouble( minDate ), + QwtDate::toDouble( maxDate ) ); + + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick, majorTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick, mediumTicks ); + scaleDiv.setTicks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick, minorTicks ); + + return scaleDiv; +} + +class QwtDateScaleEngine::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData( Qt::TimeSpec spec ): + timeSpec( spec ), + utcOffset( 0 ), + week0Type( QwtDate::FirstThursday ), + maxWeeks( 4 ) + { + } + + Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec; + int utcOffset; + QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type; + int maxWeeks; +}; + + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + The engine is initialized to build scales for the + given time specification. It classifies intervals > 4 weeks + as >= Qt::Month. The first week of a year is defined like + for QwtDate::FirstThursday. + + \param timeSpec Time specification + + \sa setTimeSpec(), setMaxWeeks(), setWeek0Type() + */ +QwtDateScaleEngine::QwtDateScaleEngine( Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec ): + QwtLinearScaleEngine( 10 ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData( timeSpec ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtDateScaleEngine::~QwtDateScaleEngine() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the time specification used by the engine + + \param timeSpec Time specification + \sa timeSpec(), setUtcOffset(), toDateTime() + */ +void QwtDateScaleEngine::setTimeSpec( Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec ) +{ + d_data->timeSpec = timeSpec; +} + +/*! + \return Time specification used by the engine + \sa setTimeSpec(), utcOffset(), toDateTime() + */ +Qt::TimeSpec QwtDateScaleEngine::timeSpec() const +{ + return d_data->timeSpec; +} + +/*! + Set the offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time + + \param seconds Offset in seconds + + \note The offset has no effect beside for the time specification + Qt::OffsetFromUTC. + + \sa QDate::utcOffset(), setTimeSpec(), toDateTime() + */ +void QwtDateScaleEngine::setUtcOffset( int seconds ) +{ + d_data->utcOffset = seconds; +} + +/*! + \return Offset in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time + \note The offset has no effect beside for the time specification + Qt::OffsetFromUTC. + + \sa QDate::setUtcOffset(), setTimeSpec(), toDateTime() + */ +int QwtDateScaleEngine::utcOffset() const +{ + return d_data->utcOffset; +} + +/*! + Sets how to identify the first week of a year. + + \param week0Type Mode how to identify the first week of a year + + \sa week0Type(), setMaxWeeks() + \note week0Type has no effect beside for intervals classified as + QwtDate::Week. + */ +void QwtDateScaleEngine::setWeek0Type( QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type ) +{ + d_data->week0Type = week0Type; +} + +/*! + \return Setting how to identify the first week of a year. + \sa setWeek0Type(), maxWeeks() + */ +QwtDate::Week0Type QwtDateScaleEngine::week0Type() const +{ + return d_data->week0Type; +} + +/*! + Set a upper limit for the number of weeks, when an interval + can be classified as Qt::Week. + + The default setting is 4 weeks. + + \param weeks Upper limit for the number of weeks + + \note In business charts a year is often devided + into weeks [1-52] + \sa maxWeeks(), setWeek0Type() + */ +void QwtDateScaleEngine::setMaxWeeks( int weeks ) +{ + d_data->maxWeeks = qMax( weeks, 0 ); +} + +/*! + \return Upper limit for the number of weeks, when an interval + can be classified as Qt::Week. + \sa setMaxWeeks(), week0Type() + */ +int QwtDateScaleEngine::maxWeeks() const +{ + return d_data->maxWeeks; +} + +/*! + Classification of a date/time interval division + + \param minDate Minimum ( = earlier ) of the interval + \param maxDate Maximum ( = later ) of the interval + \param maxSteps Maximum for the number of steps + + \return Interval classification + */ +QwtDate::IntervalType QwtDateScaleEngine::intervalType( + const QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + int maxSteps ) const +{ + const double jdMin = minDate.date().toJulianDay(); + const double jdMax = maxDate.date().toJulianDay(); + + if ( ( jdMax - jdMin ) / 365 > maxSteps ) + return QwtDate::Year; + + const int months = qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, QwtDate::Month ); + if ( months > maxSteps * 6 ) + return QwtDate::Year; + + const int days = qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, QwtDate::Day ); + const int weeks = qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, QwtDate::Week ); + + if ( weeks > d_data->maxWeeks ) + { + if ( days > 4 * maxSteps * 7 ) + return QwtDate::Month; + } + + if ( days > maxSteps * 7 ) + return QwtDate::Week; + + const int hours = qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, QwtDate::Hour ); + if ( hours > maxSteps * 24 ) + return QwtDate::Day; + + const int seconds = qwtRoundedIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, QwtDate::Second ); + + if ( seconds >= maxSteps * 3600 ) + return QwtDate::Hour; + + if ( seconds >= maxSteps * 60 ) + return QwtDate::Minute; + + if ( seconds >= maxSteps ) + return QwtDate::Second; + + return QwtDate::Millisecond; +} + +/*! + Align and divide an interval + + The algorithm aligns and divides the interval into steps. + + Datetime interval divisions are usually not equidistant and the + calculated stepSize can only be used as an approximation + for the steps calculated by divideScale(). + + \param maxNumSteps Max. number of steps + \param x1 First limit of the interval (In/Out) + \param x2 Second limit of the interval (In/Out) + \param stepSize Step size (Out) + + \sa QwtScaleEngine::setAttribute() +*/ +void QwtDateScaleEngine::autoScale( int maxNumSteps, + double &x1, double &x2, double &stepSize ) const +{ + stepSize = 0.0; + + QwtInterval interval( x1, x2 ); + interval = interval.normalized(); + + interval.setMinValue( interval.minValue() - lowerMargin() ); + interval.setMaxValue( interval.maxValue() + upperMargin() ); + + if ( testAttribute( QwtScaleEngine::Symmetric ) ) + interval = interval.symmetrize( reference() ); + + if ( testAttribute( QwtScaleEngine::IncludeReference ) ) + interval = interval.extend( reference() ); + + if ( interval.width() == 0.0 ) + interval = buildInterval( interval.minValue() ); + + const QDateTime from = toDateTime( interval.minValue() ); + const QDateTime to = toDateTime( interval.maxValue() ); + + if ( from.isValid() && to.isValid() ) + { + if ( maxNumSteps < 1 ) + maxNumSteps = 1; + + const QwtDate::IntervalType intvType = + intervalType( from, to, maxNumSteps ); + + const double width = qwtIntervalWidth( from, to, intvType ); + + const double stepWidth = qwtDivideScale( width, maxNumSteps, intvType ); + if ( stepWidth != 0.0 && !testAttribute( QwtScaleEngine::Floating ) ) + { + const QDateTime d1 = alignDate( from, stepWidth, intvType, false ); + const QDateTime d2 = alignDate( to, stepWidth, intvType, true ); + + interval.setMinValue( QwtDate::toDouble( d1 ) ); + interval.setMaxValue( QwtDate::toDouble( d2 ) ); + } + + stepSize = stepWidth * qwtMsecsForType( intvType ); + } + + x1 = interval.minValue(); + x2 = interval.maxValue(); + + if ( testAttribute( QwtScaleEngine::Inverted ) ) + { + qSwap( x1, x2 ); + stepSize = -stepSize; + } +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate a scale division for a date/time interval + + \param x1 First interval limit + \param x2 Second interval limit + \param maxMajorSteps Maximum for the number of major steps + \param maxMinorSteps Maximum number of minor steps + \param stepSize Step size. If stepSize == 0, the scaleEngine + calculates one. + \return Calculated scale division +*/ +QwtScaleDiv QwtDateScaleEngine::divideScale( double x1, double x2, + int maxMajorSteps, int maxMinorSteps, double stepSize ) const +{ + if ( maxMajorSteps < 1 ) + maxMajorSteps = 1; + + const double min = qMin( x1, x2 ); + const double max = qMax( x1, x2 ); + + const QDateTime from = toDateTime( min ); + const QDateTime to = toDateTime( max ); + + if ( from == to ) + return QwtScaleDiv(); + + stepSize = qAbs( stepSize ); + if ( stepSize > 0.0 ) + { + // as interval types above hours are not equidistant + // ( even days might have 23/25 hours because of daylight saving ) + // the stepSize is used as a hint only + + maxMajorSteps = qCeil( ( max - min ) / stepSize ); + } + + const QwtDate::IntervalType intvType = + intervalType( from, to, maxMajorSteps ); + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + + if ( intvType == QwtDate::Millisecond ) + { + // for milliseconds and below we can use the decimal system + scaleDiv = QwtLinearScaleEngine::divideScale( min, max, + maxMajorSteps, maxMinorSteps, stepSize ); + } + else + { + const QDateTime minDate = QwtDate::floor( from, intvType ); + const QDateTime maxDate = QwtDate::ceil( to, intvType ); + + scaleDiv = buildScaleDiv( minDate, maxDate, + maxMajorSteps, maxMinorSteps, intvType ); + + // scaleDiv has been calculated from an extended interval + // adjusted to the step size. We have to shrink it again. + + scaleDiv = scaleDiv.bounded( min, max ); + } + + if ( x1 > x2 ) + scaleDiv.invert(); + + return scaleDiv; +} + +QwtScaleDiv QwtDateScaleEngine::buildScaleDiv( + const QDateTime &minDate, const QDateTime &maxDate, + int maxMajorSteps, int maxMinorSteps, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType ) const +{ + // calculate the step size + const double stepSize = qwtDivideScale( + qwtIntervalWidth( minDate, maxDate, intervalType ), + maxMajorSteps, intervalType ); + + // align minDate to the step size + QDateTime dt0 = alignDate( minDate, stepSize, intervalType, false ); + if ( !dt0.isValid() ) + { + // the floored date is out of the range of a + // QDateTime - we ceil instead. + dt0 = alignDate( minDate, stepSize, intervalType, true ); + } + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + + if ( intervalType <= QwtDate::Week ) + { + scaleDiv = qwtDivideToSeconds( dt0, maxDate, + stepSize, maxMinorSteps, intervalType ); + } + else + { + if( intervalType == QwtDate::Month ) + { + scaleDiv = qwtDivideToMonths( dt0, maxDate, + stepSize, maxMinorSteps ); + } + else if ( intervalType == QwtDate::Year ) + { + scaleDiv = qwtDivideToYears( dt0, maxDate, + stepSize, maxMinorSteps ); + } + } + + + return scaleDiv; +} + +/*! + Align a date/time value for a step size + + For Qt::Day alignments there is no "natural day 0" - + instead the first day of the year is used to avoid jumping + major ticks positions when panning a scale. For other alignments + ( f.e according to the first day of the month ) alignDate() + has to be overloaded. + + \param dateTime Date/time value + \param stepSize Step size + \param intervalType Interval type + \param up When true dateTime is ceiled - otherwise it is floored + + \return Aligned date/time value + */ +QDateTime QwtDateScaleEngine::alignDate( + const QDateTime &dateTime, double stepSize, + QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType, bool up ) const +{ + // what about: (year == 1582 && month == 10 && day > 4 && day < 15) ?? + + QDateTime dt = dateTime; + + if ( dateTime.timeSpec() == Qt::OffsetFromUTC ) + { + dt.setUtcOffset( 0 ); + } + + switch( intervalType ) + { + case QwtDate::Millisecond: + { + const int ms = qwtAlignValue( + dt.time().msec(), stepSize, up ) ; + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dateTime, QwtDate::Second ); + dt = dt.addMSecs( ms ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Second: + { + int second = dt.time().second(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.time().msec() > 0 ) + second++; + } + + const int s = qwtAlignValue( second, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Minute ); + dt = dt.addSecs( s ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Minute: + { + int minute = dt.time().minute(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.time().msec() > 0 || dt.time().second() > 0 ) + minute++; + } + + const int m = qwtAlignValue( minute, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Hour ); + dt = dt.addSecs( m * 60 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Hour: + { + int hour = dt.time().hour(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.time().msec() > 0 || dt.time().second() > 0 + || dt.time().minute() > 0 ) + { + hour++; + } + } + const int h = qwtAlignValue( hour, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Day ); + dt = dt.addSecs( h * 3600 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Day: + { + // What date do we expect f.e. from an alignment of 5 days ?? + // Aligning them to the beginning of the year avoids at least + // jumping major ticks when panning + + int day = dt.date().dayOfYear(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.time() > QTime( 0, 0 ) ) + day++; + } + + const int d = qwtAlignValue( day, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Year ); + dt = dt.addDays( d - 1 ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Week: + { + const QDate date = QwtDate::dateOfWeek0( + dt.date().year(), d_data->week0Type ); + + int numWeeks = date.daysTo( dt.date() ) / 7; + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.time() > QTime( 0, 0 ) || + date.daysTo( dt.date() ) % 7 ) + { + numWeeks++; + } + } + + const int d = qwtAlignValue( numWeeks, stepSize, up ) * 7; + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Day ); + dt.setDate( date ); + dt = dt.addDays( d ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Month: + { + int month = dt.date().month(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dt.date().day() > 1 || + dt.time() > QTime( 0, 0 ) ) + { + month++; + } + } + + const int m = qwtAlignValue( month - 1, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Year ); + dt = dt.addMonths( m ); + + break; + } + case QwtDate::Year: + { + int year = dateTime.date().year(); + if ( up ) + { + if ( dateTime.date().dayOfYear() > 1 || + dt.time() > QTime( 0, 0 ) ) + { + year++; + } + } + + const int y = qwtAlignValue( year, stepSize, up ); + + dt = QwtDate::floor( dt, QwtDate::Day ); + if ( y == 0 ) + { + // there is no year 0 in the Julian calendar + dt.setDate( QDate( stepSize, 1, 1 ).addYears( -stepSize ) ); + } + else + { + dt.setDate( QDate( y, 1, 1 ) ); + } + + break; + } + } + + if ( dateTime.timeSpec() == Qt::OffsetFromUTC ) + { + dt.setUtcOffset( dateTime.utcOffset() ); + } + + return dt; +} + +/*! + Translate a double value into a QDateTime object. + + For QDateTime result is bounded by QwtDate::minDate() and QwtDate::maxDate() + + \return QDateTime object initialized with timeSpec() and utcOffset(). + \sa timeSpec(), utcOffset(), QwtDate::toDateTime() + */ +QDateTime QwtDateScaleEngine::toDateTime( double value ) const +{ + QDateTime dt = QwtDate::toDateTime( value, d_data->timeSpec ); + if ( !dt.isValid() ) + { + const QDate date = ( value <= 0.0 ) + ? QwtDate::minDate() : QwtDate::maxDate(); + + dt = QDateTime( date, QTime( 0, 0 ), d_data->timeSpec ); + } + + if ( d_data->timeSpec == Qt::OffsetFromUTC ) + { + dt = dt.addSecs( d_data->utcOffset ); + dt.setUtcOffset( d_data->utcOffset ); + } + + return dt; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0085f68 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_date_scale_engine.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _QWT_DATE_SCALE_ENGINE_H_ +#define _QWT_DATE_SCALE_ENGINE_H_ 1 + +#include "qwt_date.h" +#include "qwt_scale_engine.h" + +/*! + \brief A scale engine for date/time values + + QwtDateScaleEngine builds scales from a time intervals. + Together with QwtDateScaleDraw it can be used for + axes according to date/time values. + + Years, months, weeks, days, hours and minutes are organized + in steps with non constant intervals. QwtDateScaleEngine + classifies intervals and aligns the boundaries and tick positions + according to this classification. + + QwtDateScaleEngine supports representations depending + on Qt::TimeSpec specifications. The valid range for scales + is limited by the range of QDateTime, that differs + between Qt4 and Qt5. + + Datetime values are expected as the number of milliseconds since + 1970-01-01T00:00:00 Universal Coordinated Time - also known + as "The Epoch", that can be converted to QDateTime using + QwtDate::toDateTime(). + + \sa QwtDate, QwtPlot::setAxisScaleEngine(), + QwtAbstractScale::setScaleEngine() +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDateScaleEngine: public QwtLinearScaleEngine +{ +public: + QwtDateScaleEngine( Qt::TimeSpec = Qt::LocalTime ); + virtual ~QwtDateScaleEngine(); + + void setTimeSpec( Qt::TimeSpec ); + Qt::TimeSpec timeSpec() const; + + void setUtcOffset( int seconds ); + int utcOffset() const; + + void setWeek0Type( QwtDate::Week0Type ); + QwtDate::Week0Type week0Type() const; + + void setMaxWeeks( int ); + int maxWeeks() const; + + virtual void autoScale( int maxNumSteps, + double &x1, double &x2, double &stepSize ) const; + + virtual QwtScaleDiv divideScale( + double x1, double x2, + int maxMajorSteps, int maxMinorSteps, + double stepSize = 0.0 ) const; + + virtual QwtDate::IntervalType intervalType( + const QDateTime &, const QDateTime &, int maxSteps ) const; + + QDateTime toDateTime( double ) const; + +protected: + virtual QDateTime alignDate( const QDateTime &, double stepSize, + QwtDate::IntervalType, bool up ) const; + +private: + QwtScaleDiv buildScaleDiv( const QDateTime &, const QDateTime &, + int maxMajorSteps, int maxMinorSteps, + QwtDate::IntervalType ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..413167e --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_dial.h" +#include "qwt_dial_needle.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_scale_engine.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_round_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static inline double qwtAngleDist( double a1, double a2 ) +{ + double dist = qAbs( a2 - a1 ); + if ( dist > 360.0 ) + dist -= 360.0; + + return dist; +} + +static inline bool qwtIsOnArc( double angle, double min, double max ) +{ + if ( min < max ) + { + return ( angle >= min ) && ( angle <= max ); + } + else + { + return ( angle >= min ) || ( angle <= max ); + } +} + +static inline double qwtBoundedAngle( double min, double angle, double max ) +{ + double from = qwtNormalizeDegrees( min ); + double to = qwtNormalizeDegrees( max ); + + double a; + + if ( qwtIsOnArc( angle, from, to ) ) + { + a = angle; + if ( a < min ) + a += 360.0; + } + else + { + if ( qwtAngleDist( angle, from ) < + qwtAngleDist( angle, to ) ) + { + a = min; + } + else + { + a = max; + } + } + + return a; +} + +class QwtDial::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + frameShadow( Sunken ), + lineWidth( 0 ), + mode( RotateNeedle ), + origin( 90.0 ), + minScaleArc( 0.0 ), + maxScaleArc( 0.0 ), + needle( NULL ), + arcOffset( 0.0 ), + mouseOffset( 0.0 ) + { + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete needle; + } + Shadow frameShadow; + int lineWidth; + + QwtDial::Mode mode; + + double origin; + double minScaleArc; + double maxScaleArc; + + QwtDialNeedle *needle; + + double arcOffset; + double mouseOffset; + + QPixmap pixmapCache; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + \param parent Parent widget + + Create a dial widget with no needle. The scale is initialized + to [ 0.0, 360.0 ] and 360 steps ( QwtAbstractSlider::setTotalSteps() ). + The origin of the scale is at 90°, + + The value is set to 0.0. + + The default mode is QwtDial::RotateNeedle. +*/ +QwtDial::QwtDial( QWidget* parent ): + QwtAbstractSlider( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); + + QPalette p = palette(); + for ( int i = 0; i < QPalette::NColorGroups; i++ ) + { + const QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup = + static_cast( i ); + + // Base: background color of the circle inside the frame. + // WindowText: background color of the circle inside the scale + + p.setColor( colorGroup, QPalette::WindowText, + p.color( colorGroup, QPalette::Base ) ); + } + setPalette( p ); + + QwtRoundScaleDraw* scaleDraw = new QwtRoundScaleDraw(); + scaleDraw->setRadius( 0 ); + + setScaleDraw( scaleDraw ); + + setScaleArc( 0.0, 360.0 ); // scale as a full circle + + setScaleMaxMajor( 10 ); + setScaleMaxMinor( 5 ); + + setValue( 0.0 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtDial::~QwtDial() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Sets the frame shadow value from the frame style. + + \param shadow Frame shadow + \sa setLineWidth(), QFrame::setFrameShadow() +*/ +void QwtDial::setFrameShadow( Shadow shadow ) +{ + if ( shadow != d_data->frameShadow ) + { + invalidateCache(); + + d_data->frameShadow = shadow; + if ( lineWidth() > 0 ) + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Frame shadow + /sa setFrameShadow(), lineWidth(), QFrame::frameShadow() +*/ +QwtDial::Shadow QwtDial::frameShadow() const +{ + return d_data->frameShadow; +} + +/*! + Sets the line width of the frame + + \param lineWidth Line width + \sa setFrameShadow() +*/ +void QwtDial::setLineWidth( int lineWidth ) +{ + if ( lineWidth < 0 ) + lineWidth = 0; + + if ( d_data->lineWidth != lineWidth ) + { + invalidateCache(); + + d_data->lineWidth = lineWidth; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Line width of the frame + \sa setLineWidth(), frameShadow(), lineWidth() +*/ +int QwtDial::lineWidth() const +{ + return d_data->lineWidth; +} + +/*! + \return bounding rectangle of the circle inside the frame + \sa setLineWidth(), scaleInnerRect(), boundingRect() +*/ +QRect QwtDial::innerRect() const +{ + const int lw = lineWidth(); + return boundingRect().adjusted( lw, lw, -lw, -lw ); +} + +/*! + \return bounding rectangle of the dial including the frame + \sa setLineWidth(), scaleInnerRect(), innerRect() +*/ +QRect QwtDial::boundingRect() const +{ + const QRect cr = contentsRect(); + + const int dim = qMin( cr.width(), cr.height() ); + + QRect inner( 0, 0, dim, dim ); + inner.moveCenter( cr.center() ); + + return inner; +} + +/*! + \return rectangle inside the scale + \sa setLineWidth(), boundingRect(), innerRect() +*/ +QRect QwtDial::scaleInnerRect() const +{ + QRect rect = innerRect(); + + const QwtAbstractScaleDraw *sd = scaleDraw(); + if ( sd ) + { + int scaleDist = qCeil( sd->extent( font() ) ); + scaleDist++; // margin + + rect.adjust( scaleDist, scaleDist, -scaleDist, -scaleDist ); + } + + return rect; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the mode of the dial. + \param mode New mode + + In case of QwtDial::RotateNeedle the needle is rotating, in case of + QwtDial::RotateScale, the needle points to origin() + and the scale is rotating. + + The default mode is QwtDial::RotateNeedle. + + \sa mode(), setValue(), setOrigin() +*/ +void QwtDial::setMode( Mode mode ) +{ + if ( mode != d_data->mode ) + { + invalidateCache(); + + d_data->mode = mode; + sliderChange(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Mode of the dial. + \sa setMode(), origin(), setScaleArc(), value() +*/ +QwtDial::Mode QwtDial::mode() const +{ + return d_data->mode; +} + +/*! + Invalidate the internal caches used to speed up repainting + */ +void QwtDial::invalidateCache() +{ + d_data->pixmapCache = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! + Paint the dial + \param event Paint event +*/ +void QwtDial::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + QPainter painter( this ); + painter.setClipRegion( event->region() ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.init(this); + style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, &painter, this); + + if ( d_data->mode == QwtDial::RotateScale ) + { + painter.save(); + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + + drawContents( &painter ); + + painter.restore(); + } + + const QRect r = contentsRect(); + if ( r.size() != d_data->pixmapCache.size() ) + { + d_data->pixmapCache = QwtPainter::backingStore( this, r.size() ); + d_data->pixmapCache.fill( Qt::transparent ); + + QPainter p( &d_data->pixmapCache ); + p.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + p.translate( -r.topLeft() ); + + if ( d_data->mode != QwtDial::RotateScale ) + drawContents( &p ); + + if ( lineWidth() > 0 ) + drawFrame( &p ); + + if ( d_data->mode != QwtDial::RotateNeedle ) + drawNeedle( &p ); + } + + painter.drawPixmap( r.topLeft(), d_data->pixmapCache ); + + if ( d_data->mode == QwtDial::RotateNeedle ) + drawNeedle( &painter ); + + if ( hasFocus() ) + drawFocusIndicator( &painter ); +} + +/*! + Draw the focus indicator + \param painter Painter +*/ +void QwtDial::drawFocusIndicator( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + QwtPainter::drawFocusRect( painter, this, boundingRect() ); +} + +/*! + Draw the frame around the dial + + \param painter Painter + \sa lineWidth(), frameShadow() +*/ +void QwtDial::drawFrame( QPainter *painter ) +{ + QwtPainter::drawRoundFrame( painter, boundingRect(), + palette(), lineWidth(), d_data->frameShadow ); +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the contents inside the frame + + QPalette::Window is the background color outside of the frame. + QPalette::Base is the background color inside the frame. + QPalette::WindowText is the background color inside the scale. + + \param painter Painter + + \sa boundingRect(), innerRect(), + scaleInnerRect(), QWidget::setPalette() +*/ +void QwtDial::drawContents( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + if ( testAttribute( Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground ) || + palette().brush( QPalette::Base ) != + palette().brush( QPalette::Window ) ) + { + const QRectF br = boundingRect(); + + painter->save(); + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().brush( QPalette::Base ) ); + painter->drawEllipse( br ); + painter->restore(); + } + + const QRectF insideScaleRect = scaleInnerRect(); + if ( palette().brush( QPalette::WindowText ) != + palette().brush( QPalette::Base ) ) + { + painter->save(); + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().brush( QPalette::WindowText ) ); + painter->drawEllipse( insideScaleRect ); + painter->restore(); + } + + const QPointF center = insideScaleRect.center(); + const double radius = 0.5 * insideScaleRect.width(); + + painter->save(); + drawScale( painter, center, radius ); + painter->restore(); + + painter->save(); + drawScaleContents( painter, center, radius ); + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw the needle + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the dial + \param radius Length for the needle + \param direction Direction of the needle in degrees, counter clockwise + \param colorGroup ColorGroup +*/ +void QwtDial::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, + double radius, double direction, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + if ( d_data->needle ) + { + direction = 360.0 - direction; // counter clockwise + d_data->needle->draw( painter, center, radius, direction, colorGroup ); + } +} + +void QwtDial::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return; + + QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup; + if ( isEnabled() ) + colorGroup = hasFocus() ? QPalette::Active : QPalette::Inactive; + else + colorGroup = QPalette::Disabled; + + const QRectF sr = scaleInnerRect(); + + painter->save(); + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + drawNeedle( painter, sr.center(), 0.5 * sr.width(), + scaleMap().transform( value() ) + 270.0, colorGroup ); + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw the scale + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the dial + \param radius Radius of the scale +*/ +void QwtDial::drawScale( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const +{ + QwtRoundScaleDraw *sd = const_cast( scaleDraw() ); + if ( sd == NULL ) + return; + + sd->setRadius( radius ); + sd->moveCenter( center ); + + QPalette pal = palette(); + + const QColor textColor = pal.color( QPalette::Text ); + pal.setColor( QPalette::WindowText, textColor ); // ticks, backbone + + painter->setFont( font() ); + painter->setPen( QPen( textColor, sd->penWidth() ) ); + + painter->setBrush( Qt::red ); + sd->draw( painter, pal ); +} + +/*! + Draw the contents inside the scale + + Paints nothing. + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the contents circle + \param radius Radius of the contents circle +*/ +void QwtDial::drawScaleContents( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(painter); + Q_UNUSED(center); + Q_UNUSED(radius); +} + +/*! + Set a needle for the dial + + \param needle Needle + + \warning The needle will be deleted, when a different needle is + set or in ~QwtDial() +*/ +void QwtDial::setNeedle( QwtDialNeedle *needle ) +{ + if ( needle != d_data->needle ) + { + if ( d_data->needle ) + delete d_data->needle; + + d_data->needle = needle; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return needle + \sa setNeedle() +*/ +const QwtDialNeedle *QwtDial::needle() const +{ + return d_data->needle; +} + +/*! + \return needle + \sa setNeedle() +*/ +QwtDialNeedle *QwtDial::needle() +{ + return d_data->needle; +} + +//! \return the scale draw +QwtRoundScaleDraw *QwtDial::scaleDraw() +{ + return static_cast( abstractScaleDraw() ); +} + +//! \return the scale draw +const QwtRoundScaleDraw *QwtDial::scaleDraw() const +{ + return static_cast( abstractScaleDraw() ); +} + +/*! + Set an individual scale draw + + The motivation for setting a scale draw is often + to overload QwtRoundScaleDraw::label() to return + individual tick labels. + + \param scaleDraw Scale draw + \warning The previous scale draw is deleted +*/ +void QwtDial::setScaleDraw( QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw ) +{ + setAbstractScaleDraw( scaleDraw ); + sliderChange(); +} + +/*! + Change the arc of the scale + + \param minArc Lower limit + \param maxArc Upper limit + + \sa minScaleArc(), maxScaleArc() +*/ +void QwtDial::setScaleArc( double minArc, double maxArc ) +{ + if ( minArc != 360.0 && minArc != -360.0 ) + minArc = ::fmod( minArc, 360.0 ); + if ( maxArc != 360.0 && maxArc != -360.0 ) + maxArc = ::fmod( maxArc, 360.0 ); + + double minScaleArc = qMin( minArc, maxArc ); + double maxScaleArc = qMax( minArc, maxArc ); + + if ( maxScaleArc - minScaleArc > 360.0 ) + maxScaleArc = minScaleArc + 360.0; + + if ( ( minScaleArc != d_data->minScaleArc ) || + ( maxScaleArc != d_data->maxScaleArc ) ) + { + d_data->minScaleArc = minScaleArc; + d_data->maxScaleArc = maxScaleArc; + + invalidateCache(); + sliderChange(); + } +} + +/*! + Set the lower limit for the scale arc + + \param min Lower limit of the scale arc + \sa setScaleArc(), setMaxScaleArc() + */ +void QwtDial::setMinScaleArc( double min ) +{ + setScaleArc( min, d_data->maxScaleArc ); +} + +/*! + \return Lower limit of the scale arc + \sa setScaleArc() +*/ +double QwtDial::minScaleArc() const +{ + return d_data->minScaleArc; +} + +/*! + Set the upper limit for the scale arc + + \param max Upper limit of the scale arc + \sa setScaleArc(), setMinScaleArc() + */ +void QwtDial::setMaxScaleArc( double max ) +{ + setScaleArc( d_data->minScaleArc, max ); +} + +/*! + \return Upper limit of the scale arc + \sa setScaleArc() +*/ +double QwtDial::maxScaleArc() const +{ + return d_data->maxScaleArc; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the origin + + The origin is the angle where scale and needle is relative to. + + \param origin New origin + \sa origin() +*/ +void QwtDial::setOrigin( double origin ) +{ + invalidateCache(); + + d_data->origin = origin; + sliderChange(); +} + +/*! + The origin is the angle where scale and needle is relative to. + + \return Origin of the dial + \sa setOrigin() +*/ +double QwtDial::origin() const +{ + return d_data->origin; +} + +/*! + \return Size hint + \sa minimumSizeHint() +*/ +QSize QwtDial::sizeHint() const +{ + int sh = 0; + if ( scaleDraw() ) + sh = qCeil( scaleDraw()->extent( font() ) ); + + const int d = 6 * sh + 2 * lineWidth(); + + QSize hint( d, d ); + if ( !isReadOnly() ) + hint = hint.expandedTo( QApplication::globalStrut() ); + + return hint; +} + +/*! + \return Minimum size hint + \sa sizeHint() +*/ +QSize QwtDial::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + int sh = 0; + if ( scaleDraw() ) + sh = qCeil( scaleDraw()->extent( font() ) ); + + const int d = 3 * sh + 2 * lineWidth(); + + return QSize( d, d ); +} + +/*! + \brief Determine what to do when the user presses a mouse button. + + \param pos Mouse position + + \retval True, when the inner circle contains pos + \sa scrolledTo() +*/ +bool QwtDial::isScrollPosition( const QPoint &pos ) const +{ + const QRegion region( innerRect(), QRegion::Ellipse ); + if ( region.contains( pos ) && ( pos != innerRect().center() ) ) + { + double angle = QLineF( rect().center(), pos ).angle(); + if ( d_data->mode == QwtDial::RotateScale ) + angle = 360.0 - angle; + + double valueAngle = + qwtNormalizeDegrees( 90.0 - scaleMap().transform( value() ) ); + + d_data->mouseOffset = qwtNormalizeDegrees( angle - valueAngle ); + d_data->arcOffset = scaleMap().p1(); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/*! + \brief Determine the value for a new position of the + slider handle. + + \param pos Mouse position + + \return Value for the mouse position + \sa isScrollPosition() +*/ +double QwtDial::scrolledTo( const QPoint &pos ) const +{ + double angle = QLineF( rect().center(), pos ).angle(); + if ( d_data->mode == QwtDial::RotateScale ) + { + angle += scaleMap().p1() - d_data->arcOffset; + angle = 360.0 - angle; + } + + angle = qwtNormalizeDegrees( angle - d_data->mouseOffset ); + angle = qwtNormalizeDegrees( 90.0 - angle ); + + if ( scaleMap().pDist() >= 360.0 ) + { + if ( angle < scaleMap().p1() ) + angle += 360.0; + + if ( !wrapping() ) + { + double boundedAngle = angle; + + const double arc = angle - scaleMap().transform( value() ); + if ( qAbs( arc ) > 180.0 ) + { + boundedAngle = ( arc > 0 ) + ? scaleMap().p1() : scaleMap().p2(); + } + + d_data->mouseOffset += ( boundedAngle - angle ); + + angle = boundedAngle; + } + } + else + { + const double boundedAngle = + qwtBoundedAngle( scaleMap().p1(), angle, scaleMap().p2() ); + + if ( !wrapping() ) + d_data->mouseOffset += ( boundedAngle - angle ); + + angle = boundedAngle; + } + + return scaleMap().invTransform( angle ); +} + +/*! + Change Event handler + \param event Change event + + Invalidates internal paint caches if necessary +*/ +void QwtDial::changeEvent( QEvent *event ) +{ + switch( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::EnabledChange: + case QEvent::FontChange: + case QEvent::StyleChange: + case QEvent::PaletteChange: + case QEvent::LanguageChange: + case QEvent::LocaleChange: + { + invalidateCache(); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + QwtAbstractSlider::changeEvent( event ); +} + +/*! + Wheel Event handler + \param event Wheel event +*/ +void QwtDial::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent *event ) +{ + const QRegion region( innerRect(), QRegion::Ellipse ); + if ( region.contains( event->pos() ) ) + QwtAbstractSlider::wheelEvent( event ); +} + +void QwtDial::setAngleRange( double angle, double span ) +{ + QwtRoundScaleDraw *sd = const_cast( scaleDraw() ); + if ( sd ) + { + angle = qwtNormalizeDegrees( angle - 270.0 ); + sd->setAngleRange( angle, angle + span ); + } +} + +/*! + Invalidate the internal caches and call + QwtAbstractSlider::scaleChange() + */ +void QwtDial::scaleChange() +{ + invalidateCache(); + QwtAbstractSlider::scaleChange(); +} + +void QwtDial::sliderChange() +{ + setAngleRange( d_data->origin + d_data->minScaleArc, + d_data->maxScaleArc - d_data->minScaleArc ); + + if ( mode() == RotateScale ) + { + const double arc = scaleMap().transform( value() ) - scaleMap().p1(); + setAngleRange( d_data->origin - arc, + d_data->maxScaleArc - d_data->minScaleArc ); + } + + QwtAbstractSlider::sliderChange(); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f884ba8 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_DIAL_H +#define QWT_DIAL_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_slider.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_scale_draw.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtDialNeedle; +class QwtRoundScaleDraw; + +/*! + \brief QwtDial class provides a rounded range control. + + QwtDial is intended as base class for dial widgets like + speedometers, compass widgets, clocks ... + + \image html dials2.png + + A dial contains a scale and a needle indicating the current value + of the dial. Depending on Mode one of them is fixed and the + other is rotating. If not isReadOnly() the + dial can be rotated by dragging the mouse or using keyboard inputs + (see QwtAbstractSlider::keyPressEvent()). A dial might be wrapping, what means + a rotation below/above one limit continues on the other limit (f.e compass). + The scale might cover any arc of the dial, its values are related to + the origin() of the dial. + + Often dials have to be updated very often according to values from external + devices. For these high refresh rates QwtDial caches as much as possible. + For derived classes it might be necessary to clear these caches manually + according to attribute changes using invalidateCache(). + + \sa QwtCompass, QwtAnalogClock, QwtDialNeedle + \note The controls and dials examples shows different types of dials. + \note QDial is more similar to QwtKnob than to QwtDial +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDial: public QwtAbstractSlider +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_ENUMS( Shadow Mode Direction ) + + Q_PROPERTY( int lineWidth READ lineWidth WRITE setLineWidth ) + Q_PROPERTY( Shadow frameShadow READ frameShadow WRITE setFrameShadow ) + Q_PROPERTY( Mode mode READ mode WRITE setMode ) + Q_PROPERTY( double origin READ origin WRITE setOrigin ) + Q_PROPERTY( double minScaleArc READ minScaleArc WRITE setMinScaleArc ) + Q_PROPERTY( double maxScaleArc READ maxScaleArc WRITE setMaxScaleArc ) + +public: + + /*! + \brief Frame shadow + + Unfortunately it is not possible to use QFrame::Shadow + as a property of a widget that is not derived from QFrame. + The following enum is made for the designer only. It is safe + to use QFrame::Shadow instead. + */ + enum Shadow + { + //! QFrame::Plain + Plain = QFrame::Plain, + + //! QFrame::Raised + Raised = QFrame::Raised, + + //! QFrame::Sunken + Sunken = QFrame::Sunken + }; + + //! Mode controlling whether the needle or the scale is rotating + enum Mode + { + //! The needle is rotating + RotateNeedle, + + //! The needle is fixed, the scales are rotating + RotateScale + }; + + explicit QwtDial( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtDial(); + + void setFrameShadow( Shadow ); + Shadow frameShadow() const; + + void setLineWidth( int ); + int lineWidth() const; + + void setMode( Mode ); + Mode mode() const; + + void setScaleArc( double minArc, double maxArc ); + + void setMinScaleArc( double ); + double minScaleArc() const; + + void setMaxScaleArc( double ); + double maxScaleArc() const; + + virtual void setOrigin( double ); + double origin() const; + + void setNeedle( QwtDialNeedle * ); + const QwtDialNeedle *needle() const; + QwtDialNeedle *needle(); + + QRect boundingRect() const; + QRect innerRect() const; + + virtual QRect scaleInnerRect() const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + + void setScaleDraw( QwtRoundScaleDraw * ); + + QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw(); + const QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw() const; + +protected: + virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * ); + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + virtual void changeEvent( QEvent * ); + + virtual void drawFrame( QPainter * ); + virtual void drawContents( QPainter * ) const; + virtual void drawFocusIndicator( QPainter * ) const; + + void invalidateCache(); + + virtual void drawScale( QPainter *, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const; + + virtual void drawScaleContents( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double radius ) const; + + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *, const QPointF &, + double radius, double direction, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + + virtual double scrolledTo( const QPoint & ) const; + virtual bool isScrollPosition( const QPoint & ) const; + + virtual void sliderChange(); + virtual void scaleChange(); + +private: + void setAngleRange( double angle, double span ); + void drawNeedle( QPainter * ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f2305b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_dial_needle.h" +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qapplication.h" +#include "qpainterpath.h" +#include "qpainter.h" + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qFastSin(x) qSin(x) +#define qFastCos(x) qCos(x) +#endif + +static void qwtDrawStyle1Needle( QPainter *painter, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup, + double length ) +{ + const double r[] = { 0.4, 0.3, 1, 0.8, 1, 0.3, 0.4 }; + const double a[] = { -45, -20, -15, 0, 15, 20, 45 }; + + QPainterPath path; + for ( int i = 0; i < 7; i++ ) + { + const double angle = a[i] / 180.0 * M_PI; + const double radius = r[i] * length; + + const double x = radius * qFastCos( angle ); + const double y = radius * qFastSin( angle ); + + path.lineTo( x, -y ); + } + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Light ) ); + painter->drawPath( path ); +} + +static void qwtDrawStyle2Needle( QPainter *painter, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup, double length ) +{ + const double ratioX = 0.7; + const double ratioY = 0.3; + + QPainterPath path1; + path1.lineTo( ratioX * length, 0.0 ); + path1.lineTo( length, ratioY * length ); + + QPainterPath path2; + path2.lineTo( ratioX * length, 0.0 ); + path2.lineTo( length, -ratioY * length ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Light ) ); + painter->drawPath( path1 ); + + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Dark ) ); + painter->drawPath( path2 ); +} + +static void qwtDrawShadedPointer( QPainter *painter, + const QColor &lightColor, const QColor &darkColor, + double length, double width ) +{ + const double peak = qMax( length / 10.0, 5.0 ); + + const double knobWidth = width + 8; + QRectF knobRect( 0, 0, knobWidth, knobWidth ); + knobRect.moveCenter( QPointF(0, 0) ); + + QPainterPath path1; + path1.lineTo( 0.0, 0.5 * width ); + path1.lineTo( length - peak, 0.5 * width ); + path1.lineTo( length, 0.0 ); + path1.lineTo( 0.0, 0.0 ); + + QPainterPath arcPath1; + arcPath1.arcTo( knobRect, 0.0, -90.0 ); + + path1 = path1.united( arcPath1 ); + + QPainterPath path2; + path2.lineTo( 0.0, -0.5 * width ); + path2.lineTo( length - peak, -0.5 * width ); + path2.lineTo( length, 0.0 ); + path2.lineTo( 0.0, 0.0 ); + + QPainterPath arcPath2; + arcPath2.arcTo( knobRect, 0.0, 90.0 ); + + path2 = path2.united( arcPath2 ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + painter->setBrush( lightColor ); + painter->drawPath( path1 ); + + painter->setBrush( darkColor ); + painter->drawPath( path2 ); +} + +static void qwtDrawArrowNeedle( QPainter *painter, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup, + double length, double width ) +{ + if ( width <= 0 ) + width = qMax( length * 0.06, 9.0 ); + + const double peak = qMax( 2.0, 0.4 * width ); + + QPainterPath path; + path.moveTo( 0.0, 0.5 * width ); + path.lineTo( length - peak, 0.3 * width ); + path.lineTo( length, 0.0 ); + path.lineTo( length - peak, -0.3 * width ); + path.lineTo( 0.0, -0.5 * width ); + + QRectF br = path.boundingRect(); + + QPalette pal( palette.color( QPalette::Mid ) ); + QColor c1 = pal.color( QPalette::Light ); + QColor c2 = pal.color( QPalette::Dark ); + + QLinearGradient gradient( br.topLeft(), br.bottomLeft() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.5, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.5001, c2 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + QPen pen( gradient, 1 ); + pen.setJoinStyle( Qt::MiterJoin ); + + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->setBrush( palette.brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Mid ) ); + + painter->drawPath( path ); +} + +static void qwtDrawTriangleNeedle( QPainter *painter, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup, + double length ) +{ + const double width = qRound( length / 3.0 ); + + QPainterPath path[4]; + + path[0].lineTo( length, 0.0 ); + path[0].lineTo( 0.0, width / 2 ); + + path[1].lineTo( length, 0.0 ); + path[1].lineTo( 0.0, -width / 2 ); + + path[2].lineTo( -length, 0.0 ); + path[2].lineTo( 0.0, width / 2 ); + + path[3].lineTo( -length, 0.0 ); + path[3].lineTo( 0.0, -width / 2 ); + + + const int colorOffset = 10; + const QColor darkColor = palette.color( colorGroup, QPalette::Dark ); + const QColor lightColor = palette.color( colorGroup, QPalette::Light ); + + QColor color[4]; + color[0] = darkColor.light( 100 + colorOffset ); + color[1] = darkColor.dark( 100 + colorOffset ); + color[2] = lightColor.light( 100 + colorOffset ); + color[3] = lightColor.dark( 100 + colorOffset ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + { + painter->setBrush( color[i] ); + painter->drawPath( path[i] ); + } +} + +//! Constructor +QwtDialNeedle::QwtDialNeedle(): + d_palette( QApplication::palette() ) +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtDialNeedle::~QwtDialNeedle() +{ +} + +/*! + Sets the palette for the needle. + + \param palette New Palette +*/ +void QwtDialNeedle::setPalette( const QPalette &palette ) +{ + d_palette = palette; +} + +/*! + \return the palette of the needle. +*/ +const QPalette &QwtDialNeedle::palette() const +{ + return d_palette; +} + +/*! + Draw the needle + + \param painter Painter + \param center Center of the dial, start position for the needle + \param length Length of the needle + \param direction Direction of the needle, in degrees counter clockwise + \param colorGroup Color group, used for painting +*/ +void QwtDialNeedle::draw( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF ¢er, double length, double direction, + QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + painter->save(); + + painter->translate( center ); + painter->rotate( -direction ); + + drawNeedle( painter, length, colorGroup ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +//! Draw the knob +void QwtDialNeedle::drawKnob( QPainter *painter, + double width, const QBrush &brush, bool sunken ) const +{ + QPalette palette( brush.color() ); + + QColor c1 = palette.color( QPalette::Light ); + QColor c2 = palette.color( QPalette::Dark ); + + if ( sunken ) + qSwap( c1, c2 ); + + QRectF rect( 0.0, 0.0, width, width ); + rect.moveCenter( painter->combinedTransform().map( QPointF() ) ); + + QLinearGradient gradient( rect.topLeft(), rect.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.3, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.7, c2 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + painter->save(); + + painter->resetTransform(); + + painter->setPen( QPen( gradient, 1 ) ); + painter->setBrush( brush ); + painter->drawEllipse( rect ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Constructor + + \param style Style + \param hasKnob With/Without knob + \param mid Middle color + \param base Base color +*/ +QwtDialSimpleNeedle::QwtDialSimpleNeedle( Style style, bool hasKnob, + const QColor &mid, const QColor &base ): + d_style( style ), + d_hasKnob( hasKnob ), + d_width( -1 ) +{ + QPalette palette; + palette.setColor( QPalette::Mid, mid ); + palette.setColor( QPalette::Base, base ); + + setPalette( palette ); +} + +/*! + Set the width of the needle + \param width Width + \sa width() +*/ +void QwtDialSimpleNeedle::setWidth( double width ) +{ + d_width = width; +} + +/*! + \return the width of the needle + \sa setWidth() +*/ +double QwtDialSimpleNeedle::width() const +{ + return d_width; +} + +/*! + Draw the needle + + \param painter Painter + \param length Length of the needle + \param colorGroup Color group, used for painting +*/ +void QwtDialSimpleNeedle::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + double knobWidth = 0.0; + double width = d_width; + + if ( d_style == Arrow ) + { + if ( width <= 0.0 ) + width = qMax(length * 0.06, 6.0); + + qwtDrawArrowNeedle( painter, + palette(), colorGroup, length, width ); + + knobWidth = qMin( width * 2.0, 0.2 * length ); + } + else + { + if ( width <= 0.0 ) + width = 5.0; + + QPen pen ( palette().brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Mid ), width ); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->drawLine( QPointF( 0.0, 0.0 ), QPointF( length, 0.0 ) ); + + knobWidth = qMax( width * 3.0, 5.0 ); + } + + if ( d_hasKnob && knobWidth > 0.0 ) + { + drawKnob( painter, knobWidth, + palette().brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Base ), false ); + } +} + +//! Constructor +QwtCompassMagnetNeedle::QwtCompassMagnetNeedle( Style style, + const QColor &light, const QColor &dark ): + d_style( style ) +{ + QPalette palette; + palette.setColor( QPalette::Light, light ); + palette.setColor( QPalette::Dark, dark ); + palette.setColor( QPalette::Base, Qt::gray ); + + setPalette( palette ); +} + +/*! + Draw the needle + + \param painter Painter + \param length Length of the needle + \param colorGroup Color group, used for painting +*/ +void QwtCompassMagnetNeedle::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + if ( d_style == ThinStyle ) + { + const double width = qMax( length / 6.0, 3.0 ); + + const int colorOffset = 10; + + const QColor light = palette().color( colorGroup, QPalette::Light ); + const QColor dark = palette().color( colorGroup, QPalette::Dark ); + + qwtDrawShadedPointer( painter, + dark.light( 100 + colorOffset ), + dark.dark( 100 + colorOffset ), + length, width ); + + painter->rotate( 180.0 ); + + qwtDrawShadedPointer( painter, + light.light( 100 + colorOffset ), + light.dark( 100 + colorOffset ), + length, width ); + + const QBrush baseBrush = palette().brush( colorGroup, QPalette::Base ); + drawKnob( painter, width, baseBrush, true ); + } + else + { + qwtDrawTriangleNeedle( painter, palette(), colorGroup, length ); + } +} + +/*! + Constructor + + \param style Arrow style + \param light Light color + \param dark Dark color +*/ +QwtCompassWindArrow::QwtCompassWindArrow( Style style, + const QColor &light, const QColor &dark ): + d_style( style ) +{ + QPalette palette; + palette.setColor( QPalette::Light, light ); + palette.setColor( QPalette::Dark, dark ); + + setPalette( palette ); +} + +/*! + Draw the needle + + \param painter Painter + \param length Length of the needle + \param colorGroup Color group, used for painting +*/ +void QwtCompassWindArrow::drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const +{ + if ( d_style == Style1 ) + qwtDrawStyle1Needle( painter, palette(), colorGroup, length ); + else + qwtDrawStyle2Needle( painter, palette(), colorGroup, length ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2051f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dial_needle.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_DIAL_NEEDLE_H +#define QWT_DIAL_NEEDLE_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QPainter; +class QPoint; + +/*! + \brief Base class for needles that can be used in a QwtDial. + + QwtDialNeedle is a pointer that indicates a value by pointing + to a specific direction. + + \sa QwtDial, QwtCompass +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDialNeedle +{ +public: + QwtDialNeedle(); + virtual ~QwtDialNeedle(); + + virtual void setPalette( const QPalette & ); + const QPalette &palette() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *painter, const QPointF ¢er, + double length, double direction, + QPalette::ColorGroup = QPalette::Active ) const; + +protected: + /*! + \brief Draw the needle + + The origin of the needle is at position (0.0, 0.0 ) + pointing in direction 0.0 ( = east ). + + The painter is already initialized with translation and + rotation. + + \param painter Painter + \param length Length of the needle + \param colorGroup Color group, used for painting + + \sa setPalette(), palette() + */ + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *painter, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup colorGroup ) const = 0; + + virtual void drawKnob( QPainter *, double width, + const QBrush &, bool sunken ) const; + +private: + QPalette d_palette; +}; + +/*! + \brief A needle for dial widgets + + The following colors are used: + + - QPalette::Mid\n + Pointer + - QPalette::Base\n + Knob + + \sa QwtDial, QwtCompass +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDialSimpleNeedle: public QwtDialNeedle +{ +public: + //! Style of the needle + enum Style + { + //! Arrow + Arrow, + + //! A straight line from the center + Ray + }; + + QwtDialSimpleNeedle( Style, bool hasKnob = true, + const QColor &mid = Qt::gray, const QColor &base = Qt::darkGray ); + + void setWidth( double width ); + double width() const; + +protected: + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *, double length, + QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + +private: + Style d_style; + bool d_hasKnob; + double d_width; +}; + +/*! + \brief A magnet needle for compass widgets + + A magnet needle points to two opposite directions indicating + north and south. + + The following colors are used: + - QPalette::Light\n + Used for pointing south + - QPalette::Dark\n + Used for pointing north + - QPalette::Base\n + Knob (ThinStyle only) + + \sa QwtDial, QwtCompass +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCompassMagnetNeedle: public QwtDialNeedle +{ +public: + //! Style of the needle + enum Style + { + //! A needle with a triangular shape + TriangleStyle, + + //! A thin needle + ThinStyle + }; + + QwtCompassMagnetNeedle( Style = TriangleStyle, + const QColor &light = Qt::white, const QColor &dark = Qt::red ); + +protected: + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + +private: + Style d_style; +}; + +/*! + \brief An indicator for the wind direction + + QwtCompassWindArrow shows the direction where the wind comes from. + + - QPalette::Light\n + Used for Style1, or the light half of Style2 + - QPalette::Dark\n + Used for the dark half of Style2 + + \sa QwtDial, QwtCompass +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtCompassWindArrow: public QwtDialNeedle +{ +public: + //! Style of the arrow + enum Style + { + //! A needle pointing to the center + Style1, + + //! A needle pointing to the center + Style2 + }; + + QwtCompassWindArrow( Style, const QColor &light = Qt::white, + const QColor &dark = Qt::gray ); + +protected: + virtual void drawNeedle( QPainter *, + double length, QPalette::ColorGroup ) const; + +private: + Style d_style; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba2bb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,591 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_dyngrid_layout.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtDynGridLayout::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + isDirty( true ) + { + } + + void updateLayoutCache(); + + mutable QList itemList; + + uint maxColumns; + uint numRows; + uint numColumns; + + Qt::Orientations expanding; + + bool isDirty; + QVector itemSizeHints; +}; + +void QwtDynGridLayout::PrivateData::updateLayoutCache() +{ + itemSizeHints.resize( itemList.count() ); + + int index = 0; + + for ( QList::iterator it = itemList.begin(); + it != itemList.end(); ++it, index++ ) + { + itemSizeHints[ index ] = ( *it )->sizeHint(); + } + + isDirty = false; +} + +/*! + \param parent Parent widget + \param margin Margin + \param spacing Spacing +*/ + +QwtDynGridLayout::QwtDynGridLayout( QWidget *parent, + int margin, int spacing ): + QLayout( parent ) +{ + init(); + + setSpacing( spacing ); + setMargin( margin ); +} + +/*! + \param spacing Spacing +*/ + +QwtDynGridLayout::QwtDynGridLayout( int spacing ) +{ + init(); + setSpacing( spacing ); +} + +/*! + Initialize the layout with default values. +*/ +void QwtDynGridLayout::init() +{ + d_data = new QwtDynGridLayout::PrivateData; + d_data->maxColumns = d_data->numRows = d_data->numColumns = 0; + d_data->expanding = 0; +} + +//! Destructor + +QwtDynGridLayout::~QwtDynGridLayout() +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->itemList.size(); i++ ) + delete d_data->itemList[i]; + + delete d_data; +} + +//! Invalidate all internal caches +void QwtDynGridLayout::invalidate() +{ + d_data->isDirty = true; + QLayout::invalidate(); +} + +/*! + Limit the number of columns. + \param maxColumns upper limit, 0 means unlimited + \sa maxColumns() +*/ +void QwtDynGridLayout::setMaxColumns( uint maxColumns ) +{ + d_data->maxColumns = maxColumns; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the upper limit for the number of columns. + + 0 means unlimited, what is the default. + + \return Upper limit for the number of columns + \sa setMaxColumns() +*/ +uint QwtDynGridLayout::maxColumns() const +{ + return d_data->maxColumns; +} + +/*! + \brief Add an item to the next free position. + \param item Layout item + */ +void QwtDynGridLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item ) +{ + d_data->itemList.append( item ); + invalidate(); +} + +/*! + \return true if this layout is empty. +*/ +bool QwtDynGridLayout::isEmpty() const +{ + return d_data->itemList.isEmpty(); +} + +/*! + \return number of layout items +*/ +uint QwtDynGridLayout::itemCount() const +{ + return d_data->itemList.count(); +} + +/*! + Find the item at a specific index + + \param index Index + \return Item at a specific index + \sa takeAt() +*/ +QLayoutItem *QwtDynGridLayout::itemAt( int index ) const +{ + if ( index < 0 || index >= d_data->itemList.count() ) + return NULL; + + return d_data->itemList.at( index ); +} + +/*! + Find the item at a specific index and remove it from the layout + + \param index Index + \return Layout item, removed from the layout + \sa itemAt() +*/ +QLayoutItem *QwtDynGridLayout::takeAt( int index ) +{ + if ( index < 0 || index >= d_data->itemList.count() ) + return NULL; + + d_data->isDirty = true; + return d_data->itemList.takeAt( index ); +} + +//! \return Number of items in the layout +int QwtDynGridLayout::count() const +{ + return d_data->itemList.count(); +} + +/*! + Set whether this layout can make use of more space than sizeHint(). + A value of Qt::Vertical or Qt::Horizontal means that it wants to grow in only + one dimension, while Qt::Vertical | Qt::Horizontal means that it wants + to grow in both dimensions. The default value is 0. + + \param expanding Or'd orientations + \sa expandingDirections() +*/ +void QwtDynGridLayout::setExpandingDirections( Qt::Orientations expanding ) +{ + d_data->expanding = expanding; +} + +/*! + \brief Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than sizeHint(). + + A value of Qt::Vertical or Qt::Horizontal means that it wants to grow in only + one dimension, while Qt::Vertical | Qt::Horizontal means that it wants + to grow in both dimensions. + + \return Orientations, where the layout expands + \sa setExpandingDirections() +*/ +Qt::Orientations QwtDynGridLayout::expandingDirections() const +{ + return d_data->expanding; +} + +/*! + Reorganizes columns and rows and resizes managed items within + a rectangle. + + \param rect Layout geometry +*/ +void QwtDynGridLayout::setGeometry( const QRect &rect ) +{ + QLayout::setGeometry( rect ); + + if ( isEmpty() ) + return; + + d_data->numColumns = columnsForWidth( rect.width() ); + d_data->numRows = itemCount() / d_data->numColumns; + if ( itemCount() % d_data->numColumns ) + d_data->numRows++; + + QList itemGeometries = layoutItems( rect, d_data->numColumns ); + + int index = 0; + for ( QList::iterator it = d_data->itemList.begin(); + it != d_data->itemList.end(); ++it ) + { + ( *it )->setGeometry( itemGeometries[index] ); + index++; + } +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the number of columns for a given width. + + The calculation tries to use as many columns as possible + ( limited by maxColumns() ) + + \param width Available width for all columns + \return Number of columns for a given width + + \sa maxColumns(), setMaxColumns() +*/ +uint QwtDynGridLayout::columnsForWidth( int width ) const +{ + if ( isEmpty() ) + return 0; + + uint maxColumns = itemCount(); + if ( d_data->maxColumns > 0 ) + maxColumns = qMin( d_data->maxColumns, maxColumns ); + + if ( maxRowWidth( maxColumns ) <= width ) + return maxColumns; + + for ( uint numColumns = 2; numColumns <= maxColumns; numColumns++ ) + { + const int rowWidth = maxRowWidth( numColumns ); + if ( rowWidth > width ) + return numColumns - 1; + } + + return 1; // At least 1 column +} + +/*! + Calculate the width of a layout for a given number of + columns. + + \param numColumns Given number of columns + \param itemWidth Array of the width hints for all items +*/ +int QwtDynGridLayout::maxRowWidth( int numColumns ) const +{ + int col; + + QVector colWidth( numColumns ); + for ( col = 0; col < numColumns; col++ ) + colWidth[col] = 0; + + if ( d_data->isDirty ) + d_data->updateLayoutCache(); + + for ( int index = 0; + index < d_data->itemSizeHints.count(); index++ ) + { + col = index % numColumns; + colWidth[col] = qMax( colWidth[col], + d_data->itemSizeHints[int( index )].width() ); + } + + int rowWidth = 2 * margin() + ( numColumns - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( col = 0; col < numColumns; col++ ) + rowWidth += colWidth[col]; + + return rowWidth; +} + +/*! + \return the maximum width of all layout items +*/ +int QwtDynGridLayout::maxItemWidth() const +{ + if ( isEmpty() ) + return 0; + + if ( d_data->isDirty ) + d_data->updateLayoutCache(); + + int w = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->itemSizeHints.count(); i++ ) + { + const int itemW = d_data->itemSizeHints[i].width(); + if ( itemW > w ) + w = itemW; + } + + return w; +} + +/*! + Calculate the geometries of the layout items for a layout + with numColumns columns and a given rectangle. + + \param rect Rect where to place the items + \param numColumns Number of columns + \return item geometries +*/ + +QList QwtDynGridLayout::layoutItems( const QRect &rect, + uint numColumns ) const +{ + QList itemGeometries; + if ( numColumns == 0 || isEmpty() ) + return itemGeometries; + + uint numRows = itemCount() / numColumns; + if ( numColumns % itemCount() ) + numRows++; + + if ( numRows == 0 ) + return itemGeometries; + + QVector rowHeight( numRows ); + QVector colWidth( numColumns ); + + layoutGrid( numColumns, rowHeight, colWidth ); + + bool expandH, expandV; + expandH = expandingDirections() & Qt::Horizontal; + expandV = expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical; + + if ( expandH || expandV ) + stretchGrid( rect, numColumns, rowHeight, colWidth ); + + const int maxColumns = d_data->maxColumns; + d_data->maxColumns = numColumns; + const QRect alignedRect = alignmentRect( rect ); + d_data->maxColumns = maxColumns; + + const int xOffset = expandH ? 0 : alignedRect.x(); + const int yOffset = expandV ? 0 : alignedRect.y(); + + QVector colX( numColumns ); + QVector rowY( numRows ); + + const int xySpace = spacing(); + + rowY[0] = yOffset + margin(); + for ( uint r = 1; r < numRows; r++ ) + rowY[r] = rowY[r-1] + rowHeight[r-1] + xySpace; + + colX[0] = xOffset + margin(); + for ( uint c = 1; c < numColumns; c++ ) + colX[c] = colX[c-1] + colWidth[c-1] + xySpace; + + const int itemCount = d_data->itemList.size(); + for ( int i = 0; i < itemCount; i++ ) + { + const int row = i / numColumns; + const int col = i % numColumns; + + QRect itemGeometry( colX[col], rowY[row], + colWidth[col], rowHeight[row] ); + itemGeometries.append( itemGeometry ); + } + + return itemGeometries; +} + + +/*! + Calculate the dimensions for the columns and rows for a grid + of numColumns columns. + + \param numColumns Number of columns. + \param rowHeight Array where to fill in the calculated row heights. + \param colWidth Array where to fill in the calculated column widths. +*/ + +void QwtDynGridLayout::layoutGrid( uint numColumns, + QVector& rowHeight, QVector& colWidth ) const +{ + if ( numColumns <= 0 ) + return; + + if ( d_data->isDirty ) + d_data->updateLayoutCache(); + + for ( int index = 0; index < d_data->itemSizeHints.count(); index++ ) + { + const int row = index / numColumns; + const int col = index % numColumns; + + const QSize &size = d_data->itemSizeHints[int( index )]; + + rowHeight[row] = ( col == 0 ) + ? size.height() : qMax( rowHeight[row], size.height() ); + colWidth[col] = ( row == 0 ) + ? size.width() : qMax( colWidth[col], size.width() ); + } +} + +/*! + \return true: QwtDynGridLayout implements heightForWidth(). + \sa heightForWidth() +*/ +bool QwtDynGridLayout::hasHeightForWidth() const +{ + return true; +} + +/*! + \return The preferred height for this layout, given a width. + \sa hasHeightForWidth() +*/ +int QwtDynGridLayout::heightForWidth( int width ) const +{ + if ( isEmpty() ) + return 0; + + const uint numColumns = columnsForWidth( width ); + uint numRows = itemCount() / numColumns; + if ( itemCount() % numColumns ) + numRows++; + + QVector rowHeight( numRows ); + QVector colWidth( numColumns ); + + layoutGrid( numColumns, rowHeight, colWidth ); + + int h = 2 * margin() + ( numRows - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( uint row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) + h += rowHeight[row]; + + return h; +} + +/*! + Stretch columns in case of expanding() & QSizePolicy::Horizontal and + rows in case of expanding() & QSizePolicy::Vertical to fill the entire + rect. Rows and columns are stretched with the same factor. + + \param rect Bounding rectangle + \param numColumns Number of columns + \param rowHeight Array to be filled with the calculated row heights + \param colWidth Array to be filled with the calculated column widths + + \sa setExpanding(), expanding() +*/ +void QwtDynGridLayout::stretchGrid( const QRect &rect, + uint numColumns, QVector& rowHeight, QVector& colWidth ) const +{ + if ( numColumns == 0 || isEmpty() ) + return; + + bool expandH, expandV; + expandH = expandingDirections() & Qt::Horizontal; + expandV = expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical; + + if ( expandH ) + { + int xDelta = rect.width() - 2 * margin() - ( numColumns - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( uint col = 0; col < numColumns; col++ ) + xDelta -= colWidth[col]; + + if ( xDelta > 0 ) + { + for ( uint col = 0; col < numColumns; col++ ) + { + const int space = xDelta / ( numColumns - col ); + colWidth[col] += space; + xDelta -= space; + } + } + } + + if ( expandV ) + { + uint numRows = itemCount() / numColumns; + if ( itemCount() % numColumns ) + numRows++; + + int yDelta = rect.height() - 2 * margin() - ( numRows - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( uint row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) + yDelta -= rowHeight[row]; + + if ( yDelta > 0 ) + { + for ( uint row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) + { + const int space = yDelta / ( numRows - row ); + rowHeight[row] += space; + yDelta -= space; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Return the size hint. If maxColumns() > 0 it is the size for + a grid with maxColumns() columns, otherwise it is the size for + a grid with only one row. + + \return Size hint + \sa maxColumns(), setMaxColumns() +*/ +QSize QwtDynGridLayout::sizeHint() const +{ + if ( isEmpty() ) + return QSize(); + + uint numColumns = itemCount(); + if ( d_data->maxColumns > 0 ) + numColumns = qMin( d_data->maxColumns, numColumns ); + + uint numRows = itemCount() / numColumns; + if ( itemCount() % numColumns ) + numRows++; + + QVector rowHeight( numRows ); + QVector colWidth( numColumns ); + + layoutGrid( numColumns, rowHeight, colWidth ); + + int h = 2 * margin() + ( numRows - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( uint row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) + h += rowHeight[row]; + + int w = 2 * margin() + ( numColumns - 1 ) * spacing(); + for ( uint col = 0; col < numColumns; col++ ) + w += colWidth[col]; + + return QSize( w, h ); +} + +/*! + \return Number of rows of the current layout. + \sa numColumns() + \warning The number of rows might change whenever the geometry changes +*/ +uint QwtDynGridLayout::numRows() const +{ + return d_data->numRows; +} + +/*! + \return Number of columns of the current layout. + \sa numRows() + \warning The number of columns might change whenever the geometry changes +*/ +uint QwtDynGridLayout::numColumns() const +{ + return d_data->numColumns; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ae6ee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_dyngrid_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_DYNGRID_LAYOUT_H +#define QWT_DYNGRID_LAYOUT_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief The QwtDynGridLayout class lays out widgets in a grid, + adjusting the number of columns and rows to the current size. + + QwtDynGridLayout takes the space it gets, divides it up into rows and + columns, and puts each of the widgets it manages into the correct cell(s). + It lays out as many number of columns as possible (limited by maxColumns()). +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtDynGridLayout : public QLayout +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QwtDynGridLayout( QWidget *, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1 ); + explicit QwtDynGridLayout( int spacing = -1 ); + + virtual ~QwtDynGridLayout(); + + virtual void invalidate(); + + void setMaxColumns( uint maxColumns ); + uint maxColumns() const; + + uint numRows () const; + uint numColumns () const; + + virtual void addItem( QLayoutItem * ); + + virtual QLayoutItem *itemAt( int index ) const; + virtual QLayoutItem *takeAt( int index ); + virtual int count() const; + + void setExpandingDirections( Qt::Orientations ); + virtual Qt::Orientations expandingDirections() const; + QList layoutItems( const QRect &, uint numColumns ) const; + + virtual int maxItemWidth() const; + + virtual void setGeometry( const QRect &rect ); + + virtual bool hasHeightForWidth() const; + virtual int heightForWidth( int ) const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + + virtual bool isEmpty() const; + uint itemCount() const; + + virtual uint columnsForWidth( int width ) const; + +protected: + + void layoutGrid( uint numColumns, + QVector& rowHeight, QVector& colWidth ) const; + void stretchGrid( const QRect &rect, uint numColumns, + QVector& rowHeight, QVector& colWidth ) const; + +private: + void init(); + int maxRowWidth( int numColumns ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0be695 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_event_pattern.h" +#include + +/*! + Constructor + + \sa MousePatternCode, KeyPatternCode +*/ + +QwtEventPattern::QwtEventPattern(): + d_mousePattern( MousePatternCount ), + d_keyPattern( KeyPatternCount ) +{ + initKeyPattern(); + initMousePattern( 3 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtEventPattern::~QwtEventPattern() +{ +} + +/*! + Set default mouse patterns, depending on the number of mouse buttons + + \param numButtons Number of mouse buttons ( <= 3 ) + \sa MousePatternCode +*/ +void QwtEventPattern::initMousePattern( int numButtons ) +{ + d_mousePattern.resize( MousePatternCount ); + + switch ( numButtons ) + { + case 1: + { + setMousePattern( MouseSelect1, Qt::LeftButton ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect2, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::ControlModifier ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect3, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::AltModifier ); + break; + } + case 2: + { + setMousePattern( MouseSelect1, Qt::LeftButton ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect2, Qt::RightButton ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect3, Qt::LeftButton, Qt::AltModifier ); + break; + } + default: + { + setMousePattern( MouseSelect1, Qt::LeftButton ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect2, Qt::RightButton ); + setMousePattern( MouseSelect3, Qt::MidButton ); + } + } + + setMousePattern( MouseSelect4, d_mousePattern[MouseSelect1].button, + d_mousePattern[MouseSelect1].modifiers | Qt::ShiftModifier ); + + setMousePattern( MouseSelect5, d_mousePattern[MouseSelect2].button, + d_mousePattern[MouseSelect2].modifiers | Qt::ShiftModifier ); + + setMousePattern( MouseSelect6, d_mousePattern[MouseSelect3].button, + d_mousePattern[MouseSelect3].modifiers | Qt::ShiftModifier ); +} + +/*! + Set default mouse patterns. + + \sa KeyPatternCode +*/ +void QwtEventPattern::initKeyPattern() +{ + d_keyPattern.resize( KeyPatternCount ); + + setKeyPattern( KeySelect1, Qt::Key_Return ); + setKeyPattern( KeySelect2, Qt::Key_Space ); + setKeyPattern( KeyAbort, Qt::Key_Escape ); + + setKeyPattern( KeyLeft, Qt::Key_Left ); + setKeyPattern( KeyRight, Qt::Key_Right ); + setKeyPattern( KeyUp, Qt::Key_Up ); + setKeyPattern( KeyDown, Qt::Key_Down ); + + setKeyPattern( KeyRedo, Qt::Key_Plus ); + setKeyPattern( KeyUndo, Qt::Key_Minus ); + setKeyPattern( KeyHome, Qt::Key_Escape ); +} + +/*! + Change one mouse pattern + + \param pattern Index of the pattern + \param button Button + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + + \sa QMouseEvent +*/ +void QwtEventPattern::setMousePattern( MousePatternCode pattern, + Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + if ( pattern >= 0 && pattern < MousePatternCount ) + { + d_mousePattern[ pattern ].button = button; + d_mousePattern[ pattern ].modifiers = modifiers; + } +} + +/*! + Change one key pattern + + \param pattern Index of the pattern + \param key Key + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + + \sa QKeyEvent +*/ +void QwtEventPattern::setKeyPattern( KeyPatternCode pattern, + int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + if ( pattern >= 0 && pattern < KeyPatternCount ) + { + d_keyPattern[ pattern ].key = key; + d_keyPattern[ pattern ].modifiers = modifiers; + } +} + +//! Change the mouse event patterns +void QwtEventPattern::setMousePattern( const QVector &pattern ) +{ + d_mousePattern = pattern; +} + +//! Change the key event patterns +void QwtEventPattern::setKeyPattern( const QVector &pattern ) +{ + d_keyPattern = pattern; +} + +//! \return Mouse pattern +const QVector & +QwtEventPattern::mousePattern() const +{ + return d_mousePattern; +} + +//! \return Key pattern +const QVector & +QwtEventPattern::keyPattern() const +{ + return d_keyPattern; +} + +//! \return Mouse pattern +QVector &QwtEventPattern::mousePattern() +{ + return d_mousePattern; +} + +//! \return Key pattern +QVector &QwtEventPattern::keyPattern() +{ + return d_keyPattern; +} + +/*! + \brief Compare a mouse event with an event pattern. + + A mouse event matches the pattern when both have the same button + value and in the state value the same key flags(Qt::KeyButtonMask) + are set. + + \param code Index of the event pattern + \param event Mouse event + \return true if matches + + \sa keyMatch() +*/ +bool QwtEventPattern::mouseMatch( MousePatternCode code, + const QMouseEvent *event ) const +{ + if ( code >= 0 && code < MousePatternCount ) + return mouseMatch( d_mousePattern[ code ], event ); + + return false; +} + +/*! + \brief Compare a mouse event with an event pattern. + + A mouse event matches the pattern when both have the same button + value and in the state value the same key flags(Qt::KeyButtonMask) + are set. + + \param pattern Mouse event pattern + \param event Mouse event + \return true if matches + + \sa keyMatch() +*/ + +bool QwtEventPattern::mouseMatch( const MousePattern &pattern, + const QMouseEvent *event ) const +{ + if ( event == NULL ) + return false; + + const MousePattern mousePattern( event->button(), event->modifiers() ); + return mousePattern == pattern; +} + +/*! + \brief Compare a key event with an event pattern. + + A key event matches the pattern when both have the same key + value and in the state value the same key flags (Qt::KeyButtonMask) + are set. + + \param code Index of the event pattern + \param event Key event + \return true if matches + + \sa mouseMatch() +*/ +bool QwtEventPattern::keyMatch( KeyPatternCode code, + const QKeyEvent *event ) const +{ + if ( code >= 0 && code < KeyPatternCount ) + return keyMatch( d_keyPattern[ code ], event ); + + return false; +} + +/*! + \brief Compare a key event with an event pattern. + + A key event matches the pattern when both have the same key + value and in the state value the same key flags (Qt::KeyButtonMask) + are set. + + \param pattern Key event pattern + \param event Key event + \return true if matches + + \sa mouseMatch() +*/ + +bool QwtEventPattern::keyMatch( + const KeyPattern &pattern, const QKeyEvent *event ) const +{ + if ( event == NULL ) + return false; + + const KeyPattern keyPattern( event->key(), event->modifiers() ); + return keyPattern == pattern; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30c0c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_event_pattern.h @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_EVENT_PATTERN +#define QWT_EVENT_PATTERN 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QMouseEvent; +class QKeyEvent; + +/*! + \brief A collection of event patterns + + QwtEventPattern introduces an level of indirection for mouse and + keyboard inputs. Those are represented by symbolic names, so + the application code can be configured by individual mappings. + + \sa QwtPicker, QwtPickerMachine, QwtPlotZoomer +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtEventPattern +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Symbolic mouse input codes + + QwtEventPattern implements 3 different settings for + mice with 1, 2, or 3 buttons that can be activated + using initMousePattern(). The default setting is for + 3 button mice. + + Individual settings can be configured using setMousePattern(). + + \sa initMousePattern(), setMousePattern(), setKeyPattern() + */ + enum MousePatternCode + { + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + - Qt::LeftButton + - Qt::LeftButton + */ + MouseSelect1, + + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::ControlModifier + - Qt::RightButton + - Qt::RightButton + */ + MouseSelect2, + + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::AltModifier + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::AltModifier + - Qt::MidButton + */ + MouseSelect3, + + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + */ + MouseSelect4, + + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::ControlButton | Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::RightButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::RightButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + */ + MouseSelect5, + + /*! + The default setting for 1, 2 and 3 button mice is: + + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::AltModifier + Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::LeftButton + Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier + - Qt::MidButton + Qt::ShiftModifier + */ + MouseSelect6, + + //! Number of mouse patterns + MousePatternCount + }; + + /*! + \brief Symbolic keyboard input codes + + Individual settings can be configured using setKeyPattern() + + \sa setKeyPattern(), setMousePattern() + */ + enum KeyPatternCode + { + //! Qt::Key_Return + KeySelect1, + + //! Qt::Key_Space + KeySelect2, + + //! Qt::Key_Escape + KeyAbort, + + //! Qt::Key_Left + KeyLeft, + + //! Qt::Key_Right + KeyRight, + + //! Qt::Key_Up + KeyUp, + + //! Qt::Key_Down + KeyDown, + + //! Qt::Key_Plus + KeyRedo, + + //! Qt::Key_Minus + KeyUndo, + + //! Qt::Key_Escape + KeyHome, + + //! Number of key patterns + KeyPatternCount + }; + + //! A pattern for mouse events + class MousePattern + { + public: + //! Constructor + MousePattern( Qt::MouseButton btn = Qt::NoButton, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierCodes = Qt::NoModifier ): + button( btn ), + modifiers( modifierCodes ) + { + } + + //! Button + Qt::MouseButton button; + + //! Keyboard modifier + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers; + }; + + //! A pattern for key events + class KeyPattern + { + public: + //! Constructor + KeyPattern( int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierCodes = Qt::NoModifier ): + key( keyCode ), + modifiers( modifierCodes ) + { + } + + //! Key code + int key; + + //! Modifiers + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers; + }; + + QwtEventPattern(); + virtual ~QwtEventPattern(); + + void initMousePattern( int numButtons ); + void initKeyPattern(); + + void setMousePattern( MousePatternCode, Qt::MouseButton button, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + + void setKeyPattern( KeyPatternCode, int key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + + void setMousePattern( const QVector & ); + void setKeyPattern( const QVector & ); + + const QVector &mousePattern() const; + const QVector &keyPattern() const; + + QVector &mousePattern(); + QVector &keyPattern(); + + bool mouseMatch( MousePatternCode, const QMouseEvent * ) const; + bool keyMatch( KeyPatternCode, const QKeyEvent * ) const; + +protected: + virtual bool mouseMatch( const MousePattern &, const QMouseEvent * ) const; + virtual bool keyMatch( const KeyPattern &, const QKeyEvent * ) const; + +private: + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(push) +#pragma warning(disable: 4251) +#endif + QVector d_mousePattern; + QVector d_keyPattern; +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(pop) +#endif +}; + +//! Compare operator +inline bool operator==( QwtEventPattern::MousePattern b1, + QwtEventPattern::MousePattern b2 ) +{ + return b1.button == b2.button && b1.modifiers == b2.modifiers; +} + +//! Compare operator +inline bool operator==( QwtEventPattern::KeyPattern b1, + QwtEventPattern::KeyPattern b2 ) +{ + return b1.key == b2.key && b1.modifiers == b2.modifiers; +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_global.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_global.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df334bc --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_global.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_GLOBAL_H +#define QWT_GLOBAL_H + +#include + +// QWT_VERSION is (major << 16) + (minor << 8) + patch. + +#define QWT_VERSION 0x060104 +#define QWT_VERSION_STR "6.1.4" + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) /* MSVC Compiler */ +/* template-class specialization 'identifier' is already instantiated */ +#pragma warning(disable: 4660) +/* inherits via dominance */ +#pragma warning(disable: 4250) +#endif // _MSC_VER + +#ifdef QWT_DLL + +#if defined(QWT_MAKEDLL) // create a Qwt DLL library +#define QWT_EXPORT Q_DECL_EXPORT +#else // use a Qwt DLL library +#define QWT_EXPORT Q_DECL_IMPORT +#endif + +#endif // QWT_DLL + +#ifndef QWT_EXPORT +#define QWT_EXPORT +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7861be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1009 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_graphic.h" +#include "qwt_painter_command.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static bool qwtHasScalablePen( const QPainter *painter ) +{ + const QPen pen = painter->pen(); + + bool scalablePen = false; + + if ( pen.style() != Qt::NoPen && pen.brush().style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + { + scalablePen = !pen.isCosmetic(); + if ( !scalablePen && pen.widthF() == 0.0 ) + { + const QPainter::RenderHints hints = painter->renderHints(); + if ( hints.testFlag( QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen ) ) + scalablePen = true; + } + } + + return scalablePen; +} + +static QRectF qwtStrokedPathRect( + const QPainter *painter, const QPainterPath &path ) +{ + QPainterPathStroker stroker; + stroker.setWidth( painter->pen().widthF() ); + stroker.setCapStyle( painter->pen().capStyle() ); + stroker.setJoinStyle( painter->pen().joinStyle() ); + stroker.setMiterLimit( painter->pen().miterLimit() ); + + QRectF rect; + if ( qwtHasScalablePen( painter ) ) + { + QPainterPath stroke = stroker.createStroke(path); + rect = painter->transform().map(stroke).boundingRect(); + } + else + { + QPainterPath mappedPath = painter->transform().map(path); + mappedPath = stroker.createStroke( mappedPath ); + + rect = mappedPath.boundingRect(); + } + + return rect; +} + +static inline void qwtExecCommand( + QPainter *painter, const QwtPainterCommand &cmd, + QwtGraphic::RenderHints renderHints, + const QTransform &transform, + const QTransform *initialTransform ) +{ + switch( cmd.type() ) + { + case QwtPainterCommand::Path: + { + bool doMap = false; + + if ( renderHints.testFlag( QwtGraphic::RenderPensUnscaled ) + && painter->transform().isScaling() ) + { + bool isCosmetic = painter->pen().isCosmetic(); + if ( isCosmetic && painter->pen().widthF() == 0.0 ) + { + QPainter::RenderHints hints = painter->renderHints(); + if ( hints.testFlag( QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen ) ) + isCosmetic = false; + } + + doMap = !isCosmetic; + } + + if ( doMap ) + { + const QTransform tr = painter->transform(); + + painter->resetTransform(); + + QPainterPath path = tr.map( *cmd.path() ); + if ( initialTransform ) + { + painter->setTransform( *initialTransform ); + path = initialTransform->inverted().map( path ); + } + + painter->drawPath( path ); + + painter->setTransform( tr ); + } + else + { + painter->drawPath( *cmd.path() ); + } + break; + } + case QwtPainterCommand::Pixmap: + { + const QwtPainterCommand::PixmapData *data = cmd.pixmapData(); + painter->drawPixmap( data->rect, data->pixmap, data->subRect ); + break; + } + case QwtPainterCommand::Image: + { + const QwtPainterCommand::ImageData *data = cmd.imageData(); + painter->drawImage( data->rect, data->image, + data->subRect, data->flags ); + break; + } + case QwtPainterCommand::State: + { + const QwtPainterCommand::StateData *data = cmd.stateData(); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyPen ) + painter->setPen( data->pen ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrush ) + painter->setBrush( data->brush ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrushOrigin ) + painter->setBrushOrigin( data->brushOrigin ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyFont ) + painter->setFont( data->font ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBackground ) + { + painter->setBackgroundMode( data->backgroundMode ); + painter->setBackground( data->backgroundBrush ); + } + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyTransform ) + { + painter->setTransform( data->transform * transform ); + } + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipEnabled ) + painter->setClipping( data->isClipEnabled ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipRegion) + { + painter->setClipRegion( data->clipRegion, + data->clipOperation ); + } + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipPath ) + { + painter->setClipPath( data->clipPath, data->clipOperation ); + } + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyHints) + { + const QPainter::RenderHints hints = data->renderHints; + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + hints.testFlag( QPainter::Antialiasing ) ); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::TextAntialiasing, + hints.testFlag( QPainter::TextAntialiasing ) ); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, + hints.testFlag( QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform ) ); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing, + hints.testFlag( QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing ) ); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen, + hints.testFlag( QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen ) ); + } + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyCompositionMode) + painter->setCompositionMode( data->compositionMode ); + + if ( data->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyOpacity) + painter->setOpacity( data->opacity ); + + break; + } + default: + break; + } + +} + +class QwtGraphic::PathInfo +{ +public: + PathInfo(): + d_scalablePen( false ) + { + // QVector needs a default constructor + } + + PathInfo( const QRectF &pointRect, + const QRectF &boundingRect, bool scalablePen ): + d_pointRect( pointRect ), + d_boundingRect( boundingRect ), + d_scalablePen( scalablePen ) + { + } + + inline QRectF scaledBoundingRect( double sx, double sy, + bool scalePens ) const + { + if ( sx == 1.0 && sy == 1.0 ) + return d_boundingRect; + + QTransform transform; + transform.scale( sx, sy ); + + QRectF rect; + if ( scalePens && d_scalablePen ) + { + rect = transform.mapRect( d_boundingRect ); + } + else + { + rect = transform.mapRect( d_pointRect ); + + const double l = qAbs( d_pointRect.left() - d_boundingRect.left() ); + const double r = qAbs( d_pointRect.right() - d_boundingRect.right() ); + const double t = qAbs( d_pointRect.top() - d_boundingRect.top() ); + const double b = qAbs( d_pointRect.bottom() - d_boundingRect.bottom() ); + + rect.adjust( -l, -t, r, b ); + } + + return rect; + } + + inline double scaleFactorX( const QRectF& pathRect, + const QRectF &targetRect, bool scalePens ) const + { + if ( pathRect.width() <= 0.0 ) + return 0.0; + + const QPointF p0 = d_pointRect.center(); + + const double l = qAbs( pathRect.left() - p0.x() ); + const double r = qAbs( pathRect.right() - p0.x() ); + + const double w = 2.0 * qMin( l, r ) + * targetRect.width() / pathRect.width(); + + double sx; + if ( scalePens && d_scalablePen ) + { + sx = w / d_boundingRect.width(); + } + else + { + const double pw = qMax( + qAbs( d_boundingRect.left() - d_pointRect.left() ), + qAbs( d_boundingRect.right() - d_pointRect.right() ) ); + + sx = ( w - 2 * pw ) / d_pointRect.width(); + } + + return sx; + } + + inline double scaleFactorY( const QRectF& pathRect, + const QRectF &targetRect, bool scalePens ) const + { + if ( pathRect.height() <= 0.0 ) + return 0.0; + + const QPointF p0 = d_pointRect.center(); + + const double t = qAbs( pathRect.top() - p0.y() ); + const double b = qAbs( pathRect.bottom() - p0.y() ); + + const double h = 2.0 * qMin( t, b ) + * targetRect.height() / pathRect.height(); + + double sy; + if ( scalePens && d_scalablePen ) + { + sy = h / d_boundingRect.height(); + } + else + { + const double pw = + qMax( qAbs( d_boundingRect.top() - d_pointRect.top() ), + qAbs( d_boundingRect.bottom() - d_pointRect.bottom() ) ); + + sy = ( h - 2 * pw ) / d_pointRect.height(); + } + + return sy; + } + +private: + QRectF d_pointRect; + QRectF d_boundingRect; + bool d_scalablePen; +}; + +class QwtGraphic::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + boundingRect( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ), + pointRect( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ), + initialTransform( NULL ) + { + } + + QSizeF defaultSize; + QVector commands; + QVector pathInfos; + + QRectF boundingRect; + QRectF pointRect; + + QwtGraphic::RenderHints renderHints; + QTransform *initialTransform; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + Initializes a null graphic + \sa isNull() + */ +QwtGraphic::QwtGraphic(): + QwtNullPaintDevice() +{ + setMode( QwtNullPaintDevice::PathMode ); + d_data = new PrivateData; +} + +/*! + \brief Copy constructor + + \param other Source + \sa operator=() + */ +QwtGraphic::QwtGraphic( const QwtGraphic &other ): + QwtNullPaintDevice() +{ + setMode( other.mode() ); + d_data = new PrivateData( *other.d_data ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtGraphic::~QwtGraphic() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Assignment operator + + \param other Source + \return A reference of this object + */ +QwtGraphic& QwtGraphic::operator=(const QwtGraphic &other) +{ + setMode( other.mode() ); + *d_data = *other.d_data; + + return *this; +} + +/*! + \brief Clear all stored commands + \sa isNull() + */ +void QwtGraphic::reset() +{ + d_data->commands.clear(); + d_data->pathInfos.clear(); + + d_data->boundingRect = QRectF( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + d_data->pointRect = QRectF( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + d_data->defaultSize = QSizeF(); + +} + +/*! + \return True, when no painter commands have been stored + \sa isEmpty(), commands() +*/ +bool QwtGraphic::isNull() const +{ + return d_data->commands.isEmpty(); +} + +/*! + \return True, when the bounding rectangle is empty + \sa boundingRect(), isNull() +*/ +bool QwtGraphic::isEmpty() const +{ + return d_data->boundingRect.isEmpty(); +} + +/*! + Toggle an render hint + + \param hint Render hint + \param on true/false + + \sa testRenderHint(), RenderHint +*/ +void QwtGraphic::setRenderHint( RenderHint hint, bool on ) +{ + if ( on ) + d_data->renderHints |= hint; + else + d_data->renderHints &= ~hint; +} + +/*! + Test a render hint + + \param hint Render hint + \return true/false + \sa setRenderHint(), RenderHint +*/ +bool QwtGraphic::testRenderHint( RenderHint hint ) const +{ + return d_data->renderHints.testFlag( hint ); +} + +/*! + The bounding rectangle is the controlPointRect() + extended by the areas needed for rendering the outlines + with unscaled pens. + + \return Bounding rectangle of the graphic + \sa controlPointRect(), scaledBoundingRect() + */ +QRectF QwtGraphic::boundingRect() const +{ + if ( d_data->boundingRect.width() < 0 ) + return QRectF(); + + return d_data->boundingRect; +} + +/*! + The control point rectangle is the bounding rectangle + of all control points of the paths and the target + rectangles of the images/pixmaps. + + \return Control point rectangle + \sa boundingRect(), scaledBoundingRect() + */ +QRectF QwtGraphic::controlPointRect() const +{ + if ( d_data->pointRect.width() < 0 ) + return QRectF(); + + return d_data->pointRect; +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the target rectangle for scaling the graphic + + \param sx Horizontal scaling factor + \param sy Vertical scaling factor + + \note In case of paths that are painted with a cosmetic pen + ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ) the target rectangle is different to + multiplying the bounding rectangle. + + \return Scaled bounding rectangle + \sa boundingRect(), controlPointRect() + */ +QRectF QwtGraphic::scaledBoundingRect( double sx, double sy ) const +{ + if ( sx == 1.0 && sy == 1.0 ) + return d_data->boundingRect; + + QTransform transform; + transform.scale( sx, sy ); + + QRectF rect = transform.mapRect( d_data->pointRect ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->pathInfos.size(); i++ ) + { + rect |= d_data->pathInfos[i].scaledBoundingRect( sx, sy, + !d_data->renderHints.testFlag( RenderPensUnscaled ) ); + } + + return rect; +} + +//! \return Ceiled defaultSize() +QSize QwtGraphic::sizeMetrics() const +{ + const QSizeF sz = defaultSize(); + return QSize( qCeil( sz.width() ), qCeil( sz.height() ) ); +} + +/*! + \brief Set a default size + + The default size is used in all methods rendering the graphic, + where no size is explicitly specified. Assigning an empty size + means, that the default size will be calculated from the bounding + rectangle. + + The default setting is an empty size. + + \param size Default size + + \sa defaultSize(), boundingRect() + */ +void QwtGraphic::setDefaultSize( const QSizeF &size ) +{ + const double w = qMax( qreal( 0.0 ), size.width() ); + const double h = qMax( qreal( 0.0 ), size.height() ); + + d_data->defaultSize = QSizeF( w, h ); +} + +/*! + \brief Default size + + When a non empty size has been assigned by setDefaultSize() this + size will be returned. Otherwise the default size is the size + of the bounding rectangle. + + The default size is used in all methods rendering the graphic, + where no size is explicitly specified. + + \return Default size + \sa setDefaultSize(), boundingRect() + */ +QSizeF QwtGraphic::defaultSize() const +{ + if ( !d_data->defaultSize.isEmpty() ) + return d_data->defaultSize; + + return boundingRect().size(); +} + +/*! + \brief Replay all recorded painter commands + \param painter Qt painter + */ +void QwtGraphic::render( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + if ( isNull() ) + return; + + const int numCommands = d_data->commands.size(); + const QwtPainterCommand *commands = d_data->commands.constData(); + + const QTransform transform = painter->transform(); + + painter->save(); + + for ( int i = 0; i < numCommands; i++ ) + { + qwtExecCommand( painter, commands[i], + d_data->renderHints, transform, d_data->initialTransform ); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + \brief Replay all recorded painter commands + + The graphic is scaled to fit into the rectangle + of the given size starting at ( 0, 0 ). + + \param painter Qt painter + \param size Size for the scaled graphic + \param aspectRatioMode Mode how to scale - See Qt::AspectRatioMode + */ +void QwtGraphic::render( QPainter *painter, const QSizeF &size, + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode ) const +{ + const QRectF r( 0.0, 0.0, size.width(), size.height() ); + render( painter, r, aspectRatioMode ); +} + +/*! + \brief Replay all recorded painter commands + + The graphic is scaled to fit into the given rectangle + + \param painter Qt painter + \param rect Rectangle for the scaled graphic + \param aspectRatioMode Mode how to scale - See Qt::AspectRatioMode + */ +void QwtGraphic::render( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode ) const +{ + if ( isEmpty() || rect.isEmpty() ) + return; + + double sx = 1.0; + double sy = 1.0; + + if ( d_data->pointRect.width() > 0.0 ) + sx = rect.width() / d_data->pointRect.width(); + + if ( d_data->pointRect.height() > 0.0 ) + sy = rect.height() / d_data->pointRect.height(); + + const bool scalePens = + !d_data->renderHints.testFlag( RenderPensUnscaled ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->pathInfos.size(); i++ ) + { + const PathInfo info = d_data->pathInfos[i]; + + const double ssx = info.scaleFactorX( + d_data->pointRect, rect, scalePens ); + + if ( ssx > 0.0 ) + sx = qMin( sx, ssx ); + + const double ssy = info.scaleFactorY( + d_data->pointRect, rect, scalePens ); + + if ( ssy > 0.0 ) + sy = qMin( sy, ssy ); + } + + if ( aspectRatioMode == Qt::KeepAspectRatio ) + { + const double s = qMin( sx, sy ); + sx = s; + sy = s; + } + else if ( aspectRatioMode == Qt::KeepAspectRatioByExpanding ) + { + const double s = qMax( sx, sy ); + sx = s; + sy = s; + } + + QTransform tr; + tr.translate( rect.center().x() - 0.5 * sx * d_data->pointRect.width(), + rect.center().y() - 0.5 * sy * d_data->pointRect.height() ); + tr.scale( sx, sy ); + tr.translate( -d_data->pointRect.x(), -d_data->pointRect.y() ); + + const QTransform transform = painter->transform(); + if ( !scalePens && transform.isScaling() ) + { + // we don't want to scale pens according to sx/sy, + // but we want to apply the scaling from the + // painter transformation later + + d_data->initialTransform = new QTransform(); + d_data->initialTransform->scale( transform.m11(), transform.m22() ); + } + + painter->setTransform( tr, true ); + render( painter ); + + painter->setTransform( transform ); + + delete d_data->initialTransform; + d_data->initialTransform = NULL; +} + +/*! + \brief Replay all recorded painter commands + + The graphic is scaled to the defaultSize() and aligned + to a position. + + \param painter Qt painter + \param pos Reference point, where to render + \param alignment Flags how to align the target rectangle + to pos. + */ +void QwtGraphic::render( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF &pos, Qt::Alignment alignment ) const +{ + QRectF r( pos, defaultSize() ); + + if ( alignment & Qt::AlignLeft ) + { + r.moveLeft( pos.x() ); + } + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignHCenter ) + { + r.moveCenter( QPointF( pos.x(), r.center().y() ) ); + } + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignRight ) + { + r.moveRight( pos.x() ); + } + + if ( alignment & Qt::AlignTop ) + { + r.moveTop( pos.y() ); + } + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignVCenter ) + { + r.moveCenter( QPointF( r.center().x(), pos.y() ) ); + } + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignBottom ) + { + r.moveBottom( pos.y() ); + } + + render( painter, r ); +} + +/*! + \brief Convert the graphic to a QPixmap + + All pixels of the pixmap get initialized by Qt::transparent + before the graphic is scaled and rendered on it. + + The size of the pixmap is the default size ( ceiled to integers ) + of the graphic. + + \return The graphic as pixmap in default size + \sa defaultSize(), toImage(), render() + */ +QPixmap QwtGraphic::toPixmap() const +{ + if ( isNull() ) + return QPixmap(); + + const QSizeF sz = defaultSize(); + + const int w = qCeil( sz.width() ); + const int h = qCeil( sz.height() ); + + QPixmap pixmap( w, h ); + pixmap.fill( Qt::transparent ); + + const QRectF r( 0.0, 0.0, sz.width(), sz.height() ); + + QPainter painter( &pixmap ); + render( &painter, r, Qt::KeepAspectRatio ); + painter.end(); + + return pixmap; +} + +/*! + \brief Convert the graphic to a QPixmap + + All pixels of the pixmap get initialized by Qt::transparent + before the graphic is scaled and rendered on it. + + \param size Size of the image + \param aspectRatioMode Aspect ratio how to scale the graphic + + \return The graphic as pixmap + \sa toImage(), render() + */ +QPixmap QwtGraphic::toPixmap( const QSize &size, + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode ) const +{ + QPixmap pixmap( size ); + pixmap.fill( Qt::transparent ); + + const QRect r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + + QPainter painter( &pixmap ); + render( &painter, r, aspectRatioMode ); + painter.end(); + + return pixmap; +} + +/*! + \brief Convert the graphic to a QImage + + All pixels of the image get initialized by 0 ( transparent ) + before the graphic is scaled and rendered on it. + + The format of the image is QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied. + + \param size Size of the image + \param aspectRatioMode Aspect ratio how to scale the graphic + + \return The graphic as image + \sa toPixmap(), render() + */ +QImage QwtGraphic::toImage( const QSize &size, + Qt::AspectRatioMode aspectRatioMode ) const +{ + QImage image( size, QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied ); + image.fill( 0 ); + + const QRect r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + + QPainter painter( &image ); + render( &painter, r, aspectRatioMode ); + painter.end(); + + return image; +} + +/*! + \brief Convert the graphic to a QImage + + All pixels of the image get initialized by 0 ( transparent ) + before the graphic is scaled and rendered on it. + + The format of the image is QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied. + + The size of the image is the default size ( ceiled to integers ) + of the graphic. + + \return The graphic as image in default size + \sa defaultSize(), toPixmap(), render() + */ +QImage QwtGraphic::toImage() const +{ + if ( isNull() ) + return QImage(); + + const QSizeF sz = defaultSize(); + + const int w = qCeil( sz.width() ); + const int h = qCeil( sz.height() ); + + QImage image( w, h, QImage::Format_ARGB32 ); + image.fill( 0 ); + + const QRect r( 0, 0, sz.width(), sz.height() ); + + QPainter painter( &image ); + render( &painter, r, Qt::KeepAspectRatio ); + painter.end(); + + return image; +} + +/*! + Store a path command in the command list + + \param path Painter path + \sa QPaintEngine::drawPath() +*/ +void QwtGraphic::drawPath( const QPainterPath &path ) +{ + const QPainter *painter = paintEngine()->painter(); + if ( painter == NULL ) + return; + + d_data->commands += QwtPainterCommand( path ); + + if ( !path.isEmpty() ) + { + const QPainterPath scaledPath = painter->transform().map( path ); + + QRectF pointRect = scaledPath.boundingRect(); + QRectF boundingRect = pointRect; + + if ( painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen + && painter->pen().brush().style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + { + boundingRect = qwtStrokedPathRect( painter, path ); + } + + updateControlPointRect( pointRect ); + updateBoundingRect( boundingRect ); + + d_data->pathInfos += PathInfo( pointRect, + boundingRect, qwtHasScalablePen( painter ) ); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Store a pixmap command in the command list + + \param rect target rectangle + \param pixmap Pixmap to be painted + \param subRect Reactangle of the pixmap to be painted + + \sa QPaintEngine::drawPixmap() +*/ +void QwtGraphic::drawPixmap( const QRectF &rect, + const QPixmap &pixmap, const QRectF &subRect ) +{ + const QPainter *painter = paintEngine()->painter(); + if ( painter == NULL ) + return; + + d_data->commands += QwtPainterCommand( rect, pixmap, subRect ); + + const QRectF r = painter->transform().mapRect( rect ); + updateControlPointRect( r ); + updateBoundingRect( r ); +} + +/*! + \brief Store a image command in the command list + + \param rect traget rectangle + \param image Image to be painted + \param subRect Reactangle of the pixmap to be painted + \param flags Image conversion flags + + \sa QPaintEngine::drawImage() + */ +void QwtGraphic::drawImage( const QRectF &rect, const QImage &image, + const QRectF &subRect, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) +{ + const QPainter *painter = paintEngine()->painter(); + if ( painter == NULL ) + return; + + d_data->commands += QwtPainterCommand( rect, image, subRect, flags ); + + const QRectF r = painter->transform().mapRect( rect ); + + updateControlPointRect( r ); + updateBoundingRect( r ); +} + +/*! + \brief Store a state command in the command list + + \param state State to be stored + \sa QPaintEngine::updateState() + */ +void QwtGraphic::updateState( const QPaintEngineState &state) +{ + d_data->commands += QwtPainterCommand( state ); +} + +void QwtGraphic::updateBoundingRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + QRectF br = rect; + + const QPainter *painter = paintEngine()->painter(); + if ( painter && painter->hasClipping() ) + { + QRectF cr = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + cr = painter->transform().mapRect( cr ); + + br &= cr; + } + + if ( d_data->boundingRect.width() < 0 ) + d_data->boundingRect = br; + else + d_data->boundingRect |= br; +} + +void QwtGraphic::updateControlPointRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + if ( d_data->pointRect.width() < 0.0 ) + d_data->pointRect = rect; + else + d_data->pointRect |= rect; +} + +/*! + \return List of recorded paint commands + \sa setCommands() + */ +const QVector< QwtPainterCommand > &QwtGraphic::commands() const +{ + return d_data->commands; +} + +/*! + \brief Append paint commands + + \param commands Paint commands + \sa commands() + */ +void QwtGraphic::setCommands( QVector< QwtPainterCommand > &commands ) +{ + reset(); + + const int numCommands = commands.size(); + if ( numCommands <= 0 ) + return; + + // to calculate a proper bounding rectangle we don't simply copy + // the commands. + + const QwtPainterCommand *cmds = commands.constData(); + + QPainter painter( this ); + for ( int i = 0; i < numCommands; i++ ) + qwtExecCommand( &painter, cmds[i], RenderHints(), QTransform(), NULL ); + + painter.end(); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbd41f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_graphic.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_GRAPHIC_H +#define QWT_GRAPHIC_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_null_paintdevice.h" +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtPainterCommand; + +/*! + \brief A paint device for scalable graphics + + QwtGraphic is the representation of a graphic that is tailored for + scalability. Like QPicture it will be initialized by QPainter + operations and can be replayed later to any target paint device. + + While the usual image representations QImage and QPixmap are not + scalable Qt offers two paint devices, that might be candidates + for representing a vector graphic: + + - QPicture\n + Unfortunately QPicture had been forgotten, when Qt4 + introduced floating point based render engines. Its API + is still on integers, what make it unusable for proper scaling. + + - QSvgRenderer/QSvgGenerator\n + Unfortunately QSvgRenderer hides to much information about + its nodes in internal APIs, that are necessary for proper + layout calculations. Also it is derived from QObject and + can't be copied like QImage/QPixmap. + + QwtGraphic maps all scalable drawing primitives to a QPainterPath + and stores them together with the painter state changes + ( pen, brush, transformation ... ) in a list of QwtPaintCommands. + For being a complete QPaintDevice it also stores pixmaps or images, + what is somehow against the idea of the class, because these objects + can't be scaled without a loss in quality. + + The main issue about scaling a QwtGraphic object are the pens used for + drawing the outlines of the painter paths. While non cosmetic pens + ( QPen::isCosmetic() ) are scaled with the same ratio as the path, + cosmetic pens have a fixed width. A graphic might have paths with + different pens - cosmetic and non-cosmetic. + + QwtGraphic caches 2 different rectangles: + + - control point rectangle\n + The control point rectangle is the bounding rectangle of all + control point rectangles of the painter paths, or the target + rectangle of the pixmaps/images. + + - bounding rectangle\n + The bounding rectangle extends the control point rectangle by + what is needed for rendering the outline with an unscaled pen. + + Because the offset for drawing the outline depends on the shape + of the painter path ( the peak of a triangle is different than the flat side ) + scaling with a fixed aspect ratio always needs to be calculated from the + control point rectangle. + + \sa QwtPainterCommand + */ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtGraphic: public QwtNullPaintDevice +{ +public: + /*! + Hint how to render a graphic + \sa setRenderHint(), testRenderHint() + */ + enum RenderHint + { + /*! + When rendering a QwtGraphic a specific scaling between + the controlPointRect() and the coordinates of the target rectangle + is set up internally in render(). + + When RenderPensUnscaled is set this specific scaling is applied + for the control points only, but not for the pens. + All other painter transformations ( set up by application code ) + are supposed to work like usual. + + \sa render(); + */ + RenderPensUnscaled = 0x1 + }; + + /*! + \brief Render hints + + The default setting is to disable all hints + */ + typedef QFlags RenderHints; + + QwtGraphic(); + QwtGraphic( const QwtGraphic & ); + + virtual ~QwtGraphic(); + + QwtGraphic& operator=( const QwtGraphic & ); + + void reset(); + + bool isNull() const; + bool isEmpty() const; + + void render( QPainter * ) const; + + void render( QPainter *, const QSizeF &, + Qt::AspectRatioMode = Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio ) const; + + void render( QPainter *, const QRectF &, + Qt::AspectRatioMode = Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio ) const; + + void render( QPainter *, const QPointF &, + Qt::Alignment = Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignLeft ) const; + + QPixmap toPixmap() const; + QPixmap toPixmap( const QSize &, + Qt::AspectRatioMode = Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio ) const; + + QImage toImage() const; + QImage toImage( const QSize &, + Qt::AspectRatioMode = Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio ) const; + + QRectF scaledBoundingRect( double sx, double sy ) const; + + QRectF boundingRect() const; + QRectF controlPointRect() const; + + const QVector< QwtPainterCommand > &commands() const; + void setCommands( QVector< QwtPainterCommand > & ); + + void setDefaultSize( const QSizeF & ); + QSizeF defaultSize() const; + + void setRenderHint( RenderHint, bool on = true ); + bool testRenderHint( RenderHint ) const; + +protected: + virtual QSize sizeMetrics() const; + + virtual void drawPath( const QPainterPath & ); + + virtual void drawPixmap( const QRectF &, + const QPixmap &, const QRectF & ); + + virtual void drawImage( const QRectF &, + const QImage &, const QRectF &, Qt::ImageConversionFlags ); + + virtual void updateState( const QPaintEngineState &state ); + +private: + void updateBoundingRect( const QRectF & ); + void updateControlPointRect( const QRectF & ); + + class PathInfo; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtGraphic::RenderHints ) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE( QwtGraphic ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58195a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief Normalize the limits of the interval + + If maxValue() < minValue() the limits will be inverted. + \return Normalized interval + + \sa isValid(), inverted() +*/ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::normalized() const +{ + if ( d_minValue > d_maxValue ) + { + return inverted(); + } + if ( d_minValue == d_maxValue && d_borderFlags == ExcludeMinimum ) + { + return inverted(); + } + + return *this; +} + +/*! + Invert the limits of the interval + \return Inverted interval + \sa normalized() +*/ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::inverted() const +{ + BorderFlags borderFlags = IncludeBorders; + if ( d_borderFlags & ExcludeMinimum ) + borderFlags |= ExcludeMaximum; + if ( d_borderFlags & ExcludeMaximum ) + borderFlags |= ExcludeMinimum; + + return QwtInterval( d_maxValue, d_minValue, borderFlags ); +} + +/*! + Test if a value is inside an interval + + \param value Value + \return true, if value >= minValue() && value <= maxValue() +*/ +bool QwtInterval::contains( double value ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return false; + + if ( value < d_minValue || value > d_maxValue ) + return false; + + if ( value == d_minValue && d_borderFlags & ExcludeMinimum ) + return false; + + if ( value == d_maxValue && d_borderFlags & ExcludeMaximum ) + return false; + + return true; +} + +//! Unite 2 intervals +QwtInterval QwtInterval::unite( const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + /* + If one of the intervals is invalid return the other one. + If both are invalid return an invalid default interval + */ + if ( !isValid() ) + { + if ( !other.isValid() ) + return QwtInterval(); + else + return other; + } + if ( !other.isValid() ) + return *this; + + QwtInterval united; + BorderFlags flags = IncludeBorders; + + // minimum + if ( d_minValue < other.minValue() ) + { + united.setMinValue( d_minValue ); + flags &= d_borderFlags & ExcludeMinimum; + } + else if ( other.minValue() < d_minValue ) + { + united.setMinValue( other.minValue() ); + flags &= other.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum; + } + else // d_minValue == other.minValue() + { + united.setMinValue( d_minValue ); + flags &= ( d_borderFlags & other.borderFlags() ) & ExcludeMinimum; + } + + // maximum + if ( d_maxValue > other.maxValue() ) + { + united.setMaxValue( d_maxValue ); + flags &= d_borderFlags & ExcludeMaximum; + } + else if ( other.maxValue() > d_maxValue ) + { + united.setMaxValue( other.maxValue() ); + flags &= other.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum; + } + else // d_maxValue == other.maxValue() ) + { + united.setMaxValue( d_maxValue ); + flags &= d_borderFlags & other.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum; + } + + united.setBorderFlags( flags ); + return united; +} + +/*! + \brief Intersect 2 intervals + + \param other Interval to be intersect with + \return Intersection + */ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::intersect( const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + if ( !other.isValid() || !isValid() ) + return QwtInterval(); + + QwtInterval i1 = *this; + QwtInterval i2 = other; + + // swap i1/i2, so that the minimum of i1 + // is smaller then the minimum of i2 + + if ( i1.minValue() > i2.minValue() ) + { + qSwap( i1, i2 ); + } + else if ( i1.minValue() == i2.minValue() ) + { + if ( i1.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum ) + qSwap( i1, i2 ); + } + + if ( i1.maxValue() < i2.minValue() ) + { + return QwtInterval(); + } + + if ( i1.maxValue() == i2.minValue() ) + { + if ( i1.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum || + i2.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum ) + { + return QwtInterval(); + } + } + + QwtInterval intersected; + BorderFlags flags = IncludeBorders; + + intersected.setMinValue( i2.minValue() ); + flags |= i2.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum; + + if ( i1.maxValue() < i2.maxValue() ) + { + intersected.setMaxValue( i1.maxValue() ); + flags |= i1.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum; + } + else if ( i2.maxValue() < i1.maxValue() ) + { + intersected.setMaxValue( i2.maxValue() ); + flags |= i2.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum; + } + else // i1.maxValue() == i2.maxValue() + { + intersected.setMaxValue( i1.maxValue() ); + flags |= i1.borderFlags() & i2.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum; + } + + intersected.setBorderFlags( flags ); + return intersected; +} + +/*! + \brief Unite this interval with the given interval. + + \param other Interval to be united with + \return This interval + */ +QwtInterval& QwtInterval::operator|=( const QwtInterval &other ) +{ + *this = *this | other; + return *this; +} + +/*! + \brief Intersect this interval with the given interval. + + \param other Interval to be intersected with + \return This interval + */ +QwtInterval& QwtInterval::operator&=( const QwtInterval &other ) +{ + *this = *this & other; + return *this; +} + +/*! + \brief Test if two intervals overlap + + \param other Interval + \return True, when the intervals are intersecting +*/ +bool QwtInterval::intersects( const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() || !other.isValid() ) + return false; + + QwtInterval i1 = *this; + QwtInterval i2 = other; + + // swap i1/i2, so that the minimum of i1 + // is smaller then the minimum of i2 + + if ( i1.minValue() > i2.minValue() ) + { + qSwap( i1, i2 ); + } + else if ( i1.minValue() == i2.minValue() && + i1.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum ) + { + qSwap( i1, i2 ); + } + + if ( i1.maxValue() > i2.minValue() ) + { + return true; + } + if ( i1.maxValue() == i2.minValue() ) + { + return !( ( i1.borderFlags() & ExcludeMaximum ) || + ( i2.borderFlags() & ExcludeMinimum ) ); + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Adjust the limit that is closer to value, so that value becomes + the center of the interval. + + \param value Center + \return Interval with value as center +*/ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::symmetrize( double value ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return *this; + + const double delta = + qMax( qAbs( value - d_maxValue ), qAbs( value - d_minValue ) ); + + return QwtInterval( value - delta, value + delta ); +} + +/*! + Limit the interval, keeping the border modes + + \param lowerBound Lower limit + \param upperBound Upper limit + + \return Limited interval +*/ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::limited( double lowerBound, double upperBound ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() || lowerBound > upperBound ) + return QwtInterval(); + + double minValue = qMax( d_minValue, lowerBound ); + minValue = qMin( minValue, upperBound ); + + double maxValue = qMax( d_maxValue, lowerBound ); + maxValue = qMin( maxValue, upperBound ); + + return QwtInterval( minValue, maxValue, d_borderFlags ); +} + +/*! + \brief Extend the interval + + If value is below minValue(), value becomes the lower limit. + If value is above maxValue(), value becomes the upper limit. + + extend() has no effect for invalid intervals + + \param value Value + \return extended interval + + \sa isValid() +*/ +QwtInterval QwtInterval::extend( double value ) const +{ + if ( !isValid() ) + return *this; + + return QwtInterval( qMin( value, d_minValue ), + qMax( value, d_maxValue ), d_borderFlags ); +} + +/*! + Extend an interval + + \param value Value + \return Reference of the extended interval + + \sa extend() +*/ +QwtInterval& QwtInterval::operator|=( double value ) +{ + *this = *this | value; + return *this; +} + +#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM + +QDebug operator<<( QDebug debug, const QwtInterval &interval ) +{ + const int flags = interval.borderFlags(); + + debug.nospace() << "QwtInterval(" + << ( ( flags & QwtInterval::ExcludeMinimum ) ? "]" : "[" ) + << interval.minValue() << "," << interval.maxValue() + << ( ( flags & QwtInterval::ExcludeMaximum ) ? "[" : "]" ) + << ")"; + + return debug.space(); +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf145b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval.h @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_INTERVAL_H +#define QWT_INTERVAL_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM +#include +#endif + +/*! + \brief A class representing an interval + + The interval is represented by 2 doubles, the lower and the upper limit. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtInterval +{ +public: + /*! + Flag indicating if a border is included or excluded + \sa setBorderFlags(), borderFlags() + */ + enum BorderFlag + { + //! Min/Max values are inside the interval + IncludeBorders = 0x00, + + //! Min value is not included in the interval + ExcludeMinimum = 0x01, + + //! Max value is not included in the interval + ExcludeMaximum = 0x02, + + //! Min/Max values are not included in the interval + ExcludeBorders = ExcludeMinimum | ExcludeMaximum + }; + + //! Border flags + typedef QFlags BorderFlags; + + QwtInterval(); + QwtInterval( double minValue, double maxValue, + BorderFlags = IncludeBorders ); + + void setInterval( double minValue, double maxValue, + BorderFlags = IncludeBorders ); + + QwtInterval normalized() const; + QwtInterval inverted() const; + QwtInterval limited( double lowerBound, double upperBound ) const; + + bool operator==( const QwtInterval & ) const; + bool operator!=( const QwtInterval & ) const; + + void setBorderFlags( BorderFlags ); + BorderFlags borderFlags() const; + + double minValue() const; + double maxValue() const; + + double width() const; + + void setMinValue( double ); + void setMaxValue( double ); + + bool contains( double value ) const; + + bool intersects( const QwtInterval & ) const; + QwtInterval intersect( const QwtInterval & ) const; + QwtInterval unite( const QwtInterval & ) const; + + QwtInterval operator|( const QwtInterval & ) const; + QwtInterval operator&( const QwtInterval & ) const; + + QwtInterval &operator|=( const QwtInterval & ); + QwtInterval &operator&=( const QwtInterval & ); + + QwtInterval extend( double value ) const; + QwtInterval operator|( double ) const; + QwtInterval &operator|=( double ); + + bool isValid() const; + bool isNull() const; + void invalidate(); + + QwtInterval symmetrize( double value ) const; + +private: + double d_minValue; + double d_maxValue; + BorderFlags d_borderFlags; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QwtInterval, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE); + +/*! + \brief Default Constructor + + Creates an invalid interval [0.0, -1.0] + \sa setInterval(), isValid() +*/ +inline QwtInterval::QwtInterval(): + d_minValue( 0.0 ), + d_maxValue( -1.0 ), + d_borderFlags( IncludeBorders ) +{ +} + +/*! + Constructor + + Build an interval with from min/max values + + \param minValue Minimum value + \param maxValue Maximum value + \param borderFlags Include/Exclude borders +*/ +inline QwtInterval::QwtInterval( + double minValue, double maxValue, BorderFlags borderFlags ): + d_minValue( minValue ), + d_maxValue( maxValue ), + d_borderFlags( borderFlags ) +{ +} + +/*! + Assign the limits of the interval + + \param minValue Minimum value + \param maxValue Maximum value + \param borderFlags Include/Exclude borders +*/ +inline void QwtInterval::setInterval( + double minValue, double maxValue, BorderFlags borderFlags ) +{ + d_minValue = minValue; + d_maxValue = maxValue; + d_borderFlags = borderFlags; +} + +/*! + Change the border flags + + \param borderFlags Or'd BorderMode flags + \sa borderFlags() +*/ +inline void QwtInterval::setBorderFlags( BorderFlags borderFlags ) +{ + d_borderFlags = borderFlags; +} + +/*! + \return Border flags + \sa setBorderFlags() +*/ +inline QwtInterval::BorderFlags QwtInterval::borderFlags() const +{ + return d_borderFlags; +} + +/*! + Assign the lower limit of the interval + + \param minValue Minimum value +*/ +inline void QwtInterval::setMinValue( double minValue ) +{ + d_minValue = minValue; +} + +/*! + Assign the upper limit of the interval + + \param maxValue Maximum value +*/ +inline void QwtInterval::setMaxValue( double maxValue ) +{ + d_maxValue = maxValue; +} + +//! \return Lower limit of the interval +inline double QwtInterval::minValue() const +{ + return d_minValue; +} + +//! \return Upper limit of the interval +inline double QwtInterval::maxValue() const +{ + return d_maxValue; +} + +/*! + A interval is valid when minValue() <= maxValue(). + In case of QwtInterval::ExcludeBorders it is true + when minValue() < maxValue() + + \return True, when the interval is valid +*/ +inline bool QwtInterval::isValid() const +{ + if ( ( d_borderFlags & ExcludeBorders ) == 0 ) + return d_minValue <= d_maxValue; + else + return d_minValue < d_maxValue; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the width of an interval + + The width of invalid intervals is 0.0, otherwise the result is + maxValue() - minValue(). + + \return Interval width + \sa isValid() +*/ +inline double QwtInterval::width() const +{ + return isValid() ? ( d_maxValue - d_minValue ) : 0.0; +} + +/*! + \brief Intersection of two intervals + + \param other Interval to intersect with + \return Intersection of this and other + + \sa intersect() +*/ +inline QwtInterval QwtInterval::operator&( + const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + return intersect( other ); +} + +/*! + Union of two intervals + + \param other Interval to unite with + \return Union of this and other + + \sa unite() +*/ +inline QwtInterval QwtInterval::operator|( + const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + return unite( other ); +} + +/*! + \brief Compare two intervals + + \param other Interval to compare with + \return True, when this and other are equal +*/ +inline bool QwtInterval::operator==( const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + return ( d_minValue == other.d_minValue ) && + ( d_maxValue == other.d_maxValue ) && + ( d_borderFlags == other.d_borderFlags ); +} +/*! + \brief Compare two intervals + + \param other Interval to compare with + \return True, when this and other are not equal +*/ +inline bool QwtInterval::operator!=( const QwtInterval &other ) const +{ + return ( !( *this == other ) ); +} + +/*! + Extend an interval + + \param value Value + \return Extended interval + \sa extend() +*/ +inline QwtInterval QwtInterval::operator|( double value ) const +{ + return extend( value ); +} + +//! \return true, if isValid() && (minValue() >= maxValue()) +inline bool QwtInterval::isNull() const +{ + return isValid() && d_minValue >= d_maxValue; +} + +/*! + Invalidate the interval + + The limits are set to interval [0.0, -1.0] + \sa isValid() +*/ +inline void QwtInterval::invalidate() +{ + d_minValue = 0.0; + d_maxValue = -1.0; +} + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtInterval::BorderFlags ) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE( QwtInterval ) + +#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM +QWT_EXPORT QDebug operator<<( QDebug, const QwtInterval & ); +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6845f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_interval_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qAtan2(y, x) ::atan2(y, x) +#define qFastSin(x) qSin(x) +#define qFastCos(x) qCos(x) +#endif + +class QwtIntervalSymbol::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + style( QwtIntervalSymbol::NoSymbol ), + width( 6 ) + { + } + + bool operator==( const PrivateData &other ) const + { + return ( style == other.style ) + && ( width == other.width ) + && ( brush == other.brush ) + && ( pen == other.pen ); + } + + QwtIntervalSymbol::Style style; + int width; + + QPen pen; + QBrush brush; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + \param style Style of the symbol + \sa setStyle(), style(), Style +*/ +QwtIntervalSymbol::QwtIntervalSymbol( Style style ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + d_data->style = style; +} + +//! Copy constructor +QwtIntervalSymbol::QwtIntervalSymbol( const QwtIntervalSymbol &other ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + *d_data = *other.d_data; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtIntervalSymbol::~QwtIntervalSymbol() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! \brief Assignment operator +QwtIntervalSymbol &QwtIntervalSymbol::operator=( + const QwtIntervalSymbol &other ) +{ + *d_data = *other.d_data; + return *this; +} + +//! \brief Compare two symbols +bool QwtIntervalSymbol::operator==( + const QwtIntervalSymbol &other ) const +{ + return *d_data == *other.d_data; +} + +//! \brief Compare two symbols +bool QwtIntervalSymbol::operator!=( + const QwtIntervalSymbol &other ) const +{ + return !( *d_data == *other.d_data ); +} + +/*! + Specify the symbol style + + \param style Style + \sa style(), Style +*/ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::setStyle( Style style ) +{ + d_data->style = style; +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol style + \sa setStyle() +*/ +QwtIntervalSymbol::Style QwtIntervalSymbol::style() const +{ + return d_data->style; +} + +/*! + Specify the width of the symbol + It is used depending on the style. + + \param width Width + \sa width(), setStyle() +*/ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::setWidth( int width ) +{ + d_data->width = width; +} + +/*! + \return Width of the symbol. + \sa setWidth(), setStyle() +*/ +int QwtIntervalSymbol::width() const +{ + return d_data->width; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a brush + + The brush is used for the Box style. + + \param brush Brush + \sa brush() +*/ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::setBrush( const QBrush &brush ) +{ + d_data->brush = brush; +} + +/*! + \return Brush + \sa setBrush() +*/ +const QBrush& QwtIntervalSymbol::brush() const +{ + return d_data->brush; +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::setPen( const QColor &color, + qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen + + \param pen Pen + \sa pen(), setBrush() +*/ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::setPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + d_data->pen = pen; +} + +/*! + \return Pen + \sa setPen(), brush() +*/ +const QPen& QwtIntervalSymbol::pen() const +{ + return d_data->pen; +} + +/*! + Draw a symbol depending on its style + + \param painter Painter + \param orientation Orientation + \param from Start point of the interval in target device coordinates + \param to End point of the interval in target device coordinates + + \sa setStyle() +*/ +void QwtIntervalSymbol::draw( QPainter *painter, Qt::Orientation orientation, + const QPointF &from, const QPointF &to ) const +{ + const qreal pw = qMax( painter->pen().widthF(), qreal( 1.0 ) ); + + QPointF p1 = from; + QPointF p2 = to; + if ( QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ) ) + { + p1 = p1.toPoint(); + p2 = p2.toPoint(); + } + + switch ( d_data->style ) + { + case QwtIntervalSymbol::Bar: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, p1, p2 ); + if ( d_data->width > pw ) + { + if ( ( orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) + && ( p1.y() == p2.y() ) ) + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double y = p1.y() - sw / 2; + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + p1.x(), y, p1.x(), y + sw ); + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + p2.x(), y, p2.x(), y + sw ); + } + else if ( ( orientation == Qt::Vertical ) + && ( p1.x() == p2.x() ) ) + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double x = p1.x() - sw / 2; + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + x, p1.y(), x + sw, p1.y() ); + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + x, p2.y(), x + sw, p2.y() ); + } + else + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double dx = p2.x() - p1.x(); + const double dy = p2.y() - p1.y(); + const double angle = qAtan2( dy, dx ) + M_PI_2; + double dw2 = sw / 2.0; + + const double cx = qFastCos( angle ) * dw2; + const double sy = qFastSin( angle ) * dw2; + + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + p1.x() - cx, p1.y() - sy, + p1.x() + cx, p1.y() + sy ); + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + p2.x() - cx, p2.y() - sy, + p2.x() + cx, p2.y() + sy ); + } + } + break; + } + case QwtIntervalSymbol::Box: + { + if ( d_data->width <= pw ) + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, p1, p2 ); + } + else + { + if ( ( orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) + && ( p1.y() == p2.y() ) ) + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double y = p1.y() - d_data->width / 2; + QwtPainter::drawRect( painter, + p1.x(), y, p2.x() - p1.x(), sw ); + } + else if ( ( orientation == Qt::Vertical ) + && ( p1.x() == p2.x() ) ) + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double x = p1.x() - d_data->width / 2; + QwtPainter::drawRect( painter, + x, p1.y(), sw, p2.y() - p1.y() ); + } + else + { + const double sw = d_data->width; + + const double dx = p2.x() - p1.x(); + const double dy = p2.y() - p1.y(); + const double angle = qAtan2( dy, dx ) + M_PI_2; + double dw2 = sw / 2.0; + + const double cx = qFastCos( angle ) * dw2; + const double sy = qFastSin( angle ) * dw2; + + QPolygonF polygon; + polygon += QPointF( p1.x() - cx, p1.y() - sy ); + polygon += QPointF( p1.x() + cx, p1.y() + sy ); + polygon += QPointF( p2.x() + cx, p2.y() + sy ); + polygon += QPointF( p2.x() - cx, p2.y() - sy ); + + QwtPainter::drawPolygon( painter, polygon ); + } + } + break; + } + default:; + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b937e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_interval_symbol.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_INTERVAL_SYMBOL_H +#define QWT_INTERVAL_SYMBOL_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QPainter; +class QRect; +class QPointF; + +/*! + \brief A drawing primitive for displaying an interval like an error bar + + \sa QwtPlotIntervalCurve +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtIntervalSymbol +{ +public: + //! Symbol style + enum Style + { + //! No Style. The symbol cannot be drawn. + NoSymbol = -1, + + /*! + The symbol displays a line with caps at the beginning/end. + The size of the caps depends on the symbol width(). + */ + Bar, + + /*! + The symbol displays a plain rectangle using pen() and brush(). + The size of the rectangle depends on the translated interval and + the width(), + */ + Box, + + /*! + Styles >= UserSymbol are reserved for derived + classes of QwtIntervalSymbol that overload draw() with + additional application specific symbol types. + */ + UserSymbol = 1000 + }; + +public: + QwtIntervalSymbol( Style = NoSymbol ); + QwtIntervalSymbol( const QwtIntervalSymbol & ); + virtual ~QwtIntervalSymbol(); + + QwtIntervalSymbol &operator=( const QwtIntervalSymbol & ); + bool operator==( const QwtIntervalSymbol & ) const; + bool operator!=( const QwtIntervalSymbol & ) const; + + void setWidth( int ); + int width() const; + + void setBrush( const QBrush & ); + const QBrush& brush() const; + + void setPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen& pen() const; + + void setStyle( Style ); + Style style() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *, Qt::Orientation, + const QPointF& from, const QPointF& to ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData* d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..241995b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,855 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_knob.h" +#include "qwt_round_scale_draw.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040601 +#define qAtan2(y, x) ::atan2(y, x) +#define qFabs(x) ::fabs(x) +#define qFastCos(x) qCos(x) +#define qFastSin(x) qSin(x) +#endif + +static QSize qwtKnobSizeHint( const QwtKnob *knob, int min ) +{ + int knobWidth = knob->knobWidth(); + if ( knobWidth <= 0 ) + knobWidth = qMax( 3 * knob->markerSize(), min ); + + // Add the scale radial thickness to the knobWidth + const int extent = qCeil( knob->scaleDraw()->extent( knob->font() ) ); + const int d = 2 * ( extent + 4 ) + knobWidth; + + int left, right, top, bottom; + knob->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); + + return QSize( d + left + right, d + top + bottom ); +} + +static inline double qwtToScaleAngle( double angle ) +{ + // the map is counter clockwise with the origin + // at 90° using angles from -180° -> 180° + + double a = 90.0 - angle; + if ( a <= -180.0 ) + a += 360.0; + else if ( a >= 180.0 ) + a -= 360.0; + + return a; +} + +static double qwtToDegrees( double value ) +{ + return qwtNormalizeDegrees( 90.0 - value ); +} + +class QwtKnob::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + knobStyle( QwtKnob::Raised ), + markerStyle( QwtKnob::Notch ), + borderWidth( 2 ), + borderDist( 4 ), + scaleDist( 4 ), + maxScaleTicks( 11 ), + knobWidth( 0 ), + alignment( Qt::AlignCenter ), + markerSize( 8 ), + totalAngle( 270.0 ), + mouseOffset( 0.0 ) + { + } + + QwtKnob::KnobStyle knobStyle; + QwtKnob::MarkerStyle markerStyle; + + int borderWidth; + int borderDist; + int scaleDist; + int maxScaleTicks; + int knobWidth; + Qt::Alignment alignment; + int markerSize; + + double totalAngle; + + double mouseOffset; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + Construct a knob with an angle of 270°. The style is + QwtKnob::Raised and the marker style is QwtKnob::Notch. + The width of the knob is set to 50 pixels. + + \param parent Parent widget + + \sa setTotalAngle() +*/ +QwtKnob::QwtKnob( QWidget* parent ): + QwtAbstractSlider( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setScaleDraw( new QwtRoundScaleDraw() ); + + setTotalAngle( 270.0 ); + + setScale( 0.0, 10.0 ); + setValue( 0.0 ); + + setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, + QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtKnob::~QwtKnob() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the knob type + + \param knobStyle Knob type + \sa knobStyle(), setBorderWidth() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setKnobStyle( KnobStyle knobStyle ) +{ + if ( d_data->knobStyle != knobStyle ) + { + d_data->knobStyle = knobStyle; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Marker type of the knob + \sa setKnobStyle(), setBorderWidth() +*/ +QwtKnob::KnobStyle QwtKnob::knobStyle() const +{ + return d_data->knobStyle; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the marker type of the knob + + \param markerStyle Marker type + \sa markerStyle(), setMarkerSize() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setMarkerStyle( MarkerStyle markerStyle ) +{ + if ( d_data->markerStyle != markerStyle ) + { + d_data->markerStyle = markerStyle; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Marker type of the knob + \sa setMarkerStyle(), setMarkerSize() +*/ +QwtKnob::MarkerStyle QwtKnob::markerStyle() const +{ + return d_data->markerStyle; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the total angle by which the knob can be turned + \param angle Angle in degrees. + + The angle has to be between [10, 360] degrees. Angles above + 360 ( so that the knob can be turned several times around its axis ) + have to be set using setNumTurns(). + + The default angle is 270 degrees. + + \sa totalAngle(), setNumTurns() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setTotalAngle ( double angle ) +{ + angle = qBound( 10.0, angle, 360.0 ); + + if ( angle != d_data->totalAngle ) + { + d_data->totalAngle = angle; + + scaleDraw()->setAngleRange( -0.5 * d_data->totalAngle, + 0.5 * d_data->totalAngle ); + + updateGeometry(); + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return the total angle + \sa setTotalAngle(), setNumTurns(), numTurns() + */ +double QwtKnob::totalAngle() const +{ + return d_data->totalAngle; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the number of turns + + When numTurns > 1 the knob can be turned several times around its axis + - otherwise the total angle is floored to 360°. + + \sa numTurns(), totalAngle(), setTotalAngle() +*/ + +void QwtKnob::setNumTurns( int numTurns ) +{ + numTurns = qMax( numTurns, 1 ); + + if ( numTurns == 1 && d_data->totalAngle <= 360.0 ) + return; + + const double angle = numTurns * 360.0; + if ( angle != d_data->totalAngle ) + { + d_data->totalAngle = angle; + + scaleDraw()->setAngleRange( -0.5 * d_data->totalAngle, + 0.5 * d_data->totalAngle ); + + updateGeometry(); + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Number of turns. + + When the total angle is below 360° numTurns() is ceiled to 1. + \sa setNumTurns(), setTotalAngle(), totalAngle() + */ +int QwtKnob::numTurns() const +{ + return qCeil( d_data->totalAngle / 360.0 ); +} + +/*! + Change the scale draw of the knob + + For changing the labels of the scales, it + is necessary to derive from QwtRoundScaleDraw and + overload QwtRoundScaleDraw::label(). + + \sa scaleDraw() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setScaleDraw( QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw ) +{ + setAbstractScaleDraw( scaleDraw ); + setTotalAngle( d_data->totalAngle ); + + updateGeometry(); + update(); +} + +/*! + \return the scale draw of the knob + \sa setScaleDraw() +*/ +const QwtRoundScaleDraw *QwtKnob::scaleDraw() const +{ + return static_cast( abstractScaleDraw() ); +} + +/*! + \return the scale draw of the knob + \sa setScaleDraw() +*/ +QwtRoundScaleDraw *QwtKnob::scaleDraw() +{ + return static_cast( abstractScaleDraw() ); +} + +/*! + Calculate the bounding rectangle of the knob without the scale + + \return Bounding rectangle of the knob + \sa knobWidth(), alignment(), QWidget::contentsRect() + */ +QRect QwtKnob::knobRect() const +{ + const QRect cr = contentsRect(); + + const int extent = qCeil( scaleDraw()->extent( font() ) ); + const int d = extent + d_data->scaleDist; + + int w = d_data->knobWidth; + if ( w <= 0 ) + { + const int dim = qMin( cr.width(), cr.height() ); + + w = dim - 2 * ( d ); + w = qMax( 0, w ); + } + + QRect r( 0, 0, w, w ); + + if ( d_data->alignment & Qt::AlignLeft ) + { + r.moveLeft( cr.left() + d ); + } + else if ( d_data->alignment & Qt::AlignRight ) + { + r.moveRight( cr.right() - d ); + } + else + { + r.moveCenter( QPoint( cr.center().x(), r.center().y() ) ); + } + + if ( d_data->alignment & Qt::AlignTop ) + { + r.moveTop( cr.top() + d ); + } + else if ( d_data->alignment & Qt::AlignBottom ) + { + r.moveBottom( cr.bottom() - d ); + } + else + { + r.moveCenter( QPoint( r.center().x(), cr.center().y() ) ); + } + + return r; +} + +/*! + \brief Determine what to do when the user presses a mouse button. + + \param pos Mouse position + + \retval True, when pos is inside the circle of the knob. + \sa scrolledTo() +*/ +bool QwtKnob::isScrollPosition( const QPoint &pos ) const +{ + const QRect kr = knobRect(); + + const QRegion region( kr, QRegion::Ellipse ); + if ( region.contains( pos ) && ( pos != kr.center() ) ) + { + const double angle = QLineF( kr.center(), pos ).angle(); + const double valueAngle = qwtToDegrees( scaleMap().transform( value() ) ); + + d_data->mouseOffset = qwtNormalizeDegrees( angle - valueAngle ); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/*! + \brief Determine the value for a new position of the mouse + + \param pos Mouse position + + \return Value for the mouse position + \sa isScrollPosition() +*/ +double QwtKnob::scrolledTo( const QPoint &pos ) const +{ + double angle = QLineF( rect().center(), pos ).angle(); + angle = qwtNormalizeDegrees( angle - d_data->mouseOffset ); + + if ( scaleMap().pDist() > 360.0 ) + { + angle = qwtToDegrees( angle ); + + const double v = scaleMap().transform( value() ); + + int numTurns = qFloor( ( v - scaleMap().p1() ) / 360.0 ); + + double valueAngle = qwtNormalizeDegrees( v ); + if ( qAbs( valueAngle - angle ) > 180.0 ) + { + numTurns += ( angle > valueAngle ) ? -1 : 1; + } + + angle += scaleMap().p1() + numTurns * 360.0; + + if ( !wrapping() ) + { + const double boundedAngle = + qBound( scaleMap().p1(), angle, scaleMap().p2() ); + + d_data->mouseOffset += ( boundedAngle - angle ); + angle = boundedAngle; + } + } + else + { + angle = qwtToScaleAngle( angle ); + + double boundedAngle = qBound( scaleMap().p1(), angle, scaleMap().p2() ); + + if ( !wrapping() ) + { + const double currentAngle = scaleMap().transform( value() ); + + if ( ( currentAngle > 90.0 ) && ( boundedAngle < -90.0 ) ) + boundedAngle = scaleMap().p2(); + else if ( ( currentAngle < -90.0 ) && ( boundedAngle > 90.0 ) ) + boundedAngle = scaleMap().p1(); + + d_data->mouseOffset += ( boundedAngle - angle ); + } + + angle = boundedAngle; + } + + return scaleMap().invTransform( angle ); +} + +/*! + Handle QEvent::StyleChange and QEvent::FontChange; + \param event Change event +*/ +void QwtKnob::changeEvent( QEvent *event ) +{ + switch( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::StyleChange: + case QEvent::FontChange: + { + updateGeometry(); + update(); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + Repaint the knob + \param event Paint event +*/ +void QwtKnob::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + const QRectF knobRect = this->knobRect(); + + QPainter painter( this ); + painter.setClipRegion( event->region() ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.init(this); + style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, &painter, this); + + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + + if ( !knobRect.contains( event->region().boundingRect() ) ) + { + scaleDraw()->setRadius( 0.5 * knobRect.width() + d_data->scaleDist ); + scaleDraw()->moveCenter( knobRect.center() ); + + scaleDraw()->draw( &painter, palette() ); + } + + drawKnob( &painter, knobRect ); + + drawMarker( &painter, knobRect, + qwtNormalizeDegrees( scaleMap().transform( value() ) ) ); + + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, false ); + + if ( hasFocus() ) + drawFocusIndicator( &painter ); +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the knob + + \param painter painter + \param knobRect Bounding rectangle of the knob (without scale) +*/ +void QwtKnob::drawKnob( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &knobRect ) const +{ + double dim = qMin( knobRect.width(), knobRect.height() ); + dim -= d_data->borderWidth * 0.5; + + QRectF aRect( 0, 0, dim, dim ); + aRect.moveCenter( knobRect.center() ); + + QPen pen( Qt::NoPen ); + if ( d_data->borderWidth > 0 ) + { + QColor c1 = palette().color( QPalette::Light ); + QColor c2 = palette().color( QPalette::Dark ); + + QLinearGradient gradient( aRect.topLeft(), aRect.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.3, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.7, c2 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + pen = QPen( gradient, d_data->borderWidth ); + } + + QBrush brush; + switch( d_data->knobStyle ) + { + case QwtKnob::Raised: + { + double off = 0.3 * knobRect.width(); + QRadialGradient gradient( knobRect.center(), + knobRect.width(), knobRect.topLeft() + QPointF( off, off ) ); + + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, palette().color( QPalette::Midlight ) ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, palette().color( QPalette::Button ) ); + + brush = QBrush( gradient ); + + break; + } + case QwtKnob::Styled: + { + QRadialGradient gradient(knobRect.center().x() - knobRect.width() / 3, + knobRect.center().y() - knobRect.height() / 2, + knobRect.width() * 1.3, + knobRect.center().x(), + knobRect.center().y() - knobRect.height() / 2); + + const QColor c = palette().color( QPalette::Button ); + gradient.setColorAt(0, c.lighter(110)); + gradient.setColorAt(qreal(0.5), c); + gradient.setColorAt(qreal(0.501), c.darker(102)); + gradient.setColorAt(1, c.darker(115)); + + brush = QBrush( gradient ); + + break; + } + case QwtKnob::Sunken: + { + QLinearGradient gradient( + knobRect.topLeft(), knobRect.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, palette().color( QPalette::Mid ) ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.5, palette().color( QPalette::Button ) ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, palette().color( QPalette::Midlight ) ); + brush = QBrush( gradient ); + + break; + } + case QwtKnob::Flat: + default: + brush = palette().brush( QPalette::Button ); + } + + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->setBrush( brush ); + painter->drawEllipse( aRect ); +} + + +/*! + \brief Draw the marker at the knob's front + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Bounding rectangle of the knob without scale + \param angle Angle of the marker in degrees + ( clockwise, 0 at the 12 o'clock position ) +*/ +void QwtKnob::drawMarker( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, double angle ) const +{ + if ( d_data->markerStyle == NoMarker || !isValid() ) + return; + + const double radians = qwtRadians( angle ); + const double sinA = -qFastSin( radians ); + const double cosA = qFastCos( radians ); + + const double xm = rect.center().x(); + const double ym = rect.center().y(); + const double margin = 4.0; + + double radius = 0.5 * ( rect.width() - d_data->borderWidth ) - margin; + if ( radius < 1.0 ) + radius = 1.0; + + int markerSize = d_data->markerSize; + if ( markerSize <= 0 ) + markerSize = qRound( 0.4 * radius ); + + switch ( d_data->markerStyle ) + { + case Notch: + case Nub: + { + const double dotWidth = + qMin( double( markerSize ), radius); + + const double dotCenterDist = radius - 0.5 * dotWidth; + if ( dotCenterDist > 0.0 ) + { + const QPointF center( xm - sinA * dotCenterDist, + ym - cosA * dotCenterDist ); + + QRectF ellipse( 0.0, 0.0, dotWidth, dotWidth ); + ellipse.moveCenter( center ); + + QColor c1 = palette().color( QPalette::Light ); + QColor c2 = palette().color( QPalette::Mid ); + + if ( d_data->markerStyle == Notch ) + qSwap( c1, c2 ); + + QLinearGradient gradient( + ellipse.topLeft(), ellipse.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( gradient ); + + painter->drawEllipse( ellipse ); + } + break; + } + case Dot: + { + const double dotWidth = + qMin( double( markerSize ), radius); + + const double dotCenterDist = radius - 0.5 * dotWidth; + if ( dotCenterDist > 0.0 ) + { + const QPointF center( xm - sinA * dotCenterDist, + ym - cosA * dotCenterDist ); + + QRectF ellipse( 0.0, 0.0, dotWidth, dotWidth ); + ellipse.moveCenter( center ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().color( QPalette::ButtonText ) ); + painter->drawEllipse( ellipse ); + } + + break; + } + case Tick: + { + const double rb = qMax( radius - markerSize, 1.0 ); + const double re = radius; + + const QLineF line( xm - sinA * rb, ym - cosA * rb, + xm - sinA * re, ym - cosA * re ); + + QPen pen( palette().color( QPalette::ButtonText ), 0 ); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->drawLine ( line ); + + break; + } + case Triangle: + { + const double rb = qMax( radius - markerSize, 1.0 ); + const double re = radius; + + painter->translate( rect.center() ); + painter->rotate( angle - 90.0 ); + + QPolygonF polygon; + polygon += QPointF( re, 0.0 ); + polygon += QPointF( rb, 0.5 * ( re - rb ) ); + polygon += QPointF( rb, -0.5 * ( re - rb ) ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().color( QPalette::ButtonText ) ); + painter->drawPolygon( polygon ); + + painter->resetTransform(); + + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + Draw the focus indicator + \param painter Painter +*/ +void QwtKnob::drawFocusIndicator( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + const QRect cr = contentsRect(); + + int w = d_data->knobWidth; + if ( w <= 0 ) + { + w = qMin( cr.width(), cr.height() ); + } + else + { + const int extent = qCeil( scaleDraw()->extent( font() ) ); + w += 2 * ( extent + d_data->scaleDist ); + } + + QRect focusRect( 0, 0, w, w ); + focusRect.moveCenter( cr.center() ); + + QwtPainter::drawFocusRect( painter, this, focusRect ); +} + +/*! + \brief Set the alignment of the knob + + Similar to a QLabel::alignment() the flags decide how + to align the knob inside of contentsRect(). + + The default setting is Qt::AlignCenter + + \param alignment Or'd alignment flags + + \sa alignment(), setKnobWidth(), knobRect() + */ +void QwtKnob::setAlignment( Qt::Alignment alignment ) +{ + if ( d_data->alignment != alignment ) + { + d_data->alignment = alignment; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Alignment of the knob inside of contentsRect() + \sa setAlignment(), knobWidth(), knobRect() + */ +Qt::Alignment QwtKnob::alignment() const +{ + return d_data->alignment; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the knob's width. + + Setting a fixed value for the diameter of the knob + is helpful for aligning several knobs in a row. + + \param width New width + + \sa knobWidth(), setAlignment() + \note Modifies the sizePolicy() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setKnobWidth( int width ) +{ + width = qMax( width, 0 ); + + if ( width != d_data->knobWidth ) + { + QSizePolicy::Policy policy; + if ( width > 0 ) + policy = QSizePolicy::Minimum; + else + policy = QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding; + + setSizePolicy( policy, policy ); + + d_data->knobWidth = width; + + updateGeometry(); + update(); + } +} + +//! Return the width of the knob +int QwtKnob::knobWidth() const +{ + return d_data->knobWidth; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the knob's border width + \param borderWidth new border width +*/ +void QwtKnob::setBorderWidth( int borderWidth ) +{ + d_data->borderWidth = qMax( borderWidth, 0 ); + + updateGeometry(); + update(); +} + +//! Return the border width +int QwtKnob::borderWidth() const +{ + return d_data->borderWidth; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the size of the marker + + When setting a size <= 0 the marker will + automatically scaled to 40% of the radius of the knob. + + \sa markerSize(), markerStyle() +*/ +void QwtKnob::setMarkerSize( int size ) +{ + if ( d_data->markerSize != size ) + { + d_data->markerSize = size; + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Marker size + \sa setMarkerSize() + */ +int QwtKnob::markerSize() const +{ + return d_data->markerSize; +} + +/*! + \return sizeHint() +*/ +QSize QwtKnob::sizeHint() const +{ + const QSize hint = qwtKnobSizeHint( this, 50 ); + return hint.expandedTo( QApplication::globalStrut() ); +} + +/*! + \return Minimum size hint + \sa sizeHint() +*/ +QSize QwtKnob::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + return qwtKnobSizeHint( this, 20 ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d1c7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_knob.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_KNOB_H +#define QWT_KNOB_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_slider.h" + +class QwtRoundScaleDraw; + +/*! + \brief The Knob Widget + + The QwtKnob widget imitates look and behavior of a volume knob on a radio. + It looks similar to QDial - not to QwtDial. + + The value range of a knob might be divided into several turns. + + The layout of the knob depends on the knobWidth(). + + - width > 0 + The diameter of the knob is fixed and the knob is aligned + according to the alignment() flags inside of the contentsRect(). + + - width <= 0 + The knob is extended to the minimum of width/height of the contentsRect() + and aligned in the other direction according to alignment(). + + Setting a fixed knobWidth() is helpful to align several knobs with different + scale labels. + + \image html knob.png +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtKnob: public QwtAbstractSlider +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_ENUMS ( KnobStyle MarkerStyle ) + + Q_PROPERTY( KnobStyle knobStyle READ knobStyle WRITE setKnobStyle ) + Q_PROPERTY( int knobWidth READ knobWidth WRITE setKnobWidth ) + Q_PROPERTY( Qt::Alignment alignment READ alignment WRITE setAlignment ) + Q_PROPERTY( double totalAngle READ totalAngle WRITE setTotalAngle ) + Q_PROPERTY( int numTurns READ numTurns WRITE setNumTurns ) + Q_PROPERTY( MarkerStyle markerStyle READ markerStyle WRITE setMarkerStyle ) + Q_PROPERTY( int markerSize READ markerSize WRITE setMarkerSize ) + Q_PROPERTY( int borderWidth READ borderWidth WRITE setBorderWidth ) + +public: + /*! + \brief Style of the knob surface + + Depending on the KnobStyle the surface of the knob is + filled from the brushes of the widget palette(). + + \sa setKnobStyle(), knobStyle() + */ + enum KnobStyle + { + //! Fill the knob with a brush from QPalette::Button. + Flat, + + //! Build a gradient from QPalette::Midlight and QPalette::Button + Raised, + + /*! + Build a gradient from QPalette::Midlight, QPalette::Button + and QPalette::Midlight + */ + Sunken, + + /*! + Build a radial gradient from QPalette::Button + like it is used for QDial in various Qt styles. + */ + Styled + }; + + /*! + \brief Marker type + + The marker indicates the current value on the knob + The default setting is a Notch marker. + + \sa setMarkerStyle(), setMarkerSize() + */ + enum MarkerStyle + { + //! Don't paint any marker + NoMarker = -1, + + //! Paint a single tick in QPalette::ButtonText color + Tick, + + //! Paint a triangle in QPalette::ButtonText color + Triangle, + + //! Paint a circle in QPalette::ButtonText color + Dot, + + /*! + Draw a raised ellipse with a gradient build from + QPalette::Light and QPalette::Mid + */ + Nub, + + /*! + Draw a sunken ellipse with a gradient build from + QPalette::Light and QPalette::Mid + */ + Notch + }; + + explicit QwtKnob( QWidget* parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtKnob(); + + void setAlignment( Qt::Alignment ); + Qt::Alignment alignment() const; + + void setKnobWidth( int ); + int knobWidth() const; + + void setNumTurns( int ); + int numTurns() const; + + void setTotalAngle ( double angle ); + double totalAngle() const; + + void setKnobStyle( KnobStyle ); + KnobStyle knobStyle() const; + + void setBorderWidth( int ); + int borderWidth() const; + + void setMarkerStyle( MarkerStyle ); + MarkerStyle markerStyle() const; + + void setMarkerSize( int ); + int markerSize() const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + + void setScaleDraw( QwtRoundScaleDraw * ); + + const QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw() const; + QwtRoundScaleDraw *scaleDraw(); + + QRect knobRect() const; + +protected: + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + virtual void changeEvent( QEvent * ); + + virtual void drawKnob( QPainter *, const QRectF & ) const; + + virtual void drawFocusIndicator( QPainter * ) const; + + virtual void drawMarker( QPainter *, + const QRectF &, double angle ) const; + + virtual double scrolledTo( const QPoint & ) const; + virtual bool isScrollPosition( const QPoint & ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2d4cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,827 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_legend.h" +#include "qwt_legend_label.h" +#include "qwt_dyngrid_layout.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_plot_item.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtLegendMap +{ +public: + inline bool isEmpty() const { return d_entries.isEmpty(); } + + void insert( const QVariant &, const QList & ); + void remove( const QVariant & ); + + void removeWidget( const QWidget * ); + + QList legendWidgets( const QVariant & ) const; + QVariant itemInfo( const QWidget * ) const; + +private: + // we don't know anything about itemInfo and therefore don't have + // any key that can be used for a map or hashtab. + // But a simple linear list is o.k. here, as we will never have + // more than a few entries. + + class Entry + { + public: + QVariant itemInfo; + QList widgets; + }; + + QList< Entry > d_entries; +}; + +void QwtLegendMap::insert( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &widgets ) +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < d_entries.size(); i++ ) + { + Entry &entry = d_entries[i]; + if ( entry.itemInfo == itemInfo ) + { + entry.widgets = widgets; + return; + } + } + + Entry newEntry; + newEntry.itemInfo = itemInfo; + newEntry.widgets = widgets; + + d_entries += newEntry; +} + +void QwtLegendMap::remove( const QVariant &itemInfo ) +{ + for ( int i = 0; i < d_entries.size(); i++ ) + { + Entry &entry = d_entries[i]; + if ( entry.itemInfo == itemInfo ) + { + d_entries.removeAt( i ); + return; + } + } +} + +void QwtLegendMap::removeWidget( const QWidget *widget ) +{ + QWidget *w = const_cast( widget ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_entries.size(); i++ ) + d_entries[ i ].widgets.removeAll( w ); +} + +QVariant QwtLegendMap::itemInfo( const QWidget *widget ) const +{ + if ( widget != NULL ) + { + QWidget *w = const_cast( widget ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_entries.size(); i++ ) + { + const Entry &entry = d_entries[i]; + if ( entry.widgets.indexOf( w ) >= 0 ) + return entry.itemInfo; + } + } + + return QVariant(); +} + +QList QwtLegendMap::legendWidgets( const QVariant &itemInfo ) const +{ + if ( itemInfo.isValid() ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < d_entries.size(); i++ ) + { + const Entry &entry = d_entries[i]; + if ( entry.itemInfo == itemInfo ) + return entry.widgets; + } + } + + return QList(); +} + +class QwtLegend::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + itemMode( QwtLegendData::ReadOnly ), + view( NULL ) + { + } + + QwtLegendData::Mode itemMode; + QwtLegendMap itemMap; + + class LegendView; + LegendView *view; +}; + +class QwtLegend::PrivateData::LegendView: public QScrollArea +{ +public: + explicit LegendView( QWidget *parent ): + QScrollArea( parent ) + { + contentsWidget = new QWidget( this ); + contentsWidget->setObjectName( "QwtLegendViewContents" ); + + setWidget( contentsWidget ); + setWidgetResizable( false ); + + viewport()->setObjectName( "QwtLegendViewport" ); + + // QScrollArea::setWidget internally sets autoFillBackground to true + // But we don't want a background. + contentsWidget->setAutoFillBackground( false ); + viewport()->setAutoFillBackground( false ); + } + + virtual bool event( QEvent *event ) + { + if ( event->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest ) + { + setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus ); + } + + if ( event->type() == QEvent::Resize ) + { + // adjust the size to en/disable the scrollbars + // before QScrollArea adjusts the viewport size + + const QRect cr = contentsRect(); + + int w = cr.width(); + int h = contentsWidget->heightForWidth( cr.width() ); + if ( h > w ) + { + w -= verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width(); + h = contentsWidget->heightForWidth( w ); + } + + contentsWidget->resize( w, h ); + } + + return QScrollArea::event( event ); + } + + virtual bool viewportEvent( QEvent *event ) + { + bool ok = QScrollArea::viewportEvent( event ); + + if ( event->type() == QEvent::Resize ) + { + layoutContents(); + } + return ok; + } + + QSize viewportSize( int w, int h ) const + { + const int sbHeight = horizontalScrollBar()->sizeHint().height(); + const int sbWidth = verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width(); + + const int cw = contentsRect().width(); + const int ch = contentsRect().height(); + + int vw = cw; + int vh = ch; + + if ( w > vw ) + vh -= sbHeight; + + if ( h > vh ) + { + vw -= sbWidth; + if ( w > vw && vh == ch ) + vh -= sbHeight; + } + return QSize( vw, vh ); + } + + void layoutContents() + { + const QwtDynGridLayout *tl = qobject_cast( + contentsWidget->layout() ); + if ( tl == NULL ) + return; + + const QSize visibleSize = viewport()->contentsRect().size(); + + const int minW = int( tl->maxItemWidth() ) + 2 * tl->margin(); + + int w = qMax( visibleSize.width(), minW ); + int h = qMax( tl->heightForWidth( w ), visibleSize.height() ); + + const int vpWidth = viewportSize( w, h ).width(); + if ( w > vpWidth ) + { + w = qMax( vpWidth, minW ); + h = qMax( tl->heightForWidth( w ), visibleSize.height() ); + } + + contentsWidget->resize( w, h ); + } + + QWidget *contentsWidget; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtLegend::QwtLegend( QWidget *parent ): + QwtAbstractLegend( parent ) +{ + setFrameStyle( NoFrame ); + + d_data = new QwtLegend::PrivateData; + + d_data->view = new QwtLegend::PrivateData::LegendView( this ); + d_data->view->setObjectName( "QwtLegendView" ); + d_data->view->setFrameStyle( NoFrame ); + + QwtDynGridLayout *gridLayout = new QwtDynGridLayout( + d_data->view->contentsWidget ); + gridLayout->setAlignment( Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop ); + + d_data->view->contentsWidget->installEventFilter( this ); + + QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout( this ); + layout->setContentsMargins( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); + layout->addWidget( d_data->view ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtLegend::~QwtLegend() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the maximum number of entries in a row + + F.e when the maximum is set to 1 all items are aligned + vertically. 0 means unlimited + + \param numColums Maximum number of entries in a row + + \sa maxColumns(), QwtDynGridLayout::setMaxColumns() + */ +void QwtLegend::setMaxColumns( uint numColums ) +{ + QwtDynGridLayout *tl = qobject_cast( + d_data->view->contentsWidget->layout() ); + if ( tl ) + tl->setMaxColumns( numColums ); + + updateGeometry(); +} + +/*! + \return Maximum number of entries in a row + \sa setMaxColumns(), QwtDynGridLayout::maxColumns() + */ +uint QwtLegend::maxColumns() const +{ + uint maxCols = 0; + + const QwtDynGridLayout *tl = qobject_cast( + d_data->view->contentsWidget->layout() ); + if ( tl ) + maxCols = tl->maxColumns(); + + return maxCols; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the default mode for legend labels + + Legend labels will be constructed according to the + attributes in a QwtLegendData object. When it doesn't + contain a value for the QwtLegendData::ModeRole the + label will be initialized with the default mode of the legend. + + \param mode Default item mode + + \sa itemMode(), QwtLegendData::value(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() + \note Changing the mode doesn't have any effect on existing labels. + */ +void QwtLegend::setDefaultItemMode( QwtLegendData::Mode mode ) +{ + d_data->itemMode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return Default item mode + \sa setDefaultItemMode() +*/ +QwtLegendData::Mode QwtLegend::defaultItemMode() const +{ + return d_data->itemMode; +} + +/*! + The contents widget is the only child of the viewport of + the internal QScrollArea and the parent widget of all legend items. + + \return Container widget of the legend items +*/ +QWidget *QwtLegend::contentsWidget() +{ + return d_data->view->contentsWidget; +} + +/*! + \return Horizontal scrollbar + \sa verticalScrollBar() +*/ +QScrollBar *QwtLegend::horizontalScrollBar() const +{ + return d_data->view->horizontalScrollBar(); +} + +/*! + \return Vertical scrollbar + \sa horizontalScrollBar() +*/ +QScrollBar *QwtLegend::verticalScrollBar() const +{ + return d_data->view->verticalScrollBar(); +} + +/*! + The contents widget is the only child of the viewport of + the internal QScrollArea and the parent widget of all legend items. + + \return Container widget of the legend items + +*/ +const QWidget *QwtLegend::contentsWidget() const +{ + return d_data->view->contentsWidget; +} + +/*! + \brief Update the entries for an item + + \param itemInfo Info for an item + \param legendData List of legend entry attributes for the item + */ +void QwtLegend::updateLegend( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &legendData ) +{ + QList widgetList = legendWidgets( itemInfo ); + + if ( widgetList.size() != legendData.size() ) + { + QLayout *contentsLayout = d_data->view->contentsWidget->layout(); + + while ( widgetList.size() > legendData.size() ) + { + QWidget *w = widgetList.takeLast(); + + contentsLayout->removeWidget( w ); + + // updates might be triggered by signals from the legend widget + // itself. So we better don't delete it here. + + w->hide(); + w->deleteLater(); + } + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040700 + widgetList.reserve( legendData.size() ); +#endif + + for ( int i = widgetList.size(); i < legendData.size(); i++ ) + { + QWidget *widget = createWidget( legendData[i] ); + + if ( contentsLayout ) + contentsLayout->addWidget( widget ); + + if ( isVisible() ) + { + // QLayout does a delayed show, with the effect, that + // the size hint will be wrong, when applications + // call replot() right after changing the list + // of plot items. So we better do the show now. + + widget->setVisible( true ); + } + + widgetList += widget; + } + + if ( widgetList.isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->itemMap.remove( itemInfo ); + } + else + { + d_data->itemMap.insert( itemInfo, widgetList ); + } + + updateTabOrder(); + } + + for ( int i = 0; i < legendData.size(); i++ ) + updateWidget( widgetList[i], legendData[i] ); +} + +/*! + \brief Create a widget to be inserted into the legend + + The default implementation returns a QwtLegendLabel. + + \param legendData Attributes of the legend entry + \return Widget representing data on the legend + + \note updateWidget() will called soon after createWidget() + with the same attributes. + */ +QWidget *QwtLegend::createWidget( const QwtLegendData &legendData ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( legendData ); + + QwtLegendLabel *label = new QwtLegendLabel(); + label->setItemMode( defaultItemMode() ); + + connect( label, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(itemClicked()) ); + connect( label, SIGNAL(checked(bool)), SLOT(itemChecked(bool)) ); + + return label; +} + +/*! + \brief Update the widget + + \param widget Usually a QwtLegendLabel + \param legendData Attributes to be displayed + + \sa createWidget() + \note When widget is no QwtLegendLabel updateWidget() does nothing. + */ +void QwtLegend::updateWidget( QWidget *widget, const QwtLegendData &legendData ) +{ + QwtLegendLabel *label = qobject_cast( widget ); + if ( label ) + { + label->setData( legendData ); + if ( !legendData.value( QwtLegendData::ModeRole ).isValid() ) + { + // use the default mode, when there is no specific + // hint from the legend data + + label->setItemMode( defaultItemMode() ); + } + } +} + +void QwtLegend::updateTabOrder() +{ + QLayout *contentsLayout = d_data->view->contentsWidget->layout(); + if ( contentsLayout ) + { + // set tab focus chain + + QWidget *w = NULL; + + for ( int i = 0; i < contentsLayout->count(); i++ ) + { + QLayoutItem *item = contentsLayout->itemAt( i ); + if ( w && item->widget() ) + QWidget::setTabOrder( w, item->widget() ); + + w = item->widget(); + } + } +} + +//! Return a size hint. +QSize QwtLegend::sizeHint() const +{ + QSize hint = d_data->view->contentsWidget->sizeHint(); + hint += QSize( 2 * frameWidth(), 2 * frameWidth() ); + + return hint; +} + +/*! + \return The preferred height, for a width. + \param width Width +*/ +int QwtLegend::heightForWidth( int width ) const +{ + width -= 2 * frameWidth(); + + int h = d_data->view->contentsWidget->heightForWidth( width ); + if ( h >= 0 ) + h += 2 * frameWidth(); + + return h; +} + + +/*! + Handle QEvent::ChildRemoved andQEvent::LayoutRequest events + for the contentsWidget(). + + \param object Object to be filtered + \param event Event + + \return Forwarded to QwtAbstractLegend::eventFilter() +*/ +bool QwtLegend::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( object == d_data->view->contentsWidget ) + { + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::ChildRemoved: + { + const QChildEvent *ce = + static_cast(event); + + if ( ce->child()->isWidgetType() ) + { + /* + We are called from the ~QObject and ce->child() is + no widget anymore. But all we need is the address + to remove it from the map. + */ + QWidget *w = reinterpret_cast< QWidget * >( ce->child() ); + d_data->itemMap.removeWidget( w ); + } + break; + } + case QEvent::LayoutRequest: + { + d_data->view->layoutContents(); + + if ( parentWidget() && parentWidget()->layout() == NULL ) + { + /* + We want the parent widget ( usually QwtPlot ) to recalculate + its layout, when the contentsWidget has changed. But + because of the scroll view we have to forward the LayoutRequest + event manually. + + We don't use updateGeometry() because it doesn't post LayoutRequest + events when the legend is hidden. But we want the + parent widget notified, so it can show/hide the legend + depending on its items. + */ + QApplication::postEvent( parentWidget(), + new QEvent( QEvent::LayoutRequest ) ); + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + } + + return QwtAbstractLegend::eventFilter( object, event ); +} + +/*! + Called internally when the legend has been clicked on. + Emits a clicked() signal. +*/ +void QwtLegend::itemClicked() +{ + QWidget *w = qobject_cast( sender() ); + if ( w ) + { + const QVariant itemInfo = d_data->itemMap.itemInfo( w ); + if ( itemInfo.isValid() ) + { + const QList widgetList = + d_data->itemMap.legendWidgets( itemInfo ); + + const int index = widgetList.indexOf( w ); + if ( index >= 0 ) + Q_EMIT clicked( itemInfo, index ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Called internally when the legend has been checked + Emits a checked() signal. +*/ +void QwtLegend::itemChecked( bool on ) +{ + QWidget *w = qobject_cast( sender() ); + if ( w ) + { + const QVariant itemInfo = d_data->itemMap.itemInfo( w ); + if ( itemInfo.isValid() ) + { + const QList widgetList = + d_data->itemMap.legendWidgets( itemInfo ); + + const int index = widgetList.indexOf( w ); + if ( index >= 0 ) + Q_EMIT checked( itemInfo, on, index ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Render the legend into a given rectangle. + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Bounding rectangle + \param fillBackground When true, fill rect with the widget background + + \sa renderLegend() is used by QwtPlotRenderer - not by QwtLegend itself +*/ +void QwtLegend::renderLegend( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, bool fillBackground ) const +{ + if ( d_data->itemMap.isEmpty() ) + return; + + if ( fillBackground ) + { + if ( autoFillBackground() || + testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QwtPainter::drawBackgound( painter, rect, this ); + } + } + + const QwtDynGridLayout *legendLayout = + qobject_cast( contentsWidget()->layout() ); + if ( legendLayout == NULL ) + return; + + int left, right, top, bottom; + getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); + + QRect layoutRect; + layoutRect.setLeft( qCeil( rect.left() ) + left ); + layoutRect.setTop( qCeil( rect.top() ) + top ); + layoutRect.setRight( qFloor( rect.right() ) - right ); + layoutRect.setBottom( qFloor( rect.bottom() ) - bottom ); + + uint numCols = legendLayout->columnsForWidth( layoutRect.width() ); + const QList itemRects = + legendLayout->layoutItems( layoutRect, numCols ); + + int index = 0; + + for ( int i = 0; i < legendLayout->count(); i++ ) + { + QLayoutItem *item = legendLayout->itemAt( i ); + QWidget *w = item->widget(); + if ( w ) + { + painter->save(); + + painter->setClipRect( itemRects[index], Qt::IntersectClip ); + renderItem( painter, w, itemRects[index], fillBackground ); + + index++; + painter->restore(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Render a legend entry into a given rectangle. + + \param painter Painter + \param widget Widget representing a legend entry + \param rect Bounding rectangle + \param fillBackground When true, fill rect with the widget background + + \note When widget is not derived from QwtLegendLabel renderItem + does nothing beside the background +*/ +void QwtLegend::renderItem( QPainter *painter, + const QWidget *widget, const QRectF &rect, bool fillBackground ) const +{ + if ( fillBackground ) + { + if ( widget->autoFillBackground() || + widget->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QwtPainter::drawBackgound( painter, rect, widget ); + } + } + + const QwtLegendLabel *label = qobject_cast( widget ); + if ( label ) + { + // icon + + const QwtGraphic &icon = label->data().icon(); + const QSizeF sz = icon.defaultSize(); + + const QRectF iconRect( rect.x() + label->margin(), + rect.center().y() - 0.5 * sz.height(), + sz.width(), sz.height() ); + + icon.render( painter, iconRect, Qt::KeepAspectRatio ); + + // title + + QRectF titleRect = rect; + titleRect.setX( iconRect.right() + 2 * label->spacing() ); + + QFont labelFont = label->font(); + labelFont.resolve( QFont::AllPropertiesResolved ); + + painter->setFont( labelFont ); + painter->setPen( label->palette().color( QPalette::Text ) ); + + const_cast< QwtLegendLabel *>( label )->drawText( painter, titleRect ); + } +} + +/*! + \return List of widgets associated to a item + \param itemInfo Info about an item + \sa legendWidget(), itemInfo(), QwtPlot::itemToInfo() + */ +QList QwtLegend::legendWidgets( const QVariant &itemInfo ) const +{ + return d_data->itemMap.legendWidgets( itemInfo ); +} + +/*! + \return First widget in the list of widgets associated to an item + \param itemInfo Info about an item + \sa itemInfo(), QwtPlot::itemToInfo() + \note Almost all types of items have only one widget +*/ +QWidget *QwtLegend::legendWidget( const QVariant &itemInfo ) const +{ + const QList list = d_data->itemMap.legendWidgets( itemInfo ); + if ( list.isEmpty() ) + return NULL; + + return list[0]; +} + +/*! + Find the item that is associated to a widget + + \param widget Widget on the legend + \return Associated item info + \sa legendWidget() + */ +QVariant QwtLegend::itemInfo( const QWidget *widget ) const +{ + return d_data->itemMap.itemInfo( widget ); +} + +//! \return True, when no item is inserted +bool QwtLegend::isEmpty() const +{ + return d_data->itemMap.isEmpty(); +} + +/*! + Return the extent, that is needed for the scrollbars + + \param orientation Orientation + \return The width of the vertical scrollbar for Qt::Horizontal and v.v. + */ +int QwtLegend::scrollExtent( Qt::Orientation orientation ) const +{ + int extent = 0; + + if ( orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) + extent = verticalScrollBar()->sizeHint().width(); + else + extent = horizontalScrollBar()->sizeHint().height(); + + return extent; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..112638d --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_LEGEND_H +#define QWT_LEGEND_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_legend.h" +#include + +class QScrollBar; + +/*! + \brief The legend widget + + The QwtLegend widget is a tabular arrangement of legend items. Legend + items might be any type of widget, but in general they will be + a QwtLegendLabel. + + \sa QwtLegendLabel, QwtPlotItem, QwtPlot +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtLegend : public QwtAbstractLegend +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + explicit QwtLegend( QWidget *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtLegend(); + + void setMaxColumns( uint numColums ); + uint maxColumns() const; + + void setDefaultItemMode( QwtLegendData::Mode ); + QwtLegendData::Mode defaultItemMode() const; + + QWidget *contentsWidget(); + const QWidget *contentsWidget() const; + + QWidget *legendWidget( const QVariant & ) const; + QList legendWidgets( const QVariant & ) const; + + QVariant itemInfo( const QWidget * ) const; + + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual int heightForWidth( int width ) const; + + QScrollBar *horizontalScrollBar() const; + QScrollBar *verticalScrollBar() const; + + virtual void renderLegend( QPainter *, + const QRectF &, bool fillBackground ) const; + + virtual void renderItem( QPainter *, + const QWidget *, const QRectF &, bool fillBackground ) const; + + virtual bool isEmpty() const; + virtual int scrollExtent( Qt::Orientation ) const; + +Q_SIGNALS: + /*! + A signal which is emitted when the user has clicked on + a legend label, which is in QwtLegendData::Clickable mode. + + \param itemInfo Info for the item item of the + selected legend item + \param index Index of the legend label in the list of widgets + that are associated with the plot item + + \note clicks are disabled as default + \sa setDefaultItemMode(), defaultItemMode(), QwtPlot::itemToInfo() + */ + void clicked( const QVariant &itemInfo, int index ); + + /*! + A signal which is emitted when the user has clicked on + a legend label, which is in QwtLegendData::Checkable mode + + \param itemInfo Info for the item of the + selected legend label + \param index Index of the legend label in the list of widgets + that are associated with the plot item + \param on True when the legend label is checked + + \note clicks are disabled as default + \sa setDefaultItemMode(), defaultItemMode(), QwtPlot::itemToInfo() + */ + void checked( const QVariant &itemInfo, bool on, int index ); + +public Q_SLOTS: + virtual void updateLegend( const QVariant &, + const QList & ); + +protected Q_SLOTS: + void itemClicked(); + void itemChecked( bool ); + +protected: + virtual QWidget *createWidget( const QwtLegendData & ) const; + virtual void updateWidget( QWidget *widget, const QwtLegendData & ); + +private: + void updateTabOrder(); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b53acd --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" + +//! Constructor +QwtLegendData::QwtLegendData() +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtLegendData::~QwtLegendData() +{ +} + +/*! + Set the legend attributes + + QwtLegendData actually is a QMap with some + convenience interfaces + + \param map Values + \sa values() + */ +void QwtLegendData::setValues( const QMap &map ) +{ + d_map = map; +} + +/*! + \return Legend attributes + \sa setValues() + */ +const QMap &QwtLegendData::values() const +{ + return d_map; +} + +/*! + \param role Attribute role + \return True, when the internal map has an entry for role + */ +bool QwtLegendData::hasRole( int role ) const +{ + return d_map.contains( role ); +} + +/*! + Set an attribute value + + \param role Attribute role + \param data Attribute value + + \sa value() + */ +void QwtLegendData::setValue( int role, const QVariant &data ) +{ + d_map[role] = data; +} + +/*! + \param role Attribute role + \return Attribute value for a specific role + */ +QVariant QwtLegendData::value( int role ) const +{ + if ( !d_map.contains( role ) ) + return QVariant(); + + return d_map[role]; +} + +//! \return True, when the internal map is empty +bool QwtLegendData::isValid() const +{ + return !d_map.isEmpty(); +} + +//! \return Value of the TitleRole attribute +QwtText QwtLegendData::title() const +{ + QwtText text; + + const QVariant titleValue = value( QwtLegendData::TitleRole ); + if ( titleValue.canConvert() ) + { + text = qvariant_cast( titleValue ); + } + else if ( titleValue.canConvert() ) + { + text.setText( qvariant_cast( titleValue ) ); + } + + return text; +} + +//! \return Value of the IconRole attribute +QwtGraphic QwtLegendData::icon() const +{ + const QVariant iconValue = value( QwtLegendData::IconRole ); + + QwtGraphic graphic; + if ( iconValue.canConvert() ) + { + graphic = qvariant_cast( iconValue ); + } + + return graphic; +} + +//! \return Value of the ModeRole attribute +QwtLegendData::Mode QwtLegendData::mode() const +{ + const QVariant modeValue = value( QwtLegendData::ModeRole ); + if ( modeValue.canConvert() ) + { + const int mode = qvariant_cast( modeValue ); + return static_cast( mode ); + } + + return QwtLegendData::ReadOnly; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a968b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_data.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_LEGEND_DATA_H +#define QWT_LEGEND_DATA_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_graphic.h" +#include +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief Attributes of an entry on a legend + + QwtLegendData is an abstract container ( like QAbstractModel ) + to exchange attributes, that are only known between to + the plot item and the legend. + + By overloading QwtPlotItem::legendData() any other set of attributes + could be used, that can be handled by a modified ( or completely + different ) implementation of a legend. + + \sa QwtLegend, QwtPlotLegendItem + \note The stockchart example implements a legend as a tree + with checkable items + */ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtLegendData +{ +public: + //! Mode defining how a legend entry interacts + enum Mode + { + //! The legend item is not interactive, like a label + ReadOnly, + + //! The legend item is clickable, like a push button + Clickable, + + //! The legend item is checkable, like a checkable button + Checkable + }; + + //! Identifier how to interprete a QVariant + enum Role + { + // The value is a Mode + ModeRole, + + // The value is a title + TitleRole, + + // The value is an icon + IconRole, + + // Values < UserRole are reserved for internal use + UserRole = 32 + }; + + QwtLegendData(); + ~QwtLegendData(); + + void setValues( const QMap & ); + const QMap &values() const; + + void setValue( int role, const QVariant & ); + QVariant value( int role ) const; + + bool hasRole( int role ) const; + bool isValid() const; + + QwtGraphic icon() const; + QwtText title() const; + Mode mode() const; + +private: + QMap d_map; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eb6f3e --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,421 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_legend_label.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_graphic.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static const int ButtonFrame = 2; +static const int Margin = 2; + +static QSize buttonShift( const QwtLegendLabel *w ) +{ + QStyleOption option; + option.init( w ); + + const int ph = w->style()->pixelMetric( + QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal, &option, w ); + const int pv = w->style()->pixelMetric( + QStyle::PM_ButtonShiftVertical, &option, w ); + return QSize( ph, pv ); +} + +class QwtLegendLabel::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + itemMode( QwtLegendData::ReadOnly ), + isDown( false ), + spacing( Margin ) + { + } + + QwtLegendData::Mode itemMode; + QwtLegendData legendData; + bool isDown; + + QPixmap icon; + + int spacing; +}; + +/*! + Set the attributes of the legend label + + \param legendData Attributes of the label + \sa data() + */ +void QwtLegendLabel::setData( const QwtLegendData &legendData ) +{ + d_data->legendData = legendData; + + const bool doUpdate = updatesEnabled(); + setUpdatesEnabled( false ); + + setText( legendData.title() ); + setIcon( legendData.icon().toPixmap() ); + + if ( legendData.hasRole( QwtLegendData::ModeRole ) ) + setItemMode( legendData.mode() ); + + if ( doUpdate ) + { + setUpdatesEnabled( true ); + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Attributes of the label + \sa setData(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() + */ +const QwtLegendData &QwtLegendLabel::data() const +{ + return d_data->legendData; +} + +/*! + \param parent Parent widget +*/ +QwtLegendLabel::QwtLegendLabel( QWidget *parent ): + QwtTextLabel( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + setMargin( Margin ); + setIndent( Margin ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtLegendLabel::~QwtLegendLabel() +{ + delete d_data; + d_data = NULL; +} + +/*! + Set the text to the legend item + + \param text Text label + \sa QwtTextLabel::text() +*/ +void QwtLegendLabel::setText( const QwtText &text ) +{ + const int flags = Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter + | Qt::TextExpandTabs | Qt::TextWordWrap; + + QwtText txt = text; + txt.setRenderFlags( flags ); + + QwtTextLabel::setText( txt ); +} + +/*! + Set the item mode + The default is QwtLegendData::ReadOnly + + \param mode Item mode + \sa itemMode() +*/ +void QwtLegendLabel::setItemMode( QwtLegendData::Mode mode ) +{ + if ( mode != d_data->itemMode ) + { + d_data->itemMode = mode; + d_data->isDown = false; + + setFocusPolicy( ( mode != QwtLegendData::ReadOnly ) + ? Qt::TabFocus : Qt::NoFocus ); + setMargin( ButtonFrame + Margin ); + + updateGeometry(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Item mode + \sa setItemMode() +*/ +QwtLegendData::Mode QwtLegendLabel::itemMode() const +{ + return d_data->itemMode; +} + +/*! + Assign the icon + + \param icon Pixmap representing a plot item + + \sa icon(), QwtPlotItem::legendIcon() +*/ +void QwtLegendLabel::setIcon( const QPixmap &icon ) +{ + d_data->icon = icon; + + int indent = margin() + d_data->spacing; + if ( icon.width() > 0 ) + indent += icon.width() + d_data->spacing; + + setIndent( indent ); +} + +/*! + \return Pixmap representing a plot item + \sa setIcon() +*/ +QPixmap QwtLegendLabel::icon() const +{ + return d_data->icon; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the spacing between icon and text + + \param spacing Spacing + \sa spacing(), QwtTextLabel::margin() +*/ +void QwtLegendLabel::setSpacing( int spacing ) +{ + spacing = qMax( spacing, 0 ); + if ( spacing != d_data->spacing ) + { + d_data->spacing = spacing; + + int indent = margin() + d_data->spacing; + if ( d_data->icon.width() > 0 ) + indent += d_data->icon.width() + d_data->spacing; + + setIndent( indent ); + } +} + +/*! + \return Spacing between icon and text + \sa setSpacing(), QwtTextLabel::margin() +*/ +int QwtLegendLabel::spacing() const +{ + return d_data->spacing; +} + +/*! + Check/Uncheck a the item + + \param on check/uncheck + \sa setItemMode() +*/ +void QwtLegendLabel::setChecked( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->itemMode == QwtLegendData::Checkable ) + { + const bool isBlocked = signalsBlocked(); + blockSignals( true ); + + setDown( on ); + + blockSignals( isBlocked ); + } +} + +//! Return true, if the item is checked +bool QwtLegendLabel::isChecked() const +{ + return d_data->itemMode == QwtLegendData::Checkable && isDown(); +} + +//! Set the item being down +void QwtLegendLabel::setDown( bool down ) +{ + if ( down == d_data->isDown ) + return; + + d_data->isDown = down; + update(); + + if ( d_data->itemMode == QwtLegendData::Clickable ) + { + if ( d_data->isDown ) + Q_EMIT pressed(); + else + { + Q_EMIT released(); + Q_EMIT clicked(); + } + } + + if ( d_data->itemMode == QwtLegendData::Checkable ) + Q_EMIT checked( d_data->isDown ); +} + +//! Return true, if the item is down +bool QwtLegendLabel::isDown() const +{ + return d_data->isDown; +} + +//! Return a size hint +QSize QwtLegendLabel::sizeHint() const +{ + QSize sz = QwtTextLabel::sizeHint(); + sz.setHeight( qMax( sz.height(), d_data->icon.height() + 4 ) ); + + if ( d_data->itemMode != QwtLegendData::ReadOnly ) + { + sz += buttonShift( this ); + sz = sz.expandedTo( QApplication::globalStrut() ); + } + + return sz; +} + +//! Paint event +void QwtLegendLabel::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *e ) +{ + const QRect cr = contentsRect(); + + QPainter painter( this ); + painter.setClipRegion( e->region() ); + + if ( d_data->isDown ) + { + qDrawWinButton( &painter, 0, 0, width(), height(), + palette(), true ); + } + + painter.save(); + + if ( d_data->isDown ) + { + const QSize shiftSize = buttonShift( this ); + painter.translate( shiftSize.width(), shiftSize.height() ); + } + + painter.setClipRect( cr ); + + drawContents( &painter ); + + if ( !d_data->icon.isNull() ) + { + QRect iconRect = cr; + iconRect.setX( iconRect.x() + margin() ); + if ( d_data->itemMode != QwtLegendData::ReadOnly ) + iconRect.setX( iconRect.x() + ButtonFrame ); + + iconRect.setSize( d_data->icon.size() ); + iconRect.moveCenter( QPoint( iconRect.center().x(), cr.center().y() ) ); + + painter.drawPixmap( iconRect, d_data->icon ); + } + + painter.restore(); +} + +//! Handle mouse press events +void QwtLegendLabel::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) + { + switch ( d_data->itemMode ) + { + case QwtLegendData::Clickable: + { + setDown( true ); + return; + } + case QwtLegendData::Checkable: + { + setDown( !isDown() ); + return; + } + default:; + } + } + QwtTextLabel::mousePressEvent( e ); +} + +//! Handle mouse release events +void QwtLegendLabel::mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->button() == Qt::LeftButton ) + { + switch ( d_data->itemMode ) + { + case QwtLegendData::Clickable: + { + setDown( false ); + return; + } + case QwtLegendData::Checkable: + { + return; // do nothing, but accept + } + default:; + } + } + QwtTextLabel::mouseReleaseEvent( e ); +} + +//! Handle key press events +void QwtLegendLabel::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Space ) + { + switch ( d_data->itemMode ) + { + case QwtLegendData::Clickable: + { + if ( !e->isAutoRepeat() ) + setDown( true ); + return; + } + case QwtLegendData::Checkable: + { + if ( !e->isAutoRepeat() ) + setDown( !isDown() ); + return; + } + default:; + } + } + + QwtTextLabel::keyPressEvent( e ); +} + +//! Handle key release events +void QwtLegendLabel::keyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->key() == Qt::Key_Space ) + { + switch ( d_data->itemMode ) + { + case QwtLegendData::Clickable: + { + if ( !e->isAutoRepeat() ) + setDown( false ); + return; + } + case QwtLegendData::Checkable: + { + return; // do nothing, but accept + } + default:; + } + } + + QwtTextLabel::keyReleaseEvent( e ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe07a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_legend_label.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_LEGEND_LABEL_H +#define QWT_LEGEND_LABEL_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_text_label.h" +#include + +class QwtLegendData; + +/*! + \brief A widget representing something on a QwtLegend. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtLegendLabel: public QwtTextLabel +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit QwtLegendLabel( QWidget *parent = 0 ); + virtual ~QwtLegendLabel(); + + void setData( const QwtLegendData & ); + const QwtLegendData &data() const; + + void setItemMode( QwtLegendData::Mode ); + QwtLegendData::Mode itemMode() const; + + void setSpacing( int spacing ); + int spacing() const; + + virtual void setText( const QwtText & ); + + void setIcon( const QPixmap & ); + QPixmap icon() const; + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + + bool isChecked() const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + void setChecked( bool on ); + +Q_SIGNALS: + //! Signal, when the legend item has been clicked + void clicked(); + + //! Signal, when the legend item has been pressed + void pressed(); + + //! Signal, when the legend item has been released + void released(); + + //! Signal, when the legend item has been toggled + void checked( bool ); + +protected: + void setDown( bool ); + bool isDown() const; + + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void keyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bcef0b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,492 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_magnifier.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtMagnifier::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + isEnabled( false ), + wheelFactor( 0.9 ), + wheelModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), + mouseFactor( 0.95 ), + mouseButton( Qt::RightButton ), + mouseButtonModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), + keyFactor( 0.9 ), + zoomInKey( Qt::Key_Plus ), + zoomInKeyModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), + zoomOutKey( Qt::Key_Minus ), + zoomOutKeyModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), + mousePressed( false ) + { + } + + bool isEnabled; + + double wheelFactor; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers wheelModifiers; + + double mouseFactor; + + Qt::MouseButton mouseButton; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers mouseButtonModifiers; + + double keyFactor; + + int zoomInKey; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers zoomInKeyModifiers; + + int zoomOutKey; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers zoomOutKeyModifiers; + + bool mousePressed; + bool hasMouseTracking; + QPoint mousePos; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param parent Widget to be magnified +*/ +QwtMagnifier::QwtMagnifier( QWidget *parent ): + QObject( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + setEnabled( true ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtMagnifier::~QwtMagnifier() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief En/disable the magnifier + + When enabled is true an event filter is installed for + the observed widget, otherwise the event filter is removed. + + \param on true or false + \sa isEnabled(), eventFilter() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setEnabled( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->isEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->isEnabled = on; + + QObject *o = parent(); + if ( o ) + { + if ( d_data->isEnabled ) + o->installEventFilter( this ); + else + o->removeEventFilter( this ); + } + } +} + +/*! + \return true when enabled, false otherwise + \sa setEnabled(), eventFilter() +*/ +bool QwtMagnifier::isEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->isEnabled; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the wheel factor + + The wheel factor defines the ratio between the current range + on the parent widget and the zoomed range for each step of the wheel. + + Use values > 1 for magnification (i.e. 2.0) and values < 1 for + scaling down (i.e. 1/2.0 = 0.5). You can use this feature for + inverting the direction of the wheel. + + The default value is 0.9. + + \param factor Wheel factor + \sa wheelFactor(), setWheelButtonState(), + setMouseFactor(), setKeyFactor() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setWheelFactor( double factor ) +{ + d_data->wheelFactor = factor; +} + +/*! + \return Wheel factor + \sa setWheelFactor() +*/ +double QwtMagnifier::wheelFactor() const +{ + return d_data->wheelFactor; +} + +/*! + Assign keyboard modifiers for zooming in/out using the wheel. + The default modifiers are Qt::NoModifiers. + + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + \sa wheelModifiers() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setWheelModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->wheelModifiers = modifiers; +} + +/*! + \return Wheel modifiers + \sa setWheelModifiers() +*/ +Qt::KeyboardModifiers QwtMagnifier::wheelModifiers() const +{ + return d_data->wheelModifiers; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the mouse factor + + The mouse factor defines the ratio between the current range + on the parent widget and the zoomed range for each vertical mouse movement. + The default value is 0.95. + + \param factor Wheel factor + \sa mouseFactor(), setMouseButton(), setWheelFactor(), setKeyFactor() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setMouseFactor( double factor ) +{ + d_data->mouseFactor = factor; +} + +/*! + \return Mouse factor + \sa setMouseFactor() +*/ +double QwtMagnifier::mouseFactor() const +{ + return d_data->mouseFactor; +} + +/*! + Assign the mouse button, that is used for zooming in/out. + The default value is Qt::RightButton. + + \param button Button + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + + \sa getMouseButton() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setMouseButton( + Qt::MouseButton button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->mouseButton = button; + d_data->mouseButtonModifiers = modifiers; +} + +//! \sa setMouseButton() +void QwtMagnifier::getMouseButton( + Qt::MouseButton &button, Qt::KeyboardModifiers &modifiers ) const +{ + button = d_data->mouseButton; + modifiers = d_data->mouseButtonModifiers; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the key factor + + The key factor defines the ratio between the current range + on the parent widget and the zoomed range for each key press of + the zoom in/out keys. The default value is 0.9. + + \param factor Key factor + \sa keyFactor(), setZoomInKey(), setZoomOutKey(), + setWheelFactor, setMouseFactor() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setKeyFactor( double factor ) +{ + d_data->keyFactor = factor; +} + +/*! + \return Key factor + \sa setKeyFactor() +*/ +double QwtMagnifier::keyFactor() const +{ + return d_data->keyFactor; +} + +/*! + Assign the key, that is used for zooming in. + The default combination is Qt::Key_Plus + Qt::NoModifier. + + \param key + \param modifiers + \sa getZoomInKey(), setZoomOutKey() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setZoomInKey( int key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->zoomInKey = key; + d_data->zoomInKeyModifiers = modifiers; +} + +/*! + \brief Retrieve the settings of the zoom in key + + \param key Key code, see Qt::Key + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + + \sa setZoomInKey() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::getZoomInKey( int &key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers &modifiers ) const +{ + key = d_data->zoomInKey; + modifiers = d_data->zoomInKeyModifiers; +} + +/*! + Assign the key, that is used for zooming out. + The default combination is Qt::Key_Minus + Qt::NoModifier. + + \param key + \param modifiers + \sa getZoomOutKey(), setZoomOutKey() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::setZoomOutKey( int key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->zoomOutKey = key; + d_data->zoomOutKeyModifiers = modifiers; +} + +/*! + \brief Retrieve the settings of the zoom out key + + \param key Key code, see Qt::Key + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers + + \sa setZoomOutKey() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::getZoomOutKey( int &key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers &modifiers ) const +{ + key = d_data->zoomOutKey; + modifiers = d_data->zoomOutKeyModifiers; +} + +/*! + \brief Event filter + + When isEnabled() is true, the mouse events of the + observed widget are filtered. + + \param object Object to be filtered + \param event Event + + \return Forwarded to QObject::eventFilter() + + \sa widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseMoveEvent(), widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent() + widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +bool QwtMagnifier::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( object && object == parent() ) + { + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + widgetMousePressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + { + widgetMouseMoveEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + widgetMouseReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + widgetWheelEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + widgetKeyPressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyRelease: + { + widgetKeyReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + default:; + } + } + return QObject::eventFilter( object, event ); +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse press event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( parentWidget() == NULL ) + return; + + if ( ( mouseEvent->button() != d_data->mouseButton ) || + ( mouseEvent->modifiers() != d_data->mouseButtonModifiers ) ) + { + return; + } + + d_data->hasMouseTracking = parentWidget()->hasMouseTracking(); + + parentWidget()->setMouseTracking( true ); + d_data->mousePos = mouseEvent->pos(); + d_data->mousePressed = true; +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse release event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( mouseEvent ); + + if ( d_data->mousePressed && parentWidget() ) + { + d_data->mousePressed = false; + parentWidget()->setMouseTracking( d_data->hasMouseTracking ); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse move event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( !d_data->mousePressed ) + return; + + const int dy = mouseEvent->pos().y() - d_data->mousePos.y(); + if ( dy != 0 ) + { + double f = d_data->mouseFactor; + if ( dy < 0 ) + f = 1 / f; + + rescale( f ); + } + + d_data->mousePos = mouseEvent->pos(); +} + +/*! + Handle a wheel event for the observed widget. + + \param wheelEvent Wheel event + \sa eventFilter() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetWheelEvent( QWheelEvent *wheelEvent ) +{ + if ( wheelEvent->modifiers() != d_data->wheelModifiers ) + { + return; + } + + if ( d_data->wheelFactor != 0.0 ) + { + /* + A positive delta indicates that the wheel was + rotated forwards away from the user; a negative + value indicates that the wheel was rotated + backwards toward the user. + Most mouse types work in steps of 15 degrees, + in which case the delta value is a multiple + of 120 (== 15 * 8). + */ + double f = qPow( d_data->wheelFactor, + qAbs( wheelEvent->delta() / 120.0 ) ); + + if ( wheelEvent->delta() > 0 ) + f = 1 / f; + + rescale( f ); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a key press event for the observed widget. + + \param keyEvent Key event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + if ( keyEvent->key() == d_data->zoomInKey && + keyEvent->modifiers() == d_data->zoomInKeyModifiers ) + { + rescale( d_data->keyFactor ); + } + else if ( keyEvent->key() == d_data->zoomOutKey && + keyEvent->modifiers() == d_data->zoomOutKeyModifiers ) + { + rescale( 1.0 / d_data->keyFactor ); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a key release event for the observed widget. + + \param keyEvent Key event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtMagnifier::widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( keyEvent ); +} + +//! \return Parent widget, where the rescaling happens +QWidget *QwtMagnifier::parentWidget() +{ + return qobject_cast( parent() ); +} + +//! \return Parent widget, where the rescaling happens +const QWidget *QwtMagnifier::parentWidget() const +{ + return qobject_cast( parent() ); +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48e8ed8 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_magnifier.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_MAGNIFIER_H +#define QWT_MAGNIFIER_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QWidget; +class QMouseEvent; +class QWheelEvent; +class QKeyEvent; + +/*! + \brief QwtMagnifier provides zooming, by magnifying in steps. + + Using QwtMagnifier a plot can be zoomed in/out in steps using + keys, the mouse wheel or moving a mouse button in vertical direction. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtMagnifier: public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + explicit QwtMagnifier( QWidget * ); + virtual ~QwtMagnifier(); + + QWidget *parentWidget(); + const QWidget *parentWidget() const; + + void setEnabled( bool ); + bool isEnabled() const; + + // mouse + void setMouseFactor( double ); + double mouseFactor() const; + + void setMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton, Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + void getMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton &, Qt::KeyboardModifiers & ) const; + + // mouse wheel + void setWheelFactor( double ); + double wheelFactor() const; + + void setWheelModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers ); + Qt::KeyboardModifiers wheelModifiers() const; + + // keyboard + void setKeyFactor( double ); + double keyFactor() const; + + void setZoomInKey( int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + void getZoomInKey( int &key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers & ) const; + + void setZoomOutKey( int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + void getZoomOutKey( int &key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers & ) const; + + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + +protected: + /*! + Rescale the parent widget + \param factor Scale factor + */ + virtual void rescale( double factor ) = 0; + + virtual void widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetWheelEvent( QWheelEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e898c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_math.h" + +/*! + \brief Find the smallest value in an array + \param array Pointer to an array + \param size Array size +*/ +double qwtGetMin( const double *array, int size ) +{ + if ( size <= 0 ) + return 0.0; + + double rv = array[0]; + for ( int i = 1; i < size; i++ ) + rv = qMin( rv, array[i] ); + + return rv; +} + + +/*! + \brief Find the largest value in an array + \param array Pointer to an array + \param size Array size +*/ +double qwtGetMax( const double *array, int size ) +{ + if ( size <= 0 ) + return 0.0; + + double rv = array[0]; + for ( int i = 1; i < size; i++ ) + rv = qMax( rv, array[i] ); + + return rv; +} + +/*! + \brief Normalize an angle to be int the range [0.0, 2 * PI[ + \param radians Angle in radians + \return Normalized angle in radians +*/ +double qwtNormalizeRadians( double radians ) +{ + double a = ::fmod( radians, 2.0 * M_PI ); + if ( a < 0.0 ) + a += 2.0 * M_PI; + + return a; + +} + +/*! + \brief Normalize an angle to be int the range [0.0, 360.0[ + \param radians Angle in degrees + \return Normalized angle in degrees +*/ +double qwtNormalizeDegrees( double degrees ) +{ + double a = ::fmod( degrees, 360.0 ); + if ( a < 0.0 ) + a += 360.0; + + return a; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39a3c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_math.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_MATH_H +#define QWT_MATH_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +/* + Microsoft says: + + Define _USE_MATH_DEFINES before including math.h to expose these macro + definitions for common math constants. These are placed under an #ifdef + since these commonly-defined names are not part of the C/C++ standards. +*/ +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES 1 +#endif + +#include +#include "qwt_global.h" + +#ifndef M_PI_2 +// For Qt <= 4.8.4 M_PI_2 is not known by MinGW-w64 +// when compiling with -std=c++11 +#define M_PI_2 (1.57079632679489661923) +#endif + +#ifndef LOG_MIN +//! Minimum value for logarithmic scales +#define LOG_MIN 1.0e-100 +#endif + +#ifndef LOG_MAX +//! Maximum value for logarithmic scales +#define LOG_MAX 1.0e100 +#endif + +QWT_EXPORT double qwtGetMin( const double *array, int size ); +QWT_EXPORT double qwtGetMax( const double *array, int size ); + +QWT_EXPORT double qwtNormalizeRadians( double radians ); +QWT_EXPORT double qwtNormalizeDegrees( double degrees ); + +/*! + \brief Compare 2 values, relative to an interval + + Values are "equal", when : + \f$\cdot value2 - value1 <= abs(intervalSize * 10e^{-6})\f$ + + \param value1 First value to compare + \param value2 Second value to compare + \param intervalSize interval size + + \return 0: if equal, -1: if value2 > value1, 1: if value1 > value2 +*/ +inline int qwtFuzzyCompare( double value1, double value2, double intervalSize ) +{ + const double eps = qAbs( 1.0e-6 * intervalSize ); + + if ( value2 - value1 > eps ) + return -1; + + if ( value1 - value2 > eps ) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + + +inline bool qwtFuzzyGreaterOrEqual( double d1, double d2 ) +{ + return ( d1 >= d2 ) || qFuzzyCompare( d1, d2 ); +} + +inline bool qwtFuzzyLessOrEqual( double d1, double d2 ) +{ + return ( d1 <= d2 ) || qFuzzyCompare( d1, d2 ); +} + +//! Return the sign +inline int qwtSign( double x ) +{ + if ( x > 0.0 ) + return 1; + else if ( x < 0.0 ) + return ( -1 ); + else + return 0; +} + +//! Return the square of a number +inline double qwtSqr( double x ) +{ + return x * x; +} + +//! Approximation of arc tangent ( error below 0,005 radians ) +inline double qwtFastAtan( double x ) +{ + if ( x < -1.0 ) + return -M_PI_2 - x / ( x * x + 0.28 ); + + if ( x > 1.0 ) + return M_PI_2 - x / ( x * x + 0.28 ); + + return x / ( 1.0 + x * x * 0.28 ); +} + +//! Approximation of arc tangent ( error below 0,005 radians ) +inline double qwtFastAtan2( double y, double x ) +{ + if ( x > 0 ) + return qwtFastAtan( y / x ); + + if ( x < 0 ) + { + const double d = qwtFastAtan( y / x ); + return ( y >= 0 ) ? d + M_PI : d - M_PI; + } + + if ( y < 0.0 ) + return -M_PI_2; + + if ( y > 0.0 ) + return M_PI_2; + + return 0.0; +} + +//! Translate degrees into radians +inline double qwtRadians( double degrees ) +{ + return degrees * M_PI / 180.0; +} + +//! Translate radians into degrees +inline double qwtDegrees( double degrees ) +{ + return degrees * 180.0 / M_PI; +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..129f92a --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_matrix_raster_data.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtMatrixRasterData::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + resampleMode(QwtMatrixRasterData::NearestNeighbour), + numColumns(0) + { + } + + inline double value(int row, int col) const + { + return values.data()[ row * numColumns + col ]; + } + + QwtMatrixRasterData::ResampleMode resampleMode; + + QVector values; + int numColumns; + int numRows; + + double dx; + double dy; +}; + +//! Constructor +QwtMatrixRasterData::QwtMatrixRasterData() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + update(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtMatrixRasterData::~QwtMatrixRasterData() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the resampling algorithm + + \param mode Resampling mode + \sa resampleMode(), value() +*/ +void QwtMatrixRasterData::setResampleMode( ResampleMode mode ) +{ + d_data->resampleMode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return resampling algorithm + \sa setResampleMode(), value() +*/ +QwtMatrixRasterData::ResampleMode QwtMatrixRasterData::resampleMode() const +{ + return d_data->resampleMode; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign the bounding interval for an axis + + Setting the bounding intervals for the X/Y axis is mandatory + to define the positions for the values of the value matrix. + The interval in Z direction defines the possible range for + the values in the matrix, what is f.e used by QwtPlotSpectrogram + to map values to colors. The Z-interval might be the bounding + interval of the values in the matrix, but usually it isn't. + ( f.e a interval of 0.0-100.0 for values in percentage ) + + \param axis X, Y or Z axis + \param interval Interval + + \sa QwtRasterData::interval(), setValueMatrix() +*/ +void QwtMatrixRasterData::setInterval( + Qt::Axis axis, const QwtInterval &interval ) +{ + QwtRasterData::setInterval( axis, interval ); + update(); +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a value matrix + + The positions of the values are calculated by dividing + the bounding rectangle of the X/Y intervals into equidistant + rectangles ( pixels ). Each value corresponds to the center of + a pixel. + + \param values Vector of values + \param numColumns Number of columns + + \sa valueMatrix(), numColumns(), numRows(), setInterval()() +*/ +void QwtMatrixRasterData::setValueMatrix( + const QVector &values, int numColumns ) +{ + d_data->values = values; + d_data->numColumns = qMax( numColumns, 0 ); + update(); +} + +/*! + \return Value matrix + \sa setValueMatrix(), numColumns(), numRows(), setInterval() +*/ +const QVector QwtMatrixRasterData::valueMatrix() const +{ + return d_data->values; +} + +/*! + \brief Change a single value in the matrix + + \param row Row index + \param col Column index + \param value New value + + \sa value(), setValueMatrix() +*/ +void QwtMatrixRasterData::setValue( int row, int col, double value ) +{ + if ( row >= 0 && row < d_data->numRows && + col >= 0 && col < d_data->numColumns ) + { + const int index = row * d_data->numColumns + col; + d_data->values.data()[ index ] = value; + } +} + +/*! + \return Number of columns of the value matrix + \sa valueMatrix(), numRows(), setValueMatrix() +*/ +int QwtMatrixRasterData::numColumns() const +{ + return d_data->numColumns; +} + +/*! + \return Number of rows of the value matrix + \sa valueMatrix(), numColumns(), setValueMatrix() +*/ +int QwtMatrixRasterData::numRows() const +{ + return d_data->numRows; +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the pixel hint + + pixelHint() returns the geometry of a pixel, that can be used + to calculate the resolution and alignment of the plot item, that is + representing the data. + + - NearestNeighbour\n + pixelHint() returns the surrounding pixel of the top left value + in the matrix. + + - BilinearInterpolation\n + Returns an empty rectangle recommending + to render in target device ( f.e. screen ) resolution. + + \param area Requested area, ignored + \return Calculated hint + + \sa ResampleMode, setMatrix(), setInterval() +*/ +QRectF QwtMatrixRasterData::pixelHint( const QRectF &area ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( area ) + + QRectF rect; + if ( d_data->resampleMode == NearestNeighbour ) + { + const QwtInterval intervalX = interval( Qt::XAxis ); + const QwtInterval intervalY = interval( Qt::YAxis ); + if ( intervalX.isValid() && intervalY.isValid() ) + { + rect = QRectF( intervalX.minValue(), intervalY.minValue(), + d_data->dx, d_data->dy ); + } + } + + return rect; +} + +/*! + \return the value at a raster position + + \param x X value in plot coordinates + \param y Y value in plot coordinates + + \sa ResampleMode +*/ +double QwtMatrixRasterData::value( double x, double y ) const +{ + const QwtInterval xInterval = interval( Qt::XAxis ); + const QwtInterval yInterval = interval( Qt::YAxis ); + + if ( !( xInterval.contains(x) && yInterval.contains(y) ) ) + return qQNaN(); + + double value; + + switch( d_data->resampleMode ) + { + case BilinearInterpolation: + { + int col1 = qRound( (x - xInterval.minValue() ) / d_data->dx ) - 1; + int row1 = qRound( (y - yInterval.minValue() ) / d_data->dy ) - 1; + int col2 = col1 + 1; + int row2 = row1 + 1; + + if ( col1 < 0 ) + col1 = col2; + else if ( col2 >= static_cast( d_data->numColumns ) ) + col2 = col1; + + if ( row1 < 0 ) + row1 = row2; + else if ( row2 >= static_cast( d_data->numRows ) ) + row2 = row1; + + const double v11 = d_data->value( row1, col1 ); + const double v21 = d_data->value( row1, col2 ); + const double v12 = d_data->value( row2, col1 ); + const double v22 = d_data->value( row2, col2 ); + + const double x2 = xInterval.minValue() + + ( col2 + 0.5 ) * d_data->dx; + const double y2 = yInterval.minValue() + + ( row2 + 0.5 ) * d_data->dy; + + const double rx = ( x2 - x ) / d_data->dx; + const double ry = ( y2 - y ) / d_data->dy; + + const double vr1 = rx * v11 + ( 1.0 - rx ) * v21; + const double vr2 = rx * v12 + ( 1.0 - rx ) * v22; + + value = ry * vr1 + ( 1.0 - ry ) * vr2; + + break; + } + case NearestNeighbour: + default: + { + int row = int( (y - yInterval.minValue() ) / d_data->dy ); + int col = int( (x - xInterval.minValue() ) / d_data->dx ); + + // In case of intervals, where the maximum is included + // we get out of bound for row/col, when the value for the + // maximum is requested. Instead we return the value + // from the last row/col + + if ( row >= d_data->numRows ) + row = d_data->numRows - 1; + + if ( col >= d_data->numColumns ) + col = d_data->numColumns - 1; + + value = d_data->value( row, col ); + } + } + + return value; +} + +void QwtMatrixRasterData::update() +{ + d_data->numRows = 0; + d_data->dx = 0.0; + d_data->dy = 0.0; + + if ( d_data->numColumns > 0 ) + { + d_data->numRows = d_data->values.size() / d_data->numColumns; + + const QwtInterval xInterval = interval( Qt::XAxis ); + const QwtInterval yInterval = interval( Qt::YAxis ); + if ( xInterval.isValid() ) + d_data->dx = xInterval.width() / d_data->numColumns; + if ( yInterval.isValid() ) + d_data->dy = yInterval.width() / d_data->numRows; + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf58c12 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_matrix_raster_data.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_MATRIX_RASTER_DATA_H +#define QWT_MATRIX_RASTER_DATA_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_raster_data.h" +#include + +/*! + \brief A class representing a matrix of values as raster data + + QwtMatrixRasterData implements an interface for a matrix of + equidistant values, that can be used by a QwtPlotRasterItem. + It implements a couple of resampling algorithms, to provide + values for positions, that or not on the value matrix. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtMatrixRasterData: public QwtRasterData +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Resampling algorithm + The default setting is NearestNeighbour; + */ + enum ResampleMode + { + /*! + Return the value from the matrix, that is nearest to the + the requested position. + */ + NearestNeighbour, + + /*! + Interpolate the value from the distances and values of the + 4 surrounding values in the matrix, + */ + BilinearInterpolation + }; + + QwtMatrixRasterData(); + virtual ~QwtMatrixRasterData(); + + void setResampleMode(ResampleMode mode); + ResampleMode resampleMode() const; + + virtual void setInterval( Qt::Axis, const QwtInterval & ); + + void setValueMatrix( const QVector &values, int numColumns ); + const QVector valueMatrix() const; + + void setValue( int row, int col, double value ); + + int numColumns() const; + int numRows() const; + + virtual QRectF pixelHint( const QRectF & ) const; + + virtual double value( double x, double y ) const; + +private: + void update(); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6450139 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,595 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_null_paintdevice.h" +#include +#include +#include "qpainterpath.h" +#include "qpainter.h" + +class QwtNullPaintDevice::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + mode( QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + } + + QwtNullPaintDevice::Mode mode; +}; + +class QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine: public QPaintEngine +{ +public: + PaintEngine(); + + virtual bool begin( QPaintDevice * ); + virtual bool end(); + + virtual Type type () const; + virtual void updateState(const QPaintEngineState &); + + virtual void drawRects(const QRect *, int ); + virtual void drawRects(const QRectF *, int ); + + virtual void drawLines(const QLine *, int ); + virtual void drawLines(const QLineF *, int ); + + virtual void drawEllipse(const QRectF &); + virtual void drawEllipse(const QRect &); + + virtual void drawPath(const QPainterPath &); + + virtual void drawPoints(const QPointF *, int ); + virtual void drawPoints(const QPoint *, int ); + + virtual void drawPolygon(const QPointF *, int , PolygonDrawMode ); + virtual void drawPolygon(const QPoint *, int , PolygonDrawMode ); + + virtual void drawPixmap(const QRectF &, + const QPixmap &, const QRectF &); + + virtual void drawTextItem(const QPointF &, const QTextItem &); + + virtual void drawTiledPixmap(const QRectF &, + const QPixmap &, const QPointF &s); + + virtual void drawImage(const QRectF &, + const QImage &, const QRectF &, Qt::ImageConversionFlags ); + +private: + QwtNullPaintDevice *nullDevice(); +}; + +QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::PaintEngine(): + QPaintEngine( QPaintEngine::AllFeatures ) +{ +} + +bool QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::begin( QPaintDevice * ) +{ + setActive( true ); + return true; +} + +bool QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::end() +{ + setActive( false ); + return true; +} + +QPaintEngine::Type QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::type() const +{ + return QPaintEngine::User; +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawRects( + const QRect *rects, int rectCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawRects( rects, rectCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawRects( rects, rectCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawRects( + const QRectF *rects, int rectCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawRects( rects, rectCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawRects( rects, rectCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawLines( + const QLine *lines, int lineCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawLines( lines, lineCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawLines( lines, lineCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawLines( + const QLineF *lines, int lineCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawLines( lines, lineCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawLines( lines, lineCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawEllipse( + const QRectF &rect) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawEllipse( rect ); + return; + } + + device->drawEllipse( rect ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawEllipse( + const QRect &rect) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawEllipse( rect ); + return; + } + + device->drawEllipse( rect ); +} + + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPath( + const QPainterPath &path) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + device->drawPath( path ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPoints( + const QPointF *points, int pointCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawPoints( points, pointCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawPoints( points, pointCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPoints( + const QPoint *points, int pointCount) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawPoints( points, pointCount ); + return; + } + + device->drawPoints( points, pointCount ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPolygon( + const QPointF *points, int pointCount, PolygonDrawMode mode) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() == QwtNullPaintDevice::PathMode ) + { + QPainterPath path; + + if ( pointCount > 0 ) + { + path.moveTo( points[0] ); + for ( int i = 1; i < pointCount; i++ ) + path.lineTo( points[i] ); + + if ( mode != PolylineMode ) + path.closeSubpath(); + } + + device->drawPath( path ); + return; + } + + device->drawPolygon( points, pointCount, mode ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPolygon( + const QPoint *points, int pointCount, PolygonDrawMode mode) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() == QwtNullPaintDevice::PathMode ) + { + QPainterPath path; + + if ( pointCount > 0 ) + { + path.moveTo( points[0] ); + for ( int i = 1; i < pointCount; i++ ) + path.lineTo( points[i] ); + + if ( mode != PolylineMode ) + path.closeSubpath(); + } + + device->drawPath( path ); + return; + } + + device->drawPolygon( points, pointCount, mode ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawPixmap( + const QRectF &rect, const QPixmap &pm, const QRectF &subRect ) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + device->drawPixmap( rect, pm, subRect ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawTextItem( + const QPointF &pos, const QTextItem &textItem) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawTextItem( pos, textItem ); + return; + } + + device->drawTextItem( pos, textItem ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawTiledPixmap( + const QRectF &rect, const QPixmap &pixmap, + const QPointF &subRect) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + if ( device->mode() != QwtNullPaintDevice::NormalMode ) + { + QPaintEngine::drawTiledPixmap( rect, pixmap, subRect ); + return; + } + + device->drawTiledPixmap( rect, pixmap, subRect ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::drawImage( + const QRectF &rect, const QImage &image, + const QRectF &subRect, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + device->drawImage( rect, image, subRect, flags ); +} + +void QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::updateState( + const QPaintEngineState &engineState) +{ + QwtNullPaintDevice *device = nullDevice(); + if ( device == NULL ) + return; + + device->updateState( engineState ); +} + +inline QwtNullPaintDevice *QwtNullPaintDevice::PaintEngine::nullDevice() +{ + if ( !isActive() ) + return NULL; + + return static_cast( paintDevice() ); +} + +//! Constructor +QwtNullPaintDevice::QwtNullPaintDevice(): + d_engine( NULL ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtNullPaintDevice::~QwtNullPaintDevice() +{ + delete d_engine; + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the render mode + + \param mode New mode + \sa mode() + */ +void QwtNullPaintDevice::setMode( Mode mode ) +{ + d_data->mode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return Render mode + \sa setMode() +*/ +QwtNullPaintDevice::Mode QwtNullPaintDevice::mode() const +{ + return d_data->mode; +} + +//! See QPaintDevice::paintEngine() +QPaintEngine *QwtNullPaintDevice::paintEngine() const +{ + if ( d_engine == NULL ) + { + QwtNullPaintDevice *that = + const_cast< QwtNullPaintDevice * >( this ); + + that->d_engine = new PaintEngine(); + } + + return d_engine; +} + +/*! + See QPaintDevice::metric() + + \param deviceMetric Type of metric + \return Metric information for the given paint device metric. + + \sa sizeMetrics() +*/ +int QwtNullPaintDevice::metric( PaintDeviceMetric deviceMetric ) const +{ + int value; + + switch ( deviceMetric ) + { + case PdmWidth: + { + value = sizeMetrics().width(); + break; + } + case PdmHeight: + { + value = sizeMetrics().height(); + break; + } + case PdmNumColors: + { + value = 0xffffffff; + break; + } + case PdmDepth: + { + value = 32; + break; + } + case PdmPhysicalDpiX: + case PdmPhysicalDpiY: + case PdmDpiY: + case PdmDpiX: + { + value = 72; + break; + } + case PdmWidthMM: + { + value = qRound( metric( PdmWidth ) * 25.4 / metric( PdmDpiX ) ); + break; + } + case PdmHeightMM: + { + value = qRound( metric( PdmHeight ) * 25.4 / metric( PdmDpiY ) ); + break; + } + default: + value = 0; + } + return value; + +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawRects() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawRects( + const QRect *rects, int rectCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rects); + Q_UNUSED(rectCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawRects() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawRects( + const QRectF *rects, int rectCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rects); + Q_UNUSED(rectCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawLines() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawLines( + const QLine *lines, int lineCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(lines); + Q_UNUSED(lineCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawLines() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawLines( + const QLineF *lines, int lineCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(lines); + Q_UNUSED(lineCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawEllipse() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawEllipse( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rect); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawEllipse() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawEllipse( const QRect &rect ) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rect); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPath() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPath( const QPainterPath &path ) +{ + Q_UNUSED(path); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPoints() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPoints( + const QPointF *points, int pointCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(points); + Q_UNUSED(pointCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPoints() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPoints( + const QPoint *points, int pointCount) +{ + Q_UNUSED(points); + Q_UNUSED(pointCount); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPolygon() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPolygon( + const QPointF *points, int pointCount, + QPaintEngine::PolygonDrawMode mode) +{ + Q_UNUSED(points); + Q_UNUSED(pointCount); + Q_UNUSED(mode); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPolygon() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPolygon( + const QPoint *points, int pointCount, + QPaintEngine::PolygonDrawMode mode) +{ + Q_UNUSED(points); + Q_UNUSED(pointCount); + Q_UNUSED(mode); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawPixmap() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawPixmap( const QRectF &rect, + const QPixmap &pm, const QRectF &subRect ) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rect); + Q_UNUSED(pm); + Q_UNUSED(subRect); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawTextItem() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawTextItem( + const QPointF &pos, const QTextItem &textItem) +{ + Q_UNUSED(pos); + Q_UNUSED(textItem); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawTiledPixmap() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawTiledPixmap( + const QRectF &rect, const QPixmap &pixmap, + const QPointF &subRect) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rect); + Q_UNUSED(pixmap); + Q_UNUSED(subRect); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::drawImage() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::drawImage( + const QRectF &rect, const QImage &image, + const QRectF &subRect, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags) +{ + Q_UNUSED(rect); + Q_UNUSED(image); + Q_UNUSED(subRect); + Q_UNUSED(flags); +} + +//! See QPaintEngine::updateState() +void QwtNullPaintDevice::updateState( + const QPaintEngineState &state ) +{ + Q_UNUSED(state); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4e9cad --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_null_paintdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_NULL_PAINT_DEVICE_H +#define QWT_NULL_PAINT_DEVICE_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief A null paint device doing nothing + + Sometimes important layout/rendering geometries are not + available or changeable from the public Qt class interface. + ( f.e hidden in the style implementation ). + + QwtNullPaintDevice can be used to manipulate or filter out + this information by analyzing the stream of paint primitives. + + F.e. QwtNullPaintDevice is used by QwtPlotCanvas to identify + styled backgrounds with rounded corners. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtNullPaintDevice: public QPaintDevice +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Render mode + + \sa setMode(), mode() + */ + enum Mode + { + /*! + All vector graphic primitives are painted by + the corresponding draw methods + */ + NormalMode, + + /*! + Vector graphic primitives ( beside polygons ) are mapped to a QPainterPath + and are painted by drawPath. In PathMode mode + only a few draw methods are called: + + - drawPath() + - drawPixmap() + - drawImage() + - drawPolygon() + */ + PolygonPathMode, + + /*! + Vector graphic primitives are mapped to a QPainterPath + and are painted by drawPath. In PathMode mode + only a few draw methods are called: + + - drawPath() + - drawPixmap() + - drawImage() + */ + PathMode + }; + + QwtNullPaintDevice(); + virtual ~QwtNullPaintDevice(); + + void setMode( Mode ); + Mode mode() const; + + virtual QPaintEngine *paintEngine() const; + + virtual int metric( PaintDeviceMetric ) const; + + virtual void drawRects(const QRect *, int ); + virtual void drawRects(const QRectF *, int ); + + virtual void drawLines(const QLine *, int ); + virtual void drawLines(const QLineF *, int ); + + virtual void drawEllipse(const QRectF &); + virtual void drawEllipse(const QRect &); + + virtual void drawPath(const QPainterPath &); + + virtual void drawPoints(const QPointF *, int ); + virtual void drawPoints(const QPoint *, int ); + + virtual void drawPolygon( + const QPointF *, int , QPaintEngine::PolygonDrawMode ); + + virtual void drawPolygon( + const QPoint *, int , QPaintEngine::PolygonDrawMode ); + + virtual void drawPixmap(const QRectF &, + const QPixmap &, const QRectF &); + + virtual void drawTextItem(const QPointF &, const QTextItem &); + + virtual void drawTiledPixmap(const QRectF &, + const QPixmap &, const QPointF & ); + + virtual void drawImage(const QRectF &, + const QImage &, const QRectF &, Qt::ImageConversionFlags ); + + virtual void updateState( const QPaintEngineState & ); + +protected: + //! \return Size needed to implement metric() + virtual QSize sizeMetrics() const = 0; + +private: + class PaintEngine; + PaintEngine *d_engine; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87883cc --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1312 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_clipper.h" +#include "qwt_color_map.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 +#include +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 + +#ifdef Q_WS_X11 +#include +#endif + +#endif + +bool QwtPainter::d_polylineSplitting = true; +bool QwtPainter::d_roundingAlignment = true; + +static inline bool qwtIsClippingNeeded( + const QPainter *painter, QRectF &clipRect ) +{ + bool doClipping = false; + const QPaintEngine *pe = painter->paintEngine(); + if ( pe && pe->type() == QPaintEngine::SVG ) + { + // The SVG paint engine ignores any clipping, + + if ( painter->hasClipping() ) + { + doClipping = true; + clipRect = painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + } + } + + return doClipping; +} + +template +static inline void qwtDrawPolyline( QPainter *painter, + const T *points, int pointCount, bool polylineSplitting ) +{ + bool doSplit = false; + if ( polylineSplitting ) + { + const QPaintEngine *pe = painter->paintEngine(); + if ( pe && pe->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster ) + { + /* + The raster paint engine seems to use some algo with O(n*n). + ( Qt 4.3 is better than Qt 4.2, but remains unacceptable) + To work around this problem, we have to split the polygon into + smaller pieces. + */ + doSplit = true; + } + } + + if ( doSplit ) + { + const int splitSize = 6; + + for ( int i = 0; i < pointCount; i += splitSize ) + { + const int n = qMin( splitSize + 1, pointCount - i ); + painter->drawPolyline( points + i, n ); + } + } + else + { + painter->drawPolyline( points, pointCount ); + } +} + +static inline QSize qwtScreenResolution() +{ + static QSize screenResolution; + if ( !screenResolution.isValid() ) + { + QDesktopWidget *desktop = QApplication::desktop(); + if ( desktop ) + { + screenResolution.setWidth( desktop->logicalDpiX() ); + screenResolution.setHeight( desktop->logicalDpiY() ); + } + } + + return screenResolution; +} + +static inline void qwtUnscaleFont( QPainter *painter ) +{ + if ( painter->font().pixelSize() >= 0 ) + return; + + const QSize screenResolution = qwtScreenResolution(); + + const QPaintDevice *pd = painter->device(); + if ( pd->logicalDpiX() != screenResolution.width() || + pd->logicalDpiY() != screenResolution.height() ) + { + QFont pixelFont( painter->font(), QApplication::desktop() ); + pixelFont.setPixelSize( QFontInfo( pixelFont ).pixelSize() ); + + painter->setFont( pixelFont ); + } +} + +/*! + Check is the application is running with the X11 graphics system + that has some special capabilities that can be used for incremental + painting to a widget. + + \return True, when the graphics system is X11 +*/ +bool QwtPainter::isX11GraphicsSystem() +{ + /* + The X11 paint engine has been removed with Qt 5.0, but + reintroduced with Qt 5.10. It can be enabled with + "export QT_XCB_NATIVE_PAINTING=1". + */ + + static int onX11 = -1; + if ( onX11 < 0 ) + { + QPixmap pm( 1, 1 ); + QPainter painter( &pm ); + + onX11 = ( painter.paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::X11 ) ? 1 : 0; + } + + return onX11 == 1; +} + +/*! + Check if the painter is using a paint engine, that aligns + coordinates to integers. Today these are all paint engines + beside QPaintEngine::Pdf and QPaintEngine::SVG. + + If we have an integer based paint engine it is also + checked if the painter has a transformation matrix, + that rotates or scales. + + \param painter Painter + \return true, when the painter is aligning + + \sa setRoundingAlignment() +*/ +bool QwtPainter::isAligning( QPainter *painter ) +{ + if ( painter && painter->isActive() ) + { + switch ( painter->paintEngine()->type() ) + { + case QPaintEngine::Pdf: + case QPaintEngine::SVG: + return false; + + default:; + } + + const QTransform &tr = painter->transform(); + if ( tr.isRotating() || tr.isScaling() ) + { + // we might have to check translations too + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +/*! + Enable whether coordinates should be rounded, before they are painted + to a paint engine that floors to integer values. For other paint engines + ( PDF, SVG ) this flag has no effect. + QwtPainter stores this flag only, the rounding itself is done in + the painting code ( f.e the plot items ). + + The default setting is true. + + \sa roundingAlignment(), isAligning() +*/ +void QwtPainter::setRoundingAlignment( bool enable ) +{ + d_roundingAlignment = enable; +} + +/*! + \brief En/Disable line splitting for the raster paint engine + + In some Qt versions the raster paint engine paints polylines of many points + much faster when they are split in smaller chunks: f.e all supported Qt versions + >= Qt 5.0 when drawing an antialiased polyline with a pen width >=2. + + Also the raster paint engine has a nasty bug in many versions ( Qt 4.8 - ... ) + for short lines ( https://codereview.qt-project.org/#/c/99456 ), that is worked + around in this mode. + + The default setting is true. + + \sa polylineSplitting() +*/ +void QwtPainter::setPolylineSplitting( bool enable ) +{ + d_polylineSplitting = enable; +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPath() +void QwtPainter::drawPath( QPainter *painter, const QPainterPath &path ) +{ + painter->drawPath( path ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawRect() +void QwtPainter::drawRect( QPainter *painter, double x, double y, double w, double h ) +{ + drawRect( painter, QRectF( x, y, w, h ) ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawRect() +void QwtPainter::drawRect( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect ) +{ + const QRectF r = rect; + + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + if ( !clipRect.intersects( r ) ) + return; + + if ( !clipRect.contains( r ) ) + { + fillRect( painter, r & clipRect, painter->brush() ); + + painter->save(); + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + drawPolyline( painter, QPolygonF( r ) ); + painter->restore(); + + return; + } + } + + painter->drawRect( r ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::fillRect() +void QwtPainter::fillRect( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QBrush &brush ) +{ + if ( !rect.isValid() ) + return; + + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + /* + Performance of Qt4 is horrible for a non trivial brush. Without + clipping expect minutes or hours for repainting large rectangles + (might result from zooming) + */ + + if ( deviceClipping ) + clipRect &= painter->window(); + else + clipRect = painter->window(); + + if ( painter->hasClipping() ) + clipRect &= painter->clipRegion().boundingRect(); + + QRectF r = rect; + if ( deviceClipping ) + r = r.intersected( clipRect ); + + if ( r.isValid() ) + painter->fillRect( r, brush ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPie() +void QwtPainter::drawPie( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + int a, int alen ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + if ( deviceClipping && !clipRect.contains( rect ) ) + return; + + painter->drawPie( rect, a, alen ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawEllipse() +void QwtPainter::drawEllipse( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping && !clipRect.contains( rect ) ) + return; + + painter->drawEllipse( rect ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawText() +void QwtPainter::drawText( QPainter *painter, double x, double y, + const QString &text ) +{ + drawText( painter, QPointF( x, y ), text ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawText() +void QwtPainter::drawText( QPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos, + const QString &text ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping && !clipRect.contains( pos ) ) + return; + + + painter->save(); + qwtUnscaleFont( painter ); + painter->drawText( pos, text ); + painter->restore(); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawText() +void QwtPainter::drawText( QPainter *painter, + double x, double y, double w, double h, + int flags, const QString &text ) +{ + drawText( painter, QRectF( x, y, w, h ), flags, text ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawText() +void QwtPainter::drawText( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + int flags, const QString &text ) +{ + painter->save(); + qwtUnscaleFont( painter ); + painter->drawText( rect, flags, text ); + painter->restore(); +} + +#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT + +/*! + Draw a text document into a rectangle + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Traget rectangle + \param flags Alignments/Text flags, see QPainter::drawText() + \param text Text document +*/ +void QwtPainter::drawSimpleRichText( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + int flags, const QTextDocument &text ) +{ + QTextDocument *txt = text.clone(); + + painter->save(); + + QRectF unscaledRect = rect; + + if ( painter->font().pixelSize() < 0 ) + { + const QSize res = qwtScreenResolution(); + + const QPaintDevice *pd = painter->device(); + if ( pd->logicalDpiX() != res.width() || + pd->logicalDpiY() != res.height() ) + { + QTransform transform; + transform.scale( res.width() / double( pd->logicalDpiX() ), + res.height() / double( pd->logicalDpiY() )); + + painter->setWorldTransform( transform, true ); + unscaledRect = transform.inverted().mapRect(rect); + } + } + + txt->setDefaultFont( painter->font() ); + txt->setPageSize( QSizeF( unscaledRect.width(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ) ); + + QAbstractTextDocumentLayout* layout = txt->documentLayout(); + + const double height = layout->documentSize().height(); + double y = unscaledRect.y(); + if ( flags & Qt::AlignBottom ) + y += ( unscaledRect.height() - height ); + else if ( flags & Qt::AlignVCenter ) + y += ( unscaledRect.height() - height ) / 2; + + QAbstractTextDocumentLayout::PaintContext context; + context.palette.setColor( QPalette::Text, painter->pen().color() ); + + painter->translate( unscaledRect.x(), y ); + layout->draw( painter, context ); + + painter->restore(); + delete txt; +} + +#endif // !QT_NO_RICHTEXT + + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawLine() +void QwtPainter::drawLine( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2 ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping && + !( clipRect.contains( p1 ) && clipRect.contains( p2 ) ) ) + { + QPolygonF polygon; + polygon += p1; + polygon += p2; + drawPolyline( painter, polygon ); + return; + } + + painter->drawLine( p1, p2 ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolygon() +void QwtPainter::drawPolygon( QPainter *painter, const QPolygonF &polygon ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + QPolygonF cpa = polygon; + if ( deviceClipping ) + cpa = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( clipRect, polygon, true ); + + painter->drawPolygon( cpa ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolyline() +void QwtPainter::drawPolyline( QPainter *painter, const QPolygonF &polygon ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + QPolygonF cpa = polygon; + if ( deviceClipping ) + cpa = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( clipRect, cpa ); + + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, + cpa.constData(), cpa.size(), d_polylineSplitting ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolyline() +void QwtPainter::drawPolyline( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF *points, int pointCount ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + QPolygonF polygon( pointCount ); + ::memcpy( polygon.data(), points, pointCount * sizeof( QPointF ) ); + + polygon = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( clipRect, polygon ); + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, + polygon.constData(), polygon.size(), d_polylineSplitting ); + } + else + { + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, points, pointCount, d_polylineSplitting ); + } +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolygon() +void QwtPainter::drawPolygon( QPainter *painter, const QPolygon &polygon ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + QPolygon cpa = polygon; + if ( deviceClipping ) + cpa = QwtClipper::clipPolygon( clipRect, polygon, true ); + + painter->drawPolygon( cpa ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolyline() +void QwtPainter::drawPolyline( QPainter *painter, const QPolygon &polygon ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + QPolygon cpa = polygon; + if ( deviceClipping ) + cpa = QwtClipper::clipPolygon( clipRect, cpa ); + + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, + cpa.constData(), cpa.size(), d_polylineSplitting ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPolyline() +void QwtPainter::drawPolyline( QPainter *painter, + const QPoint *points, int pointCount ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + QPolygon polygon( pointCount ); + ::memcpy( polygon.data(), points, pointCount * sizeof( QPoint ) ); + + polygon = QwtClipper::clipPolygon( clipRect, polygon ); + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, + polygon.constData(), polygon.size(), d_polylineSplitting ); + } + else + { + qwtDrawPolyline( painter, points, pointCount, d_polylineSplitting ); + } +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoint() +void QwtPainter::drawPoint( QPainter *painter, const QPointF &pos ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping && !clipRect.contains( pos ) ) + return; + + painter->drawPoint( pos ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoint() +void QwtPainter::drawPoint( QPainter *painter, const QPoint &pos ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + const int minX = qCeil( clipRect.left() ); + const int maxX = qFloor( clipRect.right() ); + const int minY = qCeil( clipRect.top() ); + const int maxY = qFloor( clipRect.bottom() ); + + if ( pos.x() < minX || pos.x() > maxX + || pos.y() < minY || pos.y() > maxY ) + { + return; + } + } + + painter->drawPoint( pos ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoints() +void QwtPainter::drawPoints( QPainter *painter, + const QPoint *points, int pointCount ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + const int minX = qCeil( clipRect.left() ); + const int maxX = qFloor( clipRect.right() ); + const int minY = qCeil( clipRect.top() ); + const int maxY = qFloor( clipRect.bottom() ); + + const QRect r( minX, minY, maxX - minX, maxY - minY ); + + QPolygon clippedPolygon( pointCount ); + QPoint *clippedData = clippedPolygon.data(); + + int numClippedPoints = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < pointCount; i++ ) + { + if ( r.contains( points[i] ) ) + clippedData[ numClippedPoints++ ] = points[i]; + } + painter->drawPoints( clippedData, numClippedPoints ); + } + else + { + painter->drawPoints( points, pointCount ); + } +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoints() +void QwtPainter::drawPoints( QPainter *painter, + const QPointF *points, int pointCount ) +{ + QRectF clipRect; + const bool deviceClipping = qwtIsClippingNeeded( painter, clipRect ); + + if ( deviceClipping ) + { + QPolygonF clippedPolygon( pointCount ); + QPointF *clippedData = clippedPolygon.data(); + + int numClippedPoints = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < pointCount; i++ ) + { + if ( clipRect.contains( points[i] ) ) + clippedData[ numClippedPoints++ ] = points[i]; + } + painter->drawPoints( clippedData, numClippedPoints ); + } + else + { + painter->drawPoints( points, pointCount ); + } +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawImage() +void QwtPainter::drawImage( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QImage &image ) +{ + const QRect alignedRect = rect.toAlignedRect(); + + if ( alignedRect != rect ) + { + const QRectF clipRect = rect.adjusted( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect( clipRect, Qt::IntersectClip ); + painter->drawImage( alignedRect, image ); + painter->restore(); + } + else + { + painter->drawImage( alignedRect, image ); + } +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPixmap() +void QwtPainter::drawPixmap( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QPixmap &pixmap ) +{ + const QRect alignedRect = rect.toAlignedRect(); + + if ( alignedRect != rect ) + { + const QRectF clipRect = rect.adjusted( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + + painter->save(); + painter->setClipRect( clipRect, Qt::IntersectClip ); + painter->drawPixmap( alignedRect, pixmap ); + painter->restore(); + } + else + { + painter->drawPixmap( alignedRect, pixmap ); + } +} + +//! Draw a focus rectangle on a widget using its style. +void QwtPainter::drawFocusRect( QPainter *painter, const QWidget *widget ) +{ + drawFocusRect( painter, widget, widget->rect() ); +} + +//! Draw a focus rectangle on a widget using its style. +void QwtPainter::drawFocusRect( QPainter *painter, const QWidget *widget, + const QRect &rect ) +{ + QStyleOptionFocusRect opt; + opt.init( widget ); + opt.rect = rect; + opt.state |= QStyle::State_HasFocus; + opt.backgroundColor = widget->palette().color( widget->backgroundRole() ); + + widget->style()->drawPrimitive( + QStyle::PE_FrameFocusRect, &opt, painter, widget ); +} + +/*! + Draw a round frame + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Frame rectangle + \param palette QPalette::WindowText is used for plain borders + QPalette::Dark and QPalette::Light for raised + or sunken borders + \param lineWidth Line width + \param frameStyle bitwise OR´ed value of QFrame::Shape and QFrame::Shadow +*/ +void QwtPainter::drawRoundFrame( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QPalette &palette, + int lineWidth, int frameStyle ) +{ + enum Style + { + Plain, + Sunken, + Raised + }; + + Style style = Plain; + if ( (frameStyle & QFrame::Sunken) == QFrame::Sunken ) + style = Sunken; + else if ( (frameStyle & QFrame::Raised) == QFrame::Raised ) + style = Raised; + + const double lw2 = 0.5 * lineWidth; + QRectF r = rect.adjusted( lw2, lw2, -lw2, -lw2 ); + + QBrush brush; + + if ( style != Plain ) + { + QColor c1 = palette.color( QPalette::Light ); + QColor c2 = palette.color( QPalette::Dark ); + + if ( style == Sunken ) + qSwap( c1, c2 ); + + QLinearGradient gradient( r.topLeft(), r.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); +#if 0 + gradient.setColorAt( 0.3, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.7, c2 ); +#endif + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + brush = QBrush( gradient ); + } + else // Plain + { + brush = palette.brush( QPalette::WindowText ); + } + + painter->save(); + + painter->setPen( QPen( brush, lineWidth ) ); + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + + painter->drawEllipse( r ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw a rectangular frame + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Frame rectangle + \param palette Palette + \param foregroundRole Foreground role used for QFrame::Plain + \param frameWidth Frame width + \param midLineWidth Used for QFrame::Box + \param frameStyle bitwise OR´ed value of QFrame::Shape and QFrame::Shadow +*/ +void QwtPainter::drawFrame( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &rect, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorRole foregroundRole, + int frameWidth, int midLineWidth, int frameStyle ) +{ + if ( frameWidth <= 0 || rect.isEmpty() ) + return; + + const int shadow = frameStyle & QFrame::Shadow_Mask; + + painter->save(); + + if ( shadow == QFrame::Plain ) + { + const QRectF outerRect = rect.adjusted( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + const QRectF innerRect = outerRect.adjusted( + frameWidth, frameWidth, -frameWidth, -frameWidth ); + + QPainterPath path; + path.addRect( outerRect ); + path.addRect( innerRect ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette.color( foregroundRole ) ); + + painter->drawPath( path ); + } + else + { + const int shape = frameStyle & QFrame::Shape_Mask; + + if ( shape == QFrame::Box ) + { + const QRectF outerRect = rect.adjusted( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + const QRectF midRect1 = outerRect.adjusted( + frameWidth, frameWidth, -frameWidth, -frameWidth ); + const QRectF midRect2 = midRect1.adjusted( + midLineWidth, midLineWidth, -midLineWidth, -midLineWidth ); + + const QRectF innerRect = midRect2.adjusted( + frameWidth, frameWidth, -frameWidth, -frameWidth ); + + QPainterPath path1; + path1.moveTo( outerRect.bottomLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( outerRect.topLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( outerRect.topRight() ); + path1.lineTo( midRect1.topRight() ); + path1.lineTo( midRect1.topLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( midRect1.bottomLeft() ); + + QPainterPath path2; + path2.moveTo( outerRect.bottomLeft() ); + path2.lineTo( outerRect.bottomRight() ); + path2.lineTo( outerRect.topRight() ); + path2.lineTo( midRect1.topRight() ); + path2.lineTo( midRect1.bottomRight() ); + path2.lineTo( midRect1.bottomLeft() ); + + QPainterPath path3; + path3.moveTo( midRect2.bottomLeft() ); + path3.lineTo( midRect2.topLeft() ); + path3.lineTo( midRect2.topRight() ); + path3.lineTo( innerRect.topRight() ); + path3.lineTo( innerRect.topLeft() ); + path3.lineTo( innerRect.bottomLeft() ); + + QPainterPath path4; + path4.moveTo( midRect2.bottomLeft() ); + path4.lineTo( midRect2.bottomRight() ); + path4.lineTo( midRect2.topRight() ); + path4.lineTo( innerRect.topRight() ); + path4.lineTo( innerRect.bottomRight() ); + path4.lineTo( innerRect.bottomLeft() ); + + QPainterPath path5; + path5.addRect( midRect1 ); + path5.addRect( midRect2 ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + QBrush brush1 = palette.dark().color(); + QBrush brush2 = palette.light().color(); + + if ( shadow == QFrame::Raised ) + qSwap( brush1, brush2 ); + + painter->setBrush( brush1 ); + painter->drawPath( path1 ); + painter->drawPath( path4 ); + + painter->setBrush( brush2 ); + painter->drawPath( path2 ); + painter->drawPath( path3 ); + + painter->setBrush( palette.mid() ); + painter->drawPath( path5 ); + } +#if 0 + // qDrawWinPanel doesn't result in something nice + // on a scalable document like PDF. Better draw a + // Panel. + + else if ( shape == QFrame::WinPanel ) + { + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::NonCosmeticDefaultPen, true ); + qDrawWinPanel ( painter, rect.toRect(), palette, + frameStyle & QFrame::Sunken ); + } + else if ( shape == QFrame::StyledPanel ) + { + } +#endif + else + { + const QRectF outerRect = rect.adjusted( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, -1.0 ); + const QRectF innerRect = outerRect.adjusted( + frameWidth - 1.0, frameWidth - 1.0, + -( frameWidth - 1.0 ), -( frameWidth - 1.0 ) ); + + QPainterPath path1; + path1.moveTo( outerRect.bottomLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( outerRect.topLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( outerRect.topRight() ); + path1.lineTo( innerRect.topRight() ); + path1.lineTo( innerRect.topLeft() ); + path1.lineTo( innerRect.bottomLeft() ); + + + QPainterPath path2; + path2.moveTo( outerRect.bottomLeft() ); + path2.lineTo( outerRect.bottomRight() ); + path2.lineTo( outerRect.topRight() ); + path2.lineTo( innerRect.topRight() ); + path2.lineTo( innerRect.bottomRight() ); + path2.lineTo( innerRect.bottomLeft() ); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + + QBrush brush1 = palette.dark().color(); + QBrush brush2 = palette.light().color(); + + if ( shadow == QFrame::Raised ) + qSwap( brush1, brush2 ); + + painter->setBrush( brush1 ); + painter->drawPath( path1 ); + + painter->setBrush( brush2 ); + painter->drawPath( path2 ); + } + + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw a rectangular frame with rounded borders + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Frame rectangle + \param xRadius x-radius of the ellipses defining the corners + \param yRadius y-radius of the ellipses defining the corners + \param palette QPalette::WindowText is used for plain borders + QPalette::Dark and QPalette::Light for raised + or sunken borders + \param lineWidth Line width + \param frameStyle bitwise OR´ed value of QFrame::Shape and QFrame::Shadow +*/ + +void QwtPainter::drawRoundedFrame( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, double xRadius, double yRadius, + const QPalette &palette, int lineWidth, int frameStyle ) +{ + painter->save(); + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + + double lw2 = lineWidth * 0.5; + QRectF innerRect = rect.adjusted( lw2, lw2, -lw2, -lw2 ); + + QPainterPath path; + path.addRoundedRect( innerRect, xRadius, yRadius ); + + enum Style + { + Plain, + Sunken, + Raised + }; + + Style style = Plain; + if ( (frameStyle & QFrame::Sunken) == QFrame::Sunken ) + style = Sunken; + else if ( (frameStyle & QFrame::Raised) == QFrame::Raised ) + style = Raised; + + if ( style != Plain && path.elementCount() == 17 ) + { + // move + 4 * ( cubicTo + lineTo ) + QPainterPath pathList[8]; + + for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + { + const int j = i * 4 + 1; + + pathList[ 2 * i ].moveTo( + path.elementAt(j - 1).x, path.elementAt( j - 1 ).y + ); + + pathList[ 2 * i ].cubicTo( + path.elementAt(j + 0).x, path.elementAt(j + 0).y, + path.elementAt(j + 1).x, path.elementAt(j + 1).y, + path.elementAt(j + 2).x, path.elementAt(j + 2).y ); + + pathList[ 2 * i + 1 ].moveTo( + path.elementAt(j + 2).x, path.elementAt(j + 2).y + ); + pathList[ 2 * i + 1 ].lineTo( + path.elementAt(j + 3).x, path.elementAt(j + 3).y + ); + } + + QColor c1( palette.color( QPalette::Dark ) ); + QColor c2( palette.color( QPalette::Light ) ); + + if ( style == Raised ) + qSwap( c1, c2 ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + { + const QRectF r = pathList[2 * i].controlPointRect(); + + QPen arcPen; + arcPen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + arcPen.setWidth( lineWidth ); + + QPen linePen; + linePen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + linePen.setWidth( lineWidth ); + + switch( i ) + { + case 0: + { + arcPen.setColor( c1 ); + linePen.setColor( c1 ); + break; + } + case 1: + { + QLinearGradient gradient; + gradient.setStart( r.topLeft() ); + gradient.setFinalStop( r.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c1 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c2 ); + + arcPen.setBrush( gradient ); + linePen.setColor( c2 ); + break; + } + case 2: + { + arcPen.setColor( c2 ); + linePen.setColor( c2 ); + break; + } + case 3: + { + QLinearGradient gradient; + + gradient.setStart( r.bottomRight() ); + gradient.setFinalStop( r.topLeft() ); + gradient.setColorAt( 0.0, c2 ); + gradient.setColorAt( 1.0, c1 ); + + arcPen.setBrush( gradient ); + linePen.setColor( c1 ); + break; + } + } + + + painter->setPen( arcPen ); + painter->drawPath( pathList[ 2 * i] ); + + painter->setPen( linePen ); + painter->drawPath( pathList[ 2 * i + 1] ); + } + } + else + { + QPen pen( palette.color( QPalette::WindowText ), lineWidth ); + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->drawPath( path ); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw a color bar into a rectangle + + \param painter Painter + \param colorMap Color map + \param interval Value range + \param scaleMap Scale map + \param orientation Orientation + \param rect Traget rectangle +*/ +void QwtPainter::drawColorBar( QPainter *painter, + const QwtColorMap &colorMap, const QwtInterval &interval, + const QwtScaleMap &scaleMap, Qt::Orientation orientation, + const QRectF &rect ) +{ + QVector colorTable; + if ( colorMap.format() == QwtColorMap::Indexed ) + colorTable = colorMap.colorTable( interval ); + + QColor c; + + const QRect devRect = rect.toAlignedRect(); + + /* + We paint to a pixmap first to have something scalable for printing + ( f.e. in a Pdf document ) + */ + + QPixmap pixmap( devRect.size() ); + pixmap.fill( Qt::transparent ); + + QPainter pmPainter( &pixmap ); + pmPainter.translate( -devRect.x(), -devRect.y() ); + + if ( orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + QwtScaleMap sMap = scaleMap; + sMap.setPaintInterval( rect.left(), rect.right() ); + + for ( int x = devRect.left(); x <= devRect.right(); x++ ) + { + const double value = sMap.invTransform( x ); + + if ( colorMap.format() == QwtColorMap::RGB ) + c.setRgba( colorMap.rgb( interval, value ) ); + else + c = colorTable[colorMap.colorIndex( interval, value )]; + + pmPainter.setPen( c ); + pmPainter.drawLine( x, devRect.top(), x, devRect.bottom() ); + } + } + else // Vertical + { + QwtScaleMap sMap = scaleMap; + sMap.setPaintInterval( rect.bottom(), rect.top() ); + + for ( int y = devRect.top(); y <= devRect.bottom(); y++ ) + { + const double value = sMap.invTransform( y ); + + if ( colorMap.format() == QwtColorMap::RGB ) + c.setRgba( colorMap.rgb( interval, value ) ); + else + c = colorTable[colorMap.colorIndex( interval, value )]; + + pmPainter.setPen( c ); + pmPainter.drawLine( devRect.left(), y, devRect.right(), y ); + } + } + pmPainter.end(); + + drawPixmap( painter, rect, pixmap ); +} + +static inline void qwtFillRect( const QWidget *widget, QPainter *painter, + const QRect &rect, const QBrush &brush) +{ + if ( brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern ) + { + painter->save(); + + painter->setClipRect( rect ); + painter->drawTiledPixmap(rect, brush.texture(), rect.topLeft()); + + painter->restore(); + } + else if ( brush.gradient() ) + { + painter->save(); + + painter->setClipRect( rect ); + painter->fillRect(0, 0, widget->width(), + widget->height(), brush); + + painter->restore(); + } + else + { + painter->fillRect(rect, brush); + } +} + +/*! + Fill a pixmap with the content of a widget + + In Qt >= 5.0 QPixmap::fill() is a nop, in Qt 4.x it is buggy + for backgrounds with gradients. Thus fillPixmap() offers + an alternative implementation. + + \param widget Widget + \param pixmap Pixmap to be filled + \param offset Offset + + \sa QPixmap::fill() + */ +void QwtPainter::fillPixmap( const QWidget *widget, + QPixmap &pixmap, const QPoint &offset ) +{ + const QRect rect( offset, pixmap.size() ); + + QPainter painter( &pixmap ); + painter.translate( -offset ); + + const QBrush autoFillBrush = + widget->palette().brush( widget->backgroundRole() ); + + if ( !( widget->autoFillBackground() && autoFillBrush.isOpaque() ) ) + { + const QBrush bg = widget->palette().brush( QPalette::Window ); + qwtFillRect( widget, &painter, rect, bg); + } + + if ( widget->autoFillBackground() ) + qwtFillRect( widget, &painter, rect, autoFillBrush); + + if ( widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground) ) + { + painter.setClipRegion( rect ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom( widget ); + widget->style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Widget, + &opt, &painter, widget ); + } +} + +/*! + Fill rect with the background of a widget + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Rectangle to be filled + \param widget Widget + + \sa QStyle::PE_Widget, QWidget::backgroundRole() + */ +void QwtPainter::drawBackgound( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QWidget *widget ) +{ + if ( widget->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom( widget ); + opt.rect = rect.toAlignedRect(); + + widget->style()->drawPrimitive( + QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, widget); + } + else + { + const QBrush brush = + widget->palette().brush( widget->backgroundRole() ); + + painter->fillRect( rect, brush ); + } +} + +/*! + \return A pixmap that can be used as backing store + + \param widget Widget, for which the backingstore is intended + \param size Size of the pixmap + */ +QPixmap QwtPainter::backingStore( QWidget *widget, const QSize &size ) +{ + QPixmap pm; + +#define QWT_HIGH_DPI 1 + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 && QWT_HIGH_DPI + qreal pixelRatio = 1.0; + + if ( widget && widget->windowHandle() ) + { +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050100 + pixelRatio = widget->windowHandle()->devicePixelRatio(); +#else + pixelRatio = widget->devicePixelRatio(); +#endif + } + else + { + if ( qApp ) + pixelRatio = qApp->devicePixelRatio(); + } + + pm = QPixmap( size * pixelRatio ); + pm.setDevicePixelRatio( pixelRatio ); +#else + Q_UNUSED( widget ) + pm = QPixmap( size ); +#endif + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 +#ifdef Q_WS_X11 + if ( widget && isX11GraphicsSystem() ) + { + if ( pm.x11Info().screen() != widget->x11Info().screen() ) + pm.x11SetScreen( widget->x11Info().screen() ); + } +#endif +#endif + + return pm; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0a0ff7 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PAINTER_H +#define QWT_PAINTER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QPainter; +class QBrush; +class QColor; +class QWidget; +class QPolygonF; +class QRectF; +class QImage; +class QPixmap; +class QwtScaleMap; +class QwtColorMap; +class QwtInterval; + +class QTextDocument; +class QPainterPath; + +/*! + \brief A collection of QPainter workarounds +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPainter +{ +public: + static void setPolylineSplitting( bool ); + static bool polylineSplitting(); + + static void setRoundingAlignment( bool ); + static bool roundingAlignment(); + static bool roundingAlignment(QPainter *); + + static void drawText( QPainter *, double x, double y, const QString & ); + static void drawText( QPainter *, const QPointF &, const QString & ); + static void drawText( QPainter *, double x, double y, double w, double h, + int flags, const QString & ); + static void drawText( QPainter *, const QRectF &, + int flags, const QString & ); + +#ifndef QT_NO_RICHTEXT + static void drawSimpleRichText( QPainter *, const QRectF &, + int flags, const QTextDocument & ); +#endif + + static void drawRect( QPainter *, double x, double y, double w, double h ); + static void drawRect( QPainter *, const QRectF &rect ); + static void fillRect( QPainter *, const QRectF &, const QBrush & ); + + static void drawEllipse( QPainter *, const QRectF & ); + static void drawPie( QPainter *, const QRectF &, int a, int alen ); + + static void drawLine( QPainter *, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 ); + static void drawLine( QPainter *, const QPointF &p1, const QPointF &p2 ); + static void drawLine( QPainter *, const QLineF & ); + + static void drawPolygon( QPainter *, const QPolygonF & ); + static void drawPolyline( QPainter *, const QPolygonF & ); + static void drawPolyline( QPainter *, const QPointF *, int pointCount ); + + static void drawPolygon( QPainter *, const QPolygon & ); + static void drawPolyline( QPainter *, const QPolygon & ); + static void drawPolyline( QPainter *, const QPoint *, int pointCount ); + + static void drawPoint( QPainter *, const QPoint & ); + static void drawPoints( QPainter *, const QPolygon & ); + static void drawPoints( QPainter *, const QPoint *, int pointCount ); + + static void drawPoint( QPainter *, double x, double y ); + static void drawPoint( QPainter *, const QPointF & ); + static void drawPoints( QPainter *, const QPolygonF & ); + static void drawPoints( QPainter *, const QPointF *, int pointCount ); + + static void drawPath( QPainter *, const QPainterPath & ); + static void drawImage( QPainter *, const QRectF &, const QImage & ); + static void drawPixmap( QPainter *, const QRectF &, const QPixmap & ); + + static void drawRoundFrame( QPainter *, + const QRectF &, const QPalette &, int lineWidth, int frameStyle ); + + static void drawRoundedFrame( QPainter *, + const QRectF &, double xRadius, double yRadius, + const QPalette &, int lineWidth, int frameStyle ); + + static void drawFrame( QPainter *, const QRectF &rect, + const QPalette &palette, QPalette::ColorRole foregroundRole, + int frameWidth, int midLineWidth, int frameStyle ); + + static void drawFocusRect( QPainter *, const QWidget * ); + static void drawFocusRect( QPainter *, const QWidget *, const QRect & ); + + static void drawColorBar( QPainter *painter, + const QwtColorMap &, const QwtInterval &, + const QwtScaleMap &, Qt::Orientation, const QRectF & ); + + static bool isAligning( QPainter *painter ); + static bool isX11GraphicsSystem(); + + static void fillPixmap( const QWidget *, + QPixmap &, const QPoint &offset = QPoint() ); + + static void drawBackgound( QPainter *painter, + const QRectF &rect, const QWidget *widget ); + + static QPixmap backingStore( QWidget *, const QSize & ); + +private: + static bool d_polylineSplitting; + static bool d_roundingAlignment; +}; + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoint() +inline void QwtPainter::drawPoint( QPainter *painter, double x, double y ) +{ + QwtPainter::drawPoint( painter, QPointF( x, y ) ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoints() +inline void QwtPainter::drawPoints( QPainter *painter, const QPolygon &polygon ) +{ + drawPoints( painter, polygon.data(), polygon.size() ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawPoints() +inline void QwtPainter::drawPoints( QPainter *painter, const QPolygonF &polygon ) +{ + drawPoints( painter, polygon.data(), polygon.size() ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawLine() +inline void QwtPainter::drawLine( QPainter *painter, + double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 ) +{ + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, QPointF( x1, y1 ), QPointF( x2, y2 ) ); +} + +//! Wrapper for QPainter::drawLine() +inline void QwtPainter::drawLine( QPainter *painter, const QLineF &line ) +{ + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, line.p1(), line.p2() ); +} + +/*! + \return True, when line splitting for the raster paint engine is enabled. + \sa setPolylineSplitting() +*/ +inline bool QwtPainter::polylineSplitting() +{ + return d_polylineSplitting; +} + +/*! + Check whether coordinates should be rounded, before they are painted + to a paint engine that rounds to integer values. For other paint engines + ( PDF, SVG ), this flag has no effect. + + \return True, when rounding is enabled + \sa setRoundingAlignment(), isAligning() +*/ +inline bool QwtPainter::roundingAlignment() +{ + return d_roundingAlignment; +} + +/*! + \return roundingAlignment() && isAligning(painter); + \param painter Painter +*/ +inline bool QwtPainter::roundingAlignment(QPainter *painter) +{ + return d_roundingAlignment && isAligning(painter); +} +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39faca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_painter_command.h" + +//! Construct an invalid command +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand(): + d_type( Invalid ) +{ +} + +//! Copy constructor +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand( const QPainterPath &path ): + d_type( Path ) +{ + d_path = new QPainterPath( path ); +} + +/*! + Constructor for Pixmap paint operation + + \param rect Target rectangle + \param pixmap Pixmap + \param subRect Rectangle inside the pixmap + + \sa QPainter::drawPixmap() + */ +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand( const QRectF &rect, + const QPixmap &pixmap, const QRectF& subRect ): + d_type( Pixmap ) +{ + d_pixmapData = new PixmapData(); + d_pixmapData->rect = rect; + d_pixmapData->pixmap = pixmap; + d_pixmapData->subRect = subRect; +} + +/*! + Constructor for Image paint operation + + \param rect Target rectangle + \param image Image + \param subRect Rectangle inside the image + \param flags Conversion flags + + \sa QPainter::drawImage() + */ +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand( const QRectF &rect, + const QImage &image, const QRectF& subRect, + Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags ): + d_type( Image ) +{ + d_imageData = new ImageData(); + d_imageData->rect = rect; + d_imageData->image = image; + d_imageData->subRect = subRect; + d_imageData->flags = flags; +} + +/*! + Constructor for State paint operation + \param state Paint engine state + */ +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand( const QPaintEngineState &state ): + d_type( State ) +{ + d_stateData = new StateData(); + + d_stateData->flags = state.state(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyPen ) + d_stateData->pen = state.pen(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrush ) + d_stateData->brush = state.brush(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrushOrigin ) + d_stateData->brushOrigin = state.brushOrigin(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyFont ) + d_stateData->font = state.font(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyBackground ) + { + d_stateData->backgroundMode = state.backgroundMode(); + d_stateData->backgroundBrush = state.backgroundBrush(); + } + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyTransform ) + d_stateData->transform = state.transform(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipEnabled ) + d_stateData->isClipEnabled = state.isClipEnabled(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipRegion ) + { + d_stateData->clipRegion = state.clipRegion(); + d_stateData->clipOperation = state.clipOperation(); + } + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyClipPath ) + { + d_stateData->clipPath = state.clipPath(); + d_stateData->clipOperation = state.clipOperation(); + } + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyHints ) + d_stateData->renderHints = state.renderHints(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyCompositionMode ) + d_stateData->compositionMode = state.compositionMode(); + + if ( d_stateData->flags & QPaintEngine::DirtyOpacity ) + d_stateData->opacity = state.opacity(); +} + +/*! + Copy constructor + \param other Command to be copied + + */ +QwtPainterCommand::QwtPainterCommand(const QwtPainterCommand &other) +{ + copy( other ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPainterCommand::~QwtPainterCommand() +{ + reset(); +} + +/*! + Assignment operator + + \param other Command to be copied + \return Modified command + */ +QwtPainterCommand &QwtPainterCommand::operator=(const QwtPainterCommand &other) +{ + reset(); + copy( other ); + + return *this; +} + +void QwtPainterCommand::copy( const QwtPainterCommand &other ) +{ + d_type = other.d_type; + + switch( other.d_type ) + { + case Path: + { + d_path = new QPainterPath( *other.d_path ); + break; + } + case Pixmap: + { + d_pixmapData = new PixmapData( *other.d_pixmapData ); + break; + } + case Image: + { + d_imageData = new ImageData( *other.d_imageData ); + break; + } + case State: + { + d_stateData = new StateData( *other.d_stateData ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +void QwtPainterCommand::reset() +{ + switch( d_type ) + { + case Path: + { + delete d_path; + break; + } + case Pixmap: + { + delete d_pixmapData; + break; + } + case Image: + { + delete d_imageData; + break; + } + case State: + { + delete d_stateData; + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + d_type = Invalid; +} + +//! \return Painter path to be painted +QPainterPath *QwtPainterCommand::path() +{ + return d_path; +} + +//! \return Attributes how to paint a QPixmap +QwtPainterCommand::PixmapData* QwtPainterCommand::pixmapData() +{ + return d_pixmapData; +} + +//! \return Attributes how to paint a QImage +QwtPainterCommand::ImageData* QwtPainterCommand::imageData() +{ + return d_imageData; +} + +//! \return Attributes of a state change +QwtPainterCommand::StateData* QwtPainterCommand::stateData() +{ + return d_stateData; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca0658f --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_painter_command.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PAINTER_COMMAND_H +#define QWT_PAINTER_COMMAND_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QPainterPath; + +/*! + QwtPainterCommand represents the attributes of a paint operation + how it is used between QPainter and QPaintDevice + + It is used by QwtGraphic to record and replay paint operations + + \sa QwtGraphic::commands() + */ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPainterCommand +{ +public: + //! Type of the paint command + enum Type + { + //! Invalid command + Invalid = -1, + + //! Draw a QPainterPath + Path, + + //! Draw a QPixmap + Pixmap, + + //! Draw a QImage + Image, + + //! QPainter state change + State + }; + + //! Attributes how to paint a QPixmap + struct PixmapData + { + QRectF rect; + QPixmap pixmap; + QRectF subRect; + }; + + //! Attributes how to paint a QImage + struct ImageData + { + QRectF rect; + QImage image; + QRectF subRect; + Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags; + }; + + //! Attributes of a state change + struct StateData + { + QPaintEngine::DirtyFlags flags; + + QPen pen; + QBrush brush; + QPointF brushOrigin; + QBrush backgroundBrush; + Qt::BGMode backgroundMode; + QFont font; + QMatrix matrix; + QTransform transform; + + Qt::ClipOperation clipOperation; + QRegion clipRegion; + QPainterPath clipPath; + bool isClipEnabled; + + QPainter::RenderHints renderHints; + QPainter::CompositionMode compositionMode; + qreal opacity; + }; + + QwtPainterCommand(); + QwtPainterCommand(const QwtPainterCommand &); + + QwtPainterCommand( const QPainterPath & ); + + QwtPainterCommand( const QRectF &rect, + const QPixmap &, const QRectF& subRect ); + + QwtPainterCommand( const QRectF &rect, + const QImage &, const QRectF& subRect, + Qt::ImageConversionFlags ); + + QwtPainterCommand( const QPaintEngineState & ); + + ~QwtPainterCommand(); + + QwtPainterCommand &operator=(const QwtPainterCommand & ); + + Type type() const; + + QPainterPath *path(); + const QPainterPath *path() const; + + PixmapData* pixmapData(); + const PixmapData* pixmapData() const; + + ImageData* imageData(); + const ImageData* imageData() const; + + StateData* stateData(); + const StateData* stateData() const; + +private: + void copy( const QwtPainterCommand & ); + void reset(); + + Type d_type; + + union + { + QPainterPath *d_path; + PixmapData *d_pixmapData; + ImageData *d_imageData; + StateData *d_stateData; + }; +}; + +//! \return Type of the command +inline QwtPainterCommand::Type QwtPainterCommand::type() const +{ + return d_type; +} + +//! \return Painter path to be painted +inline const QPainterPath *QwtPainterCommand::path() const +{ + return d_path; +} + +//! \return Attributes how to paint a QPixmap +inline const QwtPainterCommand::PixmapData * +QwtPainterCommand::pixmapData() const +{ + return d_pixmapData; +} + +//! \return Attributes how to paint a QImage +inline const QwtPainterCommand::ImageData * +QwtPainterCommand::imageData() const +{ + return d_imageData; +} + +//! \return Attributes of a state change +inline const QwtPainterCommand::StateData * +QwtPainterCommand::stateData() const +{ + return d_stateData; +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6e6eb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,542 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_panner.h" +#include "qwt_picker.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static QVector qwtActivePickers( QWidget *w ) +{ + QVector pickers; + + QObjectList children = w->children(); + for ( int i = 0; i < children.size(); i++ ) + { + QwtPicker *picker = qobject_cast( children[i] ); + if ( picker && picker->isEnabled() ) + pickers += picker; + } + + return pickers; +} + +class QwtPanner::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + button( Qt::LeftButton ), + buttonModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), + abortKey( Qt::Key_Escape ), + abortKeyModifiers( Qt::NoModifier ), +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + cursor( NULL ), + restoreCursor( NULL ), + hasCursor( false ), +#endif + isEnabled( false ) + { + orientations = Qt::Vertical | Qt::Horizontal; + } + + ~PrivateData() + { +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + delete cursor; + delete restoreCursor; +#endif + } + + Qt::MouseButton button; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers buttonModifiers; + + int abortKey; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers abortKeyModifiers; + + QPoint initialPos; + QPoint pos; + + QPixmap pixmap; + QBitmap contentsMask; + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + QCursor *cursor; + QCursor *restoreCursor; + bool hasCursor; +#endif + bool isEnabled; + Qt::Orientations orientations; +}; + +/*! + Creates an panner that is enabled for the left mouse button. + + \param parent Parent widget to be panned +*/ +QwtPanner::QwtPanner( QWidget *parent ): + QWidget( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + + setAttribute( Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents ); + setAttribute( Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground ); + setFocusPolicy( Qt::NoFocus ); + hide(); + + setEnabled( true ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPanner::~QwtPanner() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Change the mouse button and modifiers used for panning + The defaults are Qt::LeftButton and Qt::NoModifier +*/ +void QwtPanner::setMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton button, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->button = button; + d_data->buttonModifiers = modifiers; +} + +//! Get mouse button and modifiers used for panning +void QwtPanner::getMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton &button, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers &modifiers ) const +{ + button = d_data->button; + modifiers = d_data->buttonModifiers; +} + +/*! + Change the abort key + The defaults are Qt::Key_Escape and Qt::NoModifiers + + \param key Key ( See Qt::Keycode ) + \param modifiers Keyboard modifiers +*/ +void QwtPanner::setAbortKey( int key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ) +{ + d_data->abortKey = key; + d_data->abortKeyModifiers = modifiers; +} + +//! Get the abort key and modifiers +void QwtPanner::getAbortKey( int &key, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers &modifiers ) const +{ + key = d_data->abortKey; + modifiers = d_data->abortKeyModifiers; +} + +/*! + Change the cursor, that is active while panning + The default is the cursor of the parent widget. + + \param cursor New cursor + + \sa setCursor() +*/ +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR +void QwtPanner::setCursor( const QCursor &cursor ) +{ + d_data->cursor = new QCursor( cursor ); +} +#endif + +/*! + \return Cursor that is active while panning + \sa setCursor() +*/ +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR +const QCursor QwtPanner::cursor() const +{ + if ( d_data->cursor ) + return *d_data->cursor; + + if ( parentWidget() ) + return parentWidget()->cursor(); + + return QCursor(); +} +#endif + +/*! + \brief En/disable the panner + + When enabled is true an event filter is installed for + the observed widget, otherwise the event filter is removed. + + \param on true or false + \sa isEnabled(), eventFilter() +*/ +void QwtPanner::setEnabled( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->isEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->isEnabled = on; + + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + if ( w ) + { + if ( d_data->isEnabled ) + { + w->installEventFilter( this ); + } + else + { + w->removeEventFilter( this ); + hide(); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Set the orientations, where panning is enabled + The default value is in both directions: Qt::Horizontal | Qt::Vertical + + /param o Orientation +*/ +void QwtPanner::setOrientations( Qt::Orientations o ) +{ + d_data->orientations = o; +} + +//! Return the orientation, where paning is enabled +Qt::Orientations QwtPanner::orientations() const +{ + return d_data->orientations; +} + +/*! + \return True if an orientation is enabled + \sa orientations(), setOrientations() +*/ +bool QwtPanner::isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Orientation o ) const +{ + return d_data->orientations & o; +} + +/*! + \return true when enabled, false otherwise + \sa setEnabled, eventFilter() +*/ +bool QwtPanner::isEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->isEnabled; +} + +/*! + \brief Paint event + + Repaint the grabbed pixmap on its current position and + fill the empty spaces by the background of the parent widget. + + \param event Paint event +*/ +void QwtPanner::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + int dx = d_data->pos.x() - d_data->initialPos.x(); + int dy = d_data->pos.y() - d_data->initialPos.y(); + + QRectF r; + r.setSize( d_data->pixmap.size() ); +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + r.setSize( r.size() / d_data->pixmap.devicePixelRatio() ); +#endif + r.moveCenter( QPointF( r.center().x() + dx, r.center().y() + dy ) ); + + QPixmap pm = QwtPainter::backingStore( this, size() ); + QwtPainter::fillPixmap( parentWidget(), pm ); + + QPainter painter( &pm ); + + if ( !d_data->contentsMask.isNull() ) + { + QPixmap masked = d_data->pixmap; + masked.setMask( d_data->contentsMask ); + painter.drawPixmap( r.toRect(), masked ); + } + else + { + painter.drawPixmap( r.toRect(), d_data->pixmap ); + } + + painter.end(); + + if ( !d_data->contentsMask.isNull() ) + pm.setMask( d_data->contentsMask ); + + painter.begin( this ); + painter.setClipRegion( event->region() ); + painter.drawPixmap( 0, 0, pm ); +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate a mask for the contents of the panned widget + + Sometimes only parts of the contents of a widget should be + panned. F.e. for a widget with a styled background with rounded borders + only the area inside of the border should be panned. + + \return An empty bitmap, indicating no mask +*/ +QBitmap QwtPanner::contentsMask() const +{ + return QBitmap(); +} + +/*! + Grab the widget into a pixmap. + \return Grabbed pixmap +*/ +QPixmap QwtPanner::grab() const +{ +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + return parentWidget()->grab( parentWidget()->rect() ); +#else + return QPixmap::grabWidget( parentWidget() ); +#endif +} + +/*! + \brief Event filter + + When isEnabled() is true mouse events of the + observed widget are filtered. + + \param object Object to be filtered + \param event Event + + \return Always false, beside for paint events for the + parent widget. + + \sa widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseMoveEvent() +*/ +bool QwtPanner::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( object == NULL || object != parentWidget() ) + return false; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + widgetMousePressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + { + widgetMouseMoveEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + widgetMouseReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + widgetKeyPressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyRelease: + { + widgetKeyReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::Paint: + { + if ( isVisible() ) + return true; + break; + } + default:; + } + + return false; +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse press event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseMoveEvent(), +*/ +void QwtPanner::widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( ( mouseEvent->button() != d_data->button ) + || ( mouseEvent->modifiers() != d_data->buttonModifiers ) ) + { + return; + } + + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + if ( w == NULL ) + return; + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + showCursor( true ); +#endif + + d_data->initialPos = d_data->pos = mouseEvent->pos(); + + setGeometry( parentWidget()->rect() ); + + // We don't want to grab the picker ! + QVector pickers = qwtActivePickers( parentWidget() ); + for ( int i = 0; i < pickers.size(); i++ ) + pickers[i]->setEnabled( false ); + + d_data->pixmap = grab(); + d_data->contentsMask = contentsMask(); + + for ( int i = 0; i < pickers.size(); i++ ) + pickers[i]->setEnabled( true ); + + show(); +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse move event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPanner::widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( !isVisible() ) + return; + + QPoint pos = mouseEvent->pos(); + if ( !isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Horizontal ) ) + pos.setX( d_data->initialPos.x() ); + if ( !isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Vertical ) ) + pos.setY( d_data->initialPos.y() ); + + if ( pos != d_data->pos && rect().contains( pos ) ) + { + d_data->pos = pos; + update(); + + Q_EMIT moved( d_data->pos.x() - d_data->initialPos.x(), + d_data->pos.y() - d_data->initialPos.y() ); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse release event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), + widgetMouseMoveEvent(), +*/ +void QwtPanner::widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( isVisible() ) + { + hide(); +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + showCursor( false ); +#endif + + QPoint pos = mouseEvent->pos(); + if ( !isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Horizontal ) ) + pos.setX( d_data->initialPos.x() ); + if ( !isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Vertical ) ) + pos.setY( d_data->initialPos.y() ); + + d_data->pixmap = QPixmap(); + d_data->contentsMask = QBitmap(); + d_data->pos = pos; + + if ( d_data->pos != d_data->initialPos ) + { + Q_EMIT panned( d_data->pos.x() - d_data->initialPos.x(), + d_data->pos.y() - d_data->initialPos.y() ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Handle a key press event for the observed widget. + + \param keyEvent Key event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPanner::widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + if ( ( keyEvent->key() == d_data->abortKey ) + && ( keyEvent->modifiers() == d_data->abortKeyModifiers ) ) + { + hide(); + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + showCursor( false ); +#endif + d_data->pixmap = QPixmap(); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a key release event for the observed widget. + + \param keyEvent Key event + \sa eventFilter(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPanner::widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( keyEvent ); +} + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR +void QwtPanner::showCursor( bool on ) +{ + if ( on == d_data->hasCursor ) + return; + + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + if ( w == NULL || d_data->cursor == NULL ) + return; + + d_data->hasCursor = on; + + if ( on ) + { + if ( w->testAttribute( Qt::WA_SetCursor ) ) + { + delete d_data->restoreCursor; + d_data->restoreCursor = new QCursor( w->cursor() ); + } + w->setCursor( *d_data->cursor ); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->restoreCursor ) + { + w->setCursor( *d_data->restoreCursor ); + delete d_data->restoreCursor; + d_data->restoreCursor = NULL; + } + else + w->unsetCursor(); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab0eb2e --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_panner.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PANNER_H +#define QWT_PANNER_H 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QCursor; + +/*! + \brief QwtPanner provides panning of a widget + + QwtPanner grabs the contents of a widget, that can be dragged + in all directions. The offset between the start and the end position + is emitted by the panned signal. + + QwtPanner grabs the content of the widget into a pixmap and moves + the pixmap around, without initiating any repaint events for the widget. + Areas, that are not part of content are not painted while panning. + This makes panning fast enough for widgets, where + repaints are too slow for mouse movements. + + For widgets, where repaints are very fast it might be better to + implement panning manually by mapping mouse events into paint events. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPanner: public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + QwtPanner( QWidget* parent ); + virtual ~QwtPanner(); + + void setEnabled( bool ); + bool isEnabled() const; + + void setMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + void getMouseButton( Qt::MouseButton &button, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers & ) const; + + void setAbortKey( int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier ); + void getAbortKey( int &key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers & ) const; + + void setCursor( const QCursor & ); + const QCursor cursor() const; + + void setOrientations( Qt::Orientations ); + Qt::Orientations orientations() const; + + bool isOrientationEnabled( Qt::Orientation ) const; + + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + +Q_SIGNALS: + /*! + Signal emitted, when panning is done + + \param dx Offset in horizontal direction + \param dy Offset in vertical direction + */ + void panned( int dx, int dy ); + + /*! + Signal emitted, while the widget moved, but panning + is not finished. + + \param dx Offset in horizontal direction + \param dy Offset in vertical direction + */ + void moved( int dx, int dy ); + +protected: + virtual void widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + + virtual QBitmap contentsMask() const; + virtual QPixmap grab() const; + +private: +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + void showCursor( bool ); +#endif + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfd7e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_picker.h" +#include "qwt_picker_machine.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_widget_overlay.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static inline QRegion qwtMaskRegion( const QRect &r, int penWidth ) +{ + const int pw = qMax( penWidth, 1 ); + const int pw2 = penWidth / 2; + + int x1 = r.left() - pw2; + int x2 = r.right() + 1 + pw2 + ( pw % 2 ); + + int y1 = r.top() - pw2; + int y2 = r.bottom() + 1 + pw2 + ( pw % 2 ); + + QRegion region; + + region += QRect( x1, y1, x2 - x1, pw ); + region += QRect( x1, y1, pw, y2 - y1 ); + region += QRect( x1, y2 - pw, x2 - x1, pw ); + region += QRect( x2 - pw, y1, pw, y2 - y1 ); + + return region; +} + +static inline QRegion qwtMaskRegion( const QLine &l, int penWidth ) +{ + const int pw = qMax( penWidth, 1 ); + const int pw2 = penWidth / 2; + + QRegion region; + + if ( l.x1() == l.x2() ) + { + region += QRect( l.x1() - pw2, l.y1(), + pw, l.y2() ).normalized(); + } + else if ( l.y1() == l.y2() ) + { + region += QRect( l.x1(), l.y1() - pw2, + l.x2(), pw ).normalized(); + } + + return region; +} + +class QwtPickerRubberband: public QwtWidgetOverlay +{ +public: + QwtPickerRubberband( QwtPicker *, QWidget * ); + +protected: + virtual void drawOverlay( QPainter * ) const; + virtual QRegion maskHint() const; + + QwtPicker *d_picker; +}; + +class QwtPickerTracker: public QwtWidgetOverlay +{ +public: + QwtPickerTracker( QwtPicker *, QWidget * ); + +protected: + virtual void drawOverlay( QPainter * ) const; + virtual QRegion maskHint() const; + + QwtPicker *d_picker; +}; + + +class QwtPicker::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + enabled( false ), + stateMachine( NULL ), + resizeMode( QwtPicker::Stretch ), + rubberBand( QwtPicker::NoRubberBand ), + trackerMode( QwtPicker::AlwaysOff ), + isActive( false ), + trackerPosition( -1, -1 ), + mouseTracking( false ), + openGL( false ) + { + } + + bool enabled; + + QwtPickerMachine *stateMachine; + + QwtPicker::ResizeMode resizeMode; + + QwtPicker::RubberBand rubberBand; + QPen rubberBandPen; + + QwtPicker::DisplayMode trackerMode; + QPen trackerPen; + QFont trackerFont; + + QPolygon pickedPoints; + bool isActive; + QPoint trackerPosition; + + bool mouseTracking; // used to save previous value + + QPointer< QwtPickerRubberband > rubberBandOverlay; + QPointer< QwtPickerTracker> trackerOverlay; + + bool openGL; +}; + +QwtPickerRubberband::QwtPickerRubberband( + QwtPicker *picker, QWidget *parent ): + QwtWidgetOverlay( parent ), + d_picker( picker ) +{ + setMaskMode( QwtWidgetOverlay::MaskHint ); +} + +QRegion QwtPickerRubberband::maskHint() const +{ + return d_picker->rubberBandMask(); +} + +void QwtPickerRubberband::drawOverlay( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + painter->setPen( d_picker->rubberBandPen() ); + d_picker->drawRubberBand( painter ); +} + +QwtPickerTracker::QwtPickerTracker( + QwtPicker *picker, QWidget *parent ): + QwtWidgetOverlay( parent ), + d_picker( picker ) +{ + setMaskMode( QwtWidgetOverlay::MaskHint ); +} + +QRegion QwtPickerTracker::maskHint() const +{ + return d_picker->trackerRect( font() ); +} + +void QwtPickerTracker::drawOverlay( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + painter->setPen( d_picker->trackerPen() ); + d_picker->drawTracker( painter ); +} + +/*! + Constructor + + Creates an picker that is enabled, but without a state machine. + rubber band and tracker are disabled. + + \param parent Parent widget, that will be observed + */ + +QwtPicker::QwtPicker( QWidget *parent ): + QObject( parent ) +{ + init( parent, NoRubberBand, AlwaysOff ); +} + +/*! + Constructor + + \param rubberBand Rubber band style + \param trackerMode Tracker mode + \param parent Parent widget, that will be observed + */ +QwtPicker::QwtPicker( RubberBand rubberBand, + DisplayMode trackerMode, QWidget *parent ): + QObject( parent ) +{ + init( parent, rubberBand, trackerMode ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPicker::~QwtPicker() +{ + setMouseTracking( false ); + + delete d_data->stateMachine; + delete d_data->rubberBandOverlay; + delete d_data->trackerOverlay; + + delete d_data; +} + +//! Initialize the picker - used by the constructors +void QwtPicker::init( QWidget *parent, + RubberBand rubberBand, DisplayMode trackerMode ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + d_data->rubberBand = rubberBand; + + if ( parent ) + { + if ( parent->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus ) + parent->setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus ); + + d_data->openGL = parent->inherits( "QGLWidget" ); + d_data->trackerFont = parent->font(); + d_data->mouseTracking = parent->hasMouseTracking(); + + setEnabled( true ); + } + + setTrackerMode( trackerMode ); +} + +/*! + Set a state machine and delete the previous one + + \param stateMachine State machine + \sa stateMachine() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setStateMachine( QwtPickerMachine *stateMachine ) +{ + if ( d_data->stateMachine != stateMachine ) + { + reset(); + + delete d_data->stateMachine; + d_data->stateMachine = stateMachine; + + if ( d_data->stateMachine ) + d_data->stateMachine->reset(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Assigned state machine + \sa setStateMachine() +*/ +QwtPickerMachine *QwtPicker::stateMachine() +{ + return d_data->stateMachine; +} + +/*! + \return Assigned state machine + \sa setStateMachine() +*/ +const QwtPickerMachine *QwtPicker::stateMachine() const +{ + return d_data->stateMachine; +} + +//! Return the parent widget, where the selection happens +QWidget *QwtPicker::parentWidget() +{ + QObject *obj = parent(); + if ( obj && obj->isWidgetType() ) + return static_cast( obj ); + + return NULL; +} + +//! Return the parent widget, where the selection happens +const QWidget *QwtPicker::parentWidget() const +{ + QObject *obj = parent(); + if ( obj && obj->isWidgetType() ) + return static_cast< const QWidget *>( obj ); + + return NULL; +} + +/*! + Set the rubber band style + + \param rubberBand Rubber band style + The default value is NoRubberBand. + + \sa rubberBand(), RubberBand, setRubberBandPen() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setRubberBand( RubberBand rubberBand ) +{ + d_data->rubberBand = rubberBand; +} + +/*! + \return Rubber band style + \sa setRubberBand(), RubberBand, rubberBandPen() +*/ +QwtPicker::RubberBand QwtPicker::rubberBand() const +{ + return d_data->rubberBand; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the display mode of the tracker. + + A tracker displays information about current position of + the cursor as a string. The display mode controls + if the tracker has to be displayed whenever the observed + widget has focus and cursor (AlwaysOn), never (AlwaysOff), or + only when the selection is active (ActiveOnly). + + \param mode Tracker display mode + + \warning In case of AlwaysOn, mouseTracking will be enabled + for the observed widget. + \sa trackerMode(), DisplayMode +*/ + +void QwtPicker::setTrackerMode( DisplayMode mode ) +{ + if ( d_data->trackerMode != mode ) + { + d_data->trackerMode = mode; + setMouseTracking( d_data->trackerMode == AlwaysOn ); + } +} + +/*! + \return Tracker display mode + \sa setTrackerMode(), DisplayMode +*/ +QwtPicker::DisplayMode QwtPicker::trackerMode() const +{ + return d_data->trackerMode; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the resize mode. + + The resize mode controls what to do with the selected points of an active + selection when the observed widget is resized. + + Stretch means the points are scaled according to the new + size, KeepSize means the points remain unchanged. + + The default mode is Stretch. + + \param mode Resize mode + \sa resizeMode(), ResizeMode +*/ +void QwtPicker::setResizeMode( ResizeMode mode ) +{ + d_data->resizeMode = mode; +} + +/*! + \return Resize mode + \sa setResizeMode(), ResizeMode +*/ + +QwtPicker::ResizeMode QwtPicker::resizeMode() const +{ + return d_data->resizeMode; +} + +/*! + \brief En/disable the picker + + When enabled is true an event filter is installed for + the observed widget, otherwise the event filter is removed. + + \param enabled true or false + \sa isEnabled(), eventFilter() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setEnabled( bool enabled ) +{ + if ( d_data->enabled != enabled ) + { + d_data->enabled = enabled; + + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + if ( w ) + { + if ( enabled ) + w->installEventFilter( this ); + else + w->removeEventFilter( this ); + } + + updateDisplay(); + } +} + +/*! + \return true when enabled, false otherwise + \sa setEnabled(), eventFilter() +*/ + +bool QwtPicker::isEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->enabled; +} + +/*! + Set the font for the tracker + + \param font Tracker font + \sa trackerFont(), setTrackerMode(), setTrackerPen() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setTrackerFont( const QFont &font ) +{ + if ( font != d_data->trackerFont ) + { + d_data->trackerFont = font; + updateDisplay(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Tracker font + \sa setTrackerFont(), trackerMode(), trackerPen() +*/ + +QFont QwtPicker::trackerFont() const +{ + return d_data->trackerFont; +} + +/*! + Set the pen for the tracker + + \param pen Tracker pen + \sa trackerPen(), setTrackerMode(), setTrackerFont() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setTrackerPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( pen != d_data->trackerPen ) + { + d_data->trackerPen = pen; + updateDisplay(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Tracker pen + \sa setTrackerPen(), trackerMode(), trackerFont() +*/ +QPen QwtPicker::trackerPen() const +{ + return d_data->trackerPen; +} + +/*! + Set the pen for the rubberband + + \param pen Rubber band pen + \sa rubberBandPen(), setRubberBand() +*/ +void QwtPicker::setRubberBandPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( pen != d_data->rubberBandPen ) + { + d_data->rubberBandPen = pen; + updateDisplay(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Rubber band pen + \sa setRubberBandPen(), rubberBand() +*/ +QPen QwtPicker::rubberBandPen() const +{ + return d_data->rubberBandPen; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the label for a position + + In case of HLineRubberBand the label is the value of the + y position, in case of VLineRubberBand the value of the x position. + Otherwise the label contains x and y position separated by a ',' . + + The format for the string conversion is "%d". + + \param pos Position + \return Converted position as string +*/ + +QwtText QwtPicker::trackerText( const QPoint &pos ) const +{ + QString label; + + switch ( rubberBand() ) + { + case HLineRubberBand: + label.sprintf( "%d", pos.y() ); + break; + case VLineRubberBand: + label.sprintf( "%d", pos.x() ); + break; + default: + label.sprintf( "%d, %d", pos.x(), pos.y() ); + } + return label; +} + +/*! + Calculate the mask for the rubber band overlay + + \return Region for the mask + \sa QWidget::setMask() + */ +QRegion QwtPicker::rubberBandMask() const +{ + QRegion mask; + + if ( !isActive() || rubberBand() == NoRubberBand || + rubberBandPen().style() == Qt::NoPen ) + { + return mask; + } + + const QPolygon pa = adjustedPoints( d_data->pickedPoints ); + + QwtPickerMachine::SelectionType selectionType = + QwtPickerMachine::NoSelection; + + if ( d_data->stateMachine ) + selectionType = d_data->stateMachine->selectionType(); + + switch ( selectionType ) + { + case QwtPickerMachine::NoSelection: + case QwtPickerMachine::PointSelection: + { + if ( pa.count() < 1 ) + return mask; + + const QPoint pos = pa[0]; + const int pw = rubberBandPen().width(); + + const QRect pRect = pickArea().boundingRect().toRect(); + switch ( rubberBand() ) + { + case VLineRubberBand: + { + mask += qwtMaskRegion( QLine( pos.x(), pRect.top(), + pos.x(), pRect.bottom() ), pw ); + break; + } + case HLineRubberBand: + { + mask += qwtMaskRegion( QLine( pRect.left(), pos.y(), + pRect.right(), pos.y() ), pw ); + break; + } + case CrossRubberBand: + { + mask += qwtMaskRegion( QLine( pos.x(), pRect.top(), + pos.x(), pRect.bottom() ), pw ); + mask += qwtMaskRegion( QLine( pRect.left(), pos.y(), + pRect.right(), pos.y() ), pw ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::RectSelection: + { + if ( pa.count() < 2 ) + return mask; + + const int pw = rubberBandPen().width(); + + switch ( rubberBand() ) + { + case RectRubberBand: + { + const QRect r = QRect( pa.first(), pa.last() ); + mask = qwtMaskRegion( r.normalized(), pw ); + break; + } + case EllipseRubberBand: + { + const QRect r = QRect( pa.first(), pa.last() ); + mask += r.adjusted( -pw, -pw, pw, pw ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::PolygonSelection: + { + const int pw = rubberBandPen().width(); + if ( pw <= 1 ) + { + // because of the join style we better + // return a mask for a pen width <= 1 only + + const int off = 2 * pw; + const QRect r = pa.boundingRect(); + mask += r.adjusted( -off, -off, off, off ); + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return mask; +} + +/*! + Draw a rubber band, depending on rubberBand() + + \param painter Painter, initialized with a clip region + + \sa rubberBand(), RubberBand +*/ + +void QwtPicker::drawRubberBand( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + if ( !isActive() || rubberBand() == NoRubberBand || + rubberBandPen().style() == Qt::NoPen ) + { + return; + } + + const QPolygon pa = adjustedPoints( d_data->pickedPoints ); + + QwtPickerMachine::SelectionType selectionType = + QwtPickerMachine::NoSelection; + + if ( d_data->stateMachine ) + selectionType = d_data->stateMachine->selectionType(); + + switch ( selectionType ) + { + case QwtPickerMachine::NoSelection: + case QwtPickerMachine::PointSelection: + { + if ( pa.count() < 1 ) + return; + + const QPoint pos = pa[0]; + + const QRect pRect = pickArea().boundingRect().toRect(); + switch ( rubberBand() ) + { + case VLineRubberBand: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, pos.x(), + pRect.top(), pos.x(), pRect.bottom() ); + break; + } + case HLineRubberBand: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, pRect.left(), + pos.y(), pRect.right(), pos.y() ); + break; + } + case CrossRubberBand: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, pos.x(), + pRect.top(), pos.x(), pRect.bottom() ); + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, pRect.left(), + pos.y(), pRect.right(), pos.y() ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::RectSelection: + { + if ( pa.count() < 2 ) + return; + + const QRect rect = QRect( pa.first(), pa.last() ).normalized(); + switch ( rubberBand() ) + { + case EllipseRubberBand: + { + QwtPainter::drawEllipse( painter, rect ); + break; + } + case RectRubberBand: + { + QwtPainter::drawRect( painter, rect ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::PolygonSelection: + { + if ( rubberBand() == PolygonRubberBand ) + painter->drawPolyline( pa ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + Draw the tracker + + \param painter Painter + \sa trackerRect(), trackerText() +*/ + +void QwtPicker::drawTracker( QPainter *painter ) const +{ + const QRect textRect = trackerRect( painter->font() ); + if ( !textRect.isEmpty() ) + { + const QwtText label = trackerText( d_data->trackerPosition ); + if ( !label.isEmpty() ) + label.draw( painter, textRect ); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Map the pickedPoints() into a selection() + + adjustedPoints() maps the points, that have been collected on + the parentWidget() into a selection(). The default implementation + simply returns the points unmodified. + + The reason, why a selection() differs from the picked points + depends on the application requirements. F.e. : + + - A rectangular selection might need to have a specific aspect ratio only. + - A selection could accept non intersecting polygons only. + - ... + + The example below is for a rectangular selection, where the first + point is the center of the selected rectangle. + + \par Example + \code + QPolygon MyPicker::adjustedPoints( const QPolygon &points ) const + { + QPolygon adjusted; + if ( points.size() == 2 ) + { + const int width = qAbs( points[1].x() - points[0].x() ); + const int height = qAbs( points[1].y() - points[0].y() ); + + QRect rect( 0, 0, 2 * width, 2 * height ); + rect.moveCenter( points[0] ); + + adjusted += rect.topLeft(); + adjusted += rect.bottomRight(); + } + return adjusted; + } + \endcode + \endpar + + \param points Selected points + \return Selected points unmodified +*/ +QPolygon QwtPicker::adjustedPoints( const QPolygon &points ) const +{ + return points; +} + +/*! + \return Selected points + \sa pickedPoints(), adjustedPoints() +*/ +QPolygon QwtPicker::selection() const +{ + return adjustedPoints( d_data->pickedPoints ); +} + +//! \return Current position of the tracker +QPoint QwtPicker::trackerPosition() const +{ + return d_data->trackerPosition; +} + +/*! + Calculate the bounding rectangle for the tracker text + from the current position of the tracker + + \param font Font of the tracker text + \return Bounding rectangle of the tracker text + + \sa trackerPosition() +*/ +QRect QwtPicker::trackerRect( const QFont &font ) const +{ + if ( trackerMode() == AlwaysOff || + ( trackerMode() == ActiveOnly && !isActive() ) ) + { + return QRect(); + } + + if ( d_data->trackerPosition.x() < 0 || d_data->trackerPosition.y() < 0 ) + return QRect(); + + QwtText text = trackerText( d_data->trackerPosition ); + if ( text.isEmpty() ) + return QRect(); + + const QSizeF textSize = text.textSize( font ); + QRect textRect( 0, 0, qCeil( textSize.width() ), qCeil( textSize.height() ) ); + + const QPoint &pos = d_data->trackerPosition; + + int alignment = 0; + if ( isActive() && d_data->pickedPoints.count() > 1 + && rubberBand() != NoRubberBand ) + { + const QPoint last = + d_data->pickedPoints[ d_data->pickedPoints.count() - 2 ]; + + alignment |= ( pos.x() >= last.x() ) ? Qt::AlignRight : Qt::AlignLeft; + alignment |= ( pos.y() > last.y() ) ? Qt::AlignBottom : Qt::AlignTop; + } + else + alignment = Qt::AlignTop | Qt::AlignRight; + + const int margin = 5; + + int x = pos.x(); + if ( alignment & Qt::AlignLeft ) + x -= textRect.width() + margin; + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignRight ) + x += margin; + + int y = pos.y(); + if ( alignment & Qt::AlignBottom ) + y += margin; + else if ( alignment & Qt::AlignTop ) + y -= textRect.height() + margin; + + textRect.moveTopLeft( QPoint( x, y ) ); + + const QRect pickRect = pickArea().boundingRect().toRect(); + + int right = qMin( textRect.right(), pickRect.right() - margin ); + int bottom = qMin( textRect.bottom(), pickRect.bottom() - margin ); + textRect.moveBottomRight( QPoint( right, bottom ) ); + + int left = qMax( textRect.left(), pickRect.left() + margin ); + int top = qMax( textRect.top(), pickRect.top() + margin ); + textRect.moveTopLeft( QPoint( left, top ) ); + + return textRect; +} + +/*! + \brief Event filter + + When isEnabled() is true all events of the observed widget are filtered. + Mouse and keyboard events are translated into widgetMouse- and widgetKey- + and widgetWheel-events. Paint and Resize events are handled to keep + rubber band and tracker up to date. + + \param object Object to be filtered + \param event Event + + \return Always false. + + \sa widgetEnterEvent(), widgetLeaveEvent(), + widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent(), + QObject::installEventFilter(), QObject::event() +*/ +bool QwtPicker::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( object && object == parentWidget() ) + { + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::Resize: + { + const QResizeEvent *re = static_cast( event ); + + /* + Adding/deleting additional event filters inside of an event filter + is not safe dues to the implementation in Qt ( changing alist while iterating ). + So we create the overlays in a way, that they don't install en event filter + ( parent set to NULL ) and do the resizing here. + */ + if ( d_data->trackerOverlay ) + d_data->trackerOverlay->resize( re->size() ); + + if ( d_data->rubberBandOverlay ) + d_data->rubberBandOverlay->resize( re->size() ); + + if ( d_data->resizeMode == Stretch ) + stretchSelection( re->oldSize(), re->size() ); + + updateDisplay(); + break; + } + case QEvent::Enter: + { + widgetEnterEvent( event ); + break; + } + case QEvent::Leave: + { + widgetLeaveEvent( event ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + widgetMousePressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + widgetMouseReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: + { + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + { + widgetMouseMoveEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + widgetKeyPressEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyRelease: + { + widgetKeyReleaseEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + widgetWheelEvent( static_cast( event ) ); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + } + return false; +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse press event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + transition( mouseEvent ); +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse move event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + if ( pickArea().contains( mouseEvent->pos() ) ) + d_data->trackerPosition = mouseEvent->pos(); + else + d_data->trackerPosition = QPoint( -1, -1 ); + + if ( !isActive() ) + updateDisplay(); + + transition( mouseEvent ); +} + +/*! + Handle a enter event for the observed widget. + + \param event Qt event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetEnterEvent( QEvent *event ) +{ + transition( event ); +} + +/*! + Handle a leave event for the observed widget. + + \param event Qt event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetLeaveEvent( QEvent *event ) +{ + transition( event ); + + d_data->trackerPosition = QPoint( -1, -1 ); + if ( !isActive() ) + updateDisplay(); +} + +/*! + Handle a mouse release event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + transition( mouseEvent ); +} + +/*! + Handle mouse double click event for the observed widget. + + \param mouseEvent Mouse event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent *mouseEvent ) +{ + transition( mouseEvent ); +} + + +/*! + Handle a wheel event for the observed widget. + + Move the last point of the selection in case of isActive() == true + + \param wheelEvent Wheel event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetKeyPressEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetWheelEvent( QWheelEvent *wheelEvent ) +{ + if ( pickArea().contains( wheelEvent->pos() ) ) + d_data->trackerPosition = wheelEvent->pos(); + else + d_data->trackerPosition = QPoint( -1, -1 ); + + updateDisplay(); + + transition( wheelEvent ); +} + +/*! + Handle a key press event for the observed widget. + + Selections can be completely done by the keyboard. The arrow keys + move the cursor, the abort key aborts a selection. All other keys + are handled by the current state machine. + + \param keyEvent Key event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyReleaseEvent(), stateMachine(), + QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + int dx = 0; + int dy = 0; + + int offset = 1; + if ( keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + offset = 5; + + if ( keyMatch( KeyLeft, keyEvent ) ) + dx = -offset; + else if ( keyMatch( KeyRight, keyEvent ) ) + dx = offset; + else if ( keyMatch( KeyUp, keyEvent ) ) + dy = -offset; + else if ( keyMatch( KeyDown, keyEvent ) ) + dy = offset; + else if ( keyMatch( KeyAbort, keyEvent ) ) + { + reset(); + } + else + transition( keyEvent ); + + if ( dx != 0 || dy != 0 ) + { + const QRect rect = pickArea().boundingRect().toRect(); + const QPoint pos = parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ); + + int x = pos.x() + dx; + x = qMax( rect.left(), x ); + x = qMin( rect.right(), x ); + + int y = pos.y() + dy; + y = qMax( rect.top(), y ); + y = qMin( rect.bottom(), y ); + + QCursor::setPos( parentWidget()->mapToGlobal( QPoint( x, y ) ) ); + } +} + +/*! + Handle a key release event for the observed widget. + + Passes the event to the state machine. + + \param keyEvent Key event + + \sa eventFilter(), widgetMousePressEvent(), widgetMouseReleaseEvent(), + widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent(), widgetMouseMoveEvent(), + widgetWheelEvent(), widgetKeyPressEvent(), stateMachine() +*/ +void QwtPicker::widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent *keyEvent ) +{ + transition( keyEvent ); +} + +/*! + Passes an event to the state machine and executes the resulting + commands. Append and Move commands use the current position + of the cursor ( QCursor::pos() ). + + \param event Event +*/ +void QwtPicker::transition( const QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( !d_data->stateMachine ) + return; + + const QList commandList = + d_data->stateMachine->transition( *this, event ); + + QPoint pos; + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + case QEvent::MouseMove: + { + const QMouseEvent *me = + static_cast< const QMouseEvent * >( event ); + pos = me->pos(); + break; + } + default: + pos = parentWidget()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ); + } + + for ( int i = 0; i < commandList.count(); i++ ) + { + switch ( commandList[i] ) + { + case QwtPickerMachine::Begin: + { + begin(); + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::Append: + { + append( pos ); + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::Move: + { + move( pos ); + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::Remove: + { + remove(); + break; + } + case QwtPickerMachine::End: + { + end(); + break; + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Open a selection setting the state to active + + \sa isActive(), end(), append(), move() +*/ +void QwtPicker::begin() +{ + if ( d_data->isActive ) + return; + + d_data->pickedPoints.clear(); + d_data->isActive = true; + Q_EMIT activated( true ); + + if ( trackerMode() != AlwaysOff ) + { + if ( d_data->trackerPosition.x() < 0 || d_data->trackerPosition.y() < 0 ) + { + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + if ( w ) + d_data->trackerPosition = w->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ); + } + } + + updateDisplay(); + setMouseTracking( true ); +} + +/*! + \brief Close a selection setting the state to inactive. + + The selection is validated and maybe fixed by accept(). + + \param ok If true, complete the selection and emit a selected signal + otherwise discard the selection. + \return true if the selection is accepted, false otherwise + \sa isActive(), begin(), append(), move(), selected(), accept() +*/ +bool QwtPicker::end( bool ok ) +{ + if ( d_data->isActive ) + { + setMouseTracking( false ); + + d_data->isActive = false; + Q_EMIT activated( false ); + + if ( trackerMode() == ActiveOnly ) + d_data->trackerPosition = QPoint( -1, -1 ); + + if ( ok ) + ok = accept( d_data->pickedPoints ); + + if ( ok ) + Q_EMIT selected( d_data->pickedPoints ); + else + d_data->pickedPoints.clear(); + + updateDisplay(); + } + else + ok = false; + + return ok; +} + +/*! + Reset the state machine and terminate ( end(false) ) the selection +*/ +void QwtPicker::reset() +{ + if ( d_data->stateMachine ) + d_data->stateMachine->reset(); + + if ( isActive() ) + end( false ); +} + +/*! + Append a point to the selection and update rubber band and tracker. + The appended() signal is emitted. + + \param pos Additional point + + \sa isActive(), begin(), end(), move(), appended() +*/ +void QwtPicker::append( const QPoint &pos ) +{ + if ( d_data->isActive ) + { + d_data->pickedPoints += pos; + + updateDisplay(); + Q_EMIT appended( pos ); + } +} + +/*! + Move the last point of the selection + The moved() signal is emitted. + + \param pos New position + \sa isActive(), begin(), end(), append() +*/ +void QwtPicker::move( const QPoint &pos ) +{ + if ( d_data->isActive && !d_data->pickedPoints.isEmpty() ) + { + QPoint &point = d_data->pickedPoints.last(); + if ( point != pos ) + { + point = pos; + + updateDisplay(); + Q_EMIT moved( pos ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Remove the last point of the selection + The removed() signal is emitted. + + \sa isActive(), begin(), end(), append(), move() +*/ +void QwtPicker::remove() +{ + if ( d_data->isActive && !d_data->pickedPoints.isEmpty() ) + { +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050100 + const QPoint pos = d_data->pickedPoints.takeLast(); +#else + const QPoint pos = d_data->pickedPoints.last(); + d_data->pickedPoints.resize( d_data->pickedPoints.count() - 1 ); +#endif + + updateDisplay(); + Q_EMIT removed( pos ); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Validate and fix up the selection + + Accepts all selections unmodified + + \param selection Selection to validate and fix up + \return true, when accepted, false otherwise +*/ +bool QwtPicker::accept( QPolygon &selection ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( selection ); + return true; +} + +/*! + A picker is active between begin() and end(). + \return true if the selection is active. +*/ +bool QwtPicker::isActive() const +{ + return d_data->isActive; +} + +/*! + Return the points, that have been collected so far. The selection() + is calculated from the pickedPoints() in adjustedPoints(). + \return Picked points +*/ +const QPolygon &QwtPicker::pickedPoints() const +{ + return d_data->pickedPoints; +} + +/*! + Scale the selection by the ratios of oldSize and newSize + The changed() signal is emitted. + + \param oldSize Previous size + \param newSize Current size + + \sa ResizeMode, setResizeMode(), resizeMode() +*/ +void QwtPicker::stretchSelection( const QSize &oldSize, const QSize &newSize ) +{ + if ( oldSize.isEmpty() ) + { + // avoid division by zero. But scaling for small sizes also + // doesn't make much sense, because of rounding losses. TODO ... + return; + } + + const double xRatio = double( newSize.width() ) / double( oldSize.width() ); + const double yRatio = double( newSize.height() ) / double( oldSize.height() ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < d_data->pickedPoints.count(); i++ ) + { + QPoint &p = d_data->pickedPoints[i]; + p.setX( qRound( p.x() * xRatio ) ); + p.setY( qRound( p.y() * yRatio ) ); + + Q_EMIT changed( d_data->pickedPoints ); + } +} + +/*! + Set mouse tracking for the observed widget. + + In case of enable is true, the previous value + is saved, that is restored when enable is false. + + \warning Even when enable is false, mouse tracking might be restored + to true. When mouseTracking for the observed widget + has been changed directly by QWidget::setMouseTracking + while mouse tracking has been set to true, this value can't + be restored. +*/ + +void QwtPicker::setMouseTracking( bool enable ) +{ + QWidget *widget = parentWidget(); + if ( !widget ) + return; + + if ( enable ) + { + d_data->mouseTracking = widget->hasMouseTracking(); + widget->setMouseTracking( true ); + } + else + { + widget->setMouseTracking( d_data->mouseTracking ); + } +} + +/*! + Find the area of the observed widget, where selection might happen. + + \return parentWidget()->contentsRect() +*/ +QPainterPath QwtPicker::pickArea() const +{ + QPainterPath path; + + const QWidget *widget = parentWidget(); + if ( widget ) + path.addRect( widget->contentsRect() ); + + return path; +} + +//! Update the state of rubber band and tracker label +void QwtPicker::updateDisplay() +{ + QWidget *w = parentWidget(); + + bool showRubberband = false; + bool showTracker = false; + + if ( w && w->isVisible() && d_data->enabled ) + { + if ( rubberBand() != NoRubberBand && isActive() && + rubberBandPen().style() != Qt::NoPen ) + { + showRubberband = true; + } + + if ( trackerMode() == AlwaysOn || + ( trackerMode() == ActiveOnly && isActive() ) ) + { + if ( trackerPen() != Qt::NoPen + && !trackerRect( QFont() ).isEmpty() ) + { + showTracker = true; + } + } + } + + QPointer< QwtPickerRubberband > &rw = d_data->rubberBandOverlay; + if ( showRubberband ) + { + if ( rw.isNull() ) + { + rw = new QwtPickerRubberband( this, NULL ); // NULL -> no extra event filter + rw->setObjectName( "PickerRubberBand" ); + rw->setParent( w ); + rw->resize( w->size() ); + } + + if ( d_data->rubberBand <= RectRubberBand ) + rw->setMaskMode( QwtWidgetOverlay::MaskHint ); + else + rw->setMaskMode( QwtWidgetOverlay::AlphaMask ); + + rw->updateOverlay(); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->openGL ) + { + // Qt 4.8 crashes for a delete + if ( !rw.isNull() ) + { + rw->hide(); + rw->deleteLater(); + rw = NULL; + } + } + else + { + delete rw; + } + } + + QPointer< QwtPickerTracker > &tw = d_data->trackerOverlay; + if ( showTracker ) + { + if ( tw.isNull() ) + { + tw = new QwtPickerTracker( this, NULL ); // NULL -> no extra event filter + tw->setObjectName( "PickerTracker" ); + tw->setParent( w ); + tw->resize( w->size() ); + } + tw->setFont( d_data->trackerFont ); + tw->updateOverlay(); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->openGL ) + { + // Qt 4.8 crashes for a delete + if ( !tw.isNull() ) + { + tw->hide(); + tw->deleteLater(); + tw = NULL; + } + } + else + { + delete tw; + } + } +} + +//! \return Overlay displaying the rubber band +const QwtWidgetOverlay *QwtPicker::rubberBandOverlay() const +{ + return d_data->rubberBandOverlay; +} + +//! \return Overlay displaying the tracker text +const QwtWidgetOverlay *QwtPicker::trackerOverlay() const +{ + return d_data->trackerOverlay; +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e008e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PICKER +#define QWT_PICKER 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_event_pattern.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QWidget; +class QMouseEvent; +class QWheelEvent; +class QKeyEvent; +class QwtPickerMachine; +class QwtWidgetOverlay; + +/*! + \brief QwtPicker provides selections on a widget + + QwtPicker filters all enter, leave, mouse and keyboard events of a widget + and translates them into an array of selected points. + + The way how the points are collected depends on type of state machine + that is connected to the picker. Qwt offers a couple of predefined + state machines for selecting: + + - Nothing\n + QwtPickerTrackerMachine + - Single points\n + QwtPickerClickPointMachine, QwtPickerDragPointMachine + - Rectangles\n + QwtPickerClickRectMachine, QwtPickerDragRectMachine + - Polygons\n + QwtPickerPolygonMachine + + While these state machines cover the most common ways to collect points + it is also possible to implement individual machines as well. + + QwtPicker translates the picked points into a selection using the + adjustedPoints() method. adjustedPoints() is intended to be reimplemented + to fix up the selection according to application specific requirements. + (F.e. when an application accepts rectangles of a fixed aspect ratio only.) + + Optionally QwtPicker support the process of collecting points by a + rubber band and tracker displaying a text for the current mouse + position. + + \par Example + \code + #include + #include + + QwtPicker *picker = new QwtPicker(widget); + picker->setStateMachine(new QwtPickerDragRectMachine); + picker->setTrackerMode(QwtPicker::ActiveOnly); + picker->setRubberBand(QwtPicker::RectRubberBand); + \endcode + \endpar + + The state machine triggers the following commands: + + - begin()\n + Activate/Initialize the selection. + - append()\n + Add a new point + - move() \n + Change the position of the last point. + - remove()\n + Remove the last point. + - end()\n + Terminate the selection and call accept to validate the picked points. + + The picker is active (isActive()), between begin() and end(). + In active state the rubber band is displayed, and the tracker is visible + in case of trackerMode is ActiveOnly or AlwaysOn. + + The cursor can be moved using the arrow keys. All selections can be aborted + using the abort key. (QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode) + + \warning In case of QWidget::NoFocus the focus policy of the observed + widget is set to QWidget::WheelFocus and mouse tracking + will be manipulated while the picker is active, + or if trackerMode() is AlwayOn. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPicker: public QObject, public QwtEventPattern +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_ENUMS( RubberBand DisplayMode ResizeMode ) + + Q_PROPERTY( bool isEnabled READ isEnabled WRITE setEnabled ) + Q_PROPERTY( ResizeMode resizeMode READ resizeMode WRITE setResizeMode ) + + Q_PROPERTY( DisplayMode trackerMode READ trackerMode WRITE setTrackerMode ) + Q_PROPERTY( QPen trackerPen READ trackerPen WRITE setTrackerPen ) + Q_PROPERTY( QFont trackerFont READ trackerFont WRITE setTrackerFont ) + + Q_PROPERTY( RubberBand rubberBand READ rubberBand WRITE setRubberBand ) + Q_PROPERTY( QPen rubberBandPen READ rubberBandPen WRITE setRubberBandPen ) + +public: + /*! + Rubber band style + + The default value is QwtPicker::NoRubberBand. + \sa setRubberBand(), rubberBand() + */ + + enum RubberBand + { + //! No rubberband. + NoRubberBand = 0, + + //! A horizontal line ( only for QwtPickerMachine::PointSelection ) + HLineRubberBand, + + //! A vertical line ( only for QwtPickerMachine::PointSelection ) + VLineRubberBand, + + //! A crosshair ( only for QwtPickerMachine::PointSelection ) + CrossRubberBand, + + //! A rectangle ( only for QwtPickerMachine::RectSelection ) + RectRubberBand, + + //! An ellipse ( only for QwtPickerMachine::RectSelection ) + EllipseRubberBand, + + //! A polygon ( only for QwtPickerMachine::PolygonSelection ) + PolygonRubberBand, + + /*! + Values >= UserRubberBand can be used to define additional + rubber bands. + */ + UserRubberBand = 100 + }; + + /*! + \brief Display mode + \sa setTrackerMode(), trackerMode(), isActive() + */ + enum DisplayMode + { + //! Display never + AlwaysOff, + + //! Display always + AlwaysOn, + + //! Display only when the selection is active + ActiveOnly + }; + + /*! + Controls what to do with the selected points of an active + selection when the observed widget is resized. + + The default value is QwtPicker::Stretch. + \sa setResizeMode() + */ + + enum ResizeMode + { + //! All points are scaled according to the new size, + Stretch, + + //! All points remain unchanged. + KeepSize + }; + + explicit QwtPicker( QWidget *parent ); + explicit QwtPicker( RubberBand rubberBand, + DisplayMode trackerMode, QWidget * ); + + virtual ~QwtPicker(); + + void setStateMachine( QwtPickerMachine * ); + const QwtPickerMachine *stateMachine() const; + QwtPickerMachine *stateMachine(); + + void setRubberBand( RubberBand ); + RubberBand rubberBand() const; + + void setTrackerMode( DisplayMode ); + DisplayMode trackerMode() const; + + void setResizeMode( ResizeMode ); + ResizeMode resizeMode() const; + + void setRubberBandPen( const QPen & ); + QPen rubberBandPen() const; + + void setTrackerPen( const QPen & ); + QPen trackerPen() const; + + void setTrackerFont( const QFont & ); + QFont trackerFont() const; + + bool isEnabled() const; + bool isActive() const; + + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + + QWidget *parentWidget(); + const QWidget *parentWidget() const; + + virtual QPainterPath pickArea() const; + + virtual void drawRubberBand( QPainter * ) const; + virtual void drawTracker( QPainter * ) const; + + virtual QRegion rubberBandMask() const; + + virtual QwtText trackerText( const QPoint &pos ) const; + QPoint trackerPosition() const; + virtual QRect trackerRect( const QFont & ) const; + + QPolygon selection() const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + void setEnabled( bool ); + +Q_SIGNALS: + /*! + A signal indicating, when the picker has been activated. + Together with setEnabled() it can be used to implement + selections with more than one picker. + + \param on True, when the picker has been activated + */ + void activated( bool on ); + + /*! + A signal emitting the selected points, + at the end of a selection. + + \param polygon Selected points + */ + void selected( const QPolygon &polygon ); + + /*! + A signal emitted when a point has been appended to the selection + + \param pos Position of the appended point. + \sa append(). moved() + */ + void appended( const QPoint &pos ); + + /*! + A signal emitted whenever the last appended point of the + selection has been moved. + + \param pos Position of the moved last point of the selection. + \sa move(), appended() + */ + void moved( const QPoint &pos ); + + /*! + A signal emitted whenever the last appended point of the + selection has been removed. + + \param pos Position of the point, that has been removed + \sa remove(), appended() + */ + void removed( const QPoint &pos ); + /*! + A signal emitted when the active selection has been changed. + This might happen when the observed widget is resized. + + \param selection Changed selection + \sa stretchSelection() + */ + void changed( const QPolygon &selection ); + +protected: + virtual QPolygon adjustedPoints( const QPolygon & ) const; + + virtual void transition( const QEvent * ); + + virtual void begin(); + virtual void append( const QPoint & ); + virtual void move( const QPoint & ); + virtual void remove(); + virtual bool end( bool ok = true ); + + virtual bool accept( QPolygon & ) const; + virtual void reset(); + + virtual void widgetMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * ); + virtual void widgetWheelEvent( QWheelEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyPressEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void widgetKeyReleaseEvent( QKeyEvent * ); + virtual void widgetEnterEvent( QEvent * ); + virtual void widgetLeaveEvent( QEvent * ); + + virtual void stretchSelection( + const QSize &oldSize, const QSize &newSize ); + + virtual void updateDisplay(); + + const QwtWidgetOverlay *rubberBandOverlay() const; + const QwtWidgetOverlay *trackerOverlay() const; + + const QPolygon &pickedPoints() const; + +private: + void init( QWidget *, RubberBand rubberBand, DisplayMode trackerMode ); + + void setMouseTracking( bool ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e281833 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_picker_machine.h" +#include "qwt_event_pattern.h" +#include + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerMachine::QwtPickerMachine( SelectionType type ): + d_selectionType( type ), + d_state( 0 ) +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPickerMachine::~QwtPickerMachine() +{ +} + +//! Return the selection type +QwtPickerMachine::SelectionType QwtPickerMachine::selectionType() const +{ + return d_selectionType; +} + +//! Return the current state +int QwtPickerMachine::state() const +{ + return d_state; +} + +//! Change the current state +void QwtPickerMachine::setState( int state ) +{ + d_state = state; +} + +//! Set the current state to 0. +void QwtPickerMachine::reset() +{ + setState( 0 ); +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerTrackerMachine::QwtPickerTrackerMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( NoSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerTrackerMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent *e ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( e->type() ) + { + case QEvent::Enter: + case QEvent::MouseMove: + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += Move; + } + break; + } + case QEvent::Leave: + { + cmdList += Remove; + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerClickPointMachine::QwtPickerClickPointMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( PointSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerClickPointMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += End; + } + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + const QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast ( event ); + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, keyEvent ) ) + { + if ( !keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += End; + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerDragPointMachine::QwtPickerDragPointMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( PointSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerDragPointMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + cmdList += Move; + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + const QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast ( event ); + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, keyEvent ) ) + { + if ( !keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerClickRectMachine::QwtPickerClickRectMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( RectSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerClickRectMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + switch ( state() ) + { + case 0: + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + break; + } + case 1: + { + // Uh, strange we missed the MouseButtonRelease + break; + } + default: + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + cmdList += Move; + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 1 ) + { + cmdList += Append; + setState( 2 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + const QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast ( event ); + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, keyEvent ) ) + { + if ( !keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + if ( state() == 1 ) + { + cmdList += Append; + setState( 2 ); + } + else if ( state() == 2 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerDragRectMachine::QwtPickerDragRectMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( RectSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerDragRectMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 2 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + cmdList += Move; + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + if ( state() == 2 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, + static_cast ( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 2 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerPolygonMachine::QwtPickerPolygonMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( PolygonSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerPolygonMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += Append; + } + } + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect2, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 1 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + cmdList += Move; + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + const QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast ( event ); + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, keyEvent ) ) + { + if ( !keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += Append; + } + } + } + else if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect2, keyEvent ) ) + { + if ( !keyEvent->isAutoRepeat() ) + { + if ( state() == 1 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} + +//! Constructor +QwtPickerDragLineMachine::QwtPickerDragLineMachine(): + QwtPickerMachine( PolygonSelection ) +{ +} + +//! Transition +QList QwtPickerDragLineMachine::transition( + const QwtEventPattern &eventPattern, const QEvent *event ) +{ + QList cmdList; + + switch( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.mouseMatch( QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1, + static_cast( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::KeyPress: + { + if ( eventPattern.keyMatch( QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1, + static_cast ( event ) ) ) + { + if ( state() == 0 ) + { + cmdList += Begin; + cmdList += Append; + cmdList += Append; + setState( 1 ); + } + else + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::Wheel: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + cmdList += Move; + + break; + } + case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: + { + if ( state() != 0 ) + { + cmdList += End; + setState( 0 ); + } + } + default: + break; + } + + return cmdList; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..043ba48 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_picker_machine.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PICKER_MACHINE +#define QWT_PICKER_MACHINE 1 + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QEvent; +class QwtEventPattern; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for QwtPicker selections + + QwtPickerMachine accepts key and mouse events and translates them + into selection commands. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + /*! + Type of a selection. + \sa selectionType() + */ + enum SelectionType + { + //! The state machine not usable for any type of selection. + NoSelection = -1, + + //! The state machine is for selecting a single point. + PointSelection, + + //! The state machine is for selecting a rectangle (2 points). + RectSelection, + + //! The state machine is for selecting a polygon (many points). + PolygonSelection + }; + + //! Commands - the output of a state machine + enum Command + { + Begin, + Append, + Move, + Remove, + End + }; + + QwtPickerMachine( SelectionType ); + virtual ~QwtPickerMachine(); + + //! Transition + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ) = 0; + void reset(); + + int state() const; + void setState( int ); + + SelectionType selectionType() const; + +private: + const SelectionType d_selectionType; + int d_state; +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for indicating mouse movements + + QwtPickerTrackerMachine supports displaying information + corresponding to mouse movements, but is not intended for + selecting anything. Begin/End are related to Enter/Leave events. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerTrackerMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerTrackerMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for point selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 or + QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 selects a point. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerClickPointMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerClickPointMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for point selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 or QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 + starts the selection, releasing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 or + a second press of QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 terminates it. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerDragPointMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerDragPointMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for rectangle selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 starts + the selection, releasing it selects the first point. Pressing it + again selects the second point and terminates the selection. + Pressing QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 also starts the + selection, a second press selects the first point. A third one selects + the second point and terminates the selection. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerClickRectMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerClickRectMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for rectangle selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 selects + the first point, releasing it the second point. + Pressing QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 also selects the + first point, a second press selects the second point and terminates + the selection. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerDragRectMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerDragRectMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for line selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 selects + the first point, releasing it the second point. + Pressing QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 also selects the + first point, a second press selects the second point and terminates + the selection. + + A common use case of QwtPickerDragLineMachine are pickers for + distance measurements. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerDragLineMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerDragLineMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +/*! + \brief A state machine for polygon selections + + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect1 or QwtEventPattern::KeySelect1 + starts the selection and selects the first point, or appends a point. + Pressing QwtEventPattern::MouseSelect2 or QwtEventPattern::KeySelect2 + appends the last point and terminates the selection. + + \sa QwtEventPattern::MousePatternCode, QwtEventPattern::KeyPatternCode +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPickerPolygonMachine: public QwtPickerMachine +{ +public: + QwtPickerPolygonMachine(); + + virtual QList transition( + const QwtEventPattern &, const QEvent * ); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..038ff80 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_pixel_matrix.h" + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + \param rect Bounding rectangle for the matrix +*/ +QwtPixelMatrix::QwtPixelMatrix( const QRect& rect ): + QBitArray( qMax( rect.width() * rect.height(), 0 ) ), + d_rect( rect ) +{ +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPixelMatrix::~QwtPixelMatrix() +{ +} + +/*! + Set the bounding rectangle of the matrix + + \param rect Bounding rectangle + + \note All bits are cleared + */ +void QwtPixelMatrix::setRect( const QRect& rect ) +{ + if ( rect != d_rect ) + { + d_rect = rect; + const int sz = qMax( rect.width() * rect.height(), 0 ); + resize( sz ); + } + + fill( false ); +} + +//! \return Bounding rectangle +QRect QwtPixelMatrix::rect() const +{ + return d_rect; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bdff27 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_pixel_matrix.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PIXEL_MATRIX_H +#define QWT_PIXEL_MATRIX_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +/*! + \brief A bit field corresponding to the pixels of a rectangle + + QwtPixelMatrix is intended to filter out duplicates in an + unsorted array of points. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPixelMatrix: public QBitArray +{ +public: + QwtPixelMatrix( const QRect& rect ); + ~QwtPixelMatrix(); + + void setRect( const QRect& rect ); + QRect rect() const; + + bool testPixel( int x, int y ) const; + bool testAndSetPixel( int x, int y, bool on ); + + int index( int x, int y ) const; + +private: + QRect d_rect; +}; + +/*! + \brief Test if a pixel has been set + + \param x X-coordinate + \param y Y-coordinate + + \return true, when pos is outside of rect(), or when the pixel + has already been set. + */ +inline bool QwtPixelMatrix::testPixel( int x, int y ) const +{ + const int idx = index( x, y ); + return ( idx >= 0 ) ? testBit( idx ) : true; +} + +/*! + \brief Set a pixel and test if a pixel has been set before + + \param x X-coordinate + \param y Y-coordinate + \param on Set/Clear the pixel + + \return true, when pos is outside of rect(), or when the pixel + was set before. + */ +inline bool QwtPixelMatrix::testAndSetPixel( int x, int y, bool on ) +{ + const int idx = index( x, y ); + if ( idx < 0 ) + return true; + + const bool onBefore = testBit( idx ); + setBit( idx, on ); + + return onBefore; +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the index in the bit field corresponding to a position + + \param x X-coordinate + \param y Y-coordinate + \return Index, when rect() contains pos - otherwise -1. + */ +inline int QwtPixelMatrix::index( int x, int y ) const +{ + const int dx = x - d_rect.x(); + if ( dx < 0 || dx >= d_rect.width() ) + return -1; + + const int dy = y - d_rect.y(); + if ( dy < 0 || dy >= d_rect.height() ) + return -1; + + return dy * d_rect.width() + dx; +} + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d832c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1184 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_plot_dict.h" +#include "qwt_plot_layout.h" +#include "qwt_scale_widget.h" +#include "qwt_scale_engine.h" +#include "qwt_text_label.h" +#include "qwt_legend.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include "qwt_plot_canvas.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static inline void qwtEnableLegendItems( QwtPlot *plot, bool on ) +{ + if ( on ) + { + QObject::connect( + plot, SIGNAL(legendDataChanged(QVariant,QList)), + plot, SLOT(updateLegendItems(QVariant,QList)) + ); + } + else + { + QObject::disconnect( + plot, SIGNAL(legendDataChanged(QVariant,QList) ), + plot, SLOT( updateLegendItems(QVariant,QList)) + ); + } +} + +static void qwtSetTabOrder( + QWidget *first, QWidget *second, bool withChildren ) +{ + QList tabChain; + tabChain += first; + tabChain += second; + + if ( withChildren ) + { + QList children = second->findChildren(); + + QWidget *w = second->nextInFocusChain(); + while ( children.contains( w ) ) + { + children.removeAll( w ); + + tabChain += w; + w = w->nextInFocusChain(); + } + } + + for ( int i = 0; i < tabChain.size() - 1; i++ ) + { + QWidget *from = tabChain[i]; + QWidget *to = tabChain[i+1]; + + const Qt::FocusPolicy policy1 = from->focusPolicy(); + const Qt::FocusPolicy policy2 = to->focusPolicy(); + + QWidget *proxy1 = from->focusProxy(); + QWidget *proxy2 = to->focusProxy(); + + from->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); + from->setFocusProxy( NULL); + + to->setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus ); + to->setFocusProxy( NULL); + + QWidget::setTabOrder( from, to ); + + from->setFocusPolicy( policy1 ); + from->setFocusProxy( proxy1); + + to->setFocusPolicy( policy2 ); + to->setFocusProxy( proxy2 ); + } +} + +class QwtPlot::PrivateData +{ +public: + QPointer titleLabel; + QPointer footerLabel; + QPointer canvas; + QPointer legend; + QwtPlotLayout *layout; + + bool autoReplot; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + \param parent Parent widget + */ +QwtPlot::QwtPlot( QWidget *parent ): + QFrame( parent ) +{ + initPlot( QwtText() ); +} + +/*! + \brief Constructor + \param title Title text + \param parent Parent widget + */ +QwtPlot::QwtPlot( const QwtText &title, QWidget *parent ): + QFrame( parent ) +{ + initPlot( title ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlot::~QwtPlot() +{ + setAutoReplot( false ); + detachItems( QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem, autoDelete() ); + + delete d_data->layout; + deleteAxesData(); + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Initializes a QwtPlot instance + \param title Title text + */ +void QwtPlot::initPlot( const QwtText &title ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + d_data->layout = new QwtPlotLayout; + d_data->autoReplot = false; + + // title + d_data->titleLabel = new QwtTextLabel( this ); + d_data->titleLabel->setObjectName( "QwtPlotTitle" ); + d_data->titleLabel->setFont( QFont( fontInfo().family(), 14, QFont::Bold ) ); + + QwtText text( title ); + text.setRenderFlags( Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap ); + d_data->titleLabel->setText( text ); + + // footer + d_data->footerLabel = new QwtTextLabel( this ); + d_data->footerLabel->setObjectName( "QwtPlotFooter" ); + + QwtText footer; + footer.setRenderFlags( Qt::AlignCenter | Qt::TextWordWrap ); + d_data->footerLabel->setText( footer ); + + // legend + d_data->legend = NULL; + + // axis + initAxesData(); + + // canvas + d_data->canvas = new QwtPlotCanvas( this ); + d_data->canvas->setObjectName( "QwtPlotCanvas" ); + d_data->canvas->installEventFilter( this ); + + setSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, + QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding ); + + resize( 200, 200 ); + + QList focusChain; + focusChain << this << d_data->titleLabel << axisWidget( xTop ) + << axisWidget( yLeft ) << d_data->canvas << axisWidget( yRight ) + << axisWidget( xBottom ) << d_data->footerLabel; + + for ( int i = 0; i < focusChain.size() - 1; i++ ) + qwtSetTabOrder( focusChain[i], focusChain[i+1], false ); + + qwtEnableLegendItems( this, true ); +} + +/*! + \brief Set the drawing canvas of the plot widget + + QwtPlot invokes methods of the canvas as meta methods ( see QMetaObject ). + In opposite to using conventional C++ techniques like virtual methods + they allow to use canvas implementations that are derived from + QWidget or QGLWidget. + + The following meta methods could be implemented: + + - replot() + When the canvas doesn't offer a replot method, QwtPlot calls + update() instead. + + - borderPath() + The border path is necessary to clip the content of the canvas + When the canvas doesn't have any special border ( f.e rounded corners ) + it is o.k. not to implement this method. + + The default canvas is a QwtPlotCanvas + + \param canvas Canvas Widget + \sa canvas() + */ +void QwtPlot::setCanvas( QWidget *canvas ) +{ + if ( canvas == d_data->canvas ) + return; + + delete d_data->canvas; + d_data->canvas = canvas; + + if ( canvas ) + { + canvas->setParent( this ); + canvas->installEventFilter( this ); + + if ( isVisible() ) + canvas->show(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Adds handling of layout requests + \param event Event + + \return See QFrame::event() +*/ +bool QwtPlot::event( QEvent *event ) +{ + bool ok = QFrame::event( event ); + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::LayoutRequest: + updateLayout(); + break; + case QEvent::PolishRequest: + replot(); + break; + default:; + } + return ok; +} + +/*! + \brief Event filter + + The plot handles the following events for the canvas: + + - QEvent::Resize + The canvas margins might depend on its size + + - QEvent::ContentsRectChange + The layout needs to be recalculated + + \param object Object to be filtered + \param event Event + + \return See QFrame::eventFilter() + + \sa updateCanvasMargins(), updateLayout() +*/ +bool QwtPlot::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( object == d_data->canvas ) + { + if ( event->type() == QEvent::Resize ) + { + updateCanvasMargins(); + } + else if ( event->type() == QEvent::ContentsRectChange ) + { + updateLayout(); + } + } + + return QFrame::eventFilter( object, event ); +} + +//! Replots the plot if autoReplot() is \c true. +void QwtPlot::autoRefresh() +{ + if ( d_data->autoReplot ) + replot(); +} + +/*! + \brief Set or reset the autoReplot option + + If the autoReplot option is set, the plot will be + updated implicitly by manipulating member functions. + Since this may be time-consuming, it is recommended + to leave this option switched off and call replot() + explicitly if necessary. + + The autoReplot option is set to false by default, which + means that the user has to call replot() in order to make + changes visible. + \param tf \c true or \c false. Defaults to \c true. + \sa replot() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAutoReplot( bool tf ) +{ + d_data->autoReplot = tf; +} + +/*! + \return true if the autoReplot option is set. + \sa setAutoReplot() +*/ +bool QwtPlot::autoReplot() const +{ + return d_data->autoReplot; +} + +/*! + Change the plot's title + \param title New title +*/ +void QwtPlot::setTitle( const QString &title ) +{ + if ( title != d_data->titleLabel->text().text() ) + { + d_data->titleLabel->setText( title ); + updateLayout(); + } +} + +/*! + Change the plot's title + \param title New title +*/ +void QwtPlot::setTitle( const QwtText &title ) +{ + if ( title != d_data->titleLabel->text() ) + { + d_data->titleLabel->setText( title ); + updateLayout(); + } +} + +//! \return Title of the plot +QwtText QwtPlot::title() const +{ + return d_data->titleLabel->text(); +} + +//! \return Title label widget. +QwtTextLabel *QwtPlot::titleLabel() +{ + return d_data->titleLabel; +} + +//! \return Title label widget. +const QwtTextLabel *QwtPlot::titleLabel() const +{ + return d_data->titleLabel; +} + +/*! + Change the text the footer + \param text New text of the footer +*/ +void QwtPlot::setFooter( const QString &text ) +{ + if ( text != d_data->footerLabel->text().text() ) + { + d_data->footerLabel->setText( text ); + updateLayout(); + } +} + +/*! + Change the text the footer + \param text New text of the footer +*/ +void QwtPlot::setFooter( const QwtText &text ) +{ + if ( text != d_data->footerLabel->text() ) + { + d_data->footerLabel->setText( text ); + updateLayout(); + } +} + +//! \return Text of the footer +QwtText QwtPlot::footer() const +{ + return d_data->footerLabel->text(); +} + +//! \return Footer label widget. +QwtTextLabel *QwtPlot::footerLabel() +{ + return d_data->footerLabel; +} + +//! \return Footer label widget. +const QwtTextLabel *QwtPlot::footerLabel() const +{ + return d_data->footerLabel; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a new plot layout + + \param layout Layout() + \sa plotLayout() + */ +void QwtPlot::setPlotLayout( QwtPlotLayout *layout ) +{ + if ( layout != d_data->layout ) + { + delete d_data->layout; + d_data->layout = layout; + + updateLayout(); + } +} + +//! \return the plot's layout +QwtPlotLayout *QwtPlot::plotLayout() +{ + return d_data->layout; +} + +//! \return the plot's layout +const QwtPlotLayout *QwtPlot::plotLayout() const +{ + return d_data->layout; +} + +/*! + \return the plot's legend + \sa insertLegend() +*/ +QwtAbstractLegend *QwtPlot::legend() +{ + return d_data->legend; +} + +/*! + \return the plot's legend + \sa insertLegend() +*/ +const QwtAbstractLegend *QwtPlot::legend() const +{ + return d_data->legend; +} + + +/*! + \return the plot's canvas +*/ +QWidget *QwtPlot::canvas() +{ + return d_data->canvas; +} + +/*! + \return the plot's canvas +*/ +const QWidget *QwtPlot::canvas() const +{ + return d_data->canvas; +} + +/*! + \return Size hint for the plot widget + \sa minimumSizeHint() +*/ +QSize QwtPlot::sizeHint() const +{ + int dw = 0; + int dh = 0; + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + if ( axisEnabled( axisId ) ) + { + const int niceDist = 40; + const QwtScaleWidget *scaleWidget = axisWidget( axisId ); + const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv = scaleWidget->scaleDraw()->scaleDiv(); + const int majCnt = scaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ).count(); + + if ( axisId == yLeft || axisId == yRight ) + { + int hDiff = ( majCnt - 1 ) * niceDist + - scaleWidget->minimumSizeHint().height(); + if ( hDiff > dh ) + dh = hDiff; + } + else + { + int wDiff = ( majCnt - 1 ) * niceDist + - scaleWidget->minimumSizeHint().width(); + if ( wDiff > dw ) + dw = wDiff; + } + } + } + return minimumSizeHint() + QSize( dw, dh ); +} + +/*! + \brief Return a minimum size hint +*/ +QSize QwtPlot::minimumSizeHint() const +{ + QSize hint = d_data->layout->minimumSizeHint( this ); + hint += QSize( 2 * frameWidth(), 2 * frameWidth() ); + + return hint; +} + +/*! + Resize and update internal layout + \param e Resize event +*/ +void QwtPlot::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e ) +{ + QFrame::resizeEvent( e ); + updateLayout(); +} + +/*! + \brief Redraw the plot + + If the autoReplot option is not set (which is the default) + or if any curves are attached to raw data, the plot has to + be refreshed explicitly in order to make changes visible. + + \sa updateAxes(), setAutoReplot() +*/ +void QwtPlot::replot() +{ + bool doAutoReplot = autoReplot(); + setAutoReplot( false ); + + updateAxes(); + + /* + Maybe the layout needs to be updated, because of changed + axes labels. We need to process them here before painting + to avoid that scales and canvas get out of sync. + */ + QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::LayoutRequest ); + + if ( d_data->canvas ) + { + const bool ok = QMetaObject::invokeMethod( + d_data->canvas, "replot", Qt::DirectConnection ); + if ( !ok ) + { + // fallback, when canvas has no a replot method + d_data->canvas->update( d_data->canvas->contentsRect() ); + } + } + + setAutoReplot( doAutoReplot ); +} + +/*! + \brief Adjust plot content to its current size. + \sa resizeEvent() +*/ +void QwtPlot::updateLayout() +{ + d_data->layout->activate( this, contentsRect() ); + + QRect titleRect = d_data->layout->titleRect().toRect(); + QRect footerRect = d_data->layout->footerRect().toRect(); + QRect scaleRect[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + scaleRect[axisId] = d_data->layout->scaleRect( axisId ).toRect(); + QRect legendRect = d_data->layout->legendRect().toRect(); + QRect canvasRect = d_data->layout->canvasRect().toRect(); + + // resize and show the visible widgets + + if ( !d_data->titleLabel->text().isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->titleLabel->setGeometry( titleRect ); + if ( !d_data->titleLabel->isVisibleTo( this ) ) + d_data->titleLabel->show(); + } + else + d_data->titleLabel->hide(); + + if ( !d_data->footerLabel->text().isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->footerLabel->setGeometry( footerRect ); + if ( !d_data->footerLabel->isVisibleTo( this ) ) + d_data->footerLabel->show(); + } + else + { + d_data->footerLabel->hide(); + } + + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + QwtScaleWidget* scaleWidget = axisWidget( axisId ); + + if ( axisEnabled( axisId ) ) + { + if ( scaleRect[axisId] != scaleWidget->geometry() ) + { + scaleWidget->setGeometry( scaleRect[axisId] ); + + int startDist, endDist; + scaleWidget->getBorderDistHint( startDist, endDist ); + scaleWidget->setBorderDist( startDist, endDist ); + } + +#if 1 + if ( axisId == xBottom || axisId == xTop ) + { + // do we need this code any longer ??? + + QRegion r( scaleRect[axisId] ); + if ( axisEnabled( yLeft ) ) + r = r.subtracted( QRegion( scaleRect[yLeft] ) ); + if ( axisEnabled( yRight ) ) + r = r.subtracted( QRegion( scaleRect[yRight] ) ); + r.translate( -scaleRect[ axisId ].x(), + -scaleRect[axisId].y() ); + + scaleWidget->setMask( r ); + } +#endif + if ( !scaleWidget->isVisibleTo( this ) ) + scaleWidget->show(); + } + else + { + scaleWidget->hide(); + } + } + + if ( d_data->legend ) + { + if ( d_data->legend->isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->legend->hide(); + } + else + { + d_data->legend->setGeometry( legendRect ); + d_data->legend->show(); + } + } + + d_data->canvas->setGeometry( canvasRect ); +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the canvas margins + + \param maps QwtPlot::axisCnt maps, mapping between plot and paint device coordinates + \param canvasRect Bounding rectangle where to paint + \param left Return parameter for the left margin + \param top Return parameter for the top margin + \param right Return parameter for the right margin + \param bottom Return parameter for the bottom margin + + Plot items might indicate, that they need some extra space + at the borders of the canvas by the QwtPlotItem::Margins flag. + + updateCanvasMargins(), QwtPlotItem::getCanvasMarginHint() + */ +void QwtPlot::getCanvasMarginsHint( + const QwtScaleMap maps[], const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom) const +{ + left = top = right = bottom = -1.0; + + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = itmList.begin(); + it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + const QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + if ( item->testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Margins ) ) + { + double m[ QwtPlot::axisCnt ]; + item->getCanvasMarginHint( + maps[ item->xAxis() ], maps[ item->yAxis() ], + canvasRect, m[yLeft], m[xTop], m[yRight], m[xBottom] ); + + left = qMax( left, m[yLeft] ); + top = qMax( top, m[xTop] ); + right = qMax( right, m[yRight] ); + bottom = qMax( bottom, m[xBottom] ); + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief Update the canvas margins + + Plot items might indicate, that they need some extra space + at the borders of the canvas by the QwtPlotItem::Margins flag. + + getCanvasMarginsHint(), QwtPlotItem::getCanvasMarginHint() + */ +void QwtPlot::updateCanvasMargins() +{ + QwtScaleMap maps[axisCnt]; + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + maps[axisId] = canvasMap( axisId ); + + double margins[axisCnt]; + getCanvasMarginsHint( maps, canvas()->contentsRect(), + margins[yLeft], margins[xTop], margins[yRight], margins[xBottom] ); + + bool doUpdate = false; + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + if ( margins[axisId] >= 0.0 ) + { + const int m = qCeil( margins[axisId] ); + plotLayout()->setCanvasMargin( m, axisId); + doUpdate = true; + } + } + + if ( doUpdate ) + updateLayout(); +} + +/*! + Redraw the canvas. + \param painter Painter used for drawing + + \warning drawCanvas calls drawItems what is also used + for printing. Applications that like to add individual + plot items better overload drawItems() + \sa drawItems() +*/ +void QwtPlot::drawCanvas( QPainter *painter ) +{ + QwtScaleMap maps[axisCnt]; + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + maps[axisId] = canvasMap( axisId ); + + drawItems( painter, d_data->canvas->contentsRect(), maps ); +} + +/*! + Redraw the canvas items. + + \param painter Painter used for drawing + \param canvasRect Bounding rectangle where to paint + \param maps QwtPlot::axisCnt maps, mapping between plot and paint device coordinates + + \note Usually canvasRect is contentsRect() of the plot canvas. + Due to a bug in Qt this rectangle might be wrong for certain + frame styles ( f.e QFrame::Box ) and it might be necessary to + fix the margins manually using QWidget::setContentsMargins() +*/ + +void QwtPlot::drawItems( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &canvasRect, + const QwtScaleMap maps[axisCnt] ) const +{ + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = itmList.begin(); + it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + if ( item && item->isVisible() ) + { + painter->save(); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + item->testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::HighQualityAntialiasing, + item->testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + + item->draw( painter, + maps[item->xAxis()], maps[item->yAxis()], + canvasRect ); + + painter->restore(); + } + } +} + +/*! + \param axisId Axis + \return Map for the axis on the canvas. With this map pixel coordinates can + translated to plot coordinates and vice versa. + \sa QwtScaleMap, transform(), invTransform() + +*/ +QwtScaleMap QwtPlot::canvasMap( int axisId ) const +{ + QwtScaleMap map; + if ( !d_data->canvas ) + return map; + + map.setTransformation( axisScaleEngine( axisId )->transformation() ); + + const QwtScaleDiv &sd = axisScaleDiv( axisId ); + map.setScaleInterval( sd.lowerBound(), sd.upperBound() ); + + if ( axisEnabled( axisId ) ) + { + const QwtScaleWidget *s = axisWidget( axisId ); + if ( axisId == yLeft || axisId == yRight ) + { + double y = s->y() + s->startBorderDist() - d_data->canvas->y(); + double h = s->height() - s->startBorderDist() - s->endBorderDist(); + map.setPaintInterval( y + h, y ); + } + else + { + double x = s->x() + s->startBorderDist() - d_data->canvas->x(); + double w = s->width() - s->startBorderDist() - s->endBorderDist(); + map.setPaintInterval( x, x + w ); + } + } + else + { + const QRect &canvasRect = d_data->canvas->contentsRect(); + if ( axisId == yLeft || axisId == yRight ) + { + int top = 0; + if ( !plotLayout()->alignCanvasToScale( xTop ) ) + top = plotLayout()->canvasMargin( xTop ); + + int bottom = 0; + if ( !plotLayout()->alignCanvasToScale( xBottom ) ) + bottom = plotLayout()->canvasMargin( xBottom ); + + map.setPaintInterval( canvasRect.bottom() - bottom, + canvasRect.top() + top ); + } + else + { + int left = 0; + if ( !plotLayout()->alignCanvasToScale( yLeft ) ) + left = plotLayout()->canvasMargin( yLeft ); + + int right = 0; + if ( !plotLayout()->alignCanvasToScale( yRight ) ) + right = plotLayout()->canvasMargin( yRight ); + + map.setPaintInterval( canvasRect.left() + left, + canvasRect.right() - right ); + } + } + + return map; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the background of the plotting area + + Sets brush to QPalette::Window of all color groups of + the palette of the canvas. Using canvas()->setPalette() + is a more powerful way to set these colors. + + \param brush New background brush + \sa canvasBackground() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setCanvasBackground( const QBrush &brush ) +{ + QPalette pal = d_data->canvas->palette(); + pal.setBrush( QPalette::Window, brush ); + + canvas()->setPalette( pal ); +} + +/*! + Nothing else than: canvas()->palette().brush( + QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window); + + \return Background brush of the plotting area. + \sa setCanvasBackground() +*/ +QBrush QwtPlot::canvasBackground() const +{ + return canvas()->palette().brush( + QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window ); +} + +/*! + \return \c true if the specified axis exists, otherwise \c false + \param axisId axis index + */ +bool QwtPlot::axisValid( int axisId ) +{ + return ( ( axisId >= QwtPlot::yLeft ) && ( axisId < QwtPlot::axisCnt ) ); +} + +/*! + \brief Insert a legend + + If the position legend is \c QwtPlot::LeftLegend or \c QwtPlot::RightLegend + the legend will be organized in one column from top to down. + Otherwise the legend items will be placed in a table + with a best fit number of columns from left to right. + + insertLegend() will set the plot widget as parent for the legend. + The legend will be deleted in the destructor of the plot or when + another legend is inserted. + + Legends, that are not inserted into the layout of the plot widget + need to connect to the legendDataChanged() signal. Calling updateLegend() + initiates this signal for an initial update. When the application code + wants to implement its own layout this also needs to be done for + rendering plots to a document ( see QwtPlotRenderer ). + + \param legend Legend + \param pos The legend's position. For top/left position the number + of columns will be limited to 1, otherwise it will be set to + unlimited. + + \param ratio Ratio between legend and the bounding rectangle + of title, canvas and axes. The legend will be shrunk + if it would need more space than the given ratio. + The ratio is limited to ]0.0 .. 1.0]. In case of <= 0.0 + it will be reset to the default ratio. + The default vertical/horizontal ratio is 0.33/0.5. + + \sa legend(), QwtPlotLayout::legendPosition(), + QwtPlotLayout::setLegendPosition() +*/ +void QwtPlot::insertLegend( QwtAbstractLegend *legend, + QwtPlot::LegendPosition pos, double ratio ) +{ + d_data->layout->setLegendPosition( pos, ratio ); + + if ( legend != d_data->legend ) + { + if ( d_data->legend && d_data->legend->parent() == this ) + delete d_data->legend; + + d_data->legend = legend; + + if ( d_data->legend ) + { + connect( + this, SIGNAL(legendDataChanged(QVariant,QList)), + d_data->legend, SLOT(updateLegend(QVariant,QList) ) + ); + + if ( d_data->legend->parent() != this ) + d_data->legend->setParent( this ); + + qwtEnableLegendItems( this, false ); + updateLegend(); + qwtEnableLegendItems( this, true ); + + QwtLegend *lgd = qobject_cast( legend ); + if ( lgd ) + { + switch ( d_data->layout->legendPosition() ) + { + case LeftLegend: + case RightLegend: + { + if ( lgd->maxColumns() == 0 ) + lgd->setMaxColumns( 1 ); // 1 column: align vertical + break; + } + case TopLegend: + case BottomLegend: + { + lgd->setMaxColumns( 0 ); // unlimited + break; + } + default: + break; + } + } + + QWidget *previousInChain = NULL; + switch ( d_data->layout->legendPosition() ) + { + case LeftLegend: + { + previousInChain = axisWidget( QwtPlot::xTop ); + break; + } + case TopLegend: + { + previousInChain = this; + break; + } + case RightLegend: + { + previousInChain = axisWidget( QwtPlot::yRight ); + break; + } + case BottomLegend: + { + previousInChain = footerLabel(); + break; + } + } + + if ( previousInChain ) + qwtSetTabOrder( previousInChain, legend, true ); + } + } + + updateLayout(); +} + +/*! + Emit legendDataChanged() for all plot item + + \sa QwtPlotItem::legendData(), legendDataChanged() + */ +void QwtPlot::updateLegend() +{ + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = itmList.begin(); + it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + updateLegend( *it ); + } +} + +/*! + Emit legendDataChanged() for a plot item + + \param plotItem Plot item + \sa QwtPlotItem::legendData(), legendDataChanged() + */ +void QwtPlot::updateLegend( const QwtPlotItem *plotItem ) +{ + if ( plotItem == NULL ) + return; + + QList legendData; + + if ( plotItem->testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend ) ) + legendData = plotItem->legendData(); + + const QVariant itemInfo = itemToInfo( const_cast< QwtPlotItem *>( plotItem) ); + Q_EMIT legendDataChanged( itemInfo, legendData ); +} + +/*! + \brief Update all plot items interested in legend attributes + + Call QwtPlotItem::updateLegend(), when the QwtPlotItem::LegendInterest + flag is set. + + \param itemInfo Info about the plot item + \param legendData Entries to be displayed for the plot item ( usually 1 ) + + \sa QwtPlotItem::LegendInterest, + QwtPlotLegendItem, QwtPlotItem::updateLegend() + */ +void QwtPlot::updateLegendItems( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &legendData ) +{ + QwtPlotItem *plotItem = infoToItem( itemInfo ); + if ( plotItem ) + { + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = itmList.begin(); + it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + if ( item->testItemInterest( QwtPlotItem::LegendInterest ) ) + item->updateLegend( plotItem, legendData ); + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief Attach/Detach a plot item + + \param plotItem Plot item + \param on When true attach the item, otherwise detach it + */ +void QwtPlot::attachItem( QwtPlotItem *plotItem, bool on ) +{ + if ( plotItem->testItemInterest( QwtPlotItem::LegendInterest ) ) + { + // plotItem is some sort of legend + + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = itmList.begin(); + it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + + QList legendData; + if ( on && item->testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend ) ) + { + legendData = item->legendData(); + plotItem->updateLegend( item, legendData ); + } + } + } + + if ( on ) + insertItem( plotItem ); + else + removeItem( plotItem ); + + Q_EMIT itemAttached( plotItem, on ); + + if ( plotItem->testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend ) ) + { + // the item wants to be represented on the legend + + if ( on ) + { + updateLegend( plotItem ); + } + else + { + const QVariant itemInfo = itemToInfo( plotItem ); + Q_EMIT legendDataChanged( itemInfo, QList() ); + } + } + + autoRefresh(); +} + +/*! + \brief Build an information, that can be used to identify + a plot item on the legend. + + The default implementation simply wraps the plot item + into a QVariant object. When overloading itemToInfo() + usually infoToItem() needs to reimplemeted too. + +\code + QVariant itemInfo; + qVariantSetValue( itemInfo, plotItem ); +\endcode + + \param plotItem Plot item + \return Plot item embedded in a QVariant + \sa infoToItem() + */ +QVariant QwtPlot::itemToInfo( QwtPlotItem *plotItem ) const +{ + QVariant itemInfo; + qVariantSetValue( itemInfo, plotItem ); + + return itemInfo; +} + +/*! + \brief Identify the plot item according to an item info object, + that has bee generated from itemToInfo(). + + The default implementation simply tries to unwrap a QwtPlotItem + pointer: + +\code + if ( itemInfo.canConvert() ) + return qvariant_cast( itemInfo ); +\endcode + \param itemInfo Plot item + \return A plot item, when successful, otherwise a NULL pointer. + \sa itemToInfo() +*/ +QwtPlotItem *QwtPlot::infoToItem( const QVariant &itemInfo ) const +{ + if ( itemInfo.canConvert() ) + return qvariant_cast( itemInfo ); + + return NULL; +} + + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca66f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot.h @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_H +#define QWT_PLOT_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_plot_dict.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_interval.h" +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtPlotLayout; +class QwtAbstractLegend; +class QwtScaleWidget; +class QwtScaleEngine; +class QwtScaleDiv; +class QwtScaleDraw; +class QwtTextLabel; + +/*! + \brief A 2-D plotting widget + + QwtPlot is a widget for plotting two-dimensional graphs. + An unlimited number of plot items can be displayed on + its canvas. Plot items might be curves (QwtPlotCurve), markers + (QwtPlotMarker), the grid (QwtPlotGrid), or anything else derived + from QwtPlotItem. + A plot can have up to four axes, with each plot item attached to an x- and + a y axis. The scales at the axes can be explicitly set (QwtScaleDiv), or + are calculated from the plot items, using algorithms (QwtScaleEngine) which + can be configured separately for each axis. + + The simpleplot example is a good starting point to see how to set up a + plot widget. + + \image html plot.png + + \par Example + The following example shows (schematically) the most simple + way to use QwtPlot. By default, only the left and bottom axes are + visible and their scales are computed automatically. + \code + #include + #include + + QwtPlot *myPlot = new QwtPlot( "Two Curves", parent ); + + // add curves + QwtPlotCurve *curve1 = new QwtPlotCurve( "Curve 1" ); + QwtPlotCurve *curve2 = new QwtPlotCurve( "Curve 2" ); + + // connect or copy the data to the curves + curve1->setData( ... ); + curve2->setData( ... ); + + curve1->attach( myPlot ); + curve2->attach( myPlot ); + + // finally, refresh the plot + myPlot->replot(); + \endcode + \endpar +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlot: public QFrame, public QwtPlotDict +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_PROPERTY( QBrush canvasBackground + READ canvasBackground WRITE setCanvasBackground ) + Q_PROPERTY( bool autoReplot READ autoReplot WRITE setAutoReplot ) + +#if 0 + // This property is intended to configure the plot + // widget from a special dialog in the deigner plugin. + // Disabled until such a dialog has been implemented. + + Q_PROPERTY( QString propertiesDocument + READ grabProperties WRITE applyProperties ) +#endif + +public: + //! \brief Axis index + enum Axis + { + //! Y axis left of the canvas + yLeft, + + //! Y axis right of the canvas + yRight, + + //! X axis below the canvas + xBottom, + + //! X axis above the canvas + xTop, + + //! Number of axes + axisCnt + }; + + /*! + Position of the legend, relative to the canvas. + + \sa insertLegend() + */ + enum LegendPosition + { + //! The legend will be left from the QwtPlot::yLeft axis. + LeftLegend, + + //! The legend will be right from the QwtPlot::yRight axis. + RightLegend, + + //! The legend will be below the footer + BottomLegend, + + //! The legend will be above the title + TopLegend + }; + + explicit QwtPlot( QWidget * = NULL ); + explicit QwtPlot( const QwtText &title, QWidget * = NULL ); + + virtual ~QwtPlot(); + + void applyProperties( const QString & ); + QString grabProperties() const; + + void setAutoReplot( bool = true ); + bool autoReplot() const; + + // Layout + + void setPlotLayout( QwtPlotLayout * ); + + QwtPlotLayout *plotLayout(); + const QwtPlotLayout *plotLayout() const; + + // Title + + void setTitle( const QString & ); + void setTitle( const QwtText & ); + QwtText title() const; + + QwtTextLabel *titleLabel(); + const QwtTextLabel *titleLabel() const; + + // Footer + + void setFooter( const QString & ); + void setFooter( const QwtText & ); + QwtText footer() const; + + QwtTextLabel *footerLabel(); + const QwtTextLabel *footerLabel() const; + + // Canvas + + void setCanvas( QWidget * ); + + QWidget *canvas(); + const QWidget *canvas() const; + + void setCanvasBackground( const QBrush & ); + QBrush canvasBackground() const; + + virtual QwtScaleMap canvasMap( int axisId ) const; + + double invTransform( int axisId, int pos ) const; + double transform( int axisId, double value ) const; + + // Axes + + QwtScaleEngine *axisScaleEngine( int axisId ); + const QwtScaleEngine *axisScaleEngine( int axisId ) const; + void setAxisScaleEngine( int axisId, QwtScaleEngine * ); + + void setAxisAutoScale( int axisId, bool on = true ); + bool axisAutoScale( int axisId ) const; + + void enableAxis( int axisId, bool tf = true ); + bool axisEnabled( int axisId ) const; + + void setAxisFont( int axisId, const QFont & ); + QFont axisFont( int axisId ) const; + + void setAxisScale( int axisId, double min, double max, double stepSize = 0 ); + void setAxisScaleDiv( int axisId, const QwtScaleDiv & ); + void setAxisScaleDraw( int axisId, QwtScaleDraw * ); + + double axisStepSize( int axisId ) const; + QwtInterval axisInterval( int axisId ) const; + + const QwtScaleDiv &axisScaleDiv( int axisId ) const; + + const QwtScaleDraw *axisScaleDraw( int axisId ) const; + QwtScaleDraw *axisScaleDraw( int axisId ); + + const QwtScaleWidget *axisWidget( int axisId ) const; + QwtScaleWidget *axisWidget( int axisId ); + + void setAxisLabelAlignment( int axisId, Qt::Alignment ); + void setAxisLabelRotation( int axisId, double rotation ); + + void setAxisTitle( int axisId, const QString & ); + void setAxisTitle( int axisId, const QwtText & ); + QwtText axisTitle( int axisId ) const; + + void setAxisMaxMinor( int axisId, int maxMinor ); + int axisMaxMinor( int axisId ) const; + + void setAxisMaxMajor( int axisId, int maxMajor ); + int axisMaxMajor( int axisId ) const; + + // Legend + + void insertLegend( QwtAbstractLegend *, + LegendPosition = QwtPlot::RightLegend, double ratio = -1.0 ); + + QwtAbstractLegend *legend(); + const QwtAbstractLegend *legend() const; + + void updateLegend(); + void updateLegend( const QwtPlotItem * ); + + // Misc + + virtual QSize sizeHint() const; + virtual QSize minimumSizeHint() const; + + virtual void updateLayout(); + virtual void drawCanvas( QPainter * ); + + void updateAxes(); + void updateCanvasMargins(); + + virtual void getCanvasMarginsHint( + const QwtScaleMap maps[], const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom) const; + + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + + virtual void drawItems( QPainter *, const QRectF &, + const QwtScaleMap maps[axisCnt] ) const; + + virtual QVariant itemToInfo( QwtPlotItem * ) const; + virtual QwtPlotItem *infoToItem( const QVariant & ) const; + +Q_SIGNALS: + /*! + A signal indicating, that an item has been attached/detached + + \param plotItem Plot item + \param on Attached/Detached + */ + void itemAttached( QwtPlotItem *plotItem, bool on ); + + /*! + A signal with the attributes how to update + the legend entries for a plot item. + + \param itemInfo Info about a plot item, build from itemToInfo() + \param data Attributes of the entries ( usually <= 1 ) for + the plot item. + + \sa itemToInfo(), infoToItem(), QwtAbstractLegend::updateLegend() + */ + void legendDataChanged( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &data ); + +public Q_SLOTS: + virtual void replot(); + void autoRefresh(); + +protected: + static bool axisValid( int axisId ); + + virtual void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e ); + +private Q_SLOTS: + void updateLegendItems( const QVariant &itemInfo, + const QList &legendData ); + +private: + friend class QwtPlotItem; + void attachItem( QwtPlotItem *, bool ); + + void initAxesData(); + void deleteAxesData(); + void updateScaleDiv(); + + void initPlot( const QwtText &title ); + + class AxisData; + AxisData *d_axisData[axisCnt]; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82505f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" + +static inline double qwtTransformWidth( + const QwtScaleMap &map, double value, double width ) +{ + const double w2 = 0.5 * width; + + const double v1 = map.transform( value - w2 ); + const double v2 = map.transform( value + w2 ); + + return qAbs( v2 - v1 ); +} + +class QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + layoutPolicy( QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::AutoAdjustSamples ), + layoutHint( 0.5 ), + spacing( 10 ), + margin( 5 ), + baseline( 0.0 ) + { + } + + QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::LayoutPolicy layoutPolicy; + double layoutHint; + int spacing; + int margin; + double baseline; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the chart +*/ +QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::QwtPlotAbstractBarChart( const QwtText &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( title ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend, true ); + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::AutoScale, true ); + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Margins, true ); + setZ( 19.0 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::~QwtPlotAbstractBarChart() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + The combination of layoutPolicy() and layoutHint() define how the width + of the bars is calculated + + \param policy Layout policy + + \sa layoutPolicy(), layoutHint() + */ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::setLayoutPolicy( LayoutPolicy policy ) +{ + if ( policy != d_data->layoutPolicy ) + { + d_data->layoutPolicy = policy; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + The combination of layoutPolicy() and layoutHint() define how the width + of the bars is calculated + + \return Layout policy of the chart item + \sa setLayoutPolicy(), layoutHint() + */ +QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::LayoutPolicy QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::layoutPolicy() const +{ + return d_data->layoutPolicy; +} + +/*! + The combination of layoutPolicy() and layoutHint() define how the width + of the bars is calculated + + \param hint Layout hint + + \sa LayoutPolicy, layoutPolicy(), layoutHint() + */ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::setLayoutHint( double hint ) +{ + hint = qMax( 0.0, hint ); + if ( hint != d_data->layoutHint ) + { + d_data->layoutHint = hint; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + The combination of layoutPolicy() and layoutHint() define how the width + of the bars is calculated + + \return Layout policy of the chart item + \sa LayoutPolicy, setLayoutHint(), layoutPolicy() +*/ +double QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::layoutHint() const +{ + return d_data->layoutHint; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the spacing + + The spacing is the distance between 2 samples ( bars for QwtPlotBarChart or + a group of bars for QwtPlotMultiBarChart ) in paint device coordinates. + + \sa spacing() + */ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::setSpacing( int spacing ) +{ + spacing = qMax( spacing, 0 ); + if ( spacing != d_data->spacing ) + { + d_data->spacing = spacing; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Spacing between 2 samples ( bars or groups of bars ) + \sa setSpacing(), margin() + */ +int QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::spacing() const +{ + return d_data->spacing; +} +/*! + \brief Set the margin + + The margin is the distance between the outmost bars and the contentsRect() + of the canvas. The default setting is 5 pixels. + + \param margin Margin + + \sa spacing(), margin() + */ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::setMargin( int margin ) +{ + margin = qMax( margin, 0 ); + if ( margin != d_data->margin ) + { + d_data->margin = margin; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Margin between the outmost bars and the contentsRect() + of the canvas. + + \sa setMargin(), spacing() + */ +int QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::margin() const +{ + return d_data->margin; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the baseline + + The baseline is the origin for the chart. Each bar is + painted from the baseline in the direction of the sample + value. In case of a horizontal orientation() the baseline + is interpreted as x - otherwise as y - value. + + The default value for the baseline is 0. + + \param value Value for the baseline + + \sa baseline(), QwtPlotSeriesItem::orientation() +*/ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::setBaseline( double value ) +{ + if ( value != d_data->baseline ) + { + d_data->baseline = value; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Value for the origin of the bar chart + \sa setBaseline(), QwtPlotSeriesItem::orientation() + */ +double QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::baseline() const +{ + return d_data->baseline; +} + +/*! + Calculate the width for a sample in paint device coordinates + + \param map Scale map for the corresponding scale + \param canvasSize Size of the canvas in paint device coordinates + \param boundingSize Bounding size of the chart in plot coordinates + ( used in AutoAdjustSamples mode ) + \param value Value of the sample + + \return Sample width + \sa layoutPolicy(), layoutHint() +*/ +double QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::sampleWidth( const QwtScaleMap &map, + double canvasSize, double boundingSize, double value ) const +{ + double width; + + switch( d_data->layoutPolicy ) + { + case ScaleSamplesToAxes: + { + width = qwtTransformWidth( map, value, d_data->layoutHint ); + break; + } + case ScaleSampleToCanvas: + { + width = canvasSize * d_data->layoutHint; + break; + } + case FixedSampleSize: + { + width = d_data->layoutHint; + break; + } + case AutoAdjustSamples: + default: + { + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + + double w = 1.0; + if ( numSamples > 1 ) + { + w = qAbs( boundingSize / ( numSamples - 1 ) ); + } + + width = qwtTransformWidth( map, value, w ); + width -= d_data->spacing; + width = qMax( width, d_data->layoutHint ); + } + } + + return width; +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate a hint for the canvas margin + + Bar charts need to reserve some space for displaying the bars + for the first and the last sample. The hint is calculated + from the layoutHint() depending on the layoutPolicy(). + + The margins are in target device coordinates ( pixels on screen ) + + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas in painter coordinates + \param left Returns the left margin + \param top Returns the top margin + \param right Returns the right margin + \param bottom Returns the bottom margin + + \return Margin + + \sa layoutPolicy(), layoutHint(), QwtPlotItem::Margins + QwtPlot::getCanvasMarginsHint(), QwtPlot::updateCanvasMargins() + */ +void QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::getCanvasMarginHint( const QwtScaleMap &xMap, + const QwtScaleMap &yMap, const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom ) const +{ + double hint = -1.0; + + switch( layoutPolicy() ) + { + case ScaleSampleToCanvas: + { + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + hint = 0.5 * canvasRect.width() * d_data->layoutHint; + else + hint = 0.5 * canvasRect.height() * d_data->layoutHint; + + break; + } + case FixedSampleSize: + { + hint = 0.5 * d_data->layoutHint; + break; + } + case AutoAdjustSamples: + case ScaleSamplesToAxes: + default: + { + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + if ( numSamples <= 0 ) + break; + + // doesn't work for nonlinear scales + + const QRectF br = dataRect(); + double spacing = 0.0; + double sampleWidthS = 1.0; + + if ( layoutPolicy() == ScaleSamplesToAxes ) + { + sampleWidthS = qMax( d_data->layoutHint, 0.0 ); + } + else + { + spacing = d_data->spacing; + + if ( numSamples > 1 ) + { + sampleWidthS = qAbs( br.width() / ( numSamples - 1 ) ); + } + } + + double ds, w; + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + ds = qAbs( xMap.sDist() ); + w = canvasRect.width(); + } + else + { + ds = qAbs( yMap.sDist() ); + w = canvasRect.height(); + } + + const double sampleWidthP = ( w - spacing * ( numSamples - 1 ) ) + * sampleWidthS / ( ds + sampleWidthS ); + + hint = 0.5 * sampleWidthP; + hint += qMax( d_data->margin, 0 ); + } + } + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + left = right = hint; + top = bottom = -1.0; // no hint + } + else + { + left = right = -1.0; // no hint + top = bottom = hint; + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6844d0d --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_ABSTRACT_BAR_CHART_H +#define QWT_PLOT_ABSTRACT_BAR_CHART_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_seriesitem.h" +#include "qwt_series_data.h" + +/*! + \brief Abstract base class for bar chart items + + In opposite to almost all other plot items bar charts can't be + displayed inside of their bounding rectangle and need a special + API how to calculate the width of the bars and how they affect + the layout of the attached plot. + */ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotAbstractBarChart: public QwtPlotSeriesItem +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Mode how to calculate the bar width + + setLayoutPolicy(), setLayoutHint(), barWidthHint() + */ + enum LayoutPolicy + { + /*! + The sample width is calculated by dividing the bounding rectangle + by the number of samples. The layoutHint() is used as a minimum width + in paint device coordinates. + + \sa boundingRectangle() + */ + AutoAdjustSamples, + + /*! + layoutHint() defines an interval in axis coordinates + */ + ScaleSamplesToAxes, + + /*! + The bar width is calculated by multiplying layoutHint() + with the height or width of the canvas. + + \sa boundingRectangle() + */ + ScaleSampleToCanvas, + + /*! + layoutHint() defines a fixed width in paint device coordinates. + */ + FixedSampleSize + }; + + explicit QwtPlotAbstractBarChart( const QwtText &title ); + virtual ~QwtPlotAbstractBarChart(); + + void setLayoutPolicy( LayoutPolicy ); + LayoutPolicy layoutPolicy() const; + + void setLayoutHint( double ); + double layoutHint() const; + + void setSpacing( int ); + int spacing() const; + + void setMargin( int ); + int margin() const; + + void setBaseline( double ); + double baseline() const; + + virtual void getCanvasMarginHint( + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom) const; + + +protected: + double sampleWidth( const QwtScaleMap &map, + double canvasSize, double boundingSize, + double value ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_axis.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_axis.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..851777c --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_axis.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_scale_widget.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" +#include "qwt_scale_engine.h" + +class QwtPlot::AxisData +{ +public: + bool isEnabled; + bool doAutoScale; + + double minValue; + double maxValue; + double stepSize; + + int maxMajor; + int maxMinor; + + bool isValid; + + QwtScaleDiv scaleDiv; + QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine; + QwtScaleWidget *scaleWidget; +}; + +//! Initialize axes +void QwtPlot::initAxesData() +{ + int axisId; + + for ( axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + d_axisData[axisId] = new AxisData; + + d_axisData[yLeft]->scaleWidget = + new QwtScaleWidget( QwtScaleDraw::LeftScale, this ); + d_axisData[yRight]->scaleWidget = + new QwtScaleWidget( QwtScaleDraw::RightScale, this ); + d_axisData[xTop]->scaleWidget = + new QwtScaleWidget( QwtScaleDraw::TopScale, this ); + d_axisData[xBottom]->scaleWidget = + new QwtScaleWidget( QwtScaleDraw::BottomScale, this ); + + d_axisData[yLeft]->scaleWidget->setObjectName( "QwtPlotAxisYLeft" ); + d_axisData[yRight]->scaleWidget->setObjectName( "QwtPlotAxisYRight" ); + d_axisData[xTop]->scaleWidget->setObjectName( "QwtPlotAxisXTop" ); + d_axisData[xBottom]->scaleWidget->setObjectName( "QwtPlotAxisXBottom" ); + +#if 1 + // better find the font sizes from the application font + QFont fscl( fontInfo().family(), 10 ); + QFont fttl( fontInfo().family(), 12, QFont::Bold ); +#endif + + for ( axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + + d.scaleEngine = new QwtLinearScaleEngine; + + d.scaleWidget->setTransformation( + d.scaleEngine->transformation() ); + + d.scaleWidget->setFont( fscl ); + d.scaleWidget->setMargin( 2 ); + + QwtText text = d.scaleWidget->title(); + text.setFont( fttl ); + d.scaleWidget->setTitle( text ); + + d.doAutoScale = true; + + d.minValue = 0.0; + d.maxValue = 1000.0; + d.stepSize = 0.0; + + d.maxMinor = 5; + d.maxMajor = 8; + + + d.isValid = false; + } + + d_axisData[yLeft]->isEnabled = true; + d_axisData[yRight]->isEnabled = false; + d_axisData[xBottom]->isEnabled = true; + d_axisData[xTop]->isEnabled = false; +} + +void QwtPlot::deleteAxesData() +{ + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + delete d_axisData[axisId]->scaleEngine; + delete d_axisData[axisId]; + d_axisData[axisId] = NULL; + } +} + +/*! + \return Scale widget of the specified axis, or NULL if axisId is invalid. + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +const QwtScaleWidget *QwtPlot::axisWidget( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleWidget; + + return NULL; +} + +/*! + \return Scale widget of the specified axis, or NULL if axisId is invalid. + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +QwtScaleWidget *QwtPlot::axisWidget( int axisId ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleWidget; + + return NULL; +} + +/*! + Change the scale engine for an axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param scaleEngine Scale engine + + \sa axisScaleEngine() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisScaleEngine( int axisId, QwtScaleEngine *scaleEngine ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) && scaleEngine != NULL ) + { + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + + delete d.scaleEngine; + d.scaleEngine = scaleEngine; + + d_axisData[axisId]->scaleWidget->setTransformation( + scaleEngine->transformation() ); + + d.isValid = false; + + autoRefresh(); + } +} + +/*! + \param axisId Axis index + \return Scale engine for a specific axis +*/ +QwtScaleEngine *QwtPlot::axisScaleEngine( int axisId ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleEngine; + else + return NULL; +} + +/*! + \param axisId Axis index + \return Scale engine for a specific axis +*/ +const QwtScaleEngine *QwtPlot::axisScaleEngine( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleEngine; + else + return NULL; +} +/*! + \return \c True, if autoscaling is enabled + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +bool QwtPlot::axisAutoScale( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->doAutoScale; + else + return false; +} + +/*! + \return \c True, if a specified axis is enabled + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +bool QwtPlot::axisEnabled( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->isEnabled; + else + return false; +} + +/*! + \return The font of the scale labels for a specified axis + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +QFont QwtPlot::axisFont( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return axisWidget( axisId )->font(); + else + return QFont(); + +} + +/*! + \return The maximum number of major ticks for a specified axis + \param axisId Axis index + \sa setAxisMaxMajor(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +int QwtPlot::axisMaxMajor( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->maxMajor; + else + return 0; +} + +/*! + \return the maximum number of minor ticks for a specified axis + \param axisId Axis index + \sa setAxisMaxMinor(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +int QwtPlot::axisMaxMinor( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return d_axisData[axisId]->maxMinor; + else + return 0; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the scale division of a specified axis + + axisScaleDiv(axisId).lowerBound(), axisScaleDiv(axisId).upperBound() + are the current limits of the axis scale. + + \param axisId Axis index + \return Scale division + + \sa QwtScaleDiv, setAxisScaleDiv(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +const QwtScaleDiv &QwtPlot::axisScaleDiv( int axisId ) const +{ + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleDiv; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the scale draw of a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \return Specified scaleDraw for axis, or NULL if axis is invalid. +*/ +const QwtScaleDraw *QwtPlot::axisScaleDraw( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( !axisValid( axisId ) ) + return NULL; + + return axisWidget( axisId )->scaleDraw(); +} + +/*! + \brief Return the scale draw of a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \return Specified scaleDraw for axis, or NULL if axis is invalid. +*/ +QwtScaleDraw *QwtPlot::axisScaleDraw( int axisId ) +{ + if ( !axisValid( axisId ) ) + return NULL; + + return axisWidget( axisId )->scaleDraw(); +} + +/*! + \brief Return the step size parameter that has been set in setAxisScale. + + This doesn't need to be the step size of the current scale. + + \param axisId Axis index + \return step size parameter value + + \sa setAxisScale(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +double QwtPlot::axisStepSize( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( !axisValid( axisId ) ) + return 0; + + return d_axisData[axisId]->stepSize; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the current interval of the specified axis + + This is only a convenience function for axisScaleDiv( axisId )->interval(); + + \param axisId Axis index + \return Scale interval + + \sa QwtScaleDiv, axisScaleDiv() +*/ +QwtInterval QwtPlot::axisInterval( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( !axisValid( axisId ) ) + return QwtInterval(); + + return d_axisData[axisId]->scaleDiv.interval(); +} + +/*! + \return Title of a specified axis + \param axisId Axis index +*/ +QwtText QwtPlot::axisTitle( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return axisWidget( axisId )->title(); + else + return QwtText(); +} + +/*! + \brief Enable or disable a specified axis + + When an axis is disabled, this only means that it is not + visible on the screen. Curves, markers and can be attached + to disabled axes, and transformation of screen coordinates + into values works as normal. + + Only xBottom and yLeft are enabled by default. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param tf \c true (enabled) or \c false (disabled) +*/ +void QwtPlot::enableAxis( int axisId, bool tf ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) && tf != d_axisData[axisId]->isEnabled ) + { + d_axisData[axisId]->isEnabled = tf; + updateLayout(); + } +} + +/*! + Transform the x or y coordinate of a position in the + drawing region into a value. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param pos position + + \return Position as axis coordinate + + \warning The position can be an x or a y coordinate, + depending on the specified axis. +*/ +double QwtPlot::invTransform( int axisId, int pos ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return( canvasMap( axisId ).invTransform( pos ) ); + else + return 0.0; +} + + +/*! + \brief Transform a value into a coordinate in the plotting region + + \param axisId Axis index + \param value value + \return X or Y coordinate in the plotting region corresponding + to the value. +*/ +double QwtPlot::transform( int axisId, double value ) const +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + return( canvasMap( axisId ).transform( value ) ); + else + return 0.0; +} + +/*! + \brief Change the font of an axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param font Font + \warning This function changes the font of the tick labels, + not of the axis title. +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisFont( int axisId, const QFont &font ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + axisWidget( axisId )->setFont( font ); +} + +/*! + \brief Enable autoscaling for a specified axis + + This member function is used to switch back to autoscaling mode + after a fixed scale has been set. Autoscaling is enabled by default. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param on On/Off + \sa setAxisScale(), setAxisScaleDiv(), updateAxes() + + \note The autoscaling flag has no effect until updateAxes() is executed + ( called by replot() ). +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisAutoScale( int axisId, bool on ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) && ( d_axisData[axisId]->doAutoScale != on ) ) + { + d_axisData[axisId]->doAutoScale = on; + autoRefresh(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Disable autoscaling and specify a fixed scale for a selected axis. + + In updateAxes() the scale engine calculates a scale division from the + specified parameters, that will be assigned to the scale widget. So + updates of the scale widget usually happen delayed with the next replot. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param min Minimum of the scale + \param max Maximum of the scale + \param stepSize Major step size. If step == 0, the step size is + calculated automatically using the maxMajor setting. + + \sa setAxisMaxMajor(), setAxisAutoScale(), axisStepSize(), QwtScaleEngine::divideScale() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisScale( int axisId, double min, double max, double stepSize ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + { + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + + d.doAutoScale = false; + d.isValid = false; + + d.minValue = min; + d.maxValue = max; + d.stepSize = stepSize; + + autoRefresh(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Disable autoscaling and specify a fixed scale for a selected axis. + + The scale division will be stored locally only until the next call + of updateAxes(). So updates of the scale widget usually happen delayed with + the next replot. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param scaleDiv Scale division + + \sa setAxisScale(), setAxisAutoScale() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisScaleDiv( int axisId, const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + { + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + + d.doAutoScale = false; + d.scaleDiv = scaleDiv; + d.isValid = true; + + autoRefresh(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Set a scale draw + + \param axisId Axis index + \param scaleDraw Object responsible for drawing scales. + + By passing scaleDraw it is possible to extend QwtScaleDraw + functionality and let it take place in QwtPlot. Please note + that scaleDraw has to be created with new and will be deleted + by the corresponding QwtScale member ( like a child object ). + + \sa QwtScaleDraw, QwtScaleWidget + \warning The attributes of scaleDraw will be overwritten by those of the + previous QwtScaleDraw. +*/ + +void QwtPlot::setAxisScaleDraw( int axisId, QwtScaleDraw *scaleDraw ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + { + axisWidget( axisId )->setScaleDraw( scaleDraw ); + autoRefresh(); + } +} + +/*! + Change the alignment of the tick labels + + \param axisId Axis index + \param alignment Or'd Qt::AlignmentFlags see + + \sa QwtScaleDraw::setLabelAlignment() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisLabelAlignment( int axisId, Qt::Alignment alignment ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + axisWidget( axisId )->setLabelAlignment( alignment ); +} + +/*! + Rotate all tick labels + + \param axisId Axis index + \param rotation Angle in degrees. When changing the label rotation, + the label alignment might be adjusted too. + + \sa QwtScaleDraw::setLabelRotation(), setAxisLabelAlignment() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisLabelRotation( int axisId, double rotation ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + axisWidget( axisId )->setLabelRotation( rotation ); +} + +/*! + Set the maximum number of minor scale intervals for a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param maxMinor Maximum number of minor steps + + \sa axisMaxMinor() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisMaxMinor( int axisId, int maxMinor ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + { + maxMinor = qBound( 0, maxMinor, 100 ); + + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + if ( maxMinor != d.maxMinor ) + { + d.maxMinor = maxMinor; + d.isValid = false; + autoRefresh(); + } + } +} + +/*! + Set the maximum number of major scale intervals for a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param maxMajor Maximum number of major steps + + \sa axisMaxMajor() +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisMaxMajor( int axisId, int maxMajor ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + { + maxMajor = qBound( 1, maxMajor, 10000 ); + + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + if ( maxMajor != d.maxMajor ) + { + d.maxMajor = maxMajor; + d.isValid = false; + autoRefresh(); + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief Change the title of a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param title axis title +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisTitle( int axisId, const QString &title ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + axisWidget( axisId )->setTitle( title ); +} + +/*! + \brief Change the title of a specified axis + + \param axisId Axis index + \param title Axis title +*/ +void QwtPlot::setAxisTitle( int axisId, const QwtText &title ) +{ + if ( axisValid( axisId ) ) + axisWidget( axisId )->setTitle( title ); +} + +/*! + \brief Rebuild the axes scales + + In case of autoscaling the boundaries of a scale are calculated + from the bounding rectangles of all plot items, having the + QwtPlotItem::AutoScale flag enabled ( QwtScaleEngine::autoScale() ). + Then a scale division is calculated ( QwtScaleEngine::didvideScale() ) + and assigned to scale widget. + + When the scale boundaries have been assigned with setAxisScale() a + scale division is calculated ( QwtScaleEngine::didvideScale() ) + for this interval and assigned to the scale widget. + + When the scale has been set explicitly by setAxisScaleDiv() the + locally stored scale division gets assigned to the scale widget. + + The scale widget indicates modifications by emitting a + QwtScaleWidget::scaleDivChanged() signal. + + updateAxes() is usually called by replot(). + + \sa setAxisAutoScale(), setAxisScale(), setAxisScaleDiv(), replot() + QwtPlotItem::boundingRect() + */ +void QwtPlot::updateAxes() +{ + // Find bounding interval of the item data + // for all axes, where autoscaling is enabled + + QwtInterval intv[axisCnt]; + + const QwtPlotItemList& itmList = itemList(); + + QwtPlotItemIterator it; + for ( it = itmList.begin(); it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + const QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + + if ( !item->testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::AutoScale ) ) + continue; + + if ( !item->isVisible() ) + continue; + + if ( axisAutoScale( item->xAxis() ) || axisAutoScale( item->yAxis() ) ) + { + const QRectF rect = item->boundingRect(); + + if ( rect.width() >= 0.0 ) + intv[item->xAxis()] |= QwtInterval( rect.left(), rect.right() ); + + if ( rect.height() >= 0.0 ) + intv[item->yAxis()] |= QwtInterval( rect.top(), rect.bottom() ); + } + } + + // Adjust scales + + for ( int axisId = 0; axisId < axisCnt; axisId++ ) + { + AxisData &d = *d_axisData[axisId]; + + double minValue = d.minValue; + double maxValue = d.maxValue; + double stepSize = d.stepSize; + + if ( d.doAutoScale && intv[axisId].isValid() ) + { + d.isValid = false; + + minValue = intv[axisId].minValue(); + maxValue = intv[axisId].maxValue(); + + d.scaleEngine->autoScale( d.maxMajor, + minValue, maxValue, stepSize ); + } + if ( !d.isValid ) + { + d.scaleDiv = d.scaleEngine->divideScale( + minValue, maxValue, + d.maxMajor, d.maxMinor, stepSize ); + d.isValid = true; + } + + QwtScaleWidget *scaleWidget = axisWidget( axisId ); + scaleWidget->setScaleDiv( d.scaleDiv ); + + int startDist, endDist; + scaleWidget->getBorderDistHint( startDist, endDist ); + scaleWidget->setBorderDist( startDist, endDist ); + } + + for ( it = itmList.begin(); it != itmList.end(); ++it ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + if ( item->testItemInterest( QwtPlotItem::ScaleInterest ) ) + { + item->updateScaleDiv( axisScaleDiv( item->xAxis() ), + axisScaleDiv( item->yAxis() ) ); + } + } +} + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf01b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_barchart.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_column_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include + +class QwtPlotBarChart::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + symbol( NULL ), + legendMode( QwtPlotBarChart::LegendChartTitle ) + { + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete symbol; + } + + QwtColumnSymbol *symbol; + QwtPlotBarChart::LegendMode legendMode; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotBarChart::QwtPlotBarChart( const QwtText &title ): + QwtPlotAbstractBarChart( title ) +{ + init(); +} + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotBarChart::QwtPlotBarChart( const QString &title ): + QwtPlotAbstractBarChart( QwtText( title ) ) +{ + init(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotBarChart::~QwtPlotBarChart() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +void QwtPlotBarChart::init() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + setData( new QwtPointSeriesData() ); +} + +//! \return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotBarChart +int QwtPlotBarChart::rtti() const +{ + return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotBarChart; +} + +/*! + Initialize data with an array of points + + \param samples Vector of points + \note QVector is implicitly shared + \note QPolygonF is derived from QVector +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::setSamples( + const QVector &samples ) +{ + setData( new QwtPointSeriesData( samples ) ); +} + +/*! + Initialize data with an array of doubles + + The indices in the array are taken as x coordinate, + while the doubles are interpreted as y values. + + \param samples Vector of y coordinates + \note QVector is implicitly shared +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::setSamples( + const QVector &samples ) +{ + QVector points; + for ( int i = 0; i < samples.size(); i++ ) + points += QPointF( i, samples[ i ] ); + + setData( new QwtPointSeriesData( points ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a series of samples + + setSamples() is just a wrapper for setData() without any additional + value - beside that it is easier to find for the developer. + + \param data Data + \warning The item takes ownership of the data object, deleting + it when its not used anymore. +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::setSamples( QwtSeriesData *data ) +{ + setData( data ); +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a symbol + + The bar chart will take the ownership of the symbol, hence the previously + set symbol will be delete by setting a new one. If \p symbol is + \c NULL no symbol will be drawn. + + \param symbol Symbol + \sa symbol() +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::setSymbol( QwtColumnSymbol *symbol ) +{ + if ( symbol != d_data->symbol ) + { + delete d_data->symbol; + d_data->symbol = symbol; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol or NULL, when no symbol has been assigned + \sa setSymbol() +*/ +const QwtColumnSymbol *QwtPlotBarChart::symbol() const +{ + return d_data->symbol; +} + +/*! + Set the mode that decides what to display on the legend + + In case of LegendBarTitles barTitle() needs to be overloaded + to return individual titles for each bar. + + \param mode New mode + \sa legendMode(), legendData(), barTitle(), QwtPlotItem::ItemAttribute + */ +void QwtPlotBarChart::setLegendMode( LegendMode mode ) +{ + if ( mode != d_data->legendMode ) + { + d_data->legendMode = mode; + legendChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Legend mode + \sa setLegendMode() + */ +QwtPlotBarChart::LegendMode QwtPlotBarChart::legendMode() const +{ + return d_data->legendMode; +} + +/*! + \return Bounding rectangle of all samples. + For an empty series the rectangle is invalid. +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotBarChart::boundingRect() const +{ + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + if ( numSamples == 0 ) + return QwtPlotSeriesItem::boundingRect(); + + QRectF rect = QwtPlotSeriesItem::boundingRect(); + if ( rect.height() >= 0 ) + { + const double baseLine = baseline(); + + if ( rect.bottom() < baseLine ) + rect.setBottom( baseLine ); + + if ( rect.top() > baseLine ) + rect.setTop( baseLine ); + } + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + rect.setRect( rect.y(), rect.x(), rect.height(), rect.width() ); + + return rect; +} + +/*! + Draw an interval of the bar chart + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rect of the canvas + \param from Index of the first point to be painted + \param to Index of the last point to be painted. If to < 0 the + curve will be painted to its last point. + + \sa drawSymbols() +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::drawSeries( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + if ( to < 0 ) + to = dataSize() - 1; + + if ( from < 0 ) + from = 0; + + if ( from > to ) + return; + + + const QRectF br = data()->boundingRect(); + const QwtInterval interval( br.left(), br.right() ); + + painter->save(); + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + drawSample( painter, xMap, yMap, + canvasRect, interval, i, sample( i ) ); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw a sample + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rect of the canvas + \param boundingInterval Bounding interval of sample values + \param index Index of the sample + \param sample Value of the sample + + \sa drawSeries() +*/ +void QwtPlotBarChart::drawSample( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, const QwtInterval &boundingInterval, + int index, const QPointF &sample ) const +{ + QwtColumnRect barRect; + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + const double barHeight = sampleWidth( yMap, canvasRect.height(), + boundingInterval.width(), sample.y() ); + + const double x1 = xMap.transform( baseline() ); + const double x2 = xMap.transform( sample.y() ); + + const double y = yMap.transform( sample.x() ); + const double y1 = y - 0.5 * barHeight; + const double y2 = y + 0.5 * barHeight; + + barRect.direction = ( x1 < x2 ) ? + QwtColumnRect::LeftToRight : QwtColumnRect::RightToLeft; + + barRect.hInterval = QwtInterval( x1, x2 ).normalized(); + barRect.vInterval = QwtInterval( y1, y2 ); + } + else + { + const double barWidth = sampleWidth( xMap, canvasRect.width(), + boundingInterval.width(), sample.y() ); + + const double x = xMap.transform( sample.x() ); + const double x1 = x - 0.5 * barWidth; + const double x2 = x + 0.5 * barWidth; + + const double y1 = yMap.transform( baseline() ); + const double y2 = yMap.transform( sample.y() ); + + barRect.direction = ( y1 < y2 ) ? + QwtColumnRect::TopToBottom : QwtColumnRect::BottomToTop; + + barRect.hInterval = QwtInterval( x1, x2 ); + barRect.vInterval = QwtInterval( y1, y2 ).normalized(); + } + + drawBar( painter, index, sample, barRect ); +} + +/*! + Draw a bar + + \param painter Painter + \param sampleIndex Index of the sample represented by the bar + \param sample Value of the sample + \param rect Bounding rectangle of the bar + */ +void QwtPlotBarChart::drawBar( QPainter *painter, + int sampleIndex, const QPointF &sample, + const QwtColumnRect &rect ) const +{ + const QwtColumnSymbol *specialSym = + specialSymbol( sampleIndex, sample ); + + const QwtColumnSymbol *sym = specialSym; + if ( sym == NULL ) + sym = d_data->symbol; + + if ( sym ) + { + sym->draw( painter, rect ); + } + else + { + // we build a temporary default symbol + QwtColumnSymbol columnSymbol( QwtColumnSymbol::Box ); + columnSymbol.setLineWidth( 1 ); + columnSymbol.setFrameStyle( QwtColumnSymbol::Plain ); + columnSymbol.draw( painter, rect ); + } + + delete specialSym; +} + +/*! + Needs to be overloaded to return a + non default symbol for a specific sample + + \param sampleIndex Index of the sample represented by the bar + \param sample Value of the sample + + \return NULL, indicating to use the default symbol + */ +QwtColumnSymbol *QwtPlotBarChart::specialSymbol( + int sampleIndex, const QPointF &sample ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( sampleIndex ); + Q_UNUSED( sample ); + + return NULL; +} + +/*! + \brief Return the title of a bar + + In LegendBarTitles mode the title is displayed on + the legend entry corresponding to a bar. + + The default implementation is a dummy, that is intended + to be overloaded. + + \param sampleIndex Index of the bar + \return An empty text + \sa LegendBarTitles + */ +QwtText QwtPlotBarChart::barTitle( int sampleIndex ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( sampleIndex ); + return QwtText(); +} + +/*! + \brief Return all information, that is needed to represent + the item on the legend + + In case of LegendBarTitles an entry for each bar is returned, + otherwise the chart is represented like any other plot item + from its title() and the legendIcon(). + + \return Information, that is needed to represent the item on the legend + \sa title(), setLegendMode(), barTitle(), QwtLegend, QwtPlotLegendItem + */ +QList QwtPlotBarChart::legendData() const +{ + QList list; + + if ( d_data->legendMode == LegendBarTitles ) + { + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + for ( size_t i = 0; i < numSamples; i++ ) + { + QwtLegendData data; + + QVariant titleValue; + qVariantSetValue( titleValue, barTitle( i ) ); + data.setValue( QwtLegendData::TitleRole, titleValue ); + + if ( !legendIconSize().isEmpty() ) + { + QVariant iconValue; + qVariantSetValue( iconValue, + legendIcon( i, legendIconSize() ) ); + + data.setValue( QwtLegendData::IconRole, iconValue ); + } + + list += data; + } + } + else + { + return QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::legendData(); + } + + return list; +} + +/*! + \return Icon representing a bar or the chart on the legend + + When the legendMode() is LegendBarTitles the icon shows + the bar corresponding to index - otherwise the bar + displays the default symbol. + + \param index Index of the legend entry + \param size Icon size + + \sa setLegendMode(), drawBar(), + QwtPlotItem::setLegendIconSize(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() + */ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotBarChart::legendIcon( + int index, const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + QwtColumnRect column; + column.hInterval = QwtInterval( 0.0, size.width() - 1.0 ); + column.vInterval = QwtInterval( 0.0, size.height() - 1.0 ); + + QwtGraphic icon; + icon.setDefaultSize( size ); + icon.setRenderHint( QwtGraphic::RenderPensUnscaled, true ); + + QPainter painter( &icon ); + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + + int barIndex = -1; + if ( d_data->legendMode == QwtPlotBarChart::LegendBarTitles ) + barIndex = index; + + drawBar( &painter, barIndex, QPointF(), column ); + + return icon; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0df2541 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_barchart.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_BAR_CHART_H +#define QWT_PLOT_BAR_CHART_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_abstract_barchart.h" +#include "qwt_series_data.h" + +class QwtColumnRect; +class QwtColumnSymbol; + +/*! + \brief QwtPlotBarChart displays a series of a values as bars. + + Each bar might be customized individually by implementing + a specialSymbol(). Otherwise it is rendered using a default symbol. + + Depending on its orientation() the bars are displayed horizontally + or vertically. The bars cover the interval between the baseline() + and the value. + + By activating the LegendBarTitles mode each sample will have + its own entry on the legend. + + The most common use case of a bar chart is to display a + list of y coordinates, where the x coordinate is simply the index + in the list. But for other situations ( f.e. when values are related + to dates ) it is also possible to set x coordinates explicitly. + + \sa QwtPlotMultiBarChart, QwtPlotHistogram, QwtPlotCurve::Sticks, + QwtPlotSeriesItem::orientation(), QwtPlotAbstractBarChart::baseline() + */ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotBarChart: + public QwtPlotAbstractBarChart, public QwtSeriesStore +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Legend modes. + + The default setting is QwtPlotBarChart::LegendChartTitle. + \sa setLegendMode(), legendMode() + */ + enum LegendMode + { + /*! + One entry on the legend showing the default symbol + and the title() of the chart + + \sa QwtPlotItem::title() + */ + LegendChartTitle, + + /*! + One entry for each value showing the individual symbol + of the corresponding bar and the bar title. + + \sa specialSymbol(), barTitle() + */ + LegendBarTitles + }; + + explicit QwtPlotBarChart( const QString &title = QString() ); + explicit QwtPlotBarChart( const QwtText &title ); + + virtual ~QwtPlotBarChart(); + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void setSamples( const QVector & ); + void setSamples( const QVector & ); + void setSamples( QwtSeriesData * ); + + void setSymbol( QwtColumnSymbol * ); + const QwtColumnSymbol *symbol() const; + + void setLegendMode( LegendMode ); + LegendMode legendMode() const; + + virtual void drawSeries( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual QRectF boundingRect() const; + + virtual QwtColumnSymbol *specialSymbol( + int sampleIndex, const QPointF& ) const; + + virtual QwtText barTitle( int sampleIndex ) const; + +protected: + virtual void drawSample( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, const QwtInterval &boundingInterval, + int index, const QPointF& sample ) const; + + virtual void drawBar( QPainter *, + int sampleIndex, const QPointF& sample, + const QwtColumnRect & ) const; + + QList legendData() const; + QwtGraphic legendIcon( int index, const QSizeF & ) const; + +private: + void init(); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9438f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1114 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_canvas.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_null_paintdevice.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class QwtStyleSheetRecorder: public QwtNullPaintDevice +{ +public: + QwtStyleSheetRecorder( const QSize &size ): + d_size( size ) + { + } + + virtual void updateState( const QPaintEngineState &state ) + { + if ( state.state() & QPaintEngine::DirtyPen ) + { + d_pen = state.pen(); + } + if ( state.state() & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrush ) + { + d_brush = state.brush(); + } + if ( state.state() & QPaintEngine::DirtyBrushOrigin ) + { + d_origin = state.brushOrigin(); + } + } + + virtual void drawRects(const QRectF *rects, int count ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) + border.rectList += rects[i]; + } + + virtual void drawRects(const QRect *rects, int count ) + { + // to silence -Woverloaded-virtual + QwtNullPaintDevice::drawRects( rects, count ); + } + + virtual void drawPath( const QPainterPath &path ) + { + const QRectF rect( QPointF( 0.0, 0.0 ), d_size ); + if ( path.controlPointRect().contains( rect.center() ) ) + { + setCornerRects( path ); + alignCornerRects( rect ); + + background.path = path; + background.brush = d_brush; + background.origin = d_origin; + } + else + { + border.pathList += path; + } + } + + void setCornerRects( const QPainterPath &path ) + { + QPointF pos( 0.0, 0.0 ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < path.elementCount(); i++ ) + { + QPainterPath::Element el = path.elementAt(i); + switch( el.type ) + { + case QPainterPath::MoveToElement: + case QPainterPath::LineToElement: + { + pos.setX( el.x ); + pos.setY( el.y ); + break; + } + case QPainterPath::CurveToElement: + { + QRectF r( pos, QPointF( el.x, el.y ) ); + clipRects += r.normalized(); + + pos.setX( el.x ); + pos.setY( el.y ); + + break; + } + case QPainterPath::CurveToDataElement: + { + if ( clipRects.size() > 0 ) + { + QRectF r = clipRects.last(); + r.setCoords( + qMin( r.left(), el.x ), + qMin( r.top(), el.y ), + qMax( r.right(), el.x ), + qMax( r.bottom(), el.y ) + ); + clipRects.last() = r.normalized(); + } + break; + } + } + } + } + +protected: + virtual QSize sizeMetrics() const + { + return d_size; + } + +private: + void alignCornerRects( const QRectF &rect ) + { + for ( int i = 0; i < clipRects.size(); i++ ) + { + QRectF &r = clipRects[i]; + if ( r.center().x() < rect.center().x() ) + r.setLeft( rect.left() ); + else + r.setRight( rect.right() ); + + if ( r.center().y() < rect.center().y() ) + r.setTop( rect.top() ); + else + r.setBottom( rect.bottom() ); + } + } + + +public: + QVector clipRects; + + struct Border + { + QList pathList; + QList rectList; + QRegion clipRegion; + } border; + + struct Background + { + QPainterPath path; + QBrush brush; + QPointF origin; + } background; + +private: + const QSize d_size; + + QPen d_pen; + QBrush d_brush; + QPointF d_origin; +}; + +static void qwtDrawBackground( QPainter *painter, QwtPlotCanvas *canvas ) +{ + painter->save(); + + const QPainterPath borderClip = canvas->borderPath( canvas->rect() ); + if ( !borderClip.isEmpty() ) + painter->setClipPath( borderClip, Qt::IntersectClip ); + + const QBrush &brush = + canvas->palette().brush( canvas->backgroundRole() ); + + if ( brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern ) + { + QPixmap pm( canvas->size() ); + QwtPainter::fillPixmap( canvas, pm ); + painter->drawPixmap( 0, 0, pm ); + } + else if ( brush.gradient() ) + { + QVector rects; + + if ( brush.gradient()->coordinateMode() == QGradient::ObjectBoundingMode ) + { + rects += canvas->rect(); + } + else + { + rects = painter->clipRegion().rects(); + } + +#if 1 + bool useRaster = false; + + if ( painter->paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::X11 ) + { + // Qt 4.7.1: gradients on X11 are broken ( subrects + + // QGradient::StretchToDeviceMode ) and horrible slow. + // As workaround we have to use the raster paintengine. + // Even if the QImage -> QPixmap translation is slow + // it is three times faster, than using X11 directly + + useRaster = true; + } +#endif + if ( useRaster ) + { + QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_RGB32; + + const QGradientStops stops = brush.gradient()->stops(); + for ( int i = 0; i < stops.size(); i++ ) + { + if ( stops[i].second.alpha() != 255 ) + { + // don't use Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied. It's + // recommended by the Qt docs, but QPainter::drawImage() + // is horrible slow on X11. + + format = QImage::Format_ARGB32; + break; + } + } + + QImage image( canvas->size(), format ); + + QPainter p( &image ); + p.setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + p.setBrush( brush ); + + p.drawRects( rects ); + + p.end(); + + painter->drawImage( 0, 0, image ); + } + else + { + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( brush ); + + painter->drawRects( rects ); + } + } + else + { + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( brush ); + + painter->drawRects( painter->clipRegion().rects() ); + + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +static inline void qwtRevertPath( QPainterPath &path ) +{ + if ( path.elementCount() == 4 ) + { + QPainterPath::Element el0 = path.elementAt(0); + QPainterPath::Element el3 = path.elementAt(3); + + path.setElementPositionAt( 0, el3.x, el3.y ); + path.setElementPositionAt( 3, el0.x, el0.y ); + } +} + +static QPainterPath qwtCombinePathList( const QRectF &rect, + const QList &pathList ) +{ + if ( pathList.isEmpty() ) + return QPainterPath(); + + QPainterPath ordered[8]; // starting top left + + for ( int i = 0; i < pathList.size(); i++ ) + { + int index = -1; + QPainterPath subPath = pathList[i]; + + const QRectF br = pathList[i].controlPointRect(); + if ( br.center().x() < rect.center().x() ) + { + if ( br.center().y() < rect.center().y() ) + { + if ( qAbs( br.top() - rect.top() ) < + qAbs( br.left() - rect.left() ) ) + { + index = 1; + } + else + { + index = 0; + } + } + else + { + if ( qAbs( br.bottom() - rect.bottom() ) < + qAbs( br.left() - rect.left() ) ) + { + index = 6; + } + else + { + index = 7; + } + } + + if ( subPath.currentPosition().y() > br.center().y() ) + qwtRevertPath( subPath ); + } + else + { + if ( br.center().y() < rect.center().y() ) + { + if ( qAbs( br.top() - rect.top() ) < + qAbs( br.right() - rect.right() ) ) + { + index = 2; + } + else + { + index = 3; + } + } + else + { + if ( qAbs( br.bottom() - rect.bottom() ) < + qAbs( br.right() - rect.right() ) ) + { + index = 5; + } + else + { + index = 4; + } + } + if ( subPath.currentPosition().y() < br.center().y() ) + qwtRevertPath( subPath ); + } + ordered[index] = subPath; + } + + for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + { + if ( ordered[ 2 * i].isEmpty() != ordered[2 * i + 1].isEmpty() ) + { + // we don't accept incomplete rounded borders + return QPainterPath(); + } + } + + + const QPolygonF corners( rect ); + + QPainterPath path; + //path.moveTo( rect.topLeft() ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) + { + if ( ordered[2 * i].isEmpty() ) + { + path.lineTo( corners[i] ); + } + else + { + path.connectPath( ordered[2 * i] ); + path.connectPath( ordered[2 * i + 1] ); + } + } + + path.closeSubpath(); + +#if 0 + return path.simplified(); +#else + return path; +#endif +} + +static inline void qwtDrawStyledBackground( + QWidget *w, QPainter *painter ) +{ + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom(w); + w->style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, w); +} + +static QWidget *qwtBackgroundWidget( QWidget *w ) +{ + if ( w->parentWidget() == NULL ) + return w; + + if ( w->autoFillBackground() ) + { + const QBrush brush = w->palette().brush( w->backgroundRole() ); + if ( brush.color().alpha() > 0 ) + return w; + } + + if ( w->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QImage image( 1, 1, QImage::Format_ARGB32 ); + image.fill( Qt::transparent ); + + QPainter painter( &image ); + painter.translate( -w->rect().center() ); + qwtDrawStyledBackground( w, &painter ); + painter.end(); + + if ( qAlpha( image.pixel( 0, 0 ) ) != 0 ) + return w; + } + + return qwtBackgroundWidget( w->parentWidget() ); +} + +static void qwtFillBackground( QPainter *painter, + QWidget *widget, const QVector &fillRects ) +{ + if ( fillRects.isEmpty() ) + return; + + QRegion clipRegion; + if ( painter->hasClipping() ) + clipRegion = painter->transform().map( painter->clipRegion() ); + else + clipRegion = widget->contentsRect(); + + // Try to find out which widget fills + // the unfilled areas of the styled background + + QWidget *bgWidget = qwtBackgroundWidget( widget->parentWidget() ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < fillRects.size(); i++ ) + { + const QRect rect = fillRects[i].toAlignedRect(); + if ( clipRegion.intersects( rect ) ) + { + QPixmap pm( rect.size() ); + QwtPainter::fillPixmap( bgWidget, pm, widget->mapTo( bgWidget, rect.topLeft() ) ); + painter->drawPixmap( rect, pm ); + } + } +} + +static void qwtFillBackground( QPainter *painter, QwtPlotCanvas *canvas ) +{ + QVector rects; + + if ( canvas->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QwtStyleSheetRecorder recorder( canvas->size() ); + + QPainter p( &recorder ); + qwtDrawStyledBackground( canvas, &p ); + p.end(); + + if ( recorder.background.brush.isOpaque() ) + rects = recorder.clipRects; + else + rects += canvas->rect(); + } + else + { + const QRectF r = canvas->rect(); + const double radius = canvas->borderRadius(); + if ( radius > 0.0 ) + { + QSizeF sz( radius, radius ); + + rects += QRectF( r.topLeft(), sz ); + rects += QRectF( r.topRight() - QPointF( radius, 0 ), sz ); + rects += QRectF( r.bottomRight() - QPointF( radius, radius ), sz ); + rects += QRectF( r.bottomLeft() - QPointF( 0, radius ), sz ); + } + } + + qwtFillBackground( painter, canvas, rects); +} + + +class QwtPlotCanvas::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + focusIndicator( NoFocusIndicator ), + borderRadius( 0 ), + paintAttributes( 0 ), + backingStore( NULL ) + { + styleSheet.hasBorder = false; + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete backingStore; + } + + FocusIndicator focusIndicator; + double borderRadius; + QwtPlotCanvas::PaintAttributes paintAttributes; + QPixmap *backingStore; + + struct StyleSheet + { + bool hasBorder; + QPainterPath borderPath; + QVector cornerRects; + + struct StyleSheetBackground + { + QBrush brush; + QPointF origin; + } background; + + } styleSheet; + +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + \param plot Parent plot widget + \sa QwtPlot::setCanvas() +*/ +QwtPlotCanvas::QwtPlotCanvas( QwtPlot *plot ): + QFrame( plot ) +{ + setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken ); + setLineWidth( 2 ); + + d_data = new PrivateData; + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + setCursor( Qt::CrossCursor ); +#endif + + setAutoFillBackground( true ); + setPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::BackingStore, true ); + setPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::Opaque, true ); + setPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::HackStyledBackground, true ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotCanvas::~QwtPlotCanvas() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! Return parent plot widget +QwtPlot *QwtPlotCanvas::plot() +{ + return qobject_cast( parent() ); +} + +//! Return parent plot widget +const QwtPlot *QwtPlotCanvas::plot() const +{ + return qobject_cast( parent() ); +} + +/*! + \brief Changing the paint attributes + + \param attribute Paint attribute + \param on On/Off + + \sa testPaintAttribute(), backingStore() +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::setPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( bool( d_data->paintAttributes & attribute ) == on ) + return; + + if ( on ) + d_data->paintAttributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->paintAttributes &= ~attribute; + + switch ( attribute ) + { + case BackingStore: + { + if ( on ) + { + if ( d_data->backingStore == NULL ) + d_data->backingStore = new QPixmap(); + + if ( isVisible() ) + { +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + *d_data->backingStore = grab( rect() ); +#else + *d_data->backingStore = + QPixmap::grabWidget( this, rect() ); +#endif + } + } + else + { + delete d_data->backingStore; + d_data->backingStore = NULL; + } + break; + } + case Opaque: + { + if ( on ) + setAttribute( Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, true ); + + break; + } + case HackStyledBackground: + case ImmediatePaint: + { + break; + } + } +} + +/*! + Test whether a paint attribute is enabled + + \param attribute Paint attribute + \return true, when attribute is enabled + \sa setPaintAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotCanvas::testPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return d_data->paintAttributes & attribute; +} + +//! \return Backing store, might be null +const QPixmap *QwtPlotCanvas::backingStore() const +{ + return d_data->backingStore; +} + +//! Invalidate the internal backing store +void QwtPlotCanvas::invalidateBackingStore() +{ + if ( d_data->backingStore ) + *d_data->backingStore = QPixmap(); +} + +/*! + Set the focus indicator + + \sa FocusIndicator, focusIndicator() +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::setFocusIndicator( FocusIndicator focusIndicator ) +{ + d_data->focusIndicator = focusIndicator; +} + +/*! + \return Focus indicator + + \sa FocusIndicator, setFocusIndicator() +*/ +QwtPlotCanvas::FocusIndicator QwtPlotCanvas::focusIndicator() const +{ + return d_data->focusIndicator; +} + +/*! + Set the radius for the corners of the border frame + + \param radius Radius of a rounded corner + \sa borderRadius() +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::setBorderRadius( double radius ) +{ + d_data->borderRadius = qMax( 0.0, radius ); +} + +/*! + \return Radius for the corners of the border frame + \sa setBorderRadius() +*/ +double QwtPlotCanvas::borderRadius() const +{ + return d_data->borderRadius; +} + +/*! + Qt event handler for QEvent::PolishRequest and QEvent::StyleChange + + \param event Qt Event + \return See QFrame::event() +*/ +bool QwtPlotCanvas::event( QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( event->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest ) + { + if ( testPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::Opaque ) ) + { + // Setting a style sheet changes the + // Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent attribute, but we insist + // on painting the background. + + setAttribute( Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, true ); + } + } + + if ( event->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest || + event->type() == QEvent::StyleChange ) + { + updateStyleSheetInfo(); + } + + return QFrame::event( event ); +} + +/*! + Paint event + \param event Paint event +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + QPainter painter( this ); + painter.setClipRegion( event->region() ); + + if ( testPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::BackingStore ) && + d_data->backingStore != NULL ) + { + QPixmap &bs = *d_data->backingStore; + + qreal pixelRatio = 1.0; + +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000 + pixelRatio = bs.devicePixelRatio(); +#endif + + if ( bs.size() != size() * pixelRatio ) + { + bs = QwtPainter::backingStore( this, size() ); + + if ( testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground) ) + { + QPainter p( &bs ); + qwtFillBackground( &p, this ); + drawCanvas( &p, true ); + } + else + { + QPainter p; + if ( d_data->borderRadius <= 0.0 ) + { + QwtPainter::fillPixmap( this, bs ); + p.begin( &bs ); + drawCanvas( &p, false ); + } + else + { + p.begin( &bs ); + qwtFillBackground( &p, this ); + drawCanvas( &p, true ); + } + + if ( frameWidth() > 0 ) + drawBorder( &p ); + } + } + + painter.drawPixmap( 0, 0, *d_data->backingStore ); + } + else + { + if ( testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + if ( testAttribute( Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent ) ) + { + qwtFillBackground( &painter, this ); + drawCanvas( &painter, true ); + } + else + { + drawCanvas( &painter, false ); + } + } + else + { + if ( testAttribute( Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent ) ) + { + if ( autoFillBackground() ) + { + qwtFillBackground( &painter, this ); + qwtDrawBackground( &painter, this ); + } + } + else + { + if ( borderRadius() > 0.0 ) + { + QPainterPath clipPath; + clipPath.addRect( rect() ); + clipPath = clipPath.subtracted( borderPath( rect() ) ); + + painter.save(); + + painter.setClipPath( clipPath, Qt::IntersectClip ); + qwtFillBackground( &painter, this ); + qwtDrawBackground( &painter, this ); + + painter.restore(); + } + } + + drawCanvas( &painter, false ); + + if ( frameWidth() > 0 ) + drawBorder( &painter ); + } + } + + if ( hasFocus() && focusIndicator() == CanvasFocusIndicator ) + drawFocusIndicator( &painter ); +} + +void QwtPlotCanvas::drawCanvas( QPainter *painter, bool withBackground ) +{ + bool hackStyledBackground = false; + + if ( withBackground && testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) + && testPaintAttribute( HackStyledBackground ) ) + { + // Antialiasing rounded borders is done by + // inserting pixels with colors between the + // border color and the color on the canvas, + // When the border is painted before the plot items + // these colors are interpolated for the canvas + // and the plot items need to be clipped excluding + // the anialiased pixels. In situations, where + // the plot items fill the area at the rounded + // borders this is noticeable. + // The only way to avoid these annoying "artefacts" + // is to paint the border on top of the plot items. + + if ( d_data->styleSheet.hasBorder && + !d_data->styleSheet.borderPath.isEmpty() ) + { + // We have a border with at least one rounded corner + hackStyledBackground = true; + } + } + + if ( withBackground ) + { + painter->save(); + + if ( testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + if ( hackStyledBackground ) + { + // paint background without border + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( d_data->styleSheet.background.brush ); + painter->setBrushOrigin( d_data->styleSheet.background.origin ); + painter->setClipPath( d_data->styleSheet.borderPath ); + painter->drawRect( contentsRect() ); + } + else + { + qwtDrawStyledBackground( this, painter ); + } + } + else if ( autoFillBackground() ) + { + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( palette().brush( backgroundRole() ) ); + + if ( d_data->borderRadius > 0.0 && ( rect() == frameRect() ) ) + { + if ( frameWidth() > 0 ) + { + painter->setClipPath( borderPath( rect() ) ); + painter->drawRect( rect() ); + } + else + { + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, true ); + painter->drawPath( borderPath( rect() ) ); + } + } + else + { + painter->drawRect( rect() ); + } + } + + painter->restore(); + } + + painter->save(); + + if ( !d_data->styleSheet.borderPath.isEmpty() ) + { + painter->setClipPath( + d_data->styleSheet.borderPath, Qt::IntersectClip ); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->borderRadius > 0.0 ) + painter->setClipPath( borderPath( frameRect() ), Qt::IntersectClip ); + else + painter->setClipRect( contentsRect(), Qt::IntersectClip ); + } + + plot()->drawCanvas( painter ); + + painter->restore(); + + if ( withBackground && hackStyledBackground ) + { + // Now paint the border on top + QStyleOptionFrame opt; + opt.initFrom(this); + style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Frame, &opt, painter, this); + } +} + +/*! + Draw the border of the plot canvas + + \param painter Painter + \sa setBorderRadius() +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::drawBorder( QPainter *painter ) +{ + if ( d_data->borderRadius > 0 ) + { + if ( frameWidth() > 0 ) + { + QwtPainter::drawRoundedFrame( painter, QRectF( frameRect() ), + d_data->borderRadius, d_data->borderRadius, + palette(), frameWidth(), frameStyle() ); + } + } + else + { +#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040500 +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 + QStyleOptionFrameV3 opt; +#else + QStyleOptionFrame opt; +#endif + opt.init(this); + + int frameShape = frameStyle() & QFrame::Shape_Mask; + int frameShadow = frameStyle() & QFrame::Shadow_Mask; + + opt.frameShape = QFrame::Shape( int( opt.frameShape ) | frameShape ); +#if 0 + opt.rect = frameRect(); +#endif + + switch (frameShape) + { + case QFrame::Box: + case QFrame::HLine: + case QFrame::VLine: + case QFrame::StyledPanel: + case QFrame::Panel: + { + opt.lineWidth = lineWidth(); + opt.midLineWidth = midLineWidth(); + break; + } + default: + { + opt.lineWidth = frameWidth(); + break; + } + } + + if ( frameShadow == Sunken ) + opt.state |= QStyle::State_Sunken; + else if ( frameShadow == Raised ) + opt.state |= QStyle::State_Raised; + + style()->drawControl(QStyle::CE_ShapedFrame, &opt, painter, this); +#else + drawFrame( painter ); +#endif + } +} + +/*! + Resize event + \param event Resize event +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *event ) +{ + QFrame::resizeEvent( event ); + updateStyleSheetInfo(); +} + +/*! + Draw the focus indication + \param painter Painter +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::drawFocusIndicator( QPainter *painter ) +{ + const int margin = 1; + + QRect focusRect = contentsRect(); + focusRect.setRect( focusRect.x() + margin, focusRect.y() + margin, + focusRect.width() - 2 * margin, focusRect.height() - 2 * margin ); + + QwtPainter::drawFocusRect( painter, this, focusRect ); +} + +/*! + Invalidate the paint cache and repaint the canvas + \sa invalidatePaintCache() +*/ +void QwtPlotCanvas::replot() +{ + invalidateBackingStore(); + + if ( testPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::ImmediatePaint ) ) + repaint( contentsRect() ); + else + update( contentsRect() ); +} + +//! Update the cached information about the current style sheet +void QwtPlotCanvas::updateStyleSheetInfo() +{ + if ( !testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + return; + + QwtStyleSheetRecorder recorder( size() ); + + QPainter painter( &recorder ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom(this); + style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, &painter, this); + + painter.end(); + + d_data->styleSheet.hasBorder = !recorder.border.rectList.isEmpty(); + d_data->styleSheet.cornerRects = recorder.clipRects; + + if ( recorder.background.path.isEmpty() ) + { + if ( !recorder.border.rectList.isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->styleSheet.borderPath = + qwtCombinePathList( rect(), recorder.border.pathList ); + } + } + else + { + d_data->styleSheet.borderPath = recorder.background.path; + d_data->styleSheet.background.brush = recorder.background.brush; + d_data->styleSheet.background.origin = recorder.background.origin; + } +} + +/*! + Calculate the painter path for a styled or rounded border + + When the canvas has no styled background or rounded borders + the painter path is empty. + + \param rect Bounding rectangle of the canvas + \return Painter path, that can be used for clipping +*/ +QPainterPath QwtPlotCanvas::borderPath( const QRect &rect ) const +{ + if ( testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + QwtStyleSheetRecorder recorder( rect.size() ); + + QPainter painter( &recorder ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom(this); + opt.rect = rect; + style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, &painter, this); + + painter.end(); + + if ( !recorder.background.path.isEmpty() ) + return recorder.background.path; + + if ( !recorder.border.rectList.isEmpty() ) + return qwtCombinePathList( rect, recorder.border.pathList ); + } + else if ( d_data->borderRadius > 0.0 ) + { + double fw2 = frameWidth() * 0.5; + QRectF r = QRectF(rect).adjusted( fw2, fw2, -fw2, -fw2 ); + + QPainterPath path; + path.addRoundedRect( r, d_data->borderRadius, d_data->borderRadius ); + return path; + } + + return QPainterPath(); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c79e4e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_canvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_CANVAS_H +#define QWT_PLOT_CANVAS_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtPlot; +class QPixmap; + +/*! + \brief Canvas of a QwtPlot. + + Canvas is the widget where all plot items are displayed + + \sa QwtPlot::setCanvas(), QwtPlotGLCanvas +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotCanvas : public QFrame +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_PROPERTY( double borderRadius READ borderRadius WRITE setBorderRadius ) + +public: + + /*! + \brief Paint attributes + + The default setting enables BackingStore and Opaque. + + \sa setPaintAttribute(), testPaintAttribute() + */ + enum PaintAttribute + { + /*! + \brief Paint double buffered reusing the content + of the pixmap buffer when possible. + + Using a backing store might improve the performance + significantly, when working with widget overlays ( like rubber bands ). + Disabling the cache might improve the performance for + incremental paints (using QwtPlotDirectPainter ). + + \sa backingStore(), invalidateBackingStore() + */ + BackingStore = 1, + + /*! + \brief Try to fill the complete contents rectangle + of the plot canvas + + When using styled backgrounds Qt assumes, that the + canvas doesn't fill its area completely + ( f.e because of rounded borders ) and fills the area + below the canvas. When this is done with gradients it might + result in a serious performance bottleneck - depending on the size. + + When the Opaque attribute is enabled the canvas tries to + identify the gaps with some heuristics and to fill those only. + + \warning Will not work for semitransparent backgrounds + */ + Opaque = 2, + + /*! + \brief Try to improve painting of styled backgrounds + + QwtPlotCanvas supports the box model attributes for + customizing the layout with style sheets. Unfortunately + the design of Qt style sheets has no concept how to + handle backgrounds with rounded corners - beside of padding. + + When HackStyledBackground is enabled the plot canvas tries + to separate the background from the background border + by reverse engineering to paint the background before and + the border after the plot items. In this order the border + gets perfectly antialiased and you can avoid some pixel + artifacts in the corners. + */ + HackStyledBackground = 4, + + /*! + When ImmediatePaint is set replot() calls repaint() + instead of update(). + + \sa replot(), QWidget::repaint(), QWidget::update() + */ + ImmediatePaint = 8 + }; + + //! Paint attributes + typedef QFlags PaintAttributes; + + /*! + \brief Focus indicator + The default setting is NoFocusIndicator + \sa setFocusIndicator(), focusIndicator(), drawFocusIndicator() + */ + + enum FocusIndicator + { + //! Don't paint a focus indicator + NoFocusIndicator, + + /*! + The focus is related to the complete canvas. + Paint the focus indicator using drawFocusIndicator() + */ + CanvasFocusIndicator, + + /*! + The focus is related to an item (curve, point, ...) on + the canvas. It is up to the application to display a + focus indication using f.e. highlighting. + */ + ItemFocusIndicator + }; + + explicit QwtPlotCanvas( QwtPlot * = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtPlotCanvas(); + + QwtPlot *plot(); + const QwtPlot *plot() const; + + void setFocusIndicator( FocusIndicator ); + FocusIndicator focusIndicator() const; + + void setBorderRadius( double ); + double borderRadius() const; + + void setPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute ) const; + + const QPixmap *backingStore() const; + void invalidateBackingStore(); + + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + + Q_INVOKABLE QPainterPath borderPath( const QRect & ) const; + +public Q_SLOTS: + void replot(); + +protected: + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + virtual void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * ); + + virtual void drawFocusIndicator( QPainter * ); + virtual void drawBorder( QPainter * ); + + void updateStyleSheetInfo(); + +private: + void drawCanvas( QPainter *, bool withBackground ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotCanvas::PaintAttributes ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e6925b --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1209 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_curve.h" +#include "qwt_point_data.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include "qwt_clipper.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_curve_fitter.h" +#include "qwt_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_point_mapper.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static void qwtUpdateLegendIconSize( QwtPlotCurve *curve ) +{ + if ( curve->symbol() && + curve->testLegendAttribute( QwtPlotCurve::LegendShowSymbol ) ) + { + QSize sz = curve->symbol()->boundingRect().size(); + sz += QSize( 2, 2 ); // margin + + if ( curve->testLegendAttribute( QwtPlotCurve::LegendShowLine ) ) + { + // Avoid, that the line is completely covered by the symbol + + int w = qCeil( 1.5 * sz.width() ); + if ( w % 2 ) + w++; + + sz.setWidth( qMax( 8, w ) ); + } + + curve->setLegendIconSize( sz ); + } +} + +static int qwtVerifyRange( int size, int &i1, int &i2 ) +{ + if ( size < 1 ) + return 0; + + i1 = qBound( 0, i1, size - 1 ); + i2 = qBound( 0, i2, size - 1 ); + + if ( i1 > i2 ) + qSwap( i1, i2 ); + + return ( i2 - i1 + 1 ); +} + +class QwtPlotCurve::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + style( QwtPlotCurve::Lines ), + baseline( 0.0 ), + symbol( NULL ), + attributes( 0 ), + paintAttributes( + QwtPlotCurve::ClipPolygons | QwtPlotCurve::FilterPoints ), + legendAttributes( 0 ) + { + pen = QPen( Qt::black ); + curveFitter = new QwtSplineCurveFitter; + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete symbol; + delete curveFitter; + } + + QwtPlotCurve::CurveStyle style; + double baseline; + + const QwtSymbol *symbol; + QwtCurveFitter *curveFitter; + + QPen pen; + QBrush brush; + + QwtPlotCurve::CurveAttributes attributes; + QwtPlotCurve::PaintAttributes paintAttributes; + + QwtPlotCurve::LegendAttributes legendAttributes; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotCurve::QwtPlotCurve( const QwtText &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( title ) +{ + init(); +} + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotCurve::QwtPlotCurve( const QString &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( QwtText( title ) ) +{ + init(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotCurve::~QwtPlotCurve() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! Initialize internal members +void QwtPlotCurve::init() +{ + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend ); + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::AutoScale ); + + d_data = new PrivateData; + setData( new QwtPointSeriesData() ); + + setZ( 20.0 ); +} + +//! \return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotCurve +int QwtPlotCurve::rtti() const +{ + return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotCurve; +} + +/*! + Specify an attribute how to draw the curve + + \param attribute Paint attribute + \param on On/Off + \sa testPaintAttribute() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( on ) + d_data->paintAttributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->paintAttributes &= ~attribute; +} + +/*! + \return True, when attribute is enabled + \sa setPaintAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotCurve::testPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return ( d_data->paintAttributes & attribute ); +} + +/*! + Specify an attribute how to draw the legend icon + + \param attribute Attribute + \param on On/Off + /sa testLegendAttribute(). legendIcon() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setLegendAttribute( LegendAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( on != testLegendAttribute( attribute ) ) + { + if ( on ) + d_data->legendAttributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->legendAttributes &= ~attribute; + + qwtUpdateLegendIconSize( this ); + legendChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return True, when attribute is enabled + \sa setLegendAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotCurve::testLegendAttribute( LegendAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return ( d_data->legendAttributes & attribute ); +} + +/*! + Set the curve's drawing style + + \param style Curve style + \sa style() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setStyle( CurveStyle style ) +{ + if ( style != d_data->style ) + { + d_data->style = style; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Style of the curve + \sa setStyle() +*/ +QwtPlotCurve::CurveStyle QwtPlotCurve::style() const +{ + return d_data->style; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a symbol + + The curve will take the ownership of the symbol, hence the previously + set symbol will be delete by setting a new one. If \p symbol is + \c NULL no symbol will be drawn. + + \param symbol Symbol + \sa symbol() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setSymbol( QwtSymbol *symbol ) +{ + if ( symbol != d_data->symbol ) + { + delete d_data->symbol; + d_data->symbol = symbol; + + qwtUpdateLegendIconSize( this ); + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol or NULL, when no symbol has been assigned + \sa setSymbol() +*/ +const QwtSymbol *QwtPlotCurve::symbol() const +{ + return d_data->symbol; +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotCurve::setPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen + + \param pen New pen + \sa pen(), brush() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( pen != d_data->pen ) + { + d_data->pen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Pen used to draw the lines + \sa setPen(), brush() +*/ +const QPen& QwtPlotCurve::pen() const +{ + return d_data->pen; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a brush. + + In case of brush.style() != QBrush::NoBrush + and style() != QwtPlotCurve::Sticks + the area between the curve and the baseline will be filled. + + In case !brush.color().isValid() the area will be filled by + pen.color(). The fill algorithm simply connects the first and the + last curve point to the baseline. So the curve data has to be sorted + (ascending or descending). + + \param brush New brush + \sa brush(), setBaseline(), baseline() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setBrush( const QBrush &brush ) +{ + if ( brush != d_data->brush ) + { + d_data->brush = brush; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Brush used to fill the area between lines and the baseline + \sa setBrush(), setBaseline(), baseline() +*/ +const QBrush& QwtPlotCurve::brush() const +{ + return d_data->brush; +} + +/*! + Draw an interval of the curve + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first point to be painted + \param to Index of the last point to be painted. If to < 0 the + curve will be painted to its last point. + + \sa drawCurve(), drawSymbols(), +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawSeries( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + + if ( !painter || numSamples <= 0 ) + return; + + if ( to < 0 ) + to = numSamples - 1; + + if ( qwtVerifyRange( numSamples, from, to ) > 0 ) + { + painter->save(); + painter->setPen( d_data->pen ); + + /* + Qt 4.0.0 is slow when drawing lines, but it's even + slower when the painter has a brush. So we don't + set the brush before we really need it. + */ + + drawCurve( painter, d_data->style, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + painter->restore(); + + if ( d_data->symbol && + ( d_data->symbol->style() != QwtSymbol::NoSymbol ) ) + { + painter->save(); + drawSymbols( painter, *d_data->symbol, + xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + painter->restore(); + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the line part (without symbols) of a curve interval. + \param painter Painter + \param style curve style, see QwtPlotCurve::CurveStyle + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from index of the first point to be painted + \param to index of the last point to be painted + \sa draw(), drawDots(), drawLines(), drawSteps(), drawSticks() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawCurve( QPainter *painter, int style, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + switch ( style ) + { + case Lines: + if ( testCurveAttribute( Fitted ) ) + { + // we always need the complete + // curve for fitting + from = 0; + to = dataSize() - 1; + } + drawLines( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + break; + case Sticks: + drawSticks( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + break; + case Steps: + drawSteps( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + break; + case Dots: + drawDots( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + break; + case NoCurve: + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + \brief Draw lines + + If the CurveAttribute Fitted is enabled a QwtCurveFitter tries + to interpolate/smooth the curve, before it is painted. + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from index of the first point to be painted + \param to index of the last point to be painted + + \sa setCurveAttribute(), setCurveFitter(), draw(), + drawLines(), drawDots(), drawSteps(), drawSticks() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawLines( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + if ( from > to ) + return; + + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + const bool doFit = ( d_data->attributes & Fitted ) && d_data->curveFitter; + const bool doFill = ( d_data->brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + && ( d_data->brush.color().alpha() > 0 ); + + QRectF clipRect; + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + qreal pw = qMax( qreal( 1.0 ), painter->pen().widthF()); + clipRect = canvasRect.adjusted(-pw, -pw, pw, pw); + } + + bool doIntegers = false; + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040800 + + // For Qt <= 4.7 the raster paint engine is significantly faster + // for rendering QPolygon than for QPolygonF. So let's + // see if we can use it. + + if ( painter->paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::Raster ) + { + // In case of filling or fitting performance doesn't count + // because both operations are much more expensive + // then drawing the polyline itself + + if ( !doFit && !doFill ) + doIntegers = true; + } +#endif + + const bool noDuplicates = d_data->paintAttributes & FilterPoints; + + QwtPointMapper mapper; + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::RoundPoints, doAlign ); + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::WeedOutPoints, noDuplicates ); + mapper.setBoundingRect( canvasRect ); + + if ( doIntegers ) + { + QPolygon polyline = mapper.toPolygon( + xMap, yMap, data(), from, to ); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + polyline = QwtClipper::clipPolygon( + clipRect.toAlignedRect(), polyline, false ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, polyline ); + } + else + { + QPolygonF polyline = mapper.toPolygonF( xMap, yMap, data(), from, to ); + + if ( doFit ) + polyline = d_data->curveFitter->fitCurve( polyline ); + + if ( doFill ) + { + if ( painter->pen().style() != Qt::NoPen ) + { + // here we are wasting memory for the filled copy, + // do polygon clipping twice etc .. TODO + + QPolygonF filled = polyline; + fillCurve( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, filled ); + filled.clear(); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + polyline = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( + clipRect, polyline, false ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, polyline ); + } + else + { + fillCurve( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, polyline ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + polyline = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( + clipRect, polyline, false ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, polyline ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Draw sticks + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from index of the first point to be painted + \param to index of the last point to be painted + + \sa draw(), drawCurve(), drawDots(), drawLines(), drawSteps() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawSticks( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( canvasRect ) + + painter->save(); + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, false ); + + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + double x0 = xMap.transform( d_data->baseline ); + double y0 = yMap.transform( d_data->baseline ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + x0 = qRound( x0 ); + y0 = qRound( y0 ); + } + + const Qt::Orientation o = orientation(); + + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QPointF sample = series->sample( i ); + double xi = xMap.transform( sample.x() ); + double yi = yMap.transform( sample.y() ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + xi = qRound( xi ); + yi = qRound( yi ); + } + + if ( o == Qt::Horizontal ) + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, x0, yi, xi, yi ); + else + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, xi, y0, xi, yi ); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw dots + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from index of the first point to be painted + \param to index of the last point to be painted + + \sa draw(), drawCurve(), drawSticks(), drawLines(), drawSteps() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawDots( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + const QColor color = painter->pen().color(); + + if ( painter->pen().style() == Qt::NoPen || color.alpha() == 0 ) + { + return; + } + + const bool doFill = ( d_data->brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + && ( d_data->brush.color().alpha() > 0 ); + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + QwtPointMapper mapper; + mapper.setBoundingRect( canvasRect ); + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::RoundPoints, doAlign ); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & FilterPoints ) + { + if ( ( color.alpha() == 255 ) + && !( painter->renderHints() & QPainter::Antialiasing ) ) + { + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::WeedOutPoints, true ); + } + } + + if ( doFill ) + { + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::WeedOutPoints, false ); + + QPolygonF points = mapper.toPointsF( + xMap, yMap, data(), from, to ); + + QwtPainter::drawPoints( painter, points ); + fillCurve( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, points ); + } + else if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ImageBuffer ) + { + const QImage image = mapper.toImage( xMap, yMap, + data(), from, to, d_data->pen, + painter->testRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing ), + renderThreadCount() ); + + painter->drawImage( canvasRect.toAlignedRect(), image ); + } + else if ( d_data->paintAttributes & MinimizeMemory ) + { + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QPointF sample = series->sample( i ); + + double xi = xMap.transform( sample.x() ); + double yi = yMap.transform( sample.y() ); + + if ( doAlign ) + { + xi = qRound( xi ); + yi = qRound( yi ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawPoint( painter, QPointF( xi, yi ) ); + } + } + else + { + if ( doAlign ) + { + const QPolygon points = mapper.toPoints( + xMap, yMap, data(), from, to ); + + QwtPainter::drawPoints( painter, points ); + } + else + { + const QPolygonF points = mapper.toPointsF( + xMap, yMap, data(), from, to ); + + QwtPainter::drawPoints( painter, points ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Draw step function + + The direction of the steps depends on Inverted attribute. + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from index of the first point to be painted + \param to index of the last point to be painted + + \sa CurveAttribute, setCurveAttribute(), + draw(), drawCurve(), drawDots(), drawLines(), drawSticks() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawSteps( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + QPolygonF polygon( 2 * ( to - from ) + 1 ); + QPointF *points = polygon.data(); + + bool inverted = orientation() == Qt::Vertical; + if ( d_data->attributes & Inverted ) + inverted = !inverted; + + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + int i, ip; + for ( i = from, ip = 0; i <= to; i++, ip += 2 ) + { + const QPointF sample = series->sample( i ); + double xi = xMap.transform( sample.x() ); + double yi = yMap.transform( sample.y() ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + xi = qRound( xi ); + yi = qRound( yi ); + } + + if ( ip > 0 ) + { + const QPointF &p0 = points[ip - 2]; + QPointF &p = points[ip - 1]; + + if ( inverted ) + { + p.rx() = p0.x(); + p.ry() = yi; + } + else + { + p.rx() = xi; + p.ry() = p0.y(); + } + } + + points[ip].rx() = xi; + points[ip].ry() = yi; + } + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + qreal pw = qMax( qreal( 1.0 ), painter->pen().widthF()); + const QRectF clipRect = canvasRect.adjusted(-pw, -pw, pw, pw); + + const QPolygonF clipped = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( + clipRect, polygon, false ); + + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, clipped ); + } + else + { + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, polygon ); + } + + if ( d_data->brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + fillCurve( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, polygon ); +} + + +/*! + Specify an attribute for drawing the curve + + \param attribute Curve attribute + \param on On/Off + + /sa testCurveAttribute(), setCurveFitter() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setCurveAttribute( CurveAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( bool( d_data->attributes & attribute ) == on ) + return; + + if ( on ) + d_data->attributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->attributes &= ~attribute; + + itemChanged(); +} + +/*! + \return true, if attribute is enabled + \sa setCurveAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotCurve::testCurveAttribute( CurveAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return d_data->attributes & attribute; +} + +/*! + Assign a curve fitter + + The curve fitter "smooths" the curve points, when the Fitted + CurveAttribute is set. setCurveFitter(NULL) also disables curve fitting. + + The curve fitter operates on the translated points ( = widget coordinates) + to be functional for logarithmic scales. Obviously this is less performant + for fitting algorithms, that reduce the number of points. + + For situations, where curve fitting is used to improve the performance + of painting huge series of points it might be better to execute the fitter + on the curve points once and to cache the result in the QwtSeriesData object. + + \param curveFitter() Curve fitter + \sa Fitted +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setCurveFitter( QwtCurveFitter *curveFitter ) +{ + delete d_data->curveFitter; + d_data->curveFitter = curveFitter; + + itemChanged(); +} + +/*! + Get the curve fitter. If curve fitting is disabled NULL is returned. + + \return Curve fitter + \sa setCurveFitter(), Fitted +*/ +QwtCurveFitter *QwtPlotCurve::curveFitter() const +{ + return d_data->curveFitter; +} + +/*! + Fill the area between the curve and the baseline with + the curve brush + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param polygon Polygon - will be modified ! + + \sa setBrush(), setBaseline(), setStyle() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::fillCurve( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, QPolygonF &polygon ) const +{ + if ( d_data->brush.style() == Qt::NoBrush ) + return; + + closePolyline( painter, xMap, yMap, polygon ); + if ( polygon.count() <= 2 ) // a line can't be filled + return; + + QBrush brush = d_data->brush; + if ( !brush.color().isValid() ) + brush.setColor( d_data->pen.color() ); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + polygon = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( canvasRect, polygon, true ); + + painter->save(); + + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( brush ); + + QwtPainter::drawPolygon( painter, polygon ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + \brief Complete a polygon to be a closed polygon including the + area between the original polygon and the baseline. + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap X map + \param yMap Y map + \param polygon Polygon to be completed +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::closePolyline( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + QPolygonF &polygon ) const +{ + if ( polygon.size() < 2 ) + return; + + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + double baseline = d_data->baseline; + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + if ( yMap.transformation() ) + baseline = yMap.transformation()->bounded( baseline ); + + double refY = yMap.transform( baseline ); + if ( doAlign ) + refY = qRound( refY ); + + polygon += QPointF( polygon.last().x(), refY ); + polygon += QPointF( polygon.first().x(), refY ); + } + else + { + if ( xMap.transformation() ) + baseline = xMap.transformation()->bounded( baseline ); + + double refX = xMap.transform( baseline ); + if ( doAlign ) + refX = qRound( refX ); + + polygon += QPointF( refX, polygon.last().y() ); + polygon += QPointF( refX, polygon.first().y() ); + } +} + +/*! + Draw symbols + + \param painter Painter + \param symbol Curve symbol + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first point to be painted + \param to Index of the last point to be painted + + \sa setSymbol(), drawSeries(), drawCurve() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::drawSymbols( QPainter *painter, const QwtSymbol &symbol, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + QwtPointMapper mapper; + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::RoundPoints, + QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ) ); + mapper.setFlag( QwtPointMapper::WeedOutPoints, + testPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCurve::FilterPoints ) ); + mapper.setBoundingRect( canvasRect ); + + const int chunkSize = 500; + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i += chunkSize ) + { + const int n = qMin( chunkSize, to - i + 1 ); + + const QPolygonF points = mapper.toPointsF( xMap, yMap, + data(), i, i + n - 1 ); + + if ( points.size() > 0 ) + symbol.drawSymbols( painter, points ); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Set the value of the baseline + + The baseline is needed for filling the curve with a brush or + the Sticks drawing style. + + The interpretation of the baseline depends on the orientation(). + With Qt::Horizontal, the baseline is interpreted as a horizontal line + at y = baseline(), with Qt::Vertical, it is interpreted as a vertical + line at x = baseline(). + + The default value is 0.0. + + \param value Value of the baseline + \sa baseline(), setBrush(), setStyle(), QwtPlotAbstractSeriesItem::orientation() +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setBaseline( double value ) +{ + if ( d_data->baseline != value ) + { + d_data->baseline = value; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Value of the baseline + \sa setBaseline() +*/ +double QwtPlotCurve::baseline() const +{ + return d_data->baseline; +} + +/*! + Find the closest curve point for a specific position + + \param pos Position, where to look for the closest curve point + \param dist If dist != NULL, closestPoint() returns the distance between + the position and the closest curve point + \return Index of the closest curve point, or -1 if none can be found + ( f.e when the curve has no points ) + \note closestPoint() implements a dumb algorithm, that iterates + over all points +*/ +int QwtPlotCurve::closestPoint( const QPoint &pos, double *dist ) const +{ + const size_t numSamples = dataSize(); + + if ( plot() == NULL || numSamples <= 0 ) + return -1; + + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + const QwtScaleMap xMap = plot()->canvasMap( xAxis() ); + const QwtScaleMap yMap = plot()->canvasMap( yAxis() ); + + int index = -1; + double dmin = 1.0e10; + + for ( uint i = 0; i < numSamples; i++ ) + { + const QPointF sample = series->sample( i ); + + const double cx = xMap.transform( sample.x() ) - pos.x(); + const double cy = yMap.transform( sample.y() ) - pos.y(); + + const double f = qwtSqr( cx ) + qwtSqr( cy ); + if ( f < dmin ) + { + index = i; + dmin = f; + } + } + if ( dist ) + *dist = qSqrt( dmin ); + + return index; +} + +/*! + \return Icon representing the curve on the legend + + \param index Index of the legend entry + ( ignored as there is only one ) + \param size Icon size + + \sa QwtPlotItem::setLegendIconSize(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() + */ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotCurve::legendIcon( int index, + const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( index ); + + if ( size.isEmpty() ) + return QwtGraphic(); + + QwtGraphic graphic; + graphic.setDefaultSize( size ); + graphic.setRenderHint( QwtGraphic::RenderPensUnscaled, true ); + + QPainter painter( &graphic ); + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + + if ( d_data->legendAttributes == 0 || + d_data->legendAttributes & QwtPlotCurve::LegendShowBrush ) + { + QBrush brush = d_data->brush; + + if ( brush.style() == Qt::NoBrush && + d_data->legendAttributes == 0 ) + { + if ( style() != QwtPlotCurve::NoCurve ) + { + brush = QBrush( pen().color() ); + } + else if ( d_data->symbol && + ( d_data->symbol->style() != QwtSymbol::NoSymbol ) ) + { + brush = QBrush( d_data->symbol->pen().color() ); + } + } + + if ( brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + { + QRectF r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + painter.fillRect( r, brush ); + } + } + + if ( d_data->legendAttributes & QwtPlotCurve::LegendShowLine ) + { + if ( pen() != Qt::NoPen ) + { + QPen pn = pen(); + pn.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter.setPen( pn ); + + const double y = 0.5 * size.height(); + QwtPainter::drawLine( &painter, 0.0, y, size.width(), y ); + } + } + + if ( d_data->legendAttributes & QwtPlotCurve::LegendShowSymbol ) + { + if ( d_data->symbol ) + { + QRectF r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + d_data->symbol->drawSymbol( &painter, r ); + } + } + + return graphic; +} + +/*! + Initialize data with an array of points. + + \param samples Vector of points + \note QVector is implicitly shared + \note QPolygonF is derived from QVector +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setSamples( const QVector &samples ) +{ + setData( new QwtPointSeriesData( samples ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a series of points + + setSamples() is just a wrapper for setData() without any additional + value - beside that it is easier to find for the developer. + + \param data Data + \warning The item takes ownership of the data object, deleting + it when its not used anymore. +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setSamples( QwtSeriesData *data ) +{ + setData( data ); +} + +#ifndef QWT_NO_COMPAT + +/*! + \brief Initialize the data by pointing to memory blocks which + are not managed by QwtPlotCurve. + + setRawSamples is provided for efficiency. + It is important to keep the pointers + during the lifetime of the underlying QwtCPointerData class. + + \param xData pointer to x data + \param yData pointer to y data + \param size size of x and y + + \sa QwtCPointerData +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setRawSamples( + const double *xData, const double *yData, int size ) +{ + setData( new QwtCPointerData( xData, yData, size ) ); +} + +/*! + Set data by copying x- and y-values from specified memory blocks. + Contrary to setRawSamples(), this function makes a 'deep copy' of + the data. + + \param xData pointer to x values + \param yData pointer to y values + \param size size of xData and yData + + \sa QwtPointArrayData +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setSamples( + const double *xData, const double *yData, int size ) +{ + setData( new QwtPointArrayData( xData, yData, size ) ); +} + +/*! + \brief Initialize data with x- and y-arrays (explicitly shared) + + \param xData x data + \param yData y data + + \sa QwtPointArrayData +*/ +void QwtPlotCurve::setSamples( const QVector &xData, + const QVector &yData ) +{ + setData( new QwtPointArrayData( xData, yData ) ); +} + +#endif // !QWT_NO_COMPAT + diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a07224 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_curve.h @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_CURVE_H +#define QWT_PLOT_CURVE_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_seriesitem.h" +#include "qwt_series_data.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include +#include + +class QPainter; +class QPolygonF; +class QwtScaleMap; +class QwtSymbol; +class QwtCurveFitter; + +/*! + \brief A plot item, that represents a series of points + + A curve is the representation of a series of points in the x-y plane. + It supports different display styles, interpolation ( f.e. spline ) + and symbols. + + \par Usage +
a) Assign curve properties
+
When a curve is created, it is configured to draw black solid lines + with in QwtPlotCurve::Lines style and no symbols. + You can change this by calling + setPen(), setStyle() and setSymbol().
+
b) Connect/Assign data.
+
QwtPlotCurve gets its points using a QwtSeriesData object offering + a bridge to the real storage of the points ( like QAbstractItemModel ). + There are several convenience classes derived from QwtSeriesData, that also store + the points inside ( like QStandardItemModel ). QwtPlotCurve also offers + a couple of variations of setSamples(), that build QwtSeriesData objects from + arrays internally.
+
c) Attach the curve to a plot
+
See QwtPlotItem::attach() +
+ + \par Example: + see examples/bode + + \sa QwtPointSeriesData, QwtSymbol, QwtScaleMap +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotCurve: + public QwtPlotSeriesItem, public QwtSeriesStore +{ +public: + /*! + Curve styles. + \sa setStyle(), style() + */ + enum CurveStyle + { + /*! + Don't draw a curve. Note: This doesn't affect the symbols. + */ + NoCurve = -1, + + /*! + Connect the points with straight lines. The lines might + be interpolated depending on the 'Fitted' attribute. Curve + fitting can be configured using setCurveFitter(). + */ + Lines, + + /*! + Draw vertical or horizontal sticks ( depending on the + orientation() ) from a baseline which is defined by setBaseline(). + */ + Sticks, + + /*! + Connect the points with a step function. The step function + is drawn from the left to the right or vice versa, + depending on the QwtPlotCurve::Inverted attribute. + */ + Steps, + + /*! + Draw dots at the locations of the data points. Note: + This is different from a dotted line (see setPen()), and faster + as a curve in QwtPlotCurve::NoStyle style and a symbol + painting a point. + */ + Dots, + + /*! + Styles >= QwtPlotCurve::UserCurve are reserved for derived + classes of QwtPlotCurve that overload drawCurve() with + additional application specific curve types. + */ + UserCurve = 100 + }; + + /*! + Attribute for drawing the curve + \sa setCurveAttribute(), testCurveAttribute(), curveFitter() + */ + enum CurveAttribute + { + /*! + For QwtPlotCurve::Steps only. + Draws a step function from the right to the left. + */ + Inverted = 0x01, + + /*! + Only in combination with QwtPlotCurve::Lines + A QwtCurveFitter tries to + interpolate/smooth the curve, before it is painted. + + \note Curve fitting requires temporary memory + for calculating coefficients and additional points. + If painting in QwtPlotCurve::Fitted mode is slow it might be better + to fit the points, before they are passed to QwtPlotCurve. + */ + Fitted = 0x02 + }; + + //! Curve attributes + typedef QFlags CurveAttributes; + + /*! + Attributes how to represent the curve on the legend + + \sa setLegendAttribute(), testLegendAttribute(), + QwtPlotItem::legendData(), legendIcon() + */ + + enum LegendAttribute + { + /*! + QwtPlotCurve tries to find a color representing the curve + and paints a rectangle with it. + */ + LegendNoAttribute = 0x00, + + /*! + If the style() is not QwtPlotCurve::NoCurve a line + is painted with the curve pen(). + */ + LegendShowLine = 0x01, + + /*! + If the curve has a valid symbol it is painted. + */ + LegendShowSymbol = 0x02, + + /*! + If the curve has a brush a rectangle filled with the + curve brush() is painted. + */ + LegendShowBrush = 0x04 + }; + + //! Legend attributes + typedef QFlags LegendAttributes; + + /*! + Attributes to modify the drawing algorithm. + The default setting enables ClipPolygons | FilterPoints + + \sa setPaintAttribute(), testPaintAttribute() + */ + enum PaintAttribute + { + /*! + Clip polygons before painting them. In situations, where points + are far outside the visible area (f.e when zooming deep) this + might be a substantial improvement for the painting performance + */ + ClipPolygons = 0x01, + + /*! + Tries to reduce the data that has to be painted, by sorting out + duplicates, or paintings outside the visible area. Might have a + notable impact on curves with many close points. + Only a couple of very basic filtering algorithms are implemented. + */ + FilterPoints = 0x02, + + /*! + Minimize memory usage that is temporarily needed for the + translated points, before they get painted. + This might slow down the performance of painting + */ + MinimizeMemory = 0x04, + + /*! + Render the points to a temporary image and paint the image. + This is a very special optimization for Dots style, when + having a huge amount of points. + With a reasonable number of points QPainter::drawPoints() + will be faster. + */ + ImageBuffer = 0x08 + }; + + //! Paint attributes + typedef QFlags PaintAttributes; + + explicit QwtPlotCurve( const QString &title = QString() ); + explicit QwtPlotCurve( const QwtText &title ); + + virtual ~QwtPlotCurve(); + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void setPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute ) const; + + void setLegendAttribute( LegendAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testLegendAttribute( LegendAttribute ) const; + +#ifndef QWT_NO_COMPAT + void setRawSamples( const double *xData, const double *yData, int size ); + void setSamples( const double *xData, const double *yData, int size ); + void setSamples( const QVector &xData, const QVector &yData ); +#endif + void setSamples( const QVector & ); + void setSamples( QwtSeriesData * ); + + int closestPoint( const QPoint &pos, double *dist = NULL ) const; + + double minXValue() const; + double maxXValue() const; + double minYValue() const; + double maxYValue() const; + + void setCurveAttribute( CurveAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testCurveAttribute( CurveAttribute ) const; + + void setPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen &pen() const; + + void setBrush( const QBrush & ); + const QBrush &brush() const; + + void setBaseline( double ); + double baseline() const; + + void setStyle( CurveStyle style ); + CurveStyle style() const; + + void setSymbol( QwtSymbol * ); + const QwtSymbol *symbol() const; + + void setCurveFitter( QwtCurveFitter * ); + QwtCurveFitter *curveFitter() const; + + virtual void drawSeries( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual QwtGraphic legendIcon( int index, const QSizeF & ) const; + +protected: + + void init(); + + virtual void drawCurve( QPainter *, int style, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawSymbols( QPainter *, const QwtSymbol &, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawLines( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawSticks( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawDots( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawSteps( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void fillCurve( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &, const QwtScaleMap &, + const QRectF &canvasRect, QPolygonF & ) const; + + void closePolyline( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &, const QwtScaleMap &, QPolygonF & ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +//! boundingRect().left() +inline double QwtPlotCurve::minXValue() const +{ + return boundingRect().left(); +} + +//! boundingRect().right() +inline double QwtPlotCurve::maxXValue() const +{ + return boundingRect().right(); +} + +//! boundingRect().top() +inline double QwtPlotCurve::minYValue() const +{ + return boundingRect().top(); +} + +//! boundingRect().bottom() +inline double QwtPlotCurve::maxYValue() const +{ + return boundingRect().bottom(); +} + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotCurve::PaintAttributes ) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotCurve::LegendAttributes ) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotCurve::CurveAttributes ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5ce0aa --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_dict.h" + +class QwtPlotDict::PrivateData +{ +public: + + class ItemList: public QList + { + public: + void insertItem( QwtPlotItem *item ) + { + if ( item == NULL ) + return; + + QList::iterator it = + qUpperBound( begin(), end(), item, LessZThan() ); + insert( it, item ); + } + + void removeItem( QwtPlotItem *item ) + { + if ( item == NULL ) + return; + + QList::iterator it = + qLowerBound( begin(), end(), item, LessZThan() ); + + for ( ; it != end(); ++it ) + { + if ( item == *it ) + { + erase( it ); + break; + } + } + } + private: + class LessZThan + { + public: + inline bool operator()( const QwtPlotItem *item1, + const QwtPlotItem *item2 ) const + { + return item1->z() < item2->z(); + } + }; + }; + + ItemList itemList; + bool autoDelete; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + + Auto deletion is enabled. + \sa setAutoDelete(), QwtPlotItem::attach() +*/ +QwtPlotDict::QwtPlotDict() +{ + d_data = new QwtPlotDict::PrivateData; + d_data->autoDelete = true; +} + +/*! + Destructor + + If autoDelete() is on, all attached items will be deleted + \sa setAutoDelete(), autoDelete(), QwtPlotItem::attach() +*/ +QwtPlotDict::~QwtPlotDict() +{ + detachItems( QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem, d_data->autoDelete ); + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + En/Disable Auto deletion + + If Auto deletion is on all attached plot items will be deleted + in the destructor of QwtPlotDict. The default value is on. + + \sa autoDelete(), insertItem() +*/ +void QwtPlotDict::setAutoDelete( bool autoDelete ) +{ + d_data->autoDelete = autoDelete; +} + +/*! + \return true if auto deletion is enabled + \sa setAutoDelete(), insertItem() +*/ +bool QwtPlotDict::autoDelete() const +{ + return d_data->autoDelete; +} + +/*! + Insert a plot item + + \param item PlotItem + \sa removeItem() + */ +void QwtPlotDict::insertItem( QwtPlotItem *item ) +{ + d_data->itemList.insertItem( item ); +} + +/*! + Remove a plot item + + \param item PlotItem + \sa insertItem() + */ +void QwtPlotDict::removeItem( QwtPlotItem *item ) +{ + d_data->itemList.removeItem( item ); +} + +/*! + Detach items from the dictionary + + \param rtti In case of QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem detach all items + otherwise only those items of the type rtti. + \param autoDelete If true, delete all detached items +*/ +void QwtPlotDict::detachItems( int rtti, bool autoDelete ) +{ + PrivateData::ItemList list = d_data->itemList; + QwtPlotItemIterator it = list.constBegin(); + while ( it != list.constEnd() ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + + ++it; // increment before removing item from the list + + if ( rtti == QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem || item->rtti() == rtti ) + { + item->attach( NULL ); + if ( autoDelete ) + delete item; + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief A QwtPlotItemList of all attached plot items. + + Use caution when iterating these lists, as removing/detaching an item will + invalidate the iterator. Instead you can place pointers to objects to be + removed in a removal list, and traverse that list later. + + \return List of all attached plot items. +*/ +const QwtPlotItemList &QwtPlotDict::itemList() const +{ + return d_data->itemList; +} + +/*! + \return List of all attached plot items of a specific type. + \param rtti See QwtPlotItem::RttiValues + \sa QwtPlotItem::rtti() +*/ +QwtPlotItemList QwtPlotDict::itemList( int rtti ) const +{ + if ( rtti == QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem ) + return d_data->itemList; + + QwtPlotItemList items; + + PrivateData::ItemList list = d_data->itemList; + for ( QwtPlotItemIterator it = list.constBegin(); it != list.constEnd(); ++it ) + { + QwtPlotItem *item = *it; + if ( item->rtti() == rtti ) + items += item; + } + + return items; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d34f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +/*! \file !*/ +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_DICT +#define QWT_PLOT_DICT + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_item.h" +#include + +/// \var typedef QList< QwtPlotItem *> QwtPlotItemList +/// \brief See QT 4.x assistant documentation for QList +typedef QList QwtPlotItemList; +typedef QList::ConstIterator QwtPlotItemIterator; + +/*! + \brief A dictionary for plot items + + QwtPlotDict organizes plot items in increasing z-order. + If autoDelete() is enabled, all attached items will be deleted + in the destructor of the dictionary. + QwtPlotDict can be used to get access to all QwtPlotItem items - or all + items of a specific type - that are currently on the plot. + + \sa QwtPlotItem::attach(), QwtPlotItem::detach(), QwtPlotItem::z() +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotDict +{ +public: + explicit QwtPlotDict(); + virtual ~QwtPlotDict(); + + void setAutoDelete( bool ); + bool autoDelete() const; + + const QwtPlotItemList& itemList() const; + QwtPlotItemList itemList( int rtti ) const; + + void detachItems( int rtti = QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotItem, + bool autoDelete = true ); + +protected: + void insertItem( QwtPlotItem * ); + void removeItem( QwtPlotItem * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b99138 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_directpainter.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_plot_canvas.h" +#include "qwt_plot_seriesitem.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static inline void qwtRenderItem( + QPainter *painter, const QRect &canvasRect, + QwtPlotSeriesItem *seriesItem, int from, int to ) +{ + // A minor performance improvement is possible + // with caching the maps. TODO ... + + QwtPlot *plot = seriesItem->plot(); + const QwtScaleMap xMap = plot->canvasMap( seriesItem->xAxis() ); + const QwtScaleMap yMap = plot->canvasMap( seriesItem->yAxis() ); + + painter->setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + seriesItem->testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + seriesItem->drawSeries( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); +} + +static inline bool qwtHasBackingStore( const QwtPlotCanvas *canvas ) +{ + return canvas->testPaintAttribute( QwtPlotCanvas::BackingStore ) + && canvas->backingStore() && !canvas->backingStore()->isNull(); +} + +class QwtPlotDirectPainter::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + attributes( 0 ), + hasClipping(false), + seriesItem( NULL ), + from( 0 ), + to( 0 ) + { + } + + QwtPlotDirectPainter::Attributes attributes; + + bool hasClipping; + QRegion clipRegion; + + QPainter painter; + + QwtPlotSeriesItem *seriesItem; + int from; + int to; +}; + +//! Constructor +QwtPlotDirectPainter::QwtPlotDirectPainter( QObject *parent ): + QObject( parent ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotDirectPainter::~QwtPlotDirectPainter() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Change an attribute + + \param attribute Attribute to change + \param on On/Off + + \sa Attribute, testAttribute() +*/ +void QwtPlotDirectPainter::setAttribute( Attribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( bool( d_data->attributes & attribute ) != on ) + { + if ( on ) + d_data->attributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->attributes &= ~attribute; + + if ( ( attribute == AtomicPainter ) && on ) + reset(); + } +} + +/*! + \return True, when attribute is enabled + \param attribute Attribute to be tested + \sa Attribute, setAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotDirectPainter::testAttribute( Attribute attribute ) const +{ + return d_data->attributes & attribute; +} + +/*! + En/Disables clipping + + \param enable Enables clipping is true, disable it otherwise + \sa hasClipping(), clipRegion(), setClipRegion() +*/ +void QwtPlotDirectPainter::setClipping( bool enable ) +{ + d_data->hasClipping = enable; +} + +/*! + \return true, when clipping is enabled + \sa setClipping(), clipRegion(), setClipRegion() +*/ +bool QwtPlotDirectPainter::hasClipping() const +{ + return d_data->hasClipping; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a clip region and enable clipping + + Depending on the environment setting a proper clip region might improve + the performance heavily. F.e. on Qt embedded only the clipped part of + the backing store will be copied to a ( maybe unaccelerated ) frame buffer + device. + + \param region Clip region + \sa clipRegion(), hasClipping(), setClipping() +*/ +void QwtPlotDirectPainter::setClipRegion( const QRegion ®ion ) +{ + d_data->clipRegion = region; + d_data->hasClipping = true; +} + +/*! + \return Currently set clip region. + \sa setClipRegion(), setClipping(), hasClipping() +*/ +QRegion QwtPlotDirectPainter::clipRegion() const +{ + return d_data->clipRegion; +} + +/*! + \brief Draw a set of points of a seriesItem. + + When observing an measurement while it is running, new points have to be + added to an existing seriesItem. drawSeries() can be used to display them avoiding + a complete redraw of the canvas. + + Setting plot()->canvas()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent, true); + will result in faster painting, if the paint engine of the canvas widget + supports this feature. + + \param seriesItem Item to be painted + \param from Index of the first point to be painted + \param to Index of the last point to be painted. If to < 0 the + series will be painted to its last point. +*/ +void QwtPlotDirectPainter::drawSeries( + QwtPlotSeriesItem *seriesItem, int from, int to ) +{ + if ( seriesItem == NULL || seriesItem->plot() == NULL ) + return; + + QWidget *canvas = seriesItem->plot()->canvas(); + const QRect canvasRect = canvas->contentsRect(); + + QwtPlotCanvas *plotCanvas = qobject_cast( canvas ); + + if ( plotCanvas && qwtHasBackingStore( plotCanvas ) ) + { + QPainter painter( const_cast( plotCanvas->backingStore() ) ); + + if ( d_data->hasClipping ) + painter.setClipRegion( d_data->clipRegion ); + + qwtRenderItem( &painter, canvasRect, seriesItem, from, to ); + + painter.end(); + + if ( testAttribute( QwtPlotDirectPainter::FullRepaint ) ) + { + plotCanvas->repaint(); + return; + } + } + + bool immediatePaint = true; + if ( !canvas->testAttribute( Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent ) ) + { +#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000 + if ( !canvas->testAttribute( Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent ) ) +#endif + immediatePaint = false; + } + + if ( immediatePaint ) + { + if ( !d_data->painter.isActive() ) + { + reset(); + + d_data->painter.begin( canvas ); + canvas->installEventFilter( this ); + } + + if ( d_data->hasClipping ) + { + d_data->painter.setClipRegion( + QRegion( canvasRect ) & d_data->clipRegion ); + } + else + { + if ( !d_data->painter.hasClipping() ) + d_data->painter.setClipRect( canvasRect ); + } + + qwtRenderItem( &d_data->painter, canvasRect, seriesItem, from, to ); + + if ( d_data->attributes & QwtPlotDirectPainter::AtomicPainter ) + { + reset(); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->hasClipping ) + d_data->painter.setClipping( false ); + } + } + else + { + reset(); + + d_data->seriesItem = seriesItem; + d_data->from = from; + d_data->to = to; + + QRegion clipRegion = canvasRect; + if ( d_data->hasClipping ) + clipRegion &= d_data->clipRegion; + + canvas->installEventFilter( this ); + canvas->repaint(clipRegion); + canvas->removeEventFilter( this ); + + d_data->seriesItem = NULL; + } +} + +//! Close the internal QPainter +void QwtPlotDirectPainter::reset() +{ + if ( d_data->painter.isActive() ) + { + QWidget *w = static_cast( d_data->painter.device() ); + if ( w ) + w->removeEventFilter( this ); + + d_data->painter.end(); + } +} + +//! Event filter +bool QwtPlotDirectPainter::eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent *event ) +{ + if ( event->type() == QEvent::Paint ) + { + reset(); + + if ( d_data->seriesItem ) + { + const QPaintEvent *pe = static_cast< QPaintEvent *>( event ); + + QWidget *canvas = d_data->seriesItem->plot()->canvas(); + + QPainter painter( canvas ); + painter.setClipRegion( pe->region() ); + + bool doCopyCache = testAttribute( CopyBackingStore ); + + if ( doCopyCache ) + { + QwtPlotCanvas *plotCanvas = + qobject_cast( canvas ); + if ( plotCanvas ) + { + doCopyCache = qwtHasBackingStore( plotCanvas ); + if ( doCopyCache ) + { + painter.drawPixmap( plotCanvas->rect().topLeft(), + *plotCanvas->backingStore() ); + } + } + } + + if ( !doCopyCache ) + { + qwtRenderItem( &painter, canvas->contentsRect(), + d_data->seriesItem, d_data->from, d_data->to ); + } + + return true; // don't call QwtPlotCanvas::paintEvent() + } + } + + return false; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3561838 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_directpainter.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_DIRECT_PAINTER_H +#define QWT_PLOT_DIRECT_PAINTER_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include + +class QRegion; +class QwtPlotSeriesItem; + +/*! + \brief Painter object trying to paint incrementally + + Often applications want to display samples while they are + collected. When there are too many samples complete replots + will be expensive to be processed in a collection cycle. + + QwtPlotDirectPainter offers an API to paint + subsets ( f.e all additions points ) without erasing/repainting + the plot canvas. + + On certain environments it might be important to calculate a proper + clip region before painting. F.e. for Qt Embedded only the clipped part + of the backing store will be copied to a ( maybe unaccelerated ) + frame buffer. + + \warning Incremental painting will only help when no replot is triggered + by another operation ( like changing scales ) and nothing needs + to be erased. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotDirectPainter: public QObject +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Paint attributes + \sa setAttribute(), testAttribute(), drawSeries() + */ + enum Attribute + { + /*! + Initializing a QPainter is an expensive operation. + When AtomicPainter is set each call of drawSeries() opens/closes + a temporary QPainter. Otherwise QwtPlotDirectPainter tries to + use the same QPainter as long as possible. + */ + AtomicPainter = 0x01, + + /*! + When FullRepaint is set the plot canvas is explicitly repainted + after the samples have been rendered. + */ + FullRepaint = 0x02, + + /*! + When QwtPlotCanvas::BackingStore is enabled the painter + has to paint to the backing store and the widget. In certain + situations/environments it might be faster to paint to + the backing store only and then copy the backing store to the canvas. + This flag can also be useful for settings, where Qt fills the + the clip region with the widget background. + */ + CopyBackingStore = 0x04 + }; + + //! Paint attributes + typedef QFlags Attributes; + + QwtPlotDirectPainter( QObject *parent = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtPlotDirectPainter(); + + void setAttribute( Attribute, bool on ); + bool testAttribute( Attribute ) const; + + void setClipping( bool ); + bool hasClipping() const; + + void setClipRegion( const QRegion & ); + QRegion clipRegion() const; + + void drawSeries( QwtPlotSeriesItem *, int from, int to ); + void reset(); + + virtual bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotDirectPainter::Attributes ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..996c0ad --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_glcanvas.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define FIX_GL_TRANSLATION 0 + +static QWidget *qwtBGWidget( QWidget *widget ) +{ + QWidget *w = widget; + + for ( ; w->parentWidget() != NULL; w = w->parentWidget() ) + { + if ( w->autoFillBackground() || + w->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + return w; + } + } + + return w; +} + +static void qwtUpdateContentsRect( QwtPlotGLCanvas *canvas ) +{ + const int fw = canvas->frameWidth(); + canvas->setContentsMargins( fw, fw, fw, fw ); +} + +class QwtPlotGLCanvas::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + frameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken), + lineWidth( 2 ), + midLineWidth( 0 ) + { + } + + int frameStyle; + int lineWidth; + int midLineWidth; +}; + +class QwtPlotGLCanvasFormat: public QGLFormat +{ +public: + QwtPlotGLCanvasFormat(): + QGLFormat( QGLFormat::defaultFormat() ) + { + setSampleBuffers( true ); + } +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + + \param plot Parent plot widget + \sa QwtPlot::setCanvas() +*/ +QwtPlotGLCanvas::QwtPlotGLCanvas( QwtPlot *plot ): + QGLWidget( QwtPlotGLCanvasFormat(), plot ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + setCursor( Qt::CrossCursor ); +#endif + + setAutoFillBackground( true ); + qwtUpdateContentsRect( this ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotGLCanvas::~QwtPlotGLCanvas() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Set the frame style + + \param style The bitwise OR between a shape and a shadow. + + \sa frameStyle(), QFrame::setFrameStyle(), + setFrameShadow(), setFrameShape() + */ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::setFrameStyle( int style ) +{ + if ( style != d_data->frameStyle ) + { + d_data->frameStyle = style; + qwtUpdateContentsRect( this ); + + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return The bitwise OR between a frameShape() and a frameShadow() + \sa setFrameStyle(), QFrame::frameStyle() + */ +int QwtPlotGLCanvas::frameStyle() const +{ + return d_data->frameStyle; +} + +/*! + Set the frame shadow + + \param shadow Frame shadow + \sa frameShadow(), setFrameShape(), QFrame::setFrameShadow() + */ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::setFrameShadow( Shadow shadow ) +{ + setFrameStyle(( d_data->frameStyle & QFrame::Shape_Mask ) | shadow ); +} + +/*! + \return Frame shadow + \sa setFrameShadow(), QFrame::setFrameShadow() + */ +QwtPlotGLCanvas::Shadow QwtPlotGLCanvas::frameShadow() const +{ + return (Shadow) ( d_data->frameStyle & QFrame::Shadow_Mask ); +} + +/*! + Set the frame shape + + \param shape Frame shape + \sa frameShape(), setFrameShadow(), QFrame::frameShape() + */ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::setFrameShape( Shape shape ) +{ + setFrameStyle( ( d_data->frameStyle & QFrame::Shadow_Mask ) | shape ); +} + +/*! + \return Frame shape + \sa setFrameShape(), QFrame::frameShape() + */ +QwtPlotGLCanvas::Shape QwtPlotGLCanvas::frameShape() const +{ + return (Shape) ( d_data->frameStyle & QFrame::Shape_Mask ); +} + +/*! + Set the frame line width + + The default line width is 2 pixels. + + \param width Line width of the frame + \sa lineWidth(), setMidLineWidth() +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::setLineWidth( int width ) +{ + width = qMax( width, 0 ); + if ( width != d_data->lineWidth ) + { + d_data->lineWidth = qMax( width, 0 ); + qwtUpdateContentsRect( this ); + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Line width of the frame + \sa setLineWidth(), midLineWidth() + */ +int QwtPlotGLCanvas::lineWidth() const +{ + return d_data->lineWidth; +} + +/*! + Set the frame mid line width + + The default midline width is 0 pixels. + + \param width Midline width of the frame + \sa midLineWidth(), setLineWidth() +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::setMidLineWidth( int width ) +{ + width = qMax( width, 0 ); + if ( width != d_data->midLineWidth ) + { + d_data->midLineWidth = width; + qwtUpdateContentsRect( this ); + update(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Midline width of the frame + \sa setMidLineWidth(), lineWidth() + */ +int QwtPlotGLCanvas::midLineWidth() const +{ + return d_data->midLineWidth; +} + +/*! + \return Frame width depending on the style, line width and midline width. + */ +int QwtPlotGLCanvas::frameWidth() const +{ + return ( frameStyle() != NoFrame ) ? d_data->lineWidth : 0; +} + +/*! + Paint event + + \param event Paint event + \sa QwtPlot::drawCanvas() +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::paintEvent( QPaintEvent *event ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( event ); + + QPainter painter( this ); + +#if FIX_GL_TRANSLATION + if ( painter.paintEngine()->type() == QPaintEngine::OpenGL2 ) + { + // work around a translation bug of QPaintEngine::OpenGL2 + painter.translate( 1, 1 ); + } +#endif + + drawBackground( &painter ); + drawItems( &painter ); + + if ( !testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + if ( frameWidth() > 0 ) + drawBorder( &painter ); + } +} +/*! + Qt event handler for QEvent::PolishRequest and QEvent::StyleChange + \param event Qt Event + \return See QGLWidget::event() +*/ +bool QwtPlotGLCanvas::event( QEvent *event ) +{ + const bool ok = QGLWidget::event( event ); + + if ( event->type() == QEvent::PolishRequest || + event->type() == QEvent::StyleChange ) + { + // assuming, that we always have a styled background + // when we have a style sheet + + setAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground, + testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyleSheet ) ); + } + + return ok; +} + +/*! + Draw the plot items + \param painter Painter + + \sa QwtPlot::drawCanvas() +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::drawItems( QPainter *painter ) +{ + painter->save(); + + painter->setClipRect( contentsRect(), Qt::IntersectClip ); + + QwtPlot *plot = qobject_cast< QwtPlot *>( parent() ); + if ( plot ) + plot->drawCanvas( painter ); + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw the background of the canvas + \param painter Painter +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::drawBackground( QPainter *painter ) +{ + painter->save(); + + QWidget *w = qwtBGWidget( this ); + + const QPoint off = mapTo( w, QPoint() ); + painter->translate( -off ); + + const QRect fillRect = rect().translated( off ); + + if ( w->testAttribute( Qt::WA_StyledBackground ) ) + { + painter->setClipRect( fillRect ); + + QStyleOption opt; + opt.initFrom( w ); + w->style()->drawPrimitive( QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, w); + } + else + { + painter->fillRect( fillRect, + w->palette().brush( w->backgroundRole() ) ); + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw the border of the canvas + \param painter Painter +*/ +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::drawBorder( QPainter *painter ) +{ + const int fw = frameWidth(); + if ( fw <= 0 ) + return; + + if ( frameShadow() == QwtPlotGLCanvas::Plain ) + { + qDrawPlainRect( painter, frameRect(), + palette().shadow().color(), lineWidth() ); + } + else + { + if ( frameShape() == QwtPlotGLCanvas::Box ) + { + qDrawShadeRect( painter, frameRect(), palette(), + frameShadow() == Sunken, lineWidth(), midLineWidth() ); + } + else + { + qDrawShadePanel( painter, frameRect(), palette(), + frameShadow() == Sunken, lineWidth() ); + } + } +} + +//! Calls repaint() +void QwtPlotGLCanvas::replot() +{ + repaint(); +} + +/*! + \return Empty path +*/ +QPainterPath QwtPlotGLCanvas::borderPath( const QRect &rect ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( rect ); + return QPainterPath(); +} + +//! \return The rectangle where the frame is drawn in. +QRect QwtPlotGLCanvas::frameRect() const +{ + const int fw = frameWidth(); + return contentsRect().adjusted( -fw, -fw, fw, fw ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ca9b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_glcanvas.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_GLCANVAS_H +#define QWT_PLOT_GLCANVAS_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtPlot; + +/*! + \brief An alternative canvas for a QwtPlot derived from QGLWidget + + QwtPlotGLCanvas implements the very basics to act as canvas + inside of a QwtPlot widget. It might be extended to a full + featured alternative to QwtPlotCanvas in a future version of Qwt. + + Even if QwtPlotGLCanvas is not derived from QFrame it imitates + its API. When using style sheets it supports the box model - beside + backgrounds with rounded borders. + + \sa QwtPlot::setCanvas(), QwtPlotCanvas + + \note With Qt4 you might want to use the QPaintEngine::OpenGL paint engine + ( see QGL::setPreferredPaintEngine() ). On a Linux test system + QPaintEngine::OpenGL2 shows very basic problems like translated + geometries. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotGLCanvas: public QGLWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + + Q_ENUMS( Shape Shadow ) + + Q_PROPERTY( Shadow frameShadow READ frameShadow WRITE setFrameShadow ) + Q_PROPERTY( Shape frameShape READ frameShape WRITE setFrameShape ) + Q_PROPERTY( int lineWidth READ lineWidth WRITE setLineWidth ) + Q_PROPERTY( int midLineWidth READ midLineWidth WRITE setMidLineWidth ) + Q_PROPERTY( int frameWidth READ frameWidth ) + Q_PROPERTY( QRect frameRect READ frameRect DESIGNABLE false ) + +public: + /*! + \brief Frame shadow + + Unfortunately it is not possible to use QFrame::Shadow + as a property of a widget that is not derived from QFrame. + The following enum is made for the designer only. It is safe + to use QFrame::Shadow instead. + */ + enum Shadow + { + //! QFrame::Plain + Plain = QFrame::Plain, + + //! QFrame::Raised + Raised = QFrame::Raised, + + //! QFrame::Sunken + Sunken = QFrame::Sunken + }; + + /*! + \brief Frame shape + + Unfortunately it is not possible to use QFrame::Shape + as a property of a widget that is not derived from QFrame. + The following enum is made for the designer only. It is safe + to use QFrame::Shadow instead. + + \note QFrame::StyledPanel and QFrame::WinPanel are unsupported + and will be displayed as QFrame::Panel. + */ + enum Shape + { + NoFrame = QFrame::NoFrame, + + Box = QFrame::Box, + Panel = QFrame::Panel + }; + + explicit QwtPlotGLCanvas( QwtPlot * = NULL ); + virtual ~QwtPlotGLCanvas(); + + void setFrameStyle( int style ); + int frameStyle() const; + + void setFrameShadow( Shadow ); + Shadow frameShadow() const; + + void setFrameShape( Shape ); + Shape frameShape() const; + + void setLineWidth( int ); + int lineWidth() const; + + void setMidLineWidth( int ); + int midLineWidth() const; + + int frameWidth() const; + QRect frameRect() const; + + Q_INVOKABLE QPainterPath borderPath( const QRect & ) const; + + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + +public Q_SLOTS: + void replot(); + +protected: + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + + virtual void drawBackground( QPainter * ); + virtual void drawBorder( QPainter * ); + virtual void drawItems( QPainter * ); + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4375e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_grid.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" +#include "qwt_math.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtPlotGrid::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + xEnabled( true ), + yEnabled( true ), + xMinEnabled( false ), + yMinEnabled( false ) + { + } + + bool xEnabled; + bool yEnabled; + bool xMinEnabled; + bool yMinEnabled; + + QwtScaleDiv xScaleDiv; + QwtScaleDiv yScaleDiv; + + QPen majorPen; + QPen minorPen; +}; + +//! Enables major grid, disables minor grid +QwtPlotGrid::QwtPlotGrid(): + QwtPlotItem( QwtText( "Grid" ) ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setItemInterest( QwtPlotItem::ScaleInterest, true ); + setZ( 10.0 ); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotGrid::~QwtPlotGrid() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! \return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotGrid +int QwtPlotGrid::rtti() const +{ + return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotGrid; +} + +/*! + \brief Enable or disable vertical grid lines + \param on Enable (true) or disable + + \sa Minor grid lines can be enabled or disabled with + enableXMin() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::enableX( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->xEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->xEnabled = on; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Enable or disable horizontal grid lines + \param on Enable (true) or disable + \sa Minor grid lines can be enabled or disabled with enableYMin() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::enableY( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->yEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->yEnabled = on; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Enable or disable minor vertical grid lines. + \param on Enable (true) or disable + \sa enableX() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::enableXMin( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->xMinEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->xMinEnabled = on; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Enable or disable minor horizontal grid lines + \param on Enable (true) or disable + \sa enableY() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::enableYMin( bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->yMinEnabled != on ) + { + d_data->yMinEnabled = on; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Assign an x axis scale division + + \param scaleDiv Scale division +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::setXDiv( const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) +{ + if ( d_data->xScaleDiv != scaleDiv ) + { + d_data->xScaleDiv = scaleDiv; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Assign a y axis division + + \param scaleDiv Scale division +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::setYDiv( const QwtScaleDiv &scaleDiv ) +{ + if ( d_data->yScaleDiv != scaleDiv ) + { + d_data->yScaleDiv = scaleDiv; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen for both major and minor grid lines + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotGrid::setPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen for both major and minor grid lines + + \param pen Pen + \sa setMajorPen(), setMinorPen() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::setPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( d_data->majorPen != pen || d_data->minorPen != pen ) + { + d_data->majorPen = pen; + d_data->minorPen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen for both major grid lines + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotGrid::setMajorPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setMajorPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen for the major grid lines + + \param pen Pen + \sa majorPen(), setMinorPen(), setPen() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::setMajorPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( d_data->majorPen != pen ) + { + d_data->majorPen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen for the minor grid lines + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotGrid::setMinorPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setMinorPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen for the minor grid lines + + \param pen Pen + \sa minorPen(), setMajorPen(), setPen() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::setMinorPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( d_data->minorPen != pen ) + { + d_data->minorPen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \brief Draw the grid + + The grid is drawn into the bounding rectangle such that + grid lines begin and end at the rectangle's borders. The X and Y + maps are used to map the scale divisions into the drawing region + screen. + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap X axis map + \param yMap Y axis + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the plot canvas +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::draw( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect ) const +{ + // draw minor grid lines + QPen minorPen = d_data->minorPen; + minorPen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( minorPen ); + + if ( d_data->xEnabled && d_data->xMinEnabled ) + { + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Vertical, xMap, + d_data->xScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick ) ); + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Vertical, xMap, + d_data->xScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick ) ); + } + + if ( d_data->yEnabled && d_data->yMinEnabled ) + { + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Horizontal, yMap, + d_data->yScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MinorTick ) ); + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Horizontal, yMap, + d_data->yScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MediumTick ) ); + } + + // draw major grid lines + QPen majorPen = d_data->majorPen; + majorPen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( majorPen ); + + if ( d_data->xEnabled ) + { + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Vertical, xMap, + d_data->xScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ) ); + } + + if ( d_data->yEnabled ) + { + drawLines( painter, canvasRect, Qt::Horizontal, yMap, + d_data->yScaleDiv.ticks( QwtScaleDiv::MajorTick ) ); + } +} + +void QwtPlotGrid::drawLines( QPainter *painter, const QRectF &canvasRect, + Qt::Orientation orientation, const QwtScaleMap &scaleMap, + const QList &values ) const +{ + const double x1 = canvasRect.left(); + const double x2 = canvasRect.right() - 1.0; + const double y1 = canvasRect.top(); + const double y2 = canvasRect.bottom() - 1.0; + + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < values.count(); i++ ) + { + double value = scaleMap.transform( values[i] ); + if ( doAlign ) + value = qRound( value ); + + if ( orientation == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + if ( qwtFuzzyGreaterOrEqual( value, y1 ) && + qwtFuzzyLessOrEqual( value, y2 ) ) + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, x1, value, x2, value ); + } + } + else + { + if ( qwtFuzzyGreaterOrEqual( value, x1 ) && + qwtFuzzyLessOrEqual( value, x2 ) ) + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, value, y1, value, y2 ); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + \return the pen for the major grid lines + \sa setMajorPen(), setMinorPen(), setPen() +*/ +const QPen &QwtPlotGrid::majorPen() const +{ + return d_data->majorPen; +} + +/*! + \return the pen for the minor grid lines + \sa setMinorPen(), setMajorPen(), setPen() +*/ +const QPen &QwtPlotGrid::minorPen() const +{ + return d_data->minorPen; +} + +/*! + \return true if vertical grid lines are enabled + \sa enableX() +*/ +bool QwtPlotGrid::xEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->xEnabled; +} + +/*! + \return true if minor vertical grid lines are enabled + \sa enableXMin() +*/ +bool QwtPlotGrid::xMinEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->xMinEnabled; +} + +/*! + \return true if horizontal grid lines are enabled + \sa enableY() +*/ +bool QwtPlotGrid::yEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->yEnabled; +} + +/*! + \return true if minor horizontal grid lines are enabled + \sa enableYMin() +*/ +bool QwtPlotGrid::yMinEnabled() const +{ + return d_data->yMinEnabled; +} + + +/*! \return the scale division of the x axis */ +const QwtScaleDiv &QwtPlotGrid::xScaleDiv() const +{ + return d_data->xScaleDiv; +} + +/*! \return the scale division of the y axis */ +const QwtScaleDiv &QwtPlotGrid::yScaleDiv() const +{ + return d_data->yScaleDiv; +} + +/*! + Update the grid to changes of the axes scale division + + \param xScaleDiv Scale division of the x-axis + \param yScaleDiv Scale division of the y-axis + + \sa QwtPlot::updateAxes() +*/ +void QwtPlotGrid::updateScaleDiv( const QwtScaleDiv& xScaleDiv, + const QwtScaleDiv& yScaleDiv ) +{ + setXDiv( xScaleDiv ); + setYDiv( yScaleDiv ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1150d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_grid.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_GRID_H +#define QWT_PLOT_GRID_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_item.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" + +class QPainter; +class QPen; +class QwtScaleMap; +class QwtScaleDiv; + +/*! + \brief A class which draws a coordinate grid + + The QwtPlotGrid class can be used to draw a coordinate grid. + A coordinate grid consists of major and minor vertical + and horizontal grid lines. The locations of the grid lines + are determined by the X and Y scale divisions which can + be assigned with setXDiv() and setYDiv(). + The draw() member draws the grid within a bounding + rectangle. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotGrid: public QwtPlotItem +{ +public: + explicit QwtPlotGrid(); + virtual ~QwtPlotGrid(); + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void enableX( bool ); + bool xEnabled() const; + + void enableY( bool ); + bool yEnabled() const; + + void enableXMin( bool ); + bool xMinEnabled() const; + + void enableYMin( bool ); + bool yMinEnabled() const; + + void setXDiv( const QwtScaleDiv & ); + const QwtScaleDiv &xScaleDiv() const; + + void setYDiv( const QwtScaleDiv & ); + const QwtScaleDiv &yScaleDiv() const; + + void setPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setPen( const QPen & ); + + void setMajorPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setMajorPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen& majorPen() const; + + void setMinorPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setMinorPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen& minorPen() const; + + virtual void draw( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect ) const; + + virtual void updateScaleDiv( + const QwtScaleDiv &xScaleDiv, const QwtScaleDiv &yScaleDiv ); + +private: + void drawLines( QPainter *, const QRectF &, + Qt::Orientation, const QwtScaleMap &, + const QList & ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6ffaf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_histogram.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include "qwt_column_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include +#include + +static inline bool qwtIsCombinable( const QwtInterval &d1, + const QwtInterval &d2 ) +{ + if ( d1.isValid() && d2.isValid() ) + { + if ( d1.maxValue() == d2.minValue() ) + { + if ( !( d1.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMaximum + && d2.borderFlags() & QwtInterval::ExcludeMinimum ) ) + { + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +class QwtPlotHistogram::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + baseline( 0.0 ), + style( Columns ), + symbol( NULL ) + { + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete symbol; + } + + double baseline; + + QPen pen; + QBrush brush; + QwtPlotHistogram::HistogramStyle style; + const QwtColumnSymbol *symbol; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the histogram. +*/ +QwtPlotHistogram::QwtPlotHistogram( const QwtText &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( title ) +{ + init(); +} + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the histogram. +*/ +QwtPlotHistogram::QwtPlotHistogram( const QString &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( title ) +{ + init(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotHistogram::~QwtPlotHistogram() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! Initialize data members +void QwtPlotHistogram::init() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData(); + setData( new QwtIntervalSeriesData() ); + + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::AutoScale, true ); + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend, true ); + + setZ( 20.0 ); +} + +/*! + Set the histogram's drawing style + + \param style Histogram style + \sa HistogramStyle, style() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setStyle( HistogramStyle style ) +{ + if ( style != d_data->style ) + { + d_data->style = style; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Style of the histogram + \sa HistogramStyle, setStyle() +*/ +QwtPlotHistogram::HistogramStyle QwtPlotHistogram::style() const +{ + return d_data->style; +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a pen, that is used in a style() depending way. + + \param pen New pen + \sa pen(), brush() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( pen != d_data->pen ) + { + d_data->pen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Pen used in a style() depending way. + \sa setPen(), brush() +*/ +const QPen &QwtPlotHistogram::pen() const +{ + return d_data->pen; +} + +/*! + Assign a brush, that is used in a style() depending way. + + \param brush New brush + \sa pen(), brush() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setBrush( const QBrush &brush ) +{ + if ( brush != d_data->brush ) + { + d_data->brush = brush; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Brush used in a style() depending way. + \sa setPen(), brush() +*/ +const QBrush &QwtPlotHistogram::brush() const +{ + return d_data->brush; +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a symbol + + In Column style an optional symbol can be assigned, that is responsible + for displaying the rectangle that is defined by the interval and + the distance between baseline() and value. When no symbol has been + defined the area is displayed as plain rectangle using pen() and brush(). + + \sa style(), symbol(), drawColumn(), pen(), brush() + + \note In applications, where different intervals need to be displayed + in a different way ( f.e different colors or even using different symbols) + it is recommended to overload drawColumn(). +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setSymbol( const QwtColumnSymbol *symbol ) +{ + if ( symbol != d_data->symbol ) + { + delete d_data->symbol; + d_data->symbol = symbol; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol or NULL, when no symbol has been assigned + \sa setSymbol() +*/ +const QwtColumnSymbol *QwtPlotHistogram::symbol() const +{ + return d_data->symbol; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the value of the baseline + + Each column representing an QwtIntervalSample is defined by its + interval and the interval between baseline and the value of the sample. + + The default value of the baseline is 0.0. + + \param value Value of the baseline + \sa baseline() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setBaseline( double value ) +{ + if ( d_data->baseline != value ) + { + d_data->baseline = value; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Value of the baseline + \sa setBaseline() +*/ +double QwtPlotHistogram::baseline() const +{ + return d_data->baseline; +} + +/*! + \return Bounding rectangle of all samples. + For an empty series the rectangle is invalid. +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotHistogram::boundingRect() const +{ + QRectF rect = data()->boundingRect(); + if ( !rect.isValid() ) + return rect; + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + rect = QRectF( rect.y(), rect.x(), + rect.height(), rect.width() ); + + if ( rect.left() > d_data->baseline ) + rect.setLeft( d_data->baseline ); + else if ( rect.right() < d_data->baseline ) + rect.setRight( d_data->baseline ); + } + else + { + if ( rect.bottom() < d_data->baseline ) + rect.setBottom( d_data->baseline ); + else if ( rect.top() > d_data->baseline ) + rect.setTop( d_data->baseline ); + } + + return rect; +} + +//! \return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotHistogram +int QwtPlotHistogram::rtti() const +{ + return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotHistogram; +} + +/*! + Initialize data with an array of samples. + \param samples Vector of points +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setSamples( + const QVector &samples ) +{ + setData( new QwtIntervalSeriesData( samples ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a series of samples + + setSamples() is just a wrapper for setData() without any additional + value - beside that it is easier to find for the developer. + + \param data Data + \warning The item takes ownership of the data object, deleting + it when its not used anymore. +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::setSamples( + QwtSeriesData *data ) +{ + setData( data ); +} + +/*! + Draw a subset of the histogram samples + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + series will be painted to its last sample. + + \sa drawOutline(), drawLines(), drawColumns +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::drawSeries( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( canvasRect ) + + if ( !painter || dataSize() <= 0 ) + return; + + if ( to < 0 ) + to = dataSize() - 1; + + switch ( d_data->style ) + { + case Outline: + drawOutline( painter, xMap, yMap, from, to ); + break; + case Lines: + drawLines( painter, xMap, yMap, from, to ); + break; + case Columns: + drawColumns( painter, xMap, yMap, from, to ); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + Draw a histogram in Outline style() + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + histogram will be painted to its last point. + + \sa setStyle(), style() + \warning The outline style requires, that the intervals are in increasing + order and not overlapping. +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::drawOutline( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const +{ + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + double v0 = ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) ? + xMap.transform( baseline() ) : yMap.transform( baseline() ); + if ( doAlign ) + v0 = qRound( v0 ); + + QwtIntervalSample previous; + + QPolygonF polygon; + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QwtIntervalSample sample = this->sample( i ); + + if ( !sample.interval.isValid() ) + { + flushPolygon( painter, v0, polygon ); + previous = sample; + continue; + } + + if ( previous.interval.isValid() ) + { + if ( !qwtIsCombinable( previous.interval, sample.interval ) ) + flushPolygon( painter, v0, polygon ); + } + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + double x1 = xMap.transform( sample.interval.minValue() ); + double x2 = xMap.transform( sample.interval.maxValue() ); + double y = yMap.transform( sample.value ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + x1 = qRound( x1 ); + x2 = qRound( x2 ); + y = qRound( y ); + } + + if ( polygon.size() == 0 ) + polygon += QPointF( x1, v0 ); + + polygon += QPointF( x1, y ); + polygon += QPointF( x2, y ); + } + else + { + double y1 = yMap.transform( sample.interval.minValue() ); + double y2 = yMap.transform( sample.interval.maxValue() ); + double x = xMap.transform( sample.value ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + y1 = qRound( y1 ); + y2 = qRound( y2 ); + x = qRound( x ); + } + + if ( polygon.size() == 0 ) + polygon += QPointF( v0, y1 ); + + polygon += QPointF( x, y1 ); + polygon += QPointF( x, y2 ); + } + previous = sample; + } + + flushPolygon( painter, v0, polygon ); +} + +/*! + Draw a histogram in Columns style() + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + histogram will be painted to its last point. + + \sa setStyle(), style(), setSymbol(), drawColumn() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::drawColumns( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const +{ + painter->setPen( d_data->pen ); + painter->setBrush( d_data->brush ); + + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QwtIntervalSample sample = series->sample( i ); + if ( !sample.interval.isNull() ) + { + const QwtColumnRect rect = columnRect( sample, xMap, yMap ); + drawColumn( painter, rect, sample ); + } + } +} + +/*! + Draw a histogram in Lines style() + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + histogram will be painted to its last point. + + \sa setStyle(), style(), setPen() +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::drawLines( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const +{ + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + painter->setPen( d_data->pen ); + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + + const QwtSeriesData *series = data(); + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QwtIntervalSample sample = series->sample( i ); + if ( !sample.interval.isNull() ) + { + const QwtColumnRect rect = columnRect( sample, xMap, yMap ); + + QRectF r = rect.toRect(); + if ( doAlign ) + { + r.setLeft( qRound( r.left() ) ); + r.setRight( qRound( r.right() ) ); + r.setTop( qRound( r.top() ) ); + r.setBottom( qRound( r.bottom() ) ); + } + + switch ( rect.direction ) + { + case QwtColumnRect::LeftToRight: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + r.topRight(), r.bottomRight() ); + break; + } + case QwtColumnRect::RightToLeft: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + r.topLeft(), r.bottomLeft() ); + break; + } + case QwtColumnRect::TopToBottom: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + r.bottomRight(), r.bottomLeft() ); + break; + } + case QwtColumnRect::BottomToTop: + { + QwtPainter::drawLine( painter, + r.topRight(), r.topLeft() ); + break; + } + } + } + } +} + +//! Internal, used by the Outline style. +void QwtPlotHistogram::flushPolygon( QPainter *painter, + double baseLine, QPolygonF &polygon ) const +{ + if ( polygon.size() == 0 ) + return; + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + polygon += QPointF( baseLine, polygon.last().y() ); + else + polygon += QPointF( polygon.last().x(), baseLine ); + + if ( d_data->brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + { + painter->setPen( Qt::NoPen ); + painter->setBrush( d_data->brush ); + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + polygon += QPointF( polygon.last().x(), baseLine ); + polygon += QPointF( polygon.first().x(), baseLine ); + } + else + { + polygon += QPointF( baseLine, polygon.last().y() ); + polygon += QPointF( baseLine, polygon.first().y() ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawPolygon( painter, polygon ); + + polygon.pop_back(); + polygon.pop_back(); + } + if ( d_data->pen.style() != Qt::NoPen ) + { + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + painter->setPen( d_data->pen ); + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, polygon ); + } + polygon.clear(); +} + +/*! + Calculate the area that is covered by a sample + + \param sample Sample + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + + \return Rectangle, that is covered by a sample +*/ +QwtColumnRect QwtPlotHistogram::columnRect( const QwtIntervalSample &sample, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap ) const +{ + QwtColumnRect rect; + + const QwtInterval &iv = sample.interval; + if ( !iv.isValid() ) + return rect; + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) + { + const double x0 = xMap.transform( baseline() ); + const double x = xMap.transform( sample.value ); + const double y1 = yMap.transform( iv.minValue() ); + const double y2 = yMap.transform( iv.maxValue() ); + + rect.hInterval.setInterval( x0, x ); + rect.vInterval.setInterval( y1, y2, iv.borderFlags() ); + rect.direction = ( x < x0 ) ? QwtColumnRect::RightToLeft : + QwtColumnRect::LeftToRight; + } + else + { + const double x1 = xMap.transform( iv.minValue() ); + const double x2 = xMap.transform( iv.maxValue() ); + const double y0 = yMap.transform( baseline() ); + const double y = yMap.transform( sample.value ); + + rect.hInterval.setInterval( x1, x2, iv.borderFlags() ); + rect.vInterval.setInterval( y0, y ); + rect.direction = ( y < y0 ) ? QwtColumnRect::BottomToTop : + QwtColumnRect::TopToBottom; + } + + return rect; +} + +/*! + Draw a column for a sample in Columns style(). + + When a symbol() has been set the symbol is used otherwise the + column is displayed as plain rectangle using pen() and brush(). + + \param painter Painter + \param rect Rectangle where to paint the column in paint device coordinates + \param sample Sample to be displayed + + \note In applications, where different intervals need to be displayed + in a different way ( f.e different colors or even using different symbols) + it is recommended to overload drawColumn(). +*/ +void QwtPlotHistogram::drawColumn( QPainter *painter, + const QwtColumnRect &rect, const QwtIntervalSample &sample ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( sample ); + + if ( d_data->symbol && + ( d_data->symbol->style() != QwtColumnSymbol::NoStyle ) ) + { + d_data->symbol->draw( painter, rect ); + } + else + { + QRectF r = rect.toRect(); + if ( QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ) ) + { + r.setLeft( qRound( r.left() ) ); + r.setRight( qRound( r.right() ) ); + r.setTop( qRound( r.top() ) ); + r.setBottom( qRound( r.bottom() ) ); + } + + QwtPainter::drawRect( painter, r ); + } +} + +/*! + A plain rectangle without pen using the brush() + + \param index Index of the legend entry + ( ignored as there is only one ) + \param size Icon size + \return A graphic displaying the icon + + \sa QwtPlotItem::setLegendIconSize(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() +*/ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotHistogram::legendIcon( int index, + const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( index ); + return defaultIcon( d_data->brush, size ); +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdd62bb --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_histogram.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_HISTOGRAM_H +#define QWT_PLOT_HISTOGRAM_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_seriesitem.h" +#include "qwt_column_symbol.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtIntervalData; +class QString; +class QPolygonF; + +/*! + \brief QwtPlotHistogram represents a series of samples, where an interval + is associated with a value ( \f$y = f([x1,x2])\f$ ). + + The representation depends on the style() and an optional symbol() + that is displayed for each interval. + + \note The term "histogram" is used in a different way in the areas of + digital image processing and statistics. Wikipedia introduces the + terms "image histogram" and "color histogram" to avoid confusions. + While "image histograms" can be displayed by a QwtPlotCurve there + is no applicable plot item for a "color histogram" yet. + + \sa QwtPlotBarChart, QwtPlotMultiBarChart +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotHistogram: + public QwtPlotSeriesItem, public QwtSeriesStore +{ +public: + /*! + Histogram styles. + The default style is QwtPlotHistogram::Columns. + + \sa setStyle(), style(), setSymbol(), symbol(), setBaseline() + */ + enum HistogramStyle + { + /*! + Draw an outline around the area, that is build by all intervals + using the pen() and fill it with the brush(). The outline style + requires, that the intervals are in increasing order and + not overlapping. + */ + Outline, + + /*! + Draw a column for each interval. When a symbol() has been set + the symbol is used otherwise the column is displayed as + plain rectangle using pen() and brush(). + */ + Columns, + + /*! + Draw a simple line using the pen() for each interval. + */ + Lines, + + /*! + Styles >= UserStyle are reserved for derived + classes that overload drawSeries() with + additional application specific ways to display a histogram. + */ + UserStyle = 100 + }; + + explicit QwtPlotHistogram( const QString &title = QString() ); + explicit QwtPlotHistogram( const QwtText &title ); + virtual ~QwtPlotHistogram(); + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void setPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen &pen() const; + + void setBrush( const QBrush & ); + const QBrush &brush() const; + + void setSamples( const QVector & ); + void setSamples( QwtSeriesData * ); + + void setBaseline( double ); + double baseline() const; + + void setStyle( HistogramStyle style ); + HistogramStyle style() const; + + void setSymbol( const QwtColumnSymbol * ); + const QwtColumnSymbol *symbol() const; + + virtual void drawSeries( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual QRectF boundingRect() const; + + virtual QwtGraphic legendIcon( int index, const QSizeF & ) const; + +protected: + virtual QwtColumnRect columnRect( const QwtIntervalSample &, + const QwtScaleMap &, const QwtScaleMap & ) const; + + virtual void drawColumn( QPainter *, const QwtColumnRect &, + const QwtIntervalSample & ) const; + + void drawColumns( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const; + + void drawOutline( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const; + + void drawLines( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + int from, int to ) const; + +private: + void init(); + void flushPolygon( QPainter *, double baseLine, QPolygonF & ) const; + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..529b3db --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_intervalcurve.h" +#include "qwt_interval_symbol.h" +#include "qwt_scale_map.h" +#include "qwt_clipper.h" +#include "qwt_painter.h" +#include + +#include + +static inline bool qwtIsHSampleInside( const QwtIntervalSample &sample, + double xMin, double xMax, double yMin, double yMax ) +{ + const double y = sample.value; + const double x1 = sample.interval.minValue(); + const double x2 = sample.interval.maxValue(); + + const bool isOffScreen = ( y < yMin ) || ( y > yMax ) + || ( x1 < xMin && x2 < xMin ) || ( x1 > xMax && x2 > xMax ); + + return !isOffScreen; +} + +static inline bool qwtIsVSampleInside( const QwtIntervalSample &sample, + double xMin, double xMax, double yMin, double yMax ) +{ + const double x = sample.value; + const double y1 = sample.interval.minValue(); + const double y2 = sample.interval.maxValue(); + + const bool isOffScreen = ( x < xMin ) || ( x > xMax ) + || ( y1 < yMin && y2 < yMin ) || ( y1 > yMax && y2 > yMax ); + + return !isOffScreen; +} + +class QwtPlotIntervalCurve::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + style( QwtPlotIntervalCurve::Tube ), + symbol( NULL ), + pen( Qt::black ), + brush( Qt::white ) + { + paintAttributes = QwtPlotIntervalCurve::ClipPolygons; + paintAttributes |= QwtPlotIntervalCurve::ClipSymbol; + + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + } + + ~PrivateData() + { + delete symbol; + } + + QwtPlotIntervalCurve::CurveStyle style; + const QwtIntervalSymbol *symbol; + + QPen pen; + QBrush brush; + + QwtPlotIntervalCurve::PaintAttributes paintAttributes; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotIntervalCurve::QwtPlotIntervalCurve( const QwtText &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( title ) +{ + init(); +} + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the curve +*/ +QwtPlotIntervalCurve::QwtPlotIntervalCurve( const QString &title ): + QwtPlotSeriesItem( QwtText( title ) ) +{ + init(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotIntervalCurve::~QwtPlotIntervalCurve() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +//! Initialize internal members +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::init() +{ + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend, true ); + setItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::AutoScale, true ); + + d_data = new PrivateData; + setData( new QwtIntervalSeriesData() ); + + setZ( 19.0 ); +} + +//! \return QwtPlotItem::Rtti_PlotIntervalCurve +int QwtPlotIntervalCurve::rtti() const +{ + return QwtPlotIntervalCurve::Rtti_PlotIntervalCurve; +} + +/*! + Specify an attribute how to draw the curve + + \param attribute Paint attribute + \param on On/Off + \sa testPaintAttribute() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setPaintAttribute( + PaintAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( on ) + d_data->paintAttributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->paintAttributes &= ~attribute; +} + +/*! + \return True, when attribute is enabled + \sa PaintAttribute, setPaintAttribute() +*/ +bool QwtPlotIntervalCurve::testPaintAttribute( + PaintAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return ( d_data->paintAttributes & attribute ); +} + +/*! + Initialize data with an array of samples. + \param samples Vector of samples +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setSamples( + const QVector &samples ) +{ + setData( new QwtIntervalSeriesData( samples ) ); +} + +/*! + Assign a series of samples + + setSamples() is just a wrapper for setData() without any additional + value - beside that it is easier to find for the developer. + + \param data Data + \warning The item takes ownership of the data object, deleting + it when its not used anymore. +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setSamples( + QwtSeriesData *data ) +{ + setData( data ); +} + +/*! + Set the curve's drawing style + + \param style Curve style + \sa CurveStyle, style() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setStyle( CurveStyle style ) +{ + if ( style != d_data->style ) + { + d_data->style = style; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Style of the curve + \sa setStyle() +*/ +QwtPlotIntervalCurve::CurveStyle QwtPlotIntervalCurve::style() const +{ + return d_data->style; +} + +/*! + Assign a symbol. + + \param symbol Symbol + \sa symbol() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setSymbol( const QwtIntervalSymbol *symbol ) +{ + if ( symbol != d_data->symbol ) + { + delete d_data->symbol; + d_data->symbol = symbol; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Current symbol or NULL, when no symbol has been assigned + \sa setSymbol() +*/ +const QwtIntervalSymbol *QwtPlotIntervalCurve::symbol() const +{ + return d_data->symbol; +} + +/*! + Build and assign a pen + + In Qt5 the default pen width is 1.0 ( 0.0 in Qt4 ) what makes it + non cosmetic ( see QPen::isCosmetic() ). This method has been introduced + to hide this incompatibility. + + \param color Pen color + \param width Pen width + \param style Pen style + + \sa pen(), brush() + */ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setPen( const QColor &color, qreal width, Qt::PenStyle style ) +{ + setPen( QPen( color, width, style ) ); +} + +/*! + \brief Assign a pen + \param pen New pen + \sa pen(), brush() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setPen( const QPen &pen ) +{ + if ( pen != d_data->pen ) + { + d_data->pen = pen; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Pen used to draw the lines + \sa setPen(), brush() +*/ +const QPen& QwtPlotIntervalCurve::pen() const +{ + return d_data->pen; +} + +/*! + Assign a brush. + + The brush is used to fill the area in Tube style(). + + \param brush Brush + \sa brush(), pen(), setStyle(), CurveStyle +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::setBrush( const QBrush &brush ) +{ + if ( brush != d_data->brush ) + { + d_data->brush = brush; + + legendChanged(); + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Brush used to fill the area in Tube style() + \sa setBrush(), setStyle(), CurveStyle +*/ +const QBrush& QwtPlotIntervalCurve::brush() const +{ + return d_data->brush; +} + +/*! + \return Bounding rectangle of all samples. + For an empty series the rectangle is invalid. +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotIntervalCurve::boundingRect() const +{ + QRectF rect = QwtPlotSeriesItem::boundingRect(); + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + rect.setRect( rect.y(), rect.x(), rect.height(), rect.width() ); + + return rect; +} + +/*! + Draw a subset of the samples + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + series will be painted to its last sample. + + \sa drawTube(), drawSymbols() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::drawSeries( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + if ( to < 0 ) + to = dataSize() - 1; + + if ( from < 0 ) + from = 0; + + if ( from > to ) + return; + + switch ( d_data->style ) + { + case Tube: + drawTube( painter, xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + break; + + case NoCurve: + default: + break; + } + + if ( d_data->symbol && + ( d_data->symbol->style() != QwtIntervalSymbol::NoSymbol ) ) + { + drawSymbols( painter, *d_data->symbol, + xMap, yMap, canvasRect, from, to ); + } +} + +/*! + Draw a tube + + Builds 2 curves from the upper and lower limits of the intervals + and draws them with the pen(). The area between the curves is + filled with the brush(). + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted. If to < 0 the + series will be painted to its last sample. + + \sa drawSeries(), drawSymbols() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::drawTube( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + const bool doAlign = QwtPainter::roundingAlignment( painter ); + + painter->save(); + + const size_t size = to - from + 1; + QPolygonF polygon( 2 * size ); + QPointF *points = polygon.data(); + + for ( uint i = 0; i < size; i++ ) + { + QPointF &minValue = points[i]; + QPointF &maxValue = points[2 * size - 1 - i]; + + const QwtIntervalSample intervalSample = sample( from + i ); + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + double x = xMap.transform( intervalSample.value ); + double y1 = yMap.transform( intervalSample.interval.minValue() ); + double y2 = yMap.transform( intervalSample.interval.maxValue() ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + x = qRound( x ); + y1 = qRound( y1 ); + y2 = qRound( y2 ); + } + + minValue.rx() = x; + minValue.ry() = y1; + maxValue.rx() = x; + maxValue.ry() = y2; + } + else + { + double y = yMap.transform( intervalSample.value ); + double x1 = xMap.transform( intervalSample.interval.minValue() ); + double x2 = xMap.transform( intervalSample.interval.maxValue() ); + if ( doAlign ) + { + y = qRound( y ); + x1 = qRound( x1 ); + x2 = qRound( x2 ); + } + + minValue.rx() = x1; + minValue.ry() = y; + maxValue.rx() = x2; + maxValue.ry() = y; + } + } + + if ( d_data->brush.style() != Qt::NoBrush ) + { + painter->setPen( QPen( Qt::NoPen ) ); + painter->setBrush( d_data->brush ); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + const qreal m = 1.0; + const QPolygonF p = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( + canvasRect.adjusted( -m, -m, m, m ), polygon, true ); + + QwtPainter::drawPolygon( painter, p ); + } + else + { + QwtPainter::drawPolygon( painter, polygon ); + } + } + + if ( d_data->pen.style() != Qt::NoPen ) + { + painter->setPen( d_data->pen ); + painter->setBrush( Qt::NoBrush ); + + if ( d_data->paintAttributes & ClipPolygons ) + { + qreal pw = qMax( qreal( 1.0 ), painter->pen().widthF() ); + const QRectF clipRect = canvasRect.adjusted( -pw, -pw, pw, pw ); + + QPolygonF p; + + p.resize( size ); + ::memcpy( p.data(), points, size * sizeof( QPointF ) ); + p = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( clipRect, p ); + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, p ); + + p.resize( size ); + ::memcpy( p.data(), points + size, size * sizeof( QPointF ) ); + p = QwtClipper::clipPolygonF( clipRect, p ); + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, p ); + } + else + { + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, points, size ); + QwtPainter::drawPolyline( painter, points + size, size ); + } + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + Draw symbols for a subset of the samples + + \param painter Painter + \param symbol Interval symbol + \param xMap x map + \param yMap y map + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas + \param from Index of the first sample to be painted + \param to Index of the last sample to be painted + + \sa setSymbol(), drawSeries(), drawTube() +*/ +void QwtPlotIntervalCurve::drawSymbols( + QPainter *painter, const QwtIntervalSymbol &symbol, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const +{ + painter->save(); + + QPen pen = symbol.pen(); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter->setPen( pen ); + painter->setBrush( symbol.brush() ); + + const QRectF tr = QwtScaleMap::invTransform( xMap, yMap, canvasRect ); + + const double xMin = tr.left(); + const double xMax = tr.right(); + const double yMin = tr.top(); + const double yMax = tr.bottom(); + + const bool doClip = d_data->paintAttributes & ClipSymbol; + + for ( int i = from; i <= to; i++ ) + { + const QwtIntervalSample s = sample( i ); + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + if ( !doClip || qwtIsVSampleInside( s, xMin, xMax, yMin, yMax ) ) + { + const double x = xMap.transform( s.value ); + const double y1 = yMap.transform( s.interval.minValue() ); + const double y2 = yMap.transform( s.interval.maxValue() ); + + symbol.draw( painter, orientation(), + QPointF( x, y1 ), QPointF( x, y2 ) ); + } + } + else + { + if ( !doClip || qwtIsHSampleInside( s, xMin, xMax, yMin, yMax ) ) + { + const double y = yMap.transform( s.value ); + const double x1 = xMap.transform( s.interval.minValue() ); + const double x2 = xMap.transform( s.interval.maxValue() ); + + symbol.draw( painter, orientation(), + QPointF( x1, y ), QPointF( x2, y ) ); + } + } + } + + painter->restore(); +} + +/*! + \return Icon for the legend + + In case of Tube style() the icon is a plain rectangle filled with the brush(). + If a symbol is assigned it is scaled to size. + + \param index Index of the legend entry + ( ignored as there is only one ) + \param size Icon size + + \sa QwtPlotItem::setLegendIconSize(), QwtPlotItem::legendData() +*/ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotIntervalCurve::legendIcon( + int index, const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( index ); + + if ( size.isEmpty() ) + return QwtGraphic(); + + QwtGraphic icon; + icon.setDefaultSize( size ); + icon.setRenderHint( QwtGraphic::RenderPensUnscaled, true ); + + QPainter painter( &icon ); + painter.setRenderHint( QPainter::Antialiasing, + testRenderHint( QwtPlotItem::RenderAntialiased ) ); + + if ( d_data->style == Tube ) + { + QRectF r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + painter.fillRect( r, d_data->brush ); + } + + if ( d_data->symbol && + ( d_data->symbol->style() != QwtIntervalSymbol::NoSymbol ) ) + { + QPen pen = d_data->symbol->pen(); + pen.setWidthF( pen.widthF() ); + pen.setCapStyle( Qt::FlatCap ); + + painter.setPen( pen ); + painter.setBrush( d_data->symbol->brush() ); + + if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) + { + const double x = 0.5 * size.width(); + + d_data->symbol->draw( &painter, orientation(), + QPointF( x, 0 ), QPointF( x, size.height() - 1.0 ) ); + } + else + { + const double y = 0.5 * size.height(); + + d_data->symbol->draw( &painter, orientation(), + QPointF( 0.0, y ), QPointF( size.width() - 1.0, y ) ); + } + } + + return icon; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b00bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_intervalcurve.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_INTERVAL_CURVE_H +#define QWT_PLOT_INTERVAL_CURVE_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot_seriesitem.h" +#include "qwt_series_data.h" + +class QwtIntervalSymbol; + +/*! + \brief QwtPlotIntervalCurve represents a series of samples, where each value + is associated with an interval ( \f$[y1,y2] = f(x)\f$ ). + + The representation depends on the style() and an optional symbol() + that is displayed for each interval. QwtPlotIntervalCurve might be used + to display error bars or the area between 2 curves. +*/ +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotIntervalCurve: + public QwtPlotSeriesItem, public QwtSeriesStore +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Curve styles. + The default setting is QwtPlotIntervalCurve::Tube. + + \sa setStyle(), style() + */ + enum CurveStyle + { + /*! + Don't draw a curve. Note: This doesn't affect the symbols. + */ + NoCurve, + + /*! + Build 2 curves from the upper and lower limits of the intervals + and draw them with the pen(). The area between the curves is + filled with the brush(). + */ + Tube, + + /*! + Styles >= QwtPlotIntervalCurve::UserCurve are reserved for derived + classes that overload drawSeries() with + additional application specific curve types. + */ + UserCurve = 100 + }; + + /*! + Attributes to modify the drawing algorithm. + \sa setPaintAttribute(), testPaintAttribute() + */ + enum PaintAttribute + { + /*! + Clip polygons before painting them. In situations, where points + are far outside the visible area (f.e when zooming deep) this + might be a substantial improvement for the painting performance. + */ + ClipPolygons = 0x01, + + //! Check if a symbol is on the plot canvas before painting it. + ClipSymbol = 0x02 + }; + + //! Paint attributes + typedef QFlags PaintAttributes; + + explicit QwtPlotIntervalCurve( const QString &title = QString() ); + explicit QwtPlotIntervalCurve( const QwtText &title ); + + virtual ~QwtPlotIntervalCurve(); + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void setPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testPaintAttribute( PaintAttribute ) const; + + void setSamples( const QVector & ); + void setSamples( QwtSeriesData * ); + + void setPen( const QColor &, qreal width = 0.0, Qt::PenStyle = Qt::SolidLine ); + void setPen( const QPen & ); + const QPen &pen() const; + + void setBrush( const QBrush & ); + const QBrush &brush() const; + + void setStyle( CurveStyle style ); + CurveStyle style() const; + + void setSymbol( const QwtIntervalSymbol * ); + const QwtIntervalSymbol *symbol() const; + + virtual void drawSeries( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual QRectF boundingRect() const; + + virtual QwtGraphic legendIcon( int index, const QSizeF & ) const; + +protected: + + void init(); + + virtual void drawTube( QPainter *, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + + virtual void drawSymbols( QPainter *, const QwtIntervalSymbol &, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, int from, int to ) const; + +private: + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotIntervalCurve::PaintAttributes ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..253c221 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,698 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_item.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include "qwt_scale_div.h" +#include "qwt_graphic.h" +#include + +class QwtPlotItem::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + plot( NULL ), + isVisible( true ), + attributes( 0 ), + interests( 0 ), + renderHints( 0 ), + renderThreadCount( 1 ), + z( 0.0 ), + xAxis( QwtPlot::xBottom ), + yAxis( QwtPlot::yLeft ), + legendIconSize( 8, 8 ) + { + } + + mutable QwtPlot *plot; + + bool isVisible; + + QwtPlotItem::ItemAttributes attributes; + QwtPlotItem::ItemInterests interests; + + QwtPlotItem::RenderHints renderHints; + uint renderThreadCount; + + double z; + + int xAxis; + int yAxis; + + QwtText title; + QSize legendIconSize; +}; + +/*! + Constructor + \param title Title of the item +*/ +QwtPlotItem::QwtPlotItem( const QwtText &title ) +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + d_data->title = title; +} + +//! Destroy the QwtPlotItem +QwtPlotItem::~QwtPlotItem() +{ + attach( NULL ); + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + \brief Attach the item to a plot. + + This method will attach a QwtPlotItem to the QwtPlot argument. It will first + detach the QwtPlotItem from any plot from a previous call to attach (if + necessary). If a NULL argument is passed, it will detach from any QwtPlot it + was attached to. + + \param plot Plot widget + \sa detach() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::attach( QwtPlot *plot ) +{ + if ( plot == d_data->plot ) + return; + + if ( d_data->plot ) + d_data->plot->attachItem( this, false ); + + d_data->plot = plot; + + if ( d_data->plot ) + d_data->plot->attachItem( this, true ); +} + +/*! + \brief This method detaches a QwtPlotItem from any + QwtPlot it has been associated with. + + detach() is equivalent to calling attach( NULL ) + \sa attach() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::detach() +{ + attach( NULL ); +} + +/*! + Return rtti for the specific class represented. QwtPlotItem is simply + a virtual interface class, and base classes will implement this method + with specific rtti values so a user can differentiate them. + + The rtti value is useful for environments, where the + runtime type information is disabled and it is not possible + to do a dynamic_cast<...>. + + \return rtti value + \sa RttiValues +*/ +int QwtPlotItem::rtti() const +{ + return Rtti_PlotItem; +} + +//! Return attached plot +QwtPlot *QwtPlotItem::plot() const +{ + return d_data->plot; +} + +/*! + Plot items are painted in increasing z-order. + + \return setZ(), QwtPlotDict::itemList() +*/ +double QwtPlotItem::z() const +{ + return d_data->z; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the z value + + Plot items are painted in increasing z-order. + + \param z Z-value + \sa z(), QwtPlotDict::itemList() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setZ( double z ) +{ + if ( d_data->z != z ) + { + if ( d_data->plot ) // update the z order + d_data->plot->attachItem( this, false ); + + d_data->z = z; + + if ( d_data->plot ) + d_data->plot->attachItem( this, true ); + + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Set a new title + + \param title Title + \sa title() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setTitle( const QString &title ) +{ + setTitle( QwtText( title ) ); +} + +/*! + Set a new title + + \param title Title + \sa title() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setTitle( const QwtText &title ) +{ + if ( d_data->title != title ) + { + d_data->title = title; + + legendChanged(); +#if 0 + itemChanged(); +#endif + } +} + +/*! + \return Title of the item + \sa setTitle() +*/ +const QwtText &QwtPlotItem::title() const +{ + return d_data->title; +} + +/*! + Toggle an item attribute + + \param attribute Attribute type + \param on true/false + + \sa testItemAttribute(), ItemInterest +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setItemAttribute( ItemAttribute attribute, bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->attributes.testFlag( attribute ) != on ) + { + if ( on ) + d_data->attributes |= attribute; + else + d_data->attributes &= ~attribute; + + if ( attribute == QwtPlotItem::Legend ) + legendChanged(); + + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Test an item attribute + + \param attribute Attribute type + \return true/false + \sa setItemAttribute(), ItemInterest +*/ +bool QwtPlotItem::testItemAttribute( ItemAttribute attribute ) const +{ + return d_data->attributes.testFlag( attribute ); +} + +/*! + Toggle an item interest + + \param interest Interest type + \param on true/false + + \sa testItemInterest(), ItemAttribute +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setItemInterest( ItemInterest interest, bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->interests.testFlag( interest ) != on ) + { + if ( on ) + d_data->interests |= interest; + else + d_data->interests &= ~interest; + + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Test an item interest + + \param interest Interest type + \return true/false + \sa setItemInterest(), ItemAttribute +*/ +bool QwtPlotItem::testItemInterest( ItemInterest interest ) const +{ + return d_data->interests.testFlag( interest ); +} + +/*! + Toggle an render hint + + \param hint Render hint + \param on true/false + + \sa testRenderHint(), RenderHint +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setRenderHint( RenderHint hint, bool on ) +{ + if ( d_data->renderHints.testFlag( hint ) != on ) + { + if ( on ) + d_data->renderHints |= hint; + else + d_data->renderHints &= ~hint; + + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Test a render hint + + \param hint Render hint + \return true/false + \sa setRenderHint(), RenderHint +*/ +bool QwtPlotItem::testRenderHint( RenderHint hint ) const +{ + return d_data->renderHints.testFlag( hint ); +} + +/*! + On multi core systems rendering of certain plot item + ( f.e QwtPlotRasterItem ) can be done in parallel in + several threads. + + The default setting is set to 1. + + \param numThreads Number of threads to be used for rendering. + If numThreads is set to 0, the system specific + ideal thread count is used. + + The default thread count is 1 ( = no additional threads ) +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setRenderThreadCount( uint numThreads ) +{ + d_data->renderThreadCount = numThreads; +} + +/*! + \return Number of threads to be used for rendering. + If numThreads() is set to 0, the system specific + ideal thread count is used. +*/ +uint QwtPlotItem::renderThreadCount() const +{ + return d_data->renderThreadCount; +} + +/*! + Set the size of the legend icon + + The default setting is 8x8 pixels + + \param size Size + \sa legendIconSize(), legendIcon() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setLegendIconSize( const QSize &size ) +{ + if ( d_data->legendIconSize != size ) + { + d_data->legendIconSize = size; + legendChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return Legend icon size + \sa setLegendIconSize(), legendIcon() +*/ +QSize QwtPlotItem::legendIconSize() const +{ + return d_data->legendIconSize; +} + +/*! + \return Icon representing the item on the legend + + The default implementation returns an invalid icon + + \param index Index of the legend entry + ( usually there is only one ) + \param size Icon size + + \sa setLegendIconSize(), legendData() + */ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotItem::legendIcon( + int index, const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( index ) + Q_UNUSED( size ) + + return QwtGraphic(); +} + +/*! + \brief Return a default icon from a brush + + The default icon is a filled rectangle used + in several derived classes as legendIcon(). + + \param brush Fill brush + \param size Icon size + + \return A filled rectangle + */ +QwtGraphic QwtPlotItem::defaultIcon( + const QBrush &brush, const QSizeF &size ) const +{ + QwtGraphic icon; + if ( !size.isEmpty() ) + { + icon.setDefaultSize( size ); + + QRectF r( 0, 0, size.width(), size.height() ); + + QPainter painter( &icon ); + painter.fillRect( r, brush ); + } + + return icon; +} + +//! Show the item +void QwtPlotItem::show() +{ + setVisible( true ); +} + +//! Hide the item +void QwtPlotItem::hide() +{ + setVisible( false ); +} + +/*! + Show/Hide the item + + \param on Show if true, otherwise hide + \sa isVisible(), show(), hide() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setVisible( bool on ) +{ + if ( on != d_data->isVisible ) + { + d_data->isVisible = on; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + \return true if visible + \sa setVisible(), show(), hide() +*/ +bool QwtPlotItem::isVisible() const +{ + return d_data->isVisible; +} + +/*! + Update the legend and call QwtPlot::autoRefresh() for the + parent plot. + + \sa QwtPlot::legendChanged(), QwtPlot::autoRefresh() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::itemChanged() +{ + if ( d_data->plot ) + d_data->plot->autoRefresh(); +} + +/*! + Update the legend of the parent plot. + \sa QwtPlot::updateLegend(), itemChanged() +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::legendChanged() +{ + if ( testItemAttribute( QwtPlotItem::Legend ) && d_data->plot ) + d_data->plot->updateLegend( this ); +} + +/*! + Set X and Y axis + + The item will painted according to the coordinates of its Axes. + + \param xAxis X Axis ( QwtPlot::xBottom or QwtPlot::xTop ) + \param yAxis Y Axis ( QwtPlot::yLeft or QwtPlot::yRight ) + + \sa setXAxis(), setYAxis(), xAxis(), yAxis(), QwtPlot::Axis +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setAxes( int xAxis, int yAxis ) +{ + if ( xAxis == QwtPlot::xBottom || xAxis == QwtPlot::xTop ) + d_data->xAxis = xAxis; + + if ( yAxis == QwtPlot::yLeft || yAxis == QwtPlot::yRight ) + d_data->yAxis = yAxis; + + itemChanged(); +} + +/*! + Set the X axis + + The item will painted according to the coordinates its Axes. + + \param axis X Axis ( QwtPlot::xBottom or QwtPlot::xTop ) + \sa setAxes(), setYAxis(), xAxis(), QwtPlot::Axis +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setXAxis( int axis ) +{ + if ( axis == QwtPlot::xBottom || axis == QwtPlot::xTop ) + { + d_data->xAxis = axis; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +/*! + Set the Y axis + + The item will painted according to the coordinates its Axes. + + \param axis Y Axis ( QwtPlot::yLeft or QwtPlot::yRight ) + \sa setAxes(), setXAxis(), yAxis(), QwtPlot::Axis +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::setYAxis( int axis ) +{ + if ( axis == QwtPlot::yLeft || axis == QwtPlot::yRight ) + { + d_data->yAxis = axis; + itemChanged(); + } +} + +//! Return xAxis +int QwtPlotItem::xAxis() const +{ + return d_data->xAxis; +} + +//! Return yAxis +int QwtPlotItem::yAxis() const +{ + return d_data->yAxis; +} + +/*! + \return An invalid bounding rect: QRectF(1.0, 1.0, -2.0, -2.0) + \note A width or height < 0.0 is ignored by the autoscaler +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotItem::boundingRect() const +{ + return QRectF( 1.0, 1.0, -2.0, -2.0 ); // invalid +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate a hint for the canvas margin + + When the QwtPlotItem::Margins flag is enabled the plot item + indicates, that it needs some margins at the borders of the canvas. + This is f.e. used by bar charts to reserve space for displaying + the bars. + + The margins are in target device coordinates ( pixels on screen ) + + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rectangle of the canvas in painter coordinates + \param left Returns the left margin + \param top Returns the top margin + \param right Returns the right margin + \param bottom Returns the bottom margin + + The default implementation returns 0 for all margins + + \sa QwtPlot::getCanvasMarginsHint(), QwtPlot::updateCanvasMargins() + */ +void QwtPlotItem::getCanvasMarginHint( const QwtScaleMap &xMap, + const QwtScaleMap &yMap, const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom ) const +{ + Q_UNUSED( xMap ); + Q_UNUSED( yMap ); + Q_UNUSED( canvasRect ); + + // use QMargins, when we don't need to support Qt < 4.6 anymore + left = top = right = bottom = 0.0; +} + +/*! + \brief Return all information, that is needed to represent + the item on the legend + + Most items are represented by one entry on the legend + showing an icon and a text, but f.e. QwtPlotMultiBarChart + displays one entry for each bar. + + QwtLegendData is basically a list of QVariants that makes it + possible to overload and reimplement legendData() to + return almost any type of information, that is understood + by the receiver that acts as the legend. + + The default implementation returns one entry with + the title() of the item and the legendIcon(). + + \return Data, that is needed to represent the item on the legend + \sa title(), legendIcon(), QwtLegend, QwtPlotLegendItem + */ +QList QwtPlotItem::legendData() const +{ + QwtLegendData data; + + QwtText label = title(); + label.setRenderFlags( label.renderFlags() & Qt::AlignLeft ); + + QVariant titleValue; + qVariantSetValue( titleValue, label ); + data.setValue( QwtLegendData::TitleRole, titleValue ); + + const QwtGraphic graphic = legendIcon( 0, legendIconSize() ); + if ( !graphic.isNull() ) + { + QVariant iconValue; + qVariantSetValue( iconValue, graphic ); + data.setValue( QwtLegendData::IconRole, iconValue ); + } + + QList list; + list += data; + + return list; +} + +/*! + \brief Update the item to changes of the axes scale division + + Update the item, when the axes of plot have changed. + The default implementation does nothing, but items that depend + on the scale division (like QwtPlotGrid()) have to reimplement + updateScaleDiv() + + updateScaleDiv() is only called when the ScaleInterest interest + is enabled. The default implementation does nothing. + + \param xScaleDiv Scale division of the x-axis + \param yScaleDiv Scale division of the y-axis + + \sa QwtPlot::updateAxes(), ScaleInterest +*/ +void QwtPlotItem::updateScaleDiv( const QwtScaleDiv &xScaleDiv, + const QwtScaleDiv &yScaleDiv ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( xScaleDiv ); + Q_UNUSED( yScaleDiv ); +} + +/*! + \brief Update the item to changes of the legend info + + Plot items that want to display a legend ( not those, that want to + be displayed on a legend ! ) will have to implement updateLegend(). + + updateLegend() is only called when the LegendInterest interest + is enabled. The default implementation does nothing. + + \param item Plot item to be displayed on a legend + \param data Attributes how to display item on the legend + + \sa QwtPlotLegendItem + + \note Plot items, that want to be displayed on a legend + need to enable the QwtPlotItem::Legend flag and to implement + legendData() and legendIcon() + */ +void QwtPlotItem::updateLegend( const QwtPlotItem *item, + const QList &data ) +{ + Q_UNUSED( item ); + Q_UNUSED( data ); +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the bounding scale rectangle of 2 maps + + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + + \return Bounding scale rect of the scale maps, not normalized +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotItem::scaleRect( const QwtScaleMap &xMap, + const QwtScaleMap &yMap ) const +{ + return QRectF( xMap.s1(), yMap.s1(), + xMap.sDist(), yMap.sDist() ); +} + +/*! + \brief Calculate the bounding paint rectangle of 2 maps + + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + + \return Bounding paint rectangle of the scale maps, not normalized +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotItem::paintRect( const QwtScaleMap &xMap, + const QwtScaleMap &yMap ) const +{ + const QRectF rect( xMap.p1(), yMap.p1(), + xMap.pDist(), yMap.pDist() ); + + return rect; +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1581c37 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_item.h @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_ITEM_H +#define QWT_PLOT_ITEM_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_legend_data.h" +#include "qwt_graphic.h" +#include +#include +#include + +class QPainter; +class QwtScaleMap; +class QwtScaleDiv; +class QwtPlot; + +/*! + \brief Base class for items on the plot canvas + + A plot item is "something", that can be painted on the plot canvas, + or only affects the scales of the plot widget. They can be categorized as: + + - Representator\n + A "Representator" is an item that represents some sort of data + on the plot canvas. The different representator classes are organized + according to the characteristics of the data: + - QwtPlotMarker + Represents a point or a horizontal/vertical coordinate + - QwtPlotCurve + Represents a series of points + - QwtPlotSpectrogram ( QwtPlotRasterItem ) + Represents raster data + - ... + + - Decorators\n + A "Decorator" is an item, that displays additional information, that + is not related to any data: + - QwtPlotGrid + - QwtPlotScaleItem + - QwtPlotSvgItem + - ... + + Depending on the QwtPlotItem::ItemAttribute flags, an item is included + into autoscaling or has an entry on the legend. + + Before misusing the existing item classes it might be better to + implement a new type of plot item + ( don't implement a watermark as spectrogram ). + Deriving a new type of QwtPlotItem primarily means to implement + the YourPlotItem::draw() method. + + \sa The cpuplot example shows the implementation of additional plot items. +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotItem +{ +public: + /*! + \brief Runtime type information + + RttiValues is used to cast plot items, without + having to enable runtime type information of the compiler. + */ + enum RttiValues + { + //! Unspecific value, that can be used, when it doesn't matter + Rtti_PlotItem = 0, + + //! For QwtPlotGrid + Rtti_PlotGrid, + + //! For QwtPlotScaleItem + Rtti_PlotScale, + + //! For QwtPlotLegendItem + Rtti_PlotLegend, + + //! For QwtPlotMarker + Rtti_PlotMarker, + + //! For QwtPlotCurve + Rtti_PlotCurve, + + //! For QwtPlotSpectroCurve + Rtti_PlotSpectroCurve, + + //! For QwtPlotIntervalCurve + Rtti_PlotIntervalCurve, + + //! For QwtPlotHistogram + Rtti_PlotHistogram, + + //! For QwtPlotSpectrogram + Rtti_PlotSpectrogram, + + //! For QwtPlotSvgItem + Rtti_PlotSVG, + + //! For QwtPlotTradingCurve + Rtti_PlotTradingCurve, + + //! For QwtPlotBarChart + Rtti_PlotBarChart, + + //! For QwtPlotMultiBarChart + Rtti_PlotMultiBarChart, + + //! For QwtPlotShapeItem + Rtti_PlotShape, + + //! For QwtPlotTextLabel + Rtti_PlotTextLabel, + + //! For QwtPlotZoneItem + Rtti_PlotZone, + + /*! + Values >= Rtti_PlotUserItem are reserved for plot items + not implemented in the Qwt library. + */ + Rtti_PlotUserItem = 1000 + }; + + /*! + \brief Plot Item Attributes + + Various aspects of a plot widget depend on the attributes of + the attached plot items. If and how a single plot item + participates in these updates depends on its attributes. + + \sa setItemAttribute(), testItemAttribute(), ItemInterest + */ + enum ItemAttribute + { + //! The item is represented on the legend. + Legend = 0x01, + + /*! + The boundingRect() of the item is included in the + autoscaling calculation as long as its width or height + is >= 0.0. + */ + AutoScale = 0x02, + + /*! + The item needs extra space to display something outside + its bounding rectangle. + \sa getCanvasMarginHint() + */ + Margins = 0x04 + }; + + //! Plot Item Attributes + typedef QFlags ItemAttributes; + + /*! + \brief Plot Item Interests + + Plot items might depend on the situation of the corresponding + plot widget. By enabling an interest the plot item will be + notified, when the corresponding attribute of the plot widgets + has changed. + + \sa setItemAttribute(), testItemAttribute(), ItemInterest + */ + enum ItemInterest + { + /*! + The item is interested in updates of the scales + \sa updateScaleDiv() + */ + ScaleInterest = 0x01, + + /*! + The item is interested in updates of the legend ( of other items ) + This flag is intended for items, that want to implement a legend + for displaying entries of other plot item. + + \note If the plot item wants to be represented on a legend + enable QwtPlotItem::Legend instead. + + \sa updateLegend() + */ + LegendInterest = 0x02 + }; + + //! Plot Item Interests + typedef QFlags ItemInterests; + + //! Render hints + enum RenderHint + { + //! Enable antialiasing + RenderAntialiased = 0x1 + }; + + //! Render hints + typedef QFlags RenderHints; + + explicit QwtPlotItem( const QwtText &title = QwtText() ); + virtual ~QwtPlotItem(); + + void attach( QwtPlot *plot ); + void detach(); + + QwtPlot *plot() const; + + void setTitle( const QString &title ); + void setTitle( const QwtText &title ); + const QwtText &title() const; + + virtual int rtti() const; + + void setItemAttribute( ItemAttribute, bool on = true ); + bool testItemAttribute( ItemAttribute ) const; + + void setItemInterest( ItemInterest, bool on = true ); + bool testItemInterest( ItemInterest ) const; + + void setRenderHint( RenderHint, bool on = true ); + bool testRenderHint( RenderHint ) const; + + void setRenderThreadCount( uint numThreads ); + uint renderThreadCount() const; + + void setLegendIconSize( const QSize & ); + QSize legendIconSize() const; + + double z() const; + void setZ( double z ); + + void show(); + void hide(); + virtual void setVisible( bool ); + bool isVisible () const; + + void setAxes( int xAxis, int yAxis ); + + void setXAxis( int axis ); + int xAxis() const; + + void setYAxis( int axis ); + int yAxis() const; + + virtual void itemChanged(); + virtual void legendChanged(); + + /*! + \brief Draw the item + + \param painter Painter + \param xMap Maps x-values into pixel coordinates. + \param yMap Maps y-values into pixel coordinates. + \param canvasRect Contents rect of the canvas in painter coordinates + */ + virtual void draw( QPainter *painter, + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect ) const = 0; + + virtual QRectF boundingRect() const; + + virtual void getCanvasMarginHint( + const QwtScaleMap &xMap, const QwtScaleMap &yMap, + const QRectF &canvasRect, + double &left, double &top, double &right, double &bottom) const; + + virtual void updateScaleDiv( + const QwtScaleDiv&, const QwtScaleDiv& ); + + virtual void updateLegend( const QwtPlotItem *, + const QList & ); + + QRectF scaleRect( const QwtScaleMap &, const QwtScaleMap & ) const; + QRectF paintRect( const QwtScaleMap &, const QwtScaleMap & ) const; + + virtual QList legendData() const; + + virtual QwtGraphic legendIcon( int index, const QSizeF & ) const; + +protected: + QwtGraphic defaultIcon( const QBrush &, const QSizeF & ) const; + +private: + // Disabled copy constructor and operator= + QwtPlotItem( const QwtPlotItem & ); + QwtPlotItem &operator=( const QwtPlotItem & ); + + class PrivateData; + PrivateData *d_data; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotItem::ItemAttributes ) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotItem::ItemInterests ) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS( QwtPlotItem::RenderHints ) + +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE( QwtPlotItem * ) + +#endif diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.cpp b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5003ee --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1442 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include "qwt_plot_layout.h" +#include "qwt_text.h" +#include "qwt_text_label.h" +#include "qwt_scale_widget.h" +#include "qwt_abstract_legend.h" +#include +#include + +class QwtPlotLayout::LayoutData +{ +public: + void init( const QwtPlot *, const QRectF &rect ); + + struct t_legendData + { + int frameWidth; + int hScrollExtent; + int vScrollExtent; + QSize hint; + } legend; + + struct t_titleData + { + QwtText text; + int frameWidth; + } title; + + struct t_footerData + { + QwtText text; + int frameWidth; + } footer; + + struct t_scaleData + { + bool isEnabled; + const QwtScaleWidget *scaleWidget; + QFont scaleFont; + int start; + int end; + int baseLineOffset; + double tickOffset; + int dimWithoutTitle; + } scale[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + + struct t_canvasData + { + int contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::axisCnt ]; + + } canvas; +}; + +/* + Extract all layout relevant data from the plot components +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::LayoutData::init( const QwtPlot *plot, const QRectF &rect ) +{ + // legend + + if ( plot->legend() ) + { + legend.frameWidth = plot->legend()->frameWidth(); + legend.hScrollExtent = + plot->legend()->scrollExtent( Qt::Horizontal ); + legend.vScrollExtent = + plot->legend()->scrollExtent( Qt::Vertical ); + + const QSize hint = plot->legend()->sizeHint(); + + const int w = qMin( hint.width(), qFloor( rect.width() ) ); + + int h = plot->legend()->heightForWidth( w ); + if ( h <= 0 ) + h = hint.height(); + + legend.hint = QSize( w, h ); + } + + // title + + title.frameWidth = 0; + title.text = QwtText(); + + if ( plot->titleLabel() ) + { + const QwtTextLabel *label = plot->titleLabel(); + title.text = label->text(); + if ( !( title.text.testPaintAttribute( QwtText::PaintUsingTextFont ) ) ) + title.text.setFont( label->font() ); + + title.frameWidth = plot->titleLabel()->frameWidth(); + } + + // footer + + footer.frameWidth = 0; + footer.text = QwtText(); + + if ( plot->footerLabel() ) + { + const QwtTextLabel *label = plot->footerLabel(); + footer.text = label->text(); + if ( !( footer.text.testPaintAttribute( QwtText::PaintUsingTextFont ) ) ) + footer.text.setFont( label->font() ); + + footer.frameWidth = plot->footerLabel()->frameWidth(); + } + + // scales + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + if ( plot->axisEnabled( axis ) ) + { + const QwtScaleWidget *scaleWidget = plot->axisWidget( axis ); + + scale[axis].isEnabled = true; + + scale[axis].scaleWidget = scaleWidget; + + scale[axis].scaleFont = scaleWidget->font(); + + scale[axis].start = scaleWidget->startBorderDist(); + scale[axis].end = scaleWidget->endBorderDist(); + + scale[axis].baseLineOffset = scaleWidget->margin(); + scale[axis].tickOffset = scaleWidget->margin(); + if ( scaleWidget->scaleDraw()->hasComponent( + QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks ) ) + { + scale[axis].tickOffset += + scaleWidget->scaleDraw()->maxTickLength(); + } + + scale[axis].dimWithoutTitle = scaleWidget->dimForLength( + QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, scale[axis].scaleFont ); + + if ( !scaleWidget->title().isEmpty() ) + { + scale[axis].dimWithoutTitle -= + scaleWidget->titleHeightForWidth( QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ); + } + } + else + { + scale[axis].isEnabled = false; + scale[axis].start = 0; + scale[axis].end = 0; + scale[axis].baseLineOffset = 0; + scale[axis].tickOffset = 0.0; + scale[axis].dimWithoutTitle = 0; + } + } + + // canvas + + plot->canvas()->getContentsMargins( + &canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::yLeft ], + &canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::xTop ], + &canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::yRight ], + &canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::xBottom ] ); +} + +class QwtPlotLayout::PrivateData +{ +public: + PrivateData(): + spacing( 5 ) + { + } + + QRectF titleRect; + QRectF footerRect; + QRectF legendRect; + QRectF scaleRect[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + QRectF canvasRect; + + QwtPlotLayout::LayoutData layoutData; + + QwtPlot::LegendPosition legendPos; + double legendRatio; + unsigned int spacing; + unsigned int canvasMargin[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + bool alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; +}; + +/*! + \brief Constructor + */ + +QwtPlotLayout::QwtPlotLayout() +{ + d_data = new PrivateData; + + setLegendPosition( QwtPlot::BottomLegend ); + setCanvasMargin( 4 ); + setAlignCanvasToScales( false ); + + invalidate(); +} + +//! Destructor +QwtPlotLayout::~QwtPlotLayout() +{ + delete d_data; +} + +/*! + Change a margin of the canvas. The margin is the space + above/below the scale ticks. A negative margin will + be set to -1, excluding the borders of the scales. + + \param margin New margin + \param axis One of QwtPlot::Axis. Specifies where the position of the margin. + -1 means margin at all borders. + \sa canvasMargin() + + \warning The margin will have no effect when alignCanvasToScale() is true +*/ + +void QwtPlotLayout::setCanvasMargin( int margin, int axis ) +{ + if ( margin < -1 ) + margin = -1; + + if ( axis == -1 ) + { + for ( axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + d_data->canvasMargin[axis] = margin; + } + else if ( axis >= 0 && axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + d_data->canvasMargin[axis] = margin; +} + +/*! + \param axisId Axis index + \return Margin around the scale tick borders + \sa setCanvasMargin() +*/ +int QwtPlotLayout::canvasMargin( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisId < 0 || axisId >= QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + return 0; + + return d_data->canvasMargin[axisId]; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the align-canvas-to-axis-scales flag for all axes + + \param on True/False + \sa setAlignCanvasToScale(), alignCanvasToScale() +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::setAlignCanvasToScales( bool on ) +{ + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + d_data->alignCanvasToScales[axis] = on; +} + +/*! + Change the align-canvas-to-axis-scales setting. The canvas may: + + - extend beyond the axis scale ends to maximize its size, + - align with the axis scale ends to control its size. + + The axisId parameter is somehow confusing as it identifies a border + of the plot and not the axes, that are aligned. F.e when QwtPlot::yLeft + is set, the left end of the the x-axes ( QwtPlot::xTop, QwtPlot::xBottom ) + is aligned. + + \param axisId Axis index + \param on New align-canvas-to-axis-scales setting + + \sa setCanvasMargin(), alignCanvasToScale(), setAlignCanvasToScales() + \warning In case of on == true canvasMargin() will have no effect +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::setAlignCanvasToScale( int axisId, bool on ) +{ + if ( axisId >= 0 && axisId < QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + d_data->alignCanvasToScales[axisId] = on; +} + +/*! + Return the align-canvas-to-axis-scales setting. The canvas may: + - extend beyond the axis scale ends to maximize its size + - align with the axis scale ends to control its size. + + \param axisId Axis index + \return align-canvas-to-axis-scales setting + \sa setAlignCanvasToScale(), setAlignCanvasToScale(), setCanvasMargin() +*/ +bool QwtPlotLayout::alignCanvasToScale( int axisId ) const +{ + if ( axisId < 0 || axisId >= QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + return false; + + return d_data->alignCanvasToScales[ axisId ]; +} + +/*! + Change the spacing of the plot. The spacing is the distance + between the plot components. + + \param spacing New spacing + \sa setCanvasMargin(), spacing() +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::setSpacing( int spacing ) +{ + d_data->spacing = qMax( 0, spacing ); +} + +/*! + \return Spacing + \sa margin(), setSpacing() +*/ +int QwtPlotLayout::spacing() const +{ + return d_data->spacing; +} + +/*! + \brief Specify the position of the legend + \param pos The legend's position. + \param ratio Ratio between legend and the bounding rectangle + of title, footer, canvas and axes. The legend will be shrunk + if it would need more space than the given ratio. + The ratio is limited to ]0.0 .. 1.0]. In case of <= 0.0 + it will be reset to the default ratio. + The default vertical/horizontal ratio is 0.33/0.5. + + \sa QwtPlot::setLegendPosition() +*/ + +void QwtPlotLayout::setLegendPosition( QwtPlot::LegendPosition pos, double ratio ) +{ + if ( ratio > 1.0 ) + ratio = 1.0; + + switch ( pos ) + { + case QwtPlot::TopLegend: + case QwtPlot::BottomLegend: + if ( ratio <= 0.0 ) + ratio = 0.33; + d_data->legendRatio = ratio; + d_data->legendPos = pos; + break; + case QwtPlot::LeftLegend: + case QwtPlot::RightLegend: + if ( ratio <= 0.0 ) + ratio = 0.5; + d_data->legendRatio = ratio; + d_data->legendPos = pos; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/*! + \brief Specify the position of the legend + \param pos The legend's position. Valid values are + \c QwtPlot::LeftLegend, \c QwtPlot::RightLegend, + \c QwtPlot::TopLegend, \c QwtPlot::BottomLegend. + + \sa QwtPlot::setLegendPosition() +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::setLegendPosition( QwtPlot::LegendPosition pos ) +{ + setLegendPosition( pos, 0.0 ); +} + +/*! + \return Position of the legend + \sa setLegendPosition(), QwtPlot::setLegendPosition(), + QwtPlot::legendPosition() +*/ +QwtPlot::LegendPosition QwtPlotLayout::legendPosition() const +{ + return d_data->legendPos; +} + +/*! + Specify the relative size of the legend in the plot + \param ratio Ratio between legend and the bounding rectangle + of title, footer, canvas and axes. The legend will be shrunk + if it would need more space than the given ratio. + The ratio is limited to ]0.0 .. 1.0]. In case of <= 0.0 + it will be reset to the default ratio. + The default vertical/horizontal ratio is 0.33/0.5. +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::setLegendRatio( double ratio ) +{ + setLegendPosition( legendPosition(), ratio ); +} + +/*! + \return The relative size of the legend in the plot. + \sa setLegendPosition() +*/ +double QwtPlotLayout::legendRatio() const +{ + return d_data->legendRatio; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the geometry for the title + + This method is intended to be used from derived layouts + overloading activate() + + \sa titleRect(), activate() + */ +void QwtPlotLayout::setTitleRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + d_data->titleRect = rect; +} + +/*! + \return Geometry for the title + \sa activate(), invalidate() +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::titleRect() const +{ + return d_data->titleRect; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the geometry for the footer + + This method is intended to be used from derived layouts + overloading activate() + + \sa footerRect(), activate() + */ +void QwtPlotLayout::setFooterRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + d_data->footerRect = rect; +} + +/*! + \return Geometry for the footer + \sa activate(), invalidate() +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::footerRect() const +{ + return d_data->footerRect; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the geometry for the legend + + This method is intended to be used from derived layouts + overloading activate() + + \param rect Rectangle for the legend + + \sa legendRect(), activate() + */ +void QwtPlotLayout::setLegendRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + d_data->legendRect = rect; +} + +/*! + \return Geometry for the legend + \sa activate(), invalidate() +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::legendRect() const +{ + return d_data->legendRect; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the geometry for an axis + + This method is intended to be used from derived layouts + overloading activate() + + \param axis Axis index + \param rect Rectangle for the scale + + \sa scaleRect(), activate() + */ +void QwtPlotLayout::setScaleRect( int axis, const QRectF &rect ) +{ + if ( axis >= 0 && axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + d_data->scaleRect[axis] = rect; +} + +/*! + \param axis Axis index + \return Geometry for the scale + \sa activate(), invalidate() +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::scaleRect( int axis ) const +{ + if ( axis < 0 || axis >= QwtPlot::axisCnt ) + { + static QRectF dummyRect; + return dummyRect; + } + return d_data->scaleRect[axis]; +} + +/*! + \brief Set the geometry for the canvas + + This method is intended to be used from derived layouts + overloading activate() + + \sa canvasRect(), activate() + */ +void QwtPlotLayout::setCanvasRect( const QRectF &rect ) +{ + d_data->canvasRect = rect; +} + +/*! + \return Geometry for the canvas + \sa activate(), invalidate() +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::canvasRect() const +{ + return d_data->canvasRect; +} + +/*! + Invalidate the geometry of all components. + \sa activate() +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::invalidate() +{ + d_data->titleRect = d_data->footerRect + = d_data->legendRect = d_data->canvasRect = QRect(); + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + d_data->scaleRect[axis] = QRect(); +} + +/*! + \return Minimum size hint + \param plot Plot widget + + \sa QwtPlot::minimumSizeHint() +*/ + +QSize QwtPlotLayout::minimumSizeHint( const QwtPlot *plot ) const +{ + class ScaleData + { + public: + ScaleData() + { + w = h = minLeft = minRight = tickOffset = 0; + } + + int w; + int h; + int minLeft; + int minRight; + int tickOffset; + } scaleData[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + + int canvasBorder[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + + int fw; + plot->canvas()->getContentsMargins( &fw, NULL, NULL, NULL ); + + int axis; + for ( axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + if ( plot->axisEnabled( axis ) ) + { + const QwtScaleWidget *scl = plot->axisWidget( axis ); + ScaleData &sd = scaleData[axis]; + + const QSize hint = scl->minimumSizeHint(); + sd.w = hint.width(); + sd.h = hint.height(); + scl->getBorderDistHint( sd.minLeft, sd.minRight ); + sd.tickOffset = scl->margin(); + if ( scl->scaleDraw()->hasComponent( QwtAbstractScaleDraw::Ticks ) ) + sd.tickOffset += qCeil( scl->scaleDraw()->maxTickLength() ); + } + + canvasBorder[axis] = fw + d_data->canvasMargin[axis] + 1; + } + + + for ( axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + ScaleData &sd = scaleData[axis]; + if ( sd.w && ( axis == QwtPlot::xBottom || axis == QwtPlot::xTop ) ) + { + if ( ( sd.minLeft > canvasBorder[QwtPlot::yLeft] ) + && scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w ) + { + int shiftLeft = sd.minLeft - canvasBorder[QwtPlot::yLeft]; + if ( shiftLeft > scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w ) + shiftLeft = scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w; + + sd.w -= shiftLeft; + } + if ( ( sd.minRight > canvasBorder[QwtPlot::yRight] ) + && scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w ) + { + int shiftRight = sd.minRight - canvasBorder[QwtPlot::yRight]; + if ( shiftRight > scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w ) + shiftRight = scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w; + + sd.w -= shiftRight; + } + } + + if ( sd.h && ( axis == QwtPlot::yLeft || axis == QwtPlot::yRight ) ) + { + if ( ( sd.minLeft > canvasBorder[QwtPlot::xBottom] ) && + scaleData[QwtPlot::xBottom].h ) + { + int shiftBottom = sd.minLeft - canvasBorder[QwtPlot::xBottom]; + if ( shiftBottom > scaleData[QwtPlot::xBottom].tickOffset ) + shiftBottom = scaleData[QwtPlot::xBottom].tickOffset; + + sd.h -= shiftBottom; + } + if ( ( sd.minLeft > canvasBorder[QwtPlot::xTop] ) && + scaleData[QwtPlot::xTop].h ) + { + int shiftTop = sd.minRight - canvasBorder[QwtPlot::xTop]; + if ( shiftTop > scaleData[QwtPlot::xTop].tickOffset ) + shiftTop = scaleData[QwtPlot::xTop].tickOffset; + + sd.h -= shiftTop; + } + } + } + + const QWidget *canvas = plot->canvas(); + + int left, top, right, bottom; + canvas->getContentsMargins( &left, &top, &right, &bottom ); + + const QSize minCanvasSize = canvas->minimumSize(); + + int w = scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w + scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w; + int cw = qMax( scaleData[QwtPlot::xBottom].w, scaleData[QwtPlot::xTop].w ) + + left + 1 + right + 1; + w += qMax( cw, minCanvasSize.width() ); + + int h = scaleData[QwtPlot::xBottom].h + scaleData[QwtPlot::xTop].h; + int ch = qMax( scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].h, scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].h ) + + top + 1 + bottom + 1; + h += qMax( ch, minCanvasSize.height() ); + + const QwtTextLabel *labels[2]; + labels[0] = plot->titleLabel(); + labels[1] = plot->footerLabel(); + + for ( int i = 0; i < 2; i++ ) + { + const QwtTextLabel *label = labels[i]; + if ( label && !label->text().isEmpty() ) + { + // If only QwtPlot::yLeft or QwtPlot::yRight is showing, + // we center on the plot canvas. + const bool centerOnCanvas = !( plot->axisEnabled( QwtPlot::yLeft ) + && plot->axisEnabled( QwtPlot::yRight ) ); + + int labelW = w; + if ( centerOnCanvas ) + { + labelW -= scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w + + scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w; + } + + int labelH = label->heightForWidth( labelW ); + if ( labelH > labelW ) // Compensate for a long title + { + w = labelW = labelH; + if ( centerOnCanvas ) + { + w += scaleData[QwtPlot::yLeft].w + + scaleData[QwtPlot::yRight].w; + } + + labelH = label->heightForWidth( labelW ); + } + h += labelH + d_data->spacing; + } + } + + // Compute the legend contribution + + const QwtAbstractLegend *legend = plot->legend(); + if ( legend && !legend->isEmpty() ) + { + if ( d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::LeftLegend + || d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::RightLegend ) + { + int legendW = legend->sizeHint().width(); + int legendH = legend->heightForWidth( legendW ); + + if ( legend->frameWidth() > 0 ) + w += d_data->spacing; + + if ( legendH > h ) + legendW += legend->scrollExtent( Qt::Horizontal ); + + if ( d_data->legendRatio < 1.0 ) + legendW = qMin( legendW, int( w / ( 1.0 - d_data->legendRatio ) ) ); + + w += legendW + d_data->spacing; + } + else // QwtPlot::Top, QwtPlot::Bottom + { + int legendW = qMin( legend->sizeHint().width(), w ); + int legendH = legend->heightForWidth( legendW ); + + if ( legend->frameWidth() > 0 ) + h += d_data->spacing; + + if ( d_data->legendRatio < 1.0 ) + legendH = qMin( legendH, int( h / ( 1.0 - d_data->legendRatio ) ) ); + + h += legendH + d_data->spacing; + } + } + + return QSize( w, h ); +} + +/*! + Find the geometry for the legend + + \param options Options how to layout the legend + \param rect Rectangle where to place the legend + + \return Geometry for the legend + \sa Options +*/ + +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::layoutLegend( Options options, + const QRectF &rect ) const +{ + const QSize hint( d_data->layoutData.legend.hint ); + + int dim; + if ( d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::LeftLegend + || d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::RightLegend ) + { + // We don't allow vertical legends to take more than + // half of the available space. + + dim = qMin( hint.width(), int( rect.width() * d_data->legendRatio ) ); + + if ( !( options & IgnoreScrollbars ) ) + { + if ( hint.height() > rect.height() ) + { + // The legend will need additional + // space for the vertical scrollbar. + + dim += d_data->layoutData.legend.hScrollExtent; + } + } + } + else + { + dim = qMin( hint.height(), int( rect.height() * d_data->legendRatio ) ); + dim = qMax( dim, d_data->layoutData.legend.vScrollExtent ); + } + + QRectF legendRect = rect; + switch ( d_data->legendPos ) + { + case QwtPlot::LeftLegend: + legendRect.setWidth( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::RightLegend: + legendRect.setX( rect.right() - dim ); + legendRect.setWidth( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::TopLegend: + legendRect.setHeight( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::BottomLegend: + legendRect.setY( rect.bottom() - dim ); + legendRect.setHeight( dim ); + break; + } + + return legendRect; +} + +/*! + Align the legend to the canvas + + \param canvasRect Geometry of the canvas + \param legendRect Maximum geometry for the legend + + \return Geometry for the aligned legend +*/ +QRectF QwtPlotLayout::alignLegend( const QRectF &canvasRect, + const QRectF &legendRect ) const +{ + QRectF alignedRect = legendRect; + + if ( d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::BottomLegend + || d_data->legendPos == QwtPlot::TopLegend ) + { + if ( d_data->layoutData.legend.hint.width() < canvasRect.width() ) + { + alignedRect.setX( canvasRect.x() ); + alignedRect.setWidth( canvasRect.width() ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->layoutData.legend.hint.height() < canvasRect.height() ) + { + alignedRect.setY( canvasRect.y() ); + alignedRect.setHeight( canvasRect.height() ); + } + } + + return alignedRect; +} + +/*! + Expand all line breaks in text labels, and calculate the height + of their widgets in orientation of the text. + + \param options Options how to layout the legend + \param rect Bounding rectangle for title, footer, axes and canvas. + \param dimTitle Expanded height of the title widget + \param dimFooter Expanded height of the footer widget + \param dimAxes Expanded heights of the axis in axis orientation. + + \sa Options +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::expandLineBreaks( Options options, const QRectF &rect, + int &dimTitle, int &dimFooter, int dimAxes[QwtPlot::axisCnt] ) const +{ + dimTitle = dimFooter = 0; + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + dimAxes[axis] = 0; + + int backboneOffset[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + backboneOffset[axis] = 0; + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + backboneOffset[axis] += d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[ axis ]; + + if ( !d_data->alignCanvasToScales[axis] ) + backboneOffset[axis] += d_data->canvasMargin[axis]; + } + + bool done = false; + while ( !done ) + { + done = true; + + // the size for the 4 axis depend on each other. Expanding + // the height of a horizontal axis will shrink the height + // for the vertical axis, shrinking the height of a vertical + // axis will result in a line break what will expand the + // width and results in shrinking the width of a horizontal + // axis what might result in a line break of a horizontal + // axis ... . So we loop as long until no size changes. + + if ( !( ( options & IgnoreTitle ) || + d_data->layoutData.title.text.isEmpty() ) ) + { + double w = rect.width(); + + if ( d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yLeft].isEnabled + != d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yRight].isEnabled ) + { + // center to the canvas + w -= dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] + dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight]; + } + + int d = qCeil( d_data->layoutData.title.text.heightForWidth( w ) ); + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + d += 2 * d_data->layoutData.title.frameWidth; + + if ( d > dimTitle ) + { + dimTitle = d; + done = false; + } + } + + if ( !( ( options & IgnoreFooter ) || + d_data->layoutData.footer.text.isEmpty() ) ) + { + double w = rect.width(); + + if ( d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yLeft].isEnabled + != d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yRight].isEnabled ) + { + // center to the canvas + w -= dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] + dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight]; + } + + int d = qCeil( d_data->layoutData.footer.text.heightForWidth( w ) ); + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + d += 2 * d_data->layoutData.footer.frameWidth; + + if ( d > dimFooter ) + { + dimFooter = d; + done = false; + } + } + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + const struct LayoutData::t_scaleData &scaleData = + d_data->layoutData.scale[axis]; + + if ( scaleData.isEnabled ) + { + double length; + if ( axis == QwtPlot::xTop || axis == QwtPlot::xBottom ) + { + length = rect.width() - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] + - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight]; + length -= scaleData.start + scaleData.end; + + if ( dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight] > 0 ) + length -= 1; + + length += qMin( dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft], + scaleData.start - backboneOffset[QwtPlot::yLeft] ); + length += qMin( dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight], + scaleData.end - backboneOffset[QwtPlot::yRight] ); + } + else // QwtPlot::yLeft, QwtPlot::yRight + { + length = rect.height() - dimAxes[QwtPlot::xTop] + - dimAxes[QwtPlot::xBottom]; + length -= scaleData.start + scaleData.end; + length -= 1; + + if ( dimAxes[QwtPlot::xBottom] <= 0 ) + length -= 1; + if ( dimAxes[QwtPlot::xTop] <= 0 ) + length -= 1; + + if ( dimAxes[QwtPlot::xBottom] > 0 ) + { + length += qMin( + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::xBottom].tickOffset, + double( scaleData.start - backboneOffset[QwtPlot::xBottom] ) ); + } + if ( dimAxes[QwtPlot::xTop] > 0 ) + { + length += qMin( + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::xTop].tickOffset, + double( scaleData.end - backboneOffset[QwtPlot::xTop] ) ); + } + + if ( dimTitle > 0 ) + length -= dimTitle + d_data->spacing; + } + + int d = scaleData.dimWithoutTitle; + if ( !scaleData.scaleWidget->title().isEmpty() ) + { + d += scaleData.scaleWidget->titleHeightForWidth( qFloor( length ) ); + } + + + if ( d > dimAxes[axis] ) + { + dimAxes[axis] = d; + done = false; + } + } + } + } +} + +/*! + Align the ticks of the axis to the canvas borders using + the empty corners. + + \param options Layout options + \param canvasRect Geometry of the canvas ( IN/OUT ) + \param scaleRect Geometries of the scales ( IN/OUT ) + + \sa Options +*/ + +void QwtPlotLayout::alignScales( Options options, + QRectF &canvasRect, QRectF scaleRect[QwtPlot::axisCnt] ) const +{ + int backboneOffset[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + backboneOffset[axis] = 0; + + if ( !d_data->alignCanvasToScales[axis] ) + { + backboneOffset[axis] += d_data->canvasMargin[axis]; + } + + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + { + backboneOffset[axis] += + d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[axis]; + } + } + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + if ( !scaleRect[axis].isValid() ) + continue; + + const int startDist = d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].start; + const int endDist = d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].end; + + QRectF &axisRect = scaleRect[axis]; + + if ( axis == QwtPlot::xTop || axis == QwtPlot::xBottom ) + { + const QRectF &leftScaleRect = scaleRect[QwtPlot::yLeft]; + const int leftOffset = + backboneOffset[QwtPlot::yLeft] - startDist; + + if ( leftScaleRect.isValid() ) + { + const double dx = leftOffset + leftScaleRect.width(); + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yLeft] && dx < 0.0 ) + { + /* + The axis needs more space than the width + of the left scale. + */ + const double cLeft = canvasRect.left(); // qreal -> double + canvasRect.setLeft( qMax( cLeft, axisRect.left() - dx ) ); + } + else + { + const double minLeft = leftScaleRect.left(); + const double left = axisRect.left() + leftOffset; + axisRect.setLeft( qMax( left, minLeft ) ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yLeft] && leftOffset < 0 ) + { + canvasRect.setLeft( qMax( canvasRect.left(), + axisRect.left() - leftOffset ) ); + } + else + { + if ( leftOffset > 0 ) + axisRect.setLeft( axisRect.left() + leftOffset ); + } + } + + const QRectF &rightScaleRect = scaleRect[QwtPlot::yRight]; + const int rightOffset = + backboneOffset[QwtPlot::yRight] - endDist + 1; + + if ( rightScaleRect.isValid() ) + { + const double dx = rightOffset + rightScaleRect.width(); + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yRight] && dx < 0 ) + { + /* + The axis needs more space than the width + of the right scale. + */ + const double cRight = canvasRect.right(); // qreal -> double + canvasRect.setRight( qMin( cRight, axisRect.right() + dx ) ); + } + + const double maxRight = rightScaleRect.right(); + const double right = axisRect.right() - rightOffset; + axisRect.setRight( qMin( right, maxRight ) ); + } + else + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yRight] && rightOffset < 0 ) + { + canvasRect.setRight( qMin( canvasRect.right(), + axisRect.right() + rightOffset ) ); + } + else + { + if ( rightOffset > 0 ) + axisRect.setRight( axisRect.right() - rightOffset ); + } + } + } + else // QwtPlot::yLeft, QwtPlot::yRight + { + const QRectF &bottomScaleRect = scaleRect[QwtPlot::xBottom]; + const int bottomOffset = + backboneOffset[QwtPlot::xBottom] - endDist + 1; + + if ( bottomScaleRect.isValid() ) + { + const double dy = bottomOffset + bottomScaleRect.height(); + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xBottom] && dy < 0 ) + { + /* + The axis needs more space than the height + of the bottom scale. + */ + const double cBottom = canvasRect.bottom(); // qreal -> double + canvasRect.setBottom( qMin( cBottom, axisRect.bottom() + dy ) ); + } + else + { + const double maxBottom = bottomScaleRect.top() + + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::xBottom].tickOffset; + const double bottom = axisRect.bottom() - bottomOffset; + axisRect.setBottom( qMin( bottom, maxBottom ) ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xBottom] && bottomOffset < 0 ) + { + canvasRect.setBottom( qMin( canvasRect.bottom(), + axisRect.bottom() + bottomOffset ) ); + } + else + { + if ( bottomOffset > 0 ) + axisRect.setBottom( axisRect.bottom() - bottomOffset ); + } + } + + const QRectF &topScaleRect = scaleRect[QwtPlot::xTop]; + const int topOffset = backboneOffset[QwtPlot::xTop] - startDist; + + if ( topScaleRect.isValid() ) + { + const double dy = topOffset + topScaleRect.height(); + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xTop] && dy < 0 ) + { + /* + The axis needs more space than the height + of the top scale. + */ + const double cTop = canvasRect.top(); // qreal -> double + canvasRect.setTop( qMax( cTop, axisRect.top() - dy ) ); + } + else + { + const double minTop = topScaleRect.bottom() - + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::xTop].tickOffset; + const double top = axisRect.top() + topOffset; + axisRect.setTop( qMax( top, minTop ) ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xTop] && topOffset < 0 ) + { + canvasRect.setTop( qMax( canvasRect.top(), + axisRect.top() - topOffset ) ); + } + else + { + if ( topOffset > 0 ) + axisRect.setTop( axisRect.top() + topOffset ); + } + } + } + } + + /* + The canvas has been aligned to the scale with largest + border distances. Now we have to realign the other scale. + */ + + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + QRectF &sRect = scaleRect[axis]; + + if ( !sRect.isValid() ) + continue; + + if ( axis == QwtPlot::xBottom || axis == QwtPlot::xTop ) + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yLeft] ) + { + double y = canvasRect.left() - d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].start; + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + y += d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::yLeft ]; + + sRect.setLeft( y ); + } + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::yRight] ) + { + double y = canvasRect.right() - 1 + d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].end; + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + y -= d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::yRight ]; + + sRect.setRight( y ); + } + + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[ axis ] ) + { + if ( axis == QwtPlot::xTop ) + sRect.setBottom( canvasRect.top() ); + else + sRect.setTop( canvasRect.bottom() ); + } + } + else + { + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xTop] ) + { + double x = canvasRect.top() - d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].start; + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + x += d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::xTop ]; + + sRect.setTop( x ); + } + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[QwtPlot::xBottom] ) + { + double x = canvasRect.bottom() - 1 + d_data->layoutData.scale[axis].end; + if ( !( options & IgnoreFrames ) ) + x -= d_data->layoutData.canvas.contentsMargins[ QwtPlot::xBottom ]; + + sRect.setBottom( x ); + } + + if ( d_data->alignCanvasToScales[ axis ] ) + { + if ( axis == QwtPlot::yLeft ) + sRect.setRight( canvasRect.left() ); + else + sRect.setLeft( canvasRect.right() ); + } + } + } +} + +/*! + \brief Recalculate the geometry of all components. + + \param plot Plot to be layout + \param plotRect Rectangle where to place the components + \param options Layout options + + \sa invalidate(), titleRect(), footerRect() + legendRect(), scaleRect(), canvasRect() +*/ +void QwtPlotLayout::activate( const QwtPlot *plot, + const QRectF &plotRect, Options options ) +{ + invalidate(); + + QRectF rect( plotRect ); // undistributed rest of the plot rect + + // We extract all layout relevant parameters from the widgets, + // and save them to d_data->layoutData. + + d_data->layoutData.init( plot, rect ); + + if ( !( options & IgnoreLegend ) + && plot->legend() && !plot->legend()->isEmpty() ) + { + d_data->legendRect = layoutLegend( options, rect ); + + // subtract d_data->legendRect from rect + + const QRegion region( rect.toRect() ); + rect = region.subtracted( d_data->legendRect.toRect() ).boundingRect(); + + switch ( d_data->legendPos ) + { + case QwtPlot::LeftLegend: + rect.setLeft( rect.left() + d_data->spacing ); + break; + case QwtPlot::RightLegend: + rect.setRight( rect.right() - d_data->spacing ); + break; + case QwtPlot::TopLegend: + rect.setTop( rect.top() + d_data->spacing ); + break; + case QwtPlot::BottomLegend: + rect.setBottom( rect.bottom() - d_data->spacing ); + break; + } + } + + /* + +---+-----------+---+ + | Title | + +---+-----------+---+ + | | Axis | | + +---+-----------+---+ + | A | | A | + | x | Canvas | x | + | i | | i | + | s | | s | + +---+-----------+---+ + | | Axis | | + +---+-----------+---+ + | Footer | + +---+-----------+---+ + */ + + // title, footer and axes include text labels. The height of each + // label depends on its line breaks, that depend on the width + // for the label. A line break in a horizontal text will reduce + // the available width for vertical texts and vice versa. + // expandLineBreaks finds the height/width for title, footer and axes + // including all line breaks. + + int dimTitle, dimFooter, dimAxes[QwtPlot::axisCnt]; + expandLineBreaks( options, rect, dimTitle, dimFooter, dimAxes ); + + if ( dimTitle > 0 ) + { + d_data->titleRect.setRect( + rect.left(), rect.top(), rect.width(), dimTitle ); + + rect.setTop( d_data->titleRect.bottom() + d_data->spacing ); + + if ( d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yLeft].isEnabled != + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yRight].isEnabled ) + { + // if only one of the y axes is missing we align + // the title centered to the canvas + + d_data->titleRect.setX( rect.left() + dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] ); + d_data->titleRect.setWidth( rect.width() + - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight] ); + } + } + + if ( dimFooter > 0 ) + { + d_data->footerRect.setRect( + rect.left(), rect.bottom() - dimFooter, rect.width(), dimFooter ); + + rect.setBottom( d_data->footerRect.top() - d_data->spacing ); + + if ( d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yLeft].isEnabled != + d_data->layoutData.scale[QwtPlot::yRight].isEnabled ) + { + // if only one of the y axes is missing we align + // the footer centered to the canvas + + d_data->footerRect.setX( rect.left() + dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] ); + d_data->footerRect.setWidth( rect.width() + - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft] - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight] ); + } + } + + d_data->canvasRect.setRect( + rect.x() + dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft], + rect.y() + dimAxes[QwtPlot::xTop], + rect.width() - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yRight] - dimAxes[QwtPlot::yLeft], + rect.height() - dimAxes[QwtPlot::xBottom] - dimAxes[QwtPlot::xTop] ); + + for ( int axis = 0; axis < QwtPlot::axisCnt; axis++ ) + { + // set the rects for the axes + + if ( dimAxes[axis] ) + { + int dim = dimAxes[axis]; + QRectF &scaleRect = d_data->scaleRect[axis]; + + scaleRect = d_data->canvasRect; + switch ( axis ) + { + case QwtPlot::yLeft: + scaleRect.setX( d_data->canvasRect.left() - dim ); + scaleRect.setWidth( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::yRight: + scaleRect.setX( d_data->canvasRect.right() ); + scaleRect.setWidth( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::xBottom: + scaleRect.setY( d_data->canvasRect.bottom() ); + scaleRect.setHeight( dim ); + break; + case QwtPlot::xTop: + scaleRect.setY( d_data->canvasRect.top() - dim ); + scaleRect.setHeight( dim ); + break; + } + scaleRect = scaleRect.normalized(); + } + } + + // +---+-----------+---+ + // | <- Axis -> | + // +-^-+-----------+-^-+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | + // | A | | A | + // | x | Canvas | x | + // | i | | i | + // | s | | s | + // | | | | + // | | | | | | + // +-V-+-----------+-V-+ + // | <- Axis -> | + // +---+-----------+---+ + + // The ticks of the axes - not the labels above - should + // be aligned to the canvas. So we try to use the empty + // corners to extend the axes, so that the label texts + // left/right of the min/max ticks are moved into them. + + alignScales( options, d_data->canvasRect, d_data->scaleRect ); + + if ( !d_data->legendRect.isEmpty() ) + { + // We prefer to align the legend to the canvas - not to + // the complete plot - if possible. + + d_data->legendRect = alignLegend( d_data->canvasRect, d_data->legendRect ); + } +} diff --git a/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.h b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3850494 --- /dev/null +++ b/third/3rd_qwt/qwt_plot_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* -*- mode: C++ ; c-file-style: "stroustrup" -*- ***************************** + * Qwt Widget Library + * Copyright (C) 1997 Josef Wilgen + * Copyright (C) 2002 Uwe Rathmann + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the Qwt License, Version 1.0 + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef QWT_PLOT_LAYOUT_H +#define QWT_PLOT_LAYOUT_H + +#include "qwt_global.h" +#include "qwt_plot.h" + +/*! + \brief Layout engine for QwtPlot. + + It is used by the QwtPlot widget to organize its internal widgets + or by QwtPlot::print() to render its content to a QPaintDevice like + a QPrinter, QPixmap/QImage or QSvgRenderer. + + \sa QwtPlot::setPlotLayout() +*/ + +class QWT_EXPORT QwtPlotLayout +{ +public: + /*! + Options to configure the plot layout engine + \sa activate(), QwtPlotRenderer + */ + enum Option + { + //! Unused + AlignScales = 0x01, + + /*! + Ignore the dimension of the scrollbars. There are no + scrollbars, when the plot is not rendered to widgets. + */ + IgnoreScrollbars = 0x02, + + //! Ignore all frames. + IgnoreFrames = 0x04, + + //! Ignore the legend. + IgnoreLegend = 0x08, + + //! Ignore the title. + IgnoreTitle = 0x10, + + //! Ignore the footer. + IgnoreFooter = 0x20 + }; + + //! Layout options + typedef QFlags